TM1-2840-248-23 T.O. 2J-T700-6 Series
Uploaded by
damian robertsTM1-2840-248-23 T.O. 2J-T700-6 Series
Uploaded by
damian robertsARMY TM 1-2840-248-23
AIR FORCE T.O. 2J-T700-6
ENGINE GENERAL 1-1
TECHNICAL MANUAL
COMPRESSOR SECTION 2-1
AVIATION UNIT AND INTERMEDIATE COMBUSTION SECTION 3-1
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
POWER TURBINE 4-1
ENGINE, AIRCRAFT ACCESSORY GEARBOX 5-1
TURBOSHAFT FUEL SYSTEM 6-1
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 7-1
MODELS T700-GE-700 OIL SYSTEM 8-1
T700-GE-701
DRIVE SYSTEM (NA) 9-1
T700-GE-701C
MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT
AIR SYSTEM 10-1
REFERENCES A-1
MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION
CHART B-1
REPAIR PARTS AND
SPECIAL TOOLS LIST C-1
EXPENDABLE SUPPLIES AND
MATERIALS LIST D-1
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS E-1
DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT A: Approved for public release; ILLUSTRATED LIST OF
distribution is unlimited. MANUFACTURED ITEMS F-1
This publication supersedes TM 55-2840-248-23/T.O. 2J-T700-6,
dated 28 April 1982, including all changes. TORQUE LIMITS G-1
1 JUNE 1999 GENERAL MAINTENANCE
PRACTICES H-1
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
C5
CHANGE HEADQUARTERS, DEPARTMENTS OF THE
ARMY AND THE AIR FORCE
NO. 5 WASHINGTON, D.C., 31 October 2002
Aviation Unit and Intermediate Maintenance Manual
ENGINE, AIRCRAFT, TURBOSHAFT
MODELS T700-GE-700, T700-GE-701, T700-GE-701C
DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT A: Approved for public release; distribution is unlimited.
TM 1-2840-248-23/T.O. 2J-T700-6, 01 June 1999, is changed as follows:
1. Remove and insert pages as indicated below. New or changed text material is indicated by a vertical
bar in the margin. An illustration change is indicated by a miniature pointing hand.
Remove pages Insert pages
A through D A through C/(D blank)
i and ii i and ii
1-81 through 1-88 1-81 through 1-88
1-99 through 1-104 1-99 through 1-104
-------- 1-112.1 and 1-112.2
1-141 and 1-142 1-141 and 1-142
1-169 and 1-170 1-169 and 1-170
1-223 and 1-224 1-223 and 1-224
1-277 and 1-278 1-277 and 1-278
1-323 and 1-324 1-323 and 1-324
1-327 and 1-328 1-327 and 1-328
1-329 and 1-330 1-329 and 1-330
1-359 through 1-362 1-359 through 1-362
1-367 through 1-370 1-367 through 1-370
1-473 and 1-474 1-473 and 1-474
1-529 and 1-530 1-539 and 1-530
2-5 and 2-6 2-5 and 2-6
2-39 through 2-42 2-39 through 2-42
5-1 and 5-2 5-1 and 5-2
6-25 and 6-26 6-25 and 6-26
-------- 6-26.1/(6-26.2 Blank)
6-49 through 6-52 6-49 through 6-52
7-79 and 7-80 7-79 and 7-80
A-1 and A-2 A-1 and A-2
C-1/(C-2 Blank) C-1/(C-2 Blank)
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
C5
Remove pages Insert pages
D-1 and D-2 D-1 and D-2
G-5 and G-6 G-5 and G-6
H-19 through H-30 H-19 through H-30
INDEX 15 and INDEX 16 INDEX 15 and INDEX 16
INDEX 33 and INDEX 34 INDEX 33 and INDEX 34
2. Retain this sheet in front of manual for reference purposes.
By Order of the Secretaries of the Army and the Air Force:
ERIC K. SHINSEKI
General, United States Army
Chief of Staff
Official:
JOEL B. HUDSON
Administrative Assistant to the
Secretary of the Army
0225205
JOHN P. JUMPER
General, USAF
Chief of Staff
Official:
LESTER L. LYLES
General, USAF
Commander, AFMC
DISTRIBUTION:
To be distributed in accordance with Initial Distribution Number (IDN) 311557, requirements
for TM 1-2840-248-23.
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
C4
CHANGE HEADQUARTERS, DEPARTMENTS OF THE
ARMY AND THE AIR FORCE
NO. 4 WASHINGTON, D.C., 21 December 2001
Aviation Unit and Intermediate Maintenance Manual
ENGINE, AIRCRAFT, TURBOSHAFT
MODELS T700-GE-700, T700-GE-701, T700-GE-701C
DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT A: Approved for public release; distribution is unlimited.
TM 1-2840-248-23/T.O. 2J-T700-6, 01 June 1999, is changed as follows:
1. Remove and insert pages as indicated below. New or changed text material is indicated by a vertical
bar in the margin. An illustration change is indicated by a miniature pointing hand.
Remove pages Insert pages
A through D A through C/(D blank)
1-7 and 1-8 1-7 and 1-8
1-85 and 1-86 1-85 and 1-86
1-125 and 1-126 1-125 and 1-126
1-173 and 1-174 1-173 and 1-174
1-203 and 1-204 1-203 and 1-204
1-275 through 1-278 1-275 through 1-278
1-291 and 1-292 1-291 and 1-292
1-325 through 1-328 1-325 through 1-328
1-335 and 1-336 1-335 and 1-336
1-353 through 1-356 1-353 through 1-356
1-397 and 1-398 1-397 and 1-398
1-479 and 1-480 1-479 and 1-480
1-485 and 1-486 1-485 and 1-486
1-491 and 1-492 1-491 and 1-492
1-667 and 1-668 1-667 and 1-668
2-63 through 2-68 2-63 through 2-68
3-25 and 3-26 3-25 and 3-26
3-35 through 3-38 3-35 through 3-38
3-39 and 3-40 3-39 and 3-40
3-59 and 3-60 3-59 and 3-60
5-19 through 5-22 5-19 through 5-22
5-27 through 5-30 5-37 through 5-30
6-27 and 6-28 6-27 and 6-28
7-7 and 7-8 7-7 and 7-8
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
C4
Remove pages Insert pages
7-11 and 7-12 7-11 and 7-12
-------- 7-12.1/(7-12.2 Blank)
8-5 and 8-6 8-5 and 8-6
8-61 and 8-62 8-61 and 8-62
10-31 and 10-32 10-31 and 10-32
A-1 and A-2 A-1 and A-2
D-1 and D-2 D-1 and D-2
D-5 and D-6 D-5 and D-6
H-19 through H-30 H-19 through H-30
INDEX 1 and INDEX 2 INDEX 1 and INDEX 2
INDEX 7 and INDEX 8 INDEX 7 and INDEX 8
INDEX 17 and INDEX 18 INDEX 17 and INDEX 18
2. Retain this sheet in front of manual for reference purposes.
By Order of the Secretaries of the Army and the Air Force:
ERIC K. SHINSEKI
General, United States Army
Chief of Staff
Official:
JOEL B. HUDSON
Administrative Assistant to the
Secretary of the Army
0131703
JOHN P. JUMPER
General, USAF
Chief of Staff
Official:
LESTER L. LYLES
General, USAF
Commander, AFMC
DISTRIBUTION:
To be distributed in accordance with Initial Distribution Number (IDN) 311557, requirements
for TM 1-2840-248-23.
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
C3
CHANGE HEADQUARTERS, DEPARTMENTS OF THE
ARMY AND THE AIR FORCE
NO. 3 WASHINGTON, D.C., 31 JANUARY 2001
Aviation Unit and Intermediate Maintenance
ENGINE, AIRCRAFT, TURBOSHAFT
MODELS T700-GE-700, T700-GE-701, T700-GE-701C
DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT A: Approved for public release; distribution is unlimited
TM 1-2840-248-23/T.O. 2J-T700-6, 01 June 1999, is changed as follows:
1. Remove and insert pages as indicated below. New or changed text material is indicated by a vertical bar in the
margin. An illustration change is indicated by a miniature pointing hand.
Remove page Insert pages
A through C/(D blank) A through D
i through xiv i through xiv
1-29 and 1-30 1-29 and 1-30
1-47 and 1-48 1-47 and 1-48
----- 1-48.1/(1-48.2 blank)
1-49 and 1-50 1-49 and 1-50
----- 1-50.1 through 1-50.4
1-51 and 1-52 1-51 and 1-52
1-57 and 1-58 1-57 and 1-58
1-77 through 1-88 1-77 through 1-88
1-149 and 1-150 1-149 and 1-150
1-227 and 1-228 1-227 and 1-228
1-247 and 1-248 1-247 and 1-248
1-269 and 1-270 1-269 and 1-270
1-281 and 1-282 1-281 and 1-282
1-285 and 1-286 1-285 and 1-286
----- 1-286.1/(1-286.2 blank)
1-295 and 1-296 1-295 and 1-296
----- 1-296.1/(1-296.2 blank)
1-311 through 1-314 1-311 through 1-314
----- 1-314.1/(1-314.2 blank)
1-317 through 1-320 1-317 through 1-320
1-323 and 1-324 1-323 and 1-324
----- 1-328.1/(1-328.2 blank)
1-329 through 1-334 1-329 through 1-334
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
C3
Remove page Insert pages
1-341 through 1-344 1-341 through 1-344
1-347 and 1-348 1-347 and 1-348
1-351 through 1-356 1-351 through 1-356
1-359 and 1-360 1-359 and 1-360
1-367 through 1-370 1-367 through 1-370
1-375 and 1-376 1-375 and 1-376
1-391 and 1-392 1-391 and 1-392
1-421 and 1-422 1-421 and 1-422
1-431 and 1-432 1-431 and 1-432
1-451 and 1-452 1-451 and 1-452
1-463 through 1-466 1-463 and 1-466
1-469 through 1-474 1-469 through 1-474
1-477 through 1-480 1-477 through 1-480
1-483 and 1-484 1-483 and 1-484
1-493 through 1-518 1-493 through 1-518
----- 1-518.1/(1-518.2 blank)
1-519 through 1-528 1-519 through 1-528
1-531 and 1-532 1-531 and 1-532
1-535 and 1-536 1-535 and 1-536
1-541 and 1-542 1-541 and 1-542
1-569 through 1-572 1-569 through 1-572
1-693 and 1-694 1-693 and 1-694
----- 1-700.1/(1-700.2 blank)
1-701 and 1-702 1-701 and 1-702
2-3 through 2-6 2-3 through 2-6
2-13 and 2-14 2-13 and 2-14
2-17 through 2-22 2-17 through 2-22
2-53 and 2-54 2-53 and 2-54
2-57 and 2-58 2-57 and 2-58
2-65 and 2-66 2-65 and 2-66
----- 2-78.1/(2-78.2 blank)
2-79 through 2-82 2-79 through 2-82
2-105 and 2-106 2-105 and 2-106
----- 2-106.1/(2-106.2 blank)
2-107 and 2-108 2-107 and 2-108
3-1 and 3-2 3-1 and 3-2
----- 3-2.1/(3-2.2 blank)
3-7 and 3-8 3-7 and 3-8
----- 3-8.1/(3-8.2 blank)
3-11 and 3-12 3-11 and 3-12
3-33 and 3-34 3-33 and 3-34
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
C3
Remove page Insert pages
3-49 and 3-50 3-49 and 3-50
3-61 and 3-62 3-61 and 3-62
3-65 and 3-66 3-65 and 3-66
4-23 and 4-24 4-23 and 4-24
5-17 and 5-18 5-17 and 5-18
5-27 through 5-32 5-27 through 5-32
6-25 and 6-26 6-25 and 6-26
6-33 and 6-34 6-33 and 6-34
7-11 through 7-14 7-11 through 7-14
10-25 and 10-26 10-25 and 10-26
10-29 through 10-32 10-29 through 10-32
A-1 and A-2 A-1 and A-2
B-47 and B-48 B-47 and B-48
H-27 and H-28 H-27 and H-28
INDEX 1 through INDEX 4 INDEX 1 through INDEX 4
INDEX 13 through INDEX 18 INDEX 13 through INDEX 18
INDEX 21 through INDEX 28 INDEX 21 through INDEX 28
INDEX 31 through INDEX 34 INDEX 31 through INDEX 34
2. Retain these sheets in front of manual for reference purposes.
By Order of the Secretaries of the Army and the Air Force:
ERIC K. SHINSEKI
General, United States Army
Chief of Staff
Official:
JOEL B. HUDSON
Administrative Assistant to the
Secretary of the Army
0102204
MICHAEL E. RYAN
General, USAF
Chief of Staff
Official:
LESTER L. LYLES
General, USAF
Commander, AFMC
Distribution:
To be distributed in accordance with Initial Distribution Number (IDN) 311557, requirements for TM 1-2840-248-23.
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
C2
CHANGE HEADQUARTERS DEPARTMENTS OF
THE ARMY AND THE AIR FORCE
NO.2 WASHINGTON, DC 1 May 2000
Aviation Unit and Intermediate Maintenance
ENGINE, AIRCRAFT, TURBOSHAFT
MODELS T700-GE-700, T700-GE-701, T700-GE-701C
DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT A: Approved for public release; distribution is unlimited
TM 1-2840-248-23/T.O. 2J-T700-6, 01 June 1999, is changed as follows:
1. Remove and insert pages as indicated below. New or changed text material is indicated by a vertical bar
in the margin. An illustration change is indicated by a miniature pointing hand.
Remove pages Insert pages
A through C/(D blank) A through C/(D blank)
1-53 and 1-54 1-53 and 1-54
1-271 and 1-272 1-271 and 1-272
1-327 through 1-330 1-327 through 1-330
1-373 and 1-374 1-373 and 1-374
3-33 and 3-34 3-33 and 3-34
3-37 and 3-38 3-37 and 3-38
------- 3-38.1/(3-38.2 blank)
3-55 and 3-56 3-55 and 3-56
10-23 and 10-24 10-23 and 10-24
2. Retain this sheet in front of manual for reference purposes.
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
C2
By Order of the Secretaries of the Army and Air Force:
ERIC K. SHINSEKI
General, United States Army
Chief of Staff
Official:
JOEL B. HUDSON
Administrative Assistant to the
Secretary of the Army
0003801
RONALD R. FOGELMAN
General, USAF
Chief of Staff
Official:
GEORGE T. BABBITT
Genera/, USAF
Air Force Materiel Command (AFMC)
Distribution:
To be distributed in accordance with Initial Distribution Number (IDN) 311557, requirements for
TM 1-2840-248-23.
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
C1
CHANGE HEADQUARTERS DEPARTMENTS OF
THE ARMY AND THE AIR FORCE
NO. 1 WASHINGTON, D.C., 15 August 1999
Aviation Unit and Intermediate Maintenance
ENGINE, AIRCRAFT, TURBOSHAFT
MODELS T700-GE-700, T700-GE-701, T700-GE-701C
DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT A: Approved for public release; distribution is unlimited
TM 1-2840-248-23/T.O. 2J-T700-6, 01 June 1999, is changed as follows:
1. Remove and insert pages as indicated below. New or changed text material is indicated by a vertical bar
in the margin. An illustration change is indicated by a miniature pointing hand.
Remove pages Insert pages
-------------- A through C/(D blank)
xiii and xiv xiii and xiv
xvii and xviii xvii and xviii
1-29 and 1-30 1-29 and 1-30
1-33 and 1-34 1-33 and 1-34
1-77 through 1-80 1-77 through 1-80
1-83 and 1-84 1-83 and 1-84
1-91 and 1-92 1-91 and 1-92
-------------- 1-92.1 and 1-92.2
1-311 through 1-318 1-311 through 1-318
1-355 through 1-360 1-355 through 1-360
1-459 and 1-460 1-459 and 1-460
1-463 through 1-466 1-463 through 1-466
1-469 through 1-480 1-469 through 1-480
1-483 through 1-488 1-483 through 1-488
1-493 through 1-500 1-493 through 1-500
1-511 and 1-512 1-511 and 1-512
1-515 and 1-516 1-515 and 1-516
1-539 through 1-558 1-539 through 1-558
1-563 through 1-576 1-563 through 1-576
1-581 through 1-588 1-581 through 1-588
1-591 through 1-594 1-591 through 1-594
1-597 through 1-604 1-597 through 1-604
1-607 through 1-610 1-607 through 1-610
1-613 through 1-620 1-613 through 1-620
1-623 through 1-628 1-623 through 1-628
1-635 through 1-642 1-635 through 1-642
1-645 through 1-654 1-645 through 1-654
1-657 through 1-666 1-657 through 1-666
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
C1
Remove pages Insert pages
1-669 through 1-676 1-669 through 1-676
1-685 through 1-694 1-685 through 1-694
1-699 through 1-702 1-699 through 1-702
1-705 and 1-706 1-705 and 1-706
1-711 and 1-712 1-711 and 1-712
1-715 through 1-718 1-715 through 1-718
3-1 and 3-2 3-1 and 3-2
3-25 and 3-26 3-25 and 3-26
3-39 and 3-40 3-39 and 3-40
-------------- 3-42.1/(3-42.2 blank)
3-57 through 3-62 3-57 through 3-62
3-65 and 3-66 3-65 and 3-66
4-21 and 4-22 4-21 and 4-22
5-9 through 5-12 5-9 through 5-12
7-37 and 7-38 7-37 and 7-38
7-73 and 7-74 7-73 and 7-74
A-1 and A-2 A-1 and A-2
INDEX 1 through INDEX 34 INDEX 1 and INDEX 34
2. Retain this sheet in front of manual for reference purposes.
C1 TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
By Order of the Secretaries of the Army and the Air Force
9923001
RONALD R. FOGELMAN
General, United States Air Force
Chief of Staff
GEORGE T. BABBITT
General United States Air Force
Commander, Air Force Materiel Command
DISTRIBUTION
To be distributed in accordance with Initial Distribution Number (IDN) 311557, requirements for
TM 1–2840–248–23.
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
WARNING AND FIRST AID DATA PAGE
For artificial respiration and other first aid data, refer to FM 21-11.
Personnel performing instructions involving operations, procedures, and practices which are included or implied in this
technical manual shall observe the following instructions. Disregard of these warnings and precautionary information can
cause serious injury, illness, death, or an aborted mission. Warnings for hazardous substances have been developed from dated
manufacturer's Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS), when available. Each Warning is valid as of its specific preparation date.
To insure compliance with current precautionary information, always read and follow the hazardous materials labels posted on
the container for the specific substance and the MSDSs supplied by the manufacturer.
An operating procedure, practice, etc., which Igniter Plugs
if not correctly followed, could result in
personal injury or loss of life. • Before energizing the ignition circuit, be
certain that no fuel or oil is present. Have
fire extinguishing equipment present.
• High voltage is present. Be certain the
An operating procedure, practice, etc., which ignition unit and plugs are grounded before
if not strictly observed, could result in damage energizing the circuit.
to or destruction of equipment. • Never touch or make contact with the
electrical output connector when operating
NOTE any ignition component.
• Never hold or make contact with the igniter
An operating procedure, condition, etc., which
plug when energizing the ignition
is essential to highlight.
component.
Use of Cleaning Solvents
Disconnecting Ignition Leads
• Combustible - do not use near open flames, • High voltage may be present. Contact with
near welding areas, or on hot surfaces.
center conductor of electrical cable or
• Prolonged contact of skin with liquid can center electrode of igniter plug will cause
cause dermatitis. Repeated inhalation of electric shock if the bleed resistors inside
vapor can irritate nose and throat and can ignition unit have failed.
cause dizziness. • Before removing igniter plug, be sure that
• If any liquid contacts skin or eyes, ignition lead(s) (igniter plug end) are
immediately flush affected area thoroughly correctly grounded.
with water. Remove solvent-saturated
• Do not attempt to ground ignition lead(s) to
clothing. If vapors cause dizziness, go to
components made of composite material,
fresh air.
such as the outer bypass duct. Composite
• When handling liquid or when applying it materials do not conduct electricity.
in an air-exhausted, partially covered tank,
• Ground lead(s) to the customer bleed duct.
wear approved gloves and goggles.
• When handling liquid or when applying it
at unexhausted, uncovered tank or
workbench, wear approved respirator and
goggles.
a
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Removing Anti-Icing Bleed and Start Valve Using Hoisting Devices
• The anti-icing bleed and start valve can • Hoisting shall only be done by designated
reach a temperature of about 300°F personnel.
(149°C) during engine operation. • Do not exceed load capacity rating marked
• If engine has been operating, allow valve to on hoist.
cool before removing it with bare hands. • Inspection and testing for cracks or defects
in hoisting system shall be performed on a
regular basis.
• Use only pins, links, and hooks
Engine Noise recommended for hoisting specific
components.
• Exposure to engine noise may cause • Before hoisting, balance the load.
ringing in ears, and may cause temporary • Do not stand under load while it is being
or permanent hearing loss. moved from one area to another on a hoist.
• If ringing in ears or temporary loss of Do not stand under load to do maintenance
hearing persists, get medical attention. work.
• When testing engine in operation, stay in • Hoisting devices made of nylon, polyester,
sound-insulated enclosed booth. If closer polypropylene, or aluminum shall not be
monitoring is required, wear approved used in areas where caustics are handled.
hearing protection.
Motoring Engine
Lubricating Oil
• To prevent accidental starting, de-energize
• If oil is decomposed by heat, toxic gases ignition switch before motoring engine.
are released. • After motoring engine, do not attempt to
• Prolonged contact with liquid or mist may start engine until residual fuel has drained
cause dermatitis and irritation. from combustion chamber drain.
• If there is any prolonged contact with skin,
wash area with soap and water. If solution
contacts eyes, flush eyes with water
immediately. Remove saturated clothing. Starting Engine
• If oil is swallowed, do not try to vomit. Get
immediate medical attention. • The danger areas around the aircraft must
• When handling liquid, wear rubber gloves. be free of personnel, other aircraft, and all
If prolonged contact with mist is likely, vehicles before engine is started.
wear approved respirator. • The high temperature and velocity of the
exhaust are extremely dangerous.
• If liquid accumulation is evident by
drainage from combustion chamber drain,
the combustion chamber must be allowed
to drain before a start is attempted.
b
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Viton Exposed to Fire Damage Aerosol Cans
• Combustion can produce highly toxic • Extremely flammable; do not use near
fumes of hydrogen fluoride and carbonyl flame.
fluoride at temperatures over 527°F • Do not puncture, incinerate, or store at
(275°C). temperature above 120°F (48.9°C).
• Water from firefighting efforts and • Use with adequate ventilation; avoid
moisture from eyes, sweaty skin, and lungs breathing vapor or mist.
may combine with hydrogen fluoride gas or • If spray gets in eyes, flush them with water
residue to form Hydrofluoric acid. and seek immediate medical attention.
• Exposure to Hydrofluoric acid will cause
blurred vision, pain, and breathing
difficulty. In sufficient concentration,
exposure may lead to permanent lung Aviation Turbine Fuel (Jet Fuel)
damage or death.
• If eyes or skin is exposed to hydrogen • Flammable - do not use near open flames,
fluoride, immediately flush affected area near welding areas, or on hot surfaces.
thoroughly with water. Get immediate
• Do not smoke when using it, and do not use
medical attention.
it where others are smoking.
• Self-contained breathing apparatus,
• Contact of skin with liquid can irritate skin.
goggles, and protective clothing shall be
Contact of eyes with liquid can cause
worn when fighting fires associated with
severe irritation and blurred vision.
Viton.
Inhalation of vapor can cause irritation,
• Wear neoprene gloves when handling
headache, nausea, and dizziness.
refuse from a Viton fire, even if material is
• If liquid contacts eyes, flush them
cool.
thoroughly with water. Immediately
• Allow for adequate cool-down and air-out
remove fuel-saturated clothing. If vapors
periods in a well ventilated area before cause dizziness, go to fresh air. If liquid is
repairing equipment damaged by a fire swallowed, do not try to vomit; get medical
involving Viton. attention.
• When handling large quantities of liquid
(more than one gallon) at an unexhausted
workbench, wear approved respirator and
Fire-Extinguishing Agents goggles or face shield.
• Dispose of liquid-soaked rags in approved
• Vapors of fire-extinguishing agents are metal container.
toxic. Do not inhale.
• Metal containers of fuel must be grounded
• If agents touch eyes or skin, immediately
to maintain electrical continuity.
flush affected area with running water; get
medical attention.
Handling Fuel System Components in Cold
Weather
When removing fuel system components in
cold weather, wear approved gloves to prevent
frostbite.
c
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Flight Safety Critical Aircraft Parts Electrical Shock Hazard
This manual contains procedures identifying • Persons working on line electrical systems
critical characteristics of flight safety critical should have proper training before doing
aircraft parts. Critical characteristics may be so. Use proper personal protective
identified as dimensions, tolerances, finishes, equipment.
materials, assembly procedures, or inspection • Use care when applying input power and
procedures. Some processes may require when measuring voltage. Dangerous or
qualified sources. Flight safety critical aircraft possibly fatal voltage may be present.
parts indicating a maximum allowable limit
shall not be continued in use when limits have
been exceeded. These parts must be replaced.
Asbestos
This engine may contain small amounts of
asbestos. When working with this engine, the
following precautions must be rigidly adhered
to:
• Before any maintenance activities are
undertaken, review the illustrated parts
breakdown/catalog index to determine if
the hardware to be worked on or used
contains asbestos.
• Whenever mechanical removal of material,
such as machining, grinding, buffing,
drilling, sanding or any type of material
build-up on parts that contain asbestos is
necessary, appropriate personal protective
equipment must be worn, and national
environmental controls required for the
handling of asbestos-containing material
must be complied with.
• Before handling, replacing, or disposing of
asbestos-containing hardware, appropriate
personal protective equipment and national
environmental controls must be strictly
adhered to for handling asbestos-containing
hardware.
d
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
INSERT LATEST CHANGED PAGES. DESTROY SUPERSEDED PAGES.
LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES NOTE: On a changed page, the portion of text affected by the change is indicated by a vertical line or
other change symbol, in the outer margin of the page. Changes to illustrations are indicated
by miniature pointing hands. Changes to wiring diagrams are indicated by shaded areas.
Dates of issue for original and changed pages are:
Original .................... 0 ................ 01 Jun 99 Change ..................... 5 ................31 Oct 02
Change ......................1 ............... 15 Aug 99
Change ......................2 ................ 01 May 99
Change ......................3 ................ 31 Jan 01
Change ......................4 ................ 21 Dec 01
TOTAL NUMBER OF PAGES IN THIS PUBLICATION IS 1486 CONSISTING OF THE FOLLOWING:
Page # Change Page # Change Page # Change
No. No. No. No. No. No.
Title.............................................. 5 1-141 ............................................ 5 1-325 - 1-326............................... 4
Blank ............................................ 5 1-142 - 1-148 ............................... 0 1-327............................................ 5
a - d .............................................. 0 1-149 ............................................ 3 1-328............................................ 2
A - C ............................................ 5 1-150 - 1-169 ............................... 0 1-328.1......................................... 3
D Blank........................................ 5 1-170 ............................................ 5 1-328.2 Blank .............................. 3
i - ii .............................................. 5 1-171 - 1-172 ............................... 0 1-329............................................ 3
iii - xiii ......................................... 3 1-173 ............................................ 4 1-330............................................ 5
xiv ................................................ 1 1-174 - 1-203 ............................... 0 1-331 - 1-334............................... 3
xv - xvi ......................................... 0 1-204 ............................................ 4 1-335............................................ 0
xvii ............................................... 1 1-205 - 1-222 ............................... 0 1-336............................................ 4
xviii .............................................. 0 1-223 ............................................ 5 1-337 - 1-340............................... 0
1-1 - 1-6 ....................................... 0 1-224 -1-226 ................................ 0 1-341............................................ 3
1-7................................................ 4 1-227 ............................................ 3 1-342............................................ 0
1-8 - 1-29 ..................................... 0 1-228 - 1-247 ............................... 0 1-343 - 1-344............................... 3
1-30 .............................................. 3 1-248 ............................................ 3 1-345 - 1-347............................... 0
1-31 - 1-32 ................................... 0 1-249 - 1-269 ............................... 0 1-348............................................ 3
1-33 .............................................. 1 1-270 ............................................ 3 1-349 - 1-351............................... 0
1-34 - 1-47 ................................... 0 1-271 ............................................ 2 1-352 - 1-353............................... 3
1-48 .............................................. 3 1-272 - 1-275 ............................... 0 1-354 - 1-355............................... 4
1-48.1 .......................................... 3 1-276 - 1-277 ............................... 4 1-356............................................ 3
1-48.2 Blank ............................... 3 1-278 ............................................ 5 1-357 - 1-358............................... 1
1-49 .............................................. 0 1-279 - 1-280 ............................... 0 1-359............................................ 3
1-50 .............................................. 3 1-281 ............................................ 3 1-360 - 1-361............................... 5
1-50.1 - 1-50.4 ............................ 3 1-282 - 1-285 ............................... 0 1-362 - 1-366............................... 0
1-51 - 1-52 ................................... 3 1-286 ............................................ 3 1-367............................................ 3
1-53 .............................................. 0 1-286.1 ......................................... 3 1-368 - 1-369............................... 5
1-54 .............................................. 2 1-286.2 Blank .............................. 3 1-370 - 1-373............................... 0
1-55 - 1-56 ................................... 0 1-287 - 1-291 ............................... 0 1-374............................................ 2
1-57 .............................................. 3 1-292 ............................................ 4 1-375............................................ 0
1-58 - 1-76 ................................... 0 1-293 - 1-295 ............................... 0 1-376............................................ 3
1-77 .............................................. 3 1-296 ............................................ 3 1-377 - 1-391............................... 0
1-78 .............................................. 1 1-296.1 ......................................... 3 1-392............................................ 3
1-79 .............................................. 0 1-296.2 Blank .............................. 3 1-393 - 1-397............................... 0
1-80 .............................................. 3 1-297 - 1-310 ............................... 0 1-398............................................ 4
1-81 - 1-87 ................................... 5 1-311 ............................................ 3 1-399 - 1-421............................... 0
1-88 .............................................. 3 1-312 ............................................ 1 1-422............................................ 3
1-89 - 1-98 Deleted...................... 3 1-313 - 1-314 ............................... 3 1-423 - 1-430............................... 0
1-99 .............................................. 0 1-314.1 ......................................... 3 1-431............................................ 3
1-100 - 1-103 ............................... 5 1-314.2 Blank .............................. 3 1-432 - 1-451............................... 0
1-104 - 1-112 ............................... 0 1-315 ............................................ 0 1-452............................................ 3
1-112.1 - 1.112.2 ......................... 5 1-316 - 1-317 ............................... 1 1-453 - 1-459............................... 0
1-113 - 1-124 ............................... 0 1-318 - 1-319 ............................... 3 1-460............................................ 1
1-125............................................ 4 1-320 - 1-322 ............................... 0 1-461 - 1-462............................... 0
1-126 -1-140 ................................ 0 1-323 - 1-324 ............................... 5 1-463 - 1-466............................... 3
# Zero in this column indicates an original page.
ARMY/USAF
Change 5 A
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES (Cont)
Page # Change Page # Change Page # Change
No. No. No. No. No. No.
1-467 - 1-468 ............................... 0 1-570 - 1-571 ............................... 3 1-695 - 1-698............................... 0
1-469 - 1-470 ............................... 3 1-572 - 1-573 ............................... 1 1-699 - 1-700............................... 1
1-471............................................ 1 1-574 - 1-575 ............................... 0 1-700.1......................................... 3
1-472 - 1-473 ............................... 3 1-576 ............................................ 1 1-700.2 Blank .............................. 3
1-474............................................ 5 1-577 - 1-581 ............................... 0 1-701............................................ 3
1-475............................................ 1 1-582 ............................................ 1 1-702 - 1-704............................... 0
1-476............................................ 0 1-583 ............................................ 0 1-705............................................ 1
1-477............................................ 1 1-584 - 1-585 ............................... 1 1-706 - 1-711............................... 0
1-478............................................ 3 1-586 ............................................ 0 1-712............................................ 1
1-479............................................ 4 1-587 ............................................ 1 1-713 - 1-715............................... 0
1-480 - 1-483 ............................... 0 1-588 - 1-590 ............................... 0 1-716 - 1-717............................... 1
1-484............................................ 3 1-591 - 1-592 ............................... 1 1-718 - 1-719............................... 0
1-485............................................ 1 1-593 ............................................ 0 1-720 Blank ................................. 0
1-486............................................ 4 1-594 ............................................ 1 2-1 - 2-2 ....................................... 0
1-487 - 1-488 ............................... 1 1-595 - 1-597 ............................... 0 2-3 - 2-4 ....................................... 3
1-489 - 1-490 ............................... 0 1-598 - 1-602 ............................... 1 2-5................................................ 5
1-491............................................ 4 1-603 ............................................ 0 2-6................................................ 3
1-492 - 1-493 ............................... 0 1-604 ............................................ 1 2-7 - 2-12..................................... 0
1-494 - 1-499 ............................... 3 1-605 - 1-606 ............................... 0 2-13.............................................. 3
1-500 - 1-501 ............................... 0 1-607 - 1-609 ............................... 1 2-14 - 2-17 ................................... 0
1-502 - 1-503 ............................... 3 1-610 - 1-612 ............................... 0 2-18 - 2-19 ................................... 3
1-504............................................ 0 1-613 - 1-615 ............................... 1 2-20.............................................. 0
1-505 - 1-509 ............................... 3 1-616 ............................................ 0 2-21.............................................. 3
1-510............................................ 0 1-617 - 1-618 ............................... 1 2-22 - 2-38 ................................... 0
1-511............................................ 1 1-619 ............................................ 0 2-39.............................................. 5
1-512............................................ 3 1-620 ............................................ 1 2-40.............................................. 0
1-513............................................ 0 1-621 - 1-623 ............................... 0 2-41.............................................. 5
1-514............................................ 3 1-624 - 1-628 ............................... 1 2-42 - 2-52 ................................... 0
1-515............................................ 0 1-629 - 1-634 ............................... 0 2-53.............................................. 3
1-516 - 1-518 ............................... 3 1-635 - 1-642 ............................... 1 2-54 - 2-56 ................................... 0
1-518.1......................................... 3 1-643 - 1-644 ............................... 0 2-57.............................................. 3
1-518.2 Blank .............................. 3 1-645 ............................................ 1 2-58 - 2-63 ................................... 0
1-519 - 1-522 ............................... 3 1-646 ............................................ 0 2-64.............................................. 4
1-523............................................ 0 1-647 ........................................... 1 2-65.............................................. 0
1-524 - 1-528 ............................... 3 1-648 - 1-649 ............................... 0 2-66 - 2-68 ................................... 4
1-529............................................ 5 1-650 - 1-653 ............................... 1 2-69 - 2-78 ................................... 0
1-530............................................ 0 1-654 - 1-657 ............................... 0 2-78.1........................................... 3
1-531............................................ 3 1-658 ............................................ 1 2-78.2 Blank................................ 3
1-532 - 1-534 ............................... 0 1-659 ............................................ 0 2-79 - 2-81 ................................... 3
1-535............................................ 3 1-660 ............................................ 1 2-82 - 2-105 ................................. 0
1-536 - 1-538 ............................... 0 1-661 ............................................ 0 2-106............................................ 3
1-539 - 1-540 ............................... 1 1-662 - 1-663 ............................... 1 2-106.1......................................... 3
1-541............................................ 3 1-664 ............................................ 0 2-106.2 Blank .............................. 3
1-542 - 1-546 ............................... 1 1-665 - 1-666 ............................... 1 2-107............................................ 3
1-547 ........................................... 0 1-667 ............................................ 4 2-108 - 2-118............................... 0
1-548 - 1-550 ............................... 1 1-668 - 1-669 ............................... 0 3-1 ............................................... 0
1-551............................................ 0 1-670 - 1-672 ............................... 1 3-2................................................ 3
1-552 - 1-554 ............................... 1 1-673 ............................................ 0 3-2.1............................................. 3
1-555............................................ 0 1-674 ............................................ 1 3-2.2 Blank .................................. 3
1-556 - 1-557 ............................... 1 1-675 ............................................ 0 3-3 - 3-7 ....................................... 0
1-558 -1-563 ................................ 0 1-676 ............................................ 1 3-8................................................ 3
1-564............................................ 1 1-677 - 1-685 ............................... 0 3-8.1............................................. 3
1-565............................................ 0 1-686 - 1-690 ............................... 1 3-8.2 Blank .................................. 3
1-566............................................ 1 1-691 ............................................ 0 3-9 - 3-10..................................... 0
1-567............................................ 0 1-692 - 1-693 ............................... 1 3-11.............................................. 3
1-568 - 1-569 ............................... 1 1-694 ............................................ 3 3-12 - 3-24 ................................... 0
# Zero in this column indicates an original page.
B Change 5
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES (Cont)
Page # Change Page # Change Page # Change
No. No. No. No. No. No.
3-25 .............................................. 4 6-29 - 2-33 ................................... 0 G-1 - G-5...................................... 0
3-26 .............................................. 1 6-34 .............................................. 3 G-6............................................... 5
3-27 - 3-32 ................................... 0 6-35 - 6-48 ................................... 0 G-7 - G-11.................................... 0
3-33 - 3-34 ................................... 3 6-49 .............................................. 5 G-12 Blank................................... 0
3-35 .............................................. 4 6-50 - 6-51 ................................... 0 H-1 - H-18.................................... 0
3-36 - 3-37 ................................... 0 6-52 .............................................. 5 H-19 ............................................. 4
3-38 .............................................. 4 6-53 - 6-60 ................................... 0 H-20 - H-21.................................. 0
3-38.1 ........................................... 2 7-1 - 7-7 ....................................... 0 H-22 - H-25.................................. 4
3-38.2 Blank ................................. 2 7-8 ................................................ 4 H-26 - H-27.................................. 0
3-39 .............................................. 4 7-9 - 7-11 ..................................... 0 H-28 - H-29.................................. 4
3-40 .............................................. 1 7-12 .............................................. 4 H-30 - H-34.................................. 0
3-41 - 3-42 ................................... 0 7-12.1 ........................................... 4 Glossary 1 - Glossary 8................ 0
3-42.1 ........................................... 1 7-12.2 Blank ................................. 4 Index 1 ......................................... 3
3-42.2 Blank ................................. 1 7-13 .............................................. 0 Index 2 ......................................... 4
3-43 - 3-49 ................................... 0 7-14 - 7-37 ................................... 0 Index 3 ......................................... 3
3-50 .............................................. 3 7-38 .............................................. 1 Index 4 - Index 7 ......................... 1
3-51 - 3-55 ................................... 0 7-39 - 7-73 ................................... 0 Index 8 ......................................... 4
3-56 .............................................. 2 7-74 .............................................. 1 Index 9 ......................................... 0
3-57 .............................................. 0 7-75 - 7-79 ................................... 0 Index 10 - Index 13 ...................... 1
3-58 .............................................. 1 7-80 .............................................. 5 Index 14....................................... 3
3-59 .............................................. 4 7-81 - 7-83 ................................... 0 Index 15....................................... 1
3-60 - 3-61 ................................... 1 7-84 Blank .................................... 0 Index 16....................................... 5
3-62 .............................................. 3 8-1 - 8-5 ....................................... 0 Index 17....................................... 4
3-63 - 3-64 ................................... 0 8-6 ................................................ 4 Index 18....................................... 3
3-65 .............................................. 3 8-7 - 8-61 ..................................... 0 Index 19 - Index 20 ...................... 1
3-66 - 3-67 ................................... 0 8-62 .............................................. 4 Index 21....................................... 3
3-68 Blank .................................... 0 8-63 - 8-82 ................................... 0 Index 22....................................... 1
4-1 - 4-21 ..................................... 0 9-1 ................................................ 0 Index 23....................................... 3
4-22 .............................................. 1 9-2 Blank...................................... 0 Index 24 - Index 25 ...................... 1
4-23 - 4-24 ................................... 3 10-1 - 10-22 ................................. 0 Index 26....................................... 3
4-25 - 4-28 ................................... 0 10-23 ............................................ 2 Index 27....................................... 0
5-1 ................................................ 0 10-24 - 10-25 ............................... 0 Index 28....................................... 3
5-2 ................................................ 5 10-26 ............................................ 3 Index 29 - Index 30 ...................... 1
5-3 - 5-9 ....................................... 0 10-27 - 10-29 ............................... 0 Index 31....................................... 3
5-10 .............................................. 1 10-30 - 10-31 ............................... 3 Index 32....................................... 1
5-11 .............................................. 0 10-32 ............................................ 4 Index 33....................................... 5
5-12 .............................................. 1 10-33 ............................................ 0 Index 34....................................... 3
5-13 - 5-17 ................................... 0 10-34 Blank .................................. 0 FP-1.............................................. 0
5-18 .............................................. 3 A-1 ............................................... 5 FP-2 Blank ................................... 0
5-19 - 5-20 ................................... 4 A-2 ............................................... 4 FP-3.............................................. 0
5-21 .............................................. 0 B-1 - B-47 .................................... 0 FP-4 Blank ................................... 0
5-22 .............................................. 4 B-48 ............................................. 3 FP-5.............................................. 0
5-23 - 5-27 ................................... 0 B-49 - B-50 .................................. 0 FP-6 Blank ................................... 0
5-28 - 5-29 ................................... 4 C-1 ............................................... 5 FP-7.............................................. 0
5-30 .............................................. 3 C-2 Blank..................................... 5 FP-8 Blank ................................... 0
5-31 .............................................. 0 D-1 ............................................... 0 FP-9.............................................. 0
5-32 .............................................. 3 D-2 ............................................... 5 FP-10 Blank ................................. 0
5-33 - 5-50 ................................... 0 D-3 - D-4 ...................................... 0 FP-11............................................ 0
6-1 - 6-24 ..................................... 0 D-5 ............................................... 4 FP-12 Blank ................................. 0
6-25 - 6-26 ................................... 5 D-6 ............................................... 0 FP-13............................................ 0
6-26.1 ........................................... 5 E-1................................................ 0 FP-14 Blank ................................. 0
6-26.2 Blank ................................. 5 E-2 Blank ..................................... 0 FP-15............................................ 0
6-27 .............................................. 0 F-1 - F19 ...................................... 0 FP-16 Blank ................................. 0
6-28 .............................................. 4 F-20 Blank ................................... 0
# Zero in this column indicates an original page.
Change 5 C/(D Blank)
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
TECHNICAL MANUAL HEADQUARTERS
NO. 1-2840-248-23 DEPARTMENT OF THE
ARMY AND THE AIR FORCE
WASHINGTON, D.C., 1 June 1999
AVIATION UNIT AND INTERMEDIATE
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ENGINE, AIRCRAFT, TURBOSHAFT
MODELS T700-GE-700, T700-GE-701 AND T700-GE-701C
REPORTING ERRORS AND RECOMMENDING IMPROVEMENTS
You can help improve this manual. If you find any mistakes or if you know of a way to
improve these procedures, please let us know. Mail your letter, DA Form 2028
(Recommended Changes to Publications and Blank Forms), or DA Form 2028-2 located
in the back of this manual, directly to: Commander, U.S. Army Aviation and Missile
Command, ATTN: AMSAM-MMC-MA-NP, Redstone Arsenal, AL 35898-5000. A reply will
be furnished to you. You may also provide DA Form 2028 information to AMCOM via
e-mail, fax, or the World Wide Web. Our fax number is: DSN 788-6546 or Commercial
256-842-6546. Our e-mail address is: [email protected]. Instructions for sending
an electronic 2028 may be found at the back of this manual immediately preceding the
hard copy 2028. For the World Wide Web use: https://amcom2028.redstone.army.mil.
DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT A: Approved for public release; distribution is unlimited.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
CHAPTER 1 ENGINE GENERAL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
Section I General Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
Section II Equipment Description and Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
Section III Repair Parts; Special Tools; Test, Measurement, and
Diagnostic Equipment (TMDE); and Support Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-57
Section IV Service Upon Receipt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-60
Section V Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-77
Section VI Troubleshooting (Engine Installed in Aircraft). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-99
Section VII General Maintenance Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-296
Section VIII Engine Test in Mobile or Fixed Facilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-460
CHAPTER 2 COMPRESSOR SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
Cold Section Module. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
CHAPTER 3 COMBUSTION SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
Hot Section Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
Change 5 i
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Page
CHAPTER 4 POWER TURBINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Power Turbine Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
CHAPTER 5 ACCESSORY GEARBOX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
Accessory Section Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
CHAPTER 6 FUEL SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
CHAPTER 7 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
Electrical and Ignition System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
CHAPTER 8 OIL SYSTEM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
CHAPTER 9 DRIVE SYSTEM (Not Applicable). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1
CHAPTER 10 MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT/AIR SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1
APPENDIX A REFERENCES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-1
APPENDIX B MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-1
Section I Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-1
Section II Maintenance Allocation Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-5
Section III Tool and Test Equipment Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-47
Section IV Remarks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-49
APPENDIX C REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS LIST (RPSTL) (Not Applicable) . . . . C-1
APPENDIX D EXPENDABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-1
Section I Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-1
Section II Tabular List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-2
APPENDIX E SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-1
APPENDIX F ILLUSTRATED LIST OF MANUFACTURED ITEMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-1
APPENDIX G TORQUE LIMITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-1
APPENDIX H GENERAL MAINTENANCE PRACTICES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-1
GLOSSARY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. GLOSSARY 1
INDEX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. INDEX 1
ii Change 5
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
CHAPTER 1
ENGINE GENERAL
1-1. CHAPTER OVERVIEW. 1-2. CHAPTER INDEX.
This chapter contains general information, equipment This chapter is divided into the following eight sections:
descriptions and instructions regarding support equipment,
servicing of engine upon receipt, preventive maintenance Para-
checks, troubleshooting, general maintenance, and engine Section Title graph
testing. I General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
II Equipment Capabilities and
Data peculiar to engine models T700-GE-700,
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-21
T700-GE-701, and T700-GE-701C is identified throughout
III Repair Parts; Special Tools; Test,
the manual as follows:
Measurement, and Diagnostic
Equipment (TMDE); and Support
NOTE Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-43
Data common to all engine models is not IV Service Upon Receipt . . . . . . . . . . 1-46
identified. V Preventative Maintenance Checks
and Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-61
VII Troubleshooting (Engine Installed
Engine Model Identification
in Aircraft) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-71
T700-GE-700 (T700) VIII General Maintenance Procedures . 1-100
T700-GE-701 (T701)
IX Engine Test in Mobile or Fixed
T700-GE-701C (T701C) Facilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-211
T700-GE-700 and T700-GE-701 (T700, T701)
T700-GE-700 and T700-GE-701C (T700, T701C)
T700-GE-701 and T700-GE-701C (T701, T701C)
Section I. GENERAL INFORMATION
1-3. SCOPE. 1-8. MAINTENANCE CONCEPT.
1-4. Maintenance of Army aviation equipment is 1-9. (T700) Under the modular maintenance concept, the
performed at three levels: Aviation Unit Maintenance T700-GE-700 turboshaft engine (fig. 1-1) is divided into
(AVUM), Aviation Intermediate Maintenance (AVIM), and four modules (fig. 1-2):
Depot Maintenance.
• Accessory Section Module (Accessory
1-5. (T700) Repair parts, special tools, and support Gearbox)
equipment are listed in Repair Parts and Special Tools List • Cold Section Module (Compressor
(RPSTL) TM 55-2840-248-23P. Section)
• Hot Section Module (Combustion Section)
1-6. (T701) Repair parts, special tools, and support
equipment are listed in Repair Parts and Special Tools List
• Power Turbine Module (Power Turbine)
(RPSTL) TM 55-2840-238-23P.
1-7. (T701C) Repair parts, special tools, and support
equipment are listed in Repair Parts and Special Tool List
(RPSTL) TM 55-2840-258-23P.
1-1
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-1. T700-GE-700 and T700-GE-701C Turboshaft Engine (Typical)
1-10. (T701, T701C) Under the modular maintenance
1-14. MAINTENANCE FORMS, RECORDS, AND
concept, the T700-GE-701 and T700-GE-701C turboshaft
REPORTS.
engines (fig. 1-3) or (fig. 1-1) are divided into four modules
(T701) (fig. 1-4) or (T701C) (fig. 1-2): Department of the Army forms and procedures used for
equipment maintenance will be those prescribed by
• Accessory Section Module (Accessory DAPAM 738-751. The Army Maintenance Management
Gearbox) System (TAMMS).
• Cold Section Module (Compressor
Section)
1-15. DESTRUCTION OF ARMY MATERIEL TO
• Hot Section Module (Combustion Section) PREVENT ENEMY USE.
• Power Turbine Module (Power Turbine)
Procedures for destroying Army materiel to prevent enemy
1-11. The engine can be disassembled into the four use are listed in TM 750-244-1-5.
modules. There are no special tools required to disassemble
and assemble the engine at AVUM and at AVIM levels of
1-16. ADMINISTRATIVE STORAGE.
maintenance.
Instructions are provided in Section VII of this chapter.
1-12. The engine has several line replaceable units
(LRU's). An LRU is a part which can be removed and
replaced at AVUM level, with another like-part. See 1-17. QUALITY ASSURANCE/QUALITY
paragraph 1-27 for a list of LRU's. CONTROL (QA/QC).
1-13. The maintenance tasks, assigned to each level of Refer to FM 1-411 for information about quality assurance
maintenance, are listed in the Maintenance Allocation Chart and quality control.
(MAC) in Appendix B.
1-2
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-2. (T700, T701C) Engine Modules (Typical)
1-3
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-3. T700-GE-701 Turboshaft Engine
(1) Components/parts whose failure could result
1-18. DIRECTIONAL REFERENCES.
in uncontained components.
See figure 1-5 for a view of directional references.
(2) Components/parts which could cause an
external fire in the engine bay.
1-19. ARMY FLIGHT SAFETY CRITICAL
AIRCRAFT PARTS PROGRAM . (3) Components/parts which have a predicted or
actual in-flight shutdown (IFSD) rate greater than one event
Parts, assemblies, or installations identified under the Flight per 200,000 engine flight hours.
Safety Critical Aircraft Parts Program, require special
handling during time at AVUM/AVIM maintenance. b. A critical characteristic is any feature throughout
Throughout the TM procedures, warnings appear the life cycle of a FSCAP which, if nonconforming,
emphasizing critical instructions to be followed. These missing, or degraded, could cause failure or malfunction of
warnings are identified as FLIGHT SAFETY CRITICAL the FSCAP. Critical characteristics include dimensions,
AIRCRAFT PARTS warnings and are inserted whenever tolerances, finish, materials, or assembly, manufacturing,
and wherever necessary. and inspection processes. Life cycle covers manufacturing
operations, field maintenance, and overhaul through normal
a. A flight safety critical aircraft part (FSCAP) is service life of the part.
defined as any part, assembly, or installation whose failure,
malfunction, or absence could cause an uncommanded c. FSCAPs and their critical characteristics are listed
engine shutdown, and/or a catastrophic engine failure in table 1-1.
resulting in loss or serious damage to an aircraft and/or
serious injury or death to the occupants. This definition as
applied to the T700-GE-700/-701/-701C engines used in the
UH-60 and AH-64 helicopters is limited to:
1-4
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-4. (T701) Engine Modules
1-5
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-5. Directional References
Table 1-1. Army Flight Safety Critical Aircraft Parts and Their Critical Characteristics
Chapter Paragraph
No. No. Nomenclature Critical Characteristics
1 1-112 Oil Tank Cap and Adapter (PN 6038T99P01) Self-Sealing Feature
(T700, T701)
2 NA Stage 1 Compressor Rotor Blade-Disk Not disassembled at field level
2 NA Stage 2 Compressor Rotor Blade-Disk Not disassembled at field level
2 NA Stages 3 and 4 Compressor Rotor Blade-Disk Not disassembled at field level
2 NA Stage 5 Compressor Rotor Blade-Disk Not disassembled at field level
2 NA Compressor Centrifugal Impeller Not disassembled at field level
3 3-5 Stage 1 Turbine Disk Life Limits
3 3-5 Stage 2 Turbine Disk Life Limits
2 NA Gas Generator Turbine Shaft Not disassembled at field level
4 NA Stage 3 Turbine Disk Not disassembled at field level
4 NA Stage 4 Turbine Disk Not disassembled at field level
1-6
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table 1-1. Army Flight Safety Critical Aircraft Parts and Their Critical Characteristics (Cont)
Chapter Paragraph
No. No. Nomenclature Critical Characteristics
4 4-4 Power Turbine Module Installation of stage 4 turbine stator ring
3 3-5 Stage 2 Turbine Nozzle Static Seal Cracks in seal backing ring
3 NA Midframe Assembly Not disassembled at field level
2 NA No. 4 Bearing Support Not disassembled at field level
2 NA No. 4 Trilobe Roller Bearing Not disassembled at field level
2 2-28 Power Takeoff Drive Assembly Installation of Damping Ring
5 5-4 Accessory Drive Gearbox Assembly Fuel Leaks
5 5-46 Fuel Connector Fuel Leaks
6 6-39 Hydromechanical Control Unit Assembly Fuel Leaks
6 6-74 Valve, Overspeed ((T700) Pressurizing and Fuel Leaks
Overspeed, (T701, T701C) Overspeed and Drain
Valve)
6 6-33 Fuel Boost Pump Fuel Leaks
6 6-51, 6-45 Fuel Filter Fuel Leaks
8 8-4 Lube Oil Cooler Assembly Fuel Leaks
6 6-79 Manifold Assembly (ODV, POU) Fuel Leaks
6 6-9 Main Fuel Manifold Fuel Leaks
6 6-56 Gearbox-to-Fuel Control Hose Assembly Fuel Leaks
6 6-62 Fuel Pressure Switch Fuel Leaks
Change 4 1-7
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
1-20. PRELIMINARY INSTRUCTIONS.
a. Warnings for hazardous substances have been Asbestos
developed from dated manufacturer's Material Safety Data
Sheets (MSDSs), when available. Each warning is valid as This engine may contain small amounts of
of its specific preparation date. To ensure compliance with asbestos. When working with this engine, the
current precautionary information: following precautions must be rigidly adhered
to:
• Read and follow specific instructions in
• Before any maintenance activities are
MSDS for types of personal protective
undertaken, review the illustrated parts
equipment (safety glasses, gloves, apron,
breakdown/catalog index to determine if
etc.), for use of ventilators or respirators, the hardware to be worked on or used
for types of fire extinguishers, and for contains asbestos.
treating medical emergencies. • Whenever mechanical removal of material,
• Read and follow the hazardous materials such as machining, grinding, buffing,
label posted on the container for the drilling, sanding or any type of material
specific substance and the MSDS supplied build-up on parts that contain asbestos is
by the manufacturer. necessary, appropriate personal protective
• Follow established shop practices and equipment must be worn, and national
procedures when using, handling, and environmental controls required for the
storing hazardous materials. handling of asbestos-containing material
must be complied with.
• Dispose of hazardous materials by
• Before handling, replacing, or disposing of
complying with existing federal, state, or
asbestos-containing hardware, appropriate
local regulations.
personal protective equipment and national
environmental controls must be strictly
adhered to for handling asbestos-containing
hardware.
b. Some parts of this engine may contain asbestos,
which is highly toxic to skin, eyes, and respiratory tract.
Before proceeding, adhere to all site safety and
environmental controls concerning asbestos. Otherwise,
personal injury may result.
c. Asbestos parts are identified in the RPSTLs by the
symbol s, which is directly after the part number in both the
GAPL and the Part Number Index.
1-8
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Section II. EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION AND DATA
a. Inlet Particle Separator. The inlet particle separator
1-21. EQUIPMENT CAPABILITIES AND
contains three engine frames: swirl frame (2, fig. 1-6
FEATURES.
(T700) or 1-7 (T701, T701C)), front frame (4), and main
The T700-GE-700, T700-GE-701 and T700-GE-701C frame (5). The rest of the inlet particle separator consists of
engines are front-driven, turboshaft engines, that have four a scroll case, an inlet duct, a particle separator blower, and
modules. See figure 1-2 for T700 and T701C modules and an aircraft discharge duct. The inlet particle separator
figure 1-4 for T701 modules. The T700, T701 and T701C provides clean air to the engine as follows:
modules are described in paragraphs 1-23 thru 1-26. Refer
to paragraph 1-41 forequipment data for T700 engines and (1) Air enters the engine through the swirl frame
to paragraph 1-42 for T701 and T701C engines. (fig. 1-8). Swirl vanes direct the air into a rotating or
swirling pattern. Sand, dust, and other foreign objects are
Data peculiar to engine models T700-GE-700, separated by centrifugal action. These objects are carried to
T700-GE-701, and T700-GE-701C is identified throughout the outer section of the main frame and into the scroll case.
the manual as follows: Particles are drawn from the scroll case by the blower and
are blown out the aircraft discharge duct.
NOTE (2) The relatively clean air that remains after
particles are separated is carried to the front frame deswirl
• Data common to all engine models is not
vanes, which straighten the air flow before it enters the
identified.
compressor inlet.
• T700-GE-701C engine model data unique
to the Apache helicopter will be designated b. Swirl Frame. The swirl frame (2, fig. 1-6 (T700)
AH-64A. or 1-7 (T701, T701C)) contains the swirl vanes and is the
• T700-GE-701C engine model data unique forward structure of the engine. The forward flange of the
to the Black Hawk helicopter will be swirl frame mates with the aircraft inlet duct.
designated UH-60L.
c. A-sump Output Shaft Assembly. The A-sump
Engine Model Identification output shaft assembly (3, fig. 1-6 (T700) or 1-7 (T701,
T700-GE-700 (T700) T701C)) is housed in the front frame (4). It provides a
T700-GE-701 (T701) housing for the no. 1 and no. 2 main bearings. The output
shaft is driven by the power turbine and supplies power
T700-GE-701C (T701C)
through shafting to the helicopter transmission. The output
T700-GE-700 and T700-GE-701 (T700, T701)
shaft connects to the power turbine drive shaft assembly
T700-GE-700 and T700-GE-701C (T700, T701C) through a splined joint.
T700-GE-700 and T700-GE-701C (T700, T701C)
d. Front Frame. The front frame (4, fig. 1-6 (T700)
1-22. LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF or 1-7 (T701, T701C)) is housed in the main frame (5) and
MAJOR COMPONENTS. contains the A-sump and deswirl vanes. It supports the
A-sump output shaft assembly and provides an inner
See figure 1-6 for illustrations of major T700-GE-700 flowpath for air entering the compressor inlet.
engine components. See figure 1-7 for illustrations of major
T700-GE-701 and T700-GE-701C engine components. e. Main Frame. The main frame (5, fig. 1-6 (T700)
or 1-7 (T701, T701C)) is a one-piece casting consisting of
1-23. Cold Section Module. This module includes the an outer and inner portion. The outer portion contains the oil
following components: swirl frame, A-sump output shaft tank, the accessory gearbox support, the scroll seal and
assembly, front frame, main frame, scroll case, compressor support, and the forward engine mounts. The inner portion
section, and diffuser and midframe casing assembly. An contains the scroll vanes, the front frame mating flange, the
inlet particle separator is in the forward end of the module. inlet guide vane supports, and the flange that attaches to the
A blower, mounted on the accessory drive gearbox provides compressor. The aft inner portion of the frame forms the
suction for particle separator operation. The following is a outer surface of the compressor inlet flowpath. The variable
description of these components. inlet guide vanes are supported in this frame. By removing a
1-9
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-6. (T700) Major Engine Components (Sheet 1 of 2)
1-10
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-6. (T700) Major Engine Components (Sheet 2 of 2)
1-11
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-7. (T701, T701C) Major Engine Components (Typical) (Sheet 1 of 2)
1-12
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-7. (T701, T701C) Major Engine Components (Typical) (Sheet 2 of 2)
1-13
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-8. Inlet Particle Separator Flow Diagram
1-14
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
borescope plug, inlet guide vanes and stage 1 compressor assembly by removing the borescope plug from a port on
rotor blades can be inspected. the midframe. For T701 and T701C engines, access is
obtained through the igniter ports for borescoping the
f. Scroll Case. The scroll case (6, fig. 1-6 (T700) or combustion liner, the fuel injectors, and the stage 1 nozzle
1-7 (T701, T701C)) is a fiberglass shell attached to the aft assembly. The midframe has four service tubes: one
side of the main frame. The scroll case collects sand, dust, supplies oil to the B-sump; one scavenges oil from the B-
and other particles from the airflow and directs them, and sump; one drains the B-sump seal pressure cavity; and one
the particle separator blower removes them. An opening at conducts compressor discharge seal leakage air to the
the 6 o'clock position provides cooling air for the (T700, turbine case. On T700 engines, the port at the 10:30 o'clock
T701) ECU or (T701C) DEC and access for foreign object position provides compressor discharge air (P3) to the POU
removal. and to the HMU. On T701 and T701C engines, the port at
the 10:30 o'clock position provides compressor discharge
g. Compressor Section. The compressor section has air (P3) to the HMU.
five axial stages and one centrifugal stage (stage 6). The
axial stages have variable stage 1 and stage 2 vanes. The 1-24. Hot Section Module. This module includes the
centrifugal stage has an impeller with backswept vanes. The following components: combustion liner, stage 1 nozzle
compressor rotor (8, fig. 1-6 (T700) or 1-7 (T701, assembly, stages 1 and 2 gas generator turbine rotor, and
T701C)) is supported by bearings at the front and rear. gas generator stator. The following is a description of these
Access is obtained for borescoping the stage 5 rotor blades components.
and the centrifugal impeller by removing the borescope cap
or plug from port on compressor case. Stage 5 bleed air is a. Combustion Liner. The combustion liner (1,
taken from three bleed ports on the compressor stator (7). fig. 1-9) is a one-piece welded assembly. Twelve fuel
One port supplies air for the anti-icing bleed and start valve; injectors are installed into swirlers in the liner dome. The
the other two ports provide customer bleed air. swirlers break up and atomize the fuel discharged from the
injectors into the liner. The liner is cooled by a film of air on
h. Diffuser and Midframe Casing Assembly. The the inner and outer walls, and by air striking the dome and
diffuser and midframe casing assembly (9, fig. 1-6 (T700) shell. This design reduces the amount of cooling air mixed
or 1-7 (T701, T701C)) is a matched assembly that includes with the hot gas stream.
the diffuser, the diffuser case, and the midframe assembly.
The following is a description of these components. b. Stage 1 Nozzle Assembly. The stage 1 nozzle
assembly (2, fig. 1-9) contains 12 air-cooled nozzle
(1) The diffuser increases the compressor segments. The nozzle assembly directs gas flow from the
discharge area and reduces the speed of the centrifugal combustor discharge to the stages 1 and 2 gas generator
impeller airflow, causing the air pressure to increase. This turbine rotor (5) and gas generator stator (3).
pressurized air is directed to the combustor through the
diffuser case. c. Stages 1 and 2 Gas Generator Turbine Rotor.
(2) The diffuser case mounts on the rear flange of
the compressor stator. It directs compressor discharge air to
the combustion chamber. A port at the 6 o'clock position on Flight Safety Critical Aircraft Part
the diffuser case serves as a drain for the combustion (Critical Characteristic(s))
chamber.
Cracks on stage 1 and stage 2 turbine disks are
(3) The midframe assembly houses the critical characteristics.
combustion liner and contains the B-sump. The T700
midframe has ports for attaching fuel injectors, primer The stages 1 and 2 gas generator turbine rotor (5, fig. 1-9) is
nozzles, and igniter plugs. The T701 and T701C midframe an air-cooled rotor. Each rotor stage consists of individual
has ports for attaching fuel injectors and igniter plugs. For blades, a disk, and forward and aft cooling plates. The
T700 engines, access is obtained for borescoping the cooling plates are attached to each disk by five bolts.
combustion liner, the fuel injectors, and the stage 1 nozzle
1-15
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-9. Hot Section Module (Typical)
1-16
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
d. Gas Generator Stator. d. Power Turbine Drive Shaft Assembly. Output
power is delivered by the power turbine drive shaft
assembly; it extends forward through the engine to a splined
joint on the output shaft. The power turbine drive shaft
Flight Safety Critical Aircraft Part assembly is made up of a drive shaft (3, fig. 1-11) and
(Critical Characteristic(s)) torque sensor tube (9). The torque sensor tube is secured by
a pin (1) to the front of the drive shaft (3). The rear of the
Cracks on the backing ring of the (T700, tube (9) is free and not secured to the rear of the power
T701) stage 2 turbine nozzle air seal are turbine shaft. The torque and overspeed sensor (5) and the
critical characteristics. Np sensor (7) contain a magnet and a wire coil which
produce an electrical pulse each time a shaft tooth (8) or a
The gas generator stator (3, fig. 1-9) houses the stages 1 and reference tooth (6) rotates past. Because the electrical pulses
2 gas generator turbine rotor (5) and the stage 2 turbine have a different relationship with changes in load, the
nozzle segments (4). The stage 2 turbine nozzle segments output torque of the engine can be measured. The greater
are located between the stage 1 and stage 2 disks. the load, the greater the twist in the shaft. The two sensors
(5, 7) transmit these pulses to the ECU or DEC. Paragraph
1-25. Power Turbine Module. This module includes 1-35 provides a more detailed description of the ECU or
the following components: turbine case, power turbine rotor DEC and the sensors (5, 7).
assembly, power turbine drive shaft assembly, exhaust
frame, and C-sump housing. The following is a description 1-26. Accessory Section Module. This module
of these components. includes a top-mounted accessory drive gearbox and
attached components. The accessory section module is
a. Exhaust Frame. The exhaust frame (5, fig. 1-10) driven by the compressor rotor through the power takeoff
supports the C-sump housing (6). It contains the no. 5 bevel gear and radial drive shaft assembly.
carbon seal (12) and the no. 5 and no. 6 bearing support (9).
a. Accessory Drive Gearbox. The accessory drive
b. Power Turbine Rotor Assembly. The power gearbox (1, fig. 1-6 (T700) or 1-7 (T701, T701C))
turbine rotor assembly (10, fig. 1-10) consists of the stage 3 transmits torque from the engine starter during starting and
and stage 4 turbine disks (13, 8) and the stage 4 seal and drives the components that mount on the gearbox pads. The
turbine nozzle (4). The rotor assembly mounts on the power gearbox has internal passages that carry oil and fuel. These
turbine drive shaft assembly (14). The no. 5 and no. 6 passages minimize the number of external hoses and tubes
bearings (11,7) support the aft end of the drive shaft; the on the engine.
forward end is supported by a splined joint from the output
shaft. b. Components of the Accessory Section Module.
See figure 1-12 for T700 and T701C component locations
c. Turbine Case. The turbine case (2, fig. 1-10) on the accessory section module. See figure 1-13 for T701
houses the power turbine rotor assembly (10) and the stage component locations on the accessory section module.
3 turbine nozzle segments (3). The thermocouple These components are described in paragraphs 1-29
assembly(1) is installed on the turbine case. thru 1-36.
1-17
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-10. Power Turbine Module (Typical)
1-18
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-11. Power Turbine Drive Shaft Assembly
1-19
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-12. (T700) Component Locations on Accessory Section Module
1-20
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-13. (T701, T701C) Component Locations on Accessory Section Module
1-21
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
1-27. Line Replaceable Units (LRU's). The (T701C) History Counter
following is a list of major LRU’s that can be removed and (T700, T701) History Recorder
installed at AVUM. Other items such as tubes, hoses, and Ignition Leads
fittings can also be changed at AVUM. Exciter Assembly
Green Electrical Cable
Yellow Electrical Cable
Blue Electrical Cable
Electrical Components Alternator Stator
Thermocouple Assembly
Be sure that power source is disconnected Power Turbine Speed and Torque Sensor Assemblies
before working with electrical components.
Dangerous or possibly fatal voltage may be OIL SYSTEM LRU's
present. Oil Cooler
Oil and Scavenge Pump
Scavenge Screens
Oil Filter Bypass Sensor
Electrical Shock Hazard Oil Filter
Electrical Chip Detector
Oil Pressure Sensor
• Persons working on line electrical systems (T700, T701C) Oil Temperature Sensor
should have proper training before doing
so. Use proper personal protective
AIR SYSTEM LRU's
equipment.
Anti-Icing Bleed and Start Valve
• Use care when applying input power and
when measuring voltage. Dangerous or
possibly fatal voltage may be present. 1-28. DESCRIPTION OF ENGINE SYSTEMS.
The engine has four basic systems: fuel, electrical, oil, and
air. The systems and their components are described in
paragraphs 1-29 thru 1-37.
Ensure that aircraft electrical power is OFF
before attempting any engine work involving 1-29. (T700) Fuel System.
removal of LRUs from engine while engine is
installed in aircraft.
ACCESSORY SECTION MODULE LRU's
Flight Safety Critical Aircraft Part
Particle Separator Blower
(Critical Characteristic(s))
Radial Drive Shaft Assembly
Leaks in fuel system components are critical
FUEL SYSTEM LRU's
characteristics. No fuel leaks allowed.
(T700) Primer Nozzles
Fuel Boost Pump
Hydromechanical Control Unit (HMU) NOTE
(T700) Pressurizing and Overspeed Unit (POU)
The HMU is designed to be adjusted at depot
(T701, T701C) Overspeed and Drain Valve (ODV)
only. Adjustments to the HMU are safety
Fuel Filter
wired to prevent adjustment at AVUM and
Fuel Pressure Sensor
AVIM.
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM LRU's
1-30. (T700) The fuel system consists of the following:
Igniter Plugs
primer nozzles, main fuel manifold, fuel injectors, fuel start
(T700, T701) Electrical Control Unit (ECU)
feed tube, fuel start manifold tube, fuel boost pump, HMU,
(T701C) Digital Electronic Control (DEC)
POU, fuel filter, and fuel pressure sensor.
1-22
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
1-31. (T700) The fuel system operates with the engine (2) The HMU responds to engine inlet air
electrical system to provide proper fuel flow to the engine temperature (T2), to compressor discharge air pressure (P3),
during starting, acceleration, deceleration, and steady-state and to a trim signal from the ECU to set fuel flow and
operation. The system maintains constant power turbine variable vane positioning.
rotor speed (Np) and provides load-sharing between
engines. (3) The HMU also responds to two separate
inputs from the aircraft. The HMU load demand spindle
a. (T700) Fuel System Flow. (See fig. 1-14.) (LDS) is connected to the aircraft collective pitch linkage.
The LDS moves when the operator selects a different
(1) Fuel enters the engine at the fuel boost pump. collective pitch angle. The HMU power available spindle
It then flows through passages in the accessory drive (PAS) is connected to the ENG POWER CONT lever in the
gearbox to the fuel filter. Filtered fuel then flows to the cockpit. It is used to start the engine, to manually set gas
HMU. generator speed from ground idle to maximum power, and
to shut down the engine.
(2) Fuel from the HMU passes through an
external hose to the gearbox. From there it passes through (4) A variable electrical trim signal from the
the oil cooler and enters the POU through passages in the ECU is used in the HMU to vary fuel flow, controlling
gearbox. engine power. Some ECU failures can be overridden from
the cockpit by momentarily moving the ENG POWER
(3) The POU sends fuel through the fuel start CONT lever into LOCKOUT and manually controlling
feed tube and fuel start manifold tube to the two primer engine power by positioning of the lever.
nozzles for lightoff and starting. Then fuel is sent through
the main fuel manifold to the 12 fuel injectors for starting, (5) The engine fuel system must be primed after
for acceleration, and for all engine operation. an engine is installed in the aircraft or whenever the fuel
system has been opened for maintenance purposes. When
b. (T700) Primer Nozzles. Two primer nozzles spray the ENG POWER CONT lever is advanced to LOCKOUT,
fuel into the combustion section during engine lightoff and a valve in the HMU will open, allowing fuel flow to purge
starting. the system of air. The aircraft fuel pump is used to pump
fuel from the aircraft fuel tanks to the HMU. When the
c. (T700) Main Fuel Manifold. The main fuel aircraft and engine fuel inlet system is full, fuel will flow
manifold delivers fuel from the POU to the 12 fuel injectors. from the overboard drain. ENG POWER CONT lever is
then moved to OFF.
d. (T700) Fuel Injectors. Twelve fuel injectors spray
fuel into the combustion section to maintain engine h. (T700) Pressurizing and Overspeed Unit (POU).
operation. The POU has four functions. First, it sends some of the fuel
through the fuel start manifold tube to the primer nozzles
e. (T700) Fuel Start Manifold Tube. The fuel start for lightoff; the rest of the fuel is sent through the main fuel
manifold tube delivers fuel from the POU to the two primer manifold to the fuel injectors for starting acceleration and
nozzles. The primer nozzle flow is shut off by the POU just for engine operation. Second, it purges fuel from the primer
before the engine reaches idle speed. nozzles after lightoff. It does this by directing compressor
discharge air (P3 air) through the primer nozzles. This
f. (T700) Fuel Boost Pump. The fuel boost pump is prevents coking of the nozzles. Third, it uses P3 air to purge
an engine-mounted, suction-type pump. It is not self- fuel from the main fuel manifold on shutdown. This
priming. prevents coking of the fuel injectors. Fourth, it controls Np
overspeed by cutting back engine fuel flow while overspeed
g. (T700) HMU. is present.
(1) The HMU schedules fuel for combustion. It i. (T700) Fuel Filter. The main parts of the fuel filter
contains a high-pressure pump. The HMU has an actuator are: a disposable filter element, an impending bypass
that positions the inlet guide vanes, stages 1 and 2 indicator button, a bypass relief valve, and an actual filter
compressor variable vanes, and anti-icing bleed and start bypass sensor. The following is a description of the
valve. operation of the fuel filter.
1-23
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-14. (T700) Fuel System Schematic
1-24
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
(1) The impending bypass indicator shows when gearbox to the fuel filter. Filtered fuel then flows to the
the fuel filter element needs changing. When the pressure hydromechanical control unit (HMU).
drop across the filter element increases due to a restricted
flow, a button on the indicator pops out and latches. Once (2) Fuel from the HMU passes through an
popped, the button can be reset by pushing it in. If button external hose to the gearbox. From there it passes through
stays in, operation can be continued. If button will not stay the oil cooler and enters the overspeed and drain valve
in, filter element must be replaced. (ODV) through passages in the gearbox.
(2) If the fuel filter has clogged, a bypass relief (3) The ODV sends fuel through the ODV
valve will open and allow fuel to flow past the filter. When manifold and the main fuel manifold to the fuel injectors for
the valve opens, it closes a switch in the bypass sensor. The starting, for acceleration, and for all other engine operating
closed switch turns on a FUEL FLTR BYPASS caution conditions.
light in the cockpit. The bypass caution light cannot be reset
until the filter bowl and element are removed. b. (T701, T701C) Main Fuel Manifold. The main
fuel manifold delivers fuel from the ODV manifold to the
j. (T700) Fuel Pressure Sensor. The fuel pressure 12 fuel injectors.
sensor mounts on the accessory gearbox (fig. 1-12). When
fuel pressure decreases to 8.5 ±0.5 psig or less, a switch c. (T701, T701C) Fuel Injectors. The 12 fuel
closes and transmits a signal that lights the low fuel pressure injectors spray fuel into the combustion section to maintain
caution light. engine operation.
1-32. (T701, T701C) Fuel System. d. (T701, T701C) Fuel Boost Pump. The fuel boost
pump is an engine-mounted, suction-type pump. It is not
self-priming.
e. (T701, T701C) HMU.
Flight Safety Critical Aircraft Part
(Critical Characteristic(s)) (1) The HMU schedules fuel for combustion. It
contains a high-pressure pump. The HMU has an actuator
Leaks in fuel system components are critical that positions the inlet guide vanes, stages 1 and 2
characteristics. No fuel leaks allowed. compressor variable vanes, and anti-icing bleed and start
valve.
NOTE
(2) The HMU responds to engine inlet air
The HMU is designed to be adjusted at depot temperature (T2), to compressor discharge air pressure (P3),
only. Adjustments to the HMU are safety and to a trim signal from the (T701) ECU or (T701C) DEC
wired to prevent adjustment at AVUM and to set fuel flow and variable vane positioning.
AVIM.
(3) The HMU also responds to two separate
1-33. (T701, T701C) The fuel system consists of the inputs from the aircraft. The HMU load demand spindle
overspeed and drain valve (ODV) manifold, main fuel (LDS) is connected to the aircraft collective pitch linkage.
manifold, fuel injectors, fuel boost pump, fuel pressure The LDS moves when the operator selects a different
sensor, HMU, ODV, and fuel filter. collective pitch angle. The HMU power available spindle
(PAS) is connected to the PWR control lever in the cockpit.
1-34. (T701, T701C) The fuel system operates with the It is used to start the engine, to manually set gas generator
engine electrical system to provide proper fuel flow to the speed from ground idle to maximum power, and to shut
engine during starting, acceleration, deceleration, and down the engine.
steady-state operation. The system maintains constant
power turbine rotor speed (Np) and provides load-sharing (4) A variable electrical trim signal from the
between engines. (T701) ECU or (T701C) DEC is used in the HMU to vary
fuel flow, controlling engine power. Some (T701) ECU or
a. (T701, T701C) Fuel System Flow. (fig. 1-15). (T701C) DEC failures can be overridden from the cockpit
by momentarily moving the PWR control lever into
(1) Fuel enters the engine at the fuel boost pump. LOCKOUT and manually controlling engine power by
It then flows through the passages in the accessory drive positioning of the lever.
1-25
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-15. (T701, T701C) Fuel System Schematic
1-26
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
(5) The engine fuel system must be primed after assemblies, and interconnecting electrical cable assemblies.
an engine is installed in the aircraft or whenever the fuel The power sources and the components are described
system has been opened for maintenance purposes. When below.
the PWR control lever is advanced to LOCKOUT, a valve
in the HMU will open, allowing fuel flow to purge the a. Electrical System Power Sources. These sources
system of air. The aircraft fuel pump is used to pump fuel include the following:
from the aircraft fuel tanks to the HMU. When the aircraft
and engine fuel inlet system is full, fuel will flow from the • Alternator winding no. 1, which is used for
overboard drain. PWR control lever is then moved to OFF. the ignition exciter assembly
• Alternator winding no. 2, which is used for
f. (T701, T701C) Overspeed and Drain Valve the ECU or DEC and the Np overspeed
(ODV). The ODV has three functions. First, it sends fuel protection system
through the main fuel manifold to the fuel injectors for
• Alternator winding no. 3, which is used for
starting, for acceleration, and for engine operation. Second,
the Ng signal in the cockpit
it purges the fuel injectors of fuel when the engine is shut
down. It does this by allowing compressor discharge air • Aircraft 115v 400Hz, which is used for the
(P3) to flow through the injectors. Third, it controls Np history recorder or history counter and
overspeed by shutting off engine fuel flow while overspeed backup power for the DEC and Np
is present. overspeed protection system
• Aircraft 28v dc, which is used for the anti-
g. (T701, T701C) Fuel Filter. The main parts of the icing bleed and start valve, the oil filter
fuel filter are: a disposable filter element, an impending bypass sensor, the fuel filter bypass sensor,
bypass indicator, a bypass relief valve, and an actual filter the electrical chip detector, the oil pressure
bypass sensor. The following is a description of the sensor, the (T700, T701C) oil temperature
operation of the fuel filter. sensor, and the fuel pressure sensor.
(1) The impending bypass indicator shows when b. Ignition System. The ignition system is a
the fuel filter element needs changing. When the pressure noncontinuous, ac-powered, capacitor discharge type. It
drop across the filter element increases due to a restricted includes two igniter plugs, two electrical ignition leads, and
flow, a button on the indicator pops out and latches. Once an ignition exciter assembly. Power is supplied to the
popped, the button cannot be reset until the filter bowl and ignition exciter assembly by the engine's alternator during
element are removed. starting only. There is a switch in the cockpit for turning
ignition on or off. If the aircraft cable connector is
(2) If the fuel filter has clogged, a bypass relief disconnected from the green electrical cable, the ignition
valve will open and allow fuel to flow past the filter. When circuit will not operate. During starts and engine motoring,
the valve opens, it closes a switch in the bypass sensor. The the duty cycle of the ignition exciter assembly is 2 minutes
closed switch turns on a FUEL FTR BYP caution light in on, 3 minutes off, 2 minutes on, 23 minutes off. This
the cockpit. The bypass caution light will remain on as long prevents overheating of the ignition exciter assembly.
as the filter bypass valve is open. When filter differential
pressure drops below the set pressure value of the fuel filter, c. (T700) ECU. The ECU is a solid-state device
the bypass valve will close and the cockpit caution light will mounted below the compressor case. The forward face of
go off. the ECU protrudes into the scroll case. It is cooled by
airflow through the scroll case. There are four electrical
h. (T701, T701C) Fuel Pressure Sensor. The fuel connectors on the rear of the ECU. They connect to other
pressure sensor mounts on the accessory gearbox engine control components, to aircraft systems, and to
(fig. 1-13). When fuel pressure decrease to 8.5 ±0.5 psig or diagnostic equipment. Figure FO-2 shows the connectors
less, a switch closes and transmits a signal that lights the and their circuits. The functions of the four connectors and
low fuel pressure caution light. functions of the ECU are as follows:
1-35. Electrical System. The electrical system consists (1) Connector S39. This connector is used for
of the following: ignition system, (T701) ECU or (T701C) troubleshooting the engine or electrical control system
DEC, (T701) history recorder (T701C) history counter, while the aircraft is on the ground.
alternator, thermocouple assembly, power turbine rotor
speed (Np) sensor and torque and overspeed sensor
1-27
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
(2) Connector E1. The aircraft cable attaches to overspeed protection system to be checked while the engine
this connector. is running in normal power turbine speed range. In the test
mode, with both buttons pressed and held in, the Np
(3) Connector J2. This connector is for the overspeed protection system will trip, causing cycling
yellow cable and is used to carry signals between the ECU, (deceleration and acceleration) until the test buttons are
speed sensor, HMU, thermocouple assembly, history released. An Np overspeed protection check must not be
recorder, and alternator. done during flight, because power loss will result.
(4) Connector J3. This connector is for the blue (8) Load-Sharing System. In twin-engine
cable and is used to carry signals between the torque and installations, the ECU's compare torque signals for
overspeed sensor and the POU. automatic load-sharing.
(5) Np Governing System. The power turbine (9) Output Signals. Figure FO-2 shows the
rotor speed (Np) governing system monitors the signal sent output signals from the ECU.
from the Np sensor. It varies fuel flow by actuating the
torque motor in the HMU. Constant Np is governed to d. (T701) ECU. The ECU is a solid-state device
within ±1% of sensed Np. mounted below the compressor case. The forward face of
the ECU protrudes into the scroll case. It is cooled by
(6) Turbine Gas Temperature (TGT) Limiting airflow through the scroll case. There are four electrical
System. The TGT limiting system overrides the Np connectors on the rear of the ECU. They connect to other
governing system and the load sharing system when TGT engine control components, to aircraft systems, and to
reaches its limiting reference temperature. It limits fuel flow diagnostic equipment. Figure FO-2 shows the connectors
to hold its limiting reference temperature by actuating the and their circuits. The functions of the four connectors and
torque motor in the HMU. The TGT limiting system is of the ECU are as follows:
accurate to within ±5° C. TGT limiting system does not
prevent overtemperature caused by compressor stall during (1) Connector S39. This connector is used for
engine starts. The ENG POWER CONT lever must be troubleshooting the engine or electrical control system
quickly retarded to control TGT. while the aircraft is on the ground.
(7) Np Overspeed Protection System. (2) Connector E1. The test cell or aircraft cable
attaches to this connector.
(a) The Np overspeed protection system
(fig. 1-16) receives a power turbine speed signal from the (3) Connector J2. The connector is for the yellow
torque and overspeed sensor. When Np exceeds 22,200 cable is attached. The cable carries signals between the
rpm, output from the protection system activates a solenoid DEC, speed sensor, HMU, thermocouple assembly, history
in the POU. This reduces fuel flow. When speed falls below counter, and alternator.
22,200 rpm, the solenoid closes until flow requirements are
re-established. (4) Connector J3. The connector is for the blue
cable. The cable carries signals between the torque and
(b) The Np overspeed protection system overspeed sensor and the ODV.
receives power from one of two independent sources: either
from the engine alternator, or, if the alternator fails, backup
(5) Np governing system. The power turbine
power from the aircraft. Either source has enough power to
rotor speed (Np) governing system compares the signal sent
operate the system, making it independent of the Np
from the Np sensor with the Np selected by the operator. It
governing system.
varies fuel flow by actuating the torque motor in the HMU.
Constant Np is governed to within ±1% of required Np.
(c) The Np overspeed protection system
includes two overspeed sensing circuits (A and B). Each
circuit closes a solid-state switch when Np reaches 22,200 (6) Turbine gas temperature TGT limiting
±200 rpm. Both switches must be closed before the solenoid system. The TGT limiting system overrides the Np
in the POU is energized. governing system and the load-sharing system when TGT
reaches its limiting reference temperature. It limits fuel flow
(d) Cockpit test buttons are provided for both to hold its limiting reference temperature by actuating the
the A and B circuits. The test buttons permit the Np torque motor in the HMU. TGT limiting system is accurate
1-28
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-16. (T700) Np Overspeed Protection System
1-29
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
to within ±5°C. TGT limiting system does not prevent works through the torque motor in the HMU to increase fuel
overtemperature caused by compressor stall during engine flow.
starts. The PWR control lever must be quickly retarded to
control TGT. e. (T701C) Digital Electronic Control (DEC). The
digital electronic control (DEC) is a solid state device
(7) Np Overspeed Protection System. mounted below the compressor casing. The forward face of
the DEC protrudes into the scroll case. The DEC does not
(a) The Np overspeed protection system have an insulation blanket. It is cooled by airflow through
(fig. 1-17) receives a power turbine speed signal from the the scroll case. There are four electrical connectors on the
torque and overspeed sensor. When Np exceeds 25,000 rear of the DEC. They connect to other engine control
±250 rpm (119.6 ± 1%), output from the protection system components, to test cell systems, and to diagnostic
activates a solenoid in the ODV. This shuts off fuel flow, equipment. Figure FO-2 shows the connectors and their
causing the engine to shut down. circuits. The functions of the four connectors and of the
DEC are as follows:
(b) The Np overspeed protection system
receives power from one of two independent sources: either (1) Connector S39. The connector used for
from the engine alternator, or, if the alternator fails, backup troubleshooting the engine or electrical control system
power from the aircraft. Either source has enough power to while the aircraft is on the ground.
operate the system, making it independent of the Np
governing system. (2) Connector E1. The aircraft cable attaches to
this connector.
(c) The Np overspeed protection system
includes two overspeed sensing circuits (A and B). Each (3) Connector J2. This connector is for the
circuit closes a solid-state switch when Np reaches 25,000 yellow cable and is used to carry signals between the DEC,
±250 rpm (119.6 ± 1%). Both switches must be closed speed sensor, HMU, thermocouple assembly, history
before the solenoid in the ODV is energized. recorder, and alternator.
(d) Cockpit test buttons are provided for both (4) Connector J3. This connector is for the blue
the A and B circuits. The test buttons permit the Np cable and is used to carry signals between the torque and
overspeed protection system to be checked while the engine overspeed sensor and the ODV.
is running in normal power turbine speed range. In the test
mode, with both buttons pressed and held in, the Np (5) Np Governing System. The power turbine
overspeed protection system will trip. To prevent engine rotor speed (Np) governing system monitors the signal sent
shutdown, the ignition circuit must be activated during the from the Np sensor. It varies fuel flow by actuating the
overspeed check. Ignition activating is made automatic torque motor in the HMU. Constant Np is governed to
upon closing of both test circuits A and B. The ignition within ±1% of sensed Np.
circuit must remain activated for 5 seconds after opening of
circuits A and B. (6) Turbine Gas Temperature (TGT) Limiting
System. The TGT limiting system overrides the Np
(8) Load-Sharing System. In twin-engine governing system and the load-sharing system when TGT
installations, the ECU's compare torque signals for reaches its limiting reference temperature. It limits fuel flow
automatic load-sharing. to hold its limiting reference temperature by actuating the
torque motor in the HMU. The TGT limiting system is
(9) Output Signals. Figure FO-2 shows the accurate to within ±5° C.
output signals from the ECU.
(7) Np overspeed protection system.
(10) (T701) Contingency Power. Contingency
power is an automatic operating condition that is limited to (a) The Np overspeed protection system
2.5 minutes. It is automatically activated when the output (fig. 1-17) receives a power turbine speed signal from the
torque of one engine decreases to 180 foot-pounds or less. torque and overspeed sensor. When Np exceeds 25,000
With contingency power, the engine that is operating at ±250 rpm (119.6 ± 1%), output from the protection system
higher torque can operate at power that is higher than activates a solenoid in the ODV. This shuts off fuel flow,
maximum power. To achieve contingency power, the ECU causing the engine to shut down.
1-30 Change 3
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-17. (T701, T701C) Np Overspeed Protection System
1-31
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
(b) The Np overspeed protection system (b) A self test of the HSP system is
receives power from one of two independent sources: either performed while conducting a normal Np overspeed
from the engine alternator, or, if the alternator fails, backup protection system test. In the event of an HSP system
power from the test cell or aircraft. Either source has failure, a fault code will be displayed on the engine torque
enough power to operate the system, making it independent indicator. Refer to table 1-2 for fault code.
of the Np governing system.
(12) Fault Indication. The DEC contains signal
(c) The Np overspeed protection system validation for selected input signals within the electrical
includes two overspeed sensing circuits (A and B). Each control system. Signals are continuously validated when the
circuit closes a solid-state switch when Np reaches 25,000 engine is operating at flight idle and above. If a failure has
±250 rpm. Both switches must be closed before the solenoid occurred on a signal, the failed component or related circuit
in the ODV is energized. will be identified by a pre-selected fault code (table 1-2). It
is possible to have more than one fault detected. Each code
(d) Cockpit buttons are provided for both the should be treated as an individual fault. It should be noted
A and B circuits. The test buttons permit the Np overspeed that the signal validation does not recognize aircraft
protection system to be checked while the engine is running instrument failure.
in normal power turbine speed range. In the test mode, with
both buttons pressed and held in, the Np overspeed (a) Fault codes will be displayed on the
protection system will trip. To prevent engine shutdown, the engine torque indicator starting with the lowest code for 4
ignition circuit must be activated during the overspeed seconds on, 2 seconds off, rotating through all codes and
check. Ignition activating is made automatic upon closing of then repeating the cycle. The fault codes will not be
both test circuits A and B. The ignition circuit remains displayed on the engine torque indicator until all of the
activated for 5 seconds after opening circuits A and B. following conditions are met:
(8) Load-sharing system. In twin-engine • Ng speed is less than 20%.
installations, the DECs compare torque signals for • Np speed is less than 35%.
automatic load sharing.
• Other engine is shutdown.
(9) Output signals. Figure FO-2 shows the output • Aircraft 400 Hz power is available.
signals from the DEC.
(b) The fault codes can be suppressed by
(10) Contingency Power. Contingency power is depressing either one of the engine overspeed test buttons.
an automatic operating condition that is limited, by the The fault codes can also be recalled by again depressing
pilot, to 2.5 minutes. It is activated when the output torque either one of the overspeed test buttons. Any fault code that
of one engine decreases to 180 foot-pounds or less. With appeared on the engine torque indicator should be recorded
contingency power, the engine that is operating at higher on form 2408-13. Refer to table 1-13 for the appropriate
torque can operate at power that is higher than maximum troubleshooting procedure. If the problem has been
power. corrected, the fault code will be cleared. To verify the fixes
following corrective action, it is required to operate the
(11) Hot start prevention (HSP). The HSP engine at flight idle. If the problem has not been corrected,
system prevents overtemperature during engine start such as the fault code will again flash on the engine torque indicator
compressor stall during engine starts. The HSP system when the above conditions are met.
receives power turbine speed signal, gas generator speed
signal, and turbine gas temperature (TGT). When Np and f. (T700, T701) History Recorder. The history
Ng are below their respective hot start reference, and TGT recorder (fig. 1-18) mounts at the 2 o'clock position on the
exceeds 900°C (1652°F), an output from the HSP system swirl frame. Signals are sent to the history recorder by the
activates a solenoid in the ODV. This shuts off fuel flow ECU. The recorder displays two readouts of low cycle
and causes the engine to shut down. fatigue (LCF) events, a time-temperature index, and engine
operating hours. These readouts cannot be reset to zero.
(a) The HSP system will not operate if no Screws under the display windows hold the indicators in
aircraft 400 Hz power is provided to the DEC. During an place. They are not adjustment or reset screws.
emergency, HSP can be disabled by pressing and holding
either one of the overspeed test buttons during the starting
sequence.
1-32
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table 1-2. Digital Electronic Control (DEC) Signal Validation-Fault Codes
Engine Torque
Indicator
Signal Failed (± 3% Tolerance)
DEC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15%
Np Demand Channel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25%
Load Share Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35%
TGT Channel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45%
Alternator Power. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55%
Ng Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65%
Np Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75%
Torque and Overspeed Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85%
Hot Start Prevention Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95%
Aircraft 400Hz Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105%
Collective Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115%
(Black Hawk) Nr Rotor Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125%
NOTE
• Refer to table 1-13 for aircraft symptom index and troubleshooting procedure.
• Refer to table 1-45 for METS/FEDS/CETS symptom index and troubleshooting procedure.
reduced level of mechanical stress associated with a
NOTE narrower Ng range. It can display up to 99,999 high-
Silicone lubricant may be visible in the temperature stress events. When Ng exceeds 95%, a count
windows of the history recorder. This is is made on the indicator. The indicator will not make an
normal. additional count until Ng drops below 86% and then
increases to exceed 95% again.
(1) LCF 1 Indicator (1, fig. 1-18). This indicator
displays the actual number of times engine parts experience (3) Time-Temperature Index Indicator (3). This
a critical level of mechanical stress associated with Ng from indicator displays numbers up to 99,999. The index counter
shutdown to above 95% and from 95% to shutdown. It can advances when TGT reaches approximately 90% of the
display up to 99,999 mechanical stress events. When engine maximum continuous power value (775°C). The number of
exceeds 95% gas generator turbine rotor speed (Ng), a count index counts is a function of time and temperature. It
is made on the indicator. The indicator will not make an advances faster as temperature increases.
additional count until Ng drops below 40% and then
increases to exceed 95% again. (4) Hours Indicator (4). This indicator displays
actual running time up to 9999 hours. Running time is not
(2) LCF 2 Indicator (2). This indicator displays accumulated until Ng exceeds 50%. The counter stops when
the actual number of times engine parts experience a Ng drops below 40% (below ground idle).
Change 1 1-33
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-18. History Recorder or History Counter
1-34
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
g. (T701C) History Counter. The history counter • HPT bucket stress rupture life (two)
mounts at the 2 o'clock position on the swirl frame. Signals • Number of starts
are sent to the history counter by the DEC. The counter
• Max. T4.5, Ng, Np per flight
displays two readouts of low cycle fatigue (LCF) events, a
time-temperature index, and engine operating hours. These • Time spent above exceedence values of
readouts cannot be reset to zero. Screws under the display T4.5 per flight
windows hold the indicators in place. They are not
adjustment or reset screws. h. Alternator. The alternator consists of a rotor and a
stator. The alternator rotor has a set of permanent magnets
and mounts on a shaft extending from the accessory
NOTE gearbox. The alternator stator encloses the rotor and mounts
Silicone lubricant may be visible in the on the front of the accessory gearbox. The alternator has
windows of the history counter. This is three separate windings. These windings supply power to
normal. the (T700, T701) ECU or (T701C) DEC and Np overspeed
protection system and to the ignition exciter assembly. The
(1) Low cycle fatigue 1 indicator (1). This alternator also supplies an Ng signal to an indicator in the
indicator displays the actual number of times engine parts cockpit.
experience a level of mechanical stress associated with Ng
from shutdown to above 95% and from 95% to shutdown. It i. Thermocouple Assembly. The thermocouple
can display up to 99,999 mechanical stress events. When assembly (fig. 1-19) is a seven-probe harness with chromel-
engine speed exceeds 95% Ng, a count is made on the alumel junctions. Resistance checks for open or grounded
indicator. The indicator will not make an additional count circuits can be made through the S39 connector, using the
until Ng drops below 40% and then increases to exceed ECU/DEC circuit continuity switch box. The temperature of
95%. the gases is measured at the power turbine inlet. From there
a signal is sent to the TGT limiting system in the ECU/DEC.
(2) Low cycle fatigue 2 indicator (2). This The ECU/DEC relays the signal to a TGT indicator in the
indicator displays the actual number of times engine parts cockpit and to the history recorder/history counter.
experience a reduced level of mechanical stress associated
with a narrower Ng range. It can display up to 99,999 high- j. Np Sensor and Torque and Overspeed Sensor.
temperature stress events. When Ng exceeds 95%, a count These are identical and interchangeable sensors which sense
is made on the indicator. The indicator will not make an power turbine speed and torque. The sensors are located in
additional count until Ng drops below 86% and then the exhaust frame. The Np sensor extends through the strut
increases to exceed 95%. at the 10:30 o'clock position, and the torque and overspeed
sensor extends through the strut at the 1:30 o'clock position.
(3) Time-temperature index indicator (3). This The sensors send pulses generated by teeth on the power
indicator displays numbers up to 99,999. The index counter turbine drive shaft.
advances when T4.5 reaches approximately 90% of the
maximum continuous power value (775°C). The number of (1) Np Sensor. The Np sensor sends a pulsed
index counts is a function of time and temperature. It signal to the ECU or DEC where it is computed into a speed
advances faster as temperature increases. signal. This signal is used by the Np governing system for
basic power turbine speed control. The ECU or DEC also
(4) Hours indicator (4). This indicator displays relays the signal to the Np indicator in the cockpit.
actual running time up to 99,999 hours. Running time is not
accumulated until Ng exceeds 60%. The counter stops when (2) Torque and Overspeed Sensor. The torque
Ng drops below 55% (below ground idle). and overspeed sensor sends a pulsed signal to the ECU or
DEC where it is computed to a torque signal and a speed
(5) In addition to the four history counts signal. The speed signal is used by the Np overspeed
displayed by the history counter, the DEC internally tracks protection system. The torque signal is relayed by the ECU
several other key indicators on engine history. These can be or DEC to an indicator in the cockpit. In twin-engine
accessed by the S39 test connector and include: aircraft, the torque signals are relayed between the ECUs or
DECs of both engines for load sharing.
• Cumulative time at temperature
• Four cycle counts for more precise measure k. Interconnecting Electrical Cable Assemblies. The
interconnecting electrical cables are color-coded yellow,
of LCF
1-35
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-19. Turbine Gas Temperature Electrical Schematic
1-36
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
blue, and green to aid the mechanic in identifying electrical (1) Oil flow is drawn from the tank to the oil and
connectors when performing maintenance or scavenge pump. From the pump, pressurized oil flows
troubleshooting. through the oil filter and into passages in the accessory
gearbox. Inside the gearbox, the flow divides and flows to
(1) Yellow Electrical Cable. The yellow the A-, B-, and C-sumps and to the gearbox.
electrical cable is completely confined on the engine with
no aircraft connections. It provides wiring for operating the (2) Oil enters the A-sump through the strut at the
engine ignition system, for powering and transferring 3 o'clock position on the swirl frame. The A-sump forward
signals from the ECU or DEC to the history recorder, or and aft scavenge lines are housed in the struts at the 10 and
history counter for providing TGT and Ng signals to the 2 o'clock positions on the swirl frame. Oil is supplied to and
ECU or DEC, and for transferring control signals from the scavenged from the A-sump entirely through these internal
ECU or DEC to the HMU. lines.
(2) (T700) Blue Electrical Cable. The blue (3) Oil is supplied to and scavenged from the
electrical cable is also confined to the engine without any B-and C-sumps through the oil manifold assembly, which
aircraft interface. It transfers a signal to the ECU or DEC for connects to the rear of the gearbox. Oil flow passes from the
torque and Np overspeed determination and transfers the oil manifold assembly through the oil supply tubes and the
actuation signal from the ECU or DEC to the POU for B-sump check valve. It enters the B-sump through a tube in
reducing fuel flow when a power turbine overspeed occurs. the strut at the 1 o'clock position on the midframe. Oil is
scavenged from the B-sump through a tube in the strut at the
(3) (T701, T701C) Blue Electrical Cable. The 9 o'clock position on the midframe.
blue electrical cable is also confined to the engine without
any aircraft interface. It transfers a signal to the ECU or (4) Oil flows to the C-sump from the oil
DEC for torque and Np overspeed determination and manifold assembly through the C-sump oil supply tube.
transfers the actuation signal from the ECU or DEC to the This tube is located in the strut at the 7:30 o'clock position
overspeed and drain valve for reducing fuel flow when a on the exhaust frame. Oil is scavenged from the C-sump
power turbine overspeed occurs. through the C-sump forward scavenge tube (2 o'clock
position), aft scavenge tube (10 o'clock position), and
(4) (T700, T701C) Green Electrical Cable. The through the seal pressure and scavenge tube assembly (4:30
green electrical cable connects to the E3 electrical o'clock position) which are located in the struts on the
connector and conducts instrumentation signals for Ng, fuel exhaust frame.
filter bypass indication, oil filter bypass indication, engine
chip detector signal, oil temperature and pressure signal, (5) If the oil system fails, the bearings will be
anti-icing valve position indication, and provides the wiring lubricated by an oil mist from the emergency oil system
for turning on the engine ignition system. (fig. 1-23). Small internal oil reservoirs in the A- and
B-sumps are kept full during normal operation. Oil from
(5) (T701) Green Electrical Cable. The green these reservoirs passes through the primary oil nozzles and
electrical cable connects to the E3 electrical connector and the oil mist nozzle to lubricate the bearings. When oil
conducts instrumentation signals for Ng, fuel filter bypass pressure is lost, the oil mist nozzles continue to supply oil
indication, oil filter bypass indication, engine chip detector from the reservoirs to the bearings in the A- and B-sumps.
signal, oil pressure signal, anti-icing valve position The emergency oil system is intended to maximize the time
indication, and provides the wiring for turning on the engine an engine can operate at reduced power conditions with
ignition system. partial loss of oil. Figure 1-24 is a diagram of the engine
main bearings and sumps.
1-36. Oil System. The oil system consists of the
following: oil cooler, oil and scavenge pump, scavenge
(6) Scavenge oil from the oil and scavenge pump
screens, oil filter bypass sensor, oil filter, oil cooler bypass
flows through the electrical chip detector. Then it flows
relief valve, cold-oil relief valve, electrical chip detector, oil
through the oil cooler and into the main frame. Scavenge oil
pressure sensor, (T700, T701C) oil temperature sensor,
enters a manifold at the top of the main frame. It then flows
and oil tank.
through the scroll vanes and into the oil tank.
a. Oil System Flow. (See fig. 1-20 (T700) or 1-21
(T701) or 1-22 (T701C).
1-37
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-20. (T700) Oil System Schematic
1-38
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-21. (T701) Oil System Schematic
1-39
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-22. (T701C) Oil System Schematic
1-40
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-23. Emergency Oil System
1-41
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-24. Main Bearings and Sump
b. Oil Cooler. scavenge pump. These screens prevent damage to the pump.
The six screens are individually labeled to show which
sump the particles came from.
Flight Safety Critical Aircraft Part e. Oil Filter Bypass Sensor. The oil filter bypass
(Critical Characteristic(s)) sensor mounts on the front of the accessory gearbox
(fig. 1-12 (T700) or 1-13 (T701, T701C)). The sensor has
Leaks in fuel system components are critical a switch that closes and completes a circuit to an oil filter
characteristics. No fuel leaks allowed. bypass caution light when oil pressure is too high. When the
caution light is on, oil is bypassing the filter. However,
The oil cooler mounts on the front of the accessory gearbox during engine starting with oil temperature below the
(fig. 1-12 (T700) or 1-13 (T701, T701C)). It transfers heat normal operating range, the pressure drop, across the filter
from the oil to the fuel. It is a tube-in-shell heat exchanger. element, can be high enough to close the switch. In this
situation, the caution light will remain on until the oil
c. Oil and Scavenge Pump. The oil and scavenge warms up and oil pressure decreases. If the filter element
pump (fig. 1-25 (T700) or 1-26 (T701, T701C)) is housed needs changing, the caution light will remain on after
in the forward side of the accessory gearbox. It is a seven- engine oil temperature stabilizes. The switch in the bypass
element, gerotor-type pump. The gerotor elements are sensor doesn't latch and will open, turning off the caution
arranged in tandem on the common drive shaft. The drive light, when the engine is shut down.
shaft bearings separate the high-pressure supply element
and the B-sump high-pressure scavenge element from the f. Oil Filter. The oil filter consists of a bowl with an
other scavenge elements. impending bypass indicator, a throw away filter element,
and a bypass valve assembly. The bowl threads into the
d. Scavenge Screens. Six scavenge screens are forward side of the accessory gearbox. The bypass valve
located on the front of the accessory gearbox (fig. 1-12 assembly threads into the accessory gearbox and supports
(T700) or 1-13 (T701, T701C)). They collect particles the aft end of the filter element.
before they enter the scavenge sections of the oil and
1-42
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-25. (T700) Oil and Scavenge Pump
1-43
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-26. (T701, T701C) Oil and Scavenge Pump
1-44
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
(1) Impending Bypass Indicator. If the l. (T700, T701C) Oil Temperature Sensor. The oil
impending bypass indicator button pops, it means that the temperature sensor mounts on the front of the accessory
filter element is dirty and that it needs to be replaced. Once gearbox (fig. 1-12 (T700) or 1-13 (T701C)). The sensor
the button has popped, it cannot be reset until the bowl and senses temperature and transmits engine oil temperature
the element are removed. If oil is cold during engine signals to the engine temperature indicator (if installed).
starting, pressure is high enough to cause oil to be bypassed.
A thermal lockout prevents the button from popping when m. Oil Tank. The oil tank (fig. 1-28) is an internal
oil temperature is below 100° F (38° C). part of the main frame. The oil tank holds 7 quarts of oil.
The tank has a gravity fill port (5) at the 2 o'clock position
(2) Bypass Valve Assembly. The bypass valve on the main frame. It also has an oil drain plug (4) and a
assembly opens when oil pressure is too high. This means main frame oil strainer (3) at the 6 o'clock position on the
that filter element is dirty or that the oil is still cold. If the main frame. The oil strainer keeps large debris from
valve assembly opens because of cold oil, it will close when entering the oil and scavenge pump inlet. Oil level
the oil warms to 100° F (38° C) and when pressure indicators (2) have ADD and FULL lines which permit an
decreases. easy check of oil level. Transfer sleeves (1) allow oil to pass
between the main frame and accessory gearbox without
g. Oil Cooler Bypass Relief Valve. The oil cooler external leakage.
bypass relief valve mounts on the front of the accessory
gearbox (fig. 1-12 (T700) or 1-13 (T701, T701C)). It 1-37. Air System (See figure FO-1.). The air system
dumps scavenged oil directly into the oil tank if the oil provides the following:
cooler becomes clogged. During cold starts, the valve
dumps part of the oil flow into the oil tank until oil warms • Turbine and combustor cooling air
up and until pressure drop across the oil cooler is reduced. • (T700) Compressor discharge air (P3 air)
to HMU and to POU
h. Cold-Oil Relief Valve. The cold-oil relief valve
• (T701, T701C) Compressor discharge air
mounts on the front of the accessory gearbox (fig. 1-12
(P3 air) to HMU
(T700) or 1-13 (T701, T701C)), downstream of the oil
filter. It protects the oil supply system from excessive • Aircraft bleed air
pressure. During cold starts, the valve opens and discharges • Anti-icing bleed and start valve air
excess oil to the gearbox. The oil discharged to the gearbox • Seal pressurization and power turbine
is churned in the gears to assist in reducing warmup time. balance piston air
• Sump venting
i. Electrical Chip Detector. The electrical chip • Engine inlet air to T2 sensor of HMU
detector (fig. 1-27) mounts on the front of the accessory
gearbox and is a part of the scavenge oil return system to the
a. Turbine and Combustor Cooling Air. Diffuser
tank. It has an outer shell with an internal magnet, an
discharge air cools the stage 1 nozzle and shrouds. Stage 2
electrical connector, and a removable screen. The magnet
nozzle segments and shrouds are cooled with compressor
attracts magnetic particles to the detector. When these
impeller tip bleed air, routed through three internal tubes in
particles bridge the gap between the magnet and outer shell,
the midframe casing. Cooling plates on the gas generator
they complete a circuit which turns on an engine chip
turbine rotor assembly direct cooling air through the rotor
detector caution light in the cockpit.
blades. Inner balance piston leakage air flows under the
turbine disks. This air cools and dilutes hot gas from the
j. (T700) Oil Pressure Sensor. The oil pressure turbine flow path. The airflow re-enters the flow path
sensor mounts on the front of the accessory gearbox (fig. through the baffle seal at the stage 3 turbine inlet. Stage 4
1-12). The sensor measures the pressure of oil circulating shrouds are cooled by compressor discharge seal leakage air
within the engine and transmits a voltage indication to the piped externally from the midframe.
engine oil pressure indicator.
b. (T700) Compressor Discharge Air (P3 Air). P3 air
k. (T701, T701C) Oil Pressure Sensor. The oil is supplied to the HMU for use in setting the flow of fuel to
pressure sensor mounts on the front of the accessory the engine. Also, P3 air is supplied to the POU for purging
gearbox (fig. 1-13). The sensor measures oil supply the fuel manifolds and nozzles. This P3 air comes from a
pressure, minus B-sump scavenge pressure, circulating pressure tap at the 11 o'clock position on the midframe.
within the engine. The sensor then transmits a voltage
indication to the ENG OIL PSI x 10 indicator.
1-45
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-27. Electrical Chip Detector
1-46
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-28. Oil Tank
1-47
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
c. (T701, T701C) Compressor Discharge Air (P3 (4) The sensing switch in the anti-icing bleed and
Air). P3 air is supplied to the HMU for use in setting the start valve completes a circuit to a light in the cockpit. The
flow of fuel to the engine. This P3 air comes from a pressure light indicates when the valve is open for anti-icing or for
tap at the 11 o'clock position on the midframe. start bleed during starts up to limits given in figure 1-118.
d. Aircraft Bleed Air. Two bleed air ducts at the 3 and f. (AlliedSignal) Anti-Icing Bleed and Start Valve
9 o'clock positions at the rear of the compressor stator case (AI/SBV) Air. The anti-icing system prevents ice from
supply the aircraft with compressor bleed air. forming in the flow path of the engine inlet. The valve also
bleeds air from the compressor during engine starting. This
e. (Eaton) Anti-Icing Bleed and Start Valve Air. reduces back-pressure on the axial compressor at lower
The anti-icing system prevents ice from forming in the flow speeds and prevents compressor stall.
path of the engine inlet. The valve also bleeds air from the
compressor during engine starting. This reduces back (1) Anti-icing takes place in two ways. Hot axial
pressure on the axial compressor at lower speeds and compressor discharge bleed air flows through the swirl
prevents compressor stall. vanes and inlet guide vanes (IGV) (fig. 1-29). This is
supplemented by hot scavenge oil which flows through the
(1) Anti-icing takes place in two ways. Hot axial internal passages in the scroll vanes.
compressor discharge bleed air flows through the swirl
vanes and inlet guide vanes (IGV) (fig. 1-29). This is (2) Anti-icing air is controlled by a solenoid
supplemented by hot scavenge oil which flows through the valve located in the AI/SBV, operated by a switch in the
internal passages in the scroll vanes. cockpit. When the switch is off, electrical power is on to the
solenoid valve. With electrical power on, the solenoid valve
(2) Anti-icing air is controlled by a solenoid closes allowing chamber “A” (fig. 1-31.1) to pressurize,
valve (fig. 1-30) operated by a switch in the cockpit. When keeping the actuator piston in the closed position and
the switch is off, electrical power is on to the solenoid stopping secondary metered anti-icing airflow. A down-
valve. With electrical power on, the solenoid valve closes stream facing probe provides clean air to the solenoid and
the vent. This pressurizes the pneumatic servo and closes chamber “A”. When the cockpit switch is on, electrical
the metering valve, stopping anti-icing airflow. (See power to the solenoid is off. With electrical power off, the
figure 1-30, view 1.) When the switch in the cockpit is on, solenoid valve opens to vent and allows chamber “A”
electrical power to the solenoid valve is off. When the (fig. 1-31.2) pressure to bleed to ambient. The secondary
engine is operating at or above 87% Ng, with electrical metered pressure in chamber “B”, acting on the actuator
power off, the solenoid valve opens the vent. This stops the piston annular area, strokes the actuator open allowing anti-
pressure on the pneumatic servo and opens the metering icing air to flow. With the actuator piston in the open
valve, allowing anti-icing air to flow. (See figure 1-30, position, anti-ice flow plus starting bleed flow, which is
view2.) established by the mechanical input position, is routed to the
discharge ports, providing additional solenoid controlled
(3) During engine starting and low power anti-ice mode flow. An electrical position switch provides
operation below 87% Ng (depending on compressor inlet an indication of piston position to the airframe cockpit.
temperature (T0)) bleeding of air from the compressor is
controlled by a camplate (fig. 1-31) in the anti-icing bleed (3) During engine starting and low-power
and start valve. The variable geomery (VG) linkage operation, bleed air is mechanically controlled by the
actuating shaft, controlled by the HMU actuator, positions position of the metering sleeve in the AI/SBV (fig. 1-31.3 or
the cam plate in the down position. This holds the metering fig. 1-31.4). The variable geometry crankshaft, controlled
valve open. However, as engine power is increased, the by the HMU actuator, positions the metering sleeve in the
valve will close if the cockpit anti-icing switch is off. If the down position to provide maximum bleed. As engine power
switch is on, as engine power is increased, the valve will is increased, the valve will close as the mechanical input
stay open, continuing airflow for engine anti-icing. This shaft and metering sleeve is pulled toward the up position
assures that the compressor flow path will have anti-icing thereby reducing air flow through the valve. With anti-ice
protection at low engine speeds. off (fig. 1-31.3), the valve will close at approximately 87%
to prevent further bleed.
1-48 Change 3
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
(4) Anti-icing air is discharge through two ports (2) Air flows forward in the compressor rotor to
in the AI/SBV. Air is ducted via external piping and internal the A-sump aft labyrinth seals. It enters the space between
passages to heat the swirl frame vanes and front frame the seals through holes in the stage 1 blade-disk. A small
splitter nose. The air discharges from the splitter nose into amount of air from this space pressurizes the no. 1 carbon
the inlet particle separator airflow, and from the swirl vanes seal and the oil mist nozzle. Some air enters the A-sump
into the engine inlet. Air is also piped to a manifold, formed through the no. 1 carbon seal, and some returns to the
by the mainframe assembly, where it enters each IGV compressor inlet through the no. 3 labyrinth seal.
through holes provided in the vane spindles. The air flows
through the hollow IGVs and discharges into the engine (3) The air that flows aft goes to the B-sump
airflow via trailing edge vane slots. forward labyrinth seals. It enters the forward space between
the seals through holes in the compressor rear shaft. The air
(5) The sensing switch in the anti-icing bleed and then flows to the aft space between the seals through an
start valve completes a circuit to a light in the cockpit. The internal passage. A small amount of air flows into the
light indicates when the valve is open for anti-icing or for B-sump to prevent oil loss. The remaining air cools the
start bleed during starts up to limits given in figure 1-118. sump and keeps hot leakage air from entering. Air leaks out
of the forward space between the seals to join compressor
g. Seal Pressurization. Seal pressurization limits oil discharge seal leakage air. This air flows out through the
loss from the sumps by controlling the airflow into them. strut at the 5 o'clock position on the midframe and then aft
Pressurization also keeps hot gases, dust, and moisture out to the turbine case, where it cools the stage 4 shrouds.
of the sumps by providing a high-pressure air barrier to
inward airflow. (4) Stage 4 bleed air also pressurizes the no. 5
carbon seal and the power turbine balance piston seal in the
C-sump. It is piped externally from the 5 o'clock position on
(1) Air for pressurizing the A- and B-sump seals
the compressor stator to the 4:30 o'clock position on the
is bled from stage 4 on the compressor rotor. Bleed air
exhaust frame. This pressure causes a forward force on the
enters the rotor through curvic coupling teeth aft of the
rotor area to reduce some of the thrust load on the no. 6
stage 4 rotor blades. Once inside the rotor, the flow divides,
bearing.
flowing both forward and aft.
Change 3 1-48.1/(1-48.2 Blank)
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-29. Anti-Icing Airflow Schematic
1-49
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-30. (Eaton Configuration) Anti-Icing Bleed and Start Valve (At or Above 87% Ng)
1-50 Change 3
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-31. (Eaton Configuration) Anti-Icing Bleed and Start Valve (Starting and Low-Power)
Change 3 1-50.1
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-31.1 (AlliedSignal Configuration) Anti-Ice/Start Bleed Valve (Alternate)
(At or Above 87% Ng - Anti-Ice Off)
1-50.2 Change 3
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-31.2 (AlliedSignal Configuration) Anti-Ice/Start Bleed Valve (Alternate)
(At or Above 87% Ng - Anti-Ice On)
Change 3 1-50.3
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-31.3 (AlliedSignal Configuration) Anti-Ice/Start Bleed Valve
(Alternate) (Starting and Low-Power - Anti-Ice Off)
1-50.4 Change 3
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-31.4 (AlliedSignal Configuration) Anti-Ice/Start Bleed Valve
(Alternate) (Starting and Low-Power - Anti-Ice On)
Change 3 1-51
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
h. Sump Venting. Air from the sump is vented i. Engine Inlet Air to T2 Sensor of HMU. Engine
through holes in the shafts. The air leaves the engine inlet air from the swirl frame flows through tubes to the T2
through a common outlet in the C-sump cover. This venting sensor. From the sensor, air flows back into the engine at
process (called centerventing) provides a way to separate oil the compressor inlet. See figure 1-32 for a view of T2
from the vent air by the rotary motion of the high-speed sensor airflow.
shafts.
1-38. Variable Geometry Linkage System. The VG
(1) A-sump air flows aft between the compressor linkage system includes: the IGV's in the main frame, the
forward shaft and the power turbine drive shaft. From there stage 1 and stage 2 compressor variable vanes, three
it flows through holes in the power turbine drive shaft and actuating rings (one for each stage), the vane actuator
then forward into the torque reference shaft. This path levers, which connect the individual vanes to their actuating
captures oil vapor and pumps it back into the C-sump. From rings, and an actuating shaft.
there the air flows aft and vents out through the C-sump
cover. a. The three actuating rings, the vane levers, and the
vanes are actuated and synchronized by the actuating shaft.
(2) B-sump air flows through holes in the The actuating shaft also opens and closes the anti-icing
compressor discharge seal and enters the intershaft space bleed and start valve. The VG actuator, in the HMU,
through large holes in the compressor rear shaft. This flow positions the actuating shaft.
path lowers air pressure and increases the force of the
centrifugal field. Air venting from the B-sump flows b. The actuator is positioned by a servo-system
forward in the intershaft space to pressurize the intershaft contained in the HMU. The servo-system responds to Ng,
seal at the A-sump. Some of this venting air flows aft in the T2, and the physical position of the actuating shaft.
intershaft space and joins the leakage flow from the inner
balance piston seal. 1-39. Engine Internal Washing System. The engine
wash manifold is an internal part of the swirl frame. It has a
(3) C-sump air vents forward through the aft end series of jets aimed at the compressor inlet area. The wash
of the power turbine drive shaft. Then it flows into a manifold fitting is located at the 7 o'clock position on the
standpipe connected to the C-sump cover. A small dam in swirl frame.
the torque reference shaft traps any oil remaining in the vent
air. The trapped oil returns to the C-sump through small
1-40. AUTHORIZED EQUIPMENT
weep holes. Oil mist-free air from an opening in the C-sump
CONFIGURATION CHANGES.
cover blows overboard into the engine exhaust.
Authorized equipment configuration changes are listed in
table 1-3.
Table 1-3. Authorized Equipment Configuration Changes
Part or Model
Change No. to be
Document Modified Description
NONE AUTHORIZED
1-52 Change 3
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-32. T2 Airflow Schematic
1-53
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
1-41. (T700) EQUIPMENT DATA.
Equipment data for T700-GE-700 engines is listed in
table 1-4.
Table 1-4. (T700) Equipment Data
Item Engine Characteristics/Data Metric Equivalent
Manufacturer GE Aircraft Engines - Lynn –
Model T700-GE-700 –
Type of Engine Turboshaft –
Intermediate Rated Power (IRP) 1622 shaft horsepower (SHP) at sea level, –
standard day conditions at 20,900 rpm Np
Type of Compressor Combined axial/centrifugal –
Number of Compressor Stages 6 stages (5 axial, and 1 centrifugal) –
Variable Geometry Inlet guide vanes, stage 1 and 2 stator vanes –
Type of Combustion Chamber Single annular chamber with axial flow –
Gas Generator Turbine Stages 2 –
Power Turbine Stages 2 –
Direction of Engine Rotation (both gas Clockwise (aft looking forward)
generator and power turbine rotors)
Engine Weight (Dry) 437 lbs max 198 kg
Engine Length 47 in. 119 cm
Max Engine Diameter 25 in. 63 cm
Fuel:
Primary JP-4 (MIL-T-5624), NATO Code F-40, or JET B –
Alternate JP-5 (MIL-T-5624), or JP-8 (MIL-T-83133),
NATO Code F-44, or NATO Code F-34, JET A,
or JET A-1
1-54
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table 1-4. (T700) Equipment Data (Cont)
Item Engine Characteristics/Data Metric Equivalent
Lubricating Oil:
Primary MIL-L-23699, NATO Code 0-156, or Type II –
Alternate MIL-L-7808, NATO Code 0-148, or Type I –
Aircraft Electrical Power Requirements:
History recorder and Np overspeed 40w, 115v, 400 Hz –
protection
Anti-icing bleed and start valve, fuel filter 1 amp, 28 vdc maximum. –
bypass indication, oil filter bypass indication,
electrical chip detector, oil pressure sensor,
oil temperature sensor, and fuel pressure
sensor.
1-42. (T701, T701C) EQUIPMENT DATA.
Equipment data for T700-GE-701 and T700-GE-701C
engines is listed in table 1-5.
Table 1-5. (T701, T701C) Equipment Data
Item Engine Characteristics/Data Metric Equivalent
Manufacturer GE Aircraft Engines - Lynn –
Models T700-GE-701 and T700-GE-701C –
Type of Engine Turboshaft –
Intermediate Rated Power (IRP) (T701) 1690 or (T701C) 1800 Shaft horsepower
(SHP) at sea level, standard day conditions at
20,900 rpm Np
Type of Compressor Combined axial/centrifugal –
Number of Compressor Stages 6 stages (5 axial, and 1 centrifugal) –
Variable Geometry Inlet guide vanes, stage 1 and 2 stator vanes –
Type of Combustion Chamber Single annular chamber with axial flow –
Gas Generator Turbine Stages 2 –
1-55
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table 1-5. (T701, T701C) Equipment Data (Cont)
Item Engine Characteristics/Data Metric Equivalent
Power Turbine Stages 2 –
Direction of Engine Rotation (both gas Clockwise (aft looking forward) –
generator and power turbine rotors)
Engine Weight (Dry) (T701) 437 lbs max 198 kg
(T701C) 456 lbs max 207 kg
Engine Length 46.12 in. 117 cm
Max Engine Diameter 25 in. 63 cm
Fuel:
Primary JP-4 (MIL-T-5624), NATO Code F-40, or JET B –
Alternate JP-5 (MIL-T-5624), or JP-8 (MIL-T-83133), –
NATO Code F-44, or NATO Code F-34, JET A,
or JET A-1
Lubricating Oil:
Primary MIL-L-23699, NATO Code 0-156, or Type II –
Alternate MIL-L-7808, NATO Code 0-148, or Type I
Aircraft Electrical Power Requirements –
History recorder or History Counter and Np 40w, 115v, 400 Hz –
overspeed protection
Digital Electronic Control 100w, 115v, 400hz –
Anti-icing bleed and start valve, fuel filter 1 amp, 28v dc maximum –
bypass indication, oil filter bypass indication,
electrical chip detector, oil pressure sensor,
and fuel pressure sensor
1-56
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Section III. REPAIR PARTS; SPECIAL TOOLS; TEST, MEASUREMENT, AND
DIAGNOSTIC EQUIPMENT (TMDE); AND SUPPORT EQUIPMENT
1-43. COMMON TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT • T700-GE-701C engine model data unique
to the Apache helicopter will be designated
. AH-64A.
• T700-GE-701C engine model data unique
For authorized common tools and equipment, refer to the to the Black Hawk helicopter will be
Modified Table of Organization and Equipment (MTOE) designated UH-60L.
applicable to your unit.
Data peculiar to engine models T700-GE-700, Engine Model Identification
T700-GE-701, and T700-GE-701C is identified throughout T700-GE-700 (T700)
the manual as follows: T700-GE-701 (T701)
T700-GE-701C (T701C)
NOTE T700-GE-700 and T700-GE-701 (T700, T701)
T700-GE-700 and T700-GE-701C (T700, T701C)
• Data common to all engine models is not T700-GE-701 and T700-GE-701C (T701, T701C)
identified.
1-44. SPECIAL TOOLS, TMDE, AND SUPPORT
EQUIPMENT.
Table 1-6 lists special tools and support equipment.
Table 1-7 lists test, measurement, and diagnostic equipment
(TMDE).
Table 1-6. Special Tools and Support Equipment
Figure Nomenclature Part Number
1-75 Wash Unit, Universal 21C2438G01
1-39 Adapter, Maintenance Stand 21C7071G01
1-34, 1-35 Sling, Lifting 21C7081G02
1-37, 1-38 Adapter, Engine Transportation 21C7082G02
6-11 Adapter, Plug 21C7086P01
2-27 Guide, No. 1 Carbon Seal Assembly 21C7109G01/G02
– Support, Dummy Compressor Casing Bar 21C7112G01
5-14 Puller, Carbon Seal, Axis-G 21C7239G01/G02
3-3 (T701, T701C) Adapter, Gas Generator Rotor/Midframe 21C7247G01
Lock/Support
4-7 Container, Power Turbine Module Shipping and Storage 21C7300G01
5-20, 5-21 Container, Accessory Section Module Shipping and Storage 21C7301G01
Change 3 1-57
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table 1-6. Special Tools and Support Equipment (Cont)
Figure Nomenclature Part Number
1-108 Case, Shipping and Storage 21C7302P01
1-108 Case, Shipping and Storage 21C7303P01
1-108 Case, Shipping and Storage 21C7304P01
3-4 Bar, Gas Generator Rotor Antirotation 21C7399G01
2-9 Bench Set, Compressor Rotor Stage 1 Blade-Disk (Bridge 21C7419G01
17A8744P04)
2-13 Lock, Compressor Rotor 21C7422G01
2-55 Adapter, Cold Section Module Shipping 21C7437G01
2-54 Adapter, Gas Generator Shaft Tie-Bolts Restraining 21C7439P01
2-5 Set Dresser, Leading Edge, Stage 1 Blade-Disk 21C7478G01
5-14 Puller, Seal Mating Ring 21C7702G01
1-79 Fixture, Stage 1 Gas Generator Rotor Forward Pressure Flushing 21C7729G01
1-80 Fixture, Stage 2 Gas Generator Rotor Forward Pressure Flushing 21C7730G01
1-84 Fixture, Stage 1 Nozzle Assembly Forward Pressure Flushing 21C7731G02
(17A8820G01)
1-85 Fixture, Stage 1 Nozzle Assembly Reverse Pressure Flushing 21C7731G02
(17A8819G01)
1-83 (T700, T701) Fixture, Gas Generator Stator Pressure Flushing 21C7732G01
7-3 (T701, T701C) Fixture, Igniter Removal 21C7765G01
1-81 Fixture, Stage 1 Gas Generator Rotor Reverse Pressure Flushing 21C7786G01
1-82 Fixture, Stage 2 Gas Generator Rotor Reverse Pressure Flushing 21C7787G01
1-58
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table 1-7. Test, Measurement, and Diagnostic Equipment (TMDE)
Figure Nomenclature Part Number
– Analyzer, Vibration 1784471-901
(FSCM 56232)
1-49, 1-147 Switch Box, (T700) ECU or (T701C) DEC Circuit Continuity 21C7085G01
1-49, 1-147 (T701) Switch Box, ECU Circuit Continuity 21C7085G02
1-89 (T700) Borescope Kit 21C7190P01
1-90 (T701, T701C) Borescope Kit 21C7190P02
1-91 (T700) Borescope Kit 21C7744P01
1-92 (T700) Borescope Kit 21C7744P02
1-92 Borescope Kit 21C7744P03
1-93 Borescope Kit 21C7700P03
1-94 Borescope Kit 21C7779P03
1-49, 1-147 Multimeter TS-352 B/U
1-45. SPARES AND REPAIR PARTS.
Spares and repair parts are listed and illustrated in the
Repair Parts and Special Tools List (RPSTL)
TM55-2840-248-23P for T700-GE-700 engines, in
TM55-2840-238-23P for T700-GE-701 engines and in
TM55-2840-258-23P for T700-GE-701C engines.
1-59
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Section IV. SERVICE UPON RECEIPT
b. Read humidity indicator (8). Record indication in
1-46. SHIPPING AND STORAGE CONTAINER
engine records.
8145CON004-1.
1-47. Preliminary Instructions. Use a forklift when
moving the shipping and storage container. The entire
container, with or without the engine, must not be moved by Removing Shipping Container Cover
pushing or pulling.
To prevent personal injury, do not loosen nuts
Data peculiar to engine models T700-GE-700, and bolts that secure cover until shipping
T700-GE-701, and T700-GE-701C is identified throughout container has been depressurized.
the manual as follows:
c. Depressurize container by pressing center of air-
filler valve (7) until air can no longer be heard escaping
NOTE from container; then remove core of air-filler valve (7).
• Data common to all engine models is not
identified. d. After pressure has been released, reinstall core of
air-filler valve (7).
• T700-GE-701C engine model data unique
to the Apache helicopter will be designated
e. Remove 30 bolts (4) and 30 nuts (5) from container
AH-64A.
flanges.
• T700-GE-701C engine model data unique
to the Black Hawk helicopter will be f. Attach lifting cable (1) to lifting eyes (2).
designated UH-60L.
Engine Model Identification
T700-GE-700 (T700) Using Hoisting Devices
T700-GE-701 (T701)
T700-GE-701C (T701C) • Hoisting shall only be done by designated
T700-GE-700 and T700-GE-701 (T700, T701) personnel.
T700-GE-700 and T700-GE-701C (T700, T701C) • Do not exceed load capacity rating marked
T700-GE-701 and T700-GE-701C (T701, T701C) on hoist.
• Inspection and testing for cracks or defects
1-48. Dimensions and Weights of Shipping and in hoisting system shall be performed on a
Storage Container 8145CON004-1. regular basis.
• Use only pins, links, and hooks
Length 75 inches recommended for hoisting specific
Width 40 inches components.
Height 44 inches • Before hoisting, balance the load.
(T700) Weight (with engine) 1097 pounds • Do not stand under load while it is being
(T701) Weight (with engine) 1097 pounds moved from one area to another on a hoist.
(T701C) Weight (with engine) 1116 pounds Do not stand under load to do maintenance
Weight (empty) 660 pounds work.
Cubic Displacement 76.3 cubic feet • Hoisting devices made of nylon, polyester,
polypropylene, or aluminum shall not be
1-49. REMOVAL OF SHIPPING AND STORAGE used in areas where caustics are handled.
CONTAINER COVER.
g. Attach hoist to lifting cable (1). Raise container
a. Remove engine records from record receptacle (9, cover (3) and place it on the floor.
fig. 1-33) on container.
1-60
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-33. Shipping and Storage Container 8145CON004-1; Removal and Installation of Cover
1-50. REMOVAL OF ENGINE OR COLD
SECTION MODULE FROM SHIPPING AND
STORAGE CONTAINER 8145CON004-1. When lifting an engine with QCA equipment
installed, the load must be properly balanced.
1-51. General Information.
c. The tube of the lifting sling has four numbered
a. Lifting sling 21C7081G02 (fig. 1-34) is used for positions at which the lifting eye can be placed to maintain
lifting the engine into or out of the shipping and storage center of gravity in each lifting mode. See figure 1-35 for
container. The sling can also be used to lift a bare engine, a lifting modes.
cold section module, a cold section module with shipping
adapter 21C7437G01 installed, or an engine with QCA d. Quick-release pins (2, 4, 8, fig. 1-34) are used to
equipment installed. secure the lifting eye (1), hanger link (5), and adapter (9) as
applicable. The buttons on pins (2, 4, 8) must be pressed to
b. The maximum lift capacity of the sling is 700 lbs. install or to remove the pins.
e. Lanyards are used to secure pins (2, 4, 8) to lifting
eye (1), hanger link (5), and adapter (9) as applicable.
1-61
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-34. Lifting Sling 21C7081G02; Installation
1-62
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-35. Lifting Modes; Using Lifting Sling 21C7081G02 (Sheet 1 of 2)
1-63
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-35. Lifting Modes; Using Lifting Sling 21C7081G02 (Sheet 2 of 2)
1-64
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
1-52. Engine or Module Hoisting.
Lifting lug on cold section module shipping
adapter 21C7437G01 is for lifting adapter
Using Hoisting Devices only. Do not use adapter lifting lug to lift or to
transport cold section module.
• Do not exceed load capacity rating marked
on hoist. b. Place adapter (9) onto forward lifting lug (7);
• Inspection and testing for cracks and secure it using quick-release pin (8) from the right side.
defects in hoisting system shall be
performed on a regular basis, and c. Place hanger link (5) onto rear lifting lug (6) (ear of
according to applicable safety and diffuser case); using quick-release pin (4), secure link (5)
inspection requirements manual. from the aft side.
• Use only pins, links, and hooks
d. Remove four bolts (6, fig. 1-36), eight washers (5),
recommended for hoisting specific
and four nuts (11) from two front supports (10).
components.
• Before hoisting, balance the load.
e. Remove four bolts (6), eight washers (5), and four
• Do not stand under load while it is being nuts (11), from two aft supports (12).
moved from one area to another on a hoist.
Do not stand under load to do maintenance f. Lift engine or cold section module clear of
work. container bottom half (4).
• Hoisting devices made of nylon, polyester,
polypropylene, or aluminum shall not be g. Remove eight bolts (8), and 16 washers (9) from
used in areas where caustics are handled. two front supports (10).
h. Mount front supports (10) onto frame (3). Using
four bolts (6), eight washers (5), and four nuts (11), secure
Dropped Engine or Cold Section Module front supports (10) to frame (3).
i. Remove four bolts (7) and four nuts (2) from two
aft supports (12).
• Engines or modules that are dropped during
j. Mount aft supports (12) onto frame (3). Using four
handling will be returned to Depot.
bolts (6) eight washers (5), and four nuts (11), secure aft
• Do not lift engine or module with bottom supports (12) to frame (3).
of shipping and storage container attached
or with stand attached.
a. Slide lifting eye (1, fig. 1-34) of engine lifting sling
21C7081G02 until the number 4 (marked on the tube) can
be seen in cutout of lifting eye (1); then secure eye (1) using
quick-release pin (2).
1-65
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-36. Shipping and Storage Container 8145CON004-1; Removal and Installation of Engine or
Cold Section Module
1-66
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
1-53. ACTIVATING ENGINE AFTER REMOVAL 1-54. INSTALLATION OF ENGINE OR COLD
FROM SHIPPING AND STORAGE CONTAINER. SECTION MODULE INTO ENGINE
TRANSPORTATION ADAPTER 21C7082G02.
Dry Cleaning Solvent
(Stoddard Solvent) Using Hoisting Devices
P-D-680
• Do not exceed load capacity rating marked
• Combustible - do not use near open flames, on hoist.
near welding areas, or on hot surfaces. • Inspection and testing for cracks and
• Prolonged contact of skin with liquid can defects in hoisting system shall be
cause dermatitis. Repeated inhalation of performed on a regular basis, and
vapor can irritate nose and throat and can according to applicable safety and
cause dizziness. inspection requirements manual.
• If any liquid contacts skin or eyes, • Use only pins, links, and hooks
immediately flush affected area thoroughly recommended for hoisting specific
with water. Remove solvent-saturated components.
clothing. If vapors cause dizziness, go to • Before hoisting, balance the load.
fresh air. • Do not stand under load while it is being
• When handling liquid or when applying it moved from one area to another on a hoist.
in an air-exhausted, partially covered tank, Do not stand under load to do maintenance
wear approved gloves and goggles. work.
• When handling liquid or when applying it • Hoisting devices made of nylon, polyester,
at unexhausted, uncovered tank or polypropylene, or aluminum shall not be
workbench, wear approved respirator, used in areas where caustics are handled.
gloves, and goggles.
a. With engine or cold section module supported by
NOTE hoist and lifting sling 21C7081G02, install two adapters (8,
fig. 1-37) at 3 and 9 o'clock positions on main frame.
Protective covers should not be removed until Tighten four captive screws on each adapter (8).
QCA hardware is to be installed. Covers
should be retained for re-use. b. Secure rail adapter rollers to rails by tightening
handwheel clamps (2).
a. Remove any barrier material and tape. Remove
tape residue using dry cleaning solvent (item 99, c. Chock wheels of trailer (3, fig. 1-38) to prevent
Appendix D). adapter movement.
b. Clean external engine surfaces as necessary. d. Pull T-handle (1, fig. 1-37) up to remove quick-
disconnect pins (7) from center area of adapter.
c. Check engine and historical records for any
components that may not have been installed or that may e. Using hoist, carefully lower engine or module into
have been removed. Be sure that any components that had center of adapter. Aft end of engine must be near center of
not been installed or that had been removed or disconnected trailer.
have been installed or connected. Refer to paragraph 1-200
for preinstallation buildup instructions. f. Aline flanges of adapters (8) with mating slots.
Push captive screws (6) in place.
g. Install two quick-disconnect pins (7) to lock
adapters (8).
1-67
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-37. Engine Transportation Adapter 21C7082G02; Removal and Installation of Engine or
Cold Section Module
Figure 1-38. Two Transportation Adapters and Bare Engine on Trailer
1-68
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
h. Lower the engine or module and aline aft engine b. Attach lifting sling 21C7081G02 to engine or to
mount (5) with adapter aft mount (3). cold section module (para 1-51). Using hoist, take up slack
to partially support weight of engine or module.
i. Install two quick-disconnect pins (4) to secure aft
engine mount (5). c. Remove quick-disconnect pins (7, fig. 1-37) from
adapters (8) at 3 and 9 o'clock positions.
j. Remove lifting sling. Remove trailer wheel chock if
adapter is to be moved. d. Remove two quick-disconnect pins (4) from aft
engine mounts (5).
1-55. REMOVAL OF ENGINE OR COLD
e. Lift engine or module clear of transportation
SECTION MODULE FROM ENGINE
adapters (4, fig. 1-38).
TRANSPORTATION ADAPTER 21C7082G02.
a. Be sure that rail adapter rollers are locked to the f. Remove adapters (8, fig. 1-37) from engine or
rails. Tighten handwheel clamp (2, fig. 1-38). module and return them to transportation adapter.
g. If engine is to be installed in shipping and storage
container, refer to paragraph 1-58 for instructions.
Using Hoisting Devices
h. If cold section module is to be installed in shipping
and storage container, refer to paragraph 2-80 for
• Hoisting shall only be done by designated instructions.
personnel.
• Do not exceed load capacity rating marked
on hoist. 1-56. INSTALLATION OF ENGINE OR COLD
SECTION MODULE ONTO MAINTENANCE
• Inspection and testing for cracks or defects
STAND ADAPTER 21C7071G01.
in hoisting system shall be performed on a
regular basis.
• Use only pins, links, and hooks
recommended for hoisting specific Do not use Maintenance Stand Adapter
components. 21C7071G01 when doing compressor repair.
• Before hoisting, balance the load. Otherwise, shim damage will occur.
• Do not stand under load while it is being
moved from one area to another on a hoist. a. Using a 1/2-inch drive ratchet, turn adjuster (1,
Do not stand under load to do maintenance fig. 1-39) until scale on strongback adapter (10) reads 6-1/2.
work. Be sure that strongback adapter (10) is in the horizontal
• Hoisting devices made of nylon, polyester, position. Use handle (6) if necessary.
polypropylene, or aluminum shall not be
used in areas where caustics are handled.
1-69
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-39. Maintenance Stand Adapter 21C7071G01; Removal and Installation of Engine or
Cold Section Module
1-70
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Using Hoisting Devices Captive bolts in forward adapter are special
high-strength bolts. Do not use any other bolts
• Hoisting shall only be done by designated in forward adapter.
personnel.
• Do not exceed load capacity rating marked c. Attach forward adapter (5, fig. 1-39) to 3 o'clock
on hoist. mounting pad on main frame using four captive bolts. Leave
bolts loose.
• Inspection and testing for cracks or defects
in hoisting system shall be performed on a
d. Secure ears of aft adapter (11) to ears of diffuser
regular basis.
case at the 3 o'clock position using two quick-release
• Use only pins, links, and hooks pins(2). Install pins from forward side of adapter.
recommended for hoisting specific
components. e. Position engine or module in front of stand, and
• Before hoisting, balance the load. secure it to strongback adapter (10) as follows:
• Do not stand under load while it is being
moved from one area to another on a hoist. (1) Guide forward and aft adapters (5, 11) into
Do not stand under load to do maintenance position.
work.
• Hoisting devices made of nylon, polyester, (2) Connect forward adapter (5) to strongback
polypropylene, or aluminum shall not be adapter (10) by installing three quick-release pins in the
used in areas where caustics are handled. following sequence:
(a) Install long pin (7) through rear of
strongback adapter and into forward adapter.
Lifting lug on cold section module shipping
adapter 21C7437G01 is for lifting adapter (b) Install remaining two quick-release
only. Do not use adapter lifting lug to lift or to pins(4) through top of forward adapter and into strongback
transport cold section module. adapter.
(3) Connect aft adapter (11) to strongback
adapter (10) using two quick-release pins (2); install top pin
first. Install pins from forward side of adapter.
Dropped Engine or Cold Section Module
(4) Tighten four bolts on forward adapter (5).
Torque bolts to 45-50 inch-pounds.
• Engines or modules that are dropped during f. Lower the engine or module until weight is off
handling will be returned to Depot. lifting sling, and check balance. Turn handle (6) and
• Do not lift engine or module with bottom adjuster (1), and adjust stand as needed to maintain balance.
of shipping and storage container attached
or with stand attached. g. Engage locking adapter (9).
b. Using lifting sling 21C7081G02 (para 1-51), lift h. Be sure that all quick-release pins are in place and
engine or cold section module. that four bolts on forward adapter are torqued.
i. Remove lifting sling from engine or from module.
j. If cold section module is to be placed in service,
refer to paragraph 2-85.
1-71
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
h. Release forward adapter (5) from engine or from
1-57. REMOVAL OF ENGINE OR COLD
module by unscrewing four captive bolts on adapter.
SECTION MODULE FROM MAINTENANCE
STAND ADAPTER 21C7071G01.
i. Install aft adapter (11) onto strongback adapter (10)
using four pins (2, 3); install forward adapter (5) on
adapter(10) using two pins (4) and pin (7), to prevent
misplacement or loss of these parts.
Using Hoisting Devices
• Do not exceed load capacity rating marked 1-58. INSTALLATION OF ENGINE OR COLD
on hoist. SECTION MODULE INTO SHIPPING AND
• Inspection and testing for cracks and STORAGE CONTAINER 8145CON004-1.
defects in hoisting system shall be
a. Preserve engine as directed in paragraph 1-206,
performed on a regular basis, and
step b.
according to applicable safety and
inspection requirements manual.
b. If installing cold section module, refer to
• Use only pins, links, and hooks paragraph 2-80 for installation of cold section module
recommended for hoisting specific shipping adapter 21C7437G01 and gas generator shaft
components. tiebolts restraining adapter 21C7439P01.
• Before hoisting, balance the load.
• Do not stand under load while it is being
moved from one area to another on a hoist.
Do not stand under load to do maintenance Using Hoisting Devices
work.
• Hoisting devices made of nylon, polyester, • Do not exceed load capacity rating marked
polypropylene, or aluminum shall not be on hoist.
used in areas where caustics are handled. • Inspection and testing for cracks and
defects in hoisting system shall be
performed on a regular basis, and
according to applicable safety and
Lifting lug on cold section module shipping inspection requirements manual.
adapter 21C7437G01 is for lifting adapter • Use only pins, links, and hooks
only. Do not use adapter lifting lug to lift or to recommended for hoisting specific
transport cold section module. components.
• Before hoisting, balance the load.
a. Attach lifting sling 21C7081G02 to engine or to
cold section module (para 1-51).
• Do not stand under load while it is being
moved from one area to another on a hoist.
b. Attach hoist to lifting sling. Take up slack, but do Do not stand under load to do maintenance
not lift yet. work.
• Hoisting devices made of nylon, polyester,
c. Remove two quick-release pins (3, fig. 1-39) to polypropylene, or aluminum shall not be
release aft adapter (11) from strongback adapter (10). used in areas where caustics are handled.
d. Remove long pin (7) from forward adapter (5). c. Attach lifting sling 21C7081G02 to engine or to
cold section module (para 1-51).
e. Remove two quick-release pins (4) from top of
forward adapter (5). d. Attach hoist to lifting sling. Take up slack, but do
not lift yet.
f. Move stand away from engine or from module.
e. Remove engine or module from maintenance stand
g. Remove aft adapter (11) from engine or from adapter (para 1-57) or from transportation adapter
module by removing two quick-release pins (2). (para 1-55).
1-72
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
NOTE
Dropped Engine or Cold Section Module For engines preserved in accordance with
paragraph 1-207, place an additional one to
• Engines or modules that are dropped during four 16-unit bags of desiccant in desiccant
handling will be returned to Depot. basket (13). Place desiccant in desiccant
basket only.
• Do not lift engine or module with bottom
of shipping storage container attached or
m. Place four 16-unit bags of desiccant (item 70,
with stand attached.
Appendix D) in desiccant basket (13).
f. Using hoist, lift engine or module clear of
n. Replace humidity indicator card if it is lavender or
transportation adapter or maintenance stand. Then move
pink-colored as follows:
trailer or maintenance stand out of way.
(1) Remove hex insert (14, fig. 1-40) with an
g. Secure two front supports (10, fig. 1-36) on main
open-end wrench.
frame pads at 3 and 9 o'clock positions using four bolts (8)
and washers (9). Torque bolts to 100-130 inch-pounds.
(2) Remove retaining clip and card.
(3) Install new card and retaining clip.
Bolts (7) must be installed so that bolt-heads (4) Reinstall and hand-tighten hex insert. Be sure
face aft to prevent damaging engine mount lug printed sections (30, 40, 50) can be read from outside of
hole. container.
h. Install two aft supports (12) on rear side of diffuser
flange at 3 and 9 o'clock positions. Install two bolts (7) 1-59. INSTALLATION OF SHIPPING AND
(boltheads facing aft) and nuts (2) for each support. Torque STORAGE CONTAINER COVER.
bolts to 480-570 inch-pounds.
Using Hoisting Devices
When lowering engine, be sure that yellow
cable, T2 sensor tube, and anti-icing bleed • Do not exceed load capacity rating marked
duct clear front support pads. on hoist.
• Inspection and testing for cracks and
i. Place bottom half of container (4) under engine or defects in hoisting system shall be
module. Lower the engine or module into container, alining performed on a regular basis, and
supports (12, 10) with mating flanges of frame (3) in according to applicable safety and
container. inspection requirements manual.
• Use only pins, links, and hooks
j. Secure front supports (10) to container frame (3) recommended for hoisting specific
using four bolts (6), washers (5), and nuts (11). Torque bolts components.
to 140-160 inch-pounds. • Before hoisting, balance the load.
• Do not stand under load while it is being
k. Secure aft supports (12) to container frame (3)
moved from one area to another on a hoist.
using four bolts (6), washers (5), and nuts (11). Torque bolts
Do not stand under load to do maintenance
to 140-160 inch-pounds.
work.
l. Release and remove hoist; remove lifting sling (1)
• Hoisting devices made of nylon, polyester,
polypropylene, or aluminum shall not be
from engine or module.
used in areas where caustics are handled.
a. Attach lifting cable (1, fig. 1-33) to lifting eyes (2).
1-73
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-40. Shipping and Storage Container 8145CON004-1; Inspection of Relative Humidity Indicator
1-74
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
b. Attach hoist to lifting cable. Raise container d. If relative humidity is 40% but less than 50%,
cover(3) to a position directly over bottom half of record inspection in engine records, depressurize container
container. (para 1-49), and replace desiccant as follows:
c. Wipe mating flanges and gasket of container halves
with clean cloth to remove any dirt or particles which could
prevent pressure sealing. Inspect gasket (15) for nicks, cuts, Depressurizing Shipping and Storage
and gouges. If gasket is damaged, replace it. Then lower Container
hoist until container halves are joined.
• Do not loosen nuts and bolts that secure
d. Secure container halves using 30 bolts (4), cover until container has been
installed head down, and 30 nuts (5). Torque bolts to 70-75 depressurized.
foot-pounds.
• Do not remove valve core until air can no
longer be heard escaping from container.
e. Store engine records in record receptacle (9).
(1) Depressurize container by pressing center of
f. Pressurize container to 5 psig at air-filler valve (7)
air filler valve (7) until air can no longer be heard escaping
using dry, filtered, compressed air.
from container; then remove core of air filler valve.
g. Using Leak Test Oxygen System Solution,
(2) After pressure has been released, reinstall
(item 98, Appendix D) inspect container for leaks at the
core of air filler valve.
following locations:
(3) Remove bolt (11).
• At air filler valve (7)
• At humidity indicator (8) (4) Remove access cover (12).
• Between container mating flanges
(5) Remove bolt (10) and clamping bar (9).
h. If leak is seen between container mating flanges,
check torque (70-75 foot-pounds) on bolts (4). Then repeat (6) Remove desiccant cover (6).
leak check. If a leak is still seen, depressurize container
(para 1-49), replace gasket (15, fig. 1-40), and pressurize (7) Remove old desiccant.
container (step f). Repeat leak check.
(8) Place four 16-unit bags of desiccant (item 70,
i. If leak is seen at other inspection locations (step g), Appendix D) in basket (13, fig. 1-36).
depressurize container (para 1-49), replace defective part,
and pressurize container (step f). Repeat leak check. (9) Install desiccant cover (6, fig. 1-40).
(10) Install clamping bar (9) and bolt (10).
1-60. INSPECTION OF RELATIVE HUMIDITY
Torque bolt to 35-42 inch-pounds.
INDICATOR IN SHIPPING AND STORAGE
CONTAINER 8145CON004-1.
(11) Install access cover (12) and bolt (11).
a. Check relative humidity not later than 30 days Torque bolt to 30-60 inch-pounds.
following engine installation into shipping and storage
container, or as prescribed by the Unit Commander. (12) Apply 5 psig of air pressure to air-filler
valve (8) using a source of dry, filtered, compressed air.
b. Examine relative humidity by checking color of
humidity indicator (13, fig. 1-40) (see paragraph 1-206, (13) Using Leak Test Oxygen System Solution
step c). (item 98, Appendix D), inspect container for leaks at the
following locations:
c. If relative humidity is less than 40%, but greater
than 30%, record inspection in engine records, but change • At air filler valve (8)
inspection interval to 1 week. • At humidity indicator (13)
• Between container mating flanges
1-75
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
(14) If leak is seen between container mating (2) Inspect gasket (15) for nicks, cuts, and
flanges, check torque (70-75 foot-pounds) on bolts (3). gouges. If gasket is damaged, replace it.
Then repeat leak check. If a leak is still seen, depressurize
container (para 1-49), replace gasket (15, fig. 1-40), and (3) Carefully inspect engine exterior for signs of
pressurize container (step (12)). Repeat leak check. corrosion:
(15) If leak is seen at other inspection locations (a) If there are no signs of corrosion, change
(step (13)), depressurize container (para 1-49), replace desiccant (step d), replace humidity indicator card
defective part, and pressurize container (step (12)). Repeat (para 1-58, step n), and reinstall container cover (para 1-59).
leak check.
(b) If there are signs of corrosion, change
e. If relative humidity is 50% do the following: desiccant (step d), reinstall container cover (para 1-59), and
send engine to Depot for detailed inspection and repair.
(1) Remove container cover (para 1-49).
1-76
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Section V. PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES
1-61. TEN-HOUR/FOURTEEN-DAY INSPECTION NOTE
REQUIREMENTS (THIR).
• Data common to all engine models is not
1-62. This paragraph contains the ten-hour/fourteen-day identified.
inspection requirements for the T700-GE-700, • T700-GE-701C engine model data unique
T700-GE-701, or for the T700-GE-701C turbine engine. It to the Apache helicopter will be designated
does not contain instructions for repair, adjustment, or AH-64A.
correcting any problems, nor does it contain instructions for • T700-GE-701C engine model data unique
troubleshooting. Specific tolerances, limits, etc., can be to the Black Hawk helicopter will be
found in applicable chapters. A ten-hour inspection is done designated UH-60L.
every ten flight hours or every fourteen days, whichever
comes first. The ten-hour flight intervals may be extended
Engine Model Identification
to complete the day's mission, but the ten-hour inspection
must be done before starting the next day's flight. The T700-GE-700 (T700)
inspection requirements listed in table 1-8 are to make sure T700-GE-701 (T701)
that defects are found and corrected before malfunctions or T700-GE-701C (T701C)
serious trouble happens. T700-GE-700 and T700-GE-701 (T700, T701)
T700-GE-700 and T700-GE-701C (T700, T701C)
Data peculiar to engine models T700-GE-700, T700-GE-701 and T700-GE-701C (T701, T701C)
T700-GE-701, and T700-GE-701C is identified throughout
the manual as follows: 1-63. DA Form 2408-13-1 (Aircraft Inspection and
Maintenance Record) will be used to record all problems
found during ten-hour/fourteen-day inspection.
Table 1-8. Ten-Hour/Fourteen-Day Inspection Checks
Item Inspect
1. Oil tank level.
2. Oil tank filler cap for proper installation (cap release is down and locked).
3. Electrical cables for chafing, and for broken, or missing brackets or clamps.
4. Connectors for security.
5. Fuel, oil, and air tubes and hoses for security, evidence of chafing, or leakage. Broken or missing clamps.
6. PAS and LDS actuation controls for security. Anti-ice bleed and start valve clips are in place.
7. V-band clamps on HMU, particle separator blower, and customer bleed piping for security.
8. Exterior of engine, HMU and oil cooler for oil, fuel, and evidence of air leaks, missing or broken bolts and nuts.
9. Oil filter for impending bypass indication. (Button must not be popped.)
10. Fuel filter for impending bypass indication. (Button must not be popped.)
11. Engine mounts for security.
Change 3 1-77
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table 1-8. Ten-Hour/Fourteen-Day Inspection Checks (Cont)
Item Inspect
12. Manually check full engagement of quick-release pins in HMU and anti-ice bleed and start valve linkage. Pull on
quick-release pin and rotate pin 360° in approximately 30° arc segments. If quick-release pins are loose (release pin
“c” rings offer little or no resistance to removal of the pin) inspect connecting linkage pin holes for elongation.
13. Engine inlet (refer to limits in para 1-284) and exhaust for foreign objects or foreign object damage (FOD).
14. P3 line to HMU for cracks.
15. (T700, T701) Turbine case for cracks and for loose or broken (check by hand only) stage 3 turbine nozzle bolts.
16. Oil cooler PNs 6044T95P01 or 6044T95P02 for fuel or oil leak from the weep hole at the 12 o'clock position.
1-66. The requirements for periodic 500 flight hour
1-64. PERIODIC INSPECTION REQUIREMENTS.
inspection are as follows:
1-64.1. (250 FLIGHT HOUR INSPECTION) The
requirements for the 250 flight hour inspection is to check a. Clean compressor (para 1-165).
the HMU P3 fitting (para 1-138) on Hamilton Standard
HMUs with the following part numbers: b. Do the tasks of ten-hour/fourteen-day inspection
(table 1-8).
Hamilton
Standard PN GE PN
763700-1 4046T52G01 Do not immerse particle separator blower in
dry cleaning solvent. Otherwise, packed
763700-3 4046T52G04
bearing will be damaged.
763700-7 4046T52G06
c. Check particle separator blower for damage to the
763700-10 4046T52G08 blower impeller by removing blower and visually
763700-11 4046T52G10 inspecting impeller (para 5-13).
763700-12 4046T52G09 d. Remove, inspect, clean, and reinstall electrical chip
763700-14 4046T52G12 detector (6, fig. 1-41) as follows:
763700-15 4046T52G11 (1) Disconnect electrical connector (green
cable)(7).
763700-17 4046T52G14
1-65. (500 FLIGHT HOUR INSPECTION) A periodic (2) Cover electrical connector (green cable) (7)
inspection will be made after engine has run for 500 flight using clean, dry protective cap (item 28, Appendix D).
hours since the last periodic inspection. It can be made with Cover electrical connector of chip detector (6) using clean,
the engine installed in the aircraft or on the maintenance dry protective cap (item 24, Appendix D).
trailer. The inspection consists of checking certain
components, areas, and systems of the engine. The periodic (3) Loosen two captive bolts (5).
inspection will be made to find out whether there are
conditions which, if not corrected, could result in failure of (4) Grasp knurled end of chip detector (6); pull
a component. During the inspection, maintenance personnel and remove chip detector. If necessary, insert a 15/16-inch,
should observe both the engine and other components in the open-end wrench between knurled flange and seating flange
engine bay area for obvious defects. These defects will also on chip detector. Hold wrench firmly in one hand and tap
be reported and corrected.
1-78 Change 1
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-41. Electrical Chip Detector; Removal and Installation
1-79
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
wrench with the other until electrical chip detector can be (c) Insert chip detector into gearbox
removed. mounting flange (1).
(5) Remove and discard preformed packing (2). (d) Install two captive bolts (5). Torque bolts
to 45-50 inch-pounds.
(e) Remove caps from electrical connector
Handle electrical chip detector carefully to (green cable) (7) and from connector on electrical chip
avoid disturbing any debris that may be on detector.
detector.
(f) Connect electrical connector (7) to chip
(6) Grasp knurled end of electrical chip detector detector (6).
in one hand and grasp screen (3) in the other. Unscrew the
screen counterclockwise. e. Do the circuit checks at S39 connector on ECU or
DEC (para 1-79).
(7) If debris is on detector, troubleshoot as
directed in troubleshooting procedure 46. Check detector to f. Do an alternator check (para 1-82, step b) and
be sure that electrical circuit of chip detector is working yellow cable check (para 1-82, step c).
(para 1-90).
g. Do an idle speed leakage check (para 1-139).
(8) Clean chip detector (para 8-53).
h. Deleted.
(9) Install electrical chip detector as follows:
1-67. RETIREMENT SCHEDULE FOR LIFE-
(a) Thread screen (3) into chip detector and LIMITED PARTS.
hand-tighten it.
Table 1-9 lists life-limited parts which have an established
(b) Install packing (2) onto chip detector. operating interval before they are retired from service.
Table 1-9. Retirement Interval for Life-Limited Parts
Engine Part Number NSN Retirement Interval
Flight Safety Critical Aircraft Parts
(Critical Characteristics)
T700 engines contain Flight Safety Critical Aircraft Parts, primarily rotating parts, which if not removed at their
life limit could result in their castastrophic, uncontained failure leading to the possible loss of aircraft and/or
crew. Service life is a critical characteristic.
T700-GE-700 6035T00G01 2840-01-070-1003 See table 1-10
T700-GE-701 6044T06G01 2840-01-114-2211 See table 1-11
T700-GE-701C 6071T24G01 2840-01-284-4011 See table 1-11.1
1-80 Change 3
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
1-68. Life-Limit Procedures. FSCAP applicable to AVUM and AVIM can be found in
table 1-1 of this TM. FSCAP applicable to depot
a. The purpose of this paragraph is to provide maintenance can be found in DMWR 1-2840-248-1/-2,
instructions for determining and recording T700-GE-700, which includes tables tables 1-10, 1-11, and 1-11.1.
T700-GE-701, and T700-GE-701C engine life-limited
components. These instructions are effective until all life- (3) Gas generator stators are not life limited and
limited components listed in tables 1-10, (T700), 1-11 are removed and replaced whenever the gas generator rotors
(T701), and 1-11.1 (T701C) are removed from service. are removed and replaced. Life-limit removal time for the
rotors is dictated by the lowest life installed component
b. History: Life of T700 component parts was such as cooling plate or rotor disk. Likewise, other engine
previously tracked by a combination of engine hours and modules or assemblies are removed at the lowest life of any
Low Cycle Fatigue (LCF) counts since new. This data was installed part such as a blisk, shaft, etc.
determined from readings on the engine history recorder
(T700, T701) or the history counter (T701C). Whichever of
these values occurred first was cause for part removal.
However, only the T700 and T701 stages 1 and 2 gas
If a nomenclature component in table 1-10,
generator rotors and the inlet particle separator blower had
1-11, or 1-11.1 is found in service with a part
published LCF curves; therefore, all other component parts
number not listed in the tables, contact the
were tracked solely by engine hours since new.
nearest AMCOM LAR for guidance.
c. Current: Determining component life through use
d. Procedure: Determine the engine operating hours
of history recorder LCF readings is no longer a requirement.
from the engine history recorder (T700, T701) or the history
However, tracking of history recorder/counter readings are
counter (T701C). If the history recorder/counter is not the
still necessary for future periodic engineering life
original installed on the engine, determine from the engine
assessment to prevent overly conservative life analysis
records the corrected total engine operating time since new
assumptions. The life-limit values shown in the tables
(current recorder or counter time plus previous operating
below are based solely on engine operating time since new
time). If the history recorder or counter is inoperative, see
as determined from each engine's history counter/recorder
paragraph 1-70 for upgrading the readings. Compare
“Operating Hour” index window.
operating hours from original recorder/counter, or corrected
operating hours if recorder/counter is not original, or
(1) Life limits shown in tables 1-10, 1-11, and 1-
updated operating hours if recorder/counter was
11.1 may be adjusted by up to plus/minus 100 engine
inoperative, against the values specified in life tables.
operating hours at the Unit Maintenance Officer's discretion
Remove the life-limited component at the specified time,
to accommodate other periodic or unscheduled maintenance
plus/minus 100 engine hours. Frequent monitoring of the
activities. Units may not exceed plus 100 hours without
recorder or counter may be required to comply with the
written approval from AMCOM engineering. If required,
established life limits.
contact the nearest AMCOM LAR for guidance.
NOTE
ULLS-A users will use applicable “E” Forms.
Flight Safety Critical Aircraft Part
(Critical Characteristic(s)) e. The following forms are applicable to Life
Tracking and are to be completed IAW DA PAM 738-751,
T700 Engines contain Flight Safety Critical dated: 15 MAR 99.
Aircraft Parts (FSCAP), primarily rotating
parts, which if not removed at their life limit (1) DA Form 2408-5-1 (Equipment Modification
could result in their catastrophic, uncontained Record (Engine)).
failure leading to the possible loss of aircraft
and/or crew. Service life is a critical (2) DA Form 2408-13 (Aircraft Status
characteristic. Information Record).
(2) Most of the life-limited parts listed in tables (3) DA Form 2408-13-1 (Aircraft Inspection and
1-10, 1-11, and 1-11.1 are Flight Safety Critical Aircraft Maintenance Record).
Parts (FSCAP). All FSCAP are not shown in these tables.
Change 5 1-81
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
(4) DA Form 2408-15 (Historical Record For (8) DD Form 1575/DD Form 1575-1 (Suspended
Aircraft). Tag/Label - Materiel (Color Brown)).
(5) DA Form 2408-16-1 (Engine Component (9) DD Form 1577/DD Form 1577-1
Historical Record). (Unserviceable (Condemned) Tag/Label - Materiel (Color
Red)).
(6) DA Form 2410 (Component Removal and
Repair/Overhaul Record) (If Engine, Assembly, or (10) DD Form 1577-2/DD Form 1577-3
Component Removed). (Unserviceable (Reparable) Tag/Label - Materiel (Color
Green)).
(7) DD Form 1574/DD Form 1574-1
(Serviceable Tag/Label - Materiel (Color Yellow)).
Table 1-10. T700-GE-700 Engine Life-Limited Components
Nomenclature Part Number Service Life-Hours
Particle Separator Blower 6034T62P11 1,000
Particle Separator Blower 6034T62P15 1,000
Stage 1 Blisk 6032T26G08 5,000
Stage 1 Blisk 6032T26G09 5,000
Stage 2 Blisk 6032T27P07 5,000
Stage 2 Blisk 6032T27P08 5,000
Stage 3 and 4 Blisk 6038T08P03 5,000
Stage 3 and 4 Blisk 6038T08P04 5,000
Stage 5 Blisk 6038T09P02 5,000
Stage 5 Blisk 6038T09P03 5,000
Stage 5 Blisk 6038T09P04 5,000
Stage 1 and 2 Spacer 4045T08P01 10,000
Stage 1 and 2 Spacer 4045T08P02 10,000
Stage 1 and 2 Spacer 5066T79P01 10,000
Tie Rod 5043T04P02 10,000
Impeller 6038T74P01 5,000
Impeller 6055T59P01 5,000
Rear Shaft 6035T83P01 5,000
GG Turbine (Forward) Shaft 6035T88P02 11,000
GG Turbine (Forward) Shaft 6035T88P03 11,000
GG Turbine (Forward) Shaft 6035T88P04 11,000
GG Turbine (Forward) Shaft 6035T88P07 11,000
Power Turbine Shaft 5125T92G01 5,000
Power Turbine Shaft 6032T75G12 5,000
Power Turbine Shaft 6043T35G01 5,000
Stage 1 Forward Cooling Plate 6039T53P03 4,000
Stage 1 Forward Cooling Plate 6039T53P04 4,000
Stage 1 Forward Cooling Plate 6039T53P06 4,000
Stage 1 Forward Cooling Plate 6039T53P07 4,000
Stage 1 Forward Cooling Plate 6064T81P01* 5,000
Stage 2 Forward Cooling Plate 6039T52P03 4,000
Stage 2 Forward Cooling Plate 6039T52P05 4,000
Stage 2 Forward Cooling Plate 6039T52P06 4,000
Stage 2 Forward Cooling Plate 6064T83P01* 5,000
1-82 Change 5
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table 1-10. T700-GE-700 Engine Life-Limited Components (Cont)
Nomenclature Part Number Service Life-Hours
Stage 1 Aft Cooling Plate 6039T50P03 4,000
Stage 1 Aft Cooling Plate 6039T50P04 4,000
Stage 1 Aft Cooling Plate 6039T50P06 4,000
Stage 1 Aft Cooling Plate 6039T50P07 4,000
Stage 1 Aft Cooling Plate 6064T82P01* 5,000
Stage 2 Aft Cooling Plate 6039T51P03 2,500
Stage 2 Aft Cooling Plate 6039T51P05 2,500
Stage 2 Aft Cooling Plate 6039T51P06 2,500
Stage 2 Aft Cooling Plate 6064T84P02* 5,000
Stage 1 Disk 6043T62P02 2,500
Stage 1 Disk 6043T62P03 1,100
Stage 1 Disk 6043T62P04 1,100
Stage 1 Disk 6064T85P01* 5,000
Stage 1 Disk 6064T85P02* 5,000
Stage 2 Disk 6043T63P01 2,500
Stage 2 Disk 6043T63P02 1,100
Stage 2 Disk 6043T63P03 1,100
Stage 2 Disk 6064T86P01* 5,000
Stage 2 Disk 6064T86P02* 5,000
Stage 3 Disk 6038T32P01 5,000
Stage 4 Disk 6038T34P02 5,000
Stage 4 Disk 6038T34P03 5,000
Stage 4 Disk 6038T34P05 5,000
Stator, Gas Generator 6039T57GXX All **
* Denotes 270 Mesh R95 Material
** Denotes Stator has no life limits. Remove and replace with replacement of Gas Generator Rotor as an assembly.
Table 1-11. T700-GE-701 Engine Life-Limited Components
Nomenclature Part Number Service Life-Hours
Particle Separator Blower 6034T62P11 1,000
Particle Separator Blower 6034T62P15 1,000
Stage 1 Blisk 6043T56G01 5,000
Stage 1 Blisk 6043T56G02 5,000
Stage 2 Blisk 6032T27P07 5,000
Stage 2 Blisk 6032T27P08 5,000
Stage 3 and 4 Blisk 6038T08P03 5,000
Stage 3 and 4 Blisk 6038T08P04 5,000
Stage 5 Blisk 6038T09P02 5,000
Stage 5 Blisk 6038T09P03 5,000
Stage 5 Blisk 6038T09P04 5,000
Stage 1 and 2 Spacer 4045T08P01 10,000
Stage 1 and 2 Spacer 4045T08P02 10,000
Stage 1 and 2 Spacer 5066T79P01 10,000
Tie Rod 5043T04P02 10,000
Impeller 6038T74P01 5,000
Impeller 6055T59P01 5,000
Rear Shaft 6035T83P01 5,000
Change 5 1-83
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table 1-11. T700-GE-701 Engine Life-Limited Components (Cont)
Nomenclature Part Number Service Life-Hours
Rear Shaft 6035T83P03 5,000
Rear Shaft 6080T48P01 5,000
GG Turbine (Forward) Shaft 6035T88P03 11,000
GG Turbine (Forward) Shaft 6035T88P04 11,000
GG Turbine (Forward) Shaft 6035T88P05 11,000
GG Turbine (Forward) Shaft 6068T44P01 11,000
GG Turbine (Forward) Shaft 6068T44P02 11,000
Power Turbine Shaft 5125T92G01 5,000
Power Turbine Shaft 6043T34G01 5,000
Stage 1 Forward Cooling Plate 6044T88P02 3,500
Stage 1 Forward Cooling Plate 6044T88P03 3,500
Stage 1 Forward Cooling Plate 6064T08P01* 7,000
Stage 2 Forward Cooling Plate 6055T25P01 2,800
Stage 2 Forward Cooling Plate 6064T10P01* 5,000
Stage 1 Aft Cooling Plate 6044T92P03 2,800
Stage 1 Aft Cooling Plate 6064T09P01* 7,000
Stage 2 Aft Cooling Plate 6055T24P01 2,800
Stage 2 Aft Cooling Plate 6064T07P02* 5,000
Stage 1 Disk 6053T18P03 7,000
Stage 1 Disk 6064T06P01* 7,000
Stage 1 Disk 6064T06P03* 7,000
Stage 2 Disk 6053T19P04 5,000
Stage 2 Disk 6064T12P01* 7,000
Stage 2 Disk 6064T12P03* 7,000
Stage 3 Disk 6038T32P01 5,000
Stage 4 Disk 6038T34P02 5,000
Stage 4 Disk 6038T34P03 5,000
Stage 4 Disk 6038T34P05 5,000
Stator, Gas Generator 6053T36GXX All **
* Denotes 270 Mesh R95 Material
** Denotes Stator has no life limits. Remove and replace with replacement of Gas Generator Rotor as an assembly.
NOTE
The following constitute a small number of T700-GE-701 parts fielded during the very
early engine production run for the Apache aircraft. These parts are life limited but
should no longer be in service. If any of these parts are discovered to be in service,
contact your local LAR immediately for guidance or contact AMCOM Propulsion
Engineering at AC 256-313-4982/4983/4985 or DSN 897-4982/4983/4985. Cooling
plates can be identified from their part number alone. Bolts and counter-balance weights
that are life limited can be identified by referring to the gas generator rotor assembly part
number. All PN 6053T40G01 and P/N 6053T40G04 rotor assemblies contain these life-
limited parts.
Plate, Cooling Turbine Rear Stage 1 2840-01-140-6736 PN 6044T92P02
Plate, Cooling Turbine Forward Stage 2 2840-01-140-6733 PN 6044T93P02
Plate, Cooling Turbine Rear Stage 2 2840-01-140-6734 PN 6044T94P02
1-84 Change 5
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table 1-11. T700-GE-701 Engine Life-Limited Components (Cont)
Nomenclature Part Number Service Life-Hours
Bolt, Shoulder Stage 1 5306-01-137-5732 PN 4069T77P01
Weight, Counter-Balance Stage 1 2840-01-143-3366 PN 4076T08P01
Thru Thru
2840-01-143-3368 PN 4076T08P10
2840-01-143-3376
Thru
2840-01-143-3382
Table 1-11.1 T700-GE-701C Engine Life-Limited Components
Nomenclature Part Number Service Life-Hours
Particle Separator Blower 6034T62P11 1,000
Particle Separator Blower 6034T62P15 1,000
Stage 1 Blisk 6043T56G01 5,000
Stage 1 Blisk 6043T56G02 5,000
Stage 2 Blisk 6032T27P08 5,000
Stage 3 and 4 Blisk 6038T08P04 5,000
Stage 5 Blisk 6038T09P03 5,000
Stage 5 Blisk 6038T09P04 5,000
Stage 1 and 2 Spacer 4045T08P01 10,000
Stage 1 and 2 Spacer 5066T79P01 10,000
Tie Rod 5043T04P02 10,000
Impeller 6055T59P03 5,000
Rear Shaft 6035T83P03 5,000
Rear Shaft 6080T48P01 5,000
GG Turbine (Forward) Shaft 6035T88P05 11,000
GG Turbine (Forward) Shaft 6068T44P01 11,000
GG Turbine (Forward) Shaft 6068T44P02 11,000
Power Turbine Shaft 5125T92G01 5,000
Power Turbine Shaft 6043T35G01 5,000
Stage 1 Forward Cooling Plate 6064T08P01 7,000
Stage 2 Forward Cooling Plate 6064T10P01 5,000
Stage 1 Aft Cooling Plate 6064T09P01 7,000
Stage 2 Aft Cooling Plate 6064T07P02 5,000
Stage 1 Disk 6064T06P01 7,000
Stage 1 Disk 6064T06P03 7,000
Stage 2 Disk 6064T12P01 7,000
Stage 2 Disk 6064T12P03 7,000
Stage 3 Disk 6038T32P01 5,000
Stage 4 Disk 6038T34P05 5,000
Stator, Gas Generator 6068T48GXX All **
** Denotes Stator has no life limits. Remove and replace with replacement of Gas Generator Rotor as an assembly.
1-69. (T700) Life-Limits for Particle Separator should no longer be in service. If encountered, they may
Blowers PN 6034T62P11 and PN 6034T62P15. continue to be used provided their total operating time has
These early production blowers were susceptible to Low not exceeded the revised value shown in the tables above.
Cycle Fatigue (LCF) and their life was tracked by LCF tracking is no longer a requirement and therefore the
cumulative LCF1 and LCF2 History Recorder Counts LCF curve has been deleted. These life-limited blowers
compared to a LCF curve and by total accrued operating have also been added to the -701C engine Table 1-11.1
hours as determined from the recorder. These blowers because of their interchangeability with all other blowers.
Change 5 1-85
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
1-70. Correction of History Recorder or History • LCF-2 = ___________________________
Counter Readings.
a. Readings must be corrected if: • INDEX = __________________________
(1) The history recorder or counter is not the
• HOURS = _________________________
original installed on the engine.
(2) The recorder or counter has been inoperative. • Functioning history recorder (or counter)
Uncorrected readings are in general, meaningless, and serial number ______________________
should not be transmitted outside the organization. Further,
they can distort engine data calculations needed for Record the following Y readings:
legitimate purposes such as life or logistics planning.
b. Use DA Form 2408-16-1 to determine the total • LCF-1 =___________________________
cumulative LCF-l and LCF-2 counts. If there is no DA
Form 2408-16-1, contact AMCOM, AMSAM-MMC-RE- • LCF-2 =___________________________
FD, DSN 897-2410, 788-6092, 788-6098, or 788-6091 or
Commercial (256) 313-2410 for recorder or counter • INDEX =__________________________
readings from historical DA Form 2410 file.
c. Calculate the total cumulative counts of LCF-1 and • HOURS =__________________________
LCF-2 as follows:
(b) To determine the readings of the faulty
(1) Subtract counts of line 2 on DA Form 2408- history recorder (or counter) after engine has run for a
16-1 from latest (monitored) history recorder or counter period of time, subtract the above Y readings from current
reading. Y readings and add the difference to the X readings.
(2) Add answer to step (1) to counts on line 1. (c) When the faulty history recorder (or
The total is the actual cumulative counts on the component. counter) is replaced, subtract the above Y readings from the
current Y readings and add the difference to the X readings
d. Updating readings after a history recorder or and enter on DA Form 2408-16-1, line 3.
counter failure.
(d) When Depot facilities discover a faulty
(1) If both history recorders (or counters) have history recorder (or counter), contact AMCOM, AMSAM-
failed and replacement recorders (or counters) are not MMC-RE-FD, DSN 897-2410, 788-6092, 788-6098, or
available, go to step e. 788-6091 or Commercial (256) 313-2410 to reconstruct the
history recorder (or counter) readings from AMCOM
(2) When one history recorder (or counter) fails, databases.
do the following:
e. If both recorders (or counters) have failed and
(a) Record the following information in block replacements are not available in supply, perform the
14 of the engine DA Form 2408-16-1: following tasks:
• Faulty history recorder (1) Determine when the recorder (or counter)
serial number_______________________ failed. Make an entry in block 14 of the engine DA Form
2408-16-1 for each engine, recording the date failed, history
recorder (counter) serial number, aircraft hours, LCF-1,
• Date failed _________________________
LCF-2, index, and operating hours at time of failure.
• Aircraft hours ______________________
Record the following X readings:
• LCF-1 = ___________________________
1-86 Change 5
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
(2) Subtract the aircraft hours at failure from the (3) Add the results of the factoring to the
current aircraft hours. Use these hours with the following readings on the failed recorders (or counters). This is the
formula to determine history recorder (or counter) counts calculated current history recorder or counter readings.
since failure.
(4) Go to the DA Form 2408-16-1 and subtract
• LCF-1 = 1 count per hour line 2 from the calculated history recorder (or counter)
reading. Add to the entries on line 1. This is the total
• LCF-2 = 2 counts per flying hour cumulative counts.
f. For technical information contact: AMSAM-RD-
• Engine Hours = 1.1 x Aircraft Hour
AE-P at Commercial (256) 313-4982, -4983, -4981, or DSN
897-4982 or -4981.
• INDEX =
(T700) 4 counts per flying hour
(T701) 11 counts per flying hour
(T701C) (UH-60) 4 counts per flying hour
(T701C) (AH-64) 11 counts per flying hour
Change 5 1-87
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figures 1-42 through 1-47 Deleted.
Pages 1-89 through 1-98 Deleted.
1-88 Change 3
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Section VI. TROUBLESHOOTING (ENGINE INSTALLED IN AIRCRAFT)
1-71. GENERAL INFORMATION. • T700-GE-701C engine model data unique
to the Black Hawk helicopter will be
Troubleshooting procedures are used to locate and correct designated UH-60L.
faults. Use of these procedures and the following
information will reduce delays and maintenance downtime, Engine Model Identification
and will also reduce unnecessary replacement of engine T700-GE-700 (T700)
parts.
T700-GE-701 (T701)
T700-GE-701C (T701C)
NOTE
T700-GE-700 and T700-GE-701 (T700, T701)
Two basic things have been assumed in these T700-GE-700 and T700-GE-701C (T700, T701C)
procedures: T700-GE-701 and T700-GE-701C (T701, T701C)
• The correct operating procedures have been g. Preserve the engine (para 1-206) before removing
followed. it from aircraft.
• The fault is caused by a single failure.
h. Refer to applicable aircraft maintenance manual
a. Troubleshooting procedures are in logic-diagram which contains aircraft troubleshooting procedures.
format and ask a question which is answered by a yes or no.
The answer will lead either to another question or to a final i. See figure FO-2 (located directly after alphabetical
solution. index) for a schematic diagram of the engine electrical
system and location of electrical connectors.
b. The aircraft inspection and maintenance form
2408-13 will best describe the main point of the problem. j. In areas where a difference between the
Get as much information as possible from this form. In nomenclature on UH-60A, UH-60L and AH-64A cockpit
many cases, this information will describe the fault instrument panels and controls is found, common
completely. If possible, the fault should be confirmed by a nomenclature is used (refer to table 1-12).
ground run, providing there is no danger of causing engine
damage. k. Any fluctuation or spiking of engine related
c. The troubleshooting procedure lists the parts which parameters, such as Ng speed, Np speed, Torque, or TGT
might cause the fault. The cockpit readings can often reveal may be due to dirty or inadequately secured electrical
which of these parts is causing the fault. connectors. Such engine and airframe electrical connectors
will be disconnected, inspected, and cleaned prior to the
d. Use caution to avoid problems caused by false next engine test and prior to any LRU component removal.
cockpit readings. In most cases, you can find a false reading
by checking it against other readings. l. The following is an outline of procedures to follow
when troubleshooting.
e. The troubleshooting procedure lists the action to be
taken to correct the fault. (1) If possible, confirm the reported fault with a
ground test run.
f. Data peculiar to engine models T700-GE-700,
T700-GE-701, and T700-GE-701C is identified throughout (2) Troubleshoot according to the symptoms.
the manual as follows:
(3) Complete the checks required in
NOTE paragraph 1-127.
• Data common to all engine models is not (4) Confirm fault has been fixed with a ground
identified. run.
• T700-GE-701C engine model data unique
to the Apache helicopter will be designated m. If aircraft has a failed aircraft high speed output
AH-64A. driveshaft, do maintenance required in paragraph 1-283.
1-99
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table 1-12. Cross-Reference List of Nomenclature on Cockpit Instrument Panels and Controls
Common Nomenclature UH-60A, UH-60L Nomenclature AH-64A Nomenclature
engine anti-ice switch ENG ANTI-ICE switch ANTI-ICE switch
engine ignition switch ENGINE IGNITION switch MASTER IGN switch
engine oil pressure ENG OIL PRESS ENG OIL PSI × 10
power control lever (PCL) ENG POWER CONT lever PWR lever
% rpm Np % RPM ENG-RTR RPM %
% torque % TRQ TORQUE %
fuel filter bypass FUEL FILTER BYPASS FUEL FTR BYP
engine chip detector CHIP ENGINE CHIPS ENG
oil filter bypass OIL FLTR BYPASS OIL FTR BYP
flight idle FLY FLY
ground idle IDLE IDLE
1-72. SYMPTOM INDEX (AIRCRAFT).
See table 1-13 for a list of troubleshooting symptoms.
Table 1-13. Symptom Index (Aircraft)
Troubleshooting
Symptom Procedure
ANTI-ICING SYSTEM
Engine Anti-Ice Advisory Light OFF with Engine Anti-Ice Switch ON and with % Ng at or Slightly
Above Limit Line of Figure 1-118. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Engine Anti-Ice Advisory Light Remains ON at HIT Check or at Higher Power with Engine Anti-Ice
Switch OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
ENGINE
Engine Flames Out During Ground Operation (combustion stops indicated by a drop in TGT). . . . . 3
(T700) Engine Flames Out During PCL Movement from Fly to Idle (fuel pressure warning light not
illuminated) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1
NOTE
Hydromechanical Unit flameouts are more likely to occur when fuel is hot and the HMU is heat soaked.
Engine Flames Out During In-Flight Operation (combustion stops indicated by a drop in TGT). . . . 4
(T700) Engine Flames Out During Np Overspeed Check (combustion stops indicated by a drop in
TGT). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Gas Generator Speed (Ng)
Ng Does Not Accelerate Above Ground Idle Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
(T701, T701C) Ng High at Ground Idle Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
*Ng Instrument Fluctuating or Not Indicating (all other instruments normal) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Ng Low at Ground Idle Speed (idle speed is below limits in Table 1-17 (T700) and Table 1-18
(T701, T701C)) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
* - Refer to paragraph 1-71, step k before starting troubleshooting procedure.
1-100 Change 5
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table 1-13. Symptom Index (Aircraft) (Cont)
Troubleshooting
Symptom Procedure
Uncontrolled Deceleration (Ng) (Ng and TGT decrease without retarding PCL or collective pitch) 10
(T700, T701) History Recorder or (T701C) History Counter
(T700, T701) History Recorder Malfunction (engine time function inoperative). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
(T701C) History Counter Malfunction (engine time function inoperative) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
(T700, T701) History Recorder Malfunction (LCF function inoperative) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
(T701C) History Counter Malfunction (LCF 1 function inoperative). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
(T701C) History Counter Malfunction (LCF 2 function inoperative). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
(T700, T701) History Recorder Malfunction (one or more functions inoperative) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
(T701C) History Counter Malfunction (more than one function inoperative) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
(T700, T701) History Recorder Malfunction (time temperature function inoperative) . . . . . . . . . . 18
History Counter Malfunction (time temperature function inoperative) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Power Turbine Speed (Np)
Abnormal Np/Nr Rollback During Collective Application (with engines not at power limit
condition) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
No Np Governing When Advancing PCL to “FLY”. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Np Does Not Respond to Np Demand Trim (with torque matching normal, Np does not respond to
normal Np/Nr trim). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
*Np Instrument Not Indicating or Fluctuating (all other instruments normal) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Stalls
Stall Above Ground Idle Speed (acceleration or deceleration above ground idle speed). . . . . . . . . 24
Starting Stalls (audible popping or whining during Ng acceleration to ground idle speed) . . . . . . . 25
Starting
Abnormally High TGT During Start. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Combustor Rumble During Start. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
No Start (fuel mist seen coming from tailpipe; no rise in TGT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
No Start (no compressor rotor rotation). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
(T700) No Start (no fuel mist seen coming from tailpipe; no rise in TGT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
(T700, T701C) No Start (no fuel mist seen coming from tailpipe; no rise in TGT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Slow or Hung Start (TGT increases but hangs) (On a hung start, engine lights off but does not
accelerate to idle speed. Speed hangs up between lightoff and idle.). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Uncontrolled Acceleration (Ng) (gas generator continues to accelerate beyond ground idle speed) 33
Turbine Gas Temperature (TGT)
Engine Exceeds TGT Operating Limits in “Replace Engine” Area of Figure: (T700) Figure 1-50
or 1-53, (T701) Figure 1-51 or 1-54, (T701C) Figure 1-52 or 1-55 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
* - Refer to paragraph 1-71, step k before starting troubleshooting procedure.
Change 5 1-101
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table 1-13. Symptom Index (Aircraft) (Cont)
Troubleshooting
Symptom Procedure
Engine Exceeds TGT Operating Limits and is in “Troubleshoot” Area of figure: (T700) Figure
1-50 or 1-53, (T701) Figure 1-51 or 1-54, (T701C) Figure 1-52 or 1-55 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Engine Overtemperature (exceeds TGT operating limits). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
TGT Exceeds Limiter Setting (TGT exceeds (T700, T701) ECU or (T701C) DEC limiter setting at
FAT above (T700, T701) 4°C (40°F) or (T701C) –14°C (7°F)) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
*TGT Fluctuates at Ground Idle Speed (idle speed or TGT drifts above and below limits in
paragraph 1-125) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
*TGT Instrument Roll-Back, not Indicating or Fluctuating (TGT roll-back is a differential greater
than 30°C. All other instruments normal) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
FUEL SYSTEM
Excessive Fuel Leaking from Overboard Drain While Engine is Operating at Ground Idle Speed . . 40
No Fuel Mist Seen Coming from the Aircraft Common Drain During Engine Prime or Vapor Vent. 41
Fuel Filter Bypass Light ON. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Low Fuel Pressure Caution Light ON Below Flight Idle Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Low Fuel Pressure Caution Light ON at or Above Flight Idle Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
OIL SYSTEM
Electrical Chip Detector Light Does Not Go ON During Electrical Chip Detector Circuit Test (para
1-90) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Electrical Chip Detector Light ON During Engine Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Electrical Chip Detector Light ON and No Debris Found . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Excessive Oil Leakage at Overboard Drain (out-of-Limits). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Excessive Oil Leakage at Service Port Scupper. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
High Oil Consumption (over limits). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
High Oil Level (oil level above full mark on sight glass) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
High Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
No Oil Pressure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
(T700, T701C) No Oil Temperature. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Oil Filter Bypass Light Comes ON. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Oil Pressure Below Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
*Oil Pressure Fluctuates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
(T700, T701C) Oil Temperature Exceeds Limits (exceeds normal operating temperature for affected
engine) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Smoke in Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
OVERSPEED TEST SYSTEM
Overspeed (Engine Flames Out) (See Troubleshooting Procedure 5)
* - Refer to paragraph 1-71, step k before starting troubleshooting procedure.
1-102 Change 5
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table 1-13. Symptom Index (Aircraft) (Cont)
Troubleshooting
Symptom Procedure
Overspeed Cuts in with One Test Button Depressed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Overspeed Test System Will Not Operate (overspeed test system fails to cut back Ng and Np) . . . . . 61
STEADY-STATE OPERATION - FLIGHT POWER RANGE
NOTE
• If HMU PN 4046T52G28 or 4046T52G29 (6068T97P07 or 6068T97P08) is removed from a T700-GE-
701C powered AH-64A Apache and replaced with a 4046T52G30 (6068T97P09) HMU, the opposite engine
must be configured with a 4046T52G30 (6068T97P09) HMU. Additionally, both engines must be
configured with 5078T29G02 (6080T56P03) DECs.
• If DEC PN 5078T29G01 (6080T56P01) is removed from a T700-GE-701C powered AH-64A Apache and
replaced with a 5078T29G02 (6080T56P03) DEC, the opposite engine must be configured with a
5078T29G02 (6080T56P03) DEC. Additionally, both engines must be configured with 4046T52G30
(6068T97P09) HMUs.
ECU or DEC Lockout Mode Inoperative (engine will not respond to ECU or DEC lockout when PCL
is advanced to maximum position or engine will not reset from lockout) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Low Engine Performance (verified by maximum power check). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Stable Operation with ECU or DEC Locked Out (Ng, TGT, and Np fluctuated above and below
limits when ECU or DEC was not locked out) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
TGT Margin Out-of-Limits (from HIT check done according to procedures in applicable aircraft
maintenance manual) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
*Torque and/or TGT Erratic/Fluctuating High/Low or Spiking (not accompanied by engine power
changes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
*(T700, T701) ECU Torque and/or TGT Erratic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
*Torque Instrument Not Indicating or Fluctuating (all other instruments normal) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Torque Split (control system malfunctions, which results in a torque split of greater than 5% when
both engines are operating below TGT limiter or topping). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Torque Split (Engine Goes to Lower Power) (Np/Nr decreases below Np demand setting. Affected
engine reduces power and does not respond to an increase in collective pitch.). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
*Torque Split (Engine Goes to Maximum Power) (Np/Nr exceeds demand setting. Engine goes to
maximum power of 97-102% Ng.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
*Torque Split (Intermittent) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Torque Split (occurs at high power only, both engines not on TGT limiter). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Torque Split (occurs throughout power range) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Torque Split (torque hangup). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Uncontrolled Acceleration above Ground Idle Speed (all engine parameters indicating). . . . . . . . . . . 76
*Unstable Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
*Unstable Operation with (T700, T701) ECU, or (T701C) DEC locked out (Ng, TGT, torque, and Np
fluctuate greater than 5% with (T700, T701) ECU, or (T701C) DEC locked out) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
* - Refer to paragraph 1-71, step k before starting troubleshooting procedure.
Change 5 1-103
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table 1-13. Symptom Index (Aircraft) (Cont)
Troubleshooting
Symptom Procedure
(T701C) DEC - ENGINE TORQUE INDICATOR FAULT CODES
NOTE
The tolerance on all fault code indications is ±3%.
(T701C) DEC - Engine Torque Indicator Fault Code - 15% (±3%) (check DEC). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
(T701C) DEC - Engine Torque Indicator Fault Code - 25% (±3%) (Np demand channel). . . . . . . . . 80
(T701C) DEC - Engine Torque Indicator Fault Code - 35% (±3%) (load share channel) . . . . . . . . . . 81
(T701C) DEC - Engine Torque Indicator Fault Code - 45% (±3%) (TGT channel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
(T701C) DEC - Engine Torque Indicator Fault Code - 55% (±3%) (alternator power). . . . . . . . . . . . 83
(T701C) DEC - Engine Torque Indicator Fault Code - 65% (±3%) (Ng channel). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
(T701C) DEC - Engine Torque Indicator Fault Code - 75% (±3%) (Np channel). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
(T701C) DEC - Engine Torque Indicator Fault Code - 85% (±3%) (torque and overspeed channel). 86
(T701C) DEC - Engine Torque Indicator Fault Code - 95% (±3%) (hot start prevention channel) . . 87
(T701C) DEC - Engine Torque Indicator Fault Code - 105% (±3%) (aircraft 400 Hz power) . . . . . . 88
(T701C) DEC - Engine Torque Indicator Fault Code - 115% (±3%) (collective channel) . . . . . . . . . 89
(T701C Black Hawk) DEC - Engine Torque Indicator Fault Code - 125% (±3%) (Nr channel) . . . . 90
Both Engines Oscillate at FLY while at Low Collective Pitch Settings on the Ground (torque
fluctuates beyond the ±5% limit with other engine parameters following). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
* - Refer to paragraph 1-71, step k before starting troubleshooting procedure.
1-104
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 1. Engine Anti-Ice Advisory Light OFF with Engine Anti-Ice Switch ON and
with % Ng at or Slightly Above Limit Line of Figure 1-118
Do not cycle anti-ice bleed and start valve more than once to determine proper
operation. Valve malfunction can cause engine flameout at low power settings
or during rapid collective movements. Do not fly the aircraft if TGT rise is less
than 30°C (54°F), or switch cycling is required.
NOTE
• Anti-icing system is off when 28 VDC power is applied to valve.
• If anti-icing system is switched on with engine operating at high power, engine
may be limited by the ECU or DEC TGT limiter or by HMU acceleration
schedule. Rotor droop may then develop. If one anti-icing system fails to
operate, a torque split may also occur.
Yes
With engine anti-ice light Continue to operate.
off, operate engine at or
slightly above limit line of
figure 1-118. Set torque
and hold it fixed. Turn
engine anti-ice switch on.
Does anti-ice light come
on?
No
Yes Yes
Does TGT increase 30°C With aircraft power on and Troubleshoot aircraft anti-
(54°F) or more? engine anti-ice switch on, icing switch wiring
check for power (28 VDC) according to
between pins 1 and 2 on troubleshooting
green cable connector procedures in applicable
(W3P7) or anti-icing aircraft maintenance
valve. Power at valve? manual. After
troubleshooting, operate
No engine at or slightly above
limit line of figure 1-118.
Set torque and hold it
Replace anti-icing bleed fixed. Turn anti-ice switch
No
and start valve (para on and off one time.
10-25). Make required Verify that engine anti-ice
checks (para 1-127) and light comes on and goes
continue to operate. off. Continue to operate.
1-105
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 1. Engine Anti-Ice Advisory Light OFF with Engine Anti-Ice Switch ON and
with % Ng at or Slightly Above Limit Line of Figure 1-118 (Cont)
No
Yes
Troubleshoot engine anti- Replace anti-icing bleed
ice advisory light circuit and start valve (para
according to 10-25). Make required
troubleshooting checks (para 1-127) and
procedures in applicable continue to operate.
aircraft maintenance
manual. Does fault
remain?
No
Operate engine at or
slightly above limit line of
figure 1-118. Set torque
and hold fixed. Turn
engine anti-ice switch on
and off one time. Verify
that engine anti-ice light
comes on and goes off.
Continue to operate.
1-106
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 2. Engine Anti-Ice Advisory Light Remains ON at HIT Check or at Higher
Power with Engine Anti-Ice Switch OFF
Do not cycle anti-ice bleed and start valve more than once to determine proper
operation. Valve malfunction can cause engine flameout at low power settings
or during rapid collective movements. Do not fly the aircraft if TGT rise is less
than 30°C (54°F), or switch cycling is required.
NOTE
• Anti-icing system is off when 28 VDC power is applied to valve.
• If anti-icing system is switched on with engine operating at high power, engine
may be limited by the ECU or DEC TGT limiter or by HMU acceleration
schedule. Rotor droop may then develop. If one anti-icing system fails to
operate, a torque split may also occur.
Yes
Does engine anti-ice light Replace anti-icing bleed
go out at some power and start valve (para
setting above the hit 10-25). Make required
check power setting? checks (para 1-127) and
continue to operate.
No
Yes Yes
Operate engine above With aircraft power on and Replace anti-icing bleed
limit line of figure 1-118. engine anti-ice switch off, and start valve (para
Set torque and hold it check for power (28 VDC) 10-25). Make required
fixed. Turn engine anti- between pins 1 and 2 on checks (para 1-127) and
ice switch on. Does TGT green cable connector continue to operate.
increase 30°C (54°F) or (W3P7) of anti-icing valve.
less? Power at valve?
No No
1-107
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 2. Engine Anti-Ice Advisory Light Remains ON at HIT Check or at Higher
Power with Engine Anti-Ice Switch OFF (Cont)
No
Yes
Check pins 1 and 2 at E3 Replace green cable
aircraft connector for (para 7-35). Make required
power (28 VDC). Power checks (para 1-127) and
at E3 connector? continue to operate.
No
No
Troubleshoot aircraft
wiring according to
troubleshooting
procedures in applicable
aircraft maintenance
manual.
Yes
Replace anti-icing bleed
Troubleshoot aircraft anti-
and start valve (para
ice advisory light circuit
10-25). Make required
according to troubleshooting
checks (para 1-127) and
procedures in applicable
continue to operate.
aircraft maintenance
manual. After trouble-
shooting circuit, operate
engine above operating
limit line of figure 1-118.
Set torque and hold fixed.
Turn engine anti-ice
switch on and off one
time. Verify that Ng and
TGT changes and that
engine anti-ice light
comes on and goes off.
Is circuit OK?
No
Repair faulty circuit
according to applicable
aircraft maintenance
manual and continue to
operate.
1-108
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 3. Engine Flames Out During Ground Operation (combustion stops
indicated by a drop in TGT)
NOTE
Flameout can be caused by a compressor
stall.
Yes
Prime engine fuel Repair faulty aircraft
system (para fuel system
1-137). Attempt according to
start on opposite applicable aircraft
fuel tank. Does maintenance
engine start? manual and
continue to operate.
No
Yes
Troubleshoot Repair faulty aircraft
aircraft fuel system fuel system
for proper operation according to
or contamination applicable aircraft
according to maintenance
troubleshooting manual, service
procedures in engine fuel filter
applicable (para 6-46) and
maintenance prime fuel system
manual. Is aircraft (para 1-137).
fuel system faulty or Continue to
contaminated? operate.
No
1-109
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 3. Engine Flames Out During Ground Operation (combustion stops
indicated by a drop in TGT) (Cont)
No
Yes Yes No
(T700) Inspect P3 (T700) Repair or (T700, T701) Do an For engines
hose for damage, replace P3 hose and HMU P3 fitting equipped with anti-
cracks, or blockage tube (para 10-4). Re- check (para 1-138). icing bleed and start
(para 10-7). P3 move particle separator Leakage present? valve PN
hose and tube blower (para 5-11). 5044T08P05 and
faulty? Remove shroud and Yes
below, replace valve
inspect impeller (para 10-25). Does
(T701, T701C) Yes engine flame out?
(para 5-13). If Replace HMU (para
Inspect P3 tube for impeller is 6-39) and make
damage, cracks, or damaged, replace required checks
blockage (para blower (para 1-127). Does
10-57). P3 tube (para 5-14) and engine flame out?
faulty? HMU (para 6-39)
only if part no. of No
HMU is
6038T62P07
(assembly no. Continue to operate.
4046T52G06) or
below. Does engine
flame out? Yes
Yes
(T701, T701C) (T700) Replace Recheck aircraft fuel
Repair or replace P3 POU (para 6-87) system and attempt
tube (para 10-54). and make required start. If engine
Remove particle checks (para 1-127). flames out, replace
separator blower Does engine flame engine. Make
(para 5-11). out? required checks
Remove shroud and (para 1-126) and
inspect impeller (T701, T701C) continue to operate.
(para 5-13). If Replace ODV
No impeller is (para 6-74) and
damaged, replace make required
blower checks (para
(para 5-14) and 1-127). Does
HMU (para 6-39) engine flame out?
only if part no. of
HMU is
6038T62P10 No
(assembly no.
4046T52G08).
Does engine flame out? Continue to operate.
No
1-110
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 3. Engine Flames Out During Ground Operation (combustion stops
indicated by a drop in TGT) (Cont)
No
Make required
checks (para 1-127)
No
and continue to
operate.
Yes Yes No
Does engine fuel Tighten or replace (T700, T701) Do an For engines
system leak? faulty part and make HMU P3 fitting equipped with anti-
required checks check (para 1-138). icing bleed and start
(para 1-127). Does Leakage present? valve PN
engine flame out? 5044T08P05 and
Yes below, replace valve
No (para 10-25). Does
Yes engine flame out?
Replace HMU (para
Continue to operate. 6-39) and make
required checks
(para 1-127). Does
engine flame out?
No
Continue to operate.
Yes
Yes
No Recheck aircraft fuel
(T700) Replace
POU (para 6-87) system and attempt
and make required start. If engine
checks (para flames out, replace
1-127). Does it. Make required
engine flame out? checks (para 1-126)
and continue to
(T701, T701C) operate.
Replace ODV (para
6-74) and make
required checks
(para 1-127). Does
engine flame out?
No
1-111
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 3. Engine Flames Out During Ground Operation (combustion stops
indicated by a drop in TGT) (Cont)
No
No Continue to operate.
Yes Yes Yes
Replace HMU (para (T700) Replace Recheck aircraft
For engines
6-39) and make POU (para 6-87) equipped with anti- fuel system and
required checks and make required icing bleed and start attempt start. If
(para 1-127). Does checks (para valve PN engine flames out,
engine flame out? 1-127). Does 5044T08P05 and replace it. Make
engine flame out? below, replace valve required checks
(para 10-25). Does (para 1-126) and
(T701, T701C) engine flame out? continue to operate.
Replace ODV (para
6-74) and make
No required checks
(para 1-127). Does
engine flame out? No
No
Continue to operate. Continue to operate. Continue to operate.
1-112
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 3.1. (T700) Engine Flames Out During PCL Movement from Fly to Idle (fuel
pressure warning light not illuminated)
Yes
Inspect engine Fix problems found.
compartment for fuel
leaks, loose/damaged P3
tube, and proper PAS
rigging/ throttle stop block
adjustment. Any
problems?
No
No
Perform S39 circuit & Fix problems found.
short-to-ground checks on
both engines (para 1-78).
S39 checks ok?
Yes
No
Perform HMU P3 fitting Fix problems found.
check (para 1-138) and
check line/fitting for
cracks, clogging or fuel
presence. P3 check ok?
Yes
No
Actuate VG mechanism Replace AISBV with
using a torque wrench known good unit.
and note if reading
exceeds 165 in. lbs
(indicative of binding).
Torque value ok?
Yes
No Yes
Duplicate original engine/ Were any corrective Stop. Return aircraft to
aircraft conditions and actions taken to resolve service.
attempt to repeat flameout flameout event?
event 5 times. Did event
repeat?
No
Yes
Change 5 1-112.1
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 3.1. (T700) Engine Flames Out During PCL Movement from Fly to Idle (fuel
pressure warning light not illuminated) (Cont)
Remove HMU from HMU is still suspect.
service. Install a Replace HMU (para 6-39)
replacement HMU (para and make required
6-39) and make required checks (para 1-127) to
checks (para 1-127). resolve PCL "Fly to Idle"
flameouts.
Stop. Return aircraft to
service. Send HMU to
depot for repair.
1-112.2 Change 5
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 4. Engine Flames Out During In-Flight Operation
(combustion stops indicated by a drop in TGT)
NOTE
Flameout can be caused by a compressor
stall.
Yes
Was engine fuel See troubleshooting
pressure light in procedure 43.
cockpit on?
No
See troubleshooting
procedure 3.
1-113
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 5. (T700) Engine Flames Out During Np Overspeed Check
(combustion stops indicated by a drop in TGT)
NOTE
Flameout can be caused by a compressor
stall.
Yes Yes Yes
Do an overspeed Replace POU (para Replace HMU (para Troubleshoot
check (para 1-132) 6-87) and make 6-39). Make aircraft fuel system
with aircraft fuel required checks required checks according to
system priming (para 1-127). Does (para 1-127) and do troubleshooting
pump on. Does engine flame out? an overspeed check procedures in the
engine flame out? (para 1-132). Does applicable aircraft
engine flame out? maintenance
manual and
No continue to operate.
No
No
Troubleshoot Continue to operate. Continue to operate.
.
aircraft fuel system
according to
troubleshooting
procedures in
applicable aircraft
maintenance
manual and
continue to operate.
1-114
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 6. Ng Does Not Accelerate Above Ground Idle Speed
(T701, T701C Apache)Make sure chop collar system is not activated.
Yes
Troubleshoot PCL linkage Repair fault according to
cable according to applicable aircraft
troubleshooting maintenance manual.
procedures in applicable Continue to operate.
aircraft maintenance
manual. Operation
faulty?
No
Yes Yes
Inspect fuel hoses, tubes, Tighten fittings or replace Continue to operate.
and fittings for looseness hoses and tubes as
or leakage. Fuel leaking? required. Do an idle
speed leakage check
(para 1-140). Fault fixed?
No
No
Yes
(T700) Inspect P3 hose (T700) Repair or replace
and tube for damage, P3 hose and tube (para
cracks, blockage, or loose 10-4). Make required
connections (para 10-7). checks (para 1-127) and
Hose and/or tube faulty? continue to operate.
(T701, T701C) Inspect P3 (T701, T701C) Repair or
tube for damage, cracks, replace P3 tube (para
blockage, or loose 10-54). Make required
connections (para 10-57). checks (para 1-127) and
Tube faulty? continue to operate.
No
1-115
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 6. Ng Does Not Accelerate Above Ground Idle Speed (Cont)
No
Yes
Do an (T700, T701) ECU Replace (T700, T701)
or (T701C) DEC lock-out ECU or (T701C) DEC
system check (para (para 7-11). Make
1-134). Does engine required checks (para
accelerate above ground 1-127) and continue to
idle when in lockout? operate.
No
Yes
Do a fuel flow verification Continue to operate.
check (para 1-75).
Replace faulty parts as
required. Fault fixed?
No
Yes
Do a circuit check at S39 Continue to operate.
connector (para 1-79).
Replace faulty parts as
required. Fault fixed?
No
Yes
Check aircraft TGT, Continue to operate.
torque, and if applicable,
the chop indicating
system for short circuits
according to applicable
aircraft maintenance
manual. Fault fixed?
No
Replace HMU (para
6-39). Make required
checks (para 1-127) and
continue to operate.
1-116
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 7. (T701, T701C) Ng High at Ground Idle Speed
Yes
Troubleshoot PCL linkage Repair fault according to
and cable according to applicable aircraft
troubleshooting
maintenance manual and
procedures in applicable continue to operate.
aircraft maintenance
manual. Operation
faulty?
No
Yes
Check aircraft Ng Repair Ng indicating
indication system system according to
according to applicable aircraft
troubleshooting maintenance manual and
procedures in applicable continue to operate.
aircraft maintenance
manual. System faulty?
No
Replace HMU (para
6-39). Make required
checks (para 1-127) and
continue to operate.
1-117
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 8. Ng Instrument Fluctuating or Not Indicating
(all other instruments normal)
Yes Yes
Remove green cable from Tighten, clean, or repair Replace faulty parts as
alternator and aircraft E3 as required. Fault required. Make required
connector. Check remains? checks (para 1-127) and
exposed pins and sockets continue to operate.
for damage or debris.
Connectors faulty?
No
No Continue to operate
Yes
Do an Ng indicating Replace faulty parts:
system check (para 1-91). • Alternator stator
Alternator and/or cable (para 7-51)
faulty? • Green cable
(para 7-35)
Make required checks
(para 1-127) and continue
No
to operate.
Troubleshoot aircraft Ng
indicating system
according to trouble-
shooting procedures in
applicable aircraft
maintenance manual and
continue to operate.
1-118
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 9. Ng Low at Ground Idle Speed (idle speed is below limits in Table 1-17
(T700) and Table 1-18 (T701, T701C))
Yes
Troubleshoot aircraft Ng Repair Ng indicating
indicating system system according to
according to applicable aircraft
troubleshooting maintenance manual and
procedures in applicable continue to operate.
aircraft maintenance
manual. System faulty?
No
Yes
(T700) Disconnect POU (T700) Replace POU
drain line. Start engine (para 6-87). Make
and run at ground idle required checks p( ara
speed. Does POU leak in 1-127) and continue to
excess of 1 cc/min? operate.
(T701, T701C) disconnect (T701, T701C) Replace
ODV drain line. Start ODV (para 6-74). Make
engine and run at ground required checks p( ara
idle speed. Does valve 1-127) and continue to
leak in excess of operate.
1 cc/min?
No
Yes
Check fuel manifold for Replace fuel manifold
leaks at ground idle (para 6-9). Make required
speed. Does manifold checks (para 1-127) and
leak? continue to operate.
No
Yes Yes
(T700) Inspect P3 hose (T700) Replace P3 hose Make required checks
and tube for loose and tube (para 10-4) and (para 1-127) and continue
connections, leaks, or check idle speed. Idle to operate.
blockage. P3 hose and speed ok?
tube faulty?
(T701, T701C) Replace
(T701, T701C) Inspect P3 P3 tube (para 10-54) and
tube for loose check idle speed. Idle
connections, leaks, or speed ok?
blockage. P3 tube faulty?
No
No
1-119
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 9. Ng Low at Ground Idle Speed (idle speed is below limits in Table 1-17
(T700) and Table 1-18 (T701, T701C)) (Cont)
No
Yes
Replace HMU (para 6-39) Make required checks
and check idle speed. (para 1-127) and continue
Idle speed ok? to operate.
No
Yes
Using borescope Replace engine. Make
No (para 1-172), inspect required checks (para
compressor. Compressor 1-126) and continue to
damage out of limits? operate.
No
Clean compressor p( ara
1-157) and continue to
operate.
Yes
Check engine oil level. Is See troubleshooting
oil level high? procedure 51.
No
Yes
Replace HMU (para 6-39) Make required checks
and check idle speed. (para 1-127) and continue
Idle speed ok? to operate.
No
Yes
Using borescope p( ara Replace engine. Make
1-172), inspect required checks (para
compressor. Compressor 1-126) and continue to
damage out-of-limits? operate.
No
Clean compressor p( ara
1-157) and continue to
operate.
1-120
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 10. Uncontrolled Deceleration (Ng) (Ng and TGT decrease without retarding
PCL or collective pitch)
NOTE
Check to determine if fault is corrected by operating with ECU locked out. If
fault is corrected, the most likely cause of the fault is a faulty aircraft cable that
connects to (T700, T701) ECU or (T701C) DEC receptacle E1. See
troubleshooting procedure 70 .
Yes
Inspect fuel hoses, tubes, Continue to operate.
and fittings of engine and
aircraft for leaks. Tighten
or replace part(s) as
required. Make required
checks (para 1-127). Is
fault fixed?
No
Yes Yes
(T700) Inspect P3 hose (T700) Repair or replace Replace blower (para
and tube for loose P3 hose and tube (para 5-14) and HMU (para
connections, cracks, 10-4). Remove particle 6-39). Make required
damage, or blockage separator bllower (para checks (para 1-127) and
(para 10-7). Is P3 hose 5-11). Remove shroud continue to operate.
and tube faulty? and inspect impeller para
5-13). Impeller damaged?
(T701, T701C) Inspect P3
tube for loose (T701, T701C) Repair or
connections, cracks, replace P3 tube (para
damage, or blockage 10-54). Remove particle
(para 10-57). Is P3 tube separator blower p( ara
faulty? 5-11). Remove shroud
and inspect impeller p( ara
5-13). Impeller damaged?
No
Reinstall blower (para
5-14). Make required
checks (para 1-127) and
No continue to operate.
1-121
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 10. Uncontrolled Deceleration (Ng) (Ng and TGT decrease without retarding
PCL or collective pitch) (Cont)
No
Yes
Has fuel filter impending See troubleshooting
bypass indicator button procedure 42.
popped?
No
Yes
Replace HMU (para 6-39) Continue to operate.
and make required
checks (para 1-127). Is
fault fixed?
No
Yes
(T700) Replace POU Make required checks
(para 6-87) and attempt (para 1-127) and continue
start. Fault fixed? to operate.
(T701, T701C) Replace
ODV (para 6-74) and
attempt start. Fault fixed?
No
Yes
Troubleshoot for Replace engine. Make
restriction in aircraft fuel required checks (para
system according to 1-126) and continue to
troubleshooting operate.
procedures in applicable
aircraft maintenance
manual. System ok?
No
Yes
Repair fuel system Continue to operate.
according to applicable
aircraft maintenance
manual. Fault fixed?
No
Replace engine. Make
required checks (para
1-126) and continue to
operate.
1-122
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 11. (T700, T701) History Recorder Malfunction
(engine time function inoperative)
Yes
Disconnect yellow cable Replace yellow cable
connectors W4P1 and (para 7-41). Make
W4P4. Check for shorts required checks (para
between pins and for 1-127) and continue to
continuity between the operate.
following:
W4P4 W4P1
8 to 26
9 to 27
Open or short circuits?
No
Yes
Replace history recorder Replace ECU (para 7-11).
(para 7-17) and make Make required checks
required checks (para (para 1-127) and continue
1-127). Does fault to operate.
remain?
No
Continue to operate.
Change 4 1-123
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 12. (T701C) History Counter Malfunction
(engine time function inoperative)
Yes
Disconnect yellow cable Replace yellow cable
connectors W4P1 and (para 7-41). Make
W4P4. Check for shorts required checks (para
between pins and for 1-127) and continue to
continuity between the operate.
following:
W4P4 W4P1
11 to 23
6 to 22
Open circuits or short to
ground?
No
Yes
Replace history counter Replace DEC (para 7-11).
(para 7-17) and make Make required checks
required checks (para (para 1-127) and continue
1-127). Does fault to operate.
remain?
No
Continue to operate.
1-124
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 13. (T700, T701) History Recorder Malfunction
(LCF function inoperative)
Yes
Disconnect yellow cable Replace yellow cable
connectors W4P1 and (para 7-41). Make
W4P4. Check for shorts required checks (para
between pins and for 1-127) and continue to
continuity between the operate.
following:
W4P4 W4P1
1 to 13
2 to 25
Open short circuits?
No
Yes
Replace history recorder Replace ECU (para 7-11)
(para 7-17). Make and make required
required checks (para checks (para 1-127) and
1-127). Does fault continue to operate.
remain?
No
Continue to operate.
1-125
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 14. (T701C) History Counter Malfunction
(LCF 1 function inoperative)
Yes
Disconnect yellow cable Replace yellow cable
connectors W4P1 and (para 7-41). Make
W4P4. Check for shorts required checks (para
between pins and for 1-127) and continue to
continuity between the operate.
following:
W4P4 W4P1
3 to 11
6 to 22
Open circuits or short to
ground?
No
Yes
Replace History Counter Replace DEC (para 7-11).
(para 7-17) and make Make required checks
required checks (para (para 1-127) and continue
1-127). Does fault to operate.
remain?
No
Continue to operate.
1-126
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 15. (T701C) History Counter Malfunction
(LCF 2 function inoperative)
Yes
Disconnect yellow cable Replace yellow cable
connectors W4P1 and (para 7-41). Make
W4P4. Check for shorts required checks (para
between pins and for 1-127) and continue to
continuity between the operate.
following:
W4P4 W4P1
1 to 13
6 to 22
Open circuits or short to
ground?
No
Yes
Replace History Counter Replace DEC (para 7-11).
(para 7-17) and make Make required checks
required checks (para (para 1-127) and continue
1-127). Does fault to operate.
remain?
No
Continue to operate.
1-127
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 16. (T700, T701) History Recorder Malfunction
(one or more functions inoperative)
NOTE
• Check yellow cable connectors at ECU, alternator stator, and history recorder
for tightness. When removing connectors, check pins and sockets for damage.
• During ground idle operations, check history recorder hours indicator window
to justify that there is 115V, 400 HZ power at history recorder.
Yes
LCF function See troubleshooting
inoperative? procedure 13.
No
Yes
Time-temperature See troubleshooting
function procedure 18.
inoperative?
No
Yes
Engine time See troubleshooting
function procedure 11.
inoperative?
No
Yes Yes Yes
All functions are Check aircraft Disconnect yellow Replace yellow
inoperative. Check 115V, 400 HZ at cable W4P1 cable (para 7-41).
cockpit instruments aircraft E1 connector at ECU Make required
for Np and torque connector, sockets and W4P4 at history checks (para 1-127)
indications. Does 1 and 2. Power at recorder. Check for and continue to
Np and torque sockets? shorts between pins operate.
indicate? and for continuity
No
between the
following:
Troubleshoot
aircraft wiring W4P4 W4P1
according to 3 to 11
troubleshooting 8 to 26
procedures in 9 to 27
applicable aircraft 11 to 23
No maintenance 12 to 24
manual and
continue to operate. Open or short
circuits?
No
1-128
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 16. (T700, T701) History Recorder Malfunction
(one or more functions inoperative) (Cont)
No No
Yes Yes
Make alternator and Replace faulty Replace ECU (para Continue to operate.
yellow cable check alternator stator 7-11) and make
(para 1-82). Part(s) (para 7-51) or required checks
faulty? yellow cable (para (para 1-127). Fault
7-41). Make fixed?
required checks
(para 1-127) and
No continue to operate.
No
Yes
Replace ECU (para Continue to operate. Replace history
7-11) and make recorder (para 7-
required checks 17). Make required
(para 1-127). Fault checks (para 1-127)
fixed? and continue to
operate.
No
Replace history
recorder (para 7-
17). Make required
checks (para 1-127)
and continue to
operate.
1-129
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 17. (T701C) History Counter Malfunction
(more than one function inoperative)
NOTE
Check yellow cable connectors at DEC, alternator stator, and history counter
for tightness. When removing connectors, check pins and sockets for
damage.
Yes
More than one
function inoperative.
Check cockpit
instruments for Np
and torque
indications. Does
Np and torque
indicate?
No
Yes Yes Yes
Make alternator and Replace faulty Disconnect yellow Replace yellow
yellow cable check alternator stator cable W4P1 cable (para 7-41).
(para 1-82). Part(s) (para 7-51) or connector at DEC Make required
faulty? yellow cable (para and W4P4 at history checks (para 1-127)
7-41). Make recorder. Check for and continue to
required checks shorts between pins operate.
(para 1-127) and and for continuity
check aircraft 115V, between the
400 HZ at aircraft following:
E1 connector,
sockets 1 and 2. W4P4 W4P1
Power at sockets? 3 to 11
5 to 10
No
1 to 13
11 to 23
6 to 22
Troubleshoot
aircraft wiring
Open circuits or
according to
No short to ground?
troubleshooting
procedures in
applicable aircraft
maintenance
manual and
continue to operate.
No
1-130
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 17. (T701C) History Counter Malfunction
(more than one function inoperative) (Cont)
No
Yes
Disconnect yellow Replace yellow
cable W4P1 cable (para 7-41).
connector at DEC Make required
and W4P4 at history checks (para 1-127)
counter. Check for and continue to
shorts between pins operate.
and for continuity
between the
following:
No
W4P4 W4P1
3 to 11
5 to 10
1 to 13
11 to 23
6 to 22
Open circuits or
short to ground?
No
Yes
Replace history Continue to operate.
counter (para 7-17)
and make required
checks (para
1-127). Fault fixed?
No
Replace DEC (para
7-11). Make
required checks
(para 1-127) and
continue to operate.
1-131
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 18. (T700, T701) History Recorder Malfunction
(time temperature function inoperative)
Is cockpit TGT instrument
Yes
indicating?
No
Yes Yes
Make thermocouple Replace yellow cable
Disconnect yellow cable
assembly check (para (para 7-41). make
connectors W4P1 and
1-83). Replace faulty required checks (para
W4P4. Check for shorts
thermocouple assembly 1-127) and continue to
between pins and for
(para 7-62) or yellow operate.
continuity between the
cable (para 7-41) and
following:
make required checks
(para
W4P4 W4P1
1-127). Does fault
5 to 10
remain?
6 to 22
No
8 to 26
9 to 27
Continue to operate. Open or short circuits?
No
Yes
Replace history recorder Replace ECU (para 7-11).
(para 7-17) and make Make required checks
required checks (para (para 1-127) and continue
1-127). Does fault to operate.
remain?
No
Continue to operate.
1-132
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 19. History Counter Malfunction
(time temperature function inoperative)
Is cockpit TGT instrument
Yes
indicating?
No
Yes Yes
Make thermocouple Replace yellow cable
Disconnect yellow cable
assembly check (para (para 7-41). Make
connectors W4P1 and
1-83). Replace faulty required checks (para
W4P4. Check for shorts
thermocouple assembly 1-127) and continue to
between pins and for
(para 7-62) or yellow operate.
continuity between the
cable (para 7-41) and
following:
make required checks
(para
W4P4 W4P1
1-127). Does fault
5 to 10
remain?
6 to 22
No
Open circuits or short to
ground?
Continue to operate.
No
Yes
Replace history counter Replace DEC (para 7-11).
(para 7-17) and make Make required checks
required checks (para (para 1-127) and continue
1-127). Does fault to operate.
remain?
No
Continue to operate.
1-133
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 20. No Np Governing When Advancing PCL to “FLY”
NOTE
• Np may increase as follows:
– (T700) 105-106%
– (T701, T701C) 118-120%, tripping Np overspeed system.
• ECU or DEC is reset from lockout when PCL is slightly forward of ground idle
detent. Be sure that lack of Np governing is not just failure to retard PCL far
enough to reset ECU or DEC operation.
Yes
Check PAS for correct Rig PAS according to
rigging using ground idle applicable aircraft
rig pin. Rigging faulty? maintenance manual and
continue to operate.
No
Yes
Check electrical Replace faulty
connectors at HMU (J1), component(s). Make
ECU or DEC (J2), and Np required checks p( ara
sensor for looseness or 1-127) and continue to
damage. Connectors operate.
faulty?
No
Yes Yes
Make circuit check at S39
Advance PCL to lockout Replace faulty
connector (para 1-79).
and listen for click from component(s). Make
Make ECU or DEC and
Hamilton Standard HMU required checks (para
HMU system checks
or aline the white line on 1-127) and continue to
(para 1-81). System
the PAS spindle with the operate.
faulty?
stop boss on the
Woodward Governor
HMU. Vapor vent
observed, click heard or
white line alined with stop
boss?
No
No
1-134
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 20. No Np Governing When Advancing PCL to “FLY” (Cont)
No
Yes Yes
Replace ECU or Make alternator and Replace faulty
DEC (para 7-11) yellow cable check alternator stator
and make required (para 1-82). Parts (para 7-51) or
checks (para faulty? yellow cable (para
1-127). Does fault 7-41). Make
remain? No required checks
No (para 1-127) and
continue to operate.
No Replace HMU (para
6-39). Make
required checks
Continue to operate.
(para 1-127) and
continue to operate.
Yes
Remove PAS rotary Check PCL linkage
actuator. Rotate to PAS for proper
PAS fully clockwise, ground idle rig
then fully counter- position and for
clockwise. Click binding according to
from Hamilton applicable aircraft
Standard HMU maintenance
heard, white line manual and
alined with stop continue to operate.
boss on Woodward
Governor HMU and
vapor vent
observed?
No
Replace HMU (para
6-39). Make
required checks
(para 1-127) and
continue to operate.
1-135
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 21. Np Does Not Respond to Np Demand Trim (with torque matching
normal, Np does not respond to normal Np/Nr trim)
Yes
Has Np exceeded limits in Replace engine. Make
figure 1-58? required checks p( ara
1-126) and continue to
operate.
No
Yes Yes
Check all Np system Tighten connectors or Make required checks
electrical connectors for replace faulty (para 1-127) and continue
tightness. When component(s). Fault to operate.
removing connectors, fixed?
check pins and sockets
for damage or debris.
No
Connectors faulty?
Yes
Check aircraft Np demand Repair Np demand
system at E1 connector system according to
(para 1-86). System applicable aircraft
No faulty? maintenance manual and
continue to operate.
No
Yes
Check Np demand
Replace (T700, T701)
system at E1 connector
ECU or (T701C) DEC
(para
(para 7-11). Make
1-86). System ok?
required checks p( ara
1-127) and continue to
operate.
No
Repair Np demand
according to applicable
aircraft maintenance
manual and continue to
operate.
1-136
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 22. Np Instrument Not Indicating or Fluctuating
(all other instruments normal)
• It may be necessary to rotate the main rotor by hand in the reverse direction. If
so, be sure power turbine rotor is free to rotate.
• If power turbine rotor is seized, rotating the main rotor in the reverse direction
will apply enough force to damage power turbine rotor.
NOTE
A slight audible metal-to-metal rubbing noise coming from within the power
turbine module after extended operation at high power is normal.
Yes
Check all Np system Tighten, clean,
electrical connectors repair, or replace
for tightness. When connectors as
removing connectors, required. make
check pins and required checks
sockets for damage (para 1-127) and
or debris. Connectors continue to operate.
faulty?
No
Yes Yes
Troubleshoot aircraft Do an Np sensor Replace faulty part:
Np indicating system system check (para • Yellow cable
according to trouble- 1-80). System (para 7-41)
shooting procedures faulty? • Np sensor (para
procedures in 7-75)
applicable aircraft Make required
maintenance manual checks (para 1-127)
manual. System ok? and continue to
operate.
No
No
1-137
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 22. Np Instrument Not Indicating or Fluctuating
(all other instruments normal) (Cont)
No No
Yes Yes
Repair Np Replace (T700, Make alternator and Replace faulty
indicating system T701) ECU or yellow cable check alternator stator
according to (para 7-51) or
(T701C) DEC (para (para 1-82). Part(s)
applicable aircraft 7-11). Make faulty? yellow cable (para
maintenance required checks 7-41). Make
manual and required checks
(para 1-127). Does
continue to operate. fault remain? (para 1-127) and
continue to operate.
No
No
Continue to operate.
1-138
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 23. Abnormal Np/Nr Rollback During Collective Application
(with engines not at power limit condition)
NOTE
Steady-state and transient matching is working, but causing abnormal Np/Nr
upspeed or underspeed.
Yes Yes
Perform a maximum Troubleshoot both Repair LDS system
power check (para LDS systems for according to
1-146 (T701, proper rigging applicable aircraft
T701C, AH-64A), or according to maintenance
1-147 (T701C trouble-shooting manual and
UH-60L)). Torque procedures in continue to operate.
and system ok? applicable manual.
System faulty?
No
No
Check one engine Yes Yes
Replace engine. Make circuit checks Replace faulty
at a time, ECU or parts. Make
Make required at S39 connector
DEC and manually required checks
checks (para (para 1-79). Make
match torques at (para 1-127) and
1-126) and continue ECU or DEC and
100% Np/Nr at continue to operate.
to operate. HMU systems
various power
check (para 1-81).
settings. Manual
System faulty?
operations ok?
No No
Yes
See troubleshooting Check aircraft Np Repair Np demand
procedure 72. demand system, system according to
load share, and applicable aircraft
instrument indicating maintenance
cables (para 1-86). manual and
System faulty? continue to operate.
No
Check aircraft
collective rate pot
and (T701C AH-
64A) Nr input to
DEC according to
applicable aircraft
maintenance
manual and
continue to operate.
1-139
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 24. Stall Above Ground Idle Speed (acceleration or deceleration above
ground idle speed)
NOTE
• A stall is indicated by an audible rumble or bang and may not cause a rise in
TGT.
• If an unusually high-pitched whining sound is heard, see paragraph 1-87 .
Visually inspect (para Yes
Replace engine. Make
1-284) engine inlet and
required checks p( ara
actuating system linkage
1-126) and continue to
assembly for foreign
operate.
object jamming,
looseness, inlet blockage
or binding. Assembly
faulty?
No
Yes Yes
Check for full HMU Inspect actuating system Continue to operate.
actuator rod travel of 1.6- linkage assembly p ( ara
1.8 inches (seefig. 2-49, 2-51, 2-71). System
1-146) by using an open- ok?
end wrench on flats of
actuating shaft to set No
linkage assembly the fully
closed position (HMU Replace engine. Make
actuator rod fully required checks p( ara
extended). Assembly 1-126) and continue to
faulty? operate.
No
Yes
Using borescope p
( ara Replace engine. make
1-172), inspect required checks p( ara
compressor. Damage out- 1-126) and continue to
of-limits? operate.
No
Yes
Using borescope p( ara Replace engine. Make
1-172), inspect required checks p( ara
combustion section. 1-126) and continue to
Damage out-of-limits? operate.
No
1-140
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 24. Stall Above Ground Idle Speed (acceleration or deceleration above
ground idle speed) (Cont)
No
Yes Yes
Perform accel/decel Replace HMU Continue to operate.
MOC. Engine stalls? (para 6-39). Make
required checks
(para 1-127). Fault fixed?
No
No
Yes Yes
Perform maintenance Replace anti-icing bleed Suspect hot gas ingestion
check flight, repeating and start valve (para and continue to operate.
flight operation which 10-25). Perform
produced stall. Is engine maintenance check flight,
anti-ice light off during repeating flight operation
start? which produced stall.
Fault fixed?
No
No
Yes Yes
Engine stalls during Replace HMU (para 6-39) Continue to operate.
maintenance check and make required
flight? checks (para 1-127).
Perform maintenance
No
check flight, repeating
Suspect hot gas ingestion flight operation which
and continue to operate. produced stall. Fault
fixed?
No
Yes
Clean the compressor Replace engine. Make
(para 1-157). Perform required checks (para
maintenance check flight, 1-126) and continue to
repeating flight operation operate.
which produced stall.
Engine stall?
No
Continue to operate.
Change 5 1-141
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 25. Starting Stalls (audible popping or whining during Ng acceleration to
ground idle speed)
If TGT exceeds the following,
• (T700) 850°C (1562°F)
• (T701) 869°C (1596°F)
• (T701C) 852°C (1566°F)
before idle speed is reached, retard PCL to off. Turn ignition switch off. Motor
engine until TGT decreases below 540°C (1004°F).
NOTE
Starting system should be able to motor engine to at least 24% Ng (10,728
RPM). Starter must not cut out below 52% Ng (23,244 RPM). This can be
checked by using cockpit instruments.
Yes
Prime engine fuel system Continue to operate.
(para 1-137) and attempt
start. Start ok?
No
Yes
Engine stalls on start. Troubleshoot starting
Check motoring speed system according to
and starter cut-out speed troubleshooting
(see note). Starting procedures in applicable
system faulty? aircraft maintenance
manual and continue to
operate.
No
Yes Yes
Check engine anti-ice (T700) Remove, inspect, (T700) Replace primer
light on cockpit advisory and test primer nozzles nozzles (para 6-8), and
panel. Light on during (para 6-5, 6-6, 6-7). fuel start manifold tube
start? Nozzles clogged? (para 6-27). Make
required checks (para Yes
1-127). Start ok?
No
No
Yes
No Replace HMU (para 6-39) Continue to operate.
and make required
checks (para1-127). Start
ok?
No
1-142
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 25. Starting Stalls (audible popping or whining during Ng acceleration to
ground idle speed) (Cont)
No
Yes
Using borescope p ( ara Replace engine. Make
1-172), inspect the required checks p( ara
following: 1-126) and continue to
• Compressor operate.
• Combustion liner
• Stage1 nozzle assy
component(s) damage
out-of-limits?
No
Yes
Clean the compressor Continue to operate.
No (para 1-157) and attempt
start. Start ok?
No
Yes
Check aircraft cross feed Replace engine. Make
bleed valve. Valve ok? required checks p( ara
1-126) and continue to
operate.
No
Replace valve as directed
in applicable aircraft
maintenance manual and
continue to operate.
1-143
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 25. Starting Stalls (audible popping or whining during Ng acceleration to
ground idle speed) (Cont)
No
Visually inspect (para Yes
Replace engine. Make
1-284) engine inlet and
required checks p( ara
actuating system linkage
1-126) and continue to
assembly for foreign
operate.
object jamming,
looseness, inlet blockage
or binding. Assembly
faulty?
No
Check full HMU actuator Yes Yes
Inspect actuating system Continue to operate.
rod travel of 1.6-1.8
linkage assembly p ( ara
inches (seefig. 1-146) by
2-51, 2-56, 2-71).
using and open-end
Attempt start. Start ok?
wrench on flats of
actuating shaft to set
linkage assembly in the
fully closed position (HMU
actuator rod fully
extended). Assembly No
faulty?
No
Yes Yes
Replace anti-icing bleed Replace HMU (para Continue to operate.
and start valve (para 6-39) and make required
10-25) and make required checks (para 1-127).
checks (para 1-127). Stall Start ok?
during start?
No
Continue to operate.
No
1-144
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 25. Starting Stalls (audible popping or whining during Ng acceleration to
ground idle speed) (Cont)
Yes
Using borescope p ( ara Replace engine. Make
1-172), inspect the required checks (para
following: 1-126) and continue to
• Compressor operate.
• Combustion liner
• Stage1 nozzle assy
component(s) damage
out-of-limits?
No
Yes
Clean the compressor Continue to operate.
(para 1-157) and attempt
start. Start ok?
No
Yes
Check aircraft cross feed Replace engine. Make
bleed valve. Valve ok? required checks (para
1-126) and continue to
operate.
No
Replace valve as directed
in applicable aircraft
maintenance manual and
continue to operate.
1-145
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 26. Abnormally High TGT During Start
If TGT exceeds the following, but within the troubleshooting area of figures 1-
50,1-51, or 1-52,
• (T700) 850°C (1562°F)
• (T701) 869°C (1596°F)
• (T701C) 852°C (1566°F)
before idle speed is reached, retard PCL to off. Turn ignition switch off. Motor
engine until TGT decreases below 540°C (1004°F).
NOTE
Starting system should be able to motor engine to at least 24% Ng (10,728
RPM). Starter must not cut out below 52% Ng (23,244 RPM). This can be
checked by using cockpit instruments.
Yes
Prime engine fuel Continue to operate.
system (para 1-137)
and attempt start.
Start ok?
No
Yes
TGT remains at Troubleshoot
600°C (1112°F) aircraft starting
during start system according to
sequence and troubleshooting
ground idle. Is procedures in
motoring speed less applicable aircraft
than 24% Ng maintenance
(10,728 RPM), or manual and
starter cut out below continue to operate.
52% Ng (23,244
RPM)?
No
1-146
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 26. Abnormally High TGT During Start (Cont)
No
Yes Yes
Check light on Replace HMU (para
cockpit advisory 6-39) and make
panel for normal required checks
operation of anti- (para 1-127). TGT
icing bleed and start abnormally high?
valve. Is light on
during start to
No
ground idle speed?
Continue to operate.
No
Yes
Visually inspect Replace engine.
(para 1-284) engine Make required
inlet and actuating checks (para 1-126)
system linkage and continue to
assembly for foreign operate.
object jamming,
looseness, inlet
blockage or binding.
Assembly faulty?
No
Yes Yes
Check full HMU Inspect actuating
actuator rod travel system linkage
of 1.6-1.8 inches assembly (para
(see fig. 1-146) by 2-49, 2-51, 2-71).
using and open-end Attempt start. TGT
wrench on flats of abnormally high?
actuating shaft to
set linkage No
assembly in the fully
closed position
Continue to operate.
(HMU actuator rod
fully extended).
Assembly faulty?
No
Change 3 1-147
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 26. Abnormally High TGT During Start (Cont)
No Yes
Yes Yes
Replace anti-icing Using borescope Replace engine.
bleed and start (para 1-172), Make required
valve (para 10-25) inspect the checks (para 1-126)
and make required following: and continue to
checks (para • Compressor operate.
1-127). Abnormally • Combustion
high TGT on start? liner
• Stage 1 nozzle
No assy
component(s)
damage out-of-
Continue to operate.
limits?
No
Yes Yes
Troubleshoot Repair TGT
Clean the aircraft TGT
compressor (para indicating system
indicating system according to
1-157) and attempt according to
start. TGT applicable aircraft
troubleshooting maintenance
abnormally high? procedures in manual and
applicable aircraft continue to operate.
No maintenance
manual. System
faulty?
Continue to operate..
No
Check thermocouple
assembly (para 1-83).
Replace faulty
component(s).
Make required checks
(para 1-127) and
continue to operate.
1-148
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 27. Combustor Rumble During Start
NOTE
• Combustor rumble is a low frequency noise often described as a howl that may
be heard intermittently during engine start.
• Combustor rumble may be more pronounced during cold weather and/or
during engine acceleration to ground idle.
Yes
Combustor rumble below Continue to operate.
ground idle?
No
Yes Yes
Combustor rumble at Replace fuel injectors Continue to operate.
ground idle or above? (para 6-23). Is combustor
rumble acceptable?
No
No
Continue to operate. Yes
Replace combustion liner Continue to operate.
(para 3-14). Is combustor
rumble acceptable?
No
Remove cold section
module.
1-149
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 28. No Start (fuel mist seen coming from tailpipe; no rise in TGT)
Igniter Plugs
• Before energizing the ignition circuit, be certain that no fuel or oil is present.
Have fire extinguishing equipment present.
• High voltage is present. Be certain the ignition unit and plugs are grounded
before energizing the circuit.
• Never touch or make contact with the electrical output connector when operating
any ignition component.
• Never hold or make contact with the igniter plug when energizing the ignition
component.
Yes
Troubleshoot ignition Repair ignition circuit
circuit according to according to applicable
troubleshooting aircraft maintenance
procedures in applicable manual and continue to
aircraft maintenance operate.
manual. Circuit faulty?
No
Yes Yes
Remove and inspect Install new igniter plug(s) Make required checks
igniter plugs (para 7-5, (para 7-9 (T700), or 7-10 (para 1-127) and continue
7-8 (T700), or 7-6, 7-8 (T701, T701C)) and to operate.
(T701, T701C)). Igniter attempt start. Start ok?
plug(s) faulty?
No
No
Yes Yes
Check the size of ferrule Replace combustion liner Make required checks
bore by inserting a 13/32 (Para 3-14) and attempt (para 1-127) and continue
inch drill rod or equivalent start. Start ok? to operate.
through ferrule. Drill rod or
equivalent enters?
No
No
1-150
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 28. No Start (fuel mist seen coming from tailpipe; no rise in TGT) (Cont)
No
Yes Yes
Do an electrical ignition Install new lead(s) (para Make required checks
lead check (para 1-89). 7-28) and attempt start. (para 1-127) and continue
Leads faulty? Start ok? to operate.
No
No
Yes
Do a primary ignition Replace faulty part(s):
system check (para 1-78). • Alternator stator
Ignition system faulty? (para 7-51)
• Yellow cable
No (para 7-41)
• Ignition exciter
Continue to operate. (para 7-29)
Make required checks
(para 1-127) and continue
to operate.
1-151
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 29. No Start (no compressor rotor rotation)
NOTE
Starting system should be able to motor engine to at least 24% Ng (10,728
rpm). Starter must not cut out below 52% Ng (23,244 rpm). This can be
checked by using cockpit instruments.
Yes
Troubleshoot starting Repair starting system
system according to according to applicable
troubleshooting aircraft maintenance
procedures in applicable manual and continue to
aircraft maintenance operate.
manual. System faulty?
No
Yes
Check for seized Fault is not in engine.
compressor rotor by Refer to troubleshooting
hand-cranking (para 1- procedures in applicable
98). Compressor rotor aircraft maintenance
turns? manual and continue to
operate.
No
Yes Yes
Withdraw radial drive Wait for TGT to drop Fault is not in engine.
shaft about 7-1/2 inches below (T700, T701) 150°C Refer to troubleshooting
and hand-crank to check (302°F) or(T701C) 80°C procedures in applicable
for rotation of accessory (176°F); then hand-crank aircraft maintenance
gearbox (AGB). AGB the engine (para 1-98). manual and continue to
rotate? Compressor rotor turns? operate.
No
Replace engine. Make
required checks (para
1-126) and continue to
operate.
No
1-152
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 29. No Start (no compressor rotor rotation) (Cont)
No
Yes
Determine which of the If all parts rotate, replace
following parts are seized accessory gearbox p ( ara
by removing them in the 5-4). Make required
order listed. Check for checks (para 1-127) and
rotation of AGB after each continue to operate.
removal by handcranking
AGB.
• HMU (para 6-39)
• Oil and scavenge
pump (para 8-11)
• Fuel boost pump
(para 6-33)
• Particle separator
blower (para 5-10)
• Alternator stator
(para 7-51)
• Starter (TM 55-4920-
328-13)
Do all parts rotate?
No
Replace the faulty part.
Make required checks
(para 1-127) and continue
to operate.
1-153
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 30. (T700) No Start (no fuel mist seen coming from tailpipe;
no rise in TGT)
Prime the fuel system Yes Attempt start. Start
(para 1-137). Steady faulty?
stream of fuel coming
from aircraft common No
drain.
Continue to operate.
No
Yes
Check ENG PCL for Troubleshoot aircraft fuel
proper ground idle rig system according to
position and for binding troubleshooting
Yes
according to applicable procedures in applicable
aircraft maintenance aircraft maintenance
manual. Lever ok? manual and continue to
operate.
No
Yes Yes
Replace POU (para 6-87)
Repair faulty lever. Prime Make fuel flow verification
and make required
the fuel system (para check (para 1-75). Do a
checks (para 1-127). If
1-137). Steady stream of POU leak (seen from
start is faulty, see
fuel coming from aircraft aircraft common drain)
troubleshooting procedure
common drain. during check?
28.
No
Troubleshoot aircraft fuel
system according to
troubleshooting
procedures in applicable
aircraft maintenance
manual and continue to
operate.
No
1-154
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 30. (T700) No Start (no fuel mist seen coming from tailpipe;
no rise in TGT) (Cont)
No
Yes Yes
Mist seen coming from Remove and test primer Install new nozzles
tailpipe and no drainage nozzles (para 6-5, 6-7). (para 6-8) and fuel start
from POU (seen from Nozzles clogged? manifold (para 6-27).
aircraft drain during Make required checks
check?) (para 1-127). If start is ok.
Continue to operate.
No
No
Yes
Replace HMU (para 6-39)
and make required Replace POU (para 6-87).
checks (para 1-127). Make required checks
No
Start faulty? (para 1-127). If start is
faulty, see troubleshooting
procedure 28.
No
Yes
Replace HMU (para 6-39) Continue to operate.
and make required
checks (para 1-127).
Start faulty?
No
Replace POU (para 6-87).
Make required checks
(para 1-127) and continue
to operate.
1-155
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 31. (T700, T701C) No Start (no fuel mist seen coming from tailpipe; no rise in
TGT)
Prime the fuel system Yes Attempt start. Start
(para 1-137). Steady faulty?
stream of fuel coming
from aircraft common No
drain.
Continue to operate.
No
Yes
Check eng PCL for proper Troubleshoot aircraft fuel
ground idle rig position system according to
and for binding according troubleshooting
Yes
to applicable aircraft procedures in applicable
maintenance manual. aircraft maintenance
Lever ok? manual and continue to
operate.
No
Yes Yes
Replace ODV (para 6-74)
Repair faulty lever. Prime Make fuel flow verification
and make required
the fuel system (para check (para 1-75). Does
checks (para 1-127). If
1-137). Steady stream of ODV leak (seen coming
start is faulty, see
fuel coming from aircraft from aircraft common
troubleshooting procedure
common drain. drain) during check?
28.
No
Troubleshoot aircraft fuel
system according to
troubleshooting
procedures in applicable
aircraft maintenance
manual and continue to
operate.
No
1-156
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 31. (T700, T701C) No Start (no fuel mist seen coming from tailpipe; no rise in
TGT) (Cont)
No
Yes Yes
Replace HMU (para 6-39) Replace ODV (para 6-74)
Mist seen coming from and make required and make required
tailpipe and no drainage checks (para 1-127). checks (para 1-127). If
from ODV (seen from Start faulty? start is faulty, see
aircraft drain during
troubleshooting procedure
check?)
28.
No
No
Continue to operate.
Yes
Replace HMU (para 6-39)
Continue to operate.
and make required
checks (para 1-127).
Start ok?
No
Replace ODV (para 6-74).
Make required checks
(para 1-127) and continue
to operate.
1-157
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 32. Slow or Hung Start (TGT increases but hangs)
(On a hung start, engine lights off but does not accelerate to idle speed.
Speed hangs up between lightoff and idle.)
NOTE
• If anti-icing bleed and start valve does not open, compressor will probably stall
at about 40% Ng (17,880 rpm). When compressor stalls, a rumble or bang will
be heard, but TGT may not rise.
• If an unusually high-pitched whining sound is heard see paragraph 1-87.
Check starting system. Yes
Troubleshoot starting
Starting system should be
system according to
able to motor engine to at
troubleshooting
least 24% Ng (10,728
procedures in applicable
rpm). Starter must not cut
aircraft maintenance
out below 52% Ng
manual and continue to
(23,244 rpm). This can
operate.
be checked by using
cockpit instruments
(RPM) starting system
faulty?
No
Yes Yes
(T700) Repair or replace
(T700) Remove P3 hose Replace blower (para
P3 hose and tube (para
and tube (para 10-5), and 5-14) and HMU (para
10-4). Remove particle
inspect for cracks, 6-39). Make required
separator blower (para
damage, loose checks (para 1-127) and
5-11). Remove shroud
connections, or blockage continue to operate.
and inspect impeller p
( ara
(para 10-7). P3 hose and
5-13). Impeller
tube faulty?
damaged?
(T701, T701C) Remove
(T701, T701C) Repair or
P3 tube (para 10-55) and
replace P3 tube (para
inspect for cracks,
10-54). Remove particle
damage, loose
separator blower (para
connections, or blockage
5-11). Inspect impeller
(para 10-57). P3 tube
(para 5-13). Impeller
faulty?
damaged?
No
Reinstall particle
No
separator blower (para 5-
14). Make required
checks (para 1-127) and
continue to operate.
1-158
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 32. Slow or Hung Start (TGT increases but hangs)
(On a hung start, engine lights off but does not accelerate to idle speed.
Speed hangs up between lightoff and idle.) (Cont)
No
(T700) Reinstall P3 hose Yes
(T700) Replace POU
and tube (para 10-9). (para 6-87). Make
Check POU for leakage required checks (para
(para 1-75). POU 1-127) and continue to
leaking? operate.
(T701, T701C) Reinstall (T701, T701C) Replace
P3 tube (para 10-59). ODV (para 6-74). Make
Check ODV for leakage required checks (para
(para 1-75). Valve 1-127) and continue to
leaking? operate.
No
Yes Yes
(T700) Remove, inspect, (T700) Replace primer Continue to operate.
and test primer nozzles nozzle (para 6-8). Make
(para 6-5, 6-6, 6-7). required checks (para
Nozzles faulty? 1-127). Start ok?
No
No
Yes
Replace HMU (para Continue to operate.
6-39) and make required
checks (para 1-127).
Start ok?
No
1-159
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 32. Slow or Hung Start (TGT increases but hangs)
(On a hung start, engine lights off but does not accelerate to idle speed.
Speed hangs up between lightoff and idle.) (Cont)
No
Yes
Using borescope Replace engine. Make
(para 1-172), inspect required checks (para
compressor damage out 1-126) and continue to
of limits? operate.
No
Yes
Remove particle Reinstall blower (para
separator blower (para 5- 5-14).
11). Check for broken or
missing impeller vanes by
turning shaft by hand.
Blower ok?
No
Yes Yes
Install new blower (para Troubleshoot aircraft fuel Troubleshoot aircraft
5-14) and make required system for leaks and crossbleed valve
checks (para 1-127). restrictions according to according to
Hung start? troubleshooting troubleshooting
procedures in applicable procedures in applicable
No aircraft maintenance aircraft maintenance
manual. Fuel system ok? manual and continue to
operate.
Continue to operate.
No
Yes
Repair fuel system Troubleshoot aircraft
according to applicable crossbleed valve
aircraft maintenance according to
manual. Attempt start. troubleshooting
Hung start? procedures in applicable
aircraft maintenance
No manual and continue to
operate.
Continue to operate.
1-160
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 33. Uncontrolled Acceleration (Ng) (gas generator continues to accelerate
beyond ground idle speed)
Yes
Ng exceeds operating Replace engine. Make
limits in table 1-17 (T700) required checks (para
or 1-18 (T701, T701C)? 1-126) and continue to
operate.
No
Yes
Check PCL linkage for Repair linkage according
proper ground idle rig to applicable aircraft
position and for binding maintenance manual and
according to applicable continue to operate.
aircraft maintenance
manual. Linkage or
cables faulty?
No
Replace HMU (para
6-39). Make required
checks (para 1-127) and
continue to operate.
1-161
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 34. Engine Exceeds TGT Operating Limits in “Replace Engine” Area of
Figure: (T700) Figure 1-50 or 1-53, (T701) Figure 1-51 or 1-54,
(T701C) Figure 1-52 or 1-55
Yes Yes
Troubleshoot Repair indicating Continue to operate.
aircraft TGT system according to
indicating system applicable aircraft
according to maintenance
troubleshooting manual. (T700)
procedures in Does indicating
applicable aircraft system error agree
maintenance with amount of
manual. Indicating overtemperature
system high? above 886°C
(1627°F) (transient)
or above 850°C
(1562°F) steady
state?
(T701, T701C)
Does indicating
system error agree
with amount of
overtemperature
No above (T701) 886°C
(1627°F) or (T701C)
871°C (1600°F)
(transient) or above
(T701) 867°C
(1593°F) or(T701C)
851°C (1564°F)
(steady-state)?
No
Yes Yes Yes
TGT indicating Do a thermocouple Do an E1 harness Replace E1 harness
system ok? assembly check overtemeprature according to
(para 1-83) and troubleshooting applicable aircraft
yellow cable check (para 1-93). maintenance
No
overtemperature Short in harness? manual and
troubleshooting continue to operate.
Repair indicating check (para 1-94).
system according to Circuit ok?
applicable aircraft
maintenance
manual and
continue to operate.
No
No
1-162
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 34. Engine Exceeds TGT Operating Limits in “Replace Engine” Area of
Figure: (T700) Figure 1-50 or 1-53, (T701) Figure 1-51 or 1-54,
(T701C) Figure 1-52 or 1-55 (Cont)
No
Replace engine.
Make required
checks (para 1-126)
and continue to
operate. If ENG
PCL was below fly
when overtemp
occurred, replace
No the HMU and the
engine. If ENG
PCL was at fly
when overtemp
occurred, replace
the HMU,(T700,
T701) ECU or
(T701C) DEC and
engine.
Yes Replace engine.
Replace faulty
Make required
part(s):
checks (para 1-126)
• Yellow cable
and continue to
(para 7-41)
operate. If ENG
• Thermocouple
PCL was below fly
assembly
when overtemp
(para 7-62)
occurred, replace
Do a TGT limiter
the HMU and the
setting check (para
engine. If ENG
1-129 (T700) or
PCL was at fly
1-130 (T701,
when overtemp
T701C)). Does fault
occurred, replace
remain?
the HMU,(T700,
T701) ECU or
No (T701C) DEC and
engine..
Make required
checks (para 1-127)
and continue to
operate.
1-163
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 35. Engine Exceeds TGT Operating Limits and is in “Troubleshoot” Area of
figure: (T700) Figure 1-50 or 1-53, (T701) Figure 1-51 or 1-54,
(T701C) Figure 1-52 or 1-55
Yes
Troubleshoot
Repair indicating
aircraft TGT
system according to
indicating system
applicable aircraft
according to
maintenance
troubleshooting
manual and
procedures in
continue to operate.
applicable aircraft
maintenance
manual. Indicating
system high?
No
Yes Yes
Indicating system Repair indicating See troubleshooting
low? system according to procedure 34.
applicable aircraft
maintenance
manual. Did error
in TGT indicating
system raise
No indicating TGT into
"replace engine"
area of figure?
No
Yes Yes Yes
Indicating system is Overtemperature Was popping or See troubleshooting
ok. occurred during noise indicating a procedure 25.
start? stall present during
overtemperature?
No
See troubleshooting
procedure 26.
No
1-164
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 35. Engine Exceeds TGT Operating Limits and is in “Troubleshoot” Area of
figure: (T700) Figure 1-50 or 1-53, (T701) Figure 1-51 or 1-54,
(T701C) Figure 1-52 or 1-55 (Cont)
No
Yes Yes
Overtemperature (T700) Was Continue to operate.
occurred with overtemperature
engine operating in due to unintentional
lockout (manual operation above
control by PCL)? 886°C (1627°F)
(transient) or 850°C
(1562°F) (steady-
state)?
(T701, T701C) Was
overtemperature
due to unintentional
operation above
(T701) 886°C
No (1627°F) or (T701C)
871°C (1600°F)
(transient) or(T701)
867°C (1593°F) or
(T701C) 851°C
(1564°F) (steady-
state)?
No
Yes
Engine stall prior to See troubleshooting
overtemperature procedure 24.
(audible popping or
banging)?
No
1-165
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 35. Engine Exceeds TGT Operating Limits and is in “Troubleshoot” Area of
figure: (T700) Figure 1-50 or 1-53, (T701) Figure 1-51 or 1-54,
(T701C) Figure 1-52 or 1-55 (Cont)
No
Yes Yes Yes
Prior to Do a thermocouple Replace faulty Make required
overtemperature assembly check part(s): checks (para 1-127)
event, TGT: (para 1-83) and • Yellow cable and continue to
• Was higher yellow cable (para 7-41) operate.
than ambient air overtemperature • Thermocouple
temperature troubleshooting assembly
with aircraft check (para 1-94). (para 7-62)
power turned Short circuit? Do a TGT limiter
on? setting check (para
• Increased when 1-129 (T700) or
motoring engine 1-130 (T701,
while it was T701C)). Fault
cool? No fixed?
No
Yes Yes
Do E1 harness Replace E1 harness Continue to operate.
overtemperature according to
troubleshooting applicable aircraft
check (para 1-93). maintenance
Short in harness? manual. Fault
fixed?
No
No
Yes
Attempt start. TGT See troubleshooting
No high during start? procedure 26.
No
See troubleshooting
procedure 37.
1-166
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 35. Engine Exceeds TGT Operating Limits and is in “Troubleshoot” Area of
figure: (T700) Figure 1-50 or 1-53, (T701) Figure 1-51 or 1-54,
(T701C) Figure 1-52 or 1-55 (Cont)
No
Yes
Troubleshoot
Did overtemper-
aircraft crossbleed
ature occur while
valve for sticking
retarding engine to
open.
ground idle during
shutdown (engine
rollback)?
No
Yes
Attempt start. TGT See troubleshooting
high during start? procedure 26.
No
See troubleshooting
procedure 37.
1-167
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 36. Engine Overtemperature (exceeds TGT operating limits)
NOTE
See overtemperature checklist (para 1-92) before troubleshooting.
Yes
(T700) was See troubleshooting
overtemperature in procedure 34.
"replace engine" area
(fig. 1-50 or 1-53), with no
visible engine
overtemperature damage
present?
Was overtemperature in
"replace engine" area
(T701) (figure 1-51 or
1-54) (T701C) (fig.
1-52 or 1-55), with no
visible engine
overtemperature damage
present?
No
Yes
(T700) was See troubleshooting
overtemperature in procedure 35.
"troubleshoot" area
(fig. 1-50 or 1-53), with no
visible engine
overtemperature damage
present?
Was overtemperature in
"troubleshoot" area
(T701) (fig. 1-51 or 1-54)
(T701C) (fig. 1-52 or
1-55), with no visible
engine overtemperature
damage present?
No
1-168
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 36. Engine Overtemperature (exceeds TGT operating limits) (Cont)
No
Yes
(T700) was Replace engine. Make
overtemperature in required checks (para
"replace engine" area or 1-126) and continue to
in "troubleshoot" area operate. If ENG PCL was
(fig. 1-50 or 1-53), with below fly when over-
engine overtemperature temperature occured,
damage present? replace the HMU and the
engine. If ENG PCL was
Was overtemperature in at fly when overtempera-
"replace engine" area or ture occurred, replace
in "troubleshoot" area the HMU, (T700, T701)
(T701) (fig. 1-51 or 1-54) ECU or (T701C) DEC and
or (T701C) (fig. 1-52 or engine.
1-55), with engine
overtemperature damage
present?
No
Continue to operate.
1-169
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 37. TGT Exceeds Limiter Setting (TGT exceeds (T700, T701) ECU or (T701C)
DEC limiter setting at FAT above (T700, T701) 4°C (40°F) or (T701C) –14°C
(7°F))
Yes
Determine TGT limiter Continue to operate.
setting (para 1-129 (T700)
or 1-130 T701, T701C)).
Is TGT limiting ok?
No
Yes
TGT limiting too high or Repair indicating system
too low. Checks TGT according to applicable
indicating system aircraft maintenance
according to trouble- manual and continue to
shooting procedures in operate.
applicable aircraft
maintenance manual.
System faulty?
No
Yes Yes
Replace (T700, T701) Check thermocouple Replace HMU (para 6-
ECU or(T701C) DEC assembly (para 1-83) and 39). Make required
(para 7-11) and make replace faulty part(s): checks (para 1-127) and
required checks (para • Yellow cable continue to operate.
1-127). Fault remains? (para 7-41)
• Thermocouple
assembly (para 7-62)
Make required checks
(para 1-127). Fault
No remains?
No
Continue to operate. Continue to operate.
1-170 Change 5
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 38. TGT Fluctuates at Ground Idle Speed (idle speed or TGT drifts above
and below limits in paragraph 1-125)
Yes
If one instrument Repair faulty system
fluctuates, troubleshoot according to applicable
system according to aircraft maintenance
troubleshooting manual and continue to
procedures in applicable operate.
aircraft maintenance
manual. System faulty?
No
Yes
Check yellow cable If only TGT fluctuates, do
connectors at(T700, a thermocouple assembly
T701) ECU or (T701C) check (para 1-83).
DEC, HMU, and Replace faulty part(s):
thermocouple assembly, • Yellow cable
and check aircraft cable (para 7-41)
connections at E1 on • Thermocouple
ECU and at green cable assembly (para 7-62)
connector W3J1 on swirl Make required checks
frame. Make sure that (para 1-127) and continue
pins are not bent and that to operate.
connectors are secure.
Connectors ok?
No
Yes
Tighten, clean, or repair Replace faulty part(s);
faulty connectors as • Yellow cable
required. Connectors (para 7-41)
faulty? • Thermocouple
assembly (para 7-62)
Make required checks
(para 1-127) and continue
No
to operate.
Make functional check
(para 1-131) to verify fault
has been corrected and
continue to operate.
Change 4 1-171
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 39. TGT Instrument Roll-Back, not Indicating or Fluctuating (TGT roll-back
is a differential greater than 30°C. All other instruments normal)
Yes Yes
Check thermocouple Tighten, clean, or repair Replace faulty part(s).
harness, yellow cable, faulty connectors as Make required checks
and aircraft E1 connectors required. Fault remains? (para 1-127) and continue
for tightness. When to operate.
removing connectors,
No
check exposed pins and
sockets for damage and
debris. Connectors Continue to operate.
faulty?
No
Yes
Do a thermocouple Replace faulty part(s):
assembly check (para • Yellow cable
1-83). System faulty? (para 7-41)
• Thermocouple
assembly (para 7-62)
Make required checks
(para 1-127) and continue
No to operate.
Yes
Troubleshoot aircraft TGT Repair TGT indicating
indicating system system according to
according to trouble- applicable aircraft
shooting procedures in maintenance manual and
applicable aircraft continue to operate.
maintenance manual.
System faulty?
No
Yes
Replace ECU or DEC Replace alternator stator
(para 7-11). Make (para 7-51). make
required checks (para required checks (para
1-127). System faulty? 1-127) and continue to
operate.
No
Continue to operate.
1-172
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 40. Excessive Fuel Leaking from Overboard Drain While Engine is
Operating at Ground Idle Speed
NOTE
Make sure aircraft selector valve is on and PCL is at idle.
Yes Yes Yes
Disconnect the Remove HMU (para Check HMU Replace packings
following drain lines 6-39). Check HMU packings for (para 6-39). Make
(fig. FO-3): pad for fuel wetting. damage. Packings required checks and
• Common drain Pad wet? damaged? continue to operate.
(D3)
• HMU vent/drain
(D5)
No
Turn on aircraft
prime pump (see
Note). Common
Yes
drain (D3) leaks?
Remove fuel Replace packings
connector (para (para 5-45). Make
5-45) and check required checks and
No packings for continue to operate.
damage. Packings
damaged?
No
Install HMU (para
6-39). Replace fuel
boost pump (para
6-33). Make
No
required checks
(para 1-127) and
continue to operate.
1-173
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 40. Excessive Fuel Leaking from Overboard Drain While Engine is
Operating at Ground Idle Speed (Cont)
No
Yes
HMU vent/drain Replace HMU (para
(D5) leaks? 6-39). Make
required checks
(para 1-127) and
continue to operate.
No
Yes
(T700) POU drain (T700) Replace
(D4) leaks? POU (para 6-87).
Make required
(T701, T701C) ODV checks (para 1-127)
drain (D4) leaks? and continue to
operate.
(T701, T701C)
Replace ODV (para
6-74). Make
No required checks
(para 1-127) and
continue to operate.
Continue to operate.
1-174
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 41. No Fuel Mist Seen Coming from the Aircraft Common Drain During
Engine Prime or Vapor Vent
Prime engine fuel system Yes
Continue to operate.
(para 1-137). Steady
stream of fuel coming
from aircraft common
drain?
No
Yes
Check PCL and PAS Continue to operate.
linkage for proper ground
idle rig position according
to applicable aircraft
maintenance manual.
System ok?
No
Yes
Replace (T700) POU Replace HMU (para
(para 6-87) or (T701, 6-39). Make required
T701C) ODV (para 6-74) checks (para 1-127) and
and make required continue to operate.
checks (para 1-127).
Fault remains?
No
Continue to operate.
1-175
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 42. Fuel Filter Bypass Light ON
Yes
Fuel filter bypass Service fuel filter
light does not (para 6-46).
illuminate, but
impending bypass
button has popped?
No
Yes Yes Yes
Fuel filter bypass Remove filter PCL was not Clean aircraft fuel
light illuminates. element (para 6-46) retarded when system according to
Has impending and inspect bowl bypass light came applicable aircraft
bypass button (para 6-54). Check on? maintenance
popped? fuel tank for manual. Replace
contamination. fuel system
Large quantity of components (para
debris found in filter 1-77). Make
bowl or fuel tank? required checks
No
(para 1-127) and
continue to operate.
Yes
Reset bypass Replace fuel filter
indicator (para 6-46) (para 6-47). Make
and install new filter required checks
element (para 6- (para 1-127) and
55). Run engine at continue to operate.
ground idle for 10
minutes before
making an over-
speed check (para
1-132 (T700) or
No 1-133 (T701,
T701C)). Bypass
No
light come on?
No
1-176
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 42. Fuel Filter Bypass Light ON (Cont)
No
Make required
checks (para 1-127)
No
and continue to
operate.
Yes
Was start made Incorrect operating
with fuel shutoff procedure was
valve closed? used. Reset
bypass indicator
(para 6-46) and
reinstall fuel filter
element (para
6-55). Make
No required checks
(para 1-127) and
continue to operate.
Yes
No Reset bypass Replace fuel filter
indicator (para 6-46) (para 6-47). Make
and install new filter required checks
element (para (para 1-127) and
6-55). Run engine continue to operate.
at ground idle for 10
minutes before
making an over-
speed check (para
1-132 (T700) or
1-133 (T701,
T701C)). Bypass
light come on?
No
Make required
checks (para 1-127)
and continue to
operate.
1-177
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 42. Fuel Filter Bypass Light ON (Cont)
No
Yes Yes Yes
Disconnect green Fault is electrical, Inspect connectors Make required
cable at fuel filter. not fuel system for bent or damaged checks (para 1-127)
Check cockpit light contamination. pins. Replace faulty and continue to
with aircraft power Disconnect aircraft parts and recheck operate.
on. Light on? cable from green bypass light. Light
cable. With aircraft off?
power on, check
cockpit light. Light
off?
No
No
Troubleshoot Replace green
aircraft electrical cable (para 7-35)
system according to and make required
troubleshooting checks (para
procedures in 1-127). Check
No applicable aircraft cockpit bypass light
maintenance with aircraft power
manual. Reconnect on. Verify that light
aircraft cable and is out and continue
check cockpit to operate.
bypass light with
aircraft power on.
Verify that light is
out and continue to
operate.
Yes
Repair connector
Inspect connector at
and recheck light.
fuel filter. Pins bent
Continue to
or damaged?
operate.
No
1-178
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 42. Fuel Filter Bypass Light ON (Cont)
No
Yes Yes Yes
Check for short Remove filter PCL was not Clean aircraft fuel
circuit across pins 1 element (para 6-46) retarded when system according to
and 2 of connector and inspect bowl bypass light came applicable aircraft
on fuel filter. Circuit (para 6-54). Check on? maintenance
open? fuel tank for con- manual. Replace
tamination. Large fuel system
quantity of debris components (para
found in filter bowl 1-77). Make
or fuel tank? required checks
No (para 1-127) and
No
continue to operate.
Yes
Replace fuel filter Reset bypass Replace fuel filter
(para 6-47). Make indicator (para 6-46) (para 6-47). Make
required checks and install new filter required checks
(para 1-127) and element (para (para 1-127) and
continue to operate. 6-55). Run engine continue to operate.
at ground idle for 10
minutes before
making an over-
speed check (para
1-132 (T700) or
1-133 (T701,
T701C)). Bypass
light come on?
No
No
Make required
checks (para 1-127)
and continue to
operate.
1-179
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 42. Fuel Filter Bypass Light ON (Cont)
No
Yes
Was start made Incorrect operating
with fuel shut-off procedure was
valve closed? used. Reset
bypass indicator
and reinstall fuel
filter element (para
6-45). Make
required checks
No (para 1-127) and
continue to operate.
Yes
Reset bypass Replace fuel filter
indicator and install (para 6-45). Make
new filter element required checks
(para 6-45). Run (para 1-127) and
engine at ground continue to operate.
idle for 10 minutes
before making an
overspeed check
(para 1-132).
Bypass light come
on?
No
Make required
checks (para 1-127)
and continue to
operate.
1-180
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 43. Low Fuel Pressure Caution Light ON Below Flight Idle Speed
NOTE
Engine and/or APU should not be on during test.
Yes Yes Replace green cable
Turn on aircraft fuel Do a green cable check
(para 7-35). Make
system priming pump for fuel pressure sensor
required checks (para 1-
(see note). Is light on? (para 1-97). Green cable
127) and continue to
faulty?
operate.
No
Yes
Check aircraft electrical Repair electrical system
system. System faulty? according to applicable
aircraft maintenance
manual and continue to
operate.
No
No
Troubleshoot aircraft fuel
system according to
troubleshooting
procedures in applicable
aircraft maintenance
manual and continue to
operate.
Yes
Remove fuel boost pump Reinstall pump (para
(para 6-34). Inspect for 6-38). Troubleshoot fuel
sheared shaft and for system according to
damage (para 6-36). troubleshooting pro-
Pump ok? cedures in applicable
aircraft maintenance
manual and continue to
operate.
No
Install new pump (para
6-38) and fuel filter
element (para 6-45).
Make required checks
(para 1-127) and continue
to operate.
1-181
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 44. Low Fuel Pressure Caution Light ON at or Above Flight Idle Speed
Yes
Troubleshoot aircraft Repair electrical system
electrical system according to
according to trouble- troubleshooting
shooting procedures procedures in applicable
in applicable aircraft aircraft maintenance
maintenance manual. manual and continue to
System faulty? operate.
No
Yes
Replace engine fuel boost Troubleshoot aircraft fuel
pump (para 6-33) and system according to
fuel filter element (para troubleshooting
6-45). Prime the engine procedures in applicable
fuel system (para 1-137). aircraft maintenance
Make required checks manual and continue to
(para 1-127 . ). Does operate.
fault remain?
No
Continue to operate.
1-182
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 45. Electrical Chip Detector Light Does Not Go ON During Electrical Chip
Detector Circuit Test (para 1-90)
Yes Yes
Disconnect aircraft E3 Disconnect green cable Replace chip detector
connector. Check for from chip detector and (para 8-51) and make
power (28 VDC) at remove chip detector required checks (para
sockets 11 and 12 on (para 8-52). Short out 1-127). Do a chip detect-
aircraft harness with chip detector gap while tor test (para 1-90) and
aircraft power on. checking for continuity continue to operate.
Sockets have 28 VDC? across pins 1 and 2 on
chip detector connector
(para 1-90). Circuit open?
No
No
Troubleshoot harness Replace green cable
according to trouble- (para 7-35.). Make re-
shooting procedures in quired checks (para
applicable aircraft 1-127) and continue to
maintenance manual
operate.
and continue to operate.
1-183
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 46. Electrical Chip Detector Light ON During Engine Operation
NOTE
• If engine chip detector light comes on, and if debris is "allowed" (fig. 1-48), a
series of up to three 15-minute ground runs at flat pitch, 100% Nr must be made
to clean engine oil system of debris.
• If engine chip detector light comes on, and debris is "allowed", continue making
runs until a 15-minute run is made without engine chip detector light coming on.
• If engine chip detector light comes on for 3 runs, replace engine.
• If no engine chip detector light comes on during a 15-minute run, continue to
operate.
• If engine chip detector light comes on and debris is "not allowed", replace
engine.
• Repetitive chip light occurences, after being cleared by 15-minute runs is cause
to reject the engine.
Yes No Yes
Disconnect green Analyze debris Remove engine Replace engine.
cable, remove chip (fig. 1-48). Debris scavenge screens make required
detector (para 8-52) "allowed"? and inspect (para checks (para 1-126)
and check it for 8-16). Debris and continue to
debris. Debris present? operate.
found on chip
detector? Yes
No No
Yes
See troubleshoot- Clean (para 8-53) Shut down engine.
ing procedure 47. and reinstall chip Remove chip de-
detector (para 8-55). tector and inspect
Replace oil filter it to verify no debris
element (para 8-35) is present. Continue
and do required to operate (see
checks (para 1- note).
223). Run engine
at flat pitch (100%)
Nr) (single engine
only) for 15 minutes.
minutes. Abort run
if engine operation
is abnormal. Was
a 15-minute run
completed without
engine chip detec-
tor light coming on?
No
1-184
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 46. Electrical Chip Detector Light ON During Engine Operation (Cont)
No
Yes Yes No
Engine chip de- Clean and reinstall Shut down engine. Replace engine.
tector light comes chip detector. Remove chip Make required
on during run. Shut Repeat 15-minute detector and checks (para 1-126)
down engine and run. Chip light analyze debris (fig. and continue to
inspect chip de- comes on? 1-48.). Is debris operate.
tector (fig. 1-48). "allowed"?
Is debris "allowed".
No
Yes
No
Yes
Replace engine. Clean and reinstall Replace engine.
Make required Shut down engine. chip detector. Make required
checks (para 1-126) Remove chip de- Repeat 15-minute checks (para 1-
tector and inspect it
and continue to run. Chip light 126) and continue
to verify no debris is
operate. comes on? to operate.
present. Continue
to operate.
No
Shut down engine.
Remove chip de-
tector and inspect
it to verify no debris
is present. Con-
tinue to operate.
1-185
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-48. Electrical Chip Detector Debris; Analysis
1-186
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 47. Electrical Chip Detector Light ON and No Debris Found
Yes Yes
Disconnect green cable Disconnect aircraft E3 Clean (para 8-53). In-
from chip detector. Check connector from green spect (para 8-54), and
engine chip detector cable. Light on? reinstall chip detector
caution light with air- (para 8-55). Trouble-
craft power on. Light on? shoot aircraft electrical
system according to
troubleshooting pro-
cedures in applicable
No aircraft maintenance
manual and continue to
operate.
Yes
Check between pins 11 Replace green cable
and 12 of green cable (para 7-35.). Clean
connector (W3J1) (para 8-53), inspect
resistance must be at least (para 8-54), and reinstall
10,000 ohms; otherwise, chip detector (para 8-55).
there is a short circuit. Make required checks
circuit. Is circuit shorted? (para 1-127 and con-
tinue to operate.
No
Check engine and aircraft
electrical connectors
No according to applicable
maintenance manual.
Replace any damaged
parts. Clean (para 8-53)
inspect (para 8-54), and
reinstall chip detector
(para 8-55). Make re-
quired checks (para 1-
127) and continue to
operate.
1-187
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 47. Electrical Chip Detector Light ON and No Debris Found (Cont)
No
Yes
Reconnect green cable to Replace chip detector
chip detector with aircraft (para 8-51). Make
power on, check engine required checks (para
chip detector caution light. 1-127) and continue to
Light on? operate.
No
Yes
Flex green cable to check Replace green cable
for intermittent shorts. (para 7-35). Make
Does engine chip detector required checks (para 1-
caution light flicker or 127) and continue to
come on? operate.
No
Make required checks
(para 1-127) and continue
to operate.
1-188
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 48. Excessive Oil Leakage at Overboard Drain (out-of-Limits)
NOTE
Overboard drain collects fluids from both engine and aircraft systems.
Yes Yes
Isolate swirl frame drain Check engine oil level. See troubleshooting
from aircraft common Oil level high? procedure 51.
drain and collect leakage.
Check oil leakage during
ground idle engine run.
Oil leakage from
overboard drain? No
Yes
Remove starter according Check for damaged
to applicable aircraft packing on starter jaw and
maintenance manual. check starter for oil
Check pad for oil-wetting. leakage. Repair faults
No Pad wet with oil? according to applicable
aircraft maintenance
manual; then verify no oil
leakage and continue to
operate.
No
Yes
Oil leakage from swirl Reinstall starter according Replace packing and
frame exceeds 5 cc/hr. to applicable aircraft reinstall HMU (para 6-44).
Replace No. 1 carbon maintenance manual. Make required checks
seal (para 2-22). Make Remove HMU (para 6- (para 1-127) and continue
required checks (para 40). Check for oil-wetting to operate.
2-22). Make required or damaged packing on
checks (para 1-127) and shaft. Pad wet with oil or
continue to operate. packing damaged?
No
1-189
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 48. Excessive Oil Leakage at Overboard Drain (out-of-Limits) (Cont)
No
Yes Yes
Replace axis-E carbon Remove and inspect fuel Replace fuel boost pump
seal and seal mating boost pump (para 6-34). (para 6-34). Make
ring (para 5-28). Rein- Reinstall fuel boost pump required checks (para
stall HMU (para 6-44). (para 6-38). Make 1-127) and continue to
Make required checks required checks (para operate.
(para 1-127 . ). Does 1-127). Does fault
fault remain? remain?
No No
Continue to operate. Continue to operate.
1-190
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 49. Excessive Oil Leakage at Service Port Scupper
Yes Yes
Check oil cap and adapter. Replace cap (para 8-80). See troubleshooting
for correct installation and Was engine operated procedure 53.
for damage (para 8-80). with oil pressure below
Cap and adapter faulty? limits (para 1-125)?
No
If necessary, add oil (para
1-112 ). Make required
No
checks (para 1-127) and
continue to operate.
Yes Yes
Remove starter accord- Is packing damaged? Replace packing
ing to applicable aircraft according to applicable
maintenance manual. aircraft maintenance
Inspect pad for oil- manual. If necessary,
wetting and for damaged add oil (para 1-112). Run
preformed packing on engine to verify no oil
No leakage and continue
shaft. Is pad wet with oil?
to operate.
Replace axis-B carbon
seal and seal mating ring
(para 5-28). Reinstall
starter according to
applicable aircraft main-
tenance manual. If
necessary, add oil (para
1-112). Make required
checks (para 1-127) and
and continue to operate.
No
1-191
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 49. Excessive Oil Leakage at Service Port Scupper (Cont)
No
Yes
Reinstall starter according Reinstall HMU (para 6-44)
to applicable aircraft and remove fuel boost
maintenance manual. pump (para 6-34).
Remove HMU (para 6-40). Replace preformed
Inspect pad for oil-wetting packing on boost pump
and for damaged pre- and reinstall boost pump
formed packing on shaft. (para 6-38). If necessary,
shaft. Is pad and pack- add oil (para 1-112).
ing ok? Make required checks
(para 1-127) and continue
to operate.
No
Yes
Pad is wet with oil. Is Replace packing and
packing damaged? reinstall HMU (para 6-44).
If necessary, add oil (para
1-112). Make required
checks (para 1-127) and
No continue to operate.
Replace AGB axis-E
carbon seal and seal
mating ring (para 5-28).
Reinstall HMU (para 6-44).
If necessary, add oil (para
1-112). Make required
checks (para 1-127) and
continue to operate.
1-192
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 50. High Oil Consumption (over limits)
If engine requires more than 3.5 quarts of oil, and engine was operated, engine
bearings may be damaged.
NOTE
• According to standard procedure, addition of oil in whole quart quantities may
result in apparent high oil consumption. If excessive oil consumption is
suspected, maintain a log of quarts of oil used and of engine operating time.
See paragraph 1-125 for limits.
• If engine oil system is serviced and engine is tipped during removal or
installation, oil will seep (oil forming drops, puddles, or streaks) from A-sump,
down stage 1 blades, and into bottom of the main frame. This is no cause to
reject the engine.
Yes
Check for oil leak- Clean engine (para
ing into engine inlet. 1-157) and continue
to operate.
No
Yes Yes Yes
Check oil cap Reinstall cap (para More than 3.5 Replace engine.
adapter for correct 1-112). If damaged, quarts added and Make required
installation and for replace cap (para engine operated? checks (para 1-
damage (para 8- 8-80 ). If necessary, 126) and continue
80). Cap faulty? add oil (para 1-112). to operate.
Less than 5 quarts
added? No
Make required
checks (para 1-
127) and continue
No
to operate.
No
1-193
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 50. High Oil Consumption (over limits) (Cont)
No
Yes
More than 5 quarts Replace engine.
added? Make required
checks (para 1-
126) and continue
to operate.
No
Yes Yes
Exactly 5 quarts Was caution light Replace engine.
were added. Did on for 2 minutes or Make required
cockpit oil pressure more? checks (para 1-126)
gage show red and and continue to
No did engine oil operate.
pressure caution
light come on? No
No
Check engine Check engine
according to according to
paragraph 1-74
. paragraph 1-74.
Make required Make required
checks (para 1- checks (para 1-
127) and continue 127) and continue
to operate. to operate.
Yes Yes
Check for external Locate, repair, or Make required
leaks on engine. replace part causing checks (para 1-
Leakage present? leak. Fault fixed? 127) and continue
to operate.
No No
No
1-194
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 50. High Oil Consumption (over limits) (Cont)
No No
Yes
Remove C-sump Remove C-sump
heat shield (para cover and replace
4-13). Check oil preformed packings
leakage at C-sump (para 4-13), reinstall
cover-to-housing C-sump cover and
joint. Leakage C-sump heat shield
present? (para 4-16). Make
required checks
(para 1-127 and
continue to operate.
No
Yes
Reinstall C-sump Tighten tubes and/
cover and heat or fittings as follows:
shield (para 4-16). • Scavenge tubes
No Check for loose oil (para 8-92)
scavenge tubes • Oil manifold
and oil manifold assembly
assembly fittings. (para 8-92)
Tube and/or fittings Make required
loose? checks (para 1-
127) and continue
to operate.
No
Replace oil and
scavenge pump
(para 8-11). Make
required checks
(para 1-127) and
continue to operate.
Yes
Smoke in exhaust? See troubleshoot-
ing procedure
. 59.
No
1-195
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 50. High Oil Consumption (over limits) (Cont)
No
Yes
Check for oil See troubleshoot-
leakage during ing procedure 48.
engine operation.
Leakage present?
No
Yes Yes
Check for oil Check for oil Replace No. 1
leakage in particle leakage at inner hub carbon seal (para
separator inlet duct joint between inlet 2-22.). Check and
and at clamp and engine swirl clear swirl frame
between blower frame. Leakage drain and over-
discharge and present? board drain. Make
aircraft blower duct. required checks
Leakage present? (para 1-127) and
continue to operate.
No
Yes Yes
Check for puddling Replace oil and Replace engine.
in main frame airflow scavenge pump Make required
path at 6 o'clock (para 8-11). Make checks (para 1-
position. Puddling? required checks 127) and continue
(para 1-127). to operate.
Puddling?
No
Continue to operate.
No
No
1-196
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 50. High Oil Consumption (over limits) (Cont)
No
Yes
Remove particle Replace packing
separator blower and reinstall blower
(para 5-11). Check (para 5-14). Make
for damaged required checks
preformed packing (para 1-127) and
on shaft. Check for continue to operate..
signs of excessive
oil-wetting from
accessory gearbox.
Packing damaged?
No
No
Replace blower
flange seal (carbon
seal) and mating
ring located at
particle separator
blower pad (para
5-28, step a).
Reinstall blower
(para 5-14). Make
required checks
(para 1-127) and
continue to operate.
Yes
Check for loose oil Tighten tubes and/
scavenge tubes or fittings as follows:
and oil manifold • Scavenge tubes
assembly fittings. (para 8-92)
Tubes and/or • Oil manifold
fittings loose? assembly
(para 8-92)
Make required
checks (para 1-
No 127) and continue
to operate.
Replace oil and
scavenge pump
(para 8-11). Make
required checks and
continue to operate.
1-197
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 51. High Oil Level (oil level above full mark on sight glass)
Yes
Check oil for fuel Replace oil cooler (para
contamination. Is oil 8-4). Replace contami-
contaminated? nated oil (para 1-116).
Make required checks
(para 1-127) and
continue to operate.
No
Engine may continue to
operate with over-
serviced oil tank.
1-198
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 52. High Oil Pressure
NOTE
A sudden increase in oil pressure of 10 psig over normal engine pressure is
cause for investigation. Do not change oil and scavenge and pump, because it
cannot cause high oil pressure. Oil pressure during initial start (cold oil)
should return to normal after 5 minutes at idle speed.
Yes
Inspect oil pressure Replace oil pressure
sensor (para 8-148). sensor (para 8-146).
Sensor faulty? Make required checks
(para 1-127) and con-
tinue to operate.
No
Yes
Do a green cable check Replace green cable (para
for the oil pressure sensor 7-35). Make required
circuit (para 1-95). checks (para 1-127 and
Green cable faulty? continue to operate.
No
Yes
Troubleshoot aircraft Repair indicating system
system according to according to applicable
troubleshooting aircraft maintenance
procedures in applicable manual and continue
aircraft maintenance to operate.
manual. System faulty?
No
Yes Yes
Check oil supply tubes for Replace B-sump oil inlet Make required checks
damage. Tubes ok? check valve (para 8-104) (para 1-127) and
Fault fixed? continue to operate.
No
No
Replace damaged oil Internal engine problem
supply tube(s) (para replace engine. Make
8-93). Make required required checks (para
checks (para 1-127) and 1-127) and continue to
continue to operate. operate.
1-199
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 53. No Oil Pressure
If engine requires more than 3.5 quarts of oil, and engine was operated, engine
bearings may be damaged.
Yes
Troubleshoot aircraft Repair indicating system
indicating system according to applicable
according to applicable aircraft maintenance
aircraft maintenance manual and continue to
manual. System faulty? operate.
No
Yes
Has engine run for more Replace engine. Make
than 1 minute with no oil required checks (para
pressure? 1-126 ) and continue to
operate.
No
Yes Yes
Check engine oil level. Add oil, 1 quart at a time. Replace engine. Make
Level low? More than 3.5 quarts required checks (para
added and engine 1-126 ) and continue to
operated? operate.
No
Yes
Add oil, 1 quart at a time. Replace engine. Make
More than 5 quarts required checks (para
added? 1-126 ) and continue to
operate.
No
No
Yes
If 5 quarts or less added, Install new oil and
remove oil and scavenge scavenge pump (para
pump (para 8-12) and 8-15.). Check engine
inspect for sheared shaft serviceability (para 1-74).
(para 8-14). P ump faulty? Make required checks
(para 1-127) and con-
tinue to operate.
No
1-200
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 53. No Oil Pressure (Cont)
No
Yes
Hand-crank engine (para Replace engine. Make
1-98.). Engine seized? required checks (para
1-126 ) and continue to
operate.
No
Yes
Replace oil pressure Make required checks
sensor (para 8-146) and (para 1-127) and con-
No do an engine rollover tinue to operate.
(para 1-122). Oil
pressure ok?
No
Replace engine. Make
required checks (para
1-126 ) and continue to
operate.
Yes
Inspect oil pressure sen- Replace oil pressure
sor (para 8-148 ). Sensor sensor (para 1-166).
faulty? Make required checks
(para 1-127) and con-
tinue to operate.
No
Yes
Do a green cable check Replace green cable (para
for oil pressure sensor 7-35.). Make required
(para 1-95. ). Green checks (para 1-127)
cable faulty? and continue to operate.
No
1-201
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 53. No Oil Pressure (Cont)
No
Yes
Troubleshoot aircraft Repair indicating system
indicating system according to applicable
according to trouble- aircraft maintenance
shooting procedures in manual and continue to
applicable aircraft operate.
maintenance manual.
System faulty?
No
Yes Yes
Remove oil and scavenge Hand-crank engine (para Replace engine. Make
pump (para 8-12) and 1-98). Engine seized? required checks (para
inspect for sheared shaft 1-126 ) and continue to
(para 8-14
. ). Pump ok? operate.
No
No
Yes
Install new oil and Replace oil pressure Make required checks
scavenge pump (para sensor (para 8-146) and (para 1-127) and con-
8-15. ). Check engine do an engine rollover tinue to operate.
serviceability (para 1-74). (para 1-122). Oil pressure
Make required checks ok?
(para 1-127) and
continue to operate.
No
Replace engine. Make
required checks (para
1-126 )and continue to
operate.
1-202 Change 4
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 54. (T700, T701C) No Oil Temperature
Yes Yes
Disconnect green cable Disconnect green cable Troubleshoot aircraft
connector W3P6 from oil connector W3J1. Check indicating system
temperature sensor. continuity between the according to
Check resistance between following: troubleshooting
the following: procedures in applicable
W3P6 W3J1 aircraft maintenance
Pin Resistance 1 to 10 manual and continue to
1 to shell Open 2 to 9 operate.
2 to shell Open 3 to 8
3 to shell Short
1 to 2 50 to Check for shorts between
200 ohms pins. Check ok?
Resistance check ok?
No
No
Replace oil temperature Replace green cable
sensor (para 8-141). (para 7-35.). Make re-
Make required checks quired checks (para 1-127)
(para 1-127) and con- and continue to operate.
tinue to operate.
1-203
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 55. Oil Filter Bypass Light Comes ON
NOTE
During engine starting when engine oil is below normal operating temperature,
cockpit oil filter bypass light may come on and may remain on until oil reaches
38°C (100°F). If oil filter is too dirty, light will remain on after oil temperature is
stable.
Yes Yes
Has impending bypass Replace oil filter element Drain and refill oil tank
button popped? (para 8-35) and reset (para 1-116). Make
impending bypass button. required checks (para
Excessive amount of 1-127) and continue to
debris found in filter or operate.
bowl?
No
Yes
Check electrical chip See troubleshooting
detector for debris. procedure 46.
Debris found on chip
No detector?
No
Make required checks
(para 1-127) and continue
to operate.
Yes Yes
Disconnect green cable Check sensor pins 1-to-2, Replace bypass sensor
from oil filter bypass pin 1-to-connector shell, (para 8-24). Reconnect
sensor. Check cockpit and pin 2-to-shell. Short green cable to sensor and
light with aircraft power circuit? run engine to make sure
on. Is light off? that light stays off. Make
No required checks (para
1-127) and continue to
operate.
Replace green cable
(para 7-35). Reconnect
cable to sensor and run
engine to make sure that
No
light stays off. Make
required checks (para 1-
127) and continue to
operate.
1-204
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 55. Oil Filter Bypass Light Comes ON (Cont)
No
Yes
Fault is electrical (filter is Troubleshoot aircraft
not clogged). Disconnect electrical system
aircraft E3 harness (W3J1) according to
at 10 o'clock position on troubleshooting
swirl frame flange. Check procedures in applicable
cockpit light with aircraft aircraft maintenance
power on. Is light on? manual. Reconnect
aircraft harness to green
cable. Check bypass light
with aircraft power on to
make sure that light stays
off. Make required checks
No (para 1-127) and
continue to operate.
Yes
Check engine and aircraft Make required checks
connectors for bent or (para 1-127) and con-
damaged pins. Replace tinue to operate.
damaged part(s).
Reconnect aircraft harness
to green cable and check
bypass light with aircraft
power on. Is light off?
No
Yes
Disconnect green cable Replace bypass sensor
from oil filter bypass (para 8-24
. ). Reconnect
sensor. Check sensor green cable to sensor and
pins 1 to 2, pin 1 to run engine to make sure
connector shell, and pin 2 that light stays off. Make
to shell. Short circuit? required checks (para
1-127 ) and continue to
operate.
No
Replace green cable (para
7-35
. ). Reconnect cable to
sensor and run engine to
make sure that light stays
off. Make required checks
(para 1-127 ) and continue
to operate.
1-205
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 56. Oil Pressure Below Limits
• If engine runs for more than 1 minute with oil pressure below
minimum limits (para 1-125 ) and of aircraft indicating system is ok,
replace engine. Make required checks (para 1-126) and continue to operate.
• If engine requires more than 3.5 quarts of oil, and engine was
operated, engine bearings may be damaged.
Yes
(T700) Operate engine at Continue to operate.
90% Ng and note
minimum oil pressure (35
psi). Is oil pressure above
35 psi?
No
Yes
Check electrical connector Clean electrical connector
at oil pressure transmitter (para H-11
) and continue
for corrosion or water. to operate.
Corrosion or water
present?
No
Yes
Check engine for external Locate, repair, or replace
oil leaks. Any oil leaks? part causing leak. Check
oil level and add oil if
necessary (para 1-112).
Do an engine service-
ability check (para 1-74).
Make required checks
No para 1-127) and
continue to operate.
Yes
Check engine oil level. Oil See troubleshooting.
level high?
No
1-206
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 56. Oil Pressure Below Limits (Cont)
No
Yes Yes
Oil level low? Add oil, 1 quart at a time. Replace engine. Make
More than 3.5 quarts required checks (para
added and engine 1-126 )and continue to
operated? operate.
No
Yes
Add oil, 1 quart at a time. Replace engine. Make
More than 5 quarts required checks (para
added? 1-126 ) and continue to
operate.
No
Yes
Less than 5 quarts added? Continue to operate.
No
No Yes
Exactly 5 quarts were Replace engine. Make
added. Did cockpit oil required checks (para
pressure gage show red, 1-126 ) and continue to
and did engine oil operate.
pressure light come on for
2 minutes or more?
No
Check engine (para 1-
1-74). Make required
checks (para 1-127)
and continue to operate.
Yes
Oil level is ok. Remove Replace engine. Make
radial drive shaft cover required checks (para
assembly (para 5-29) 1-126 ) and continue to
and inspect axis-A oil operate.
nozzle. Oil nozzle broken?
No
1-207
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 56. Oil Pressure Below Limits (Cont)
No
Yes
Inspect oil pressure Replace oil pressure
sensor (para 8-149). sensor (para 8-146).
Sensor faulty? Make required checks
(para 1-127) and con-
tinue to operate.
No
Yes
Do a green cable check Replace green cable (para
for the oil pressure 7-35.). Make required
sensor circuit checks (para 1-127) and
cable faulty? continue to operate.
No
Yes
Troubleshoot aircraft Repair indicating system
indicating system according to applicable
according to aircraft maintenance
troubleshooting manual and continue to
procedures in applicable operate.
aircraft maintenance
manual. System faulty?
No
Yes
Install oil pressure gage in Replace oil pressure
place of oil pressure sensor (para 8-146).
sensor to verify low oil Make required checks
pressure. Pressure ok? (para 1-127) and con-
tinue to operate.
No
Yes
Replace oil and scavenge Check engine (para
pump (para 8-11). Run 1-74.). Make required
engine and check oil checks (para 1-127) and
pressure. pressure ok? continue to operate.
No
Replace engine. Make
required checks (para
1-126 ) and continue to
operate.
1-208
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 57. Oil Pressure Fluctuates
If engine requires more than 3.5 quarts of oil and engine was operated, engine
bearings may be damaged.
NOTE
A change of ±5 PSIG is cause for investigation. Oil pressure will change during
transient conditions. These changes should stop about 1 minute after return to
steady-state Ng conditions.
Yes Yes
Check engine oil level. Oil Add oil, 1 quart at a time. Replace engine. Make
level low? More than 3.5 quarts required checks (para
added and engine 1-126 ) and continue to
operated? operate.
No
Yes
Add oil, 1 quart at a time. Replace engine. Make
More than 5 quarts required checks (para
added? 1-126 ) and continue to
operate.
No
Yes
If 5 quarts or less added, Continue to operate.
check oil consumption
(para 1-144). Is
consumption within limits?
No
No
Yes
Smoke in exhaust? Seetroubleshooting
procedure 59
.
No
Seetroubleshooting
procedure 50
.
1-209
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 57. Oil Pressure Fluctuates (Cont)
No
Yes
Inspect oil pressure sensor Replace oil pressure
(para 8-150). Sensor sensor (para 8-146).
faulty? Make required checks
(para 1-127) and continue
to operate.
No
Yes
Do a green cable check Replace green cable (para
for the oil pressure sensor 7-35). Make required
circuit (para 1-95). Green checks (para 1-127) and
cable faulty? continue to operate.
No
Yes
Replace oil and scavenge Replace engine. Make
pump (para 8-11). Run required checks (para
engine and check oil 1-126) and continue to
pressure. Fault remains? operate.
No
Make required checks
(para 1-127 ) and continue
to operate.
1-210
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 58. (T700, T701C) Oil Temperature Exceeds Limits (exceeds normal
operating temperature for affected engine)
If engine requires more than 3.5 quarts of oil and engine was operated, engine
bearings may be damaged.
Yes Yes
Check engine oil level. Oil Add oil, 1 quart at a time. Replace engine. Make
level low? More than 3.5 quarts required checks (para
added and engine 1-126 ) and continue to
operated? operate.
No
Yes
Add oil, 1 quart at a time. Replace engine. Make
More than 5 quarts required checks (para
added? 1-126 ) and continue to
operate.
No
Yes
If 5 quarts or less added, Continue to operate.
check oil consumption
(para 1-144). Consump-
tion within limits?
No
Yes
No Seetroubleshooting
Smoke in exhaust?
procedure 59
.
No
Seetroubleshooting
procedure 50
.
1-211
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 58. (T700, T701C) Oil Temperature Exceeds Limits (exceeds normal
operating temperature for affected engine) (Cont)
No
Yes
Inspect oil temperature Replace oil temperature
sensor (para 8-143). sensor (para 8-143).
Sensor faulty? Make required checks
(para 1-127) and con-
tinue to operate.
No
Yes
Do a green cable check Replace green cable (para
for the oil temperature 7-35.). Make required
sensor circuitpara
( 1-96). checks (para 1-127)
Green cable faulty? and continue to operate.
No
Yes
Troubleshoot aircraft Repair indicating system
indicating system according to applicable
according to aircraft maintenance
troubleshooting manual and continue to
procedures in applicable operate.
aircraft maintenance
manual. System faulty?
No
Yes Yes
Replace oil cooler (para Replace oil and scavenge Replace engine. Make
8-4) and run engine. Does pump (para 8-11) and required checks (para
fault remain? run engine. Does fault 1-126 ) and continue to
remain? operate.
No
No
Make required checks Make required checks
(para 1-127) and con- (para 1-127) and continue
tinue to operate. to operate.
1-212
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 59. Smoke in Exhaust
NOTE
• White mist coming out of tailpipe prior to engine lightoff is fuel mist.
• Smoke may be visible during the start cycle, especially at low
ambient temperatures.
• During locked rotor operation, exhaust smoke may be present.
• If engine oil system is serviced and engine is tipped during removal or
or installation, oil will seep from A-sump, down stage 1 blades, and into bottom of
into the main frame. This is no cause to reject the engine.
Yes
Check for oil or Clean engine (para
hydraulic fluid 1-157) and continue
leaking into engine to operate.
inlet. Isolate and
correct source of
aircraft leakage into
inlet. Fault fixed?
No
Yes
Check for visible Continue to operate.
signs of oil leakage
at scavenge tubes
and at oil manifold
assembly fittings.
Tighten leaking
tubes and/or fittings
and run engine.
Fault fixed?
No
(T701)Remove,
clean, and inspect
B-sump inlet check
valve (para 8-104).
Run engine. Smoke
in exhaust?
No Yes
Continue to operate.
1-213
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 59. Smoke in Exhaust (Cont)
Yes
Yes Yes
Remove each oil Check oil manifold Continue to operate.
pump scavenge tube assembly for
screen (para 8-17). leakage at the
checking for: following locations:
• Loose fitting • C-sump aft
• Damaged scavenge tube
packing • C-sump fwd
• Clogged creen
s scavenge tube
Screens ok? • Midframe
connection
(for B-sump
scavage)
Tighten loose
connections and run
engine. Fault fixed?
No
Yes Yes
Check oil manifold Tighten bolts and Remove oil manifold
to AGB flange for oil run engine. Smoke (para 8-87 )and
leakage and for in exhaust? inspect flange.
loose bolts. Any Replace manifold
leakage or loose adapter gasket and
bolts? reinstall oil manifold
No (para 8-92). Run
No engine to verify no
smoke in exhaust
No and continue to
Replace oil and Continue to operate.
operate.
scavenge pump
(para 8-11). Make
required checks
(para 1-127) and
continue to operate.
1-214
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 59. Smoke in Exhaust (Cont)
No
Yes
Clean screens as Make required
required (save checks (para 1-127)
contaminant). and continue to
Replace packing operate.
and reinstall
screens. If
contaminant that
clogs screen is
coked oil or machine
chips, run engine for
10 minutes with PCL
set at fly. Shut
engine down, and
inspect screens
clear and no smoke
in exhaust?
No
Yes Yes Yes
Check oil manifold Tighten bolts and Remove oil manifold Replace engine.
to AGB flange for oil run engine. Smoke (para 8-87 ) and Required checks
leakage and for in exhaust? inspect flange. (para 1-126) and
loose bolts. Any Replace manifold continue to operate.
leakage or loose adapter gasket and
bolts? reinstall oil manifold
(para 8-92. ). Run
No engine. Smoke in
exhaust?
No
Continue to operate. Continue to operate.
No
1-215
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 59. Smoke in Exhaust (Cont)
No
Yes Yes
Remove oil and Remove oil manifold Replace engine.
scavenge pump (para 8-87) and Required checks
(para 8-11
. ). Make inspect flange. (para 1-126 ) and
required checks Replace manifold continue to operate.
(para 1-127). adapter gasket and
Smoke in exhaust? reinstall oil manifold
(para 8-92. ). Run
engine. Smoke in
exhaust?
No
No
Continue to operate. Continue to operate.
1-216
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 60. Overspeed Cuts in with One Test Button Depressed
Yes
Troubleshoot aircraft Repair circuits accord-
overspeed wiring circuits ing to applicable aircraft
for proper operation and maintenance manual.
for short circuits accord Make an overspeed
ing to troubleshooting check (para 1-132
procedures in applicable to operate.
aircraft maintenance
manual. Circuits faulty?
No
Replace (T700, T701)
ECU or (T701C) DEC
(para 7-11). Make
required checks (para
1-127 )and continue to
operate.
1-217
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 61. Overspeed Test System Will Not Operate (overspeed test system fails to
cut back Ng and Np)
NOTE
If the overspeed test is performed with both PCL's in "fly" position, cutback in Np
may not be indicated on the aircraft instruments and may appear to be always at
100%. However, Ng must decrease.
Yes Yes
Torque indicating on (T700)Check POU (para (T700)Replace POU
cockpit instrument? 1-85). Valve or unit (para 6-87
. ). Make
faulty? required checks (para
1-127 ) and continue to
(T701, T701C) Check operate.
ODV (para 1-85). Valve
faulty? (T701, T701C)Replace
ODV (para 6-74). Make
required checks (para
1-127) and continue to
operate.
No
Yes
Troubleshoot aircraft Repair switches and/or
overspeed test switches wiring harness according
and aircraft harness to to applicable aircraft
(T700, T701)ECU or maintenance manual and
(T701C)DEC for open continue to operate.
circuit and for continuity
according to
No troubleshooting
procedures in applicable
aircraft maintenance
manual. Switches and/or
wiring harness faulty?
No
Replace (T700, T701)
ECU or (T701C) DEC
(para 7-11). Make re-
quired checks (para 1-127)
and continue to operate.
1-218
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 61. Overspeed Test System Will Not Operate (overspeed test system fails to
cut back Ng and Np) (Cont)
No
Yes Yes
Check torque and Replace sensor (para Replace (T700, T701)
overspeed sensor system 7-69) and/or blue cable ECU or (T701C)DEC
(para 1-84
). System (para 7-46). Fault (para 7-11
). Make
faulty? remains? required checks (para
1-127) and continue to
operate.
No No
Replace (T700, T701) Make required checks
ECU or (T701C)DEC (para 1-127
) and continue
(para 7-11
). Make to operate.
required checks (para
1-127) and continue to
operate.
1-219
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 62. ECU or DEC Lockout Mode Inoperative (engine will not respond to ECU
or DEC lockout when PCL is advanced to maximum position or engine
will not reset from lockout)
NOTE
During normal operation, when PCL is advanced to maximum position, a
rapid increase in% Ng will occur. Manual control of PCL is required to
maintain 100% Np (20,900 RPM) and balanced torques.
Yes Yes
Does engine go into Will engine reset to Continue to operate.
lockout mode? normal operation when
PCL is retarded to ground
idle.
No
No
Yes
With engine shut down, Replace HMU (para
check PAS for correct 6-39). Make required
rigging by advancing PCL checks (para 1-127) and
to lockout and observe continue to operate.
vapor vent. Listen for a
click from Hamilton
Standard HMU or aline
the white line on the PAS
spindle with the stop boss
on the Woodward
Governor HMU when PCL
is advanced to lockout.
Vapor vent observed,
click heard or white line
alined with stop boss?
No
1-220
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 62. ECU or DEC Lockout Mode Inoperative (engine will not respond to ECU
or DEC lockout when PCL is advanced to maximum position or engine
will not reset from lockout) (Cont)
No
Yes
Remove PAS rotary Check PCL and PAS
actuator. Rotate PAS by linkage for proper ground
hand fully clockwise and idle rig position according
then fully counterclock- to applicable aircraft
wise. Listen for click at maintenance manual and
HMU or look for alinement continue to operate.
of white line when
rotating CCW. Click
heard or white line
aligned?
No
Yes
Do a torque and Replace faulty part:
overspeed sensor system • Blue cable (para 7-46)
check (para 1-84). • Torque and
System faulty? overspeed sensor
(para 7-69)
Make required checks
(para 1-127) and continue
No
to operate.
Replace HMU (para
6-39). Make required
checks (para 1-127) and
continue to operate.
1-221
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 63. Low Engine Performance (verified by maximum power check)
NOTE
When one engine is low in power and is operating on its TGT limiter or topping
limit, It is normal to observe and indicated torque difference between engines.
This torque difference may exceed 5%. The total torque difference will depend
on the individual health of each engine.
Yes
Is anti-icing advisory light See troubleshooting
on with anti-icing switch procedure 2.
off during max power
check?
No
Yes Yes
Check for looseness and/ Tighten or replace as Make required checks
or leakage in the following necessary. Fault fixed? (para 1-127) and continue
engine and aircraft parts: to operate.
• Fuel hoses/tubes
• All aircraft air hoses
and tube connections
to the engine
• (T700) P3 hose and
tube
• (T701, T701C) P3
tube
Looseness and/or
leakage?
No
No
1-222
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 63. Low Engine Performance (verified by maximum power check) (Cont)
Yes Yes
Visually inspect (para Clean compressor p ( ara Continue to operate.
1-284) engine inlet 1-157) and do a
actuating system linkage maximum power check
assembly for foreign (para 1-145 (T700), 1-
object jamming. Using an 146 (T701, T701C AH-
open-end wrench on flats 64A), or 1-147 (T701C
of actuating shaft, extend UH-60L)). Engine torque
and retract HMU actuator ok?
rod. Check for full HMU
No
actuator rod travel of 1.6-
Yes
1.8 inches (see fig.
Using borescope (para Replace engine. Make
1-146) and for loose
1-172). Inspect the required checks (para
variable vane levers at
following: 1-126) and continue to
vane spindles and
• Compressor operate.
actuating rings, and for
• Combustion No liner
loose actuating ring
• Stage 1 nozzle assy
bearing buttons. System
Component(s) damage
ok?
out-of-limits?
No No
Yes
Replace engine. Make Do a thermocouple Make required checks
required checks (para assembly check (para (para 1-127) and continue
1-126) and continue to 1-83) and a torque and to operate.
operate. overspeed sensor system
check (para 1-84).
Replace faulty part(s). Is
fault fixed?
No
Yes
Do a torque repeatablility Replace power turbine
check (para 1-88). Is module (para 4-4). Make
torque repeatability out- required checks
of-limits? (para 1-126) and continue
to operate.
No
Yes
Check aircraft torque and Continue to operate.
TGT indicating systems
according to the
troubleshooting
procedures in applicable
aircraft maintenance
manual. Repair as
necessary. Is fault fixed?
No
Change 5 1-223
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 63. Low Engine Performance (verified by maximum power check) (Cont)
No
Yes
(T700)For engines Continue to operate.
equipped with ECU PN
4046T29G07 and below,
is engine torque factor
greater than or equal to
0.85 and aircraft torque
factor greater than 0.90?
(T701, T701C)Is engine
torque factor greater than
or equal to 0.85 and
aircraft torque factor
greater than 0.90?
No
Yes
(T700)For engines not Continue to operate.
already equipped, install
ECU PN 4046T29G09 and
subsequent (para
7-11). Is engine torque
factor greater than or
equal to 0.85 and aircraft
torque factor greater than
or equal to 0.90? Is fault
fixed?
No
Replace engine. Make
required checks (para
1-126) and continue to
operate.
1-224
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 64. Stable Operation with ECU or DEC Locked Out (Ng, TGT, and Np
fluctuated above and below limits when ECU or DEC was not
locked out)
Yes
Check aircraft LDS system Repair LDS system
for improper rigging, according to applicable
sticking, and aircraft maintenance
nonrepeatability. System manual and continue to
faulty? operate.
No
Yes
Check for loose electrical
Tighten loose connector(s)
connectors and clean
and continue to operate.
(para H-11
) connectors at:
• Np sensor
(yellow cable)
• Torque and
overspeed sensor
(blue cable)
• HMU (yellow cable)
blue line must not
show
• ECU or DEC (yellow
cable and blue
cables) blue line must
not show
• ECU or DEC (E1
connector, aircraft
cable)
Connector(s) loose?
No
Yes
Check aircraft Np demand Repair Np demand system
system (para 1-86). according to applicable
System faulty? aircraft maintenance
manual and continue to
operate.
No
Make circuit checks at S39
connector (para 1-79).
Replace faulty part(s).
Make required checks
(para 1-127) and continue
to operate.
Change 3 1-225
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 65. TGT Margin Out-of-Limits (from HIT check done according to
procedures in applicable aircraft maintenance manual)
Yes Yes
Was an unusually Using borescope Replace engine.
high-pitched whining (para 1-172
), Make required
sound para
( 1-87
) inspect compressor. checks (para
heard during engine Compressor 1-126) and continue
operation? damage out-of- to operate.
limits?
No
No
Yes Yes
Has engine anti-ice Seetroubleshooting Continue to operate.
advisory light procedure. 2Is fault
remained on at or corrected?
slightly above limit
line offigure 1-118
when anti-ice switch
is off?
No
No
Yes Yes Yes
Does inlet anti-ice Check aircraft fat Calibrate or replace Continue to operate.
advisory light gage for error by: gage according to
operate correctly? • Checking applicable aircraft
calibration maintenance
• Comparing manual. Do a hit
No
gage against check para
( 1-155).
gages in other Hit check within
Troubleshoot aircraft aircraft limits?
inlet anti-ice system • Comparing
according to reading on
applicable aircraft gage against
maintenance reading on an
manual and accurate
continue to operate. thermometer
Gage in error?
No
No
1-226
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 65. TGT Margin Out-of-Limits (from HIT check done according to
procedures in applicable aircraft maintenance manual) (Cont)
No
Yes
Clean the Continue to operate.
compressor (para
1-157) and do a hit
No check (para 1-155).
Hit check within
limits?
No
No
Clean the Do a max power
compressor (para check (para 1-145
1-157) and do a hit (T700), 1-146
check (para 1-155). (T701, T701C
Hit check within AH-64A), or 1-147
limits? (T701C UH-60L)).
Yes
Continue to operate.
1-227
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 66. Torque and/or TGT Erratic/Fluctuating High/Low or Spiking
(not accompanied by engine power changes)
NOTE
• Erratic TRQ or TGT not accompanied by engine power changes.
• Some engine history recorder malfunctions can affect either or both engine TRQ
or TGT.
• Prior experience has shown that the interface between the engine and the VIDS
is sensitive to airframe induced transient voltages.
Yes
Disconnect both Replace faulty
engine history component and
recorder connectors continue to operate.
and aircraft engine
speed control
potentiometer. Fault
fixed?
No
Yes
Attach permanent
Inspect, clean and
cable. If all faults
reconnect both
are fixed continue to
engine history
operate.
recorder connectors
and aircraft engine
speed control
potentiometer.
Temporarily install a
3/32 inch dia steel
bonding jumper
cable between each
engine and engine
fire wall. Fault fixed?
No
Yes Yes Yes
Make circuit checks Operate engine. Continue to operate.
Remove temporary at S39 connector Fault fixed?
jumper cables. (para 1-79) on both
Remove, clean, (T700, T701) ECUs
inspect, and including shorts to
reconnect all engine ground (para 1-79).
and aircraft electrical Checks ok?
connectors.
Connectors ok?
No
No
Repair, replace
faulty component.
Repair as required. Continue to operate.
Make required
checks. Continue to No
operate.
1-228
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 66. Torque and/or TGT Erratic/Fluctuating High/Low or Spiking
(not accompanied by engine power changes) (Cont)
No
Yes Yes
If aircraft is a Black Replace SDC pin Continue to operate.
Hawk, remove pin filter adapter. Fault
filter adapter. Fault fixed?
fixed?
No
No
Yes
Reinstall SDC pin Continue to operate.
filter adapter.
Replace signal data
converter according
to applicable aircraft
maintenance
manual. Fault fixed?
No
Yes
Replace alternator Continue to operate.
stator para
( 7-51
).
Fault fixed?
No
Yes
Replace(T700, Continue to operate.
T701)ECU, or
(T701C)DEC p ( ara
7-51). Fault fixed?
No
1-229
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 66. Torque and/or TGT Erratic/Fluctuating High/Low or Spiking
(not accompanied by engine power changes) (Cont)
No
Yes
Replace yellow Continue to operate.
cable para
( 7-41
).
Fault fixed?
No
Yes
Replace Np sensor. Continue to operate.
Fault fixed?
No
Yes
Replace torque and Continue to operate.
overspeed sensor
.
Fault fixed?
No
Yes
Replace Continue to operate.
thermocouple
assembly (para
7-62). Fault fixed?
No
Determine cause of
induced voltage.
See note.
1-230
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 67. (T700, T701) ECU Torque and/or TGT Erratic
NOTE
(T700) Electrical control units (ECUs) with PN 4046T29G10 (7042M12G09) and
lower are often damaged when the alternator is shorted. These ECUs should
be rejected. ECUs with PN 4046T29G11 (7042M12G07) and up incorporate a
design improvement to prevent such damage. Therefore, there is no cause to
reject these ECUs.
Yes
Troubleshoot aircraft Repair aircraft indicating
indicating system for system and continue to
proper operation and for operate.
short circuits according to
troubleshooting
procedures in applicable
aircraft maintenance
manual. Circuits faulty?
No
Yes Yes
Check yellow cable Tighten, clean, or repair Replace faulty parts.
connector at ECU, connectors as required. Make required checks
alternator stator, and Connectors faulty? (para 1-127
) and continue
thermocouple harness for to operate.
tightness. Remove
connector, and check No
exposed pins and sockets
for damage, moisture, and
Continue to operate.
foreign objects.
Connectors faulty?
No
Yes
Check alternator at yellow Make circuit checks at S39
cable connection for connectorpara
( 1-79
) and
shorts from each pin to continue to operate.
ground (para 1-82) (
Alternator stator ok?
No
1-231
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 67. (T700, T701) ECU Torque and/or TGT Erratic (Cont)
No
Yes
Replace alternator stator Continue to operate.
(para 7-51
) and(T700)
ECUspara
( 7-11
) PN
4046T29G10
(7042M12G09) or lower on
both engines. Make
required checks (para
1-127). System ok?
No
Yes
If ECU was not replaced If ECU was not replaced
by prior action, replace by prior action, replace
ECU para
( 7-11
) and ECU on other engine
make required checks (para 7-11
). Make
(para 1-127
). Fault required checks (para
remains? 1-127) and continue to
operate.
No
Continue to operate.
1-232
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 68. Torque Instrument Not Indicating or Fluctuating
(all other instruments normal)
Yes Yes
Check aircraft E1 electrical Tighten, clean, or repair Replace faulty part(s).
connector (T700,
at T701) connectors as required. Make required checks
ECU or (T701C)DEC for Connectors faulty? (para 1-127
) and continue
tightness. Remove to operate.
connector and check No
exposed pins and sockets
for moisture, foreign
objects, and damage. Continue to operate.
Connectors faulty?
No
Yes
Troubleshoot aircraft Repair torque indicating
torque indicating system system according to
according to applicable aircraft
troubleshooting maintenance manual and
procedures in applicable continue to operate.
aircraft maintenance
manual. System faulty?
No
Yes
Do a torque and Replace faulty part:
overspeed sensor system • Blue cable (para 7-46)
checkpara
( 1-84
). • Torque and
System faulty? overspeed sensor
(para 7-69).
Make required checks
(para 1-127
) and continue
No to operate.
Replace (T700, T701)
ECU or (T701C)DEC
(para 7-11
). Make
required checks (para
1-127) and continue to
operate.
1-233
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 69. Torque Split (control system malfunctions, which results in a torque
split of greater than 5% when both engines are operating below TGT
limiter or topping)
NOTE
Differences in % torque between engines may be indicated at max
power if one engine is TGT control-limited or is topping limited. This
is acceptable if the engine with the lower % torque meets
minimum power check requirements.
Yes
Does affected engine go Seetroubleshooting
to low power (Ng) with a procedure 70
.
torque split? (If torque
required is 50% or more
per engine, Np/Nr will
droop below Np demand
setting.)
No
Yes
Does affected engine go Seetroubleshooting
to max power (Ng) with a procedure 71
.
torque split? (If torque
required is 50% or more
per engine, Np/Nr will
exceed Np demand
setting.)
No
Yes
Steady-state and transient Seetroubleshooting
matching is working, but procedure 72
.
steady-state torque split is
greater than 5% or splits
occur randomly without
causing excessive Np/Nr
overspeed or underspeed.
Torque split intermittent?
No
1-234
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 69. Torque Split (control system malfunctions, which results in a torque
split of greater than 5% when both engines are operating below TGT
limiter or topping) (Cont)
No
Yes
Torque split occurs at high Seetroubleshooting
power only? procedure 73
.
No
Yes
Torque split occurs Seetroubleshooting
throughout power range? procedure 74
.
No
Yes
Torque hangup during Seetroubleshooting
engine acceleration and procedure 75
.
deceleration.
1-235
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 70. Torque Split (Engine Goes to Lower Power) (Np/Nr decreases below Np
demand setting. Affected engine reduces power and does not respond
to an increase in collective pitch.)
Yes Yes
Affected engine goes to Lock out(T700, T701) Replace HMU (para
idle? ECU, or(T701C)DEC. 6-39). Make required
Fault remains? checkspara
( 1-127
) and
continue to operate.
No
Yes
Replace (T700, T701) Check aircraft Np demand
ECU, or(T701C)DEC systempara
( 1-86
).
(para 7-11
) and make Troubleshoot Np demand
No required checks (para system according to
1-127). Fault remains? troubleshooting
procedures in applicable
No aircraft maintenance
manual and continue to
Continue to operate. operate.
Yes
Affected engine is unable (T700)Replace P3 hose
to attain power. and tubepara
( 10-4
).
(T700)Check P3 hose Make required checks
and tube for damage or (para 1-127
) and continue
leakage. P3 hose and to operate.
tube faulty?
(T701, T701C)Replace
(T701, T701C)
Check P3 P3 hose and tube (para
tube for damage or 10-54). Make required
leakage. P3 tube faulty? checkspara
( 1-127
) and
continue to operate.
No
Yes
Troubleshoot PCL and Repair control system
LDS control system according to applicable
according to aircraft maintenance
troubleshooting manual and continue to
procedures in applicable operate.
aircraft maintenance
manual. System faulty?
No
1-236
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 70. Torque Split (Engine Goes to Lower Power) (Np/Nr decreases below Np
demand setting. Affected engine reduces power and does not respond
to an increase in collective pitch.) (Cont)
No
Yes Yes
Replace HMU (para Check engine anti-icing Seetroubleshooting
6-39) and make required system for proper procedure. 2
checks (para 1-127). Fau lt operation. System faulty?
remains?
No
No
Yes
Continue to operate. (T700)Replace POU Seetroubleshooting
(para 6-87
). Make procedure 63
.
required checks (para
1-127). Fault remains?
(T701, T701C) Replace
ODV para
( 6-74). Make
required checks (para
1-127). Fault remains?
No
Continue to operate.
1-237
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 71. Torque Split (Engine Goes to Maximum Power) (Np/Nr exceeds demand
setting. Engine goes to maximum power of 97-102% Ng.)
Yes Yes
Check electrical Tighten, clean, or repair Replace faulty part(s).
connectors for bent pins or connectors as required. Make required checks
contamination. Make sure Connectors faulty? (para 1-127
) and continue
that all connections are to operate.
tight. Connectors faulty?
No
Continue to operate.
No
Yes Yes
Np indicating system Make Np sensor system Replace faulty part:
faulty? check para
( 1-80
). • Yellow cable
System faulty? (para 7-41
)
• Np sensor
No
(para 7-75)
Make required checks
(para 1-127
) and continue
Replace (T700, T701) to operate.
ECU, or(T701C)DEC
No (para 7-11
). Make
required check (para
1-127) and continue to
operate.
Yes Yes
Torque indicating system Do an overspeed check to Replace(T700, T701)
faulty? isolate fault to the torque ECU, or(T701C)DEC
and overspeed system (para 7-11
). Make
(para 1-132). Overspeed required checks (para
protection system 1-127) and continue to
operates properly when operate.
both buttons are pushed?
No
Yes
Make torque and Replace(T700, T701)
No overspeed sensor system ECU, or(T701C)DEC
check para
( 1-84
). (para 7-11
). Make
Replace faulty part. Fault required checks (para
remains? 1-127) and continue to
operate.
No
1-238
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 71. Torque Split (Engine Goes to Maximum Power) (Np/Nr exceeds demand
setting. Engine goes to maximum power of 97-102% Ng.) (Cont)
No
Make required checks
No (para 1-127) and con-
tinue to operate.
Yes Yes
Np, torque and Ng, or Np Check alternator and Replace faulty part:
and torque indicating yellow cable (para 1-82). • Yellow cable
systems faulty? System faulty? (para 7-41
)
• Np sensor
No
(para 7-75)
Make required checks
(para 1-127
) and continue
Replace (T700, T701) to operate.
ECU, or(T701C)DEC
(para 7-11
). Make
No
required checks (para
1-127) and continue to
operate.
Yes Yes
All instruments indicating? Troubleshoot LDS and Repair fault according to
PAS aircraft actuation applicable aircraft
systems and rigging maintenance manual and
according to continue to operate.
troubleshooting
procedures in applicable
aircraft maintenance
manual. System or rigging
faulty?
No
1-239
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 71. Torque Split (Engine Goes to Maximum Power) (Np/Nr exceeds demand
setting. Engine goes to maximum power of 97-102% Ng.) (Cont)
No
Yes
Lock out both (T700, Replace HMU (para
T701) ECU's, or (T701C) 6-39 )on uncontrolled
DEC's and manually engine. Make required
Affected engine may have
match torques at 100% checks (para 1-127) and
uncontrolled acceleration.
Np/Nr at various power continue to operate.
levels (see caution).
Unable to manually match
torques?
No
Yes
Check aircraft Np demand, Replace Np demand
load share, and instrument system according to
indicating cables (para applicable aircraft
1-86.). System faulty? maintenance manual and
continue to operate.
No
Yes
Make circuit checks at S39 Replace faulty part. Make
connector (para 1-79). required checks (para
Make(T700, T701) ECU, 1-127 ) and continue to
or (T701C)DEC and HMU operate.
system checks (para
1-81.). System faulty?
No
Replace (T700, T701)
ECU, or (T701C) DEC
(para 7-11 ). Make
required checks (para
1-127 ) and continue to
operate.
1-240
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 72. Torque Split (Intermittent)
Yes
Troubleshoot both LDS Repair LDS system
systems for proper rigging according to applicable
according to aircraft maintenance
troubleshooting manual and continue to
procedures in applicable operate.
aircraft maintenance
manual. System faulty?
No
Yes
Disconnect P3 line from Replace HMU (para
HMU. With PCL shut-off, 6-39). Make required
operate aircraft prime checkspara
( 1-127
) and
boost pump for 1-2 continue to operate.
minutes. Fuel leaking
from P3 fitting on HMU?
No
Yes Yes
Checking one engine at a Make circuit checks at S39 Replace faulty part(s)
.
time, lock out
(T700, connectorpara
( 1-79
). Make required checks
T701)ECU, or(T701C) Make(T700, T701) ECU, (para 1-127
) and continue
DEC and manually match or (T701C)DEC and HMU to operate.
torques at 100% Np/Nr at systems checks (para
various power settings. 1-81). System faulty?
Manual operations ok?
No
Yes
Check aircraft Np system, Repair Np demand system
load share, and instrument according to applicable
indicating cables (para aircraft maintenance
1-86). System faulty? manual and continue to
operate.
No
No
Replace (T700, T701)
ECU, or(T701C)DEC
(para 7-11
). Make
required checks (para
1-127 ) and continue to
operate.
1-241
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 72. Torque Split (Intermittent) (Cont)
No
Yes
Manual operation erratic Replace HMU (para
on one engine. % torque, 6-39). Make required
TGT, and % Np readings checks (para 1-127) and
fluctuate? continue to operate.
No
Yes Yes
Manual operation erratic Troubleshoot aircraft Repair torque indicating
on one engine, % torque torque indicating system system according to
fluctuates. for possible intermittent applicable aircraft
fault according to maintenance manual and
troubleshooting continue to operate.
procedures in applicable
aircraft maintenance
manual. System faulty?
No
Yes
Make circuit checks at Replace faulty part(s).
S39 connector (para 1- Make required checks
79). Make (T700, T701) (para 1-127) and continue
ECU, or (T701C) DEC to operate.
and HMU systems checks
(para 1-81).
System faulty?
No
Yes
Check Np aircraft Repair Np demand
demand system, load system according to
share, and instrument applicable aircraft
indicating cables (para 1- maintenance manual and
86). System faulty? continue to operate.
No
Replace (T700, T701)
ECU, or (T701C) DEC
(para 7-11). Make
required checks (para
1-127) and continue to
operate.
1-242
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 73. Torque Split (occurs at high power only, both engines not on TGT
limiter)
Yes
Troubleshoot aircraft and Repair system and/or
PCL actuating system rigging according to
and rigging according to applicable aircraft
troubleshooting maintenance manual and
procedures in applicable continue to operate.
aircraft maintenance
manual. System and/or
rigging faulty?
No
Yes Yes
Checking one engine at a Check aircraft Np Repair Np demand
time, lock out (T700, demand system and load- system according to
T701) ECU, or (T701C) share circuits in aircraft applicable aircraft
DEC and manually match cable E1 connector (para maintenance manual and
torques at 100% Np/Nr at 1-86). System faulty? continue to operate.
various power settings.
Manual operation ok?
No
Yes
Make circuit checks at Replace faulty part(s).
S39 connector (para 1- Make required checks
79). Make (T700, T701) (para 1-127) and continue
ECU, or (T701C) DEC to operate.
and HMU system checks
(para 1-81).
System faulty?
No
Replace (T700, T701)
ECU, or (T701C) DEC
(para 7-11). Make
No
required checks (para
1-127) and continue to
operate.
1-243
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 73. Torque Split (occurs at high power only, both engines not on TGT
limiter) (Cont)
No
Yes
(T700) Remove P3 hose (T700) Install new P3
and tube (para 10-5) and hose and tube (para 10-
test (para 10-8). P3 hose 9). Make required checks
and tube faulty? (para 1-127) and continue
to operate.
(T701, T701C) Remove
P3 tube (para 10-55) and (T701, T701C) Install
test (para 10-58). P3 new P3 tube (para 10-
tube faulty? 59). Make required
checks (para 1-127) and
continue to operate.
No
With PCL shut-off, Yes
Replace HMU (para
operate aircraft prime
6-39). Make required
boost pump for 1-2
checks (para 1-127) and
minutes. Fuel leak from
continue to operate.
P3 fitting on HMU?
No
Yes
(T700) Reinstall P3 hose Repair torque indicating
and tube (para 10-9). system according to
Troubleshoot aircraft applicable aircraft
torque indicating system maintenance manual and
according to continue to operate.
troubleshooting
procedures in applicable
aircraft maintenance
manual. System faulty?
(T701, T701C) Reinstall
P3 tube (para 10-59).
Troubleshoot aircraft
torque indicating system
according to
troubleshooting
procedures in applicable
aircraft maintenance
manual. System faulty?
No
1-244
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 73. Torque Split (occurs at high power only, both engines not on TGT
limiter) (Cont)
No
Yes
Replace HMU (para 6-39) Continue to operate.
and make required
checks (para 1-127).
Fault fixed?
No
Yes
Check engine anti-icing See troubleshooting
system (para 1-143). procedure 2.
System faulty?
No
Yes
(T700) Replace POU Make required checks
(para 6-87). Fault fixed? (para 1-127) and continue
to operate.
(T701, T701C) Replace
ODV (para 6-74). Fault
fixed?
No
See troubleshooting
procedure 63.
1-245
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 74. Torque Split (occurs throughout power range)
NOTE
Torque matching is operational, but split is more than 5%. Split occurs
throughout power range.
Yes
Troubleshoot aircraft PCL Repair faults according to
and PAS for proper applicable aircraft
rigging according to maintenance manual and
troubleshooting continue to operate.
procedures in applicable
aircraft maintenance
manual. PCL and/or
rigging faulty?
No
Yes
Troubleshoot both torque Repair indicating systems
indicating problems according to applicable
according to aircraft maintenance
troubleshooting manual and continue to
procedures in applicable operate.
aircraft maintenance
manual. Systems faulty?
No
Yes
Check aircraft Np Repair Np demand
demand system and load system according to
share cables (para 1-86). applicable aircraft
System faulty? maintenance manual and
continue to operate.
No
1-246 Change 3
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 74. Torque Split (occurs throughout power range) (Cont)
No
Yes
Make circuit checks at S39 Replace faulty part(s).
connector (para 1-79). Make required checks
Make (T700, T701) ECU, (para 1-127) and continue
or (T701C) DEC and HMU to operate.
system checks (para
1-81). System faulty?
No
Replace (T700, T701)
ECU, or (T701C) DEC
(para 7-11). Make
required checks (para
1-127) and continue to
operate.
1-247
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 75. Torque Split (torque hangup)
NOTE
Torque matching is operational, but split is more than 5%. Torque hangup
during engine acceleration and deceleration.
Yes
Troubleshoot aircraft LDS Repair fault(s) according
for smooth increasing and to applicable aircraft
decreasing actuation and maintenance manual and
rigging according to continue to operate.
troubleshooting
procedures in applicable
aircraft maintenance
manual. Aircraft LDS and/
or rigging faulty?
No
Yes
Do a torque repeatability Replace engine or replace
check (para 1-88). power turbine module
System faulty? (AVIM). Make required
checks (para 1-126) and
continue to operate.
No
Check for engine
response problem.
See troubleshooting
procedure 91.
1-248
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 76. Uncontrolled Acceleration above Ground Idle Speed
(all engine parameters indicating)
Yes
Ng exceeds operating Replace engine. Make
limits intable 1-36
(T700) required checks (para
or 1-37(T701, T701C) ? 1-126 ) and continue to
operate.
No
Yes
Do an(T700, T701)ECU, Repair or replace faulty
or (T701C)DEC and HMU system. Make required
system checkpara
( 1-81
). checkspara
( 1-127
) and
System faulty? continue to operate.
No
Yes
Check for proper rigging Repair rigging according to
position and for binding applicable aircraft
PCL and PAS according to maintenance manual and
applicable aircraft continue to operate.
maintenance manual.
Rigging faulty?
No
Replace (T700, T701)
ECU, or(T701C)DEC
(para 7-11
). Make
required checks (para
1-127) and continue to
operate.
1-249
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 77. Unstable Operation
NOTE 1
If a problem of fluctuation occurs on one instrument only (either Ng, Np, or
torque), the most likely cause is the indicating system. Troubleshoot aircraft
indicating system according to troubleshooting procedures in applicable aircraft
maintenance manual.
NOTE 2
This and the following steps will identify which engine is faulty and will provide
the corrective action. (Maintenance test flight required.)
Yes Yes
Unstable operation while Replace HMU para
( 6-39) Replace (T700, T701)
on TGT limiter? and attempt start. Fault ECU, or (T701C)DEC
remains? (para 7-11). Make
required checks (para
No
1-127) and continue to
operate.
No Make required checks
(para 1-127
) and continue
to operate.
Yes Yes
Unstable operation below Lock out No. 1 engine and Troubleshoot No. 1
TGT limiter? match torques (see Note engine. See
2). Fluctuation stops? troubleshooting
procedure 64
.
No
No
Yes
Continue to operate. Take No. 1 engine out of Troubleshoot No. 1
lockout, and keep PCL at engine. See
idle detent. Fluctuation troubleshooting
stops? procedure 78
.
No
No
1-250
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 77. Unstable Operation (Cont)
No
Yes
Return PCL of No. 1 Troubleshoot No. 2
engine to fly detent. engine. See
Fluctuation stops? troubleshooting
procedure 64
.
No
Yes
Lockout No. 2 engine. Troubleshoot No. 2
No
Fluctuation stops? engine. See
troubleshooting
procedure 64
.
No
Troubleshoot No. 2
engine. See
troubleshooting
procedure 78
.
Yes Yes Yes
Unstable operation Lockout each Check aircraft Repair system per
(-701/-701C/AH-64) engine one at a collective pitch applicable aircraft
flat pitch on ground time. Fluctuation potentiometer maintenance
only? stops? system faulty? manual, and
continue to operate.
No No No
Continue to operate. Seetroubleshooting Seetroubleshooting
procedure 78
. procedure 78
.
1-251
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 78. Unstable Operation with (T700, T701) ECU, or (T701C) DEC locked out
(Ng, TGT, torque, and Np fluctuate greater than 5% with (T700, T701)
ECU, or (T701C) DEC locked out)
NOTE
If fuel filter bypass light is on, or if low fuel pressure caution light is
on at flight idle or above, troubleshoot according to troubleshooting . procedures 42 and 44.
Yes
Check engine fuel and air Continue to operate.
tubes and hoses for leaks
and for loose connections.
Tighten or replace faulty
part(s) as required and
make required checks
(para 1-127
). Fault fixed?
No
Yes
Replace HMU para
( 6-39 ) Continue to operate.
and make required checks
(para 1-127
). Fault fixed?
No
Yes
(T700) Replace POU Continue to operate.
(para 6-87
) and make
required checks (para
1-127). Fault fixed?
(T701, T701C) Replace
ODV para
( 6-74
) and
make required checks
(para 1-127
). Fault fixed?
No
1-252
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 78. Unstable Operation with (T700, T701) ECU, or (T701C) DEC locked out
(Ng, TGT, torque, and Np fluctuate greater than 5% with (T700, T701)
ECU, or (T701C) DEC locked out) (Cont)
No
Yes
Replace anti-icing bleed Continue to operate.
and start valve (para
10-25) and make required
checkspara
( 1-127). Fault
fixed?
No
Troubleshoot PCL and
LDS control system
according to
troubleshooting
procedures in applicable
aircraft maintenance
manual and continue to
operate.
1-253
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 79. (T701C) DEC - Engine Torque Indicator Fault Code - 15% (±3%)
(check DEC)
Yes
Has Np exceeded the Replace engine. Make
limits infigure 1-58? required checks (para
1-126 ) and continue to
operate.
No
Yes
Has engine exceeded Replace engine. Make
TGT operating limits in required checks (para
figure 1-51 or 1-54? 1-126 ) and continue to
operate.
No
Yes
Has uncontrolled engine Replace DECpara
( 7-11
).
acceleration occurred? Make required checks
(para 1-127
) and continue
operate.
No
Ignore all other fault codes
displayed on torque
indicator. Replace DEC
(para 7-11
). Make
required checks (para
1-127) and continue to
operate.
1-254
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 80. (T701C) DEC - Engine Torque Indicator Fault Code - 25% (±3%)
(Np demand channel)
Seetroubleshooting
procedure 21
.
1-255
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 81. (T701C) DEC - Engine Torque Indicator Fault Code - 35% (±3%)
(load share channel)
Yes Yes
Did torque split of greater Check aircraft load share Clean or repair connectors
than 5% occur when both cables (para 1-86). When as required, or repair load
engines were operating removing connectors, share cables and make
below TGT limiter or check exposed pins and required checks according
topping? sockets for damage and to applicable aircraft
debris. System or maintenance manual.
No connectors faulty? Run both engines with pwr
levers in fly to verify the
fault has been corrected
Replace DEC (para 7-11). No and continue to operate.
Make required checks
(para 1-127) and continue
to operate.
Yes
Replace ECU or DEC on Make required checks
other engine (para 7-11). (para 1-127) and continue
Run both engines with pwr to operate.
levers in fly to verify the
fault has been corrected.
Is fault cleared?
No
Replace DEC (para 7-11).
Make required checks
(para 1-127) and continue
to operate.
1-256
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 82. (T701C) DEC - Engine Torque Indicator Fault Code - 45% (±3%)
(TGT channel)
Yes Yes
TGT instrument not Check thermocouple Tighten, clean, or repair
indicating or fluctuating? harness and yellow cable faulty connectors as
for tightness. When required. Replace faulty
No removing connectors, part(s). Make required
check exposed pins and checks (para 1-127) and
Replace DEC (para 7- sockets for damage and run engine with pwr lever
11). Make required debris. Connectors faulty? in fly to verify the fault has
checks (para 1-127) and has been corrected.
continue to operate. Continue to operate.
No
Yes
Do a thermocouple Replace yellow cable
assembly check (para (para 7-41) and/or
1-83). System faulty? thermocouple assembly
(para 7-62). Make
No required checks (para
1-127) and run engine with
pwr lever in fly to verify the
Replace DEC (para 7-11). fault has been corrected.
Make required checks Continue to operate.
(para 1-127) and continue
to operate.
1-257
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 83. (T701C) DEC - Engine Torque Indicator Fault Code - 55% (±3%)
(alternator power)
NOTE
Fault code 55% may be displayed after an aborted start. If this
occurs, ignore the fault and clear the code, and continue to operate.
Yes
Check yellow cable Tighten, clean or repair
connector at DEC and at faulty connectors as
alternator stator for required. Replace faulty
tightness. Remove part(s). Make required
connector, and check checks (para 1-127) and
exposed pins and sockets run engine with pwr lever
for damage, moisture, and in fly and then shutdown
foreign objects. the engine to verify that
Connectors faulty? the fault has been
corrected. Continue to
operate.
No
Yes
Check alternator and Replace DEC. (para 7-11).
yellow cable (para 1-82). Make required checks
Alternator stator and (para 1-127) and continue
yellow cable ok? to operate.
No
Replace alternator stator
(para 7-51
) or yellow cable
(para 7-41
). Make
required checks (para
1-127). Run engine with
pwr lever in fly and
shut down to verify the fault
has been corrected.
Continue to operate.
1-258
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 84. (T701C) DEC - Engine Torque Indicator Fault Code - 65% (±3%)
(Ng channel)
Yes
Engine torque indicator Ignore the 65% (±3%)
also indicating 55% (±3%) fault code. Follow
fault code? troubleshooting
procedure 83.
No
Yes
Has Np exceeded the Replace engine. Make
limits infigure 1-58 or has required checks (para
engine exceeded TGT 1-126) and continue to
operating limitsfigure
in operate.
1-51or 1-54?
No
Yes
Has Ng exceeded Replace engine. Make
operating limits in Table required checks (para
1-18? 1-126) and continue to
operate.
No
Replace DEC (para 7-11)
Make required checks
(para 1-127
) and continue
to operate.
1-259
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 85. (T701C) DEC - Engine Torque Indicator Fault Code - 75% (±3%)
(Np channel)
Yes
Do a Np sensor system Replace yellow cable
checkpara
( 1-80). (para 7-41 ) and/or Np
System faulty? sensorpara
( 7-75). Make
required checks (para
1-127) and run engine with
pwr lever in fly to verify the
fault has been corrected.
No Continue to operate.
Replace DEC para
( 7-11 ).
Make required checks
(para 1-127
) and continue
to operate.
1-260
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 86. (T701C) DEC - Engine Torque Indicator Fault Code - 85% (±3%)
(torque and overspeed channel)
Yes
Do a torque and Replace blue cable (para
overspeed sensor system 7-46) and/or torque and
check (para 1-84). overspeed sensor (para
System faulty? 7-69). Make required
checks (para 1-127) and
run engine with pwr lever
in fly to verify the fault
has been corrected.
No Continue to operate.
Replace DEC (para 7-11).
Make required checks
(para 1-127) and continue
to operate.
1-261
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 87. (T701C) DEC - Engine Torque Indicator Fault Code - 95% (±3%)
(hot start prevention channel)
Yes
Engine torque indicator Ignore 95% (±3%) fault
also indicating 105% code. Follow
(±3%) fault code? troubleshooting
procedure 88
.
No
Replace DECpara( 7-11).
Make required checks
(para 1-127) and continue
to operate.
1-262
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 88. (T701C) DEC - Engine Torque Indicator Fault Code - 105% (±3%)
(aircraft 400 Hz power)
Yes Yes Yes
Has aircraft 400 Hz Keep aircraft 400 Is emergency power Replace DEC (para
power been turned Hz power on. Run (400 Hz) available 7-11). Make
off/on during last engine with pwr to engine? required checks
engine operation? lever in fly then (para 1-127) and
shutdown the continue to operate.
engine. Fault code No
still exist?
No Troubleshoot
aircraft
No 400 Hz power
Continue to
circuits according to
operate.
applicable aircraft
troubleshooting
procedure. Replace
faulty parts and
make required
Yes checks according to
Is emergency power Replace DEC (para applicable aircraft
(400 Hz) available 7-11). Make maintenance
to engine? required checks manual. Run
(para 1-127) and engine with pwr
No
continue to operate. lever in fly to verify
the fault has been
corrected. Continue
Troubleshoot to operate.
aircraft
400 Hz power
circuits according to
applicable aircraft
troubleshooting
procedure. Replace
faulty parts and
make required
checks according to
applicable aircraft
maintenance
manual. Run
engine with pwr
lever in fly to verify
the fault has been
corrected and
continue to operate.
1-263
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 89. (T701C) DEC - Engine Torque Indicator Fault Code - 115% (±3%)
(collective channel)
Yes
Check aircraft collective Repair faulty part
system at E1 connector. according to applicable
System faulty? aircraft maintenance
manual. Run engine with
pwr lever in fly to verify the
fault correction then
No
continue to operate.
Replace DECpara( 7-11).
Make required checks
(para 1-127) and continue
to operate.
1-264
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 90. (T701C Black Hawk) DEC - Engine Torque Indicator Fault Code - 125%
(±3%) (Nr channel)
Yes
Check aircraft NR signal Repair faulty part
system at E1 connector. according to applicable
System faulty? aircraft maintenance
manual. Run engine with
pwr lever in fly to verify the
fault correction then
No
continue to operate.
Replace DEC (para 7-11).
Make required checks
(para 1-127) and continue
to operate.
1-265
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 91. Both Engines Oscillate at FLY while at Low Collective Pitch Settings on
the Ground (torque fluctuates beyond the ±5% limit with other engine
parameters following)
NOTE
This procedure is directed at the FPOG condition characterized by
the following observations:
• When one engine torque, TGT, and Ng is increasing, the opposite
engine parameters are decreasing a like amount. This behavior
will continue as both engines cycle up and down out of phase. The amplitude of the
amplitude of the fluctuation is approximately ±5 to 15% of torque.
Period of oscillation is approximately 15 seconds from peak value to peak value.
• Both engines must exhibit the instability an approximately equal amount.
• Increasing collective pitch will reduce the oscillations significantly.
• Activating engine anti-ice and customer bleed air diminishes the oscillations.
• The condition is repeatable, returning when collective pitch is decreased.
• The oscillation disappears if lock out is selected for either engine, or either
engine is shut down while other engine is operating.
• The Tq oscillations/split does not occur while in flight.
Yes
Check for proper operation Replace faulty AIBSV
of Anti-icing Bleed and (para 10-25
) and continue
Start Valve (AIBSV) on to operate.
both engines (para 1-153
thru1-155 ). Also check
for proper Ng closing
speed for the AIBSV
according to figure 1-118
.
(Plot of Ng vs. FAT,
ambient temp). Valve(s)
faulty?
No
Yes
Check each engine for PT Remove engine with
module torque stiction by torque error/stiction
performing torque problem, and replace
repeatability check (para engine. Send engine with
1-88). Is there a torque suspect PTM to AVIM for
repeatability error > 10% PTM replacement.
or a residual torque value Continue to operate.
> 5% when engine is Return suspect PT module
decoupled from to depot for overhaul.
transmission?
No
1-266
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 91. Both Engines Oscillate at FLY while at Low Collective Pitch Settings on
the Ground (torque fluctuates beyond the ±5% limit with other engine
parameters following) (Cont)
No
Yes
Check each engine for PT Remove engine with
module torque stiction by torque stiction problem,
performing the procedures and replace engine.
shown in attachment 1 at Send engine to AVIM to
the endof this T/S replace PT module. Con-
procedure. PT stiction tinue to operate. Return
evident? PT module to depot.
No
Yes
Check yellow cable Replace faulty part(s).
connectors at(T700)ECU, • Yellow cable
HMU, Np sensor, (para 7-41)
alternator stator, history • Thermocouple assy
recorder, and (para 7-62)
thermocouple assembly. • Blue cable (para 7-46)
Check blue cable • Airframe white
connectors at Tq and O/S harness (airframe
sensor and check aircraft manual)
cable connections at E1 Make required checks
and W3J1 on swirl frame. after replacement of
Make sure that pins are component(s). If ok,
not bent and that continue to operate.
connectors are secure.
Tighten, clean, or repair
faulty connectors as
required. Cable faulty?
No
Yes
Make circuit checks at S39 Replace faulty component.
connector including short Operate engine to confirm
to ground checks (para 1- if fault is fixed. If fixed,
79). Faulty part(s) found? continue to operate. If not
fixed, refer to trouble-
shooting procedure
66 for more specific
checks on other
components.
No
1-267
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 91. Both Engines Oscillate at FLY while at Low Collective Pitch Settings on
the Ground (torque fluctuates beyond the ±5% limit with other engine
parameters following) (Cont)
No
Yes
Check aircraft LDS/PAS Repair LDS/PAS system
system for improper according to applicable
rigging, sticking, and aircraft maintenance
nonrepeatability. Fault manuals and continue
found? to operate.
No
Yes
Check aircraft Np demand Repair Np demand system
system (para 1-86). according to applicable
System faulty? aircraft maintenance
manual and continue to
operate.
No
Yes
Disconnect both engine Replace faulty component.
history recorder • EHR ((para 7-17)
connectors and aircraft • speed control
engine speed control potentiometer (refer to
potentiometer. Fault airframe manual)
fixed? If not, reconnect Operate aircraft to
the EHR's and speed confirm if fault is fixed.
controls before If fixed, continue to fly.
proceeding.
No
Yes
Temporarily install a 3/32 Attach permanent cable.
inch dia. steel bonding If all faults are fixed
jumper cable between continue to operate.
each engine and engine
fire wall. Refer to
applicable field
maintenance manual for
UH-60 or to Sikorsky
Standard SS7039. Fault
fixed?
No
1-268 Change 3
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 91. Both Engines Oscillate at FLY while at Low Collective Pitch Settings on
the Ground (torque fluctuates beyond the ±5% limit with other engine
parameters following) (Cont)
No
Try to isolate which engine Engine No. 1 Engine No. 2
has the smallest TORQUE
excursions (smallest delta Max Tq = Max Tq =
Tq) during oscillations.
Record Max and Min Tq Min Tq = Min Tq =
and calculate delta Tq for
each engine. Remove the Delta Tq = Max - Min Delta Tq = Max - Min
engine with the smallest = =
delta Tq from aircraft. If it
is not possible to discern
any difference in the two
engines, then arbitrarily ************************
pick one of the two AMCOM Engineering
engines for removal. Assistance
Remove an engine. Next,
either swap this engine Tel. 256-313-4983
with another installed DSN 897-4983
engine from another ************************
aircraft or replace with a GE Aircraft Engines
spare engine. The Customer Support
removed engine can be Assistance
used as a serviceable
spare on another aircraft. See Point of Contact table in Attachment 1 to this troubleshooting
procedure.
Continue to operate. ************************
Sikorsky Aircraft
If replacing the one engine Customer Support
does not correct the Assistance
problem, or if the problem
returns, replace the Tel. 203-386-4611
opposite engine and ************************
continue to operate.
If problem is not resolved
by following all steps in
this procedure and
replacing both engines,
call AMCOM, GE, and/or
Sikorsky for assistance.
Change 2 1-269
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Attachment 1 to Troubleshooting Procedure 91
PT Shaft Torque Stiction Check Instructions
This procedure requires ground run on aircraft with both engines operating.
1. With both engine PCL's in FLY detent, set NR speed to 100% via NR trim beeper.
2. With No. 2 PCL in FLY detent, slowly retard No. 1 PCL until No. 1 TRQ is approximately 10%. Note that No. 2 engine
TRQ will increase to maintain rotor speed. Record OAT and the engine parameters (NG1, NG2, NP1, NP2, TRQ1, TRQ2,
TGT1 (same as T4.5), TRQ2, NR) in blocks on table 1-14.
3. Repeat step 2 by retarding No. 1 PCL to decrease No. 1 TRQ to 5%. Record engine parameters. Retard No. 1 PCL to the
GI detent. Record engine parameters.
4. With No. 2 PCL still in FLY detent, slowly advance No. 1 PCL to approximately 5% TRQ. Record engine parameters.
Advance No. 1 PCL to approximately 10% TRQ. Record engine parameters. Advance No. 1 PCL to FLY.
5. Repeat steps 1 through 4 above on engine No. 2, recording engine parameters at each power setting.
NOTE
It is extremely important to maintain a consistent direction of PCL motion. If in decel
direction, do not go below desired point and try to readjust in the accel direction. It is not
important to set the TRQ value precisely, rather be consistent in direction. This will
prevent masking any potential TRQ hysteresis this procedure is trying to isolate.
The engine parameter data recorded above can be used to generate a TRQ vs. Ng graph, which is used to check for torque
hysteresis. A shift in the accel and decel lines indicates hysteresis. The engine exhibiting the shift has torque stiction.
GE can provide assistance in assessing results if data table is faxed to:
Area Name of POC Location Telephone
CONUS-S/SW Scot Blenman Ft. Hood, TX (254) 532-8006 Office
(254) 681-4805 Cell
(254) 532-3732 Fax
(800) 409-7090 Pager
DSN 738-2647
[email protected]
CONUS-W/NW JoAnn Shellenbarger Ft. Carson, CO (719) 540-9758 Office
(719) 332-8099
(719) 526-0265 Fax
DSN 691-0264
[email protected]
CONUS-East Carl Unger Ft. Bragg, NC (910) 436-0788 Office
(910) 436-0036 Fax
DSN 236-2731
[email protected]
1-270
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Area Name of POC Location Telephone
CONUS-W/NW JoAnn Shellenbarger Ft. Carson, CO (719) 540-9758 Office
(719) 332-8099
(719) 526-0265 Fax
DSN 691-0264
[email protected]
CONUS-East Carl Unger Ft. Bragg, NC (910) 436-0788 Office
(910) 436-0036 Fax
DSN 236-2731
[email protected]
Ft. Campbell Bill Tucker Ft. Campbell, KY (502) 439-3432 Office
(502) 439-7888 Fax
DSN 635-1057
[email protected]
Ft. Rucker Bill Glaze Ft. Rucker, AL (334) 255-2707 Office
(334) 255-2707 Fax
DSN 558-2707
[email protected]
USAREUR Larry Kammerer Seckenheim, Germany 49-621-477306 Office
49-621-477306 Fax
DSN 375-6629
[email protected]
USAF Korea Mike Lolley Camp Humphries 82-333-690-7759 Office
82-333-665-7842 Fax
DSN 753-7759
[email protected]
1-271
Table 1-14. Engine Ground Run Parameters
1-272
T.O. 2J-T700-6
TM 1-2840-248-23
A/C TAIL NO. ____________________ PT SHAFT STICTION CHECKS ENGINE 1 S/N _____________________
DATE _________________ OAT __________ °C ENGINE 2 S/N _____________________
SET: COLLECTIVE FULL DOWN
ROTOR SPEED = 100% WITH BOTH ENGINES IN FLY
PCL MUST BE MOVED IN A CONSISTENT DIRECTION SO HYSTERESIS WILL NOT BE ELIMINATED
TORQUE CAN BE SET APPROXIMATELY TO MAINTAIN DIRECTION OF PCL
READING NO. PCL 1 NG 1 NP 1 TORQUE 1 T45 1 PCL 2 NG 2 NP 2 TORQUE 2 T45 2 ROTOR SPEED
1 FLY FLY
APPROX
2 FLY
10% TOR
APPROX
3 FLY
5% TOR
4 GI FLY
APPROX
5 FLY
5% TOR
APPROX
6 FLY
10% TOR
7 FLY FLY
APPROX
8 FLY
10% TOR
APPROX
9 FLY
5% TOR
10 FLY GI
APPROX
11 FLY
5% TOR
APPROX
12 FLY
10% TOR
13 FLY FLY
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
1-73. TROUBLESHOOTING CHECKS • An uncommanded deceleration in Ng and
(AIRCRAFT). rise in TGT, indicating a possible bearing
seizure.
NOTE
e. Record oil pressures and (T700, T701C) oil
• If HMU PN 4046T52G28 or 4046T52G29 temperatures versus Ng for power settings used, and check
(6068T97P07 or 6068T97P08) is removed them against engine history.
from a T700-GE-701C powered AH-64A
Apache and replaced with a 4046T52G30 NOTE
(6068T97P09) HMU, the opposite engine
must be configured with a 4046T52G30 Refer to instructions in Aircraft Operator's
(6068T97P09) HMU. Additionally, both Manual when starting engines.
engines must be configured with
5078T29G02 (6080T56P03) DECs. f. Start faulty engine. Run at ground idle speed for 2
• If DEC PN 5078T29G01 (6080T56P01) is minutes.
removed from a T700-GE-701C powered
AH-64A Apache and replaced with a g. Advance power control lever to FLY. Increase
5078T29G02 (6080T56P03) DEC, the collective pitch to a torque just below that which will lift
opposite engine must be configured with a helicopter off ground (single engine). Note torque and run at
5078T29G02 (6080T56P03) DEC. this condition for 10 minutes.
Additionally, both engines must be
configured with 4046T52G30 h. Decrease collective pitch and return power control
(6068T97P09) HMUs. lever to IDLE. Run at this speed for 2 minutes.
1-74. Engine Serviceability Test for No or Low i. Advance power control lever to FLY. Increase
(Below Minimum Limits) Oil Pressure. collective pitch to the torque level noted in step g. Run at
this condition for 10 minutes.
a. Remove scavenge screens (para 8-17 (T700) or
8-18 (T701, T701C)), one at a time, and inspect for j. Decrease collective pitch and return power control
contamination. Place any particles in suitable containers. lever to IDLE. Run at this condition for 2 minutes.
Attach tag to container. Tag should identify sump where
particles were found. Re-install scavenge screens (para 8-22 k. Repeat steps i and j three more times to complete 1
(T700) or 8-23 (T701, T701C)). hour engine run.
b. Remove electrical chip detector (para 8-52). l. Shut down engine.
Inspect it for contamination. Place any allowable debris
(fig. 1-48) in container. Attach tag to container. Re-install m. Remove electrical chip detector (para 8-52 and
electrical chip detector (para 8-55). scavenge screens (para 8-17 (T700) or 8-18 (T701,
T701C)). Remove oil filter-bowl and indicator assembly
c. If impending bypass indicator button has popped, (para 8-31) if impending bypass indicator button has
remove oil filter bowl and indicator assembly (para 8-31). popped. Inspect them for allowable debris (fig. 1-48).
Inspect it for debris. Place any debris found in a suitable
container. Attach tag to container; tag should identify where (1) If only allowable debris is found and engine
debris was found. Re-install oil filter bowl assembly has run for 60 minutes with all conditions normal, clean and
(para 8-34). reinstall chip detector (para 8-55), scavenge screens
(para 8-22 (T700) or 8-23 (T701, T701C), and oil filter
d. During engine run, watch for the following: bowl assembly (para 8-34). Operation can be continued.
(2) If debris is present in large quantities, remove
• Oil filter bypass advisory light coming on. engine from aircraft. Send engine and particles found on
• Engine chip detector advisory light coming chip detector and scavenge screens to Depot.
on.
• Unusual changes in engine vibration levels. n. Discard allowable debris found in scavenge
screens, chip detector, and oil filter bowl (steps a, b, and c).
1-273
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
1-75. Fuel Flow Verification Checks. T701C) ODV manifold assembly, out of aircraft common
drain.
a. Preliminary Information. Procedures in steps b
and c can be used to: (7) De-energize starter after a total of 40
seconds.
(1) Verify fuel flow to engine.
(8) If fuel does not drain as specified in step (6),
(2) Check the following for faulty operation: replace the following:
(a) (T700) pressurizing and overspeed unit • (T700) POU (para 6-87)
(POU). • (T701, T701C) ODV (para 6-74)
(b) (T701, T701C) overspeed and drain c. (T700) POU, or (T701, T701C) ODV Check.
valve (ODV).
(1) If fuel system has been recently primed, do
(3) It is important to understand the following this check two times. Residual fuel from fuel system
before doing this check: priming may flow from overboard drain, giving false
indication of a defective (T700) POU, or (T701, T701C)
(a) Step b verifies that fuel is flowing to ODV. The second check will be a more reliable indicator of
engine. Fuel should drain from (T700) POU, or from (T700) POU, or (T701, T701C) ODV operation.
(T701, T701C) ODV, out the aircraft common drain, when
the power control lever is retarded to OFF. (2) Check for a faulty (T700) POU, or (T701,
T701C) ODV while doing test in paragraph b (fuel flow
(b) Step c is a check for faulty operation of verification). If a steady stream of fuel comes from valve at
(T700) POU, or faulty operation of (T701, T701C) ODV. aircraft common drain during motoring with power control
A steady stream of fuel should not drain from the POU, or lever at IDLE, replace the following:
ODV, out the aircraft common drain, when the power
control lever is at IDLE and the engine is motoring. It is
• (T700) POU (para 6-87)
normal to observe some leakage, but not a steady stream of
fuel from the drain during initial rollover. • (T701, T701C) ODV (para 6-74)
(c) Do steps in steps b and c at the same time. 1-76. Fuel Filter Bypass Valve Check.
b. Fuel Flow Verification. Fuel is flowing to engine if a. Remove fuel filter element and bowl (para 6-52).
mist can be seen coming from tailpipe during wet rollover.
Verify fuel flow as follows: b. Push on the bypass valve poppet (sockethead
screw) inside fuel filter housing. If it does not move freely,
(1) Place engine ignition switch to OFF. replace fuel filter (para 6-45).
(2) Advance power control lever to IDLE. 1-77. Checkout of Engine Fuel System. When fuel
filter bypass caution light comes on and a lot of debris is
(3) Motor engine to maximum speed (at least found in filter bowl (showing that engine fuel system is
24% Ng). dirty), do the following after aircraft fuel system has been
flushed.
(4) Look for fuel mist coming from tailpipe. If no
fuel mist is seen, troubleshoot HMU. a. If impending bypass button did not pop out,
impending bypass sensor failed. Replace fuel filter
(5) After 30 seconds with engine motoring at (para 6-45).
maximum speed, retard power control lever to OFF.
b. If impending bypass button has popped, clean out
(6) Within 10 seconds after power control lever filter bowl (para 6-53) and install new filter element
is retarded to OFF, about 1/3 ounce (10cc) of fuel should (para 6-46). Reset bypass indicator.
drain from (T700) POU manifold assembly, or from (T701,
1-274 Change 4
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
c. With external power on, vapor-vent the fuel system g. Run engine for 10 minutes at ground idle speed.
for 2 minutes to flush any debris from fuel passages. Then Make sure that there are no problems. Make required checks
repeat the procedure for 2 more minutes. (para 1-127).
d. Because flushing may not remove all debris from h. Shut down engine. Check impending bypass
internal parts of HMU, replace HMU (para 6-39). button.
e. Flush out debris from the (T700) POU manifold i. If fuel filter bypass caution light did not come on
assembly, or (T701, T701C) ODV manifold assembly as during the 10-minute run and if impending bypass button
follows: did not pop, engine can continue in operation.
(1) (T700) Disconnect POU manifold assembly 1-78. Primary Ignition System Check. The
(para 6-82) from main fuel manifold and fuel start feed tube. following checks test the circuits in the alternator stator,
Connect drain hoses to coupling nuts and to fitting of yellow cable, and ignition exciter assembly. These checks
manifold assembly. determine which of these components should be replaced.
(2) (T701, T701C) Disconnect ODV manifold
assembly (para 6-69) from main fuel manifold. Connect
drain hoses to coupling nut and to fitting of ODV manifold Testing Ignition System
assembly.
To avoid possible electrical shock, the BAT
(3) Place engine ignition switch to OFF. switch and EXT PWR RESET switch must be
OFF.
a. Use a multimeter for this check.
Do not exceed starter duty cycle. Refer to
applicable aircraft maintenance manual for b. Be sure that all electrical connectors are tight.
operating limits.
c. Disconnect aircraft cable from electrical connector
(4) Place ends of drain hoses in a container and (W3J1 - green cable) on flange of swirl frame.
make two, 2-minute rollovers with power control lever at
IDLE. d. Measure resistance between pins 17 and 18 in
electrical connector (W3J1 - green cable). Resistance must
(5) (T700) Reconnect POU manifold assembly be 10-15 ohms. If resistance is within limits, go to step k. If
to main fuel manifold and to fuel start feed tube. Tighten resistance is out-of-limits, go to step e.
(60° wrench arc) coupling nuts.
e. Remove electrical connector (W3P1 - green cable)
(6) (T701, T701C) Reconnect ODV manifold from alternator stator.
assembly to main fuel manifold. Tighten (60° wrench arc)
coupling nuts. f. Check socket-to-pin continuity between electrical
connector (W3P1) and electrical connector (W3J1) on
(7) Replace the following: flange of swirl frame (see following list). No open circuits
allowed.
• (T700) POU (para 6-87)
• (T701, T701C) ODV (para 6-74) W3P1 W3J1
• Oil cooler (para 8-4) Sockets Pins
1 to 17
NOTE 2 to 18
3 to 19
Refer to instructions in Aircraft Operator's 4 to 20
Manual when starting engines. 5 to 21
f. Start faulty engine.
Change 4 1-275
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
g. Check for socket-to-ground shorts between five (4) If yellow cable fails continuity or short-
sockets in electrical connector (W3P1) and ground. No circuit checks, replace it (para 7-41). If yellow cable passes
short circuits allowed. continuity and short-circuit checks, replace ignition exciter
assembly (para 7-29).
h. If green cable fails continuity checks, replace it
(para 7-35). If green cable passes continuity checks, go to 1-79. Circuit Checks at S39 Connector on ECU or
step i. DEC. ECU or DEC circuit continuity switch boxes
21C7085G01 and 21C7085G02 (fig. 1-49) are provided so
i. Measure resistance between pins 1 and 2 in that circuits can be checked through the S39 connector on
alternator stator connector (J1) (where green cable was the ECU or DEC.
disconnected). Resistance must be:
• (T701) - Use switch box 21C7085G02.
• (T700) 10 - 15 ohms • (T700, T701C) - Use switch box
• (T701, T701C) 1.5 - 3.0 ohms 21C7085G01. Refer to Preinstallation
Buildup (para 1-200) to determine aircraft
j. If resistance is out-of-limits, circuit is open or configuration.
shorted; replace alternator stator (para 7-49). If resistance is
within limits, go to step k. The following steps outline the general procedure and
provide limits. All limits are sufficient when circuit checks
k. Measure resistance between pins 2 and 3 in are done at moderate temperatures. However, readings may
alternator stator connector (J1) (where green cable was vary if checks are performed when temperatures are more
disconnected). Resistance must be: extreme.
• (T700) 1.5 - 3.0 ohms a. Use a multimeter for this check.
• (T701, T701C) 1.0 - 3.0 ohms
b. Connect switch box to S39 connector as follows:
l. If resistance is out-of-limits, circuit is open or
shorted. Go to step m. (1) Remove cover from S39 connector.
m. Isolate fault to yellow cable or ignition exciter (2) Connect switch box cable to S39 connector.
assembly as follows:
(1) Disconnect yellow cable from alternator
stator and ignition exciter assembly. Do not exceed 1.5 volts dc on multimeter,
because the ECU, or DEC will be damaged.
(2) Check socket-to-socket continuity between
the two disconnected connectors - electrical connector (3) Connect multimeter to red and black
(W4P5 - yellow cable) and electrical connector (W4P6 - terminals on switch box.
yellow cable) (see following list). No open circuits allowed.
c. Check circuits for resistance as follows:
W4P5 W4P6
Sockets Pins NOTE
1 to 1
External power shall be off while performing
2 to 2 switch position checks 1 thru 9, and 11.
(3) Check either connector for short circuit (1) Position selector switch to select the circuit to
between sockets 1 and 2. No short circuits allowed. be tested. The following list identifies circuits and provides
resistance limits:
1-276
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-49. ECU/DEC Circuit Continuity Switch Box for S39 Connector
Resistance Resistance
Limits In Ohms Limits In Ohms
Switch Switch
Position Circuit Min Max Position Circuit Min Max
1 Alternator ECU, or DEC • External power may be on while
power winding: performing switch position check 10.
(T700) 2.0 4.0 10 Np demand to common ground Trim limits
(T701, T701C) 1.5 4.0 are:
2 Thermocouple assembly 1.0 5.0 (T700) ECU: 125±20 881±95
3 HMU linear variable 3 35 (T701C) DEC: 203±20 959±95
displacement transducer (T701, T701C AH-64A)
(LVDT) Np demand to common
4 Np sensor 13 21 ground (Adjust Turbine
5 Torque and overspeed 13 21 Speed Control Unit located
sensor in aft avionics bay. Record
6 Overspeed solenoid valve: initial multimeter reading
(T700) POU 18 24 before breaking locknut and
(T701, T701C) ODV 18 24 turning adjuster to the
7 HMU torque motor 45 90 maximum position (250
ohms). Then, turn adjuster to
8 Do not use -- --
the minimum position (2300
9 Do not use -- --
ohms). Turn adjuster to the
NOTE initial (recorded) setting.)
11 Loadshare-to-aircraft ground Short to ground
• Aircraft demand must be set to the check only
minimum and maximum trim positions
12 Do not use -- --
during the following check. The E1
harness must also be connected.
Change 4 1-277
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
(2) Check each circuit for resistance limits. (If yellow cable or connecting sensors. Reconnect electrical
resistance checks are within limits, proceed to step d). If connector (W4P1 - yellow cable) to ECU/DEC.
resistance is out-of-limits, troubleshoot fault according to
the following individual circuit checks as outlined in (5) Isolate fault to either yellow cable or
paragraphs listed below: component by disconnecting electrical connectors (yellow
cable) one at a time from each of the following components:
Circuit Checks Paragraph
Np Sensor • Np sensor
1-80 • HMU
HMU • Alternator
1-81
• Thermocouple Assembly
Alternator
1-82
• History Recorder
Thermocouple Assembly (6) Troubleshoot fault according to the following
1-83
individual circuit checks in paragraphs listed below, if
Torque and Overspeed Sensor necessary.
1-84
Overspeed System: Circuit Checks Paragraph
(T700) POU Np sensor
1-85 1-80
(T701, T701C) ODV HMU
1-85 1-81
Np Demand and Load Share Alternator
1-86 1-82
Thermocouple Assembly
d. Check each circuit for shorts-to-ground as follows: 1-83
ECU/DEC
(1) Remove test lead connected to red terminal, 1-81
and connect lead to green terminal.
(7) If the above circuit checks and the respective
(2) Check each circuit listed in step c(1) at the
yellow cable checks are within limits, fault is either in
corresponding switch position; no short circuits allowed.
W4P4 yellow cable or history recorder, or history counter.
Minimum resistance to ground will be 1megohm. If a short
Check yellow cable as follows:
circuit is found, disconnect E1 connector from both
ECUs/DECs to isolate fault to aircraft wiring system or to
(a) Disconnect yellow cable at ECU/DEC
engine.
and at history recorder, or history counter.
(3) If short circuit remains with both E1
(b) Check socket-to-socket continuity
harnesses disconnected, isolate fault by removing electrical
between electrical connector (W4P1 - yellow cable) and
connector (W4P1 - yellow cable) from ECU/ DEC. If short
electrical connector (W4P4 - yellow cable) (see following
circuit remains, problem is in blue cable system and fault
list). No open circuits allowed.
must be isolated to one of the following components:
• Blue cable or torque and overspeed sensor W4P1 W4P4
(para 1-84) Sockets Sockets
• (T700) POU overspeed solenoid 13 to 1
(para 1-85) 25 to 2
• (T701, T701C) ODV overspeed solenoid 11 to 3
(para 1-85) 23 to 11
24 to 12
(4) If short circuit is no longer present, problem 10 to 5
is in yellow cable system and fault must be isolated to either 22 to 6
1-278 Change 5
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
(1) Disconnect yellow cable at ECU/ DEC and
W4P1 W4P4
Np sensor.
Sockets Sockets
26 to 8 (2) Check socket-to-socket continuity between
27 to 9 electrical connector (W4P1 - yellow cable) and electrical
connector (W4P2 - yellow cable) (see following list). No
(c) Check for short circuits between sockets
open circuits allowed.
1, 2, 3, 11, 12, 5, 6, 8, and 9 in electrical connector (W4P4).
No short circuits allowed.
W4P1 W4P2
(d) Check each socket for short circuit to Sockets Pins
outer metal braid of cable. No short circuits allowed. 9 to A
Minimum resistance will be 1 megohm. 8 to B
20 to C
(e) If yellow cable is faulty, replace it 21 to D
(para 7-41).
(f) If yellow cable is not faulty, fault is in
history recorder or history counter. Replace history
recorder, or history counter (para 7-17).
(8) Repeat steps (1) thru (4).
1-80. Np Sensor System Check. The following
checks will determine whether the Np sensor or the yellow
cable is faulty.
a. Using switch box (T701) 21C7085G02 or (T700,
T701C) 21C7085G01, make circuit resistance and short
circuit checks (see paragraph 1-79 for instructions and
limits) through S39 connector on ECU/DEC. Set selector
switch at position number 4. If reading is out of limits,
circuit is open or shorted. Do steps b and c to isolate fault to
either Np sensor or yellow cable.
b. Check Np sensor as follows:
(1) Disconnect yellow cable from Np sensor.
(2) Measure resistance between pins A and C and
between pins B and D in connector (J1) on Np sensor. See
figure FO-2 (located directly after alphabetical index) for
pin locations. Normal resistance for both readings is 13 to
21 ohms.
(3) Check each pin for short circuit-to-ground.
No short circuits allowed.
(4) If readings are out-of-limits, circuit is faulty.
Replace Np sensor (para 7-75).
c. Check yellow cable as follows:
Change 3 1-279
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
(3) Check for short circuits between sockets A,
Pins on HMU Resistance (ohms)
B, C, and D or 9, 8, 20, and 21. No short circuits allowed.
Woodward
(4) Check each socket for short circuit to outer Hamilton Std Governor
metal braid of cable. No short circuits allowed. Minimum Pins 1 and 2 105-165 135-155
resistance will be 1 megohm. (torque motor)
Pins 3 and 4 105-165 135-155
(5) If yellow cable is faulty, replace it (torque motor)
(para 7-41).
Pins 6 and 7 10-25 5-35
(LVDT primary)
(6) If yellow cable is not faulty, reconnect it to
Pins 7 and 8 10-25 15-25
ECU/DEC and Np sensor.
(LVDT primary)
Pins 6 and 8 20-50 30-50
(7) After completion of final testing, seal
(LVDT primary)
connectors (para H-9, Appendix H).
Pins 9 and 10 20-45 30-50
1-81. ECU/DEC and HMU System Check. The (LVDT secondary)
following checks test the circuits for the torque motor and Pins 11 and 12 20-45 30-50
LVDT in the HMU, and also check the circuits in the yellow (LVDT secondary)
cable that connect the ECU/DEC to the HMU. These checks
(3) Check each pin for short circuit-to-ground.
determine whether the ECU/DEC, HMU, or the yellow
No short circuits allowed.
cable should be replaced.
(4) If readings are out of limits, circuit is faulty.
a. Using switch box (T701) 21C7085G02 or (T700,
Replace HMU (para 6-39). If readings are within limits,
T701C) 21C7085G01, make circuit resistance and short
continue to step c.
circuit checks (see paragraph 1-79 for instructions and
limits) through S39 connector on ECU/DEC. Set selector
c. Check yellow cable as follows:
switch at position numbers 3 and 7. If readings are out-of-
limits or if an open or short circuit is found, do steps b and c
(1) Disconnect yellow cable at ECU/DEC and
to isolate fault to either HMU or yellow cable.
HMU.
b. Check HMU as follows:
(2) Check socket-to-socket continuity between
electrical connector (W4P1 - yellow cable) and electrical
(1) Disconnect yellow cable from HMU.
connector (W4P3 - yellow cable) (see following list). No
open circuits allowed.
W4P1 W4P3
If HMU is installed on engine, pins could be
Sockets Pins
bent when measuring resistance between
them, and when checking each one for short 1 to 1
circuit-to-ground. Therefore, a mating plug 2 to 2
should be used to prevent damage to pins. 3 to 3
4 to 4
(2) Measure resistance between pins in connector 5 to 6
(J1) on HMU. The resistance will be as follows: 6 to 7
7 to 8
15 to 9
16 to 10
17 to 11
18 to 12
1-280
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
(3) Check for short circuits between sockets 1, 2, (5) If reading is out-of-limits, circuit is faulty.
3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 15, 16, 17, and 18 in electrical connector Replace alternator stator (para 7-51). If reading is within
(W4P1). No short circuits allowed. limits, continue to step c.
(4) Check each socket for short circuit to outer c. Check yellow cable as follows:
metal braid of cable. No short circuits allowed. Minimum
resistance will be 1 megohm. (1) Disconnect yellow cable at ECU/DEC,
alternator, and at ignition exciter.
(5) If yellow cable is faulty, replace it
(para 7-41). (2) Check socket-to-socket continuity between
electrical connector (W4P1 - yellow cable) and electrical
(6) If yellow cable is not faulty, reconnect it to connector (W4P5 - yellow cable) (see following list). No
ECU/DEC and HMU. open circuits allowed.
1-82. Alternator and Yellow Cable Check. The W4P1 W4P5
following checks test the alternator windings and the Sockets Pins
circuits in yellow cable that connect the ECU/ DEC to the
30 to 3
alternator. These checks determine whether the alternator
31 to 4
stator or the yellow cable should be replaced.
19 to 5
a. Using switch box (T701) 21C7085G02 or (T700,
T701C) 21C7085G01, make circuit resistance and short (3) Check for short circuits between sockets 3, 4,
circuit checks (see paragraph 1-79 for instructions and and 5 in electrical connector (W4P5). No short circuits
limits) through S39 connector on ECU/DEC. Set selector allowed.
switch at position number 1. If reading is out of limits or if
an open or short circuit is found, do steps b and c to isolate (4) Check each socket for short circuit to outer
fault to either alternator or yellow cable. metal braid of cable. No short circuits allowed. Minimum
resistance will be 1 megohm.
b. Check alternator as follows:
(5) If yellow cable is faulty, replace it
(1) Disconnect yellow and green cables from (para 7-41).
alternator.
(6) If yellow cable is not faulty, reconnect it to
ECU/DEC, alternator, and ignition exciter.
d. If neither alternator nor yellow cable is faulty,
When measuring pin-to-pin resistance, use
replace ECU/DEC (para 7-11).
care to prevent bending of individual pins.
1-83. Thermocouple Assembly Check. The
(2) Measure resistance between pins 3 and 5 in
following checks test the circuits in the thermocouple
connector (J2) on alternator. Resistance must be:
assembly and the circuits in the yellow cable that connect
the thermocouple assembly to the ECU/ DEC. These checks
• (T700) 2.0 - 4.0 ohms determine whether the thermocouple assembly or the
• (T701, T701C) 1.0 - 2.5 ohms yellow cable should be replaced.
(3) Check each pin for short circuit-to-ground. a. Using switch box (T701) 21C7085G02 or (T700,
Minimum resistance shall be 20 megohms. T701C) 21C7085G01, make circuit resistance and short
circuit checks (see paragraph 1-79 for instructions and
(4) Measure pin-to-pin resistance of the J2 limits) through S39 connector on ECU/DEC. Set selector
connector between pins 1 and 2, 3, 4, 5 respectively and switch at position number 2. If reading is out of limits, or if
between pins 2 and 3, 4, 5 respectively. Minimum resistance an open or short circuit is found, do steps b and c to isolate
shall be 20 megohms. the fault to either thermocouple assembly or yellow cable.
1-281
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
b. Check yellow cable as follows:
(1) Disconnect yellow cable at ECU/DEC and at When measuring pin-pin resistance, use care
thermocouple assembly. to prevent bending of individual pins.
(2) Check socket-to-socket continuity between (6) Insert contact pin PN M39029/4-111 in pin B
electrical connector (W4P7 - yellow cable) and electrical or C of thermocouple connector W4P7 and contact pin
connector (W4P1 - yellow cable) (see following list). No PNM39029/4-110 in pin 29 of ECU/DEC connector W4P1.
open circuits allowed.
(7) Check for circuit resistance between pin B or
W4P7 W4P1 C of thermocouple connector W4P1. Circuit resistance shall
Sockets Sockets be less than 1.00 ohms
A or D to 28
B or C to 29 (8) Flex thermocouple connector W4P7 as in
step (5).
(9) Check pins 28 and 29 of ECU/DEC
connector W4P1 for short circuit to outer metal braid of
When measuring pin-pin resistance, use care
yellow electrical cable while flexing cable (step (5)). No
to prevent bending of individual pins.
short circuit allowed. Minimum resistance shall be
1megohm.
(3) Insert contact pin PN M39029/4-111 in pin
A or D of thermocouple connector W4P7 and contact pin
(10) Check pins 28 and 29 of ECU/DEC
PN M39029/4-110 in pin 28 of DEC/ECU connector W4P1.
connector W4P1 for short circuit while flexing cable
(step (5)). No short circuit allowed. Minimum resistance
NOTE shall be 1 megohm.
The digital multimeter or equivalent should be
(11) If yellow cable is faulty, replace it
sensitive to milli-ohms to ensure small
(para 7-41).
resistance changes will be indicated.
c. Check thermocouple assembly as follows:
(4) Check for circuit resistance between pin A or
D of thermocouple connector W4P7 and pin 28 of
(1) Check pins C and D for short circuit to outer
ECU/DEC connector W4P1. Circuit resistance shall be less
metal braid of cable. No short circuits allowed.
than 0.50 ohms.
NOTE (2) If thermocouple assembly is faulty, replace it
(para 7-62).
Make sure connections are secure while
flexing cable to prevent premature cable (3) Remove contact pins from connectors W4P1
rejection. and W4P7. Connect yellow electrical cable connectors to
thermocouple assembly and ECU/DEC connectors.
(5) Hold yellow electrical cable 3 inches from
thermocouple connector W4P7. Flex cable in smooth 75 to 1-84. Torque and Overspeed Sensor System
90 degree bend, once in each clock position; 3, 6, 9, and 12 Check. The following checks test the circuits in the torque
o'clock. Circuit resistance shall remain steady during and overspeed sensor and circuits in the blue cable that
flexing. A change in circuit resistance of 5.0 ohm or greater connect the sensor to the ECU/DEC. These checks
is cause for rejection. determine whether the sensor or the blue cable should be
replaced.
1-282
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
a. Using switch box (T701) 21C7085G02 or (T700, (6) If blue cable is not faulty, reconnect it to
T701C) 21C7085G01, make circuit resistance and short ECU/DEC and torque and overspeed sensor.
circuit checks (see paragraph 1-79 for instructions and
limits) through S39 connector on ECU/DEC. Set selector (7) After completion of final testing, seal
switch at position number 5. If reading is out-of-limits, or if connectors (para H-9, Appendix H).
an open or short circuit is found, do steps b and c to isolate
fault to either torque and overspeed sensor or blue cable. 1-85. Overspeed System Check for (T700)
Pressurizing and Overspeed Unit (POU), and
b. Check torque and overspeed sensor as follows: (T701, T701C) Overspeed and Drain Valve (ODV).
The checks in this paragraph test the circuits in the
(1) Disconnect blue cable from sensor. following:
(2) Measure resistance between pins A and C and • (T700) POU
between pins B and D in connector (J1) on sensor. Normal • (T701, T701C) ODV
resistance for both readings is 13 to 21 ohms.
• blue cable that connects the ECU/ DEC to
the (T700) POU, or (T701, T701C) ODV
(3) Check each pin for short circuit-to-ground.
No short circuits allowed.
These checks determine whether the valve or the blue cable
should be replaced.
(4) If readings are out-of-limits, circuit is faulty.
Replace torque and overspeed sensor (para 7-69).
a. Using switch box (T701) 21C7085G02 or (T700,
T701C) 21C7085G01, make circuit resistance and short
c. Check blue cable as follows:
circuit checks (see paragraph 1-79 for instructions and
limits) through S39 connector. Set selector switch at
(1) Disconnect blue cable at ECU/DEC.
position number 6. If reading is out-of-limits, the circuit is
open or shorted. Do steps b and c to isolate fault to either the
(2) Check socket-to-socket continuity between
valve or blue cable.
electrical connector (W5P1 - blue cable) and electrical
connector (W5P3 - blue cable) (see following list). No open
b. Check (T700) POU, or (T701, T701C) ODV as
circuits allowed.
follows:
W5P1 W5P3 (1) Disconnect blue cable from the valve.
Sockets Sockets
3 to D (2) Measure resistance between pins 1 and 3 and
10 to C between pins 2 and 4 in connector (J1) on valve. Normal
11 to B resistance for both readings is 18 to 24 ohms.
12 to A
(3) Check each pin for short circuit-to-ground.
(3) Check for short circuits between sockets 3, No short circuit allowed.
10, 11, and 12 or A, B, C, and D. No short circuits allowed.
(4) If readings are out of limits, circuit is faulty.
(4) Check each socket for short circuit to outer Replace the following:
metal braid of cable. No short circuits allowed. Minimum
resistance will be 1 megohm. • (T700) POU (para 6-87)
• (T701, T701C) ODV (para 6-74)
(5) If blue cable is faulty, replace it (para 7-46).
c. Check blue cable as follows:
(1) Disconnect blue cable at (T700, T701) ECU,
or (T701C) DEC.
1-283
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
(2) Check socket-to-socket continuity between (2) Check the aircraft cable connector (E1) for:
electrical connector (W5P1 - blue cable) and electrical
connector (W5P2 - blue cable) (see following list). No open (a) Short circuits between sockets 18 and 20;
circuits allowed. and between 19 and 20. No short circuits allowed.
W5P1 W5P2 (b) Short circuits between aircraft ground and
Sockets Sockets sockets 3, 18, 19, 20, 21, and 22. No short circuits allowed.
5 to 1
(c) Resistance between sockets 18 and 20; 19
6 to 2
and 20; 21 and 20. (See applicable aircraft maintenance
7 to 3 manual for limits and circuitry.) If an open circuit is found
8 to 4 during these checks, check continuity in cable between
sockets 18, 19, 20, and 21, and corresponding pin at other
(3) Check for short circuit between sockets 1, 2, end of circuit.
3, and 4 in electrical connector (W5P2). No short circuits
allowed. (d) (T700) Proper operation of beeper trim
system at four or more settings from min beep to max beep.
(4) Check each socket for short circuit to outer Resistance between pins 20 and 21 (common to wiper) on
metal braid of cable. No short circuits allowed. Minimum both engine systems must not differ from one another by
resistance will be 1 megohm. more than 300 ohms for a given trim setting. If resistance
differs by more than 300 ohms, there is probably a fault in
(5) If blue cable is faulty, replace it (para 7-46). the aircraft trim system. Correct the fault. (Refer to
applicable aircraft maintenance manual.)
(6) If blue cable is not faulty, reconnect it to
(T700, T701) ECU, or (T701C) DEC and to POU or ODV. d. Check load share system as follows:
1-86. Checking Aircraft Np Demand System, (1) Disconnect both aircraft cable connectors
Load Share, and Instrument Indicating Cables. (E1) from both (T700, T701) ECUs, or (T701C) DECs.
This procedure outlines aircraft checks for both engine
systems to determine whether the fault is in the Np (2) Check for continuity in the load share circuits
potentiometer or in the aircraft cable that connects to the E1 between engines as follows: from socket 23 of number one
connector on the engine (T700, T701) ECU, or (T701C) engine to socket 24 of number two engine; from socket 23
DEC. of number two engine to socket 24 of number one engine.
No open circuits allowed.
(3) Check for short circuits between aircraft
Testing Ignition System ground and sockets 23 and 24 in each connector. No short
circuits allowed. Minimum resistance will be 1 megohm.
To avoid possible electrical shock or damage
to test equipment, the BAT switch and EXT e. Check instrument indicating cables as follows:
PWR RESET switch must be OFF.
(1) Disconnect both aircraft cable connectors
a. Use a multimeter for these checks. (E1) from both (T700, T701) ECUs, or both (T701C)
DECs.
b. Check aircraft cables for loose connectors and for
damaged pins or sockets according to applicable aircraft (2) Check for short circuits between aircraft
maintenance manual. ground and sockets 3, 6, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 16, 17, and 22
in each connector. No short circuits allowed. Minimum
c. Check Np demand system as follows: resistance will be 1 megohm, with exception as indicated in
following note.
(1) Disconnect aircraft cable connector (E1)
from (T700, T701) ECU, or (T701C) DEC connector.
1-284 Change 3
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
NOTE b. The Woodward Governor HMU emits a louder
noise (than Hamilton Standard) during all levels of engine
Sockets 9 and 11 may indicate continuity to operation.
aircraft ground if aircraft instrumentation is
grounded (designed that way). See applicable c. A new (before break-in) gas generator rotor and
aircraft maintenance manual for circuit details stator could emit a rubbing sound, from the outer balance
and resistance values. piston seal, this is normal.
(3) Check both connectors separately by 1-88. Torque Repeatability Check.
checking for short circuits between each connector socket,
and each socket within that connector (sockets 1, 2, 3, 5, 6, a. This check may be done on the ground or at
7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, and 24). altitude. If it is done on the ground, aircraft should be
No short circuits allowed except as allowed by the headed into the wind to reduce the effects of exhaust gas
following steps: ingestion. If it is done at altitude, all steps will be done at
the same altitude. In either case, all steps will be done at the
(a) Sockets 1 and 2 (aircraft generator same FAT and % Np.
circuits) will indicate continuity if the generator is directly
connected and/or if the circuit breaker is not open. (Refer to b. Check the torque system for repeatability as
applicable aircraft maintenance manual for circuit details follows:
and resistance value.)
NOTE
(b) Sockets 3 and 22 are load share circuit
commons, and will show continuity. Refer to instructions in Aircraft Operator's
Manual when starting engines.
1-87. Unusual Engine Noise.
(1) Start engine and slowly increase engine
a. If an unusual high-pitched whining sound is heard, power until TGT reaches 650°C (1202°F). If temperature
do the following: exceeds 650°C (1202°F), reduce power until TGT is below
600°C (1112°F) and then slowly approach 650°C (1202°F)
NOTE again by slowly increasing engine power.
• Certain compressor damage can cause a (2) Stabilize TGT at 650°C (1202°F) for 1
high-pitched whining sound. The noise will minute and record torque, Ng, and TGT.
vary with gas generator speed and should
be much higher than usual engine noise (3) Increase power until TGT is 700°-750°C
level. (1292°-1382°F).
• Compressor rotors with repaired stage 1
blades produce a higher pitched noise than (4) Slowly reduce power until TGT is 650°C
is present on undamaged compressor (1202°F). If temperature is below 650°C (1202°F), increase
rotors. This higher pitch is not harmful to power until TGT is 700°-750°C (1292°-1382°F) then
personnel or material, and should not be slowly reduce power until TGT is 650°C (1202°F).
cause for engine removal from an aircraft.
(5) Stabilize TGT at 650°C (1202°F) for 1
(1) Reduce power and stop running the engine as minute and record torque, Ng, and TGT.
soon as practical to avoid damaging compressor.
(6) With aircraft on the ground, reduce power
(2) Review engine records to determine if stage 1 quickly to ground idle speed. Record torque, Ng, and TGT
compressor rotor blades have been repaired (para 2-6). with engine stabilized at ground idle speed.
(3) If stage 1 blades have not been repaired, (7) Compare the torque value recorded in step (2)
borescope the compressor (para 1-172). with that recorded in step (5). The difference between the
two values is the repeatability error.
Change 3 1-284.1/(1-284.2 Blank)
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
c. If the torque repeatability error determined in e. Check to see that cockpit chip detector caution
step b(7) is more than 10%, go to troubleshooting light comes on. If caution light fails to come on refer to
procedure 75. troubleshooting procedure 45.
1-89. Electrical Ignition Lead Check. f. If caution light comes on, reinstall electrical chip
detector as follows:
a. Use a multimeter for this check.
(1) Turn off aircraft power to electrical chip
b. Remove electrical ignition leads (para 7-24). detector circuit.
c. Check socket on one end of ignition lead to socket (2) Re-install screen onto chip detector.
on other end of ignition lead for continuity. If continuity is
not indicated, replace ignition lead (para 7-28). (3) Install preformed packing onto chip detector.
d. Check ignition lead for short-to-ground by testing (4) Insert chip detector into gearbox mounting
socket of one end of ignition lead to metal braid. If ignition flange.
lead is shorted, replace it (para 7-28).
(5) Tighten two captive bolts. Torque bolts to
e. Repeat steps c and d for other ignition lead. 45-50 inch-pounds.
1-90. Electrical Chip Detector Circuit Test. 1-91. Ng Indicating System Check. Electrical
connector locations are shown in figure FO-2.
a. Leaving electrical connector (green cable) attached
to chip detector, remove electrical chip detector as follows: a. Use a multimeter for this check.
(1) Loosen two captive bolts. b. Disconnect aircraft cable connector (E3) from
electrical connector (W3J1 - green cable) on swirl frame.
(2) Using open-end wrench, loosen and remove
electrical chip detector. c. Measure resistance between pins 20 and 21 in
electrical connector (W3J1). Resistance will be 2.0 to 3.5
(3) Unscrew and remove screen on chip detector. ohms. If reading is out-of-limits, check for short or open
circuit as follows:
(4) Remove and discard preformed packing.
(1) Remove green cable from alternator
connector.
Testing Electrical Chip Detectors (2) Measure resistance between pins 4 and 5 on
alternator connector (J1). Resistance will be:
Electrical chip detectors are powered by
aircraft DC electrical power. To prevent • (T700) 2.0 - 3.5 ohms
electrical shock, do not hold detector by its • (T701, T701C) 2.5 - 4.0 ohms
metal housing when doing the following test.
(3) If reading is within limits, replace green cable
b. Hold detector by insulated electrical cable. (para 7-35). If reading is out-of-limits, replace alternator
stator (para 7-51).
c. Turn on aircraft power to electrical chip detector
circuit.
d. Place an insulated screwdriver across gap of chip
detector, to short out gap of detector; then ground detector
to engine.
1-285
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
1-92. Overtemperature Checklist.
If an emergency start is conducted without the
aid of cockpit engine parameter display and a
hung start or hot start occurs, do not attempt
any further starts. Continued operation of
engine will result in further engine damage.
Remove and mark engine components as
outlined in paragraph 1-280.
a. When reviewing reported overtemperature
problems, check for the following to verify that an
overtemperature problem exists:
(1) Stall (audible popping and banging).
(2) High TGT at shutdown requiring cooling
rollover.
(3) Engine rollback and warning light activation
if at ground idle speed.
(4) Engine was being operated in lockout mode.
b. Determine extent of overtemperature as follows:
(1) Determine maximum TGT reached.
(2) (T700) Determine time spent at 950°C
(1742°F) or below if overtemperature occurred above
ground idle; on start-to-ground idle, or ground idle-to-
shutdown.
(3) (T701, T701C) Determine time spent at
(T701) 965°C (1769°F), or (T701C) 949°C (1740°F) or
below if overtemperature occurred above ground idle; or
determine time spent at (T701) 950°C (1742°F), or
(T701C) 934°C (1714°F) or below if overtemperature
occurred on start or shutdown.
1-286
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
c. Inspect engine for visual signs of overtemperature (b) Check for burned or missing stage 1 gas
damage as follows: generator turbine rotor blade tips. (View through stage 1
turbine nozzle.)
(1) Indications that molten metal has passed
through and has adhered to the vanes. (c) Check for presence of burning on stage 1
turbine nozzle.
(2) Seized power turbine or gas generator rotor.
If seized, allow TGT to cool below 150°C (302°F) and then (d) Check combustion liner for signs of
recheck for seizure. overtemperature damage.
(3) Borescope engine (para 1-172) as follows:
d. Compare maximum TGT reached and time spent at
maximum TGT with the engine overtemperature limits in
(a) Check for compressor rotor damage
(T700) figures 1-50 and 1-53, or (T701, T701C)
(para 1-182).
figures 1-51, 1-52, 1-54 and 1-55 to determine if
maintenance action is required.
1-286.1/(1-286.2 Blank)
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-50. (T700) Engine Maintenance Requirements for Overtemperature Operation from
Start-to-Ground Idle and from Ground Idle-to-Shutdown
1-287
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-51. (T701) Engine Maintenance Requirements for Overtemperature Operation from
Start-to-Ground Idle and from Ground-Idle-to-Shutdown
1-288
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-52. (T701C) Engine Maintenance Requirements for Overtemperature Operation from
Start-to-Ground Idle and from Ground-Idle-to-Shutdown
1-289
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-53. (T700) Engine Maintenance Requirements for Overtemperature Operation Above Ground Idle
1-290
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-54. (T701) Engine Maintenance Requirements for Overtemperature Operation Above Ground Idle
1-291
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-55. (T701C) Engine Maintenance Requirements for Overtemperature Operation
Above Ground Idle
1-292 Change 4
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
1-93. E1 Harness (Aircraft) Overtemperature b. Disconnect electrical connector (W3P2 - green
Troubleshooting Check. Electrical connector locations cable) at oil pressure sensor and disconnect aircraft cable
are shown in figure FO-2. connector (E3) at electrical connector (W3J1 green cable)
on swirl frame.
a. Use a multimeter for this check.
c. Check continuity of green cable from connectors
b. Disconnect E1 harness from (T700, T701) ECU W3P2 to W3J1 as follows (no open circuits allowed):
or (T701C) DEC on both the number one and the number
two engines. W3P2 W3J1
Sockets Pins
c. Check for short circuit between sockets 24 to 16
and 23 to 16 on each connector. No short circuits allowed. 1 to 7
2 to 6
d. Check for short circuits to aircraft ground or for 3 to 5
socket-to-socket short circuit in E1 connector; see
para 1-86, steps e(2) and e(3). d. Check electrical connector (W3P2) for short
circuits between sockets 1, 2, and 3. No short circuits
1-94. Yellow Cable Overtemperature allowed.
Troubleshooting Check. Electrical connector locations
are shown in figure FO-2. e. Check electrical connector (W3P2) for short
circuits to aircraft ground from sockets 1, 2, and 3. No short
a. Use a multimeter for this check. circuits allowed.
b. Disconnect electrical connectors (yellow cable) at f. If green cable is faulty, replace it (para 7-35).
the following:
g. If green cable is not faulty, reconnect it to oil
• (T700, T701) ECU, or (T701C) DEC pressure sensor, and reconnect aircraft cable connector (E3)
(W4P1) to electrical connector (W3J1 - green cable) on swirl frame.
• History recorder
• Np sensor 1-96. (T700, T701C) Oil Temperature Sensor
Green Cable Circuit Check. Electrical connector
• Thermocouple assembly
locations are shown in figure FO-2.
• HMU
• Ignition exciter a. Use a multimeter for this check.
c. Check electrical connector (W4P1 - yellow cable) b. Disconnect electrical connector (W3P6 - green
for short circuits between all sockets to the outer metal braid cable) at oil temperature sensor and disconnect aircraft
of yellow cable. No short circuits allowed. cable connector (E3) at electrical connector (W3J1 green
cable) on swirl frame.
d. Check for shorts between all sockets. None
allowed. c. Check continuity of green cable from connectors
W3P6 to W3J1 as follows (no open circuits allowed):
e. If yellow cable is faulty, replace it (para 7-41).
W3P6 W3J1
f. If yellow cable is not faulty, reconnect all Sockets Pins
connectors that were removed.
1 to 10
2 to 9
g. After completion of final testing, seal connectors
(para H-9, Appendix H). 3 to 8
1-95. Oil Pressure Sensor Green Cable Circuit d. Check electrical connector (W3P6) for short
Check. Electrical connector locations are shown in figure circuits between sockets 1, 2, and 3. No short circuits
FO-2. allowed.
a. Use a multimeter for this check.
1-293
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
e. Check electrical connector (W3P6) for short a. Remove radial drive shaft cover boot (fig. 1-56),
circuits to aircraft ground from sockets 1, 2, and 3. No retaining ring, and radial drive shaft cover assembly.
shorts circuits allowed.
b. Inspect packing for nicks, cuts, or looseness.
f. If green cable is faulty, replace it (para 7-35). Replace defective packing.
g. If green cable is not faulty, reconnect it to oil c. Crank radial drive shaft assembly as shown in
temperature sensor, and reconnect aircraft cable connector figure 1-56, using a 5/16-inch socket, an extension, and a
(E3) to electrical connector (W3J1 - green cable) on swirl ratchet.
frame.
1-97. Green Cable Fuel Pressure Sensor Circuit
Check. Electrical connector locations are shown in To prevent any oil loss and any possible in-
figureFO-2. flight shutdown, be sure Axis-A cover is
properly reinstalled.
a. Use a multimeter for this check.
d. Install cover assembly, retaining ring, and boot.
b. Disconnect electrical connector (W3P8 - green
cable) at fuel pressure sensor and disconnect aircraft cable
connector (E3) at electrical connector (W3J1 green cable) 1-99. HAND-CRANKING THE ACCESSORY
on swirl frame. GEARBOX.
c. Check continuity of green cable from connectors
W3P8 to W3J1 as follows (no open circuits allowed):
When removing or installing components, use
extreme care to prevent damage to axis-A oil
W3P8 W3J1
nozzle.
Sockets Pins
1 to 22 a. Remove radial drive shaft cover boot (fig. 1-56),
2 to 23 retaining ring, and radial drive shaft cover assembly.
3 to 24
b. Inspect packing for nicks, cuts, or looseness.
d. Check electrical connector (W3P8) for short Replace defective packing.
circuits between sockets 1, 2, and 3. No short circuits
allowed. c. Withdraw radial drive shaft assembly about 7-1/2
inches so that power takeoff drive spline (lower spline) on
e. Check electrical connector (W3P8) for short radial drive shaft engages spline within accessory gearbox.
circuits to aircraft ground from sockets 1, 2, and 3. No short
circuits allowed. d. Crank radial drive shaft assembly, using a
5/16-inch socket and ratchet. Gearbox drive train will turn
f. If green cable is faulty, replace it (para 7-35). without turning the compressor rotor.
g. If green cable is not faulty, reconnect it to fuel
pressure sensor, and reconnect aircraft cable connector (E3)
to electrical connector (W3J1 - green cable) on swirl frame. To prevent any oil loss and any possible in-
flight shutdown, be sure Axis-A cover is
1-98. HAND-CRANKING THE ENGINE. properly reinstalled.
e. Install cover assembly, retaining ring, and boot.
When removing or installing components, use
extreme care to prevent damage to axis-A oil
nozzle.
1-294
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-56. Hand-Cranking the Engine or the Accessory Gearbox
1-295
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Section VII. GENERAL MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES
d. During disassembly, examine all parts and
1-100. GENERAL MAINTENANCE
assemblies for serviceability. Look for indications of work
INFORMATION.
done incorrectly during previous maintenance or overhaul.
1-101. Appendix G provides torque values for bolts, nuts, Report any such indications in accordance with current
and connectors used for components and modular practice.
assemblies of the engine.
1-102. Some engine hardware is tightened using the
wrench-arc method. Refer to paragraph H-14, in • Never allow fuel or oil to contact electrical
Appendix H for descriptions of the wrench-arc procedures. connectors. Use only specified solvent to
clean connectors. Other solvents might
1-103. In this section the hydromechanical unit is damage connectors.
identified as HMU, the (T700, T701) electrical control unit • Do not use pliers to tighten connectors.
is identified as (T700, T701) ECU, and the (T701C)
digital electronic control is identified as (T701C) DEC. The e. Use extreme care when disconnecting electrical
(T700) pressurizing and overspeed unit is identified as leads. Cap all ends to prevent entrance of dirt, oil, and
(T700) POU, and the (T701, T701C) overspeed and drain moisture. Use only the recommended protector caps. Be
valve is identified as (T700, T701) ODV. The power sure that caps are clean and dry. Never cover electrical
available spindle (on HMU) is identified as PAS. connectors with plastic bags. See paragraph H-7,
Appendix H, for detailed instructions on electrical
1-104. GENERAL PRACTICES AND connectors used on this engine.
PRECAUTIONS.
f. Before disconnecting tubes and hoses, remove
Maintenance personnel will become familiar with the locknuts and bolts from cushioned clamps. This prevents
following general practices and precautions before damage to fittings. If the same lines are going to be
attempting to work on the engine or on any of the engine reinstalled, reassembly will be easier if clamps are not
subassemblies or components. removed from lines. Remove locknut and bolt that secure
the clamp; free the clamp, then reinstall bolt and locknut
a. Before starting any of the following procedures, loosely in the clamp.
read the general maintenance practices in Appendix H.
g. When connecting or disconnecting tubes and
b. Maintenance actions and procedures are limited to hoses, use caution to avoid twisting action which could
the actions and the procedures contained in this manual. cause damage. When possible, use a backup wrench on
fittings. As tubes and hoses are disconnected, or
c. Engines removed for unscheduled repair require components removed, cap or cover openings to keep out
only that portion of work necessary to return the engine to foreign material. Do not use tape to cover openings. Tape
service. adhesive is soluble in oil and can cause contamination.
When connecting tubes and hoses, use wrench-arc
tightening method in paragraph H-14, Appendix H.
Be sure stage 1 nozzle face-type seal (3, h. To aid in reassembly, keep bolts together as they
fig. 3-1 or 3-2) is installed. If module or are removed from each bolt circle.
engine is found to have been operated without
stage 1 nozzle face-type seal installed, the i. Dispose of unserviceable parts in accordance with
stage 1 and stage 2 turbine blades and dampers current regulations. Discard all preformed packings
may have been subjected to excessive (O-rings) and gaskets that are removed during disassembly.
excitation force. Engines operated without Do not discard adapter gasket (sheetmetal plate with
stage 1 nozzle face-type seal installed must integral seals) used on (T700) POU, on (T701, T701C)
have the stage 1 and stage 2 turbine blades and ODV, on oil cooler, or on oil manifold unless sealing
dampers replaced. material is damaged.
1-296 Change 3
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
j. Do not damage preformed packing grooves when l. All used locknuts will be tried for self-locking
removing or installing packings. Unless otherwise capabilities before being reused. Manually thread used
specified, lubricate packings and grooves with a light coat locknut onto bolt or stud until it stops turning. Replace
of lubricating oil (item 85 or 87, Appendix D) before locknut if bolt or stud threads go past end of locknut. (Refer
installing packings. to TM 1-1500-204-23-1 for more detailed information.)
k. Keywashers are not reusable. Once used, they will
be replaced by new keywashers in all applications.
Change 3 1-296.1/(1-296.2 Blank)
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
m. Use care when assembling bolts to shank-type u. Do not leave tools or parts on any part of the
locknuts. Aline the bolts and engage the first few threads engine, particularly near inlet, during maintenance. Return
manually to avoid dislodging the locknut from its seat. each tool to its proper place immediately after use.
n. During assembly, be careful not to drop nuts, v. Always wear approved, clean, thermally insulated
washers, or other objects into the subassembly. If an object gloves when handling hot or chilled engine parts.
is dropped, do not proceed further until it is removed.
w. Lift all heavy parts with proper lifting devices to
o. Do not use excessive force to assemble mating prevent damage to the part or injury to personnel. Do not
parts. If excessive force appears necessary, inspect mating use engine components as handles when moving the engine.
surfaces for burrs or pickups. Remove any such defects and
repair or replace defective parts.
p. The special tools identified in this manual are Never mark engine parts with a lead pencil.
designed specifically for use on this engine. Avoid the use Such deposits can cause corrosion and burn-
of makeshift tools. out of parts. Do not use either the electrolytic-
etch or electric-arc scribe methods to mark
engine parts.
Do not use brass or lead tools when installing x. Use marker (item 82, Appendix D) or equivalent to
or disassembling hot section parts. Brass and temporarily mark engine parts.
lead contaminants can ultimately lead to part
failure. y. Unless otherwise specified in this manual, all bolts
must protrude through their respective attaching nuts by at
q. Before using tools, be sure that they are clean and least the length of the chamfer on the end of the bolt, plus
free from nicks, dents, or burrs that could damage engine one full thread. (Refer to TM 1-1500-204-23-1.)
parts.
1-105. MAINTENANCE PROCEDURE FOR
ENGINES IMMERSED IN SALT WATER OR
EXPOSED TO FIRE-EXTINGUISHING AGENTS.
Do not use cadmium-plated tools on titanium
parts. Doing so may cause parts to fail during 1-106. Preliminary Information.
subsequent use.
a. This procedure explains the maintenance required
r. Titanium parts require special care. When for engines that have been immersed in salt water or have
cadmium-plated tools are used on titanium parts, it is been involved in crashes or in fires where fire-extinguishing
possible for particles of cadmium to become embedded in agents have been used.
the titanium. At temperatures above 600°F (316°C), the
cadmium can cause the titanium to become brittle, resulting b. Refer to table 1-15 for corrective action required to
in overstressed areas and possible cracking. Therefore, return engine to service if:
cadmium-plated tools will not be used on titanium parts.
(1) Exposure to fire-extinguishing agent was the
s. Do not use screw drivers or sharp metal rods to result of accidental release of the agent.
separate engine parts. If engine parts are bound or seized,
use wooden wedges to separate them. (2) The nacelle/engine had fire indications but
was not exposed to flames or heat.
t. Do not use hammers with metal heads to drive any
tool on any part of the engine; instead, use hammers with (3) The fire-extinguishing agent was not ingested
plastic, nylon, or rawhide heads when driving is required. into the engine or injected into the exhaust.
1-297
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table 1-15. Maintenance and Cleaning Requirements for Engines Exposed to Fire-Extinguishing Agents
(External Exposure Only)
Military or Maintenance
Extinguishing Federal Chemical Required To Make
Item Agent Specification Composition Initial Action Engine Serviceable
1. Animal Protein 0-F-555C -------- Water-wash outside of Water-wash engine to
engine to remove residue. remove residue. Steam-
Steam-clean engine if clean engine if required.
required. Use a clean cloth Clean engine
dampened with water to (para 1-108).
remove deposits on engine
inlet and engine exterior.
Avoid getting steam or
water on electrical
connectors.
2. Carbon Dioxide BB-C-101B CO2 No action required if No cleanup required.
engine was not running. If CO2 leaves no residue.
engine was running, refer
to table 1-16.
3. Detergent Foam None -------- Same as Item 1. Same as Item 1.
Compressed Air
• When using compressed air for any cooling, cleaning, or drying operation, do not exceed 30 psig at the
nozzle.
• Eyes can be permanently damaged by contact with liquid or large particles propelled by compressed air.
Inhalation of air-blown particles or solvent vapor can damage lungs.
• When using air for cleaning at an air-exhausted workbench, wear approved goggles or face shield.
• When using air for cleaning at an unexhausted workbench, wear approved respirator and goggles.
Isopropyl Alcohol
TT-I-735
• Flammable - do not use near open flames, near welding areas, or on hot surfaces.
• Do not smoke when using it, and do not use it where others are smoking.
• Inhalation of vapors can cause drowsiness, dizziness, and headache. Contact of liquid with skin may cause
dermatitis and irritation.
• If any liquid contacts skin or eyes, immediately flush affected area thoroughly with water. Remove solvent-
saturated clothing. If vapors cause drowsiness, go to fresh air.
• When handling large quantities (greater than one gallon (3.8 liters)), work at air-exhausted workbench or
covered tank.
• Store solvent and dispose of liquid-soaked clothes in approved metal safety container.
• Metal containers of liquid must be grounded to maintain electrical continuity.
1-298
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table 1-15. Maintenance and Cleaning Requirements for Engines Exposed to Fire-Extinguishing Agents
(External Exposure Only) (Cont)
Military or Maintenance
Extinguishing Federal Chemical Required To Make
Item Agent Specification Composition Initial Action Engine Serviceable
Isobutyl Alcohol
TT-I-730
• Flammable - do not use near welding areas, near open flames or sparks, or on hot surfaces.
• Use only with adequate ventilation.
• Prolonged or repeated breathing of vapors may cause drowsiness, dizziness, or headache.
• Prolonged or repeated contact with skin may cause dermatitis and irritation.
• Wear approved gloves when handling.
• Store in approved metal safety containers. Keep container tightly covered when not in use.
4. Dry Chemical MIL-F-22287A Potassium Bicarbonate As soon as possible, Remove glaze from
“PKP” covered with silicone remove as much loose surfaces using a mixture
(methyl powder as possible to stop of 60% isopropyl
polysilidoxane) to corrosion. Use either alcohol and 40%
prevent absorption of vacuum tools or isobutyl alcohol. Then
moisture. compressed air at 30 psig. steam-clean engine.
Avoid getting steam on
electrical connectors.
5. Halon 1011 MIL-B-4394D Bromochloromethane Clean outside of engine Same as Initial Action
CH2BrC1 with a mixture of 60% column.
isopropyl alcohol and 40%
isobutyl alcohol. Steam-
clean engine if required.
Avoid getting steam on
electrical connectors.
6. Halon 1211 MIL-B-38741 Bromochloro- Above 25°F (–2°C), no No cleanup is required.
difluoromethane action is required. At 25°F Halon 1211 leaves no
CF2C1Br (–2°C) and below, run residue.
engine at idle speed for 5 to
10 minutes to evaporate
liquid. External heat
sources may be used if
engine cannot be started.
7. Halon 1301 MIL-B-12218B Bromotrifluro- No action is required. No cleanup required.
methane CF3Br Halon 1301 leaves no
residue.
*
8. “Light Water” MIL-F-24385A Proprietary to Same as Item 1. Same as Item 1.
Foam (AFFF) 3M Company.
or
ANSUL AAF Proprietary to ANSUL
Corp.
* Registered Trademark of 3M Company
1-299
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
e. When engines are involved in salt water crashes,
assume that all internal areas are contaminated. The engine
Viton Exposed to Fire Damage will be cleaned and preserved as directed in
paragraph 1-107 to prevent further corrosion.
• Combustion can produce highly toxic
fumes of hydrogen fluoride and carbonyl 1-107. Preservation Procedure.
fluoride at temperatures over 527°F
(275°C). NOTE
• Water from firefighting efforts and
moisture from eyes, sweaty skin, and lungs
• Under certain circumstances, PKP and
may combine with hydrogen fluoride gas or Halon 1011 can combine with moisture,
residue to form Hydrofluoric acid. which can cause severe corrosion damage
to engine components. Consequently,
• Exposure to Hydrofluoric acid will cause
disposition of engines to Depot should be
blurred vision, pain, and breathing
on an expedited basis.
difficulty. In sufficient concentration,
exposure may lead to permanent lung
• If engine has been subjected to internal or
damage or death. external fires extinguished by use of dry
chemical fire extinguisher containing
• If eyes or skin is exposed to hydrogen
potassium bicarbonate (PKP) or
fluoride, immediately flush affected area
bromochloromethane CH2BrC1 (Halon
thoroughly with water. Get immediate
medical attention. 1011) and if the extinguishing agent found
its way into the inside of the engine, refer
• Self-contained breathing apparatus,
to table 1-16 for cleaning instructions. The
goggles, and protective clothing shall be
engine will be tagged with an appropriate
worn when fighting fires associated with
salt water-crash-fire damage tag and sent to
Viton.
Depot for further disposition.
• Wear neoprene gloves when handling
refuse from a Viton fire, even if material is a. Tag all parts removed from engine with an
cool. appropriate salt water-crash-fire damage tag. This tag will
• Allow for adequate cool-down and air-out remain with part until disposal action is complete or until
periods in a well ventilated area before overhaul of part or assembly involved is accomplished. The
repairing equipment damaged by a fire tag will specify:
involving Viton.
WATER-CRASH-FIRE DAMAGE PART
c. If engine inspection reveals internal or external fire
damage, or if fire-extinguishing agent was ingested when Engine Serial no.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
the engine was operating or was injected into engine Part no. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
exhaust immediately after engine was shutdown, refer to Nomenclature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
table 1-16. Serial Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Preserved Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
d. Preservation will be done as soon as possible after Date. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
recovery of engine from water or after extinguishing of fire. Name of Activity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
No preservation will be done before obtaining release of
engine from any board of inquiry involved with accident. EXPEDITE HANDLING
However, it is extremely important that this preservation be
done as soon as possible. This will reduce the increased b. Surfaces cleaned during preservation will not
chance of corrosion caused by water and presence of remain uncoated due to lack of any specified preservatives.
residues of fire-extinguishing agent. Use fresh water, steam, In an emergency, use any preservative available. If no
or both, followed by prompt application of water-displacing preservative is at hand, substitute any clean, light, unused
preservatives such as MIL-C-16173, and thoroughly dry oil. Applying a non-preservative light oil will be better than
parts and assemblies using heaters, ovens, or any other allowing part to remain uncoated because of lack of a
available means where temperature can be controlled. specified preservative.
1-300
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table 1-16. Maintenance and Cleaning Requirements for Engines Exposed to Fire-Extinguishing Agents
(External and Internal Exposure)
Military or Maintenance
Extinguishing Federal Chemical Required To Make
Item Agent Specification Composition Initial Action Engine Serviceable
1. Animal Protein 0-F-555C -------- Preserve engine (para 1-206) None. Return engine to
Depot.
2. Carbon Dioxide BB-C-101B CO2 Replace engine if CO2 was None. Return engine to
(gas) ingested while engine was at Depot.
operating temperature or if
CO2 was injected
immediately after shutdown.
3. Detergent Foam None -------- Same as Item 1. Same as Item 1.
Compressed Air
• When using compressed air for any cooling, cleaning, or drying operation, do not exceed 30 psig at the
nozzle.
• Eyes can be permanently damaged by contact with liquid or large particles propelled by compressed air.
Inhalation of air-blown particles or solvent vapor can damage lungs.
• When using air for cleaning at an air-exhausted workbench, wear approved goggles or face shield.
• When using air for cleaning at an unexhausted workbench, wear approved respirator and goggles.
Isopropyl Alcohol
TT-I-735
• Flammable - do not use near open flames, near welding areas, or on hot surfaces.
• Do not smoke when using it, and do not use it where others are smoking.
• Inhalation of vapors can cause drowsiness, dizziness, and headache. Contact of liquid with skin may cause
dermatitis and irritation.
• If any liquid contacts skin or eyes, immediately flush affected area thoroughly with water. Remove solvent-
saturated clothing. If vapors cause drowsiness, go to fresh air.
• When handling large quantities (greater than one gallon (3.8 liters)), work at air-exhausted workbench or
covered tank.
• Store solvent and dispose of liquid-soaked clothes in approved metal safety container.
• Metal containers of liquid must be grounded to maintain electrical continuity.
Isobutyl Alcohol
TT-I-730
• Flammable - do not use near welding areas, near open flames or sparks, or on hot surfaces.
• Use only with adequate ventilation.
• Prolonged or repeated breathing of vapors may cause drowsiness, dizziness, or headache.
• Prolonged or repeated contact with skin may cause dermatitis and irritation.
• Wear approved gloves when handling.
• Store in approved metal safety containers. Keep container tightly covered when not in use.
1-301
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table 1-16. Maintenance and Cleaning Requirements for Engines Exposed to Fire-Extinguishing Agents
(External and Internal Exposure) (Cont)
Military or Maintenance
Extinguishing Federal Chemical Required To Make
Item Agent Specification Composition Initial Action Engine Serviceable
4. Dry Chemical MIL-F-22287A Potassium Bicarbonate Replace Engine. As soon as None. Return engine to
“PKP” covered with silicone possible, remove as much Depot.
(methyl loose powder as possible to
polysilidoxane) to stop corrosion. Use either
prevent absorption of vacuum tools or compressed
moisture. air at 30 psig.
Clean external surfaces by
using mixture of 60%
isopropyl alcohol and 40%
isobutyl alcohol. Steam-clean
engine. Motor engine with
ignition and PCL OFF for 30
seconds to dry engine.
5. Halon 1011 MIL-B-4394D Bromochloromethane Replace engine. Clean None. Return engine to
CH2BrC1 externally and internally as Depot.
much as possible using a
mixture of 60% isopropyl
alcohol and 40% isobutyl
alcohol. Steam-clean the
exterior. Dry motor engine to
dry interior.
6. Halon 1211 MIL-B-38741 Bromochloro- Above 25°F (–2°C), no action No cleanup is required.
difluoromethane is required. At 25°F (–2°C) Halon 1211 leaves no
CF2C1Br and below, run engine at idle residue.
speed for 5 to 10 minutes to
evaporate liquid. External
heat sources may be used if
engine cannot be started.
7. Halon 1301 MIL-B-12218B Bromotrifluro- No action is required. No cleanup required.
methane CF3Br Halon 1301 leaves no
residue.
8. “Light Water”* MIL-F-24385A Proprietary to 3M Same as Item 1. Same as Item 1.
Foam (AFFF) Company.
or
ANSUL AAF Proprietary to ANSUL
Corp.
* Registered Trademark of 3M Company
1-302
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
c. To protect salvageable components of an engine • Dispose of liquid-soaked rags in approved
during preservation, observe the following procedures: metal container.
(1) Thoroughly clean exterior of engine using (4) After engine and components have been
steam or fresh hot water or fresh cold water, in that order of thoroughly flushed of all chemical and salt deposits, drain
preference. Continue steam-cleaning or flushing engine and dry all parts thoroughly. Then apply water-displacing
until all visible salt or other chemical deposits have been corrosion preventive compound (item 62, Appendix D) to
removed. all surfaces.
(5) (T700) Remove HMU (para 6-39) and POU
(para 6-87) from engine. Preserve HMU according to
If PT module is being removed, be careful not paragraph 1-209, steps a(1) through a(10). Preserve POU as
to cause further damage to engine. directed in paragraph 1-209, steps c(1) through c(5).
Reinstall HMU and POU on engine.
(2) If possible (AVIM) remove PT module to
expose internal contaminated surfaces. Be careful during (6) (T701, T701C) Remove HMU and ODV
disassembly to prevent additional damage to engine. from engine. Preserve HMU according to paragraph 1-209,
steps a(1) through a(10), and preserve ODV as directed in
(3) Thoroughly clean PT module and removed paragraph 1-209, steps d(1) through d(5).
components; use steam or fresh hot water or fresh cold
water, in that order of preference. If possible, immerse the (7) Reassemble engine so that it may be installed
rest of the engine in fresh hot water agitated sufficiently to in engine container.
flush all components. If engine cannot be completely
immersed, flood it with large quantities of fresh water. (8) Attach salt water-crash-fire tag (described in
Direct the stream of water into engine internals through step a) to engine.
swirl frame, through customer bleed ports at 3 and 9 o'clock
positions on compressor casing, through blower discharge, (9) Install engine in shipping and storage
around gas generator rotor-stator, and into midframe. If PT container 8145CON004-1 (para 1-58). Double the amount
was not removed, direct water into exhaust frame. Allow of desiccant normally used.
water to flow through engine, cleaning the internal passages
as much as possible. d. Engines preserved after salt water immersion or
fire-fighting damage will have the outside of shipping
container plainly marked in at least two locations with an
appropriate salt water-crash-fire damage tag requesting:
Corrosion Preventive Compound EXPEDITE HANDLING.
MIL-C-16173
• Combustible - do not use near open flames,
near welding areas, or on hot surfaces.
• Prolonged contact with skin can cause
irritation and dermatitis. Prolonged
inhalation of vapor can cause dizziness,
headache, and intoxication.
• If there is any prolonged contact with skin,
wash affected area with soap and water. If
liquid contacts eyes, flush eyes thoroughly
with water. Remove contaminated clothing.
If vapors cause light-headedness, go to
fresh air. If liquid is swallowed, do not try
to vomit. Get medical attention.
• When handling liquid, wear approved
gloves and goggles (or face shield).
1-303
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
1-108. EXTERNAL ENGINE CLEANING FOR
ENGINE INSTALLED IN AIRCRAFT.
Compressed Air
• When using compressed air for any
Dry Cleaning Solvent cooling, cleaning, or drying operation, do
(Stoddard Solvent) not exceed 30 psig at the nozzle.
P-D-680 • Eyes can be permanently damaged by
contact with liquid or large particles
• Combustible - do not use near open flames, propelled by compressed air. Inhalation of
near welding areas, or on hot surfaces. air-blown particles or solvent vapor can
• Prolonged contact of skin with liquid can damage lungs.
cause dermatitis. Repeated inhalation of • When using air for cleaning at an air-
vapor can irritate nose and throat and can exhausted workbench, wear approved
cause dizziness. goggles or face shield.
• If any liquid contacts skin or eyes, • When using air for cleaning at an
immediately flush affected area thoroughly unexhausted workbench, wear approved
with water. Remove solvent-saturated respirator and goggles.
clothing. If vapors cause dizziness, go to
fresh air.
• When handling liquid or when applying it
in an air-exhausted, partially covered tank, Use low-velocity (15 psig) air as high-
wear approved gloves and goggles. velocity air may damage rubber seals.
• When handling liquid or when applying it
at unexhausted, uncovered tank or c. Blow area dry using clean, filtered, low-velocity
workbench, wear approved respirator, (15 psig) compressed air, especially in area of rubber seals
gloves, and goggles. and in engine bay.
• Do not allow solvent to remain on plastic
or rubber parts for more than 10 minutes.
• Never use water-based cleaning compound
on engines.
• Never use high-pressure water, compressed
air or steam to clean engines. Otherwise,
the electrical connectors could become
contaminated.
a. Using a pail containing dry cleaning solvent
(item 99, Appendix D) and a sponge or wiping cloth
(item 113, Appendix D), apply solvent and let it remain for
five minutes to loosen any dirt.
b. Remove solvent with clean wiping cloths
(item 113, Appendix D).
1-304
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
1-109. ACTIVATING ENGINE AFTER
SHORT-TERM STORAGE.
Dry Cleaning Solvent
a. Remove protective covers. (Stoddard Solvent)
P-D-680
• Combustible - do not use near open flames,
Dry Cleaning Solvent near welding areas, or on hot surfaces.
(Stoddard Solvent) • Prolonged contact of skin with liquid can
P-D-680 cause dermatitis. Repeated inhalation of
vapor can irritate nose and throat and can
• Combustible - do not use near open flames, cause dizziness.
near welding areas, or on hot surfaces. • If any liquid contacts skin or eyes,
• Prolonged contact of skin with liquid can immediately flush affected area thoroughly
cause dermatitis. Repeated inhalation of with water. Remove solvent-saturated
vapor can irritate nose and throat and can clothing. If vapors cause dizziness, go to
cause dizziness. fresh air.
• If any liquid contacts skin or eyes, • When handling liquid or when applying it
immediately flush affected area thoroughly in an air-exhausted, partially covered tank,
with water. Remove solvent-saturated wear approved gloves and goggles.
clothing. If vapors cause dizziness, go to • When handling liquid or when applying it
fresh air. at unexhausted, uncovered tank or
• When handling liquid or when applying it workbench, wear approved respirator,
in an air-exhausted, partially covered tank, gloves, and goggles.
wear approved gloves and goggles.
• When handling liquid or when applying it b. Remove any barrier material and tape. Remove
at unexhausted, uncovered tank or tape residue, using dry cleaning solvent (item 99,
workbench, wear approved respirator, Appendix D.
gloves, and goggles.
c. Wipe external engine surfaces, with dry towel
b. Remove any barrier material and tape. Remove (item 113, Appendix D).
tape residue, using dry cleaning solvent (item 99,
Appendix D). d. Check the aircraft or engine logbook for a record
of any components that may not have been installed or that
c. Clean external engine surfaces. may have been removed. Be sure that any removed,
uninstalled, or disconnected components have been
d. Check the aircraft or engine logbook for a record installed.
of any components that may have been removed or
disconnected. Be sure that all removed or disconnected e. Follow inspection requirements in paragraph 1-61.
components have been reinstalled.
f. Depreserve engine fuel system as follows:
e. Follow the inspection requirements in
paragraph 1-61. (1) With aircraft fuel system pressurized in
accordance with applicable aircraft maintenance manual,
f. Record the date the engine was prepared for service advance power control lever to LOCKOUT for at least 1
in the aircraft logbook. minute or until a steady stream of fuel drains from engine
common drain into a suitable container.
1-110. ACTIVATING ENGINE AFTER (2) Return power control lever to OFF.
INTERMEDIATE STORAGE.
a. Remove protective covers.
1-305
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
NOTE glass without waiting a minimum of 20
minutes after engine shutdown.
After engine depreservation or after • To prevent oil from being forced out of the
replacement of either HMU, oil cooler, engine, do not add oil above the FULL line.
(T700) POU, or (T701, T701C) ODV, the
first engine start may have a delayed lightoff
and longer-than-normal start time. Some
NOTE
smoke may also be noticed, but no visible • Do not use DOD-L-85734 oil in turbine
smoke should appear after preservative oil is engines. DOD-L-85734 oil is to be used in
burned off. transmissions and gearboxes only.
• If DOD-L-85734 is inadvertently added to
1-111. CLEANLINESS. the engine, and engine ran, drain and refill
engine with correct oil.
a. Keep dirt and other foreign material out of engine. • Oil does not have to be changed
Use recommended covers to seal openings in dismantled periodically.
engine and in disassembled parts.
• If the type of oil in the engine oil tank is not
available, authorized type of oil may be
b. Place each engine part on a clean surface as it is
added if the engine is to be operated in
removed from engine. Wrap small parts in barrier material
ambient temperatures above –30°F
(item 12, Appendix D), seal with tape (item 107,
(–34°C). It is not necessary to drain the
Appendix D) and tag (or otherwise identify) the package
system and refill with one type of oil. (See
with engine and module serial number, part nomenclature,
table 1-4 (T700) or 1-5 (T701, T701C)
and part number.
for approved oils.) No mixing of engine
oils is allowed if ambient temperatures are
c. Do not remove wrappings, protectors, or covers
below –30°F (–34°C).
until the part is ready to be installed.
a. Wait a minimum of 20 minutes after engine
1-112. SERVICING OF ENGINE OIL TANK. shutdown to allow oil to drain back into oil tank before
checking engine oil tank level in oil level indicator. If oil is
contaminated, drain oil and refill tank (para 1-116).
Lubricating Oil
• If oil is decomposed by heat, toxic gases • Lubricating oil MIL-L-7808 or Type I will
are released. be used when engine is operated in ambient
• Prolonged contact with liquid or mist may temperatures below –30°F (–34°C). No
cause dermatitis and irritation. mixing of lubricating oil is allowed for cold
• If there is any prolonged contact with skin, weather operation.
wash area with soap and water. If solution • Aircraft must be level to get an accurate
contacts eyes, flush eyes with water reading of oil level indicator; otherwise, the
immediately. Remove saturated clothing. reading could be wrong by as much as 2
• If oil is swallowed, do not try to vomit. Get quarts.
immediate medical attention. • Before beginning an extended flight with
• When handling liquid, wear rubber gloves. auxiliary fuel tanks installed on aircraft, oil
If prolonged contact with mist is likely, tank will be filled to FULL line of sight
wear approved respirator. glass.
b. If oil level is below midpoint of sight glass, add oil
until level is at FULL line of sight glass.
• To prevent oil from being forced out of the
engine, do not add oil to FULL line of sight
1-306
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Do not operate engine when engine requires Draining of Oil Tank
more than 3.5 quarts of oil during a single oil
servicing. Otherwise, engine bearings may be To prevent being burned by hot oil, wear
damaged. protective gloves when draining oil.
c. If engine requires 3.5 quarts or more of oil during a c. For engines not installed in aircraft, drain the oil
single oil servicing, and has been operated, replace engine. tank as follows:
(1) Place an empty 2-gallon (minimum)
container under oil drain plug at six o'clock position on
Flight Safety Critical Aircraft Part main frame.
(Critical Characteristic(s))
(2) Remove plug from oil drain insert and drain
Self-sealing feature on oil tank cap and oil into container. Remove and discard packing.
adapter PN 6038T99P01 is a critical
characteristic. (3) Allow oil to drain into container for at least
10 minutes.
d. Install oil tank cap (fig. 1-57) as follows:
(4) Install new packing on plug; then thread plug
(1) With locking lever in up position, turn lever into oil drain insert.
counterclockwise to OPEN (view A, fig. 1-57).
(5) Tighten (15° wrench-arc) plug.
(2) Seat cap firmly in oil tank opening (view B).
(6) Check for oil leaks at oil drain plug at next
(3) Turn locking lever clockwise to CLOSE. engine run.
Locking lever opening should be between the 9 and 12
o'clock positions (view C). 1-114. ENGINE OIL TANK DRAIN AND REFILL
PROCEDURES FOR UNUSUAL CONDITIONS.
(4) Grasp locking lever firmly and pull upward.
If properly positioned, the cap will remain seated firmly in See table 1-4 (T700) or 1-5 (T701, T701C) for types of
tank. approved oils. Refer to paragraph 1-112, step d for
installation of oil tank cap.
1-115. Replacing Oil of One Specification with
Improperly secured oil tank cap will result in that of Another. When changing oil of one oil
loss of oil. specification to that of another, do the following:
(5) Press down firmly on lever to lock (view D).
1-113. DRAINING OF ENGINE OIL TANK. Draining of Oil Tank
a. If engine is installed in aircraft, see applicable To prevent being burned by hot oil, wear
aircraft maintenance manual for oil draining instructions. protective gloves when draining oil.
b. If engine has been running, wait at least 20 minutes a. Drain oil from oil tank (para 1-113).
after engine shutdown to allow oil to drain back into oil tank
before draining oil.
1-307
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-57. Oil Tank Cap; Correct Installation
1-308
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
• If there is any prolonged contact with skin,
wash area with soap and water. If solution
Lubricating Oil contacts eyes, flush eyes with water
immediately. Remove saturated clothing.
• If oil is decomposed by heat, toxic gases • If oil is swallowed, do not try to vomit. Get
are released. immediate medical attention.
• Prolonged contact with liquid or mist may • When handling liquid, wear rubber gloves.
cause dermatitis and irritation. If prolonged contact with mist is likely,
• If there is any prolonged contact with skin, wear approved respirator.
wash area with soap and water. If solution
contacts eyes, flush eyes with water
immediately. Remove saturated clothing.
• If oil is swallowed, do not try to vomit. Get Lubricating oil MIL-L-7808 (Type I) will be
immediate medical attention. used when engine is operated in ambient
• When handling liquid, wear rubber gloves. temperatures below –30°F (–34°C). No
If prolonged contact with mist is likely, mixing of lubricating oil is allowed for cold
wear approved respirator. weather operation.
NOTE
Lubricating oil MIL-L-7808 (Type 1) will be
• Do not use DOD-L-85734 oil in turbine
used when engine is operated in ambient engines. DOD-L-85734 oil is to be used in
temperatures below –30°F (–34°C). No transmissions and gearboxes only.
mixing of lubricating oil is allowed for cold • If DOD-L-85734 is inadvertently added to
weather operation. the engine, and engine ran, drain and refill
engine with correct oil.
b. Fill oil tank with 7 quarts of oil listed in table 1-4
(T700) or 1-5 (T701, T701C). b. Fill oil tank with 7 quarts of oil listed in table 1-4
(T700) or 1-5 (T701, T701C).
1-116. Replacing Oil Which Has Been
Contaminated. When replacing oil which has been c. Refer to instructions in Aircraft Operator's Manual
contaminated, do the following: when starting engines. Start engine and run at ground idle
for 5 minutes.
d. Shut down engine.
Draining of Oil Tank
e. Drain oil from oil tank (para 1-113).
To prevent being burned by hot oil, wear
protective gloves when draining oil. f. Fill oil tank with 7 quarts of oil listed in table 1-4
(T700) or 1-5 (T701, T701C).
a. Drain oil from oil tank (para 1-113).
Lubricating Oil
• If oil is decomposed by heat, toxic gases
are released.
• Prolonged contact with liquid or mist may
cause dermatitis and irritation.
1-309
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
1-117. Servicing Oil Tank After Replacement of a
Failed Oil Cooler. When purging engine oil system after
replacement of oil cooler, do the following: • Do not exceed starter operating limits.
Observe required starter cooling time
interval between duty cycles.
• The power control lever must be
Draining of Oil Tank stopcocked and ignition switch must be
OFF while motoring engine.
To prevent being burned by hot oil, wear
protective gloves when draining oil. c. Depress engine starter button and motor engine to
maximum starter speed for 2 minutes.
d. Release engine starter button and wait 5 minutes.
After replacing a failed oil cooler, it is
necessary to drain and flush the engine oil e. Repeat step c.
system to purge all oil sumps of fuel before
operating the engine. f. Release engine starter button. Allow engine to
coast to a stop; then drain oil from oil tank (para 1-113).
a. Drain oil from oil tank (para 1-113).
g. Fill oil tank with 7 quarts of oil listed in table 1-4
(T700) or 1-5 (T701, T701C).
Lubricating Oil NOTE
• If oil is decomposed by heat, toxic gases Refer to instructions in Aircraft Operator's
are released. Manual when starting engines.
• Prolonged contact with liquid or mist may
cause dermatitis and irritation. h. Start engine and run at ground idle speed for 30
minutes.
• If there is any prolonged contact with skin,
wash area with soap and water. If solution
i. Shut down engine; then drain oil from oil tank
contacts eyes, flush eyes with water
(para 1-113).
immediately. Remove saturated clothing.
• If oil is swallowed, do not try to vomit. Get j. Fill oil tank with 7 quarts of oil listed in table 1-4
immediate medical attention. (T700) or 1-5 (T701, T701C).
• When handling liquid, wear rubber gloves.
If prolonged contact with mist is likely,
wear approved respirator. 1-118. SERVICING WHEN IMPENDING BYPASS
BUTTON POPS.
a. When oil filter impending bypass button pops,
refer to paragraph 8-30.
Lubricating oil MIL-L-7808 (Type I) will be
used when engine is operated in ambient b. When fuel filter impending bypass button pops,
temperatures below –30°F (–34°C). No refer to paragraph 6-46.
mixing of lubricating oil is allowed for cold
weather operation.
1-119. OPERATIONAL CHECKS (ENGINE
b. Fill oil tank with 7 quarts of oil listed in table 1-4 TESTING: ENGINE INSTALLED IN AIRCRAFT).
(T700) or 1-5 (T701, T701C).
The following paragraphs give instructions for functional
testing during troubleshooting, following repair or
replacement of parts, and following replacement of engine.
Engine is tested while installed in the aircraft.
1-310
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
1-120. Preparation for Test. 1-123. Engine Starting Procedures.
Engine air inlet areas will be checked for At any time during engine operation, if PAS is
presence of ice before starting engine. reduced below ground idle and there is a
decreasing indication of Ng, Np, T4.5, torque,
Before attempting engine start in cold weather, visually Wf, P3, or oil pressure, immediately chop PAS
inspect engine air inlet areas for deposits of ice. If ice is to stopcock/shutoff and shut down engine.
present, thaw it; do not chip it away. Advancing PAS from below ground idle
during engine deceleration may result in a stall
1-121. Instrumentation Requirements. Use standard or engine overtemperature. See emergency
aircraft instruments to monitor the following parameters: shutdown procedure.
• Turbine gas temperature (TGT) NOTE
• Output shaft torque During engine starting, a combustor rumbling
• Oil pressure may be heard before reaching ground idle.
• Gas generator turbine rotor speed (Ng) This rumbling is acceptable as long as it stops
• Power turbine rotor speed (Np) before reaching ground idle.
• (T700, T701C) Oil temperature
If combustor rumbling persists at or above ground idle,
refer to troubleshooting procedure 27 (table 1-13). Refer to
1-122. Engine Rollover (Dry Motoring).
instructions in the Aircraft Operator's Manual.
a. Set the power control lever to OFF (stopcock).
1-124. Engine Operating Procedures. Refer to
instructions in the Aircraft Operator's Manual.
b. Place collective stick to full-down (flat pitch)
position.
1-125. Engine Operating Parameters. Observe
engine operating limits in table 1-17 (T700) or 1-18 (T701,
c. Make sure that engine ignition switch is at OFF.
T701C) during all phases of engine testing.
d. Depress and hold starter button to motor engine.
Release button to stop motoring.
Table 1-17. (T700) Engine Operating Limits (In Aircraft)
Item Limits Remarks
NOTE
• 100% Ng = 44,700 rpm
• 100% Np = 20,900 rpm
• Overspeed trips at 106 ±1% Np (22,200 rpm)
• Overspeed test position trips at 99 ±1% Np (20,600 ±200 rpm)
Ng:
a. Max continuous 99% (44,253 rpm) Ng overspeed replacement limits are; Ng
b. Intermediate (30 minutes) 102% (45,594 rpm) exceeds 47,000 rpm (105%) for 12 seconds
or longer or exceeds 46,000 rpm (103%)
c. Transient (12 seconds) 105% (46,935 rpm) for 2 1/2 minutes or longer, replace engine.
Make required checks (para 1-126) and
d. Ground idle (minimum) 63% (28,161 rpm)
continue to operate.
Change 3 1-311
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table 1-17. (T700) Engine Operating Limits (In Aircraft) (Cont)
Item Limits Remarks
Np:
a. No time limit 105% (22,000 rpm) For power turbine overspeed replacement
limits, see figure 1-58.
b. Transient (12 seconds) 121% (25,300 rpm)
TGT:
a. Max continuous 775°C (1427°F)
b. Max steady-state (red line) 850°C (1562°F)
c. Transient (12 seconds) 886°C (1626°F)
Time limits at temperature:
a. No time limit 775°C (1427°F) For engine overtemperature replacement
limits, see figures 1-50 and 1-53.
b. 30 minutes 850°C (1562°F)
c. Transient (12 seconds) 886°C (1626°F)
d. No operation allowed Above 886°C (1626°F)
Output shaft torque:
a. Max continuous 410 foot-pounds Do not exceed aircraft transmission torque
limits. For engine torque limits, see
b. Intermediate (30 seconds) 500 foot-pounds figure 1-59.
c. Transient (12 seconds) 700 foot-pounds
Free air temperature (FAT). –54°-55°C
(–65°-131°F)
Fuel leakage. 2 cc/min maximum (approximately 10 Leakage from all drains with engine
drops per minute). running
HMU vent drain leakage:
a. running 50 cc/hr
b. static (excluding leakage during 50 cc/hr (about 4 drops per minute)
priming of HMU)
Oil cooler (PNs 6044T95P01 or No leakage allowed.
6044T95P02) weephole.
1-312 Change 1
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table 1-17. (T700) Engine Operating Limits (In Aircraft) (Cont)
Item Limits Remarks
POU drain (at shutdown) 75 cc maximum
20 cc minimum
Swirl frame drain (running) 5 cc/hr
All drains after a false start 200 cc maximum
Ignition exciter duty cycle 2 minutes ON
3 minutes OFF.
2 minutes ON
23 minutes OFF.
At any time during engine operation, if PAS is reduced below ground idle and there is a
decreasing indication of Ng, Np, T4.5, torque, Wf, P3, or oil pressure, immediately chop
PAS to stopcock/shutoff and shut down engine. Advancing PAS from below ground idle
during engine deceleration may result in a stall or engine overtemperature. See
emergency shutdown procedure.
Starting:
a. Time between ground starts 30 seconds minimum. • If engine does not light off, abort start.
Motor engine on starter (ignition at OFF,
b. Time-to-idle See figure 1-61. power control lever at OFF) for 30
seconds to purge system of fuel.
c. Time-to-lightoff 30 seconds.
• If power turbine does not rotate within
30 seconds after reaching ground idle
speed, abort start. Try to turn power
turbine by hand, and listen for unusual
noises or any other indication of
problems.
Change 3 1-313
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table 1-17. (T700) Engine Operating Limits (In Aircraft) (Cont)
Item Limits Remarks
Oil pressure:
Do not use lubricating oil MIL-L-23699 (TYPE II) when operating engine in FAT below
–34°C (–30°F); otherwise, engine may be damaged.
Normal Max Min
Engine Pressure Pressure Pressure
Power Setting Range (psig) (psig) (psig)
GROUND and FLIGHT IDLE 20-40 40 20 • Oil pressure limits apply to both
MIL-L-7808 (Type I) and
90% Ng to INTERMEDIATE 35-100 120 35
MIL-L- 23699 (Type II) oils.
• It is normal for oil pressure to be high
during first start when oil is cold. Oil
pressure should return to normal after 5
minutes operation at idle speed. During
these 5 minutes do not accelerate above
ground idle speed until oil pressure can
be held to maximum limit throughout
acceleration.
• Normal oil pressure is defined as the
pressure reading obtained during
stabilized power settings with a clean
lubrication system and with normal
operating oil temperatures.
Oil pressure fluctuation ±5 psi maximum.
Do not operate engine when engine requires more than 3.5 quarts of oil during a single
oil servicing. Otherwise, engine bearings may be damaged.
Oil consumption 133 cc/hr (0.3 lb/hr) maximum • Oil consumption of 0.3 lb/hr is equal to
consumption of one quart in 6.5 hours.
For an accurate oil consumption check,
add up the engine running time for each
of the last 3 quarts of oil added. Divide
this total by 3. The result shall not be
less than 6.5 hours per quart.
• See paragraph 1-144 for example of
calculating oil consumption in cc/hr.
1-314 Change 3
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table 1-17. (T700) Engine Operating Limits (In Aircraft) (Cont)
Item Limits Remarks
Oil temperature (at pump discharge):
Engine Normal Temp Max Min
Power Setting Range Temp Temp
All 35°-136°C 149°C None • Oil temperature limits apply to both
(95°-275°F) (300°F) MIL-L-7808 (Type I) and
MIL-L- 23699 (Type II) oils.
• If oil temperature is out-of-limits,
troubleshoot problem as directed in
troubleshooting procedures (para 1-72).
• Do not run engine when oil
temperatures are above maximum limit.
Anti-icing bleed and start valve The engine anti-ice advisory light in the (UH-60A) If any part of engine anti-
closing cockpit will be off at 60% torque (HIT icing check fails, do not fly helicopter.
CHECK) and above unless engine anti-
ice is turned on.
Change 3 1-314.1/(1-314.2 Blank)
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-58. Maintenance Requirements following Np Overspeed (Above 22,000 rpm)
Figure 1-59. (T700, T701) Maintenance Requirements Following Engine Overtorque (Above 116%)
1-315
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table 1-18. (T701, T701C) Engine Operating Limits (In Aircraft)
Item Limits Remarks
NOTE
• 100% Ng = 44,700 rpm
• 100% Np = 20,900 rpm
• Overspeed trips at 119.6 ±1% Np (25,000 rpm)
• Overspeed test position trips at 95.7 ±1% Np (20,000 ±200 rpm)
Ng:
a. Max continuous 99% (44,253 rpm) Ng overspeed replacement limits are;
Ng exceeds 47,000 rpm (105%) for
b. Intermediate (30 minutes) 102% (45,594 rpm) 12 seconds or longer or exceeds
46,000 rpm (103%) for 2 1/2 minutes
c. Transient (12 seconds) 105% (46,935 rpm) or longer, replace engine. Make
required checks (para 1-126) and
d. Ground idle (minimum) 63% (28,161 rpm) continue to operate.
Np:
a. No time limit 105.2% (22,000 rpm) For power turbine overspeed
replacement limits, see figure 1-58.
b. Transient (12 seconds) 121% (25,300 rpm)
TGT:
a. Max continuous (T701) 807°C (1485°F)
(T701C) 810°C (1490°F)
b. Intermediate (30 minutes) (T701) 867°C (1593°F)
(T701C) 851°C (1564°F)
c. Maximum (10 minutes) (T701C) 878°C (1612°F)
d. Contingency (2.5 minutes) (T701) 917°C (1683°F)
(T701C) 903°C (1657°F)
e. Transient (12 seconds) (T701) 965°C (1769°F)
(T701C) 949°C (1657°F)
f. Starting transient (T701) 867°C (1593°F)
(T701C) 851°C (1564°F)
g. Shutdown 538°C (1000°F).
1-316 Change 1
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table 1-18. (T701, T701C) Engine Operating Limits (In Aircraft) (Cont)
Item Limits Remarks
Time limits at temperature:
a. No time limit (T701) Up to 807°C (Up to 1484°F) For engine overtemperature
(T701C) Up to 810°C (1490°F) replacement limits, see figures (T701)
1-51 or (T701C) 1-52 and (T701)
1-54 or (T701C) 1-55.
b. 30 minutes (T701) 867°C (1593°F)
(T701C) 851°C (1564°F)
c. 10 minutes (T701C) 878°C (1612°F)
d. 2.5 minutes (T701) 917°C (1683°F)
(T701C) 903°C (1657°F)
e. Transient (12 seconds) (T701) 965°C (1769°F)
(T701C) 949°C (1740°F)
f. No operation allowed (T701) Above 965°C (1769°F)
(T701C) Above 949°C (1740°F)
Output shaft torque (foot-pounds):
NOTE
355 foot-pounds = 100% torque for both the T701 and T701C.
(T701) (T701C)
a. Max continuous 410 500 Do not exceed aircraft transmission
torque limits. For engine torque limits,
b. Intermediate (30 minutes) 500 543 see (T701) figure 1-59 or (T701C)
figure 1-60.
c. Transient (12 seconds) 700 700
Free air temperature (FAT) –72° to 57°C (–98° to 135°F)
Fuel leakage 2 cc/min maximum (approximately 10 Leakage from all drains with engine
drops per minute) running.
HMU vent drain leakage:
a. Running 50 cc/hr
b. Static (excluding leakage during 50 cc/hr
priming of HMU) (about 4 drops per minute)
Oil cooler (PNs 6044T95P01 or No leakage allowed
6044T95P02) weephole
Change 1 1-317
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table 1-18. (T701, T701C) Engine Operating Limits (In Aircraft) (Cont)
Item Limits Remarks
ODV drain (running) 5 cc/hr maximum
Swirl frame drain (running) 5 cc/hr maximum
All drains after a false start 200 cc maximum
Ignition exciter duty cycle 2 minutes ON
3 minutes OFF.
2 minutes ON
3 minutes OFF.
2 minutes ON
48 minutes OFF.
At any time during engine operation, if PAS is reduced below ground idle and there is a
decreasing indication of Ng, Np, T4.5, torque, Wf, P3, or oil pressure, immediately chop
PAS to stopcock/shutoff and shut down engine. Advancing PAS from below ground idle
during engine deceleration may result in a stall or engine overtemperature. See
emergency shutdown procedure.
Starting:
a. Time between ground starts 30 seconds minimum. • (T701C Apache) Time-to-lightoff
commences when Ng begins to rise
b. Time-to-idle See figure 1-61. after a bump start.
• If engine does not light off, abort
start. Motor engine on starter
(ignition at OFF, power control
c. Time-to-lightoff 30 seconds. lever at OFF) for 30 seconds to
purge system of fuel.
• If power turbine does not rotate
within 30 seconds after reaching
ground idle speed, abort start. Try to
turn power turbine by hand, and
listen for unusual noises or any
other indication of problems.
1-318 Change 3
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table 1-18. (T701, T701C) Engine Operating Limits (In Aircraft) (Cont)
Item Limits Remarks
Oil pressure:
To avoid engine damage, do not use lubricating oil MIL-L-23699 (TYPE II) when
operating engine in FAT below –34°C (–30°F).
Engine Min Max
Power Setting Pressure Pressure
(psig) (psig)
All power settings 22.5 120 • Oil pressure limits apply to both
MIL-L-7808 (Type I) and
MIL-L-23699 (Type II) oils.
• It is normal for oil pressure to be
high during first start when oil is
cold. Oil pressure should return to
normal after 5 minutes operation at
idle speed. During these 5 minutes,
do not accelerate above ground idle
speed until oil pressure can be held
to maximum limit throughout
acceleration.
• Normal oil pressure is defined as
the pressure reading obtained
during stabilized power settings
with a clean lubrication system.
Oil pressure fluctuation ±5 psi maximum
Do not operate engine when engine requires more than 3.5 quarts of oil during a single
oil servicing. Otherwise, engine bearings may be damaged.
Oil consumption 133 cc/hr (0.3 lb/hr) maximum • Oil consumption of 0.3 lb/hr is
equal to consumption of one quart
in 6.5 hours. For an accurate oil
consumption check, add up the
engine running time for each of the
last 3 quarts of oil added. Divide
this total by 3. The result shall not
be less than 6.5 hours per quart.
• See paragraph 1-144 for example of
calculating oil consumption in
cc/hr.
Anti-icing bleed and start valve closing The engine anti-icing advisory light in the (AH-64, UH60L) If any part of
cockpit will be off at 60% torque (HIT engine anti-ice valve check fails, do
CHECK) and above unless engine anti-ice not fly helicopter.
is turned on.
Change 3 1-319
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-60. (T701C) Maintenance Requirements Following Engine Overtorque (Above 116%)
1-320
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-61. Time-to-Idle Limits
1-321
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
1-126. Checkout Procedure for New and opposite engine must be configured with a
Reinstalled Engines. 5078T29G02 (6080T56P03) DEC.
Additionally, both engines must be
a. Prime the engine fuel system (para 1-137). configured with 4046T52G30
(6068T97P09) HMUs.
b. Motor engine with starter for 30 seconds.
a. Table 1-19 lists the checks that have to be made
c. Refer to instructions in Aircraft Operator's Manual after engine parts have been replaced or removed to gain
when starting engines. access to other parts or other areas.
d. Do the following: b. If two or more checks are required, they can be
done during the same run.
• Idle speed check (para 1-140)
• Idle speed leakage check (para 1-139) c. Checks listed in table 1-19 are described in
paragraphs 1-88, 1-123, 1-129, 1-130, 1-132, 1-133, 1-134,
• Np governing check (para 1-141)
1-137, 1-139, 1-140, 1-141, 1-142, 1-143 and 1-144.
• Torque matching check (para 1-142)
• (T700) Overspeed check (para 1-132) 1-128. Engine Checks Required After a Lightning
• (T701, T701C) Overspeed check Strike. If lightning strikes aircraft, do the following:
(para 1-133)
• (T700, T701) ECU or (T701C) DEC a. Check both engines, including components, for
lock-out system check (para 1-134) physical damage. If engine is damaged, determine level of
• (T700) Maximum power check for maintenance and fill out appropriate forms or tags or both.
UH-60A (para 1-145)
• (T701, T701C) Maximum power check NOTE
for AH-64A (para 1-146)
If engine parts are repaired or replaced, make
• (T701C) Maximum power check for required checks after doing step e.
UH-60L (para 1-147)
• (T700) TGT limiter setting check b. Repair or replace damaged component.
(para 1-129)
• (T701, T701C) TGT limiter c. Check associated wiring for physical damage such
setting/Contingency power check as burn marks or broken wires.
(para 1-130)
d. Repair or replace wiring as required.
1-127. Engine Checks Required Following
Replacement of Parts. e. Check both engines and control systems for proper
operation by doing the following checks:
NOTE
• Circuit checks at S39 connector on ECU or
• If HMU PN 4046T52G28 or 4046T52G29 DEC (para 1-79 or 1-262).
(6068T97P07 or 6068T97P08) is removed • Overspeed check (para 1-132 or 1-229
from a T700-GE-701C powered AH-64A (T700) or para 1-133 or 1-230 (T701)).
Apache and replaced with a 4046T52G30 • TGT limiter setting check (para 1-129 or
(6068T97P09) HMU, the opposite engine 1-232 (T700) or para 1-233 (T701,
must be configured with a 4046T52G30 T701C)).
(6068T97P09) HMU. Additionally, both • (T701, T701C) TGT limiter setting/
engines must be configured with
Contingency power check (para 1-130).
5078T29G02 (6080T56P03) DECs.
• Torque matching check (para 1-142 or
• If DEC PN 5078T29G01 (6080T56P01) is
1-234).
removed from a T700-GE-701C powered
AH-64A Apache and replaced with a
5078T29G02 (6080T56P03) DEC, the
1-322
Table 1-19. Checks Required Following Replacement of Parts with Engine in Aircraft
(C) ECU or (B) Lockout System Check (Para 1-134)
TGT Limiter Setting/Contingency Power Check (D)
applicable aircraft maintenance test flight manual)
(Refer to applicable aircraft maintenance manual)
Anti-Icing Bleed and Start Valve (Para 1-143)
Overspeed (A) (Para 1-132) (D) (Para 1-133)
DCU/ECU Lockout Cycling (Para 1-134)
NOTE:
Engine designation is as follows:
TGT Limiter Setting (A) (Para 1-129)
Perform Accel/Decel MOC (Refer to
Idle Speed Leakage (Para 1-139)
Torque Repeatability (Para 1-88)
(A) = (T700)
Torque Matching (Para 1-142)
Oil Consumption (Para 1-144)
(B) = (T701C)
(C) = (T700, T701)
Np Governing (Para 1-141)
Engine Start (Para 1-123)
(D) = (T701, T701C)
Idle Speed (Para 1-140)
(E) = (T700, T701C)
Priming (Para 1-137)
Max Power Check
(Para 1-130)
Item Part Replaced Remarks
1. Accessory Gearbox •
2. Alternator Stator • • • • •
3. Anti-Icing Bleed and Start Valve • • • Do not fly helicopter if any part of engine anti-
ice test fails.
4. B-Sump Drain Tube • •
5. B-Sump Oil Inlet Check Valve • •
6. Blue Electrical Cable (W5) • • •
7. C-Sump Cover and C-Sump Heat Shield • • •
8. Compressor Leakage Air Tube • •
9. (C) ECU or (B) DEC • • • • • • • • Operate engine within limits of paragraph 1-125.
10. Electrical Chip Detector • • No chip detector light.
11. Electrical Ignition Leads •
12. Fuel Boost Pump • • •
13. Fuel Filter • • •
14. Fuel Filter Element and Bowl • • •
15. Fuel Injectors • • •
16. Fuel Pressure Sensor • • •
17. Fuel Start Feed Tube • • •
18. (A) Fuel Start Manifold Tube • • •
19. Gearbox-to-HMU Hose Assembly • • •
Change 5
20. Green Electrical Cable (W3) • • •
TM 1-2840-248-23
21. (C) History Recorder or (B) History Counter •
T.O. 2J-T700-6
22. HMU • • • • • • • • • Operate engine within limits of paragraph 1-125.
23. Igniter Plugs •
24. Ignition Exciter Assembly •
25. Inlet Separator Boot • •
1-323
26. Main Frame Oil Strainer • •
27. No. 1 Carbon Seal • • •
Table 1-19. Checks Required Following Replacement of Parts with Engine in Aircraft (Cont)
1-324
T.O. 2J-T700-6
TM 1-2840-248-23
(C) ECU or (B) Lockout System Check (Para 1-134)
TGT Limiter Setting/Contingency Power Check (D)
applicable aircraft maintenance test flight manual)
(Refer to applicable aircraft maintenance manual)
Overspeed (A) (Para 1-132) (D) (Para 1-133)
Anti-Icing Bleed and Start Valve (Para 1-143)
Change 5
DCU/ECU Lockout Cycling (Para 1-134)
NOTE:
Engine designation is as follows:
TGT Limiter Setting (A) (Para 1-129)
Perform Accel/Decel MOC (Refer to
Idle Speed Leakage (Para 1-139)
Torque Repeatability (Para 1-88)
(A) = (T700)
Oil Consumption (Para 1-144)
Torque Matching (Para 1-142)
(B) = (T701C)
(C) = (T700, T701)
Np Governing (Para 1-141)
Engine Start (Para 1-123)
(D) = (T701, T701C)
Idle Speed (Para 1-140)
(E) = (T700, T701C)
Priming (Para 1-137)
Max Power Check
(Para 1-130)
Item Part Replaced Remarks
28. Np Sensor • • •
Oil pressure and temperature must be within
29. Oil and Scavenge Pump • • •
limits of paragraph 1-125.
30. Oil Cooler • • • • Oil pressure and temperature must be within
limits of paragraph 1-125.
31. Oil Drain Insert • •
32. Oil Drain Plug • •
33. Oil Filter Bowl and Indicator Assembly • •
34. Oil Filter Bypass Sensor • • No bypass light.
35. Oil Filter Element • •
36. Oil Level Indicator • •
37. Oil Pressure Sensor • •
38. Oil Scavenge Screens • •
39. Oil Supply Tubes (Left-Hand and Right-Hand) • •
40. Oil Tank Cap and Adapter • •
41. (E) Oil Temperature Sensor • •
42. (A) P3 Hose and Tube Assembly or • •
(D) P3 Tube
43. Particle Separator Blower • • • •
44. (A) Primer Nozzles • • •
45. Radial Drive Shaft Assembly • • •
46. Radial Drive Shaft Cover Assembly • •
47. Radial Drive Shaft Cover Boot • •
48. Sensing Tube • •
49. (A) POU, or (D) ODV • • • •
50. Thermocouple Assembly • • • •
51. Torque and Overspeed Sensor • • • • •
52. Yellow Electrical Cable (W4) • • • • •
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
1-129. (T700) Determining (Aircraft) TGT Limiter 1-130. (T701, T701C) Determining (Aircraft) TGT
Setting. Limiter Setting/Contingency Power Check. If FAT is
below (ECU) 4°C (40°F) or (DEC) –14°C (7°F), it may not
NOTE be possible to determine TGT limiter setting. If ambient
conditions make it impossible to determine TGT limiter
If unable to reach TGT limits on ground, this setting, it may be possible (depending on how cold it is) to
check can be combined with Maximum Power reach TGT limiter setting by turning the engine anti-ice
Check (para 1-145). switch ON. If TGT limiter setting cannot be reached, it will
be impossible to determine if the engine will operate in
If FAT is below 4°C (40°F), it may not be possible to contingency power. Note this on log sheet and continue with
determine TGT limiter setting. If ambient conditions make it next required check. If weather conditions prevent obtaining
impossible to determine TGT limiter setting, it may be the TGT limiter setting, perform the check as soon as
possible (depending on how cold it is) to reach TGT limiter weather conditions permit; the aircraft may remain in
setting by turning the engine anti-ice switch ON. If TGT flightworthy status. Make an entry in the aircraft logbook,
limiter setting cannot be reached, note this on log sheet and “Aircraft TGT Limiter Setting Determination Due”.
continue with next required test. If weather conditions
prevent obtaining the TGT limiter setting, perform the check
as soon as weather conditions permit; the aircraft may
remain in flightworthy status. Make an entry in the aircraft Power Checks Above Ground Level
logbook, “Aircraft TGT Limiter Setting Determination (AGL)
Due”.
A safe altitude must be maintained to allow
NOTE for sufficient reaction time if the engine being
tested fails, or if other emergency situations
This procedure is done on one engine at a occur.
time.
a. With both PWR levers in FLY, establish 110 KIAS
a. Retard ENG POWER CONT lever on engine not level flight, 100% Nr/Np.
being checked until a 0% TRQ is indicated.
NOTE
To avoid torque oscillations, when making
Transient overshoot up to 886°C (1627°F) for performance checks, the torque on the engine
a maximum duration of 12 seconds may be not being checked must be at least 10% below
observed, followed by TGT stabilizing at the the torque on the engine being checked.
normal limiting range of 837°C to 849°C
(1538° to 1561°F).
NOTE
b. Slowly increase collective pitch until TGT gage The torque on the engine not being checked
peaks at 837°- 849°C (1538°- 1561°F). Do not exceed must not be reduced below 51% at any time
849°C (1561°F). during the TGT limiter setting.
c. Allow at least 10 seconds for system to stabilize. b. Slowly increase collective to approximately 80%
Note Np and TGT. torque on both engines, ambient conditions permitting.
d. Slowly increase collective pitch until Nr/Np has c. Retard PWR lever on engine not being checked to
dropped at least 2%. establish a torque split between engines of at least 10%, but
not less than 60% torque on the engine not being checked.
e. Wait 5 seconds and record TGT and Nr/Np. TGT
observed is the setting and is normally 837°-849°C
(1538°-1561°F).
f. TGT must be 837°- 849°C (1538°- 1561°F). If not,
see troubleshooting procedure 37 in table 1-13.
Change 4 1-325
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
d. While maintaining no greater than 75% torque on c. Conduct a power turbine overspeed protection
the engine not being tested, increase collective to reach a system check as follows:
TGT limiter setting and 2% NR/NP droop, or single engine
torque limit, whichever comes first.
e. Allow indications to stabilize for at least 10 Do not exceed engine or aircraft limitations.
seconds. Record TGT reading. TGT observed should be
between (ECU) 851°- 869°C (1564°- 1596°F) or (DEC) (1) Set power control lever at IDLE position.
857°- 875°C (1575°- 1607°F).
(2) Set collective pitch in full-down (flat pitch)
f. Reduce collective until a combined torque value position.
less than the limiting torque value of the engine being
checked is reached. (3) Advance the power control lever for both
engines to FLY.
g. Retard PWR lever for the engine not being tested
to IDLE in order to activate the contingency mode. (4) If Nr/Np is not at 100%, it may be set by
using ENG RPM speed trim switch on the collective grip.
h. Increase collective until TGT is approximately
10°C (50°F) above the TGT reading recorded in step e. Do (5) Note Ng; press and hold in overspeed system
not exceed any aircraft limitations. test button A for engine being checked. Ng should not
decrease. If Ng decreases, a failure has occurred in the
i. Reduce collective pitch, and advance the PWR overspeed circuit and must be investigated (troubleshoot
lever for the engine not being checked to the FLY position. according to table 1-13).
j. Repeat steps a thru i for the other engine. (6) Release test button A. Press and hold in test
button B. Ng should not decrease. If Ng decreases, the
k. If TGT limiter setting was not between (ECU) overspeed circuit has failed and must be investigated
851°-869°C (1564°-1596°F) or (DEC) 857°-875°C (troubleshoot according to table 1-13). Release button B.
(1575°-1607°F) or contingency power was not attained,
refer to table 1-13, troubleshooting procedure 37.
NOTE
1-131. Functional Check. When the overspeed test is done with both
power control levers in FLY, cutback in Np
a. Be sure that replacement of line replaceable unit may not be indicated on the aircraft
(LRU) has been recorded in proper engine records. instruments and may appear to always be at
100%. However, Ng must decrease.
b. Using instructions in Aircraft Operator's Manual,
start engine and accelerate to ground idle speed. (7) Press and hold in both buttons A and B. A
noticeable transient decrease in both Ng and Np should
c. Run engine at ground idle speed for 5 minutes; be occur. If this does not happen, the overspeed protection
sure that engine is operating within limits (para 1-125). system has failed and must be investigated (troubleshoot
according to table 1-13).
d. Operate engine as required to verify that fault has
been corrected.
NOTE
e. Shut down engine. With both engines running, Ng of the engine
not being checked will increase to maintain
1-132. (T700) Overspeed Check. constant Np.
a. This check will be made to verify that the (8) Release both test buttons A and B. Ng should
overspeed protection system is working properly. return to speed noted in step (5).
b. The overspeed check will be made with both
engines running.
1-326 Change 4
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
(9) If both engines are being checked, repeat and must be investigated (troubleshoot according to
steps (5) through (8) for other engine. table 1-13). Release CKT A switch.
1-133. (T701, T701C) Overspeed Check. (7) Push CKT B switch to the OVSP TEST
position for the engine being checked. Ng should not
a. This check will be made to verify that the decrease. If Ng decreases, a failure has occurred in the
overspeed protection system is working properly. overspeed circuit and must be investigated (troubleshoot
according to table 1-13). Release CKT B switch.
b. The overspeed check will be made with both
engines running.
Delay in release of CKT A and CKT B
switches may result in Ng recycling below
To avoid damage to ignition exciter, do not IDLE, subsequent engine stall, and TGT
exceed ignition exciter duty cycle (refer to increase.
table 1-18).
NOTE
c. Set MASTER IGN switch to ON for this check.
• When both engines are running, Ng of the
d. Conduct a power turbine overspeed protection engine not being checked may increase to
system check as follows: maintain constant Np.
• When both CHK A and CHK B switches
are pressed simultaneously, engine should
relight after release of the buttons.
Do not exceed engine or aircraft limitations.
(8) Push both CKT A and CKT B switches for
(1) Set power control lever at IDLE position. the engine being checked to the OVSP TEST position.
When Ng starts to decrease, immediately release both
(2) Set collective pitch in full-down (flat pitch) switches. If Ng does not decrease, a failure has occurred in
position. the overspeed protection system and must be investigated
(troubleshoot according to table 1-13).
(3) Advance the power control lever for both
engines to FLY. (9) If both engines are being checked, repeat
steps (4) thru (8) for the other engine.
(4) If Nr/Np is not at 100%, adjust rheostat for
turbine speed reference unit (TM 55-1520-238-23). 1-134. ECU or DEC Lock-out System Check. If a
ECU or DEC lock-out check is required, do the following:
a. Make sure that aircraft is at a flat pitch on the
To avoid engine damage, TGT must be ground, that parking brakes are set, and that tail wheel is
monitored during overspeed check. locked.
(5) If TGT rises above (ECU) 867°C (1593°F) or
(DEC) 870°C (1598°F), shut engine down (PCL to OFF)
immediately. Motor engine on starter (ENG START switch To avoid the possibility of an overtemperature,
to IGN OVRD) until TGT decreases below 538°C (1000°F). the main rotor must be in flat pitch, because
Wait 5 minutes or until TGT decreases below (ECU) 150°C there is no TGT limiter in ECU or DEC
(302°F) or below (DEC) 80°C (176°F) before attempting an lockout mode. In ECU or DEC lockout mode,
engine restart. manual control of the engine is required.
(6) Push CKT A switch to OVSP TEST position b. Set power control levers so that both engines equal
for the engine being checked. Ng should not decrease. If Ng 100% Np.
decreases, a failure has occurred in the overspeed circuit
Change 5 1-327
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Uncommanded % RPMR increasing will • Do not exceed starter operating limits.
result from an engine control failing high side, • TGT must be brought below (T700, T701)
and uncommanded % RPMR decreasing will 150°C (302°F) or (T701C) 80°C (176°F)
result from an engine control failing low side. before attempting engine restart.
• Engine must be cooled for 2 minutes at an
c. Anytime an HMU or AGB is removed and a
Ng speed of 90% or less.
replacement is installed, perform a minimum of 5 cycles of
DEC or ECU lockout. Lockout without an uncommanded
a. Before attempting a restart, be sure that power
acceleration or deceleration should occur. If an
control lever and ignition are at OFF positions. Motor
uncommanded acceleration or deceleration occurs, see
engine until TGT decreases below (T700, T701) 150°C
troubleshooting procedure 10 or 33 as appropriate.
(302°F) or (T701C) 80°C (176°F).
d. On engine being checked, advance power control
b. If there is evidence of combustion after shutdown,
lever to LOCKOUT. Immediately retard same power
if TGT rises rapidly, or if TGT is greater than 538°C
control lever to a position midway between FLY and IDLE.
(1000°F), make sure that power control lever and ignition
are at OFF positions. Motor engine until TGT indicates
e. Slowly advance power control lever to a position
combustion has stopped or until TGT is below 538°C
where both engine % torques are matched at 100% Np.
(1000°F). Continue to monitor TGT to be sure combustion
or temperature greater than 538°C (1000°F) does not occur.
f. On engine being checked, slowly advance the
If it does, continue motoring the engine even if starter
power control lever until a torque split of approximately
limitations must be exceeded.
10% is reached, and an increase in Np is noticed. If this
cannot be done, see troubleshooting procedure 62, in
c. If there is evidence of fire inside the engine,
table 1-13.
extinguish fire with CO2 by spraying it into engine air inlet
while motoring engine. Starter limitations may be exceeded.
Refer to table 1-16 (item 2) for required maintenance data.
To avoid engine damage, do not operate
1-136. Emergency Shutdown Procedure. An
engine steady-state between 24%-38% Np
emergency shutdown is one in which the engine is
(5,000-8,000 rpm) or 53%-67% Np
shutdown from high power (over 90% Ng) without first
(11,000-14,000 rpm) range.
being cooled for 2 minutes at idle speed.
g. Re-engage ECU or DEC by retarding power
a. After an emergency shutdown, do not try to restart
control lever to IDLE and then by advancing lever to FLY.
engine until fault has been found and corrected.
h. Repeat check for other engine.
b. If an abnormal engine condition such as a
compressor stall, flameout, or overtemperature occurs, shut
1-135. Engine Shutdown Procedure
down the engine immediately. During compressor rotor
(Normal). Before moving power control lever to OFF
coastdown, listen for any unusual noises or for signs of a
position, engine must be cooled for 2 minutes at an Ng
mechanical failure.
speed of 90% or less. If an engine is shut down from a high
power setting (above 90% Ng) without being cooled for 2
c. Before attempting restart after emergency
minutes, and it is necessary to restart the engine, refer to
shutdown, do the following:
paragraph 1-136 (Emergency Shutdown Procedure) for
restart instructions.
1-328 Change 2
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
d. If there is evidence of combustion after shutdown,
if TGT rises rapidly, or if TGT is greater than 538°C
• Do not exceed starter operating limits. (1000°F), make sure that power control lever and ignition
are at OFF positions. Motor engine until TGT indicates
• TGT must be brought below (T700, T701)
combustion has stopped or until TGT is below 538°C
150°C (302°F) or (T701C) 80°C (176°F)
(1000°F). Continue to monitor TGT to be sure combustion
before attempting engine restart.
or temperature greater than 538°C (1000°F) does not occur.
• Attempted restart must be made within 5 If it does, continue motoring the engine even if starter
minutes of emergency shutdown. limitations must be exceeded.
(1) With power control lever and ignition at OFF e. If there is evidence of fire inside the engine,
positions, motor engine until TGT decreases below (T700, extinguish fire with CO2 by spraying it into engine air inlet
T701) 150°C (302°F) or (T701C) 80°C (176°F).
while motoring engine. Starter limitations may be exceeded.
Refer to table 1-16 (item 2) for required maintenance action.
(2) Make restart attempt within 5 minutes of
emergency shutdown.
f. If engine is equipped with a DEC, record the fault
code displayed 30 seconds after engine shutdown. If no
(3) If restart attempt cannot be made within 5
fault is detected, the torque reading will be 0.00. If fault is
minutes of emergency shutdown, wait 4 hours minimum
detected, refer to table 1-13 and troubleshoot DEC.
before attempting engine restart.
(4) Hand-crank engine (para 1-98) to verify that
the gas generator rotor is not seized.
Change 3 1-328.1/(328.2 Blank)
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
1-137. Engine Fuel System Priming. • After initial installation of a new engine, a
pinkish-colored fuel may drain during
a. (UH-60) Move the fuel selector valve on the engine vapor vent or shutdown. This is due to the
control quadrant to either the direct (DIC) or crossfeed presence of residual dye used during
(XFD) position. (AH-64A) Move the fuel switch on the fuel factory fuel system leakage checks. This
control panel to the ON position. fuel coloring is normal under these
circumstances; it is not harmful to the
b. With aircraft fuel system pressurized, advance engine fuel system, will not cause
power control lever to LOCKOUT (maximum position) operational difficulties, and will disappear
until a steady stream of fuel, free of air and preserving oil, is as the engine is operated.
draining from engine overboard drain.
(4) When depreserving engine after installing it
c. Return power control lever to OFF. in aircraft.
d. (UH-60) Move the fuel selector valve on the 1-138. HMU P3 Fitting Check.
engine control quadrant to OFF. (AH-64A) Move the fuel
switch on the fuel control panel to OFF. a. Prepare aircraft for safe ground maintenance in
accordance with applicable aircraft maintenance manual.
e. Engine priming is done for the following
conditions: b. Deleted.
(1) When troubleshooting. c. Read fuel system preliminary instructions
(para 6-3).
(2) After disconnecting engine or aircraft fuel
lines. d. Remove (T700) P3 hose and tube assembly or
(T701, T701C) P3 tube from HMU (para 6-40).
(3) After replacing oil cooler, fuel boost pump,
fuel filter element, fuel filter, or HMU. e. (T701, T701C AH-64A) Fuel selector shall be in
cross feed normal position.
NOTE
f. Pressurize aircraft fuel system in accordance with
• After engine has been depreserved, or after applicable aircraft maintenance manual.
(T700) POU, (T701, T701C) ODV, oil
cooler, or HMU have been replaced, the
first engine start may be delayed (delayed
lightoff). It may also take longer than
normal to reach idle speed (ground idle).
Some smoke may be noticed, but visible
smoke should disappear after preservation
oil is burned off.
Change 3 1-329
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
g. Advance the power control lever to lockout (a) No air leakage is allowed around the P3
(maximum position) until a steady stream of fuel, free from line/connections or around other threaded fitting torqued
air and preserving oil, is draining from engine overboard connections.
drain.
(b) Air leakage around the anti-icing bleed
h. Return power control lever to IDLE. and start valve and attaching fittings is acceptable if bare
hand can be held within 6 inches of the air leak.
i. With system pressurized, inspect the P3 fitting on
the HMU for leakage for 3 minutes. No leakage allowed. (c) Air leakage around the engine compressor
case splitline flanges, other engine mating flanges, slip joint
j. Return power control lever to OFF. connections, or metal to metal sealing surfaces is acceptable
if bare hand can be held within 12 inches of the air leak.
k. If leakage is observed, replace HMU (para 6-40).
c. Check for air leaks in the following areas:
l. If leakage is not observed, install (T700) P3 hose
and tube assembly or (T701, T701C) P3 tube onto HMU • (T700) primer nozzles retaining nuts (3,
(para 6-40). fig. 6-1)
• fuel injector retaining nuts (7, fig. 6-5)
m. Inspect for FOD and secure work area.
• (T700) igniter plug retaining nuts (4,
fig. 7-1)
n. Repeat steps a through m for other engine.
• (T701, T701C) igniter plug (1, fig. 7-2)
1-139. Idle Speed Leakage Check. This check will
be made to be sure there are no fuel, air, or oil leaks present
after replacing engine fuel system, air system, or oil system
components. If oil or fuel is noticed in engine bay area, this Retaining nuts and (T701, T701C) igniter
check will also be made to be sure that leakage is not plugs are installed with a torque of 15°
coming from weephole of oil cooler PN 6044T95P01 or wrench-arc. When applying additional
PN 6044T95P02. wrench-arc, do not exceed a total torque of
30° wrench-arc; otherwise, midframe ports
a. Operate engine at ground idle speed for 5 minutes may crack.
and look for oil, air, and/or fuel leaks. Abort run if oil or
fuel leakage is noted. Check overboard drain for excessive (1) If air leaks are found, apply an additional 15°
oil or fuel leakage. wrench-arc to retaining nut or (T701, T701C) igniter plug
and recheck for air leaks (step b).
b. Check for air leakage using either of the following
methods: (2) If air continues to leak around fuel injector
retaining nut (7, fig. 6-5), do the following:
(a) Shut down engine and remove fuel
Working Near Hot Sections injector from midframe port (para 6-24).
Keep hands away from hot sections. (b) Inspect mating surface of fuel injector
mounting flange (4, fig. 6-6) (para 6-25).
(1) The preferred method is to apply Leak Test
Oxygen System Solution (item 98, Appendix D) on surfaces (c) Inspect fuel injector seating surface (15,
where air leaks are suspected. Solution will bubble if there fig. 2-40) (para 2-62).
is leakage.
d. Shut engine down. Look for oil and/or fuel leakage
(2) An alternate method is to place hand on hardware that has been reinstalled. Check the following
approximately 6-12 inches away from air system items where appropriate.
components, connections, compressor case splitline flanges,
and other engine mating flanges. (1) Hose and tubes and other connections that
were opened.
(3) The following inspection criteria shall be
utilized:
1-330 Change 5
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
(2) Mating flange joints between accessory drive (1) Np governing system according to
gearbox assembly and components, specifically between the troubleshooting procedure 20.
AGB and the mainframe.
(2) Turbine speed control unit according to
(3) Total surface area of the mainframe. aircraft maintenance manual TM 55-1520-238-23.
(4) Area between fuel filter bowl and filter e. If Nr/Np is between 96 and 101%, use one of the
housing. following to set Nr/Np at 100%:
(5) If there is a leak from the weephole at 12 (1) (T700) Use the ENG RPM speed trim switch
o'clock position of oil cooler PN 6044T95P01 or on the collective grip.
6044T95P02, replace oil cooler (para 8-4).
(2) (T701, T701C) Use the applicable aircraft
(6) Overboard drain for excessive oil or fuel maintenance manual TM 55-1520-238-23.
leakage.
f. If power control lever is set at FLY and if Nr/Np is
e. Correct all leaks by repeating installation steps of at 100%. Np governing system is operating normally.
appropriate procedures.
1-142. Torque Matching Check.
1-140. Idle Speed Check.
a. Set both power control levers to FLY.
NOTE
b. Set collective to full down position.
This test may be done using one or both
engines. c. Set minimum Nr/Np speed, using one of the
following:
a. With collective set in a full down position, start
engine. (1) (T700) Use the ENG RPM speed trim switch
on the collective grip.
b. Set power control lever to IDLE.
(2) (T701, T701C) Use the applicable aircraft
c. Ground idle speed must be within limits in maintenance manual TM 55-1520-238-23.
table 1-17 (T700) or table 1-18 (T701, T701C).
d. If the torques of both engines are within 5% of
1-141. Np Governing Check. each other, then torque matching is operating properly.
a. Set power control lever to IDLE. 1-143. Anti-Icing Bleed and Start Valve Check.
b. Set collective to full down position.
c. Slowly advance power control lever to FLY. (UH-60A) If any part of engine anti-ice check
fails, do not fly helicopter.
NOTE
The engine control system is designed to NOTE
maintain a constant Np speed, usually 100% During engine start, engine anti-ice advisory
(20,900 rpm). If Np stabilizes below 96% light must be on and must remain on as power
(20,064 rpm) or above 101% (21,109 rpm), control lever is advanced to IDLE.
the Np governing system is not governing.
a. Advance power control lever to FLY.
d. If Np governing system is not governing,
troubleshoot the following: b. Slowly increase collective pitch until engine anti-
ice advisory light goes off.
Change 3 1-331
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
c. Turn on engine anti-ice switch. If the engine anti- Check not caused by a faulty anti-icing start and bleed valve
ice advisory light comes on, anti-icing system is working. or a dirty compressor, an in-flight check will be made to
ensure that the engine meets minimum power requirements
1-144. Oil Consumption Check. and to establish/re-establish the Engine Torque Factor
(ETF). Performance data will be taken at an engine limiting
a. Go to engine records, maintenance request, and condition while maintaining approximately 120 KIAS
table 1-19 or table 1-39 (AVIM) to determine if an oil forward flight speed. Engine Anti-Ice and Heater will be off
consumption check is required. If a check is required, it may and altimeter will be set to 29.92 in. Hg. Data will be taken
be combined with other engine tests to reduce engine on one engine at a time.
operating time.
If the maximum power check is being performed because of
b. Start engine and operate it until oil temperature has a single engine installation/re-installation or failed HIT
stabilized. Shut down engine, and wait 20 minutes; then Check, it is the Maintenance Officer's discretion to obtain
check oil level. If necessary, add oil to bring level to full. new ETF data for the other engine.
c. Start engine and operate it for 20 to 60 minutes to
complete whatever operational checks are required.
To avoid torque oscillations when making
d. Shut down engine and record operating time. After performance checks, a torque split of at least
20 minutes, check oil level. If necessary, add oil to bring 10% will be held between engines. If flight
level to FULL. Record the number of cubic centimeters (cc) conditions prevent setting the performance
added. point at 120 knots and keeping the 10% torque
split, allow forward flight speed to increase or
e. Calculate oil consumption in cc/hr, using the decrease; however, a torque split of at least
following formula: 10% must be maintained.
cc of oil added - × 60
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- min
---------------- a. Establish a new HIT baseline (para 1-154). HIT
Recorded operating time in minutes 1 hr baseline must be established during initial ground run, prior
to first take-off of the day.
EXAMPLE:
b. With both ENG POWER CONT Levers in FLY,
During test, the engine was run for one hour and ten establish 120 knots level flight, 100% RPM R.
minutes, and 48 cc of oil was added to bring oil level in tank
to FULL.
Recorded operating time (step d) = 70 min Engine Torque Limit (UH60A)
cc of oil added (step d) = 48 cc
Dual engine torque limit of 100% may be
exceeded only if the torque applied by the
Oil Consumption = other engine is less than 90%. Do not exceed
48 cc 60 min 2880 the single engine torque limit of 110%.
---------------- × ---------------- = ------------ = 41.1 cc/hr
70 min 1 hr 70
c. Retard the ENG POWER CONT lever on the
f. See table 1-17 (T700) or 1-18 (T701, T701C) for engine not being checked until RPM R is reduced by 2%;
acceptable oil consumption limits. then, do the following:
1-145. (T700) Maximum Power Check for UH-60A. (1) If engine being checked reaches the aircraft
The torque factor method provides an accurate indication of single engine torque limit of 110% before any reduction of
available power by incorporating ambient temperature RPM R, perform the power check at a higher altitude.
effects into the power available calculation.
(2) If weather conditions prevent obtaining a
When an engine is reinstalled or installed for the first time, higher altitude, delay the maximum power check.
or after an engine fails the Health Indicator Test (HIT)
1-332 Change 3
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
d. During step c, if the engine not being checked
indicated 0% TRQ without any reduction in% RPM R, do
If, and only if, max power check is being the following:
performed because of a failed HIT check, and
weather conditions prevent a higher altitude, (1) Increase collective pitch until a reduction of
perform troubleshooting procedure 65 before 2% RPM R is observed.
using the alternatives of step (3).
(2) Maintain a constant pressure altitude by
allowing forward airspeed to increase beyond 120 knots
NOTE until a reduction of 2% RPM R is observed.
Some units are grounding aircraft when
weather is inclement, and some units are (3) Observe TGT on engine being checked. TGT
assuming an ETF of 1.0, which could lead to should not exceed the normal TGT limiter setting of 837°C
serious planning errors. to 849°C (1538° to 1561°F). Transient overshoot up to
866°C (1627°F) for a maximum of 12 seconds may be
(3) If the maximum power check is delayed an observed, followed by TGT stabilizing at the normal
alternative to grounding is to use one of the following limiting range of 837°C to 849°C (1538° to 1561°F). If TGT
ETF's: exceeds the normal limiter setting, discontinue the check
and see troubleshooting procedure 37 (table 1-13).
(a) Last calculated ETF if it was less
than 0.95. (4) Slowly decrease collective pitch to allow %
RPM R to return to 100% without any change in TGT on
(b) Use 0.95 if last calculated ETF was engine being checked.
greater than 0.95.
(5) Wait 30 seconds and record Ng, TGT,% TRQ,
(4) Perform the maximum power check as soon FAT, and pressure altitude.
as weather conditions permit to establish the true ETF.
e. Advance the ENG POWER CONT lever on the
(5) Observe TGT on engine being checked. engine not being checked to FLY.
f. If required, repeat steps a thru e for the other
NOTE engine.
• Transient overshoot up to 886°C (1627°F)
for a maximum duration of 12 seconds may g. Establish the Engine Torque Factor (ETF) as
be observed, followed by TGT stabilizing follows:
at the normal limiting range of 837°C to
849°C (1538° to 1561°F). NOTE
• TGT should not exceed the normal TGT
Round off all calculations to the nearest 0.001.
limiter setting. If TGT exceeds the normal
Round up from 0.00050 to 0.00099. Round
limiter setting, discontinue the maximum
down from 0.00049 to 0.00001.
power check and refer to troubleshooting
procedure 37 (table 1-13).
EXAMPLE: 0.97050 through 0.97099 =0.971
(6) Slowly advance the ENG POWER CONT 0.97001 through 0.97049 =0.970
lever of the engine not being checked only enough to
re-establish% RPM R to 100% without any change in TGT (1) Calculate the Adjusted Torque (TRQADJ) as
on engine being checked. follows:
(7) Wait 30 seconds and record Ng, TGT,% TRQ, (a) When FAT is greater than –12°C,
FAT, and pressure altitude. TRQADJ = % TRQ measured if TGT is in the normal TGT
limiter range. If TGT is not within range refer to
paragraph 1-129.
Change 3 1-333
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
(b) When FAT is less than or equal to –12°C, (5) Obtain Engine Torque Factor (ETF) from
obtain TGTREF from figure 1-62. figure 1-64. When STR is greater than or equal to 1.0,
assume ETF to be 1.0.
TRQ ADJ = % TRQ + 0.2 TGT REF – 0.2 TGT
EXAMPLE: KNOWN
EXAMPLE: FAT = –16°C (3.2°F)
KNOWN FOUND STR = 0.97.
(fig. 1-62) FOUND
PRESSURE Enter figure 1-64 on left (STR axis) at 0.97.
ALTITUDE = 6,000 FT Move right to intersection of 0.97 line and
≤ (less than or equal to) –5°C line. Move
FAT = –16°C TGTREF 827°C
straight down to read 0.93 ETF.
% TRQ = 97.0%
TGT = 820°C h. Using the value for ETF obtained in step g(5)
TRQADJ = 97.0 + 0.2 (827) – 0.2 (820) above, go to table 1-20 to determine if any additional
= 97.0 + (165.4 – 164.0) troubleshooting is required.
= 97.0 + 1.4
= 98.4% i. Repeat steps g and h for other engine, if required.
(2) Obtain Target Torque Value (TTV) from j. Calculate Aircraft Torque Factor (ATF) as follows;
figure 1-63.
No. 1 Engine = 0.93
KNOWN ETF:
EXAMPLE: Using FAT = –16°C and PRESSURE No. 2 Engine = 0.95
ALTITUDE = 6,000 FT, therefore, TTV = 101.5%
ATF = No. 1 Engine ETF + No. 2 Engine ETF-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2
(3) Calculate Specification Torque Ratio (STR)
by dividing Adjusted Torque (TRQADJ) by Target Torque
Value (TTV). For engines with Hover Infrared Suppressor 0.93 + 0.95
EXAMPLE: ATF = --------------------------- = 0.94
System (HIRSS) and with baffles or cruise suppressors 2
installed, add 1.0 to adjusted torque (TRQADJ).
k. Record the ATF in applicable block of figure 1-65,
sheet 1. The form in figure 1-65 may be locally reproduced
TRQ ADJ + 1.0 (for HIRSS and baffles)
STR = ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- and used in the aircraft logbook. Minimum allowable ATF
TTV is 0.90.
(98.4 + 1.0) l. After completing maximum power check and if
EXAMPLE: STR = ---------------------------- = 0.98
101.5 engine performance is satisfactory, record new upper and
lower limits (from the baseline established in step a) on HIT
(4) For engines with HIRSS and without baffles log in helicopter.
or cruise suppressors installed, add nothing (0.00) to
adjusted torque (TRQADJ).
TRQ ADJ
STR = ---------------------
-
TTV
( 98.4 )
EXAMPLE: STR = --------------- = 0.97
101.5
1-334 Change 3
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-62. Determining TGT Reference (TGTREF)
1-335
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-63. (T700) Determining Target Torque Value (TTV) for UH-60A
1-336 Change 4
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-64. (T700) Determining Engine Torque Factor (ETF) for UH-60A
1-337
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table 1-20. Max Power ETF Degradation Check
Is ETF equal to or greater Record ETF in applicable
than 0.97 with ECU block in figure 1-65,
4046T29G09 and above sheet 1.
Yes
installed or 0.92 with ECU
4046T29G02 or
4046T29G06/G07 installed?
1 2
No
Has ETF degraded Perform troubleshooting
cumulative by more than procedure 63 (table 1-13).
0.05 from last recorded Yes Document aircraft records
ETF? and DA Form 2408-19-2
"Remarks" block.
3 4
No
Was troubleshooting Is ETF within
procedure 63 performed at troubleshooting procedure
last ETF determination Yes 63 acceptable criteria and
(Refer to aircraft/engine ATF equal to or greater than
No
records)? 0.90?
5 6
No Yes
Perform troubleshooting Record ETF in applicable
procedrue 63 (table 1-13). block in figure 1-65,
Document aircraft records sheet 1.
and DA Form 2408-19-2
"Remarks" block.
7 8
Re-perform Troubleshooting
Procedure 63 (Table 1-13).
Document aircraft records
and DA Form 2408-19-2
"Remarks" block.
9
ALL DIMENSIONS
ARE IN INCHES
1-338
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-65. Engine Health Indicator Test Log (Sheet 1 of 2)
1-339
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-65. Engine Health Indicator Test Log (Sheet 2 of 2)
1-340
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
1-146. (T701, T701C) Maximum Power Check for b. Establish a climb at 100% dual engine torque.
AH-64A. The torque factor method provides an accurate Periodic collective control increase will be required
indication of available power by incorporating ambient throughout the climb to maintain 100% torque. Continue
temperature effects into the power available calculation. climb at 100% torque until one of the three following
conditions occur:
Establishing an Engine Torque Factor (ETF) is required
when an engine is installed or fails the Health Indicator Test NOTE
(HIT) Check, if the failure was not the result of a faulty anti-
icing start and bleed valve or a dirty compressor section. One engine may reach the normal engine TGT
Performance data will be taken at a TGT limiting condition limiter or Ng limiting setting before the other
at or below 100% engine torque, while maintaining engine. The climb should continue until the
approximately 110 knots indicated air speed (KIAS) at a engine being checked reaches the TGT limiter
constant pressure altitude (altimeter set to 29.92 in. Hg). or Ng limiting at 100% torque. This may result
Engine Anti-Ice and Heater will be off. Data will be taken in the engine not being checked indicating less
on one engine at a time with the other engine set at than 100% torque. This does not effect the
approximately 60% torque. If the maximum power check is maximum power check on the other engine.
being performed because of a single engine installation or a
failed HIT Check, it is the Maintenance Officer's discretion (1) The engine being checked reaches the normal
to obtain new ETF data for the other engine. engine TGT limiter setting and it is identified by power
limiting at the TGT limit.
NOTE
(2) The engine being checked reaches a fuel flow
The normal engine TGT limiter setting is limit as a result of Ng limiting and it is identified by power
(T701) 851° - 869°C (Intermediate Rated limiting at TGTs below the TGT limit. Ng limiting is a Mach
Power) or (T701C) 857° - 875°C (Maximum number limitation in the compressor and it occurs at colder
Rated Power). The normal engine TGT limiter ambient temperatures.
is a steady state limiter and is only in effect
when contingency power is not enabled. (3) If ambient conditions prevent flight to
altitudes where the power limiting conditions will occur,
The most accurate maximum power check will be obtained then go to step l.
when the engine is checked at an altitude which will allow
the TGT to reach the normal engine TGT limiter setting with c. Stop the climb at the power limiting (step b)
engine power at or below 100% torque. This is the preferred altitude and establish level cruise flight with ENG-RTR
procedure, but may require aircraft equipped with a -701C RPM at (T701) 100% or (T701C) 101%.
engine to climb as high as 10,000 ft density altitude.
d. Set torque at approximately 80% - 85%.
The maximum power check may be performed using a non-
limiting procedure (step l) when conditions restrict the e. Retard the PWR CONTROL lever (PCL) on the
aircraft to flight below an altitude at which the normal TGT engine not being checked until:
limiting or Ng limiting may be reached.
(1) The engine not being checked reaches 60%
All performance charts for the maximum power check were torque.
developed for 110 KIAS forward flight speed at a constant
pressure altitude. Airspeed may be adjusted as necessary to (2) The engine being checked reaches 100%
maintain constant altitude while performing the maximum torque.
power check procedure. When airspeed varies from 110
KIAS, the Torque Speed Factor (TSF) identified in (3) TGT on the engine being checked reaches the
figure 1-66 minimizes error by adjusting indicated Torque normal engine TGT limiter setting or Ng limiting.
% by a forward airspeed factor.
a. Establish a new HIT baseline (para 1-154). HIT
baseline must be established during initial ground run, prior
to first take-off of the day.
Change 3 1-341
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-66. Determining Torque Speed Factor
1-342
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
k. Wait 30 seconds and record AIRSPEED (KAIS),
Ng (%), TGT (°C), TORQUE (%), OAT (°C), and
• Do not exceed 100% torque. PRESSURE ALTITUDE (FT).
• To avoid torque oscillations when making
l. If steps e through k were successfully completed,
performance checks, a minimum torque
proceed to step q. If steps e through k could not be
split of 10% must be held between engines.
completed due to weather conditions, establish level cruise
• Do not reduce the PCL to a position which flight at the highest possible altitude that will allow the
will allow less than 60% torque on the engine being checked to develop 100% torque with ENG-
engine not being checked. Contingency RTR RPM at (T701) 100% or (T701C) 101%.
power is enabled below 51% torque and
will prevent the engine being checked from m. Adjust collective pitch at approximately 80-85%
limiting power at the normal dual engine torque.
TGT limiter setting.
f. Establish an ENG-RTR RPM droop of NOTE
approximately 2% using either a small increase in collective The non-limiting procedure assumes a power
pitch or a small reduction of the PCL on the engine not setting of 100% torque on the engine being
being checked. Either procedure may be used, but the ENG- checked and is designed to allow a maximum
RTR RPM droop is usually more easily controlled with power check to be performed at TGTs less
collective pitch. An ENG-RTR RPM droop confirms that than the normal dual engine TGT limiter
the engine being checked is limiting power at the normal setting. It is not necessary to droop the ENG-
dual engine TGT limiter setting or due to Ng limiting. RTR RPM to perform this non-limiting
procedure.
g. If a 2% droop is not achieved, do the following:
n. Retard the PCL on the engine not being checked
(1) Increase collective pitch while maintaining until the engine being checked reaches 100% torque with
approximately 60% torque on non-test engine until a ENG-RTR RPM at (T701) 100% or (T701C) 101%. Do not
reduction of 2% ENG-RTR RPM is observed. reduce the PCL on the engine not being checked to a
position that will result in less than 60% torque.
(2) Maintain a constant pressure altitude by
adjusting forward air speed as necessary.
h. If a 2% droop is still not achieved, go to step l.
Do not exceed 100% torque.
NOTE o. If 100% torque is not achieved, do the following:
When the engine is TGT limited, the TGT may
(1) Increase collective pitch while maintaining
momentarily exceed the normal dual engine
approximately 60% torque on non-test engine until 100%
TGT limiter setting.
torque is observed on the test engine.
i. Observe TGT on the engine being checked. If TGT
(2) Maintain a constant pressure altitude by
does not stabilize at the normal dual engine TGT limit in 10
adjusting forward airspeed as necessary.
to 15 seconds after the last collective pitch or PCL input,
discontinue the maximum power check and initiate
troubleshooting procedure 37 (table 1-13).
j. Slowly reduce collective pitch or advance PCL on To allow an accurate power check and avoid
the engine not being checked to re-establish ENG-RTR torque oscillations, a torque split of at least
RPM at (T701) 100% or (T701C) 101%. The TGT on 10% will be held between engines.
engine being checked should remain constant.
p. Wait 60 seconds and record AIRSPEED (KAIS),
Ng (%), TGT (°C), TORQUE (%), OAT (°C), and
PRESSURE ALTITUDE (FT).
Change 3 1-343
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
q. If required, repeat steps a through p as required for
EXAMPLE: KNOWN
the other engine.
PRESSURE
ALTITUDE = 6,000 FT
r. Establish the Engine Torque Factor (ETF) as
follows: FAT = –16°C
ENGINE = T701C
TGT = 736°C
NOTE
Round off all calculations to the nearest 0.001. FOUND
Round up from 0.00050 to 0.00099. Round Enter figure 1-68 on FAT axis at –16°C.
down from 0.00049 to 0.00001. Move right to intersection of 6000 FT
PRESSURE ALTITUDE line. Move
straight down to read Target TGTREF.
EXAMPLE: 0.97050 through 0.97099 = 0.971
0.97001 through 0.97049 = 0.970 Target TGT REF = 728°C
(1) Calculate the torque adjusted for indicated
airspeed (Torque Speed Factor, %TRQTSF) as follows: NOTE
If the FAT and the PRESSURE ALTITUDE
NOTE lines do not intersect before the chart TGT
If indicated airspeed is 110 knots then limit temperature (T701) 860°C or (T701C)
TORQUE % = %TRQTSF. 866°C, then the target TGTREF is equal to the
chart TGT limit temperature.
(a) Obtain Torque Speed Factor (TSF). Refer
to figure 1-66. (b) Calculate the ∆TGT by subtracting the
measured TGT from the target TGTREF.
EXAMPLE: KNOWN
KIAS = 130 knots ∆TGT = TGTREF –TGT
TORQUE % = 100% = 728°C –736°C
= –8°C
FOUND
(c) Obtain the ∆TRQ/∆TGT factor from
Enter figure 1-66 on KIAS axis at 130. figure 1-69.
Move up to intersection of 130 and 0.990
(TSF axis).
EXAMPLE: KNOWN
PRESSURE ALTITUDE = 6,000 FT
(b) Calculate the % TRQTSF by multiplying
TORQUE % by TSF. FOUND
Enter figure 1-69 on PRESSURE
%TRQTSF = TORQUE % x TSF ALTITUDE axis at 6000 ft. Move straight up
= 100 × 0.990 to intersection of ∆TRQ/∆TGT line. Move
= 99% straight left to read ∆TRQ/∆TGT factor.
(2) Calculate the Adjusted Torque (TRQADJ) as ∆TRQ/∆TGT = 0.17
follows:
(d) Calculate the TGT Adjusted Torque
(a) Obtain the Target TGTREF from (T701) (TRQADJ) by multiplying the ∆TGT by the ∆TRQ/∆TGT
figure 1-67 or (T701C) figure 1-68. factor and adding to the %TRQTSF.
1-344 Change 3
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-67. (T701) Determining Target Torque Value for AH-64A
1-345
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-68. (T701C) Determining Target Torque Value for AH-64A
1-346
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-69. Determining ∆ Torque/∆ TGT Factor for AH-64A
1-347
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Once a new or overhauled engine is installed in an airframe
TRQADJ = %TRQTSF + ∆TRQ/∆TGT × ∆TGT
and delivered to the customer, a minimum ETF value for a
= 99.0% + (0.17 × –8°C)
new engine installation is 0.97. If the newly installed engine
= 97.640% is below 0.97 ETF, troubleshooting should be performed.
(3) Obtain the Target Torque Value (TTV) for Once the engine has degraded below 0.97 ETF and
engine. Refer to (T701) figure 1-70 or (T701C) troubleshooting has been completed, further
figure 1-71. troubleshooting after additional performance checks is not
required unless either of the following conditions has
EXAMPLE: KNOWN occurred:
PRESSURE
ALTITUDE = 6,000 FT • The ETF has degraded 0.05 or more since
FAT = –16°C the last recorded ETF.
ENGINE = T701C • The ETF is less than 0.85.
FOUND If the ETF is satisfactory, record in the applicable block of
Enter figure 1-71 on FAT axis at –16°C. figure 1-65, sheet 1. If the ETF is not satisfactory, refer to
Move right to intersection of 6000 ft troubleshooting procedure 63 (table 1-13). If ETF is greater
pressure altitude line. Move straight down than or equal to 0.85, record in applicable block figure in
to read TTV. figure 1-65, sheet 1.
TTV = 100% t. Repeat steps q and r for other engine, if required.
(4) Calculate Specification Torque Ratio (STR) u. Calculate Aircraft Torque Factor (ATF) as follows;
by dividing TGT Adjusted Torque (TRQADJ) by Target
Torque Value (TTV). KNOWN No. 1 Engine = 0.93
ETF:
TRQ ADJ No. 2 Engine = 0.98
STR = ---------------------
-
TTV
No. 1 Engine ETF + No. 2 Engine ETF
97.640% ATF = ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
= --------------------- 2
100%
= 0.98 0.93 + 0.98- = 0.96
EXAMPLE: AFT = --------------------------
2
(5) Obtain the Engine Torque Factor (ETF) from
figure 1-72. v. Record the ATF in applicable block of figure 1-65,
sheet 1. The form in figure 1-65 may be locally reproduced
EXAMPLE: KNOWN and used in the aircraft logbook. Minimum allowable ATF
FAT = –16°C is 0.90.
STR = 0.98
w. After completing maximum power check and if
FOUND engine performance is satisfactory, record new upper and
lower limits (from the baseline established in step a) on HIT
Enter figure 1-72 on STR axis at 0.98. Move log in helicopter.
right to intersection of 0.98 line and ≤ (less
than or equal to) –5°C line. Move straight
down to read 0.93 ETF. 1-147. (T701C) Maximum Power Check for
UH-60L. The torque factor method provides an accurate
indication of available power by incorporating ambient
s. The intent of the Engine Torque Factor (ETF) is to
temperature effects into the power available calculation.
provide to the pilot a numerical engine health value upon
which mission planning can be based using appropriately
derived performance charts. All newly manufactured
engines as well as depot overhauled engines should have an
ETF of 1.0 or greater before being installed in an airframe.
1-348 Change 3
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-70. (T701) Determining Target Torque Value for AH-64A
1-349
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-71. (T701C) Determining Target Torque Value for AH-64A
1-350
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-72. (T701, T701C) Determining Engine Torque Factor (ETF) for UH-60L and AH-64A
1-351
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
When an engine is reinstalled or installed for the first time, indicated or until TGT on engine being checked is the
or after an engine fails the Health Indicator Test (HIT) normal TGT limiter setting of 857°- 875°C (1575°-1607°F)
Check not caused by a faulty anti-icing start and bleed valve and a 2% RPM R reduction is observed.
or a dirty compressor, an in-flight check will be made to
ensure that the engine meets minimum power requirements d. If engine being checked reaches the aircraft single
and to establish/re-establish the Engine Torque Factor engine torque limit of 135% before any reduction of RPM
(ETF). Performance data will be taken at an engine limiting R, perform the power check at a higher altitude.
condition while maintaining approximately 120 KIAS
forward flight speed. Engine Anti-Ice and Heater will be off
and altimeter will be set to 29.92 in. Hg. Data will be taken
on one engine at a time. If max power check is being performed
because of a failed HIT check, and weather
If the maximum power check is being performed because of conditions prevent a higher altitude, perform
a single engine installation/re-installation or failed HIT troubleshooting procedure 65 before using the
Check, it is the Maintenance Officer's discretion to obtain alternatives of step f.
new ETF data for the other engine.
e. If weather conditions prevent obtaining a higher
altitude delay the maximum power check.
To avoid torque oscillations when making NOTE
performance checks, a torque split of at least
10% will be held between engines. If flight Some units are grounding aircraft when
conditions prevent setting the performance weather is inclement, and some units are
point at 120 knots and keeping the 10% torque assuming an ETF of 1.0, which could lead to
split, allow forward flight speed to increase or serious planning errors.
decrease; however, a torque split of at least
10% must be maintained. f. If the maximum power check is delayed, an
alternative to grounding is to use one of the following
a. Establish a new HIT baseline (para 1-154). HIT ETF's:
baseline must be established during initial ground run, prior
to first take-off of the day. (1) Last calculated ETF if it was less than 0.95.
b. With both ENG POWER CONT Levers in FLY, (2) Use 0.95 if last calculated ETF was greater
establish 120 knots level flight, 100% RPM Rotor Speed. than 0.95.
g. Perform the maximum power check as soon as
weather conditions permit to establish the true ETF.
Engine Torque Limit (UH60L)
h. Observe TGT on engine being checked.
Dual engine torque limit of 100% may be
exceeded only if the torque applied by the NOTE
other engine is less than 100%. Do not exceed
the single engine torque limit of 135%. TGT should not exceed the normal TGT
limiter setting. If TGT exceeds the normal
TGT limiter setting, discontinue the maximum
NOTE power check and refer to troubleshooting
Torque on engine not being checked should procedure 37 (table 1-13).
not be less than 60% to ensure that the 2.5
minute contingency TGT limiter is not i. Slowly advance the ENG POWER CONT lever of
activated. the engine not being checked only enough to re-establish %
RPM R to 100% without any change in TGT on engine
c. Retard the ENG POWER CONT lever on the being checked.
engine not being checked until approximately 60% TRQ is
1-352 Change 3
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
j. Wait 30 seconds and record Ng, TGT, % TRQ, FAT, 0.97001 through 0.97049 = 0.970
and pressure altitude.
(1) Calculate the Adjusted Torque (TRQADJ) as
k. During step c, if the engine not being checked follows:
indicated 60% TRQ without any reduction in % RPM R, do
the following: (a) When FAT is greater than –14°C,
TRQADJ = % TRQ measured if TGT is in the normal TGT
(1) Increase collective pitch until a reduction of limiter range. If TGT is not within range refer to
2% RPM R is observed. paragraph 1-130.
(2) Maintain a constant pressure altitude by (b) When FAT is less than or equal to –14°C,
allowing forward airspeed to increase beyond 120 knots obtain TGTREF from figure 1-62.
until a reduction of 2% RPM R is observed.
(3) Note TGT on engine being checked. TGT TRQ ADJ = % TRQ + 0.2 TGT REF – 0.2 TGT
should not exceed the normal TGT limiter setting. If TGT
exceeds the normal limiter setting, discontinue the check EXAMPLE:
and see troubleshooting procedure 37 (table 1-13).
KNOWN FOUND
(fig. 1-62)
(4) Slowly decrease collective pitch to allow %
RPM R to return to 100% without any change in TGT on PRESSURE
engine being checked. ALTITUDE = 6,000 FT
FAT = –16°C TGTREF858°C
(5) Retard engine not being checked to ground % TRQ = 106.0%
idle. TGT = 836°C
TRQADJ = 106.0 + 0.2 (858) – 0.2 (836)
(6) Increase collective until engine being = 106.0 + (171.6 – 167.2)
checked is at TGT noted in step (3). Establish steady state = 106.0 + 4.4
flight condition. = 110.4%
(7) Wait 30 seconds and record Ng, TGT, % (2) Obtain Target Torque Value (TTV) for
TRQ, FAT, and pressure altitude. engines with Hover Infrared System (HIRSS) and with
baffles or cruise suppressors installed refer to figure 1-73,
l. If the engine not being checked is at ground idle, sheet 1. For engines with HIRSS and without baffles or
and the engine being checked has reached the aircraft single cruise suppressors installed refer to figure 1-73, sheet 2.
engine torque limit of 135% without any reduction of RPM
R, wait 30 seconds at 135% torque and record Ng, TGT,% EXAMPLE: Using FAT = –16°C
TRQ, FAT, and pressure altitude. and
PRESSURE ALTITUDE = 6,000 FT,
m. Advance the ENG POWER CONT lever on the therefore,
engine not being checked to FLY. TTV = 113.8%
n. If required, repeat steps a thru j for the other (3) Calculate Specification Torque Ratio (STR)
engine. by dividing Adjusted Torque (TRQADJ) by Target Torque
Value (TTV).
o. Establish the Engine Torque Factor (ETF) as
follows: TRQ ADJ
STR = ---------------------
-
NOTE TTV
Round off all calculations to the nearest 0.001.
( 110.4 )
Round up from 0.00050 to 0.00099. Round EXAMPLE: STR = ------------------ = 0.97
113.8
down from 0.00049 to 0.00001.
EXAMPLE: 0.97050 through 0.97099 = 0.971
Change 3 1-353
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-73. (T701C) Determining Target Torque Value (TTV) for UH-60L (Sheet 1 of 2)
1-354 Change 4
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-73. (T701C) Determining Target Torque Value (TTV) for UH-60L (Sheet 2 of 2)
Change 4 1-355
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
(4) Obtain Engine Torque Factor (ETF) from
figure 1-72. When STR is greater than or equal to 1.0,
assume ETF to be 1.0. Prior to starting the break-in procedure, the
engine must not be advanced beyond ground
EXAMPLE: KNOWN idle power.
FAT = –16°C (3.2°F)
STR = 0.97 NOTE
A qualified maintenance test pilot or
FOUND
functional check pilot will be required to
Enter figure 1-72 on left (STR axis) at 0.97.
perform this procedure in support and under
Move right to intersection of 0.97 line and
direction of intermediate maintenance level
≤ (less than or equal to) –5°C line. Move
personnel.
straight down to read 0.89 ETF.
p. If ETF has degraded by more than 0.050 from last Use this break-in procedure when only one engine has had
recorded ETF, refer to troubleshooting procedure 63 the gas generator rotor and stator replaced.
(table 1-13). If ETF is greater than or equal to 0.97 or has
not degraded by more than 0.050 since last recorded ETF, a. Perform normal engine starts to ground idle.
record ETF in applicable block in figure 1-65, sheet 1.
b. Leave the engine not receiving the break-in run at
q. Repeat steps o and p for other engine, if required. ground idle speed.
r. Calculate Aircraft Torque Factor (ATF) as follows; c. Set the break-in engine minimum Nr/Np speed,
using the ENG RPM INCR/DECR switch on the collective
grip.
KNOWN ETF: No. 1 Engine = 0.89
No. 2 Engine = 0.99
ATF = No.
1 Engine ETF + No. 2 Engine ETF-
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- If the engine requiring break-in approaches
2
84% Ng, stop advancing that power control
lever. Slowly advance the opposite engine
EXAMPLE: ATF = 0.89
+ 0.99- = 0.94 power control lever toward FLY allowing the
--------------------------
2 break-in engine to remain below 84% Ng.
Continue the break-in procedure.
s. Record the ATF in applicable block of figure 1-65,
sheet 1. The form in figure 1-65 may be locally reproduced d. With minimum collective, slowly advance power
and used in the aircraft logbook. Minimum allowable ATF control lever to FLY.
is 0.90.
e. Slowly increase Nr/Np to 100%, using the ENG
t. After completing maximum power check and if RPM INCR/DECR switch on the collective grip.
engine performance is satisfactory, record new upper and
lower limits (from the baseline established in step a) on HIT f. Using collective, vary collective position to slowly
log in helicopter. set the Ng speeds shown in table 1-21. Use 10 seconds to set
each point; then use 10 seconds to reduce Ng. Continue
1-148. Break-In Run. A break-in run is required increasing collective in setting points until aircraft is light
whenever the gas generator rotor and stator are replaced. on wheels. Note maximum Ng speed reached at this point.
1-149. Single Engine Break-In Run UH-60. g. Reduce collective to minimum.
h. Advance other power control lever to FLY.
1-356 Change 3
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table 1-21. Break-In Run
Move Set Set Time At
Ng Ng Time of Ng Time of Final
From To Change To Change Ng Point
84% 88% 10 Seconds 87% 10 Seconds 30 Seconds
87% 91% 10 Seconds 90% 10 Seconds 30 Seconds
90% 93% 10 Seconds 92% 10 Seconds 30 Seconds
92% 88% 10 Seconds 92% 10 Seconds 30 Seconds
92% 95% 10 Seconds 94% 10 Seconds 30 Seconds
94% 97% 10 Seconds 96% 10 Seconds 30 Seconds
96% 98% 10 Seconds 97% 10 Seconds 30 Seconds
Do not exceed the normal TGT limiter setting. If TGT limiter is reached, consider limiter
the maximum speed obtainable and the break-in run complete.
97% 99% 10 Seconds 98% 10 Seconds 30 Seconds
98% 101% 10 Seconds 99% 10 Seconds 30 Seconds
99% 92% 10 Seconds -- -- --
i. Conduct engine overspeed check (para 1-132). c. Set the break-in engine minimum Nr/Np speed,
using the ENG RPM INCR/DECR switch on the collective
j. If possible, make minimum power takeoff where grip.
Ng on newly installed engines are kept below maximum Ng
speed reached in step f.
k. When stabilized flight has been reached, continue If the engine requiring break-in approaches
setting Ng speeds as called out in table 1-21, starting a 84% Ng, stop advancing that power control
maximum Ng speed reached in step f. After completion of lever. Slowly advance the opposite engine
last point in table 1-21, reduce collective and continue with power control lever toward FLY allowing the
remaining flight plan. break-in engine to remain below 84% Ng.
Continue the break-in procedure.
1-150. Dual Engine Break-In Run UH-60. Use this
break-in procedure when both engines have had the gas d. With minimum collective, slowly advance the
generator rotors and stators replaced. break-in engine power control lever to FLY.
a. Perform normal engine starts to ground idle.
b. Leave the engine not receiving the break-in run at
ground idle speed.
Change 1 1-357
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
e. Slowly increase Nr/Np to 100%, using the ENG d. With the power control lever at FLY, vary
RPM INCR/DECR switch on the collective grip. collective position to slowly set the Ng speeds shown in
table 1-21. Use 10 seconds to set each point; then use 10
f. Using collective, vary collective position to slowly seconds to reduce Ng. Continue increasing collective in
set the Ng speeds shown in table 1-21. Use 10 seconds to set setting points until aircraft is light on wheels. Note
each point; then use 10 seconds to reduce Ng. Continue maximum Ng speed reached at this point.
increasing collective in setting points until aircraft is light
on wheels. Note maximum Ng speed reached at this point. e. Reduce collective to minimum.
g. Reduce collective to minimum. f. Conduct engine overspeed check (para 1-133).
h. Retard the power control lever of the break-in g. If possible, make minimum power takeoff where
engine to ground idle. Ng on newly installed engine is kept below maximum Ng
speed reached in step d.
i. Retard the power control lever of the engine that
did not receive the break-in run to ground idle. h. When stabilized flight is reached, continue setting
Ng speeds as called out in table 1-21, starting at maximum
j. Repeat steps b through g for other engine. Ng speed reached in step d. After completion of last point in
table 1-21 reduce collective and continue with remaining
k. Advance other power control lever to FLY. flight plan.
l. Conduct engine overspeed checks on both engines 1-152. Dual Engine Break-In Run AH-64. Use this
(para 1-132). break-in procedure when both engines have had the gas
generator rotors and stators replaced.
m. If possible, make minimum power takeoff where
Ng on newly installed engines are kept below maximum Ng a. Perform normal engine starts to ground idle.
speed reached in step f.
b. Set engine not receiving the break-in run at ground
n. When stabilized flight has been reached, continue idle speed.
setting Ng speeds as called out in table 1-21, starting a
maximum Ng speed reached in step f. After completion of
last point in table 1-21, reduce collective and continue with
remaining flight plan. If the engine requiring break-in approaches
84% Ng, stop advancing the power control
1-151. Single Engine Break-In Run AH-64. Use this lever.
procedure when only one engine has had the gas generator
rotor and stator replaced. c. Slowly advance the power control lever of the
engine being checked toward FLY, but do not exceed 84%
a. Perform normal engine starts to ground idle. Ng and follow table 1-21 until power control lever reaches
the FLY detent.
b. Move power control lever for engine not requiring
the break-in run to FLY 100%. d. With the power control lever at FLY, using
collective, vary collective position to slowly set the Ng
speeds shown in table 1-21. Use 10 seconds to set each
point, then use 10 seconds to reduce Ng. Continue
The engine requiring the break-in run should increasing collective in setting points until aircraft is light
not be advanced above 84% Ng prior to on wheels. Note maximum Ng speed reached at this point.
initiating the procedure shown in table 1-21.
e. Reduce collective to minimum.
c. With minimum collective, slowly advance power
control lever to 84% Ng and proceed with the break-in run
until power contol reaches the FLY detent.
1-358 Change 1
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
f. Retard the power control lever of the break-in
engine to ground idle.
If any part of engine anti-ice check fails, do
not fly helicopter.
If the engine requiring break-in approaches a. The HIT check is an operational check done on the
84% Ng, stop advancing the power control ground to find a significant performance shift, to trend
lever. engine performance, and to verify proper operation of the
anti-icing bleed and start valve. Good results in passing HIT
g. With minimum collective, slowly advance the checks does not guarantee that engine will meet IRP
power control lever of the second engine being checked performance. An in-flight maximum power check is the
toward FLY, but do not exceed 84% and follow table 1-21 only way to ensure that the engine meets torque factor
until power control lever reaches the FLY detent. requirements.
h. With the power control lever at FLY, using b. A HIT baseline is established according to
collective, vary collective position to slowly set the Ng procedures in applicable aircraft maintenance manual when
speeds shown in table 1-21. Use 10 seconds to set each the engine is first installed in the aircraft. The operational
point, then use 10 seconds to reduce Ng. Continue maintenance pilots perform HIT checks and compare the
increasing collective in setting points until aircraft is light results against the baseline.
on wheels. Note maximum Ng speed reached at this point.
c. When an engine fails a HIT check as a result of a
i. Reduce collective to minimum. faulty anti-icing bleed and start valve or a dirty compressor,
do the following:
j. Advance other power control lever to FLY.
(1) Replace anti-icing bleed and start valve
k. Conduct engine overspeed checks on both engines (para 10-31) or clean engine for performance recovery
(para 1-133). (para 1-157).
l. If possible, make minimum power takeoff where (2) Repeat HIT check (para 1-154). If engine
Ng speeds are kept below maximum Ng speed reached in returns to the previously established baseline, a new HIT
steps d and h. baseline and in-flight maximum power check are not
required.
m. When stabilized flight has been reached, continue
setting Ng speeds as called out in table 1-21. Starting at d. When an operational HIT check TGT margin is
maximum Ng speeds reached in steps d and h. After equal to or less than 5°C from limits established during the
completion of last point in table 1-21, reduce collective and baseline, an entry will be made on DA Form 2408-13 to
continue with remaining flight plan. notify the Maintenance Officer. The Maintenance Officer
will then decide if troubleshooting or preventative
1-153. Health Indicator Test (HIT) Check maintenance procedures such as compressor cleaning for
Procedure. performance recovery (para 1-157) should be accomplished.
Factors which may influence his decision are:
• Has a trend been established?
Anti-Ice Bleed and Start Valve • Has the operational environment changed?
• How much time has elapsed since last
Do not cycle anti-ice bleed and start valve compressor cleaning?
more than once to determine proper operation. • Has there been a change in Maximum
Valve malfunction can cause engine flameout
Power Check?
at low power settings or during rapid
collective movements. Do not fly the aircraft
• Has the engine had recent maintenance
if TGT rise is less than 30°C (54°F), or switch which might influence its performance?
cycling is required.
Change 3 1-359
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
e. If, in step d, the Maintenance Officer decided to do NOTE
a compressor cleaning, a HIT check (para 1-154) is
required. If helicopter is equipped with two FAT gages,
and the readings are different, the higher
1-154. HIT Baseline Check and Engine reading must be used.
Performance Data Checks for UH-60A, UH-60L and
AH-64A. g. Note FAT and pressure altitude.
h. Record A/C HOURS, FAT, pressure altitude, and
indicated TGT on HIT baseline worksheet (fig. 1-74).
• If icing conditions exist, do not keep anti-
icing off for longer than is necessary to do NOTE
HIT check.
Steps i, j, and k contain instructions for
• If any part of engine anti-ice check fails, do
performing the Anti-Ice check.
not fly helicopter.
i. (AH-64A) If Ng is less than 90% and FAT is 15°C
a. Prior to completing maximum power check, a new
or below, then increase collective to 90%. If Ng is less than
HIT baseline is established by the maintenance test pilot
90% and FAT is above 15°C, then increase collective to
and used if engine performance is satisfactory on the
94%. (UH-60A, UH-60L) If the ENG ANTI-ICE advisory
maximum power check. During initial HIT check, the
light remains on at 60% TRQ, increase collective to a
maintenance pilot compensates for the particular engine
maximum of 94% Ng, or until the advisory light is off.
characteristic and establishes the TGT limits to be used in
the operational HIT check. The operational pilot will
compare engine performance to this baseline to check
engine performance.
Anti-Ice Bleed and Start Valve
NOTE Do not cycle anti-ice bleed and start valve
The HIT baseline must be established prior to more than once to determine proper operation.
the maximum power check, prior to first take- Valve malfunction can cause engine flameout
off, to replicate daily HIT check procedures. at low power settings or during rapid
collective movements. Do not fly the aircraft
b. Position helicopter into prevailing wind to if TGT rise is less than 30°C (54°F), or switch
minimize hot gas ingestion. cycling is required.
c. Set (UH-60A, UH-60L) ENG ANTI-ICE or j. For engine being checked, set (AH-64A) ENG
(AH-64A) ANTI-ICE and HEATER switches at OFF. Set INLET or (UH-60A, UH-60L), ENG ANTI-ICE switch to
altimeter to 29.92 in. Hg. ON and note the following:
d. Set both engines (UH-60A, UH-60L) % RPM or • Increase in TGT of at least 30°C
(AH-64A) ENG-RTR RPM at 100%. • (AH-64A) ENG 1 and ENG 2 advisory
lights come on. (UH-60A, UH-60L) ENG
e. (UH-60A, UH-60L) Retard ENG POWER CONT ANTI-ICE advisory lights come on.
lever of engine not being checked until a 0%-5% TRQ at • (AH-64A) ENG 1 and ENG 2 ANTI-ICE
92%-98% (Np) RPM is reached. (AH-64A) Retard ENG fail lights remain on until the fairing
POWER CONT lever of engine not being checked to idle. electrical heaters reach 96°C (205°F) and
the engine inlets reach 66°C (150°F)
f. Increase collective pitch to 60% TRQ and hold it (approximately 40 seconds).
there for at least 30 seconds. • (UH-60A, UH-60L) ENG INLET ANTI-
ICE advisory light comes on after inlet
fairing temperature reaches 93°C (200°F)
and if FAT is less than 4°C (39°F).
1-360 Change 5
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
EXAMPLE:
Anti-Ice Bleed and Start Valve (1) If FAT is 14°C, use 15°C. Or, if FAT is 46°C,
use 47°C.
Do not cycle anti-ice bleed and start valve
more than once to determine proper operation. (2) If pressure altitude is between –249 FT and
Valve malfunction can cause engine flameout 249 FT, use 0 FT. Or, if pressure altitude is between 250 FT
at low power settings or during rapid and 749 FT, use 500 FT.
collective movements. Do not fly the aircraft
if TGT rise is less than 30°C (54°F), or switch o. Find table TGT in referenced (T700) table 1-22,
cycling is required. (T701C) table 1-23, or (T701) table 1-24 to determine
actual TGT for recorded FAT and pressure altitude.
NOTE p. Subtract table TGT on HIT baseline worksheet (fig.
(UH-60A, UH-60L) ENG INLET ANTI-ICE 1-74) from average indicated TGT.
advisory light may or may not come on
between 4°C (39°F) and 13°C (55°F). q. Establish TGT upper and lower limits by adding
20°C (68°F) to answer in step p, and by subtracting 20°C
k. Set (AH-64A) ENG INLET or (UH-60A, (68°F) from answer in step p. Record upper and lower limits
UH-60L) ENG ANTI-ICE switch to OFF and note the on HIT log sheet, figure 1-65 in helicopter log book.
following:
r. During operational checks, the HIT TGT margin
will fall within the upper and lower limits.
• Decrease in TGT to approximate value in
step h. s. The following is an example of a (T700) HIT
• (AH-64A) ENG 1 and ENG 2 advisory baseline calculation:
lights go off. (UH-60A, UH-60L) ENG
ANTI-ICE advisory light goes off. (1) FAT = 15°C
• (AH-64A) ENG 1 and ENG 2 ANTI-ICE
fail lights go off after fairing and inlet (2) PRESS ALT = 500 FT
heaters cool (approximately 90 seconds).
• (UH-60A, UH-60L) ENG INLET ANTI- (3) TGT = 665°, 668°, 667°C
ICE advisory light goes off after inlet
fairing temperature goes below 93°C 665 + 668 + 667
(4) Average TGT = --------------------------------------- =
(200°F). 3
667°C
l. If any part of the engine inlet ANTI-ICE check
fails, do not fly the helicopter.
(5) Table value of TGT (for 15°C FAT and + 500
FT altitude) = 684°C
m. Repeat steps c through h twice. This completes
logging of data. Remaining steps can be done after engine is
(6) Average TGT minus table
shut down.
TGT= 667°C – 684°C = –17°C
n. Using HIT baseline worksheet shown in (7) TGT acceptance limit
figure 1-74, calculate average indicated TGT for above –17°C + 20°C = +3°C
three readings. –17°C – 20°C = –37°C.
NOTE (8) Therefore, an operational HIT check (TGT
margin) that is less than +3°C and greater than –37°C is
When using TGT reference table, FAT must be acceptable.
rounded up, and pressure altitude must be
rounded off to the nearest value, if applicable.
Change 5 1-361
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-74. HIT Baseline Worksheet
1-362
Table 1-22. (T700) TGT Reference Table for 60% Torque at 100% RPM
PRESSURE ALTITUDE-FT PRESSURE ALTITUDE-FT PRESSURE ALTITUDE-FT
FAT FAT FAT
°C –1000 –500 0 500 1000 1500 °C 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500 °C 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 10000
55 781 786 789 793 797 802 55 806 811 815 821 826 832 55 --- --- --- --- --- ---
53 776 781 784 788 782 796 53 800 805 809 815 820 826 53 --- --- --- --- --- ---
51 770 775 778 782 786 791 51 795 800 804 810 814 820 51 825 836 --- --- --- ---
49 765 770 773 777 781 785 49 789 794 798 804 809 815 49 819 830 --- --- --- ---
47 759 784 767 771 775 780 47 784 789 793 799 803 809 47 814 825 --- --- --- ---
45 754 759 762 766 770 774 45 778 783 787 793 797 803 45 808 819 830 --- --- ---
43 749 753 756 760 764 768 43 772 777 781 787 791 797 43 802 813 824 836 --- ---
41 744 748 751 755 759 763 41 767 772 776 781 786 791 41 796 807 818 830 --- ---
39 738 742 746 750 754 758 39 762 766 770 776 780 786 39 791 801 812 824 --- ---
37 733 737 740 744 748 752 37 756 760 765 770 775 780 37 785 795 806 818 830 ---
35 728 732 735 739 743 747 35 750 755 759 764 769 774 35 779 790 800 812 824 ---
33 722 726 730 733 737 741 33 745 749 753 759 763 768 33 773 784 794 806 818 831
31 717 721 724 728 732 736 31 739 744 748 753 758 763 31 767 778 788 800 812 825
29 711 716 719 723 726 730 29 734 738 742 748 752 757 29 762 772 782 794 805 818
27 706 710 713 717 721 725 27 728 732 737 742 746 751 27 756 766 777 780 799 812
25 701 705 708 712 715 719 25 723 727 731 736 741 746 25 750 760 771 782 793 806
23 695 699 703 706 710 714 23 717 721 726 731 735 740 23 744 754 765 776 787 800
21 690 694 697 701 704 708 21 712 716 720 725 729 734 21 739 745 759 770 781 793
19 684 688 692 695 699 703 19 706 710 714 720 724 728 19 733 743 753 764 775 787
17 679 683 686 690 693 697 17 701 705 709 714 718 723 17 727 737 747 758 769 781
15 673 677 680 684 688 692 15 695 699 703 708 712 717 15 721 731 741 752 763 775
13 668 672 675 679 682 686 13 690 694 698 703 707 711 13 716 725 735 746 757 768
11 663 667 670 673 676 681 11 684 688 692 697 701 705 11 710 719 729 740 751 762
9 657 661 664 668 671 675 9 679 683 687 691 695 700 9 704 713 723 734 745 756
7 652 656 659 662 666 670 7 673 677 681 686 689 694 7 698 708 717 728 738 750
5 647 651 654 657 660 665 5 668 672 676 680 684 688 5 692 702 711 722 732 744
3 642 645 648 652 655 659 3 663 667 670 675 678 683 3 687 696 705 716 727 737
1 636 640 643 647 650 654 1 657 661 665 669 673 677 1 681 690 699 709 720 731
–1 631 635 638 641 645 649 –1 652 656 660 664 667 672 –1 676 684 693 703 714 725
–3 626 630 633 636 640 643 –3 647 651 654 659 662 666 –3 670 679 687 697 707 718
–5 621 625 628 631 634 638 –5 642 645 649 653 657 661 –5 665 673 682 692 701 712
–7 616 619 623 626 629 633 –7 636 640 644 648 651 656 –7 659 668 676 686 696 706
–9 610 614 617 621 624 628 –9 631 635 639 643 646 650 –9 654 662 670 680 690 700
–11 605 609 612 615 619 623 –11 626 630 633 637 641 645 –11 649 657 665 674 684 694
–13 600 604 607 610 613 617 –13 621 624 628 632 636 640 –13 643 651 659 668 678 688
–15 594 598 601 605 608 612 –15 615 619 622 627 630 634 –15 638 646 654 663 672 682
–17 589 593 596 599 603 606 –17 610 614 617 621 625 629 –17 632 640 648 657 666 676
–19 584 587 590 594 597 601 –19 604 608 611 616 619 623 –19 627 635 643 652 661 670
TM 1-2840-248-23
–21 578 582 585 588 592 595 –21 599 603 606 610 614 618 –21 621 629 637 646 655 665
–25 568 571 574 578 581 585 –25 588 591 595 599 602 606 –25 610 618 626 635 644 653
T.O. 2J-T700-6
–30 554 558 561 564 567 571 –30 574 578 581 585 588 592 –30 596 604 612 620 629 638
–35 541 545 548 551 554 558 –35 560 564 567 571 575 578 –35 582 590 597 606 614 623
–40 528 532 534 538 541 544 –40 547 550 554 557 561 564 –40 568 575 583 592 600 609
–45 515 519 522 525 528 531 –45 534 537 540 544 547 551 –45 554 561 569 578 586 594
1-363
–50 502 506 508 511 514 518 –50 520 524 527 531 534 537 –50 540 546 555 563 571 579
–55 489 493 495 498 501 504 –55 507 510 513 517 520 524 –55 527 534 541 549 557 565
Table 1-23. (T701C) TGT Reference Table for 60% Torque at 100% RPM
1-364
T.O. 2J-T700-6
TM 1-2840-248-23
FAT PRESSURE ALTITUDE-FT FAT PRESSURE ALTITUDE-FT FAT PRESSURE ALTITUDE-FT
°C –1000 –500 0 500 1000 1500 °C 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500 °C 5000 5500 6000 7000 8000 9000 10000
55 736 740 744 748 753 758 55 763 769 775 781 787 792 55 796 801 805 814 825 835 846
53 730 734 738 742 747 751 53 757 762 768 774 780 785 53 790 796 800 809 819 830 840
51 724 728 732 736 740 745 51 750 756 761 767 773 779 51 785 791 795 804 814 825 835
49 718 721 725 729 734 738 49 744 749 755 761 767 772 49 778 785 789 799 808 819 829
47 712 715 719 723 727 732 47 737 743 748 754 760 766 47 771 778 782 794 803 814 824
45 706 709 713 717 721 725 45 731 736 741 747 753 759 45 764 771 776 788 798 808 818
43 701 703 707 711 715 719 43 725 729 734 740 746 752 43 757 764 769 781 792 803 813
41 695 698 702 706 710 713 41 718 723 728 733 739 745 41 751 757 762 775 786 797 807
39 690 692 696 700 704 707 39 712 716 721 726 732 738 39 744 750 755 768 780 792 802
37 684 687 690 694 698 702 37 706 710 714 720 725 731 37 737 743 748 761 773 787 796
35 679 681 685 689 692 696 35 700 704 709 713 719 724 35 730 736 741 754 766 779 791
33 673 676 679 683 687 690 33 694 698 703 707 712 717 33 723 729 735 746 759 772 786
31 668 670 674 677 681 685 31 689 692 697 702 707 711 31 716 722 727 739 752 765 779
29 662 665 668 671 675 679 29 683 687 691 696 701 705 29 710 715 720 732 745 758 771
27 657 659 662 666 670 673 27 677 681 685 690 695 700 27 704 709 714 725 737 750 764
25 651 654 657 660 664 667 25 671 675 680 684 689 694 25 698 703 707 718 730 743 756
23 645 648 651 655 658 662 23 666 669 674 678 683 688 23 692 697 701 711 723 736 749
21 639 642 645 649 652 656 21 660 664 668 672 677 682 21 686 691 695 705 715 728 742
19 634 636 640 643 647 650 19 654 658 662 667 671 676 19 680 685 689 699 709 721 734
17 628 631 634 638 641 644 17 648 652 656 661 665 670 17 674 679 683 693 703 714 727
15 623 625 629 632 635 638 15 642 646 650 655 659 664 15 668 673 677 686 697 708 719
13 617 620 623 626 630 633 13 636 640 644 649 654 658 13 662 666 671 680 690 701 712
11 612 614 618 621 624 627 11 631 634 638 643 647 652 11 656 660 665 674 684 695 706
9 606 609 612 616 619 622 9 625 629 633 637 641 646 9 650 654 659 668 678 689 699
7 600 603 607 610 613 616 7 620 623 627 631 635 640 7 644 648 652 662 671 682 693
5 595 598 601 605 608 611 5 614 618 621 625 630 634 5 637 642 646 656 665 676 687
3 589 592 595 599 602 605 3 609 612 616 620 624 628 3 631 636 640 649 659 669 680
1 584 586 590 593 597 600 1 603 607 610 614 618 622 1 626 629 634 643 653 663 674
–1 577 579 583 586 590 593 –1 596 600 603 607 611 615 –1 618 622 626 635 645 655 666
–3 571 574 577 581 584 587 –3 591 594 598 602 606 609 –3 613 617 620 629 639 649 659
–5 566 568 572 575 578 581 –5 585 589 592 596 600 604 –5 607 611 615 623 632 642 652
–7 560 563 566 569 573 576 –7 579 583 587 590 594 598 –7 601 605 609 617 626 636 646
–9 554 557 560 564 567 570 –9 574 577 581 585 589 592 –9 596 599 603 611 620 630 639
–11 549 552 555 558 561 564 –11 568 571 575 579 583 586 –11 590 594 597 606 614 623 633
–13 543 546 549 553 556 559 –13 562 566 569 573 577 581 –13 584 588 591 600 608 617 627
–15 538 540 544 547 550 553 –15 556 560 564 567 571 575 –15 578 582 586 594 602 611 620
–17 532 535 538 541 544 547 –17 551 555 558 562 565 569 –17 572 576 580 588 596 605 614
–19 526 529 532 536 539 542 –19 545 549 552 556 559 563 –19 566 570 574 582 591 599 608
–21 521 523 527 530 533 536 –21 539 543 546 550 554 557 –21 560 564 568 577 585 593 602
–23 515 518 521 524 527 530 –23 534 537 540 544 548 551 –23 555 558 562 571 579 587 596
–25 510 512 515 519 522 524 –25 528 531 535 538 542 545 –25 549 552 556 565 573 581 589
–27 504 507 510 513 516 519 –27 522 526 529 532 536 539 –27 543 547 550 559 567 575 583
–29 498 501 504 507 510 513 –29 516 520 523 526 530 534 –29 537 541 545 553 561 569 577
–31 492 495 498 501 504 507 –31 511 514 517 521 524 528 –31 531 535 539 547 554 563 571
–33 487 490 493 496 499 501 –33 505 508 511 515 518 522 –33 525 529 533 541 548 556 565
–35 482 484 487 490 493 496 –35 499 502 506 509 512 516 –35 519 523 527 535 542 550 558
–37 476 478 481 484 487 490 –37 493 497 500 503 506 510 –37 513 517 521 529 536 544 552
–39 470 473 476 479 482 484 –39 487 491 494 497 500 504 –39 507 511 515 523 530 538 546
–45 453 456 459 462 465 467 –45 470 473 476 479 483 486 –45 489 493 497 505 512 519 527
–50 439 441 444 447 450 453 –50 456 459 462 465 468 471 –50 475 478 482 490 497 504 512
–55 425 427 430 433 436 438 –55 441 444 447 450 454 457 –55 460 464 467 475 481 489 496
Table 1-24. (T701) TGT Reference Table for 60% Torque at 100% RPM
PRESSURE ALTITUDE-FT PRESSURE ALTITUDE-FT PRESSURE ALTITUDE-FT
FAT FAT FAT
°C –1000 –500 0 500 1000 1500 °C 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500 °C 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 10000
55 765 768 772 776 780 785 55 789 793 798 804 809 814 55 820 831 --- --- --- ---
53 760 763 767 771 775 779 53 784 788 793 798 803 808 53 814 825 --- --- --- ---
51 755 758 762 765 769 774 51 778 782 787 793 798 803 51 808 819 831 843 --- ---
49 749 752 756 760 764 768 49 773 777 782 787 792 797 49 803 814 825 837 849 863
47 744 747 751 754 758 763 47 767 771 776 782 787 792 47 797 808 819 831 843 857
45 739 742 746 749 753 757 45 762 766 771 776 781 786 45 791 802 813 825 837 851
43 733 737 740 744 748 752 43 756 760 765 770 775 780 43 785 796 807 819 831 844
41 728 732 735 739 743 747 41 751 755 760 764 769 775 41 780 790 801 813 825 838
39 723 726 730 734 737 741 39 745 749 754 759 764 769 39 774 784 795 807 819 832
37 717 721 725 728 732 736 37 740 744 748 753 758 763 37 768 778 789 801 813 826
35 712 716 719 723 727 730 35 734 738 743 748 753 758 35 762 772 783 795 807 819
33 707 710 714 717 721 725 33 729 733 738 742 747 752 33 757 767 777 789 801 813
31 701 705 708 712 716 719 31 723 727 732 737 741 746 31 751 761 772 783 794 807
29 696 700 703 707 710 714 29 718 722 726 731 736 741 29 745 755 766 777 788 800
27 691 694 698 701 705 709 27 712 716 721 726 730 735 27 740 749 760 771 782 794
25 685 689 692 696 699 703 25 707 711 715 720 724 729 25 734 744 754 765 776 788
23 680 684 687 690 694 698 23 701 705 710 714 719 724 23 728 738 748 759 770 782
21 675 678 681 685 689 692 21 696 700 704 709 713 718 21 722 732 742 753 764 776
19 669 673 676 679 683 687 19 691 694 699 703 708 712 19 717 726 736 747 758 769
17 664 667 671 674 678 681 17 685 689 693 698 702 707 17 711 720 730 741 752 763
15 659 662 665 669 672 676 15 679 683 688 692 696 701 15 705 715 724 735 746 757
13 654 657 660 663 667 670 13 674 678 682 687 691 695 13 700 709 718 729 739 751
11 649 652 655 658 662 665 11 668 672 677 681 685 689 11 694 703 712 723 733 745
9 644 647 650 653 659 660 9 663 667 671 675 679 684 9 688 697 707 717 727 738
7 639 642 645 648 651 655 7 658 662 666 670 674 678 7 682 691 701 711 721 732
5 634 637 640 643 646 649 5 653 656 661 665 669 673 5 677 685 695 705 715 726
3 629 632 635 638 641 644 3 648 651 655 659 663 667 3 671 680 689 699 709 720
1 624 627 630 633 636 639 1 643 646 650 654 658 662 1 666 674 683 693 703 713
–1 619 622 625 628 631 634 –1 637 641 645 649 653 657 –1 661 669 677 687 697 707
–3 614 617 620 623 626 629 –3 633 636 640 644 647 651 –3 655 663 672 681 691 701
–5 609 612 615 618 621 624 –5 628 631 635 638 642 646 –5 650 658 666 676 685 695
–7 604 607 610 613 616 619 –7 623 626 630 633 637 641 –7 645 653 661 670 679 689
–9 598 602 605 608 611 614 –9 617 621 625 628 632 636 –9 640 647 655 664 674 683
–11 593 596 600 603 606 609 –11 612 616 620 623 627 631 –11 634 642 650 659 668 677
–13 588 591 594 597 601 604 –13 607 611 614 618 622 626 –13 629 637 645 654 662 671
–15 583 586 589 592 595 598 –15 602 605 609 613 616 620 –15 624 632 640 648 657 666
–17 577 580 583 587 590 593 –17 596 600 604 607 611 615 –17 619 626 634 643 652 660
–19 572 575 578 581 585 588 –19 591 595 598 602 606 609 –19 613 621 629 637 646 655
–21 567 570 573 576 579 582 –21 586 589 593 597 600 604 –21 608 615 624 632 640 649
TM 1-2840-248-23
–25 557 560 563 566 569 572 –25 575 579 582 586 589 593 –25 597 604 612 621 629 638
T.O. 2J-T700-6
–30 544 547 550 553 556 559 –30 562 566 569 573 576 580 –30 583 591 598 606 615 623
–35 532 534 537 540 543 546 –35 549 552 556 559 563 566 –35 570 577 585 593 600 609
–40 519 522 525 528 531 533 –40 536 539 543 546 549 553 –40 557 564 571 579 586 594
–45 507 509 512 515 518 521 –45 524 527 530 533 537 540 –45 544 551 558 565 572 580
1-365
–50 494 497 499 502 505 508 –50 511 514 517 520 524 527 –50 530 537 545 552 559 566
–55 481 484 487 490 493 495 –55 498 501 504 508 511 514 –55 517 524 531 538 545 553
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
1-155. Operational Engine HIT and Anti-Ice b. Procedure for baseline HIT CHECK.
Check.
(1) Perform a maximum power check in
a. The procedures in (UH-60A, UH-60L) table 1-25, accordance with paragraphs 1-145 (UH-60A), 1-146
(T701C AH-64A) table 1-26, or (T701) table 1-27 will be (AH-64A); and 1-147 (UH-60L).
used to check engine performance during normal ground
operation. Table (T700) 1-22, (T701C) table 1-23 or (2) Re-establish a new baseline for the HIT
(T701) table 1-24 shows indicated TGT at various free air CHECK as follows:
temperatures (FAT) and at pressure altitudes for 60% TRQ.
(a) Establish a forward airspeed of 80 knots
b. The HIT check provides engine performance and a constant pressure altitude with both (UH-60A,
information for the flight crew and guidance for UH-60L) ENG POWER CONT or (AH-64A) PWR
determining troubleshooting and maintenance action if CONTROL levers in fly position.
required. Perform the HIT check as directed in (UH-60A,
UH-60L) table 1-25, (T701C AH-64A) table 1-26, or (b) Set ENG ANTI-ICE and HEATER
(T701) table 1-27. switches to OFF.
1-156. In-Flight HIT Check for Desert Operation. (c) Allow forward airspeed to increase until
approximately 62% TRQ is read on both engine torque
NOTE displays.
This in-flight HIT CHECK data procedure (d) Hold for 30 seconds. Record FAT,
may be used in a desert environment to pressure altitude, indicated TGT, percent TORQUE, and
minimize engine sand ingestion in a heavy forward airspeed.
sand environment, and shall be accomplished
at an altitude where there is minimum sand (e) Use the HIT Baseline Worksheet
intrusion. (fig. 1-74), and compute the new baseline limits. Record
airspeed and percent TORQUE on the HIT Baseline
a. Recommendations are as follows: Worksheet.
(1) Clean the engine using cleaning procedures c. Procedure for daily and return flight/last flight of
(para 1-164 and 1-167) prior to establishing a new in-flight each day HIT CHECK.
baseline data point (step b).
(1) Establish forward airspeed and torque as
(2) Establish a HIT CHECK routine during shown on the HIT Baseline Worksheet.
return to base.
(2) Wait 30 seconds and record FAT, pressure
(3) The procedure is for evaluating trends in altitude and indicated TGT.
performance, not actual engine performance. Actual
performance can only be determined at unit level through (3) Use the Engine Health Indicator Test Log
accomplishment of maximum power checks. (fig. 1-65) to determine if the TGT margin is within the
baseline limits.
1-366
Table 1-25. (T700, T701C) Operational Engine HIT and Anti-Ice Check Procedure for UH-60A, UH-60L
STEP PROCEDURE STEP PROCEDURE
1. Position helicopter into prevailing wind. 12. NOTE
2. Set ENG ANTI-ICE, HEATER, and AIR SOURCE HEAT/START
switches to OFF. A malfunctioning engine anti-ice and engine inlet anti-ice
3. Set both engine % RPM and RPM R to 100%. system may result in power losses as much as 40%
4. Retard ENG POWER CONT lever on engine not being maximum torque available at 30-minute TGT demands. If
checked to 0%-5% TRQ at 92%-98% RPM (Np). any part of the engine inlet anti-ice check fails, do not fly
5. Increase collective pitch to 60% TRQ and hold for at least 30 the helicopter.
seconds. 13.
14. Set ENG ANTI-ICE switch to OFF and note the following:
NOTE
15. a. Decrease in TGT to approximate value in step 7.
If helicopter is equipped with two FAT gages and the readings are b. ENG ANTI-ICE advisory light goes OFF.
different, the higher reading must be used. c. ENG INLET ANTI-ICE advisory light goes OFF after
inlet fairing temperature goes below 93°C (200°F).
6. Deleted. 16.
7. Record date, A/C hours, FAT, pressure altitude, and TGT on Readjust collective to 60% TRQ if necessary.
figure 1-65. 17.
18. Set ENG POWER CONT lever of engine not being checked to
If the ENG ANTI-ICE advisory light remains on at 60% TRQ, FLY.
8. 19.
increase collective to a minimum of 90% Ng, or until the advisory Set ENG POWER CONT lever on opposite engine to 0% -5%
light is off. 20. TRQ at about 92% to 98% RPM (Np). (TRQ on the other
engine should be 60% ±5%.)
Readjust collective pitch to 60% TRQ if necessary, and hold
for at least 30 seconds.
Do not cycle anti-ice bleed and start valve more than once. Valve Repeat steps 7, 8, 11, and 12 for other engine.
malfunction can cause engine flameout at low-power settings or Set collective pitch to full down.
during rapid collective movements. Do not fly the aircraft if the Set ENG POWER CONT lever of engine not being checked to
ENG ANTI-ICE light will NOT go off. FLY.
Set AIR SOURCE HEAT/START switch to ENG. If TGT rises more Check TGT reference table, (T700) (table 1-22) or (T701C)
9.
than 5 degrees, troubleshoot bleed air system for leaks. (table 1-23). Section V, for TGT corresponding to recorded
FAT and pressure altitude, record on HIT LOG 2. Compare
Set AIR SOURCE HEAT/START switch OFF. table TGT 2 with indicated TGT 1 and record TGT margin on
10. 21.
HIT LOG. TGT margin is indicated TGT 1, minus table
TGT 2.
NOTE 22.
Steps 11 and 12 contain instructions for performing the Anti-Ice NOTE
23.
System Check. When using HIT table, round FAT up, and pressure altitude
11. For engine being checked, set ENG ANTI-ICE switch to ON and 24. to nearest value.
note the following: If TGT margin is 5°C or less from the limit, make appropriate
entry on DA Form 2408-13-1.
a. Increase in TGT of at least 30°C but less than 110°C. If TGT rise If TGT margin is outside acceptance limits, repeat check.
is not within these limits the engine or airframe inlet valve may be Make sure all procedures are followed.
faulty.
Change 3
If TGT margin is still outside acceptance limits, do not fly the
b. ENG ANTI-ICE advisory light comes ON.
TM 1-2840-248-23
helicopter. Make appropriate entry on DA Form 2408-13-1.
c. ENG INLET ANTI-ICE advisory light comes on after inlet If any part of the engine anti-ice valve check fails, do not fly
T.O. 2J-T700-6
fairing temperature reaches 93°C (200°F) and if OAT is less than the helicopter.
4°C (39°F).
1-367
Table 1-26. (T701C) Operational Engine HIT and Anti-Ice Check Procedure for AH-64A
1-368
T.O. 2J-T700-6
TM 1-2840-248-23
STEP PROCEDURE STEP PROCEDURE
1. Position helicopter into prevailing wind. 9. Set ENG INLET toggle switch to OFF and note the following:
Change 5
2. Set ENG ANTI-ICE and HEATER switches to OFF.
3. Set both engine ENG RTR RPM to 100%. a.Decrease in TGT to approximate value in step 6.
4. Retard ENG POWER CONT lever on engine not being checked to b.ENG 1 and ENG 2 advisory lights go off.
IDLE. c.ENG 1 and ENG 2 ANTI-ICE fail lights go off after fairing
5. Increase collective pitch to 60% TRQ and hold for 30 seconds. and inlet heaters cool (approximately 90 seconds).
If helicopter is equipped with two FAT gages and the readings are
different, the higher reading must be used. 10. Repeat steps 3 thru 9 for other engine.
6. Record date, A/C hours, FAT, pressure altitude, and TGT on 11. Adjust collective pitch to full down position.
figure 1-65. 12. Set ENG POWER CONT lever of engine not being checked to
7. If the ENG ANTI-ICE advisory light remains on at 60% TRQ, FLY.
increase collective to minimum of 90% Ng, or until the NOTE
advisory light is off.
Do not cycle anti-ice/start bleed valve more than once. Valve When using TGT reference table, FAT must be rounded up and
malfunction can cause engine flameout at low-power settings pressure altitude must be rounded off to the nearest value.
13. Check TGT reference (table 1-23) for TGT corresponding to
or during rapid collective movements. Do not fly the aircraft
the recorded FAT and pressure altitude. Record in 2 figure
if the ENG ANTI-ICE light will NOT go off.
1-65. Compare indicated TGT 1 with table TGT 2 and record
Steps 8 and 9 contain instructions for performing the Anti-Ice
the TGT margin in figure 1-65 (HIT Log). TGT margin is
Check. indicated TGT 1 minus table TGT 2.
Set ENG INLET toggle switch to ON and note the following: 14. Repeat step 13 for other engine.
a.Increase in TGT of at least 30°C. 15. If TGT margin is within acceptable limits (fig. 1-65), engine
b.ENG 1 and ENG 2 advisory lights come on. performance is satisfactory. If margin is 5°C or less from the
c.ENG 1 and ENG 2 ANTI-ICE fail lights remain on until the limit, make appropriate entry in remarks section of DA Form
fairing electrical heaters reach 96°C (205°F) and the engine 2408-13-1.
8.
inlets reach 66°C (150°F) (approximately 40 seconds). 16. If TGT margin is out of limits, repeat check. Be sure all
procedures are followed.
17. If TGT margin is still out of limits, do not fly the helicopter.
Make appropriate entry in remarks section of DA Form
2408-13-1.
18. If any of the engine anti-ice valve check fails, do not fly
helicopter.
Table 1-27. (T701) Operational Engine HIT and Anti-Ice Check Procedure for AH-64A
STEP PROCEDURE STEP PROCEDURE
1. Position helicopter into prevailing wind. 9. Set ENG INLET toggle switch to OFF and note the following:
2. Set ENG ANTI-ICE and HEATER switches to OFF.
3. Set both engine ENG RTR RPM to 100%. a. Decrease in TGT to approximate value in step 6.
4. Retard ENG POWER CONT lever on engine not being checked to b. ENG 1 and ENG 2 advisory lights go off.
IDLE. c. ENG 1 and ENG 2 ANTI-ICE fail lights go off after fairing
5. Increase collective pitch to 60% TRQ and hold for 30 seconds. and inlet heaters cool (approximately 90 seconds).
NOTE 10. Repeat steps 3 thru 9 for other engine.
11. Adjust collective pitch to full down position.
If helicopter is equipped with two FAT gages and the readings are 12. Set ENG POWER CONT lever of engine not being checked to
different, the higher reading must be used. FLY.
6. Record date, A/C hours, FAT, pressure altitude, and TGT on
figure 1-65. NOTE
7. If the ENG ANTI-ICE advisory light remains on at 60% TRQ, When using TGT reference table, FAT must be rounded up
increase collective to minimum of 90% Ng, or until the and pressure altitude must be rounded off to the nearest
value.
advisory light is off.
13. Check TGT reference (table 1-24) for TGT corresponding to
Do not cycle anti-ice/start bleed valve more than once. Valve the recorded FAT and pressure altitude. Record in 2 figure
malfunction can cause engine flameout at low-power settings 1-65. Compare indicated TGT 1 with table TGT 2 and record
or during rapid collective movements. Do not fly the aircraft the TGT margin in figure 1-65 (HIT Log). TGT margin is
indicated TGT 1 minus table TGT 2.
if the ENG ANTI-ICE light will NOT go off. 14. Repeat step 13 for other engine.
Steps 8 and 9 contain instructions for performing the Anti-Ice 15. If TGT margin is within acceptable limits (fig. 1-65), engine
Check. performance is satisfactory. If margin is 5°C or less from the
limit, make appropriate entry in remarks section of DA Form
Set ENG INLET toggle switch to ON and note the following: 2408-13-1.
a.Increase in TGT of at least 30°C. 16. If TGT margin is out of limits, repeat check. Be sure all
8. b.ENG 1 and ENG 2 advisory lights come on. procedures are followed.
17. If TGT margin is still out of limits, do not fly the helicopter.
c.ENG 1 and ENG 2 ANTI-ICE fail lights remain on until the Make appropriate entry in remarks section of DA Form
fairing electrical heaters reach 96°C (205°F) and the engine 2408-13-1.
inlets reach 66°C (150°F) (approximately 40 seconds). 18. If any of the engine anti-ice valve check fails, do not fly
helicopter.
Change 5
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
1-369
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
cleaned from compressor. Therefore, clean engine at
1-157. CLEANING FOR PERFORMANCE
100-hour interval, or more frequently, depending upon the
RECOVERY.
severity of the condition.
1-158. Preliminary Information. Periodic cleaning of
the engine is an effective way to minimize performance loss d. Salt Water Environment or Volcanic Activity.
due to dirt buildup in the compressor. Factory operation and Perform water-rinse (para 1-165, step c) as soon as possible
field experience show that periodic engine cleaning after shutdown when any of the following conditions exist:
provides performance recovery with little impact on field
operations. Cleaning is also an effective method for (1) Engine has operated within 200 miles of
recovering performance whenever the engine fails a HIT volcanic activity or within 10 miles of salt water.
check or is approaching the acceptance limits established
during the baseline (para 1-154). (2) Engine has ingested salt water or salt water
mist.
1-159. Periodic Cleaning Interval. The local
maintenance officer shall establish a cleaning interval best- (3) Engine performance loss is observed after
suited for operational requirement and conditions. Unless operating near salt water.
the engines are operated under the special conditions listed
within paragraph 1-160, a 100 hour compressor cleaning (4) Salt deposits are noted on engine inlets or
interval shall be established which may be adjusted if other external surfaces of the aircraft. These deposits
teardown analysis of the units engines or local engines indicate possible salt buildup within compressor.
operated under similar conditions indicate that an
adjustment to the 100 hour interval is justified. Aircraft e. Desert or Sandy Environment. Although sand
should not be grounded for failure to meet the cleaning erodes airfoils, it also acts as an abrasive to clean airfoil
intervals, so long as HIT checks are within limits but an surfaces. Therefore, 100-hour cleaning interval may be
entry shall be made on DA Form 2408-13 indicating that extended in a sandy environment if compressor is free of
engine cleaning is due. any oil deposits (para 1-161).
1-160. Adjusting Periodic Cleaning 100-Hour f. Dusty/Dirty Environment. Operation for
Interval for Special Conditions. Operating conditions prolonged period (more than 50-hours) from unimproved
that would allow a change to the 100-hour periodic cleaning surfaces, i.e., dry stream beds, Mt. St. Helen's, arid areas or
interval are as follows: any area where 'brown out' occurs, can cause build up
within the engine gas generator flow path, clog cooling
a. Limited Water Supply. The 100-hour cleaning passages and elevate engine internal operating temperatures
interval may be postponed to conserve water or postponed which could result in premature component failures. Under
until water is more readily available. these conditions, a 50-hour compressor cleaning interval
(para 1-165) coupled with a 50-hour hot section cleaning
b. Cold Weather. (para 1-167) interval is required.
1-161. Compressor Cleaning in Desert
NOTE Environments. Generally, turbine engines operating in a
If 100-hour cleaning interval is postponed, sandy environment require less frequent compressor
enter ENGINE WASH DUE in Aircraft cleaning if airfoils are free of oil. Sand actually acts as an
Logbook. abrasive cleaner, unless oil is present on airfoils.
Postpone engine cleaning if ambient temperatures are below a. If an engine fails a HIT check (para 1-155), clean
–15°C (5°F). Postpone cleaning if local maintenance the compressor (para 1-165) (even if compressor looks
facilities and waterwash equipment cannot keep water- clean).
alcohol or water-alcohol-cleaner solution at 4°C (40°F) in
accordance with paragraph 1-163, step b. b. Repeat the HIT check (para 1-155).
c. Oil or Hydraulic Fluid in Engine Inlet. Oil or c. If engine fails a HIT check, perform borescope
hydraulic fluid will mix with other substances (sand, dust, inspection of stage 1 area (para 1-172).
etc.) in the air, forming a sludge, which will solidify if not
1-370
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
d. Perform inflight maximum power check • Persons with known respiratory irritation
(para 1-165, 1-146, or 1-147). should get medical advice before using
cleaning solution.
e. Establish new HIT check baseline (para 1-154). • Avoid open flames, heat, smoking, or other
ignition sources in the areas of storage and
f. If Technical Inspector determines that airfoils are use.
oil-wetted and grimy, clean engine.
• Spills should be immediately cleaned up
(using squeegee or absorbent material) to
1-162. Materials Required. The following materials
prevent evaporation of vapors and slippery
are required to clean the engine:
floors. Dispose of spillage according to
local safety regulations.
• Cleaning compounds (item 57, 58, 59, 61,
60, Appendix D)
• Water supply with enough volume and NOTE
pressure to provide a flow rate of 2 gallons • B&B 3100 (MIL-C-85704, Type I) is the
per minute for 3 minutes primary cleaner for Army turbine engines
• Isopropyl alcohol or Methanol (item 3 and remains an approved cleaner for
or 84, Appendix D) locales where environmental restrictions
permit. Engine cleaners that conform to
1-163. Chemical Cleaning Solution. MIL-C-85704, Type II and Type IIA are
also acceptable engine cleaners and meet
EPA environmental requirements.
Continue use of B&B 3100 where not
B&B 3100 Cleaner-Water Solution restricted. Where restrictions apply use
MIL-C-85704, Type II and Type IIA
• B&B 3100 cleaner shall be mixed with cleaners. Approved Type II and Type IIA
water (or water antifreeze solution) only in cleaners shall be used in accordance with
the proportions specified. the existing washing procedure. Type IIA
• For engines installed in aircraft, close off cleaners do not require dilution with water.
appropriate air bleed ducts to cockpit/cabin Both types of cleaners are less effective
to prevent entrance of cleaning solution or than Type I cleaners. Therefore more
gases during washing and drying cycles. frequent engine washes may be required to
achieve satisfactory results.
• For engines installed in aircraft, make sure
that compressor is rinsed and dried for the
• Cleaning solutions MIL-C-85704 Type
periods specified so that cleaning solution IIA, items 61 and 60, Appendix D, are
is not trapped in passages, crevices, and premixed and do not require dilution.
other areas of the engine.
a. The cleaning solution is a mixture of one part
• Solution irritates eyes. Wear splashproof
cleaning compound (items 57, 58, 59, Appendix D) and four
goggles or face shield when using solution.
parts water. About 1 gallon of compound, combined with 4
• Use protective gloves and clothing. gallons of water, or 5 gallons of undiluted compound
Repeated or prolonged contact will dry the (item 61 or 60, Appendix D) will be used to clean one
skin and will cause irritation and engine. About 3 gallons of water or water-alcohol solution
dermatitis. will be required to rinse cleaning solution from one engine
• If clothing becomes contaminated with in the time specified (para 1-165).
cleaning solution, remove affected
clothing. Wash affected skin areas with
plenty of water.
• Use solution with adequate ventilation.
Repeated or prolonged breathing of vapors
may irritate mucous membranes and may
cause headaches and dizziness.
1-371
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
• When handling or applying liquid at air-
exhausted workbench, wear approved
Isopropyl Alcohol goggles.
TT-I-735 • When handling or applying liquid at
unexhausted workbench, wear approved
• Flammable - do not use near open flames, respirator and goggles.
near welding areas, or on hot surfaces. • Solution of 40% methanol and 60% water
• Do not smoke when using it, and do not use is combustible.
it where others are smoking.
• Inhalation of vapors can cause drowsiness, NOTE
dizziness, and headache. Contact of liquid
with skin may cause dermatitis and • Do not allow the water-alcohol solution or
irritation. water-alcohol-cleaner solution to cool
• If any liquid contacts skin or eyes, below 4°C (40°F).
immediately flush affected area thoroughly • Do not clean the compressor if air
with water. Remove solvent-saturated temperature is below –15°C (5°F), because
clothing. If vapors cause drowsiness, go to water-alcohol solution will freeze.
fresh air.
• When handling large quantities (greater b. When air temperature is between –15°C (5°F) and
than one gallon (3.8 liters)), work at air- 4°C (40°F), a mixture of 60% water and 40% isopropyl
exhausted workbench or covered tank. alcohol or Methanol (item 3 or 84, Appendix D) (for
• Store solvent and dispose of liquid-soaked example: 3 gallons of water and 2 gallons alcohol) will be
clothes in approved metal safety container. used in place of plain water in the cleaning solution, and for
rinsing after cleaning.
• Metal containers of liquid must be
grounded to maintain electrical continuity.
1-164. Support Equipment Required. Preliminary
Information. The equipment required for cleaning the
engine is a universal wash unit 21C2438G01 (1, fig. 1-75).
It consists of a positive displacement pump that pumps a
Methanol mixture of cleaning compound (items 57, 58, 59,
O-M-232 Appendix D) and water or unmixed compound (item 61
or 60, Appendix D), or water-alcohol solution from a
• Flammable - do not use near open flames, container through an inlet strainer, a suction hose, and a
near welding areas, or on hot surfaces. discharge hose, into the swirl frame. An added feature of the
• Do not smoke when using it, and do not use wash unit is the capability of attaching a wand assembly
it where others are smoking. 21C2438P80 to the quick-disconnect fitting on the
• Prolonged or repeated inhalation of vapor discharge hose. This feature is useful for applying anti-icing
can cause eye irritation, drowsiness, and solution and for washing the aircraft fuselage.
headache. Ingestion may be fatal or may
cause eye damage.
• If vapor contacts eyes, immediately flush
eyes with large amounts of water.
Immediately remove solvent-saturated
clothing. If vapors cause drowsiness, go to
fresh air.
1-372
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-75. Universal Wash Unit 21C2438G01; Compressor Cleaning
1-165. Compressor Cleaning (Water-Wash) Using skin and will cause irritation and
the Universal Wash Unit 21C2438G01 and dermatitis.
Premixed Cleaning Solution. • If clothing becomes contaminated with
cleaning solution, remove affected
a. Cleaning Solution. clothing. Wash affected skin areas with
plenty of water.
• Use solution with adequate ventilation.
Repeated or prolonged breathing of vapors
B&B 3100 Cleaner-Water Solution may irritate mucous membranes and may
cause headaches and dizziness.
• B&B 3100 cleaner shall be mixed with • Persons with known respiratory irritation
water (or water antifreeze solution) only in should get medical advice before using
the proportions specified. cleaning solution.
• For engines installed in aircraft, close off • Avoid open flames, heat, smoking, or other
appropriate air bleed ducts to cockpit/cabin ignition sources in the areas of storage and
to prevent entrance of cleaning solution or use.
gases during washing and drying cycles. • Spills should be immediately cleaned up
• For engines installed in aircraft, make sure (using squeegee or absorbent material) to
that compressor is rinsed and dried for the prevent evaporation of vapors and slippery
periods specified so that cleaning solution floors. Dispose of spillage according to
is not trapped in passages, crevices, and local safety regulations.
other areas of the engine.
• Solution irritates eyes. Wear splashproof (1) Prepare cleaning solution in accordance with
goggles or face shield when using solution. paragraph 1-163, step a or b, depending on temperature.
• Use protective gloves and clothing.
Repeated or prolonged contact will dry the
1-373
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
(2) An additional 3 gallons of water (or water- (2) Place suction hose (4, fig. 1-75) into a
alcohol solution) will be required to rinse cleaning solution container of 5 gallons of cleaning solution.
from engine.
(3) Remove cap assembly on wash manifold
b. Compressor Cleaning Procedure.
fitting (fig. 1-76), and connect discharge hose (2, fig. 1-75)
to fitting (fig. 1-76).
(4) Connect one end of power cable to wash unit
Washing Engine with B&B 3100 (1, fig. 1-75) and connect the other end to either of the
Cleaner-Water Solution following:
Observe warning in step a.
• (T700, T701C UH-60) Aircraft 115-volt,
400 Hz utility power receptacle.
• (T701, T701C AH-64) Aircraft 115-volt,
400 Hz utility power receptacle.
Turbine Engine Gas Path Cleaning
Compound (Full Strength) • External power source of 120-volt, 60 Hz
MIL-C-85704 receptacle or 28 vdc.
(5) Before motoring engine, refer to applicable
• Combustible - do not use near open flames, aircraft maintenance manual to do the following:
near welding areas, or on hot surfaces.
(a) (T700, T701C UH-60) Place power
• Dispose of liquid-soaked rags in approved control lever OFF.
metal container.
• Contains aromatic solvents. Prolonged (b) (T700, T701C UH-60) Turn engine
contact of skin with liquid can cause ignition switch OFF.
irritation. Inhalation of vapor can cause (c) (T700, T701C UH-60) Turn engine anti-
headache and light-headedness. ice switch ON.
• If there is any prolonged contact with skin,
(d) (T701, T701C AH-64) Place power levers
wash affected area with soap and water. If
to OFF.
liquid contacts eyes, flush them thoroughly
with water. Remove solvent-saturated (e) (T701, T701C AH-64) Place collective
clothing. If vapors cause light-headedness, control to FULLDOWN.
go to fresh air.
(f) (T701, T701C AH-64) Turn master
• When liquid is handled or applied at an air- ignition switch to ON.
exhausted workbench, wear approved
gloves, and wear goggles or face shield. (g) (T701, T701C AH-64) Turn No. 1 Engine
• When liquid is handled or applied at an start switch to IGNORIDE.
unexhausted workbench, wear approved (h) (T701, T701C AH-64) Turn No. 2 Engine
respirator and gloves, and wear goggles or start switch to IGNORIDE.
face shield.
(i) (T701, T701C AH-64) Turn engine anti-
(1) If swirl frame vanes have a buildup of ice switch ON.
carbon, salt, dirt, or oil-based deposits, clean them using a (6) Turn on 28 vdc power source, if used.
clean cloth moistened with a solution of 1 part cleaning
compound (items 57, 58, and 59, Appendix D) and 4 parts (7) Check for pressure in hose (4) by gently
water or unmixed cleaning compound (item 61 and 60, pressing start button either on remote switch (3) or on wash
Appendix D). Wipe deposits from inside of inlet and from unit (1) until light on wash unit (1) comes on. If wash
swirl vanes. Then wipe inlet and swirl vanes with a cloth unit(1) starts, turn it off immediately.
moistened with fresh water. If aircraft inlet duct has a
buildup of carbon, salt, dirt, or oil-based deposits, clean (8) Close off appropriate air bleed ducts to
duct (see applicable aircraft maintenance manual). cockpit/cabin to prevent water vapor from entering during
washing and rinsing cycles.
1-374 Change 2
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-76. Location of Wash Manifold Fitting
(9) Be sure to wash engine for periods specified
in this procedure so that cleaning solution and debris are not
trapped in passages, crevices, and other areas of the engine. While ingesting water, do not allow Ng speed
to drop below 16% (7,000 RPM). Operating
(10) Start auxiliary power unit (APU) according engine lower than 16% Ng, while water
to applicable aircraft maintenance manual. washing, can cause damage to compressor
blades.
(12) Start wash unit (1), and allow cleaning
• The engine must be shut down and allowed solution to flow through engine for 1-2 minutes, depending
to cool (engine may be motored to expedite on condition of water exiting; do not exceed starter duty
cooling) to TGT of 125°C (257°F), or cycle. Do not allow Ng to drop below 16% (7000 rpm).
below, before cleaning solution is sprayed
into engine. (13) Turn wash unit off, and disengage starter.
• Water supply to swirl frame must not
exceed 45 psig at a flow rate of 2 to 3 (14) If a 28 vdc power source is used, turn it off.
gallons per minute.
(15) Allow cleaning solution to soak for
• Do not exceed starter operating limits.
15-30minutes. If starter duty cycle permits, 15 minutes
• Observe required starter cooling intervals
soaking time is preferred.
between duty cycles.
(16) After initial soak, repeat step (6) if required,
(11) Engage engine starter to override position, and steps (9) thru (15).
and motor engine to maximum starter speed.
(17) Remove hose (4) from container, and rinse
cleaning solution from container.
1-375
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
c. Compressor Rinsing Procedure. • Observe required starter cooling interval
between duty cycles.
(1) If air temperature is greater than 4°C (40°F),
fill container with 3 gallons of water. (11) Engage engine starter to override position,
and motor engine to maximum starter speed.
(2) If air temperature is –15°C (5°F) and 4°C
(40°F), fill container with 3 gallons of a mixture of water
and isopropyl alcohol (item 3, Appendix D) or Methanol
(item 84, Appendix D). Refer to paragraph 1-163, step b for While ingesting water, do not allow Ng speed
mixing proportions. to drop below 16% (7,000 RPM). Operating
engine lower than 16% Ng, while water
(3) Place suction hose (4) into container. washing, can cause damage to compressor
blades.
(4) Before motoring engine, check the following:
NOTE
(a) Power control lever is in the OFF MIL-C-85704, Type II and Type IIA cleaners
position. produce foam at very low concentrations and
give the appearance during rinse of
(b) Engine ignition switch is OFF. insufficient rinse solution application. Rinse
solution used for Type I is sufficient for Type
(c) Engine anti-ice switch is ON.
II and IIA.
(5) If switches and control lever are not in the (12) Start wash unit (1), and allow rinsing
required positions, set them according to applicable aircraft solution to flow through engine for 1-2 minutes, depending
maintenance manual. on condition of water exiting; do not exceed starter duty
cycle. Do not allow Ng to drop below 16% (7000 RPM).
(6) If a 28 vdc power source is used, turn it on.
(13) Turn off wash unit (1), and disengage
(7) Check for pressure in hose (4) by gently engine starter.
pressing start button on remote switch (3) or on wash
unit(1) until light on wash unit (1) comes on. If wash (14) Rinse compressor again (steps (11)
unit(1) starts, turn it off immediately. thru (13)).
(8) Check that appropriate air bleed ducts to (15) Turn off APU.
cockpit/cabin are closed. If any ducts are open, close them.
(16) Repeat compressor cleaning and rinsing
(9) Be sure to rinse engine for periods specified procedures (steps b and c) as specified in MIL-PRF-85704.
so that cleaning solution, rinsing solution, or debris are not This cycle must be repeated three times.
trapped in passages, crevices, and other areas of the engine. (17) Disconnect discharge hose (2) from wash
manifold fitting (fig. 1-76) on swirl frame. Allow rinsing
(10) Start auxiliary power unit (APU) according
solution to drain from fitting; then, install cap assembly
to applicable aircraft maintenance manual.
onto fitting.
(18) Remove hose (4, fig. 1-75) from container.
• The engine must be shut down and allowed d. Fill container with sufficient water or water-
to cool (engine may be motored to expedite alcohol solution to rinse cleaning solution or debris from
cooling) to TGT of 125°C (257°F), or fuselage of aircraft.
below, before water or water-alcohol
e. Place hose (4) into container.
solution is sprayed into engine.
• Water supply to swirl frame must not f. Connect wand assembly 21C2438P80 to the quick-
exceed 45 psig at a flow rate of 2 to 3 disconnect fitting on hose (2).
gallons per minute.
g. Start wash unit (1), and wash any cleaning solution
• Do not exceed starter operating limits.
or debris from fuselage of aircraft.
h. Turn off wash unit (1). If a 28 vdc power source is
used, turn it off.
1-376 Change 3
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
rotor or stator assemblies. A visual inspection of overall
module for cracks, nicks, dents, leaks, etc. may be done at
• Do not exceed starter operating limits. this time. The seven thermocouple harness probes should be
inspected for cleanliness. They can be cleaned, if necessary,
• Observe required starter cooling interval by brushing with a soft bristle brush (item 16, Appendix D).
between duty cycles.
• Instructions for starting engines are in c. The primary cleaning method for hot section parts
Aircraft Operator's Manual. is the flushing fixtures and a water supply having a
minimum capacity of 12 gallons per minute at a pressure of
i. Engage engine starter and motor engine to 30 pounds per square inch. The secondary method is the
maximum starter speed for 30 seconds; then make normal flushing fixtures and the universal wash cart 21C2438G01.
engine start. If the primary and secondary methods are not available
then, handwash the hot section parts. The stage one nozzle
j. Run engine at idle speed for 5 minutes; if possible, cannot be cleaned with the universal wash cart. Either the
dry at NG speed above 90%. primary method or handwashing shall be used on the stage
one nozzle.
k. Shut engine down.
d. If the following tools are available, go to step f:
l. Disconnect wand assembly from hose (2) and store
wand assembly. Remove hose (4) from container.
• Stage 1 gas generator rotor forward
pressure flushing fixture 21C7729G01
m. Repeat steps d thru l for other engine.
• Stage 2 gas generator rotor forward
n. Remove power cable on wash unit (1) from power pressure flushing fixture 21C7730G01
source. • (T700, T701) Gas generator stator
pressure flushing fixture 21C7732G01
1-166. Off Wing Hot Section Cleaning of Engines • Stage 1 gas generator rotor reverse pressure
Operating in a “Dirty” Environment. The purpose of flushing fixture 21C7786G01
cleaning is to remove any accumulation of particles which • Stage 2 gas generator rotor reverse pressure
may impede cooling air flow through hot section parts. This flushing fixture 21C7787G01
causes excessive temperatures in the hot section, which can • Stage 1 nozzle assembly forward pressure
cause material fatigue, decreased parts clearances, and flushing fixture 17A8820G01 (part of
corrosion. Periodic cleaning will also help maintain hot 21C7731G02)
section efficiency, resulting in better performance, fuel
• Stage 1 nozzle assembly reverse pressure
conservation, preservation of parts, and lower operation
flushing fixture 17A8819G01 (part of
cost. The period at which cleaning should be done will vary
21C7731G02)
with severity of the operating environment, and can be
established by experience. More frequent cleaning will be
e. If the above listed tools are not available, do the
required where airborne particles are unusually heavy, such
following:
as flying in volcanic ash, which contains both grit and
sulphur.
(1) Mix one cup of liquid dish-washing detergent
(item 71, Appendix D) with four gallons of clean, hot, tap
a. Remove the following engine components:
water in a 5-gallon plastic container (item 67, Appendix D).
• Power turbine module (Chapter 4).
• Gas generator rotor/stator assembly NOTE
(Chapter 3) Do not allow parts to hit each other. Use
• Stage 1 nozzle assembly (Chapter 3) additional containers as necessary.
• Combustion liner (Chapter 3)
• Face type seal (Chapter 3) (2) Submerge gas generator stages 1 and 2 rotor
assemblies, gas generator stator, stage 1 nozzle assembly,
b. The power turbine module does not require and combustion liner in detergent for at least 60 minutes.
cleaning as there are no internal cooling passages in the Agitating the detergent by placing a shop air hose into pails
1-377
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
and flowing low pressure air will loosen dirt faster than only 2 Clean external surfaces with a Scotch
soaking. Brite pad (item 89, Appendix D).
(3) Remove parts from containers and scrub all (d) Stages 1 and 2 gas generator rotor
surfaces with a soft bristle brush (item 16, Appendix D) and (fig. 1-77).
detergent. Pay particular attention to the following on:
1 Inner areas of assembly, being sure to
(a) Stage 1 nozzle assembly (fig. 1-77). remove all visible traces of dirt from around cooling plate
ridges, nuts, and bolts.
1 Cooling holes along airfoil surfaces
and trailing edges. 2 Continually resubmerge rotor
assembly in and out of detergent to soften dirt accumulation
2 Remove all traces of dirt from entire while scrubbing with brush.
assembly.
(4) Rinse all cleaned parts with clean running tap
(b) Combustion liner (fig. 1-77). water, being sure all detergent solution is removed. Run
water through all cooling holes and air passages to be sure
1 Dome area on interior of liner and they are not plugged. Special care should be taken to be sure
holes in inner and outer surfaces. that turbine blade cooling holes are not plugged by dirt or
sand loosened by cleaning. This can be done by using a
2 Inner and outer surfaces may be flexible hose attached to a water supply. Direct water into
scrubbed with a Scotch Brite pad (item 89, Appendix D). forward cooling plate air passages of stages 1 and 2 rotor
assemblies. Observe water flow from individual holes in
(c) Gas generator turbine stator (fig. 1-77). blade tips and trailing edges (fig. 1-78).
1 Cooling holes all around exterior.
Figure 1-77. Hot Section Module; Cleaning
1-378
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-78. Cooling Air Flow Through Stages 1 and 2 Gas Generator Rotor Assemblies
(5) If any turbine blade cooling holes are 0.10 inch and blade top holes are 0.020 inch). Blow out all
plugged, do the following: passages with clean, dry, filtered, compressed air.
(b) Repeat water flushing through gas
generator rotor blades as directed in step (4). Then, do
Compressed Air steps k thru o.
• When using compressed air for any NOTE
cooling, cleaning, or drying operation, do
not exceed 30 psig at the nozzle. The primary method (tap water pressure) is
the preferred method. However, if tap water is
• Eyes can be permanently damaged by
not available, use the secondary method
contact with liquid or large particles
(universal wash unit 21C2438G01).
propelled by compressed air. Inhalation of
air-blown particles or solvent vapor can f. Using tap water pressure or universal wash unit
damage lungs. 21C2438G01 (fig. 1-75), forward pressure flush the stage 1
• When using air for cleaning at an air- gas generator rotor (6, fig. 1-79) or stage 2 gas generator
exhausted workbench, wear approved rotor (6, fig. 1-80) as follows:
goggles or face shield.
• When using air for cleaning at an NOTE
unexhausted workbench, wear approved
respirator and goggles. Forward pressure flushing will identify the
cooling passages that are plugged.
(a) Blow dirt or sand out of holes with clean,
dry, filtered, compressed shop air. If compressed air does (1) Remove retaining knob (1) from stage 1 gas
not remove all particles, use thin wire inserted into hole to generator rotor forward pressure flushing fixture
break particles loose (hole sizes in blade trailing edge are 21C7729G01 (fig. 1-79) or stage 2 gas generator rotor
forward pressure flushing fixture 21C7730G01 (fig. 1-80).
1-379
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-79. Stage 1 Gas Generator Rotor Forward Pressure Flushing Fixture 21C7729G01
1-380
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-80. Stage 2 Gas Generator Rotor Forward Pressure Flushing Fixture 21C7730G01
1-381
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
(2) Remove cover (3) from fixture. (h) Using a 0.010 inch diameter pin, remove
foreign material from plugged hole.
(3) Using a paper towel (item 113, Appendix D),
clean the sealing surfaces that mate with the rotor assembly. (i) Repeat steps (c) thru (h) until all holes are
unplugged.
(4) Inspect packing (2) PN M83248/1-129 (part
of 21C7730G01) for wear and replace if necessary. (8) If using tap water pressure, do the following:
(a) Connect tap water to fixture inlet fitting
(7, fig. 1-79 or 1-80).
Handling Bladed Components
(b) Make sure the water control valve is off.
Wear leather palm gloves (welder's type with
gauntlet) when handling components with (c) Place fixture into a sink or large
assembled blades and vanes. Blades and vanes container.
are sharp and can cause serious injury.
(d) Turn on tap water and allow the water to
(5) Install rotor (6) onto center hub of base (5) so circulate for 15-30 minutes.
that trailing edges (4) of blades are facing up.
(e) Observe the flow from the cooling air
(6) Install cover (3) and secure it with retaining holes at the tips and trailing edges of the blades.
knob (1).
(f) If any cooling air holes are plugged, turn
(7) If using tap water pressure, go to step (8). If the tap water off.
using the universal water wash unit 21C2438G01 do the
following: (g) Using a 0.010 inch diameter pin, remove
foreign material from plugged hole.
(a) Remove the quick disconnect from the
discharge hose fitting (5, fig. 1-75). (h) Repeat steps (d) thru (g) until all holes are
unplugged.
(b) Connect the discharge hose fitting
(5,fig. 1-75) to the fixture inlet fitting (7, fig. 1-79 or 1-80). (9) Disconnect tap water or discharge hose fitting
(5, fig. 1-75) from fixture inlet fitting (7, fig. 1-79 or 1-80).
(c) Immerse the fixture into a bucket or pan
of water and liquid dishwashing detergent (item 71, (10) Remove retaining knob (1) and cover (3)
Appendix D) (4 parts water to 1 part detergent). from fixture.
(d) Install the pickup assembly (6, fig. 1-75)
into the bucket or pan of detergent.
Handling Bladed Components
(e) Using the remote switch (3), start the
universal wash unit (1) and circulate the detergent/water Wear leather palm gloves (welder's type with
solution for 15-30 minutes. gauntlet) when handling components with
assembled blades and vanes. Blades and vanes
(f) Raise the fixture (fig. 1-79 or 1-80) are sharp and can cause serious injury.
slightly above the detergent. Then, observe the flow from
the cooling air holes at the tips and trailing edges of the (11) Remove rotor (6) from the fixture.
blades.
(g) If any cooling air holes are plugged, stop
the wash unit (1, fig. 1-75).
1-382
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
g. Reverse pressure flush the stage 1 or stage 2 gas (a) Connect the discharge hose fitting
generator rotor as follows: (5,fig. 1-75) to the fixture inlet fitting (2, fig. 1-81 or1-82).
(1) Remove retaining knob (1, fig. 1-81 or 1-82) (b) Immerse the fixture into a bucket or pan
from stage 1 gas generator rotor reverse pressure flushing of water and liquid dishwashing detergent (item 71,
fixture 21C7786G01 (fig. 1-81) or stage 2 gas generator Appendix D) (4 parts water to 1 part detergent).
rotor reverse pressure flushing fixture 21C7787G01
(fig. 1-82). (c) Install the pickup assembly (6, fig. 1-75)
into the bucket or pan of detergent.
(2) Remove cover (3) from fixture.
(d) Using the remote switch (3), start the
universal wash unit (1) and circulate the detergent/water for
NOTE 15-30 minutes.
The stage 2 gas generator rotor reverse
pressure flushing fixture 21C7787G01 has a (e) Turn remote switch (3) to off.
lifting ring (5) to be used with the stage 2
rotor. (f) Remove pickup assembly (6) and fixture
from the bucket or pan.
(3) Remove lifting ring (5) from fixture.
(11) If using tap water pressure, do the
(4) Using a paper towel (item 113, Appendix D), following:
clean the sealing surfaces that mate with the rotor assembly.
(a) Connect tap water to fixture inlet fitting
(5) Inspect packing, (5, fig. 1-81) PN (2, fig. 1-81 or 1-82).
M83248/1-273 (part of 21C7786G01) or (6, fig. 1-82) PN
M83248/1-273 (part of 21C7787G01) for wear and replace (b) Turn on tap water and allow water to
if necessary. circulate for 15-30 minutes.
(12) Disconnect tap water from fixture inlet
fitting (2, fig. 1-81 or 1-82).
Handling Bladed Components
(13) Remove retaining knob (1) and cover (3)
Wear leather palm gloves (welder's type with from base (6, fig. 1-81) or (7, fig. 1-82).
gauntlet) when handling components with
assembled blades and vanes. Blades and vanes
are sharp and can cause serious injury.
Handling Bladed Components
(6) Install stage 1 rotor (7, fig. 1-81) into base (6)
so that trailing edge (4) of blades are facing up. Wear leather palm gloves (welder's type with
gauntlet) when handling components with
(7) Install stage 2 rotor (8, fig. 1-82) into lifting assembled blades and vanes. Blades and vanes
ring (5) so that trailing edge (4) of blades is facing up. are sharp and can cause serious injury.
(8) Install lifting ring (5) and stage 2 rotor (8) (14) Remove rotor from base (6, fig. 1-81).
onto center hub of base (7).
(15) Using lifting ring (5, fig. 1-82), remove
(9) Install and secure cover (3, fig. 1-81 or 1-82) rotor from base (7). Then do steps k thru m.
with retaining knob (1).
h. (T700, T701) Forward pressure flush gas
(10) If using tap water pressure, go to step (11). generator stator as follows:
If using the universal water wash unit 21C2438G01, do the
following:
1-383
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-81. Stage 1 Gas Generator Rotor Reverse Pressure Flushing Fixture 21C7786G01
1-384
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-82. Stage 2 Gas Generator Rotor Reverse Pressure Flushing Fixture 21C7787G01
1-385
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
NOTE (c) Immerse the fixture into a bucket or pan
of water and liquid dishwashing detergent (item 71,
The following procedure does not replace any Appendix D) (4 parts water and 1 part detergent).
other procedure such as soft-bristle brush
cleaning or scrubbing with a Scotch Brite pad. (d) Install the pickup assembly (6, fig. 1-75)
into the bucket or pan of detergent.
(1) Remove six cap screws (3, fig. 1-83) and
protector ring (4) from base (6). NOTE
(2) Using a paper towel (item 113, Appendix D), • Stage 1 and 2 shroud support cooling holes
clean the sealing surfaces that mate with the gas generator require flushing only.
stator (5). • If leakage is present when flushing the
stage 2 shroud support cooling holes (aft
(3) Lubricate the neoprene seals (9) with liquid inlet fitting), tighten the two cap screws (2).
dishwashing detergent (item 71, Appendix D). This will reduce (not eliminate) the leakage
past the shroud retainers.
(e) Using the remote switch (3), start the
Make sure that the face-type seal falls below universal wash unit (1) and circulate the detergent/water for
the neoprene seal and that it does not damage 15-30 minutes.
the neoprene.
(f) Stop the wash unit and remove the fixture
(4) Install stator (5) onto base (6), forward face from the bucket or pan.
contacting seals (9).
(g) Disconnect fitting (5) from elbow
(5) Aline holes in protector ring (4) with (8, fig. 1-83) or fitting (11).
threaded holes in base (6), then hand-tighten cap screws (3).
(h) Repeat steps (b) thru (g) to flush stage 2
(6) Assemble the ring (1) to stator (5) as follows: shroud cooling holes, then go to step (10). For flushing
stage 2 nozzle cooling holes go to next step.
(a) Tape (item 108, Appendix D) outside
diameter and aft surface of stage 2 shroud retainers. (i) Connect fitting (5, fig. 1-75) to stage 2
nozzle cooling holes fitting (10, fig. 1-83).
(b) Loosen cap screws (2) until a 0.25 - 0.50
inch gap exists between the split-line flanges. (j) Place the fixture into a bucket or pan.
(c) Install ring (1) over stator (5) until aft lip (k) Using the remote switch (3, fig. 1-75),
of ring contacts taped edge of shroud retainers. start the universal wash unit (1) and circulate the detergent
15-30 minutes.
(d) Alternating between sides, evenly, hand-
tighten cap screws (2), until flanges come together. (l) Raise fixture slightly above detergent.
Then, observe the flow from stage 2 nozzle cooling holes.
(7) If using tap water pressure, go to step (9). If
using universal water wash unit 21C2438G01, do the (m) If any cooling holes are plugged, stop the
following: wash unit.
(a) Remove the quick disconnect from the (n) Using a 0.010 inch diameter pin, remove
discharge hose fitting (5, fig. 1-75). foreign material from plugged hole.
(b) Connect fitting (5) to the stage 1 shroud (o) Repeat steps (j) thru (n) until all holes are
cooling holes elbow (8, fig. 1-83) or stage 2 shroud cooling unplugged.
holes fitting (11).
1-386
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-83. (T700, T701) Gas Generator Stator Pressure Flushing Fixture 21C7732G01
1-387
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
(8) Disconnect fitting (5) from fitting (10, (10) Loosen cap screws (2) until a 0.25 - 0.50
fig. 1-83). Go to step (10). inch gap exists between the split-line flange.
(9) If using tap water pressure, do the following: (11) Remove ring (1).
(a) Connect tap water to stage 1 shroud (12) Remove six cap screws (3) and protector
cooling holes elbow (8, fig. 1-83) or stage 2 shroud cooling ring (4).
holes fitting (11).
(13) Remove tape.
(b) Place the fixture into a bucket, pan or
sink. (14) Remove stator (5) from base (6). Then, do
steps k thru p.
NOTE
i. Forward pressure flush the stage 1 nozzle as
• Stage 1 and 2 shroud support cooling holes follows:
require flushing only.
• If leakage is present when flushing the NOTE
stage 2 shroud support cooling holes (aft
inlet fitting), tighten the two cap screws (2). The following procedures do not replace other
This will reduce (not eliminate) the leakage procedures such as gritblasting or soft-bristle
past the shroud retainers. brush cleaning.
(c) Turn the tap water supply on. Allow (1) If the water supply is not capable of
distribution of water for 15-30 minutes. producing 12 gallons per minute at 30 pounds per square
inch then, handwash the nozzle, step e. Otherwise, proceed
(d) Turn the tap water off. to step (2).
(e) Disconnect tap water from elbow (8) or (2) Remove retaining bolts (1, fig. 1-84) and
fitting (11). cover (2) from stage 1 nozzle assembly forward pressure
flushing fixture 17A8820G01 (part of 21C7731G02).
(f) Repeat steps (a) thru (d) to flush stage 2
shroud cooling holes, then go to step (10). For flushing NOTE
stage 2 nozzle cooling holes fitting (10), go to next step.
Forward pressure flushing will identify the
(g) Connect tap water to stage 2 nozzle cooling passages that are plugged.
cooling holes fitting (10).
(3) Using a paper towel (item 113, Appendix D),
(h) Do steps (b) thru (f). clean the sealing surfaces that mate with the nozzle
assembly.
(i) Turn the tap water on. Allow distribution
of water for 15-30 minutes. (4) Inspect packing, (6) PN M83248/1-177 (Part
of 21C7731G02) for wear and replace if necessary.
(j) Observe the flow from the stage 2 nozzle
cooling holes. (5) Install nozzle assembly, leading edge (3)
facing up, into base (4) of fixture.
(k) If any cooling hose are plugged turn tap
water off. (6) Aline holes in cover (2) with threaded holes
in base (4). Secure cover by tightening retaining bolts (1)
(l) Using a 0.010 inch diameter pin, remove until cover is flush with the base (4).
foreign material from plugged hole.
(7) Using tap water pressure, do the following:
(m) Repeat steps (h) thru (l) until all holes are
unplugged. (a) Connect tap water to fixture inlet
fitting(5).
1-388
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-84. Stage 1 Nozzle Assembly Forward Pressure Flushing Fixture 17A8820G01
(Part of 21C7731G02)
1-389
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
(b) Make sure the water control valve is off. (4) Inspect packing, (5) PN M83248/1-043 (part
of 21C7731G02) for wear and replace if necessary.
(c) Place the fixture into a sink or large
container. (5) Install nozzle assembly, leading edge (3)
facing up, into base (4) of fixture.
(d) Turn tap water on and allow the water to
circulate for 15 - 30 minutes. (6) Install cover (2) and secure it with retaining
bolt (1).
(e) Observe the flow from the cooling air
(7) Connect tap water to the fixture inlet fitting
holes in the leading and trailing edges.
(6, fig. 1-85) and do steps i(7)(a) thru (f).
(f) If any cooling holes are plugged, turn off (8) Observe the flow from the outer ring of stage
tap water. 1 nozzle. The water should flow equally from all openings.
(g) Using a 0.010 inch diameter pin, remove (9) If the detergent does not flow equally,
foreign material from plugged hole. forward pressure flush the stage 1 nozzle (step i).
(h) Repeat steps (d) thru (g) until all holes are (10) If detergent does flow equally, turn tap
unplugged. water off, and remove fixture from sink, bucket or pan.
(8) Disconnect discharge tap water from fixture (11) Remove center retaining bolt (1, fig. 1-85),
inlet fitting. and cover (2) from base (4).
(9) Remove retaining bolts (1). (12) Remove stage 1 nozzle from base (4).
k. Rinse all cleaned parts with clean running tap
(10) Remove cover (2) by evenly walking your
water, being sure all detergent is removed.
hands around the circumference of the fixture.
(11) Remove stage 1 nozzle from the base (4) of
the fixture. Then, do steps k thru m.
Compressed Air
j. Reverse pressure flush the stage 1 nozzle as
follows: • When using compressed air for any
cooling, cleaning, or drying operation, do
not exceed 30 psig at the nozzle.
NOTE • Eyes can be permanently damaged by
The following procedures do not replace other contact with liquid or large particles
procedures such as gritblasting or soft-bristle propelled by compressed air. Inhalation of
brush cleaning. air-blown particles or solvent vapor can
damage lungs.
(1) If the water supply is not capable of • When using air for cleaning at an air-
producing 12 gallons per minute at 30 pounds per square exhausted workbench, wear approved
inch then, handwash the nozzle, step e. Otherwise, proceed goggles or face shield.
to step (2). • When using air for cleaning at an
unexhausted workbench, wear approved
(2) Remove center retaining bolt (1, fig. 1-85) respirator and goggles.
and cover (2) from the stage 1 nozzle reverse pressure
flushing fixture 17A8819G01 (part of 21C7731G02). l. Dry all parts with clean, dry, filtered, compressed
air. Use a high-pressure air nozzle to blow loose particles
(3) Using a paper towel (item 113, Appendix D), from air passages and from under cooling plates and rotor
clean the sealing surfaces that mate with the nozzle blades. It is very important that all particles are removed. It
assembly. may require several applications of compressed air to
remove all traces of dirt and sand. Oven drying of parts is
not required.
1-390
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-85. Stage 1 Nozzle Assembly Reverse Pressure Flushing Fixture 17A8819G01
(Part of 21C7731G02)
1-391
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
m. Carefully inspect each part to assure it is well a. Prepare cleaning solution in accordance with
cleaned, free of detergent solution, and dry before assembly. paragraph 1-163, step a or b, depending on temperature.
b. Preferred method: using hot section wash kit
LMT942 ( (T700) (fig. F-12) or (T701/T701C) (fig. F-13),
Lubricating Oil Appendix F), spray-wash hot section as follows:
• If oil is decomposed by heat, toxic gases (1) Fill water-wash supply tank with cleaning
are released. solution. Attach sprayer to supply line.
• Prolonged contact with liquid or mist may
cause dermatitis and irritation.
• If there is any prolonged contact with skin,
Do not use excessive force/torque when
wash area with soap and water. If solution
removing or installing an igniter plug.
contacts eyes, flush eyes with water
Excessive force/torque will damage the igniter
immediately. Remove saturated clothing.
plug boss and may cause the midframe to
• If oil is swallowed, do not try to vomit. Get rupture.
immediate medical attention.
• When handling liquid, wear rubber gloves. (2) Remove the 4 and 8 o'clock igniter plugs.
If prolonged contact with mist is likely,
wear approved respirator. (3) Insert engine wash nozzles into combustion
liner (through 4 and 8 o'clock igniter ports) (fig. 1-86).
n. Apply a few drops of lubricating oil (item 85
or 87, Appendix D) onto each of the injector swirlers on (4) Spray-wash entire interior of combustion
combustion liner, and reassemble engine as instructed in liner and stage 1 nozzle and midframe casing surfaces for a
this manual. minimum of one minute.
o. Make required checks listed in table 1-19 or in (5) Motor engine (para 1-165, step b) for 30
table 1-39 (AVIM). seconds while continuing to spray.
p. Record engine hours and cleaning compliance on (6) Continue to spray wash the entire interior of
engine form DA 2408-15, in remarks block. the combustion liner and stage 1 nozzle and midframe
casing surfaces for a minimum of one minute.
1-167. Hot Section Cleaning of Engines (in
Aircraft) Operating in a “Dirty” Environment (To (7) Allow wash solution to soak the hot section
Be Done at 50 Hour Cleaning Interval or Sooner if parts for 10 minutes, then rinse the washed areas with clean
Required (para 1-159)). water. Run the rinse water until clean water is observed
running out the engine tailpipe. Motor engine on starter for
NOTE 1 minute while doing rinse procedure.
• This procedure requires about 15 minutes (8) Remove engine wash nozzles at 4 and 8
per engine to accomplish, and requires o'clock igniter ports.
standard cleaning chemicals, clean water,
and a sprayer which an operator should be
able to fabricate in his own shop.
• Including this hot section wash with the
normal periodic chemical wash is
recommended so that no additional starter
engagements are required.
• If cleaning solution is not available, clean
water only may be used.
1-392 Change 3
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-86. Spray Washing Combustion Liner, Stage 1 Nozzle, and Midframe Casing
1-393
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
(10) Install igniter plug and ignition lead into
either the 4 or 8 o'clock igniter plug port.
Do not use excessive force/torque when
removing or installing an igniter plug. (11) Run washed engines above ground idle
Excessive force/torque will damage the igniter speed for 5 minutes; if possible, dry at NG speed above
plug boss and may cause the midframe to 90%.
rupture.
1-168. INSPECTION.
(9) Install igniter plugs and ignition leads into the
4 and 8 o'clock igniter plug ports. The following general instructions apply to inspection
procedures and data in this manual:
(10) Torque igniter plugs (para 7-9 or 7-10).
a. If the engine has been disassembled for any reason,
(11) Run washed engines above ground idle all parts which are handled will be inspected for damage.
speed for 5 minutes; if possible, dry at NG speed above
90%. b. This section lists inspection and repair methods
allowable for aviation unit maintenance (AVUM) and
c. Alternate method: using hot section module aviation intermediate maintenance (AVIM) of the engine.
sprayer LMT 777 (fig. F-5, Appendix F), spray-wash hot Where the manual specifies that repair is Not Allowed, it
section as follows: means that repair is not allowed at the levels of maintenance
covered by this manual. Refer to the Maintenance
(1) Fill water-wash supply tank with cleaning Allocation Chart (MAC, Appendix B) for the level of
solution. Attach sprayer to supply line. maintenance assigned to engine parts.
(2) Remove either the 4 or 8 o'clock igniter plug. c. Keep inspection area, inspection benches, and tools
thoroughly clean. Cover work benches with clean, dry
(3) Insert sprayer into combustion liner (through covers. Keep components free of dirt, dust, and grease using
either 4 or 8 o'clock igniter port) (fig. 1-87). plastic storage bags (items 7 thru 6, Appendix D) or similar
containers. Cap openings in components.
(4) Spray-wash entire interior of combustion
liner and stage 1 nozzle surfaces for a minimum of one d. Inspect parts under adequate light; only the most
minute while rotating sprayer 360 degrees. thorough inspection can properly evaluate damage. Tag
each component to indicate whether it has to be repaired or
(5) Motor engine (para 1-165, step b) for 30 replaced. More than one method of inspection may be
seconds while continuing to spray. needed to determine the extent of damage.
(6) Continue to spray wash the entire interior of e. Defect limits are usually given as depth dimensions
the combustion liner and stage 1 nozzle surfaces for a because this is the dimension that affects strength. Refer to
minimum of one minute by rotating sprayer 360 degrees. TM55-1500-204-25/1 (General Aircraft Maintenance
Manual) for appropriate depth measuring tools to determine
(7) Reposition sprayer so that spray tip is depth of defect.
between combustion liner and midframe casing (fig. 1-88).
Spray-wash entire area by rotating sprayer 360 degrees. 1-169. Inspection Table Column Headings. This
paragraph explains how to interpret the information in the
(8) Allow wash solution to soak the hot section various columns of each inspection table.
parts for 10 minutes, then rinse the washed areas with clean
water. Run the rinse water until clean water is observed
running out the engine tailpipe. Motor engine on starter for
1 minute while doing rinse procedure.
(9) Remove sprayer.
1-394
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-87. Washing Combustion Liner and Stage 1 Nozzle
1-395
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-88. Washing Area Between Combustion Liner and Midframe Casing
1-396
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
NOTE for cracks, using information in applicable inspection
paragraph.
Inspection tables for specific components are
presented under the paragraph heading for that
component.
Do not use crocus cloth on carbon seals.
a. Inspect. Refer to visual or other inspection based
upon availability of equipment. Unless otherwise specified, (5) If action calls for hand-polishing, use crocus
visual inspection is implied. cloth (item 55, Appendix D).
b. Usable Limits. That limit which is allowable (6) If action calls for a repair procedure, part will
without repairing or replacing part. be repaired; otherwise, it will be replaced.
(1) The part can be maintained in service if this (7) If action requires that defective part be
limit is not exceeded. replaced, return defective part to next higher level of
maintenance.
(2) If this limit is exceeded, and part cannot be
repaired at this level of maintenance, replace part. Refer to (8) In some instances, the entire engine will be
MAC (Appendix B) and RPSTL for disposition. replaced due to balancing requirements or to loss of
performance, etc.
c. Max Repairable Limit. That limit (always greater
than the usable limit) which is allowable if the defect is to 1-170. Definition of Inspection Terms. Refer to
be repaired according to the instructions in Corrective table 1-28. The first column lists terms used to describe
Action column. deviations from normal conditions in engine parts. The
second column defines the terms. The third column lists the
(1) If usable limits are exceeded, but repairable causes of the defined terms.
limits have not been exceeded, the part can remain in
service only if that repair which removes the defect is made.
(2) If the repairable limits are exceeded, the part
must be replaced. Refer to MAC (Appendix B) and RPSTL
for disposition.
d. Corrective Action. Action to be followed if
maximum limits have been exceeded.
(1) Because corrective actions such as blending,
removing high metal, cold-working, hand-polishing,
chasing threads, straightening electrical connector pins, etc.
are considered to be standard operating procedures rather
than repair procedures, they are not listed as repairs in the
MAC (Appendix B) or in the RPSTL.
(2) If action calls for blending, see
paragraph H-21, Appendix H, for general blending
procedures.
(3) If action calls for removing high metal (or
pickup), use an abrasive stone (item 104, Appendix D) to
rework material to original contour.
(4) If action calls for cold-working, it means to
rework material to original contour without applying heat to
material. After cold-working part, reinspect immediate area
1-397
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table 1-28. Definitions of Inspection Terms
Term Definition Causes
Abrasion Roughened surface. May vary from light to severe. Foreign material between moving
parts.
Bend Distortion in a part. Curvature out of proper contour. Severe use of heat, or excessive force.
Blister Raised portions of the surface, usually where the surface Poor original bond with base.
has separated from the base. Generally found on surface- Possible aggravation by heat or
treated parts (plated or painted surfaces). pressure.
Break Separation of part. Severe force, pressure or overload.
Brinelling Indentation of the surface, usually found on ball or roller Incorrect assembly or disassembly
bearings. procedure used on bearings, or
application of excessive force on
bearing free race.
Brittleness Loss of resiliency in base material. Severe use of heat or cold or possible
chemical action.
Buckling Large deformation of contour; a bulge in a surface. Severe pressure, impact of a foreign
object, or heat distortion.
Burnishing Smoothing of a metal surface by mechanical action, but Operation of mechanical parts.
without a loss of material, generally found on plain bearing
surfaces. Surface discoloration is sometimes present
around outer edges. Normal burnishing from operational
service is not detrimental if coverage approximates
carrying load and there is no evidence of burns.
Burr Rough edge or sharp projection. Excessive wear or poor machining.
Chafing Surface deformation. Rubbing action between parts.
Chatter Mark Surface irregularity. Machining process, minor defect.
Chipping Breaking away of small metallic particles. Heavy impact of foreign object.
Coking Buildup of carbon deposits. Deterioration of lubricants or
incomplete combustion.
Corrosion Formation of many small pits which cumulatively create a Oxidation of particles.
wide cavity (usually shallow) in surface of part.
Crack Parting of parent material or of metal in a welded zone Severe stress from overloading or
with or without deformation of adjacent areas. shock; possible extension of a
scratch. Also caused by thermal
expansion, vibration, and material
fatigue.
1-398 Change 4
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table 1-28. Definitions of Inspection Terms (Cont)
Term Definition Causes
Crazing A mesh of minute hairlike cracks on glazed or baked-on Temperature changes or deformation
surfaces which do not penetrate into parent metal. of parent metal.
Dent Smooth cavity in surface. Material is displaced, not Careless handling or striking of the
separated. part; operational wear with foreign
object interference.
Electrolytic Action Surface breakdown. Galvanic action between dissimilar
metals.
Erosion Metal carried away. Sand, gas or liquids.
Fatigue Failure Progressive yielding to repeated stress of one or more local Cracks, tool marks, sharp corners,
areas, caused by the cumulative effect of scratches, sharp nicks, galling, inclusions, corrosion,
indentations, cracks, tool marks, and inclusions. As the insufficient tightening of studs, or
stress is repeated, cracks develop, then spread, usually bolts.
from the surface (or near the surface) of the particular
section. Finally, so little sound material remains that the
normal stress on the part exceeds the strength of the
remaining material. This results in separation. It is not
caused by metal crystallization and can easily be
determined by visual inspection of the part. There will be
evidence of several more or less concentric lines. The
center (or focus) of the lines indicates the origin of the
failure.
Flaking Pieces of a plated or painted surface breaking away. Imperfect bond or severe load.
Fracture Same as Break.
Fretting Loss of fine particles of metal. Rubbing action between parts.
Galling Accumulation of foreign material deposited on surfaces. Movement of two surfaces in contact
with one another under severe
pressure.
Glazing Covering of hard, glossy surface on plain bearing areas Pressure, oil, and heat in
(sometimes a desirable condition) combination.
Gouging Wide, rough scratching or group of scratches, usually Presence of a rather large foreign
accompanied by one or more sharply impressed corners, body between parts in motion.
and sometimes by deformation or removal of material.
Grooving Long, narrow, continuous channels having no sharp edges. Concentrated wear due to abnormal-
relative motion of parts.
High Metal Displaced surface metal. Nicks, scratches, gouges, or dents.
1-399
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table 1-28. Definitions of Inspection Terms (Cont)
Term Definition Causes
Hot Gas Corrosion The corrosion of unprotected metal (with no coating) that This kind of corrosion differs from
has been exposed to hot gases. When first exposed, the thatnormally found on surfaces
surface becomes rough and appears to be pitted and attacked only by salt in the
pockmarked. Also, there is a noticeable difference in the atmosphere. In hot-gas corrosion, the
colors of the exposed and unexposed surfaces. Further hot gases convert sulphur to sulfide in
exposure of surface to hot gases cause it to blister and, in the presence of salt. The metal is
time, flake off in layers. attacked by the resulting deposits.
Mushrooming Displacement of metal, curling outward from the center of Blade tip rubs.
part, that leaves edge or tip of part shaped like a
mushroom.
Nick Sharp indentation. Negligent handling of parts or foreign
object damage during engine
operation.
Peening Surface deformation. Foreign object damage.
Pickup A burr, subject to being transferred from one part to Insufficient lubrication, unbroken
another. edges of press-fitted parts. Seizure of
rotating parts during operation.
Improper manufacture.
Pitting Minute depressions of cavities, without sharp, high-stress Chemical action: oxidation of
corners. surface; electrolytic action.
Mechanical action: chipping of
loaded surfaces due to improper
clearances and overloading; presence
of foreign material.
Scoring Deep scratches or elongated gouging. Presence of chips between loaded
surfaces that have relative motion.
Scratch Long, narrow, sharp-cornered impression. Movement of a sharp object across
the surface.
Spalling Sharply roughened area, characteristic of progressive Surface crack, inclusions, or similar
chipping or peeling of surface material. surface injury that causes a
progressive breaking away of the
parent material.
1-400
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table 1-28. Definitions of Inspection Terms (Cont)
Term Definition Causes
Stress A cause of several types of engine part failures, generally • Compression: action of two
divided into five groups, according to cause: compression, directly opposed forces which tend
shear, shock, tension, and torsion. to squeeze, bend, twist, stretch or
otherwise apply abnormal
pressures to a part.
• Shear: action of two opposed
parallel forces.
• Shock: instantaneous application
of stress.
• Tension: action of two directly
opposed forces which act to pull
apart.
• Torsion: action of two opposed
forces around a common axis.
Tear A forcible, somewhat crude pulling or wrenching away of Negligent handling of parts, or
material so that ragged or irregular edges result. foreign object damage during engine
operation.
1-171. DIAGNOSTIC EQUIPMENT.
The following diagnostic equipment is used:
• (T700) Borescope Kit 21C7190P01
(fig. 1-89)
• (T701, T701C) Borescope Kit
21C7190P02 (fig. 1-90)
• (T700) Borescope Kit 21C7744P01
(fig. 1-91)
• Borescope Kit 21C7744P02 (T700) and
21C7744P03 (fig. 1-92)
• Borescope Kit 21C7700P03 (fig. 1-93)
• Borescope Kit 21C7779P03 (fig. 1-94)
• (T700) ECU Circuit Continuity Switch
Box 21C7085G01 (figs. 1-49 and 1-147)
• (T701) ECU Circuit Continuity Switch
Boxes 21C7085G01 and 21C7085G02
(figs. 1-49 and 1-147)
• (T701C) DEC Circuit Continuity Switch
Box 21C7085G02 (figs. 1-49 and 1-147)
1-401
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-89. (T700) Borescope Kit 21C7190P01
1-402
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-90. (T701, T701C) Borescope Kit 21C7190P02
1-403
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-91. (T700) Borescope Kit 21C7744P01
1-404
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-92. Borescope Kits 21C7744P02 (T700) and 21C7744P03
1-405
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-93. Borescope Kit 21C7700P03
1-406
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-94. Borescope Kit 21C7779P03
1-407
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
b. On installed engines, some ports cannot be reached
1-172. BORESCOPING ENGINE USING (T700)
due to mounting of QCA equipment. Do not remove QCA
BORESCOPE KIT 21C7190P01, 21C7744P01, OR
equipment to use such ports.
21C7744P02, OR (T701, T701C) BORESCOPE KIT
21C7190P02 OR BORESCOPE KIT 21C7700P03,
c. For engines installed on left side of aircraft, ports
21C7744P03, OR 21C7779P03.
no. 3 and no. 7 cannot be used. Use port no. 5 instead of no.
1-173. (T700) Preliminary Information. 3 and use port no. 4 instead of port no. 7. For engines on
right side of aircraft, use port no. 3 instead of port no. 5, and
use port no. 7 instead of port no. 4.
Replacing Borescope Light Bulb
Isopropyl Alcohol
• Be sure that borescope is disconnected
TT-I-735
before working with electrical components.
Dangerous or possibly fatal voltage may be
present. • Flammable - do not use near open flames,
near welding areas, or on hot surfaces.
• When light source is turned off, the light
source unit remains hot and may cause a • Do not smoke when using it, and do not use
severe burn. Allow a minimum of 15 it where others are smoking.
minutes for unit to cool. • Inhalation of vapors can cause drowsiness,
dizziness, and headache. Contact of liquid
with skin may cause dermatitis and
irritation.
Borescopes are delicate instruments. To avoid • If any liquid contacts skin or eyes,
damaging borescope, handle all pieces immediately flush affected area thoroughly
carefully and return them to protective case with water. Remove solvent-saturated
when not in use. clothing. If vapors cause drowsiness, go to
fresh air.
a. Inspection of the engine using borescope kit • When handling large quantities (greater
21C7190P01, 21C7744P01, or 21C7744P02 is done at the than one gallon (3.8 liters)), work at air-
following three areas (see figure 1-95 (T700)) for exhausted workbench or covered tank.
borescope port locations): • Store solvent and dispose of liquid-soaked
clothes in approved metal safety container.
(1) Compressor forward and aft areas • Metal containers of liquid must be
(paras 1-177 using borescope 21C7190P01, or 1-185 using grounded to maintain electrical continuity.
borescope 21C7744P01, or 1-188 using borescope
21C7744P02): At the compressor forward areas, inspect d. Clean eyepiece, probe tip (lens), and end of light
compressor flowpath coating, stage 1 compressor blades, bundle using isopropyl alcohol (item 3, Appendix D).
and visible portions of inlet guide vanes through port no. 2.
At the compressor aft areas, inspect compressor flowpath e. Refer to paragraph 1-98 for instructions for hand-
coating and compressor blades and vanes through port no. 3 cranking the engine. One turn of the radial drive shaft
or no. 5. assembly will rotate compressor rotor approximately
1-1/4turns.
(2) Combustion section area (paras 1-178 using
borescope 21C7190P01, or 1-186 using borescope
21C7744P01, or 1-189 using borescope 21C7744P02):
combustion liner dome, inner shell, outer shell, and stage 1
turbine nozzle are inspected. View through ports no. 1,
no.4, or no. 7.
1-408
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-95. (T700) Borescope Port Locations
1-409
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
1-174. (T701, T701C) Preliminary Information. c. For engines installed on left side of aircraft, ports
no. 3 and no. 7 cannot be used. Use port no. 5 instead of
no.3 and use port no. 4 instead of port no. 7. For engines on
right side of aircraft, use port no. 3 instead of port no. 5, and
Replacing Borescope Light Bulb use port no. 7 instead of port no. 4.
• Be sure that borescope is disconnected
before working with electrical components.
Dangerous or possibly fatal voltage may be Isopropyl Alcohol
present. TT-I-735
• When light source is turned off, the light
source unit remains hot and may cause a • Flammable - do not use near open flames,
severe burn. Allow a minimum of 15 near welding areas, or on hot surfaces.
minutes for unit to cool. • Do not smoke when using it, and do not use
it where others are smoking.
• Inhalation of vapors can cause drowsiness,
dizziness, and headache. Contact of liquid
Borescopes are delicate instruments. To avoid with skin may cause dermatitis and
damaging borescope, handle all pieces irritation.
carefully and return them to protective case • If any liquid contacts skin or eyes,
when not in use. immediately flush affected area thoroughly
with water. Remove solvent-saturated
a. Inspection of the engine using borescope kit clothing. If vapors cause drowsiness, go to
21C7190P02 is done at the following three areas (see fresh air.
figure 1-96 for borescope port locations): • When handling large quantities (greater
than one gallon (3.8 liters)), work at air-
(1) Compressor forward and aft areas exhausted workbench or covered tank.
(para 1-180 using borescope 21C7190P02): At the • Store solvent and dispose of liquid-soaked
compressor forward areas, inspect compressor flowpath clothes in approved metal safety container.
coating, stage 1 compressor blades, and visible portions of
• Metal containers of liquid must be
inlet guide vanes through port no. 2. At the compressor aft
grounded to maintain electrical continuity.
areas, inspect compressor flowpath coating and compressor
blades and vanes through port no. 3 or no. 5.
d. Clean eyepiece, probe tip (lens), and end of light
bundle using isopropyl alcohol (item 3, Appendix D).
(2) Combustion section area (para 1-181 using
borescope 21C7190P02): combustion liner dome, inner
e. Refer to paragraph 1-98 for instructions for hand-
shell, outer shell, and stage 1 turbine nozzle are inspected.
cranking the engine. One turn of the radial drive shaft
View through port no. 4 or no. 7.
assembly will rotate compressor rotor approximately
1-1/4turns.
b. On installed engines, some ports cannot be reached
due to mounting of QCA equipment. Do not remove QCA
equipment to use such ports.
1-410
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-96. (T701, T701C) Borescope Port Locations
1-411
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
1-175. Preliminary Information.
Isopropyl Alcohol
TT-I-735
Replacing Borescope Light Bulb
• Flammable - do not use near open flames,
• Be sure that borescope is disconnected near welding areas, or on hot surfaces.
before working with electrical components. • Do not smoke when using it, and do not use
Dangerous or possibly fatal voltage may be it where others are smoking.
present. • Inhalation of vapors can cause drowsiness,
• When light source is turned off, the light dizziness, and headache. Contact of liquid
source unit remains hot and may cause a with skin may cause dermatitis and
severe burn. Allow a minimum of 15 irritation.
minutes for unit to cool. • If any liquid contacts skin or eyes,
immediately flush affected area thoroughly
with water. Remove solvent-saturated
clothing. If vapors cause drowsiness, go to
Borescopes are delicate instruments. To avoid fresh air.
damaging borescope, handle all pieces • When handling large quantities (greater
carefully and return them to protective case than one gallon (3.8 liters)), work at air-
when not in use. exhausted workbench or covered tank.
• Store solvent and dispose of liquid-soaked
a. Inspection of the engine using borescope kit
clothes in approved metal safety container.
21C7700P03 or 21C7779P03 is done at the following areas
(see figure 1-95 (T700) or 1-96 (T701, T701C) for
• Metal containers of liquid must be
borescope port locations): grounded to maintain electrical continuity.
(1) Compressor forward and aft areas d. Clean eyepiece, probe tip (lens), and end of light
(paras 1-193 using borescope 21C7700P03 or 1-198 using bundle using isopropyl alcohol (item 3, Appendix D).
borescope 21C7779P03): At the compressor forward areas,
inspect compressor flowpath coating, stage 1 compressor e. Refer to paragraph 1-98 for instructions for hand-
blades, and visible portions of inlet guide vanes through cranking the engine. One turn of the radial drive shaft
port no. 2. At the compressor aft areas, inspect compressor assembly will rotate compressor rotor approximately
flowpath coating and compressor blades and vanes through 1-1/4turns.
port no. 3 or no. 5.
1-176. (T700) Light Supply Setup (21C7190P01).
(2) Combustion section area (para 1-194 using
borescope 21C7700P03 or 1-199 using borescope a. Open borescope kit 21C7190P01 and pull down
21C7779P03): combustion liner dome, inner shell, outer insert cover (1, fig. 1-89) with stored borescopes.
shell, and stage 1 turbine nozzle are inspected. View
through port no. 1 (T700), no. 4, or no.7. b. Turn light intensity control (6) completely
counterclockwise.
b. On installed engines, some ports cannot be reached
due to mounting of QCA equipment. Do not remove QCA
equipment to use such ports.
c. For engines installed on left side of aircraft, ports
no. 3 and no. 7 cannot be used. Use port no. 5 instead of no.
3 and use port no. 4 instead of port no. 7. For engines on
right side of aircraft, use port no. 3 instead of port no. 5, and
use port no. 7 instead of port no. 4.
1-412
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
(3) Remove borescope plug from port no. 2
(fig. 1-95) using 1/4-inch ratchet and extension. Inspect
Be sure that ON/OFF switch (7) is at OFF borescope plug (para 1-183).
before connecting light supply (5) to power
cord (9); otherwise, light supply (5) will be
damaged.
• Allow internal components of engine to
NOTE cool to 100°F (38°C) (or to ambient
temperature) before borescoping.
Adapter cable (4) is used to adapt the light Borescope probe can be damaged if it is
supply (5) to the aircraft 115-volt, 400 Hz used near parts hotter than 150°F (66°C).
utility power receptacle (J257). • Be extremely careful when inserting
borescope into engine to avoid damaging
c. Connect one end of power cord (9) to light borescope.
supply(5). Connect the other end of power cord (9) to either
of the following: (4) Place ON/OFF switch (7, fig. 1-89) to either
L1 or L2, and adjust light intensity control (6) to give best
• Aircraft 115 volt, 400Hz utility power viewing. Insert borescope into port no. 2 (fig. 1-97).
receptacle (J257), using adapter cable (4).
• 115 volt, 60 to 400Hz power source. (5) Position probe so that stage 1 blades and
flowpath coating can be seen through inlet guide vanes
1-177. (T700) Borescope Inspection of (fig. 1-97). Light carrier should be pointing towards front of
Compressor Forward and Aft Areas Using engine.
Borescope 21C7190P01. The instructions in this
paragraph require the use of the right-angle rigid borescope (6) Slowly rotate rotor by hand-cranking engine
(3, fig. 1-89). At the compressor forward area, borescope (para 1-98). Inspect all stage 1 blades (there are 20 of them)
inspection of compressor flowpath coating, compressor and flowpath coating. Move probe in and out, so that entire
rotor, stage 1 blades and inlet vanes is done through port length of blade can be seen. Look closely at leading edge
no.2 (fig. 1-97). See paragraphs 1-182 and 2-53 for and tips of blades. To provide a reference for determining
inspection limits. At the compressor aft area, borescope size of tears or nicks in blades, compare depth of crack or
inspection of compressor flowpath coating, compressor tear to distance from the forward edge of stage 1 disk to the
rotor, stage 5 blades and vanes is done through port no. 3 edge of fillet radius of leading edge of blade (which is
(fig. 1-95) for right-hand engine installations where the 1/16inch (or 2/32-inch)) (fig. 1-98).
inboard port no. 5 is not accessible. For left-hand engine
installation, use port no. 5. See paragraphs 1-190 and 2-53 (7) Rotate probe and inspect all visible inlet
for inspection limits. guide vanes. Move probe in and out to inspect as many inlet
guide vanes as possible.
a. Set up light supply (para 1-176).
(8) When inspection is completed, carefully
b. Borescope-inspect compressor forward area as remove borescope probe. Then turn light intensity control
follows: (6, fig. 1-89) counterclockwise, and place ON/OFF
switch(7) to OFF.
(1) Open the inlet guide vanes using an open-end
wrench on flat of actuating shaft. Inlet guide vanes are open (9) Lightly coat threads of borescope plug with
when hydromechanical unit (HMU) actuator rod is fully antiseize thread compound or synthetic graphite grease
retracted. GP460 (antiseize) (MIL-T-5544) (item 56, Appendix D)
and reinstall plug in port no. 2 (fig. 1-95) using a 1/4-inch
(2) Connect one end of light carrier (2, fig. 1-89) ratchet and extension. Torque plug to 90-110 inch-pounds.
to right-angle rigid borescope (3). Connect the other end of
carrier (2) to light supply port (8). (10) Reinstall radial drive shaft cover assembly,
retaining ring, and cover boot (para 5-36).
1-413
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-97. Compressor Forward Area (Port No. 2); Borescope Inspection
1-414
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-98. Compressor Rotor Stage 1 Blades and Inlet Guide Vanes (Main Frame Port);
Borescope Inspection
1-415
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
c. Borescope-inspect compressor aft area as follows: synthetic graphite grease GP460 (antiseize) (item 56,
Appendix D).
(1) For engines that have caps at borescope port
no. 3 or no. 5 (fig. 1-95), remove cap from port using a (10) For engines that have caps, install cap in
5/8-inch wrench. For engines that have borescope plugs at port no. 3 or no. 5 (fig. 1-95). Torque cap to 100-125 inch-
borescope port no. 3 or no. 5, remove plug from port using a pounds. For engines that have borescope plugs, install plug
1/4-inch ratchet and extension. Inspect cap or plug in port no. 3 or no. 5. Torque plug to 55-70 inch-pounds.
(para 1-191).
d. If borescope inspection of engine is completed, do
the following:
• Allow internal components of engine to (1) Disconnect light carrier (2, fig. 1-89) from
cool at 100°F (38°C) or less (or to ambient light supply port (8) and borescope (3). Place borescope (3)
temperature) before borescoping. and carrier (2) in insert cover (1).
Borescope probe can be damaged if it is
used near parts hotter than 150°F (66°C). (2) Unplug power cord (9) from light supply (5)
and from either aircraft utility power receptacle, or from
• Be extremely careful when inserting
alternate power source.
borescope into engine port to avoid
damaging borescope.
(3) Disconnect adapter cable (4) from power
cord(9). Place cable (4) in insert cover (1) and place
(2) Move ON/OFF switch (7, fig. 1-89) to either
cord(9) in bottom half of borescope kit.
L1 or L2 and adjust light intensity control (6) for best
viewing. Insert borescope into port no. 3 or no. 5 (fig. 1-95).
1-178. (T700) Borescope Inspection of
Combustion Section Area Using Borescope
(3) Position borescope probe so that stage 5
21C7190P01. The instructions in this paragraph require
blades and compressor flowpath coating can be seen
the use of right-angle rigid borescope (3, fig. 1-89) and
through space between stage 5 vanes (fig. 1-99, view A).
retrospective rigid borescope (10). Use both right-angle
Light carrier (2, fig. 1-89) should be pointing to aft end of
rigid and retrospective rigid borescopes (3, 10), as
engine.
necessary, to inspect all areas named. Borescope inspection
of combustion liner and stage 1 turbine nozzle vanes is done
(4) Slowly rotate rotor by hand-cranking engine through inspection port no. 1, no. 4, or no. 7 (fig. 1-95),
(para 1-98). Inspect all 32 stage 5 blades and compressor located on the midframe. See paragraph 1-195 for
flowpath coating. Move borescope probe in and out of port inspection limits.
to view entire length of blade and flowpath coating.
a. Set up light supply (para 1-176).
(5) Inspect all visible stage 5 vanes and
compressor flowpath coating. Move borescope in and out of b. Connect one end of light carrier (2, fig. 1-89) to
port to inspect as many vanes as possible. borescope (3 or 10), as necessary. Connect the other end of
carrier (2) to light supply port (8).
(6) Position borescope probe so that impeller
vanes can be seen (fig. 1-99, view B). Light carrier should
be pointing toward front of engine.
(7) Slowly rotate rotor by hand-cranking engine
(para 1-98). Inspect all impeller vanes for damage.
(8) When inspection is completed, carefully
remove borescope probe. Then turn light intensity control
(6, fig. 1-89) counterclockwise, and place ON/OFF
switch(7) to OFF.
(9) Lightly coat threads of borescope caps or
plugs with antiseize thread compound (MIL-T-5544) or
1-416
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-99. Compressor Aft Area (Port No. 3 or Port No. 5); Borescope Inspection
1-417
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
i. Adjust depths of probe until inner shell can be seen.
Fluorescent Dye Penetrant j. Inspect all visible areas of inner shell, starting at
swirlers, until stage 1 nozzle comes into view. Make several
• Combustible - do not use near open flames, viewing sweeps, changing depth of probe each time, until
near welding areas, or on hot surfaces. all areas have been thoroughly inspected.
• Prolonged inhalation of vapor can result in
k. When inspection is completed, carefully remove
dizziness, drowsiness, headache, and
borescope probe from port no. 1.
nausea.
• After any prolonged contact with skin, l. Apply antiseize thread compound (MIL-T-5544) or
wash contacted area with soap and water. synthetic graphite grease GP460 (antiseize) (item 56,
Remove oil-saturated clothing. If vapors Appendix D) to threads and contacting surfaces of
cause drowsiness, go to fresh air. borescope plug and casing.
• When applying liquid by brush or aerosol
spray at unexhausted workbench, wear m. Install borescope plug in port no. 1. Tighten (15°
approved respirator and goggles. wrench arc) plug.
c. Remove borescope plug from port no. 1. If plug is
too tight, apply Zyglo penetrant (item 91, Appendix D) to
plug to avoid possible damage to midframe casing. Inspect Disconnecting Ignition Leads
borescope plug (para 1-196).
• High voltage may be present. Contact with
center conductor of electrical cable or
center electrode of igniter plug will cause
• Allow internal components of engine to electric shock if the bleed resistors inside
cool to 100°F (38°C) or less (or to ambient ignition unit have failed.
temperature) before borescoping. • Before removing igniter plug, be sure that
Borescope probe can be damaged if it is discharge connector is grounded.
used near parts hotter than 150°F (66°C).
• Be extremely careful when inserting n. Disconnect ignition lead from igniter plug at port
borescope into engine port to avoid no. 4 or port no. 7. Remove nut and igniter plug (para 7-5).
damaging borescope.
o. Insert probe into port no. 4 or no. 7 (fig. 1-95).
d. Place ON/OFF switch (7) to either L1 or L2, and Light carrier should be pointing to front of engine
adjust light intensity control (6) to give best viewing. (fig. 1-101, view A). Rotate and move probe in and out to
permit inspection of as many nozzle vanes as possible.
e. Insert borescope probe carefully into port no. 1
(fig. 1-95). Insert probe through hole in combustion liner so p. Rotate probe and inspect combustion liner. Light
that stage 1 nozzle can be seen. Light carrier should be carrier should be pointing to rear of engine (view B). Adjust
pointing to front of engine (fig. 1-100). Rotate and move depth of probe, and inspect areas around dome, swirlers,
probe in and out to inspect as many nozzle vanes as possible and fuel injectors.
(para 1-195).
q. Repeat steps f thru j.
f. Adjust depth of probe, and inspect areas around
igniter and primer nozzles. r. When inspection is completed, carefully remove
borescope probe. Then turn light intensity control (6,
g. Adjust depth of probe until outer shell can be seen. fig. 1-89) counterclockwise, and place ON/OFF switch (7)
to OFF.
h. Starting at swirlers, inspect all visible areas of
outer shell until stage 1 nozzle comes into view. Make s. Install igniter plug (para 7-9) at port no. 4 or no. 7
several viewing sweeps, changing depth of probe each time, (fig. 1-95).
until all areas have been thoroughly inspected.
1-418
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-100. (T700) Combustion Section (Port No. 1); Borescope Inspection
1-419
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-101. Combustion Section (Port No. 4 or Port No. 7); Borescope Inspection
1-420
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
t. Disconnect carrier (2, fig. 1-89) from light supply See paragraphs 1-182 and 2-53 for inspection limits. At the
port (8) and borescope (3 or 10). Place borescope (3 or 10) compressor aft area, borescope inspection of compressor
and carrier (2) in insert cover (1). flowpath coating, compressor rotor, stage 5 blades and
vanes is done through port no. 3 (fig. 1-99) for right-hand
u. Unplug power cord (9) from light supply (5) and engine installation where the inboard port no. 5 is not
from either aircraft utility receptacle, or from alternate accessible. For left-hand engine installation, use port no. 5.
power source. See paragraph 1-190 and 2-53 for inspection limits.
v. Disconnect adapter cable (4) from power cord (9). a. Set up light supply (para 1-179).
Place cable (4) in insert cover (1) and place cord (9) in
bottom half of borescope kit. b. Borescope-inspect compressor forward area as
follows:
1-179. (T701, T701C) Light Supply Setup
(21C7190P02). (1) Open the inlet guide vanes using an open-end
wrench on flat of actuating shaft. Inlet guide vanes are open
a. Open borescope kit 21C7190P02 and pull down when hydromechanical unit (HMU) actuator rod is fully
insert cover (1, fig. 1-90) with stored borescopes. retracted.
b. Turn light intensity control (8) completely (2) Connect one end of light carrier (3, fig. 1-90)
counterclockwise. to borescope (5, 11, or 12). Connect the other end of
carrier(3) to light supply port (9).
(3) Remove borescope plug from port no. 2
Be sure that ON/OFF switch (7) is at OFF (fig. 1-96) using a 1/4 inch ratchet and extension. Inspect
before connecting light supply (10) to power borescope plug (para 1-183).
cord (6); otherwise, light supply (10) will be
damaged.
NOTE • Allow internal components of engine to
cool to 100°F (38°C) or less (or to ambient
Adapter cable (2) is used to adapt the light temperature) before borescoping.
supply power cord (6) to the aircraft 115-volt, Borescope probe can be damaged if it is
400 Hz utility power receptacle (J14E). used near parts hotter than 150°F (66°C).
• Be extremely careful when inserting
c. Connect one end of power cord (6) to light borescope into engine port to avoid
supply(10). Connect the other end of power cord (6) to damaging borescope.
either of the following:
(4) Place ON/OFF switch (7, fig. 1-90) to either
• Aircraft 115 volt, 400 Hz utility power L1 or L2, and adjust light intensity control (8) to give best
receptacle (J14E), using adapter cable (2). viewing. Insert borescope into port no. 2 (fig. 1-97).
• 115 volt, 60 to 400 Hz power source.
(5) Position probe so that stage 1 blades can be
1-180. (T701, T701C) Borescope Inspection of seen through inlet guide vanes (fig. 1-97). Light carrier
Compressor Forward and Aft Areas Using should be pointing towards front of engine.
Borescope 21C7190P02. The instructions in this
paragraph require the use of the right-angle rigid borescopes (6) Slowly rotate rotor by hand-cranking engine
(11, 12, fig. 1-90). Use the right-angle borescopes and the (para 1-98). Inspect all stage 1 blades (there are 20 of them)
retrospective rigid borescope (5), as necessary, to inspect all and compressor flowpath coating. Move probe in and out,
areas named. so that entire length of blade can be seen. Look closely at
leading edge and tips of blades. To provide a reference for
At the compressor forward area, borescope inspection of determining size of tears or nicks in blades, compare depth
compressor flowpath coating, compressor rotor, stage 1 of crack or tear to distance from the forward edge of stage 1
blades and inlet vanes is done through port no. 2 (fig. 1-97).
1-421
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
disk to the edge of fillet radius of leading edge of blade (5) Inspect all visible stage 5 vanes and
(which is 1/16 inch or 2/32 inch) (fig. 1-98). compressor flowpath coating. Move borescope in and out of
port to inspect as many of the vanes as possible.
(7) Rotate probe and inspect all visible inlet
guide vanes and compressor flowpath coating. Move probe (6) Position borescope probe so that impeller
in and out to inspect as many inlet guide vanes as possible. vanes can be seen (fig. 1-99, view B). Light carrier should
be pointing toward front of engine.
(8) When inspection is completed, carefully
remove borescope probe. Then turn light intensity control (7) Slowly rotate by hand-cranking engine
(8, fig. 1-90) counterclockwise, and place ON/OFF (para 1-98). Inspect all impeller vanes for damage.
switch(7) to OFF.
(8) When inspection is completed, carefully
(9) Lightly coat threads of borescope plug with remove borescope probe. Then turn light intensity
antiseize thread compound (MIL-T-5544) or synthetic control(8, fig. 1-90) counterclockwise, and place ON/OFF
graphite grease GP460 (antiseize) (item 56, Appendix D) switch (7) to OFF.
and reinstall plug in port no. 2 (fig. 1-96) using a 1/4 inch
ratchet and extension. Torque plug to 90-110 inch-pounds. (9) Lightly coat threads of borescope plug with
antiseize thread compound (MIL-T-5544) or synthetic
(10) Reinstall radial drive shaft cover assembly, graphite grease GP460 (antiseize) (item 56, Appendix D).
retaining ring, and cover boot (para 5-36).
(10) Install borescope plug in port no. 3 or no. 5.
c. Borescope-inspect compressor aft area as follows: Torque plug to 55-70 inch-pounds.
(1) Remove borescope plug from port no. 3 or d. If borescope inspection of engine is completed, do
no. 5 using a 1/4 inch ratchet and extension. Inspect plug the following:
(para 1-191).
(1) Disconnect light carrier from borescope
(5,11, or 12) and from light supply port (9). Place
borescope (5, 11, or 12) and carrier in insert cover (1).
• Allow internal components of engine to
cool to 100° (38°C) or less (or to ambient (2) Unplug power cord (6) from light supply (10)
temperature) before borescoping. and from either aircraft utility power receptacle, or from
Borescope probe can be damaged if it is alternate power source.
used near parts hotter than 150°F (66°C).
(3) Disconnect adapter cable (2) from power
• Be extremely careful when inserting
cord(6). Place cable (2) in insert cover (1) and place
borescope into engine port to avoid
cord(6) in bottom half of borescope kit.
damaging borescope.
1-181. (T701, T701C) Borescope Inspection of
(2) Place ON/OFF switch (7, fig. 1-90) to either
Combustion Section Area Using Borescope
L1 or L2 and adjust light intensity control (8) for best
21C7190P02. The instructions in this paragraph require
viewing. Insert borescope into port no. 3 or no. 5 (fig. 1-96).
the use of right-angle borescopes (11, 12, fig. 1-90) and
retrospective rigid borescope (5). Use right-angle rigid and
(3) Position borescope probe so that stage 5
retrospective rigid borescopes (5, 11, 12), as well as right-
blades and compressor flowpath coating can be seen
angle extension (4) as necessary, to inspect all areas named.
through space between stage 5 vanes (fig. 1-99, view A).
Borescope inspection of combustion liner and stage 1
Light carrier (3, fig. 1-90) should be pointing to aft end of
turbine nozzle vanes is done through the following
engine.
inspection ports no. 4 and no. 7 (fig. 1-96), located on
midframe. See paragraph 1-195 for inspection limits.
(4) Slowly rotate rotor by hand-cranking engine
(para 1-98). Inspect all 32 stage 5 blades and compressor
a. Set up light supply (para 1-179).
flowpath coating. Move borescope probe in and out of port
to view entire length of blade and flowpath coating.
1-422 Change 3
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
NOTE f. Rotate probe and inspect combustion liner. Light
carrier should be pointing to rear of engine (view B). Adjust
Installed engines may require the use of the depth of probe, and inspect areas around dome, swirlers,
right-angle extension (4, fig. 1-90) and short and fuel injectors.
right-angle rigid borescope (12) to permit
proper viewing. g. Adjust depth of probe, and inspect area around
igniter.
b. Connect one end of light carrier (3) to borescope
(5, 11, or 12), as necessary. Connect the other end of h. Adjust depth of probe until outer shell can be seen.
carrier(3) to light supply port (9). For engines installed on
aircraft, connect right-angle extension (4) to borescope (12). i. Starting at swirlers, inspect all visible areas of outer
shell until stage 1 nozzle comes into view. Make several
viewing sweeps, changing depth of probe each time, until
all areas have been thoroughly inspected.
Disconnecting Ignition Leads
j. Adjust depth of probe until inner shell can be seen.
• High voltage may be present. Contact with
center conductor of electrical cable or k. Inspect all visible areas of inner shell, starting at
center electrode of igniter plug will cause swirlers, until stage 1 nozzle comes into view. Make several
electric shock if the bleed resistors inside viewing sweeps, changing depth of probe each time, until
ignition unit have failed. all areas have been thoroughly inspected.
• Before removing igniter plug, be sure that
l. When inspection is completed, carefully remove
discharge connector is grounded.
borescope probe. Then turn light intensity control
(8, fig. 1-90) counterclockwise, and place ON/OFF
c. Disconnect ignition lead from igniter plug at port
switch(7) to OFF.
no. 4 or port no. 7. Remove nut and igniter plug.
m. Install igniter plug (para 7-10) at port no. 4 or
no.7 (fig. 1-96).
• Allow internal components of engine to n. Disconnect carrier (3, fig. 1-90) from light supply
cool to 100°F (38°C) or less (or to ambient port (9) and borescope (5, 11, or 12). If extension (4) was
temperature) before borescoping. used, disconnect it from borescope (12). Place borescope (5,
Borescope probe can be damaged if it is 11, or 12), extension (4), and carrier (3) in insert cover (1).
used near parts hotter than 150°F (66°C).
• Be extremely careful when inserting o. Unplug power cord (6) from light supply (10) and
borescope into engine port to avoid from either aircraft utility receptacle, or from alternate
damaging borescope. power source.
d. Place ON/OFF switch (7) to either L1 or L2, and p. Disconnect adapter cable (2) from power cord (6).
adjust light intensity control (8) to give best viewing. Place cable (2) in insert cover (1) and place cord (6) in
bottom half of borescope kit.
e. Insert probe into port no. 4 or no. 7 (fig. 1-96).
Light carrier should be pointing to front of engine
(fig. 1-101, view A). Rotate and move probe in and out to
inspect as many nozzle vanes as possible (para 1-195).
1-423
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
1-182. Inspection of Compressor Rotor, Stage 1
Blades, Inlet Guide Vanes, and Areas Forward of
Compressor. See table 1-29.
Table 1-29. Inspection of Compressor Rotor, Stage 1 Blades, Inlet Guide Vanes,
and Areas Forward of Compressor
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
NOTE
Blended blades and vanes are common in engines returned to service from overhaul.
a. Blades (fig. 1-98) for:
(1) Dents and bends. Smooth minor deformation AVUM: Not repairable. AVUM: Replace engine.
allowed. AVIM: Replace cold section
module.
(2) Cracks. None allowed. AVUM: Not repairable. AVUM: Replace engine.
AVIM: Replace cold section
module.
(3) Erosion and Any amount, unless there is an AVUM: Not repairable. AVUM: Replace engine.
associated tears and unacceptable loss in engine AVIM: Any amount as long AVIM: Blend and recontour
nicks. performance. Refer to as engine passes the leading edges of stage 1 blades
maximum power check maximum power check (para 2-5) or replace cold
(para 1-145 (T700), 1-146 (para 1-145 (T700), 1-146 section module.
(T701, T701C), or 1-147 (T701, T701C), or 1-147
(T701C)). (T701C)) or performance
evaluation test (para 1-238
(T700) or 1-241 (T701,
T701C)) after blending.
(4) Tears and nicks not None allowed on inner 25% of AVUM: Not repairable. AVUM: Replace engine.
associated with airfoil leading edge (area A, AVIM: Any amount as long AVIM: Blend and recontour
erosion. (fig. 1-98). Any number, as minimum chord lengths leading edges of stage 1 blades
1/16-inch deep over the middle are maintained after (para 2-5) or replace cold
25%-50% of airfoil leading blending. See paragraph 2-5. section module.
edge (area B). Any number,
1/8-inch deep on outer 50% of
airfoil leading edge (area C).
(5) Curled leading Up to 25% of airfoil leading AVUM: Not repairable. AVUM: Replace engine.
edges resulting edge at tip may be curled AVIM: Damage to four AVIM: Repair leading edge of
from FOD. (fig. 1-98, view A). damaged blades and four stage 1 blade (para 2-6) or
blades that are directly 180° replace cold section module.
opposite them, whether they
are damaged or not
damaged. A total of eight
blades can be repaired.
b. Inlet guide vane airfoils
for:
1-424
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table 1-29. Inspection of Compressor Rotor, Stage 1 Blades, Inlet Guide Vanes,
and Areas Forward of Compressor (Cont)
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
(1) Cracks and torn None allowed. Not repairable. AVUM: Replace engine.
metal except in AVIM: Replace cold section
sheet metal cover. module.
(2) Cracks in sheet Any number, any length, with Not repairable. AVUM: Replace engine.
metal cover. no pieces in danger of breaking AVIM: Replace cold section
out. module.
(3) Torn or missing Not allowed. Not repairable. AVUM: Replace engine.
metal in sheet metal AVIM: Replace cold section
cover. module.
(4) Nicks. None allowed. Not repairable. AVUM: Replace engine.
AVIM: Replace cold section
module.
(5) Dents and bends. Smooth minor deformation Not repairable. AVUM: Replace engine.
allowed. AVIM: Replace cold section
module.
(6) Erosion. Any amount, unless there is an Not repairable. AVUM: Replace engine.
unacceptable loss in engine AVIM: Replace cold section
performance. module.
c. Mainframe flowpath Any amount without high Same as usable limits with AVUM: Replace engine.
and IGV support for metal, provided engine high metal. AVIM: Remove case half
rubs or scrapes caused performance is acceptable. (para 2-5) and blend high metal
by movement of IGV. or replace cold section module.
d. Compressor rotor
flowpath coating for:
(1) Rub marks and Any amount, provided engine Not repairable. AVUM: Replace engine.
grooves. performance is acceptable, and AVIM: Replace cold section
grooves or wear do not module.
penetrate into parent metal.
(2) Delamination, Any amount, provided engine Not repairable. AVUM: Replace engine.
flaking, or loose performance is acceptable. AVIM: Replace cold section
material. module.
NOTE
When removing coating material from blades or vanes, be careful not to round out or
damage the edges of blade or vane tips.
e. Blades and vanes for Any amount, provided engine Same as usable limits, AVUM: Replace engine.
coating material. performance is acceptable. provided engine AVIM: Remove case half
performance can be restored (para 2-5) and blend high metal
to acceptable limits. or replace cold section module.
1-425
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
1-183. Inspection of Main Frame Borescope
Plug. See table 1-30.
Table 1-30. Inspection of Main Frame Borescope Plug
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
Plug (fig. 1-102) for:
a. Cracks. None allowed. Not repairable. Replace plug.
b. Missing or damaged Not allowed. Not repairable. Replace plug.
threads.
c. Wrench damage in each Any amount, without high Not repairable. Replace plug.
corner of square drive metal, if plug can be installed
sockets. properly.
d. Discoloration. Any amount. Not applicable. Not applicable.
e. Nicks and scratches, Any number. Not applicable. Not applicable.
except on threads.
Figure 1-102. Main Frame Borescope Plug; Inspection
1-426
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
1-184. (T700) Light Source Setup (21C7744P01). (2) Connect metal clad light carrier (4, fig. 1-91)
to light source (7) and to right-angle rigid borescope (6) as
a. Open borescope kit 21C7744P01 and pull down follows:
insert cover (1, fig. 1-91) containing stored borescopes.
(a) Plug connector (3) of carrier (4) into light
b. Be sure that power switch (11) is at “0” position input guide (8) L1 or L2.
and that light intensity control (12) is completely
counterclockwise. (b) Place light guide selector switch (10) to
L1 if connector is inserted into input L1, or place light guide
NOTE selector switch to L2 if connector is inserted into input L2.
Power cable assembly adapter (2) is used to (c) Connect other end of light carrier (4) to
adapt the power cable (9) to the aircraft right-angle rigid borescope (6).
115-volt, 400 Hz utility power receptacle
(J257). (3) Remove borescope plug from port no. 2
(fig. 1-95), using a 1/4-inch ratchet and extension. Inspect
c. Connect power cable (9) to either of the following: borescope plug (para 1-183).
• Aircraft 115-volt, 400 Hz utility power
receptacle (J257), using power cable
assembly adapter (2). • Allow internal components of engine to
• 115 or 230-volt, 50 to 400 Hz power cool to 100°F (38°C) or less (or to ambient
source. temperature) before borescoping.
Borescope probe can be damaged if it is
1-185. (T700) Borescope Inspection of used near parts hotter than 150°F (66°C).
Compressor Forward and Aft Areas Using • Be extremely careful when inserting
Borescope 21C7744P01. The instructions in this borescope into engine port to avoid
paragraph require the use of right-angle rigid borescope damaging borescope.
(6,fig. 1-91). At the compressor forward area, borescope
inspection of compressor flowpath coating, compressor (4) Push power switch (11, fig. 1-91) to “1”
rotor, stage 1 blades and inlet guide vanes is done through position, and adjust light intensity control (12) to give best
port no. 2 (fig. 1-95). See paragraph 1-182 and 2-53 for viewing. Insert borescope into port no. 2 (fig. 1-97).
inspection limits. At the compressor aft area, borescope
inspection of compressor flowpath coating, compressor (5) Position borescope probe so that stage 1
rotor, stage 5 blades, stage 5 vanes, and impeller vanes is blades can be seen through space between inlet guide vanes
done through port no. 3 (fig. 1-95) for right-hand engine (fig. 1-97). Light carrier should be pointing opposite
installation where inboard port no. 5 is not accessible. For direction being viewed.
left-hand engine installation, use port no. 5. See
paragraphs 1-190 and 2-53 for inspection limits. (6) Slowly rotate compressor rotor by hand-
cranking the engine (para 1-98). One turn of the radial drive
a. Set up light source (para 1-184). shaft assembly will rotate compressor rotor about
1-1/4turns. Inspect all stage 1 blades (there are 20 of them)
b. Borescope-inspect compressor forward area as and compressor flowpath coating. Move probe in and out,
follows: so that entire length of blade can be seen. Look closely at
leading edge and tips of blades. To provide a reference for
(1) For a better view of stage 1 blades, open the determining size of tears or nicks in blades, compare depth
inlet guide vanes using an open-end wrench on flats of of tear or nick to distance from forward edge of stage 1 disk
actuating shaft. Inlet guide vanes are open when to the edge of fillet radius of leading edge of blade (which is
hydromechanical control unit (HMU) actuator rod is fully 1/16 inch) (fig. 1-98).
retracted.
(7) Inspect all visible inlet guide vanes and
compressor flowpath coating. Move probe in and out to
inspect as many inlet guide vanes as possible.
1-427
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
(8) When inspection is completed, carefully (5) Inspect all visible stage 5 vanes and
remove borescope probe. Then turn light intensity compressor flowpath coating. Move probe in or out of port
control(12, fig. 1-91) counterclockwise, and push power to inspect as many vanes as possible.
switch (11) to “0” position.
(6) Position borescope probe so that impeller
(9) Lightly coat threads of borescope plug with vanes can be seen (view B). Light carrier should be pointing
antiseize thread compound (MIL-T-5544) or synthetic opposite direction being viewed.
graphite grease GP460 (antiseize) (item 56, Appendix D)
and reinstall plug in port no. 2 (fig. 1-95), using a 1/4 inch (7) Slowly rotate compressor rotor by hand-
ratchet and extension. Torque plug to 90-110 inch pounds. cranking the engine (para 1-98). Inspect all impeller vanes
for damage.
(10) Reinstall radial drive shaft cover assembly,
retaining ring, and cover boot (para 5-36). (8) When inspection is completed, carefully
remove borescope probe. Then turn light intensity
c. Borescope-inspect compressor aft area as follows: control(12, fig. 1-91) counterclockwise, and push power
switch (11) to “0” position.
(1) For engines that have caps at borescope port
no. 3 or no. 5 (fig. 1-95), remove cap from port using a (9) Lightly coat threads of borescope plug with
5/8-inch wrench. For engines that have borescope plugs at antiseize thread compound (MIL-T-5544) or synthetic
borescope port no. 3 or no. 5, remove plug from port using a graphite grease GP460 (antiseize) (item 56, Appendix D).
1/4 inch ratchet and extension. Inspect cap or plug
(para 1-191). (10) For engines that have caps, install cap in
port no. 3 or no. 5 (fig. 1-95). Torque cap to 100-125 inch-
pounds. For engines that have borescope plugs, install plug
in port no. 3 or no. 5. Torque plug to 55-70 inch-pounds.
• Allow internal components of engine to
cool to 100°F (38°C) or less (or to ambient d. If borescope inspection of engine is completed, do
temperature) before borescoping. the following:
Borescope probe can be damaged if it is
used near parts hotter than 150°F (66°C). (1) Disconnect light carrier (4, fig. 1-91) from
light source (7) and from borescope (6). Place borescope (6)
• Be extremely careful when inserting
and carrier (4) in insert cover (1).
borescope into engine port to avoid
damaging borescope.
(2) Unplug power cable (9) from either aircraft
utility power receptacle or from alternate power source.
(2) Push power switch (11, fig. 1-91) to “1”
position, and adjust light intensity control (12) to give best
(3) Disconnect adapter (2) from power cable (9).
viewing. Insert borescope into port no. 3 or port no. 5
Place adapter (2) in insert cover (1) and place cable (9) in
(fig. 1-95).
bottom half of borescope kit.
(3) Position borescope probe so that stage 5
1-186. (T700) Borescope Inspection of
blades and compressor flowpath coating can be seen
Combustion Section Area Using Borescope
through space between stage 5 vanes (fig. 1-99, view A).
21C7744P01. The instructions in this paragraph require
Light carrier should be pointing opposite direction being
the use of right-angle rigid borescope (6, fig. 1-91) or
viewed.
retrospective rigid borescope (5). Borescope inspection of
combustion liner and stage 1 turbine nozzle vanes is done
(4) Slowly rotate compressor rotor by hand-
through port no. 1, no. 4, or no. 7 located on midframe
cranking the engine (para 1-98). One turn of the radial drive
(fig. 1-95). See paragraph 1-195 for inspection limits.
shaft assembly will rotate compressor rotor about
1-1/4turns. Inspect all 32 stage 5 blades and compressor
a. Set up light source (para 1-184).
flowpath coating. Move probe in and out of port to view
entire length of blade.
b. Connect light carrier (4, fig. 1-91) to light
source(9) and to borescope (5 or 6) as follows:
1-428
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
(1) Plug connector (3) into light input guide (8) f. Adjust depth of probe, and inspect areas around
L1 or L2. igniter-plug.
(2) Place light guide selector switch (10) to L1 if g. Adjust depth of probe until outer shell of
connector is inserted into input L1, or place light guide combustion liner can be seen.
selector switch to L2 if connector is inserted into input L2.
h. Starting at swirlers, inspect all visible areas of
(3) Connect other end of light carrier (4) to outer shell until stage 1 nozzle comes into view. Make
borescope. several viewing sweeps, changing depth of probe each time,
until all areas have been thoroughly inspected.
i. Adjust depth of probe until inner shell of
Fluorescent Dye Penetrant combustion liner can be seen.
• Combustible - do not use near open flames, j. Inspect all visible areas of inner shell, starting at
near welding areas, or on hot surfaces. swirlers, until stage 1 nozzle comes into view. Make several
viewing sweeps, changing depth of probe each time, until
• Prolonged inhalation of vapor can result in
all areas have been thoroughly inspected.
dizziness, drowsiness, headache, and
nausea.
k. When inspection is completed, carefully remove
• After any prolonged contact with skin, borescope probe from port no. 1.
wash contacted area with soap and water.
Remove oil-saturated clothing. If vapors l. Apply antiseize thread compound MIL-T-5544 or
cause drowsiness, go to fresh air. synthetic graphite grease GP460 (antiseize) (item 56,
• When applying liquid by brush or aerosol Appendix D) to threads and contacting surfaces of
spray at unexhausted workbench, wear borescope plug and casing.
approved respirator and goggles.
m. Install borescope plug in port no. 1. Tighten (15°
c. Remove borescope plug from port no. 1. If plug is wrench arc) plug.
too tight, apply Zyglo penetrant (item 91, Appendix D) to
plug to avoid possible damage to midframe casing. Inspect
borescope plug (para 1-196).
Disconnecting Ignition Leads
• High voltage may be present. Contact with
• Allow internal components of engine to center conductor of electrical cable or
cool to 100°F (38°C) or less (or to ambient center electrode of igniter plug will cause
temperature) before borescoping. electric shock if the bleed resistors inside
Borescope probe can be damaged if it is ignition unit have failed.
used near parts hotter than 150°F (66°C). • Before removing igniter plug, be sure that
• Be extremely careful when inserting discharge connector is grounded.
borescope into engine port to avoid
damaging borescope. n. Disconnect ignition lead from igniter plug at port
no. 4 or port no. 7. Remove nut and igniter plug (para 7-5).
d. Push power switch (11) to “1” position, and adjust
light intensity control (12) to give best viewing. o. Insert probe into port no. 4 or no. 7 (fig. 1-95).
Light carrier should be pointing to front of engine
e. Insert borescope probe carefully into port no. 1 (fig. 1-101, view A). Rotate and move probe in and out to
(fig. 1-95). Insert probe through hole in combustion liner so inspect as many nozzle vanes as possible.
that stage 1 nozzle can be seen. Light carrier should be
pointing opposite direction being viewed (fig. 1-100).
Rotate and move probe in and out to inspect as many nozzle
vanes as possible.
1-429
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
p. Rotate probe and inspect combustion liner. Light 1-188. Borescope Inspection of Compressor
carrier should be pointing opposite direction being viewed Forward and Aft Areas Using Borescope
(view B). Adjust depth of probe, and inspect areas around 21C7744P02 (T700) or 21C7744P03. The instructions
dome, swirlers, and fuel injectors. in this paragraph require the use of right-angle rigid
borescope (11, fig. 1-92). At the compressor forward area,
q. Repeat steps f thru j. borescope inspection of compressor flowpath coating,
compressor rotor stage 1 blades and inlet guide vanes is
r. When inspection is complete, carefully remove done through port no. 2 (fig. 1-95 (T700) or fig. 1-96
borescope probe. Then turn light intensity control (12, (T701, T701C)). See paragraphs 1-182 and 2-53 for
fig. 1-91) counterclockwise, and push power switch (11) to inspection limits. At the compressor aft area, borescope
“0” position. inspection of compressor flowpath coating, compressor
rotor, stage 5 blades, stage 5 vanes, and impeller vanes is
s. Reinstall igniter plug (para 7-9) at port no. 4 or port done through port no. 3 (fig. 1-95 (T700) or fig. 1-96
no. 7 (fig. 1-95). (T701, T701C)) for right-hand engine installation where
inboard port no. 5 is not accessible. For left-hand engine
t. Disconnect carrier (4, fig. 1-91) from borescope installation, use port no. 5. See paragraphs 1-190 and 2-53
(5or 6) and from light source (7). Place borescope (5 or 6) for inspection limits.
and carrier (4) in insert cover (1).
a. Set up light source (para 1-187).
u. Unplug power cable (9) from either aircraft utility
power receptacle or from alternate power source. b. Borescope-inspect compressor forward area as
follows:
v. Disconnect adapter (2) from cable (9). Place
cable(9) in bottom half of borescope kit. (1) For a better view of stage 1 blades, open the
inlet guide vanes using an open-end wrench on flats of
1-187. Light Source Setup (21C7744P02 (T700) or actuating shaft. Inlet guide vanes are open when
21C7744P03). hydromechanical control unit (HMU) variable geometry
shaft is fully retracted.
a. Open borescope kit 21C7744P02 or 21C7744P03
and pull down insert cover (1, fig. 1-92) containing stored (2) Connect light carrier (9, fig. 1-92) to light
borescopes. source (16) and to right-angle borescope (11) as follows:
b. Be sure that power switch (14) is at “0” position (a) Plug connector (5) of carrier into light
and that light intensity control (15) is completely input guide (17) L1 or L2.
counterclockwise.
(b) Place light guide selector switch (13) to
NOTE L1 if connector is inserted into input L1, or place light guide
selector switch to L2 if connector is inserted into input L2.
Power cable assembly adapter (2) (T700)
or(19) (T701, T701C) is used to adapt the (c) Connect other end of light carrier (9) onto
power cable (12) to the aircraft 115-volt, 400 right-angle rigid borescope.
Hz utility power receptacle J257 (T700) or
J14E (T701, T701C). (3) Remove borescope plug from port no. 2
(fig. 1-95 (T700) or fig. 1-96 (T701, T701C)), using a
c. Connect power cable (12) to either of the 1/4-inch ratchet and extension. Inspect borescope plug
following: (para 1-183).
• Aircraft 115-volt, 400 Hz utility power
receptacle J257 (T700) or J14E (T701,
T701C), using power cable assembly
adapter (2) (T700) or (19) (T701, T701C).
• 115 or 230-volt, 50 to 400 Hz power
source.
1-430
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
(1) For engines that have caps at borescope port
no. 3 or no. 5 (fig. 1-95), remove cap from port using a
• Allow internal components of engine to 5/8-inch wrench. For engines that have borescope plugs at
cool to 100°F (38°C) or less (or to ambient borescope port no. 3 or no. 5, remove plug from port using a
temperature) before borescoping. 1/4 inch ratchet and extension. Inspect cap or plug
Borescope probe can be damaged if it is (para 1-191).
used near parts hotter than 150°F (66°C).
• Be extremely careful when inserting
borescope into engine port to avoid
damaging borescope. • Allow internal components of engine to
cool to 100°F (38°C) or less (or to ambient
(4) Push power switch (14, fig. 1-92) to “1” temperature) before borescoping.
position, and adjust light intensity control (15) to give best Borescope probe can be damaged if it is
viewing. Insert borescope into port no. 2 (fig. 1-97). used near parts hotter than 150°F (66°C).
• Be extremely careful when inserting
(5) Position borescope probe so that stage 1 borescope into engine port to avoid
blades can be seen through space between inlet guide vanes damaging borescope.
(fig. 1-97). Light carrier should be pointing towards front of
engine. (2) Push power switch (14, fig. 1-92) to “1”
position, and adjust light intensity control (15) to give best
(6) Slowly rotate compressor rotor by hand- viewing. Insert borescope into port no. 3 or port no. 5
cranking the engine (para 1-98). One turn of the radial drive (fig. 1-95 (T700) or fig. 1-96 (T701, T701C)).
shaft assembly will rotate compressor rotor about 1-1/4
turns. Inspect all stage 1 blades (there are 20 of them) and (3) Position borescope probe so that stage 5
compressor flowpath coating. Move probe in and out, so blades and compressor flowpath coating can be seen
that entire length of blade can be seen. Look closely at through space between stage 5 vanes (fig. 1-99, view A).
leading edge of tips of blades. To provide a reference for Light carrier should be pointing opposite direction being
determining size of tears or nicks in blades, compare depth viewed.
of tear or nick to distance from forward edge of stage 1 disk
to the edge of fillet radius of leading edge of blade (which is (4) Slowly rotate compressor rotor by hand-
1/16 inch) (fig. 1-98). cranking the engine (para 1-98). One turn of the radial drive
shaft assembly will rotate compressor rotor about
(7) Inspect all visible inlet guide vanes and 1-1/4turns. Inspect all 32 stage 5 blades and compressor
compressor flowpath coating. Move probe in and out to flowpath coating. Move probe in and out of port to view
inspect as many inlet guide vanes as possible. entire length of blades.
(8) When inspection is completed, carefully (5) Inspect all visible stage 5 vanes and
remove borescope probe. Then turn light intensity control compressor flowpath coating. Move probe in or out of port
(15, fig. 1-92) counterclockwise, and push power to inspect as many vanes as possible.
switch(14) to “0” position.
(6) Position borescope probe so that impeller
(9) Lightly coat threads of borescope plug with vanes can be seen (fig. 1-99, view B). Light carrier should
antiseize thread compounds (MIL-T-5544) or synthetic be pointing opposite direction being viewed.
graphite grease GP460 (antiseize) (item 56, Appendix D)
and reinstall plug in port no. 2 (fig. 1-95), using a 1/4 inch (7) Slowly rotate compressor rotor by hand-
ratchet and extension. Torque plug to 90-110 inch pounds. cranking the engine (para 1-98). Inspect all impeller vanes
for damage.
(10) Reinstall radial drive shaft cover assembly,
retaining ring, and cover boot (para 5-36). (8) When inspection is completed, carefully
remove borescope probe. Then turn light intensity control
c. Borescope-inspect compressor aft area as follows: (15, fig. 1-92) counterclockwise, and push power
switch(14) to “0” position.
Change 3 1-431
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
(9) Lightly coat threads of borescope plug with (2) Remove protective covers from right-angle
antiseize thread compound (MIL-T-5544) or synthetic extension (4).
graphite grease GP460 (antiseize) (item 56, Appendix D).
(3) Rotate borescope attachment ring (7)
(10) Install borescope plug in port no. 3 or no. 5. counterclockwise to seat tabs flush against inside wall of
Torque plug to 55-70 inch-pounds. right-angle adapter (6).
d. If borescope inspection of engine is completed, do (4) Insert eyepiece of borescope (18) into right-
the following: angle adapter (6).
(1) Disconnect light carrier (9, fig. 1-92) from (5) Rotate borescope attachment ring (7)
borescope (11) and from light source (16). Place clockwise to secure borescope (18).
borescope(11) and carrier (9) in insert cover (1).
c. Connect one end of light carrier (9) to light
(2) Unplug power cable (12) from either aircraft source(16) and to borescope (10, 11, or 18) as follows:
utility power receptacle or from alternate power source.
(1) Plug connector (5) of carrier (9) into light
(3) Disconnect adapter (2) (T700) or (19) input guide (17) L1 or L2.
(T701, T701C) from power cable (12). Place adapter
(2or19) in insert cover (1) and place cable (12) in bottom (2) Place light guide selector switch (13) to L1 if
half of borescope kit. connector is inserted into input L1, or place light guide
selector switch to L2 if connector is inserted into input L2.
1-189. Borescope Inspection of Combustion
Section Area Using Borescope (21C7744P02 (3) Connect other end of light carrier (9) to
(T700) or 21C7744P03). The instructions in this borescope (10, 11, or 18).
paragraph require the use of right-angle rigid borescope
(short) (18, fig. 1-92), right-angle rigid borescope (11), or
retrospective rigid borescope (10). Use right-angle
extension (4), as necessary, to inspect the combustion Fluorescent Dye Penetrant
section. Borescope inspection of combustion liner and stage
1 turbine nozzle vanes is done through port no. 1 (T700), • Combustible - do not use near open flames,
no. 4, or no. 7 (fig. 1-95 (T700) or fig. 1-96 (T701, near welding areas, or on hot surfaces.
T701C)). See paragraph 1-195 for inspection limits.
• Prolonged inhalation of vapor can result in
dizziness, drowsiness, headache, and
a. Set up light source (para 1-187).
nausea.
• After any prolonged contact with skin,
NOTE wash contacted area with soap and water.
Installed engines require the use of right-angle Remove oil-saturated clothing. If vapors
rigid borescope (short) (18, fig. 1-92) and cause drowsiness, go to fresh air.
right-angle extension (4). • When applying liquid by brush or aerosol
spray at unexhausted workbench, wear
b. For engines installed on aircraft, connect right- approved respirator and goggles.
angle extension (4) to right-angle rigid borescope
(short)(18) as follows: d. (T700) Remove borescope plug from port no. 1. If
plug is too tight, apply Zyglo penetrant (item 91,
(1) Remove eyepiece (3) from borescope (18). Appendix D) to plug to avoid possible damage to midframe
casing. Inspect borescope plug (para 1-196).
1-432
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
• Allow internal components of engine to Disconnecting Ignition Leads
cool to 100°F (38°C) or less (or to ambient
temperature) before borescoping. • High voltage may be present. Contact with
Borescope probe can be damaged if it is center conductor of electrical cable or
used near parts hotter than 150°F (66°C). center electrode of igniter plug will cause
• Be extremely careful when inserting electric shock if the bleed resistors inside
borescope into engine port to avoid ignition unit have failed.
damaging borescoping. • Before removing igniter plug, be sure that
discharge connector is grounded.
e. Push power switch (14) to “1” position. Adjust
light intensity control (15) to give best viewing. o. Disconnect ignition lead from igniter plug at port
no. 4 or port no. 7. Remove retaining nut (T700) and igniter
f. (T700) Insert borescope probe carefully into port plug (para 7-5 (T700) or para 7-6 (T701, T701C)).
no. 1 (fig. 1-95). Insert probe through hole in combustion
liner so that stage 1 nozzle can be seen. Light carrier should
be pointing opposite direction being viewed. Rotate and
move probe in and out to inspect as many nozzle vanes as • All internal components of engine to cool
possible (para 1-195). to 100°F (38°C) or less (or to ambient
temperature) before borescoping.
g. (T700) Adjust depth of probe, and inspect areas Borescope probe can be damaged if it is
around igniter and primer nozzles. used near parts hotter than 150°F (66°C).
• Be extremely careful when inserting
h. (T700) Adjust depth of probe until outer shell can
borescope into engine port to avoid
be seen.
damaging borescope.
i. (T700) Starting at swirlers, inspect all visible areas
p. Insert borescope (10, 11, or 18, fig. 1-92) into port
of outer shell until stage 1 nozzle comes into view. Make
no. 4 or port no. 7 (fig. 1-101). Light carrier (9, fig. 1-92)
several viewing sweeps, changing depth of probe each time,
should be pointing towards front of engine (fig. 1-101,
until all areas have been thoroughly inspected.
viewA). Rotate and move probe in and out to permit
inspection of as many nozzle vanes as possible.
j. (T700) Adjust depth of probe until inner shell can
be seen.
q. If borescope (short) (18, fig. 1-92) is being used,
turn rotation ring (8) by hand, and inspect combustion liner
k. (T700) Inspect all visible areas of inner shell,
(fig. 1-101, view B). If either borescope (10, fig. 1-92) or
starting at swirlers, until stage 1 nozzle comes into view.
borescope (11) is being used, rotate probe so that light
Make several viewing sweeps, changing depth of probe
carrier (9) is pointing towards aft end of engine (fig. 1-101,
each time, until all areas have been thoroughly inspected.
view B) and inspect combustion liner.
l. (T700) When inspection is completed, carefully
r. Adjust depth of probe, and inspect areas around
remove borescope probe from port no. 1.
dome, swirlers, and fuel injectors.
m. (T700) Apply antiseize thread compound
s. Adjust depth of probe, and inspect areas around
(MIL-T-5544) or synthetic graphite grease GP460
igniter plug.
(antiseize) (item 56, Appendix D) to threads and contacting
surfaces of borescope plug and casing.
t. Adjust depth of probe until outer shell of
combustion liner can be seen.
n. (T700) Install borescope plug in port no. 1. tighten
(15° wrench arc) plug.
u. Starting at swirlers, inspect all visible areas of
outer shell until stage 1 nozzle comes into view. Make
several viewing sweeps, changing depth of probe each time,
until all areas have been thoroughly inspected.
1-433
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
v. Adjust depth of probe until inner shell of ab. If borescope (short) (18) was used, do the
combustion liner can be seen. following:
w. Inspect all visible areas of inner shell, starting at (1) Disconnect right-angle extension (4) from
swirlers, until stage 1 nozzle comes into view. Make several borescope (18) by turning borescope attachment ring (7)
viewing sweeps, changing depth of probe each time, until counterclockwise.
all areas have been thoroughly inspected.
(2) Remove borescope (18) from adapter (6), and
x. When inspection is completed, carefully remove place borescope (18) in insert cover (1).
borescope probe. Then turn light intensity control (15,
fig. 1-92) counterclockwise, and push power switch (14) to (3) Install protective covers on each end of right-
“0” position. angle extension, and place extension in insert cover (1).
ac. Unplug power cable (12) from either aircraft
y. Reinstall igniter plug (para 7-9 (T700) or para
utility power receptacle or from alternate power source.
7-10 (T701, T701C)) at port no. 4 or port no. 7 (fig. 1-95
(T700) or fig. 1-96 (T701, T701C)). ad. Disconnect adapter (2) from cable (12). Place
adapter (2) in insert cover (1) and place cable (12) in bottom
z. Disconnect borescope (10, 11, or 18, fig. 1-92) half of borescope kit.
from carrier (9). Place borescope (10, 11, or 18) in insert
cover (1). 1-190. Inspection of Compressor Rotor, Stage 5
Blades, Stage 5 Vanes, and Impeller Vanes. See
aa. Remove connector (5) of carrier (9) from light table 1-31.
input guide (17). Place light carrier (9) in insert cover (1).
Table 1-31. Inspection of Compressor Rotor, Stage 5 Blades, Stage 5 Vanes, and Impeller Vanes
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
Blades and vanes
(fig. 1-103) for:
a. Sharp nicks, tears, and None allowed. Not repairable. AVUM: Replace engine.
cracks. AVIM: Replace cold section
module.
b. Erosion. Allowed, unless there is an AVUM: Not repairable. AVUM: Replace engine.
unacceptable loss in engine AVIM: Any amount as long AVIM: Blend and recontour
performance. as minimum chord lengths leading edges of stage 5 blades
are maintained after (para 2-5) or replace cold
blending. See paragraph 2-5. section module.
c. Dents and bends. Smooth or minor deformations Not repairable. AVUM: Replace engine.
allowed. AVIM: Replace cold section
module.
1-434
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table 1-31. Inspection of Compressor Rotor, Stage 5 Blades, Stage 5 Vanes, and Impeller Vanes (Cont)
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
d. Compressor rotor
flowpath coating for:
(1) Rub marks and Any amount, provided engine Not repairable. AVUM: Replace engine.
grooves. performance is acceptable, and AVIM: Replace cold section
grooves or wear do not module.
penetrate into parent metal.
(2) Delamination, Any amount, provided engine Not repairable. AVUM: Replace engine.
flaking, or loose performance is acceptable. AVIM: Replace cold section
material. module.
NOTE
When removing coating material from blades or vanes, be careful not to round out or
damage the edges of blade or vane tips.
e. Coating material. Any amount, provided engine Same as usable limits, AVUM: Replace engine.
performance is acceptable. provided engine AVIM: Remove case half
performance can be restored (para 2-5) or replace cold
to acceptable limits. section module.
1-435
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-103. Compressor Rotor Stage 5 Blades, Stage 5 Vanes, and Impeller (Typical View);
Borescope Inspection
1-436
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
1-191. Inspection of Compressor Case
Borescope Port Caps and Plugs. See table 1-32.
Table 1-32. Inspection of Compressor Case Borescope Port Caps and Plugs
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
a. Caps (fig. 1-104) for:
(1) Cracks. None allowed. Not repairable. Replace cap.
(2) Missing or Up to one damaged or missing Same as usable limits, with AVUM: Replace cap.
damaged threads. thread without crossed threads crossed threads or loose AVIM: Remove loose materials
or loose material. material. and chase threads.
(3) Wrench damage on Any amount, without high Any amount that can be Remove high metal on hex
each corner of hex metal, if cap can be installed reworked to usable limits. flats.
flats. properly.
(4) Discoloration. Any amount. Not applicable. Not applicable.
(5) Nicks and Any number, 1/64- inch deep, Same as usable limits, with Blend high metal to adjacent
scratches, except without high metal. high metal. contour.
on threads.
b. Plugs (fig. 1-104) for:
(1) Cracks. None allowed. Not repairable. Replace plug.
(2) Missing or Up to one damaged or missing Same as usable limits, with AVUM: Replace plug.
damaged threads. thread without crossed threads crossed threads or loose AVIM: Remove loose material
or loose material. material. and chase threads.
(3) Wrench damage in Any amount, without high Not repairable. Replace plug.
each corner of metal, if plug can be installed
square drive socket. properly.
(4) Discoloration. Any amount. Not applicable. Not applicable.
(5) Nicks and Any number, 1/64-inch deep, Same as usable limits, with Blend high metal to adjacent
scratches, except without high metal. high metal. contour.
on threads.
1-437
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-104. Compressor Case Borescope Port Caps and Plugs; Inspection
1-192. Light Source Setup (21C7700P03). • Aircraft 115-volt, 400Hz utility power
receptacle (J257 (T700) or J14E (T701,
a. Open borescope kit 21C7700P03 (fig. 1-93). T701C)), using cable adapter (10 or 11).
• 115 or 230-volt, 50 to 400Hz power source.
b. Turn light intensity control (6) fully
counterclockwise. 1-193. Borescope Inspection of Compressor
Forward and Aft Areas Using Borescope
21C7700P03. The instructions in this paragraph require
the use of the retrospective rigid borescope (12, fig. 1-93).
Be sure that ON/OFF switch (7) is at OFF At the compressor forward area, borescope inspection of
before connecting light source (5) to power compressor flowpath coating, compressor rotor, stage 1
cord (9); otherwise, light source (5) will be blades and inlet guide vanes is done through port no. 2
damaged. (fig. 1-95 (T700) or 1-96 (T701, T701C)). See
paragraphs 1-182 and 2-53 for inspection limits. At the
NOTE compressor aft area, borescope inspection of compressor
flowpath coating, compressor rotor, stage 5 blades and
Cable adapter (10 or 11) is used to adapt the vanes is done through port no. 3 (fig. 1-95 (T700) or 1-96
power cord (9) to the aircraft 115-volt, 400Hz (T701, T701C)) for right-hand engine installations where
utility power receptacle (J257 (T700) or J14E the inboard port no. 5 is not accessible. For left-hand engine
(T701, T701C)). installation, use port no. 5. See paragraphs 1-190 and 2-53
for inspection limits.
c. Connect one end of power cord (9) to light
source(5). Connect the other end of power cord (9) to either a. Set up light source (para 1-192).
of the following:
1-438
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
b. Borescope-inspect compressor forward area as (8) When inspection is completed, carefully
follows: remove borescope probe. Then turn light intensity control
(6, fig. 1-93) counterclockwise and move ON/OFF switch
(1) For a better view of stage 1 blades, open the to OFF.
inlet guide vanes using an open-end wrench on flats of
actuating shaft. Inlet guide vanes are open when (9) Lightly coat threads of borescope plug with
hydromechanical control unit (HMU) actuator rod is fully antiseize thread compound (MIL-T-5544) or synthetic
retracted. graphite grease GP460 (antiseize) (item 56, Appendix D)
and reinstall plug in port no. 2 (fig. 1-95 (T700) or 1-96
(2) Connect one end of light carrier (2, fig. 1-93) (T701, T701C)), using a 1/4-inch ratchet and extension.
to borescope (12). Connect the other end of carrier (2) to Torque plug to 90-110 inch pounds.
light source port (8).
(10) Reinstall radial drive shaft cover assembly,
(3) Remove borescope plug from port no. 2 retaining ring, and cover boot (para 5-36).
(fig. 1-95 (T700) or 1-96 (T701, T701C)), using a 1/4-inch
ratchet and extension. Inspect borescope plug (para 1-183). c. Borescope-inspect compressor aft area as follows:
(1) For engines that have caps at borescope port
no. 3 or no. 5 (fig. 1-95 (T700) or 1-96 (T701, T701C)),
• Allow internal components of engine to remove cap from port using a 5/8-inch wrench. For engines
cool to 100°F (38°C) or less (or to ambient that have borescope plugs at borescope port no. 3 or no. 5,
temperature) before borescoping. remove plug from port using a 1/4-inch ratchet and
Borescope probe can be damaged if it is extension. Inspect cap or plug (para 1-191).
used near parts hotter than 150°F (66°C).
• Be extremely careful when inserting
borescope into engine port to avoid
damaging borescope. • Allow internal components of engine to
cool to 100°F (38°C) or less (or to ambient
(4) Move ON/OFF switch (7) to ON. Adjust temperature) before borescoping.
light intensity control (6) to give best viewing. Insert Borescope probe can be damaged if it is
borescope (12) into port no. 2 (fig. 1-97). used near parts hotter than 150°F (66°C).
• Be extremely careful when inserting
(5) Position borescope probe so that compressor borescope into engine port to avoid
flowpath coating and stage 1 blades can be seen between damaging borescope.
inlet guide vanes. Light carrier should be pointing opposite
direction being viewed. (2) Move ON/OFF switch (7) to ON. Adjust light
intensity control (6) to give best viewing. Insert
(6) Slowly rotate compressor rotor by hand- borescope(12) into port no. 3 or no. 5 (fig. 1-95 (T700)
cranking the engine (para 1-98). One turn of the radial drive or 1-96 (T701, T701C)).
shaft assembly will rotate compressor rotor about
1-1/4turns. Inspect all stage 1 blades (there are 20 of them) (3) Position borescope probe so that stage 5
and flowpath coating. Move probe in and out, so that entire blades and compressor flowpath coating can be seen
length of blade can be seen. Look closely at leading edge between stage 5 vanes (fig. 1-99, view A). Light carrier
and tips of blades. To provide a reference for determining should be pointing opposite direction being viewed.
size of tears or nicks in blades, compare depth of tear or
nick to distance from forward edge of stage 1 disk to the (4) Slowly rotate rotor by hand-cranking engine
edge of fillet radius of leading edge of blade (which is 1/16 (para 1-98). Inspect compressor flowpath coating and all 32
inch) (fig. 1-98). stage 5 blades. Move borescope probe in and out of port to
view entire length of blade and flowpath coating.
(7) Inspect all visible inlet guide vanes and
flowpath coating. Move probe in and out to inspect as many (5) Rotate borescope and move probe in and out
inlet guide vanes as possible. to inspect all visible stage 5 vanes and flowpath coating.
1-439
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
(6) Position borescope probe so that impeller NOTE
vanes can be seen (fig. 1-99, view B). Light carrier should
be pointing opposite direction being viewed. Installed engines may require the use of the
right-angle extension (1, fig. 1-93) and short
(7) Slowly rotate rotor by hand-cranking engine right-angle rigid borescope (3) to permit
(para 1-98) and inspect all impeller vanes for damage. proper viewing.
(8) When inspection is completed, carefully b. Connect one end of light carrier (2) to
remove borescope probe. Then turn light intensity borescope(3, 4, or 12), as necessary. Connect the other end
control(6, fig. 1-89) counterclockwise, and move ON/OFF of carrier (2) to light source port (8). For engines installed
switch (7) to OFF. on aircraft, correct right-angle extension (1) to
borescope(3).
(9) Lightly coat threads of borescope caps or
plug with antiseize thread compound (MIL-T-5544) or
synthetic graphite grease GP460 (antiseize) (item 56,
Appendix D). Fluorescent Dye Penetrant
(10) For engines that have caps, install cap in • Combustible - do not use near open flames,
port no. 3 or no. 5 (fig. 1-95 (T700) or 1-96 (T701, near welding areas, or on hot surfaces.
T701C)). Torque cap to 100-125 inch-pounds. For engines
• Prolonged inhalation of vapor can result in
that have borescope plugs, install plug in port no. 3 or no. 5.
dizziness, drowsiness, headache, and
Torque plug to 55-70 inch-pounds
nausea.
d. If borescope inspection of engine is completed, do • After any prolonged contact with skin,
the following: wash contacted area with soap and water.
Remove oil-saturated clothing. If vapors
(1) Disconnect borescope (12, fig. 1-93) from cause drowsiness, go to fresh air.
light carrier (2). Place borescope (12) in insert cover (13). • When applying liquid by brush or aerosol
spray at unexhausted workbench, wear
(2) Disconnect light carrier (2) from light source approved respirator and goggles.
port (8). Place carrier (2) in insert cover (13).
c. (T700) Remove borescope plug from port no. 1. If
(3) Unplug cord (9) from either aircraft utility plug is too tight, apply Zyglo penetrant (item 91,
power receptacle or from alternate power source. Appendix D) to plug to avoid possible damage to midframe
casing. Inspect borescope plug (para 1-196).
(4) Disconnect adapter (10 or 11) from cord (9).
Place adapter (10 or 11) light source (5), and cord (9) in
borescope kit.
• Allow internal components of engine to
1-194. Borescope Inspection of Combustion cool to 100°F (38°C) or less (or to ambient
Section Area Using Borescope 21C7700P03. The temperature) before borescoping.
instructions in this paragraph require the use of right-angle Borescope probe can be damaged if it is
rigid borescopes (3, 4, fig. 1-93) and retrospective rigid used near parts hotter than 150°F (66°C).
borescope (12). Use borescopes (3, 4, 12) as well as right- • Be extremely careful when inserting
angle extension (1), as necessary, to inspect all areas named. borescope into engine port to avoid
Borescope inspection of combustion liner and stage 1 damaging borescope.
turbine nozzle vanes is done through inspection port no. 1
(T700), no. 4 or no. 7 (fig. 1-95 (T700) or fig. 1-96 (T701, d. Move ON/OFF switch (7) to ON. Adjust light
T701C)), located on the midframe. See paragraph 1-195 for intensity control (6) to give best viewing.
inspection limits.
a. Set up light source (para 1-192).
1-440
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
e. (T700) Insert borescope probe carefully into port pointing opposite direction being viewed. Rotate and move
no. 1 (fig. 1-95). Insert probe through hole in combustion probe in and out to inspect as many stage 1 nozzle vanes as
liner so that stage 1 nozzle can be seen. Light carrier should possible (para 1-195). Light carrier should be pointing
be pointing opposite direction being viewed. Rotate and opposite direction being viewed.
move probe in and out to inspect as many nozzle vanes as
possible (para 1-195). o. Rotate probe and inspect combustion liner
(para 1-195).
f. (T700) Adjust depth of probe and inspect areas
around igniter and primer nozzles. p. Adjust depth of probe, and inspect areas around
dome, swirlers, and fuel injectors.
g. (T700) Adjust depth of probe until outer shell can
be seen. q. Adjust depth of probe, and inspect areas around
igniter and primer nozzles.
h. (T700) Starting at swirlers, inspect all visible areas
of outer shell until stage 1 nozzle comes into view. Make r. Adjust depth of probe until outer shell can be seen.
several viewing sweeps, changing depth of probe each time,
until all areas have been thoroughly inspected. s. Starting at swirlers, inspect all visible areas of outer
shell until stage 1 nozzle comes into view. Make several
i. (T700) Adjust depth of probe until inner shell can viewing sweeps, changing depth of probe each time, until
be seen. all areas have been thoroughly inspected.
j. (T700) Inspect all visible areas of inner shell, t. Adjust depth of probe until inner shell can be seen.
starting at swirlers, until stage 1 nozzle comes into view.
Make several viewing sweeps, changing depth of probe u. Inspect all visible areas of shell, starting as
each time, until all areas have been thoroughly inspected. swirlers, until stage 1 nozzle comes into view. Make several
viewing sweeps, changing depth of probe each time, until
k. (T700) When inspection is completed, carefully all areas have been thoroughly inspected.
remove borescope probe from port no. 1.
v. When inspection is completed, carefully remove
l. (T700) Apply antiseize thread compound or borescope probe. Then turn light intensity control
synthetic graphite grease GP460 (antiseize) (item 56, (6, fig. 1-93) counterclockwise, and place ON/OFF
Appendix D) to threads and contacting surfaces of switch(7) to OFF.
borescope plug and casing. Install borescope plug in port
no. 1. Tighten (15° wrench arc) plug. w. Reinstall igniter plug (para 7-9 (T700) or
para 7-10 (T701, T701C)) in port no. 4 or port no. 7.
x. Disconnect borescope (3, 4, or 12) from carrier (2).
Disconnecting Ignition Leads If borescope (short) (3) was used, disconnect extension (1)
from borescope (3). Place borescope (3, 4, or 12) and
• High voltage may be present. Contact with extension (1), if used, in insert cover (13).
center conductor of electrical cable or
center electrode of igniter plug will cause y. Disconnect carrier (2) from light source port (8).
electric shock if the bleed resistors inside Place carrier (2) in insert cover (13).
ignition unit have failed.
z. Unplug power cord (9) from either aircraft utility
• Before removing igniter plug, be sure that
power receptacle or from alternate power source.
discharge connector is grounded.
Disconnect adapter (10 or 11) from cord (9). Place cord (9)
in bottom half of borescope kit and place adapter (10 or 11)
m. Disconnect ignition lead from igniter plug at port
in upper half or borescope kit.
no. 4 or port no. 7. Remove retaining nut (T700) and igniter
plug (para 7-5 (T700) or para 7-6 (T701, T701C)).
n. Insert probe into port no. 4 or no. 7 (fig. 1-95
(T700) or 1-96 (T701, T701C)). Light carrier should be
1-441
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
1-195. Inspection of Stage 1 Turbine Nozzle
Vanes and Combustion Liner. See table 1-33.
Table 1-33. Inspection of Stage 1 Turbine Nozzle Vanes and Combustion Liner
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
a. Stage 1 turbine nozzle
vanes (fig. 1-105
and 1-106) for:
(1) Cracks in leading Any amount if no danger of Not repairable. AVUM: Replace engine.
edges. piece falling out. AVIM: Replace nozzle
assembly.
(2) Burn-through. Not allowed. Not repairable. AVUM: Replace engine.
AVIM: Replace nozzle
assembly.
(3) Discoloration or Any amount if no evidence of Not applicable. Not applicable.
surface roughness. separation or blistering.
(4) Blistering or Approximately 1/2 inch x 1/4 Not repairable. AVUM: Replace engine.
separation. inch, two places per vane. AVIM: Replace nozzle
assembly.
(5) Plugged cooling Not allowed. Not repairable. AVUM: Replace engine.
holes. AVIM: Replace nozzle
assembly.
b. Combustion liner for:
(1) Excessive carbon Not allowed. Not repairable. AVUM: Replace engine.
buildup that blocks AVIM: Replace liner.
air holes and
completely resists
air flow passages,
or that is built up
enough to hold
flame, or that
accumulates on tips
of fuel injectors.
(2) Cracks. Any number if they do not form Not repairable. AVUM: Replace engine.
a network that would allow a AVIM: Replace liner.
piece of liner to fall out if crack
got longer.
(3) Burn-through or Not allowed. Not repairable. AVUM: Replace engine.
missing pieces. AVIM: Replace liner.
1-442
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-105. Stage 1 Nozzle; Borescope Inspection
1-443
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-106. Combustion Liner and Stage 1 Nozzle; Borescope Inspection
1-444
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
1-196. (T700) Inspection of Midframe Borescope
Port Plug. See table 1-34.
Table 1-34. (T700) Inspection of Midframe Borescope Port Plug
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
Plug (fig. 1-107) for:
a. Cracks. None allowed. Not repairable. Replace plug.
b. Missing or damaged None allowed. Not repairable. Replace plug.
threads.
c. Wrench damage on Any amount, without high Any amount that can be Remove high metal on hex
each corner of hex flats. metal, if plug can be installed reworked to usable limits. flats.
properly.
d. Distortion. Any amount if plug can be Not repairable. Replace plug.
torqued properly.
e. Discoloration. Any amount. Not applicable. Not applicable.
f. Nicks and scratches, Any number. Not applicable. Not applicable.
except on threads.
Figure 1-107. (T700) Midframe Borescope Port Plug; Inspection
1-445
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
1-197. Light Source Setup (21C7779P03). b. Borescope-inspect compressor forward area as
follows:
a. Open borescope kit 21C7779P03 (fig. 1-94).
(1) For a better view of stage 1 blades, open the
b. Turn light intensity control (5) fully inlet guide vanes using an open-end wrench on flats of
counterclockwise. actuating shaft. Inlet guide vanes are open when
hydromechanical control unit (HMU) actuator rod is fully
retracted.
Be sure that ON/OFF switch (7) is at OFF (2) Connect one end of light carrier (3, fig. 1-94)
before connecting light source (8) to power to borescope (11). Connect the other end of carrier (3) to
cord (6); otherwise, light source (8) will be light source port (4).
damaged.
(3) Remove borescope plug from port no. 2
(fig. 1-95 (T700) or 1-96 (T701, T701C)), using a 1/4-inch
NOTE ratchet and extension. Inspect borescope plug (para 1-183).
Cable assembly (1 or 2) is used to adapt the
power cord (6) to the aircraft 115-volt, 400Hz
utility power receptacle (J257 (T700) or J14E
(T701, T701C)), as applicable. • Allow internal components of engine to
cool to 100°F (38°C) or less (or to ambient
c. Connect one end of power cord (6) to light temperature) before borescoping.
source(8). Connect the other end of power cord (6) to either Borescope probe can be damaged if it is
of the following: used near parts hotter than 150°F (66°C).
• Be extremely careful when inserting
• Aircraft 115-volt, 400Hz utility power borescope into engine port to avoid
receptacle (J257 (T700) or J14E (T701, damaging borescope.
T701C)), using cable assembly (1 or 2).
• 115 or 230-volt, 50 to 400 Hz power (4) Move ON/OFF switch (7) to ON. Adjust light
source. intensity control (5) to give best viewing. Insert
borescope(11) into port no. 2 (fig. 1-97).
1-198. Borescope Inspection of Compressor
Forward and Aft Areas Using Borescope (5) Position borescope probe so that compressor
21C7779P03. The instructions in this paragraph require flowpath coating and stage 1 blades can be seen between
the use of the retrospective rigid borescope (11, fig. 1-94). inlet guide vanes. Light carrier should be pointing opposite
At the compressor forward area, borescope inspection of direction being viewed.
compressor flowpath coating, compressor rotor, stage 1
blades and inlet guide vanes is done through port no. 2 (6) Slowly rotate compressor rotor by hand-
(fig. 1-95 (T700) or 1-96 (T701, T701C). See cranking the engine (para 1-98). One turn of the radial drive
paragraph 1-182 and 2-53 for inspection limits. Inspection shaft assembly will rotate compressor rotor about
of compressor flowpath coating, compressor rotor, stage 5 1-1/4turns. Inspect all stage 1 blades (there are 20 of them)
blades and vanes is done through port no. 3 (fig. 1-95 and flowpath coating. Move probe in and out, so that entire
(T700) or 1-96 (T701, T701C) for right-hand engine length of blade can be seen. Look closely at leading edge
installation where the inboard port no. 5 is not accessible. and tips of blades. To provide a reference for determining
For left-hand engine installation, use port no. 5. See size of tears or nicks in blades, compare depth of tear or
paragraphs 1-190 and 2-53 for inspection limits. nick to distance from forward edge of stage 1 disk to the
edge of fillet radius of leading edge of blade (which is
a. Set up light source (para 1-197). 1/16inch) (fig. 1-98).
(7) Inspect all visible inlet guide vanes and
flowpath coating. Move probe in and out to inspect as many
inlet guide vanes as possible.
1-446
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
(8) When inspection is completed, carefully (6) Position borescope probe so that impeller
remove borescope probe. Then turn light intensity vanes can be seen (fig. 1-99, view B). Light carrier should
control(5, fig. 1-94) counterclockwise and move ON/OFF be pointing opposite direction being viewed.
switch (7) to OFF.
(7) Slowly rotate rotor by hand-cranking engine
(9) Lightly coat threads of borescope plug with (para 1-98), and inspect all impeller vanes for damage.
antiseize thread compound (MIL-T-5544) or synthetic
graphite grease GP460 (antiseize) (item 56, Appendix D) (8) When inspection is completed, carefully
and reinstall plug in port no. 2 (fig. 1-95 (T700) or 1-96 remove borescope probe. Then turn light intensity
(T701, T701C)), using a 1/4-inch ratchet and extension. control(5, fig. 1-94) counterclockwise, and move ON/OFF
Torque plug to 90-110 inch pounds. switch (7) to OFF.
(10) Reinstall radial drive shaft cover assembly, (9) Lightly coat threads of borescope cap or plug
retaining ring, and cover boot (para 5-36). with antiseize thread compound (MIL-T-5544) or synthetic
graphite grease GP460 (antiseize) (item 56, Appendix D).
c. Borescope-inspect compressor aft area as follows:
(10) For engines that have caps, install cap in
(1) For engines that have caps at borescope port port no. 3 or no. 5 (fig. 1-95 (T700) or 1-96 (T701,
no. 3 or no. 5 (fig. 1-95 (T700) or 1-96 (T701, T701C)), T701C)). Torque cap to 100-125 inch-pounds. For engines
remove cap from port using a 5/8-inch wrench. For engines that have borescope plugs, install plug in port no. 3 or no. 5.
that have borescope plugs at borescope port no. 3 or no. 5, Torque plug to 55-70 inch-pounds.
remove plug from port using a 1/4-inch ratchet and
extension. Inspect cap or plug (para 1-191). d. If borescope inspection of engine is completed, do
the following:
(1) Disconnect borescope (11, fig. 1-94) from
• Allow internal components of engine to light carrier (3). Place borescope (11) in transit case (13).
cool to 100°F (38°C) or less (or to ambient
temperature) before borescoping. (2) Disconnect light carrier (3) from light source
Borescope probe can be damaged if it is port (8). Place carrier (3) in transit case (13).
used near parts hotter than 150°F (66°C).
(3) Unplug cord (6) from either aircraft utility
• Be extremely careful when inserting
power receptacle or from alternate power source.
borescope into engine port to avoid
damaging borescope.
(4) Disconnect assembly (1 or 2) from cord (6).
Place assembly (1 or 2), light source (8), in borescope kit.
(2) Move ON/OFF switch (7) to ON. Adjust light
intensity control (5) to give best viewing. Insert
1-199. Borescope Inspection of Combustion
borescope(11) into port no. 3 or no. 5 (fig. 1-95 (T700) or
Section Area Using Borescope 21C7779P03. The
fig. 1-96 (T701, T701C)).
instructions in this paragraph require the use of right-angle
rigid borescopes (10, 12, fig. 1-94) and retrospective rigid
(3) Position borescope probe so that stage 5
borescope (11). Use borescopes (10, 11, 12) as well as
blades and compressor flowpath coating can be seen
viewing adapter (9), as necessary, to inspect all areas
between stage 5 vanes (fig. 1-99, view A). Light carrier
named. Borescope inspection of combustion liner and
should be pointing opposite direction being viewed.
stage1 turbine nozzle vanes is done through inspection
ports no. 1 (T700), no. 4 or no. 7 (fig. 1-95 (T700) or fig.
(4) Slowly rotate rotor by hand-cranking engine
1-96 (T701, T701C), located on the midframe. See
(para 1-98). Inspect compressor flowpath coating and all 32
paragraph 1-195 for inspection limits.
stage 5 blades. Move borescope probe in and out of port to
view entire length of blade and flowpath coating.
a. Set up light source (para 1-197).
(5) Rotate borescope and move probe in and out
to inspect all visible stage 5 vanes and flowpath coating.
1-447
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
NOTE move probe in and out to inspect as many nozzle vanes as
possible (para 1-195).
Installed engines may require the use of the
viewing adapter (9, fig. 1-94) and short right- f. (T700) Adjust depth of probe, and inspect areas
angle rigid borescope (12) to permit proper around igniter and primer nozzles.
viewing.
g. (T700) Adjust depth of probe until outer shell can
b. Connect one end of light carrier (3) to borescope be seen.
(10, 11, or 12), as necessary. Connect the other end of
carrier (3) to light source port (4). For engines installed on h. (T700) Starting at swirlers, inspect all visible areas
aircraft, connect viewing adapter (9) to borescope (12). of outer shell until stage 1 nozzle comes into view. Make
several viewing sweeps, changing depth of probe each time,
until all areas have been thoroughly inspected.
Fluorescent Dye Penetrant i. (T700) Adjust depth of probe until inner shell can
be seen.
• Combustible - do not use near open flames,
near welding areas, or on hot surfaces. j. (T700) Inspect all visible areas of inner shell,
starting at swirlers, until stage 1 nozzle comes into view.
• Prolonged inhalation of vapor can result in
Make several viewing sweeps, changing depth of probe
dizziness, drowsiness, headache, and
each time, until all areas have been thoroughly inspected.
nausea.
• After any prolonged contact with skin, k. (T700) When inspection is completed, carefully
wash contacted area with soap and water. remove borescope probe from port no. 1.
Remove oil-saturated clothing. If vapors
cause drowsiness, go to fresh air. l. (T700) Apply antiseize thread compound or
• When applying liquid by brush or aerosol synthetic graphite grease GP460 (antiseize) (item 56,
spray at unexhausted workbench, wear Appendix D) to threads and contacting surfaces of
approved respirator and goggles. borescope plug and casing. Install borescope plug in port
no. 1. Tighten (15° wrench arc) plug.
c. (T700) Remove borescope plug from port no. 1. If
plug is too tight, apply Zyglo penetrant (item 91,
Appendix D) to plug to avoid possible damage to midframe
casing. Inspect borescope plug (para 1-196). Disconnecting Ignition Leads
• High voltage may be present. Contact with
center conductor of electrical cable or
• Allow internal components of engine to center electrode of igniter plug will cause
cool to 100°F (38°C) or less (or to ambient electric shock if the bleed resistors inside
temperature) before borescoping. ignition unit have failed.
Borescope probe can be damaged if it is • Before removing igniter plug, be sure that
used near parts hotter than 150°F (66°C). discharge connector is grounded.
• Be extremely careful when inserting
borescope into engine port to avoid m. Disconnect ignition lead from igniter plug at port
damaging borescope. no. 4 or no. 7. Remove retaining nut (T700) and igniter plug
(para 7-5 (T700) or para 7-6 (T701, T701C)).
d. Move ON/OFF switch (7) to ON. Adjust light
intensity control (5) to give best viewing. n. Insert probe into port no. 4 or no. 7 (fig. 1-95
(T700) or 1-96 (T701, T701C)). Light carrier should be
e. (T700) Insert borescope probe carefully into port pointing opposite direction being viewed. Rotate and move
no. 1 (fig. 1-95). Insert probe through hole in combustion probe in and out to inspect as many stage 1 nozzle vanes as
liner so that stage 1 nozzle can be seen. Light carrier should possible (para 1-195). Light carrier should be pointing
be pointing opposite direction being viewed. Rotate and opposite direction being viewed.
1-448
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
o. Rotate probe and inspect combustion liner must be configured with a 4046T52G30
(para 1-195). (6068T97P09) HMU. Additionally, both
engines must be configured with
p. Adjust depth of probe, and inspect areas around 5078T29G02 (6080T56P03) DECs.
dome, swirlers, and fuel injectors. • If DEC PN 5078T29G01 (6080T56P01) is
removed from a T700-GE-701C powered
q. Adjust depth of probe, and inspect areas around AH-64A Apache and replaced with a
igniter and primer nozzles. 5078T29G02 (6080T56P03) DEC, the
opposite engine must be configured with a
r. Adjust depth of probe until outer shell can be seen. 5078T29G02 (6080T56P03) DEC.
Additionally, both engines must be
s. Starting at swirlers, inspect all visible areas of outer configured with 4046T52G30
shell until stage 1 nozzle comes into view. Make several (6068T97P09) HMUs.
viewing sweeps, changing depth of probe each time, until
all areas have been thoroughly inspected. Preliminary Information. (T701) All Apache aircraft
(AH64A) serial number 84-24273 and subsequent have
t. Adjust depth of probe until inner shell can be seen. been manufactured to accept a Transient Droop
Improvement (TDI) consisting of the hardware listed below
u. Inspect all visible areas of inner shell, starting as as well as certain airframe changes. The TDI improves the
swirlers, until stage 1 nozzle comes into view. Make several engines acceleration capability under transient maneuvers.
viewing sweeps, changing depth of probe each time, until Apache aircraft manufactured before serial number
all areas have been thoroughly inspected. 84-24273 may or may not incorporate TDI improvements
and therefore, when replacing engines it will be necessary to
v. When inspection is completed, carefully remove determine the aircraft configuration and to restore the
borescope probe. Then turn light intensity control (5, aircraft to that same configuration at time of engine change.
fig. 1-94) counterclockwise, and move ON/OFF switch (7) For example:
to OFF.
Spare engines removed from shipping containers require the
w. Reinstall igniter plug (para 7-9 (T700) or following preinstallation buildup:
para 7-10 (T701, T701C)) in port no. 4 or port no. 7.
Part Number
x. Disconnect borescope (10, 11, or 12) from
carrier(3). If borescope (short) (12) was used, disconnect Non-TDI TDI
viewing adapter (9) from borescope (12). Place borescope Nomenclature Configuration Configuration
(10, 11, or 12) and adapter (9) if used in transit case (13). Digital Electronic N/A 6068T81
Control (DEC)
y. Disconnect carrier (3) from light source port (4). Electrical control 4076T60G04 4082T99 and
Place carrier (3) in transit case (13). unit (ECU) subsequent
Hydromechanical 4046T52G12 4046T52G14
z. Unplug power cord (6) from either aircraft utility unit (HMU) and subsequent
power receptacle or from alternate power source. Amplifier support 6039T75G01 6058T52 and
Disconnect assembly (1 or 2) from cord (6). Place cord (6), bracket subsequent
light source (8) , and assembly (1 or 2) in transit case (13).
Electrical unit 5044T77G01 5056T75G02
bracket and subsequent
1-200. PREINSTALLATION BUILDUP. Ignition exciter 6043T42G01 6058T12 and
bracket assembly subsequent
NOTE Yellow cable bracket N/A 4082T14 and
subsequent
• If HMU PN 4046T52G28 or 4046T52G29 Loop type cushioned N/A 4053T91P16 and
(6068T97P07 or 6068T97P08) is removed clamp subsequent
from a T700-GE-701C powered AH-64A Machine bolt N/A J643P04A and
Apache and replaced with a 4046T52G30 subsequent
(6068T97P09) HMU, the opposite engine
1-449
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
a. (T701) Determine if spare engine and engine to be (8) Install three bolts (4, fig. 2-1) and ignition
replaced is of TDI or non-TDI configuration by checking exciter bracket assembly (3) in boltholes 4, 5, and 6.
the part numbers on the installed parts against the part
numbers listed in matrix above. (9) Remove yellow electrical cable (3, fig.
10-16) from yellow cable bracket (9).
NOTE
(10) Loosen bolt (11) that secures loop type
• (T701) TDI Configured Aircraft. It will be cushioned clamp (10) to sensing tube (2). Remove
necessary to remove TDI hardware from an clamp(10), bracket (9), and bolt (11) from tube (2).
engine to be replaced with TDI
configuration, and install the TDI hardware (11) Install clamp (10) around tube (2), and
on a spare engine if that spare engine has secure bracket (9), using bolt (11). Do not tighten bolt (11).
non-TDI hardware. The non-TDI hardware
from the spare engine will be installed on (12) Install cable (3) in bracket (9) so that
the engine to be replace. cable(3) is on the outside of tube (2).
• (T701) (Non-TDI Configured Aircraft. It
will also be necessary to remove non-TDI (13) Torque bolt (11) to 45-50 inch-pounds.
hardware from an engine (to be replaced)
with non-TDI configuration, and install the c. If the engine to be replaced and the spare engine
non-TDI hardware on a spare engine if that are of the same configuration, do steps d thru h.
spare engine has TDI hardware. The TDI
hardware will be installed on the engine to d. Install (T700, T701) ECU or (T701C) DEC
be replaced. (para 7-16).
b. (T701) If the engine to be replaced and the spare e. Install HMU (para 6-44).
engine are of different configuration, replace the applicable
parts on both engines as follows: f. Install fuel pressure sensor (para 6-65).
(1) Remove two bolts that secure amplifier g. Install oil pressure sensor (para 8-151 (T700)
support bracket (4, fig. 10-13) to forward flange of or 8-152 (T701, T701C)).
compressor case.
h. (T700, T701C) Install oil temperature sensor
(2) Remove two bolts (1) and two nuts (3) that (para 8-145).
secure support bracket (4) to tabs (2) on compressor case.
1-201. PREPARATION FOR STORAGE AND
(3) Remove bracket (4) and electrical unit SHIPMENT.
bracket (7) assembled to each other.
1-202. General Information.
(4) Position bracket (4) on tabs (2) of compressor
case and on forward flange of compressor case. a. The following procedures provide instructions for
preservation and storage of the complete engine assembly.
(5) Install two bolts (1) (boltheads aft) and two Weight and dimensional data for the shipping and storage
nuts (3). Secure bracket (4) onto tabs (2) of compressor container 8145CON004-1 are included in paragraph 1-48.
case. Torque nuts (3) to 45-50 inch-pounds.
b. Storage procedures for an installed engine are
(6) Install two bolts to secure bracket (4) to divided into two categories: Short-Term Storage
forward flange of compressor case. Torque bolts to 45-50 (para 1-204) and Intermediate Storage (para 1-205). Storage
inch-pounds. procedures for removed engines are included in
paragraph 1-206, Long-Term Storage.
(7) Remove ignition exciter bracket assembly
(para 2-5) step a(2)) from boltholes 4, 5, and 6.
1-450
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
c. If engine is being returned to Depot, remove HMU 1-205. Intermediate Storage.
(para 6-40), (T700, T701) ECU or (T701C) DEC
(para 7-12), fuel pressure sensor (para 6-63), oil pressure a. Engine Preservation.
sensor (para 8-147 (T700) or 8-148 (T701, T701C)) and
(T700, T701C) oil temperature sensor (para 8-142). (1) Perform a 10-hour/fourteen-day inspection
(para 1-61). Inspect engine for removed or disconnected
1-203. Storage Categories. part. Be sure that all discrepancies are entered in aircraft
logbook.
a. Short-Term Storage (1 to 45 Days). Short-term
storage is used to preserve an installed engine up to 45 days, (2) Be sure that engine, accessories, and inlet
during which time the engine requires very little attention. area are clean and free from corrosion and foreign material.
b. Intermediate Storage (46 to 180 Days). An (3) Clean the engine (para 1-157).
installed engine that will be inactive for more than 45 days,
but not exceeding 180 days, will be prepared and (4) Allow engine to cool enough to prevent auto-
maintained in intermediate storage. ignition; then preserve fuel system as follows:
c. Long-Term Storage. This type of storage is used
to preserve an uninstalled engine for storage and/or
shipment. • (UH-60) To avoid accidental starting of
engine, be sure that key-lock ignition
1-204. Short-Term Storage. switch is at OFF position.
• (AH-64) Ignition key must be in the ON
a. Engine Preservation.
position to motor engine. Caution must be
taken not to inadvertently move the engine
(1) Perform a 10-hour/fourteen-day inspection
start switch to the START position. If the
(para 1-61). Inspect engine for removed or disconnected
engine start switch is moved to the START
parts. Be sure that all discrepancies are entered in aircraft
position, the engine will begin a start
logbook.
sequence and may start.
(2) Be sure that engine accessories and inlet area
(a) (UH-60) Place key-lock ignition switch at
are clean and free from corrosion and foreign material.
OFF position.
(3) Clean the engine (para 1-157).
(b) Disconnect fuel supply inlet line. Connect
a line between a clean, vented 5-gallon container and fuel
(4) Install protective covers on engine inlet and
boost pump inlet. Fill container with lubricating oil
exhaust. If covers are not available, seal openings with
(item 86, Appendix D). Place container above engine fuel
barrier material (item 12, Appendix D), and secure with
inlet. Cap disconnected fuel line using cap (item 38,
adhesive tape (item 107, Appendix D).
Appendix D).
(5) Record date and extent of engine preservation
(c) Remove fuel filter bowl (para 6-52), but
in engine records and aircraft logbook.
do not discard fuel filter element or packings.
b. Maintenance During Short-Term Storage.
(d) Drain all fuel from filter bowl, and fill
bowl with lubricating oil (item 86, Appendix D).
(1) No maintenance is required during short-term
storage.
(e) Reinstall fuel filter bowl with original fuel
filter element and packings. Hand-tighten fuel filter bowl.
(2) If engine remains in storage for more than 45
days, the engine will be prepared for intermediate storage as
(f) Place power control lever at
directed in paragraph 1-205.
GROUNDIDLE.
1-451
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
b. Maintenance During Intermediate Storage. None.
• Do not exceed starter duty cycle. 1-206. Long-Term Storage.
• Motoring time can be broken up into a. Inspection Prior to Storage.
shorter periods.
• Observe required starter cool-down times (1) Inspect engine for general condition and for
between operating cycles. removal or discarded parts.
• (AH-64) Ignition key must be in the ON
position to motor engine. Caution must be (2) Record discrepancies in engine records.
taken not to inadvertently move the engine
start switch to the START position. If the b. Engine Preservation.
engine start switch is moved to the START
position, the engine will begin a start (1) Before removing engine from aircraft, clean
sequence and may start. engine and preserve engine fuel system with lubricating oil
as outlined for intermediate storage. See paragraph 1-205,
(g) (AH-64) Place engine starter switch in steps a(3) and a(4).
the ignition override position. Place key-lock ignition
switch at ON position. (2) Cover all openings, electrical connectors, and
parts.
NOTE
(3) Drain oil tank (para 1-113).
As engine is motored, fuel and oil will be
discharged from engine overboard drain. (4) Attach tag to fuel inlet shipping plug, marked
with following information: ENGINE FUEL SYSTEM
(h) Motor engine at maximum starter speed HAS BEEN PRESERVED WITH LUBRICATING OIL,
for 4 minutes. MIL-L-6081, GRADE 1010. FLUSHING IS REQUIRED
PRIOR TO OPERATION.
(i) Return power control lever to OFF.
(5) Install engine into shipping and storage
(j) Disconnect line from pump inlet, and container (para 1-58).
connect fuel line.
c. Maintenance During Long-Term Storage.
(k) Remove and discard fuel filter element
(para 6-52). Install new fuel filter element (para 6-55). (1) Maintenance during long-term storage
consists of periodic inspection of the relative humidity in
(l) Tag engine and cyclic stick with following the shipping and storage container 8145CONOO4-1
information: ENGINE FUEL SYSTEM HAS BEEN (para 1-60).
PRESERVED WITH LUBRICATING OIL, MIL-L-6081,
GRADE 1010. FLUSHING IS REQUIRED PRIOR TO (2) Humidity indicator (13, fig. 1-40) for the
OPERATION. container can be seen through a transparent cover (window)
from outside the container.
(3) The indicator has three sections marked 30,
Protective covers for inlet and exhaust will be 40, and 50, representing percent humidity.
seated securely to keep moisture out of engine.
(4) As relative humidity in container increases,
(5) Install engine inlet and exhaust protective sections change from a blue color in numerical sequence to
covers. If covers are not available, seal openings with a lavender color. For example, if air in a container has 45%
barrier material (item 12, Appendix D), and secure them relative humidity, the 30 and 40 sections will be lavender-
with adhesive tape (item 107, Appendix D). colored.
(6) Record date and extent of engine preservation (5) If indicator card is all white, it has lost its
in engine records and aircraft logbook. sensitivity and will be replaced (para 1-58, step n).
1-452
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
a. Hydromechanical Control Unit (HMU).
1-207. PRESERVATION OF ENGINES
INVOLVED IN ACCIDENTS.
Before removing HMU from engine,
If an engine has been involved in an accident protective cap must be installed over electrical
in which engine failure or malfunction is connector of HMU. Otherwise, jet fuel will
suspected to have been a factor, it must not be damage electrical connector.
treated for corrosion protection and the fuel
system must not be preserved. (1) Install a cap or plug in P3 fitting (located at 8
o'clock position on rear face of HMU) and a clean, dry
a. Without disconnecting lines or fittings, make every protective cap over electrical connector (caps and plugs,
effort to prevent the remaining fuel and oil in the engine items 22, 23, 20, 46, 93, Appendix D).
from leaking out.
b. Seal all openings with covers. If covers are not
available, seal with barrier material (item 12, Appendix D). Do not use a tool to turn power available
spindle (PAS). Rotate by hand only.
c. Plug all ports and cap all fittings.
(2) Set PAS to full increase position (full
d. Install engine into shipping and storage container clockwise rotation).
(para 1-58).
1-208. Damaged, Cannibalized, or Failed Engine
Preservation. Inoperable engines that are removed Do not allow lubricating oil to enter P3 port.
because they require parts or maintenance will be preserved
as required (depending on storage time). Store preserved (3) Hold HMU over a suitable container and
engine in a shipping container or in a clean, dry area, drain fuel from fuel discharge fitting, fitting on one side of
adequately protected from dirt, corrosion, and physical HMU, and fuel inlet port. Move the VG actuator rod in and
damage. out several times and rotate HMU as fuel drains.
1-209. Preservation of Fuel System LRU's. Fuel (4) Place HMU in a clean drip pan so that
system LRU's which are removed from engine for more forward flange is up.
than 48 hours for maintenance, or for return to Depot, or for
storage will be preserved as follows:
1-453
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
(13) Attach a properly filled out materiel
condition tag.
Lubricating Oil
(14) Prepare forms according to DA PAM 738-
• If oil is decomposed by heat, toxic gases 751 or T.O. 00-20-1 as applicable, and place them in a
are released. plastic bag (item 11, Appendix D) (to be stowed with the
HMU in shipping container).
• Prolonged contact with liquid or mist may
cause dermatitis and irritation.
(15) Package HMU for shipment and/or storage
• If there is any prolonged contact with skin, (para 1-210).
wash area with soap and water. If solution
contacts eyes, flush eyes with water b. (T700) Pressurizing and Overspeed Unit (POU).
immediately. Remove saturated clothing.
• If oil is swallowed, do not try to vomit. Get (1) Install a clean, dry protective cap (item 25,
immediate medical attention. Appendix D) over electrical connector.
• When handling liquid, wear rubber gloves.
If prolonged contact with mist is likely, (2) Hold POU over a suitable container, and
wear approved respirator. drain all fuel
NOTE
Oil will flow into HMU slowly. Lubricating Oil
(5) (Hamilton Standard) Pour lubricating oil • If oil is decomposed by heat, toxic gases
(item 86, Appendix D) from a new can into fuel inlet port. are released.
Rotate drive shaft and move VG actuator rod in and out
• Prolonged contact with liquid or mist may
several times as oil is poured into HMU.
cause dermatitis and irritation.
(6) (Woodward Governor) Pour lubricating • If there is any prolonged contact with skin,
oil (item 86, Appendix D) from a new can into fuel inlet wash area with soap and water. If solution
port. Move VG actuator rod in and out several times as oil is contacts eyes, flush eyes with water
poured into HMU. immediately. Remove saturated clothing.
• If oil is swallowed, do not try to vomit. Get
(7) Hold finger over inlet port and slosh oil immediate medical attention.
around in HMU so that all internal areas are coated. • When handling liquid, wear rubber gloves.
If prolonged contact with mist is likely,
(8) Drain oil from HMU. Move VG actuator rod wear approved respirator.
in and out several times while oil is draining.
(3) Place POU in a clean drip pan, and pour
(9) Hold HMU so that fuel outlet port is up and lubricating oil (item 86, Appendix D) into the inlet and
pour oil from a new can into the outlet port. When full, turn outlet ports.
HMU over and drain oil.
(4) Drain oil from POU, and install plugs in inlet
(10) Cap or plug (items 22, 23, 20, 46, 93, and outlet ports.
Appendix D) inlet and outlet openings.
(5) Coat external bare-metal surfaces with
(11) Coat external bare-metal surfaces, including lubricating oil (item 86, Appendix D).
splines, with oil (item 86, Appendix D).
(6) Attach a tag to POU stating: THIS PART
(12) Attach a tag to HMU stating: THIS PART PRESERVED WITH LUBRICATING OIL, MIL-L- 6081,
PRESERVED WITH LUBRICATING OIL, MIL-L-6081, Grade 1010.
Grade 1010.
(7) Attach a properly filled-out materiel
condition tag.
1-454
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
(8) Prepare forms according to DA PAM 738- (8) Prepare forms according to DA PAM
751 or T.O. 00-20-1 as applicable, and place them in a 738-751 or T.O. 00-20-1 as applicable, and place them in a
plastic bag (item 11, Appendix D) (to be stowed with the plastic bag (item 11, Appendix D) (to be stowed with the
POU in shipping container). ODV in shipping container).
(9) Package POU for shipment and/or storage (9) Package ODV for shipment and/or storage
(para 1-210). (para 1-210).
c. (T701, T701C) Overspeed and Drain Valve d. Fuel Boost Pump.
(ODV).
(1) Install a cap or plug (item 48, Appendix D)
on P3 fitting and a clean, dry protective cap (item 25, Lubricating Oil
Appendix D) over electrical connector.
• If oil is decomposed by heat, toxic gases
(2) Hold ODV over a suitable container and are released.
drain all fuel.
• Prolonged contact with liquid or mist may
cause dermatitis and irritation.
• If there is any prolonged contact with skin,
wash area with soap and water. If solution
Lubricating Oil
contacts eyes, flush eyes with water
immediately. Remove saturated clothing.
• If oil is decomposed by heat, toxic gases • If oil is swallowed, do not try to vomit. Get
are released.
immediate medical attention.
• Prolonged contact with liquid or mist may
• When handling liquid, wear rubber gloves.
cause dermatitis and irritation.
If prolonged contact with mist is likely,
• If there is any prolonged contact with skin, wear approved respirator.
wash area with soap and water. If solution
contacts eyes, flush eyes with water (1) Place fuel boost pump in a clean drip pan and
immediately. Remove saturated clothing. pour lubricating oil (item 86, Appendix D) into inlet port.
• If oil is swallowed, do not try to vomit. Get Turn pump drive shaft and continue pouring until oil runs
immediate medical attention. from discharge port.
• When handling liquid, wear rubber gloves.
If prolonged contact with mist is likely, (2) Drain oil from pump and cap or plug inlet,
wear approved respirator. outlet, oil, and drain ports.
(3) Place ODV in a clean drip pan and pour (3) Coat external bare-metal surfaces including
lubricating oil (item 86, Appendix D) into inlet and outlet splines with lubricating oil (item 86, Appendix D).
ports.
(4) Attach a tag to fuel boost pump stating: THIS
(4) Drain oil from ODV and install plugs in inlet PART PRESERVED WITH LUBRICATING OIL, MIL-L-
and outlet ports. 6081, Grade 1010.
(5) Coat external bare-metal surfaces with (5) Attach a properly filled out materiel
lubricating oil (item 86, Appendix D). condition tag.
(6) Attach a tag to ODV stating: THIS PART (6) Prepare forms according to DA PAM 738-
PRESERVED WITH LUBRICATING OIL, MIL-L-6081, 751 or T.O. 00-20-1 as applicable, and place in a plastic bag
Grade 1010. (item 11, Appendix D) (to be stowed with the fuel boost
pump in shipping container).
(7) Attach a properly filled out materiel
condition tag. (7) Package fuel pump for shipment and/or
storage (para 1-210).
1-455
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
e. Oil Cooler. packaged. Shipping and storage case 21C7303P01 will hold
the electrical control unit, digital electronic control, or the
(1) Hold oil cooler over a suitable container and anti-icing bleed and start valve. Shipping and storage case
drain all fuel. 21C7302P01 will hold any one or all of the following:
• fuel boost pump
• oil and scavenge pump
Lubricating Oil • (T700, T701) history recorder
• (T701C) history counter
• If oil is decomposed by heat, toxic gases • (T700) pressurizing and overspeed unit, or
are released.
(T701, T701C) overspeed and drain valve
• Prolonged contact with liquid or mist may
cause dermatitis and irritation. Package LRU's as follows:
• If there is any prolonged contact with skin,
wash area with soap and water. If solution a. Electrical Control Unit (ECU), Digital Electronic
contacts eyes, flush eyes with water Control (DEC) or Anti-Icing Bleed and Start Valve.
immediately. Remove saturated clothing.
• If oil is swallowed, do not try to vomit. Get (1) Attach envelope, containing forms to the
immediate medical attention. LRU being shipped or stored, and wrap them in barrier
• When handling liquid, wear rubber gloves. material (item 12, Appendix D). Secure the wrap with tape
If prolonged contact with mist is likely, (item 107, Appendix D).
wear approved respirator.
(2) When packaging electrical control unit or
(2) Fill oil cooler fuel passages with lubricating digital electronic control (2, fig. 1-108, sheet 1), install unit
oil (item 86, Appendix D). into shipping and storage case 21C7303P01 (1), so that
electrical connectors face aft.
(3) Slosh oil around in cooler so that all internal
fuel passages are coated. (3) Prior to packaging the anti-ice bleed and start
valve (3), do the following:
(4) Drain oil from cooler, and cap or plug inlet
and outlet ports. (a) Remove all protective caps, shipping
closures, paper tags, and packaging material.
(5) Coat external bare-metal surfaces with
lubricating oil (item 86, Appendix D). (b) Shake/tilt valve until standing water is
removed through ports.
(6) Attach a tag to oil cooler stating: THIS PART
PRESERVED WITH LUBRICATING OIL, MIL-L-6081, (c) Dry/clean external surface of valve.
Grade 1010.
(d) Reapply protective caps, shipping
(7) Attach a properly filled out materiel closure, paper tags, and packaging materials.
condition tag.
(e) Place valve in a plastic bag and add
(8) Prepare forms according to DA PAM 738- desiccant.
751 or T.O. 00-20-1 as applicable and place in a plastic bag
(item 11, Appendix D) (to be stowed with the oil cooler in (f) Seal plastic bag.
shipping container).
(4) When packaging anti-icing bleed and start
(9) Package oil cooler for shipment and/or valve (3), install valve into case (1), so that electrical
storage (para 1-210). connector faces down.
1-210. Packaging LRU's for Shipment or Storage. (5) Secure lid onto case.
LRU's that are removed for more than 48 hours for
maintenance, for return to Depot, or for storage, will be
1-456
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-108. Packaging LRU's for Shipment or Storage (Sheet 1 of 2)
1-457
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-108. Packaging LRU's for Shipment or Storage (Sheet 2 of 2)
1-458
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
(6) Cross out old markings on case that do not 21C7302P01 (8), so that electrical connector end is facing
apply to LRU inside. Using stencil marking ink (item 81, down.
Appendix D), mark the following on top half of container:
(4) When packaging oil and scavenge pump (11),
• Form control number install pump into case (8), shaft end down.
• Serial number
(5) When packing history recorder (12), install
• Date packed recorder into case (8) so that electrical connector is located
• Reinspection date (6 months after date to the left.
packed)
(6) Secure lid onto case.
b. Hydromechanical Control Unit (HMU) or Particle
Separator Blower. (7) Cross out old markings on case that do not
apply to LRU inside. Using stencil marking ink (item 81,
(1) Attach envelope, containing forms to the Appendix D), mark the following on top half of container:
LRU being shipped or stored, and wrap them in barrier
material (item 12, Appendix D). Secure the wrap with tape
• Form control number
(item 107, Appendix D). • Serial number
• Date packed
(2) When packaging the hydromechanical • Reinspection date (6 months after date
control unit (6), install unit into shipping and storage case packed)
21C7304P01 (4), shaft end up. Insert T2 sensor (7) into slot
as shown. d. Oil Cooler.
(3) When packaging particle separator
(1) Attach envelope, containing forms to oil
blower(5), install blower into case (4), shaft end up.
cooler, and wrap them in barrier material (item 12,
(4) Secure lid onto case. Appendix D). Secure wrap with tape (item 107,
Appendix D).
(5) Cross out old markings on case that do not
apply to LRU inside. Using stencil marking ink (item 81, (2) Package oil cooler as follows:
Appendix D), mark the following on top half of container:
(a) Line a metal, cardboard, fiberboard, or
• Form control number wood shipping container with a minimum of 2 inches of dry
cushioning material (item 68, Appendix D).
• Serial number
• Date packed
(b) Place 16 units (one bag) of desiccant
• Reinspection date (6 months after date (item 70, Appendix D) and wrapped oil cooler into
packed) container.
c. Fuel Boost Pump; (T700) Pressurizing and (c) Cover oil cooler with a minimum of 2
Overspeed Unit (POU), or (T701, T701C) Overspeed and inches of cushioning material (item 68, Appendix D).
Drain Valve (ODV); Oil and Scavenge Pump; or (T700,
T701) History Recorder or (T701C) History Counter. (d) Secure lid on container.
(1) Attach envelope, containing forms to the (3) Cross out old markings on container that do
LRU being shipped or stored, and wrap them in barrier not apply to oil cooler inside. Using stencil marking ink
material (item 12, Appendix D). Secure the wrap with tape (item 81, Appendix D), mark the following on top half of
(item 107, Appendix D). container:
(2) When packaging fuel boost pump (9, • Form control number
fig. 1-108, sheet 2), install pump into shipping and storage
• Serial number
case (8), shaft end up.
• Date packed
(3) When packaging either (T700) POU (10), or • Reinspection date (6 months after date
(T701, T701C) ODV (10), install POU, or ODV into case packed)
1-459
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Section VIII. ENGINE TEST IN MOBILE OR FIXED FACILITIES
c. Table 1-39 lists the checks and tests that must be
1-211. ENGINE TESTING IN THE MODULAR
made after engine parts have been replaced. Parts removed
ENGINE TEST SYSTEM (METS), FLEXIBLE
to gain access to other parts or other areas are also subject to
ENGINE DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM (FEDS), OR
checks and tests.
COMPACT ENGINE TEST SYSTEM (CETS).
d. See paragraph 1-213 for engine operating
1-212. Preliminary Instructions.
parameters.
NOTE
e. When troubleshooting the engine, see
• Testing the engine in the METS/FEDS/ paragraphs 1-254 and 1-255.
CETS is the preferred method of engine
test. Testing in the aircraft is an alternate f. Fuel will conform to specification MIL-T-5624
method. grade JP4 (NATO Code F40)/Jet B, MIL-T-5624 grade JP5
• If the METS/FEDS/CETS is unavailable, (NATO Code F44)/Jet A, and MIL-T-83133 grade JP8
engine testing may be done on aircraft (NATO Code F34)/Jet A-1.
according to engine checks listed in table
1-39. NOTE
a. The following instructions define the requirements Commercial fuels are commonly made to
for operating the T700, T701 or T701C engine when conform to American Society for Testing and
installed in the Modular Engine Test System (METS), Materials (ASTM) Specification D 1655. The
Flexible Engine Diagnostic System (FEDS), or Compact ASTM fuel specification does not contain
Engine Test System (CETS). All pre-run inspection (para anti-icing additives unless specified. Foreign
1-217) will be done before running engine in METS/FEDS/ military fuels also may not contain an anti-
CETS. Manuals (METS) TM 55-4920-328-13-1/-2, (FEDS) icing inhibitor. Icing inhibitor conforming to
no number, and (CETS) SE-876-03-1006 contain MIL-I-27686 (Commercial name PRIST) will
descriptions and tables for the system. It will provide test be added to commercial and foreign fuels, not
technicians and maintenance personnel with the necessary containing an icing inhibitor, during refueling
information for proper operation and maintenance of the operations, regardless of ambient
METS/FEDS/CETS. temperatures. Refueling operations will be
done using accepted commercial procedures.
b. Data peculiar to engine models T700-GE-700, The additive provides anti-icing protection
T700-GE-701, and T700-GE-701C is identified throughout and also functions as a biocide to kill
the manual as follows: microbial growths in aircraft fuel systems.
NOTE
g. Lubricating oil will conform to specification
• Data common to all engine models is not MIL-L-7808 (NATO Code 0-148)/TYPE I, or
identified. MIL-L-23699 (NATO Code 0-156)/TYPE II.
• T700-GE-701C engine model data unique
h. Record the time at each scheduled reading.
to the Apache helicopter will be designated
AH-64A. i. Record the history recorder or history counter
• T700-GE-701C engine model data unique events, before and after each engine run, on the log sheet.
to the Black Hawk helicopter will be
designated UH-60L. j. Preserve the engine (para 1-252) before removing it
from the METS/FEDS/CETS.
Engine Model Identification k. When engine has to be cleaned for performance
T700-GE-700 (T700) recovery, see paragraph 1-157.
T700-GE-701 (T701)
T700-GE-701C (T701C) l. Use table 1-35 for converting temperature in
T700-GE-700 and T700-GE-701 (T700, T701) Centigrade to temperature in Fahrenheit.
T700-GE-700 and T700-GE-701C (T700, T701C)
T700-GE-701 and T700-GE-701C (T701, T701C)
1-460 Change 1
Table 1-35. Temperature Conversions
–459.4 to –220 –210 to 0 1 to 25 26 to 50 51 to 75 76 to 100 101 to 340 341 to 490 491 to 750
C or C or C or C or C or C or C or C or C or
C F F C F F C F F C F F C F F C F F C F F C F F C F F
–273 –459.4 –134 –210 –346 –17.2 1 33.8 –3.33 26 78.8 10.6 51 123.8 24.4 76 168.8 43 110 230 177 350 662 260 500 932
–268 –450 –129 –200 –328 –16.7 2 35.6 –2.78 27 80.6 11.1 52 125.6 25.0 77 170.6 49 120 248 182 360 680 266 510 950
–262 –440 –123 –190 –310 –16.1 3 37.4 –2.22 28 82.4 11.7 53 127.4 25.6 78 172.4 54 130 266 188 370 698 271 520 968
–257 –430 –118 –180 –292 –15.6 4 39.2 –1.67 29 84.2 12.2 54 129.2 26.1 79 174.2 60 140 284 193 380 716 277 530 986
–251 –420 –112 –170 –274 –15.0 5 41.0 –1.11 30 86.0 12.8 55 131.0 26.7 80 176.0 66 150 302 199 390 734 282 540 1004
–246 –410 –107 –160 –256 –14.4 6 42.8 –0.56 31 87.8 13.3 56 132.8 27.2 81 177.8 71 160 320 204 400 752 288 550 1022
–240 –400 –101 –150 –238 –13.9 7 44.6 0 32 89.6 13.9 57 134.6 27.8 82 179.6 77 170 338 210 410 770 293 560 1040
–234 –390 –95.6 –140 –220 –13.3 8 46.4 0.56 33 91.4 14.4 58 136.4 28.3 83 181.4 82 180 356 216 420 788 299 570 1058
–229 –380 –90.0 –130 –202 –12.8 9 48.2 1.11 34 93.2 15.0 59 138.2 28.9 84 183.2 88 190 374 221 430 806 304 580 1076
–223 –370 –84.4 –120 –184 –12.2 10 50.0 1.67 35 95.0 15.6 60 140.0 29.4 85 185.0 93 200 392 227 440 824 310 590 1094
–218 –360 –78.9 –110 –166 –11.7 11 51.8 2.22 36 96.8 16.1 61 141.8 30.0 86 186.8 99 210 410 232 450 842 316 400 1112
–212 –350 –73.3 –100 –148 –11.1 12 53.6 2.78 37 98.6 16.7 62 143.6 30.6 87 188.6 100 212 413 238 460 860 321 610 1130
–207 –340 –67.8 –90 –130 –10.6 13 55.4 3.33 38 100.4 17.2 63 145.4 31.1 88 190.4 104 220 428 243 470 878 327 620 1148
–201 –330 –62.2 –80 –112 –10.0 14 57.2 3.89 39 102.2 17.8 64 147.2 31.7 89 192.2 110 230 446 249 480 896 332 630 1166
–196 –320 –56.7 –70 –94 –9.44 15 59.0 4.44 40 104.0 18.3 65 149.0 32.2 90 194.0 116 240 464 254 490 914 338 640 1184
–190 –310 –51.1 –60 –76 –8.89 16 60.8 5.00 41 105.8 18.9 66 150.8 32.8 91 195.8 121 250 482 343 650 1202
–184 –300 –45.6 –50 –58 –8.33 17 62.6 5.56 42 107.6 19.4 67 152.6 33.3 92 197.6 127 260 500 349 660 1220
–179 –290 –40.0 –40 –40 –7.78 18 64.4 6.11 43 109.4 20.0 68 154.4 33.9 93 199.4 132 270 518 354 670 1238
–173 –280 –34.4 –30 –22 –7.22 19 66.2 6.67 44 111.2 20.6 69 156.2 34.4 94 201.2 138 280 536 360 680 1256
–169 –273 –459.4 –28.9 –20 –4 –6.67 20 68.0 7.22 45 113.0 21.1 70 158.0 35.0 95 203.0 143 290 554 366 690 1274
–168 –270 –454 –23.3 –10 14 –6.11 21 69.8 7.78 46 114.8 21.7 71 159.8 35.6 96 204.8 149 300 572 371 700 1292
–162 –260 –436 –17.8 0 32 –5.56 22 71.6 8.33 47 116.6 22.2 72 161.6 36.1 97 206.6 154 310 590 377 710 1310
–157 –250 –418 –5.00 23 73.4 8.89 48 118.4 22.8 73 163.4 36.7 98 208.4 160 320 608 382 720 1328
–151 –240 –400 –4.44 24 75.2 9.44 49 120.2 23.3 74 165.2 37.2 99 210.2 166 330 626 388 730 1346
–146 –230 –382 –3.89 25 77.0 10.0 50 122.0 23.9 75 167.0 37.8 100 212.0 171 340 644 393 740 1364
–140 –220 –364 399 750 1382
NO TE—The numbers in bold face type refer to the C F C F
temperature either in degrees Centigrade or Fahrenheit
which it is desired to convert into the other scale. If
°F = 9--- (°C) + 32 INTERPO LATIO N
FACTORS 0.56 1 1.8 3.33 6 10.8
5
converting from Fahrenheit degrees to Centigrade 1.11 2 3.6 3.89 7 12.6
degrees the equivalent temperature will be found in the
1.67 3 5.4 4.44 8 14.4
TM 1-2840-248-23
left column, while if converting from degrees Centigrade
to degrees Fahrenheit, the answer will be found in the °C = 5--- (°F) – 32 2.22 4 7.2 5.00 9 16.2
T.O. 2J-T700-6
column on the right. 9
2.78 5 9.0 5.56 10 18.0
1-461
Table 1-35. Temperature Conversions (Cont)
1-462
T.O. 2J-T700-6
TM 1-2840-248-23
751 to 1000 1001 to 1250 1251 to 1490 1491 to 1750 1751 to 2000 2001 to 2250 2251 to 2490 2491 to 2750 2751 to 3000
C or C or C or C or C or C or C or C or C or
C F F C F F C F F C F F C F F C F F C F F C F F C F F
404 760 1400 543 1010 1850 682 1260 2300 816 1500 2732 960 1760 3200 1099 2010 3650 1238 2260 4100 1371 2500 4532 1516 2760 5000
410 770 1418 549 1020 1863 688 1270 2318 821 1510 2750 966 1770 3218 1104 2020 3668 1243 2270 4118 1377 2510 4550 1521 2770 5018
416 780 1436 554 1030 1886 693 1280 2336 827 1520 2768 971 1780 3236 1110 2030 3686 1249 2280 4136 1382 2520 4568 1527 2780 5036
421 790 1454 560 1040 1904 699 1290 2354 832 1530 2786 977 1790 3254 1116 2040 3704 1254 2290 4154 1388 2530 4586 1532 2790 5054
427 800 1472 566 1050 1922 704 1300 2372 838 1540 2804 982 1800 3272 1121 2050 3722 1260 2300 4172 1393 2540 4604 1538 2800 5072
432 810 1490 571 1060 1940 710 1310 2390 843 1550 2822 988 1810 3290 1127 2060 3740 1266 2310 4190 1399 2550 4622 1543 2810 5090
438 820 1508 577 1070 1958 716 1320 2408 849 1560 2840 993 1820 3308 1132 2070 3758 1271 2320 4208 1404 2560 4640 1549 2820 5108
443 830 1526 582 1080 1976 721 1330 2426 854 1570 2858 999 1830 3326 1138 2080 3776 1277 2330 4226 1410 2570 4658 1554 2830 5126
449 840 1544 588 1090 1994 727 1340 2444 860 1580 2876 1004 1840 3344 1143 2090 3794 1282 2340 4244 1416 2580 4676 1560 2840 5144
454 850 1562 593 1100 2012 732 1350 2462 866 1590 2894 1010 1850 3362 1149 2100 3812 1288 2350 4262 1421 2590 4694 1566 2850 5162
460 860 1580 599 1110 2030 738 1360 2480 871 1600 2912 1016 1860 3380 1154 2110 3830 1293 2360 4280 1427 2600 4712 1571 2860 5180
466 870 1598 604 1120 2048 743 1370 2498 877 1610 2930 1021 1870 3398 1160 2120 3848 1299 2370 4298 1432 2610 4730 1577 2870 5198
471 880 1616 610 1130 2066 749 1380 2516 882 1620 2948 1027 1880 3416 1166 2130 3866 1304 2380 4316 1438 2620 4748 1582 2880 5216
477 890 1634 616 1140 2084 754 1390 2534 888 1630 2966 1032 1890 3434 1171 2140 3884 1310 2390 4334 1443 2630 4766 1588 2890 5234
482 900 1652 621 1150 2102 760 1400 2552 893 1640 2984 1038 1900 3452 1177 2150 3902 1316 2400 4352 1449 2640 4784 1593 2900 5252
488 910 1670 627 1160 2120 766 1410 2570 899 1650 3002 1043 1910 3470 1182 2160 3920 1321 2410 4370 1454 2650 4802 1599 2910 5270
493 920 1688 632 1170 2138 771 1420 2588 904 1660 3020 1049 1920 3488 1188 2170 3938 1327 2420 4388 1460 2660 4820 1604 2920 5288
499 930 1706 638 1180 2156 777 1430 2606 910 1670 3038 1054 1930 3506 1193 2180 3956 1332 2430 4406 1466 2670 4838 1610 2930 5306
504 940 1724 648 1190 2174 782 1440 2624 916 1680 3056 1060 1940 3524 1199 2190 3974 1338 2440 4424 1471 2680 4856 1616 2940 5324
510 950 1742 649 1200 2192 788 1450 2642 921 1690 3074 1066 1950 3542 1204 2200 3992 1343 2450 4442 1477 2690 4874 1621 2950 5342
516 960 1760 654 1210 2210 793 1460 2660 927 1700 3092 1071 1960 3560 1210 2210 4010 1349 2460 4460 1482 2700 4892 1627 2960 5360
521 970 1778 660 1220 2228 799 1470 2678 932 1710 3110 1077 1970 3578 1216 2220 4028 1354 2470 4478 1488 2710 4910 1632 2970 5378
527 980 1796 666 1230 2246 804 1480 2696 938 1720 3128 1082 1980 3596 1221 2230 4046 1360 2480 4496 1493 2720 4928 1638 2980 5396
532 990 1814 671 1240 2264 810 1490 2714 943 1730 3146 1088 1990 3614 1227 2240 4064 1366 2490 4514 1499 2730 4946 1643 2990 5414
538 1000 1832 677 1250 2282 949 1740 3164 1093 2000 3632 1232 2250 4082 1504 2740 4964 1649 3000 5432
954 1750 3182 1510 2750 4982
NO TE—The numbers in bold face type refer to the C F C F
temperature either in degrees Centigrade or Fahrenheit
which it is desired to convert into the other scale. If
°F = 9--- (°C) + 32 INTERPO LATIO N
FACTORS 0.56 1 1.8 3.33 6 10.8
5
converting from Fahrenheit degrees to Centigrade 1.11 2 3.6 3.89 7 12.6
degrees the equivalent temperature will be found in the
left column, while if converting from degrees Centigrade 1.67 3 5.4 4.44 8 14.4
to degrees Fahrenheit, the answer will be found in the °C = 5--- (°F) – 32 2.22 4 7.2 5.00 9 16.2
column on the right. 9
2.78 5 9.0 5.56 10 18.0
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
1-213. Engine Operating Parameters. Observe
engine operating limits in table 1-36 (T700) or 1-37 (T701,
T701C).
Table 1-36. (T700) Engine Operating Limits (In METS/FEDS/CETS)
Item Limits Remarks
NOTE
• 100% Ng = 44,700 rpm
• (METS) 100% Np = 20,000 rpm
• (FEDS/CETS) 100% Np = 20,000 rpm
• (METS) Overspeed trips at 111 ± 1% Np (22,200 rpm)
• (FEDS/CETS) Overspeed trips at 111 ± 1% Np (22,200 rpm)
• (METS) Overspeed test position trips at 103 ± 1% Np (20,600 rpm)
• (FEDS/CETS) Overspeed test position trips at 103 ± 1% Np (20,600 rpm)
Ng:
a. Max continuous 99% (44,152 rpm) Ng overspeed replacement limits are; Ng
exceeds 47,000 rpm (105%) for 12
b. Intermediate (30 minutes) 102% (45,652 rpm) seconds or longer or exceeds 46,000 rpm
(103%) for 2 1/2 minutes or longer, refer
c. Transient (12 seconds) 105% (47,000 rpm) to paragraph 1-278.
d. Ground idle 63% (28,161 rpm)
(minimum)
Np:
a. No time limit (METS) 110% (22,000 rpm) For power turbine overspeed replacement
(FEDS/CETS) 110% (22,000 rpm) limits, see figure 1-148.
b. Transient (12 seconds) (METS) 127% (25,300 rpm)
(FEDS/CETS) 127% (25,300 rpm)
TGT:
a. Max continuous 1427°F (775°C)
b. Max steady-state (red line) 1562°F (850°C)
c. Transient (12 seconds) 1627°F (886°C)
Time limits at temperature:
a. No time limit 1427°F (775°C) For engine overtemperature maintenance
limits, see figures 1-151 and 1-154.
b. 30 minutes 1562°F (850°C)
c. Transient (12 seconds) 1627°F (886°C)
d. No operation allowed Above 1627°F (886°C)
Change 3 1-463
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table 1-36. (T700) Engine Operating Limits (In METS/FEDS/CETS) (Cont)
Item Limits Remarks
Output shaft torque:
a. Max continuous 410 foot-pounds For engine torque limits, see figure 1-150.
b. Intermediate (30 minutes) 500 foot-pounds
c. Transient (12 seconds) 700 foot-pounds
Free air temperature (FAT). –65° to 131°F
(–54° to 55°C)
Fuel and oil leakage. 2 cc/min. maximum (approximately 10 Leakage from all drains with engine
drops per minute) running.
HMU Vent drain leakage:
a. Running 50 cc/hr
b. Static (excluding leakage during 50 cc/hr (about 4 drops per minute)
priming of HMU)
Oil Cooler (PNs 6044T95P01 or No leakage allowed
6044T95P02) weephole.
POU drain (at shutdown). 75 cc maximum
20 cc minimum
Swirl frame drain (running). 5 cc/hr maximum
All drains after a false start. 200 cc maximum
Ignition exciter duty cycle. 2 minutes ON
3 minutes OFF
2 minutes ON
23 minutes OFF
At any time during engine operation, if PAS is reduced below ground idle and there is a
decreasing indication of Ng, Np, T4.5, torque, Wf, P3, or oil pressure, immediately chop
PAS to stopcock/shutoff and shut down engine. Advancing PAS from below ground idle
during engine deceleration may result in a stall or engine overtemperature. See
emergency shutdown procedure.
Starting:
a. Time between ground starts 30 seconds minimum If engine does not light off, abort start.
Motor engine on starter (ignition OFF,
b. Time-to-idle See figure 1-109 PAS lever at 0°, water-in and water-out
levers closed) for 30 seconds to purge
c. Time-to-lightoff 10 seconds (30 seconds on first start) system of fuel.
1-464 Change 3
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table 1-36. (T700) Engine Operating Limits (In METS/FEDS/CETS) (Cont)
Item Limits Remarks
Electric starter duty cycle. *30 seconds ON * Either one of the first two times on
2 minutes OFF starter may be for 45 seconds, but a
*30 seconds ON 5-minute cooling period must follow
2 minutes OFF before using starter again.
30 seconds ON
1 hour OFF
Oil pressure:
Do not use lubricating oil MIL-L-23699 (TYPE II) when operating engine in FAT below
–30°F (–34°C); otherwise, engine may be damaged.
• It is normal for oil pressure to be high
during first start when oil is cold. Oil
pressure should return to normal after 5
minutes operation at idle speed.
• Normal oil pressure is defined as that
pressure reading obtained during
stabilized power settings with a clean
lubrication system and with normal
operating oil temperatures.
a. Oil and scavenge pump PN See figure 1-110 for oil pressure For oil pressure that is out-of-limits, use
5043T73P02 versus Ng EODP temperature correction
(para 1-247).
b. Oil and scavenge pump PN See figure 1-111 or 1-112 for oil For oil pressure that does not fall within
5034T11P04 pressure versus Ng the dash lines of figure 1-111 or 1-112, use
EODP temperature correction (para
1-247).
Oil pressure fluctuation. ±5 psi maximum
Oil consumption. 133 cc/hr (1 quart per 6.5 hours of See paragraph 1-249 for example of
engine running) calculating oil consumption in cc/hr.
Change 3 1-465
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table 1-36. (T700) Engine Operating Limits (In METS/FEDS/CETS) (Cont)
Item Limits Remarks
Oil temperature (at pump discharge) at • Oil temperature limits
all engine power settings. • Apply to both MIL-L-7808 (TYPE I)
and MIL-L-23699 (TYPE II).
• If oil temperature is out-of-limits,
troubleshoot problem as directed in
troubleshooting procedures
(para 1-254).
• Do not run engine when oil is above
maximum temperature.
Normal Min Max
Temp Temp Temp
Range
95°-275°F None 300°F
(35°-135°C) (149°C)
Vibrations:
a. Engine
(1) Starting vibrations 2.8 inch/sec
(2) Transient vibrations less than 5 2.8 inch/sec
seconds duration
(3) Steady-state vibrations 1.5 inch/sec
b. Water Brake
(1) All power settings 2.0 inch/sec
Anti-icing bleed and start valve closing See figure 1-118
limits.
1-466 Change 3
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-109. Time-to-Idle Limits
1-467
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-110. (T700) Oil Pressure Limits for Pump PN 5043T73P02
1-468
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-111. (T700) Oil Pressure Limits for Pump PN 5034T11P04 and Oil MIL-L-23699
Figure 1-112. (T700) Oil Pressure Limits for Pump PN 5034T11P04 and Oil MIL-L-7808
Change 3 1-469
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table 1-37. (T701, T701C) Engine Operating Limits (In METS/FEDS/CETS)
Item Limits Remarks
NOTE
• 100% Ng = 44,700 rpm
• (METS) 100% Np = 20,000 rpm
• (FEDS/CETS) 100% Np = 20,000 rpm
• (METS) Overspeed trips at 125 ± 1% Np (25,000 rpm)
• (FEDS/CETS) Overspeed trips at 125 ± 1% Np (25,000 rpm)
• (METS) Overspeed test position trips at 100 ± 1% Np (20,000 rpm)
• (FEDS/CETS) Overspeed test position trips at 100 ± 1% Np (20,000 rpm)
Ng:
a. Max continuous 99% (44,152 rpm) Ng overspeed replacement limits are; Ng
(30 minutes) exceeds 47,000 rpm (105%) for 12 seconds
or longer or exceeds 46,000 rpm (103%)
b. Intermediate 102% (45,652 rpm) for 2 1/2 minutes or longer, refer to
paragraph 1-278.
c. Transient (12 seconds) 105% (47,000 rpm)
d. Ground idle 63% (28,161 rpm) (minimum)
Np:
a. No time limit (METS) 110% (22,000 rpm) For power turbine overspeed replacement
(FEDS/CETS) 110% (22,000 rpm) limits, see figure 1-149.
b. Transient (12 seconds) (METS) 127% (25,300 rpm)
(FEDS/CETS) 127% (25,300 rpm)
TGT:
a. Max continuous (T701) 1485°F (807°C)
(T701C) 1490°F (810°C)
b. Intermediate (30 minutes) (T701) 1593°F (867°C)
(T701C) 1564°F (851°C)
c. Maximum (10 minutes) (T701C) 1612°F (878°C)
d. Contingency (2.5 minutes) (T701) 1683°F (917°C)
(T701C) 1657°F (903°C)
e. Transient (12 seconds) (T701) 1769°F (965°C)
(T701C) 1740°F (949°C)
f. Starting (T701) 1593°F (867°C)
(T701C) 1564°F (851°C)
1-470 Change 3
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table 1-37. (T701, T701C) Engine Operating Limits (In METS/FEDS/CETS) (Cont)
Item Limits Remarks
Time limits at temperature:
a. No time limit (T701) Up to 1484°F (Up to 807°C) For engine overtemperature maintenance
(T701C) Up to 1490°F (810°C) limits, see figures (T701) 1-152 or
(T701C) 1-153 and (T701) 1-155 or
(T701C) 1-156.
b. 30 minutes (T701) 1593°F (867°C)
(T701C) 1564°F (851°C)
c. 10 minutes (T701C) 1612°F (878°C)
d. 2.5 minutes (T701) 1683°F (917°C)
(T701C) 1657°F (903°C)
e. Transient (12 seconds) (T701) 1769°F (965°C)
(T701C) 1740°F (949°C)
f. No operation allowed (T701) Above 1769°F (965°C)
(T701C) Above 1740°F (949°C)
Output shaft torque (foot-pounds):
(T701) (T701C)
a. Max continuous 410 500 For engine torque limits, see figure 1-150.
b. Intermediate (30 minutes) 500 543
c. Transient (12 seconds) 700 700
Free air temperature (FAT). –65° to 135°F(–54° to 57°C)
Fuel and oil leakage. 2 cc/min maximum (approximately 10 Leakage from all drains with engine
drops per minute) running.
HMU vent drain leakage:
a. Running 50 cc/hr
b. Static (excluding leakage during 50 cc/hr (about 4 drops per minute)
priming of HMU)
Oil cooler PNs 6044T95P01 or No leakage allowed
6044T95P02) weephole
Change 1 1-471
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table 1-37. (T701, T701C) Engine Operating Limits (In METS/FEDS/CETS) (Cont)
Item Limits Remarks
ODV drain at shutdown 100 cc maximum
15 cc minimum
All drains after a false start 200 cc maximum
Ignition exciter duty cycle 2 minutes ON
3 minutes OFF
2 minutes ON
3 minutes OFF
2 minutes ON
48 minutes OFF
At any time during engine operation, if PAS is reduced below ground idle and there is a
decreasing indication of Ng, Np, T4.5, torque, Wf, P3, or oil pressure, immediately chop
PAS to stopcock/shutoff and shut down engine. Advancing PAS from below ground idle
during engine deceleration may result in a stall or engine overtemperature. See
emergency shutdown procedure.
Starting:
a. Time between ground starts 30 seconds minimum If engine does not light off, abort start.
Motor engine on starter (ignition OFF,
b. Time-to-idle See figure 1-109 PAS lever at 0°, water-in and water-out
levers closed) for 30 seconds to purge
c. Time-to-lightoff 10 seconds (30 seconds on first start) system of fuel.
Electric starter duty cycle. *30 seconds ON * Either one of the first two times on
2 minutes OFF starter may be for 45 seconds, but a
*30 seconds ON 5-minute cooling period must follow
2 minutes OFF before using starter again.
30 seconds ON
1 hour OFF
Oil pressure:
To avoid engine damage do not use lubricating oil MIL-L-23699 (TYPE II) when
operating engine in FAT below –30°F (–34°C).
NOTE
• It is normal for oil pressure to be high during first start when oil is cold. Oil pressure should return
to normal after 5 minutes operation at idle speed.
• Normal oil pressure is defined as that pressure reading obtained during stabilized power settings
with a clean lubrication system and with normal operating oil temperatures.
1-472 Change 3
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table 1-37. (T701, T701C) Engine Operating Limits (In METS/FEDS/CETS) (Cont)
Item Limits Remarks
B-sump ∆ oil pressure. See figure 1-113 During the first 5 minutes of operation, do
not accelerate above ground idle speed
until oil pressure can be held to maximum
limit throughout acceleration.
Oil pressure fluctuation. ±5 psi maximum
Oil consumption. 133 cc/hr (1 quart per 6.5 hours of See paragraph 1-249 for example
engine running) ofcalculating oil consumption in cc/hr.
Oil temperature (at pump discharge) at • Oil temperature limits apply to both
all engine power settings. MIL-L-7808 (TYPE I) and
MIL-L-23699 (TYPE II).
• If oil temperature is out-of-limits,
troubleshoot problem as directed in
troubleshooting procedures
(para 1-254).
• Do not run engine when oil is above
maximum temperature.
Normal Min Max
Temp Temp Temp
Range
95°-275°F None 300°F
(35°-135°C) (149°C)
Vibrations:
a. Engine
(1) Starting vibrations 2.8 inch/sec
(2) Transient vibrations less than 2.8 inch/sec
5 seconds duration
(3) Steady-state vibrations 1.5 inch/sec
b. Water Brake
(1) All power settings 2.0 inch/sec
Anti-icing bleed and start valve closing See figure 1-118
limits.
Change 3 1-473
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-113. (T701, T701C) B-Sump Delta (∆) Pressure Oil Limits
1-474 Change 5
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
1-214. Warnings and Cautions.The following • Make sure arrow on check valve in water
warning and caution will be observed during engine testing: brake air line is installed properly (arrow
pointing to water brake).
1-215. Cold Weather Operation.
Engine Testing (Enclosed)
a. General Information. Engine will perform
• Before starting engine, be sure that correctly in cold weather; however, the operator should
personnel are clear of engine inlet and observe precautions and advice given in this paragraph.
exhaust, and that the test stand is properly Engine inlet and exhaust covers should be installed when
secured. engine is not operating, to prevent water and snow from
• All test areas shall be adequately ventilated entering and accumulating in the engine.
to avoid buildup of toxic fuel vapors or
exhaust gases.
• Do not stand opposite turbine section when
engine is operating above idle speed. • Do not use JP5 or JP8 fuel when operating
• All personnel in the immediate area shall engine in ambient air temperatures below
wear ear muffs and ear plugs whenever –30°F (–34°C).
engine is running. • Do not use lubricating oil (item 85,
• Fuel vapors are heavier than air. When they Appendix D) when operating in ambient air
settle and collect in confined areas, they are temperatures below –30°F (–34°C). When
highly flammable. When air temperature is operating below this temperature,
above 80°F (27°C), jet fuel will ignite more lubricating oil will be flushed from engine
readily than gasoline when exposed to a hot by following procedure in paragraph 1-114
object. when replacing contaminated oil. Refill
engine oil tank with lubricating oil
• Clothing subjected to splashed or sprayed
(item 87, Appendix D).
fuel creates a potential fire hazard. Persons
wearing wet clothing should go to a fire-
b. Engine Anti-Icing System Operation.
safe area and change clothing immediately;
this action will prevent fire and will prevent
irritation to skin. Clothing should be dried
in open air (outside of building) as soon as
removal and should be washed thoroughly • Anti-icing system will be turned on to
before wearing again. prevent engine damage due to icing.
• Fuels shall be kept in approved safety • The engine anti-icing system is not
containers when not in use. designed to de-ice the engine. Therefore, it
will be turned on before reaching probable
icing conditions.
• Avoid operating in Np ranges of 25-40% (1) The anti-icing system will be turned on when
and 55-75%. ambient temperature is 41°F (5°C) or colder and when icing
• Engine will be operated within limits conditions (humidity is greater than or equal to 80%, or if
(para 1-213) at all times. there is visible moisture) are present.
• Make sure that engine test area is clean.
Dirt and other foreign objects drawn into (2) When operating in areas where icing
the engine can seriously damage the conditions may be encountered, check operation of engine
compressor and other critical parts. anti-icing system (para 1-237).
• Air supply to water brake should be turned
on before operating engine in METS/ (3) Water and snow may have entered engine
FEDS/CETS. inlet during operation or during periods when engine was
unsheltered. During pre-test inspection, specifically check
Change 1 1-475
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
engine for accumulation of ice or snow. If present, the fuel system (para 1-219), and repeat engine start
accumulation will be removed before engine start. Ice will (para 1-224).
be thawed, not chipped away.
1-216. Emergency Shutdown Procedure. (See
c. Engine Oil System Characteristics. paragraph 1-248 for normal shutdown procedures.)
(1) It is normal to observe high engine oil a. An emergency shutdown is one in which the
pressure during initial starts when oil is cold. Run engine at engine is shut down from high power (over 90% Ng)
idle speed until oil pressure is within limits. Oil pressure without first running the engine for 2 minutes at idle speed.
should return to normal range after operating five minutes.
However, time required for warmup will depend on b. Before testing an engine, the operator will read and
temperature of engine and oil system before start. observe the following instructions:
(2) During starts in extremely cold weather, (1) After an emergency shutdown, do not try to
–54°C (–65°F) or below, the following oil pressure restart engine until fault has been found and corrected.
characteristics are typical:
(2) If an abnormal engine condition such as a
(a) Oil pressure may remain at zero for the compressor stall, flameout, or overtemperature occurs, shut
first 20 to 30 seconds after initiating start. Abort start if oil down the engine immediately. During compressor rotor
pressure does not register within one minute after initiating coastdown, listen for any unusual noises or for signs of a
start. mechanical failure.
(b) Once oil pressure begins to indicate on (3) Before attempting restart after emergency
gage, it will increase rapidly and will exceed 100 psig. Oil shutdown, do the following:
pressure will decrease as oil temperature rises and will
return to within operating limits given in table 1-36 (T700)
or 1-37 (T701, T701C). This condition is normal. The time
it takes for oil pressure to decrease to 100 psig or below will • Do not exceed starter operating limits.
depend on the ambient temperature, but oil pressure should
• TGT must be brought below (T700, T701)
be within operating limits within 4 to 5 minutes after
150°C (302°F) or (T701C) 80°C (176°F)
starting the engine.
before attempting engine restart.
(c) Oil pressure may increase above 100 psig • Attempted restart must be made within 5
if engine is accelerated above idle while oil temperature is minutes of emergency shutdown.
below normal operating range. Oil pressure will decrease to
within normal operating range as oil temperature increases. (a) With PAS lever at 0° and with ignition
OFF, motor engine until TGT decreases below (T700,
(3) It is normal for the oil filter bypass light to T701) 150°C (302°F) or (T701C) 80°C (176°F).
come on when starting and when oil temperatures are below
normal operating temperatures. This is due to high oil (b) Make restart attempt within 5 minutes of
viscosity and contamination buildup in the oil filter. When emergency shutdown.
the engine oil temperature reaches approximately 38°C
(100°F) during warmup, the light should go out. (c) If restart attempt cannot be made within 5
minutes of emergency shutdown, wait 4 hours minimum
d. Engine Operation Below –40°C (–40°F). before attempting engine restart.
(1) If engine does not light off within 10 seconds (d) Hand-crank engine (para 1-98) to verify
after Ng begins to increase, de-energize ignition and retard that the gas generator rotor is not seized.
PAS lever to 0° and then advance to 26° (ground idle) three
times, ending at 26°. (4) If there is evidence of combustion after
shutdown, if TGT rises rapidly, or if TGT is greater than
(2) If engine still does not light off within 40 538°C (1000°F), make sure that PAS lever is at 0° and that
seconds, de-energize ignition, retard PAS lever to 0°, prime ignition is OFF. Motor engine until TGT indicates
combustion has stopped or until TGT is below 538°C
1-476
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
(1000°F). Continue to monitor TGT to be sure combustion l. Be sure that variable geometry (VG) linkage is
or temperature greater than 538°C (1000°F) does not occur. secure. Quick-release pins must be properly engaged.
If it does, continue motoring the engine even if starter
limitations must be exceeded. m. Be sure that bellmouth and inlet screen are
properly alined and are securely mounted.
(5) If there is evidence of fire inside the engine,
extinguish fire with CO2 by spraying it into engine air inlet n. Be sure that all drain containers are empty and that
while motoring engine. Starter limitations may be exceeded. the following engine drain lines are properly installed (see
Refer to table 1-16 (item 2) for required maintenance action. figure FO-3 for drain locations):
(6) If engine is equipped with a DEC, record the • Combustor (D1)
fault code displayed 30 seconds after engine shutdown. If • Common (D3)
no fault is detected, the torque reading will be 0.00. If fault • Swirl frame (D6)
is detected, refer to table 1-45 and troubleshoot DEC.
• (T700) POU (D4)
1-217. Pre-Run Inspection. Perform the following • (T701, T701C) ODV (D4)
inspections before engine start: • HMU vent (D5)
a. Check oil level indicator. If necessary, add oil o. Be sure that all accelerometers, brackets, and leads
(para 1-112). are correctly positioned and are secure.
b. Be sure that oil tank filler cap is properly installed. p. Move PAS and LDS levers through full range of
travel. When PAS lever goes through 127° to 130°, check
c. Check electrical cables for chafing and for broken ECU or DEC lockout operation by listening for a click from
or missing brackets or clamps. Be sure that electrical the Hamilton Standard HMU or aligning the white scribe
connectors are secure. line on the PAS spindle with the stop boss on the
Woodward Governor HMU housing. If click is not heard or
d. Be sure that fuel, oil, air tubes, and hoses are the white line is not completely visible, check PAS rigging
secure. Check for chafing, leaks, and for broken or missing according to METS/FEDS/CETS manual.
clamps.
e. Be sure that PAS and LDS actuation controls are
secure and rigged according to METS/FEDS/CETS manual. Electrical Test Leads
f. Be sure that V-band clamps on HMU, particle To prevent possible fire, do not allow
separator blower, and compressor blankoff plates are electrical test leads to contact fuel lines.
secure.
q. Be sure that test electrical leads are not touching
g. Check outside of engine for oil or fuel leaks, and fuel lines, so they cannot be shorted.
for missing or broken bolts and nuts. If oil or fuel is noted in
engine bay area, check weephole on oil cooler PNs
6044T95P01 or 6044T95P02 for leakage during idle speed
leakage check (para 1-226). Testing Chip Detector
h. Check engine inlet and exhaust for foreign objects To prevent injury from electrical shock, do not
or foreign object damage (FOD). hold detector in bare hands when doing the
following test.
i. On oil filter, be sure that impending bypass button
has not popped. r. Remove electrical chip detector (para 8-52) with
green cable attached. With power on, short an insulated
j. On fuel filter, be sure that impending bypass button screwdriver across contacts to see if electrical chip detector
has not popped. light works.
k. Be sure that engine mounts are secure.
Change 1 1-477
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
s. Reinstall electrical chip detector (para 8-55). c. Turn on air to water brake. Make sure air supply is
40-80 psig.
t. Be sure anti-icing panel light shows that the anti-
icing bleed and start valve is open. d. With PAS lever at 0°, there will be no fuel flow
from (T700) POU drain, or (T701, T701C) ODV drain.
1-218. Preparation for Engine Start. Perform the
following before starting engine:
• Engine Fuel System Priming (para 1-219) Do not exceed starter duty cycle.
• Engine Rollover (Dry Motoring)
(para 1-220) NOTE
• Fuel Flow Verification Check (para 1-221)
The starting system should motor the engine
1-219. Engine Fuel System Priming. to at least 24% Ng (10,281 rpm).
a. Be sure that all test panel warning lights are off. e. With PAS lever at 0° and ignition OFF, energize
Turn fuel pump on, and record fuel inlet pressure; pressure starter until maximum rollover speed is indicated.
will be 20-50 psig.
f. Record stabilized Ng speed. (24% (10,281 rpm)
b. Set WATER-IN lever to closed position and minimum).
WATER-OUT lever to open position.
g. Check for the following:
c. Advance PAS lever slowly to 130°. Record PAS
lever angle at first sign of fuel flow from common drain. (1) No fuel or oil leaks. With PAS lever at 0°,
PAS lever angle must be within 124° - 127°. If angle is out there should be no fuel flow from (T700) POU, or (T701,
of limit, check PAS rigging according to applicable aircraft T701C) ODV drain.
maintenance manual.
(2) Positive engine oil discharge pressure.
d. Allow fuel to drain (vent) for 30 to 60 seconds
from HMU vent or until a steady stream of fuel, free of air (3) Anti-icing panel light shows that anti-icing
and preserving oil, is draining from the vent. Fuel flow will bleed and start valve is open.
go to zero when PAS lever is retarded to 122° - 124°. If not,
PAS is misrigged or HMU is not functioning properly. h. De-energize starter and check for unusual noise
Check PAS rigging to determine source of problem. during coastdown.
e. Set PAS lever to 0°. 1-221. Fuel Flow Verification Check.
f. Empty HMU vent drain container in accordance
with local safety regulations.
If the engine is run in the aircraft instead of the
1-220. Engine Rollover (Dry Motoring). If fuel METS/FEDS/CETS, pull the ignition circuit
system has not been primed, go back to paragraph 1-219 breaker before attempting FUEL FLOW
before continuing. VERIFICATION CHECK to prevent the
engine from starting.
a. Turn on water to water brake. Make sure that water
pressure for water brake bearing is 80-100 psig in order to a. Manually position actuating system linkage
provide sufficient flow to lubricate the bearing. assembly to FULL OPEN (actuator rod retracted into
HMU). Using an open-end wrench on flats of actuating
b. Make sure that ignition switch is OFF, that LDS shaft, extend and retract HMU actuator rod. Check for full
and PAS levers are at 0°, that WATER-IN lever is in closed HMU actuator rod travel of 1.6 - 1.8 inches.
position, and that WATER-OUT lever is in open position.
1-478 Change 3
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
pressure, oil temperatures, vibration levels, VG tracking
angle, and PAS and LDS lever positions.
Ignition must be OFF when setting PAS lever b. Following normal engine start (para 1-224) and
to 26° (ground idle). after performing idle speed check (para 1-227), if required,
b. Motor engine to at least 24% (10,281 rpm) starter do the following mechanical check:
motoring speed. With ignition OFF, set PAS lever to 26°
(1) Position LDS lever to 0° and PAS lever to
(ground idle) for 30 seconds; then record Wf, P3, and Ng.
26°. When at ground idle speed, position WATER-IN lever
Wf should be 60 ±5 lb/hr. Look for fuel mist coming from
to set Np at 45-50%.
tailpipe.
c. Check to be sure that the VG stator vanes are in a
full-closed position (HMU actuator rod fully extended).
Do not exceed 3 seconds in the Np range of
d. Return PAS lever to 0°. Continue to motor engine 55-75%.
on the starter for 15 seconds more.
(2) Turn Np DEMAND knob for minimum Np
e. De-energize starter and allow engine to coast
speed.
down. Make the following checks:
(3) Position WATER-IN lever to CLOSED and
(1) Check for leaks in fuel system. With the
position WATER-OUT lever to OPEN. With LDS lever at
exception of approximately 1 ounce (30cc) of fuel found in
0°, slowly advance PAS lever to 117°. Adjust Np
the (T700) POU manifold assembly, or (T701, T701C)
DEMAND knob to set Np at (METS) 104.5% (20,900 rpm)
ODV manifold assembly drain container, there should be no
(FEDS/CETS) 104.5% (20,900 rpm). Be sure stage 1 VG
fuel leaks.
tracking is within limits (fig. 1-114 and 1-115).
(2) Check engine oil level. If necessary, add
oil(para 1-112).
1-222. Mechanical Check. • Do not allow TGT to exceed the maximum
NOTE limit setting.
• Do not allow Ng to exceed 102%.
Mechanical check is not required if break-in is
required. (4) With Np set for (METS) 104.5% (20,900
rpm) (FEDS/CETS) 104.5% (20,900 rpm) speed, set LDS
a. The following readings will be taken during test lever to50°.
unless procedures indicate certain parameters: Ng, Np,
TGT, Wf, engine torque, water brake torque, T0, P3, oil (5) Use WATER-IN lever to vary Ng as shown
in table 1-38 .
Table 1-38. Mechanical Check Settings
Time of Change
Np Demand Dial For Np Ng In Seconds Position Held
(METS) 104.5% (20,900 rpm) 92% 10 30 seconds (see step (7))
(FEDS/CETS) 104.5% (20,900 rpm)
(METS) 104.5% (20,900 rpm) 96% 10 30 seconds (see step (7))
(FEDS/CETS) 104.5% (20,900 rpm)
(METS) 104.5% (20,900 rpm) TGT limiter: 30 seconds (see step (7))
(FEDS/CETS) 104.5% (20,900 rpm)
(T700) 1539°-1560°F (837°-
849°C)
(T701) 1569°-1591°F (854°-
866°C)
(T701C) 1580°-1602°F (860°-
872°C)
Change 4 1-479
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-114. Temperature Corrections for Stage 1 VG Tracking
1-480
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-115. Stage 1 VG Tracking
1-481
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-116. Oil Discharge Temperature
1-482
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-117. Oil Scavenge Temperature for B-Sump
1-483
TM 1-2840-248-23
(6) Record Ng and T0 at the exact time the
anti-ice panel light goes on.
(7) After each 30-second position held (see
table 1-38), check and record the following before
continuing: • A water pressure of 80-100 pounds per
(a) Ng, Np, TGT, engine torque, water brake square inch gage (psig) must be maintained
torque, T0, VG tracking, and engine vibration levels. to prevent water brake bearing failure.
• At any time during engine operation, if
(b) Oil pressure (see table 1-36 (T700) PAS is reduced below ground idle and
or 1-37 (T701, T701C) for limits). there is a decreasing indication of Ng, Np,
T4.5, torque, Wf, P3, or oil pressure,
(c) Oil discharge and scavenge immediately chop PAS to stopcock/shutoff
temperature (fig. 1-116 and 1-117). and shut down engine. Advancing PAS
from below ground idle during engine
deceleration may result in a stall or engine
When decelerating, retard PAS lever before overtemperature. See emergency
reducing the WATER-IN lever to avoid Np shutdown procedure.
speed increase to the overspeed trip point. NOTE
(8) Return engine to ground idle by reducing • The starting system should be able to motor
PAS lever to 26°. Reposition the WATER-IN lever setting the engine to at least 10,728 rpm (24%) Ng.
to hold Np at 45-50% with the gas generator at ground idle. The starter must not be cut out below
Reduce LDS lever to 0°. 23,244 rpm (52%) Ng.
• After depreserving engine or after
1-223. Engine Checks and Tests Required
replacing any one of the following:
Following Replacement of Parts (AVIM).
– (T700) POU
a. Table 1-39 lists the checks and tests that must be – (T701, T701C) ODV
made after engine parts have been replaced. Parts removed – Oil cooler
to gain access to other parts or other areas are also subject to – HMU
the checks and tests. The first engine start may be delayed (delayed
lightoff) or may take longer than normal to
b. If more than one check or test is required, they can reach idle speed (ground idle). Some smoke
be done during the same run. may be noticed, but visible smoke should
disappear after preservation oil is burned off.
NOTE
a. Be sure ECU/DEC ground switch on test panel is at
The HMU is designed to be adjusted at depot
the T700 position, as instructed in manual (METS)
only. Adjustments to the HMU are safety
TM 55-4920-328-13-1, (FEDS) no number, or (CETS) SE-
wired to prevent adjustment at AVUM and
876-03-1006. Turn on water to water brake. Make sure that
AVIM.
water pressure for water brake bearing is 80-100psig in
c. When fuel system components are replaced or order to provide sufficient flow to lubricate the bearing.
when fuel system lines are disconnected for any reason,
check table 1-39 to see if an overspeed check is required. b. Turn on air to water brake. Make sure air supply is
40-80 psig.
d. The engine fuel system will be primed in
accordance with table 1-39 when METS/FEDS/CETS fuel c. Abort start by returning PAS lever to 0° if the
lines have been disconnected and when engine is first following requirements are not met:
installed. Prime engine fuel system (para 1-219) and
perform idle speed leakage check (para 1-226). (1) If TGT reaches the normal TGT limiter
temperature before ground idle speed is reached, de-
e. After all tests are completed, preserve engine parts energize ignition, and continue to motor the engine until
(para 1-252), purge oil system (para 1-253), and store parts TGT decreases below 538°C (1000°F).
(para 1-201).
1-224. Engine Start.
1-484 Change 3
Table 1-39. Checks Required Following Replacement of Parts at AVIM
(A) Para 1-238 , 1-239 ; (D) Para 1-241 , 1-242 A/C
METS/FEDS/CETS Para 1-234 A/C Para 1-141
METS/FEDS/CETS Para 1-235 A/C Para 1-134
METS/FEDS/CETS Para 1-237 A/C Para 1-143
METS/FEDS/CETS Para 1-249 A/C Para 1-144
METS/FEDS/CETS Para 1-236 A/C Para 1-88
Maximum Power Check METS/FEDS/CETS
METS/FEDS/CETS (A) Para 1-229 (D) Para 1-230
METS/FEDS/CETS (A) Para 1-232 (D) Para 1-233
Anti-Icing Bleed and Start Valve
(E) ECU or (C) DEC LOCKOUT
METS/FEDS/CETS Para 1-222
METS/FEDS/CETS Para 1-219 A/C Para 1-137
METS/FEDS/CETS Para 1-224 A/C Para 1-123
METS/FEDS/CETS Para 1-226 A/C Para 1-139
METS/FEDS/CETS Para 1-227 A/C Para 1-140
METS/FEDS/CETS Para 1-228 A/C Para 1-148
METS/FEDS/CETS Para 1-231 A/C Para 1-141
TGT Limiter Setting/Contingency Power Check
NO TE:
Engine designation is as follows:
Torque Repeatability
Torque Matching
Oil Consumption
(A) = (T700)
Mechanical
(B) = (T701)
A/C (A) Para 1-132 (D) Para 1-133
(C) = (T701C)
(D) = (T701, T701C)
(E) = (T700, T701)
(F) = (T700, T701C)
Idle Speed Leakage
TGT Limiter Setting
A/C (D) P ara 1-130
A/C (A) Para 1-129
Np Governing
Engine Start
Overspeed
Idle Speed
Break-In
Priming
Item Part Replaced
1. Accessory Gearbox •
2. COLD SEC TION MODULE • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
3. A-Sump Output Shaft Ass em bly • • • • •
Compressor C ase Half, Right-Hand Removal and
4. • • • • • • • • • • • •
Reins tallation
5. Inlet Separator Boot • •
6. No. 1 Carbon Seal • • •
7. Power Takeoff Drive Ass em bly • • • •
8. Swirl Fram e • • •
9. HOT SECTION MODULE • • • • • • • • • • • •
10. Combustion Liner • • • • • • • • • • •
11. Face-Type Seal • • • • • • • • • •
12. Gas Generator Rotor and Stator • • • • • • • • • • •
13. Stage 1 Nozzle Assembly • • • • • • • • • •
14. POWER TUR BINE M ODULE • • • • • • • • • • •
15. C-Sump C over and C-Sump Heat Shield • • •
16. ACCESSORY SECTION M ODULE • • • • • • • • • • • •
Change 1
17. Accessory Drive Gearbox Carbon Seals • • • •
TM 1-2840-248-23
18. Particle Separator Blower • • • •
T.O. 2J-T700-6
19. Particle Separator Inlet Duct • • •
20. Radial Drive Shaft Assembly • • •
21. Radial Drive Shaft Cover Ass em bly • •
22. Radial Drive Shaft Cover Boot • •
1-485
23. FUEL SYSTEM
Change 4 1-486
47.
46.
45.
44.
43.
42.
41.
40.
39.
38.
37.
36.
35.
34.
33.
32.
31.
30.
29.
28.
27.
26.
25.
24.
Item
NO TE:
(B) = (T701)
(A) = (T700)
HMU
(C) = (T701C)
Fuel Filter
(E) = (T700, T701)
Carbon Seal
(F) = (T700, T701C)
(D) = (T701, T701C)
Igniter Plugs
Fuel Injectors
Alternator Rotor
Alternator Stator
Fuel Boost Pump
(A) Primer Nozzles
M ain Fuel M anifold
Fuel Pressure Sensor
(E) ECU or (C) DEC
(A) POU or (D) ODV
Electrical Ignition Leads
(A) Fuel Start Feed Tube
ELECTR ICAL SYSTEM
Ignition Exciter Assembly
Engine designation is as follows:
Blue Electrical Cable (W5)
Green Electrical C able (W3)
(A) Fuel Start M anifold Tube
Fuel Filter Element and Bowl
Gearbox-to-HM U Hose Assembly
Part Replaced
(E) History Recorder or (C) History Counter
(A) POU Manifold or (D) ODV Manifold Assembly
Priming
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
METS/FEDS/CETS Para 1-219 A/C Para 1-137
Engine Start
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
METS/FEDS/CETS Para 1-224 A/C Para 1-123
Idle Speed Leakage
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
METS/FEDS/CETS Para 1-226 A/C Para 1-139
Idle Speed
•
•
•
•
METS/FEDS/CETS Para 1-227 A/C Para 1-140
Break-In
METS/FEDS/CETS Para 1-228 A/C Para 1-148
Overspeed
•
•
•
•
•
•
METS/FEDS/CETS (A) Para 1-229 (D) Para 1-230
A/C (A) Para 1-132 (D) Para 1-133
Np Governing
•
•
•
•
METS/FEDS/CETS Para 1-231 A/C Para 1-141
TGT Limiter Setting/Contingency Power Check
•
A/C (D) P ara 1-130
TGT Limiter Setting
•
METS/FEDS/CETS (A) Para 1-232 (D) Para 1-233
A/C (A) Para 1-129
•
•
Torque Matching
METS/FEDS/CETS Para 1-234 A/C Para 1-141
Table 1-39. Checks Required Following Replacement of Parts at AVIM (Cont)
(E) ECU or (C) DEC LOCKOUT
METS/FEDS/CETS Para 1-235 A/C Para 1-134
Torque Repeatability
METS/FEDS/CETS Para 1-236 A/C Para 1-88
•
•
Anti-Icing Bleed and Start Valve
METS/FEDS/CETS Para 1-237 A/C Para 1-143
Maximum Power Check METS/FEDS/CETS
(A) Para 1-238 , 1-239 ; (D) Para 1-241 , 1-242 A/C
•
Oil Consumption
METS/FEDS/CETS Para 1-249 A/C Para 1-144
•
Mechanical
METS/FEDS/CETS Para 1-222
T.O. 2J-T700-6
TM 1-2840-248-23
1-487 Change 1
71.
70.
69.
68.
67.
66.
65.
64.
63.
62.
61.
60.
59.
58.
57.
56.
55.
54.
53.
52.
51.
50.
49.
48.
Item
NO TE:
(B) = (T701)
(A) = (T700)
(C) = (T701C)
Np Sensor
Oil Cooler
(E) = (T700, T701)
(F) = (T700, T701C)
(D) = (T701, T701C)
OIL SYSTEM
Oil Drain Plug
Oil Drain Ins ert
B-Sump Drain Tube
Cold Oil Relief Valve
Oil and Scavenge Pum p
Electrical Chip Detector
Bypass Valve Assembly
Oil Filter Bypass Sensor
M ain Frame Oil Strainer
Therm ocouple Assembly
C-Sump Oil Supply Tube
Engine designation is as follows:
C-Sump Aft Scavenge Tube
M id C-Sump Scavenge Tube
Yellow Electrical Cable (W4)
Torque and Overspeed Sensor
B-Sump Oil Inlet Check Valve
Oil Cooler Bypass Relief Valve
C-Sump Forward Scavenge Tube
(D) B-Sump Delta Pressure Tube
C-Sump Forward Oil Scavenge Tube
Part Replaced
Oil Filter Bowl and Indicator Assembly
Priming
METS/FEDS/CETS Para 1-219 A/C Para 1-137
Engine Start
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
METS/FEDS/CETS Para 1-224 A/C Para 1-123
Idle Speed Leakage
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
METS/FEDS/CETS Para 1-226 A/C Para 1-139
Idle Speed
METS/FEDS/CETS Para 1-227 A/C Para 1-140
Break-In
METS/FEDS/CETS Para 1-228 A/C Para 1-148
Overspeed
•
•
METS/FEDS/CETS (A) Para 1-229 (D) Para 1-230
A/C (A) Para 1-132 (D) Para 1-133
Np Governing
•
•
METS/FEDS/CETS Para 1-231 A/C Para 1-141
TGT Limiter Setting/Contingency Power Check
•
•
A/C (D) P ara 1-130
TGT Limiter Setting
•
•
METS/FEDS/CETS (A) Para 1-232 (D) Para 1-233
A/C (A) Para 1-129
•
Torque Matching
METS/FEDS/CETS Para 1-234 A/C Para 1-141
Table 1-39. Checks Required Following Replacement of Parts at AVIM (Cont)
(E) ECU or (C) DEC LOCKOUT
METS/FEDS/CETS Para 1-235 A/C Para 1-134
•
Torque Repeatability
METS/FEDS/CETS Para 1-236 A/C Para 1-88
Anti-Icing Bleed and Start Valve
METS/FEDS/CETS Para 1-237 A/C Para 1-143
Maximum Power Check METS/FEDS/CETS
•
(A) Para 1-238 , 1-239 ; (D) Para 1-241 , 1-242 A/C
•
•
Oil Consumption
METS/FEDS/CETS Para 1-249 A/C Para 1-144
Mechanical
METS/FEDS/CETS Para 1-222
T.O. 2J-T700-6
TM 1-2840-248-23
Change 1 1-488
92.
91.
90.
89.
88.
87.
86.
85.
84.
83.
82.
81.
80.
79.
78.
77.
76.
75.
74.
73.
72.
Item
NO TE:
(B) = (T701)
(A) = (T700)
(C) = (T701C)
(E) = (T700, T701)
(F) = (T700, T701C)
(D) = (T701, T701C)
Sensing Tube
AIR SYSTEM
Scavenge Screens
Oil Filter Element
Oil Level Indicator
Oil Transfer Sleeve
Oil Pressure Sensor
Anti-Icing IGV Duct
Anti-Icing Bleed Duct
Oil Manifold Assembly
Anti-Icing Seal Housing
Engine designation is as follows:
Oil Tank Cap and Adapter
Anti-Icing IGV Feed Tube
(F) Oil Tem perature Sens or
Forward Seal Press ure Tube
Compressor Leakage Air Tube
Anti-Icing Bleed and Start Valve
Part Replaced
Seal Pressure and Scavenge Tube Assembly
(A) P3 Hose and Tube Assembly (D) P3 Tube
Oil Supply Tubes (Left-Hand and Right-Hand)
Anti-Icing Seal Retainer, Lanyard and Clip Assembly
Priming
METS/FEDS/CETS Para 1-219 A/C Para 1-137
Engine Start
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
METS/FEDS/CETS Para 1-224 A/C Para 1-123
Idle Speed Leakage
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
METS/FEDS/CETS Para 1-226 A/C Para 1-139
Idle Speed
•
•
•
METS/FEDS/CETS Para 1-227 A/C Para 1-140
Break-In
METS/FEDS/CETS Para 1-228 A/C Para 1-148
Overspeed
METS/FEDS/CETS (A) Para 1-229 (D) Para 1-230
A/C (A) Para 1-132 (D) Para 1-133
Np Governing
METS/FEDS/CETS Para 1-231 A/C Para 1-141
TGT Limiter Setting/Contingency Power Check
A/C (D) P ara 1-130
TGT Limiter Setting
METS/FEDS/CETS (A) Para 1-232 (D) Para 1-233
A/C (A) Para 1-129
Torque Matching
METS/FEDS/CETS Para 1-234 A/C Para 1-141
Table 1-39. Checks Required Following Replacement of Parts at AVIM (Cont)
(E) ECU or (C) DEC LOCKOUT
METS/FEDS/CETS Para 1-235 A/C Para 1-134
Torque Repeatability
METS/FEDS/CETS Para 1-236 A/C Para 1-88
•
Anti-Icing Bleed and Start Valve
METS/FEDS/CETS Para 1-237 A/C Para 1-143
Maximum Power Check METS/FEDS/CETS
(A) Para 1-238 , 1-239 ; (D) Para 1-241 , 1-242 A/C
•
•
Oil Consumption
METS/FEDS/CETS Para 1-249 A/C Para 1-144
Mechanical
METS/FEDS/CETS Para 1-222
T.O. 2J-T700-6
TM 1-2840-248-23
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
(2) If no sign of positive oil pressure within 30 (2) Set WATER-OUT lever to maximum open
seconds after engine starter is energized, de-energize position.
ignition and starter.
(3) If engine does not light off within 30 seconds
after Ng begins to increase, de-energize ignition and retard Avoid operating in an Np range of 55-75%.
PAS lever to 0°. Motor engine for at least 15 seconds to
purge fuel. (3) Set Np demand knob for max Np speed.
Record dial setting on test log.
(4) If power turbine does not rotate within 30
seconds after reaching ground idle speed, abort start.
(4) Record engine inlet air temperature (T0).
d. During engine starting, observe the following
precautions:
(1) If Ng hangs up in 54-58% range, chop PAS Do not allow fuel to enter engine before
lever to 0°. Do not operate engine for more than 30 seconds energizing ignition. If PAS lever is not at 0°,
in this range. fuel will enter the engine.
(2) Maximum time allowed for Np to remain in (5) At the same time, press and hold starter and
25-40% range is 10 seconds. ignition and start the timer. Advance PAS lever to 26°
(ground idle) after a positive Ng indication.
(3) If Np approaches 55% during start with LDS
lever at 0°, open WATER-IN lever. (6) De-energize starter and ignition at 52% Ng. If
combustor rumbling persists at or above ground idle, shut
(4) If start is discontinued, monitor TGT after down engine and refer to troubleshooting procedure 24
shutdown. If TGT increases above 538°C (1000°F) or if (table 1-45).
there is evidence of combustion after shutdown (indicated
by a rapid increase in TGT), motor engine until temperature (7) Record the following:
decreases below 538°C (1000°F). Wait 5 minutes or until
TGT decreases below (T700, T701) 150°C (302°F) or (a) Time to reach ground idle speed (timed to
(T701C) 80°C (176°F) before attempting an engine start. 63%).
(5) For starting vibration limits, see table 1-36 (b) Maximum TGT during acceleration to
(T700) or 1-37 (T701, T701C). ground idle.
e. Start engine as follows: (c) Engine inlet air temperature (T0).
(d) Engine oil discharge pressure.
NOTE
• During engine starting, a combustor (e) Maximum vibration at each accelerometer
during acceleration to ground idle.
rumbling may be heard before reaching
ground idle. This rumbling sound is
(8) At ground idle speed, set WATER-IN lever at
acceptable as long as it stops before
45-50% Np. Record WATER-IN lever position. It will be
reaching ground idle.
used for future starts and ground idle positions.
• The Woodward Governor HMU gear pump
has a unique sound described as: clanking,
rubbing, screeching, and clicking. These
sounds may be heard during engine startup
and coastdown. • Lack of torque reading could mean that Np
overspeed protection system is not
(1) Make sure ignition switch and TORQUE working.
MATCH switch is OFF. Set LDS and PAS levers to 0°. Set • If engine torque indicator is not working,
WATER-IN lever to CLOSED position. engine must be shut down and fault fixed.
1-489
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
(9) Record all instrument readings after engine where air leaks are suspected. Solution will bubble if there
has stabilized for one minute. See table 1-36 (T700) or 1-37 is leakage.
(T701, T701C) for operating limits.
(2) An alternate method is to place hand
1-225. HMU P3 Fitting Check. approximately 6 - 12 inches away from air system
components, connections, compressor case splitline flanges,
a. Prepare aircraft for safe ground maintenance in and other engine mating flange.
accordance with applicable aircraft maintenance manual.
(3) The following inspection criteria shall be
b. Position the firewall fuel shutoff switch to ON utilized:
(open).
(a) No air leakage is allowed around the P3
c. Read fuel system preliminary instructions line/connections or around other threaded fitting torqued
(para 6-3). connections.
d. Remove (T700) P3 hose and tube assembly or (b) Air leakage around the anti-icing bleed
(T701, T701C) P3 tube from HMU (para 6-40). and start valve and attaching fittings is acceptable if bare
hand can be held within 6 inches of the air leak.
e. (T701, T701C AH-64A) Fuel selector shall be in
cross feed position. (c) Air leakage around the engine compressor
case splitline flanges, other engine mating flanges, slip joint
f. Pressurize aircraft fuel system in accordance with connections, or metal to metal sealing surfaces is acceptable
applicable aircraft maintenance manual. if bare hand can be held within 12 inches of the air leak.
g. With fuel system pressurized, inspect the P3 fitting b. Check for air leaks in the following areas:
on the HMU for leakage for 3 minutes. No leakage allowed.
• (T700) primer nozzles retaining nuts (3,
h. If leakage is observed, replace HMU (para 6-40). fig. 6-1)
• fuel injector retaining nuts (7, fig. 6-5)
i. If leakage is not observed, install (T700) P3 hose
• (T700) igniter plug retaining nuts (4,
and tube assembly or (T701, T701C) onto HMU
fig. 7-1)
(para 6-40).
• (T701, T701C) igniter plug (1, fig. 7-2)
j. Inspect for FOD and secure work area.
k. Repeat steps a through j for other engine.
Retaining nuts and (T701, T701C) igniter
1-226. Idle Speed Leakage Check. While engine is plugs are installed with a torque of 15°
running at idle speed, visually inspect the engine for leaks wrench-arc. When applying additional
as follows: wrench-arc, do not exceed a total torque of
30° wrench-arc; otherwise, midframe ports
a. Check for air leakage using either of the following may crack.
methods:
(1) If air leaks are found, apply an additional 15°
wrench-arc to retaining nut or (T701, T701C) igniter plug
and recheck for air leaks (step a).
Working Near Hot Sections
(2) If air continues to leak around fuel injector
Keep hands away from hot sections. retaining nut (7, fig. 6-5), do the following:
(1) The preferred method is to apply Leak Test (a) Shut down engine and remove fuel
Oxygen System Solution (item 98, Appendix D) on surfaces injector from midframe port (para 6-24).
1-490
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
(b) Inspect mating surface of fuel injector f. Check oil level indicator. If necessary, add oil
mounting flange (4, fig. 6-6) (para 6-25). (para 1-112).
(c) Inspect fuel injector seating surface (15, g. Restart engine (para 1-224, step e).
fig. 2-40) (para 2-62).
1-227. Idle Speed Check.
c. Visually check for fuel and oil leaks, paying
particular attention to the following: a. Maintain Np at 45-50% by adjusting the WATER-
IN lever. Set idle speed PAS to 26° (Ng speed should be at
(1) Hose and tube connections that were min value).
disconnected and reinstalled during troubleshooting.
b. Slowly move PAS lever until Ng reaches 85% ±2%
(2) Mating flange joints between accessory drive reading. Immediately after reaching speed, slowly reduce
gearbox assembly and its components, specifically between PAS lever to 26°. Minimum ground idle speed limit shall be
the AGB and the mainframe. 63% (28,161 rpm).
(3) Total surface area of the mainframe. 1-228. Break-In Run. A break-in run is required
whenever the gas generator stator and rotor are replaced. If
(4) Area between fuel filter bowl and filter a break-in run is required, proceed as follows:
housing.
(5) Overboard drain for excessive oil or fuel
leakage. • Avoid operating in Np range of 55-75%.
• Maximum acceleration and deceleration
(6) Weephole at 12 o'clock position on oil cooler
rate is 2500 rpm (Ng) per minute until
PN 6044T95P01 or PN 6044T95P02.
break-in run is completed; otherwise, gas
generator stator and rotor may be damaged.
d. If any leaks are found, shut down engine by
moving PAS lever to 0°.
a. With WATER-IN lever set to hold Np at 45-50%,
advance PAS lever to set Ng at 85 ±2%.
e. Correct all leaks.
b. Set LDS lever to 0° and use PAS lever to
accelerate to 85% Np.
c. Set Np DEMAND dial to 85%, set PAS lever to
117° and set LDS to 50°. With Np at 85%, or as low as
possible, use WATER-IN lever to vary Ng, as directed in
table 1-40.
1-491
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table 1-40. Break-In Run
Time of Time of Position
Ng Ng Change Ng Change Held
From To (in seconds) To (in seconds) (in seconds)
a. Vary Ng as follows:
84% 88% 10 87% 10 30
87% 91% 10 89% 10 30
89% 93% 10 92% 10 30
92% 88% 10 92% 10 30
92% 95% 10 94% 10 30
(Before proceeding, take a full set of readings after 30 seconds. VG tracking must be within limits of figures 1-114
and 1-115).
b. Slowly decelerate to 89% Ng.
NOTE
(T701C, Apache engines equipped with DEC PN 6080T56P03) Do not exceed maximum
Np demand setting while increasing Np demand during check. Otherwise, the DEC fault
(Np demand signal) will appear at engine shutdown.
c. Use Np DEMAND to rapidly increase and decrease Np as follows:
Position
Np Np Np Held
From To To (in seconds)
85% 95% 90% 30
90% 100% 95% 30
95% 105% 100% 30
d. (T700) Advance LDS lever to 70°. With Np DEMAND set for 104.5%, vary Ng as follows:
Do not exceed TGT of 1535°F (835°C); otherwise, engine overtemperature damage may
result. If TGT limit is reached, consider it Max Limiting Temperature for last two
readings in step d.
94% 97% 10 96% 10 30
96% TGT=1380°F 20 TGT=1409°F 20 30
(749°C) (765°C)
(Before proceeding, take a full set of readings after 30 seconds. VG tracking must be within limits of figures 1-114
and 1-115).
TGT = 1409°F 98% 10 96% 10 30
(765°C)
96% 100% 10 98% 10 30
98% Max Limiting 10 1,500 RPM less 10 30
1,500 Max Limiting 10 Max Limiting 10 30
1-492
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table 1-40. Break-In Run (Cont)
Time of Time of Position
Ng Ng Change Ng Change Held
From To (in seconds) To (in seconds) (in seconds)
e. Take a full set of readings after 30 seconds.
NOTE
(T701C, Apache engines equipped with DEC PN 6080T56P03) Do not exceed maximum
Np demand setting while increasing Np demand during check. Otherwise, the DEC fault
(Np demand signal) will appear at engine shutdown.
f. (T701, T701C) Advance LDS lever to 70° with NP demand set for 104.5%, and vary Ng as follows:
Do not exceed TGT limit of (T701) 1562°F (850°C) (T701C) 1584° (862°C); otherwise,
engine overtemperature damage may result. If TGT limit is reached, consider it Max
Limiting for last reading in this step.
94% 89% 20 75% Max Con 20 30
(figure 1-126
(T701), or figure
1-127 (T701C))
(Before proceeding, take a full set of readings after 30 seconds. VG tracking must be within limits of figures 1-114
and 1-115).
75% Max Con 97% 10 96% 10 30
96% TGT = (T701) 1450°F 20 TGT = (T701) 20 30
(788°C) (T701C) 1482°F (805°C)
1470°F (799°C) (T701C) 1508°F
(820°C)
(Before proceeding, take a full set of readings after 30 seconds. VG tracking must be within limits of figures 1-114
and 1-115).
TGT = 1482°F 98% 10 97% 10 30
(805°C)
97% 99% 10 98% 10 30
98% 102% 10 99% 10 30
99% 101% 10 100% 10 30
1,500 RPM Less — — Max Limiting 10 30
Max Limiting
g. Take a full set of readings after 30 seconds.
1-493
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
NOTE f. Release button B while holding button A
depressed. Ng should stabilize.
During cold weather operation (para 1-215),
low ambient temperatures may prevent g. Release button A.
completion of steady-state break-in. At least
90% Ng must be reached to complete cold day h. Depress button B. Ng should remain stable.
break-in requirements. If 90% Ng cannot be
reached, completion of break-in will be i. Release button B. Continue test.
postponed until ambient temperature
increases. 1-230. (T701, T701C) Overspeed Check.
d. Complete break-in run as follows: a. Position LDS lever to 0° and PAS lever to 26°.
When at ground idle speed, position WATER-IN lever to
(1) Slowly set TGT to 1430°-1450°F set Np at 45-50%.
(777°-788°C).
NOTE
To avoid engine damage, do not operate in an
(T701C, Apache engines equipped with DEC Np range of 55%-75%.
PN 6080T56P03) Do not exceed maximum
Np demand setting while increasing Np b. Slowly move PAS lever to 117° and LDS lever
demand during check. Otherwise, the DEC to50°.
fault (Np demand signal) will appear at engine
shutdown. c. Set Np DEMAND dial for (METS) 104.5%
(20,900 rpm) or (FEDS/CETS) 104.5% (20,900 rpm) Np
(2) Rapidly (10 seconds or less) decrease Np to speed.
96%.
1-229. (T700) Overspeed Check.
To avoid damage to ignition exciter, do not
a. Position LDS lever to 0° and PAS lever to 26°. exceed ignition exciter duty cycle (refer to
When at ground idle speed, position WATER-IN lever to table 1-37).
set Np at 45-50%.
d. Press and hold in ignition button.
To avoid engine damage, do not operate in an
Np range of 55%-75%. To avoid engine damage, TGT must be
monitored during overspeed test.
b. Slowly move PAS lever to 117° and LDS to 50°.
e. If TGT exceeds (ECU) 1593°F (867°C) or (DEC)
c. Use Np dial set up to (METS) 104.5% (20,900 1598°F (870°C), shutdown immediately. Motor engine on
rpm) or (FEDS/CETS) 104.5% (20,900 rpm). starter until TGT decreases below 1000°F (538°C). Wait 5
minutes or until TGT decreases below 302°F (150°C)
d. Press and hold in both Np overspeed test buttons A before attempting an engine start.
and B at the same time.
f. Press overspeed button A. Ng should not decrease.
e. With both Np overspeed button A and B If it does, release button A, shut engine down, and
depressed, slowly increase Np demand until you see a sharp troubleshoot Np overspeed system (table 1-45).
drop in Ng (this should occur when Np reaches (METS) 103
± 1% (20,600 rpm) or (FEDS/CETS) 103 ± 1% (20,600
rpm)). Wait for Ng to cycle three times.
1-494 Change 3
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
g. Press overspeed button B. Ng should not decrease. NOTE
If it does, release button B, shut engine down and
troubleshoot Np overspeed system (table 1-45). During torque changes, Np speed may vary
slightly, but should settle out at (METS)
104.5% (20,900 rpm) or (FEDS/CETS)
104.5% (20,900 rpm) quickly.
Delay in release of both buttons A and B may
result in Ng recycling below IDLE, d. If Np remains at 104.5% in steps a thru c, then Np
subsequent engine stall, and TGT increase. governing is operating properly.
h. With both buttons A and B depressed, wait for a 1-232. (T700) TGT Limiter Setting Check
drop in Ng. Immediately release buttons A and B. (METS/FEDS/CETS). If T0 is below 40°F (4°C), TGT
limiter setting check may not be possible. Note this fact on
i. After five seconds has elapsed release ignition test log sheet, and continue with next required test.
button.
a. Set Np DEMAND dial for 104.5% Np; set PAS
1-231. Np Governing Check. The engine control lever to 117° and LDS lever to 70°. Be sure ECU ground
system is designed to maintain a constant Np speed, usually switch or test panel is at the T700 position, as instructed in
(METS) 104.5 ± 1% (20,900 rpm) or (FEDS/CETS) 104.5 ± manual (METS) TM 55-4920-328-13-1, (FEDS) no
1% (20,900 rpm). If Np cannot be held at this speed, then number, or (CETS) SE-876-03-1006.
the Np governing system is not governing.
b. Slowly open WATER-IN lever until TGT indicator
NOTE peaks between 837°-849°C (1538° - 1561°F) Do not exceed
849°C (1561°F).
• LDS lever and WATER-IN lever should be
c. Allow TGT to stabilize, then slowly open
moved slowly and at the same time to
WATER-IN lever until Np decreases to 98%.
avoid hitting NP overspeed trip setting.
• (T701C, Apache engines equipped with d. Wait 5 seconds and record TGT, Np, T0, Wf, Ng,
DEC PN 6080T56P03) Do not exceed engine torque, and water brake torque.
maximum Np demand setting while
increasing Np demand during check. e. TGT must be 837° - 849°C (1538° - 1561°F).
Otherwise, the DEC fault (Np demand
signal) will appear at engine shutdown. f. Close WATER-IN lever until TGT is
1390°-1410°F (754° - 766°C).
a. Move PAS lever to 117°, move LDS lever to 35°,
and adjust WATER-IN lever to get an engine torque reading 1-233. (T701, T701C) TGT Limiter Setting Check
of 175 ft-lbs. Set Np speed to (METS) 104.5% (20,900 rpm) (METS/FEDS/CETS). If T0 is below (ECU) 40°F (4°C)
or (FEDS/CETS) 104.5% (20,900 rpm). Record Np, torque, or (DEC) 7°F (–14°C) TGT limiter setting check may not be
and LDS. possible. Note this fact on test log sheet and continue with
next required test.
b. Using the WATER-IN lever, increase torque to NOTE
225 ft-lbs. Do not change LDS, PAS, or Np speed setting.
Np speed must remain at (METS) 104.5% (20,900 rpm) or (T701C, Apache engines equipped with DEC
(FEDS/CETS) 104.5% (20,900 rpm). Record Np, torque, PN 6080T56P03) Do not exceed maximum
and LDS. Np demand setting while increasing Np
demand during check. Otherwise, the DEC
c. Using the WATER-IN lever, decrease torque to fault (Np demand signal) will appear at engine
125 ft-lbs. Do not change LDS, PAS, or Np speed setting. shutdown.
Np speed must remain at (METS) 104.5% (20,900 rpm) or
(FEDS/CETS) 104.5% (20,900 rpm). Record Np, torque, a. Set TORQUE MATCH switch to RUN, and set Np
and LDS. DEMAND dial for (METS) 104.5% (20,900 rpm) or
(FEDS/CETS) 104.5% (20,900 rpm) Np; set PAS lever to
117° and LDS lever to 70°. Be sure ECU or DEC ground
switch on test panel is at the T700 position, as instructed in
Change 3 1-495
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
manual (METS) TM 55-4920-328-13-1, (FEDS) no NOTE
number, or (CETS) SE-876-03-1006.
Perform this check only if the ECU and/or
b. Slowly open WATER-IN lever until TGT indicator HMU are to be shipped/installed on the engine
peaks between (T701) 854°-866°C (1569°-1591°F). or or cold section module.
(T701C) 860°-872°C (1580°-1602°F). Do not exceed
(T701) 866°C (1591°F) or (T701C) 872°C (1602°F). a. Set Np DEMAND dial for 93-97% Np.
b. Set PAS lever to 117°, LDS lever to 50°, and set
c. Allow TGT to stabilize, then slowly open
WATER-IN lever so that TGT is 1390°-1410°F
WATER-IN lever until Np decreases to (METS) 102.5%
(754°-766°C).
(FEDS/CETS) 102.5%.
d. Wait 5 seconds and record TGT, Np, T0, Wf, Ng,
engine torque, and water brake torque. Uncommanded % NG increasing will result
from an engine control failing high side, and
e. TGT must be (T701) 854°-866°C (1569°-1591°F) uncommanded % NG decreasing will result
or (T701C) 860°-872°C (1580°-1602°F). from an engine control failing low side.
f. Close WATER-IN lever until TGT is (ECU) NOTE
754°-766°C (1390°-1410°F).
Advancing the PAS lever to maximum (130°)
locks out the signal from the ECU or DEC to
1-234. Torque Matching Check.
the HMU. The engine must be controlled
manually, using PAS and LDS levers, to make
a. Set TORQUE MATCH switch to OFF.
sure that it does not exceed operating limits.
b. Move LDS lever to 70°. Open WATER-IN lever so c. Anytime an HMU or AGB is removed and it or a
that Ng is 97% maximum or so that engine torque is replacement is installed, perform a minimum of 5 cycles of
140-160 ft-lbs. Np should be about (METS) 100% (20,000 DEC or ECU lockout. Lockout without an uncommanded
rpm) or (FEDS/CETS) 100% (20,000 rpm). Record Np, acceleration or deceleration should occur. If an
engine torque, water brake torque, and Ng. uncommanded acceleration or deceleration occurs, see
troubleshooting procedure 8 or 30 as appropriate.
c. Set TORQUE MATCH switch to RUN. For
engines equipped with a DEC, a momentary rise in Np d. Momentarily advance PAS lever to 130° and then
(approximately 300 rpm) may be observed. Np should retard lever back to 50°.
return to (METS) 100% (20,000 rpm) or (FEDS/CETS)
100% (20,000 rpm) and remain steady. Record Np reading. e. ECU or DEC is now locked out. Np should be 95%
or lower. If Np increases beyond 95%, Np must be
d. Set TORQUE MATCH switch to T/S. Np should decreased either by opening setting on WATER-IN lever or
increase 3-8% above speed in step b. decreasing setting on PAS lever.
e. Set TORQUE MATCH switch to OFF. Np should f. Slowly advance PAS lever until Np reaches
return to original speed in step b. Record Np speed. (METS) 104.5% (20,900 rpm) or (FEDS/CETS) 104.5%
(20,900 rpm). This will indicate that ECU or DEC is locked
1-235. ECU or DEC Lock-Out System Check. out.
To avoid engine damage, do not operate
TGT limiter and Np governor are bypassed
engine steady-state between 24%-38% Np
when engine is operated with ECU or DEC
(5,000-8,000 rpm) or 57%-72% Np (11,900-
locked out. Retard PAS lever to avoid
15,000 rpm) range.
exceeding the normal TGT limiter setting and
maintain Np speed within desired range. g. Move PAS lever to 26° (ground idle) to reset ECU
or DEC.
1-496 Change 3
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
(1) Water brake torque of 1500 ±50 inch-pounds.
Record TGT, water brake torque, engine torque, and Np.
While advancing PAS lever, observe Np.
Make sure Np reference is not exceeded. If Np (2) Water brake torque of 2000 ±50 inch-pounds.
exceeds 95% setting, ECU or DEC reset was Record TGT, water brake torque, engine torque, and Np.
not done and the PAS lever must be retarded
(3) Water brake torque of 2800 ±50 inch-pounds.
to 26°.
Record TGT, water brake torque, engine torque, and Np.
h. Slowly advance PAS lever to 117°. Np should not (4) Water brake torque of 3500 ±50 inch-pounds.
exceed 95%. This indicates ECU or DEC has been reset. Record TGT, water brake torque, engine torque, and Np.
NOTE b. Set the following points in steps b(1) through b(3)
in a deceleration direction. When setting points in the
(T701C, Apache engines equipped with DEC deceleration direction, be careful not to undershoot the
PN 6080T56P03) Do not exceed maximum torque setting. If the point is undershot, increase load by
Np demand setting while increasing Np 500 inch-pounds. Reset the point by decreasing the load.
demand during check. Otherwise, the DEC
fault (Np demand signal) will appear at engine (1) Water brake torque of 2800 ±50 inch-pounds.
shutdown. Record TGT, water brake torque, engine torque, and Np.
i. Set Np DEMAND dial for (METS) 104.5% (20,900 (2) Water brake torque of 2000 ±50 inch-pounds.
rpm) or (FEDS/CETS) 104.5% (20,900 rpm) Np speed; Np Record TGT, water brake torque, engine torque, and Np.
will increase to (METS) 104.5% (20,900 rpm) or (FEDS/
CETS) 104.5% (20,900 rpm). This indicates the system is (3) Water brake torque of 1500 ±50 inch-pounds.
operating normally. Record results of ECU or DEC Record TGT, water brake torque, engine torque, and Np.
Lock-Out System Check on log sheet.
c. Deceleration engine torque recorded in step b must
be within ±6 foot-pounds of each corresponding engine
1-236. Torque Repeatability Check.
torque recorded in step a.
NOTE 1-237. Anti-Icing Bleed and Start Valve Check.
(T701C, Apache engines equipped with DEC
a. With Np DEMAND dial still set for 104.5% speed,
PN 6080T56P03) Do not exceed maximum
slowly move WATER-IN lever to set 92-94% Ng. Move
Np demand setting while increasing Np
LDS lever to 50°.
demand during check. Otherwise, the DEC
fault (Np demand signal) will appear at engine
b. Record Ng, static pressure at compressor
shutdown.
discharge(P3), TGT, and Wf.
a. Set PAS to 117°, LDS to 50° and Np DEMAND
c. Turn anti-ice switch to ON. Anti-ice light must
dial for (METS) 104.5% (20,900 rpm) or (FEDS/CETS)
come on and TGT must rise. Record Ng, TGT, Wf, P3, and
104.5% (20,900 rpm) Np speed. Using the WATER-IN
T0.
lever, set the following points in steps a(1) through a(4) in
an acceleration direction. If any of one of the points are d. Turn anti-ice switch to OFF. Anti-ice light will go
overshot, reduce load by 500 inch-pounds. Reset the point off and TGT will decrease. Record TGT, T0, Ng, and P3.
by increasing load.
e. Decel to ground idle (PAS lever to 26°).
NOTE
f. Determine the point of anti-icing bleed and start
When setting points in the acceleration valve closing speed vs% Ng (fig. 1-118). Troubleshoot any
direction, be careful not to overshoot the valve falling outside the limits in figure 1-118 and replace
torque setting. any valve failing to meet these limits after troubleshooting.
Change 3 1-497
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-118. Anti-Icing Bleed and Start Valve Closing Speeds vs Ng
1-238. (T700) Performance Evaluation Test. (5) The following readings will be taken at each
condition (table 1-41) during performance evaluation test:
T0, engine torque, TGT, Wf, Np, Ng, water brake torque,
NOTE
P3, oil pressure (see table 1-36 for limits), oil temperature,
(T701, T701C) performance evaluation test oil scavenge temperature, vibration levels, VG tracking
is described in paragraph 1-241. angle, PAS and LDS lever positions.
a. Review the following requirements before starting (6) Record any engine malfunction on the test
the performance evaluation test: log sheet.
(1) Barometer reading must be taken before and (7) Record time at which each schedule test
after the test run. At each test point, record barometer condition is started and completed.
reading.
(8) Do not exceed water brake torque limits
(2) Fuel will conform to JP-4, JP-5, or JP-8. specified in METS/FEDS/CETS manual.
Measure and record specific gravity of fuel before the
performance test. b. Do the performance evaluation test as follows:
(3) A complete set of zero readings will be taken (1) Make sure anti-icing switch is OFF.
prior to the start of the performance evaluation test and after
shutdown. Record all history recorder readings before and (2) Stay at test conditions 2 and 3 (table 1-41),
after test. for 5 minutes minimum before recording readings.
(4) Ng, Np, Wf, engine torque, and water brake (3) Use WATER-IN lever to set water brake
torque must be recorded as close to the same time as torque and TGT.
possible.
1-498 Change 3
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
(4) Set test condition 2, table 1-41 (900 HP) as (5) Set test condition 3 (IRP), by advancing
follows: WATER-IN lever until TGT, Wf, or Ng limit specified in
table 1-41 is reached.
(a) Determine barometer pressure (PA).
(6) After performance evaluation test is
(b) Enter pressure on figure 1-119 at completed, compare oil pressure reading at IRP with steady-
BAROMETER PRESSURE to get WATER BRAKE state break-in (para 1-228) IRP oil pressure reading.
TORQUE setting. Maximum allowable shift between the two readings is 5 psi
corrected.
(c) Advance WATER-IN lever until water
brake torque (from figure 1-119) is set.
Table 1-41. (T700) Performance Evaluation Test
Minimum
Time Corrected Fuel
at Horsepower/ Flow Ng
Test PAS LDS Test torque in Limit Limit
Condition Setting Setting Np Condition Foot-pounds TGT Limit (Lb/Hr) %
1. Ground 26 ±2.5° 0° 41-50% 3 Min
Idle (G/I) (8,000-
11,000 rpm)
2. 900 HP 117 ±2° 50° (METS) 5 Min See fig.
(fig. 1-119) 104.5% 1-125
(20,900 ±
200 rpm)
(FEDS/
CETS)
104.5%
(20,900 ±
200 rpm)
3. IRP 117 ±2° 70° (METS) 5 Min 1497/393 1535 - Max 800 See fig.
104.5% Max 1562°F 1-120
(20,900 ± (835-
200 rpm) 850°C)
(FEDS/
CETS)
104.5%
(20,900 ±
200 rpm)
Change 3 1-499
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-119. (T700) Water Brake Torque 900 HP
1-500
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-120. (T700) Ng Actual Speed Limit
1-501
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
1-239. (T700) Performance Calculation • TGT limiting is required for engine
Procedure. Use the water brake torque-measuring protection at FAT of 50°F (10°C ) and
system. above. No TGT limiting is required if FAT
is below 50°F (10°C), because other
NOTE control limits provide engine protection.
• Performance calculation procedure is a. Definitions of symbols and parameters used in the
described in paragraph (T701) 1-242 or performance calculations are in table 1-42.
(T701C) 1-244.
Table 1-42. (T700) Definitions of Symbols and Parameters
Symbol Source Parameter
EODP Measured Engine oil discharge pressure.
EODPK Calculated Engine oil discharge pressure corrected for temperature.
EODT Measured Engine oil discharge temperature.
∆EODT Calculated Actual EODT minus baseline EODT (from figure 1-143).
FAT Measured Free air temperature.
Hg Measured Barometric pressure in inches of Mercury.
LHV Calculated Lower heating value of fuel based on 18,600 btu/lb. JP-4 (1.005), JP-5 (0.997),
and JP-8 (0.999).
Ng Measured Gas generator speed in % of 44,700 rpm.
Np Measured Power turbine rotor speed, in rpm.
PA Measured Pressure altitude in feet above mean sea level.
P3 Measured Compressor discharge air pressure.
δ Calculated Correction factor for sea-level standard atmospheric pressure (i.e. ratio of
barometric pressure to sea level standard barometric pressure).
Qobs Measured Engine torque measured in foot-pounds.
QW Measured Water brake torque in inch-pounds.
SHP Calculated Uncorrected shaft horsepower calculated from engine torque output and output
shaft rpm.
SHPA Calculated SHPK adjusted to the TGT Rated.
SHPK Calculated Engine shaft horsepower corrected for sea level standard atmospheric pressure.
∆SHP/∆TGT Figure 1-121 Rate of change of SHPK with changes in TGT.
1-502 Change 3
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table 1-42. (T700) Definitions of Symbols and Parameters (Cont)
Symbol Source Parameter
∆SHP Calculated Difference between 900 horsepower and the test SHPK.
TGT Measured Gas temperature measured by TGT harness °F.
TGT RATED Defined Gas temperature rating in °F. (Intermediate rated power = 1535°F).
TGT TARGET Figure 1-122 Target TGT for testing.
∆TGT Calculated Difference between TGT TARGET and TGT.
T0 Measured Engine inlet air temperature.
Wf Measured Fuel flow in pounds per hour (lb/hr).
Wfa Calculated Wfk adjusted to rating horsepower.
Wfa (Maximum) Figure 1-125 Maximum Wfa at 900 SHPK.
∆Wf/∆SHP Figure 1-124 Rate of change of Wfk with changes in SHPK.
Wfk Calculated Fuel flow corrected for sea-level standard atmospheric pressure δ, and fuel
LHV.
b. Engine performance test data, recorded during the SHPA = SHPK + (∆TGT ) ( ∆SHP ⁄ ∆TGT )
performance evaluation test, will be corrected to standard
day sea-level conditions to determine if the engine meets
performance requirements. (2) Cold day (below 50°F (10°C)). If TGT is
below TGT TARGET (fig. 1-122), then ∆TGT and ∆SHP/
c. Calculate the correction factor for sea-level ∆TGT adjustments are not necessary. Adjust only if TGT is
standard atmospheric pressure as follows: above TGT TARGET.
δ = PA (inches of mercury)
-------------------------------------------------------- S H P = QW × Np
------------------------
29.92 63,024
SHP
d. Calculate corrected shaft horsepower as follows: SHPK = -----------
δ
TGT TARGET = See figure 1-122
(1) Warm day (at or above 50°F (10°C)).
∆T G T = TGT TARGET - TGT
Q W × Np
S H P = ------------------------ ∆S H P∆TGT = See figure 1-121
63,024 Enter curve at measured T0
SHP
SHPK = ----------- SHPA = SHPK + (∆TGT ) ( ∆SHP ⁄ ∆TGT )
δ
∆T G T = TGT TARGET – TGT e. After calculating SHPA for intermediate rated
(See figure 1-122 for TGT TARGET)
power, determine whether engine passes or fails rated
∆S H P∆TGT = See figure 1-121 performance from figure 1-123. Enter curve at measured
Enter curve at measured T0 T0.
Change 3 1-503
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-121. (T700) Power Correction Factor
1-504
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-122. (T700) TGT Target Correction Factor
Change 3 1-505
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-123. (T700) Intermediate Rated Power Minimum Limit - 95% Specification
1-506 Change 3
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
NOTE Entering figure 1-123 at T0 = 77°F, we find that the
minimum SHPA at intermediate rated power (IRP) is 1470
• Examples 1 and 2 are used to rate HP. Therefore, the intermediate rated power (IRP) point is
performance when T0 is above 50°F above the recommended engine limit.
(10°C).
• Examples 3 and 4 are used to rate EXAMPLE 2: Calculating intermediate rated power (IRP)
performance when T0 is below 50°F (TGT TARGET = 1535°F) with TGT measured at 1540°F
(10°C). (above TGT TARGET), with T0 50°F (10°C) and above.
EXAMPLE 1: Calculating intermediate rated power (IRP) Where:
(TGT TARGET = 1535°F) with TGT measured at 1530°F T0 = 77 °F
(below TGT TARGET), with T0 50°F (10°C) and above. TGT = 1540 °F
QW = 4800 inch-pounds
Where:
PA = 28.80 in. Hg
T0 = 77 °F
N p = 20,900 rpm
TGT = 1530 °F
QW = 4740 inch-pounds Calculation of Correction Factor:
PA = 28.80 in. Hg PA
δ = -------------
N p = 20,900 rpm 29.92
δ = 28.80
-------------
Calculation of Correction Factor: 29.92
PA
δ = ------------- δ = 0.963
29.92
QW × Np
28.80 S H P = ------------------------
δ = ------------- 63,024
29.93
SHP = 1591.8
δ = 0.963
1591.8
QW × Np SHPK = ----------------
S H P = ------------------------ 0.963
63,024
SHPK = 1653.0
S H P = 4740 × 20,900
---------------------------------- ∆T G T = TGT TARGET - TGT
63,024
∆T G T = 1535°F – 1540°F
SHP = 1571.9
∆T G T = –5 °F
SHP
SHPK = -----------
δ ∆SHP/ ∆T G T = from figure 1-121 at T0 of 77°F
1571.9 ∆SHP/ ∆T G T = 2.05
SHPK = ----------------
0.963 SHPA = SHPK + ( ∆T G T × ∆SHP/ ∆TGT )
SHPK = 1632.3 SHPA = 1653.0 + ( –5 × 2.05)
∆T G T = TGT TARGET - TGT SHPA = 1653.0 – 10.25
∆T G T = 1535°F – 1530°F SHPA = 1642.8
∆T G T = 5°F
Entering figure 1-123 at T0 = 77°F, we find that the
∆SHP/ ∆T G T = from figure 1-121 at T0 of 77°F
minimum SHPA at intermediate rated power (IRP) is 1470
∆SHP/ ∆T G T = 2.05 HP. Therefore, the intermediate rated power (IRP) point is
SHPA = SHPK + ( ∆T G T × ∆SHP/ ∆TGT ) above the recommended engine limit.
SHPA = 1632.3 + ( 5 × 2.05)
SHPA = 1632.3 + 10.25
SHPA = 1642.6
Change 3 1-507
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
EXAMPLE 3: Calculating intermediate rated power (IRP) EXAMPLE 4: Calculating intermediate rated power (IRP)
(below TGT TARGET) with TGT measured at 1423°F, (TGT TARGET = 1535°F) with TGT measured at 1455°F
with T0 below 50°F (10°C). (above TGT TARGET), with T0 below 50°F (10°C)
Where: Where:
T0 = +5 °F T0 = +5 °F
TGT = 1423 °F TGT = 1455 °F
QW = 5185 inch-pounds QW = 5190 inch-pounds
PA = 28.80 in. Hg PA = 28.80 in. Hg
N p = 20,900 rpm N p = 20,900 rpm
Calculation for Correction Factor: Calculation for Correction Factor:
PA PA
δ = ------------- δ = -------------
29.92 29.92
δ = 28.80
------------- δ = 28.80
-------------
29.92 29.92
δ = 0.963 δ = 0.963
QW × Np QW × Np
S H P = ------------------------ S H P = ------------------------
63,024 63,024
5185 × 20,900 5190 × 20,900
S H P = ---------------------------------- S H P = ----------------------------------
63,024 63,024
SHP = 1719.4 SHP = 1721.1
SHPK = SHP
----------- SHPK = SHP
-----------
δ δ
1719.4 1721.1
SHPK = ---------------- SHP = ----------------
0.963 0.963
SHPK = 1785.5 SHPK = 1787.2
∆TGT = TGT TARGET ∆T G T = TGT TARGET
(From fig. 1-122 at T0 of +5°F) – TGT (From fig. 1-122 at T0 of +5°F) – TGT
∆TGT = 1440 °F – 1423°F ∆T G T = 1440° F – 1455°F
∆TGT = 17 °F ∆T G T = –15°F
Since TGT is below TGT TARGET, no adjustment is
∆SHP/ ∆T G T = from figure 1-121 at T0 of 5°F
necessary.
∆SHP/ ∆T G T = 0.75
SHPA = SHPK + ( ∆T G T × ∆SHP/ ∆TGT )
SHPA = SHPK = 1785.5
SHPA = 1787.2 + ( –15 × 0.75 )
Entering figure 1-123 at T0 = 5°F, we find that the SHPA = 1787.2 – 11.25
minimum SHPA at intermediate rated power (IRP) is 1600 SHPA = 1776.0
HP. Therefore, the intermediate rated power (IRP) point is
above the recommended engine limit. Entering figure 1-123 at T0 = 5°F, we find that the
minimum SHPA at intermediate rated power (IRP) is 1600
HP. Therefore, the intermediate rated power (IRP) point is
above the recommended engine limit.
1-508 Change 3
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
1-240. (T700) Partial Power Fuel Consumption Where:
Calculation at 900 HP (test condition 2, table 1-41).
PA = 30.00 inches of mercury
NOTE T0 = 59°F measured
Wf = 460 lbs/hr measured and corrected for
(T701, T701C) Partial power fuel instruments
consumption calculation at 1132 HP is
described in paragraph 1-243. (1) Determine QW from figure 1-119 to set 900
HP (test point, 2, table 1-41).
a. Calculate the correction factor for sea-level
standard day barometric pressure as follows: (2) From curve on figure 1-119 at PA = 30.00,
QW = 2840 inch-pounds.
PA (inches of mercury)
δ = --------------------------------------------------------
29.92 PA 30.00
δ = ------------- = ------------- = 1.003
29.92 29.92
b. Determine shaft horsepower as follows: QW × Np
SHPK = -------------------------
63,024 × δ
QW × Np
SHPK = --------------------------- 2840 × 20,900
63 , 024 × δ SHPK = ------------------------------------ = 939.0
63,024 × 1.003
∆SHP = 900 HP – SHPK
c. Determine ∆SHP as follows:
∆SHP = 900 – 939.0 = –39.0 HP
∆SHP = 900 HP – SHPK Wf × LHV*
Wfk = -----------------------------
δ
d. Determine Wfk as follows: *Assume JP-4 fuel where LHV= 1.005
Wfk = 460 × 1.005
----------------------------
Wf × LHV 1.003
Wfk = ---------------------------
δ Wfk = 460.9 lbs/hr
∆WF/ ∆SHP from figure 1-124 at T0 of 59°F = 0.352
Where:
Wfa = Wfk + (∆S H P ) ( ∆Wf/∆SHP )
LHV = 1.005 for JP-4 Fuel Wfa = 460.9 + (–39.0)(0.352)
LHV = 0.997 for JP-5 Fuel Wfa = 460.9 – 13.7
LHV = 0.999 for JP-8 Fuel Wfa = 447.2 lbs/hr
e. Determine Wfa as follows: Using figure 1-124, From figure 1-125 at T0 of 59°F Wfa of 447.2 lbs/hr is
enter curve at measured at T0 to determine ∆Wf/∆SHP. below the maximum curve value and is acceptable.
Wfa = Wfk + (∆SHP )(∆Wf/ ∆SHP ) 1-241. (T701, T701C) Performance Evaluation
Test.
f. After calculating Wfa for 900 shaft horsepower,
enter figure 1-125 at measured T0. If Wfa is below the NOTE
maximum curve for the T0 measured, the engine passes fuel
(T700) performance evaluation test is
flow performance check.
described in paragraph 1-238.
g. Example of calculating for 900 HP condition:
a. Review the following requirements before starting
the performance evaluation test:
(1) Barometer reading must be taken before and
after the test run. At each test point, record barometer
reading.
Change 3 1-509
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-124. (T700) Fuel Flow Correction Factor for 900 SHPK
1-510
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-125. (T700) Maximum Fuel Flow at 900 SHPK
(2) Fuel will conform to JP-4, JP-5, or JP-8. b. (T701 ECU) Do the performance evaluation test
Measure and record specific gravity of fuel before the as follows:
performance test.
(1) Make sure anti-icing switch is OFF.
(3) A complete set of zero readings will be taken
prior to the start of the performance evaluation test and after (2) Stay at test conditions 2 and 4 (table 1-43),
shutdown. Record all (T701) history recorder or (T701C) for 5 minutes minimum before recording readings.
history counter readings before and after test.
(3) Use WATER-IN lever to set water brake
(4) Ng, Np, Wf, engine torque, and water brake torque and TGT.
torque must be recorded as close to the same time as
possible. (4) Set test condition 2, table 1-43 (1132 HP) as
follows:
(5) The following readings will be taken at each
condition (table 1-43) during performance evaluation test: (a) Determine barometer pressure (PA).
T0, engine torque, TGT, Wf, Np, Ng, water brake torque,
oil pressure (see table 1-37 for limits), oil temperature, oil (b) Enter pressure on figure 1-126 at
scavenge temperature, vibration levels, VG tracking angle, BAROMETER PRESSURE to get WATER BRAKE
PAS and LDS lever positions. TORQUE setting.
(6) Record any engine malfunction on the test (c) Advance WATER-IN lever until water
log sheet. brake torque (from figure 1-126) is set.
(7) Record time at which each schedule test (5) Set test condition 4 (IRP), by advancing
condition is started and completed. WATER-IN lever until TGT, Wf, or Ng limit specified in
table 1-43 is reached.
(8) Do not exceed water brake torque limits
specified in METS/FEDS/CETS manual.
Change 1 1-511
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table 1-43. (T701, T701C) Performance Evaluation Test
Time Fuel
Ng at Flow
Test PAS LDS Test TGT Limit Limit
Condition Setting Setting Np Conditions Limit (Lb/Hr) %
1. Ground 26 ±2.5° 0° 41-50% (8,000- 11,000 3 Min
Idle (G/I) rpm)
2. (ECU) 117 ±2° 50° (METS) 104.5% 5 Min See fig. 1-133
1132 HP (20,900 ±200rpm)
(fig. (FEDS/CETS) 104.5%
1-126) (20,900 ±200 rpm)
3. (DEC) 117 ±2° 50° (METS) 104.5% 5 Min See fig. 1-139
75% MC (20,900 ±200rpm)
(fig. (FEDS/CETS) 104.5%
1-127) (20,900 ±200 rpm)
4.(T701 117 ±2° 70° (METS) 104.5% 5 Min (ECU) (ECU) (See fig.
ECU) IRP (20,900 ±200rpm) 1565°-1596°F 850 Max 1-128)
(FEDS/CETS) 104.5% (852°-869°C)
(20,900 ±200 rpm)
5.(T701C (METS) 104.5% (DEC) (DEC) (See fig.
DEC) Max (20,900 ±200rpm) 1573°-1609°F 969 Max 1-129)
(FEDS/CETS) 104.5% (856°-876°C)
(20,900 ±200 rpm)
Figure 1-126. (T701) Water Brake Torque at 1132 HP
1-512
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-127. (T701C) Waterbrake Torque at 75% Maximum Continuous
1-513
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-128. (T701) Ng Physical Speed Limit
c. (T701C DEC) Do the performance evaluation test (5) Set test condition 5 (MAXIMUM), by
as follows: advancing WATER-IN lever until TGT, Wf, or Ng limit
specified in table 1-43 is reached.
(1) Make sure anti-icing switch is OFF.
1-242. (T701 ECU) Performance Calculation
(2) Stay at test conditions 3 and 5 (table 1-43), Procedure. Use the water brake torque-measuring
for 5 minutes minimum before recording readings. system.
(3) Use WATER-IN lever to set water brake NOTE
torque and TGT.
• (T700) performance calculation procedure
(4) Set test condition 3, table 1-43 (75% MC) as is described in paragraph 1-239.
follows: • TGT limiting is required for engine
protection at FAT of 59°F (15°C ) and
(a) Determine T0 (°F). above. No TGT limiting is required if FAT
is below 59°F (15°C), as other control
(b) Enter T0 on figure 1-129 at ENGINE limits provide engine protection.
INLET AIR TEMP to get WATER BRAKE TORQUE
setting. a. Definitions of symbols and parameters used in the
performance calculations are in table 1-44.
(c) Advance WATER-IN lever until water
brake torque (from fig. 1-129) is set. b. Engine performance test data, recorded during the
performance evaluation test, will be corrected to standard
day sea-level conditions to determine if the engine meets
performance requirements.
1-514 Change 3
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-129. (T701C) Ng Physical Speed Limit
1-515
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table 1-44. (T701, T701C) Definitions of Symbols and Parameters
Symbol/Parameter Source Definition
Hg Measured Barometric pressure in inches of Mercury.
LHV Calculated Lower heating value of fuel based on 18,600 btu/lb JP-4 (1.005),
JP-5 (0.997), and JP-8 (0.999).
Ng Measured Gas generator speed in% of 44,700 rpm.
Np Measured Power turbine rotor speed, in rpm.
PA Measured Barometric pressure at test site is measured in inches of Mercury.
δ Calculated Correction factor for sea-level standard atmospheric pressure.
Qobs Measured Engine torque measured in foot-pounds.
QW Measured Water brake torque in inch-pounds.
SHP Calculated Uncorrected shaft horsepower calculated from engine torque
output and output shaft rpm.
SHPA Calculated SHPK adjusted to the TGT Rated.
SHPK Calculated Engine shaft horsepower corrected for sea-level standard
atmospheric pressure.
(T701 ECU) ∆SHP/∆TGT Figure 1-131 Rate of change of SHPK with changes in TGT.
(DEC) ∆SHP/∆TGT Figure 1-136 Rate of change of SHPK with changes in TGT.
(T701 ECU) ∆SHP Calculated Difference between 1132 horsepower and the test SHPK.
(DEC) ∆SHP Calculated Difference between 75% Maximum Continuous and the test
SHPK.
TGT Measured Gas temperature measured by TGT harness in °F.
TGT RATED Defined Gas temperature at rated point in °F.
(Intermediate rated power = 1535°F)
TGT TARGET Figure 1-130 Target TGT for testing.
∆TGT Calculated Difference between TGT TARGET and TGT.
T0 Measured Engine inlet air temperature in °F.
TRQK Calculated Waterbrake torque corrected for sea level standard atmospheric
pressure.
1-516 Change 3
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table 1-44. (T701, T701C) Definitions of Symbols and Parameters (Cont)
Symbol/Parameter Source Definition
∆TRQ Calculated Difference between rating torque (TRQS) and corrected test
torque (TRQK).
TRQS Figure 1-127 Rating torque (foot-pounds) for 75% Maximum Continuous.
∆WF/∆TRQ Figure 1-138 Rate of change of Wfk with changes in TRQK.
Wf Measured Fuel flow in pounds per hour (lb/hr).
Wfa Calculated Wfk adjusted to rating horsepower.
(T701) Wfa (Maximum) Figure 1-134 Maximum Wfa at 1132 SHPK.
(DEC) Wfa (Maximum) Figure 1-139 Maximum Wfa at 75% Maximum Continuous.
∆Wf/∆SHP Figure 1-133 Rate of change of Wfk with changes in SHPK.
Wfk Calculated Fuel flow corrected for sea-level standard atmospheric pressure δ
and LHV.
c. Calculate the correction factor for sea-level (2) Cold day (below 59°F (15°C)).
standard atmospheric pressure as follows:
If TGT is below TGT TARGET (fig. 1-130), then ∆TGT
PA (inches of mercury) and ∆SHP/∆TGT adjustments are not necessary (see
δ = --------------------------------------------------------
29.92 example 3). Adjust only if TGT is above TGT TARGET.
d. Calculate corrected shaft horsepower as follows: QW × Np
SHP = ------------------------
63,024
(1) Warm day (at or above 59°F (15°C)). SHP
SHPK = -----------
δ
SHP = Q W × Np
------------------------ TGT TARGET = See figure 1-130
63,024
∆T G T = TGT TARGET – TGT
SHP
SHPK = -----------
δ ∆SHP/ ∆T G TSee figure 1-131. Enter
curve at measured T0.
∆TGT = TGT TARGET – TGT (See figure 1-130
for TGT TARGET.) SHPA = SHPK + (∆TGT )(∆SHP/∆TGT )
∆SHP/ ∆T G T See figure 1-131.
Enter curve at measured T0. e. After calculating SHPA for intermediate rated
SHPA = SHPK + ( ∆TGT)(∆SHP/ ∆T G T) power, determine whether engine passes or fails rated
performance from figure 1-132. Enter curve at measured
T0.
Change 3 1-517
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-130. (T701) TGT TARGET Correction Factor
1-518 Change 3
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-131. (T701) Intermediate Rated Power Correction Factor
Change 3 1-518.1/(1-518.2 Blank)
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-132. (T701) Intermediate Rated Power Limit - 95% Specification
Change 3 1-519
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
NOTE Entering figure 1-132 at T0 = 77°F, we find that the
minimum SHPA at intermediate rated power (IRP) is 1535
• Examples 1 and 2 are used to rate HP. Therefore, the intermediate rated power (IRP) point is
performance when T0 is above 59°F above the recommended engine limit.
(15°C).
• Examples 3 and 4 are used to rate EXAMPLE 2: Calculating intermediate rated power (IRP)
performance when T0 is below 59°F (TGT TARGET = 1565°F) with TGT measured at 1570°F
(15°C). (above TGT TARGET), with T0 59°F (15°C) and above.
f. EXAMPLE 1: Calculating intermediate rated Where:
power (IRP) (TGT TARGET = 1565°F) with TGT T0 = 77 °F
measured at 1560°F (below TGT TARGET), with T0 59°F
TGT = 1570 °F
(15°C) and above.
QW = 4810 inch-pounds
Where: PA = 28.80 in. Hg
T0 = 77 °F N p = 20,900 rpm
TGT = 1560 °F Calculation for Correction Factor:
QW = 4750 inch-pounds PA
δ = -------------
PA = 28.80 in. Hg 29.92
N p = 20,900 rpm
δ = 28.80
-------------
Calculation for Correction Factor: 29.92
δ = 0.963
PA
δ = ------------- QW × Np
29.92 S H P = ------------------------
63,024
28.80
δ = ------------- 4810 × 20,900
29.92 S H P = ----------------------------------
63,024
δ = 0.963
SHP = 1595
QW × Np
S H P = ------------------------
63,024 SHPK = SHP
-----------
δ
S H P = 4750 × 20,900
---------------------------------- 1595
63,024 SHP = -------------
0.963
SHP = 1575.2
SHPK = 1656
1575.2
SHPK = ----------------
0.963 ∆TGT = TGT TARGET (from fig. 1-130 at T0
SHPK = 1637 of 77°F) – TGT
∆TGT = TGT TARGET (from fig. 1-130 at T0 ∆T G T = 1565°F – 1570°F
of 77°F) – TGT ∆T D T = –5°F
∆SHP/ ∆T G T = from figure 1-131 at T0 of 77°F
∆TGT = 1565°F – 1560 °F ∆SHP/ ∆T G T = 1.70
∆TGT = 5°F SHPA = SHPK + ( ∆T G T × ∆SHP/ ∆TGT )
∆SHP/ ∆T G T = from figure 1-131 at T0 of 77°F SHPA = 1656 + ( –5 × 1.70)
∆SHP/ ∆T G T = 1.70 SHPA = 1656 – 8.5
SHPA = SHPK + ( ∆T G T × ∆SHP/ ∆TGT ) SHPA = 1647.5
SHPA = 1637 + ( 5 × 1.70)
SHPA = 1637 + 8.5 Entering figure 1-132 at T0 = 77°F, we find that the
minimum SHPA at intermediate rated power (IRP) is 1535
SHPA = 1645.5 HP. Therefore, the intermediate rated power (IRP) point is
above the recommended engine limit.
1-520 Change 3
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
EXAMPLE 3: Calculating intermediate rated power (IRP) EXAMPLE 4: Calculating intermediate rated power (IRP)
(below TGT TARGET) with TGT measured at 1449°F, (TGT TARGET = 1465°F) with TGT measured at 1481°F
with T0 below 59°F (15°C). (above TGT TARGET) with T0 below 59°F (15°C).
Where: Where:
T0 = +5 °F T0 = +5 °F
TGT = 1449 °F TGT = 1481 °F
QW = 5185 inch-pounds QW = 5190 inch-pounds
PA = 28.80 in. Hg PA = 28.80 in. Hg
N p = 20,900 rpm N p = 20,900 rpm
Calculation for Correction Factor: Calculation for Correction Factor:
PA PA
δ = ------------- δ = -------------
29.92 29.92
δ = 28.80
------------- δ = 28.80
-------------
29.92 29.92
δ = 0.963 δ = 0.963
QW × Np QW × Np
S H P = ------------------------ S H P = ------------------------
63,024 63,024
5185 × 20,900 5190 × 20,900
S H P = ---------------------------------- S H P = ----------------------------------
63,024 63,024
SHP = 1719.4 SHP = 1721.1
SHPK = SHP
----------- SHPK = SHP
-----------
δ δ
1719.4 1721.1
SHPK = ---------------- SHPK = ----------------
0.963 0.963
SHPK = 1785.5 SHPK = 1787.2
∆TGT = TGT TARGET (from fig. 1-130 at T0 ∆TGT = TGT TARGET (from fig. 1-130 at T0
of 5°F) – TGT of 5°F) – TGT
∆TGT = 1465°F – 1449 °F ∆TGT = 1465 °F – 1481°F
∆TGT = 16 °F ∆TGT = –16 °F
∆SHP/ ∆T G T = from figure 1-131 at T0 of 5°F
Since TGT is below TGT TARGET, no adjustment is ∆SHP/ ∆T G T = 1.20
necessary.
SHPA = SHPK + ( ∆T G T × ∆SHP/ ∆TGT )
SHPA = 1785.5 SHPA = 1787.2 + ( –16 × 1.20 )
SHPA = 1787.2 – 19.2
Entering figure 1-132 at T0 = 5°F, we find that the SHPA = 1768
minimum SHPA at intermediate rated power (IRP) is 1625
HP. Therefore, the intermediate rated power (IRP) point is Entering figure 1-125 at T0 5°F, we find that the minimum
above the recommended engine limit. SHPA at intermediate rated power (IRP) is 1625 HP.
Therefore, the intermediate rated power (IRP) point is
above the recommended engine limit.
Change 3 1-521
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
1-243. (T701) Partial Power Fuel Consumption (3) From curve on figure 1-126 at PA 30.00,
Calculation at 1132 HP Test Condition (2, QW= 3420 inch-pounds.
table 1-43).
PA 30.00
δ = ------------- = ------------- = 1.003
a. Calculate the correction factor for sea-level 29.92 29.92
standard day barometric pressure as follows:
QW × Np
SHPK = -------------------------
63,024 × δ
PA (inches of mercury)
δ = -------------------------------------------------------- 3420 × 20,900
29.92 SHPK = ------------------------------------ = 1130.75
63,024 × 1.003
b. Determine shaft horsepower as follows: ∆SHP = 1132 HP – SHPK
∆SHP = 1132 – 1130.75 = +1.25 HP
QW × Np
SHPK = ------------------------- W f × LHV*
Wfk = ------------------------------
63,024 × δ δ
*Assume JP-4 fuel where LHV = 1.005
c. Determine ∆SHP as follows:
Wfk = 520 × 1.005
----------------------------
1.003
∆SHP = 1132HP – SHPK
Wfk = 521 lbs/hr
d. Determine Wfk as follows: ∆Wf/∆SHP from figure 1-133 at T0 of 59 °F = 0.354
Wfa = Wfk + (∆S H P ) ( ∆Wf/∆SHP )
Wf × LHV Wfa = 521 + (–1.25) × ( 0.3555 )
Wfk = ---------------------------
δ Wfa = 521 + 0.44
Wfa = 521.44 lbs/hr
Where:
(4) From figure 1-134 at T0 of 59°F Wfa of
LHV = 1.005 for JP-4 Fuel
575.8 lbs/hr is below the maximum curve value and is
LHV = 0.997 for JP-5 Fuel acceptable.
LHV = 0.999 for JP-8 Fuel
1-244. (DEC) Performance Calculation
e. Determine Wfa as follows: Using figure 1-133, Procedure. Use the water brake torque-measuring
enter curve at measured T0 to determine ∆Wf/∆SHP. system.
Wfa = Wfk + (∆S H P ) ( ∆Wf/∆SHP ) NOTE
f. After calculating Wfa for 1132 shaft horsepower, • (T700) performance calculation procedure
enter figure 1-134 at measured T0. If Wfa is below the is described in paragraph 1-239.
maximum curve for the T0 measured, the engine passes fuel • TGT limiting is required for engine
flow performance check. protection at FAT of 19°F (–7.2°C ) and
above. No TGT limiting is required if FAT
g. Example of calculating for 1132 HP condition: is below 19°F (–7.2°C), as other control
limits provide engine protection.
(1) Where:
a. Definitions of symbols and parameters used in the
PA = 30.00 inches of mercury performance calculations are in table 1-44.
T0 = 59°F measured
b. Engine performance test data, recorded during the
Wf = 520 lbs/hr measured and corrected for
performance evaluation test, will be corrected to sea-level
instruments
standard atmospheric conditions to determine if the engine
(2) Determine QW from figure 1-126 to set 1132 meets performance requirements.
HP (test condition, 2, table 1-43).
1-522 Change 3
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-133. (T701) Fuel Flow Correction Factor for 1132 SHPK
Figure 1-134. (T700, T701) Maximum Fuel Flow at 1132 SHPK
1-523
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
c. Calculate the correction factor for sea-level NOTE
standard atmospheric pressure as follows:
• Examples 1 and 2 are used to rate
PA (inches of mercury) performance when T0 is above 19°F.
δ = ---------------------------------------------------------
29.92 • Examples 3 and 4 are used to rate
performance when T0 is below 19°F.
d. Calculate corrected shaft horsepower as follows:
EXAMPLE 1: Calculating maximum (MAX) (TGT
(1) Warm day (at or above 19°F). TARGET = 1573°F) with TGT measured at 1570°F (below
TGT TARGET), with T0 19°F and above.
SHP = Q W × Np
------------------------
63,024 Where:
SHP
SHPK = ----------- T0 = 77 °F
δ TGT = 1570 °F
∆TGT = TGT TARGET – TGT (See QW = 5500 inch-pounds
figure 1-135 for TGT TARGET.)
PA = 28.80 in. Hg
∆SHP/ ∆T G T = See figure 1-136. Enter curve
at measured T0. N p = 20,900 rpm
SHPA = SHPK + (∆TGT ) ( ∆SHP/ ∆T G T)
Calculation for Correction Factor:
(2) Cold day (below 19°F). PA
δ = -------------
29.92
If TGT is below TGT Rated (fig. 1-135), then ∆TGT and 28.80
∆SHP/∆TGT adjustments are not necessary (see example δ = -------------
29.92
3). Adjust only if TGT is above TGT TARGET.
δ = 0.963
QW × Np
QW × Np S H P = ------------------------
S H P = ------------------------- 63,024
63,024 × δ
S H P = 5500 × 20,900
----------------------------------
SHPK = SHP
----------- 63,024
δ
SHP = 1823.9
TGT TARGET = See figure 1-135.
1823.9
∆TGT = TGT TARGET – TGT SHPK = ----------------
0.963
∆SHP/ ∆T G T = See figure 1-136. Enter curve SHPK = 1894
at measured T0.
∆T G T = TGT TARGET (from fig. 1-130 at T0
SHPA = SHPK + (∆TGT ) ( ∆SHP/ ∆T G T)
of 77°F) – TGT
e. After calculating SHPA for Maximum, determine ∆T G T = 1573° F – 1570°F
whether engine passes or fails rated performance from ∆T G T = 3° F
figure 1-137. Enter curve at measured T0. ∆SHP/∆TGT = ( from fig. 1-136 at T0 of 77°F )
∆SHP/∆TGT = 1.8
SHPA = SHPK + ( ∆T G T × ∆SHP/ ∆TGT )
SHPA = 1894 + ( 3 × 1.8 )
SHPA = 1894 + 5.4
SHPA = 1899.4
Entering figure 1-137 at T0 = 77°F, we find that the
minimum SHPA at Maximum (MAX) is 1745 HP.
Therefore, the Maximum (MAX) point is above the
recommended engine limit.
1-524 Change 3
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-135. (T701C) TGT TARGET Correction Factor
Change 3 1-525
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-136. (T701C) Maximum Power Corrections Factor
EXAMPLE 2: Calculating Maximum (MAX) (TGT SHP
SHPK = -----------
TARGET = 1573°F) with TGT measured at 1580°F (above δ
TGT TARGET), with T0 19°F and above.
1843.8
SHPK = ----------------
0.963
Where:
SHPK = 1914.6
T0 = 77 °F ∆TGT = TGT TARGET (see fig. 1-135 at T0
TGT = 1580 °F of 77°F) – TGT
QW = 5560 inch-pounds ∆TGT = 1573 °F – 1580 °F
PA = 28.80 in. Hg ∆TGT = –7 °F
N p = 20,900 rpm ∆SHP/ ∆T G T = from figure 1-136 at T0 of 77°F
∆SHP/ ∆T G T = 1.8
Calculation for Correction Factor: SHPA = SHPK + ( ∆T G T × ∆SHP/ ∆TGT )
SHPA = 1914.6 + ( –7 × 1.8 )
PA
δ = ------------- SHPA = 1914.6 – 12.6
29.92
SHPA = 1902.0
28.80
δ = -------------
29.92
Entering figure 1-137 at T0 = 77°F, we find that the
δ = 0.963 minimum SHPA at Maximum (MAX) is 1745 HP.
SHP = Q W × Np
------------------------ Therefore, the Maximum (MAX) point is above the
63,024 recommended engine limit.
S H P = 5560 × 20,900
----------------------------------
63,024
SHP = 1843.8
1-526 Change 3
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-137. (T701C) Maximum Power Limit - 95% Specification
Change 3 1-527
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
EXAMPLE 3: Calculating Maximum (MAX) (below TGT EXAMPLE 4: Calculating Maximum (MAX) (TGT
TARGET) with TGT measured at 1505°F, with T0 below TARGET= 1510°F) with TGT measured at 1517°F (above
19°F. TGT TARGET) with T0 below 19°F.
Where: Where:
T0 = +5 °F T0 = +5 °F
TGT = 1505 °F TGT = 1517 °F
QW = 5580 inch-pounds QW = 5850 inch-pounds
PA = 28.80 in. Hg PA = 28.80 in. Hg
N p = 20,900 rpm N p = 20,900 rpm
Calculation for Correction Factor: Calculation for Correction Factor:
PA PA
δ = ------------- δ = -------------
29.92 29.92
δ = 28.80
------------- δ = 28.80
-------------
29.92 29.92
δ = 0.963 δ = 0.963
QW × Np QW × Np
S H P = ------------------------ S H P = ------------------------
63,024 63,024
5880 × 20,900 5850 × 20,900
S H P = ---------------------------------- S H P = ----------------------------------
63,024 63,024
SHP = 1949.9 SHP = 1940
SHPK = SHP
----------- SHPK = SHP
-----------
δ δ
1949.9 1940
SHPK = ---------------- SHPK = -------------
0.963 0.963
SHPK = 2024.8 SHPK = 2014.5
∆TGT = TGT TARGET (from fig. 1-135 at T0 ∆TGT = TGT TARGET (from fig. 1-135 at T0
of 5°F) – TGT of 5°F) – TGT
∆TGT = 1510 °F – 1505°F ∆T G T = 1510° F – 1517°F
∆TGT = 5°F ∆T G T = –7°F
∆SHP/ ∆T G T = from figure 1-136 at T0 of 5° F
Since TGT is below TGT TARGET, no adjustment is ∆SHP/ ∆T G T = 1.20
necessary. SHPA = SHPK + ( ∆T G T × ∆SHP/ ∆TGT )
SHPA = 2014.5 + ( – 7 × 1.20)
SHPA = 2024.8 SHPA = 2014.5 – 8.4
SHPA = 2006.1
Entering figure 1-137 at T0 = 5°F, we find that the
minimum SHPA at Maximum (MAX) is 1885 HP.
Entering figure 1-137 at T0 5°F, we find that the minimum
Therefore, the Maximum (MAX) point is above the
SHPA at Maximum (MAX) is 1885 HP. Therefore, the
recommended engine limit.
Maximum (MAX) point is above the recommended engine
limit.
1-528 Change 3
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
1-245. (T701C) Partial Power Fuel Consumption Wf × LHV
Wfk = ---------------------------
Calculation at 75% MC Test Condition (3, δ
table 1-43).
Where:
a. Calculate the correction factor for sea-level
standard day barometric pressure as follows:
LHV = 1.005 for JP-4 Fuel
LHV = 0.997 for JP-5 Fuel
PA (inches of mercury)
δ = --------------------------------------------------------- LHV = 0.999 for JP-8 Fuel
29.92
b. Determine corrected waterbrake torque as follows: e. Determine Wfa as follows: Using figure 1-138,
enter curve at measured T0 to determine ∆Wf/∆SHP.
QW
TRQK = ---------------
δ × 12 Wfa = Wfk + (∆T R Q ) ( ∆Wf/ ∆TRQ )
c. Determine ∆TRQ as follows: f. After calculating Wfa for 75% MC, enter
figure 1-139 at measured T0. If Wfa is below the maximum
curve for the T0 measured, the engine passes fuel flow
∆TRQ = TRQS (from fig. 1-127) – TRQK
performance check.
d. Determine Wfk as follows:
Figure 1-138. (T701C) Fuel Flow Correction Factor for 75% Maximum Correction
1-529
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-139. (T701C) Maximum Fuel Flow at 75% Maximum Correction
1-530
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
g. Example of calculating for 75% MC condition:
----------------- QW
Torque error = Qobs– corrected
---------------------------------
12
(1) Where:
c. Example (IRP or Max test condition)
PA = 30.00 inches of mercury
T0 = 59 °F measured (1) Qobs = 400 ft-lbs
Wf = 605 lbs/hr measured and corrected for instruments (2) QW= 4764 inch-pounds.
(2) Determine QW from figure 1-127 to set 75% ( 4764 )
MC (test condition, 3, table 1-43). Entering the curve at (3) Torque error = 400 – ---------------- = +3 ft-lbs
12
T0= 59° F, required torque to set (TRQs) is 313 ft-lbs
(3756 inch-pounds). d. Compare calculated torque error with graph in
figure 1-140 (T700), 1-141 (T701), or 1-142 (T701C). At
(3) Measured waterbrake torque (QW) is 3775 Qobs of 400 ft-lbs, a torque error of +3 ft-lbs is within
inch-pounds. Calculate corrections as follows: limits.
PA 30.00 1-247. (T700) Engine Oil Discharge Pressure
δ = ------------- = ------------- = 1.003
29.92 29.92 (EODP) Temperature Corrections. Engine oil
QW discharge temperature and pressure (EODT/EODP) must be
TRQK = ---------------
8 × 12 stabilized for 10 minutes minimum before taking a reading
3775 at G/I point, and for 5 minutes minimum at higher power
SHPK = ------------------------- = 313.6 conditions.
12 × 1.003
∆TRQ = TRQS – TRQK a. EODP correction (EODPK) for EODT above
∆TRQ = 313 – 313.6 = – 0.6 baseline EODT (typical example).
W f × LHV*
Wfk = ------------------------------
δ Where:
*Assume JP-4 fuel where LHV = 1.005
Ng = 42,800 rpm
Wfk = 605 × 1.005
----------------------------
1.003 T0 = 90 °F
Wfk = 606.2 lbs/hr EODT = 253°F
∆Wf/∆TRQ from figure 1-138 at T0 of 59 °F = 1.2 Baseline EODT = 191°F (from fig. 1-143)
Wfa = Wfk + (∆TRQ)( ∆Wf/∆T R Q ) EODP = 52.5 psig
Wfa = 606.2 + ( – 0.6 ) × ( 1.2) ∆EODT = EODT – Baseline EODT
Wfa = 606.2 – 0.7 ∆EODT = 253°F – 191° F
Wfa = 605.5 lbs/hr ∆EODT = 62 °F
EODPK = EODP + ( ∆EODT ×
From figure 1-139 at T0 of 59°F Wfa of 605.5 lbs/hr is correction factor from curve
below the maximum curve value and is acceptable. 1, fig. 1-144)
EODPK = 52.5 + ( 62 × .216 )
1-246. Engine Torque Accuracy Check. Engine EODPK = 65.9 psig
torque error may be calculated from test data taken at test
conditions 2 and 3 of table 1-41 (T700) or test conditions 3 Limits:
and 5 of table 1-43 (T701, T701C), as follows:
Using oil MIL-L-23699, at an Ng of 42,800 rpm, and oil
a. Torque error = Engine torque observed (Qobs)
and scavenge pump PN 5043T73P02, oil pressure limits
minus QW.
are54 to 77 psig (fig. 1-110). With oil and scavenge pump
PN 5034T11P04, oil pressure limits are 57 to 80 psig (fig.
b. Water brake torque corrected for instrument error.
1-111). In both cases, EODPK of 65.9 psig is within limits.
Change 3 1-531
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-140. (T700) Engine Torque vs Water Brake Torque
1-532
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-141. (T701) Engine Torque vs Water Brake Torque
1-533
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-142. (T701C) Engine Torque vs Water Brake Torque
1-534
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-143. (T700) Engine Oil Discharge Temperature (EODT) vs Ng
b. EODPK for EODT below baseline EODT (typical
example). c. If EODP is still out-of-limits after correction, see
troubleshooting procedure 49 or 53.
Where:
1-248. Engine Shutdown.
Ng = 41,300 rpm
T0 = 32 °F a. Remain at ground idle (PAS lever at 26°) for a
minimum of 2 minutes.
EODT = 132°F
Baseline EODT = 187°F (from fig. 1-143) b. Move PAS lever to 0°.
EODP = 67.4 psig
∆EODT = EODT – Baseline EODT c. Move WATER-IN and WATER-OUT levers to
CLOSED. Make sure PAS is at 0° and that ignition is OFF.
∆EODT = 132 – 187
∆EODT = –55 d. Monitor TGT after shutdown. If the temperature
EODPK = EODP + ( ∆EODT × rises above 538°C (1000°F) or if there is evidence of
correction factor from curve combustion after shutdown, (indicated by a rapidly
2, fig. 1-144) increasing TGT), motor the engine until the temperature
EODPK = 67.4 + ( – 55 × .184) decreases below 538°C (1000°F). Wait 5 minutes or until
EODPK = 57.3 psig TGT decreases below (T700, T701) 150°C (302°F) or
(T701C) 80°C (176°F) before attempting an engine start.
Limits:
Using oil MIL-L-7808, at an Ng of 41,300 rpm, and oil and
scavenge pump PN 5043T73P02, oil pressure limits are
46to 69 psig (fig. 1-110). With oil and scavenge pump
PN 5034T11P04, oil pressure limits are 48 to 71 psig (fig.
1-112). In both cases, EODP of57.3 psig is within limits.
Change 3 1-535
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-144. (T700) Engine Oil Discharge Pressure (EODP) vs Ng
1-536
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
e. If engine is equipped with a DEC, record the fault counter events after all running is complete; then perform
code displayed 30 seconds after engine shutdown. If no the procedures in the following paragraphs:
fault is detected, the torque reading will be 0.00. If fault is
detected, refer to table 1-13 and troubleshoot DEC. • Engine Preservation (para 1-252)
• Oil System Purging (para 1-253)
1-249. Oil Consumption Check.
• Preparation For Storage (para 1-201)
a. Review engine records and maintenance request to • Seal (waterproof) the torque and overspeed
determine if an oil consumption check is required. sensor and Np sensor hex connectors
Table 1-39 lists checks required. (para H-9)
b. If a check is required, it may be combined with 1-251. Post-Engine Test Oil Leakage Check.
other engine tests to reduce engine operating time.
a. Visually check for oil leaks, paying particular
c. Start engine and operate it until oil temperature has attention to the following locations:
stabilized. Shut down engine, wait 20 minutes, then check
oil level. If necessary, add oil to bring level to full (1) All tube connections, specifically those that
(para 1-112). were disconnected and reinstalled during test or
troubleshooting.
d. Start engine and operate it for a minimum of 60
minutes to complete whatever operational checks are (2) Mating flange joints between accessory drive
required. gearbox assembly and its components, specifically between
the AGB and the mainframe.
e. Shut down engine and record operating time. After
20 minutes, check oil level. If necessary, add oil to bring (3) All other surface areas of mainframe.
level to full. Record the number of cubic centimeters (cc)
added. b. Check all locations called out in step a for the
following:
f. Calculate oil consumption in cc/hr. using the
following formula: • Leakage (see Glossary for definition)
• Seepage (see Glossary for definition)
Oil consumption in cc/hr = • Weepage (see Glossary for definition)
cc of oil added × 60 min
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Recorded operating × 1 hr time in minutes c. If discoloration or wetness is not found, go to
para 1-252, otherwise do the following:
EXAMPLE:
NOTE
During test, the engine was run for one hour and ten
minutes, and 48 cc of oil was added to bring oil level in tank The following steps must be performed to
to FULL. determine if wetness found is due to leaks or
excess oil/fluid.
Recorded operating time (step e) = 70 min
(1) Using a clean lint-free wiper, rub surface
cc of oil added (step e) = 48 cc having discolored stains. If wiper remains dry and does not
48 cc × 60
Oil consumption = ---------------- min
---------------- absorb oil, component is acceptable. If oil is absorbed on
70 min 1 hr wiper, component is not acceptable and the cause must be
2880 determined and corrected.
= ------------ = 41.1 cc/hr
70
1-250. Post-Engine Test Requirements. Correct all
test faults. Perform check run as required and record results
of test. Record (ECU) history recorder or (DEC) history
1-537
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Dry Cleaning Solvent Cleaning solvent will damage electrical
(Stoddard Solvent) connectors by causing swelling of the insert.
P-D-680
(2) Using a soft-bristle brush (item 16,
• Combustible - do not use near open flames, Appendix D) moistened in cleaning solvent (item 99 or 115,
near welding areas, or on hot surfaces. Appendix D) or equivalent, clean outside of mainframe or
• Prolonged contact of skin with liquid can AGB where leakage, seepage, or weepage is present.
cause dermatitis. Repeated inhalation of
vapor can irritate nose and throat and can
cause dizziness.
• If any liquid contacts skin or eyes, Compressed Air
immediately flush affected area thoroughly
with water. Remove solvent-saturated • When using compressed air for any
clothing. If vapors cause dizziness, go to cooling, cleaning, or drying operation, do
fresh air. not exceed 30 psig at the nozzle.
• When handling liquid or when applying it • Eyes can be permanently damaged by
in an air-exhausted, partially covered tank, contact with liquid or large particles
wear approved gloves and goggles. propelled by compressed air. Inhalation of
• When handling liquid or when applying it air-blown particles or solvent vapor can
at unexhausted, uncovered tank or damage lungs.
workbench, wear approved respirator, • When using air for cleaning at an air-
gloves, and goggles. exhausted workbench, wear approved
goggles or face shield.
• When using air for cleaning at an
unexhausted workbench, wear approved
Trichlorotrifluoroethane respirator and goggles.
MIL-C-81302
(3) Brush part with water to remove solvent and
• Repeated or prolonged contact with liquid blow-dry part with compressed air.
or inhalation of vapor can cause skin and
eye irritation, dermatitis, drowsiness, and (4) If oil staining/wetness reappears (within 30
heart damage. minutes), determine the cause and repair or replace part.
• After prolonged skin contact, wash
contacted area with soap and water.
Remove contaminated clothing. If vapors
cause irritation, go to fresh air; get medical
attention.
• When handling liquid in vapor-degreasing
tank with hinged cover and air-exhaust, or
at air-exhausted workbench, wear approved
gloves and goggles.
• When handling liquid at open, unexhausted
workbench, wear approved respirator,
gloves, and goggles.
• Dispose of liquid-soaked rags in approved
metal container.
5-538
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
1-252. Engine Preservation. If engine storage is
required, preserve engine fuel system with lubrication oil as
follows (before removing engine from METS/FEDS/ Do not exceed starter duty cycle. See
CETS): table 1-36 (T700) or table 1-37 (T701,
T701C) for limits. Motoring time can be
NOTE broken up into shorter periods. Observe
required starter cool down times between
Oil system purging (para 1-253) and engine operating cycles.
preservation (para 1-252) may be done at the
same time. g. Motor engine at maximum starter speed for 2
minutes. Disengage starter and return PAS lever to OFF.
a. Allow engine to cool sufficiently to prevent auto-
ignition. h. Disconnect hose from pump inlet.
b. Be sure ignition is switched to OFF. i. Tag the engine with the following information:
Engine system has been preserved with lubricating oil,
MIL-L-6081, Grade 1010.
Lubricating Oil 1-253. Oil System Purging. Oil system purging is not
required if engine is being shipped to another location or if
• If oil is decomposed by heat, toxic gases further engine maintenance is required. Purge system as
are released. follows:
• Prolonged contact with liquid or mist may
cause dermatitis and irritation.
• If there is any prolonged contact with skin,
wash area with soap and water. If solution Draining of Oil Tank
contacts eyes, flush eyes with water
immediately. Remove saturated clothing. To prevent being burned by hot oil, wear
protective gloves when draining oil.
• If oil is swallowed, do not try to vomit. Get
immediate medical attention.
• When handling liquid, wear rubber gloves. NOTE
If prolonged contact with mist is likely, Oil system purging (para 1-253) and engine
wear approved respirator. preservation (para 1-252) may be done at the
same time.
c. Disconnect fuel supply inlet hose and cap it. Use a
clean, vented 5-gallon container and connect a hose a. With bucket placed under oil drain plug at 6
between it and fuel boost pump inlet. Fill can with oil (item o'clock position on main frame, remove oil drain plug.
86, Appendix D). Place container above engine inlet. Allow oil to drain for at least 10 minutes.
d. Turn on water to water brake. Make sure that water b. Remove engine oil discharge pressure hose from
pressure for water brake bearing is 80-100 psig in order to accessory gearbox. Connect filtered, compressed air line (90
provide sufficient flow to lubricate the bearing. psig) to discharge pressure fitting on accessory gearbox. Do
not turn on air.
e. Turn on air to water brake. Make sure air supply
is40 - 80 psig. c. Turn on water to water brake. Make sure that water
pressure for water brake bearing is 80-100 psig in order to
f. Set PAS lever to LOCKOUT (130°). provide enough flow to lubricate the bearing.
d. Turn on air to water brake. Make sure air supply is
40-80 psig.
Change 1 1-539
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
e. With LDS and PAS levers at 0°, and with
Engine Model Identification
WATER-IN and WATER-OUT levers CLOSED, motor
engine on starter to maximum motoring speed for 2 T700-GE-700 (T700)
minutes. When Ng stabilizes, fully turn on air pressure (90 T700-GE-701 (T701)
psig) to hose connector on discharge pressure fitting. T700-GE-701C (T701C)
T700-GE-700 and T700-GE-701 (T700, T701)
f. Shut off starter. Continue air pressure for 5 more T700-GE-700 and T700-GE-701C (T700, T701C)
minutes. Shut off air. T700-GE-701 and T700-GE-701C (T701, T701C)
g. Install new packing on oil drain plug, and thread d. When reference is made to METS/FEDS/CETS
plug into oil drain fitting. manual, refer to Modular Engine Test System (METS)
manual TM 55-4920-328-13-1 and -13-2, Flexible Engine
h. Tighten (15° wrench arc) plug. Diagnostic System (FEDS) manual no number, or Compact
Engine Test System (CETS) manual SE-876-03-1006.
i. Prepare engine for storage (para 1-201).
e. The logic diagram lists the parts which might cause
the fault. The METS/FEDS/CETS readings can often reveal
1-254. TROUBLESHOOTING (METS/
which of these parts are causing the fault.
FEDS/CETS).
a. Troubleshooting procedures are used to locate and f. Use caution to avoid problems caused by false
correct faults. Use of these procedures will reduce delays METS/FEDS/CETS readings. In most cases, you can find a
and maintenance down-time. It will also reduce unnecessary false reading by checking it against other readings.
replacement of engine parts.
g. The troubleshooting procedures lists the action to
be taken to correct the fault.
NOTE
Two basic things have been assumed in these h. Preserve the engine (para 1-252) before removing
procedures: it from the METS/FEDS/CETS.
i. See figure FO-2 for a schematic diagram of the
NOTE engine electrical system and for locations of electrical
connectors.
• The correct operating procedures have been
followed.
j. Any fluctuation or spiking of engine related
• The fault is caused by a single failure. parameters, such as Ng speed, Np speed, Torque, or TGT
may be due to dirty or inadequately secured electrical
b. Troubleshooting procedures are in logic-diagram connectors. Such connectors will be disconnected,
format and ask a question which is answered by a yes or a inspected, and cleaned prior to the next engine test and prior
no. The answer will lead to another question or to a final to any LRU component removal.
solution.
k. The following is an outline of procedures to follow
c. Data peculiar to engine models T700-GE-700, when troubleshooting:
T700-GE-701, and T700-GE-701C is identified throughout
the manual as follows: (1) If possible, confirm the reported fault with a
test run.
NOTE
(2) Troubleshoot according to the symptoms.
• Data common to all engine models is not
identified. (3) Do a test run to confirm that the fault has
• T700-GE-701C engine model data unique been fixed.
to the Apache helicopter will be designated
AH-64A.
• T700-GE-701C engine model data unique
to the Black Hawk helicopter will be
1-540 Change 1
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
1-255. Symptom Index (METS/FEDS/CETS). See
table 1-45 for a listing of troubleshooting symptoms.
Table 1-45. Symptom Index (METS/FEDS/CETS)
Troubleshooting
Symptom Procedure
ANTI-ICING SYSTEM
Engine Anti-Icing System Malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
ENGINE
Engine Flames Out During Normal Operation (combustion stops, indicated by a drop in TGT, Wf,
P3, Ng, Np, torque and oil pressure). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
(T700) Engine Flames Out During Np Overspeed Check (Combustion stops, indicated by a drop in
TGT, Wf, P3, Ng, Np, torque, and oil pressure) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Gas Generator Speed (Ng)
Ng Does Not Accelerate Above Ground Idle Speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Ng High at Ground Idle Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
*Ng Instrument Fluctuating or Not Indicating (all other instruments normal) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Ng Low at Ground Idle Speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Uncontrolled Deceleration (Ng) (Ng and TGT decreases without retarding PAS lever) . . . . . . . . . 8
History Recorder or History Counter
(T700, T701) History Recorder Malfunction (engine time function inoperative). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
(T701C) History Counter Malfunction (engine time function inoperative) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
(T700, T701) History Recorder Malfunction (LCF function inoperative) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
(T701C) History Counter Malfunction (LCF 1 function inoperative). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
(T701C) History Counter Malfunction (LCF 2 function inoperative). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
(T700, T701) History Recorder Malfunction (one or more functions inoperative) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
(T701C) History Counter Malfunction (more than one function inoperative) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
(T700, T701) History Recorder Malfunction (time-temperature function inoperative) . . . . . . . . . . 16
(T701C) History Counter Malfunction (time-temperature function inoperative). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Power Turbine Speed (Np)
No Np Governing when Advancing PAS Lever to FLY (Np may increase to: (T700) (METS) 111
± 1% (22,200 rpm) or (FEDS/CETS) 111 ± 1% (22,200 rpm) (T701, T701C) (METS) 125 ±
1% (25,000 rpm) or (FEDS/CETS) 125 ± 1% (25,000 rpm) tripping Np overspeed system) . . . 18
Np Does Not Respond to Np Demand Trim (with torque matching normal, Np does not respond to
normal Np trim) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
*Np Instrument Fluctuating or Not Indicating (all other instruments normal) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Stalls
Stall Above Ground Idle Speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
* - Refer to paragraph 1-254, step j before starting troubleshooting procedure.
Change 3 1-541
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table 1-45. Symptom Index (METS/FEDS/CETS) (Cont)
Troubleshooting
Symptom Procedure
Starting Stalls (audible popping or whining during Ng acceleration to ground idle) . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Starting
Abnormally High TGT During Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Combustor Rumble During Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
No Start (fuel mist seen coming from tailpipe; no rise in TGT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
No Start (no compressor rotor rotation). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
(T700) No Start (no fuel mist seen coming from tailpipe; no rise in TGT). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
(T701, T701C) No Start (no fuel mist seen coming from tailpipe; no rise in TGT) . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Slow or Hung Start (TGT increases but hangs) (On a hung start, engine lights off but does not
accelerate to idle speed. Speed hangs up between lightoff and ground idle speed.). . . . . . . . . . 29
Uncontrolled Accleration (Ng) (gas generator speed continues to accelerate beyond ground idle
speed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Engine Exceeds TGT Operating Limits and is in “Overtemperature Maintenance Required” Area of
Figure: (T700) Figure 1-151 or 1-154, (T701, T701C) Figure 1-152 or 1-155 31
Engine Exceeds TGT Operating Limits in “Troubleshoot” Area of Figure: (T700) Figure 1-151 or
1-154, (T701, T701C) Figure 1-152 or 1-155. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Engine Overtemperature (exceeds TGT operating limits). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
TGT Exceeds Limiter Setting (TGT exceeds (T700, T701) ECU or (T701C) DEC limiter setting at
T0 above (T700, T701) 40°F (4°C) or (T701C) 7°F (–14°C)) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
*TGT Fluctuates at Ground Idle Speed (idle speed or TGT drifts above and below limits) . . . . . . 35
*TGT Instrument Fluctuating or Not Indicating (all other instruments normal). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
FUEL SYSTEM
Excessive Fuel Leaking from Overboard Drain While Engine is Operating at Ground Idle Speed . . 37
No Fuel Mist Seen Coming from the Common Drain During Engine Prime or Vapor Vent . . . . . . . 38
Fuel Filter Bypass Light ON. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Low Fuel Pressure Caution Light ON Below Flight Idle Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Low Fuel Pressure Caution Light ON At or Above Flight Idle Speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
OIL SYSTEM
Limited Power Due to Control System Problems (torque, % Ng, and TGT are abnormally low). . . . 42
Electrical Chip Detector Light ON During Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Electrical Chip Detector Light ON (no debris found) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Excessive Oil Leakage at Service Port Scupper. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Excessive Oil Leakage from Overboard Drain (out-of-limits). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
High Oil Consumption (over limits). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
High Oil Level (oil level above full mark in sight glass) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
* - Refer to paragraph 1-254, step j before starting troubleshooting procedure.
1-542 Change 1
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table 1-45. Symptom Index (METS/FEDS/CETS) (Cont)
Troubleshooting
Symptom Procedure
High Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
No Oil Pressure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
(T700, T701C) No Oil Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Oil Filter Bypass Light Comes ON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Oil Pressure Below Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Oil Pressure Fluctuates. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
(T700, T701C) Oil Temperature Exceeds Limits (exceeds normal operating temperature) . . . . . . . . . 55
Smoke in Exhaust. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
OVERSPEED TEST SYSTEM
Overspeed (Engine Flames Out) (See Troubleshooting Procedure 3)
Overspeed Cuts in with One Test Button Depressed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Overspeed Test System Will Not Operate (overspeed test system fails to cutback Ng and Np). . . . . . 58
STEADY-STATE OPERATION - FLIGHT POWER RANGE
ECU or DEC Lockout Mode Inoperative (engine will not respond to ECU or DEC lockout when PAS
lever is advanced to maximum position or engine will not reset from lockout). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Low Engine Performance (torque low for given TGT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Stable Operation With ECU or DEC Locked Out (Ng, TGT, and Np fluctuated above and below
limits when ECU or DEC was not locked out) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Torque Instrument Fluctuating or Not Indicating (all other instruments normal) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Torque Matching Inoperative (Np does not respond during torque matching check (para 1-234)). . . . 63
Uncontrolled Acceleration above Ground Idle Speed while Advancing PAS Lever to FLY (all engine
parameters indicating). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
*Unstable Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
*Unstable Operation with (T700, T701) ECU or (T701C) DEC Locked Out (Ng, T0, Torque, and Np
fluctuate greater than 5% with (T700, T701) ECU or (T701C) DEC locked out) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
VIBRATION
Accessory Section Module Vibration and Exhaust Frame Vibration Exceed Steady-State Limit (1.5
Inches/Second) or Transient Limit (2.8 Inches/Second). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Accessory Section Module Vibration Exceeds Steady-State Limit (1.5 Inches/Second) or Transient
Limit (2.8 Inches/Second). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Exhaust Frame Vibration Exceeds Steady-State Limit (1.5 Inches/Second) or Transient Limit (2.8
Inches/Second). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Steady-State Vibration Limit (1.5 Inches/Second) or Transient Vibration Limit (2.8 Inches/Second) is
Exceeded . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
* - Refer to paragraph 1-254, step j before starting troubleshooting procedure.
Change 1 1-543
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table 1-45. Symptom Index (METS/FEDS/CETS) (Cont)
Troubleshooting
Symptom Procedure
DEC - ENGINE TORQUE INDICATOR FAULT CODES
(T701C) DEC - Engine Torque Indicator Fault Code - 15% (±3%) (check DEC). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
(T701C) DEC - Engine Torque Indicator Fault Code - 25% (±3%) (Np demand channel). . . . . . . . . 72
(T701C) DEC - Engine Torque Indicator Fault Code - 35% (±3%) (load share channel) . . . . . . . . . . 73
(T701C) DEC - Engine Torque Indicator Fault Code - 45% (±3%) (TGT channel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
(T701C) DEC - Engine Torque Indicator Fault Code - 55% (±3%) (check DEC). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
(T701C) DEC - Engine Torque Indicator Fault Code - 65% (±3%) (Ng channel). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
(T701C) DEC - Engine Torque Indicator Fault Code - 75% (±3%) (Np channel). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
(T701C) DEC - Engine Torque Indicator Fault Code - 85% (±3%) (torque and overspeed channel). 78
(T701C) DEC - Engine Torque Indicator Fault Code - 95% (±3%) (hot start prevention channel) . . 79
(T701C) DEC - Engine Torque Indicator Fault Code - 105% (±3%) (115V 400 Hz power) . . . . . . . 80
(T701C) DEC - Engine Torque Indicator Fault Code - 115% (±3%) (collective channel) . . . . . . . . . 81
(T701C Black Hawk) DEC - Engine Torque Indicator Fault Code - 125% (±3%) (Nr channel) . . . . 82
* - Refer to paragraph 1-254, step j before starting troubleshooting procedure.
1-544 Change 1
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 1. Engine Anti-Icing System Malfunction
NOTE
• If anti-icing system is switched on with engine operating at high power, engine
may be limited by the ECU or DEC TGT limiter or HMU acceleration schedule.
• When anti-icing is turned on, the panel anti-icing light will come on. Also, the
TGT will increase.
• Anti-icing system is off when 28 vdc power is applied to valve.
Yes Yes
With anti-icing switched Determine if there is Troubleshoot METS/
on, no increase in % Ng or power at anti-icing valve FEDS/CETS electrical
TGT (30°C or more), and (pins 1 and 2, W3P7). system according to
indicator light fails to come Power at valve? METS/FEDS/CETS
on? manual and continue to
operate.
No
Replace anti-icing valve
(para 10-25 ). Make
No required checks ( para
1-223 ) and continue to
operate.
Yes Yes
With anti-icing switched Determine if there is Replace anti-icing valve
off, no decrease in % Ng power at anti-icing valve (para 10-25 ). Make
or TGT, and indicator light (pins 1 and 2, W3P7). required checks (para
remains on? Power at valve? 1-223 ) and continue to
operate.
No No
Yes
Continue to operate. Check green cable Replace green cable ( para
connectors W3J1 through 7-35 ). Make required
W3P7 for damage and for checks (para 1-223 ) and
open or short circuits. continue to operate.
Cable faulty?
No
Troubleshoot METS/
FEDS/CETS wiring
system and power source
according to METS/FEDS/
CETS manual and
continue to operate.
Change 1 1-545
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 2. Engine Flames Out During Normal Operation
(combustion stops, indicated by a drop in TGT, Wf, P3, Ng, Np, torque
and oil pressure)
NOTE
Flameout can be caused by a compressor stall. Before troubleshooting, check
METS/FEDS/CETS and engine as instructed in engine flameout check (para 1-
286).
Yes Yes
Prime the engine Check if fuel filter See troubleshooting
fuel system (para impending bypass procedure 39 .
1-219 ). Fuel button popped. Has
coming from button popped?
overboard drain?
No
Yes
Make fuel system Replace HMU (para
troubleshooting 6-39). Make
check (para 1-258 ). required checks
Fuel flow out-of- (para 1-223 ) and
limits? continue to operate.
No
Yes Yes
(T700) Inspect P3 (T700) Repair or Replace particle
hose and tube for replace P3 hose separator blower
damage, cracks, and tube (para 10-4 (para 5-14 ) and
blockage, or loose Remove particle HMU (para 6-39 ).
connections (para separator blower Make required
10-7). (para 5-11 ). checks (para
Remove shroud and 1-223 ). If fault still
(T701, T701C) inspect impeller remains, trouble-
Inspect P3 tube for (para 5-13 ). shoot METS/FEDS/
No damage, cracks, Impeller damaged? CETS fuel system
blockage, or loose according to METS/
connections (para (T701, T701C) FEDS/CETS
10-57). P3 tube Repair or replace manual .
faulty? P3 tube (para 10-
54). Remove
particle separator
blower (para 5-11 ).
Remove shroud and
inspect impeller
(para 5-13 ).
Impeller damaged?
No
No
Reinstall blower
(para 5-14 ). Make
required checks
(para 1-223 ) and
continue to operate.
1-546 Change 1
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 2. Engine Flames Out During Normal Operation
(combustion stops, indicated by a drop in TGT, Wf, P3, Ng, Np, torque
and oil pressure) (Cont)
No
Yes
Using borescope Replace cold
(para 1-172 ), section module.
inspect the Make required
following: checks (para 1-223 )
• Compressor and continue to
• Combustion liner operate.
• Stage 1 nozzle
assembly
Is compressor
damage out of
limits?
No
Yes Yes
Is combustion liner Replace stage 1 Continue to operate.
and/or stage 1 nozzle assembly
nozzle assembly and/or combustion
damage out of liner (para 3-14 ).
limits? Make required
No
checks (para
1-223 ). Fault fixed?
No
Yes
(T700) Replace Remove engine and
POU (para 6-87 ) send it to depot.
and make required
checks (para
1-223 ). Engine
flames out?
No
(T701, T701C)
Replace ODV (para
6-74 ) and make
required checks
(para 1-223 ).
Engine flames out?
No
1-547
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 2. Engine Flames Out During Normal Operation
(combustion stops, indicated by a drop in TGT, Wf, P3, Ng, Np, torque
and oil pressure) (Cont)
No
No Continue to operate.
No Yes Yes
Combustion liner, Clean compressor Continue to operate.
stage 1 nozzle (para 1-157 ) and
assembly, and attempt to start.
compressor are ok. Fault fixed?
No
Yes Yes
Troubleshoot Repair fuel system (T700) Replace Remove engine and
METS/FEDS/CETS according to METS/ POU (para 6-87 ) send it to depot.
fuel system FEDS/CETS and make required
according to METS/ manual and checks (para
FEDS/CETS continue to operate. 1-223 ). Engine
manual. System flames out?
faulty?
(T701, T701C)
Replace ODV (para
6-74) and make
required checks
(para 1-223 ).
No
Engine flames out?
No
Replace HMU (para
Continue to operate.
6-39 ). Make
required checks
(para 1-223 ) and
continue to operate.
1-548 Change 1
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 3. (T700) Engine Flames Out During Np Overspeed Check
(Combustion stops, indicated by a drop in TGT, Wf, P3, Ng, Np, torque,
and oil pressure)
NOTE
Flameout can be caused by a compressor stall. Before troubleshooting, check
METS/FEDS/CETS and engine as instructed in engine flameout check (para 1-
286).
Yes Yes
Replace POU (para 6-87 ) Replace HMU ( para 6-39 ) Troubleshoot and repair
and do an overspeed and do an overspeed METS/FEDS/CETS fuel
check (para 1-229 ). check (para 1-229 ). system according to
Engine flames out? Engine flames out? METS/FEDS/CETS
manual and continue to
operate.
No No
Make required checks Make required checks
(para 1-223 ) and continue (para 1-223 ) and continue
to operate. to operate.
Change 1 1-549
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 4. Ng Does Not Accelerate Above Ground Idle Speed
Yes
Troubleshoot METS/ Repair rigging according
FEDS/CETS PAS and to METS/FEDS/CETS
LDS lever rigging manual and continue to
according to METS/FEDS/ operate.
CETS manual . Rigging
faulty?
No
Yes Yes
Inspect fuel hoses, tubes, Tighten fittings or replace Continue to operate.
and fittings of engine and hoses and tubes as
METS/FEDS/CETS for required. Do an idle
leaks. Leaks found? speed leakage check
(para 1-226 ) to verify that
leak is fixed and that fault
has been corrected. Fault
No fixed?
No
Yes
(T700) Inspect P3 hose (T700) Repair or replace
and tube for damage, P3 hose and tube (para
cracks, blockage, or loose 10-4 ). Make required
connections (para 10-7 ). checks (para 1-223 ) and
Hose and/or tube faulty? continue to operate.
(T701, T701C) Inspect P3 (T701, T701C) Repair or
tube for damage, cracks, replace P3 tube (para
blockage, or loose 10-54 ). Make required
connections (para 10-57 ). checks (para 1-223 ) and
P3 tube faulty? continue to operate.
No
Yes
Check engine operation Replace (T700, T701)
with (T700, T701) ECU or ECU or (T701C) DEC
(T701C) DEC in lockout (para 7-11 ). Make
mode. Manual operation required checks ( para
ok? 1-223 ) and continue to
operate.
No
1-550 Change 1
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 4. Ng Does Not Accelerate Above Ground Idle Speed (Cont)
No
Yes
Do a fuel flow verification Continue to operate.
check (para 1-258 ).
Replace faulty parts as
required. Fault fixed?
No
Replace HMU (para
6-39) and make required
checks (para 1-223 ) and
continue to operate.
1-551
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 5. Ng High at Ground Idle Speed
Yes
Troubleshoot METS/ Repair linkage or cables
FEDS/CETS PAS lever according to METS/FEDS/
linkage and cables for CETS manual and
proper rigging and continue to operate.
operation according to
METS/FEDS/CETS
manual. Operation faulty?
No
Yes
Check METS/FEDS/CETS Repair cable according to
LDS cable for sheared roll METS/FEDS/CETS
pin. Pin sheared? manual and continue to
operate.
No
Yes
Troubleshoot METS/ Repair indicating system
FEDS/CETS Ng indicating according to METS/FEDS/
system according to CETS manual and
METS/FEDS/CETS continue to operate.
manual. System faulty?
No
Replace HMU ( para
6-39). Make required
checks ( para 1-223 ) and
continue to operate.
1-552 Change 1
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 6. Ng Instrument Fluctuating or Not Indicating
(all other instruments normal)
Yes
Do an Ng indicating Troubleshoot METS/
system check (para FEDS/CETS Ng indicating
1-271). Alternator stator system according to
and cable ok? METS/FEDS/CETS
manual and continue to
operate.
No
Replace faulty part(s):
• Alternator stator
(para 7-51 )
• Green cable
(para 7-35 )
Make required checks
(para 1-223 ) and continue
to operate.
Change 1 1-553
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 7. Ng Low at Ground Idle Speed
Yes
Troubleshoot METS/ Repair rigging according
FEDS/CETS PAS lever to METS/FEDS/CETS
rigging according to manual and continue to
METS/FEDS/CETS operate.
manual . Rigging faulty?
No
Yes
Troubleshoot METS/ Repair indicating system
FEDS/CETS Ng indicating according to METS/FEDS/
system according to CETS manual and
METS/FEDS/CETS continue to operate.
manual . System faulty?
No
Yes Yes
(T700) Inspect P3 hose Check engine oil level. Oil See troubleshooting
and tube for loose level high? procedure 48 .
connections, leaks, or
blockage. P3 hose and
tube ok?
(T701, T701C) Inspect P3
tube for loose con- No
nections, leaks or
blockage. P3 tube ok?
No
Yes Yes
(T700) Replace P3 hose Replace HMU (para 6-39 ) Make required checks
and tube (para 10-4 ) and and check idle speed. Idle (para 1-223 ) and continue
make required checks speed ok? to operate.
(para 1-223 ). Idle speed
low?
(T701, T701C) Replace
P3 tube (para 10-54 ) and
make required checks
(para 1-223 ). Idle speed
low?
No No
Continue to operate.
1-554 Change 1
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 7. Ng Low at Ground Idle Speed (Cont)
No
Yes
Using borescope ( para Replace cold section
1-172 ), inspect module. Make required
compressor. Is checks (para 1-223 ) and
compressor damage out continue to operate.
of limits?
No
Clean compressor ( para
1-157 ) and continue to
operate.
1-555
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 8. Uncontrolled Deceleration (Ng)
(Ng and TGT decreases without retarding PAS lever)
Yes Yes
Check engine operation Replace (T700, T701) Check METS/FEDS/CETS
with (T700, T701)ECU or ECU or (T701C) DEC Np demand system p( ara
(T701C) DEC in lockout (para 7-11) and make 1-269). Troubleshoot Np
mode. Manual operation required checks para
( demand system according
ok? 1-223). Does fault to troubleshooting
remain? procedures inMETS/
FEDS/CETS manualand
continue to operate.
No
No
Continue to operate.
Yes Yes
Inspect fuel hoses, tubes, Tighten fittings or replace Continue to operate.
and fittings of engine and hoses and tubes as
METS/FEDS/CETS for required. Do an idle
leaks. Leaks found? speed leakage check
(para 1-226) to verify that
leak is fixed and that fault
has been corrected. Fault
fixed?
No
No
Yes Yes
(T700) Inspect P3 hose (T700) Repair or replace Replace blower p( ara
and tube for damage, P3 hose and tube para
( 5-14) and HMU (para
cracks, blockage, or loose 10-4). Remove particle 6-39). Make required
connections para
( 10-7). separator blower para
( checks (para 1-223). If
5-11). Remove shroud fault still remains,
(T701, T701C)Inspect P3 and inspect impeller para
( troubleshoot METS/FEDS/
tube for damage, cracks, 5-13). Impeller damaged? CETS fuel system
blockage, or loose according toMETS/FEDS/
connections para
( 10-57). (T701, T701C)Repair or CETS manual.
P3 tube faulty? replace P3 tube para
(
10-54). Remove particle
separator blower para
(
5-11). Remove shroud
and inspect impeller para
(
5-13). Impeller damaged?
No
No
1-556 Change 1
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 8. Uncontrolled Deceleration (Ng)
(Ng and TGT decreases without retarding PAS lever) (Cont)
No
Reinstall blower ( para
5-14 ). Make required
No
checks (para 1-223 ) and
continue to operate.
Yes
See troubleshooting
Check fuel filter impending
procedure 39 .
bypass indicator assembly
for popped button. Has
button popped?
No
Yes
Continue to operate.
Replace HMU (para 6-39 )
and make required checks
(para 1-223 ). Fault fixed?
No
Yes
(T700) Replace POU Make required checks
(para 6-87 ) and attempt (para 1-223 ) and continue
start. Fault fixed? to operate.
(T701, T701C) Replace
ODV (para 6-74 ) and
attempt start. Fault fixed?
No
Yes Yes
Troubleshoot for Repair fuel system Continue to operate.
restriction in METS/FEDS/ according to METS/FEDS/
CETS fuel system CETS manual . Fault
according to METS/FEDS/ fixed?
CETS manual . System
faulty?
No
No
Remove engine and send Remove engine and send
it to depot. it to depot.
Change 1 1-557
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 9. (T700, T701) History Recorder Malfunction
(engine time function inoperative)
Yes
Disconnect yellow cable Replace yellow cable
connectors W4P1 and (para 7-41 ). Make
W4P4. Check continuity required checks (para
between the following: 1-223 ) and continue to
operate.
W4P4 W4P1
8 to 26
9 to 27
Check for shorts between
pins. Open or short
circuits?
No
Yes
Replace history recorder Replace ECU ( para 7-11 ).
(para 7-17 ) and make Make required checks
required checks (para (para 1-223 ) and continue
1-223). Does fault to operate.
remain?
No
Continue to operate.
1-558
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 10. (T701C) History Counter Malfunction
(engine time function inoperative)
Yes
Disconnect yellow cable Replace yellow cable
connectors W4P1 and (para 7-41 ). Make
W4P4. Check continuity required checks (para
between the following: 1-223 ) and continue to
operate.
W4P4 W4P1
11 to 23
6 to 22
Check for shorts to ground
or for shorts between pins.
Open or short circuits?
No
Yes
Replace history recorder Replace DEC ( para 7-11 ).
(para 7-17 ) and make Make required checks
required checks (para (para 1-223 ) and continue
1-223). Does fault to operate.
remain?
No
Continue to operate.
1-559
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 11. (T700, T701) History Recorder Malfunction (LCF function inoperative)
Yes
Disconnect yellow cable Replace yellow cable
connectors W4P1 and (para 7-41
). Make
W4P4. Check continuity required checks (para
between the following: 1-223) and continue to
operate.
W4P4 W4P1
1 to 13
2 to 25
Check for shorts between
pins. Open or short
circuits?
No
Yes
Replace ECU (para 7- Replace history recorder
11) and make required (para 7-17). Make
checks (para 1-223). required checks (para
Does fault remain? 1-223 ) and continue
to operate.
No
Continue to operate.
1-560
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 12. (T701C) History Counter Malfunction (LCF 1 function inoperative)
Yes
Disconnect yellow cable Replace yellow cable
connectors W4P1 and (para 7-41). Make
W4P4. Check continuity required checks (para
between the following: 1-223 ) and continue to
operate.
W4P4 W4P1
3 to 11
6 to 22
Check for shorts to ground
or for short between pins.
Open or short circuits?
No
Yes
Replace history counter Replace DEC (para 7-
(para 7-17) and make 11). Make required
required checks (para checks (para 1-223) and
1-223. ). Does fault continue to operate.
remain?
No
Continue to operate.
1-561
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 13. (T701C) History Counter Malfunction (LCF 2 function inoperative)
Yes
Disconnect yellow cable Replace yellow cable
connectors W4P1 and (para 7-41). Make
W4P4. Check continuity required checks (para
between the following: 1-223 ) and continue
to operate.
W4P4 W4P1
1 to 13
6 to 22
Check for shorts to
ground or for short
between pins. Open or
short circuits?
No
Yes
Replace history counter Replace DEC (para 7-11).
(para 7-17
) and make Make required checks
required checkspara
( (para 1-223) and con-
1-223). Does fault tinue to operate.
remain?
No
Continue to operate.
1-562
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 14. (T700, T701) History Recorder Malfunction
(one or more functions inoperative)
NOTE 1
• During ground idle operations, check history recorder hours indicator window
to verify that there is 115V, 400 HZ power at history recorder.
• Check yellow cable connectors at the ECU, at alternator, and at history
recorder for tightness. When removing connectors, check pins and sockets
for damage.
Yes
LCF function See troubleshooting
inoperative? procedure 11 .
No
Yes
Time-temperature See troubleshooting
function procedure 16 .
inoperative?
No
Yes
Engine time function See troubleshooting
inoperative? procedure 9 .
No
1-563
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 14. (T700, T701) History Recorder Malfunction
(one or more functions inoperative) (Cont)
NOTE 2
115V, 400 HZ is used for both Np overspeed backup and engine history
No recorder operation.
Yes Yes Yes
All functions are Is there 115V, Disconnect yellow Replace yellow
inoperative. Are 400HZ power ( see cable W4P1 cable (para 7-41 ).
METS/FEDS/CETS note 2) at METS/ connector at ECU Make required
instruments for Np FEDS/CETS E1 and W4P4 at history checks (para 1-223 )
and torque plug sockets 1 recorder. Check and continue to
indicating? and 2? continuity between operate.
the following:
No
W4P4 W4P1
Troubleshoot 3 to 11
METS/FEDS/CETS 8 to 26
wiring according to 9 to 27
METS/FEDS/CETS 11 to 23
manual and 12 to 24
No
continue to operate.
Check for shorts
between pins. Open
or short circuits?
No
Yes Yes
Do an alternator and Replace faulty Replace ECU (para Replace history
yellow cable check alternator stator 7-11). Does fault recorder ( para 7-
(para 1-268 ). (para 7-51 ) or yellow remain? 17). Make required
System faulty? cable (para 7-41 ). checks (para 1-223 )
Make required and continue to
checks (para 1-223 ) operate.
and continue to
operate.
No No
1-564 Change 1
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 14. (T700, T701) History Recorder Malfunction
(one or more functions inoperative) (Cont)
No No
Yes
Replace ECU (para Replace history Make required
7-11). Does fault recorder ( para 7- checks (para 1-223 )
remain? 17). Make required and continue to
checks (para 1-223 ) operate.
and continue to
operate.
No
Make required
checks (para 1-223 )
and continue to
operate.
1-565
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 15. (T701C) History Counter Malfunction
(more than one function inoperative)
NOTE
Check yellow cable connectors at DEC, alternator stator, and history counter for
tightness. When removing connectors, check pins and sockets for damage.
Yes
More than one
function is
inoperative. Check
METS/FEDS/CETS
instruments for Np
and torque
indications. Does
Np and torque
indicate?
No
Yes Yes Yes
Make alternator and Replace faulty Disconnect yellow Replace yellow
yellow cable check alternator stator cable W4P1 cable (para 7-41 ).
(para 1-82 ). Part(s) (para 7-51 ) or yellow connector at DEC Make required
faulty? cable (para 7-41 ). and W4P4 at history checks (para 1-223 )
Make required recorder. Check for and continue to
checks (para 1-223 ) shorts between pins operate.
and check aircraft and for continuity
115V, 400 HZ at between the
METS/FEDS/CETS following:
E1 connector,
sockets 1 and 2. W4P4 W4P1
Power at sockets? 3 to 11
5 to 10
No 1 to 13
11 to 23
6 to 22
Troubleshoot
No METS/FEDS/CETS Open circuits or
wiring according to short to ground?
troubleshooting
procedures in
METS/FEDS/CETS
manual and
continue to operate.
No
1-566 Change 1
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 15. (T701C) History Counter Malfunction
(more than one function inoperative) (Cont)
No
Yes
Disconnect yellow Replace yellow
cable W4P1 cable (para 7-41 ).
connector at DEC Make required
and W4P4 at history checks (para 1-223 )
recorder. Check for and continue to
shorts between pins operate.
and for continuity
between the
following:
W4P4 W4P1 No
3 to 11
5 to 10
1 to 13
11 to 23
6 to 22
Open circuits or
short to ground?
No
Yes
Replace history Continue to operate.
counter (para 7-17 )
and make required
checks (para 1-
223). Fault fixed?
No
Replace DEC
(para 7-11 ). Make
required checks
(para 1-223 ) and
continue to operate.
1-567
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 16. (T700, T701) History Recorder Malfunction
(time-temperature function inoperative)
Does cockpit METS/ Yes
FEDS/CETS TGT
instrument indicate?
No
Yes Yes
Do a thermocouple Disconnect yellow cable Replace yellow cable
assembly check (para connectors W4P1 and (para 7-41 ). Make
1-264). Replace faulty W4P4. Check continuity required checks (para
part(s) and make required between the following: 1-223 ) and continue to
checks (para 1-223 ). operate.
Does fault remain? W4P4 W4P1
5 to 10
6 to 22
8 to 26
No 9 to 27
Check for shorts between
pins. Open or short
Continue to operate. circuits?
No
Yes
Replace history recorder Replace ECU ( para 7-11 ).
(para 7-17 ) and make Make required checks
required check ( para (para 1-223 ) and continue
1-223 ). Does fault to operate.
remain?
No
Continue to operate.
1-568 Change 1
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 17. (T701C) History Counter Malfunction
(time-temperature function inoperative)
Yes
Does METS/FEDS/CETS
TGT instrument indicate?
No
Yes Yes
Do a thermocouple Disconnect yellow cable Replace yellow cable
assembly check (para connectors W4P1 and (para 7-41). Make
1-264). Replace faulty W4P4. Check for required checks (para
part(s) and make required continuity between the 1-223) and continue to
checks (para 1-223). following: operate.
Does fault remain?
W4P4 W4P1
5 to 10
6 to 22
No
Check for shorts to ground
or for shorts between pins.
Open or short circuits?
Continue to operate.
No
Yes
Replace history counter Replace DEC (para 7-11).
(para 7-17) and make Make required checks
required checks (para (para 1-223) and continue
1-223). Does fault to operate.
remain?
No
Continue to operate.
Change 1 1-569
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 18. No Np Governing when Advancing PAS Lever to FLY (Np may increase
to: (T700) (METS) 111 ± 1% (22,200 rpm) or (FEDS/CETS) 111 ± 1%
(22,200 rpm) (T701, T701C) (METS) 125 ± 1% (25,000 rpm) or (FEDS/
CETS) 125 ± 1% (25,000 rpm) tripping Np overspeed system)
NOTE
(T700, T701) ECU or (T701C) DEC is reset from lockout when PAS lever is
slightly forward of ground idle detent. Be sure that lack of Np governing is not
just failure to retard PAS lever far enough to reset normal (T700, T701) ECU or
(T701C) DEC operation.
Yes Yes
Make a restart and check Check PAS lever for Repair rigging according
for Np governing. Does correct rigging using to METS/FEDS/CETS
Np now govern? ground idle rig pin. manual and continue to
Ground idle misrigged? operate.
No
No
Yes Yes
Check for loose electrical Tighten connectors and Continue to operate.
connectors at HMU (J1) recheck for Np governing.
and (T700, T701) ECU or Does Np govern?
(T701C) DEC (J2).
Connectors loose?
No
No
Yes
Clean HMU to yellow Continue to operate.
cable connector (para
H-11). Reconnect yellow
cable to (T700, T701)
ECU or (T701C) DEC
connector and yellow
cable to Np sensor
connector (para H-8).
Check Np governing.
Does Np govern?
No
1-570 Change 3
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 18. No Np Governing when Advancing PAS Lever to FLY (Np may increase
to: (T700) (METS) 111 ± 1% (22,200 rpm) or (FEDS/CETS) 111 ± 1%
(22,200 rpm) (T701, T701C) (METS) 125 ± 1% (25,000 rpm) or (FEDS/
CETS) 125 ± 1% (25,000 rpm) tripping Np overspeed system) (Cont)
No
Yes Yes
Advance PAS lever to Make circuit checks at Replace part(s) found
lockout. Listen for click S39 connector (para faulty. Make required
from Hamilton Standard 1-262). Make (T700, checks (para 1-223) and
HMU or aline the white T701) ECU and (T701C) continue to operate.
line on the PAS spindle DEC and HMU system
with the stop boss on the checks (para 1-263).
Woodward Governor HMU System faulty?
when PAS is moved to
lockout. Click heard, No
vapor vent observed or
white line aligned with stop Yes
Replace (T700, T701) Make required checks
boss?
ECU or (T701C) DEC (para 1-223) and continue
(para 7-11) and check Np to operate.
governing. Does Np
govern?
No
No Replace HMU (para
6-39). Make required
checks (para 1-223) and
continue to operate.
Yes
Remove PAS rotary Check PAS lever for
actuator. Rotate PAS by correct rigging according
hand fully clockwise and to METS/FEDS/CETS
then fully counterclock- manual and continue to
wise. Listen for click or operate.
look for alinement of white
line at HMU when rotating
CCW. Click heard or
white line aligned?
No
Replace HMU (para
6-39). Make required
checks (para 1-223) and
continue to operate.
Change 3 1-571
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 19. Np Does Not Respond to Np Demand Trim (with torque matching
normal, Np does not respond to normal Np trim)
Yes
Has Np exceeded the Refer to paragraph
limits in figure 1-148? 1-276 for required
maintenance.
No
Yes Yes
Check all Np system Tighten connectors or Make required checks
electrical connectors for replace faulty parts as (para 1-223) and continue
tightness. When required. Fault fixed? to operate.
removing connectors,
check exposed pins and
sockets for damage and
debris. Connectors
faulty? No
No
Yes Yes
Is Np demand trim faulty? Troubleshoot METS/ Repair Np demand system
FEDS/CETS Np demand according to METS/FEDS/
system at E1 connector CETS manual and
(para 1-269). System continue to operate.
No faulty?
Continue to operate. No
Replace (T700, T701)
ECU or (T701C) DEC
(para 7-11). Make
required checks (para
1-223) and continue to
operate.
1-572 Change 1
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 20. Np Instrument Fluctuating or Not Indicating
(all other instruments normal)
NOTE
A slight audible metal-to-metal rubbing noise coming from within the power
turbine module after extended operation at high power is normal.
Yes
Troubleshoot METS/ Repair Np indicating
FEDS/CETS Np indicating system according to
system according to applicable aircraft
applicable aircraft maintenance manual and
maintenance manual . continue to operate.
System faulty?
No
Yes
Do an Np sensor system Replace faulty part:
check (para 1-267 ). • Yellow cable
System faulty? (para 7-41 )
• Np sensor
(para 7-75)
Make required checks
(para 1-223 ) and continue
No to operate.
Replace (T700, T701)
ECU or (T701C) DEC
(para 7-11 ). Make
required checks (para
1-223) and continue to
operate.
Change 1 1-573
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 21. Stall Above Ground Idle Speed
NOTE
• A stall is indicated by a rumble or bang and may not cause a rise in TGT.
• If an unusually high-pitched whining sound is heard, see paragraph 1-273.
Yes
Visually inspect Replace cold
(para 1-284 ) engine section module.
inlet and actuating Make required
system linkage checks (para 1-223 )
assembly for foreign and continue to
object jamming, operate.
looseness, inlet
blockage, or
binding. Assembly
faulty?
No
Yes Yes
Check VG tracking Using borescope Replace cold
schedule during test (para 1-172 ), section module.
(fig. 1-114 , 1-115 ). inspect compressor. Make required
VG tracking within Is compressor checks (para 1-223 )
limits? damage and continue to
out-of-limits? operate.
No
No
1-574
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 21. Stall Above Ground Idle Speed (Cont)
No
Yes Yes
Using borescope Replace stage 1 Make required
(para 1-172), nozzle assy and/or checks (para 1-223)
inspect combustion combustion liner and continue to
liner and stage 1 (para 3-14). operate.
nozzle assy. Is Attempt start. Is
damage out-of- fault fixed?
limits?
No
No
Yes
Clean the Make required
compressor (para checks (para 1-223)
1-157) and attempt and continue to
start. Is fault fixed? operate.
No
No
Yes
Replace HMU (para Continue to operate.
6-39) and make
required checks
(para 1-223). Fault
fixed?
No
Remove engine and
send it to depot.
Yes
Inspect actuating Replace cold
system linkage section module.
assembly (para Make required
2-71). Actuating checks (para 1-223)
system faulty? and continue to
operate.
No
1-575
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 21. Stall Above Ground Idle Speed (Cont)
No
Yes
Check METS/FEDS/ Repair indicating
CETS VG indicating system according to
system according to METS/FEDS/CETS
METS/FEDS/CETS manual and
manual. System continue to operate.
faulty?
No
Yes
Replace HMU (para Make required
6-39) and attempt checks (para 1-223 )
start. Fault fixed? and continue to
operate.
No
Yes Yes
Using borescope Replace stage 1 Replace HMU ( para
(para 1-172 ), nozzle assy and/or 6-39 ). Make
inspect combustion combustion liner required checks
liner and stage 1 (para 3-14 ). Fault (para 1-223 ) and
nozzle assy. Is fixed? continue to operate.
damage out-of-
limits?
No
Remove engine and
No
send it to depot.
Yes
Clean the Replace HMU ( para
compressor (para 6-39 ). Make
1-157). Fault fixed? required checks
(para 1-223 ) and
continue to operate.
No
Remove engine and
send it to depot.
1-576 Change 1
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 22. Starting Stalls (audible popping or whining during Ng acceleration to
ground idle)
If TGT exceeds the following,
• (T700) 850°C (1562°F)
• (T701) 869°C (1596°F)
• (T701C) 852°C (1566°F)
before idle speed is reached, retard PAS lever to 0°. Deactivate ignition and
motor engine until TGT decreases below 1004°F (540°C).
NOTE
Starting system should be able to motor the engine to at least 24% Ng (10,728
RPM). Starter must cut out below 52% Ng (23,244 RPM). This can be
checked by using test panel instruments.
Yes
Prime the engine fuel Continue to operate.
system (para 1-219 ) and
attempt start. Start ok?
No
Yes
Check engine motoring Troubleshoot starting
speed and starter cut-out system according to
speed (see note). Starting applicable aircraft
system faulty? maintenance manual and
continue to operate.
No
Yes Yes
Anti-ice panel light on Replace HMU ( para 6-39 ) Continue to operate.
during start to ground idle and make required checks
speed? (para 1-223 ). Start ok?
No No
1-577
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 22. Starting Stalls (audible popping or whining during Ng acceleration to
ground idle) (Cont)
No
Yes
Using borescope ( para Replace cold section
1-172 ), inspect the module. Make required
following: checks (para 1-223 ) and
• Compressor continue to operate.
• Combustion liner
• Stage 1 nozzle assy
Is compressor damage
out-of-limits?
No
Yes
Is combustion liner and/or Replace stage 1 nozzle
stage 1 nozzle assy assy and/or combustion
damage out-of-limits? liner (para 3-14 ). Make
required checks (para
1-223 ) and continue to
operate.
No
Yes
No Compressor, combustion Remove engine and send
liner, and stage 1 nozzle it to depot.
assy ok. Clean the
compressor (para 1-157 )
and attempt start. Engine
stalls during start?
No
Continue to operate.
1-578
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 22. Starting Stalls (audible popping or whining during Ng acceleration to
ground idle) (Cont)
No
Visually inspect (para Yes
Replace cold section
1-284) engine inlet and
module. Make required
actuating system linkage
checks (para 1-126 ) and
assembly for foreign
continue to operate.
object jamming,
looseness, inlet blockage
or binding. Assembly
faulty?
No
Yes Yes
Check for full HMU Inspect actuating system Continue to operate.
actuator rod travel of linkage assembly (para
1.6-1.8 inches (see fig. 2-49, 2-56, 2-71 ). Attempt
1-146) by using an open- start. Start ok?
end wrench on flats of
actuating shaft to set
linkage assembly in the
fully closed position (HMU
actuator rod fully
extended). Assembly No
faulty?
No
Yes Yes
Replace anti-icing bleed Continue to operate.
and start valve ( para Replace HMU ( para 6-39 )
10-25) and make required and make required checks
checks (para 1-223 ). (para 1-223 ). Start ok?
Engine stalls during start?
No No
Yes
Continue to operate. Using borescope ( para Replace cold section
1-172 ), inspect the module. Make required
following: checks (para 1-223 ) and
• Compressor continue to operate.
• Combustion liner
• Stage 1 nozzle
assembly
Is compressor damage
out-of-limits?
No
1-579
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 22. Starting Stalls (audible popping or whining during Ng acceleration to
ground idle) (Cont)
No
Yes
Is combustion liner and/or Replace stage 1 nozzle
stage 1 nozzle assembly assembly and/or
damage out-of-limits? combustion liner (para
3-14). Make required
checks (para 1-223 ) and
continue to operate.
No
Yes
Compressor, combustion Remove engine and send
liner, and stage 1 nozzle it to depot.
assembly ok. Clean the
compressor (para 1-157 )
and attempt start. Engine
stalls during start?
No
Continue to operate.
1-580
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 23. Abnormally High TGT During Start
If TGT exceeds the following:
• (T700)850°C (1562°F)
• (T701)869°C (1596°F)
• (T701C) 852°C (1566°F)
before idle speed is reached, retard PAS lever to 0°. Deactivate ignition and
motor engine until TGT decreases below 1004°F (540°C).
NOTE
Starting system should be able to motor the engine to at least 24% Ng (10,728
RPM). Starter must cut out below 52% Ng (23,244 RPM). This can be
checked by using test panel instruments.
Yes
Prime the engine fuel Continue to operate.
systempara
( 1-219
) and
attempt start. Start ok?
No
Yes
Check engine motoring Troubleshoot starting
speed and starter cut-out system according to
speedsee
( note). Is applicable aircraft
motoring speed less than maintenance manual and
24% Ng (10,728 RPM), or continue to operate.
does starter cut out below
52% Ng (23,244 RPM)?
No
Yes Yes
Do fuel system Replace HMU para
( 6-39
) Continue to operate.
troubleshooting checks and prime the fuel system
(para 1-258
). Fuel flow (para 1-219). Attempt
high (out-of-limits)? start. Start ok?
No No
1-581
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 23. Abnormally High TGT During Start (Cont)
No
Yes
Using borescope ( para Replace stage 1 nozzle
1-172 ), inspect the assembly and/or
following: combustion liner (para
• Compressor 3-14 ). Make required
• Combustion liner checks (para 1-223 ) and
• Stage 1 nozzle continue to operate.
assembly
Is combustion liner and/or
stage 1 nozzle assembly
damage out-of-limits?
No
Yes
Is compressor damage Replace cold section
out-of-limits? module. Make required
checks (para 1-223 ) and
continue to operate.
No
Yes
Clean the compressor Continue to operate.
No (para 1-157 ) and attempt
start. Start ok?
No
Yes
Troubleshoot METS/ Repair TGT indicating
FEDS/CETS TGT system according to
indicating system METS/FEDS/CETS
according to METS/FEDS/ manual and continue to
CETS manual . System operate.
faulty?
No
1-582 Change 1
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 23. Abnormally High TGT During Start (Cont)
No
Do a thermocouple
assembly check (para
1-264 ). Replace faulty
No
part(s). Make required
checks (para 1-223 ) and
continue to operate.
Yes Yes
Check panel light for Using borescope ( para Replace stage 1 nozzle
indication of normal 1-172 ), inspect the assembly and/or
operation of anti-icing following: combustion liner (para
bleed and start valve. • Compressor 3-14 ). Make required
Light on during start-to- • Combustion liner checks (para 1-223 ) and
ground idle speed? • Stage 1 nozzle continue to operate.
assembly
Is combustion liner and/or
stage 1 nozzle assembly
damage out-of-limits?
No
Yes
Is compressor damage Replace cold section
out-of-limits? module. Make required
checks (para 1-223 ) and
continue to operate.
No
Yes
Clean the compressor Continue to operate.
No (para 1-157 ) and attempt
start. Start ok?
No
1-583
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 23. Abnormally High TGT During Start (Cont)
No
Yes
Troubleshoot METS/ Repair TGT indicating
FEDS/CETS TGT system according to
indicating system METS/FEDS/CETS
according to METS/FEDS/ manual .
CETS manual . System
faulty?
No
No
Do a thermocouple
assembly check (para
1-264 ). Replace faulty
part(s) and make required
checks (para 1-223 ).
Yes
Visually inspect (para Replace cold section
1-284) engine inlet and module. make required
actuating system linkage checks (para 1-223 ) and
assembly for foreign continue to operate.
object jamming,
looseness, inlet blockage,
or binding. Assembly
faulty?
No
Yes Yes
Check full HMU actuator Inspect actuating system Continue to operate.
rod travel of 1.6-1.8 inches linkage assembly (para
(see fig. 1-146 ) by using 2-49, 2-51, and 2-71).
an open-end wrench on Attempt start. Start ok?
flats of actuating shaft to
set linkage assembly in
the fully closed position
(HMU actuator rod fully
extended). Assembly
faulty?
No
No
1-584 Change 1
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 23. Abnormally High TGT During Start (Cont)
No No
Yes Yes
Replace anti-icing bleed Using borescope ( para Replace stage 1 nozzle
and start valve ( para 1-172 ), inspect the assembly and/or
10-25). Attempt start. following: combustion liner (para
TGT abnormally high? • Compressor 3-14 ). Make required
• Combustion liner checks (para 1-223 ) and
• Stage 1 nozzle continue to operate.
assembly
Is combustion liner and/or
No stage 1 nozzle assembly
damage out-of-limits?
No
Yes
Continue to operate. Is compressor damage Replace cold section
out-of-limits? module. Make required
checks (para 1-223 ) and
continue to operate.
No
Yes
Clean the compressor Continue to operate.
(para 1-157 ) and attempt
start. Start ok?
No
Yes
Troubleshoot METS/ Repair TGT indicating
FEDS/CETS TGT system according to
indicating system METS/FEDS/CETS
according to METS/FEDS/ manual and continue to
CETS manual . System operate.
faulty?
No
Do a thermocouple
assembly check (para
1-264 ) and replace faulty
part(s). Make required
checks (para 1-223 ) and
continue to operate.
Change 1 1-585
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 24. Combustor Rumble During Start
NOTE
• Combustor rumble is a low frequency noise often described as a howl that may
be heard intermittently during engine start.
• Combustor rumble may be more pronounced during cold weather and/or
during engine acceleration to ground idle.
Yes Yes
Combustor rumble below The unit maintenance Continue to operate.
ground idle? officer will decide, in each
case if combustor rumble
is acceptable. Is
combustor rumble
acceptable?
No
No
Yes Yes
Combustor rumble at Replace fuel injectors Continue to operate.
ground idle or above? (para 6-23 ). Is combustor
rumble acceptable?
No
No
Continue to operate.
Yes
Replace combustion liner Continue to operate.
(para 3-14 ). Is combustor
rumble acceptable?
No
Remove cold section
module.
1-586
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 25. No Start (fuel mist seen coming from tailpipe; no rise in TGT)
Igniter Plugs
• High voltage may be present.
• Do not touch electrical output connector when operating any ignition
component.
• Be sure ignition unit and plugs are grounded before energizing the circuit.
• Never hold or touch igniter plug when energizing the ignition circuit.
Yes
Check METS/FEDS/ Troubleshoot
CETS E3 cable for ignition circuit
ignition circuit according to
continuity. Circuit applicable aircraft
faulty? maintenance
manual and
continue to operate.
No
Yes Yes
Remove and inspect Install new igniter Make required
igniter plugs (para plugs (para 7-9 checks (para 1-223 )
7-5, 7-8 (T700) or (T700) or 7-10 and continue to
7-6, 7-8 (T701, (T701, T701C) ) and operate.
T701C). Igniter attempt to start.
plug(s) faulty? Start ok?
No
Yes Yes
Check the size of Replace combustion Make required
ferrule bore by liner (para 3-24 checks (para 1-127 )
inserting a 13/32 (T700) or 3-25 and continue to
inch drill rod or (T701, T701C) ) and operate.
equivalent through attempt start. Start
ferrule. Drill rod or ok?
equivalent enters?
No
No
Change 1 1-587
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 25. No Start (fuel mist seen coming from tailpipe; no rise in TGT) (Cont)
No
Yes Yes Yes
Reinstall igniter Do electrical ignition Install new lead(s) Make required
plugs (para 7-9 lead check (para (para 7-28 ). checks (para 1-223 )
(T700) or 7-10 1-270). Lead(s) Attempt start. Start and continue to
(T701, T701C) . faulty? ok? operate.
No
No
Yes Yes
Do a primary ignition (T700) Replace (T700) Make
system check (para primer nozzles (para required checks
1-261). Ignition 6-4) and/or fuel start (para 1-223 ) and
system ok? manifold tube (para continue to operate.
6-27). Attempt start.
Start ok? (T701, T701C)
Continue to operate.
(T701, T701C)
Attempt start. Start
ok?
No
Yes
Do a fuel system Continue to operate.
verification check
(para 1-258 ).
Attempt start. Start
ok?
No
No
(T700) Replace
POU (para 6-87 ).
Make required
checks and continue
to operate.
(T701, T701C)
Replace ODV (para
6-74). Make
required checks
(para 1-223 ) and
continue to operate.
1-588
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 25. No Start (fuel mist seen coming from tailpipe; no rise in TGT) (Cont)
No
Yes
Replace faulty Make required
part(s) checks (para 1-223 )
• Alternator stator and continue to
(para 7-51 ) operate.
• Yellow cable
(para 7-41 )
• Ignition exciter
(para 7-29 )
Attempt start. Start
ok?
No
Yes
(T700) Replace (T700) Make
primer nozzles (para required checks
6-4) and/or fuel start (para 1-223 ) and
manifold tube ( para continue to operate.
6-27 ). Attempt start.
Start ok? (T701, T701C) Not
applicable.
(T701, T701C) Has
primerless ignition;
continue
troubleshooting.
No
(T700) Replace
POU (para 6-87 ).
Make required
checks (para 1-223 )
and continue to
operate.
(T701, T701C)
Replace ODV (para
6-74 ). Make
required checks
(para 1-223 ) and
continue to operate.
1-589
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 26. No Start (no compressor rotor rotation)
NOTE
Starting system should be able to motor the engine to at least 24% Ng (10,728
RPM). Starter must not cut out below 52% Ng (23,244 RPM). This can be
checked by using test panel instruments.
Yes
Troubleshoot starting Repair starting system
system (see note) according to applicable
according to applicable aircraft maintenance
aircraft maintenance manual and continue to
manual. System faulty? operate.
No
Yes
Check for seized Fault is not verified.
compressor rotor by Continue to operate.
hand-cranking the engine
(para 1-290
).
Compressor rotor turns?
No
Yes Yes
Withdraw radial drive Wait for TGT to drop Fault is not verified.
shaft about 7-1/2 inches, below(T700, T701)150°C Continue to operate.
and hand-crank to check (302°F) or(T701C)80°C
for rotation of accessory (176°F); then hand-crank
gearbox (AGB). AGB compressor rotor again
rotates? with radial drive shaft fully
installed. Compressor
rotor turns?
No
No
1-590
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 26. No Start (no compressor rotor rotation) (Cont)
No
Yes
Remove scavenge If debris is allowed,
screens (para 8-17 (T700) replace cold section
or 8-17 (T701, T701C) ). If module. Make required
present, analyze debris checks (para 1-223 ) and
(figure 1-145 ). Debris continue to operate. If
present? debris is not allowed,
remove engine and send it
No to depot.
No
Replace cold section
module. Make required
checks (para 1-223 ) and
continue to operate.
Yes
Determine which of the If all parts rotate, replace
following parts are seized accessory gearbox (para
by removing them in the 5-4 ). Make required
order listed below. Check checks (para 1-223 ) and
for rotation of AGB after continue to operate.
each removal by hand-
cranking AGB.
• HMU (para 6-39 )
• Oil and scavenge pump
(para 8-11 )
• Fuel boost pump
(para 6-33 )
• Particle separator
blower (para 5-10 )
• Alternator stator
(para 7-51 )
• Starter (METS/FEDS/
CETS manual )
Do all parts rotate?
No
Replace the faulty part.
Make required checks
(para 1-223 ) and continue
to operate.
Change 1 1-591
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 27. (T700) No Start (no fuel mist seen coming from tailpipe;
no rise in TGT)
Yes
Prime the engine fuel Continue to operate.
system (para 1-219 ).
Attempt start. Start ok?
No
Yes
Troubleshoot METS/ Repair PAS lever
FEDS/CETS PAS lever for according to METS/FEDS/
below idle setting or CETS manual and
binding according to continue to operate.
METS/FEDS/CETS
manual. PAS lever faulty?
No
Yes Yes
Make fuel system Repair HMU ( para 6-39 ) Make required checks
troubleshooting checks and attempt start. Start (para 1-223 ) and continue
(para 1-258 ). Fuel flow ok? to operate.
low (out-of-limits). Fuel
mist coming from tailpipe?
No
Replace POU ( para 6-87 ).
Make required checks
(para 1-223 ) and continue
to operate.
No
1-592 Change 1
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 27. (T700) No Start (no fuel mist seen coming from tailpipe;
no rise in TGT) (Cont)
No
Yes Yes
POU leaks during check. Replace POU ( para 6-87 ) Make required checks
Fuel flow within limits. and attempt start. Start (para 1-223 ) and continue
Fuel mist coming from ok? to operate.
tailpipe?
No
See troubleshooting
No
procedure 25 .
Yes Yes
Drainage from POU during Remove and test primer (T700) Install new nozzles
check. Is fuel flow within nozzles (para 6-4 ). (para 6-8 ). Replace fuel
limits with fuel mist Nozzles clogged? start manifold tube ( para
coming from tailpipe? 6-27 ). Make required
checks (para 1-223 ) and
continue to operate.
No No
Yes
Continue to operate. Replace HMU ( para 6-39 ) Make required checks
and attempt start. Start (para 1-223 ) and continue
ok? to operate.
No
Yes
Replace POU ( para 6-87 ) Make required checks
and attempt start. Start (para 1-223 ) and continue
ok? to operate.
No
See troubleshooting
procedure 25 .
1-593
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 28. (T701, T701C) No Start (no fuel mist seen coming from tailpipe; no rise in
TGT)
Yes
Prime the engine fuel Continue to operate.
system (para 1-219 ).
Attempt start. Start ok?
No
Yes
Troubleshoot METS/ Repair PAS lever
FEDS/CETS PAS lever for according to METS/FEDS/
below idle setting or CETS manual and
binding according to continue to operate.
METS/FEDS/CETS
manual. PAS lever faulty?
No
Yes Yes
Make fuel system Replace HMU ( para 6-39 ) Make required checks
troubleshooting checks and attempt start. Start (para 1-223 ) and continue
(para 1-258 ). Fuel flow ok? to operate.
low (out-of-limits). Fuel
mist coming from tailpipe?
No
Replace ODV ( para 6-74 ).
make required checks
(para 1-223 ) and continue
to operate.
No
1-594 Change 1
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 28. (T701, T701C) No Start (no fuel mist seen coming from tailpipe; no rise in
TGT) (Cont)
No
Yes Yes
ODV leaks during check. Replace ODV (6-74) Make required checks
Fuel flow within limits. and attempt start. Start (para 1-223) and
Fuel mist coming from ok? continue to operate.
tailpipe?
No
Seetroubleshooting
No
procedure 25
.
Yes Yes
Drainage from ODV during Replace HMU (para 6-39) Make required checks
check. Is fuel flow within and attempt start. (para 1-223
) and continue
limits with fuel mist coming Start ok? to operate.
from tailpipe?
No
No
Yes
Continue to operate. Replace ODVpara
( 6-74
) Make required checks
and attempt start. Start (para 1-223
) and continue
ok? to operate.
No
Seetroubleshooting
procedure 25
.
1-595
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 29. Slow or Hung Start (TGT increases but hangs)
(On a hung start, engine lights off but does not accelerate to idle speed.
Speed hangs up between lightoff and ground idle speed.)
NOTE 1
• If anti-icing bleed and start valve does not open, compressor will probably stall
at about 40% Ng (17,880 RPM). When compressor stalls, a rumble or bang will
be heard, but TGT may not rise.
• If an unusually high-pitched whining sound is heard, see paragraph 1-273.
NOTE 2
Starting system should be able to motor engine to at least 24% Ng (10,728
RPM). Starter must not cut out below 52% Ng (23,244 RPM). This can be
checked by using test panel instruments.
Yes
Troubleshoot starting Repair starting system
system (see note 2) according to applicable
according to applicable aircraft maintenance
aircraft maintenance manual and continue to
manual. System faulty? operate.
No
Yes
Make fuel system Replace HMU (para 6-39).
troubleshooting check Make required checks
(para 1-258). Fuel flow (para 1-223) and
low (out-of-limits)? continue to operate.
No
Yes Yes
(T700)Remove P3 hose (T700)Repair or replace Replace blower (para
and tube (para 10-5) P3 hose and tube (para 5-14
) and HMU (para
and inspect for cracks, 10-4). Remove particle 6-39
. ). Make required
damage, loose separator blower (para checks (para 1-223)and
connections, or blockage 5-11). Remove shroud continue to operate.
(para 10-7
). P3 hose and and inspect impeller (para
tube faulty? 5-13). Impeller damaged?
(T701, T701C)Remove (T701, T701C)Repair or
P3 tube (para 10-55) replace P3 tube (para
and inspect for cracks, 10-54). Remove particle
damage, loose separator blower (para
connections, or blockage 5-11). Remove shroud
(para 10-57
). P3 tube and inspect impeller (para
faulty? 5-13). Impeller damaged?
No No
1-596
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 29. Slow or Hung Start (TGT increases but hangs)
(On a hung start, engine lights off but does not accelerate to idle speed.
Speed hangs up between lightoff and ground idle speed.) (Cont)
No
Reinstall blower (para
5-14). Make required
No
checks (para 1-223) and
continue to operate.
Yes
(T700) Reinstall P3 hose (T700) Replace POU
and tube (para 10-9) and (para 6-87). Make
check POU for leakage required checks (para
(para 1-221). Valve 1-223) and continue to
leaking? operate.
(T701, T701C) Reinstall (T701, T701C) Replace
P3 tube (para 10-59) and ODV (para 6-74). Make
check ODV for leakage required checks (para
(para 1-221). Valve 1-223) and continue to
leaking? operate.
No
Yes
Using borescope (para Replace cold section
1-172), inspect module. Make required
compressor. Is damage checks (para 1-223) and
out of limits? continue to operate.
No
Yes Yes
Remove particle separator Install new blower (para Make required checks
blower (para 5-11). Check 5-14) and attempt start. (para 1-223) and continue
blower for rotation by Start ok? to operate.
turning shaft by hand.
Blower dragging?
No
No
1-597
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 29. Slow or Hung Start (TGT increases but hangs)
(On a hung start, engine lights off but does not accelerate to idle speed.
Speed hangs up between lightoff and ground idle speed.) (Cont)
No
Yes
Troubleshoot METS/ Remove engine and send
FEDS/CETS fuel system it to depot.
for leaks and restrictions
according to METS/FEDS/
CETS manual and attempt
start. Start ok?
No
No Yes
Repair fuel system Continue to operate.
according to METS/FEDS/
CETS manual and attempt
start. Start ok?
No
Remove engine and send
it to depot.
Yes
Reinstall blower (para Remove engine and sent
5-14) and troubleshoot to depot.
METS/FEDS/CETS fuel
system for leaks and
restrictions according to
METS/FEDS/CETS
manual. System ok?
No
Yes
Repair fuel system Continue to operate.
according to METS/FEDS/
CETS manual and attempt
start. Start ok?
No
Remove engine and sent
to depot.
1-598 Change 1
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 30. Uncontrolled Accleration (Ng) (gas generator speed continues to
accelerate beyond ground idle speed)
Yes
Ng exceeds operating Refer to para 1-278 for
limits in table 1-36 (T700) required maintenance.
or 1-37 (T701, T701C)? Make required checks
(para 1-223) and continue
to operate.
No
Yes
Check METS/FEDS/CETS Repair fault according to
PAS lever linkage and METS/FEDS/CETS
cables for faulty rigging manual and continue to
beyond 26° and for proper operate.
operation. Linkage or
cables faulty?
No
Replace HMU (para 6-39).
Make required checks
(para 1-223) and continue
to operate.
Change 1 1-599
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 31. Engine Exceeds TGT Operating Limits and is in “Overtemperature
Maintenance Required” Area of Figure: (T700) Figure 1-151 or 1-154,
(T701, T701C) Figure 1-152 or 1-155
Yes
See overtemperature Repair indicating system
checklist ( para 1-279 ), according to METS/FEDS/
then troubleshoot METS/ CETS manual and
FEDS/CETS TGT continue to operate.
indicating system
according to METS/FEDS/
CETS manual . Indicating
system causes high
reading?
No
Yes
Indicating system causes Repair METS/FEDS/
low reading? CETS indicating system
according to METS/FEDS/
CETS manual . Remove
engine from METS/FEDS/
No CETS and do
overtemperature main-
tenance ( para 1-280).
Yes Yes
Indicating system ok. Do Replace faulty part: Remove engine from
a thermocouple assembly • Yellow cable METS/FEDS/CETS and
check ( para 1-264) and a (para 7-41) do overtemperature main-
yellow cable overtempera- • Thermocouple tenance ( para 1-280 )
ture troubleshooting check assembly (para 7-62)
(para 1-282 ). Short Do a TGT limiter setting
circuit? check ( para 1-232 (T700)
or 1-233 (T701, T701C) ).
Does fault remain?
No
Make required checks
(para 1-223) and continue
to operate.
No
1-600 Change 1
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 31. Engine Exceeds TGT Operating Limits and is in “Overtemperature
Maintenance Required” Area of Figure: (T700) Figure 1-151 or 1-154,
(T701, T701C) Figure 1-152 or 1-155 (Cont)
No
Yes
Do a METS/FEDS/CETS Replace METS/FEDS/
E1 harness CETS E1 harness
overtemperature according to
troubleshooting check METS/FEDS/CETS
(para 1-281 ). Short manual. Remove engine
circuit? from METS/FEDS/CETS
and do overtemperature
No maintenance ( para 1-280 ).
Remove engine from
METS/FEDS/CETS. Do
overtemperature
maintenance (para 1-280 ).
Change 1 1-601
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 32. Engine Exceeds TGT Operating Limits in “Troubleshoot” Area of Figure:
(T700) Figure 1-151 or 1-154,
(T701, T701C) Figure 1-152 or 1-155
Yes
Troubleshoot Repair indicating
METS/FEDS/CETS system according to
TGT indicating METS/FEDS/CETS
system according to manual and
METS/FEDS/CETS continue to operate.
manual. TGT
indicating system
causes high
reading.
No
Yes
Indicating system Repair METS/
causes low reading. FEDS/CETS
indicating system
according to METS/
FEDS/CETS
manual and
No
continue to operate.
Yes
Did error in TGT See troubleshooting
indicating system procedure 31 .
cause TGT to read
in "overtemperature
maintenance
required" area?
No
Yes Yes
TGT indicating Was popping or See troubleshooting
system is OK. Did noise heard, procedure 22 .
overtemperature indicating stall was
occur during start? present during
overtemperature?
No
See troubleshooting
procedure 23 .
No
1-602 Change 1
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 32. Engine Exceeds TGT Operating Limits in “Troubleshoot” Area of Figure:
(T700) Figure 1-151 or 1-154,
(T701, T701C) Figure 1-152 or 1-155 (Cont)
No
Yes Yes
Did overtemp- (T700) Was Continue to operate.
erature occur with overtemperature
engine operating in due to unintentional
lockout mode operation above
(manual control by 1627°F (886°C)
PAS lever)? (transient) or
1562°F (850°C)
(steady-state)?
(T701, T701C) Was
overtemperature
due to unintentional
operation above
(T701) 1627°F
(886°C) or (T701C)
1602°F (871°C)
(transient) or (T701)
1593°F (867°C) or
(T701C) 1566°F
(852°C) (steady-
state)?
No
Yes
No Did engine stall prior See troubleshooting
to overtemperature procedure 21 .
(audible popping or
banging)?
No
1-603
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 32. Engine Exceeds TGT Operating Limits in “Troubleshoot” Area of Figure:
(T700) Figure 1-151 or 1-154,
(T701, T701C) Figure 1-152 or 1-155 (Cont)
No
Yes Yes Yes
Prior to Do a thermocouple Replace faulty part: Make required
overtemperature assembly check • Yellow cable checks (para 1-223)
event, TGT: (para 1-264) and a (para 7-41) and continue to
• Was higher yellow cable • Thermocouple operate.
than ambient air overtemperature assembly
temperature troubleshooting (para 7-62)
with test cell check (para 1-282). Do a TGT limiter
power turned Short circuit? setting check
on? (para 1-232 (T700)
• Increased when or 1-233 (T701,
motoring the T701C)). Fault
engine while it fixed?
No
was cool?
No
Yes Yes
Do a METS/FEDS/ Replace METS/ Continue to operate.
CETS E1 harness FEDS/CETS E1
overtemperature harness according
No troubleshooting to METS/FEDS/
check (para 1-281). CETS manual.
Short circuit? Fault fixed?
No
No
Yes Yes Yes
Overtemperature Troubleshoot Attempt start. High See troubleshooting
occurred when aircraft crossbleed TGT during start? procedure 23.
retarding engine to valve for sticking
ground idle during open. No
shutdown (engine
rollback)?
See troubleshooting
procedure 34.
No
Yes
Attempt start. High See troubleshooting
TGT during start? procedure 23.
No
See troubleshooting
procedure 34.
1-604 Change 1
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 33. Engine Overtemperature (exceeds TGT operating limits)
NOTE
See overtemperature checklist (para 1-279) before troubleshooting.
Yes
(T700)Was Remove engine and do
overtemperature in overtemperature main-
"overtemperature tenance (para 1-280)
maintenance required"
area or in "troubleshoot"
area fig.
( 1-151 or
1-154), with engine
damage present?
(T701, T701C)Was
overtemperature in
"overtemperature
maintenance required"
area or in "troubleshoot"
area fig.
( 1-152or
1-155), with engine
damage present?
No
Yes
(T700)Was Seetroubleshooting
overtemperature in procedure 31
.
"overtemperature
maintenance required"
area fig.
( 1-151or
1-154), with no visible
engine damage present?
(T701, T701C)Was
overtemperature in
"overtemperature
maintenance required"
area fig.
( 1-152or
1-155), with no visible
engine damage present?
No
1-605
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 33. Engine Overtemperature (exceeds TGT operating limits) (Cont)
No
Yes
(T700)Was Seetroubleshooting
overtemperature in procedure 32
.
"troubleshoot" area
(fig. 1-151or 1-154
), with
no visible engine damage
present?
(T701, T701C)Was
overtemperature in
"troubleshoot" area
(fig. 1-152or 1-155
), with
no visible engine damage
present?
No
Continue to operate.
1-606
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 34. TGT Exceeds Limiter Setting (TGT exceeds (T700, T701) ECU or (T701C)
DEC limiter setting at T0 above (T700, T701) 40°F (4°C) or (T701C) 7°F
(–14°C))
Yes Yes
Do a TGT limiter setting Troubleshoot METS/ Repair indicating system
check (para 1-232 (T700) FEDS/CETS indicating according to METS/FEDS/
or 1-233 (T701, T701C )). system according to CETS manual and
TGT limiting too high? METS/FEDS/CETS continue to operate.
manual . System faulty?
No
No
Continue to operate. Yes
Replace (T700, T701) Make required checks
ECU or (T701C) DEC (para 1-233 ) and continue
(para 7-11 ). Fault fixed? to operate.
No
Do a thermocouple
assembly check (para
1-264 ). Replace fault
part(s). Make required
checks (para 1-223 ) and
continue to operate.
Change 1 1-607
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 35. TGT Fluctuates at Ground Idle Speed (idle speed or TGT drifts above
and below limits)
Yes
If one parameter Repair indicating system
fluctuates, troubleshoot according to METS/FEDS/
indicating system CETS manual and
according to METS/FEDS/ continue to operate.
CETS manual. System
faulty?
No
Yes Yes
Check yellow cable Tighten, clean, or repair Make required checks
connectors at (T700, connectors as required. (para 1-233) and continue
T701) ECU or (T701C) Connectors ok? to operate.
DEC, HMU, and
thermocouple assembly. No
Check METS/FEDS/CETS
cable connections at E1
on (T700, T701) ECU or Replace faulty part:
(T701C) DEC and at • Yellow cable
green cable connector on (para 7-41)
swirl frame flange. Make • Thermocouple
sure that pins are not bent assembly (para 7-62)
and that connectors are Make required checks
secure. Connector loose (para 1-223) and continue
or faulty? to operate.
No
If only TGT fluctuates, do
a thermocouple assembly
check (para 1-264).
Replace faulty part:
• Yellow cable
(para 7-41)
• Thermocouple
assembly (para 7-62)
Make required checks
(para 1-223) and continue
to operate.
1-608 Change 1
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 36. TGT Instrument Fluctuating or Not Indicating
(all other instruments normal)
Yes
Do a thermocouple Replace faulty part:
assembly check (para • Yellow cable
1-264). System faulty? (para 7-41 )
• Thermocouple
assembly (para 7-62 )
Make required checks
(para 1-223 ) and continue
No to operate.
Yes
Troubleshoot METS/ Repair TGT indicating
FEDS/CETS TGT system according to
indicating system METS/FEDS/CETS
according to METS/FEDS/ manual and continue to
CETS manual. System operate.
faulty?
No
Replace (T700, T701)
ECU or (T701C) DEC
(para 7-11 ). Make
required checks (para
1-223) continue to
operate.
Change 1 1-609
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 37. Excessive Fuel Leaking from Overboard Drain While Engine is
Operating at Ground Idle Speed
NOTE
Make sure that fuel pump circuit breaker is on an the PAS lever is at off
position.
Yes Yes
Disconnect the Does HMU vent/ Replace HMU ( para
following drain lines drain (D5) leak? 6-39 ). Make
(figure FO-3). required checks
• Common drain (para 1-223 ) and
(D3) continue to operate.
• (T700) POU drain
(D4)
No
• (T701, T701C)
ODV drain (D4)
• HMU vent/drain
(D5)
Turn on fuel pump Yes
(see note). Any (T700) Does POU (T700) Replace
leaks? drain (D4) leaks? POU (para 6-87 ).
Make required
(T701, T701C) Does checks (para
No ODV drain (D4) 1-223 ) and continue
leaks? to operate.
(T700) Replace (T701, T701C)
POU (para 6-87 ). Replace ODV ( para
Make required 6-74 ). Make
checks (para required checks
1-223) and continue (para 1-223 ) and
to operate. continue to operate.
(T701, T701C)
Replace ODV (para
6-74). Make
required checks
(para
1-223) and continue
to operate.
No
1-610
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 37. Excessive Fuel Leaking from Overboard Drain While Engine is
Operating at Ground Idle Speed (Cont)
No
Yes Yes Yes
Does common drain Remove HMU para
( Check HMU Replace packings
(D3) leak? 6-39). Check HMU packings for (para 6-39
). Make
pad for fuel wetting. damage. Packings required checks
Pad wet? damaged? (para 1-223
) and
No
continue to operate.
No
Yes
Continue to operate. Remove fuel Replace packings
connectorpara
( (para 5-45
). Make
5-45) and check required checks
packings for (para 1-233
) and
No damage. Packings continue to operate.
damaged?
No
Install HMU
(para 6-39).
Replace fuel boost
pumppara( 6-33
).
Turn on aircraft
prime pump (see
note). Common
drain (D3) leaks?
No
Make required
checkspara
( 1-223)
and continue to
operate.
1-611
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 38. No Fuel Mist Seen Coming from the Common Drain During Engine Prime
or Vapor Vent
Yes
Prime engine fuel system Continue to operate.
(para 1-219
). Steady
stream of fuel coming from
common drain?
No
Yes
Check PAS linkage for Continue to operate.
proper ground idle rig
position according to
applicable aircraft
maintenance manual.
System ok?
No
Yes
Replace(T700)POU Replace HMU para
(
(para 6-87
) or (T701, 6-39). Make required
T701C)ODV p ( ara 6-74
) checkspara
( 1-223
) and
and make required checks continue to operate.
(para 1-223). Fault
remains?
No
Continue to operate.
1-612
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 39. Fuel Filter Bypass Light ON
NOTE
If engine start is made improperly, with fuel shutoff valve closed, bypass light
will come on.
Yes Yes Yes
Check fuel system Remove filter Was power retarded Reset bypass
impending bypass element (para 6-46 ) when bypass light indicator and install
button. Had button and inspect bowl came on? new filter element
popped? (para 6-54 ). Check (para 6-46 ). Run
fuel tank for engine at ground
No
contamination. Was idle speed for 10
a large quantity of minutes before
Clean METS/FEDS/ making an
debris found in filter
CETS fuel system overspeed check
bowl or fuel tank?
according to METS/ (para 1-229 ). If
FEDS/CETS bypass light comes
manual. Replace on, replace fuel filter
fuel system (para 6-47 ). Make
components (para required checks
1-260 ). Make (para 1-223 ) and
No required checks continue to operate.
(para 1-223 ) and
continue to operate.
Yes
Was start made with Incorrect operating
fuel shut-off valve procedure was
closed? used. Reset bypass
No indicator (para 6-46 )
and reinstall fuel
filter element (para
6-55). Make
required checks
(para 1-223 ) and
continue to operate.
No
Change 1 1-613
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 39. Fuel Filter Bypass Light ON (Cont)
No
Yes
Reset bypass Replace fuel filter
indicator and install (para 6-47 ). Make
new filter element required checks
(para 6-46 ). Run (para 1-223 ) and
engine at ground continue to operate.
idle speed for 10
minutes before
making an
overspeed check
(para 1-229 (T700)
No or 1-230 (T701,
T701C) ). Bypass
light come on?
No
Make required
checks (para 1-223 )
and continue to
operate.
Yes Yes Yes
Disconnect green Fault is electrical, Inspect connectors Make required
cable at fuel filter. not fuel system for bent or damaged checks (para 1-223 )
Check light with contamination. pins. Replace faulty and continue to
METS/FEDS/CETS Disconnect METS/ part(s) and recheck operate.
power on. Light on? FEDS/CETS cable bypass light. Light
from green cable. on?
With METS/FEDS/
CETS power on,
check light. Light
off? No
No
Troubleshoot Replace green
No
METS/FEDS/CETS cable (para 7-35 ).
electrical system Make required
according to METS/ checks (para 1-233 )
FEDS/CETS and continue to
manual. operate.
1-614 Change 1
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 39. Fuel Filter Bypass Light ON (Cont)
No
Yes
Inspect connector at Repair connector
fuel filter. Pins bent and recheck light.
or damaged?
No
Yes Yes Yes
Check for short Remove filter Was power retarded Reset bypass
circuit across pins 1 element (para when bypass light indicator and install
and 2 of connector 6-46) and inspect came on? new filter element
on fuel filter. Circuit bowl (para 6-54). (para 6-46). Run
open? Check fuel tank for engine at ground
contamination. Was idle speed for 10
a large quantity of minutes before
debris found in filter making an
No
No bowl or fuel tank? overspeed check
(para 1-229 (T700)
or 1-230 (T701,
T701C)). If bypass
light comes on,
Replace fuel filter Clean METS/FEDS/ replace fuel filter
(para 6-47). Make CETS fuel system (para 6-47). Make
required checks according to METS/ required checks
(para 1-223) and FEDS/CETS (para 1-223) and
continue to operate. manual. Replace continue to operate.
fuel system
components (para
1-260). Make
required checks
(para 1-223) and
continue to operate.
No
Change 1 1-615
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 39. Fuel Filter Bypass Light ON (Cont)
No
Yes
Was start made with Incorrect operating
fuel shut-off valve procedure was
closed? used. Reset bypass
indicator (para 6-46 )
and reinstall fuel
filter element (para
6-55 ). Make
required checks
No (para 1-223 ) and
continue to operate.
Yes
Reset bypass Replace fuel filter
indicator and install (para 6-47 ). Make
new filter element required checks
(para 6-55 ). Run (para 1-223 ) and
engine at ground continue to operate.
idle speed for 10
minutes before
making an
overspeed check
(para 1-229 (T700)
or 1-230 (T701,
T701C) ). Bypass
light come on?
No
Make required
checks (para 1-223 )
and continue to
operate.
1-616
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 40. Low Fuel Pressure Caution Light ON Below Flight Idle Speed
Yes Yes
Turn on METS/FEDS/ Do a green cable fuel Replace green cable ( para
CETS fuel system priming pressure sensor check 7-35 ). Make required
pump and check caution (para 1-289 ). Cable checks (para
light. Light on? faulty? 1-223 ) and continue to
operate.
No
Yes
Check METS/FEDS/CETS Repair electrical system
electrical system. System according to METS/FEDS/
faulty? CETS manual and
continue to operate.
No No
Troubleshoot METS/
FEDS/CETS fuel system
according to
METS/FEDS/CETS
manual and continue to
operate.
Yes
Remove fuel boost pump Reinstall pump (para
(para 6-34 ). Inspect for 6-38 ) and troubleshoot
sheared shaft and fuel system according to
damage (para 6-36 ). METS/FEDS/CETS
Pump ok? manual .
No
Install new pump (para
6-38) and fuel filter
element (para 6-45 ).
Make required checks
(para 1-223 ) and continue
to operate.
Change 1 1-617
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 41. Low Fuel Pressure Caution Light ON At or Above Flight Idle Speed
Yes
Troubleshoot METS/ Repair electrical system
FEDS/CETS electrical according toMETS/FEDS/
system according to CETS manual and
METS/FEDS/CETS continue to operate.
manual. System faulty?
No
Yes
Replace fuel boost pump Make required checks
(para 6-33) and fuel filter (para 1-223) and continue
element (p ara 6-45). to operate.
Prime the engine fuel
system (para 1-219) and
run engine. F ault fixed?
No
Troubleshoot METS/
FEDS/CETS fuel system
according to
METS/FEDS/CETS
manual and continue to
operate.
1-618 Change 1
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 42. Limited Power Due to Control System Problems
(torque, % Ng, and TGT are abnormally low)
Yes Yes
Observe fuel flow and Fuel restriction. Inspect Clean or replace faulty
HMU fuel discharge fuel hoses and main fuel part(s) as required.
pressure at limited power injectors for clogging ( para Make required checks
condition. Was fuel H-24 ). Hoses and (para 1-223 ) and continue
pressure greater than 750 injectors faulty? to operate.
psig?
No
Yes
Replace HMU ( para (T700) Replace POU
6-39 ) and make required (para 6-87 ). Make
checks (para 1-223 ). required checks (para
Fault remains? 1-223 ) and continue to
operate.
No
No (T701, T701C) Replace
Continue to operate. ODV (para 6-74 ). Make
required checks (para
1-223 ) and continue to
operate.
Yes
(T700) Inspect P3 hose Tighten or replace faulty
and tube and fuel hoses part as necessary.
for tightness, leaks, and Make required checks
damage. Do an idle (para 1-223 ) and continue
speed leakage check to operate.
(para 1-226 ). P3 hoses
and tube or fuel hoses
faulty?
(T701, T701C) Inspect P3
tube and fuel hoses for
tightness, leaks, and
damage. Do an idle
speed leakage check
(para 1-226 ). P3 tube or
fuel hoses faulty?
No
1-619
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 42. Limited Power Due to Control System Problems
(torque, % Ng, and TGT are abnormally low) (Cont)
No
Yes
Check LDS and PAS Repair fault according to
rigging and linkage for METS/FEDS/CETS
proper operation (see manual and continue to
METS/FEDS/CETS operate.
manual). LDS or PAS
faulty?
No
Yes
(T700) Check POU drain (T700) Replace POU
at ground idle speed. Do (para 6-87 ). Make
a fuel system required checks (para
troubleshooting check 1-223 ) and continue to
(para 1-258, step d ). operate.
Leakage?
(T701, T701C) Replace
(T701, T701C) Check ODV (para 6-74 ). Make
ODV drain at ground idle required checks (para
speed. Do a fuel system 1-223 ) and continue to
troubleshooting check operate.
(para 1-258, step d ).
Leakage?
No
Yes
Replace HMU (para (T700) Replace POU
6-39) and make required (para 6-87 ). Make
checks (para 1-223 ). required checks (para
Fault remains? 1-223 ) and continue to
operate.
No
(T701, T701C) Replace
ODV (para 6-74 ). Make
Continue to operate.
required checks (para
1-233 ) and continue to
operate.
1-620 Change 1
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 43. Electrical Chip Detector Light ON During Operation
NOTE
Repetitive chip light occurences, after being cleared by 15-minute runs is cause
to reject the engine.
Yes Yes
Disconnect green cable, Analyze debris (fig. 1-145). Continue to operate.
remove chip detector Clean para
( 8-53
), inspect
(para 8-52) and check it for (para 8-54), and reinstall
debris. Debris found on chip detector (para 8-55)
chip detector? and make required checks
(para 1-223). Run engine
No for 15 minutes. Abort run
if engine operation is
abnormal. Was a 15-
Seetroubleshooting minute run completed
procedure 44
. without engine chip
detector light coming on?
No
Yes
Engine chip detector light Debris not allowable.
comes on during run. Remove engine and
Shut down engine. send it to depot.
Removepara
( 8-52
) and
inspect chip detector (fig.
1-145). Large quantities
debris found?
No
Yes
Only small quantity of Continue to operate.
particles are present.
Clean para
( 8-53
) and
reinstall chip detector
(para 8-55). Continue 15-
minute runs. During three
15-minute runs, were runs
completed without engine
chip detector light coming
on?
No
1-621
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 43. Electrical Chip Detector Light ON During Operation (Cont)
No
Yes
Remove engine scavenge Replace power turbine
screenspara
( 8-16) and modulepara( 4-4
). Drain
inspect. Is debris present and refill engine oil tank
on C-sump scavenge (para 1-114 ). Replace oil
screens only, all other filter element (para 8-35).
screens ok? Make required checks
(para 1-223 ) and continue
to operate.
No
Yes
Debris on any scavenge Replace cold section
screens except C-sump modulepara
( 2-3
).
screens? Make required checks
(para 1-223
) and continue
to operate.
No
Remove engine and send
it to depot.
1-622
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-145. Electrical Chip Detector Debris; Analysis
1-623
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 44. Electrical Chip Detector Light ON (no debris found)
NOTE
When detector light comes on and no contamination is found, fault is electrical,
not mechanical.
Yes Yes
With green cable Disconnect METS/FEDS/ Clean (para 8-53 ), inspect
disconnected from chip CETS harness from green (para 8-54 ), and reinstall
detector, does "CHIP cable connector. Panel chip detector (para 8-55 ).
DET" panel light come on light on? Troubleshoot METS/
with METS/FEDS/CETS FEDS/CETS electrical
power on? system according to
METS/FEDS/CETS
No manual .
Yes
Check pins 11 and 12 of Replace green cable ( para
green cable engine 7-35 ). Clean (para 8-53 ),
connector W3J1. inspect (para 8-54 ), and
Resistance must be at reinstall chip detector
least 10,000 ohms, (para 8-55 ). Make
otherwise there is a short required checks (para
circuit. Short circuit? 1-223 ) and continue to
operate.
No
Check engine and METS/
FEDS/CETS electrical
connectors. Replace any
damaged parts. Clean
No (para 8-53 ), inspect (para
8-54 ), and reinstall chip
detector (para 8-55 ).
Make required checks
(para 1-223 ) and continue
to operate.
1-624 Change 1
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 44. Electrical Chip Detector Light ON (no debris found) (Cont)
No
Yes
Reconnect green cable to Replace chip detector
chip detector. Does (para 8-51 ). Make
"CHIP DET" panel light required checks (para
come on with METS/ 1-223 ) and continue to
FEDS/CETS power on? operate.
No
Yes
Flex green cable to check Replace green cable ( para
for intermittent shorts. 7-35 ). Make required
Does "CHIP DET" panel checks (para 1-223 ) and
light flicker or come on? continue to operate.
No
Continue to operate.
Change 1 1-625
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 45. Excessive Oil Leakage at Service Port Scupper
Yes Yes
Check oil cap and adapter Replace cap (para 8-80 ). See troubleshooting
for correct installation and Was engine operated with procedure 53 .
for damage ( para 8-80 ). oil pressure below limits
Cap and adapter faulty? (para 1-213 )?
No
If necessary, add oil (para
1-112 ). Make required
No
checks (para 1-223 ) and
continue to operate.
Yes Yes
Remove starter according Is packing damaged? Replace packing
to METS/FEDS/CETS according to METS/FEDS/
manual. Inspect pad for CETS manual . If
oil-wetting and for necessary, add oil (para 1-
damaged preformed 112). Run engine to verify
packing on shaft. Is pad no oil leakage and
No
wet with oil? continue to operate.
Replace axis-B carbon
seal and seal mating ring
(para 5-28 ). Reinstall
starter according to
METS/FEDS/CETS
manual. If necessary, add
oil (para 1-112 ). Make
required checks ( para 1-
223) and continue to
operate.
No
1-626 Change 1
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 45. Excessive Oil Leakage at Service Port Scupper (Cont)
No
Yes
Reinstall starter according Reinstall HMU (para 6-44 )
to METS/FEDS/CETS and remove fuel boost
manual. Remove HMU pump (para 6-34 ).
(para 6-40 ). Inspect pad Replace preformed
for oil-wetting and for packing on boost pump
damaged preformed and reinstall boost pump
packing on shaft. Is pad (para 6-38 ). If necessary,
and packing ok? add oil (para 1-112 ).
Make required checks
(para 1-223 ) and continue
to operate.
No
Yes
Pad is wet with oil. Is Replace packing and
packing damaged? reinstall HMU (para 6-44 ).
If necessary, add oil (para
1-112 ). Make required
checks (para 1-223 ) and
No continue to operate.
Replace AGB axis-E
carbon seal and seal
mating ring (para 5-28 ).
Reinstall HMU (para
6-44). If necessary, add
oil (para 1-112 ). Make
required checks (para
1-223) and continue to
operate.
Change 1 1-627
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 46. Excessive Oil Leakage from Overboard Drain (out-of-limits)
Yes
Does oil leakage Replace No. 1
from swirl frame carbon seal (para
exceed 5 cc/hr 25 2-22 ). Make
drops/hr? required checks
(para 1-223 ) and
continue to operate.
No
Yes Yes
Is oil leakage from Check engine oil See troubleshooting
common drain? level. Oil level high? procedure 48 .
No No
Yes
Continue to operate. Remove starter Check for damaged
according to METS/ packing on starter
FEDS/CETS jaw and check
manual . Check pad starter for oil
for oil-wetting. Pad leakage. Repair
wet with oil? faults according to
METS/FEDS/CETS
manual and
continue to operate.
No
Yes
Reinstall starter Reinstall HMU with new
according to METS/ packing (para 6-44 ).
FEDS/CETS Make required checks
manual . Remove (para 1-223 ) and continue
HMU (para 6-40 ). to operate.
Check for oil-wetting
or damaged
preformed packing
on shaft. Pad wet
with oil or packing
damaged?
No
1-628 Change 1
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 46. Excessive Oil Leakage from Overboard Drain (out-of-limits) (Cont)
No
Yes Yes
Replace HMU Remove and inspect Replace fuel boost
carbon seal and fuel boost pump pump para
( 6-34
).
seal mating ring (para 6-34 ). Make required
(para 5-28
). Reinstall fuel boost checkspara
( 1-223)
Reinstall HMU pump para
( 6-38
). and continue to
(para 6-44). Make Make required operate.
required checks checkspara
( 1-223).
(para 1-223
). Does Does fault remain?
fault remain?
No
No
Continue to operate. Continue to operate.
1-629
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 47. High Oil Consumption (over limits)
NOTE
• According to standard procedure, addition of oil in whole quart quart
result in apparent high oil consumption. If excessive oil consumption is
is suspected, maintain a log of quarts of oil used and of engine
operatingtime.Seepara1-213forlimits.
• If engine oil system is serviced and engine is tipped during removal or
installation, oil will seep (oil forming drops, puddles, or streaks) from A-sump,
A-sump, down stage 1 blades, and into bottom of the main frame. This is no cause to
This is no cause to reject the engine.
Yes
Check for oil leaking Clean engine (para
into engine inlet. 1-157) and continue
to operate.
No
Yes Yes
Check oil cap Reinstall cap (para Make required checks
adapter for correct 1-112, step d or if (para 1-223 and
installation and for damaged, replace continue to operate.
damage (para cap (para 8-80)). If
8-80). Cap faulty? necessary, add oil
(para 1-112). Less
than 5 quarts
added?
No
No
Remove engine and
send it to depot.
Yes Yes
Check for external Locate and repair or Make required
leaks on engine. replace part causing checkspara
( 1-223)
Leakage present? leak. Leak fixed? and continue to
operate.
No No
1-630
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 47. High Oil Consumption (over limits) (Cont)
No
Yes
Remove C-sump Remove C-sump
heat shieldpara
( cover and replace
4-13). Check oil preformed packings
leakage at C-sump (para 4-13
), reinstall
cover-to-housing C-sump cover and
joint. Leakage C-sump heat shield
present? (para 4-16
). Make
required checks
(para 1-223
) and
continue to operate.
No
Yes
Reinstall C-sump Tighten tubes and/or
heat shieldpara
( fittings as follows:
4-16). Check for • Scavenge tubes
No loose oil scavenge (para 8-92
)
tubes and oil • Oil manifold
manifold assembly assembly
fittings. Tubes (para 8-92
)
and/or fittings Make required
loose? checkspara( 1-223
)
and continue to
operate.
No
Replace oil and
scavenge pump
(para 8-11
). Make
required checks
(para 1-223
) and
continue to operate.
Yes
Smoke in exhaust? Seetroubleshooting
procedure 56
.
No
1-631
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 47. High Oil Consumption (over limits) (Cont)
No
Yes
Check for oil Seetroubleshooting
leakage during procedure 46
.
engine operation.
Leakage present?
No
Yes Yes
Check for oil Check for oil Replace No. 1
leakage in particle leakage at inner hub carbon seal (para
separator inlet duct joint between inlet 2-22). Check and
and at clamp and engine swirl clear swirl frame
between blower frame. Leakage drain and overboard
discharge and present? drain. Make
aircraft blower duct. required checks
Leakage present? (para 1-223) and
continue to operate.
No
Yes Yes
Check for puddling Replace oil and Replace engine and
in main frame airflow scavenge pump send it to depot.
path at 6 o'clock (para 8-11
). Make
position. Puddling? required checks
(para 1-223).
Puddling?
No
Continue to operate.
No
No
1-632
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 47. High Oil Consumption (over limits) (Cont)
No
Yes
Remove particle Replace packing
separator blower and reinstall blower
(para 5-11). Check (para 5-14
). Make
for damage required checks
preformed packing (para 1-223
) and
on shaft. Check for continue to operate.
signs of excessive
oil-wetting from
accessory gearbox.
Packing damaged?
No
No
Replace blower
flange seal (carbon
seal) and mating
ring located at
particle separator
blower padpara
(
5-28, step).c
Reinstall blower
(para 5-14). Make
required checks
(para 1-223) and
continue to operate.
Yes
Check for loose oil Tighten fittings as
scavenge tubes and follows:
oil manifold • Scavenge tubes
assembly fittings. (para 8-92)
Fittings loose? • Oil manifold
assembly
No (para 8-92)
Make required
checkspara
( 1-223
)
Replace oil and
and continue to
scavenge pump
operate.
(para 8-11
). Make
required checks
(para 1-223) and
continue to operate.
1-633
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 48. High Oil Level (oil level above full mark in sight glass)
Yes
Check oil for fuel Replace engine oil cooler
contamination. Oil (para 8-4
). Replace
contaminated? contaminated oil (para
1-117). Make required
checkspara
( 1-223
) and
continue to operate.
No
Engine may continue to
operate with overserviced
oil tank.
1-634
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 49. High Oil Pressure
NOTE
A sudden increase in oil pressure of 10 psi over normal engine pressure is
cause for investigation. Do not change oil and scavenge pump, because it
cannot cause high oil pressure. Oil pressure during initial start (cold oil) should
return to normal after 5 minutes at idle speed.
Yes
Inspect oil pressure Replace oil pressure
sensor (para 8-149 ). sensor (para 8-146 ).
Sensor faulty? Make required checks
(para 1-223 ) and continue
to operate.
No
Yes
Do a green cable oil Replace green cable ( para
pressure sensor circuit 7-35 ). Make required
check (para 1-287 ). checks (para 1-223 ) and
Green cable faulty? continue to operate.
No
Yes Yes
Troubleshoot METS/ Check for damaged oil Replace supply tube(s)
FEDS/CETS indicating supply tubes. Tubes (para 8-93 ). Make
system according to damaged? required checks
METS/FEDS/CETS (para 1-223 ) and continue
manual. System ok? to operate.
No
No
Yes
Repair indicating system Replace B-sump oil inlet Internal engine problem.
according to METS/FEDS/ check valve ( para 8-104 ). Remove engine and send
CETS manual and Does fault remain? it to depot.
continue to operate.
No
Make required checks
(para 1-223 ) and continue
to operate.
Change 1 1-635
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 50. No Oil Pressure
Yes
Troubleshoot METS/ Repair METS/FEDS/
FEDS/CETS indicating CETS system according to
system. System faulty? METS/FEDS/CETS
manual .
No
Yes
Has engine run for more Replace engine and send
than 1 minute with no it to depot.
pressure?
No
Yes Yes
Check engine oil level. Add oil, 1 quart at a time. Remove engine and send
Level low? More than 5 quarts it to depot.
added?
No
Yes
If 5 quarts or less added, Install new oil and
remove oil and scavenge scavenge pump ( para
pump (para 8-12 ) and 8-15 ). Make required
inspect for sheared shaft checks (para 1-223 ) and
(para 8-14 ). Pump faulty? continue to operate.
No
Yes
Replace accessory Make required checks
gearbox (para 5-4 ). Oil (para 1-223 ) and continue
pressure ok? to operate.
No No
Remove engine and send
it to depot.
1-636 Change 1
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 50. No Oil Pressure (Cont)
No
Yes
Inspect oil pressure Replace oil pressure
sensor (para 8-150 ). sensor (para 8-146 ).
Sensor faulty? Make required checks
(para 1-223 ) and continue
to operate.
No
Yes
Do a green cable check oil Replace green cable ( para
pressure sensor circuit 7-35 ). Make required
check (para 1-287 ). checks (para 1-223 ) and
Green cable faulty? continue to operate.
No
Yes
Troubleshoot METS/ Repair indicating system
FEDS/CETS indicating according to METS/FEDS/
system according to CETS manual and
METS/FEDS/CETS continue to operate.
manual. System faulty?
No
Yes
Remove oil and scavenge Install new oil and
pump (para 8-12 ) and scavenge pump ( para
inspect for sheared shaft 8-15 ). Make required
(para 8-14 ). Pump faulty? checks (para 1-223 ) and
continue to operate.
No
Yes
Replace accessory Make required checks
gearbox (para 5-4 ). Oil (para 1-223 ) and continue
pressure ok? to operate.
No
Remove engine and send
it to depot.
Change 1 1-637
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 51. (T700, T701C) No Oil Temperature
Yes
Disconnect green cable Replace oil temperature
connector W3P6 from oil sensor (para 8-141 ).
temperature sensor. Make required checks
Check resistance between (para 1-223 ) and continue
the following: to operate.
Pin Resistance
1 to shell Open
2 to shell Open
3 to shell Short
1 to 2 50 to
200 ohms
Sensor faulty?
No
Yes
Disconnect green cable Replace green cable ( para
connector W3J1. Check 7-35 ). Make required
continuity between the check (para 1-223 ) and
following: continue to operate.
W3P6 W3J1
1 to 10
2 to 9
3 to 8
Check for shorts between
pins. Cable faulty?
No
Troubleshoot and repair
METS/FEDS/CETS
indicating system
according to METS/FEDS/
CETS manual and
continue to operate.
1-638 Change 1
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 52. Oil Filter Bypass Light Comes ON
NOTE
During engine starting, when engine oil temperature is below normal operating
temperature, the oil filter bypass light on test panel may come on and may stay
on until oil reaches 100°F (38°C). If oil filter is too dirty, the light will stay on
after oil temperature is stable.
Yes Yes
Has impending bypass Replace oil filter element Drain and refill oil tank
button popped? (para 8-35 ) and reset (para 1-116 ). Make
impending bypass button. required checks (para
Excessive amount of 1-223 ) and continue to
debris found in filter or operate.
bowl?
No
No
Make required checks
(para 1-223 ) and continue
to operate.
Yes Yes
Disconnect green cable Check sensor pins 1 to 2, Replace bypass sensor
from oil filter bypass pin 1 to connector shell, (para 8-24 ). Reconnect
sensor. Check panel light and pin 2 to shell. Short green cable to sensor and
with METS/FEDS/CETS circuit? run engine to make sure
power on. Is light off? that light stays off. Make
required checks (para
1-223 ) and continue to
No operate.
Replace green cable ( para
7-35 ). Reconnect cable to
sensor and run engine to
No make sure that light stays
off. Make required checks
(para 1-223 ) and continue
to operate.
Change 1 1-639
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 52. Oil Filter Bypass Light Comes ON (Cont)
No
Yes
Fault is electrical (filter is Troubleshoot METS/
not clogged). Disconnect FEDS/CETS electrical
METS/FEDS/CETS E3 system according to
harness (W3J1) at 10 METS/FEDS/CETS
o'clock position on swirl manual . Reconnect
frame flange. Check METS/FEDS/CETS
panel light with METS/ harness to green cable.
FEDS/CETS power on. Is Check bypass light with
light on? METS/FEDS/CETS power
on to make sure that light
stays off. Make required
checks (para 1-223 ) and
No continue to operate.
Yes
Check engine and METS/ Make required checks
FEDS/CETS connectors (para 1-223 ) and continue
for bent or damaged pins. to operate.
Replace damaged part(s).
Reconnect METS/FEDS/
CETS harness to green
cable and check bypass
light with METS/FEDS/
CETS power on. Is light
off?
No
Yes
Disconnect green cable Replace bypass sensor
from oil filter bypass (para 8-24 ). Reconnect
sensor. Check sensor green cable to sensor and
pins 1 to 2, pin 1 to run engine to make sure
connector shell, and pin 2 that light stays off. Make
to shell. Short circuit? required checks (para
1-223 ) and continue to
operate.
No
Replace green cable ( para
7-35). Reconnect cable to
sensor and run engine to
make sure that light stays
off. Make required checks
(para 1-223 ) and continue
to operate.
1-640 Change 1
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 53. Oil Pressure Below Limits
If engine runs for more than 1 minute with oil pressure below minimum limits
(para 1-213), and with METS/FEDS/CETS indicating system ok, remove engine
and send it to depot.
Yes
Check electrical connector Clean electrical connector
at oil pressure transmitter (para H-11 ) and continue
for corrosion or water. to operate.
Corrosion or water
present?
No
Yes Locate and repair, or
Check engine for external
oil leaks. Any oil leaks? replace part causing leak.
Check oil level and add oil
if necessary (para 1-112 ).
Do an engine
serviceability check (para
1-257 ). Make required
No checks (para
1-223 ) and continue to
operate.
Yes
Check engine oil level. Oil See troubleshooting
level high? procedure 48 .
No
Yes Yes
Oil level low? Add oil, 1 quart at a time. Remove engine and send
More than 5 quarts it to depot.
added?
No
If 5 quarts or less added,
No continue to operate.
Change 1 1-641
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 53. Oil Pressure Below Limits (Cont)
No
Yes
Oil level is ok. Remove Replace accessory
radial drive shaft cover section module (para 5-4 ).
assembly (para 5-29 ) and Make required checks
inspect axis-A oil nozzle. (para 1-223 ) and continue
Oil nozzle broken? to operate.
No
Yes
Inspect oil pressure Replace oil pressure
sensor (para 8-149 ). sensor (para 8-146 ).
Sensor faulty? Make required checks
(para 1-223 ) and continue
to operate.
No
Yes
Do a green cable oil Replace green cable ( para
pressure sensor circuit 7-35 ). Make required
check (para 1-227 ). Cable checks (para 1-223 ) and
faulty? continue to operate.
No
Yes
Troubleshoot METS/ Repair indicating system
FEDS/CETS indicating according to METS/FEDS/
system according to CETS manual and
METS/FEDS/CETS continue to operate.
manual. System faulty?
No
Yes
Replace oil and scavenge Check engine ( para
pump (para 8-11 ). Run 1-257 ). Make required
engine and check oil checks (para 1-223 ) and
pressure. Pressure ok? continue to operate.
No
1-642 Change 1
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 53. Oil Pressure Below Limits (Cont)
No
Yes
Remove C-sump cover Replace power turbine
(para 4-13). Inspect modulepara
( 4-4
).
internal sump oil supply Make required checks
tube. Tube damaged and/ (para 1-223
) and continue
or cracked? to operate.
No
Yes
Replace accessory section Make required checks
modulepara
( 5-4
). Fault (para 1-223
) and continue
faulty? to operate.
No
Remove engine and send
it to depot.
1-643
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 54. Oil Pressure Fluctuates
NOTE
A change of ±5 psi is cause for investigation. Oil pressure will change during
transient conditions. These changes should stop about 1 minute after return to
steady-state Ng conditions.
Yes Yes
Check engine oil level. Oil Add oil, 1 quart at a time. Replace engine and send
level low? More than 5 quarts it to depot.
added?
No
Yes
If 5 quarts or less added, Continue to operate.
check oil consumption
(para 1-249). Oil
consumption within limits?
No
No
Yes
Smoke in exhaust? Seetroubleshooting
procedure 56
.
No
Seetroubleshooting
procedure 47
.
Yes
Inspect oil pressure sensor Replace oil pressure
(para 8-149
). Sensor sensorpara
( 8-146
).
faulty? Make required checks
(para 1-223
) and continue
to operate.
No
1-644
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 54. Oil Pressure Fluctuates (Cont)
No
Yes
Do a green cable oil Replace green cable ( para
pressure sensor circuit 7-35 ). Make required
check (para 1-287 ). checks (para 1-233 ) and
Green cable faulty? continue to operate.
No
Yes
Troubleshoot METS/ Repair indicating system
FEDS/CETS indicating according to METS/FEDS/
system according to CETS manual and
METS/FEDS/CETS continue to operate.
manual. System faulty?
No
Yes Yes
Replace oil and scavenge Replace AGB (para 5-4 ). Replace engine and send
pump (para 8-11 ). Run Does fault remain? it to depot.
engine and check oil
pressure. Does fault
remain?
No
No
Make required checks Make required checks
(para 1-223 ) and continue (para 1-223 ) and continue
to operate. to operate.
Change 1 1-645
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 55. (T700, T701C) Oil Temperature Exceeds Limits
(exceeds normal operating temperature)
Yes Yes
Check engine oil level. Oil Add oil, 1 quart at a time. Replace engine and send
level low? More than 5 quarts it to depot.
added?
No
Yes
If 5 quarts or less added, Continue to operate.
check oil consumption
(para 1-249 ). Oil
consumption within limits?
No
No Yes
Smoke in exhaust? See troubleshooting
procedure 56 .
No
See troubleshooting
procedure 47 .
Yes
Inspect oil temperature Replace oil temperature
sensor (para 8-143 ). sensor (para 8-141 ).
Sensor faulty? Make required checks
(para 1-223 ) and continue
to operate.
No
Yes
Do a green cable oil Replace green cable ( para
temperature sensor circuit 7-35 ). Make required
check (para 1-288 ). checks (para 1-223 ) and
Green cable faulty? continue to operate.
No
1-646
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 55. (T700, T701C) Oil Temperature Exceeds Limits
(exceeds normal operating temperature) (Cont)
No
Yes
Troubleshoot METS/ Repair indicating system
FEDS/CETS indicating according to METS/FEDS/
system according to CETS manual and
METS/FEDS/CETS continue to operate.
manual. System faulty?
No
Yes Yes
Replace oil cooler (para Replace oil and scavenge Make required checks
8-4) and run engine. pump (para 8-11 ) and run (para 1-223 ) and continue
Does fault remain? engine. Fault fixed? to operate.
No No
Yes
Make required checks Check B-sump oil Replace engine and send
(para 1-223 ) and continue scavenge temperature. it to depot.
to operate. Temperature high?
No
Yes
Replace power turbine Replace engine and send
module (para 4-4 ). it to depot.
Recheck engine oil
temperature ( para 1-213 ).
Temperature high?
No
Make required checks
(para 1-223 ) and continue
to operate.
Change 1 1-647
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 56. Smoke in Exhaust
NOTE
• White mist coming out of tailpipe prior to engine lightoff, is fuel mist. Smoke
may be visible on initial start after engine change or depreservation. No visible
smoke should appear after preservation oil is burned off.
• If engine oil system is serviced and engine is tipped during removal or
installation, oil will seep from A-sump, down stage 1 blades and into bottom of
the main frame. This is no cause to reject the engine. However, engine may
cleaned (para 1-157 ) as required.
Yes
Check engine for loose Repair and/or tighten
scavenge tubes and fittings and tubes as
manifold fittings. Tubes/ necessary. Make required
fittings loose? checks (para 1-223 ) and
continue to operate.
No
Yes
Replace oil and scavenge Continue to operate.
pump (para 8-11 ).
Make required checks
(para 1-223 ). Fault fixed?
No
Yes
Check for oil leakage in Replace No. 1 carbon seal
particle separator inlet (para 2-22 ). Make
duct and at clamp required checks ( para
between duct and particle 1-223 ) and continue to
separator blower. Check operate.
for leakage at inner hub
joint between inlet and
engine swirl frame.
Leakage?
No
Yes
Check for oil puddling in Remove engine and send
main frame airflow path at it to depot.
6 o'clock position. Puddle
2 inches or more in
diameter?
No
1-648
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 56. Smoke in Exhaust (Cont)
No
Yes Yes
Remove particle separator Replace packing and Make required checks
blower (para 5-11 ). Check reinstall blower ( para (para 1-223 ) and continue
for damaged preformed 5-14 ). Fault fixed? to operate.
packing on shaft. Check
for signs of excessive oil-
wetting from accessory
gearbox. Packing
damaged? No
Yes
Replace power turbine Continue to operate.
module (para 4-4 ) and
make required checks
(para 1-223 ). Fault fixed?
No
No
Remove engine and send
it to depot.
Yes Yes
Replace blower flange Replace power turbine Continue to operate.
seal (carbon seal) and module (para 4-4 ) and
mating rings located at make required checks
particle separator blower (para 1-223 ). Fault fixed?
pad (para 5-28, step c).
Reinstall blower (para
5-14). Fault remains?
No
No
Make required checks Remove engine and send
(para 1-223 ) and continue it to depot.
to operate.
1-649
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 57. Overspeed Cuts in with One Test Button Depressed
Yes
Troubleshoot METS/ Repair circuits according
FEDS/CETS overspeed to METS/FEDS/CETS
wiring circuits for proper manual . Make an
operation and for short overspeed check ( para 1-
circuits according to 229 (T700) or
METS/FEDS/CETS 1-230 (T701, T701C) ) and
manual. Circuits faulty? continue to operate.
No
Replace (T700, T701)
ECU or (T701C) DEC
(para 7-11 ). Make
required checks (para
1-223) and continue to
operate.
1-650 Change 1
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 58. Overspeed Test System Will Not Operate
(overspeed test system fails to cutback Ng and Np)
Yes Yes
Check torque indicating. Is (T700) Check POU ( para (T700) Replace POU
torque indicating on panel 1-266). Valve or unit (para 6-87 ). Make
instrument? faulty? required checks ( para
1-223) and continue to
(T701, T701C) Check operate.
ODV ( para 1-266 ). Valve
faulty? (T701, T701C) Replace
ODV ( para 6-74 ). Make
required checks ( para
1-223) and continue to
No operate.
Yes
Troubleshoot METS/ Repair switches and/or
FEDS/CETS overspeed wiring harness according
test switches and wiring to METS/FEDS/CETS
harness to (T700, T701) manual and continue to
ECU or (T701C) DEC for operate.
open circuit and for
No continuity according to
METS/FEDS/CETS
manual. Switches and/or
wiring harness faulty?
No
Replace (T700, T701)
ECU or (T701C) DEC
(para 7-11 ). Make
required checks ( para
1-223) and continue to
operate.
Yes Yes
Do a torque and Replace sensor ( para Replace (T700, T701)
overspeed sensor system 7-69) and/or blue cable ECU or (T701C) DEC
check ( para 1-265 ). (para 7-46 ). Does Fault (para 7-11 ). Make
System faulty? remain? required checks ( para
1-223) and continue to
operate.
No No
Replace (T700, T701) Make required checks
ECU or (T701C) DEC (para 1-223 ) and continue
(para 7-11 ). Make to operate.
required checks ( para
1-223) and continue to
operate.
Change 1 1-651
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 59. ECU or DEC Lockout Mode Inoperative
(engine will not respond to ECU or DEC lockout when PAS lever is
advanced to maximum position or engine will not reset from lockout)
NOTE
During normal operation, when PAS lever is advanced to maximum position, a
rapid increase in % Ng will occur. Manual control of PAS lever is required to
maintain (METS) 104.5% Np (20,900 RPM) (FEDS/CETS) 100% Np (20,900
RPM).
Yes Yes
Does engine operate in Will engine reset to Continue to operate.
lockout mode? normal operation when
PAS is retarded to ground
idle?
No
No
Yes Yes
With engine shutdown, Advance PAS lever to Replace HMU ( para 6-39 ).
check PAS lever rigging maximum position and Make required checks
(para 1-217 ), making sure retard to idle. Listen for a (para 1-223 ) and continue
lever has full travel. click from Hamilton to operate.
Rigging ok? Standard HMU or aline the
white line on the PAS
spindle with the stop boss
on the Woodward
Governor HMU when PCL
is advanced to lockout.
No Vapor vent observed, click
heard or white line alined
with stop boss?
No
Yes
If unable to get full travel Check vapor vent fuel Replace HMU ( para 6-39 ).
on PAS lever, troubleshoot leakage from common Make required checks
lever according to drain with fuel boost pump (para 1-223 ) and continue
applicable aircraft on. Fuel leakage from to operate.
maintenance manual and common drain?
continue to operate.
No
Continue to operate.
1-652 Change 1
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 60. Low Engine Performance (torque low for given TGT)
NOTE
• Make sure METS/FEDS/CETS instrumentation is calibrated.
• Before taking performance data, check the anti-icing system for proper
operation ( para 1-237 ). All performance data must be taken with anti-ice off.
• (T700) for engines not already equipped, install ECU PN 4046T29G08, G09,
or G10 when ECU replacement is required.
Yes
Engine anti-icing See troubleshooting
system faulty? procedure 1 .
No
Yes
(T700) Do Continue to operate.
performance
evaluation test
(para 1-238 ).
Performance ok?
(T701, T701C) Do
a performance
evaluation test
(para 1-241 ).
Performance ok?
No
Yes
Clean the Continue to operate.
compressor (para
1-157) and check
performance.
Performance ok?
No
Change 1 1-653
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 60. Low Engine Performance (torque low for given TGT) (Cont)
No
Yes Yes
Unusually high- Using borescope Replace cold
pitched whining (para 1-172 ), section module.
sound from inspect the Make required
compressor? following: checks (para 1-223 )
• Compressor and continue to
• Combustion operate.
Liner
• Stage 1 Nozzle
Assy
Is compressor
damage out of
limits?
No
Yes Yes
Is combustion liner Replace combustion Make required
and/or stage 1 liner and/or stage 1 checks (para 1-223 )
nozzle assy nozzle assy (para and continue to
damaged beyond 3-14). Performance operate.
limits? ok?
No
Yes
Replace power Make required
turbine module checks (para 1-223 )
No
(para 4-4 ). and continue to
Performance ok? operate.
No
Yes
Replace (T700, Make required
T701) ECU or checks (para 1-223 )
No (T701C) DEC (para and continue to
7-11). Performance operate.
ok?
No
Remove engine and
send it to depot.
1-654
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 60. Low Engine Performance (torque low for given TGT) (Cont)
No
Yes
Replace(T700, Make required
T701)ECU or checkspara
( 1-223)
(T701C)DEC p ( ara and continue to
7-11). Performance operate.
ok?
No
Yes
Replace power Make required
turbine module checkspara
( 1-223)
(para 4-4
). and continue to
No Performance ok? operate.
No
Replace hot section
modulepara
( 3-5
,
3-14). Inspect outer
balance piston seal
(para 3-18). Make
required checks
(para 1-223 ) and
continue to operate.
Yes Yes Yes
Check VG tracking Check for looseness Tighten or replace Make required
schedulefigure
( and/or leakage on parts as necessary. checkspara
( 1-223)
1-114 , 1-115). the following: Performance ok? and continue to
Tracking within • Fuel hoses/ operate.
limits? tubes
• (T700)P3 hose
and tube
• (T701, T701C)
P3 tube
• Air hose/tube
connec tors
Loosen or leaking
No parts?
No
No
1-655
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 60. Low Engine Performance (torque low for given TGT) (Cont)
No
Yes
Using borescope Replace cold
(para 1-172), section module.
inspect the Make required
following: checkspara
( 1-223)
• Compressor and continue to
• Combustion operate.
Liner
• Stage 1 Nozzle
Assy
Is compressor
damage out of
limits?
No
Yes Yes
Is combustion liner Replace combustion Make required
and/or stage 1 liner and/or stage 1 checkspara
( 1-223)
nozzle assy nozzle assy (para and continue to
damaged beyond 3-14). Performance operate.
limits? ok?
No
No
Yes
Replace power Make required
turbine module checkspara
( 1-223)
(para 4-4
). and continue to
Performance ok? operate.
No
Yes
Replace(T700, Make required
T701)ECU or checkspara
( 1-223)
No (T701C)DEC p ( ara and continue to
7-11). Performance operate.
ok?
No
1-656
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 60. Low Engine Performance (torque low for given TGT) (Cont)
No
Remove engine and
No
send it to depot.
Yes
Replace (T700, Make required
T701) ECU or checks (para 1-223 )
(T701C) DEC (para and continue to
7-11 ). Performance operate.
ok?
No
Yes
No Replace power Make required
turbine module checks (para 1-223 )
(para 4-4 ). and continue to
Performance ok? operate.
No
Replace hot section
module (para 3-5 ,
3-14 ). Inspect outer
balance piston seal
(para 3-18 ). Make
required checks
(para 1-223 ) and
continue to operate.
Yes
Inspect actuating Replace cold
system linkage section module.
assembly (para Make required
2-71. System checks (para 1-223 )
faulty? and continue to
operate.
No
1-657
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 60. Low Engine Performance (torque low for given TGT) (Cont)
No
Yes
Troubleshoot Replace HMU ( para
METS/FEDS/CETS 6-39 ) and make
VG indicating required checks
system according to (para 1-223 ) and
METS/FEDS/CETS continue to operate.
manual. System
ok?
No
Yes
Repair indicating Continue to operate.
system according to
METS/FEDS/CETS
manual.
Performance ok?
No
Yes
Using borescope Replace cold
(para 1-172 ), section module.
inspect the Make required
following: checks (para 1-223 )
• Compressor and continue to
• Combustion operate.
Liner
• Stage 1 Nozzle
Assy
Is compressor
damage out-of-
limits?
No
Yes Yes
Is combustion liner Replace combustion Make required
and/or stage 1 liner and/or stage 1 checks (para 1-223 )
nozzle assy nozzle assy (para and continue to
damaged beyond 3-14 ). Performance operate.
limits? ok?
No No
1-658 Change 1
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 60. Low Engine Performance (torque low for given TGT) (Cont)
No
Yes
Replace power Make required
turbine module checks (para 1-223 )
(para 4-4 ). and continue to
Performance ok? operate.
No
Yes
Replace (T700, Make required
No T701) ECU or checks (para 1-223 )
(T701C) DEC (para and continue to
7-11 ). Performance operate.
ok?
No
Remove engine and
send it to depot.
Yes
Replace (T700, Make required
T701) ECU or checks (para 1-223 )
(T701C) DEC (para and continue to
7-11). Performance operate.
ok?
No
Yes
Replace power Make required
turbine module checks (para 1-223 )
(para 4-4 ). and continue to
Performance ok? operate.
No
Replace hot section
module (para 3-5 ,
3-14). Inspect outer
balance piston seal
(para 3-18 ). Make
required checks
(para 1-223 ) amd
continue to operate.
1-659
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 61. Stable Operation With ECU or DEC Locked Out
(Ng, TGT, and Np fluctuated above and below limits when ECU or DEC
was not locked out)
Yes
Check METS/FEDS/CETS Repair LDS system
LDS system for improper according to METS/FEDS/
rigging, sticking, and non- CETS manual and
repeatability. System continue to operate.
faulty?
No
Yes
Check for loose electrical Clean (para H-11) and
connectors. Connections tighten electrical
loose? connectors at:
• Np sensor
(yellow cable)
• Torque and
overspeed sensor
(blue cable)
• HMU (yellow cable)
blue line must not
show
• (T700, T701) ECU or
(T701C) DEC (yellow
No and blue cables) blue
line must not show
• (T700, T701) ECU or
(T701C) DEC (E1
connector, METS
harness)
Continue to operate.
Yes
Check METS/FEDS/CETS Repair Np demand system
Np demand system (para according to
1-269). System faulty? METS/FEDS/CETS
manual and continue to
operate.
No
1-660 Change 1
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 61. Stable Operation With ECU or DEC Locked Out
(Ng, TGT, and Np fluctuated above and below limits when ECU or DEC
was not locked out) (Cont)
No
Yes
Replace(T700, T701) Make circuit checks at
ECU or (T701C) DEC S39 connector para( 1-
(para 7-11) and make 262). Make (T700, T701)
required checks para
( ECU or (T071C) DEC and
1-223). Fault remains? yellow cable checks para
(
1-263). Replace part
found to be faulty:
No • Np sensor p ( ara 7-75)
• Torque and
Continue to operate. overspeed sensor
(para 7-69)
• HMU (para 6-39)
• Yellow cable
(para 7-41)
Make required checks
(para 1-223) and continue
to operate.
1-661
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 62. Torque Instrument Fluctuating or Not Indicating
(all other instruments normal)
Yes Yes
Check METS/FEDS/CETS Troubleshoot METS/ Repair indicating system
E1 electrical connector at FEDS/CETS Np indicating according to METS/FEDS/
(T700, T701) ECU or system according to CETS manual and
(T701C) DEC for METS/FEDS/CETS continue to operate.
tightness. Remove manual . System faulty?
connector and check
exposed pins and sockets
for moisture, foreign
objects, and damage. No
Connectors ok?
Replace (T700, T701)
ECU or (T701C) DEC
(para 7-11 ). Make
No required checks ( para
1-223 ) and continue to
operate.
Yes
Tighten, clean, or repair Replace faulty part:
as required. Connectors • (T700, T701) ECU or
faulty? (T701C) DEC
(para 7-11 )
• METS/FEDS/CETS
No E1 harness according
to METS/FEDS/CETS
Continue to operate. manual
Make required checks
(para 1-223 ) and continue
to operate.
1-662 Change 1
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 63. Torque Matching Inoperative (Np does not respond during torque
matching check (para 1-234))
Yes Yes
When removing Tighten, clean, or repair Replace faulty part(s).
connectors, check connectors as required. Make required checks
exposed pins and sockets Connectors faulty? (para 1-223) and continue
for damage and debris. to operate.
Make sure that all
No
connections are tight.
Connectors faulty?
Continue to operate.
No
Yes Yes
Check METS/FEDS/CETS Check METS/FEDS/CETS Repair system according
panel instruments for torque matching circuits to METS/FEDS/CETS
normal indication. All for proper operation at E1 manual and continue to
instruments indicating? connector on (T700, operate.
T701) ECU or (T701C)
DEC (para 1-265).
System faulty?
No
Yes
Make Np governing check, Replace (T700, T701)
if not previously done ECU or (T701C) DEC
(para 1-231). Np (para 7-11). Make
governing ok? required checks (para
1-223) and continue to
operate.
No
Yes
Check METS/FEDS/CETS Repair Np demand system
No Np demand system (para according to
1-269). System faulty? METS/FEDS/CETS
manual and continue to
operate.
No
Yes
Make (T700, T701) ECU Replace faulty part based
or (T701C) DEC and on test results. Make
HMU system check p ( ara required checks (para
1-263). System faulty? 1-223) and continue to
operate.
No
Change 1 1-663
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 63. Torque Matching Inoperative (Np does not respond during torque
matching check (para 1-234)) (Cont)
No
Replace (T700, T701)
ECU or (T701C) DEC
(para 7-11 ). Make
No
required checks ( para
1-223 ) and continue to
operate.
Yes Yes
Torque not indicating. Replace blue cable Replace (T700, T701)
Check torque and (para 7-46 ) or torque ECU or (T701C) DEC
overspeed system (para sensor (para 7-69 ) (para 7-11 ). Make
1-265). Do an overspeed according to test results of required checks
system check (para 1-229 (para 1-265 ). Fault (para 1-223 ) and continue
(T700) or 1-230 (T701, remains? to operate.
T701C) ). System faulty?
No No
Replace (T700, T701) Make required checks
ECU or (T701C) DEC (para 1-223 ) and continue
(para 7-11 ). Make to operate.
required checks
(para 1-223 ) and continue
to operate.
1-664
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 64. Uncontrolled Acceleration above Ground Idle Speed while Advancing
PAS Lever to FLY (all engine parameters indicating)
Yes
Ng exceeds operating Refer to para 1-278 for
limits in table 1-36 (T700) required maintenance.
or 1-37 (T701, T701C) ? Make required checks
(para 1-223 ) and continue
to operate.
No
Yes
Make an (T700, T701) Replace faulty part:
ECU, or (T701C) DEC and • (T700, T701) ECU or
HMU system check (para (T701C) DEC
1-263). System faulty? (para 7-11 ).
• HMU (para 6-39 )
Make required checks
(para 1-223 ) and continue
No to operate.
Yes
Troubleshoot METS/ Repair rigging according
FEDS/CETS PAS lever to METS/FEDS/CETS
linkage and cables for manual and continue to
proper rigging and operate.
operation according to
METS/FEDS/CETS
manual. Rigging faulty?
No
Replace (T700, T701)
ECU, or (T701C) DEC
(para 7-11 ). Make
required checks
(para 1-223 ) and continue
to operate.
Change 1 1-665
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 65. Unstable Operation
NOTE
• If a problem of fluctuation occurs on one instrument only (either Ng, Np, or
torque), the most likely cause is the indicating system. Troubleshoot METS/
FEDS/CETS indicating system according to METS/FEDS/CETS manual .
• Make sure water brake load system is operating normally.
Yes Yes
Unstable operation below Lock out engine (para See troubleshooting
TGT limiter? 1-235 ). Observe engine procedure 61 .
operation. Fluctuation
stops?
No
No
See troubleshooting
procedure 66 .
Yes Yes
Unstable operation only on Replace HMU ( para 6-39 ) Make required checks
TGT limiter? and attempt start. Fault (para 1-223 ) and continue
fixed? to operate.
No
No
Continue to operate. Replace (T700, T701)
ECU or (T701C) DEC
(para 7-11 ). Make
required checks
(para 1-223 ) and continue
to operate.
1-666 Change 1
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 66. Unstable Operation with (T700, T701) ECU or (T701C) DEC Locked Out
(Ng, T0, Torque, and Np fluctuate greater than 5% with
(T700, T701) ECU or (T701C) DEC locked out)
NOTE
If fuel filter bypass light is on, refer to troubleshooting procedure 37.
Yes Yes
Check engine fuel and air Tighten or replace tubes/ Make required checks
tubes/hoses for leaks and/ hoses as required. (para 1-223) and continue
or loose connections. Fluctuation stops? to operate.
Tubes/hoses faulty?
No
No
Yes
Replace HMU (para 6-39) Continue to operate.
and make required
checks (para 1-223).
Fault fixed?
No
Yes
(T700) Replace POU Continue to operate.
(para 6-87) and make
required checks (para
1-223). Fault fixed?
(T701, T701C) Replace
ODV (para 6-74) and
make required checks
(para 1-223). Fault fixed?
No
Yes
Replace anti-icing bleed Continue to operate.
and start valve (para
10-25) and make required
checks (para 1-223).
Fault fixed?
No
Change 4 1-667
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 66. Unstable Operation with (T700, T701) ECU or (T701C) DEC Locked Out
(Ng, T0, Torque, and Np fluctuate greater than 5% with
(T700, T701) ECU or (T701C) DEC locked out) (Cont)
No
Yes Yes
Using borescope Replace stage 1 nozzle Make required checks
(para 1-172), inspect the assy and/or combustion (para 1-223) and continue
following: liner (para 3-14). to operate.
• Compressor Fluctuation stops?
• Combustion liner
• Stage 1 nozzle assy No
Is combustion liner and/or
stage 1 nozzle assy Yes
Replace fuel boost pump Continue to operate.
damage out of limits? (para 6-33) and make
required checks (para
1-223). Fluctuation
stops?
No
No
Remove engine and send
it to depot.
Yes
Is compressor damage Replace cold section
out of limits? module. Make required
checks (para 1-223) and
continue to operate.
No
Yes Yes
Combustion liner, stage 1 Clean compressor Continue to operate.
nozzle, and compressor (para 1-157). Fluctuation
are ok. stops?
No
Yes
Replace fuel boost pump Continue to operate.
(para 6-33) and make
required checks (para
1-223). Fluctuation
stops?
No
Remove engine and send
it to depot.
1-668
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 67. Accessory Section Module Vibration and Exhaust Frame Vibration
Exceed Steady-State Limit (1.5 Inches/Second) or Transient Limit
(2.8 Inches/Second)
Yes
Use vibration analyzer Replace particle separator
(para 1-275) to determine blower (para 5-10) and
primary vibration make required checks
frequency. Is primary (para 1-223).
vibration frequency 0.65
per revolution Ng at
accessory section
module?
No
Yes Yes
Is primary vibration Using borescope Replace cold section
frequency one per (para 1-172), inspect module. Make required
revolution Ng at accessory compressor. Compressor check (para 1-223) and
section module? damage out-of-limits? continue to operate.
No
Yes
Remove gas generator Remove stages 1 and 2
turbine (para 3-6). Inspect gas generator turbine rotor
stages 1 and 2 gas assembly (para 3-10).
generator turbine rotor Make required checks
assembly (para 3-8). (para 1-223) and continue
Damage out-of-limits? to operate.
No
Remove engine and send
it to depot.
No
1-669
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 67. Accessory Section Module Vibration and Exhaust Frame Vibration
Exceed Steady-State Limit (1.5 Inches/Second) or Transient Limit
(2.8 Inches/Second) (Cont)
No
Yes Yes
Is primary vibration Check the water brake Repair water brake
frequency one per and torque element according to METS/FEDS/
revolution Np at exhaust according to METS/FEDS/ CETS manual.
frame? CETS manual for the
following:
No • Proper alignment
• Loose or missing
torque tube bolts
Continue to operate.
• Unbalance
Water brake faulty?
No
Yes
Remove power turbine Remove power turbine
module (para 4-7). module (para 4-11). Make
Inspect for damage required checks
(para 4-9). Damage out- (para 1-223) and continue
of-limits? to operate.
No
Remove engine and send
it to depot.
1-670 Change 1
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 68. Accessory Section Module Vibration Exceeds Steady-State Limit
(1.5 Inches/Second) or Transient Limit (2.8 Inches/Second)
Yes
Does accessory section
module vibration exceed
limits when power turbine
rotor starts to rotate?
No
Yes
Does accessory section
module vibration exceed
limits above when Ng is at
26-45% or 56-67%?
No
Yes Yes
Does accessory section Use vibration analyzer Replace particle separator
module vibration exceed (para 1-275) to confirm blower (para 5-10 ).
limits above ground idle that primary vibration Make required checks
speed? frequency is one per (para 1-223) and continue
revolution Np. Is primary to operate.
vibration frequency 0.65
per revolution Ng?
No
No
Yes Yes
Is primary vibration Check the water brake Check the water brake
frequency one per vibration level. Water and torque element
revolution Ng with brake vibration out-of- according to METS/FEDS/
secondary frequency on limits? CETS manual for the
per revolution Np? following:
• Proper alignment
• Loose or missing
torque tube bolts
• Unbalance
Repair water brake
according to METS/FEDS/
CETS manual. If
No No secondary vibration
frequency of one per
revolution Np still remains,
replace power turbine
module (para 4-4). Make
required checks (para 1-
223) and continue to
operate.
Change 1 1-671
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 68. Accessory Section Module Vibration Exceeds Steady-State Limit
(1.5 Inches/Second) or Transient Limit (2.8 Inches/Second) (Cont)
No No
Yes Yes
Is primary vibration Do the following according Continue to operate.
frequency one per to METS/FEDS/CETS
revolution Ng? manual:
• Make sure all
accelerometers,
No brackets, and leads
are correctly
Continue to operate. positioned and
secure.
• Check charge
amplifier range
setting.
• Check water brake
and torque element
balance.
• Check to be sure that
connectors on
accelerometer leads
are free of moisture.
Fault fixed?
No
Yes
Using borescope Replace cold section
(para 1-172), inspect module. Make required
compressor. Is check (para 1-223) and
compressor damage continue to operate.
out-of-limits?
No
Yes
Remove gas generator Remove engine and send
turbine (para 3-6). Inspect it to depot.
stages 1 and 2 gas
generator turbine rotor
assembly (para 3-8). Is
damage within limits?
No
1-672 Change 1
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 68. Accessory Section Module Vibration Exceeds Steady-State Limit
(1.5 Inches/Second) or Transient Limit (2.8 Inches/Second) (Cont)
No
Yes
Replace gas generator Make required check
turbine (para 3-5 ). Fault (para 1-223 ) and continue
fixed? to operate.
No
Remove engine and send
it to depot.
1-673
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 69. Exhaust Frame Vibration Exceeds Steady-State Limit
(1.5 Inches/Second) or Transient Limit (2.8 Inches/Second)
Use vibration analyzer
(para 1-275) to confirm
that primary vibration
frequency is one per
revolution Np.
Yes Yes
Is primary vibration Check the water brake Check the water brake
frequency one per vibration level. Water and torque element
revolution Np? brake vibration out-of- according to METS/FEDS/
limits? CETS manual for the
following:
• Proper alignment
• Loose or missing
torque tube bolts
• Unbalance
No
Repair water brake
according to METS/FEDS/
CETS manual.
Yes
Replace power turbine Make required checks
module (para 4-4). Fault (para 1-223) and continue
fixed? to operate.
No
Yes
Replace gas generator Make required checks
No turbine (para 3-5). Fault (para 1-223) and continue
fixed? to operate.
No
Remove engine and send
it to depot.
1-674 Change 1
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 69. Exhaust Frame Vibration Exceeds Steady-State Limit
(1.5 Inches/Second) or Transient Limit (2.8 Inches/Second) (Cont)
No
Yes Yes
Is primary vibration Using borescope Remove cold section
frequency one per (para 1-172 ), inspect module . Make required
revolution Ng with compressor. Is checks (para 1-223 ) and
secondary frequency one compressor damage continue to operate.
per revolution Np? out-of-limits?
No No
Yes
Continue to operate. Remove gas generator Make required checks
turbine (para 3-5 ). Fault (para 1-223 ) and continue
fixed? to operate.
No
Yes
Replace power turbine Make required checks
module (para 4-4 ). Fault (para 1-223 ) and continue
fixed? to operate.
No
Remove engine and send
it to depot.
1-675
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 70. Steady-State Vibration Limit (1.5 Inches/Second) or Transient Vibration
Limit (2.8 Inches/Second) is Exceeded
Yes
Do the following according Repair instrumentation
to METS/FEDS/CETS acording to METS/FEDS/
manual: CETS manual and
• Make sure all continue to operate.
accelerometers,
brackets, and leads
are correctly
positioned and
secure.
• Check charge
amplifier range
settings.
• Make sure that
connectors on
accelerometer leads
are free of moisture.
• Check water brake
and torque element
balanc e.
Instrumentation faulty?
No
Yes
Accessory section module See troubleshooting
and exhaust frame procedures 67 .
vibration exceeds limits?
No
Yes
Accessory section module See troubleshooting
vibration exceeds limits? procedures 68 .
No
Yes
Exhaust frame vibration See troubleshooting
exceeds limits? procedures 69 .
No
Continue to operate.
1-676 Change 1
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 71. (T701C) DEC - Engine Torque Indicator Fault Code - 15% (±3%)
(check DEC)
Yes
Has engine exceeded Seetroubleshooting
TGT operating limits in procedure 31and replace
figure 1-152
or 1-155
? DEC p( ara 7-11
). Make
required checks(para
1-223) and continue to
operate.
No
Yes
Has Np exceeded the Refer topara 1-276
for
limits infigure 1-148
? required maintenance.
Replace DECpara
( 7-11
).
Make required checks
(para 1-223
) and continue
No to operate.
Yes
Has uncontrolled engine Replace DECpara
( 7-11
).
acceleration occurred? Make required checks
(para 1-223
) and continue
operate.
No
Ignore all other fault codes
displayed on engine
torque indicator. Replace
DEC para
( 7-11
). Make
required checks (para
1-223) and continue to
operate.
1-677
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 72. (T701C) DEC - Engine Torque Indicator Fault Code - 25% (±3%)
(Np demand channel)
Yes
(T701C)Apache engines Clear DEC fault indication
equipped with DEC PN (para 1-272
).
6080T56P03. Was Np
demand setting exceeded
while increasing Np
demand setting during
checks.
No
Seetroubleshooting
procedure 19
.
1-678
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 73. (T701C) DEC - Engine Torque Indicator Fault Code - 35% (±3%)
(load share channel)
Seetroubleshooting
procedure 63
.
1-679
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 74. (T701C) DEC - Engine Torque Indicator Fault Code - 45% (±3%)
(TGT channel)
Yes Yes
TGT instrument not Check thermocouple Tighten, clean, or repair
indicating or fluctuating? harness and yellow cable faulty connectors as
for tightness. When required. Replace faulty
No removing connectors, part(s). Make required
check exposed pins and checkspara
( 1-223
) and
sockets for damage and run engine with power
Replace DEC para
( 7-11 ). debris. Connectors faulty? lever in fly to verify the
Make required checks fault has been corrected.
(para 1-223
) and continue Continue to operate.
to operate.
No
Yes
Do a thermocouple Replace yellow cable
assembly check (para (para 7-41) and/or
1-264
). System faulty? thermocouple assembly
(para 7-62). Make
No required checks (para
1-223) and run engine with
power lever in fly to verify
Replace DEC (para 7-11). the fault has been
Make required checks corrected. Continue to
(para 1-223
) and continue operate.
to operate.
1-680
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 75. (T701C) DEC - Engine Torque Indicator Fault Code - 55% (±3%)
(check DEC)
Yes
Check yellow cable Tighten, clean or repair
connector at DEC and at faulty connectors as
alternator stator for required. Replace faulty
tightness. Remove part(s). Make required
connector, and check checkspara
( 1-223
) and
exposed pins and sockets run engine with power
for damage, moisture, and lever in fly to verify the
foreign objects. fault has been corrected.
Connectors faulty? Continue to operate.
No
Yes
Check alternator at yellow Replace DECpara
( 7-11
).
cable connection for Make required checks
shorts from each pin to (para 1-223
) and continue
groundpara
( 1-268
). to operate.
Alternator stator ok?
No
Replace alternator stator
(para 7-51). Make
required checks (para
1-223). Run engine with
power lever in fly to verify
the fault has been
corrected. Continue to
operate.
1-681
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 76. (T701C) DEC - Engine Torque Indicator Fault Code - 65% (±3%)
(Ng channel)
Yes
Engine torque indicator Ignore the 65% (±3%) fault
also indicating 55% (±3%) code. Follow
fault code? troubleshooting
procedure 75
.
No
Yes
Hasengine exceeded Seetroubleshooting
TGT operating limits in procedure 31 and replace
figure 1-153
or 1-156
? HMU p ( ara 6-39
). Make
required checks (para
1-223) and run engine with
power lever in fly to verify
the fault has been
corrected. Continue to
No
operate.
Yes
Has Np exceeded the Refer to para 1-276 for
limits infigure 1-148
? required maintenance.
Replace HMU (para
6-39). Make required
checkspara
( 1-223
) and
run engine with power
lever in fly to verify the
No
fault has been corrected.
Continue to operate.
Yes
Has Ng exceeded Refer topara 1-278 for
operating limits in table required maintenance.
1-37? Replace HMU (para
6-39). Make required
checkspara
( 1-223
) and
run engine with power
lever in fly to verify the
No fault has been corrected.
Continue to operate.
Replace DEC (para 7-11)
Make required checks
(para 1-223
) and continue
to operate.
1-682
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 77. (T701C) DEC - Engine Torque Indicator Fault Code - 75% (±3%)
(Np channel)
Yes
Do a Np sensor system Replace faulty part(s):
checkpara
( 1-267). yellow cablepara
( 7-41)
System faulty? and/or Np sensor
(para 7-75). Make
required checks (para
1-223) and run engine with
power lever in fly to verify
the fault has been
No corrected. Continue to
operate.
Replace DEC para
( 7-11 ).
Make required checks
(para 1-223
) and continue
to operate.
1-683
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 79. (T701C) DEC - Engine Torque Indicator Fault Code - 95% (±3%)
(hot start prevention channel)
Yes
Engine torque indicator Ignore 95% (±3%) fault
also indicating 105% code. Follow
(±3%) fault code? troubleshooting
procedure 80 .
No
Replace DEC (para 7-11 ).
Make required checks
(para 1-223 ) and continue
to operate.
1-685
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 80. (T701C) DEC - Engine Torque Indicator Fault Code - 105% (±3%)
(115V 400 Hz power)
Yes Yes Yes
Has 115V 400 Hz Keep 115V 400 Hz Is 115V 400 Hz Replace DEC (para
power been turned power on. Run power at METS E1 7-11 ). Make
off/on during last engine with power plug sockets 1 required checks
engine operation? lever in fly then and 2? (para 1-223 ) and
shutdown the continue to operate.
engine. Fault code
still exist? No
No
Troubleshoot
METS/FEDS/CETS
Continue to operate.
wiring according to
No METS/FEDS/CETS
manual. Run
engine with power
lever in fly to verify
the fault has been
corrected. Continue
to operate.
Yes
Is 115V 400 Hz Replace DEC (para
power at METS E1 7-11). Make
plug sockets 1 required checks
and 2? (para 1-223 ) and
continue to operate.
No
Troubleshoot
METS/FEDS/CETS
wiring according to
METS/FEDS/CETS
manual . Run
engine with power
lever in fly to verify
the fault has been
corrected. Continue
to operate.
1-686 Change 1
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 81. (T701C) DEC - Engine Torque Indicator Fault Code - 115% (±3%)
(collective channel)
Yes
Check collective signal at Repair faulty part. Run
METS/FEDS/CETS E1 engine with power lever in
plug sockets 29, 30, and fly to verify the fault
31. System faulty? correction, then continue
to operate.
No
Replace DEC (para 7-11 ).
Make required checks
(para 1-223 ) and continue
to operate.
Change 1 1-687
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Troubleshooting Procedure 82. (T701C Black Hawk) DEC - Engine Torque Indicator Fault Code - 125%
(±3%) (Nr channel)
Yes
Check aircraft NR signal Repair faulty part
system at METS/FEDS/ according to applicable
CETS E1 plug sockets 25 aircraft maintenance
and 26. System faulty? manual. Run engine with
power lever in fly to verify
the fault correction then
continue to operate.
No
Replace DEC (para 7-11 ).
Make required checks
(para 1-223 ) and continue
to operate.
1-688 Change 1
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
i. Advance PAS lever to 117° ±2°. With LDS lever at
1-256. TROUBLESHOOTING CHECKS
70°, use WATER-IN lever to set TGT at 1320°-1340°F
(METS/FEDS/CETS).
(716° -727°C). Set torque level noted in step g. Run at this
1-257. Engine Serviceability Test for No or Low condition for 10 minutes.
(Below Minimum Limits) Oil Pressure.
j. Return PAS lever to ground idle speed (PAS lever
a. Remove oil scavenge thermocouple according to at 26° ±2.5°). Run at this condition for 2 minutes.
METS/FEDS/CETS manual. Remove scavenge screens
(para 8-17 (T700) or 8-18 (T701, T701C)). Inspect them k. Repeat steps i and j three more times to complete
for contamination. Place any debris found, in a container. engine run.
Attach tag to container; reinstall oil scavenge thermocouple
according to METS/FEDS/CETS manual. Reinstall l. Shut down engine.
scavenge screens (para 8-22 (T700) or 8-23 (T701,
T701C)). m. Remove electrical chip detector (para 8-52).
Remove oil scavenge thermocouple according to
b. Remove electrical chip detector (para 8-52). METS/FEDS/CETS manual. Remove scavenge screens
Inspect it for contamination. Place any allowable (para 8-17 (T700) or 8-18 (T701, T701C)). If impending
contamination (fig. 1-145) in container. Attach tag to bypass button has popped, remove oil filter bowl and
container. Reinstall electrical chip detector (para 8-55). indicator assembly (para 8-31). Inspect them for allowable
contamination (fig. 1-145). If only allowable contamination
c. If impending bypass indicator button has popped, is found and engine has run for 60 minutes with all
remove oil filter bowl and indicator assembly (para 8-31). conditions normal, clean (para 8-53) and reinstall
Inspect it for debris. Place any debris found in a suitable (para 8-55) electrical chip detector. Clean and reinstall oil
container. Attach tag identifying where debris was found to scavenge thermocouple according to METS/FEDS/CETS
container. Reinstall oil filter bowl assembly (para 8-34). manual and scavenge screens (para 8-22 (T700) or 8-23
(T701, T701C). Make checks required in paragraph 1-223.
d. During engine run, watch for: Return engine to service.
(1) CHIP DET light coming on. n. Discard allowable particles found in oil scavenge
thermocouple, scavenge screens, and chip detector or filter
(2) Oil filter bypass light coming on. bowl (steps a, b, and c).
(3) Changes in engine vibration levels. o. If contamination is present in large quantities,
remove engine according to METS/FEDS/CETS manual.
(4) An uncommanded deceleration in Ng or Send engine and particles found on chip detector and
increase in scavenge temperature, indicating a possible scavenge screens to Depot.
bearing seizure.
1-258. Fuel Flow Verification Troubleshooting
e. Record oil pressures and oil temperatures versus Checks.
Ng for lever positions used and check them against engine
history. a. Preliminary Information. Procedures in steps b, c,
and d can be used to:
f. Start engine and run at ground idle speed
(WATER-OUT lever at maximum open position, PAS lever (1) Verify fuel flow to engine.
at 26° ±2.5°) for 5 minutes.
(2) Check the following for faulty operation:
g. Advance PAS lever to 117° ±2°. With LDS lever
at 70°, use WATER-IN lever to set TGT at 1320°-1340°F (a) (T700) pressurizing and overspeed unit
(716°-727°C). Note torque level and run at this condition (POU).
for 10 minutes.
(b) (T701, T701C) overspeed and drain
h. Return PAS lever to ground idle speed (PAS lever valve (ODV).
at 26° ±2.5°). Run at this condition for 5 minutes.
Change 1 1-689
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
(3) It is important to understand the following (b) Using an open-end torque wrench on
before doing this check: flat(5), rotate the assembly through the entire range of
travel. Torque shall not exceed 20 foot-pounds.
(a) Step b is a check for faulty operation of
the actuating system linkage assembly, HMU actuator rod, (c) If torque exceeds 20 foot-pounds,
and anti-icing bleed and start valve. The VG system should disconnect quick-disconnect pin (6) from link assembly (7).
close (HMU actuator rod extended) and anti-icing panel
light should be on when PAS lever is at idle and engine is (d) Using an open-end torque wrench on
motoring. flat(5), slowly rotate the assembly through the entire range
of travel. Torque shall not exceed 12 foot-pounds.
(b) Step c verifies that fuel is flowing to
engine. Fuel should drain from (T700) POU, or from (e) If torque exceeds 12 foot-pounds,
(T701, T701C) ODV after PAS lever is retarded to 0°. disconnect link assemblies (1) from IGV actuating ring (8),
stage 1 actuating ring (9), and stage 2 actuating ring (2).
(c) Step d is a check for faulty operation of
(T700) POU, or for faulty operation of (T701, T701C) (f) The actuating rings shall be moved by
ODV. Fuel should not drain from the (T700) POU, or hand through the entire range of travel.
(T701, T701C) ODV when PAS lever is at ground idle
position and when the engine is motoring at maximum (g) Locate and repair the source of binding.
motoring speed.
(h) Connect three link assemblies (1) to the
(d) Do steps in steps b, c, and d at the same rings (2, 8, 9), using bolts and self-locking nuts. Torque nuts
time. to 32-35 inch-pounds.
b. Actuating System and Anti-Icing Bleed and Start (i) Aline link assembly (7) with AIBSV shaft
Valve Check. and engage quick-disconnect pin (6).
(1) Visually inspect actuating system linkage (j) Repeat steps (b) thru (g) until the source of
assembly for: binding is found.
• Foreign object jamming (para 1-284) (k) Using pin (4), reconnect link
• Loose variable vane actuator levers at vane assembly(3).
spindles and actuating rings (para 1-284)
• Loose actuating ring bearing buttons (3) Using an open-end wrench on flats of
actuating shaft, extend and retract HMU actuator rod.
(para 1-284)
Check for full HMU actuator rod travel of 1.6 - 1.8 inches,
• Improper engagement of lever arms to
for loose variable vane levers at vane spindles and actuating
vanes and actuating rings of inlet guide rings, and for loose actuating ring bearings.
vanes and stages 1 and 2 variable vanes
(para 1-284) (4) Position actuating shaft so that HMU actuator
rod is fully retracted.
(5) When motoring engine in step c, check the
Do not torque the actuating linkage assembly following:
beyond the normal operating range.
Otherwise, the anti-icing bleed and start valve (a) Be sure that anti-ice valve panel light goes
(AIBSV) or the variable geometry may be on. If anti-ice panel light does not light, troubleshoot
damaged. METS/FEDS/CETS A/I ON indication circuit according to
METS/FEDS/CETS manual. If circuit is not faulty, replace
(2) Do an AIBSV swing check as follows: anti-icing bleed and start valve (para 10-25).
(a) Using a 7/16-inch open-end wrench as a (b) During engine rollover, check HMU
lever, disengage the quick-disconnect pin (4, fig. 1-146). actuator rod; it should extend fully. If it is not fully
extended, replace HMU (para 6-39).
1-690 Change 1
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-146. HMU Actuator Rod, Extending and Retracting
1-691
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
c. Fuel Flow Verification. Fuel is flowing to the It is normal to observe some leakage, but not a steady
engine if a reading can be seen on METS/FEDS/CETS stream of fuel from the overboard drain, during initial
FUEL FLOW indicator and a mist can be seen coming from rollover.
tailpipe during wet rollover, or if fuel drains from (T700)
POU manifold assembly, or from (T701, T701C) ODV 1-259. Fuel Filter Bypass Valve Check.
manifold assembly, after PAS lever is retarded to 0°.
a. Remove fuel filter element and bowl (para 6-46).
(1) De-energize ignition system (ignition OFF).
b. Push on the bypass valve poppet (socket head
(2) Place PAS lever at ground idle (26° ±2.5°). screw) inside fuel filter housing. If it does not move freely,
replace fuel filter (para 6-45).
(3) Motor engine to maximum motoring speed
(at least 23% Ng, but not more than 25% Ng) for 30 1-260. Checkout of Engine Fuel System. When
seconds. Indicated fuel flow will be 55-65 lb/hr. Record Wf, METS/FEDS/CETS FUEL FILTER BYPASS light comes
P3, and Ng. on and a lot of debris is found in filter bowl (showing that
engine fuel system is dirty), do the following after
(4) Look for fuel mist coming from tailpipe. METS/FEDS/CETS fuel system has been flushed:
(5) After 30 seconds with engine motoring at a. If impending bypass button did not pop out,
maximum speed, retard PAS lever to 0°. impending bypass sensor failed. Replace fuel
filter(para 6-45).
(6) Within 10 seconds after PAS lever is retarded
to 0°, about 1 ounce (30cc) of fuel should drain from POU b. If impending bypass button has popped, clean out
manifold assembly, or ODV manifold assembly. This filter bowl (para 6-53) and install new filter element
indicates that main fuel manifold is being purged. (para 6-46). Reset bypass indicator.
(7) De-energize starter after a total of 40 c. With external power on, vapor-vent fuel system for
seconds. 2 minutes to flush any debris from fuel passages. Then
repeat procedure for 2 more minutes.
(8) If fuel does not drain as specified in step (6),
replace the following: d. Because flushing may not remove all debris from
internal parts of HMU, replace HMU (para 6-39).
• (T700) POU (para 6-87)
• (T701, T701C) ODV (para 6-74) e. Disconnect manifold assembly as follows:
d. (T700) POU, or (T701, T701C) ODV Checks. (1) (T700) Disconnect POU manifold assembly
(para 6-82) from main fuel manifold and fuel start feed tube.
(1) If fuel system has been recently primed, do Connect drain hoses to coupling nut and fittings of manifold
this check two times. Residual fuel from fuel system assembly.
priming may flow from overboard drain giving false
indication of a defective POU, or ODV. The second check (2) (T701, T701C) Disconnect ODV manifold
will be a more reliable indicator of valve operation. assembly (para 6-69) from main fuel manifold. Connect
drain hoses to coupling nut and fitting of ODV manifold
(2) Check for a faulty POU, or ODV valve while assembly.
doing the test in step b. If a steady stream of fuel comes
from the drain during motoring with PAS lever at ground f. Deactivate ignition system by disconnecting yellow
idle or with engine operating at ground idle speed, replace cable from ignition exciter assembly.
the following:
• (T700) POU (para 6-87).
• (T701, T701C) ODV (para 6-74).
1-692 Change 1
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
If readings are out-of-limits, circuit is open or shorted.
Remove electrical connector (W3P1-green cable) and check
To avoid damage to starter, do not exceed cable for pin-to-pin continuity and pin-to-ground for shorts;
starter duty cycle. Refer to table 1-36 (T700) pins 1 to 17, 2 to 18, 3 to 19, 4 to 20, and 5 to 21. No open
or table 1-37 (T701, T701C) for duty cycle or shorted circuits allowed. If cable is not faulty, measure
limits. resistance between pins 1 and 2 at J1 connector on
alternator stator. Resistance between pins will be as follows:
g. To flush out debris, place ends of drain hoses in
container and make two 2-minute rollovers with PAS lever • (T700) 10-15 ohms
in ground idle position. • (T701, T701C) 1.5-3.0 ohms
h. (T700) Reconnect POU manifold assembly to If resistance is out-of-limits, replace alternator stator
main fuel manifold and to fuel start feed tube. Tighten (60° (para 7-51).
wrench arc) coupling nuts. (T701, T701C) Reconnect
ODV manifold assembly to main fuel manifold. (2) Resistance between pins 2 and 3 at J1
Tighten(60° wrench arc) coupling nut. connector on alternator stator will be as follows:
i. Replace the following:
• (T700) 1.5-3.0 ohms
• (T701, T701C) 1.0-3.0 ohms
• (T700) POU (para 6-87)
If readings are out-of-limits, the circuit is open or shorted.
• (T701, T701C) ODV (para 6-74) Do step c.
• Oil cooler (para 8-4)
c. Isolate fault to either yellow cable or ignition
j. Reactivate ignition system. exciter assembly as follows:
k. Run engine for 10 minutes at ground idle speed. (1) Disconnect yellow cable at alternator stator
Make sure that there are no problems. Make checks and ignition exciter assembly.
required(para 1-223).
(2) Check continuity between the two
l. Shut down engine. Check impending bypass button. connectors, pins 1 to 1 and 2 to 2. Check connectors for
shorts between pins 1 and 2.
m. If FUEL FILTER BYPASS light did not come on
during the 10-minute run and if impending bypass button (3) No open or shorted circuits allowed. If open
did not pop, engine can continue in operation. or short circuits exist, replace yellow cable (para 7-41).
1-261. Primary Ignition System Check. The (4) If cable checks are within limits, replace
following checks test the circuits in the alternator stator, ignition exciter assembly (para 7-29).
yellow cable, and ignition exciter assembly. These checks
determine which of these components should be replaced. 1-262. Circuit Checks at S39 Connector on
ECU/DEC. ECU/DEC circuit continuity switch boxes
a. Use a multimeter for this check. Make sure all (fig. 1-147) are provided so that circuits can be checked
electrical connectors are tight. through the S39 connector on the ECU/DEC.
b. Disconnect the METS/FEDS/CETS cable from (T701) - Use switch box 21C7085G02. (T700) and
electrical connector (W3J1-green cable) on flange of swirl (T701C) - Use switch box 21C7085G01. Refer to
frame. Measure resistance between the following pins in Preinstallation Buildup (para 1-200) to determine aircraft
electrical connector (W3J1-green cable). configuration.
(1) Resistance between pins 17 and 18 will be as The following steps outline the general procedure and
follows: provide limits. All limits are sufficient when circuit checks
are done at moderate temperatures. However, readings may
• (T700) 10-15 ohms vary if checks are performed when temperatures are more
• (T701, T701C) 1-3 ohms extreme.
Change 1 1-693
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-147. ECU or DEC Circuit Continuity Switch Box for S39 Connector
a. Use a multimeter for this check.
Circuit Checks: Paragraph:
b. Connect switch box to S39 connector and check Np Sensor 1-267
circuits as follows: HMU 1-263
Alternator 1-268
(1) Remove protective cap from S39 connector. Thermocouple Assembly 1-264
Torque and Overspeed Sensor 1-265
(2) Connect cable to S39 connector. Overspeed System:
• (T700) POU 1-266
• (T701, T701C) ODV 1-266
Do not exceed 1.5 volts dc on multimeter, c. Check each circuit for shorts-to-ground as follows:
because the ECU/DEC will be damaged.
(1) Remove test lead connected to red terminal
(3) Connect multimeter to red and black and connect to green terminal.
terminals on switch box.
(2) Check each circuit listed in step b(5) at the
(4) Position selector switch to select circuit to be corresponding switch position; no short circuits allowed.
tested. Table 1-46 identifies circuits and provides limits. Minimum allowable resistance to ground is 1 megohm. If a
short circuit is found, disconnect E1 connector from
(5) Check each circuit for resistance limits. If ECU/DEC to isolate fault to METS/FEDS/CETS wiring
resistance is out-of-limits, troubleshoot fault according to system or to engine.
the following individual circuit checks as outlined in
paragraphs listed below:
1-694 Change 3
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table 1-46. Resistance Limits for Circuit Checks at S39 Connector
Resistance Limits in Ohms
Switch
Position Min Max
1 Alternator ECU/DEC power winding:
• (T700) 2.0 4.0
• (T701, T701C) 1.5 4.0
2 Thermocouple assembly 1.0 5.0
3 HMU linear variable displacement transducer (LVDT) 3 35
4 Np Sensor 13 21
5 Torque and overspeed sensor 13 21
6 Overspeed solenoid valve:
• (T700) POU 18 24
• (T701, T701C) ODV 18 24
7 HMU torque motor 45 90
8 Do not use — —
9 Do not use — —
NOTE
Np demand must be checked at the minimum and maximum trim positions. The E1
harness must also be connected.
10 Np demand to common ground (Trim limits: 1920 ohms at maximum — —
position; 5750 ohms at minimum position)
11 Load share to ground — —
12 Do not use — —
(3) If short circuit remains with E1 harness according to the following individual circuit checks in
disconnected, isolate fault by disconnecting electrical paragraphs listed below:
connector (W4P1-yellow cable) from ECU/DEC. If short
circuit remains, problem is in the blue cable system and Circuit Checks: Paragraph:
must be isolated to the following:
ECU/DEC 1-263
Np Sensor 1-267
• blue cable or torque and overspeed sensor
HMU 1-263
(para 1-265)
Alternator 1-268
• (T700) POU overspeed solenoid
Thermocouple Assembly 1-264
(para 1-266)
• (T701, T701C) ODV overspeed solenoid (5) Remove test lead connected to red terminal
(para 1-266) and connect to black terminal. Repeat steps (2) thru (4).
(4) If short circuit is no longer present, problem
is in yellow cable system and must be isolated to either
yellow cable or connecting sensors. Troubleshoot fault
1-695
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
1-263. ECU/DEC and HMU System Check. The (3) Check each pin for short circuit-to- ground.
following checks test the circuits for the torque motor and No short circuits allowed.
LVDT in the HMU, and also check the circuits in the yellow
cable that connect the ECU/DEC to the HMU. These checks (4) If readings are out-of-limits, circuit is faulty.
determine whether the ECU/ DEC, HMU or the yellow Replace HMU (para 6-39). If readings are within limits,
cable should be replaced. continue to step c.
a. Make circuit resistance and short circuit checks c. Check yellow cable as follows:
through S39 connector on ECU/DEC, using switch box. See
paragraph 1-262 for instructions and limits. Set selector (1) Disconnect yellow cable at (T700, T701)
switch at position numbers 3 and 7. If readings are out-of- ECU or (T701C) and HMU.
limits or if an open or short circuit is found, do steps b and c
to isolate fault to either HMU or yellow cable. (2) Check socket-to-socket continuity between
electrical connector (W4P1-yellow cable) and electrical
b. Check HMU as follows: connector (W4P3-yellow cable) (see following list). No
open circuits allowed.
(1) Disconnect yellow cable from HMU.
W4P1 W4P3
Sockets Sockets
1 to 1
If HMU is installed on engine, pins could be 2 to 2
bent when measuring resistance between
3 to 3
them, and when checking each one for short
4 to 4
circuit-to-ground. Therefore, a mating plug
should be used to prevent damage to pins. 5 to 6
6 to 7
(2) Measure resistance between pins in 7 to 8
connector(J1) on HMU. The resistance will be as follows: 15 to 9
16 to 10
Pins on HMU Resistance (ohms) 17 to 11
18 to 12
Hamilton Woodward
Standard Governor
(3) Check for short circuits between sockets 1, 2,
Pins 1 and 2 105-165 135-155 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 15, 16, 17, and 18 in electrical connector
(toque motor) (W4P1-yellow cable). No short circuits allowed.
105-165 135-155
Pins 3 and 4
(torque motor) (4) Check each socket for short circuit to outer
metal braid of cable. No short circuits allowed. Minimum
10-25 5-35 resistance will be 1 megohm.
Pins 6 and 7
(LVDT secondary)
(5) If yellow cable is faulty, replace it
10-25 15-25 (para 7-41).
Pins 7 and 8
(LVDT secondary)
(6) If yellow cable is not faulty, connect it to
20-50 30-50 ECU/DEC and HMU.
Pins 6 and 8
(LVDT secondary) d. If neither HMU nor yellow cable is faulty, replace
20-45 30-50 ECU/DEC.
Pins 9 and 10
(LVDT secondary)
20-45 30-50
Pins 11 and 12
(LVDT secondary)
1-696
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
1-264. Thermocouple Assembly Check. The 1-265. Torque and Overspeed Sensor System
following checks test the circuits in thermocouple assembly Check. The following checks test the circuits in the torque
and test the circuits in yellow cable that connect the and overspeed sensor and the circuits in the blue cable that
thermocouple assembly to the ECU/DEC. These checks connect the sensor to the ECU/DEC. These checks
determine whether the thermocouple assembly or the determine whether the sensor or the blue cable should be
yellow cable should be replaced. replaced.
a. Make circuit resistance and short circuit checks a. Make circuit resistance and short circuit checks
through S39 connector on ECU/DEC, using switch box. See through S39 connector on ECU/DEC, using switch box. See
paragraph 1-262 for instructions and limits. Set selector paragraph 1-262 for instructions and limits. Set selector
switch at position number 2. If reading is out-of-limits or if switch at position number 5. If reading is outside-of-limits
an open or short circuit is found, do the following steps to or if an open or short circuit is found, do the following steps
isolate fault to either thermocouple assembly or yellow to isolate fault to either torque and overspeed sensor or blue
cable. cable.
b. Check yellow cable as follows: b. Check torque and overspeed sensor as follows:
(1) Disconnect yellow cable at ECU/DEC and at (1) Disconnect blue cable from sensor.
thermocouple assembly.
(2) Measure resistance between pins A and C and
(2) Check socket-to-socket continuity between between pins B and D in connector (11) on sensor. Normal
electrical connector (W4P1-yellow cable) and electrical resistance for both readings is 13 to 21 ohms.
connector (W4P7-yellow cable) (see following list). No
open circuits allowed. (3) Check each pin for short circuit to ground.
No short circuits allowed.
W4P7 W4P1
Sockets Sockets (4) If readings are out-of-limits, circuit is faulty.
Replace torque and overspeed sensor (para 7-69).
A or D to 28
B or C to 29
c. Check blue cable as follows:
(3) Check for short circuit between sockets 28
(1) Disconnect blue cable at ECU/DEC.
and 29 in electrical connector (W4P1-yellow cable). No
short circuits allowed.
(2) Check socket-to-socket continuity between
electrical connector (W5P1-blue cable) and electrical
(4) Check sockets 28 and 29 for short circuit to
connector (W5P3-blue cable) (see following list). No open
outer metal braid of cable. No short circuit allowed.
circuits allowed.
Minimum resistance will be 1 megohm.
(5) If yellow cable is faulty, replace it W5P1 W5P3
(para 7-41). Sockets Sockets
3 to D
c. Check thermocouple assembly as follows: 10 to C
11 to B
(1) Check pins C and D for short circuit to outer 12 to A
metal braid of cable. No short circuits allowed.
(3) Check for short circuits between sockets 3,
(2) If thermocouple assembly is faulty, replace it 10, 11, and 12 or A, B, C, and D. No short circuits allowed.
(para 7-62).
(4) Check each socket for short circuit to outer
metal braid of cable. No short circuits allowed. Minimum
allowable resistance is 1 megohm.
1-697
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
(5) If blue cable is faulty, replace it (para 7-46).
W5P1 W5P2
Sockets Sockets
(6) If blue cable is not faulty, reconnect it to
ECU and torque and overspeed sensor. 5 to 1
6 to 2
1-266. Overspeed System Checks for 7 to 3
(T700) Pressurizing and Overspeed Unit (POU), 8 to 4
and (T701, T701C) Overspeed and Drain Valve
(ODV). The following checks test the circuits in the (3) Check for short circuits between sockets 1, 2,
following: 3, and 4 in electrical connector (W5P2-blue cable). No short
circuits allowed.
• (T700) POU.
(4) Check each socket for short circuit to outer
• (T701, T701C) ODV. metal braid of cable. No short circuits allowed. Minimum
• blue cable that connects ECU/ DEC to allowable resistance is 1 megohm.
POU, or ODV.
(5) If blue cable is faulty, replace it (para 7-46).
These checks determine whether the valve or the blue cable
should be replaced. (6) If blue cable is not faulty, reconnect it to
ECU/DEC and to (T700) POU, or (T701, T701C) ODV.
a. Make circuit resistance and short circuit checks
through S39 connector on ECU, using switch box. See 1-267. Np Sensor System Check. The following
paragraph 1-262 for instructions and limits. checks will determine whether the Np sensor or the yellow
cable is faulty.
Set selector switch at position number 6. If reading is out-
of-limits, the circuit is open or shorted. Do the following to a. Make circuit resistance and short circuit checks
isolate fault to the valve or the blue cable. through S39 connector on ECU/DEC, using switch box. See
paragraph 1-262 for instructions and limits. Set selector
b. Check (T700) POU, or (T701, T701C) ODV as switch at position number 4. If reading is out-of-limits,
follows: circuit is open or shorted. Do the following to isolate fault to
either Np sensor or yellow cable.
(1) Disconnect blue cable from the valve.
b. Check Np sensor as follows:
(2) Measure resistance between pins 1 and 3 and
between pins 2 and 4 in connector (J1) on valve. Normal (1) Disconnect yellow cable from Np sensor.
resistance for both readings is 18 to 24 ohms.
(2) Measure resistance between pins A and C and
(3) Check each pin for short circuit to ground. between pins B and D in connector (J1) on Np sensor.
No short circuit allowed. Normal resistance for both readings is 13 to 21 ohms.
(4) If readings are out-of-limits, circuit is faulty. (3) Check each pin for short circuit-to-ground.
Replace the following: No short circuits allowed.
• (T700) POU (para 6-87). (4) If readings are out-of-limits, circuit is faulty.
• (T701, T701C) ODV (para 6-74). Replace Np sensor (para 7-75).
c. Check blue cable as follows: c. Check yellow cable as follows:
(1) Disconnect blue cable at ECU/DEC. (1) Disconnect yellow cable at ECU/DEC and
Np sensor.
(2) Check socket-to-socket continuity between
electrical connector (W5P1-blue cable) and electrical (2) Check socket-to-socket continuity between
connector (W5P2-blue cable) (see following list). No open electrical connector (W4P1-yellow cable) and electrical
circuits allowed.
1-698
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
connector (W4P2-yellow cable) (see following list). No (3) Check each pin for short circuit-to-ground.
open circuits allowed. Minimum resistance shall be 20 megohms.
W4P1 W4P2 (4) Measure pin-to-pin resistance of the J2
Sockets Sockets connector between pins 1 and 2, 3, 4, 5, respectively, and
between pins 2 and 3, 4, 5, respectively. Minimum
9 to A
resistance shall be 20 megohms.
8 to B
20 to C (5) If reading is out-of-limits, circuit is faulty.
21 to D Replace alternator stator (para 7-51). If reading is within
limits, continue to step c.
(3) Check for short circuits between sockets A,
B, C, and D or 9, 8, 20, and 21. No short circuits allowed. c. Check yellow cable as follows:
(4) Check each socket for short circuit to outer (1) Disconnect yellow cable at ECU/DEC and
metal braid of cable. No short circuits allowed. alternator.
(5) If yellow cable is faulty, replace it (2) Check socket-to-socket continuity between
(para 7-41). electrical connector (W4P1-yellow cable) and electrical
connector (W4P5-yellow cable) (see following list). No
(6) If yellow cable is not faulty, reconnect it to open circuits allowed.
ECU/DEC and Np sensor.
W4P1 W4P5
1-268. Alternator and Yellow Cable Check. The
Sockets Sockets
following checks test the alternator windings and the
circuits in yellow cable that connect the ECU/ DEC to the 30 to 3
alternator. These checks determine whether the alternator 31 to 4
stator or the yellow cable should be replaced. 19 to 5
a. Make circuit resistance and short circuit checks (3) Check for short circuits between sockets 3, 4,
through S39 connector on ECU, using switch box. See and 5 in electrical connector (W4P5-yellow cable). No short
paragraph 1-262 for instructions and limits. Set selector circuits allowed.
switch at position number 1. If reading is out-of-limits or if
an open or short circuit is found, do the following to isolate (4) Check each socket for short circuit to outer
fault to either alternator or yellow cable. metal braid of cable. No short circuits allowed. Minimum
resistance will be 1 megohm.
b. Check the alternator as follows:
(5) If yellow cable is faulty, replace it
(1) Disconnect yellow cable from alternator. (para 7-41).
(6) If yellow cable is not faulty, reconnect it to
(T700, T701) ECU or (T701C) DEC and alternator.
When measuring pin-to-pin resistance, use
care to prevent bending of individual pins. 1-269. METS/FEDS/CETS Np Demand System
and Instrument Indicating Cables Check.
(2) Measure resistance between pins 3 and 5 in
connector (J2) on alternator. Resistance must be:
• (T700) 2.0 - 4.0 ohms To avoid possible electrical shock or damage
• (T701, T701C) 1.0 - 2.5 ohms to test equipment, all power to test panel must
be de-energized.
a. Use a multimeter for these checks.
Change 1 1-699
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
b. Check METS/FEDS/CETS cables and harnesses d. Check ignition lead for short-to-ground by testing
for loose connectors and for damaged pins or sockets. See socket of one end of ignition lead to metal braid. If ignition
METS/FEDS/CETS manual. lead is shorted, replace it (para 7-28).
c. Disconnect METS/FEDS/CETS harness from e. Repeat steps c and d for other electrical ignition
(T700, T701) ECU or (T701C) DEC connector and check lead.
METS/FEDS/CETS circuits for:
1-271. Ng Indicating System Check. Electrical
(1) Resistance between sockets 18 and 20; 19 connector locations are shown in figure FO-2.
and 20; 21 and 20. See METS/FEDS/CETS manual for
limits and circuitry. If an open circuit is found during these a. Use a multimeter for these checks.
checks, check continuity in harness between sockets 18, 19,
20, 21, and corresponding pin at other end of circuit. Check b. Disconnect METS/FEDS/CETS harness from
for shorts as instructed in steps (2) through (5). electrical connector (W3J1-green cable) on swirl frame.
(2) Short circuits between sockets 18 and 20; 19 c. Measure resistance between pins 20 and 21 in
and 21. No short circuits allowed. Check each socket for electrical connector (W3J1). Resistance will be 2.0 to 3.5
shorts to ground. Minimum resistance will be 1 megohm. ohms. If reading is out-of-limits, check for short or open
circuit as follows:
(3) Short circuits between METS/FEDS/CETS
ground and sockets 3, 18, 19, 20, 21, and 22. No short (1) Remove green cable from alternator
circuits allowed. connector.
(4) With E1 connector removed, check for short (2) Measure resistance between pins 4 and 5 on
circuit between METS/FEDS/CETS ground and sockets 3, alternator connector (J1). Resistance will be as follows:
6, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 16, 17, and 22 on connector. No short
circuits allowed. Minimum resistance will be 1 megohm, • (T700) 2.0 - 3.5 ohms
with exception as indicated in following note. • (T701, T701C) 2.5 - 4.0 ohms
NOTE (3) If reading is within limits, replace green
cable(para 7-35). If reading is out-of-limits, replace
Sockets 9 and 11 may indicate continuity to alternator stator (para 7-51).
METS/FEDS/CETS ground if
METS/FEDS/CETS instrumentation is 1-272. DEC Fault Code Reset Verification.
grounded (designed that way). See
METS/FEDS/CETS manual for circuit details
and resistance values. NOTE
If the problem has been corrected the DEC
(5) Check for short circuits between each will reset itself. To verify corrective action, it
connector socket and each socket within connector (socket is required to operate engine at ground idle.
1, 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22,
23, and 24). Short circuits are not allowed, except sockets 3 a. Start engine and run at ground idle speed
and 22 which are load share circuits commons and which (WATER-OUT lever to maximum open position, PAS lever
will show continuity. at26° ±2.5°).
1-270. Electrical Ignition Lead Check. b. Shut down engine (PAS lever to 0°). If no fault is
detected the torque reading will be 0.00, fault is cleared. If
a. Use a multimeter for these checks. fault is detected, refer to table 1-13 and troubleshoot DEC.
b. Remove electrical ignition leads (para 7-24).
c. Check socket on one end of ignition lead to socket
on other end of ignition lead for continuity. If continuity is
not indicated, replace ignition lead (para 7-28).
1-700 Change 1
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
1-273. Unusual Engine Noise. (1) Reduce power and stop running engine as
soon as practical to avoid damaging compressor.
a. If an unusual high-pitched whining sound is heard,
do the following: (2) Review engine records to determine if stage 1
compressor rotor blades have been repaired (para 2-6).
NOTE
(3) If stage 1 blades have not been repaired,
• Certain compressor damage can cause a borescope the compressor (para 1-172).
high-pitched whining sound. The noise will
vary with gas generator speed and should b. The Woodward Governor HMU emits a louder
be much higher than usual engine noise noise (than Hamilton Standard) during all levels of engine
level. operation.
• Compressor rotors with repaired stage 1
blades produce a higher pitched noise than c. A new (before break-in) gas generator rotor and
is present on undamaged compressor stator could emit a rubbing sound, from the outer balance
rotors. This higher pitched noise is not piston seal, this is normal.
harmful to personnel or material, and
should not be cause for engine removal
from METS/FEDS/CETS.
Change 3 1-700.1/(1-700.2 Blank)
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
1-274. Maintenance Required Following Sudden c. Return both power turbine module and A-sump
Engine Stoppage. Engines that have experienced output shaft assembly to Depot.
sudden engine stoppage shall be returned to Depot.
1-277. Maintenance Required Following Engine
1-275. Vibration Analyzer Check. Vibration Overtorque. If engine exceeded the torque limits shown
analyzer is used to measure engine vibration levels. It in figure 1-150, do the following:
receives vibration input signals from accelerometers
attached to the engine during test. a. Replace power turbine module (para 4-4).
a. Connect analyzer to 115V ac outlet. b. Return power turbine module to Depot.
b. Disconnect METS/FEDS/CETS accelerometer 1-278. Maintenance Required Following Gas
leads from engine accelerometers. Generator (Ng) Overspeed. If gas generator speed
exceeds 47,000 rpm (105%) for 12 seconds or longer or
c. Connect analyzer leads to engine accelerometers. exceeds 46,000 rpm (103%) for 2 1/2 minutes or longer
return cold section module and gas generator rotor/stator
d. Set analyzer dial to correct readout range. assembly or engine to depot. Mark for: Ng OVERSPEED
INVESTIGATION.
e. Set analyzer to correct scale.
1-279. Overtemperature Checklist.
f. Turn analyzer ON.
g. Make checks required.
If an emergency start is conducted without the
h. When check is completed, turn analyzer OFF. aid of cockpit engine parameter display and a
Remove analyzer leads from engine accelerometers. hung start or hot start occurs, do not attempt
Reconnect METS/FEDS/CETS accelerometer leads to any further starts. Continued operation of
engine accelerometers. Disconnect analyzer from 115 V ac engine will result in further engine damage.
outlet. Remove and mark engine components as
outlined in paragraph 1-280.
1-276. Maintenance Required Following Np
Overspeed. If engine Np speed exceeded the limits a. When reviewing reported overtemperature
shown in figure 1-148 (T700) or figure 1-149 (T701, problems, check for the following to verify that an
T701C) do the following: overtemperature problem exists:
a. Replace power turbine module (para 4-4). (1) Stall (audible popping and banging).
b. Replace A-sump output shaft assembly (para (2) High TGT at shutdown requiring cooling
2-18). rollover.
Change 3 1-701
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-148. (T700) Maintenance Requirements following Np Overspeed (Above 22,000 rpm)
1-702
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-149. (T701, T701C) Maintenance Requirements Following Np Overspeed (Above 22,000 rpm)
Change 1 1-703
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-150. Maintenance Requirements Following Engine Overtorque (Above 116%)
1-704
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
(3) Engine rollback and warning light activation e. If visual evidence of overtemperature is found
if at ground idle speed. during inspection (step c), perform overtemperature
maintenance (paragraph 1-280).
(4) Engine was being operated in lockout mode.
1-280. Maintenance Required Following Engine
(5) Engine inlet blockage (airflow disruption). Overtemperature. If engine was operated with TGT
outside the limits of figure 1-151 or 1-154 (T700) or
b. Determine extent of overtemperature as follows: figure 1-152 or 1-155 (T701) or figures 1-153 and 1-156
(T701C), or if borescope inspection shows evidence of
(1) Determine maximum TGT reached. thermal distress due to overtemperature, do the following:
(2) (T700) Determine time spent at 1742°F a. Remove the following components, mark them
(950°C) or below if overtemperature occurred above ground FOR OVERTEMPERATURE INVESTIGATION, and
idle; on start-to-ground idle, or ground idle-to-shutdown. return them to Depot.
(3) (T701, T701C) If overtemperature occurred • HMU (para 6-40)
above ground idle, determine time spent at (T701) 1769°F • Power turbine module (para 4-7)
(965°C) or (T701C) 1713°F (934°C) or below. If
• Gas generator turbine rotor and stator
overtemperature occurred on start or shutdown, determine
(para 3-6)
time spent at (T701) 1742°F (950°C) or (T701C) 1738°F
(948°C) or below. • Stage 1 nozzle assembly (para 3-15)
c. Inspect engine for visual signs of overtemperature b. Remove the combustion liner (para 3-15) and
damage as follows: inspect it (para 3-21). If inspection shows liner to be in
serviceable condition, reinstall it (para 3-24). If combustion
(1) Indications that molten metal has passed liner is out-of-limits, mark it FOR OVERTEMPERATURE
through and has adhered to the vanes. INVESTIGATION, return it to Depot, and install a
replacement liner (para 3-24).
(2) Seized power turbine rotor or gas generator
rotor. If seized, allow TGT to cool below (T700, T701) c. Install the following replacement components:
150°C (302°F) or (T701C) 80°C (176°F) and then recheck
rotors for seizure. • Stage 1 nozzle assembly (para 3-24)
• Gas generator turbine rotor and stator
(3) Borescope engine (para 1-172) as follows: (para 3-13)
• Power turbine module (para 4-11)
(a) Check for compressor rotor damage • HMU (para 6-44)
(para 1-182).
d. After installation, make required checks
(b) Check for burned or missing stage 1 gas (para 1-223).
generator turbine rotor blade tips. (View through stage 1
turbine nozzle.) 1-281. E1 Harness (METS/FEDS/CETS)
Overtemperature Troubleshooting Check.
(c) Check for presence of burning on stage 1 Electrical connector locations are shown in figure FO-2.
turbine nozzle.
a. Use a multimeter for this check.
(d) Check combustion liner for signs of
overtemperature damage. b. Disconnect the E1 harness from the (T700, T701)
ECU or (T701C) DEC.
d. Compare maximum TGT reached and time spent at
maximum TGT with the engine overtemperature limits in c. Check for a short circuit between sockets 24 to 16
figure 1-151 and 1-154 (T700) or figures 1-152 and 1-155 and 23 to 16. No short circuits allowed.
(T701) or figures 1-153 and 1-156 (T701C) to determine if
maintenance action is required.
1-705
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-151. (T700) Engine Maintenance Requirements for Overtemperature Operation from
Start-to-Ground Idle and from Ground Idle-to-Shutdown
1-706
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-152. (T701) Engine Maintenance Requirements for Overtemperature Operation from
Start-to-Ground Idle and from Ground Idle-to-Shutdown
1-707
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-153. (T701C) Engine Maintenance Requirements for Overtemperature Operation from
Start-to-Ground Idle and Ground Idle-to-Shutdown
1-708
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-154. (T700) Engine Maintenance Requirements for Overtemperature Operation
Above Ground Idle
1-709
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-155. (T701) Engine Maintenance Requirements for Overtemperature Operation
Above Ground Idle
1-710 Change 1
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-156. (T701C) Engine Maintenance Requirements for Overtemperature Operation
Above Ground Idle
1-711
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
d. Check for shorts to METS/FEDS/CETS ground or f. Using borescope, inspect carbon seal sleeve
for socket-to-socket short in METS/FEDS/CETS E1 (fig. 1-157) on inside of stage 1 compressor rotor blade-
connector (para 1-269, step c(4)). disk. Cracks, breaks, or missing pieces are not allowed. If
cracks, breaks, or missing pieces are observed, remove and
1-282. Yellow Cable Overtemperature replace cold section module.
Troubleshooting Check. Electrical connector locations
are shown in figure FO-2. g. Replace A-sump output shaft assembly (para
2-21).
a. Use a multimeter for this check.
h. Reinstall engine parts that passed inspections in
b. Disconnect the following yellow cable connectors steps b through f; replace those engine parts that did not
at the: pass inspections in steps b through f.
• (T700, T701) ECU or (T701C) DEC • Cold section module
(W4P1) • Power takeoff drive assembly (para 2-29)
• (T700, T701) History recorder or • Radial drive shaft assembly (para 5-41)
• (T701C) History counterNp sensor • No. 1 carbon seal (para 2-25)
• Thermocouple assembly • Power turbine module (para 4-11)
• HMU
• Ignition exciter i. Make required engine checks listed in table 1-39.
c. Check electrical connector (W4P1-yellow cable) 1-284. Maintenance Required Following
for short circuits between all sockets to the outer metal braid Compressor Airflow Disruption or Engine Inlet
of yellow cable. No short circuits allowed. Blockage. If engine was suspected of having inlet
blockage or airflow disruption, do the following:
d. Check for shorts between all sockets. None
allowed.
e. If yellow cable is faulty, replace it (para 7-41). Compressor airflow disruption could cause
fatigue failure to compressor rotor blades and
1-283. Maintenance Required Following Failure stator vanes.
of Aircraft High Speed Output Driveshaft. If engine
was operated with a failed aircraft high speed output a. Inspect inlet guide vanes, stage 1 and stage 2 guide
driveshaft, do the following: vanes, and actuating levers. If vanes or levers are
disconnected, broken, loose, or missing, replace (AVUM)
a. Remove engine A-sump output shaft assembly engine or (AVIM) cold section module (para 2-1). Tag
(para 2-19). Send A-Sump output shaft assembly to Depot. engine or cold section module stating: THIS PART
REPLACED BECAUSE OF AIRFLOW DISRUPTION
b. Remove power turbine module (para 4-7). Inspect OR INLET BLOCKAGE.
power turbine driveshaft assembly (para 4-30). In addition,
inspect splines of power turbine driveshaft for visual b. Open IGV's to full open position for maximum
damage. If visual damage is evident, return power turbine viewing.
module to Depot.
c. Inspect front frame vanes, scavenge passages, and
c. Using borescope (para 1-172), inspect compressor vanes in swirl frame for foreign material (para 2-1).
for damage.
d. Borescope-inspect (para 1-171) the compressor
d. Remove radial drive shaft assembly (para 5-38) section.
and inspect assembly (para 5-40).
e. Check power takeoff drive assembly for looseness;
then remove it (para 2-27) and inspect assembly (para 2-28).
1-712
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-157. Stage 1 Compressor Rotor Blade-Disk; Borescope Inspection of Carbon Seal Sleeve
1-713
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 1-158. Inlet Guide Vanes; Inspection
1-714 Change 1
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
e. If foreign material is wrapped around leading edge
(full height) of any number of nonadjacent single inlet guide
vanes (fig. 1-158, view A) or two adjacent single inlet guide
vanes, remove foreign material and borescope-inspect
(para 1-171) the compressor section.
f. If foreign material is wrapped around leading edge
of more than two adjacent single inlet guide vanes, replace
(AVUM) engine or (AVIM) cold section module (para 2-1).
Tag engine or cold section module stating: THIS PART
REPLACED BECAUSE OF AIRFLOW DISRUPTION
OR INLET BLOCKAGE.
g. If foreign material is spanning two vanes (full
height) (view B), remove foreign material and borescope-
inspect (para 1-171) the compressor section.
h. If foreign material is spanning more than two
vanes (full height), replace (AVUM) engine or (AVIM)
cold section module (para 2-1). Tag engine or cold section
module stating: THIS PART REPLACED BECAUSE OF
AIRFLOW DISRUPTION OR INLET BLOCKAGE.
i. If foreign material is more than 1/2 inch wide, and
is spanning three vanes (two passages) (or more) (view C),
replace (AVUM) engine or (AVIM) cold section module
(para 2-1). Tag engine or cold section module stating: THIS
PART REPLACED BECAUSE OF AIRFLOW
DISRUPTION OR INLET BLOCKAGE.
j. If debris is light (view D), remove debris and
borescope-inspect (para 1-171) stage 1 compressor rotor
blades.
k. If debris is nested and will create blockage similar
to steps f, h, or i, replace (AVUM) engine or (AVIM) cold
section module (para 2-1). Tag engine or cold section
module stating: THIS PART REPLACED BECAUSE OF
AIRFLOW DISRUPTION OR INLET BLOCKAGE.
l. Make required checks listed in table 1-39.
Change 1 1-715
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
1-285. Inspection of Engines Involved in AMCOM: AMSAM-AR-E-P-E Commerical
Accidents or Incidents. Phone (256) 313-4983; DSN 897-4983 for
special inspection requirements.
Depending upon the circumstances of the
The maintenance manual provides the actions event, instances of localized, limited damage
necessary to keep an engine in proper can be dispositioned by normal channels. For
serviceable condition for operation in normal major events such as an accident, incident, or
operating exposure conditions. An accident, equivalent mishap, execution of a special
incident, or equivalent mishap may result in inspection workscope is required for
concealed damage to an engine and will be disposition of each of the engines involved.
considered abnormal operation. Any engine
exposed to abnormal conditions requires Assurance of a part's airworthiness is derived
special inspection and part dispositions in from control of material processing and
excess of normal manual requirements and manufacturing, operation within defined
limits. Some of the abnormal conditions to limits, and maintenance within defined limits
which an engine may be exposed are: and processes, as well as by inspection. Parts
exposed to abnormal conditions, such as
• Shock loading, collision impact, crash accidents or incidents, may appear to be good,
damage, separation from the aircraft, or when in fact the actual state of material cannot
handling or transportation mishap. be ascertained even by the most advanced
non-destructive testing and inspection
• Structural overstress; the engine structure
methods. For ongoing airworthiness, records
supporting the weight of the aircraft as in
of the component operating history must be
failure or separation of the landing gear.
unbroken, continuous, and known to be within
• Sudden seizure or stoppage of the engine normal controlled conditions. Parts which
rotor or rotors. have been involved in a mishap must be
• G-loading during operation in excess of formally reviewed for severity of operation
airframe manual limits. beyond the normal working environment, and
• Extreme ingestion events. dispositioned as to the necessity for a special
• Fire exposure: inspection workscope. The operator, therefore,
– Fire consuming aircraft, all or portion should verify that service history of major
thereof. used replacement parts is known, and that,
– Post crash engine exterior fire, engine when applicable, required special inspections
only. and part dispostions, following exposure to
– Engine undercowl fire. abnormal conditions, have been completed
– Fire in storage or transport. and the part is airworthy.
• Thermal quench by submersion into water
while operating. An engine involved in an accident or incident
should be processed through depot facility as
• Exposure to corrosives:
soon as it has been released by the Accident
– Chemicals, saltwater, or sewage.
Investigation Board. For clarification, contact
– Post mishap.
AMCOM: AMSAM-AR-E-P-E Commerical
– Unprotected storage.
Phone (256) 313-4983; DSN 897-4983.
• Impact or explosion from bomb, rocket, or
missle attack. 1-286. Engine Flameout Check. When
• Exposure to fire-fighting materials. troubleshooting engine flameouts, inspect
METS/FEDS/CETS fuel system and engine as follows:
These events are highly variable and the
conditions, to which engines involved are a. METS/FEDS/CETS fuel system for:
exposed, are unpredictable. This prevents
establishing a single, all inclusive procedure. • Leaks and blockage
Before proceeding with a post-mishap salvage • Faulty valves
action to reinstate airworthiness, contact
1-716 Change 1
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
• Plugged filters f. If green cable is faulty, replace it (para 7-35).
• Loose fittings (including fuel boost pump g. If green cable is not faulty, reconnect it to oil
inlet)
pressure sensor and reconnect METS/FEDS/CETS harness
• Lit METS/FEDS/CETS bypass indicator to electrical connector (W3J1) on swirl frame.
light. If lit, go to troubleshooting procedure
2. 1-288. (T700, T701C) Oil Temperature Sensor
Green Cable Circuit Check. Electrical connector
b. Engine for:
locations are shown in figure FO-2.
• Loose electrical connectors
a. Use a multimeter for this check.
• Loose fuel connections
• Damaged fuel lines b. Disconnect electrical connector (W3P6 - green
• Contaminated fuel system cable) at oil temperature sensor and disconnect aircraft
• Popped fuel filter impending bypass button METS/FEDS/CETS harness (E3) at electrical connector
(W3J1 - green cable) on swirl frame.
• (T700) Damaged or clogged P3 hose and
tube assembly c. Check continuity of green cable from connectors
• (T701, T701C) Damaged or clogged P3 W3P6 to W3J1 as follows (no open circuits allowed):
tube
• Variable vane actuating system binding, W3P6 W3J1
foreign object jamming, and proper rigging Sockets Pins
of PAS
1 to 10
• Visible evidence of foreign object damage 2 to 9
(i.e., nicked swirl frame vanes, missing test
3 to 8
probes, etc.)
d. Check electrical connector (W3P6) for short
1-287. Oil Pressure Sensor Green Cable Circuit
circuits between sockets 1, 2, and 3. No short circuits
Check. Electrical connector locations are shown in
allowed.
figureFO-2.
e. Check electrical connector (W3P6) for short
a. Use a multimeter for this check. circuits to METS/FEDS/CETS ground from sockets 1, 2,
and 3. No short circuits allowed.
b. Disconnect electrical connector (W3P2-green
cable) at oil pressure sensor and disconnect f. If green cable is faulty, replace it (para 7-35).
METS/FEDS/CETS harness at electrical connector (W3J1-
green cable) on swirl frame. g. If green cable is not faulty, reconnect it to oil
temperature sensor, and reconnect METS/FEDS/CETS
c. Check continuity of green cable from connectors harness (E3) to electrical connector (W3J1-green cable) on
W3P2 to W3J1 as follows (no open circuits allowed): swirl frame.
W3P2 W3J1 1-289. Fuel Pressure Sensor Green Cable Circuit
Sockets Pins Check. Electrical connector locations are shown in
1 to 7 figureFO-2.
2 to 6
3 to 5 a. Use a multimeter for this check.
b. Disconnect electrical connector (W3P8-green
d. Check electrical connector (W3P2) for short
cable) at fuel pressure sensor and disconnect
circuits between sockets 1, 2, and 3. No short circuits
METS/FEDS/CETS harness at electrical connector (W3J1-
allowed.
green cable) on swirl frame.
e. Check electrical connector (W3P2) for short
c. Check continuity of green cable from connectors
circuits to ground from sockets 1, 2, and 3. No short circuits
W3P8 to W3J1 as follows (no open circuits allowed):
allowed.
1-717
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
W3P8 W3J1
Sockets Pins
When removing or installing components, use
1 to 22
extreme care to prevent damage to axis-A oil
2 to 23
nozzle.
3 to 24
a. Remove radial drive shaft cover boot (fig. 1-159),
d. Check electrical connector (W3P8) for short
retaining ring, and radial drive shaft cover assembly.
circuits between sockets 1, 2, and 3. No short circuits
allowed.
b. Inspect packing for nicks, cuts, or looseness.
e. Check electrical connector (W3P8) for short Replace defective packing.
circuits to ground from sockets 1, 2, and 3. No short circuits
allowed. c. Withdraw radial drive shaft assembly about
7-1/2inches so that power takeoff drive spline (lower
f. If green cable is faulty, replace it (para 7-35). spline) on radial drive shaft engages spline within accessory
gearbox.
g. If green cable is not faulty, reconnect it to fuel
pressure sensor, and reconnect METS/FEDS/CETS harness d. Crank radial drive shaft assembly, using a
to electrical connector (W3J1-green cable) on swirl frame. 5/16-inch socket and ratchet. Gearbox drive train will turn
without turning the compressor rotor.
1-290. HAND-CRANKING THE ENGINE.
To prevent any oil loss and any possible in-
When removing or installing components, use flight shutdown, be sure Axis-A cover is
extreme care to prevent damage to axis-A oil properly reinstalled.
nozzle.
e. Install cover assembly, retaining ring, and boot.
a. Remove radial drive shaft cover boot (fig. 1-159),
retaining ring, and radial drive shaft cover assembly.
b. Inspect packing for nicks, cuts, or looseness.
Replace defective packing.
c. Crank radial drive shaft assembly as shown in
figure 1-159, using a 5/16-inch socket, an extension, and a
ratchet.
To prevent any oil loss and any possible in-
flight shutdown, be sure Axis-A cover is
properly reinstalled.
d. Install cover assembly, retaining ring, and boot.
1-291. HAND-CRANKING THE ACCESSORY
GEARBOX.
1-718
Figure 1-159. Hand-Cranking the Engine or the Accessory Gearbox
1-719/(1-720 blank)
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
CHAPTER 2
COMPRESSOR SECTION
COLD SECTION MODULE
2-1. CHAPTER OVERVIEW. Subject Paragraph
No. 1 Carbon Seal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22
This chapter contains instructions for removing, cleaning, Power Takeoff Drive Assembly . . . . . . . 2-26
inspecting, repairing, and installing components contained
Oil Inlet and Scavenge Tubes . . . . . . . . . 2-30
in the cold section module to the extent allowed by the
Front Frame. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-34
Maintenance Allocation Chart (MAC).
Main Frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-37
Data peculiar to engine models T700-GE-700, Main Frame Borescope Plug. . . . . . . . . . 2-41
T700-GE-701, and T700-GE-701C is identified Scroll Case. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-42
throughout the manual as follows: Inlet Separator Boot. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-44
Inlet Guide Vane Actuating Ring . . . . . . 2-48
NOTE Inlet Guide Vane Actuator Levers. . . . . . 2-50
Compressor Case. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-52
• Data common to all engine models is not Stages 1 and 2 Vane Actuating Rings . . . 2-56
identified. Stages 1 and 2 Vane Actuator Levers . . . 2-58
• T700-GE-701C engine model data unique Compressor Case Borescope Port Caps or 2-60
to the Apache helicopter will be designated Plugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AH-64A. Diffuser and Midframe Casing Assembly 2-61
• T700-GE-701C engine model data unique Combustor Inner Shroud . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-67
to the Black Hawk helicopter will be (T700) Midframe Borescope Port Plug . . 2-69
designated UH-60L. Actuating System Linkage Assembly . . . 2-70
Midframe Fuel Injector Port . . . . . . . . . . 2-72
Engine Model Identification Forward Suspension Lug. . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-74
T700-GE-700 (T700) Preparing Cold Section Module for 2-80
T700-GE-701 (T701) Storage or Shipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
T700-GE-701C (T701C) Placing Cold Section Module in Service. 2-85
T700-GE-700 and T700-701 (T700, T701)
T700-GE-700 and T700-GE-701C (T700, T701C) 2-3. PRELIMINARY INSTRUCTIONS.
T700-GE-701 and T700-GE-701C (T701, T701C)
Before starting any of the following procedures, read the
general maintenance practices and inspection procedures in
2-2. CHAPTER INDEX. Appendix H.
Maintenance procedures in this chapter are arranged as
a. When removing or installing parts, prevent entry of
follows:
foreign objects into air and oil passages.
Subject Paragraph b. Do not use tape to cover oil passages or openings.
Preliminary Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 Tape adhesive can dissolve in oil and can cause
Compressor Rotor Assembly . . . . . . . . . 2-4 contamination.
Swirl Frame. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
A-Sump Output Shaft Assembly. . . . . . . 2-18
2-1
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
before installing packings. Ultrachem fluid no. 1 (item 117,
Appendix D) may be used as an alternate lubricant for
Asbestos packings and grooves.
This engine may contain small amounts of d. Inspect replacement parts for serviceability before
asbestos. When working with this engine, the installation.
following precautions must be rigidly adhered
to: e. Always use a backup wrench on fittings when
removing or installing hoses or tubes.
• Before any maintenance activities are
undertaken, review the illustrated parts f. When connecting hoses or tubes, use wrench-arc
breakdown/catalog index to determine if tightening method (para H-14, Appendix H).
the hardware to be worked on or used
contains asbestos. g. Before connecting electrical connectors, refer to
paragraph H-7, Appendix H for proper procedure.
• Whenever mechanical removal of material,
such as machining, grinding, buffing,
h. Observe the following inspection rules:
drilling, sanding or any type of material
build-up on parts that contain asbestos is
(1) In the inspection tables, some requirements
necessary, appropriate personal protective
apply only when the part is removed from the engine. If the
equipment must be worn, and national
part to be inspected is installed on the engine, inspect only
environmental controls required for the
for those defects that can be seen without removing the part.
handling of asbestos-containing material
Do not remove the part just to inspect it.
must be complied with.
• Before handling, replacing, or disposing of (2) When inspection limits are in decimals,
asbestos-containing hardware, appropriate compare size of defect with size of thickness gage (feeler
personal protective equipment and national gage).
environmental controls must be strictly
adhered to for handling asbestos-containing i. If cold section module is going to be returned to
hardware. Depot, prepare cold section module for shipment
(para 2-80).
Lubricating Oil 2-4. COMPRESSOR ROTOR ASSEMBLY
.
• If oil is decomposed by heat, toxic gases
are released. Refer to paragraph 1-172 for borescope inspection
• Prolonged contact with liquid or mist may procedures for the forward and aft areas of the compressor.
cause dermatitis and irritation.
• If there is any prolonged contact with skin, 2-5. Blending of Compressor Rotor Blades to
wash area with soap and water. If solution Recover Engine Performance (AVIM). This is an
contacts eyes, flush eyes with water effective procedure to significantly restore engine
immediately. Remove saturated clothing. performance by blending compressor rotor blades that have
• If oil is swallowed, do not try to vomit. Get eroded or that have experienced foreign object damage. The
immediate medical attention. extent of engine performance recovery will depend on the
• When handling liquid, wear rubber gloves. results of the maximum power check (para 1-145 (T700),
1-146 (T701) or 1-147 (T701C)) or the results of the
If prolonged contact with mist is likely,
performance evaluation test (para 1-238 (T700) or 1-241
wear approved respirator.
(T701, T701C)). This procedure is provided for use in
situations that warrant extending the useful life of the
c. Do not damage preformed packing grooves when
engine before replacing the cold section module. The unit
removing or installing preformed packings. Unless
maintenance officer will decide, in each case, if blending
otherwise specified, lubricate packings and grooves with a
should be done.
light coat of lubricating oil (item 85 or 87, Appendix D)
2-2
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
a. Removal of Right-Hand Compressor Case. • Do not have any contact with liquid or
vapor. Contact of eyes with vapor or liquid
can cause severe irritation. Prolonged
inhalation of vapor may cause headache,
Do not remove or install a Power Turbine dizziness, and nausea.
Module with a compressor case half removed. • If liquid contacts eyes, flush them
Otherwise, stage 1 blisk, PT shaft seal teeth or thoroughly with water. After prolonged
carbon seal may be damaged. skin contact, wash contacted area with soap
and water. If vapors cause dizziness, go to
NOTE fresh air.
• When handling or applying liquid, wear
Before removing right-hand compressor case, goggles or face shield. If prolonged
engine must be installed in transportation exposure to vapor is likely, wear approved
adapter 21C7082G02 (para 1-54). respirator.
(1) Remove the following external parts: (b) If any bolts (1, 4) are hard to remove,
apply penetrating oil (item 88, Appendix D). Allow oil to
• Yellow electrical cable (para 7-42) soak for 10 minutes.
• HMU (para 6-40)
• Ignition exciter assembly (para 7-30) (c) Using dial torque wrench, try to remove
• Anti-icing IGV feed tube (para 10-21) bolt (1) again. Do not exceed 150 inch-pounds.
• Forward seal pressure tube (para 10-33)
(d) If bolts (1, 4) still cannot be removed, do
• Mid C-sump scavenge tube (para 8-130) the following:
• Electrical control unit (ECU) bracket or
digital electronic control (DEC) bracket 1 Using hammer and a plastic drift, tap
(para 7-12). on head of seized bolts (1, 4).
(2) Remove anti-icing feed tube bracket 2 Using dial torque wrench, tighten
assembly (2, fig. 2-1), ignition exciter bracket assembly(3), bolts(1, 4) until bolts turn. Do not exceed 160 inch-pounds.
and amplifier support bracket (5) as follows:
Penetrating Oil
If any bolt on compressor case forward or aft
flanges seizes or becomes difficult to Observe warning in step (b).
unthread, do not use excessive force to remove
it; otherwise, bolt may break. 3 Apply penetrating oil (item 88,
Appendix D), as required. Using torque wrench, alternately
(a) Try to remove bolts (1) at boltholes 2, 3, loosen and tighten bolts (1, 4) until bolts can be removed.
7, and 9 and bolts (4) at boltholes 4 thru 6 on forward flange
of right-hand compressor case. If bolts (1, 4) are hard to (e) Repeat steps (c) and (d) for remaining
remove, go to step (b); otherwise, go to step (f). For broken bolts that are hard to remove.
bolt, go to paragraph 2-39, and inspect main frame (for
broken bolt) table 2-8. (f) Remove anti-icing feed tube bracket
assembly (2) and ignition exciter bracket assembly (3).
Penetrating Oil
• Do not use near open flames or other heat
source including smoking.
Change 3 2-3
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 2-1. Main Frame-to-Compressor Case; Bolting Diagram
2-4 Change 3
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 2-2. Compressor-to-Diffuser Case Flange; Bolting Diagram
Change 5 2-5
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
(g) Remove amplifier support bracket (5) as (d) If bolt (1) still cannot be removed, do the
follows: following:
1 Remove two bolts (1) that secure 1 Using hammer and a plastic drift, tap
bracket (5) to forward flange of compressor case at on head of seized bolt (1).
boltholes 7 and 9 as specified in steps (a) through (e).
2 Using dial torque wrench, tighten
2 Remove two bolts (7) and two bolt(1) until it turns. Do not exceed 160 inch-pounds.
locknuts (6) that secure bracket (5) to rib of compressor
case.
3 Remove amplifier support bracket (5). Penetrating Oil
(3) Remove clip supports (2, 3, 4, 5, fig. 2-2) as Observe warning in step (b).
follows:
3 Apply penetrating oil (item 88,
Appendix D), as required, and using torque wrench,
alternately loosen and tighten bolt (1) until it can be
If any bolt on compressor case forward or aft
removed.
flanges seizes or becomes difficult to
unthread, do not use excessive force to remove
(e) Repeat steps (c) and (d) for remaining
it; otherwise, bolt may break.
bolts that are hard to remove.
(a) Try to remove bolts (1) at boltholes 1 thru
(f) Remove clip supports (2, 3, 4, 5).
15 and 28 on rear flange of compressor case. If bolts (1) are
hard to remove, go to step (b); otherwise, go to step (f). For
broken bolt go to paragraph 2-39, and inspect main frame
(for broken bolt) table 2-8. Antirotation plates, inner sectors, and pin
retainers have been line-drilled to the
actuating rings and cannot be interchanged
with one another or with those on other rings.
Penetrating Oil
(4) Remove pin retainers, antirotation plates, and
• Do not use near open flames or other heat inner sectors from vane actuating rings as follows:
source including smoking.
• Do not have any contact with liquid or (a) Remove eight outermost self-locking nuts
vapor. Contact of eyes with vapor or liquid (1, fig. 2-3, sheet 1) that secure pin retainers (2) to stages 1
can cause severe irritation. Prolonged and 2 vane actuating rings (6, 7). Remove pin retainers (2).
inhalation of vapor may cause headache,
dizziness, and nausea. (b) Using white ink (item 81, Appendix D),
• If liquid contacts eyes, flush them mark pin retainers (2) TOP, BOTTOM, and STAGE NO.,
thoroughly with water. After prolonged as applicable, so they will not become intermixed.
skin contact, wash contacted area with soap
and water. If vapors cause dizziness, go to (c) Remove 24 pins (8) from 6 and 12 o'clock
fresh air. positions on actuating rings.
• When handling or applying liquid, wear
(d) Rotate vane actuator levers (9, 10) to gain
goggles or face shield. If prolonged
access to shearbolts (3), inner sectors (4), and antirotation
exposure to vapor is likely, wear approved
plates (5).
respirator.
(e) Remove remaining eight self-locking
(b) If any bolt (1) is hard to remove, apply nuts(1).
penetrating oil (item 88, Appendix D). Allow oil to soak for
(f) Remove shearbolts, inner sectors, and
10 minutes.
antirotation plates.
(c) Using dial torque wrench, try to remove
bolt (1) again. Do not exceed 150 inch-pounds.
2-6 Change 3
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 2-3. Right-Hand Compressor Case; Removal, Inspection, and Installation (Sheet 1 of 2)
2-7
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 2-3. Right-Hand Compressor Case; Removal, Inspection, and Installation (Sheet 2 of 2)
2-8
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
(g) Using white ink (item 81, Appendix D),
mark antirotation plates and inner sectors TOP, BOTTOM,
and STAGE NO., as applicable, so they will not become Do not move transportation adapter once
intermixed. right-hand compressor case is removed;
otherwise, engine may be damaged.
(5) Position inlet guide vane ring (as required) by
moving actuating shaft for access to compressor splitline (9) While second mechanic applies slight
nuts and bolts. pressure from right-to-left on aft edge of exhaust frame,
remove right-hand compressor case (15) from engine.
(6) Remove bolts (11, 12, fig. 2-3, sheet 2), self-
locking nuts (13), and locknuts (14), from splitlines of (10) To hold shims (16) in place, install bolts
compressor case at 6 o'clock and 12 o'clock positions. (1,4, fig. 2-1) into holes in main frame.
(7) Rotate 24 vane actuator levers back to their (11) If transportation adapter must be moved,
positions on actuating rings; and reinstall 24 pins removed install dummy compressor casing bar support 21C7112G01
in step (4)(c). between the diffuser and midframe casing assembly and the
particle separator main frame assembly. Install bolts
(8) Reposition inlet guide vane ring (as required) through ends of bar to secure bar to flanges. Snug the bolts.
by moving actuating shaft to allow clearance for
compressor case half removal. b. Inspection of Compressor Rotor and Compressor
Rotor Blades. See table 2-1.
Table 2-1. Inspection of Compressor Rotor and Compressor Rotor Blades
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
NOTE
Blended blades and vanes are common in engines returned to service from overhaul.
a. Stage 1 blades for:
(1) Dents and Smooth minor deformation Any number that can be Blend blades (para 2-5, step e)
bends. allowed. blended to within limits of or replace cold section module.
figure 2-4.
(2) Cracks. None allowed. Not repairable. Replace cold section module.
(3) Erosion and Any amount, unless there is an Any amount if engine passes Blend blades (para 2-5, step e)
associated tears unacceptable loss in engine the maximum power check or replace cold section module.
and nicks. performance. (para 1-145 (T700), 1-146
(T701, T701C), or 1-147
(T701C)) or the performance
evaluation test (para 1-238
(T700), 1-241 (T701,
T701C)) or after blending.
2-9
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table 2-1. Inspection of Compressor Rotor and Compressor Rotor Blades (Cont)
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
(4) Tears and nicks None allowed on inner 25% of Any amount that can be Blend blades (para 2-5, step e)
not associated airfoil leading edge (area A, blended to within limits of or replace cold section module.
with erosion. (fig. 1-98)). Any number, figure 2-4.
1/32-inch deep, over the middle
25% of airfoil leading edge
(area B). Any number, 1/8-inch
deep, on outer 50% of airfoil
leading edge (area C).
(5) Damaged tip Not allowed. (a) Any amount that can be (a) Blend tip corners (para 2-5,
corners. blended to within limits of step e) or replace cold
figure 2-4. section module.
(b) Any amount that can be (b) Chamfer tip corners
chamfered within limits of (para 2-7) or replace cold
figure 2-16. section module.
(6) Curled leading Not allowed. (a) Four damaged blades and (a) Repair leading edge of
edges resulting the four blades that are stage 1 blade (para 2-6) or
from FOD. directly 180° opposite, replace cold section
whether or not they are module.
damaged. A total of eight
blades may be repaired.
(b) Any amount that can be (b) Repair leading edge of
chamfered within limits of stage 1 blade (para 2-7) or
figure 2-16. replace cold section
module.
b. Stages 2 thru 5
blades for:
(1) Cracks. None allowed. Not repairable. Replace cold section module.
(2) Critical areas of Any number 0.005 inch Not repairable. Replace cold section module.
blades for nicks, maximum depth.
dents, pits, and
scratches.
(3) Noncritical areas
of blades for:
(a) Nicks, pits, Any number, up to 0.010 inch Any number that can be Blend blades (para 2-5, step e)
and deep, without high metal. blended to within limits of or replace cold section module.
scratches in figure 2-4.
leading and
trailing
edges.
2-10
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table 2-1. Inspection of Compressor Rotor and Compressor Rotor Blades (Cont)
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
(b) Nicks, pits, Any number up to 0.010 inch Not repairable. Replace cold section module.
and deep.
scratches in
other
noncritical
areas.
(c) Dents and Any number up to 0.015 inch Any number that can be Blend blades (para 2-5, step e)
bends in deep. blended to within limits of or replace cold section module.
leading and figure 2-4.
trailing
edge.
(d) Dents and Any number up to 0.015 inch Not repairable. Replace cold section module.
bends in deep.
other
noncritical
areas.
(e) Damaged Not allowed. (a) Any amount that can be (a) Blend tip corners (para 2-5,
tip corners. blended to within limits of step e) or replace cold
figure 2-4. section module.
(b) Any amount that can be (b) Chamfer tip corners
chamfered within limits of (para 2-7) or replace cold
figure 2-16. section module.
(f) Erosion and Any amount, unless there is an Any amount if engine passes Blend blades (para 2-5, step e)
associated unacceptable loss in engine the maximum power check or replace cold section module.
tears and performance. (para 1-145 (T700), para 1-146
nicks. (T701) or para 1-147 (T701C))
or the performance evaluation
test (para 1-238 (T700) or
1-241 (T701, T701C)) after
blending.
c. Compressor rotor
flowpath coating for:
(1) Rub marks and Any amount, provided Not repairable. AVUM: Replace engine.
grooves. performance is acceptable, and AVIM: Replace cold section
grooves or wear do not module.
penetrate into parent metal.
(2) Delamination, Any amount, provided engine Not repairable. AVUM: Replace engine.
flaking, or loose performance is acceptable. AVIM: Replace cold section
material. module.
2-11
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table 2-1. Inspection of Compressor Rotor and Compressor Rotor Blades (Cont)
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
(3) Reddish, Any amount, provided engine Not repairable. AVUM: Replace engine.
greenish, or performance is acceptable and AVIM: Replace cold section
whitish material. the compressor has been module.
cleaned (para 1-157).
NOTE
When removing coating material from blade tips, be careful not to round out or damage
the edges of blade tips.
d. Blades for coating Any amount, provided engine Same as usable limit, provided AVUM: Replace engine.
material. performance is acceptable. engine performance can be AVIM: Replace cold section
restored to acceptable limits. module.
c. When inspecting rotor assembly, damage to d. Evaluation of Chord Length Requirements.
compressor rotor blades that requires blending, polishing, or
clipping are grouped in the following categories: (1) Before blending, determine if there will be
sufficient chord length remaining on the affected blades
after blending. (See figure 2-4 for required chord lengths at
Erosion Characterized as rough
root and tip; see figure 2-5, views A and B for leading edge
leading edges on blades as
contour.)
would be the case following
sand ingestion. This type of
(2) If chord length will be less than required, do
damage is worse at stage 1
the following:
with a significant decrease in
severity in the stages farther
(a) For stage 1 blades, see paragraph 2-6 to
aft.
determine if blades can be repaired. If blades cannot be
repaired, replace cold section module.
Ice FOD Confined to the stage 1
blades, this type of damage (b) For stage 2 thru stage 5 blades, replace
is evident by large leading cold section module.
edge curls and is commonly
repaired by blade clipping. (3) If sufficient chord length will remain after
blending, proceed to step e.
Minor FOD This type of damage can be
associated with small stone e. Blending of Compressor Rotor Blades.
or gravel ingestion or may
be the result of blade (1) Using tape (item 107, Appendix D), cover
fragments separated from shims and exposed curvic couplings between blade-disks.
blade rows upstream.
Results are usually small (2) Grind smooth three cutting surfaces of a four-
nicks, tears or dents in either inch flat file (fig. 2-6). Round off all edges.
the leading or trailing edges
of the blades. (3) Position blade to be blended at 5 o'clock
position. File the leading edge (3, fig. 2-5, view A) tangent
Handling damage Usually seen as small to to the convex surface (2). Remove any leading edge rollover
moderate, smooth tip corner or other defects. Use machinist scribe or similar tool to
curls. This type of damage is determine when the rollover or other defect has been
often the result of dropped or removed.
impacted hardware.
2-12
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 2-4. Compressor Rotor Blades; Usable Limits after Blending
Change 3 2-13
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 2-5. Compressor Rotor Blades; Contour
2-14
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 2-6. Four-Inch Flat File; Reworking of
(4) Repeat steps (1) and (3) for each blade until
NOTE
convex surface of all blades have been filed.
• There are two methods for restoring the
(5) To blend concave surface of blade, position leading edge contour of stage 1 compressor
blade at 3 o'clock position; replace any tape (item 107, rotor blades. The preferred method
Appendix D) that has been removed. (step (9)) is to use the stage 1 blade-disk
leading edge dresser set 21C7478G01. The
alternate method (step (10)) is to use
abrasive cloth.
Do not allow the file or stone to contact the • The method (step (10)) for restoring the
front frame or trailing edges of the inlet guide leading edge contour of stages 2 thru 5
vanes. compressor rotor blades is to use abrasive
cloth.
(6) Using a small, fine file or abrasive stone
(item 104, Appendix D), blend the leading edge parallel to (8) If stage 1 blade-disk leading edge dresser set
the concave surface (fig. 2-5, view A) to remove any 21C7478G01 is available, go to step (9); otherwise, go to
surface roughness. step (10).
(7) Repeat steps (5) and (6) for each blade until
concave surface of all blades have been filed or stoned.
2-15
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
(9) Using dresser set (5), restore leading edge • Eyes can be permanently damaged by
contour of stage 1 blades as follows: contact with liquid or large particles
propelled by compressed air. Inhalation of
(a) Using medium grade stone (4), round air-blown particles or solvent vapor can
leading edge (3) of blade using a “back and forth” motion. damage lungs.
• When using air for cleaning at an air-
(b) Round leading edge until a uniform radius exhausted workbench, wear approved
is obtained (view B). goggles or face shield.
• When using air for cleaning at an
(10) Restore leading edge contour of stages 1
unexhausted workbench, wear approved
thru 5 blades, using abrasive cloth (item 53, Appendix D) as
respirator and goggles.
follows:
(15) Using dry, filtered, compressed air, remove
(a) Cut abrasive cloth into narrow strips.
debris from internal and external areas of engine.
(b) Using cloth strips, round leading edge (3),
(16) Check blended blades as follows:
using a “shoe-shining” motion (view B).
(a) If blades have been blended to repair tears
(11) Repeat step (5) and step (9) or (10) for each
or nicks not associated with erosion, check chord length
blade until all blades are properly contoured (fig. 2-5,
(fig. 2-4). If out-of-limits, replace cold section module. If
viewB).
within limits, reinstall right-hand compressor case
(para 2-5, step e).
(12) Hold a piece of crocus cloth (item 55,
Appendix D) against the blade surface. Using a thin piece of
(b) If blades have been blended to repair
wood, such as a tongue depressor, apply light pressure to
erosion, do not check chord length. Reinstall right-hand
the cloth and polish the concave and convex surfaces of the
compressor case (para 2-5, step e). Do a maximum power
blade. With a piece of crocus cloth that has been cut in a
check (para 1-145 (T700), para 1-146 (T701) or para 1-147
narrow strip, polish the leading edge of the blade. Polish all
(T701C)) or do a performance evaluation test (para 1-238
blade surfaces until the finish is as close as practical to the
(T700) or 1-241 (T701, T701C)) to determine engine
original finish of the part.
serviceability.
(13) Repeat steps (1) and (12) for each blade,
f. Installation of Right-Hand Compressor Case.
until all blades have been polished.
(14) Using a machinery towel or paper towel
(item 112 or 113, Appendix D), clean the compressor rotor
and case. Remove all tape. Do not remove or install a Power Turbine
Module with a compressor case half removed.
Otherwise, stage 1 blisk, PT shaft seal teeth or
carbon seal may be damaged.
Compressed Air
(1) Remove dummy compressor casing bar
support 21C7112G01, if it was installed.
• When using compressed air for any
cooling, cleaning, or drying operation, do
not exceed 30 psig at the nozzle.
2-16
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
(2) Install seal strips as follows: clothing. If vapors cause drowsiness, go to
fresh air.
• When handling large quantities (greater
than one gallon (3.8 liters)), work at air-
Isopropyl Alcohol exhausted workbench or covered tank.
TT-I-735 • Store solvent and dispose of liquid-soaked
clothes in approved metal safety container.
• Flammable - do not use near open flames, • Metal containers of liquid must be
near welding areas, or on hot surfaces. grounded to maintain electrical continuity.
• Do not smoke when using it, and do not use
it where others are smoking. (a) Clean seal strip grooves (fig. 2-7) on
• Inhalation of vapors can cause drowsiness, flanges of both case halves, using a paper towel (item 113,
dizziness, and headache. Contact of liquid Appendix D) soaked with isopropyl alcohol (item 3,
with skin may cause dermatitis and Appendix D).
irritation.
• If any liquid contacts skin or eyes, (b) If necessary, trim length of seal strips so
immediately flush affected area thoroughly that there is a 0.040-0.080 inch gap at both ends of seal
with water. Remove solvent-saturated when it is installed in groove.
Figure 2-7. Seal Strip Groove in Compressor Case Splitline Flange
2-17
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
RTV-162 Silicone Rubber • Do not allow any RTV sealant to come in
Adhesive/Sealant contact with any other hardware,
MIL-A-46146A particularly at the sensor located at the ten
o'clock position.
• Wear approved gloves and goggles/face • Do not exceed 0.250 inch maximum
shield. thickness of sealant, as it may not cure
• Vapors released during curing are properly.
combustible. Do not use near open flames,
near welding areas, or on hot surfaces. NOTE
• Do not breathe vapors. Use in a well- Use of RTV-3145 (gray) is optional.
ventilated area.
(c) Apply a thin coat of RTV-162 or RTV-
• Repeated inhalation of vapor can cause
3145 (gray) sealant (item 96 or item 97, Appendix D) to
mild respiratory irritation. grooves and install seal strips. Remove excess sealant with a
• If any vapor contacts eyes, immediately paper towel (item 113, Appendix D) soaked with isopropyl
flush affected area thoroughly with water alcohol (item 3, Appendix D).
for at least 15 minutes and get medical
attention if irritation persists.
• Do not ingest. May be harmful if
swallowed. Lubricating Oil
• In case of ingestion, do not induce • If oil is decomposed by heat, toxic gases
vomiting. Slowly dilute using 1-2 glasses are released.
of water or milk and seek medical • Prolonged contact with liquid or mist may
attention. Never give anything by mouth to
cause dermatitis and irritation.
an unconscious person.
• If there is any prolonged contact with skin,
• In case of skin contact, remove material
wash area with soap and water. If solution
completely with dry cloth or paper towel
contacts eyes, flush eyes with water
before washing with detergent and water.
immediately. Remove saturated clothing.
After contact, hands and skin should be
washed before eating, drinking, or
• If oil is swallowed, do not try to vomit. Get
smoking. Skin irritation is not expected, but immediate medical attention.
may occur in certain sensitive individuals. • When handling liquid, wear rubber gloves.
If prolonged contact with mist is likely,
wear approved respirator.
(3) Remove bolts used to hold shims (16,
RTV-3145 Adhesive/Sealant fig. 2-3, sheet 2) in place. Lubricate shims and compressor
Potting Compound flanges with lubricating oil (item 85 or 87, Appendix D).
• In case of skin contact, flush contacted area
with water. After contact, hands and skin
should be washed before eating, drinking, If shims are damaged during installation of
or smoking. compressor case, engine must be sent to
Depot.
• Eye protection should be worn when
working with this material. If liquid (4) Be sure shims, located between forward
contacts eyes, flush eyes thoroughly with flange of compressor case and main frame, remain in place
water for 15 minutes. during positioning of the right-hand compressor case.
• If prolonged contact with vapor is likely, (5) Be sure to check compressor section for FOD
wear approved respirator. before installing right-hand compressor case.
(6) Be sure antirotation keys are installed in key
slots on case halves.
2-18 Change 3
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
(7) While second mechanic applies slight
pressure from right-to-left on aft edge of exhaust frame,
position right-hand compressor case (15) onto engine. Seat Do not overtorque self-locking nuts (1).
12 o'clock splitline of compressor case first; rotate case Otherwise, actuating ring will be damaged.
down while checking to be sure that shims between forward
flange of compressor case and aft flange of main frame (e) Install two nuts (1) onto shearbolts (3).
remain in place. Torque nuts (1) to 16-19 inch-pounds.
(8) Remove 24 pins (8, fig. 2-3, sheet 1), and (f) Install two shearbolts (3) through two
rotate 24 vane actuator levers (9, 10) to ease installation of outermost holes, so that heads fit into hex recesses in
bolts (11, 12, fig. 2-3, sheet 2) on flange of compressor antirotation plate (5).
splitline.
(g) Position actuator levers (9 or 10) over
(9) Position inlet guide vane ring, as required, by bushings on actuating rings and install pins (8).
moving actuating shaft for access to compressor splitline
bolts and nuts. (h) Slide pin retainers (2) over ends of
outermost bolts and install self-locking nuts (1). Torque
NOTE nuts to 16-19 inch-pounds.
To torque shoulder bolt no. 9 at the 6 o'clock (i) Repeat steps (b) thru (h) at 6 o'clock
position, it must be installed from the right position.
side, aft looking forward.
(13) Refer to step (12) and install antirotation
(10) Secure flanges of compressor case splitline plates, inner sectors, and pin retainers on stage 2 actuating
with the following hardware: ring (7).
• 14 shoulder bolts (4, fig. 2-8) (14) Be sure that actuating rings are free to
• 14 locknuts (1) move.
• 8 shoulder bolts (3)
(15) Secure forward flange of right-hand
• 8 self-locking nuts (2)
compressor case as follows:
(11) Torque bolts (3, 4) as directed in figure 2-8.
(a) Install two bolts (1, fig. 2-1) and anti-
(12) Install antirotation plates (5, fig. 2-3, sheet icing feed tube bracket assembly (2) in boltholes 2 and 3.
1), inner sectors (4), and pin retainers (2) on stage 1
actuating ring (6) as follows: (b) Install three bolts (4) and ignition exciter
bracket assembly (3) in boltholes 4, 5, and 6.
(a) Be sure antirotation plates (5), inner
sectors (4), and pin retainers (2) are installed at positions for (c) Install two bolts (1) and amplifier support
which they were marked. bracket (5) in boltholes 7 and 9. Install two bolts (7) and two
locknuts (6) to secure bracket (5) to compressor case rib.
(b) Position antirotation plates (5) over
bushings on forward side of stage 1 actuating ring (6) at 12 (d) Install remaining bolts (1) in remaining
o'clock position. boltholes.
(c) Position inner sector (4) over bushings on (e) Torque all bolts to 45-50 inch-pounds.
aft side of actuating ring (6).
(d) Install two shearbolts (3) through two
innermost holes, so that heads fit into hex recesses in Do not overtorque compressor case aft flange
antirotation plate (5). bolts. Bolts overtorqued may seize at next
disassembly.
(16) Secure aft flange of right-hand compressor
case as follows:
Change 3 2-19
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 2-8. Compressor Case Splitline Flange; Bolting and Torquing Sequence
2-20
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
(a) (T700) For engines with former (para 1-145 (T700), 1-146 (T701, T701C AH-64A)
configuration clip support (5, fig. 2-2), install eight bolts (1) or 1-147 (T701C, UH-60L)) or the results of the
in boltholes 1, 4, 9, 10, 11, 13, 15, and 28. performance evaluation test (para 1-238 (T700) or 1-241
(T701, T701C)). This procedure will extend use of the cold
(b) For engines with present configuration section module. This procedure will be used to repair four
clip support (5, fig. 2-2), install eight bolts (1) in boltholes damaged stage 1 compressor rotor blades and the four stage
1, 4, 9, 10, 11, 14, 15, and 28. 1 compressor rotor blades directly 180° opposite, whether
or not damaged. Therefore, a total of eight blades may be
(c) Install two bolts (1) and clip support (2) in repaired.
boltholes 2 and 3.
NOTE
(d) Install two bolts (1) and clip support (3) in
boltholes 5 and 6. This repair procedure produces a higher
pitched noise than is present on an undamaged
(e) Install two bolts (1) and clip support (4) in compressor. This higher pitch noise has been
boltholes 7 and 8. determined to have no harmful effects to
personnel or material and should not be cause
(f) (T700) For engines with former for removal of engine from an aircraft.
configuration clip support (5), install two bolts (1) and clip
support (5) in boltholes 12 and 14. a. Remove right-hand compressor case-half (para 2-5,
step a).
(g) For engines with present configuration
clip support (5), install two bolts (1) and clip support (5) in
boltholes 12 and 13.
Handling Bladed Components
(h) Install two bolts (1) and clip support (5) in
boltholes 12 and 14. Wear leather palm gloves (welder's type with
gauntlet) when handling components with
(i) Cross-torque all bolts to 45-50 inch- assembled blades and vanes. Blades and vanes
pounds. are sharp and can cause serious injury.
(17) If not already installed, install power turbine
module (para 4-11).
(18) Install the following external parts: Do not force compressor rotor to rotate.
Forcing rotor to rotate may cause additional
• Electrical control unit or digital electronic damage to blades.
control (para 7-16)
• Mid C-sump scavenge tube (para 8-134) b. Rotate compressor rotor (9, fig. 2-9) by hand, and
• Forward seal pressure tube (para 10-37) inspect all stage 1 blades (table 2-1), for foreign object
• Anti-icing IGV feed tube (para 10-24) damage. If rotor does not rotate freely, have a second
• Ignition exciter assembly (para 7-34) mechanic lift up on lower section of exhaust frame (10). If
lifting force is necessary to allow rotor to rotate, it must be
• HMU (para 6-44)
used every time the rotor is rotated.
• Yellow electrical cable (para 7-45)
c. Replace cold section module if inspection (step b)
(19) Make required engine checks listed in show either of the following:
table 1-39.
• Foreign object damage to any number of
2-6. Repair of Compressor Rotor Stage 1 Blades
blades in stage 2, 3, 4, or 5 that cannot be
to Recover Engine Performance (AVIM). This is an
chamfered within limits in paragraph 2-7.
effective procedure to significantly restore engine
performance by repairing stage 1 blades damaged by
• Foreign object damage to more than four
foreign objects. The extent of engine performance recovery diagonally opposite pairs of stage 1
will depend on the results of the maximum power check compressor rotor blades (eight total).
Change 3 2-21
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 2-9. Bridge 17A8744P04; Installation
2-22
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
d. Inspect damaged stage 1 blade (fig. 2-10) to (5) Cut off damaged area of blade, slightly
determine if damaged area can be repaired to usable limits. forward of marked line.
e. Cut off damaged area of blade (7, fig. 2-9) as (6) Remove tape, with damaged area attached,
follows: from main frame.
(1) Install template 21C7419P14 over marked f. Install compressor rotor lock 21C7422G01
blade as shown in figure 2-11. (1, fig. 2-13) onto bridge 17A8744P04 (4) as follows:
(2) Using a felt-tip marker (item 83, (1) Aline hole in rotor lock (1) with dowel
Appendix D) or similar marking device, trace the leading pin(11) on bridge (4).
edge of the template on marked blade. Remove template.
(2) Secure rotor lock by threading two knobs (2)
NOTE into bridge. Tighten knobs handtight.
Use of tape will prevent damaged area of (3) Turn clamping handle (3) fully clockwise.
blade from entering engine when damaged
area is cut off. g. Install holding adapter 17A8744P03 (6) into
bridge(4) as follows:
(3) Attach a piece of tape (item 107,
Appendix D), from damaged area of blade (7, fig. 2-9) to (1) Aline rod (5) with hole in bridge.
the main frame (8).
(2) Install holding adapter (6) into bridge and
slide it as close to bridge (4) as possible. Be sure that flat
area of rod is facing hex head screw (10).
• Do not use sheetmetal cutting shears that
have red or yellow identification handles; (3) Secure adapter by tightening hex head
otherwise, additional blade damage may screw(10) handtight.
result.
• To avoid removing too much blade h. Install bridge (3, fig. 2-9) onto compressor case-
material, position shears slightly forward of half (11) as follows:
marked line.
(1) Locate bolthole no. six on top and bottom
(4) Using sheetmetal cutting shears (6, fig. 2-12) flanges of compressor case-half, by counting boltholes from
with green identification handles (5), position lower cutting forward to aft. Aline two dowel pins (2) with bolthole no.
blade (4) and upper cutting blade (2) between the damaged six on top and bottom flanges of compressor case. Rotate
area of blade (3). Be sure that shears are positioned slightly compressor VG actuating shaft until dowel pins can be
forward of marked line. installed in boltholes.
(2) Secure bridge (3) to compressor case, using
four bolts (1) and four locknuts (6). Torque locknuts to 70-
75 inch-pounds.
Clipping Stage 1 Blades
Clippings from clipped blade can cause injury NOTE
to eyes or face. When clipping blade, wear
The following step requires 2 people.
approved gloves and face shield.
i. Install filing fixture 17A8744P05 (8, fig. 2-13) so
that damaged area of blade is straddled by filing guide (9).
Loosen hex head screw (10). Slide holding adapter (6)
Do not apply excessive side force while forward, against filing fixture (8), until four pins (7) are
cutting blade; otherwise, blade edge may be compressed. With pins compressed, have a second
bent or curled. mechanic tighten hex head screw handtight.
2-23
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 2-10. Removing Material from Leading Edge of Stage 1 Compressor Blade; Usable Limits
2-24
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 2-11. Template 21C7419P14; Installation
j. Lock compressor rotor (9, fig. 2-9) by turning NOTE
clamping handle (4) counterclockwise until yoke (5)
prevents rotor from turning. Use of tape will prevent metal filings from
lodging between shim and rear flange of main
k. Check filing fixture (3, fig. 2-14) for looseness. If frame.
loose, loosen hex head screw (1), and squeeze holding
adapter (2) and filing fixture (3) together while second m. Using tape (item 107, Appendix D), cover shim at
mechanic tightens screw (1). rear flange of main frame (8, fig. 2-9).
l. Assemble coarse file (fig. 2-15) as follows: n. Insert coarse file into filing guide (9, fig. 2-13), and
file damaged area; then insert fine file and remove surface
(1) Insert small end of file (2) into file handle(1). roughness.
(2) Install safety stop (4) onto file so that two o. Loosen hex head screw (10), slide holding
capscrews (3) are on safe side of file (5). Tighten adapter(6) aft, and remove filing fixture (8).
capscrews.
p. Using abrasive cloth of 220 grit or finer (item 53,
(3) Repeat steps (1) and (2) and assemble Appendix D), cut cloth into narrow strips, and round the
finefile. leading edges of blades using a “shoeshining” motion
(fig. 2-5).
2-25
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 2-12. Cutting Off Damaged Area of Stage 1 Blade; Correct Method
2-26
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 2-13. Compressor Rotor Lock 21C7422G01 and Holding Adapter 17A8744P03 to Bridge
17A8744P04; Assembly and Installation
2-27
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 2-14. Compressor Rotor Lock 21C7422G01 and Holding Adapter 17A8744P03 to Bridge
17A8744P04; Installed
2-28
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 2-15. Course File and Fine File; Assembly
Compressed Air Handling Bladed Components
• When using compressed air for any Wear leather palm gloves (welder's type with
cooling, cleaning, or drying operation, do gauntlet) when handling components with
not exceed 30 psig at the nozzle. assembled blades and vanes. Blades and vanes
• Eyes can be permanently damaged by are sharp and can cause serious injury.
contact with liquid or large particles
propelled by compressed air. Inhalation of NOTE
air-blown particles or solvent vapor can
damage lungs. To maintain correct compressor rotor balance,
an equal amount of material must be removed
• When using air for cleaning at an air-
from blade that is 180° from damaged blade.
exhausted workbench, wear approved
goggles or face shield.
s. Locate blade 180° from damaged blade as follows:
• When using air for cleaning at an
unexhausted workbench, wear approved (1) Unlock compressor rotor (9, fig. 2-9) by
respirator and goggles. turning clamping handle (4) clockwise.
q. Using dry, filtered, compressed air, remove filing (2) Starting with blade next to damaged blade,
debris from internal and external areas of engine. count ten blades.
r. Inspect damaged blade. After removing the (3) Identify tenth blade by marking it with blue
maximum amount of material permitted by the filing guide, Dykem Marker (item 82, Appendix D).
if there is still a damaged area on blade (fig. 2-10), replace
cold section module. Otherwise, go to step s.
2-29
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
(4) Rotate compressor rotor so that damaged (6) Remove tape, with blade tip attached, from
blade is exposed. Repeat blade counting procedure in main frame.
step (2) in opposite direction to verify location of marked
blade. u. Install filing fixture (steps i thru k) over marked
blade. Remove material from marked blade (steps n thru q).
t. Cut off blade tip as follows:
(1) Install template 21C7419P14 over marked
blade as shown in figure 2-11.
Do not allow bridge to drop onto compressor
rotor; otherwise, blades may be damaged.
(2) Using a felt-tip marker (item 83,
Appendix D) or similar marking device, trace the leading
v. With another mechanic holding bridge (3, fig. 2-9),
edge of the template on marked blade. Remove template.
remove four locknuts (6) and four bolts (1). Remove
bridge(3).
(3) Attach a piece of tape (item 107,
Appendix D), from main frame to tip of blade being cut off.
w. Loosen hex head screw (10, fig. 2-13), and remove
holding adapter (6) from bridge (4).
x. Remove tape from rear flange of main frame.
• Do not use sheet metal cutting shears that
have red or yellow identification handles;
otherwise, additional blade damage could
result. Before installing right-hand compressor case-
• To avoid removing too much blade half, be sure power turbine module is
material, position shears slightly forward of installed. Failure to install power turbine
marked line. module before installing right-hand case-half
could cause serious damage to shims.
(4) Using sheet metal cutting shears (6, fig. 2-12)
with green identification handles (5), position lower cutting y. Install right-hand compressor case-half (para 2-5,
blade (4) and upper cutting blade (2) between the damaged step e).
area of blade (3). Be sure that shears are positioned slightly
forward of marked blade. 2-7. Chamfering of Compressor Rotor Blades to
Recover Engine Performance (AVIM). This is an
effective procedure to significantly restore engine
performance by chamfering compressor rotor blades
Clipping Stage 1 Blades damaged by foreign objects. The extent of engine
performance recovery will depend on the results of the
Clippings from clipped blade can cause injury maximum power check (para 1-145 (T700), para 1-146
to eyes or face. When clipping blade, wear (T701) or para 1-147 (T701C)) or the results of the
approved gloves and face shield. performance evaluation test (para 1-238 (T700), 1-241
(T701, T701C)). This procedure will extend use of the cold
section module. This procedure will be used to chamfer any
number of damaged compressor rotor blades and the
• Do not apply excessive side force while compressor rotor blades directly 180° opposite, whether or
cutting blade; otherwise, blade edge may not they are damaged.
be bent or curled.
• To avoid removing too much blade a. Remove right-hand compressor case-half (para 2-5,
material, position shears slightly forward of step a).
marked line.
(5) Cut blade tip off, slightly forward of
markedline.
2-30
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
(2) To check that this blade is 180° opposite the
damaged blade, count 10 blades in a counterclockwise
Handling Bladed Components direction from the damaged one, and mark using marker.
Both marks should be on the same blade.
Wear leather palm gloves (welder's type with
gauntlet) when handling components with h. Using marker, mark blade tip corner(s) of the
assembled blades and vanes. Blades and vanes blade(s) 180° opposite the damaged blade(s).
are sharp and can cause serious injury.
i. In stages 2 thru 5, locate the blade(s) 180° opposite
the damaged blade(s) and mark blade tip corner(s). Stages 2
thru 5 have 22, 28, 28, and 32 blades respectively.
Do not force compressor rotor to rotate.
Forcing rotor to rotate may cause additional j. Measure dimensions D, E, F, G, or H, on damaged
damage to blades. blade(s) in each stage, as applicable.
b. Rotate compressor rotor (9, fig. 2-9) by hand, and k. Transfer these measurements to the blade(s) 180°
inspect all blades (table 2-1) for foreign object damage. If opposite the damaged blade(s).
rotor does not rotate freely, have a second mechanic lift up
on lower section of exhaust frame (10). If lifting force is l. Using scriber, scribe angle of chamfer at tip
necessary to allow rotor to rotate, it must be used every time corner(s) of leading or trailing edge of blade(s) or both in
the rotor is rotated. each stage. Chamfer length must not exceed usable limits
(fig. 2-16).
NOTE
NOTE
• Use of tape will prevent metal filings from
lodging between shim and rear flange of
• Chamfering of an equal amount of material
main frame and between exposed curvic from the blade(s) 180° opposite the
teeth of blade-disks. damaged blade(s) is required to maintain
rotor balance.
• It may be necessary to use green-handled,
• Blade chamfering shall be completed, even
sheet metal cutting shears to remove curled
if an existing chamfer is located on the
ends on blade tips.
180° opposite blade. If the existing chamfer
is equal to or larger in size, no further
c. Using tape (item 107, Appendix D), cover shim at
chamfering is required. If the existing
rear flange of main frame (8) and exposed curvic teeth of
chamfer is smaller, do steps j, k, l, m, or n.
blade-disks.
m. Chamfer stage 1 blade tip corner(s) as follows:
d. Rework a four-inch flat file (fig. 2-6).
(1) If stage 1 blade tip corner(s) is slightly
e. Using marker (item 82, Appendix D), mark
damaged, do the following; otherwise, go to step m(2):
damaged area of blade tip corner(s) in each stage (fig. 2-16).
(a) Using reworked file (fig. 2-6), file blade
f. Using scriber, scribe angle of chamfer at tip tip corner(s) to scribed chamfer line.
corner(s) of leading or trailing edge of damaged blade(s) or
of both edges in each stage. Chamfer length must not (b) Break all sharp edges using fine file and
exceed usable limits (fig. 2-16). restore contour along chamfer (fig. 2-5).
g. In stage 1, locate the blade(s) opposite the (c) Hold a piece of crocus cloth (item 55,
damaged blade(s) as follows: Appendix D) against the blade surface. Using a thin piece of
wood such as a tongue depressor, apply light pressure to the
(1) In a clockwise direction, count 10 blades cloth and polish the concave and convex surfaces of the
(half the total of 20 blades) from the damaged blade. Mark blade and restore contour along chamfer (fig. 2-5). Cut
this blade using marker (item 82, Appendix D). narrow strips of crocus cloth (item 55, Appendix D), and
2-31
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 2-16. Compressor Rotor Blades; Usable Limits after Chamfering
2-32
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
polish the leading edge of the blade. Polish all blade blade. With a piece of crocus cloth (item 55, Appendix D)
surfaces until the finish is as close as practical to the that has been cut in a narrow strip, polish the leading edge
original finish of the part. of the blade and restore edge contour along chamfer
(fig. 2-5). Polish all blade surfaces until the finish is as close
(d) Locate blade(s) 180° opposite chamfered as practical to the original finish of the part.
blade(s) and repeat steps (a) thru (c).
(4) Locate blade(s) 180° opposite chamfered
(2) If stage 1 blade tip corner(s) is heavily blade(s) and repeat steps (1) thru (3).
damaged but is within usable limits, do the following:
o. Remove tape from rear flange of main frame and
(a) Clip damaged area(s) close to the scribed curvic teeth of blade-disks.
chamfer line, using green-handled, sheet metal cutting
shears (fig. 2-12).
(b) Using rework file (fig. 2-6), file blade tip Do not remove or install the power turbine
corner(s) to scribed chamfer line. module with the right-hand compressor case-
half removed. If both the right-hand
(c) Using fine file, break all sharp edges. compressor case-half and power turbine
module are removed, the compressor case-half
(d) Hold a piece of crocus cloth (item 55, should be installed first, with care taken not to
Appendix D) against the blade surface. Using a thin piece of damage the shims at the forward flange of the
wood such as a tongue depressor, apply light pressure to the compressor case and the main frame.
cloth and polish the concave and convex surfaces of the
blade. With a piece of crocus cloth (item 55, Appendix D) p. Install right-hand compressor case-half (para 2-5,
that has been cut in a narrow strip, polish the leading edge step f).
of the blade and restore edge contour along chamfer (fig.
2-5). Polish all blade surfaces until the finish is as close as
practical to the original finish of the part. 2-8. SWIRL FRAME.
2-9. (T700, T701) Removal of Swirl Frame (AVIM).
(e) Locate the blade(s) opposite the damaged
one(s) and repeat steps (a) thru (d).
a. Remove history recorder (para 7-18).
n. Chamfer stages 2 thru 5 tip corner(s) as follows:
b. (T700) Pull green electrical cable and yellow
electrical cable from clip supports (1, 5, fig. 2-17, from
(1) Using rework file, file blade tip corner(s) to
forward suspension lug (2) on swirl frame (9), and from clip
scribed chamfer line.
support on bracket (19).
(2) Using fine file, break all sharp edges.
c. (T701) Pull green electrical cable and yellow
(3) Hold a piece of crocus cloth (item 55, electrical cable from clip supports (1, 5, fig. 2-17), from
Appendix D) against the blade surface. Using a thin piece of forward suspension lug (2A) on swirl frame (9), and from
wood such as a tongue depressor, apply light pressure to the clip support on bracket (19). Pull B-sump delta pressure
cloth and polish the concave and convex surfaces of the tube from lug (2A).
2-33
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 2-17. (T700, T701) Swirl Frame; Removal and Installation
2-34
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
d. Remove the following: 2-10. (T701C) Removal of Swirl Frame (AVIM).
a. Remove history counter (para 7-18).
Asbestos b. Remove green electrical cable and yellow
electrical cable from clip supports (20, 22, 27, fig. 2-18).
The following procedure may involve a part
that contains asbestos, which is highly toxic to c. Remove green electrical cable from forward
skin, eyes, and respiratory tract. Read general suspension lug (21).
information before proceeding, and adhere to
all site safety and environmental controls
concerning asbestos. Otherwise, personal
injury may result. Asbestos
NOTE The following procedure may involve a part
that contains asbestos, which is highly toxic to
Gasket might stick to pad on swirl frame. If it skin, eyes, and respiratory tract. Read general
does, it can be inspected after removing swirl information before proceeding, and adhere to
frame. all site safety and environmental controls
concerning asbestos. Otherwise, personal
(1) Four bolts (8) and anti-ice line gasket (PN injury may result.
3032T42P01 only) (6). Inspect gasket for splits. Splits are
not allowed. Save gasket for use at installation.
NOTE
(2) Two bolts (17). Anti-ice line gasket (7) might stick to pad on
swirl frame (17).
(3) Twenty-four locknuts (3), lug (2 (T700) or
2A (T701)), three clip supports (1, 5), and E3 (green cable) d. Remove four bolts (9) and gasket (PN 3032T42P01
connector bracket (4). only) (7). Inspect gasket for damage. If it is damaged,
dispose of it; if it is not damaged, save it for installation.
(4) Twenty self-locking nuts (10) from swirl
frame-to-front frame mating flange. e. Remove drain lower tube (10) as follows:
(5) Bolt (20) from bracket (19). (1) Loosen top clamp (15) on non-metallic oil
drain hose (16).
NOTE
(2) Remove and discard packings (14).
When swirl frame is removed, packings for
sleeves might stay on sleeves or in packing (3) Remove fitting drain (13).
grooves on the main frame forward flange. In
either case, be sure they are removed and (4) Remove bolts (11) from brackets (12).
discarded.
(5) Remove drain lower tube (10).
e. Pull sensing tube (18) out and remove swirl frame.
(6) Remove four locknuts (19) from two
f. Remove and discard three packings (11) from brackets(12). Remove brackets.
sleeves (12) or from forward flange of main frame (16).
f. Remove two bolts (1) from sensing tube (2).
g. Remove and discard three packings (14) from oil
inlet tube (15) and oil-discharge scavenge tubes (13). g. Remove bolt (28) from clamp on B-sump delta
pressure tube.
h. If inspection of oil inlet and scavenge tubes is
necessary, see table 2-6.
2-35
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 2-18. (T701C) Swirl Frame; Removal and Installation
2-36
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
h. Remove 24 locknuts (19) that secure swirl vapor can irritate nose and throat and can
frame(17) to main frame (6). cause dizziness.
• If any liquid contacts skin or eyes,
i. Remove lug (21) and clip supports (20, 22). immediately flush affected area thoroughly
Remove E3 connector bracket (4) from studs. with water. Remove solvent-saturated
clothing. If vapors cause dizziness, go to
j. Remove 20 self-locking nuts (18) that secure swirl fresh air.
frame (17) to front frame (5). • When handling liquid or when applying it
in an air-exhausted, partially covered tank,
k. Remove bolt (26). Pull sensing tube (2) out from wear approved gloves and goggles.
swirl frame (17).
• When handling liquid or when applying it
at unexhausted, uncovered tank or
NOTE workbench, wear approved respirator,
gloves, and goggles.
Packings (24, 25) might remain on aft flange
of swirl frame (17) or in packing grooves on
b. Flush or spray-wash external surfaces with dry
forward flange of main frame (6).
cleaning solvent (item 99, Appendix D) and remove grease,
oil, and dirt.
l. Remove swirl frame (17). Remove and dispose of
two packings (25) from oil scavenge tubes (23) and
packing(24) from oil inlet tube.
m. Remove and dispose of three packings (3) from oil Compressed Air
tubes on front frame (5).
• When using compressed air for any
2-11. Cleaning of Swirl Frame (AVIM). cooling, cleaning, or drying operation, do
not exceed 30 psig at the nozzle.
a. Plug or cover all openings before cleaning. • Eyes can be permanently damaged by
contact with liquid or large particles
propelled by compressed air. Inhalation of
air-blown particles or solvent vapor can
Dry Cleaning Solvent damage lungs.
(Stoddard Solvent) • When using air for cleaning at an air-
P-D-680 exhausted workbench, wear approved
goggles or face shield.
• Combustible - do not use near open flames, • When using air for cleaning at an
near welding areas, or on hot surfaces. unexhausted workbench, wear approved
• Prolonged contact of skin with liquid can respirator and goggles.
cause dermatitis. Repeated inhalation of
c. Dry the swirl frame using dry, filtered, compressed
air.
2-37
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
2-12. Inspection of Swirl Frame. See table 2-2. At
AVIM, inspection of the swirl frame and the front frame
(table 2-7) is done at the same time.
Table 2-2. Inspection of Swirl Frame
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
Swirl frame (fig. 2-19) for:
a. Cracks. None allowed. Not repairable. AVUM: Replace engine.
AVIM: Replace swirl frame
(para 2-16).
NOTE
Swirl frames that have been repaired may have a combination of gray, gold, green, and
brown touchup paint. Regardless of the colors, do not reject the swirl frame.
b. Flaking or missing coating. Any amount without any Any amount. Remove loose pieces, using
loose pieces. cloth (item 52 or 53,
Appendix D). Touchup
frame (para 2-15).
c. Nicks, dents, and scratches in Any number, 0.030 inch Same as usable limits, with Remove high metal.
flanges (1, 10). deep, without high metal. high metal.
d. Nicks and scratches in:
(1) Casing walls (15). Any number, 0.030 inch Any number. AVUM: Replace engine.
deep, without high metal. AVIM: Replace swirl frame
(para 2-16).
(2) Vanes (8). Any number, 0.030 inch Any number. AVUM: Replace engine.
deep, without high metal. AVIM: Replace swirl frame
(para 2-16).
(3) Sealing surfaces (9). Any number, 0.003 inch Not repairable. Replace swirl frame
deep, without high metal. (para 2-16).
e. AVIM: Loose or damaged See Inspection of Studs and Threaded Inserts (para H-27, Appendix H).
inserts.
f. AVIM: Missing inserts. None allowed. Not repairable. Replace insert (para H-29,
Appendix H).
g. AVIM: Self-locking feature of Mating bolt should not be Not repairable. Replace insert (para H-29,
inserts. able to be threaded Appendix H).
completely through insert,
using fingers.
2-38
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table 2-2. Inspection of Swirl Frame (Cont)
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
h. Cracks or voids in brazed
joints of:
(1) Circumferential joints Five per joint up to 0.250 Any number. AVUM: Replace engine.
except joints A and B inch long separated by a AVIM: Replace swirl frame
(fig. 2-19). minimum of 1/2 inch. (para 2-16).
(2) Circumferential joint A. Any number located within Any number. Not applicable.
0.135 inch from surface C.
(3) Circumferential joint B. Any number up to 0.120 Any number. AVUM: Replace engine.
inch radial and 0.060 inch AVIM: Replace swirl frame
deep. (para 2-16).
(4) Vane joint (13) and braze One per joint up to 0.375 Any number. AVUM: Replace engine.
joint of swirl frame PN inch long. AVIM: Replace swirl frame
6038T05G02. (para 2-16).
(5) Axial joints on outer Two per joint, cumulative Any number. AVUM: Replace engine.
casing, except at tubes length not to exceed 2.500 AVIM: Replace swirl frame
(11) and wash manifold inches, and within 1/4 inch (para 2-16).
boss (12). of overlap joint.
(6) Axial joints at tubes (11). Three cracks, 0.100 inch Any number. AVUM: Replace engine.
long separated by a AVIM: Replace swirl frame
minimum of 1/2 inch. (para 2-16).
(7) Axial joints at wash None allowed. Any number. AVUM: Replace engine.
manifold boss (12). AVIM: Replace swirl frame
(para 2-16).
(8) Outer panel (16). Five per joint, 0.250 inch Any number. AVUM: Replace engine.
long separated by a AVIM: Replace swirl frame
minimum of 1 inch. (para 2-16).
(9) (T700) Air shute (4) One per cover up to 0.250 Not repairable. AVUM: Replace engine.
(onswirl frame PN inch long. AVIM: Replace swirl frame
6038T05). (para 2-16).
i. AVIM: Damaged sleeves (3). None allowed. Any amount. AVUM: Replace engine.
AVIM: Replace swirl frame
(para 2-16).
j. Dents in:
(1) Casing walls (15). Any number, 0.030 inch (a) Same as usable limits, (a) Remove high metal.
deep, without high metal. with high metal.
Change 5 2-39
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table 2-2. Inspection of Swirl Frame (Cont)
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
(b) Any number. (b) AVUM: Replace
engine.
AVIM: Replace swirl
frame (para 2-16).
(2) Vanes (8). Any number, 0.060 inch (a) Any number, 0.060 inch (a) Remove high metal.
deep, without high metal. deep, with high metal.
(b) Any number. (b) AVUM: Replace
engine.
AVIM: Replace swirl
frame (para 2-16).
NOTE
The forward inner flange of swirl frame PN 6038T05 is fitted with inserts. All other swirl
frames are fitted with shank nuts.
k. Loose, damaged, distorted, or None allowed. Not repairable. AVUM: Replace engine.
missing shank nuts (14). AVIM: Replace swirl frame
(para 2-16).
l. Damaged or missing threads Up to one damaged or Not repairable. Replace insert (para H-29,
of inserts (6, 14) or shank missing thread, without Appendix H).
nuts(14). crossed threads or loose
material.
m. Oil supply tube (7) and oil
scavenge tubes (2, 11) for:
(1) Leaks. Not allowed. Any amount. AVUM: Replace engine.
AVIM: Replace swirl frame
(para 2-16).
(2) Cracks in tack weld of None allowed. Not repairable. AVUM: Replace engine.
tube bosses. AVIM: Replace swirl frame
(para 2-16).
n. Vanes (8) for tears. None allowed. Any amount if no more than AVUM: Replace engine.
10% of area of vane is AVIM: Replace swirl frame
affected. Up to four vanes (para 2-16).
maximum, with no more
than two adjacent vanes
affected. No repairs allowed
within 1/4 inch of hub
section.
2-40
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table 2-2. Inspection of Swirl Frame (Cont)
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
o. Nut plates (5) for:
(1) Damaged or missing Up to one thread damaged or Not repairable. AVUM: Replace engine.
threads. missing, without high metal. AVIM: Replace swirl frame
(para 2-16).
(2) Run-on torque. Usable if bolt cannot be run Not repairable. AVUM: Replace engine.
on completely by hand. AVIM: Replace swirl frame
(para 2-16).
(3) Looseness. Usable if nut cannot turn Not repairable. AVUM: Replace engine.
360°. AVIM: Replace swirl frame
(para 2-16).
p. Corrosion pitting on outer Any amount, up to 0.060 Not repairable. AVUM: Replace engine.
flange and inner flange. inch deep, over not more AVIM: Replace swirl frame
than 50% of flange area. (para 2-16).
q. Outer casing surface for:
(1) Surface ripples or Any number, within 0.150 Not repairable. AVUM: Replace engine.
irregularities on casing inch of normal contour AVIM: Replace swirl frame
outer surface. provided there are no sharp (para 2-16).
creases or high metal.
(2) Discoloration (whitish Any amount. Not applicable. Not applicable.
blotchy condition which
will leave a greenish trace
on a cloth when wiped).
2-13. Repair of Swirl Frame (AVIM). Repair of swirl (4) Continue to squeeze sleeve until it collapses
frame is limited to that specified in Corrective Action (view D). Remove sleeve when it is fully collapsed and is
column of table 2-2. no longer being held by interference fit.
2-14. Replacement of Swirl Frame Sleeve (AVIM). c. Using a fine stone (item 104, Appendix D), remove
any burrs from around tube opening.
a. Apply several layers of tape (item 107,
Appendix D) on aft flange surface around damaged sleeve. d. Using magnet, make sure replacement sleeve is
b. Using pliers, remove sleeve (fig. 2-20, view A) as attracted to magnet. If it is not, replace with magnetic
follows: sleeve.
(1) Place jaws of pliers on sleeve and squeeze in e. Using swirl frame sleeve pusher LMT 749
direction of arrows as shown in view A. (fig. 2-21), install replacement sleeve PN 3904T06P01 as
follows:
(2) Continue to squeeze sleeve until it collapses
(view B). (1) Place flat end of sleeve over small end of
pusher.
(3) Place pliers 90° opposite (view C) and apply
force.
Change 5 2-41
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 2-19. Swirl Frame; Inspection
2-42
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 2-20. Swirl Frame Sleeve; Removal
2-43
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 2-21. Swirl Frame Sleeve Pusher LMT 749
(3) Place swirl frame on workbench, aft end
down, and with area to be repaired overhanging edge of
Dry Ice workbench.
BB-C-104
(4) Wearing protective gloves (item 77,
• Contact of skin with solid will cause severe Appendix D), remove sleeve and pusher from dry ice.
burns or frostbite or both. Prolonged
inhalation of vapor may cause increased (5) Carefully insert sleeve into tube opening.
heart rate, shortness of breath, sweating,
and headache. (6) Turn swirl frame, forward end down, and
using pusher and plastic mallet, gently tap sleeve until it is
• If any solid contacts the skin, immediately
seated.
flush affected area with water. Do not rub
affected area. Immediately get medical
(7) Remove pusher and allow sleeve to warm to
help.
room temperature.
• If vapors cause headache or sweating, go to
fresh air. (8) Check seating dimension of sleeve
• When handling solid (or when handling (fig. 2-22).
parts chilled by dry ice), wear approved
protective gloves.
(2) Place sleeve and pusher into a pack of dry ice
(item 80, Appendix D), and allow them to chill for
approximately ten minutes.
2-44
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 2-22. Swirl Frame Sleeve; Installation
2-15. Touchup of Coated Areas of Swirl Frame • When handling liquid at open, unexhausted
Using SermeTel 196 (AVIM). workbench, wear approved respirator,
gloves, and goggles.
• Dispose of liquid-soaked rags in approved
metal container.
Trichloroethane
O-T-620 a. Using solvent (item 114, Appendix D), remove
grease from unpainted areas.
• Do not use near open flames, welding
areas, or on very hot surfaces. Do not
smoke when using it. Heat and flames can
cause the formation of phosgene gas which After clean metal has been exposed, do not
is injurious to the lungs. handle parts with bare hands. Handling parts
• Repeated or prolonged contact with liquid with bare hands could contaminate surface
or inhalation of vapor can cause skin and before painting.
eye irritation, dermatitis, narcotic effects,
and heart damage. b. Lightly buff unpainted areas, using abrasive cloth
• After prolonged skin contact, wash (item 53, Appendix D). Buff only enough to expose clean
contacted area with soap and water. metal.
Remove contaminated clothing. If vapors
cause irritation, go to fresh air. Get medical
attention for overexposure of skin and eyes.
• When handling liquid in vapor-degreasing
tank with hinged cover and air exhaust, or
at air-exhausted workbench, wear approved
gloves and goggles.
2-45
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
surfaces. Wipe the buffed area with a lint-free towel
(item 113, Appendix D).
Compressed Air
d. Protect adjacent surfaces from overspray, using
• When using compressed air for any tape (item 106, Appendix D).
cooling, cleaning, or drying operation, do
not exceed 30 psig at the nozzle.
• Eyes can be permanently damaged by
contact with liquid or large particles SermeTel W, 196, and 250 Coatings
propelled by compressed air. Inhalation of
air-blown particles or solvent vapor can • Flammable - do not use near open flames,
damage lungs. near welding areas, or on hot surfaces.
• When using air for cleaning at an air- • Do not smoke when using it, and do not use
exhausted workbench, wear approved it where others are smoking.
goggles or face shield. • Liquid and mist are acidic and contact can
• When using air for cleaning at an cause burns and irritation of skin and eyes.
unexhausted workbench, wear approved • If any liquid contacts skin or eyes,
respirator and goggles. immediately flush affected area thoroughly
with water. In severe cases, get medical
help. Remove paint-saturated clothing.
• Do not let paint overspray accumulate
Trichloroethane where it can be dispersed in air (shakedown
O-T-620 of a duct, for example) or where it can
become mixed with alkalines or certain
• Do not use near open flames, welding acids.
areas, or on very hot surfaces. Do not • Apply paint only in dry, air-exhausted
smoke when using it. Heat and flames can spray booth. Wear approved gloves,
cause the formation of phosgene gas which goggles or face shield, and long-sleeved
is injurious to the lungs. clothing.
• Repeated or prolonged contact with liquid • Do not dry-sweep powder. Wet down and
or inhalation of vapor can cause skin and remove spillage according to disposal
eye irritation, dermatitis, narcotic effects, procedures.
and heart damage. • Do not eat, smoke, or carry smoking
• After prolonged skin contact, wash materials in areas where liquid is handled.
contacted area with soap and water.
Remove contaminated clothing. If vapors e. Shake paint container thoroughly before use. Brush
cause irritation, go to fresh air. Get medical or spray three light coats of paint (item 90, Appendix D).
attention for overexposure of skin and eyes. Wait at least 10 minutes between coats.
• When handling liquid in vapor-degreasing
tank with hinged cover and air exhaust, or f. Let the touched up part stand for 8 hours, at room
at air-exhausted workbench, wear approved temperature to cure fully. The bonded coating should be
gloves and goggles. uniform, and free of cracks, bubbles, runs, and other
• When handling liquid at open, unexhausted imperfections.
workbench, wear approved respirator,
gloves, and goggles. NOTE
• Dispose of liquid-soaked rags in approved
Color of SermeTel 196 is not an exact match
metal container.
for color of SermeTel W; however, after
curing, the color is very close to that of the
c. Clean any dust from buffered surfaces, using dry,
original material.
filtered, compressed air or solvent (item 114, Appendix D).
Be sure all organic solvents are removed from buffed
2-46
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
g. Check the adherence and curing of the touched-up c. Install 20 self-locking nuts (10) on swirl frame-to-
coating as follows: front frame mating flange. Hand-tighten nuts.
(1) Flush the touched-up surface for 1 minute by d. Install 24 locknuts (3), forward suspension lug (2
immersing it in water at room temperature or by flowing (T700) or 2A (T701)), clip supports (1, 5), and E3 (green
water over it. If coating is not removed or softened, it is cable) connector bracket (4) on swirl frame-to-main frame
acceptable. mating flange. See figure 2-23 for location of clip supports,
lug, and bracket. Hand-tighten locknuts.
Lubricating Oil e. Tighten self-locking nuts (10, fig. 2-17) in
crisscross fashion; for example: 12 o'clock, then 6 o'clock;
• If oil is decomposed by heat, toxic gases 3o'clock, then 9 o'clock. Torque nuts (10) to 145-150
are released. inch-pounds in crisscross fashion.
• Prolonged contact with liquid or mist may
f. Tighten locknuts (3) in crisscross fashion; for
cause dermatitis and irritation.
example: 12 o'clock, then 6 o'clock; 3 o'clock, then 9
• If there is any prolonged contact with skin,
o'clock. Torque locknuts (3) to 45-50 inch-pounds in
wash area with soap and water. If solution crisscross fashion.
contacts eyes, flush eyes with water
immediately. Remove saturated clothing.
• If oil is swallowed, do not try to vomit. Get
immediate medical attention. Asbestos
• When handling liquid, wear rubber gloves.
If prolonged contact with mist is likely, The following procedure may involve a part
wear approved respirator. that contains asbestos, which is highly toxic to
skin, eyes, and respiratory tract. Read general
(2) Rub touched-up surface using a rag soaked information before proceeding, and adhere to
with oil (item 85 or 87, Appendix D). If touched-up surface all site safety and environmental controls
is not removed or softened, it is acceptable. concerning asbestos. Otherwise, personal
injury may result.
2-16. (T700, T701) Installation of Swirl Frame
(AVIM). g. Install anti-ice line gasket (PN 3032T42P01
only)(6), and four bolts (8) to secure anti-icing bleed duct
a. Install the following: (7). Torque bolts (8) to 45-50 inch-pounds.
(1) Preformed packing (14, fig. 2-17) on each of h. Attach sensing tube (18) and secure it with two
the two oil-discharge scavenge tubes (13). bolts (17) and bolt (20). Torque bolts to 45-50 inch-pounds.
(2) Packing (14) on oil inlet tube (15). i. (T700) Push green electrical cable and yellow
electrical cable into clip supports (1, 5), into forward
(3) Preformed packings (11) on three suspension lug (2), and into clip support on bracket (19).
sleeves(12).
j. (T701) Push green electrical cable and yellow
electrical cable into clip supports (1, 5), into forward
suspension lug (2A), and into clip support on bracket (19).
Packings on inlet and scavenge tubes can be Push B-sump delta pressure tube into lug (2A).
damaged if swirl frame is not properly alined
with main frame. k. Install history recorder (para 7-22).
b. Carefully install swirl frame (9) (with the word l. Make required engine checks listed in table 1-39.
TOP at 12 o'clock position) onto main frame (16).
2-47
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 2-23. (T700, T701) Swirl Frame; Installation Bolting Diagram
2-48
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
2-17. (T701C) Installation of Swirl Frame (AVIM).
a. Install three packings (3, fig. 2-18) on three oil Asbestos
tubes on front frame (5).
The following procedure may involve a part
b. Install two packings (25) and packing (24) on aft that contains asbestos, which is highly toxic to
flange of swirl frame (17). skin, eyes, and respiratory tract. Read general
information before proceeding, and adhere to
all site safety and environmental controls
concerning asbestos. Otherwise, personal
Packings (3) on front frame (5) can be injury may result.
damaged if swirl frame (17) is not aligned
properly with front frame. n. If anti-ice line gasket (PN 3032T42P01 only) (7) is
damaged, replace it; if gasket is not damaged, reuse it.
c. Align TOP matchmarks on swirl frame (17) and Install gasket onto pad of swirl frame (17). Attach anti-icing
main frame (6). Install swirl frame onto studs of main bleed duct (8), and secure it with four bolts (9).
frame. Be sure that E3 connector bracket (4) does not
interfere with installation of swirl frame. o. Torque bolts (9) to 45-50 inch-pounds.
d. Install 20 self-locking nuts (18) on swirl frame-to- p. Insert sensing tube (2) into swirl frame (17).
front frame flange. Hand-tighten nuts. Secure tube with two bolts (1) and bolt (26). Torque bolts
(1,19) to 45-50 inch-pounds.
e. Install 13 locknuts (19) on studs of main frame,
omitting studs no. 1, 4, 5, 6, 7, 9, 10, 18, 22, 23, and 24 q. Install green electrical cable, and yellow electrical
(refer to figure 2-24 for location). Hand-tighten locknuts. cable into clip supports (20, 22, 27).
f. Install clip support on studs no. 22 and 23. r. Install green electrical cable into clips of forward
suspension lug (21).
g. Install forward suspension lug (21, fig. 2-18) on
studs no. 1 and 24. s. Secure drain lower tube (10) to brackets (12) with
bolts (11). Torque bolts to 45-50 inch-pounds.
h. Install E3 connector bracket on studs no. 4 and 5.
t. Install two packings (14) onto fitting drain (13) and
i. Install clip support on stud no. 18. drain lower tube (10).
j. Install brackets (12) on studs no. 6, 7, 9, and 10. u. Install drain lower tube (10) into fitting drain (13).
Hand-tighten locknuts. Tighten (15° wrench arc) the fitting in the drain hole of
swirl frame (17).
k. Install remaining locknuts (19, fig. 2-18) to secure
clip supports (20, 22), forward suspension lug (21), and E3 v. Install history counter (para 7-22).
connector bracket (4). Hand-tighten locknuts.
w. Make required engine checks listed in table 1-39.
l. Cross-torque 20 self-locking nuts (18) to 145-150
inch-pounds.
2-18. A-SUMP OUTPUT SHAFT ASSEMBLY.
m. Cross-torque 24 locknuts (19) to 45-50 inch-
2-19. Removal of A-Sump Output Shaft Assembly
pounds.
(AVIM).
a. Remove swirl frame (para 2-8).
b. Remove two screws (1, fig. 2-25).
2-49
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 2-24. (T701C) Swirl Frame; Installation Bolting Diagram
2-50
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 2-25. A-Sump Output Shaft Assembly; Removal and Installation
2-51
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
NOTE
Jacking screws will be installed in output shaft Disassembly of the output shaft assembly is
jacking screw holes, not in carbon seal not allowed. Therefore, only external packings
mounting flange. can be replaced.
c. Obtain three bolts (PN J643) (to be used for f. Remove and discard packings (4, 5) from output
jacking). Manually thread bolts into jacking screw holes (3) shaft assembly.
in output shaft until they bottom.
g. Remove and discard packing (9) from power
d. Alternately turn each bolt clockwise, 1/4-turn at a turbine drive shaft (8).
time, until assembly can be freely removed.
2-20. Inspection of A-Sump Output Shaft
e. Remove A-sump output shaft assembly (2); then Assembly (AVIM). See table 2-3.
remove bolts used for jacking.
Table 2-3. Inspection of A-Sump Output Shaft Assembly
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
a. A-sump output shaft
assembly (1, fig. 2-26) for:
(1) Cracks. None allowed. Not repairable. Replace output shaft
assembly (para 2-21).
(2) Missing silver plate on Any amount. Not applicable. Not applicable.
splines.
(3) Nicks, dents, and Up to 1/64 inch deep (except Same as usable limits, with Remove high metal and
scratches (except on 0.005 inch deep maximum on high metal. blend to smooth contour.
spline teeth). beams), if no more than 1/5 of
area is affected. No high metal
allowed.
(4) Loss of black oxide. Any amount. Not applicable. Not applicable.
b. Studs (5) for:
(1) Damaged threads. Up to one damaged or missing Not repairable. Replace output shaft
thread, with no crossed threads assembly (para 2-21).
or loose material.
(2) Looseness. Radial looseness is allowed if Not repairable. Replace output shaft
there is no axial looseness. assembly (para 2-21).
Make sure that retainer (Kee) is
not loose or missing.
c. Loose or missing Not allowed. Not repairable. Replace output shaft
expansion plugs and assembly (para 2-21).
tapered pins(4).
2-52
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table 2-3. Inspection of A-Sump Output Shaft Assembly (Cont)
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
d. A-sump transfer tubes (2)
for:
(1) Nicks, scratches, Any amount, up to 0.010 inch Same as usable limits with Remove high metal and
gouges, chafing, and deep, without high metal. high metal. blend to smooth contour.
fretting (except
packing groove (3)).
(2) Nicks and scratches on Any amount, up to 0.003 inch Same as usable limits with Carefully store and blend to
floor of packing deep, without high metal or high metal or sharp edges. smooth contour.
groove (3). sharp edges. Defect must not
extend across floor of packing
groove (3).
(3) Nicks and scratches on Any amount, up to 0.010 inch Same as usable limits with Carefully stone and blend to
walls of packing deep, without high metal or high metal or sharp edges. smooth contour.
groove (3). sharp edges.
2-21. Installation of A-Sump Output Shaft b. Remove three nuts (1, fig. 2-27).
Assembly (AVIM).
c. Obtain three bolts (PN J643) (to be used for
a. Install three packings (4, fig. 2-25) and packing (5) jacking). Manually thread bolts into mounting flange of
onto A-sump output shaft assembly (2). Install packing (9) no.1 carbon seal (2).
onto power turbine drive shaft (8).
b. Aline oil transfer tubes and install output shaft
assembly onto front frame (7). • Do not touch inner surface of carbon seal
with your fingers. Skin oil will corrode
carbon segments.
Output shaft assembly will be installed by • Use care when removing carbon seal so
hand-pressure only. Do not use screws to force that carbon segments do not contact output
output shaft assembly into place. Doing so shaft locknut. Contact will cause scratches
will damage packings. or nicks on carbon segments.
c. Be sure that flanges are flush; then install and d. Alternately turn each bolt clockwise, one-quarter
hand-tighten two screws (1). turn at a time, until seal can be freely removed.
d. Install swirl frame (para 2-16). e. Remove seal (2) and then remove bolts used for
jacking. Remove and discard two packings (3).
e. Make required engine checks listed in table 1-39.
f. Remove guide (7) from output shaft assembly (6).
2-22. NO. 1 CARBON SEAL.
2-23. Removal of No. 1 Carbon Seal (AVIM).
a. Install no. 1 carbon seal assembly guide
21C7109G01/G02 (7, fig. 2-27) over A-sump output shaft
assembly (6).
Change 3 2-53
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 2-26. A-Sump Output Shaft Assembly; Inspection
2-54
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 2-27. No. 1 Carbon Seal; Removal and Installation
2-55
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
2-24. Inspection of No. 1 Carbon Seal (AVIM). See
table 2-4.
Table 2-4. Inspection of No. 1 Carbon Seal
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
The carbon segments of the seal are extremely brittle and are easily damaged.
a. Carbon seal for:
(1) Chipped sealing dam Not allowed. Not repairable. Replace seal (para 2-25).
(4, fig. 2-28).
(2) Cracks in carbon None allowed. Not repairable. Replace seal (para 2-25).
segments (3).
(3) Foreign material Not allowed. Not repairable. Replace seal (para 2-25).
imbedded in carbon
segments (3).
(4) Chips, other than on Any amount, not over Not repairable. Replace seal (para 2-25).
sealing dam (4) or 1/16inch.
axial gaps (7).
(5) Ragged corners. Any amount. Not applicable. Not applicable.
(6) Surface pitting Any amount. Not applicable. Not applicable.
(sandblasted
appearance).
(7) Scratches in carbon Any number, not over 1/8 inch Not repairable. Replace seal (para 2-25).
segments (3). long.
(8) Buildup of coked oil
or hard material in:
(a) Axial grooves (2). Groove will be at least 0.010 Not repairable. Replace seal (para 2-25).
inch deep.
(b) Axial gaps (7). Not allowed. Not repairable. Replace seal (para 2-25).
(9) Excessive wear of Dimension from bottom of Not repairable. Replace seal (para 2-25).
carbon segments (3). axial groove (2) to working
surface will be at least 0.010
inch.
(10) Damage to windback Up to 3 separate dents (0.010 Not repairable. Replace seal (para 2-25).
seal threads (4A). inch deep); chips or missing
pieces not allowed.
2-56
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table 2-4. Inspection of No. 1 Carbon Seal (Cont)
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
b. Housing (1), retainer (5),
and snapring (6) for:
(1) Nicks, dents, burrs, Any number, 1/64 inch deep on Same as usable limits, with Remove high metal.
and scratches. any surface, with no high metal. high metal.
(2) Discoloration, carbon, Any amount. Not applicable. Not applicable.
and varnish deposits.
(3) Cracks. None allowed. Not repairable. Replace seal (para 2-25).
2-25. Installation of No. 1 Carbon Seal (AVIM). e. Install three nuts (1). Tighten nuts equally, 1/4-turn
at a time, until carbon seal is seated. Torque nuts to 45-50
inch-pounds.
• Do not touch inner surface of carbon seal f. Make required engine checks listed in table 1-19 or
with your fingers. Skin oil will corrode in table 1-39 (AVIM).
carbon segments.
• Use care when installing carbon seal so that 2-26. POWER TAKEOFF DRIVE ASSEMBLY.
carbon segments do not contact output
shaft locknut. Contact will cause scratches 2-27. Removal of Power Takeoff Drive Assembly
or nicks on carbon segments. (AVIM).
• Make sure packings are installed in packing
grooves (4, fig. 2-27), not in middle a. Remove swirl frame (para 2-8).
groove.
b. Remove A-sump output shaft assembly (para
a. Install no. 1 carbon seal assembly guide 2-19).
21C7109G01/G02 (7, fig. 2-27) over output shaft
assembly(6). c. Remove radial drive shaft assembly (para 5-38).
b. Install two packings (3) in grooves (4). d. Remove four nuts (fig. 2-29).
c. Install no. 1 carbon seal (2) with the words TOP e. Remove power takeoff drive assembly and place it
FWD at 12 o'clock position. in a clean container.
d. Slide carbon seal (2) over assembly guide (7). Push
seal until it engages studs.
Change 3 2-57
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 2-28. No. 1 Carbon Seal; Inspection
2-58
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 2-29. Power Takeoff Drive Assembly; Removal and Installation
2-59
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
2-28. Inspection of Power Takeoff Drive
Assembly (AVIM). See table 2-5.
Table 2-5. Inspection of Power Takeoff Drive Assembly
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
Flight Safety Critical Aircraft Part (Critical Characteristic(s))
Installation of damping ring on bevel gear is a critical characteristic. Refer to step e, in
table 2-5.
a. Power takeoff drive None allowed. Not repairable. Replace drive assembly
assembly (fig. 2-30) for (para 2-29).
cracks.
b. Body for nicks, dents, Any number, 1/64 inch deep, Same as usable limits, with Blend smooth.
and scratches. without sharp edges or high sharp edges and high metal.
metal.
c. Gear and spline teeth
for:
(1) Missing silver (on Any amount. Not applicable. Not applicable.
gear teeth).
(2) Nicks, burrs, and
scratches on:
(a) Face of teeth. None allowed. Not repairable. Replace drive assembly
(para 2-29).
(b) Other areas. Any number, 1/64 inch deep, Same as usable limits with Blend high metal by hand,
without high metal. high metal. using a fine stone (item 104,
Appendix D).
(3) Wear. Smooth finish without evidence Same as usable limits, with Blend high metal by hand,
of scoring. evidence of scoring. using a fine stone (item 104,
Appendix D).
(4) Spalling or flaking. Not allowed. Not repairable. Replace drive assembly
(para 2-29).
d. Gear for loss of black Any amount. Not applicable. Not applicable.
oxide.
e. Gear for installation Not applicable. Not repairable. Replace drive assembly
ofdamping ring. (para 2-29).
2-60
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table 2-5. Inspection of Power Takeoff Drive Assembly (Cont)
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
Mounting nuts must not be loosened.
f. If power takeoff drive 60 inch-pounds minimum. Any amount of looseness. Torque nuts to 60-65 inch-
assembly has three pounds in tightening direction
mounting nuts present, only. Do not loosen nuts.
inspect the mounting
nuts for tightness.
Figure 2-30. Power Takeoff Drive Assembly; Inspection
2-61
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
2-29. Installation of Power Takeoff Drive (3) Loosen nut and retighten them, checking run-
Assembly (AVIM). on torque. Run-on torque should be 4-18 inch-pounds. If
run-on torque is not met, replace nut with a new locknut.
(4) Retorque nuts to 55-60 inch-pounds.
Flight Safety Critical Aircraft Part (Critical
Characteristic(s)) c. Install radial drive shaft assembly (para 5-41).
Installation of damping ring on bevel gear is a d. Install A-sump output shaft assembly (para 2-21).
critical characteristic. Refer to step e, in
table 2-5. e. Install swirl frame (para 2-16).
f. Make required engine checks listed in table 1-39.
Be sure alinement pins on front frame 2-30. OIL INLET AND SCAVENGE TUBES
mounting flange are engaged with holes in
power takeoff drive assembly. .
a. Install power takeoff drive assembly (fig. 2-29). 2-31. Removal of Oil Inlet and Scavenge Tubes
Check alinement of pins. Be sure they have engaged and (AVIM). Removal of oil inlet and scavenge tubes is not
that gears are meshed with compressor rotor bevel gear. required unless max repairable limits of table 2-6 are
exceeded.
a. Remove swirl frame (para 2-9).
Follow this procedure to be sure that drive
assembly is seated properly. b. Remove two locknuts (1, fig. 2-31).
b. Install and torque nuts as follows: c. Remove retainers (2, 7).
(1) Install four nuts and note run-on torque. d. Pull out two scavenge tubes (4) and oil inlet
tube(6).
(2) Torque nuts to 70-75 inch-pounds.
e. Remove and discard packings (3, 5).
2-32. Inspection of Oil Inlet and Scavenge Tubes
(AVIM). See table 2-6.
Table 2-6. Inspection of Oil Inlet and Scavenge Tubes
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
Oil inlet and scavenge tubes
(6, 4, fig. 2-31) for:
NOTE
Normal inspection of the inlet and scavenge tubes is made with the tubes installed.
a. Burrs on corners of None allowed. Any amount. Blend to adjacent contour.
packing groove.
b. Nicks and scratches. Any number, 0.002 inch deep, Same as usable limits, with Blend high metal to adjacent
without high metal. high metal. contour.
2-62
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 2-31. Oil Inlet and Scavenge Tubes; Removal, Inspection, and Installation
2-63
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
e. Install swirl frame (para 2-16).
2-33. Installation of Oil Inlet and Scavenge Tubes
(AVIM). f. Make required engine checks listed in table 1-39.
a. Install packing (5, fig. 2-31) onto aft end of each
scavenge tube (4). Install packing (3) onto aft end of oil
inlet tube (6). 2-34. FRONT FRAME
2-35.Inspection of Front Frame (AVIM).See
b. Push tubes into front frame (8). table 2-7 . Inspection of the swirl frame (table 2-2) and the
front frame is done at the same time.
c. Install retainers (2, 7).
2-36.Repair of Front Frame (AVIM). Repair of front
frame is limited to that described in Corrective Action
d. Install two locknuts (1). Torque nuts to 45-50 inch- column of table 2-7.
pounds.
Table 2-7. Inspection of Front Frame
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
All visible areas of front
frame (fig. 2-32) for:
a. Cracks. None allowed. Not repairable. Replace cold section module.
If all oil ports are not covered before blending front frame, chips and debris will enter
and contaminate oil system passages.
b. Corrosion pits. Not allowed. Up to 1/64 inch deep, over Blend pits. Touch up blended
10% of area, with no more area with Alodine 1200S (item
than 2% in any one location. 4, Appendix D) (para H-30,
Appendix H).
c. Nicks, dents, and Any number, 1/32 inch deep, Same as usable limit, with Blend high metal. Touch up
scratches. without high metal. high metal. blended area with Alodine
1200S (item 4, Appendix D)
(para H-30, Appendix H).
d. Damaged studs and See Inspection of Studs and Threaded Inserts (para H-27, Appendix H).
inserts.
2-64 Change 4
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 2-32. Front Frame; Inspection
2-65
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
2-37. MAIN FRAME. • Oil drain plug (para 8-123)
• Oil level indicator (para 8-115)
2-38. Inspection of Main Frame - Preliminary • Main frame oil strainer (para 8-111)
Instructions. • Oil transfer sleeves (para 8-119)
• Oil drain insert (para 8-127)
a. Some areas of the main frame will not be
accessible except when swirl frame and accessory gearbox
b. See table 2-6 for inspection data for oil inlet and
are removed. See Chapter 8 for inspection data for the
scavenge tubes.
following parts attached to the main frame.
2-39. Inspection of Main Frame. See table 2-8.
• Oil tank cap and adapter (para 2-83)
Table 2-8. Inspection of Main Frame
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
a. Casing (3, fig. 2-33) for:
(1) Cracks. None allowed. Not repairable. AVUM: Replace engine.
AVIM: Replace cold section
module.
If all oil ports are not covered before blending main frame parts, chips and debris will
enter and contaminate oil system passages.
(2) Corrosion pits. Not allowed. Any number, up to 1/32 inch Blend defect to adjacent
deep, with no more than contour. Touch up blended area
25% of surface area with Alodine 1200S (item 4,
affected. Appendix D) (para H-30,
Appendix H).
(3) Nicks, dents, Any number, up to 0.035 inch Same as usable limits, with Blend high metal to adjacent
scratches, and deep x 1.00 inch long x 0.100 high metal and sharp contour. Blend sharp corners no
gouges. inch wide, without high metal corners. smaller than 1/16 inch. Touch
or sharp corners. up blended area with Alodine
1200S (item 4, Appendix D)
(para H-30, Appendix H).
NOTE
It is acceptable if the channel nut is broken and has fallen into the cavity inside the
flange.
(4) Broken bolt on None allowed. Two bolts provided they are Repair broken bolt (para 2-40).
front frame/main separated by at least one
frame aft flange. intact bolt.
(5) Chafing. Any number, up to 1/32 inch Same as usable limits Blend metal to adjacent
deep. contour. Touch up blended area
with Alodine 1200S (item 4,
Appendix D) (para H-30,
Appendix H).
2-66 Change 4
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table 2-8. Inspection of Main Frame (Cont)
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
b. Right-hand oil level
indicator pad/sight glass
web (11) for:
(1) Cracks. None allowed. Any amount. Blend defect to adjacent
contour. (Web may be entirely
removed until adjacent contour
is met.)
(2) Dents or bends. Any amount that does not Any amount. Blend defect to adjacent
interfere with assembly of contour. (Web may be entirely
common drain or oil level removed until adjacent contour
indicator (12). is met.) Touch up area with
Alodine 1200S (item 4,
Appendix D) (para H-30,
Appendix H).
c. AVIM: Accessory
gearbox mounting
pad(1, 5) for:
(1) Defective studs. See Inspection of Studs and Threaded Inserts (para H-27, Appendix H).
(2) Nicks, scratches, Any number of nicks and Any number that can be Blend burrs and high metal to
and burrs in scratches, up to 0.005 inch reworked to usable limits. adjacent contour. Touch up
packing deep, without high metal. Burrs blended area with Alodine
grooves(10). are not allowed. 1200S (item 4, Appendix D)
(para H-30, Appendix H).
(3) Nicks and scratches Any number, up to 1/64 inch Same as usable limits, with Blend high metal to adjacent
in other areas. deep, without high metal. high metal. contour. Touch up blended area
with Alodine 1200S (item 4,
Appendix D) (para H-30,
Appendix H).
d. AVIM: Locating
pin(2):
(1) For nicks. Any number, up to 1/64 inch Same as usable limits, with Blend high metal to adjacent
deep, without high metal. high metal. contour without making a flat
on the pin. Touch up blended
area with Alodine 1200S (item
4, Appendix D) (para H-30,
Appendix H).
(2) Bent or missing. Not allowed. Not repairable. Replace pin.
Change 4 2-67
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table 2-8. Inspection of Main Frame (Cont)
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
e. AVIM: Studs and See Inspection of Studs and Threaded Inserts (para H-27, Appendix H).
inserts for damage.
f. AVIM: Oil drain pad Any number, up to 1/32 inch Same as usable limits, with Blend high metal to adjacent
(6) and oil strainer pad deep with high metal. high metal. contour. Touch up blended area
(7) for nicks, burrs, and with Alodine 1200S (item 4,
scratches. Appendix D) (para H-30,
Appendix H).
2-40. Repair of Main Frame (AVIM).
NOTE Isopropyl Alcohol
TT-I-735
It is acceptable if the channel nut is broken
and has fallen into the cavity inside the flange. • Flammable - do not use near open flames,
near welding areas, or on hot surfaces.
a. This repair seals the broken bolthole in the front • Do not smoke when using it, and do not use
frame/main frame aft flange (IGV case).
it where others are smoking.
• Inhalation of vapors can cause drowsiness,
dizziness, and headache. Contact of liquid
with skin may cause dermatitis and
Compressed Air
irritation.
• If any liquid contacts skin or eyes,
• When using compressed air for any immediately flush affected area thoroughly
cooling, cleaning, or drying operation, do with water. Remove solvent-saturated
not exceed 30 psig at the nozzle. clothing. If vapors cause drowsiness, go to
• Eyes can be permanently damaged by fresh air.
contact with liquid or large particles • When handling large quantities (greater
propelled by compressed air. Inhalation of
than one gallon (3.8 liters)), work at air-
air-blown particles or solvent vapor can
exhausted workbench or covered tank.
damage lungs.
• Store solvent and dispose of liquid-soaked
• When using air for cleaning at an air-
clothes in approved metal safety container.
exhausted workbench, wear approved
goggles or face shield.
• Metal containers of liquid must be
grounded to maintain electrical continuity.
• When using air for cleaning at an
unexhausted workbench, wear approved c. Using a towel (item 112, Appendix D) soaked with
respirator and goggles. isopropyl alcohol (item 3, Appendix D), clean broken
bolthole and surrounding area.
b. Using dry, filtered, compressed air, blow out any
debris from bolthole.
2-68 Change 4
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 2-33. Main Frame; Inspection
2-69
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
should be washed before eating, drinking,
or smoking.
RTV-162 Silicone Rubber • Eye protection should be worn when
Adhesive/Sealant working with this material. If liquid
MIL-A-46146A contacts eyes, flush eyes thoroughly with
water for 15 minutes.
• Wear approved gloves and goggles/face • If prolonged contact with vapor is likely,
shield. wear approved respirator.
• Vapors released during curing are
combustible. Do not use near open flames, NOTE
near welding areas, or on hot surfaces.
• Do not breathe vapors. Use in a well- Use of RTV-3145 (gray) is optional.
ventilated area.
d. If compressor case half is removed, use RTV-162
• Repeated inhalation of vapor can cause
or RTV-3145 (gray) (item 96 or item 97, Appendix D), and
mild respiratory irritation.
fill broken bolthole. Be sure RTV is below the surface of the
• If any vapor contacts eyes, immediately flange to allow proper seating of compressor stator.
flush affected area thoroughly with water
for at least 15 minutes and get medical e. Install case half, or if case half was not removed,
attention if irritation persists. clean (steps b and c) then, fill broken bolthole with RTV-
• Do not ingest. May be harmful if 162 or RTV-3145 (gray) (item 96 or item 97, Appendix D).
swallowed. Make sure RTV is flush with compressor case flange.
• In case of ingestion, do not induce
vomiting. Slowly dilute using 1-2 glasses f. Allow RTV to cure for a minimum of 30 minutes.
of water or milk and seek medical
attention. Never give anything by mouth to g. If shrinkage occurs, apply additional RTV and
an unconscious person. allow to dry for 30 minutes.
• In case of skin contact, remove material
completely with dry cloth or paper towel 2-41. MAIN FRAME BORESCOPE PLUG.
before washing with detergent and water.
After contact, hands and skin should be a. (T700) See appropriate steps in paragraph 1-177 or
washed before eating, drinking, or 1-185 for removal and installation instructions.
smoking. Skin irritation is not expected, but
may occur in certain sensitive individuals. b. (T701, T701C) See appropriate steps in paragraph
1-180 for removal and installation instructions.
c. See appropriate steps in paragraph 1-188, 1-193, or
1-198 for removal and installation instructions.
RTV-3145 Adhesive/Sealant
Potting Compound d. See paragraph 1-183 for inspection requirements.
• In case of skin contact, flush contacted area
with water. After contact, hands and skin
2-70
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
2-42. SCROLL CASE .
2-43. Inspection of Scroll Case. See table 2-9.
Table 2-9. Inspection of Scroll Case
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
Scroll case (fig. 2-34) for:
a. Cracks (visible breaks None allowed. Not repairable. AVUM: Replace engine.
or holes in case). AVIM: Replace cold section
module.
b. Dents. Up to 1/4 inch from original Not repairable. AVUM: Replace engine.
contour. AVIM: Replace cold section
module.
c. Discoloration. Any amount. Not applicable. Not applicable.
d. Missing rivets or Not allowed. Not applicable. AVUM: Replace engine.
brackets. AVIM: Replace cold section
module.
e. Damaged threads on Up to two threads damaged, without Same as usable limits, with Remove high metal.
studs. high metal or crossed threads. high metal.
f. Scratches and nicks. Any number, up to 1/32 inch deep. Not repairable. AVUM: Replace engine.
AVIM: Replace cold section
module.
g. Debris inside scroll. Not allowed. Any amount. Remove ECU or DEC
(para 7-12) and clean out
debris.
h. Tears on scroll:
(1) Between boltholes. Not allowed. Not repairable. AVUM: Replace engine.
AVIM: Replace cold section
module.
(2) Extending from Any amount if there is no danger of Not repairable. AVUM: Replace engine.
boltholes to inside a piece falling out. AVIM: Replace cold section
edge of scroll. module.
i. Delaminations on:
(1) Scroll body and Less than 3/8 inch diameter, not Not repairable. AVUM: Replace engine.
saddle. closer than 1/2 inch from any edge, AVIM: Replace cold section
not closer than 1 inch from another module.
delamination, not more than 2
square inches total.
(2) T2 sensor holster. For fiberglass surrounding intake Not repairable. AVUM: Replace engine.
tube, not to exceed 30% of total area AVIM: Replace cold section
of fiberglass around tube. For module.
remainder of holster assembly, same
as scroll body.
2-71
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 2-34. Scroll Case; Inspection
2-72
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
2-46. Inspection of Inlet Separator Boot.
2-44. INLET SEPARATOR BOOT.
2-45. Removal of Inlet Separator Boot. If inlet
separator boot (fig. 2-34) is being replaced, tear old boot to
remove it. Do not use sharp tool to push boot through
opening.
See table 2-10. If boot is going to be reused, slide it through
opening between inlet duct and scroll case.
Table 2-10. Inspection of Inlet Separator Boot
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
Inlet separator boot
(fig. 2-35) for:
a. Tears. 1/4 inch maximum length from Not repairable. Replace boot.
one edge or extending from
both sides towards center.
b. Decay. Not enough to cause cracks Not repairable. Replace boot.
when boot is stretched.
Figure 2-35. Inlet Separator Boot; Inspection
2-73
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
2-47. Installation of Inlet Separator Boot. b. Place boot with enlarged section in opening
between inlet duct and scroll case.
c. Make required engine checks listed in table 1-19 or
Do not use sharp tool to push boot through in table 1-39 (AVIM).
opening.
2-48. INLET GUIDE VANE ACTUATING RING
a. Slide boot through opening between inlet duct and
scroll case (fig. 2-34). .
2-49. Inspection of Inlet Guide Vane (IGV)
Actuating Ring. See table 2-11.
Table 2-11. Inspection of Inlet Guide Vane (IGV) Actuating Ring
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
IGV actuating ring
(1,fig. 2-36) for:
a. Cracks. None allowed. Not repairable. AVUM: Replace engine.
AVIM: Replace cold section
module.
b. Missing pins (2). Not allowed. Pins not repairable. AVUM: Replace engine.
AVIM: Replace cold section
module.
c. Bent parts, noted Not allowed. Not repairable. AVUM: Replace engine.
visually. AVIM: Replace cold section
module.
2-74
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
2-50. INLET GUIDE VANE ACTUATOR LEVERS.
2-51. Inspection of Inlet Guide Vane (IGV)
Actuator Levers. See table 2-12.
Table 2-12. Inspection of Inlet Guide Vane (IGV) Actuator Levers
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
a. IGV actuator levers
(4,fig. 2-36) for:
(1) Cracks in metal. None allowed. Not repairable. AVUM: Replace engine.
AVIM: Replace cold section
module.
(2) Cracks in race (7). One crack per lever. Not repairable. AVUM: Replace engine.
AVIM: Replace cold section
module.
(3) Dents and bends. None allowed. Not repairable. AVUM: Replace engine.
AVIM: Replace cold section
module.
b. IGV sleeve bushing (3)
for:
(1) Axial cracks. Any number. Not applicable. Not applicable.
(2) Missing bushing No more than 25% of any face Not repairable. AVUM: Replace engine.
face segments. may be missing. AVIM: Replace cold section
module.
2-75
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 2-36. Cold Section Module Parts; Inspection
2-76
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
2-52. COMPRESSOR CASE.
2-53. Inspection of Compressor Case. See table 2-13.
Table 2-13. Inspection of Compressor Case
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
a. Left and right-hand
compressor case halves
(17, 15, fig. 2-3,
sheet2) for:
(1) Cracks. None allowed. Not repairable. AVUM: Replace engine.
AVIM: Replace cold section
module.
(2) Nicks, dents, and
scratches on:
(a) Flanges of Any number, a maximum of Same as usable limits, with Blend high metal.
nonmating 1/16 inch deep, without high high metal.
surfaces. metal.
(b) AVIM: Any number, a maximum of Same as usable limits with Blend high metal.
Flanges of 1/16 inch deep, provided less high metal.
mating than 25% of flange width is
surfaces (case undamaged.
half removed).
(c) Sealing surface Any amount, provided there is Same as usable limits with Blend high metal.
on stage 4 no leakage or high metal. high metal.
bleed air
tube (19).
(d) Other areas. Any number, 1/64 inch deep, Same as usable limits, with Blend high metal.
without high metal. high metal.
b. Flowpath coating
(during borescoping or
with case half removed)
for:
(1) Chips, scrapes, Any amount without high Same as usable limits with AVUM: Replace engine.
scratches, or metal, provided engine high metal. AVIM: Remove right hand case
missing coating at performance is acceptable. half (para 2-5), and blend high
edges, splitlines, metal, or replace cold section
flanges or near module.
variable vanes.
(2) Delamination, Any amount, provided engine Not repairable. AVUM: Replace engine.
flaking, or loose performance is acceptable. AVIM: Replace cold section
material. module.
2-77
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table 2-13. Inspection of Compressor Case (Cont)
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
(2) Delamination, Any amount, provided engine Not repairable. AVUM: Replace engine.
flaking, or loose performance is acceptable. AVIM: Replace cold section
material. module.
(3) Blade rubs and Any amount without high Same as usable limits with AVUM: Replace engine.
grooves. metal, provided engine high metal. AVIM: Remove right-hand
performance is acceptable and case half (para 2-5), and blend
grooves in blade rub path do high metal, or replace cold
not penetrate parent metal. section module.
c. Coupling nut (18) No high metal or damaged Not repairable. AVUM: Replace engine.
(right-hand case only) threads that would cause AVIM: Replace cold section
for damaged threads. mating to be difficult. module.
d. Flange boltholes
(fig. 2-37) for damage
or wear on:
(1) Diameter A. 0.1923-0.1928 inch maximum, Same as usable limits with Assemble case halves, using
without high metal. high metal. bolts in holes that have met
usable limits. Ream holes that
have high metal. Do not exceed
usable limits when reaming.
(2) Diameter B. 0.202-0.208 inch maximum, Same as usable limit with Assemble case halves, using
without high metal. high metal. bolts in holes that have met
usable limits. Ream holes that
have high metal. Do not exceed
usable limits when reaming.
(3) Diameter C. 0.2523-0.2528 inch maximum, Same as usable limits with Assemble case halves, using
without high metal. high metal. bolts in holes that have met
usable limits. Ream holes that
have high metal. Do not exceed
usable limits when reaming.
(4) Diameter D. 0.256-0.272 inch maximum, Same as usable limit, with Assemble case halves, using
without high metal. high metal. bolts in holes that have met
usable limits. Ream holes that
have high metal. Do not exceed
usable limits when reaming.
e. Heat discoloration spots Any amount if bluing can be Not repairable. AVUM: Replace engine.
(bluing) on outside removed with abrasive cloth AVIM: Replace cold section
surface. P-C-451. module.
f. Stator assembly vanes
(fig. 2-37) for:
2-78
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table 2-13. Inspection of Compressor Case (Cont)
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
(1) Cracks not due to None allowed. Not repairable. AVUM: Replace engine.
FOD. AVIM: Replace cold section
module.
(2) Erosion:
(a) Leading edge. Leading edge may be Any amount of peened-over Remove peened-over edges
roughened but not peened over. material which can be only, using abrasive cloth P-C-
Chord reduction shall be within removed within limits 451, or a fine stone SSS-S-736.
limits specified on sheet 1 for specified on sheets 1 and 2. Do not attempt to completely
stage 1 or sheet 2 for stages 3, smooth leading edge.
4, or 5.
(b) Trailing edge. Any amount. Chord reduction Not repairable. Replace sector.
must be within limits given in
sheet 1 for stage 1 or sheet 2 for
stages 3, 4, or 5.
(3) All other areas for None allowed. Not repairable. AVUM: Replace engine.
cracks. AVIM: Replace cold section
module.
(4) Critical areas for Any number, 0.005 inch Not repairable. AVUM: Replace engine.
nicks, dents, pits, maximum depth. AVIM: Replace cold section
and scratches on module.
concave and
convex surfaces.
(5) Noncritical areas of
vanes for:
(a) Nicks, pits, Any number, 0.010 inch deep, Any number in leading and Blend high metal.
and scratches without high metal. trailing edges that can be
on concave blended to limits specified
and convex on sheets 1, 2, and 3.
surfaces.
NOTE
Blending is allowed in critical areas of trailing edge only.
(b) Nicks, pits, Any number, 0.010 inch deep, Any number in leading and Replace sector.
and scratches without high metal. trailing edges that can be
in leading and blended within limits given
trailing edges. in sheets 1 or 2.
NOTE
Blending is allowed in critical areas of trailing edge only.
Change 3 2-78.1/(2-78.2 Blank)
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table 2-13. Inspection of Compressor Case (Cont)
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
NOTE
Blending is allowed in critical areas of trailing edge only.
(d) Dents and Any number, 0.020 inch deep. Not repairable. AVUM: Replace engine.
bends in other AVIM: Replace cold section
noncritical module.
areas.
(e) Damaged tip Not allowed. Any amount that can be Blend tip corners within limits
corners. repaired within limits specified on sheet 3.
specified on sheet 3.
(6) Dents and bends on Any number, 0.020 inch deep. Not repairable. AVUM: Replace engine.
concave and AVIM: Replace cold section
convex surfaces. module.
(7) Cracks, gaps and Any amount, any size; Not repairable. AVUM: Replace engine.
porosity in brazed maximum cumulative length, AVIM: Replace cold section
joints. 25% of joint length. module.
Change 3 2-79
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 2-37. Compressor Stator Assembly; Inspection (Sheet 1 of 3)
2-80 Change 3
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 2-37. Compressor Stator Assembly; Inspection (Sheet 2 of 3)
Change 3 2-81
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 2-37. Compressor Stator Assembly; Inspection (Sheet 3 of 3)
2-82
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
2-54. Inspection of Compressor Stator Splitline
Shoulder Bolts. See table 2-14.
Table 2-14. Inspection of Compressor Stator Splitline Shoulder Bolts
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
Shoulder bolts (fig. 2-38)
for:
a. Cracks. None allowed. Not repairable. Replace bolt.
b. Nicks, dents, and Any number that cannot be Not repairable. Replace bolt.
scratches on shoulder. detected by feel.
c. Nicks, burrs, dents, and Up to one thread cumulative Up to one thread cumulative Blend high metal. Chase
high metal on threads. damaged, without high metal or damaged, with high metal or threads to usable limits.
crossed threads. crossed threads.
d. Worn shoulder. Shoulder diameter must not be Not repairable. Replace bolt.
less than limits in figure 2-38.
e. Wear or damage to Any amount if bolt can be Not repairable. Replace bolt.
head. properly torqued.
Figure 2-38. Compressor Stator Splitline Shoulder Bolts; Inspection
2-83
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
2-55. Inspection of Compressor Rotor Tie Rod
Round Nut Bushing and Compressor Bore. See
table 2-15.
Table 2-15. Inspection of Compressor Rotor Tie Rod Round Nut Bushing and Compressor Bore
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
NOTE
In order to inspect compressor rotor tie rod round nut bushing and compressor rotor bore,
the power turbine module must be removed as instructed in paragraphs 4-7 and 3-5,
respectively.
a. Compressor tie rod Any amount without loose Any amount with loose Using a vacuum cleaner with
round nut bushing pieces. pieces. tube extension, remove loose
(fig. 2-39) (part of tie particles from compressor rotor
rod round nut) for bore. Using a right-angle pick
broken pieces, cracks, or a screwdriver, remove
or missing pieces. remaining portions of damaged
tie rod nut bushing which
would be dislodged when
power turbine module is
installed. Do not scratch ID of
compressor rotor bore. Using a
vacuum cleaner with tube
extension, clean compressor
rotor bore again.
b. Compressor rotor bore Any amount without black Any amount. Same as corrective action used
for presence of small plastic or carbon debris. in previous step a.
pieces of black plastic
material and carbon
debris.
2-84
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 2-39. Compressor Rotor Tie Rod Round Nut Bushing and Compressor Bore; Inspection
2-85
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
2-56. STAGES 1 AND 2 VANE ACTUATING
RINGS.
2-57. Inspection of Stages 1 and 2 Vane
Actuating Rings. See table 2-16.
Table 2-16. Inspection of Stages 1 and 2 Vane Actuating Rings
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
Stages 1 and 2 vane
actuating rings (8, 10,
fig. 2-36) for:
a. Cracks, except area W. None allowed. Not repairable. AVUM: Replace engine.
AVIM: Replace cold section
module.
b. Area W for cracks. Ring is usable if crack length Not repairable. AVUM: Replace engine.
does not extend beyond the AVIM: Replace cold section
third pin bushing module.
(approximately 2 inches from
ring end).
Do not overtorque nuts (12). Otherwise, actuating ring will be damaged.
c. Loose bolts (13) and Not allowed. Any number. Tighten. Torque bolts to
nuts (12). 16-19inch-pounds.
d. Missing pins (2). Not applicable. Not applicable. AVUM: Replace engine.
AVIM: Replace cold section
module.
e. Wear on pins/looseness Slight looseness allowed if pin Not repairable. AVUM: Replace engine.
of bushings. is not in danger of falling out. AVIM: Replace cold section
module.
f. Bent, disconnected, Not allowed. Not repairable. AVUM: Replace engine.
loose, or missing parts, AVIM: Replace cold section
noted visually. module.
g. Clevis (15) for wear on 0.166 inch max diameter. Not repairable. AVUM: Replace engine.
diameter Y. AVIM: Replace cold section
module.
2-86
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
2-58. STAGES 1 AND 2 VANE ACTUATOR 2-60. COMPRESSOR CASE BORESCOPE PORT
LEVERS. CAPS OR PLUGS.
2-59. Inspection of Stages 1 and 2 Vane Actuator a. (T700) See appropriate steps in paragraph 1-177,
Levers. See table 2-17. 1-185, 1-193 or 1-198 for removal and installation
instructions.
b. (T701, T701C) See appropriate steps in paragraph
1-180, 1-193 or 1-198 for removal and installation
instructions.
c. See paragraph 1-191 for inspection requirements.
Table 2-17. Inspection of Stages 1 and 2 Vane Actuator Levers
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
a. Stages 1 and 2 vane
actuator levers (5, 6,
fig. 2-36) for:
(1) Cracks in metal. None allowed. Not repairable. AVUM: Replace engine.
AVIM: Replace cold section
module.
(2) Cracks in race (7). One crack per lever. Not repairable. AVUM: Replace engine.
AVIM: Replace cold section
module.
(3) Dents, bends, None allowed. Not repairable. AVUM: Replace engine.
disconnected, loose AVIM: Replace cold section
or missing levers. module.
b. Stages 1 and 2 sleeve
bushings (9, 11) for:
(1) Axial cracks. Any number. Not applicable. Not applicable.
(2) Missing bushing No more than 25% of any face Not repairable. Replace bushing (by hand or if
face segments. may be missing. required use an easy out).
2-87
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
2-61. DIFFUSER AND MIDFRAME CASING
ASSEMBLY.
2-62. Inspection of Diffuser and Midframe Casing
Assembly. See table 2-18.
Table 2-18. Inspection of Diffuser and Midframe Casing Assembly
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
a. Diffuser case
(1, fig. 2-40) for:
(1) Cracks. None allowed. Not repairable. AVUM: Replace engine.
AVIM: Replace cold section
module.
(2) Nicks, dents, pits, Any number, up to 1/32 inch Same as usable limits, with Blend high metal.
and scratches. deep, without high metal. high metal.
NOTE
It is acceptable if the channel nut is broken, and has fallen into the cavity inside the
flange.
(3) Broken bolt in None allowed. Two bolts provided they are Repair broken bolt (para 2-63).
compressor-to- separated by at least one
diffuser case intact bolt.
flange.
b. Midframe assembly (2)
outer casing for:
(1) Cracks. None allowed. Not repairable. AVUM: Replace engine.
AVIM: Replace cold section
module.
(2) Nicks and Any number, up to 1/64 inch Same as usable limits, with Blend high metal to adjacent
scratches. deep, without high metal. high metal. contour.
(3) Dents. Any number, up to 1/64 inch Not repairable. AVUM: Replace engine.
deep, if defect is more than one AVIM: Replace cold section
inch away from any port. None module.
allowed within 1 inch of any
port.
(4) Stripped self- None allowed. Any amount. AVUM: Replace engine.
locking clinch nuts AVIM: Replace B-sump
on B-sump. housing self-locking clinch nuts
(para 2-66).
2-88
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table 2-18. Inspection of Diffuser and Midframe Casing Assembly (Cont)
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
c. Rear flange of
midframe assembly (2)
for:
(1) Cracks. None allowed. Not repairable. AVUM: Replace engine.
AVIM: Replace cold section
module.
(2) Nicks and Any number, up to 1/64 inch Same as usable limits, with Blend high metal to adjacent
scratches. deep, without high metal. high metal. contour.
d. Present configuration of
fuel injector ports (8),
igniter plug ports (6),
borescope plug port (7),
P3 port (3), and (T700)
primer nozzle ports (5)
for:
(1) Cracks (including None allowed. Not repairable. AVUM: Replace engine.
brazed joint on AVIM: Replace cold section
midframe boss module.
(1A)).
(2) Nicks and Any number, up to 1/64 inch Same as usable limits, with Blend high metal to adjacent
scratches. deep, without high metal. high metal. contour.
(3) Cracks in tack Any number. Not applicable. Not applicable.
welds between boss
and casing.
e. Diffuser case-to-
midframe flange for:
(1) Broken locked-in- One broken stud provided Not repairable. AVUM: Replace engine.
stud except at an engine performance is AVIM: Replace cold section
engine bracket. acceptable. module.
(2) Broken locked-in- One broken stud, only if local Not repairable. AVUM: Replace engine.
stud located at an AMCOM approves. AVIM: Replace cold section
engine bracket. module.
f. (T700) Former
configuration of fuel
injector ports (8), igniter
plug ports (6),
borescope plug port (7),
P3 port (3), and primer
nozzle ports (5) for:
(1) Cracks. None allowed. Not repairable. AVUM: Replace engine.
AVIM: Replace cold section
module.
2-89
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table 2-18. Inspection of Diffuser and Midframe Casing Assembly (Cont)
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
(2) Nicks and Any number, up to 1/64 inch Same as usable limits, with Blend high metal to adjacent
scratches. deep without high metal. high metal. contour.
g. Fuel injector ports (8) None allowed. Any amount. AVUM: Repair fuel injector
for burrs or high metal seating surface (para 2-72) if
on fuel injector seating fuel injector port is accessible.
surface (15). Otherwise, replace engine.
AVIM: Repair fuel injector
seating surface (para 2-72).
h. Oil tube (10), scavenge
tube (4), and
compressor leakage air
tube fitting (11) for:
(1) Cracks (except in None allowed. Not repairable. AVUM: Replace engine.
braze joints). AVIM: Replace cold section
module.
(2) Cracks in braze One per port, up to 1/16 inch Not repairable. AVUM: Replace engine.
joints. long, not extending through AVIM: Replace cold section
length of joint. module.
(3) AVIM: Nicks and None allowed. Not repairable. Replace cold section module.
scratches on sealing
surfaces and on
ends of scavenge
and oil tube.
(4) Nicks and scratches Any number, up to 1/64 inch Same as usable limits, with Blend high metal to adjacent
on remaining deep, without high metal. high metal. contour.
surfaces.
i. Coupling nuts on
scavenge tube (4), oil
tube (10), and oil drain
tube (12) for:
(1) Cracks. None allowed. Not repairable. AVUM: Replace engine.
AVIM: Replace cold section
module.
(2) Nicks and Any number, up to 1/32 inch Same as usable limits, with Blend high metal to adjacent
scratches. deep, without high metal. high metal. contour.
(3) Missing or One full thread total, damaged AVUM: Not repairable. AVUM: Replace engine.
damaged threads. or missing, without high metal, AVIM: One full thread total, AVIM: Plug end of tube at
if a normal installation with the that can be blended to usable defective nut. Blend high metal
mating part can be made. limits. from threads to make threads
usable. Blow out all metal
filings and then remove plug in
tubing.
2-90
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table 2-18. Inspection of Diffuser and Midframe Casing Assembly (Cont)
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
Penetrating Oil
• Do not use near open flames or other heat source including smoking.
• Do not have any contact with liquid or vapor. Contact of eyes with vapor or liquid can cause severe
irritation. Prolonged inhalation of vapor may cause headache, dizziness, and nausea.
• If liquid contacts eyes, flush them thoroughly with water. After prolonged skin contact, wash contacted area
with soap and water. If vapors cause dizziness, go to fresh air.
• When handling or applying liquid, wear goggles or face shield. If prolonged exposure to vapor is likely,
wear approved respirator.
(4) Freedom of Nut must spin freely on tube. AVUM: Not repairable. AVUM: Replace engine.
movement. AVIM: Any amount that can AVIM: Apply penetrating oil
be repaired to meet usable (item 88, Appendix D) to nut
limits. and tube, and work nut free.
j. Oil tube (10) for Not allowed. Not applicable. Replace screen.
missing screen (9).
k. Scavenge tube boss
(4A), oil tube boss
(10A), and air tube boss
(11A) for:
(1) Cracks in parent None allowed. Not repairable. AVUM: Replace engine.
metal and tube AVIM: Replace cold section
welds. module.
(2) Nicks and Any number, up to 0.015 inch Same as usable limits, with Blend high metal to adjacent
scratches. deep, without high metal. high metal. contour.
l. AVIM: Cooling air tube One per tube, up to 0.064 inch Not repairable. Replace cold section module.
(14) for cracks in brazed long, not extending through
joint. length of joint.
m. Mounting lugs for:
(1) Cracks, broken or None allowed. Not repairable. AVUM: Replace engine.
missing pieces. AVIM: Replace cold section
module.
(2) Worn flange. 0.395-0.401 inch. Not repairable. AVUM: Replace engine.
AVIM: Replace cold section
module.
(3) Worn hole 0.5022 inch maximum. Any amount. AVUM: Replace engine.
diameter. AVIM: Repair mount lug hole
(para 2-64).
2-91
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 2-40. Diffuser and Midframe Casing Assembly and Combustor Inner Shroud; Inspection
2-92
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
2-63. Repair Diffuser and Midframe Casing
Assembly.
Isopropyl Alcohol
NOTE TT-I-735
It is acceptable if the channel nut is broken • Flammable - do not use near open flames,
and has fallen into the cavity inside the flange. near welding areas, or on hot surfaces.
• Do not smoke when using it, and do not use
a. This repair seals the broken bolthole in the
it where others are smoking.
compressor case-to-diffuser case flange.
• Inhalation of vapors can cause drowsiness,
dizziness, and headache. Contact of liquid
with skin may cause dermatitis and
irritation.
Compressed Air
• If any liquid contacts skin or eyes,
immediately flush affected area thoroughly
• When using compressed air for any
with water. Remove solvent-saturated
cooling, cleaning, or drying operation, do
clothing. If vapors cause drowsiness, go to
not exceed 30 psig at the nozzle.
fresh air.
• Eyes can be permanently damaged by
• When handling large quantities (greater
contact with liquid or large particles
than one gallon (3.8 liters)), work at air-
propelled by compressed air. Inhalation of
exhausted workbench or covered tank.
air-blown particles or solvent vapor can
damage lungs. • Store solvent and dispose of liquid-soaked
clothes in approved metal safety container.
• When using air for cleaning at an air-
exhausted workbench, wear approved • Metal containers of liquid must be
goggles or face shield. grounded to maintain electrical continuity.
• When using air for cleaning at an
c. Using a towel (item 112, Appendix D) soaked with
unexhausted workbench, wear approved
isopropyl alcohol (item 3, Appendix D), clean broken
respirator and goggles.
bolthole and surrounding area.
b. Using dry, filtered, compressed air, blow out any
debris from bolthole.
2-93
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
NOTE
RTV-162 Silicone Rubber Use of RTV-3145 (gray) is optional.
Adhesive/Sealant
MIL-A-46146A d. If compressor case half is removed, use RTV-162
or RTV-3145 (gray) (item 96 or 97, Appendix D), and fill
• Wear approved gloves and goggles/face broken bolthole. Be sure RTV is below the surface of the
shield. flange to allow proper seating of compressor stator.
• Vapors released during curing are
e. Install case half, or if case half was not removed,
combustible. Do not use near open flames,
clean (steps b and c) then, fill broken bolthole with RTV-
near welding areas, or on hot surfaces.
162 or RTV-3145 (gray) (item 96 or 97, Appendix D).
• Do not breathe vapors. Use in a well- Make sure RTV is flush with compressor case flange.
ventilated area.
• Repeated inhalation of vapor can cause f. Allow RTV to cure for a minimum of 30 minutes.
mild respiratory irritation.
• If any vapor contacts eyes, immediately g. If shrinkage occurs, apply additional RTV and
flush affected area thoroughly with water allow to dry for 30 minutes.
for at least 15 minutes and get medical
attention if irritation persists. h. Fabricate a strap, figure 2-41, view A or if broken
• Do not ingest. May be harmful if bolt is adjacent to compressor case splitline flange, view B.
swallowed.
• In case of ingestion, do not induce i. Using fabricated strap (view A or view B), cover
vomiting. Slowly dilute using 1-2 glasses hole and secure with adjacent bolts (view C).
of water or milk and seek medical
attention. Never give anything by mouth to 2-64. Repair of Diffuser Mount Lug Hole (AVIM).
an unconscious person.
a. If not already done, make the following LMTs
• In case of skin contact, remove material
(Appendix F):
completely with dry cloth or paper towel
before washing with detergent and water.
After contact, hands and skin should be • 3 o'clock lug drill fixture LMT 893
washed before eating, drinking, or • 6 o'clock lug drill fixture LMT 894
smoking. Skin irritation is not expected, but • 9 o'clock lug drill fixture LMT 895
may occur in certain sensitive individuals. • Bushing pusher LMT 896
b. Prepare the surrounding area of mounting lug for
machining as follows:
RTV-3145 Adhesive/Sealant
Potting Compound (1) If repairing lug(s) at 3 o'clock position, aft
looking forward, remove:
• In case of skin contact, flush contacted area
with water. After contact, hands and skin • Main Fuel Manifold (para 6-9)
should be washed before eating, drinking, • No. 3 and 4 position Fuel Injectors
or smoking. (para 6-23)
• Eye protection should be worn when • Thermocouple Assembly (para 7-62)
working with this material. If liquid • 1:30 o'clock position Torque and
contacts eyes, flush eyes thoroughly with Overspeed Sensor to Blue Harness
water for 15 minutes. Electrical Connector (para 7-46)
• If prolonged contact with vapor is likely, • 4 o'clock Ignitor Plug (para 7-4)
wear approved respirator.
2-94
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 2-41. Broken Bolts on Compressor Case Aft Flange and on Diffuser Case Flange; Repair
2-95
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
(2) If repairing lug(s) at 6 o'clock position, aft (a) Remove nuts from bolts at bolthole
looking forward, remove: locations 43, 44, 49 and 50. Do not remove bolts.
• Main Fuel Manifold (para 6-9) (b) Install drill fixture LMT 895 (3, fig. 2-43)
• No. 6 and 7 position Fuel Injectors onto lug holes (1) at 9 o'clock position so that bushing holes
(para 6-23) in drill fixture (3) aline with lug holes (1). Secure with two
capnuts (4).
• Compressor Leakage Air Tube (para
10-43)
d. Install 17/32 inch slip-fit bushing (5) into drill
• Seal Pressure and Scavenge Tube fixture boss.
Assembly (para 10-48)
• B-Sump Drain Tube (para 8-74) e. Using shoulder screw (2), secure bushing (5).
(3) If repairing lug(s) at 9 o'clock position, aft f. Do the following while machining the diffuser
looking forward, remove: mount lug:
• Main Fuel Manifold (para 6-9)
• No. 9 and 10 position Fuel Injectors
(para 6-23) Penetrating Oil
• Thermocouple Assembly (para 7-62)
• Do not use near open flames or other heat
c. Install LMT fixtures onto diffuser/midframe source including smoking.
matched assembly as follows: • Do not have any contact with liquid or
vapor. Contact of eyes with vapor or liquid
(1) If repairing 3 o'clock position lug holes, can cause severe irritation. Prolonged
install LMT 893 on aft side of diffuser case-to-midframe inhalation of vapor may cause headache,
casing assembly bolt circle (fig. 2-42) as follows: dizziness, and nausea.
• If liquid contacts eyes, flush them
(a) Remove nuts from bolts at bolthole thoroughly with water. After prolonged
locations 12, 13, 14, 19 and 20. Remove bracket (4). Do not skin contact, wash contacted area with soap
remove bolts. and water. If vapors cause dizziness, go to
fresh air.
(b) Install drill fixture LMT 893 (3, fig. 2-43) • When handling or applying liquid, wear
onto lug holes (1) at 3 o'clock position so that bushing holes goggles or face shield. If prolonged
in drill fixture (3) aline with lug holes (1). Secure with two exposure to vapor is likely, wear approved
capnuts (4). respirator.
(2) If repairing 6 o'clock position lug holes, (1) Apply penetrating oil (item 88, Appendix D)
install LMT 894 on aft side of diffuser case-to-midframe to parts to keep from overheating.
casing assembly bolt circle (fig. 2-42) as follows:
(2) Hold drill and end mill as level as possible.
(a) Remove nuts from bolts at bolthole
locations 28, 29, 34 and 35. Do not remove bolts. (3) Machining speed of end mill is
approximately 150 RPM.
(b) Install drill fixture LMT 894 (3, fig. 2-43)
onto lug holes (1) at 6 o'clock position so that bushing holes (4) Use a steady even pressure in the direction of
in drill fixture (3) aline with lug holes (1). Secure with two machining.
capnuts (4).
g. Using a 17/32 inch four-fluted end mill, with 45
(3) If repairing 9 o'clock position lug holes, degree chamfered corners (lightly dressed), machine out the
install LMT 895 on aft side of diffuser case-to-midframe diffuser mount lug hole (1).
casing assembly bolt circle (fig. 2-42) as follows:
2-96
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 2-42. Diffuser Case-to-Midframe Casing Assembly; Bolt Diagram
2-97
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 2-43. Lug Hole Drill Fixture (Typical); Installation and Removal
2-98
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
h. Remove shoulder screw (2) and bushing (5) from with water. Remove solvent-saturated
drill fixture (3). clothing. If vapors cause drowsiness, go to
fresh air.
i. Install 9/16 inch slip-fit bushing (6) into drill • When handling large quantities (greater
fixture (3). than one gallon (3.8 liters)), work at air-
exhausted workbench or covered tank.
j. Using shoulder screw (2), secure bushing (6). • Store solvent and dispose of liquid-soaked
clothes in approved metal safety container.
k. Do the following while reaming the diffuser mount
• Metal containers of liquid must be
lug:
grounded to maintain electrical continuity.
p. Using isopropyl alcohol (item 3, Appendix D)
clean diffuser mount lug and hole. Be sure mount hole and
Penetrating Oil surrounding area is clean and free from oil and grease.
Observe warning following step f.
(1) Apply penetrating oil (item 88, Appendix D)
Compressed Air
to parts to keep from overheating.
(2) Hold drill and reamer as level as possible. • When using compressed air for any
cooling, cleaning, or drying operation, do
(3) Machining speed of reamer is approximately not exceed 30 psig at the nozzle.
150 RPM. • Eyes can be permanently damaged by
contact with liquid or large particles
(4) Use a steady even pressure in the direction of propelled by compressed air. Inhalation of
machining. air-blown particles or solvent vapor can
damage lungs.
l. Install 0.5621- 0.5623 inch reamer into drill fixture • When using air for cleaning at an air-
and ream out diffuser mount lug hole (1). exhausted workbench, wear approved
goggles or face shield.
m. Repeat steps d through l until all lug holes • When using air for cleaning at an
requiring repair are reamed. unexhausted workbench, wear approved
respirator and goggles.
n. Remove drill fixtures from midframe assembly.
q. Allow area to dry. Using dry, filtered, compressed
o. Remove high metal from both sides of lug holes. air, blow out any debris.
r. Measure thickness of lug being repaired (view A,
fig. 2-43); wall thickness must be at least 0.166 inch. If
Isopropyl Alcohol minimum is exceeded, replace diffuser/midframe matched
TT-I-735 assembly.
• Flammable - do not use near open flames, s. Using white light and 10X magnifier, inspect
near welding areas, or on hot surfaces. reworked hole for cracks (para 2-62).
• Do not smoke when using it, and do not use
it where others are smoking.
• Inhalation of vapors can cause drowsiness,
dizziness, and headache. Contact of liquid
with skin may cause dermatitis and
irritation.
• If any liquid contacts skin or eyes,
immediately flush affected area thoroughly
2-99
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 2-44. Bushing; Installation and Removal
t. Install bushing (2, fig. 2-44) as follows: • If vapors cause irritation, go to fresh air. If
symptoms persist, obtain medical attention.
(1) Install, from aft side, replacement bushing (2) • If liquid is ingested, do not induce
with lead chamfer end into hole as follows: vomiting. Obtain immediate medical
attention.
(a) Install shoulder bolt (1) through bushing
• When handling liquid at air-exhausted
(2), diffuser mount lug hole (3) and spacer (4). Secure with
workbench, wear approved gloves, and
nut (5). Do not draw bushing (2) into lug hole (3).
goggles or face shield
• When handling liquid at unexhausted
NOTE workbench, wear approved respirator and
Relief channel should be fully exposed to gloves, and wear goggles or face shield.
allow application of loctite. • Dispose of liquid-soaked rags in approved
metal container.
(b) Draw bushing into hole approximately
0.100 inch by tightening nut (5). (2) Using a toothpick or equivalent applicator,
apply loctite retaining compound (item 66, Appendix D)
completely around bushing relief channel.
Loctite Retaining Compounds (3) Draw bushing into mount lug hole by
tightening nut (5) until end of bushing (2) is flush with
surface A.
• Prolonged or repeated contact with material
can cause dermatitis or skin irritation.
(4) Remove pusher.
• If any liquid contacts skin or eyes,
immediately flush affected area thoroughly (5) Using a clean, dry, lint-free towel, clean
with water. Remove saturated clothing. residual loctite from mount hole lug.
2-100
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
(6) Allow loctite to set up for 15-20 minutes. a. Locally fabricate seven LMT Go-NoGo pins as
detailed in figure 2-45 or use small hole gauge to measure
(7) Cure loctite using a heat lamp or heat gun by hole size in flange to within 0.001 inch.
warming mount lug for 30-45 minutes at 250°F or cure for
24 hours at room temperature. b. Try inserting Go-NoGo pins or small hole gauge in
broken bolt hole as follows:
u. Reinstall engine hardware removed in steps b
and c. (1) Start with LMT 954 pin (0.208 in. dia) and
work down (in increments of 0.001 inch) to 0.202 inch
v. Make required checks (para 1-223). diameter pin.
2-65. Repair of Broken Bolts on Compressor (2) Determine the largest diameter pin that fits in
Case Aft Flange (On-Wing). the hole. The top of each pin has a number that indicates pin
diameter. Record diameter of pin.
NOTE
(3) Using Go-NoGo pin diameter recorded in
• The following procedure provides step (2), fabricate a press fit pin that is 0.0005 inch larger
instructions for repair of broken bolts on than Go-NoGo pin diameter X (see figure 2-46).
the compressor case aft flange (compressor
case-to-diffuser case flange).
• This on-wing repair allows the use of a
press fit pin, and a strap to prevent leakage.
Figure 2-45. (Typical) Go-NoGo Pins, Fabrication
2-101
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 2-46. Press Fit Pins; Fabrication
(4) Locally fabricate a strap (figure 2-47) to span (6) Using lubricating oil or equivalent, lubricate
the hole with broken bolt. press fit pin and install into hole (small diameter first),
finger pressure only.
(5) If hole with broken bolt is adjacent to the
compressor case splitline flange, strap as shown in view B. NOTE
Otherwise, secure strap as shown in view A.
Fastening strap will force the press fit pin to
be seated against compressor case flange.
Lubricating Oil (7) Cover hole with selected strap, and secure
with adjacent bolts.
• If oil is decomposed by heat, toxic gases
(8) Alternately tighten bolts to pull pin in
are released.
straight.
• Prolonged contact with liquid or mist may
cause dermatitis and irritation.
• If there is any prolonged contact with skin,
wash area with soap and water. If solution
contacts eyes, flush eyes with water
immediately. Remove saturated clothing.
• If oil is swallowed, do not try to vomit. Get
immediate medical attention.
• When handling liquid, wear rubber gloves.
If prolonged contact with mist is likely,
wear approved respirator.
2-102
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 2-47. Broken Bolts on Compressor Case Aft Flange and on Diffuser Case Flange; Repair
2-103
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
2-66. Replacement of B-Sump Housing Self- (5) If axial movement of clinch nut is more than
Locking Clinch Nuts. 0.005 inch, repeat step (4).
(6) Remove clinch nut flaring set.
Exercise extreme care when striking bolt to f. Using clinch nut flaring set LMT 962
avoid damaging adjacent components. (Appendix F), secure self-locking nut (3) as follows:
(1) Position LMT 962 so flare portion (9) rests
NOTE on portion of clinch nut that is to be flared, and so pilot on
When replacing B-sump clinch nuts, the tool is over self-locking nut (3).
combustor inner shroud and the outer balance
piston seal must be removed for clearance in (2) Use appropriate wrench to tighten conical
order to replace the defective nuts. portion of tool into nut. Flare clinch nut until axial
movement is 0.005 inch or less. A 0.005-inch shim may
a. Using a 0.190-32 bolt 1.5 inch long, engage at least enter tightly.
two full threads of the damaged clinch nut. Strike sharply
with a small ball-peen hammer (8 or 12 oz.) to dislodge nut. (3) If axial movement of clinch nut is more than
0.005 inch, repeat step (2).
b. Remove bolt and loosened nut.
g. Thread a 0.190-32 inch bolt completely through
c. Remove burrs and dirt from holes (4, fig. 2-48). self-locking nut (3). Remove bolt.
d. Place new self-locking nut (3) into hole of h. Inspect self-locking nut (3) (table 2-18).
flange(1). Be sure that lug (2) on self-locking nut (3) is
correctly located.
NOTE
There are two tools that can be used to replace
B-sump clinch nuts. Use of 21C7771G01 is
described in step e. Use of LMT 962 is
described in step f.
e. Using clinch nut flaring set 21C7771G01, secure
self-locking nut (3) as follows:
(1) Install rivet set (6) 21C7771P07 (part of
clinch nut flaring set 21C7771G01) into yoke (5).
(2) Install washers (7), as required, to extend
rivet set (6) out so that distance from rivet set (6) to pilot
hole in yoke (5) is just a little larger than the distance from
top of self-locking nut (3) to bottom of flange (1).
(3) Position compression riveter (8) so pilot hole
in yoke (5) is over self-locking nut (3).
(4) Flare self-locking nut (3) until axial
movement is 0.005 inch or less. A 0.005-inch shim may
enter tightly.
2-104
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 2-48. B-Sump Housing Self-Locking Clinch Nut; Installation
2-105
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
2-67. COMBUSTOR INNER SHROUD. 2-69. (T700) MIDFRAME BORESCOPE PORT
PLUG.
2-68. Inspection of Combustor Inner Shroud
(AVIM). See table 2-19. a. See appropriate steps in paragraphs 1-178, 1-186,
1-189, 1-194, or 1-199 for removal and installation
instructions.
b. See paragraph 1-196 for inspection requirements.
Table 2-19. Inspection of Combustor Inner Shroud
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
Combustor inner shroud (13,
fig. 2-40) for:
a. Cracks. None allowed. Not repairable. Replace cold section module.
b. Nicks, dents, and Any number, up to 1/64 inch Same as usable limits, with Remove high metal.
scratches. deep, without high metal. high metal.
c. Distortion. Any amount, if there are no Not repairable. Replace cold section module.
drastic changes in contour.
2-70. ACTUATING SYSTEM LINKAGE
ASSEMBLY.
2-71. Inspection of Actuating System Linkage
Assembly. See table 2-20.
Table 2-20. Inspection of Actuating System Linkage Assembly
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
Actuating system linkage
assembly (fig. 2-49) for:
a. Any missing, Not allowed. Not repairable. AVUM: Replace engine.
disconnected, broken, AVIM: Replace cold section
or loose components. module.
b. Excessive wear or Not allowed. Not repairable. AVUM: Replace engine.
distortion of AVIM: Replace cold section
components, indicated module.
by the assembly being
out-of-shape.
c. Spherical bearings as
follows:
(1) Position of No looseness of bearings in Not repairable. AVUM: Replace engine.
spherical bearing bore. AVIM: Replace cold section
bearing(2). module.
2-106 Change 3
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table 2-20. Inspection of Actuating System Linkage Assembly (Cont)
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
(2) Forward spherical No play in bearing that can be Not repairable. AVUM: Replace engine.
bearing (6) on felt with fingers is allowed. AVIM: Replace cold section
actuator shaft. module.
(3) Rear spherical Up to 0.0025 inch total radial Not repairable. AVUM: Replace engine.
bearing (5) on play allowed. AVIM: Replace cold section
actuator shaft. module.
d. Measure axial Up to 0.030 inch axial Not repairable. AVUM: Replace engine.
movement of rear movement. AVIM: Replace cold section
bracket as specified in module.
para 2-71.1.
2-71.1. Inspection for Axial Movement in
Actuating System Linkage Assembly. Inspect rear
shaft support bearing and bracket assembly (fig. 2-49) for
axial movement as follows:
a. Place a straight edge, or equivalent, across the
forward face of bracket.
b. Measure the distance from the forward face of the
bracket to the forward face of the spherical bearing as the
linkage assembly is moved axially.
c. Maximum axial movement allowed between
bearing and bracket is 0.030 inch.
Change 3 2-106.1/(2-106.2 Blank)
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 2-49. Actuating System Linkage Assembly (Typical); Inspection
Change 3 2-107
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
b. Coat surface A of fuel injector boss lapping fixture
2-72. MIDFRAME FUEL INJECTOR PORT.
LMT 754 (fig. 2-50) with compound (item 63, 64, or 65,
2-73. Repair of Fuel Injector Seating Surface. Appendix D) or equivalent.
a. Allow engine to cool for at least 1 hour before c. Insert appropriate drive into socket; then, insert
beginning repair. lapping fixture into fuel injector port (8, fig. 2-40).
d. Using a back and forth rotating motion, lap fuel
NOTE injector seating surface (15) until burrs or high metal are
The grit size of lapping compound should be removed.
used as a guide in selecting equivalents.
e. Remove fuel injector boss lapping fixture LMT
754 (fig. 2-50) from fuel injector port (8, fig. 2-40).
Figure 2-50. Fuel Injector Boss Lapping Fixture LMT 754
2-108
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
f. Using towel (item 112, Appendix D) soaked in
solvent (item 99, Appendix D), remove compound from
Dry Cleaning Solvent seating surface (15).
(Stoddard Solvent)
P-D-680 g. Inspect seating surface for burrs and high metal;
none allowed.
• Combustible - do not use near open flames,
near welding areas, or on hot surfaces. h. Repeat steps a thru g for remaining defective fuel
injector seating surfaces.
• Prolonged contact of skin with liquid can
cause dermatitis. Repeated inhalation of
i. Install fuel injector into midframe port (para 6-26).
vapor can irritate nose and throat and can
cause dizziness.
j. Do an idle speed leakage check (table 1-19 or
• If any liquid contacts skin or eyes, table 1-39 (AVIM)).
immediately flush affected area thoroughly
with water. Remove solvent-saturated
2-74. FORWARD SUSPENSION LUG.
clothing. If vapors cause dizziness, go to
fresh air. 2-75. (T700, T701C) Removal of Forward
• When handling liquid or when applying it Suspension Lug.
in an air-exhausted, partially covered tank,
wear approved gloves and goggles. a. Remove green electrical cables (3, fig. 2-51) from
• When handling liquid or when applying it clips (1).
at unexhausted, uncovered tank or
workbench, wear approved respirator, b. Remove only those two nuts (4) that secure
gloves, and goggles. forward suspension lug (2) to swirl frame.
c. Remove lug (2).
Figure 2-51. (T700, T701C) Forward Suspension Lug; Removal and Installation
2-109
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
2-76. (T701) Removal of Forward Suspension b. Remove only two nuts (5) that secure forward
Lug. suspension lug (2) to swirl frame.
a. Remove green electrical cables (4, fig. 2-52) and c. Remove lug (2).
B-sump delta pressure tube (3) from clips (1).
Figure 2-52. (T701) Forward Suspension Lug; Removal and Installation
2-77. Inspection of Forward Suspension Lug. See
table 2-21.
Table 2-21. Inspection of Forward Suspension Lug
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
Forward suspension lug
(fig. 2-53) for:
a. Cracks. None allowed. Not repairable. Replace lug (para 2-78 (T700,
T701C) or 2-79 (T701)).
b. Nicks, dents, scratches, Any number, 0.020 inch deep, Same as usable limits, with Remove high metal.
and gouges. without high metal. high metal.
c. Cracked or broken None allowed. Not repairable. Replace lug (para 2-78 (T700,
rivets. T701C) or 2-79 (T701)).
d. Worn hole A. 0.510 inch diameter. Not repairable. Replace lug (para 2-78 (T700,
T701C) or 2-79 (T701)).
2-110
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 2-53. Forward Suspension Lug; Inspection
2-111
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
2-78. (T700, T701C) Installation of Forward b. Remove the following components:
Suspension Lug.
• (T700, T701) ECU or (T701C) DEC
a. Place forward suspension lug (2, fig. 2-51) on swirl (para 7-12)
frame studs at 12 o'clock position. • (T700, T701) history recorder or (T701C)
history counter (para 7-18)
b. Install two nuts (4), and torque nuts to 45-50 inch-
• anti-icing bleed and start valve (para 10-26)
pounds.
c. Install gas generator shaft tie-bolts restraining
c. Push green electrical cables (3) into clips (1).
adapter 21C7439P01 (2, fig. 2-54) as follows:
2-79. (T701) Installation of Forward Suspension
(1) Remove five self-locking nuts (1, fig. 2-54)
Lug.
from gas generator long rotor bolts.
a. Place forward suspension lug (2, fig. 2-52) on swirl
(2) Aline boltholes of gas generator shaft tie-
frame studs at 12 o'clock position.
bolts restraining adapter (2) with gas generator long rotor
bolts (3).
b. Install two nuts (5), and torque nuts to 45-50 inch-
pounds.
(3) Insert narrow end of restraining adapter (2)
into bore of gas generator turbine shaft so that long rotor
c. Push green electrical cables (4) and B-sump delta
bolts (3) fit into boltholes of adapter.
pressure tube (3) into clips (1).
(4) Secure long rotor bolts to adapter with five
2-80. PREPARING COLD SECTION MODULE self-locking nuts (1). Hand-tighten self-locking nuts.
FOR STORAGE OR SHIPMENT.
2-83. Installation of Cold Section Module
2-81. Preliminary Information. The cold section Shipping Adapter 21C7437G01.
module shipping adapter 21C7437G01 and the gas
generator shaft tie-bolts restraining adapter 21C7439P01 are
used with the shipping and storage container 8145CON004-
1. The gas generator shaft tie-bolts restraining adapter is
Lifting lug (1, fig. 2-55) on cold section
used to hold the gas generator long rotor bolts securely in
module shipping adapter 21C7437G01 is for
place while storing or shipping the cold section module. The
lifting adapter only. Do not use adapter lifting
cold section module shipping adapter is used to maintain
lug to lift or to transport cold section module.
proper weight distribution of the cold section module when
installed in the shipping and storage container.
a. Install hook of suitable lifting device into lifting
lug (1) of cold section module shipping adapter.
2-82. Installation of Gas Generator Shaft Tie-
Bolts Restraining Adapter 21C7439P01.
b. Hoist adapter to midframe flange of cold section
module.
a. Remove the following modules:
c. Aline “TOP” markings on adapter and on
• accessory section (para 5-5 (T700) or 5-6 midframe flange. Be sure that gas generator shaft tie-bolts
(T701, T701C)) restraining adapter (2, fig. 2-54) is in place by looking
• power turbine (para 4-7) through observation windows (2, fig. 2-55) in adapter.
• hot section (para 3-6) and (para 3-15
(T700) or para 3-16 (T701, T701C)) d. Install 30 bolts (3) and 30 locknuts (4) into every
other bolthole location on midframe flange.
e. Torque locknuts to 45-50 inch-pounds.
2-112
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 2-54. Gas Generator Shaft Tie-Bolts Restraining Adapter 21C7439P01; Removal and Installation
2-84. Installation of Cold Section Module into
2-85. PLACING COLD SECTION MODULE IN
Shipping and Storage Container 8145CON004-1.
SERVICE.
After gas generator shaft tie-bolts restraining adapter and
cold section module shipping adapter have been installed on 2-86. Preliminary Instructions.
cold section module (para. 2-82 or 2-83), refer to
paragraph 1-58 for installation of module into shipping and
storage container. Install shipping and storage container NOTE
cover (para 1-59). Shipping and storage container 8145CON004-
1 is used for the cold section module, together
with the cold section module shipping adapter
21C7437G01 and with the gas generator
turbine shaft tie-bolts restraining adapter
21C7439P01.
a. Be sure that all records and forms are complete.
b. Remove shipping and storage container cover
(para 1-49).
2-113
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 2-55. Cold Section Module Shipping Adapter 21C7437G01; Removal and Installation
2-114
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
c. Remove cold section module from container 2-87. Removal of Cold Section Module Shipping
(para 1-50). Adapter 21C7437G01.
d. Install module into maintenance stand adapter
21C7071G01 (para 1-56) or into transportation adapter
21C7082G02 (para 1-54). Lifting lug (1, fig. 2-55) on cold section
module shipping adapter 21C7437G01 is for
e. Inspect overall condition of module. lifting shipping adapter only. Do not use
adapter lifting lug to lift or to transport cold
section module.
Dry Cleaning Solvent a. Install hook of suitable lifting device into lifting
(Stoddard Solvent) lug (1) of shipping adapter. Take up slack to partially
P-D-680 support weight of adapter.
• Combustible - do not use near open flames, b. Remove 30 locknuts (4) and 30 bolts (3) from
near welding areas, or on hot surfaces. midframe flange and carefully slide adapter aft.
• Prolonged contact of skin with liquid can
cause dermatitis. Repeated inhalation of 2-88. Removal of Gas Generator Shaft Tie-Bolts
vapor can irritate nose and throat and can Restraining Adapter 21C7439P01.
cause dizziness.
a. Remove five self-locking nuts (1, fig. 2-54) from
• If any liquid contacts skin or eyes,
gas generator long rotor bolts (3).
immediately flush affected area thoroughly
with water. Remove solvent-saturated
b. Slide adapter aft, and remove it from gas generator
clothing. If vapors cause dizziness, go to
turbine shaft.
fresh air.
• When handling liquid or when applying it 2-89. Activating Cold Section Module.
in an air-exhausted, partially covered tank,
wear approved gloves and goggles. a. Replace aircraft gas turbine nameplate (1,
• When handling liquid or when applying it fig. 2-56) as follows:
at unexhausted, uncovered tank or
workbench, wear approved respirator, (1) On cold section module being replaced, grasp
gloves, and goggles. the drivescrew (2) with end nippers; then, pull upward and
turn nippers in a ccw direction. Discard drivescrews.
NOTE
(2) Pre-bend new nameplate (1), to fit the
Protective caps should not be removed from contour of the main frame (3).
cold section module until necessary for
buildup.
f. Remove any barrier material and tape from module.
Using dry cleaning solvent (item 99, Appendix D), remove
tape residue.
g. Clean external module surfaces as necessary.
2-115
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 2-56. Aircraft Gas Turbine Nameplate; Removal and Installation
2-116
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
(3) Using a lint-free wiper (item 113,
Appendix D) soaked with isopropyl alcohol (item 3,
Isopropyl Alcohol Appendix D), or dry cleaning solvent (item 99,
TT-I-735 Appendix D), clean mating surfaces of nameplate (1) and
main frame (3).
• Flammable - do not use near open flames,
near welding areas, or on hot surfaces.
• Do not smoke when using it, and do not use
it where others are smoking. Hysol Epoxy EA-934 NA Part A and
EA-934 NA Part B
• Inhalation of vapors can cause drowsiness,
dizziness, and headache. Contact of liquid
with skin may cause dermatitis and • Contact with vapor or liquid can cause
irritation. severe skin and lung irritation.
• If any liquid contacts skin or eyes, • If any liquid contacts skin or eyes,
immediately flush affected area thoroughly immediately flush affected area thoroughly
with water. Remove solvent-saturated with water. If vapors cause irritation, go to
clothing. If vapors cause drowsiness, go to fresh air.
fresh air. • When mixing, heating, or applying
• When handling large quantities (greater solution, wear approved gloves. If
than one gallon (3.8 liters)), work at air- prolonged contact with vapor is likely,
exhausted workbench or covered tank. wear approved respirator.
• Store solvent and dispose of liquid-soaked • Do not eat, smoke, or carry smoking
clothes in approved metal safety container. materials in areas where solution is
handled.
• Metal containers of liquid must be
grounded to maintain electrical continuity. • Repeated skin exposure to the uncured
epoxy resin may cause allergic reactions.
(4) Mix EPON 934 adhesive (item 1,
Appendix D) as follows:
Dry Cleaning Solvent
(Stoddard Solvent)
(a) Use 100 ±3 parts by weight of
P-D-680
EPON934A.
• Combustible - do not use near open flames, (b) Use 33 ±1 part by weight of EPON 934B.
near welding areas, or on hot surfaces.
• Prolonged contact of skin with liquid can (c) Mix EPON 934 in a plastic container,
cause dermatitis. Repeated inhalation of using a spatula or equivalent. Use adhesive within 15
vapor can irritate nose and throat and can minutes after mixing.
cause dizziness.
• If any liquid contacts skin or eyes, (5) Using EPON 934 adhesive, plug drivescrew
immediately flush affected area thoroughly holes; then, apply adhesive to main frame and nameplate.
with water. Remove solvent-saturated Leave about 1/32 inch thick coating of adhesive on both
clothing. If vapors cause dizziness, go to surfaces.
fresh air.
• When handling liquid or when applying it (6) Push nameplate down firmly onto main
in an air-exhausted, partially covered tank, frame. Remove excess adhesive which is squeezed out from
wear approved gloves and goggles. mating area.
• When handling liquid or when applying it
at unexhausted, uncovered tank or (7) Cure adhesive for a minimum of two hours at
workbench, wear approved respirator, a room temperature of 60°- 80°F or for a minimum of one
gloves, and goggles. hour at 160°-190°F, using a heat lamp or a hot air blower.
2-117
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
b. Remove primer nozzles (para 6-5 (T700)) and e. Install the following:
igniter plugs (para 7-5 (T700) or 7-6 (T701, T701C)).
• power turbine module (para 4-11)
c. Install hot section module (para 3-24 (T700) or • accessory section module (para 5-8 (T700)
3-25 (T701, T701C) and para 3-13). or 5-9 (T701, T701C))
• ECU or DEC (para 7-16)
d. Reinstall primer nozzles (para 6-8 (T700)) and
igniter plugs (para 7-9 (T700) or 7-10 (T701, T701C)). • history recorder or history counter
(para 7-22)
• anti-icing bleed and start valve (para 10-31)
f. Perform engine checks and tests required for
replacement of parts (para 1-223).
2-118
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
CHAPTER 3
COMBUSTION SECTION
HOT SECTION MODULE
3-1. CHAPTER OVERVIEW. 3-2. CHAPTER INDEX.
This chapter contains instructions for removing, cleaning, Maintenance procedures in this chapter are arranged as
inspecting, repairing, and installing components of the hot follows:
section module to the extent allowed by the maintenance
allocation chart (MAC). Subject Paragraph
Preliminary Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
Data peculiar to engine models T700-GE-700,
Borescope Inspection of Stage 1 Nozzle
T700-GE-701, and T700-GE-701C is identified throughout
Vanes and Combustion Liner. . . . . . . . . 3-4
the manual as follows:
Stages 1 and 2 Gas Generator Turbine
Rotor and Gas Generator Stator . . . . . . . 3-5
NOTE Stage 1 Nozzle Assembly, Face-Type Seal,
• Data common to all engine models is not and Combustion Liner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
identified. Preparing Hot Section Module for Storage
or Shipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26
• T700-GE-701C engine model data unique
Placing Hot Section Module in Service. . . . 3-27
to the Apache helicopter will be designated
AH-64A.
• T700-GE-701C engine model data unique 3-3. PRELIMINARY INSTRUCTIONS.
to the Black Hawk helicopter will be
designated UH-60L. Before starting any of the following procedures, read the
general maintenance practices and inspection procedures in
Appendix H.
Engine Model Identification
T700-GE-700 (T700) a. The stages 1 and 2 gas generator turbine rotor and
T700-GE-701 (T701) gas generator stator are parts of a matched assembly. If
T700-GE-701C (T701C) either the stage 1 rotor, stage 2 rotor, or gas generator stator
T700-GE-700 and T700-GE-701 (T700, T701) is replaced, replace the complete matched assembly.
T700-GE-700 and T700-GE-701C (T700, T701C)
T700-GE-701 and T700-GE-701C (T701, T701C) b. When removing or installing parts, prevent entry of
foreign objects into air and oil passages.
c. Do not use tape to cover oil passages or openings.
Tape adhesive can dissolve in oil and can cause
contamination.
3-1
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
3-4. BORESCOPE INSPECTION OF STAGE 1
NOZZLE VANES AND COMBUSTION LINER.
Lubricating Oil
Refer to paragraph 1-192 for borescope inspection
• If oil is decomposed by heat, toxic gases procedures for the stage 1 nozzle vanes and the combustion
are released. liner.
• Prolonged contact with liquid or mist may
cause dermatitis and irritation. 3-5. STAGES 1 AND 2 GAS GENERATOR
• If there is any prolonged contact with skin, TURBINE ROTOR AND GAS GENERATOR
wash area with soap and water. If solution STATOR.
contacts eyes, flush eyes with water
immediately. Remove saturated clothing. 3-6. Removal of Stages 1 and 2 Gas Generator
• If oil is swallowed, do not try to vomit. Get Turbine Rotor and Gas Generator Stator (AVIM).
immediate medical attention.
• When handling liquid, wear rubber gloves.
If prolonged contact with mist is likely,
wear approved respirator. Flight Safety Critical Aircraft Part
(Critical Characteristic(s))
d. Do not damage preformed packing grooves when
removing or installing preformed packings. Unless Service life of (T700) 6039T54G02 and
otherwise specified, lubricate packings and grooves with a subsequent, or (T701) 6053T40G01 and
light coat of lubricating oil (item 85 or 87, Appendix D) subsequent is a critical characteristic.
before installing packings. Ultrachem fluid no. 1 (item 117,
Appendix D) may be used as an alternate lubricant for NOTE
packings and grooves.
The following procedures apply when the
e. Inspect replacement parts for serviceability before engine is installed in maintenance stand
installation. adapter 21C7071G01 (para 1-56) Modular
Engine Test System (METS), Flexible Engine
f. Always use a backup wrench on fittings when Diagnostic System (FEDS), or Compact
removing or installing hoses or tubes. Engine Test System (CETS).
g. When connecting hoses or tubes, see wrench-arc a. Remove power turbine module (para 4-7).
tightening method (para H-14, Appendix H).
b. If reinstalling gas generator stator, match-mark gas
h. Observe the following inspection rules: generator stator-to-midframe flange, using blue Dykem
marker (item 82, Appendix D).
(1) In the inspection tables, some requirements
apply only when the part is removed from the engine. If the NOTE
part to be inspected is installed on the engine, inspect only
for those defects that can be seen without removing the part. The no. 1 long rotor bolt is the bolt that is
Do not remove the part just to inspect it. closest to the O-matchmark on the stage 2
rotor cooling plate.
(2) When inspection limits are in decimals,
compare size of defect with size of thickness gage (feeler c. If reinstalling the stage 2 gas generator turbine
gage). rotor, match-mark the number 1 long rotor bolt and face of
stage 2 rear cooling plate, using blue Dykem marker
(item 82, Appendix D). (T701, T701C) If installing new
stage 2 gas generator turbine rotor, match-mark the
number1 long rotor bolt, using blue Dykem marker (item
82, Appendix D).
3-2 Change 3
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
d. (T701C) Remove face-type seal (17, fig. 3-2).
Be sure stage 1 nozzle face-type seal (3, fig. e. There are two methods for removing nuts (12,
3-1 or 3-2) is installed. If module or engine is fig. 3-1 (T700) or fig. 3-2 (T701, T701C) from gas
found to have been operated without stage 1 generator rotor bolts (6). If using lock/support adapter
nozzle face-type seal installed, the stage 1 and (fig. 3-3), see step f. If using gas generator rotor antirotation
stage 2 turbine blades and dampers may have bar (2, fig. 3-4), see step g.
been subjected to excessive excitation force.
Engines operated without stage 1 nozzle face-
type seal installed must have the stage 1 and
stage 2 turbine blades and dampers replaced.
Change 3 3-2.1/(3-2.2 Blank)
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 3-1. (T700) Stages 1 and 2 Gas Generator Turbine Rotor and Gas Generator Stator;
Removal and Installation
3-3
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 3-2. (T701, T701C) Stages 1 and 2 Gas Generator Turbine Rotor and Gas Generator Stator and
Face-Type Seal; Removal and Installation
3-4
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 3-3. Lock/Support Adapter; Installation and Removal
3-5
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 3-4. Gas Generator Rotor Antirotation Bar 21C7399G01; Installation
3-6
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
f. Remove nuts (12, fig. 3-1 (T700) or fig. 3-2
(T701, T701C) as follows:
Penetrating Oil
(1) Remove two bolts (1, fig. 3-1 (T700) or 3-2
(T701, T701C)) and nuts (14) from gas generator stator (9) • Do not use near open flames or other heat
and midframe flange (7). source including smoking
• Do not have any contact with liquid or
(2) (T700) Install lock/support adapter
vapor. Contact of eyes with vapor or liquid
17A8532G04 (fig. 3-3) onto midframe flange (5) with
can cause severe irritiation. Prolonged
24nuts (2) and 24 bolts (6) that were removed from power
inhalation of vapor may cause headache,
turbine-to-midframe flange. Torque nuts to 70-75 inch-
dizziness, and nausea.
pounds.
• If liquid contacts eyes, flush them
(3) (T701, T701C) Install lock/support adapter thoroughly with water. After prolonged
21C7247G01 (fig. 3-3) onto midframe flange (5), using skin contact, wash contacted area with soap
24nuts (2) and 24 bolts (6) that were removed from power and water. If vapors cause dizziness, go to
turbine-to-midframe flange. Torque nuts to 70-75 inch- fresh air.
pounds. • When handling or applying liquid, wear
goggles or face shield. If prolonged
exposure to vapor is likely, wear approved
respirator.
Handling Bladed Components
(6) Apply penetrating oil (item 88, Appendix D)
Wear leather palm gloves (welder's type with to five large nuts (12, fig. 3-1 (T700) and fig. 3-2 (T701,
gauntlet) when handling components with T701C) on gas generator turbine rotor long bolt (6). Allow
assembled blades and vanes. Blades and vanes penetrating oil to act for 30 minutes before attempting to
are sharp and can cause serious injury. remove nuts.
(4) (T700) Secure lock/support adapter plug as
follows:
Torque shall be released only on the five large
(a) Turn knob (10) until five tabs (1) of plug nuts (12). Otherwise, rotor imbalance may
are close to scallops (8, view A) of cooling plate. result.
(b) Rotate gas generator turbine rotor (9) NOTE
until scallops (8, view A) are alined with five tabs (1).
Hand-tighten knob (10). The no. 1 long rotor bolt is the bolt that is the
closest to the O-matchmark on the stage 2 rear
(5) (T701, T701C) Secure lock/support adapter cooling plate.
plug as follows:
(7) Break torque on each of the five large
(a) Turn knob (10) until five tabs (1) of plug nuts(12) one at a time, without further loosening.
are close to cooling plate (view B).
(8) Loosen five large nuts (12) one-quarter turn
(b) Rotate gas generator turbine rotor (9) at a time until all nuts are completely loose.
until even numbers stamped on five tabs (1) are positioned
directly over small nuts on stage 2 gas generator turbine (9) Remove and discard five large nuts (12).
rotor bolt (11, fig. 3-2). Hand- tighten knob (10).
3-7
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
(5) Remove and discard five nuts (12).
Stage 2 gas generator turbine rotor (10) and
gas generator stator (9) must be held in place
by hand during removal of lock/support Stage 2 gas generator turbine rotor (10) must
adapter to prevent rotor and stator from falling be held in place by hand during removal of
off engine. antirotation bar to prevent rotor from falling
off engine.
(10) With another mechanic holding stage 2
turbine rotor (10) and stator (9), remove 24 nuts (2, fig. 3-3) (6) With another mechanic holding stage 2
and 24 bolts (6) from lock/support adapter. turbine rotor (10), remove antirotation bar.
(11) Remove lock/support adapter.
NOTE
(12) Install two bolts (6) and two locknuts (2) Curvic coupling seal (13, fig. 3-1 (T700) or
(equally spaced) to secure stator to midframe flange. 3-2 (T701, T701C)) might come off with the
rotor.
g. If using gas generator rotor antirotation bar (2,
fig. 3-4), remove five large nuts (12, fig. 3-1 (T700) or h. Remove stage 2 turbine rotor (10). Remove curvic
fig. 3-2 (T701, T701C)) as follows: coupling seal (13) if it did not come off with rotor.
i. Remove two bolts (1) and two locknuts (14) from
gas generator stator and midframe flange.
Penetrating Oil
j. Have another mechanic hold stage 1 gas generator
Observe warning in step f(6). turbine rotor (8) so that it will not be pulled aft when stator
is removed.
(1) Apply penetrating oil (item 88, Appendix D)
to five large self-locking nuts (1, fig. 3-4). Allow
penetrating oil to act for 30 minutes before attempting to
remove nuts. Be sure stage 1 nozzle face-type seal (3, fig.
3-1 or 3-2) is installed. If module or engine is
(2) Install antirotation bar (2) over three of the found to have been operated without stage 1
five small self-locking nuts (3). nozzle face-type seal installed, the stage 1 and
stage 2 turbine blades and dampers may have
been subjected to excessive excitation force.
Engines operated without stage 1 nozzle face-
Torque shall be released only on the five large type seal installed must have the stage 1 and
nuts (12, fig. 3-1 (T700) and fig. 3-2 (T701, stage 2 turbine blades and dampers replaced.
T701C)). Otherwise, rotor imbalance may
result. k. Remove stator (9). If stator cannot be removed by
hand, do the following:
NOTE (1) Obtain three bolts PN J643P06A (to be used
The no. 1 long rotor bolt is the bolt that is for jacking). Holding stator by hand, manually thread bolts
closest to the O-matchmark on the stage 2 rear into jacking holes (15) until bolts bottom.
cooling plate.
(2) Turn each bolt clockwise one-quarter turn,
(3) Break torque on each of the five large one at a time until stator (9) is loose.
nuts(12), one at a time, without further loosening.
(4) Loosen five nuts (12) one-quarter turn at a
time until all nuts are completely loose.
3-8 Change 3
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
l. If reinstalling the stage 1 gas generator turbine
rotor, match-mark the face of stage 1 rear cooling plate to
Be sure stage 1 nozzle face-type seal (3, fig. the number 1 long rotor bolt, match-marked in step c, using
3-1 or 3-2) is installed. If module or engine is blue Dykem marker (item 82, Appendix D).
found to have been operated without stage 1
nozzle face-type seal installed, the stage 1 and m. Remove stage 1 turbine rotor (8) and curvic
stage 2 turbine blades and dampers may have coupling seal (5).
been subjected to excessive excitation force.
Engines operated without stage 1 nozzle face- n. Remove cooling plate seal ring (2) from (T701,
type seal installed must have the stage 1 and T701C) stage 1 aft cooling plate (16, fig. 3-2) or (T700)
stage 2 turbine blades and dampers replaced. stage 2 forward cooling plate (inner bore) (17, fig. 3-1).
(3) Remove stator (9); then remove three bolts
used for jacking.
Change 3 3-8.1/(3-8.2 Blank)
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
3-7. Cleaning of Stages 1 and 2 Gas Generator a. Flush or spray-wash outside surfaces with dry
Turbine Rotor and Gas Generator Stator and cleaning solvent (item 99, Appendix D) to remove grease,
(T701C) Face-Type Seal (AVIM). oil, and carbon.
Dry Cleaning Solvent
Compressed Air
(Stoddard Solvent)
P-D-680 • When using compressed air for any
cooling, cleaning, or drying operation, do
• Combustible - do not use near open flames,
not exceed 30 psig at the nozzle.
near welding areas, or on hot surfaces.
• Eyes can be permanently damaged by
• Prolonged contact of skin with liquid can contact with liquid or large particles
cause dermatitis. Repeated inhalation of
propelled by compressed air. Inhalation of
vapor can irritate nose and throat and can
air-blown particles or solvent vapor can
cause dizziness.
damage lungs.
• If any liquid contacts skin or eyes, • When using air for cleaning at an air-
immediately flush affected area thoroughly
exhausted workbench, wear approved
with water. Remove solvent-saturated
goggles or face shield.
clothing. If vapors cause dizziness, go to
fresh air. • When using air for cleaning at an
unexhausted workbench, wear approved
• When handling liquid or when applying it
respirator and goggles.
in an air-exhausted, partially covered tank,
wear approved gloves and goggles. b. Using dry, filtered, compressed air, dry the stages 1
and 2 gas generator turbine rotor, gas generator stator and
• When handling liquid or when applying it (T701C) face-type seal.
at unexhausted, uncovered tank or
workbench, wear approved respirator, 3-8. Inspection of Stages 1 and 2 Gas Generator
gloves, and goggles. Turbine Rotor (AVIM). See table 3-1.
Table 3-1. Inspection of Stages 1 and 2 Gas Generator Turbine Rotor
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
Flight Safety Critical Aircraft Part
(Critical Characteristic(s))
Service life of (T700) 6039T54G02 and subsequent, or (T701) 6053T40G01 and subsequent is a critical
characteristic.
a. Turbine rotor blades (fig. 3-5)
for:
(1) Cracks:
(a) Radial, at blade No more than three radial Not repairable. Replace stages 1 and 2 gas
tip(2). cracks per blade, up to 1/16 generator turbine rotor and
inch long, at least 1/8 inch gas generator stator
apart. (para 3-13).
3-9
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table 3-1. Inspection of Stages 1 and 2 Gas Generator Turbine Rotor (Cont)
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
(b) Axial, near blade None allowed. Not repairable. Replace stages 1 and 2 gas
tip(2). generator turbine rotor and
gas generator stator
(para 3-13).
(c) In all other areas of None allowed. Not repairable. Replace stages 1 and 2 gas
blades. generator turbine rotor and
gas generator stator
(para 3-13).
(2) Tips (2) for:
(a) Curling. 1/16 inch long at leading and Not repairable. Replace stages 1 and 2 gas
trailing edges. generator turbine rotor and
gas generator stator
(para 3-13).
(b) Burrs. Any amount. Not applicable. Not applicable.
(3) Erosion on leading Any amount, 0.010 inch Not repairable. Replace stages 1 and 2 gas
edge(1). deep. generator turbine rotor and
gas generator stator
(para 3-13).
(4) Hot gas corrosion Any amount of discoloration Not repairable. Replace stages 1 and 2 gas
(sulfidation). or surface roughness if there generator turbine rotor and
is no blistering, splitting, or gas generator stator
separation (delamination) of (para 3-13).
airfoil surface.
NOTE
Pits that are within usable limits have rounded bases and the same texture as the non-
pitted coated surface.
(5) Pits. Any number, 0.005 inch Same as usable limits, with Remove high metal and
deep (use a scriber having a high metal. blend.
0.030 inch tip radius to
detect pits), if airfoil coating
is not damaged or cracked
without high metal.
(6) Trailing edge (4) bowed 0.030 inch from straight Not repairable. Replace stages 1 and 2 gas
from straight line. line. generator turbine rotor and
gas generator stator
(para 3-13).
3-10
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table 3-1. Inspection of Stages 1 and 2 Gas Generator Turbine Rotor (Cont)
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
(7) Plugged cooling air Not more than two on tip Any amount. Remove foreign material,
holes(3) at flow check surface. using a pin or wire. If a tip
(para 1-166) or if noted cooling hole is blocked or
visually. partially blocked by smeared
blade material, use a round
file or rotary grinder to
locally remove the smeared
metal. Work the file/grinder
across the blade tip,
removing the minimum
material necessary to
remove the smear. Do not
attempt to drill through the
smear. Drill may break.
After smear is removed,
remove dirt in hole with pin
or wire. Repeat Hot Section
cleaning (para 1-157). If
plugged holes cannot be
cleared, replace stages 1 and
2 gas generator turbine rotor
and gas generator stator
(para 3-13).
(8) Stage 1 turbine rotor Not more than a 0.125 × Not repairable. Replace stages 1 and 2 gas
blade tip (2) loss at 0.250 inch-size area generator turbine rotor and
trailing edge. missing. gas generator stator
(para 3-13).
(9) Exposed stage 1 and 2 None. None. Replace stages 1 and 2 gas
dampers (dampers generator turbine rotor and
showing between bottom gas generator stator
of turbine blades and (para 3-13).
cooling plates).
b. Cooling plates (5, 6):
(1) All areas except labyrinth
seals for:
(a) Cracks. None allowed. Not repairable. Replace stages 1 and 2 gas
generator turbine rotor and
gas generator stator
(para 3-13).
(b) Nicks, dents, and Any number, 1/64 inch Same as usable limits, with Remove high metal and
scratches. deep, with no high metal. high metal. polish out sharp nicks.
(2) Labyrinth seal (8) for:
(a) Cracks. None allowed. Not repairable. Replace stages 1 and 2 gas
generator turbine rotor and
gas generator stator
(para 3-13).
Change 3 3-11
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table 3-1. Inspection of Stages 1 and 2 Gas Generator Turbine Rotor (Cont)
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
(b) Nicks, dents, and Any number, 1/64 inch Same as usable limits, with Remove high metal and
scratches. deep, with no high metal. high metal. blend.
(3) Labyrinth seal teeth for:
(a) Cracks. None allowed. Not repairable. Replace stages 1 and 2 gas
generator turbine rotor and
gas generator stator
(para 3-13).
(b) Nicks and radial Any number, 0.015 inch Same as usable limits, with Remove high metal and
dents. deep; four per tooth not over high metal. blend.
0.020 inch deep. Total
length of all dents, nicks,
and blends (per tooth) not
over 30% of circumference.
No high metal allowed.
(c) Axial dents. Up to 1/32 inch from Not repairable. Replace stages 1 and 2 gas
original contour if no more generator turbine rotor and
than one-third of gas generator stator
circumference is displaced. (para 3-13).
(d) Chipped coating. Any amount, provided Same as usable limits. Replace stages 1 and 2 gas
dimensions in steps 4 and 5 generator turbine rotor and
are met. gas generator stator
(para 3-13).
(4) (T700) Labyrinth seal
teeth for wear on:
(a) Diameter A of stage 4.373 inches minimum. Not repairable. Replace stages 1 and 2 gas
1 turbine forward generator turbine rotor and
cooling plate gas generator stator
(fig. 3-6, sheet 1). (para 3-13).
(b) Diameter B of stage 4.473 inches minimum. Not repairable. Replace stages 1 and 2 gas
1 turbine forward generator turbine rotor and
cooling plate gas generator stator
(fig. 3-6, sheet 1). (para 3-13).
(c) Diameter A of stage 4.260 inches minimum. Not repairable. Replace stages 1 and 2 gas
1 turbine rear cooling generator turbine rotor and
plate (fig. 3-6, gas generator stator
sheet1). (para 3-13).
(d) Diameter B of stage 4.360 inches minimum. Not repairable. Replace stages 1 and 2 gas
1 turbine rear cooling generator turbine rotor and
plate (fig. 3-6, gas generator stator
sheet1). (para 3-13).
3-12
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table 3-1. Inspection of Stages 1 and 2 Gas Generator Turbine Rotor (Cont)
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
(e) Diameter C of stage 4.460 inches minimum. Not repairable. Replace stages 1 and 2 gas
1 turbine rear cooling generator turbine rotor and
plate (fig. 3-6, gas generator stator
sheet1. (para 3-13).
(f) Diameter D of stage 4.560 inches minimum. Not repairable. Replace stages 1 and 2 gas
1 turbine rear cooling generator turbine rotor and
plate (fig. 3-6, gas generator stator
sheet1). (para 3-13).
(g) Diameter A of stage 4.407 inches minimum. Not repairable. Replace stages 1 and 2 gas
2 turbine rear cooling generator turbine rotor and
plate (fig. 3-6, gas generator stator
sheet2). (para 3-13).
(5) (T701, T701C)
Labyrinth seal teeth for
wear on:
(a) Diameter A of stage 4.373 inches minimum. Not repairable. Replace stages 1 and 2 gas
1 turbine forward generator turbine rotor and
cooling plate gas generator stator
(fig. 3-7, sheet 1). (para 3-13).
(b) Diameter B of stage 4.460 inches minimum. Not repairable. Replace stages 1 and 2 gas
1 turbine rear cooling generator turbine rotor and
plate (fig. 3-7, gas generator stator
sheet1). (para 3-13).
(c) Diameter C of stage 4.560 inches minimum. Not repairable. Replace stages 1 and 2 gas
1 turbine and gas rear generator turbine rotor and
cooling plate gas generator stator
(fig. 3-7, sheet 1). (para 3-13).
(d) Diameter A of stage 4.360 inches minimum. Not repairable. Replace stages 1 and 2 gas
2 turbine and gas generator turbine rotor and
forward cooling plate gas generator stator
(fig. 3-7, sheet 2). (para 3-13).
(e) Diameter B of stage 4.407 inches minimum. Not repairable. Replace stages 1 and 2 gas
2 turbine and gas rear generator turbine rotor and
cooling plate gas generator stator
(fig. 3-7, sheet 2). (para 3-13).
3-13
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table 3-1. Inspection of Stages 1 and 2 Gas Generator Turbine Rotor (Cont)
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
c. Turbine disks (7, 9,
fig. 3-5) for:
Flight Safety Critical Aircraft Part
(Critical Characteristic(s))
Cracks on stage 1 and stage 2 turbine disks are critical characteristics.
(1) Cracks. None allowed. Not repairable. Replace stages 1 and 2 gas
generator turbine rotor and
gas generator stator
(para 3-13).
(2) Nicks, pits, and scratches. Any number, 0.005 inch Same as usable limits, with Remove high metal and
deep, without high metal. high metal. blend.
3-14
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 3-5. Stages 1 and 2 Gas Generator Turbine Rotor; Inspection
3-15
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 3-6. (T700) Labyrinth Seals for Wear; Inspection (Sheet 1 of 2)
3-16
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 3-6. (T700) Labyrinth Seals for Wear; Inspection (Sheet 2 of 2)
3-17
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 3-7. (T701, T701C) Labyrinth Seals for Wear; Inspection (Sheet 1 of 2)
3-18
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 3-7. (T701, T701C) Labyrinth Seals for Wear; Inspection (Sheet 2 of 2)
3-19
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
3-9. Inspection of Gas Generator Cooling Plate
Seal Ring (AVIM). See table 3-2.
Table 3-2. Inspection of Gas Generator Cooling Plate Seal Ring
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
Seal ring (fig. 3-8) for:
a. Cracks. None allowed. Not repairable Replace seal ring.
b. Nicks, dents, scratches. Any number, 0.015 inch Same as usable limits, with Remove high metal and
deep, without high metal. high metal. blend.
c. Flatness. With diameter B restrained, Any amount. Cold-work seal ring to
ring must be flat within usable limits.
0.010 inch.
d. Diameter B for distortion. In free state, must be round Any amount. Cold-work seal ring to
within 0.500 inch. usable limits.
e. Discoloration. Any amount. Not applicable. Not applicable.
f. Wear. Any amount, up to 0.003 Not repairable. Replace seal ring.
inch, as evidenced by flat
spots or sections.
3-20
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 3-8. Gas Generator Cooling Plate Seal Ring; Inspection
3-21
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
3-10. Inspection of Curvic Coupling Seals
(AVIM). See table 3-3.
Table 3-3. Inspection of Curvic Coupling Seals
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
Curvic coupling seals (fig. 3-9)
for:
a. Cracks. None allowed. Not repairable. Replace seal (para 3-13).
b. Nicks, dents, and scratches. Any number, 0.005 inch Same as usable limits, with Blend high metal.
deep, without high metal. high metal.
c. Distortion. No visible distortion Not repairable. Replace seal (para 3-13).
allowed.
d. Fretting. 25% (max) of working Same as usable limits with Blend high metal.
surface on any one tooth. high metal.
Nohigh metal. Polished or
burnished surface is
acceptable.
Figure 3-9. Curvic Coupling Seals; Inspection
3-22
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
3-11. Inspection of Gas Generator Stator
(AVIM). See table 3-4.
Table 3-4. Inspection of Gas Generator Stator
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
a. Stage 2 turbine nozzle
segments (17, fig. 3-10,
sheet 1 of sheet 2) for:
(1) Cracks in the
following areas of
vanes:
(a) Trailing edge (3). Any number less than 1/8 Not repairable. Replace stages 1 and 2 gas
inch long, and three cracks generator turbine rotor and gas
up to 1/4 inch long. Pieces generator stator (para 3-13).
must not be in danger of
falling out.
(b) Leading edge (8), One crack per segment, up Not repairable. Replace stages 1 and 2 gas
and all other areas to 5/8 inch long. Two cracks generator turbine rotor and gas
of vanes. per segment, 1/2 inch long. generator stator.
Any number, up to 1/8 inch
long provided there is no
danger of pieces falling out.
(2) Cracks in outer
bands(16) in:
(a) Fillet area One crack, up to 3/4 inch Not repairable. Replace stages 1 and 2 gas
between vane (4) long per segment. generator turbine rotor and gas
and outer band. generator stator (para 3-13).
(b) Leading edge. Five cracks, up to 1/2 inch Not repairable. Replace stages 1 and 2 gas
long. generator turbine rotor and gas
generator stator (para 3-13).
(c) Area between One crack, up to 3/4 inch Not repairable. Replace stages 1 and 2 gas
vanes. long. generator turbine rotor and gas
generator stator (para 3-13).
(d) All other areas. Any number if cracks do not Not repairable. Replace stages 1 and 2 gas
cross. Pieces must not be in generator turbine rotor and gas
danger of falling out. generator stator (para 3-13).
(3) Cracks in inner Four cracks, up to 1/2 inch Not repairable. Replace stages 1 and 2 gas
bands(5). long; any number, up to 1/8 generator turbine rotor and gas
inch long per segment. generator stator (para 3-13).
Cracks shall not cross each
other.
3-23
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table 3-4. Inspection of Gas Generator Stator (Cont)
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
(4) Burns, blistering, and
erosion on:
(a) Vanes (4), except 1/2 × 1/4 inch, two places Not repairable. Replace stages 1 and 2 gas
on trailing edge. per vane. generator turbine rotor and gas
generator stator (para 3-13).
(b) Trailing edges (3) 1/4 inch high × 1/8 inch Not repairable. Replace stages 1 and 2 gas
of vanes. back from edge of vane. generator turbine rotor and gas
generator stator (para 3-13).
(c) Outer and inner 1/2 × 1/2 inch, two places Not repairable. Replace stages 1 and 2 gas
bands (16, 5). each band. generator turbine rotor and gas
generator stator (para 3-13).
(5) Bumps on vanes (4). Any number, any size if Not repairable. Replace stages 1 and 2 gas
coating is not wrinkled and generator turbine rotor and gas
bump has a smooth, rounded generator stator (para 3-13).
contour.
(6) Nicks, scratches, and Any number, up to 1/64 inch Same as usable limits, with Remove high metal and blend.
gouges. deep, without high metal. high metal.
(7) Dents in:
(a) Trailing edges (3). Any number, up to 1/64 inch Same as usable limits, with Remove high metal and blend.
deep, within 1/4 inch of edge high metal.
with smooth deformation
and no high metal.
(b) All other areas. Any number, up to 1/32 inch Same as usable limits, with Remove high metal and blend.
deep, with smooth high metal.
deformation and no high
metal.
(8) Buckling of trailing Up to 1/32 inch from Not repairable. Replace stages 1 and 2 gas
edges (3). straight line. generator turbine rotor and gas
generator stator (para 3-13).
(9) Evidence of hot gas Any amount of discoloration Not repairable. Replace stages 1 and 2 gas
erosion on leading or surface roughness if there generator turbine rotor and gas
edges (8) and trailing is no blistering, cracking, or generator stator (para 3-13).
edges (3) or on airfoil separation of the surface on
surfaces. leading and trailing edges.
(10) Missing pieces on:
(a) Vane leading Total area allowed per vane Not repairable. Replace stages 1 and 2 gas
edge. is the equivalent area of a generator turbine rotor and gas
3/32 inch diameter circle. generator stator (para 3-13).
3-24 Change 1
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table 3-4. Inspection of Gas Generator Stator (Cont)
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
(b) Vane trailing Total area allowed per vane Not repairable. Replace stages 1 and 2 gas
edge. is 1/2 inch radially by 1/8 generator turbine rotor and gas
inch axially (max four generator stator (para 3-13).
vanes); or 1/4 inch radially
by 3/16 inch axially per vane
(max four vanes).
(11) Protruding or missing Up to five segment seals per Not applicable. Remove protruding segment
nozzle segment seals nozzle assembly, provided seal using needle-nose pliers.
at the inner band (5) at engine performance is
the nozzle assembly. acceptable.
b. Stage 2 turbine shroud
sectors (2), and stage 1
turbine shroud segments
(9) for:
(1) Cracks in leading and Any number if there are no Not repairable. Replace stages 1 and 2 gas
trailing edge flowpath loose or missing pieces. generator turbine rotor and gas
rails (1) and (T701) generator stator (para 3-13).
flowpath side rail (10).
(2) Cracks in (T700)
honeycomb or (T701)
Genaseal filler
material:
(a) Axially. Two cracks per sector Not repairable. Replace stages 1 and 2 gas
completely across. Four generator turbine rotor and gas
cracks per sector not longer generator stator (para 3-13).
than 1/2 inch. Any number
up to 1/8 inch long per
sector. Cracks must not
intersect each other, and
pieces must not be in danger
of falling out.
(b) Circumferentially. Any number, total length not Not repairable. Replace stages 1 and 2 gas
to exceed 2.000 inches. generator turbine rotor and gas
generator stator (para 3-13).
(3) (T701, T701C)
Cracks in solid alloy
filler material:
(a) Axially. None allowed. Not repairable. Replace stages 1 and 2 gas
generator turbine rotor and gas
generator stator (para 3-13).
Change 4 3-25
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table 3-4. Inspection of Gas Generator Stator (Cont)
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
(b) Circumferentially. None allowed. Not repairable. Replace stages 1 and 2 gas
generator turbine rotor and gas
generator stator (para 3-13).
(4) (T701, T701C), Not allowed. Not repairable. Replace stages 1 and 2 gas
Missing solid alloy generator turbine rotor and gas
material. generator stator (para 3-13).
NOTE
As manufactured, any amount of honeycomb filler material may be missing in incomplete cells on all edges of
shroud sectors.
(5) (T700) for GG Rotor
P/Ns 6039T54G12,
G13, G17 and
subsequent (T701) for
GG Rotor P/Ns
6053T40G23 and G25
and subsequent for
missing filler material:
(a) Partial depth (less Any amount. Not applicable. Not applicable.
than 0.020 inches
deep).
(b) Partial depth Not more than 0.25 square Not repairable. Replace stages 1 and 2 gas
(0.020 inches or inches cumulative for any generator turbine rotor and gas
greater and not one shroud sector. generator stator (para 3-13).
revealing the
backing ring).
(c) Full depth Not more than 0.015 square Not repairable. Replace stages 1 and 2 gas
(backing ring inches in one location and generator turbine rotor and gas
exposed). any one sector. generator stator (para 3-13).
(6) Nicks, gouges, and Any number, up to 0.030 Same as usable limits, with Remove high metal and blend.
dents. inch deep, without high high metal.
metal.
(7) Blade tip wear Any amount, up to 0.015 Not repairable. Replace stages 1 and 2 gas
grooves. inch deep, if there is a 1/16 generator turbine rotor and gas
inch wide unworn band at generator stator (para 3-13).
forward and aft edges.
3-26 Change 1
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table 3-4. Inspection of Gas Generator Stator (Cont)
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
NOTE
As manufactured, any amount of honeycomb filler material may be missing in
incomplete cells on all edges of shroud sectors.
(8) (T700) Missing Defects in filler material Not repairable. Replace stages 1 and 2 gas
honeycomb filler and/or cells are allowed in generator turbine rotor and gas
material (without up to 15% of cells per generator stator (para 3-13).
dampers). segment/sector. Defects up
to 0.030 inch diameter
allowed in no more than 10
adjacent cells. Defects up to
0.030 inch deep are allowed
in no more than three
adjacent cells.
(9) (T701) Missing Not allowed. Not repairable. Replace stages 1 and 2 gas
genaseal filler generator turbine rotor and gas
material. generator stator (para 3-13).
(10) Blade material Maximum height of 0.005 Any amount. Blend to contour of adjacent
buildup. inch. surface.
NOTE
Ceramic shrouds turn yellow after use. A yellow shroud will indicate that the shroud is
made of ceramic.
(11) (T701C) Ceramic rub
surface material on
segments (9):
(a) Missing or Any number of areas up to a Not repairable. Replace stages 1 and 2 gas
chipped ceramic total of 1/3 of each segment. generator turbine rotor and gas
material. Exposure of bonding generator stator (para 3-13).
material is allowed (bonding
material appears blue-gray
color. Color should not be
mistaken for black oxidation
of backing material).
(b) Cracks in ceramic Any number, up to 0.500 Not repairable. Replace stages 1 and 2 gas
coating. inch long. generator turbine rotor and gas
generator stator (para 3-13).
3-27
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table 3-4. Inspection of Gas Generator Stator (Cont)
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
Flight Safety Critical Aircraft Part
(Critical Characteristic(s))
Cracks on stage 2 turbine nozzle static seal (PN 5043T35G02/G03) are critical characteristics.
c. Stage 2 turbine nozzle
static seal (7) for:
(1) Cracks in honeycomb Any number, if no material Not repairable. Replace stages 1 and 2 gas
material. is in danger of coming loose. generator turbine rotor and gas
generator stator (para 3-13).
(2) Cracks (except None allowed. Not repairable. Replace stages 1 and 2 gas
surfaces X and Y). generator turbine rotor and gas
generator stator (para 3-13).
Flight Safety Critical Aircraft Part
(Critical Characteristic(s))
Cracks on (T700, T701) surfaces X and Y are critical characteristics.
(3) (T700, T701) Cracks Splitting/cracking on surface Not repairable. Replace stages 1 and 2 gas
on surfaces X and Y. X and Y not to exceed 180 generator turbine rotor and gas
degrees cumulative length generator stator (para 3-13).
for either surface.
(4) Separation of Not allowed. Not repairable. Replace stages 1 and 2 gas
honeycomb from generator turbine rotor and gas
support ring (6). generator stator (para 3-13).
(5) Wear grooves or rubs Any amount, up to 0.015 Not repairable. Replace stages 1 and 2 gas
in honeycomb inch deep, compared with generator turbine rotor and gas
material. unworn portion of seal. generator stator (para 3-13).
3-28
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table 3-4. Inspection of Gas Generator Stator (Cont)
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
NOTE
• The (T700, T701) GG stator has a two-piece configuration shroud support and is called the stage 1 and 2
shroud supports.
• The (T701C) GG stator has a one-piece configuration shroud support and is called the stage 1 shroud support.
• When inspecting the one-piece (T701C) shroud support, use inspection limits listed for stage 1 and 2 shroud
support. The limits provided pertain to both configurations.
d. Stage 1 turbine shroud
support (12) for:
(1) Cracks on:
(a) Seal mating
surface (11).
1 Circum- No one crack longer than Not repairable. Replace stages 1 and 2 gas
ferential 1/2inch. Cumulative length generator turbine rotor and gas
cracks. of all cracks shall not exceed generator stator (para 3-13).
3.000 inches.
2 Radial cracks. Any number, up to 1/4 inch Not repairable. Replace stages 1 and 2 gas
long. generator turbine rotor and gas
generator stator (para 3-13).
(b) Conical shell (13). None allowed. Not repairable. Replace stages 1 and 2 gas
generator turbine rotor and gas
generator stator (para 3-13).
(c) Remaining areas. Any number, up to 1/8 inch Not repairable. Replace stages 1 and 2 gas
long. generator turbine rotor and gas
generator stator (para 3-13).
(2) Nicks, scratches, and Any number, up to 0.030 Same as usable limits, with Blend high metal.
gouges. inch deep without high high metal.
metal.
3-29
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table 3-4. Inspection of Gas Generator Stator (Cont)
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
e. Shield (18) for:
(1) Cracks. Any number, so long as Not repairable. Replace stages 1 and 2 gas
piece is not in danger of generator turbine rotor and gas
falling out. generator stator (para 3-13).
NOTE
If missing piece of shield (18) is not found during inspection of hot section then, the
broken piece(s) disintegrated and were discharged overboard.
(2) Missing/broken Two missing pieces with an Not repairable. Replace stages 1 and 2 gas
pieces. area of up to 1.0 square generator turbine rotor and gas
inches per piece. generator stator (para 3-13);
and inspect the hot section
(stage 1 nozzle, GG
rotor/stator, combustion liner)
for missing piece of shield.
f. (T700, T701) Stage 2
turbine shroud support (14)
for:
(1) Cracks:
(a) Circumferential None allowed. Not repairable. Replace stages 1 and 2 gas
generator turbine rotor and gas
generator stator (para 3-13).
(b) Radial. Any number, up to 1/4 inch Not repairable. Replace stages 1 and 2 gas
long. generator turbine rotor and gas
generator stator (para 3-13).
(2) Nicks, scratches, and Any number, up to 0.030 Same as usable limits, with Blend high metal.
gouges. inch deep without high high metal.
metal.
(3) Plugged cooling holes Up to five holes, provided Any number. Using a 0.020 inch (or smaller)
in shield (15). they are not adjacent to each diameter wire, remove foreign
other. material from holes.
3-30
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 3-10. Gas Generator Stator; Inspection (Sheet 1 of 2)
3-31
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 3-10. Gas Generator Stator; Inspection (Sheet 2 of 2)
3-32
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
3-12. (T701C) Inspection of Face-Type Seal
(AVIM) (Gas Generator Stator). See table 3-5.
Table 3-5. (T701C) Inspection of Face-Type Seal (Gas Generator Stator)
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
Face-type seal (18, fig. 3-10)
for:
a. Cracks. None allowed. Not repairable. Replace seal.
b. Height.
PN 4091T12P01/P02. 0.190 inch minimum. Not repairable. Replace seal.
c. Height tolerance variation. 0.010 inch maximum. Not repairable. Replace seal.
d. Dents. None allowed. Not repairable. Replace seal.
e. Nicks and scratches on:
(1) Sealing surfaces. None allowed. Not repairable. Replace seal.
(2) Other areas. Any number, without high Any number, with high Blend high metal.
metal. metal.
f. Wear on sealing surfaces. Up to 0.002 inch reduction Not repairable. Replace seal.
of bare parent metal
thickness as compared to
unworn thickness.
3-13. Installation of Stages 1 and 2 Gas
Generator Turbine Rotor and Gas Generator Stator
and (T701C) Face-Type Seal (AVIM). (T700) During
installation or replacement of hot section or power turbine
modules, maintenance activities will use caution to ensure
that gas generator turbine rotors that have wide bore disks
are not used with power turbine modules containing drive
shafts that have thick balance lands.
Change 3 3-33
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
(2) Try to slide U-shaped cutout over thickness
of disk. If cutout does not fit over disk, turbine rotor has a
• Stages 1 and 2 gas generator turbine rotor wide bore and will be used with power turbine module PN
PN 6039T54G03 (wide bore configuration) 6043T89G01 (wide bore configuration). If cutout does fit
will only be used with power turbine over the disk, it is a narrow (non wide) bore disk and may be
module PN 6043T89G01 (wide bore used with either power turbine module configuration.
configuration).
• Stages 1 and 2 gas generator turbine rotor NOTE
PN 6039T54G02 (narrow bore
Rotor and stator are ordered and replaced as
configuration) may be used with either
an assembly:
power turbine module PN 6043T89G01
(wide bore configuration) or PN
6038T61G01 (narrow bore configuration). • If stator must be replaced, rotor will also be
replaced.
• Power turbine module PN 6038T61G01
(narrow bore configuration) will only be
• If rotor must be replaced, stator will also be
used with stages 1 and 2 gas generator replaced.
turbine rotor PN 6039T54G02 (narrow
bore configuration). b. Install stages 1 and 2 gas generator turbine rotor
and gas generator stator as follows:
• Power turbine module PN 6043T89G01
(wide bore configuration) may be used with
(1) Clean mating curvic coupling teeth (4,
either stages 1 and 2 gas generator turbine
fig. 3-1 (T700) or fig. 3-2 (T701, T701C)) with a soft fiber
rotor PN 6039T54G03 (wide bore
brush.
configuration) or PN 6039T54G02 (narrow
bore configuration).
(2) Install curvic coupling seal (5) inside curvic
coupling teeth (4).
NOTE
Rotor and stator are ordered and replaced as
an assembly:
• If stator must be replaced, rotor will also be • Be sure stage 1 nozzle face-type seal (3,
replaced. fig. 3-1 or 3-2) is installed. If module or
engine is found to have been operated
• If rotor must be replaced, stator will also be
without stage 1 nozzle face-type seal
replaced.
installed, the stage 1 and stage 2 turbine
blades and dampers may have been
a. (T700) Determine whether stages 1 and 2 gas
subjected to excessive excitation force.
generator turbine rotor is the narrow bore configuration or
Engines operated without stage 1 nozzle
the wide bore configuration as follows:
face-type seal installed must have the stage
1 and stage 2 turbine blades and dampers
replaced.
• If face-type seal is not properly seated on
Handling Bladed Components
stage 1 nozzle assembly when gas
generator stator is installed, face-type seal
Wear leather palm gloves (welder's type with
will be crushed and damaged.
gauntlet) when handling components with
assembled blades and vanes. Blades and vanes • Missing or incorrectly seated curvic
are sharp and can cause serious injury. coupling seals (5, 13) can result in rapid
loss of oil from B-sump and lack of
(1) Place U-shaped cutout of gage PN lubrication to No. 4 bearing.
37D407015P01, shipped with hot section module, into inner
bore of stage 2 turbine disk (fig. 3-12). If gage is not (3) Be sure that face-type seal (3) is seated on
available, gage can be fabricated using dimensions in stage 1 nozzle and that curvic coupling seal (5) is in place
figure 4-3. inside curvic coupling teeth (4).
3-34 Change 3
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
(b) (T701, T701C) Aline O-matchmark on
gas generator shaft with O-matchmark on stage 1 rear
If stage 1 turbine rotor is not installed so that cooling plate. Insert long rotor bolts (6) into boltholes in
nuts on stage 1 bolts and leading edge (thick rotor. Be sure that rotor (8) is installed so that nuts on stage
portion) of turbine blades face forward, 1 bolts and leading edges (thick portion) of blades face
components will be damaged. forward. Be sure that face-type seal (3) is seated on stage 1
nozzle.
NOTE
(8) If a new gas generator stator (9) is being
The number 1 long rotor bolt is by design the installed, go to step (9). Otherwise, hold stage 1 turbine
bolt that is closest to the O-matchmark on the rotor (8) in position, and reinstall gas generator stator (9) by
gas generator turbine shaft. In practice, if the alining matchmarks on stator flange with matchmark on
long rotor bolt is marked number 1, it takes midframe flange (7).
precedence over the turbine shaft
O-matchmark location. NOTE
(4) Check for matchmark on no. 1 long rotor The stator will fit in three orientations. The
bolt. If no. 1 bolt is not marked, using marker (item 82, stator may have to be rotated up to 120° in any
Appendix D), mark no. 1 bolt on end of bolt. direction until the holes and the slots are
alined.
(5) Reinstall stage 1 turbine rotor (8) by alining
matchmark on number 1 long gas generator turbine rotor (9) Holding stage 1 turbine rotor (8) in position,
bolt (6) with matchmark on stage 1 rear cooling plate. Be install new gas generator stator (9) onto midframe
sure that rotor (8) is installed so that nuts on stage 1 bolts flange(7). Be sure that word TOP on stator (9) is alined
and leading edges (thick portion) of blades face forward. Be with word TOP on midframe. If the word TOP is missing on
sure that face-type seal (3) is seated on stage 1 nozzle. the stator or on the midframe, aline the 60 boltholes and the
three cooling slots on the stator. Aline stator with the
(6) Be sure cooling plate seal ring (2) is properly
corresponding holes and slots in the midframe at any of
seated as follows:
three positions 120° apart.
(a) (T700) On matched assembly PN
6055T26 seal ring (2) is installed on inner bore of stage 1 aft (10) Holding stator (9), secure it to midframe
cooling plate (16). assembly at top and bottom with two bolts (1) and nuts (14).
(b) (T700) On matched assembly PN (11) Install three equally spaced bolts (1) and
6055T20 seal ring (2) is installed on inner bore of stage 2 nuts (14). Tighten nuts until stator seats in rabbet of
forward cooling plate (17). midframe flange (7).
(c) (T701, T701C) Seal ring (2) is installed (12) Put forward pressure on stage 1 turbine rotor
on inner bore of stage 1 aft cooling plate (16). to ensure free rotation, and turn rotor at least 360°. No rubs
are allowed. If rubs are found and if stator does not have
(d) If seal ring (2) is not installed, insert seal
slots (fig. 3-11), remove and reinstall stator and stage 1
ring into groove and hold in place with beeswax (item 13,
turbine rotor.
Appendix D).
(7) Install new stage 1 gas generator turbine (13) If rubs are found and if stator has slots
rotor(8) onto long gas generator turbine rotor bolts (6) as (fig. 3-11), remove stator and reinstall it as follows:
follows:
(a) Hold stage 1 turbine rotor in position, and
(a) (T700) Aline number 1 long rotor bolt install gas generator stator (9, fig. 3-1 (T700) or fig. 3-2
with the hole closest to O-matchmark on stage 1 rear (T701, T701C)) onto midframe flange (7). Be sure that
cooling plate. Insert long rotor bolts (6) into boltholes in word TOP on stator is alined with word TOP on midframe
rotor. Be sure that rotor (8) is installed so that nuts on stage or that matchmark on stator flange is alined with matchmark
1 bolts and leading edges (thick portion) of blades face on midframe flange.
forward. Be sure that face-type seal (3) is seated on stage 1
nozzle.
Change 4 3-35
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 3-11. Gas Generator Stator; Alinement
3-36
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 3-12. (T700) Use of Gage 37D407015P01 to Determine Configuration of Stage 2 Turbine Disk
3-37
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
(b) Rotate stator clockwise until cooling (17) Put a light coat of antiseize compound
holes (fig. 3-11) on stator are alined with cooling holes on (item 56, Appendix D) on threads of long turbine rotor
midframe. bolts(6) and on face of each nut (12).
(c) Hold stator in position, and secure it to (18) Install five new nuts (12) fingertight.
midframe assembly at top and bottom with two bolts (1,
fig. 3-1 (T700) or 3-2 (T701, T701C)) and nuts (14). (19) There are two methods for torquing nuts
(12, fig. 3-1 (T700) or 3-2 (T701, T701C)). If using
(d) Install three equally spaced bolts (1) and lock/support adapter (fig. 3-3), see step (20). If using gas
nuts (14). Tighten nuts until stator seats in rabbet of generator rotor antirotation bar (2, fig. 3-4), see step (21).
midframe flange (7).
(20) Install lock/support adapter (fig. 3-1 (T700)
(e) Put forward pressure on stage 1 turbine or 3-2 (T701, T701C) as follows:
rotor to ensure free rotation, and turn rotor at least 360°. No
rubs are allowed. If rubs are found, repeat step (13). (a) Remove bolts (1), and nuts (14).
(b) (T700) Hold stator (9) to midframe
flange (7), and install lock/support adapter 17A8532G04
Missing or incorrectly seated curvic coupling (fig. 3-3) with 24 nuts (2) and 24 bolts (6) that were
seals (5, 13) can result in rapid loss of oil from removed from power turbine-to-midframe flange. Torque
B-sump and lack of lubrication to No. 4 nuts to 70-75 inch-pounds.
bearing.
(c) (T701, T701C) Hold stator (9) against
(14) Install curvic coupling seal (13). midframe flange (7), and install lock/support adapter
21C7247G01 (fig. 3-3), using 24 nuts (2) and 24 bolts (6)
that were removed from power turbine-to-midframe flange.
Torque nuts to 70-75 inch-pounds.
Be sure that number 1 long turbine rotor bolt
(d) (T700) Secure lock/support adapter plug
is alined with hole closest to the O-matchmark
as follows:
on stage 2 rear cooling plate during
installation. Otherwise, components will be
1 Turn knob (10) until five tabs (1) of
damaged.
plug are close to scallops (8, view A) of cooling plate.
(15) If a new stage 2 gas generator turbine
rotor(10) is being installed, go to step (16). Otherwise,
reinstall stage 2 turbine rotor by alining matchmark on
number 1 long turbine rotor bolt with matchmark on stage 2 Handling Bladed Components
rear cooling plate. Be sure that curvic teeth on rotor are
forward. Wear leather palm gloves (welder's type with
gauntlet) when handling components with
(16) Install new stage 2 gas generator turbine assembled blades and vanes. Blades and vanes
rotor (10), curvic teeth forward, onto long turbine rotor are sharp and can cause serious injury.
bolts(6) as follows:
2 Rotate gas generator turbine rotor (9)
(a) (T700) Aline number 1 rotor bolt with until scallops (8) are alined with five tabs (1). Hand-tighten
hole closest to O-matchmark on stage 2 rear cooling plate. knob (10).
(b) (T701, T701C) Aline number 1 rotor
bolt with hole closest to O-matchmark on stage 2 rear
cooling plate.
3-38 Change 4
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
(e) (T701, T701C) Secure lock/support
adapter plug as follows:
NOTE
Cooling plate (view B) has numbers stamped
on its surface. Even numbers identify bolts
that secure turbine disk to cooling plate.
1 Turn knob (10) until five tabs (1) of
plug are close to cooling plate (view B).
2 Rotate gas generator turbine rotor (9)
until even numbers stamped on five tabs (1) are positioned
directly over nuts that have an even number stamped on
cooling plate (view B), beside the nuts. Hand-tighten knob.
Change 2 3-38.1/(3-38.2 Blank)
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
(21) If gas generator rotor antirotation bar (h) Torque nuts in sequence to 90 inch-
21C7399G01 (2, fig. 3-4) is to be used, install it over three pounds above run-on torque.
of the five small self-locking nuts (3).
(i) Torque nuts in sequence to 100 inch-
(22) Torque nuts (12, fig. 3-1 (T700) or fig. 3-2 pounds above run-on torque.
(T701, T701C)) as follows:
(j) Torque nuts in sequence to 100-105 inch-
pounds above run-on torque.
Gas generator turbine nuts will be torqued in
the sequence specified. No change in the
procedure is allowed. Binding between blade A minimum of two full threads must be visible
tips and shrouds, and damage to the gas after final torquing.
generator turbine can result if procedure is not
followed. NOTE
NOTE Net torque is final torque minus run-on torque.
If not previously marked, the no. 1 long rotor (k) Repeat step (j) until nuts do not turn when
bolt is the bolt that is closest to the torqued. Do not exceed 100-105 inch-pounds net torque.
O-matchmark on the stage 2 rear cooling
plate. (23) If lock/support adapter was used, remove it
as follows:
(a) If no. 1 long rotor bolt is not marked,
(a) Release clamping on lock/support adapter
determine bolt that is closest to the O-matchmark on stage 2
(fig. 3-3).
rear cooling plate. Using marker (item 82, Appendix D),
mark bolt.
(b) Holding lock/support adapter remove
nuts(2) and bolts (6).
(b) Torque nuts in the following
sequence: 1, 5, 9, 3, 7. (c) Remove lock/support adapter.
NOTE (24) If antirotation bar was used, remove it.
• If using antirotation bar, a second mechanic (25) Check to be sure that stage 2 turbine rotor
is needed to hold bar while other mechanic rotates freely. No rubs are allowed. If rubs are found,
torques nuts (12). remove and reinstall stage 2 turbine rotor.
• Run-on torque is the torque required to
screw a self-locking nut onto a thread until (26) (T701C) Place beeswax (item 13,
threads are fully engaged. Appendix D) on aft end of gas generator stator assembly
(7) around entire circumference where face-type seal will be
(c) Torque nuts in sequence to 10 inch- seated. Install face-type seal and be sure that seal seats
pounds above run-on torque. evenly against shroud support assembly.
(d) Torque nuts in sequence to 20 inch- (27) Install power turbine module (para 4-11).
pounds above run-on torque.
(28) Make required engine checks listed in
(e) Torque nuts in sequence to 30 inch- table 1-39.
pounds above run-on torque.
(f) Torque nuts in sequence to 50 inch- 3-14. STAGE 1 NOZZLE ASSEMBLY, FACE-
pounds above run-on torque. TYPE SEAL, AND COMBUSTION LINER.
(g) Torque nuts in sequence to 70 inch- 3-15. (T700) Removal of Stage 1 Nozzle
pounds above run-on torque. Assembly, Face-Type Seal, and Combustion Liner
(AVIM).
Change 4 3-39
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
a. Remove stages 1 and 2 gas generator turbine rotor
and gas generator stator (para 3-6).
• Combustion liner and stage 1 nozzle
b. Disconnect fuel start manifold tube (1, fig. 3-13) assembly will be gently removed together.
from primer nozzle (3). Install cap (item 46, Appendix D) Otherwise, combustion liner may separate
on manifold coupling nut. and fall from stage 1 nozzle assembly.
• Do not rest or store combustion liner,
forward end down, on primary
c. Remove nut (2) and primer nozzle (3). Install caps
swirlers(13). Primary swirlers (13) are
(item 22 and item 48, Appendix D) on ends of nozzle.
made from a brittle material and therefore
could be easily damaged if liner is rested or
stored in such a manner.
Disconnecting Ignition Leads
NOTE
• High voltage may be present. Contact with Any combination of the three combustion
center conductor of electrical cable or liner guides (13, fig. 3-18) may have been
center electrode of igniter plug will cause removed during prior rework and should be
electric shock if the bleed resistors inside considered acceptable.
ignition unit have failed.
• Before removing igniter plug, be sure that i. Gently remove combustion liner (7) and stage 1
discharge connector is grounded. nozzle assembly (8) together from midframe.
d. Disconnect ignition lead (4) from igniter plug (6). j. Remove face-type seal (10) from stage 1 nozzle
Install cap (item 37, Appendix D) on coupling nut of assembly (8).
ignition lead.
k. With a small rawhide mallet, tap lightly around
e. Remove nut (5) and igniter plug (6). Install caps edge of stage 1 nozzle assembly to separate it from
(item 25 and item 48, Appendix D) on ends of plug. combustion liner.
f. Repeat steps b through e for primer nozzle and 3-16. (T701, T701C) Removal of Stage 1 Nozzle
igniter plug on other side of engine. Assembly, Face-Type Seal, and Combustion Liner
(AVIM).
g. For engines with former configuration, do the
following: a. Remove stages 1 and 2 gas generator turbine rotor
and gas generator stator (para 3-6).
(1) Remove four bolts (12) and discard.
b. Disconnect ignition lead (5, fig. 3-14) from igniter
(2) Remove stage 1 turbine nozzle shield (11) plug (4). Install cap (item 37, Appendix D) on coupling nut
and discard. of ignition lead.
(3) Remove eight bolts (9). c. Remove plug (4). Install caps (item 25 and item 48,
Appendix D) on ends of plug.
h. For engines with present configuration, remove
twelve bolts (9). d. Repeat steps b and c for igniter plug on other side
of engine.
e. Remove four bolts (1).
f. Remove stage 1 turbine nozzle shield (2).
g. Remove eight bolts (6).
3-40 Change 1
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 3-13. (T700) Stage 1 Nozzle Assembly, Face-Type Seal, and Combustion Liner; Removal
3-41
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 3-14. (T701, T701C) Stage 1 Nozzle Assembly, Face-Type Seal, and Combustion Liner; Removal
3-42
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
NOTE
• Combustion liner and stage 1 nozzle Any combination of the three combustion
assembly will be gently removed together. liner guides (13, fig. 3-19) may have been
Otherwise, combustion liner may separate removed during prior rework and should be
and fall from stage 1 nozzle assembly. considered acceptable.
• Do not rest or store combustion liner,
h. Gently remove combustion liner (8) and stage 1
forward end down, on primary swirlers (9).
nozzle assembly (7) together from midframe.
Primary swirlers are made from a brittle
material and therefore could be easily
damaged if liner is rested or stored in such
a manner.
Change 1 3-42.1/(3-42.2 Blank)
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
i. Remove face-type seal (3) from stage 1 nozzle
assembly (7).
Handling Hot Parts
j. With a small rawhide mallet, tap lightly around
edge of stage 1 nozzle assembly (7) to separate it from • When handling hot parts, wear approved
combustion liner (8). gloves.
• Handling of hot parts with bare hands may
3-17. Removal of Outer Balance Piston Seal
cause reddening and blistering of skin, or
(AVIM).
third-degree burns.
a. The outer balance piston seal (OBP) seal provides a • If skin is burned, immerse contacted area in
significant contribution to engine performance. To assist in cold water for 10 minutes. If pain or
restoration of engine performance, the OBP seal should be blistering persists, immediately get medical
inspected when hot section components are replaced for low attention.
performance. The OBP seal shall be replaced only if it fails
inspection criteria of table 3-6. c. Wearing thermally-insulated gloves (item 77,
Appendix D), remove seal.
b. Using a heat gun, heat OBP seal (T700) (14,
fig. 3-13) or (T701, T701C) (10, fig. 3-14) evenly around d. If seal is not loosened after heating, use vise grip
complete outer diameter of seal for approximately 10 plyers LMT 933 (fig. 3-15) to remove seal.
minutes.
3-18. Inspection of Outer Balance Piston Seal
(AVIM). See table 3-6.
Table 3-6. Inspection of Outer Balance Piston Seal
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
a. Overall seal (fig. 3-16)
for:
(1) Cracks except on Cracks are allowed on flange Not repairable. Replace seal.
sealing surfaces of from locating pin holes to edge
PN 6071T03. of flange at two locations.
(2) Cracks at boltholes. Four cracks maximum. Cracks Not repairable. Replace seal.
must only extend from
boltholes toward the OD of
flange.
(3) Cracks on None allowed. Not repairable. Replace seal.
remaining areas.
(4) Nicks, dents, and Any number, up to 0.020 inch Same as usable limits, with Remove high metal and blend.
scratches. deep, without high metal. high metal.
(5) Erosion at surfaces Any amount, 0.005 inch deep Not repairable. Replace seal.
X. maximum.
(6) Erosion at area A. 0.041 inch min. wall thickness. Not repairable. Replace seal.
3-43
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table 3-6. Inspection of Outer Balance Piston Seal (Cont)
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
b. Sealing surfaces on
outer balance piston
seal for:
(1) Rub grooves. Any number, up to 0.005 inch Not repairable. Replace seal.
deep all around seal. Up to
0.010 inch deep if cumulative
length does not exceed 30% of
circumference.
(2) Cracks on PN Any number, if material is not Not repairable. Replace seal.
6071T03. in danger of coming loose.
(3) (T701, T701C) Not allowed. Not repairable. Replace seal.
Flaking or
delamination.
(4) (T701, T701C) Maximum of 0.020 inch above Not repairable. Replace seal.
Erosion of material minimum diameter of sealing
between rub surfaces.
grooves.
c. (T700) Silver alloy seal
material of outer
balance piston seal for:
(1) Axial cracks. Any number, if they are Not repairable. Replace seal.
circumferentially at least 1 inch
apart.
(2) Oxidation or other Up to 30% of surface if no Not repairable. Replace seal.
surface attack. material appears to be in danger
of falling out.
(3) Separation from No more than four indications Not repairable. Replace seal.
backing ring. at area H; no more than four
indications at area G. Max
combined length of separations
must not exceed 1 inch at area
H and 0.75 inch at area G.
(4) Craze cracking and Any amount, any pattern, if Not repairable. Replace seal.
surface roughness. alloy material is not lifting,
missing or separating from
parent material.
(5) Pits and voids. Any number, up to 0.030 inch Not repairable. Replace seal.
diameter.
3-44
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 3-15. Outer Balance Piston Seal; Replacement
3-45
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 3-16. Outer Balance Piston Seal; Inspection
3-46
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
3-19. Cleaning of Stage 1 Nozzle Assembly, Face- a. Flush or spray-wash nozzle assembly, face-type
Type Seal, and Combustion Liner (AVIM). seal, and combustion liner with solvent (item 99,
Appendix D) to remove grease, oil, and carbon.
Dry Cleaning Solvent
(Stoddard Solvent) Compressed Air
P-D-680
• When using compressed air for any
• Combustible - do not use near open flames, cooling, cleaning, or drying operation, do
near welding areas, or on hot surfaces. not exceed 30 psig at the nozzle.
• Prolonged contact of skin with liquid can • Eyes can be permanently damaged by
cause dermatitis. Repeated inhalation of contact with liquid or large particles
vapor can irritate nose and throat and can propelled by compressed air. Inhalation of
cause dizziness. air-blown particles or solvent vapor can
• If any liquid contacts skin or eyes, damage lungs.
immediately flush affected area thoroughly • When using air for cleaning at an air-
with water. Remove solvent-saturated exhausted workbench, wear approved
clothing. If vapors cause dizziness, go to goggles or face shield.
fresh air. • When using air for cleaning at an
• When handling liquid or when applying it unexhausted workbench, wear approved
in an air-exhausted, partially covered tank, respirator and goggles.
wear approved gloves and goggles.
• When handling liquid or when applying it b. Dry nozzle assembly, face-type seal, and
at unexhausted, uncovered tank or combustion liner using dry, filtered, compressed air.
workbench, wear approved respirator,
gloves, and goggles. 3-20. Inspection of Stage 1 Nozzle Assembly and
Face-Type Seal (AVIM). See table 3-7.
Table 3-7. Inspection of Stage 1 Nozzle Assembly and Face-Type Seal
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
a. Stage 1 nozzle assembly
(fig. 3-17) for:
(1) Cracks in:
(a) Vane trailing Any number, less than 1/4 inch Not repairable. Replace nozzle assembly
edge (3). long. Up to three cracks (para 3-24 (T700) or 3-25
1/2inch long per nozzle (T701, T701C)).
segment (2 vanes per segment).
Total cumulative length of all
cracks must not exceed
3 inches, if no pieces of metal
are in danger of falling out.
(b) Vane leading Any number, if no pieces are in Not repairable. Replace nozzle assembly
edge (2). danger of falling out. (para 3-24 (T700) or 3-25
(T701, T701C)).
3-47
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table 3-7. Inspection of Stage 1 Nozzle Assembly and Face-Type Seal (Cont)
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
(c) Outer band (5) Four cracks, 1 inch long, if no Not repairable. Replace nozzle assembly
and inner pieces of metal are in danger of (para 3-24 (T700) or 3-25
band(4). falling out. (T701, T701C)).
(2) Evidence of Any amount of discoloration of Not repairable. Replace nozzle assembly
burning on leading surface roughness if there is no (para 3-24 (T700) or 3-25
edges of airfoil blistering, cracking, or (T701, T701C)).
surfaces. separation (delamination) of the
surface on leading edges.
(3) Blistering on:
(a) Vanes (1) 1/2 inch × 1/4 inch, two places Not repairable. Replace nozzle assembly
except on vane per vane. (para 3-24 (T700) or 3-25
trailing (T701, T701C)).
edge(3).
(b) Vane trailing Any amount along full radial Not repairable. Replace nozzle assembly
edge (3). height if blistering is no more (para 3-24 (T700) or 3-25
than 1/8 inch back from edge of (T701, T701C)).
vane.
(c) Outer band (5) 1/2 inch × 1/2 inch, two places Not repairable. Replace nozzle assembly
and inner each band. (para 3-24 (T700) or 3-25
band(4). (T701, T701C)).
(4) Nicks, scratches, Any number, 1/64 inch deep, Same as usable limits, with Remove high metal and blend.
and gouges. with no high metal. high metal.
(5) Pieces missing due
to burning or FOD
on:
(a) Vane trailing Full radial height 1/8 inch from Not repairable. Replace nozzle assembly
edge (3). edge (max four vanes). 1/4 inch (para 3-24 (T700) or 3-25
high, 3/16 inch from edge (1 (T701, T701C)).
per vane; max of four vanes.)
(b) Other areas of Not allowed. Not repairable. Replace nozzle assembly
vanes (1). (para 3-24 (T700) or 3-25
(T701, T701C)).
(c) Outer band (5) 1/2 inch long, 3/32 inch from Not repairable. Replace nozzle assembly
and inner edge (1 per side; any number of (para 3-24 (T700) or 3-25
band(4). vanes). (T701, T701C)).
3-48
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table 3-7. Inspection of Stage 1 Nozzle Assembly and Face-Type Seal (Cont)
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
(6) Dents in:
(a) Vane trailing Any number, 1/64 inch deep, Not repairable. Replace nozzle assembly
edge (3). within 1/4 inch of edge with (para 3-24 (T700) or 3-25
smooth deformation. (T701, T701C)).
(b) All other areas. Any number, 1/32 inch deep, Same as usable limits, with Remove high metal and blend.
with smooth deformation and high metal.
without high metal.
(7) Buckling of vane 3/64 inch from straight line. Not repairable. Replace nozzle assembly
trailing edge (3). (para 3-24 (T700) or 3-25
(T701, T701C)).
(8) Ring (6) for:
(a) Circum- None allowed. Not repairable. Replace nozzle assembly
ferential (para 3-24 (T700) or 3-25
cracks. (T701, T701C)).
(b) Radial or axial Any number, 1/16 inch long. Not repairable. Replace nozzle assembly
cracks. (para 3-24 (T700) or 3-25
(T701, T701C)).
(c) Nicks and Any number, 1/64 inch deep, Same as usable limits, with Remove high metal and blend.
scratches. without high metal. high metal.
(d) Dents. Any number, 1/16 inch deep, Same as usable limits, with Remove high metal and blend.
without high metal. high metal.
(9) Nozzle support (7)
for:
(a) Cracks. None allowed. Not repairable. Replace nozzle assembly
(para 3-24 (T700) or 3-25
(T701, T701C)).
(b) Nicks, pits, Any number, 1/64 inch deep, Same as usable limits, with Remove high metal and blend.
and scratches. without high metal. high metal.
(10) Plugged cooling No plugged holes allowed. Not repairable. Replace nozzle assembly
holes in vane (para 3-24 (T700) or 3-25
leading edge (2). (T701, T701C)).
(Inspect by holding
nozzle assembly up
to light source.)
3-49
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table 3-7. Inspection of Stage 1 Nozzle Assembly and Face-Type Seal (Cont)
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
(11) Flaking or missing An area up to 0.050 inch Not repairable. Replace nozzle assembly
coating where face- diameter, three places per (para 3-24 (T700) or 3-25
type seal contacts segment. Does not apply if area (T701, T701C)).
segments. is within 0.120 inch of joint
between nozzle segments or
within 0.060 inch of ID and OD
of segment.
(12) Flaking or missing Any amount. Not applicable. Not applicable.
coating in other
areas.
Be sure stage 1 nozzle face-type seal (3, fig. 3-1 or 3-2) is installed. If module or engine
is found to have been operated without stage 1 nozzle face-type seal installed, the stage 1
and stage 2 turbine blades and dampers may have been subjected to excessive excitation
force. Engines operated without stage 1 nozzle face-type seal installed must have the
stage 1 and stage 2 turbine blades and dampers replaced.
(13) Presence of face- Must have been installed during Not repairable. Replace stages 1 and 2 gas
type seal (8). all operation of engine. generator turbine rotor and gas
generator stator (para 3-13).
b. Face-type seal (8) for:
(1) Cracks. None allowed. Not repairable. Replace seal (para 3-24 (T700)
or 3-25 (T701, T701C)).
(2) Dents. None allowed. Not repairable. Replace seal (para 3-24 (T700)
or 3-25 (T701, T701C)).
(3) Nicks and
scratches:
(a) On sealing None allowed. Not repairable. Replace seal (para 3-24 (T700)
surfaces. or 3-25 (T701, T701C)).
(b) On other areas. Any number, without high Any number, with high Remove high metal and blend.
metal. metal.
(4) Height. 0.205 inch minimum. Not repairable. Replace seal (para 3-24 (T700)
or 3-25 (T701, T701C)).
(5) Wear on:
(a) Area A of 0.002 inch reduction of coating Not repairable. Replace seal (para 3-24 (T700)
coated seal. thickness as compared to or 3-25 (T701, T701C)).
unworn thickness.
(b) (T700) 0.002 inch reduction of bare Not repairable. Replace seal (para 3-24).
Sealing surface parent metal thickness as
of uncoated compared to unworn thickness.
seal.
3-50 Change 3
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 3-17. Stage 1 Nozzle Assembly (Typical) and Face-Type Seal; Inspection
3-51
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
3-21. Inspection of Combustion Liner
(AVIM). See table 3-8.
Table 3-8. Inspection of Combustion Liner
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
a. Inner and outer shells
for:
(1) Cracks in shell
bands (5, 11,
fig. 3-18, sheet 1
(T700) or fig. 3-19,
sheet 1 (T701,
T701C)) which
run:
(a) Circum- Total length of a crack, Not repairable. Replace combustion liner
ferentially including burn holes, not to (para 3-24 (T700) or 3-25
around the exceed 5/8 inch, if ends in (T701, T701C)).
band. parent metal have been stop-
drilled and if total length of
circumferential cracks in a band
does not exceed 1-1/4 inches.
(b) Other than Any number, 1/16 inch long; Not repairable. Replace combustion liner
circum- 24per shell band, 1/8 inch (para 3-24 (T700) or 3-25
ferentially. long; six per shell band, 1/4 (T701, T701C)).
inch long, if ends in parent
metal have been stop drilled
and if no piece of metal is in
danger of falling out. If
connected with a cooling lip
crack, total crack length may be
up to 7/16 inch long.
(2) Cracks in fusion None allowed. Not repairable. Replace combustion liner
weld. (para 3-24 (T700) or 3-25
(T701, T701C)).
(3) Burn holes in shell Six per shell band, if diameter Not repairable. Replace combustion liner
bands (5, 11). of hole does not exceed 3/16 (para 3-24 (T700) or 3-25
inch and if cracks extending (T701, T701C)).
from defect have been repair
welded.
(4) Dents. Contour of defective area must Any amount that can be Cold-work to adjacent
not be more than 1/8 inch above reworked to usable limits. undistorted contour.
or below adjacent undistorted Fluorescent penetrant-inspect
contour. (see TM 55-1500-204-25/1).
No cracks allowed.
3-52
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table 3-8. Inspection of Combustion Liner (Cont)
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
(5) Local distortion Contour of defective area must Any amount that can be Cold-work to adjacent
due to high not be more than 1/8 inch above reworked to usable limits. undistorted contour.
temperature. or below adjacent undistorted Fluorescent penetrant-inspect
contour. (see TM 55-1500-204-25/1).
See step a1 and a2.
(6) Distortion of Distortion must be no more Any amount that can be Cold-work lip contour until it
cooling lips (12). than 1/32 inch from adjacent reworked to usable limits. visually matches adjacent
undistorted contour. Gap undistorted contour.
between lip and shell must not Fluorescent penetrant-inspect
be less than 0.040 inch. (see TM 55-1500-204-25/1).
No cracks allowed.
(7) Cracks in cooling
lips (12) (does not
include shell band
cracks):
(a) In the aft band Any number, 3/16 inch long, if Not repairable. Replace combustion liner
cooling lips. no piece is in danger of falling (para 3-24 (T700) or 3-25
out. (T701, T701C))
(b) In the Any number, any length Not repairable. Replace combustion liner
remaining providing no piece is in danger (para 3-24 (T700) or 3-25
bands of of falling out. No cracks (T701, T701C)).
cooling lips. progressing in the
circumferential direction is
allowed.
(8) Burnout of cooling Five per lip if depth of defect Five per lip if maximum Blend and coldwork defective
lips (12). does not exceed 3/32 inch and width of defect does not area as necessary to eliminate
if there is no high metal along exceed 3/16 inch. high metal and sharp edges.
the edges of the defect which Fluorescent penetrant-inspect
extends into the gas flow or (see TM 55-1500-204-25/1).
cooling flow. No cracks allowed.
NOTE
Depth of defects of this type (nicks, etc.) on any part of the liner may be determined by
comparing it with a piece of shim stock or wire whose thickness is equal to that of the
limit.
(9) Nicks, scratches, Any number, 0.010 inch deep, Same as usable limits, with Blend high metal to adjacent
and gouges. without high metal. high metal. contour.
3-53
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table 3-8. Inspection of Combustion Liner (Cont)
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
(10) Plugged cooling None allowed. Any number. Determine size of defective
holes. hole using wire gages or
various size drill bits. After
determining hole size, run the
proper size through defective
hole, taking care not to damage
cooling lip behind hole.
(11) Lack of fusion weld Any amount. Not applicable. Not applicable.
indication at self-
fixturing lip (18) of
dome/inner shell
junction.
b. Seal (6, fig. 3-18, Any number, 1/64 inch deep, Same as usable limits, with Blend defect to usable limits.
sheet1 (T700) or without high metal, and without high metal.
fig. 3-19, (T701, sharp corners along the edge of
T701C)) for nicks, the defect.
scratches, and gouges.
c. Seal support (7) and
outer band (8) for:
(1) Cracks in parent Any number, 1/4 inch long. Not repairable. Replace combustion liner
metal. (para 3-24 (T700) or 3-25
(T701, T701C)).
(2) Cracks in fusion None allowed. Not repairable. Replace combustion liner
welds. (para 3-24 (T700) or 3-25
(T701, T701C)).
(3) Dents, buckles, and No visible distortion of annular Any amount that can be Cold-work to usable limits.
warps. slot formed by band and seal. reworked to usable limits. Fluorescent penetrant-inspect
(see TM 55-1500-204-25/1).
No cracks allowed.
(4) Areas of surface Any number if thickness of seal Not repairable. Replace combustion liner
erosion due to or band at defect is not less than (para 3-24 (T700) or 3-25
overtemperature. 1/2 the thickness of the adjacent (T701, T701C)).
nondefective area.
d. Seal support (7) for Not allowed. Not repairable. Replace combustion liner
burned out trailing edge. (para 3-24 (T700) or 3-25
(T701, T701C)).
3-54
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table 3-8. Inspection of Combustion Liner (Cont)
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
e. Outer band (8) and Any number if defect does not Any amount, if width of Replace combustion liner
inner band (9) for extend forward more than defect is 1/8 inch or less. (para 3-24 (T700) or 3-25
burned out trailing edge. 3/16inch. (T701, T701C)).
f. Support (10) for:
(1) Cracks in parent None allowed. Not repairable. Replace combustion liner
metal. (para 3-24 (T700) or 3-25
(T701, T701C)).
(2) Cracks in fusion None allowed. Not repairable. Replace combustion liner
welds. (para 3-24 (T700) or 3-25
(T701, T701C)).
(3) Nicks, scratches, Any number, 0.015 inch deep, Same as usable limits, with Blend high metal to adjacent
and gouges. without high metal. high metal. contour.
(4) Loose or missing Not allowed. Any amount. Replace combustion liner
headed pin (23). (para 3-24 (T700) or 3-25
(T700, T701C)).
g. Dome (14) for:
(1) Cracks. Any number, up to 3/4 inch Not repairable. Replace combustion liner
long, if cumulative length of all (para 3-24 (T700) or 3-25
cracks does not exceed 2 1/4 (T701, T701C)).
inches and pieces are not in
danger of falling out. Parallel
cracks must be 3/8 inch
minimum apart. Axial and
radial cracks may extend
through the dome-to-shell weld
joint.
(2) Connecting cracks. Connection of any two cracks is Not repairable. Replace combustion liner.
allowed, if length of individual
crack does not exceed limits of
step g1 and pieces are not in
danger of falling out. Limit is
exceeded when a third crack
connects to the first two.
(3) Dents, buckles, and No visible distortion from Any number that can be Cold-work defect to usable
warps. normal contour allowed. reworked to usable limits. limits. Fluorescent penetrant-
inspect (TM 55-1500-204-
25/1). No cracks allowed.
3-55
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table 3-8. Inspection of Combustion Liner (Cont)
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
(4) Nicks, scratches, Any number, up to 1/32 inch Same as usable limits, with Blend high metal to adjacent
and gouges. deep, without high metal. high metal. contour.
(5) Plugged cooling Not allowed. Any number Replace combustion liner
holes and carbon (para 3-24 (T700) or 3-25
buildup. (T701, T701C)).
h. Splash plate (15) for:
(1) Cracks and Any number, any length, if Any amount, If remaining Remove pieces that are in
burnout. pieces are not in danger of splash plate area is 50% or danger of falling out by
falling out. more and if pieces are in blending.
danger of falling out.
(2) Buckling. Up to 1/32 inch deep; not over Any amount. Cold-work defect to usable
25% of edge can be buckled. limits. Reinspect for cracks per
step h. 1.
NOTE
Carbon deposits must be present. No carbon deposits indicate a plugged fuel injector or a
new (less than 20 hours) combustion liner.
(3) Missing carbon Carbon deposits must be Not repairable. Replace fuel injector
deposits. present (except on a new (less (para 6-26).
than 20 hours) combustion
liner).
(4) Carbon buildup. Not allowed. Any amount. Replace combustion liner
(para 3-24 (T700) or 3-25
(T701, T701C)).
i. Ferrule (4) for:
(1) Cracks. None allowed. Not repairable. Replace combustion liner
(para 3-24 (T700) or 3-25
(T701, T701C)).
3-56 Change 2
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table 3-8. Inspection of Combustion Liner (Cont)
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
Penetrating Oil
• Combustible near sparks, open flames, welding areas, hot surfaces, other sources of ignition, or while
smoking.
• Inhalation may cause irritation or burning of respiratory system.
• Contact with eyes/face/skin may cause irritation or burning.
• Personal protective equipment required when handling or using this material.
(2) Seizure. Ferrule must slide freely Any amount. Work ferrule free using
between retainer and pad. penetrating oil (item 88,
Appendix D) to help free seized
parts. Check retainer for
distortion when ferrule is free.
Clean part (para 3-19).
(3) Nicks, scratches, Any number, 0.015 inch deep, Same as usable limits, with Blend high metal to adjacent
and gouges. without high metal. high metal. contour.
j. Primary swirler (17)
for:
(1) Cracks. Up to two cracks in a swirler if Not repairable. Replace combustion liner
cumulative length does not (para 3-24 (T700) or 3-25
exceed 3/16 inch and if no (T701, T701C)).
piece is in danger of falling out.
Penetrating Oil
Observe warning in step i.
(2) Seizure. Swirler must slide freely Any amount. Work swirler free using
between retainer and pad. penetrating oil (item 88,
Appendix D) to help free seized
parts. Check retainer for
distortion when swirler is free.
Clean part (para 3-19).
(3) Nicks, scratches, Any number, up to 0.015 inch Same as usable limits, with Blend high metal to adjacent
and gouges. deep, without high metal. high metal. contour.
(4) Damaged or Not allowed. Any amount. Replace combustion liner
missing antirotation (para 3-24 (T700) or 3-25
tab. (T701, T701C)).
3-57
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table 3-8. Inspection of Combustion Liner (Cont)
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
(5) Wear in inside (6) Up to 0.338 inch (7) Not repairable. (8) Replace combustion
diameter. maximum. liner (para 3-24 (T700)
or 3-25 (T701, T701C)).
k. Spring (19) for:
(1) Spring action. (2) Spring must return (3) Any amount. (4) Replace combustion
primary swirler to its liner (para 3-24 (T700)
maximum radially or 3-25 (T701, T701C)).
outward position.
(5) Missing spring. (6) Not allowed. (7) Any amount. (8) Replace combustion
liner (para 3-24 (T700)
or 3-25 (T701, T701C)).
l. Ferrule retainer (3) and m. n. o.
retainer (16) for:
(1) Cracks in parent (2) None allowed. (3) Not repairable. (4) Replace combustion
metal. liner (para 3-24 (T700)
or 3-25 (T701, T701C)).
(5) Cracks in fusion (6) None allowed. (7) Not repairable. (8) Replace combustion
welds. liner (para 3-24 (T700)
or 3-25 (T701, T701C)).
(9) Distortion. (10) Any amount as long as (11) Any amount. (12) Cold-work to usable
ferrule moves freely. limits. Fluorescent
penetrant-inspect (see
TM 55-1500-204-25/1).
Nocracks allowed.
NOTE
Any combination of the three combustion liner guides (13, fig. 3-18, 3-19) may have been removed during prior
rework and should be considered acceptable.
m. Guides (13) for:
(1) Cracks. (2) None allowed. (3) Not repairable. (4) Replace combustion
liner (para 3-24 (T700)
or 3-25 (T701, T701C)).
(5) Nicks, scratches, (6) Any number, 1/64 (7) Same as usable (8) Blend high metal to
and gouges. inch deep, without high limits, with high adjacent contour.
metal. metal.
(9) Missing guides. (10) Any number (11) Any amount. (12) Not applicable.
n. Combustion liner for o. None allowed. p. Any amount, if parent q. Remove deposits (para
aluminum silicon material is undamaged. 3-23).
deposits.
o. Eyelet flange (20) for:
(1) Cracks in One per weld up to 0.150 inch Not repairable. Replace combustion liner
attachment weld. long. (para 3-24 (T700) or 3-25
(T701, T701C)).
3-58 Change 1
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table 3-8. Inspection of Combustion Liner (Cont)
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
(2) Crack in all other None allowed. Not repairable. Replace combustion liner
areas. (para 3-24 (T700) or 3-25
(T701, T701C)).
(3) Distortion. Contour of defective area will Any amount that can be Cold-work to usable limits.
not be more than 1/8 inch above reworked to usable limits. Fluorescent penetrant-inspect
or below adjacent undistorted (see TM 55-1500-204-25/1).
contour. No crack allowed.
(4) Nick, scratches and Any number up to 0.015 inch Same as usable limits with Blend metal to adjacent
gouges. deep, without high metal. high metal. contour.
p. (T700, T701) Cowl
(21), if applicable for:
(1) Cracks. Not allowed. Not repairable. Replace combustion liner
(para 3-24 (T700) or 3-25
(T701, T701C)).
(2) Dents. Up to 0.030 inch deep from Any amount. Cold-work to usable limits.
adjacent contour. Fluorescent penetrant-inspect
(see TM 55-1500-204-25/1).
No crack allowed.
(3) Nicks, scratches, Any amount up to 0.010 inch Same as usable limits with Blend high metal to adjacent
and gouges. deep without high metal. high metal. contour.
3-22. Installation of Outer Balance Piston Seal
(AVIM).
NOTE Compressed Air
The combustor liner shroud can come off • When using compressed air for any
when the outer balance piston seal is removed. cooling, cleaning, or drying operation, do
a. Ensure combustor inner shroud is installed. Install not exceed 30 psig at the nozzle.
new preground outer balance piston seal (T700) (14, fig. • Eyes can be permanently damaged by
3-13) or (T701, T701C) (10, fig. 3-14) over combustor contact with liquid or large particles
inner shroud mounting flange and line up two pin alinement propelled by compressed air. Inhalation of
holes on seal over two locating pins on midframe aft inner air-blown particles or solvent vapor can
mounting flange. damage lungs.
• When using air for cleaning at an air-
b. Using a plastic mallet or a block of wood placed
exhausted workbench, wear approved
over seal (14 or 10), tap seal into place so it fully seats over
goggles or face shield.
pins and onto flange.
• When using air for cleaning at an
3-23. Removal of Aluminum Silicon Deposits unexhausted workbench, wear approved
(AVIM). The following procedure is for removing respirator and goggles.
aluminum silicon deposits.
b. Using dry, filtered, compressed air, remove deposit
a. Using pad (item 89, Appendix D), remove deposits dust.
from assembly.
Change 4 3-59
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 3-18. (T700) Combustion Liner; Inspection
3-60 Change 1
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 3-19. (T701, T701C) Combustion Liner; Inspection
Change 1 3-61
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
3-24. (T700) Installation of Stage 1 Nozzle
Assembly, Face-Type Seal, and Combustion Liner
(AVIM). If combustion liner must be removed, do not
rest liner, forward end down, on primary
a. Assemble combustion liner (8, fig. 3-20) to swirlers. Primary swirlers are made from a
midframe assembly (1) as follows: brittle material which could be easily damaged
if liner is rested in such a manner.
(3) Check each swirler (10) to be sure that the
Lubricating Oil fuel injector nozzles have engaged swirlers (10). If not,
remove liner and examine fuel injectors and swirlers (10)
• If oil is decomposed by heat, toxic gases for damage.
are released.
• Prolonged contact with liquid or mist may (4) Inspect two nuts (3) for the presence of dry-
cause dermatitis and irritation. film lubricant. If threads of nuts are dry, apply a coat of
• If there is any prolonged contact with skin, anti-seize compound (item 56, Appendix D).
wash area with soap and water. If solution
(5) Install igniter plug (2) and nut (3) (para 7-9).
contacts eyes, flush eyes with water
immediately. Remove saturated clothing.
(6) Connect ignition lead (4) (para 7-9).
• If oil is swallowed, do not try to vomit. Get
immediate medical attention. (7) Push ignition lead (4) into spring clip bracket
• When handling liquid, wear rubber gloves. on midframe-to-diffuser flange.
If prolonged contact with mist is likely,
wear approved respirator. (8) Install primer nozzle (5) and nut (6). Tighten
(15° wrench arc) nut.
(1) Check swirlers (10) for freedom of
movement. If movement is restricted, apply a thin coat of (9) Connect fuel start manifold tube (7). Tighten
lubricating oil (item 85 or 87, Appendix D) to swirlers (10). (60° wrench arc) coupling nut.
(10) Repeat steps (4) thru (9) for primer nozzle
and igniter plug on other side of engine.
Installation of combustion liner must be done
with care. If liner is jammed into position NOTE
without a firm rocking motion, damage to fuel
injectors could result. It is possible for the OBP seal to come off with
and remain attached to a stage 1 nozzle that is
being replaced.
NOTE
Any combination of the three combustion b. Check to be sure that the OBP seal is installed;
liner guides (13, fig. 3-18) may have been then install stage 1 nozzle assembly (4, fig. 3-21) onto
removed during prior rework and should be combustion liner as follows:
considered acceptable.
(1) Install stage 1 nozzle assembly (4) into
(2) Aline igniter and primer ports on combustion groove on combustion liner (5).
liner (8, fig. 3-20 with those in midframe assembly (1).
Aline assembly guides (9) on inside of combustion liner (8) (2) Be sure that forward edge of outer combustor
with guide openings inside of midframe. Using a firm seal (6) on outside of stage 1 nozzle assembly (4) fits into
rocking motion, install combustion liner (8) so that swirlers groove on combustion liner (5).
(10) slip over fuel injector nozzles.
(3) Install twelve bolts (7), and torque to 45-50
inch-pounds.
3-62 Change 3
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 3-20. (T700) Combustion Liner; Installation
3-63
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 3-21. Stage 1 Nozzle Assembly and Face-Type Seal; Installation
3-64
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
NOTE
If face-type seal is not properly installed on Any combination of the three combustion
stage 1 nozzle assembly when gas generator liner guides (13, fig. 3-19) may have been
stator is installed, face-type seal will be removed during prior rework and should be
crushed and damaged. considered acceptable.
c. Install face-type seal (3) onto stage 1 nozzle (2) Aline igniter ports on combustion liner (4,
assembly (4). fig. 3-22 with those in midframe assembly (1). Aline
assembly guides(5) on inside of combustion liner (4) with
d. Install stages 1 and 2 gas generator turbine rotor guide openings inside of midframe. Using a firm rocking
and gas generator stator (para 3-13). motion, install combustion liner (4) so that swirlers (6) slip
over fuel injector nozzles.
e. Make required engine checks listed in table 1-39.
3-25. (T701, T701C) Installation of Stage 1 Nozzle
Assembly, Face-Type Seal, and Combustion Liner If combustion liner must be removed, do not
(AVIM). rest liner, forward end down, on primary
swirlers. Primary swirlers are made from a
a. Assemble combustion liner (4, fig. 3-22) to brittle material which could be easily damaged
midframe assembly (1) as follows: if liner is rested in such a manner.
(3) Check each swirler (6) to be sure that the fuel
injector nozzles have engaged swirlers (6). If not, remove
liner (4) and examine fuel injectors and swirlers (6) for
Lubricating Oil
damage.
• If oil is decomposed by heat, toxic gases (4) Install igniter plug (2) (para 7-10).
are released.
• Prolonged contact with liquid or mist may (5) Connect ignition lead (3) (para 7-10).
cause dermatitis and irritation.
• If there is any prolonged contact with skin, (6) Push ignition lead (3) into spring clip bracket
wash area with soap and water. If solution on midframe-to-diffuser flange.
contacts eyes, flush eyes with water
immediately. Remove saturated clothing. (7) Repeat steps (4) thru (6) for igniter plug on
• If oil is swallowed, do not try to vomit. Get other side of engine.
immediate medical attention.
• When handling liquid, wear rubber gloves. NOTE
If prolonged contact with mist is likely, It is possible for the OBP seal to come off with
wear approved respirator. and remain attached to a stage 1 nozzle that is
being replaced.
(1) Check swirlers (6) for freedom of movement.
If movement is restricted, apply a thin coat of lubricating oil b. Check to be sure that the OBP seal is installed;
(item 85 or 87, Appendix D) to swirlers (6). then install stage 1 nozzle assembly (4, fig. 3-21) onto
combustion liner as follows:
(1) Install stage 1 nozzle assembly (4) into
groove on combustion liner (5).
Installation of combustion liner must be done
with care. If liner is jammed into position
(2) Be sure that forward edge of outer combustor
without a firm rocking motion, damage to fuel
seal (6) on outside of stage 1 nozzle assembly (4) fits into
injectors could result.
groove on combustion liner (5).
Change 3 3-65
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 3-22. (T701, T701C) Combustion Liner; Installation
3-66
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
NOTE b. Using container in which new module component
was received, place old module component inside and
There are 12 boltholes in the stage 1 nozzle secure lid on container.
assembly. Bolts are used in eight of these
holes to secure the stage 1 nozzle assembly. c. Cross out old markings on container that do not
The four remaining boltholes are used when apply to module component inside.
the shield is installed.
d. Using stencil marking ink (item 81, Appendix D),
(3) Install eight bolts (7) so that remaining four mark the following information on top half of container:
unused boltholes are 90° apart, at 12, 3, 6, and 9 o'clock
positions. • Form control number
• Serial number
(4) Torque bolts (7) to 45-50 inch-pounds.
• Date packed
(5) Install stage 1 turbine nozzle shield (2) and • Reinspection date (6 months after date
four bolts (1). packed)
(6) Torque bolts (1) to 45-50 inch-pounds. 3-27. PLACING HOT SECTION MODULE IN
SERVICE.
NOTE
If face-type seal is not properly installed on
stage 1 nozzle assembly when gas generator The hot section module consists of three
stator is installed, face-type seal will be separate assemblies: stage 1 nozzle assembly,
crushed and damaged. combustion liner, and gas generator turbine
(stages 1 and 2 gas generator turbine rotor and
c. Install face-type seal (3) onto stage 1 nozzle gas generator stator). These three assemblies
assembly (4). can be replaced independently.
d. Install stage 1 and 2 gas generator turbine rotor and a. Remove module component from container. Save
gas generator stator (para 3-13, step b). container for future use.
e. Make required engine checks listed in table 1-39. b. Make sure that all records and forms are complete.
c. Inspect overall condition of module component.
3-26. PREPARING HOT SECTION MODULE FOR
STORAGE OR SHIPMENT. d. Install module component onto engine (para 3-24
(T700) or 3-25 (T701, T701C) and para 3-13).
a. Attach envelope containing forms and records to
module components.
NOTE
• The hot section module consists of three
separate assemblies: stage 1 nozzle
assembly, combustion liner, and gas
generator turbine (stages 1 and 2 gas
generator turbine rotor and gas generator
stator). These three assemblies can be
replaced independently.
• Be sure the curvic coupling seal and
cooling plate seal ring are included
assembled or packaged as separate parts.
3-67/(3-68 Blank)
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
CHAPTER 4
POWER TURBINE
POWER TURBINE MODULE
4-1. CHAPTER OVERVIEW. 4-2. CHAPTER INDEX.
This chapter contains instructions for removing, cleaning, Maintenance procedures in this chapter are arranged as
inspecting, repairing, and installing the power turbine follows:
module and its components to the extent allowed by the
Maintenance Allocation Chart (MAC). Subject Paragraph
Preliminary Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
Data peculiar to engine models T700-GE-700,
Power Turbine (Power Turbine Module) . . . 4-4
T700-GE-701, and T700-GE-701C is identified throughout
C-Sump Cover and C-Sump Heat Shield . . . 4-12
the manual as follows:
Exhaust Frame. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17
Stage 4 Turbine Rotor Blades . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19
NOTE Stage 4 Seal and Turbine Nozzle. . . . . . . . . . 4-21
• Data common to all engine models is not Stage 3 Turbine Nozzle Segments. . . . . . . . . 4-23
identified. Outer Turbine Duct . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25
• T700-GE-701C engine model data unique Turbine Case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-27
to the Apache helicopter will be designated Power Turbine Drive Shaft Assembly. . . . . . 4-29
AH-64A. Preparing Power Turbine Module For
• T700-GE-701C engine model data unique Storage or Shipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-31
to the Black Hawk helicopter will be Placing Power Turbine Module In Service . . 4-34
designated UH-60L.
4-3. PRELIMINARY INSTRUCTIONS.
Engine Model Identification
T700-GE-700 (T700) Before starting any of the following procedures, read the
general maintenance practices and inspection procedures in
T700-GE-701 (T701)
Appendix H.
T700-GE-701C (T701C)
T700-GE-700 and T700-GE-701 (T700, T701) a. When removing or installing parts, prevent entry of
T700-GE-700 and T700-GE-701C (T700, T701C) foreign objects into air and oil passages and avoid damaging
T700-GE-701 and T700-GE-701C (T701, T701C) electrical connectors.
b. Do not use tape to cover oil passages or openings.
Tape adhesive can dissolve in oil and can cause
contamination. Use clean, dry protective caps to cover
electrical connectors and other openings.
4-1
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Appendix D) may be used as an alternate lubricant for
packings and grooves.
Asbestos
d. Inspect replacement parts for serviceability before
This engine may contain small amounts of installation.
asbestos. When working with this engine, the
e. Always use a backup wrench on fittings when
following precautions must be rigidly adhered
removing or installing hoses or tubes.
to:
f. When connecting hoses or tubes, see wrench-arc
• Before any maintenance activities are tightening method (para H-14, Appendix H).
undertaken, review the illustrated parts
breakdown/catalog index to determine if g. Before connecting electrical connectors, refer to
the hardware to be worked on or used paragraph H-7, Appendix H for proper procedure.
contains asbestos.
• Whenever mechanical removal of material, h. Observe the following inspection rules:
such as machining, grinding, buffing,
(1) In the inspection tables, some requirements
drilling, sanding or any type of material
apply only when the part is removed from the engine. If the
build-up on parts that contain asbestos is
part to be inspected is installed on the engine, inspect only
necessary, appropriate personal protective
for those defects that can be seen without removing the part.
equipment must be worn, and national
Do not remove the part just to inspect it.
environmental controls required for the
handling of asbestos-containing material (2) When inspection limits are in decimals,
must be complied with. compare size of defect with size of thickness gage (feeler
• Before handling, replacing, or disposing of gage).
asbestos-containing hardware, appropriate
personal protective equipment and national
4-4. POWER TURBINE (POWER TURBINE
environmental controls must be strictly
MODULE).
adhered to for handling asbestos-containing
hardware. 4-5. Inspection of Power Turbine Module. For
power turbine module inspection, see individual
components for inspection requirements.
Lubricating Oil 4-6. Repair of Power Turbine Module. Repair is
limited to replacement of external tubing and line
• If oil is decomposed by heat, toxic gases replaceable unit (LRU's) to the extent allowed by the
are released. Maintenance Allocation Chart (MAC).
• Prolonged contact with liquid or mist may
cause dermatitis and irritation. 4-7. Removal of Power Turbine Module (AVIM).
• If there is any prolonged contact with skin,
wash area with soap and water. If solution
contacts eyes, flush eyes with water
immediately. Remove saturated clothing. Do not remove or install a power turbine
• If oil is swallowed, do not try to vomit. Get module with a compressor case half removed.
immediate medical attention. Otherwise, the stage 1 disk, PT shaft seal
teeth, or carbon seal may be damaged.
• When handling liquid, wear rubber gloves.
If prolonged contact with mist is likely, a. Disconnect electrical connectors (yellow cable 13,
wear approved respirator. 14 and blue cable 15, fig. 4-1) from the following
components at forward flange of power turbine module:
c. Do not damage preformed packing grooves when
removing or installing preformed packings. Unless
otherwise specified, lubricate packings and grooves with a • Torque and overspeed sensor (1)
light coat of lubricating oil (item 85 or 87, Appendix D) • Thermocouple assembly (2)
before installing packings. Ultrachem fluid no. 1 (item 117, • Np sensor (3)
4-2
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 4-1. Power Turbine Module (Typical); Removal and Installation
4-3
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
b. Cap electrical connectors with clean, dry, g. If replacing power turbine module, go to next step;
protective caps (item 26, 36, Appendix D). otherwise, match-mark power turbine module and midframe
flange, using blue Dykem marker (item 82, Appendix D).
c. Disconnect the following tubes at forward flange of
power turbine module: NOTE
• Seal pressure and scavenge tube assembly • Compressor leakage air tube (17) will slide
(18) in two places out from compressor leakage air fitting on
• C-sump aft scavenge tube (5) midframe when module is removed.
• C-sump forward scavenge tube (6) • Shoulder bolts (body-bound) on power
• C-sump oil supply tube (7) turbine-to-midframe flange have been
superseded by bolts (12-point) (9).
d. (T700) On engines serial-numbered 207301 thru
207322, disconnect B-sump drain tube (19) as follows: h. Remove 59 bolts (9), and 59 locknuts (8), from
flange of midframe (11). Do not remove bolt from bolthole
no. 2 (refer to fig. 4-2 for location).
Asbestos
The following procedure may involve a part
that contains asbestos, which is highly toxic to • Do not use external lines or tubing for
skin, eyes, and respiratory tract. Read general handling module.
information before proceeding, and adhere to • Be sure that power turbine drive shaft stays
all site safety and environmental controls alined with bore of cold section module to
concerning asbestos. Otherwise, personal prevent damage to labyrinth seal.
injury may result.
i. With another mechanic helping, use hands to
support power turbine drive shaft. Maintain horizontal and
vertical module alinement.
Follow this procedure to prevent damage to
B-sump drain tube. j. Remove remaining locknut (8, fig. 4-1) from
remaining bolt (9). Do not remove bolt. Carefully slide
(1) Loosen locknut (21) and bolt (22) at clamp module aft until power turbine drive shaft is clear of engine.
(PN 299C486P11 only) (20).
k. Place module on bench or on other suitable area,
(2) Disconnect coupling nut on exhaust aft end down.
frame(4).
l. Remove packing (16) from power turbine drive
(3) Loosen coupling nut on midframe (11), but shaft.
do not disconnect coupling nut yet.
m. Protect seal teeth on forward end of drive shaft
(4) Separate drain tube from fitting on exhaust with barrier material MIL-B-121 (item 12, Appendix D).
frame. Wrap material around at least 5 times and tape it with tape
PPP-T-60 (item 107, Appendix D). Cover all exposed tube
(5) Disconnect coupling nut on midframe from ends with protective caps (items 17, 18, 19, 24, or 26,
drain tube. Appendix D).
e. (T700) On engines serial-numbered 207323 and n. Reinstall locknut (8) to secure gas generator
up, disconnect coupling nut on midframe from B-sump stator(12) to midframe (11).
drain tube (19).
f. (T701, T701C) Disconnect coupling nut on
midframe from B-sump drain tube (19).
4-4
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 4-2. Power Turbine Module; Installation Bolting Diagram
4-5
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
4-8. Cleaning of Power Turbine Module (AVIM).
a. Cover all openings with protective caps (items 17, Compressed Air
18, 19, 24, or 26, Appendix D) as applicable.
• When using compressed air for any
cooling, cleaning, or drying operation, do
not exceed 30 psig at the nozzle.
Dry Cleaning Solvent • Eyes can be permanently damaged by
(Stoddard Solvent) contact with liquid or large particles
P-D-680 propelled by compressed air. Inhalation of
air-blown particles or solvent vapor can
• Combustible - do not use near open flames, damage lungs.
near welding areas, or on hot surfaces. • When using air for cleaning at an air-
• Prolonged contact of skin with liquid can exhausted workbench, wear approved
cause dermatitis. Repeated inhalation of goggles or face shield.
vapor can irritate nose and throat and can • When using air for cleaning at an
cause dizziness. unexhausted workbench, wear approved
• If any liquid contacts skin or eyes, respirator and goggles.
immediately flush affected area thoroughly
with water. Remove solvent-saturated c. Dry the power turbine module using dry, filtered
clothing. If vapors cause dizziness, go to compressed air.
fresh air.
• When handling liquid or when applying it 4-9. Inspection of Power Turbine Module
in an air-exhausted, partially covered tank, (AVIM). For power turbine module inspection, see
wear approved gloves and goggles. individual components for inspection requirements.
• When handling liquid or when applying it
at unexhausted, uncovered tank or 4-10. Repair of Power Turbine Module
workbench, wear approved respirator, (AVIM). Repair is limited to replacement of external tubing
gloves, and goggles. and line replaceable units (LRU's) to the extent allowed by
the Maintenance Allocation Chart (MAC).
b. Flush or spray-wash outside surfaces with dry
cleaning solvent (item 99, Appendix D) to remove grease, 4-11. Installation of Power Turbine Module
oil, and dirt. (AVIM).
Do not remove or install a power turbine
module with a compressor case half removed.
Otherwise, the stage 1 disk, PT shaft seal
teeth, or carbon seal may be damaged.
(T700) During installation or replacement of hot section or
power turbine modules, maintenance activities will use
caution to ensure that gas generator turbine rotors that have
wide bore disks are not used with power turbine modules
containing drive shafts that have thick balance lands.
4-6
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
• Stages 1 and 2 gas generator turbine rotor Lubricating Oil
PN 6039T54G03 (wide bore configuration)
will only be used with power turbine • If oil is decomposed by heat, toxic gases
module PN 6043T89G01 (wide bore are released.
configuration). • Prolonged contact with liquid or mist may
• Stages 1 and 2 gas generator turbine rotor cause dermatitis and irritation.
PN 6039T54G02 (narrow bore • If there is any prolonged contact with skin,
configuration) may be used with either wash area with soap and water. If solution
power turbine module PN 6043T89G01 contacts eyes, flush eyes with water
(wide bore configuration) or PN immediately. Remove saturated clothing.
6038T61G01 (narrow bore configuration). • If oil is swallowed, do not try to vomit. Get
• Power turbine module PN 6038T61G01 immediate medical attention.
(narrow bore configuration) will only be • When handling liquid, wear rubber gloves.
used with stages 1 and 2 gas generator If prolonged contact with mist is likely,
turbine rotor PN 6039T54G02 (narrow wear approved respirator.
bore configuration).
• Power turbine module PN 6043T89G01 (2) Remove protector from seal teeth on power
(wide bore configuration) may be used with turbine drive shaft. Install packing (16). Apply a light coat
either stages 1 and 2 gas generator turbine of engine oil (item 86 or 87, Appendix D) to spline teeth of
rotor PN 6039T54G03 (wide bore power turbine drive shaft. Remove exhaust cover.
configuration) or PN 6039T54G02 (narrow
bore configuration).
NOTE
a. (T700) Determine whether power turbine module (T701C) Prior to assembly of the power
is narrow bore configuration or wide bore configuration as turbine module, make sure the face-type seal
follows: is present on aft flange of gas generator stator
(12, fig. 4-1).
(1) With chamfered end of gage 37D407015P01
(shipped with power turbine module) facing the balance (3) (T701C) If face-type seal is not present,
land on the power turbine drive shaft, and with the notch assemble seal to aft end of gas generator assembly. Hold
against the drive shaft, slide the gage down onto the balance seal in place with beeswax (item 13, Appendix D). Place
land (fig. 4-3). beeswax around entire circumference where seal will seat.
(2) If the gage contacts balance land before it (4) With another mechanic helping, aline module
contacts the stage 3 turbine disk, the power turbine module with engine. Supporting power turbine drive shaft by hand,
is the narrow bore configuration and will only be used with center it in gas generator bore and insert drive shaft into
the narrow bore configuration gas generator turbine rotor. engine.
(3) If the gage contacts the stage 3 turbine disk
before it contacts the balance land, the power turbine
module is the wide bore configuration and may be used with Handling Bladed Components
either gas generator turbine rotor configuration.
Wear leather palm gloves (welder's type with
b. Install power turbine module as follows: gauntlet) when handling components with
assembled blades and vanes. Blades and vanes
(1) Remove locknuts (8, fig. 4-1) from all are sharp and can cause serious injury.
bolts(9) and remove all bolts except the one in the No. 2
position. (5) Using leather gloves, hold power turbine
rotor and turn output shaft to engage drive shaft splines with
output shaft splines.
4-7
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 4-3. (T700) Use of Gage 37D407015P01 to Determine Configuration of Power Turbine Drive Shaft
4-8
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
(6) Aline TOP markings and matchmarks on (11) Install remaining 54 bolts (9) and
flanges. Make sure tubes (5, 6, 7, 17, 18, and 19) are alined locknuts(8) as follows:
with mating tubes on cold section module. Check offset
bolthole 60 (fig. 4-2) on turbine case and midframe to be (a) Install six bolts and locknuts, in a
sure that they are alined. crisscross pattern.
(b) Torque locknuts, in a crisscross pattern, to
80-85 inch-pounds.
Make sure slip-fit connector on compressor
leakage air tube (17, fig. 4-1) engages (c) Repeat steps (a) and (b) until all bolts and
properly. locknuts are installed.
(7) Push power turbine module onto bolt (9) in (12) Connect the following tubes at forward
bolthole no. 2. flange of power turbine module:
(8) Install locknut (8) onto bolt (9). Tighten (a) C-sump aft scavenge tube (5, fig. 4-1).
locknut until flange rabbet is fully engaged. Tighten (60° wrench-arc) coupling nut.
(b) C-sump forward scavenge tube (6).
Tighten (60° wrench-arc) coupling nut.
Handling Bladed Components
(c) C-sump oil supply tube (7). Tighten (60°
Wear leather palm gloves (welder's type with wrench-arc) coupling nut.
gauntlet) when handling components with
assembled blades and vanes. Blades and vanes (d) Seal pressure and scavenge tube assembly
are sharp and can cause serious injury. (18) in two places. Tighten (60° wrench-arc) coupling nuts.
(13) (T700) On engines serial-numbered 207301
thru 207322, connect B-sump drain tube (19) as follows:
When removing or installing components, use
extreme care to prevent damage to axis-A oil
nozzle.
Follow this procedure to prevent damage to
(9) Remove radial drive shaft cover assembly B-sump drain tube.
(para 5-30). Hold radial drive shaft stationary and rotate
power turbine rotor at least 360°. Rotor must rotate freely (a) Tighten coupling nut on midframe (11)
with no rubs. onto drain tube until nut is seated.
(b) Loosen nut just enough to permit drain
NOTE tube to move freely.
Shoulder bolts (body-bound) power turbine-
to-midframe flange have been superseded by (c) Tighten coupling nut on exhaust frame (4)
bolts (12-point) (9). onto drain tube until nut is seated.
(10) Install bolts (9) in boltholes no. 12, 22, 32, (d) Loosen nut just enough to permit drain
42, and 52 (refer to fig. 4-2 for location); install locknuts (8, tube to move freely.
fig.4-1). If shoulder bolts were removed from power
turbine-to-midframe flange, discard shoulder bolts and
install bolts (9). Tighten nuts in crisscross pattern, for
example: 12 o'clock, then 6 o'clock; 2 o'clock, then 8
o'clock; 4 o'clock, then 10 o'clock. Torque nuts to 80-85
inch-pounds in crisscross pattern.
4-9
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
b. Remove three bolts (3).
Asbestos c. Using bolts (3) as jacking screws, manually thread
into jacking screw holes (4) until they bottom out.
The following procedure may involve a part
that contains asbestos, which is highly toxic to d. Alternately turn screws clockwise, one-quarter turn
skin, eyes, and respiratory tract. Read general at a time, until assembly can be freely removed.
information before proceeding, and adhere to
all site safety and environmental controls e. Remove C-sump cover (5) and jacking screws.
concerning asbestos. Otherwise, personal
injury may result. f. Remove and discard packings (7, 8).
(e) Tighten locknut (21) and bolt (22) at 4-14. Cleaning of C-Sump Cover.
clamp (PN 299C486P11 only) (20). Torque locknut to 45-
50 inch-pounds. a. Cover all openings with protective caps.
(f) Tighten (60° wrench-arc) coupling nuts at
both ends of drain tube.
(14) (T700) On engines serial-numbered 207323 Dry Cleaning Solvent
and up, connect coupling nut on midframe (11) onto (Stoddard Solvent)
B-sump drain tube (19). Tighten (60° wrench-arc) coupling P-D-680
nut.
• Combustible - do not use near open flames,
(15) (T701, T701C) Connect coupling nut on near welding areas, or on hot surfaces.
midframe (11) onto B-sump drain tube (19). Tighten (60° • Prolonged contact of skin with liquid can
wrench-arc) coupling nut. cause dermatitis. Repeated inhalation of
vapor can irritate nose and throat and can
(16) Connect the following electrical connectors
cause dizziness.
at forward flange of power turbine module:
• If any liquid contacts skin or eyes,
(a) Electrical connector (blue cable) (15) to immediately flush affected area thoroughly
torque and overspeed sensor (1). Tighten (15° wrench-arc) with water. Remove solvent-saturated
connector. clothing. If vapors cause dizziness, go to
fresh air.
(b) Electrical connector (yellow cable) (13) • When handling liquid or when applying it
to Np sensor (3). Tighten (15° wrench-arc) connector.
in an air-exhausted, partially covered tank,
(c) Electrical connector (yellow cable) (14) to wear approved gloves and goggles.
thermocouple assembly (2). Tighten (60° wrench-arc) • When handling liquid or when applying it
connector. at unexhausted, uncovered tank or
workbench, wear approved respirator,
(17) Make required engine checks listed in gloves, and goggles.
table 1-39.
b. Flush or spray-wash outside surfaces with dry
(18) After completion of final testing, seal cleaning solvent (item 99, Appendix D) and remove grease,
connectors (para H-9, Appendix H). oil, and dirt.
4-12. C-SUMP COVER AND C-SUMP HEAT
SHIELD.
4-13. Removal of C-Sump Cover and C-Sump
Heat Shield.
a. Remove eight locknuts (1, fig. 4-4) that secure
C-sump heat shield (2) to exhaust frame (9).
4-10
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 4-4. C-Sump Cover and C-Sump Heat Shield; Removal, Inspection, and Installation
4-11
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
• When using air for cleaning at an air-
exhausted workbench, wear approved
Compressed Air goggles or face shield.
• When using air for cleaning at an
• When using compressed air for any unexhausted workbench, wear approved
cooling, cleaning, or drying operation, do respirator and goggles.
not exceed 30 psig at the nozzle.
• Eyes can be permanently damaged by c. Dry the C-sump cover using dry, filtered,
contact with liquid or large particles compressed air.
propelled by compressed air. Inhalation of
air-blown particles or solvent vapor can 4-15. Inspection of C-Sump Cover and C-Sump
damage lungs. Heat Shield. See table 4-1.
Table 4-1. Inspection of C-Sump Cover and C-Sump Heat Shield
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
a. C-sump cover (5, fig. 4-4)
for:
(1) Cracks. None allowed. Not repairable. Replace cover (para 4-16).
(2) Nicks and scratches
on:
(a) Floor of packing Any number, 0.003 inch Not repairable. Replace cover (para 4-16).
groove (4A). deep, without sharp edges.
(b) Walls of packing Any number, 0.010 inch Not repairable. Replace cover (para 4-16).
groove (4A). deep, without sharp edges.
(c) All other areas. Any number, 1/64 inch Not repairable. Replace cover (para 4-16).
deep, without high metal.
(3) Dents. Any amount if function is Not repairable. Replace cover (para 4-16).
not affected.
b. Missing or damaged One full thread cumulative, One full thread cumulative AVUM: Replace cover
threads in threaded jacking damaged or missing, without with high metal. (para 4-16). AVIM: Chase
screw holes (4). high metal. threads.
c. C-sump heat shield (2) for:
(1) Cracks, except in None allowed. Not repairable. Replace heat shield (para 4-16).
radius B.
(2) Cracks in radius B. Eight cracks allowed. Each Not repairable. Replace heat shield (para 4-16).
one not to exceed 1/8 inch,
and must not extend outside
radius B.
4-12
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table 4-1. Inspection of C-Sump Cover and C-Sump Heat Shield (Cont)
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
(3) Nicks and scratches. Any amount, up to 1/64 inch Not repairable. Replace heat shield (para 4-16).
deep, without high metal.
(4) Dents. Any amount, provided Not repairable. Replace heat shield (para 4-16).
function is not affected.
4-16. Installation of C-Sump Cover and C-Sump d. Install C-sump heat shield (2) onto exhaust
Heat Shield. frame(9) so that discharge air slot is at 6 o'clock position.
a. Install preformed packing (7, fig. 4-4) onto e. Secure heat shield (2) with eight locknuts (1).
connector (6). Torque locknuts (1) to 70-75 inch-pounds.
b. Install preformed packing (8) onto C-sump f. Make required engine checks listed in table 1-19 or
cover(5). table 1-39 (AVIM).
c. Install cover (5) into C-sump housing and secure it
4-17. EXHAUST FRAME.
with three bolts (3). Torque bolts (3) to 45-50 inch-pounds.
4-18. Inspection of Exhaust Frame. See table 4-2.
Table 4-2. Inspection of Exhaust Frame
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
a. Exhaust frame (4, fig. 4-5)
for:
(1) Cracks in parent metal None allowed. Not repairable. AVUM: Replace engine.
and in welds. AVIM: Replace module (para
4-11).
(2) Dents and buckling. Any number, 1/8 inch from Any number, any depth. AVUM: Replace engine.
original contour. AVIM: Cold-work to usable
limit. Inspect; cracks are not
allowed.
(3) Holes in sheet metal. None allowed. Not repairable. AVUM: Replace engine.
AVIM: Replace module
(para 4-11).
(4) Struts (10) for cracks. None allowed. Not repairable. AVUM: Replace engine.
AVIM: Replace module
(para 4-11).
4-13
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table 4-2. Inspection of Exhaust Frame (Cont)
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
b. Inner casing aft flange (2,
fig. 4-6) for:
(1) Stripped, broken, One damaged or missing Any number. AVUM: Replace engine.
cracked, or missing stud allowed, if not adjacent AVIM: Replace module
studs (5) (long studs), to another broken stud. (para 4-11).
four each.
(2) Stripped, broken, One damaged or missing Any number. AVUM: Replace engine.
cracked, or missing stud allowed, if not adjacent AVIM: Replace module
studs (6) (short studs), to another broken stud. (para 4-11).
16 each.
c. Coupling nut (9) on oil
drain tube for:
(1) Cracks. None allowed. Not repairable. AVUM: Replace engine.
AVIM: Replace module
(para 4-11).
(2) Nicks and scratches. Any number, 1/32 inch Same as usable limits, with Blend high metal to adjacent
deep, without high metal. high metal. contour.
(3) Missing or damaged One full thread total, AVUM: Not repairable. Replace engine. Plug end of
threads. damaged or missing without AVIM: One full thread total tube at defective nut. Blend
high metal, if a normal that can be blended to usable high metal. Blow out all metal
installation with the mating limits. fillings; then remove plug.
part can be made.
Penetrating Oil
• Combustible near sparks, open flames, welding areas, hot surfaces, other sources of ignition, or while
smoking.
• Inhalation may cause irritation or burning of respiratory system.
• Contact with eyes/face/skin may cause irritation or burning.
• Personal protective equipment required when handling or using this material.
(4) Freedom of Nut must spin freely on tube. AVUM: Not repairable. Replace engine. Apply
movement. AVIM: Any amount that can penetrating oil (item 88,
be lubricated to meet usable Appendix D) to nut and tube,
limits. and work nut free.
4-14
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 4-5. Power Turbine Module; Inspection (Sheet 1 of 2)
4-15
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 4-5. Power Turbine Module; Inspection (Sheet 2 of 2)
4-16
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 4-6. Exhaust Frame; Inspection
4-17
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
4-20. Inspection of Stage 4 Turbine Rotor Blades.
4-19. STAGE 4 TURBINE ROTOR BLADES.
See table 4-3.
Table 4-3. Inspection of Stage 4 Turbine Rotor Blades
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
Stage 4 turbine rotor blades (7,
fig. 4-5) for:
a. Cracks. Not allowed. Not repairable. AVUM: Replace engine.
AVIM: Replace module
(para 4-11).
b. Nicks, pits, scratches, and Any number, up to Not repairable. AVUM: Replace engine.
dents. 0.005inch deep, without AVIM: Replace module
high metal. (para 4-11).
c. Hot gas corrosion. Any amount of change in Not repairable. AVUM: Replace engine.
color, without surface AVIM: Replace module
roughness or separation of (para 4-11).
airfoil surface.
d. Eroded leading edge (11). Up to 1/64 inch deep. Not repairable. AVUM: Replace engine.
AVIM: Replace module
(para 4-11).
e. Bending and twisting of Up to 1/32 inch from Not repairable. AVUM: Replace engine.
trailing edge (12). original contour. AVIM: Replace module
(para 4-11).
f. Wear at tip shroud (13). 0.005 inch max. Not repairable. AVUM: Replace engine.
AVIM: Replace module
(para 4-11).
4-18
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
4-21. STAGE 4 SEAL AND TURBINE NOZZLE.
4-22. Inspection of Stage 4 Seal and Turbine
Nozzle. See table 4-4.
Table 4-4. Inspection of Stage 4 Seal and Turbine Nozzle
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
Stage 4 seal and turbine nozzle
(8, fig. 4-5) for:
a. Cracks in inner and outer 6 radial cracks. 1/8 inch Not repairable. AVUM: Replace engine.
bands. long. No circumferential AVIM: Replace module
cracks allowed. (para 4-11).
b. Cracks in trailing edge of Any number, 1/8 inch long. Not repairable. AVUM: Replace engine.
vanes. AVIM: Replace module
(para 4-11).
c. Dents along trailing edge Any number, 1/16 deep, Not repairable. AVUM: Replace engine.
of vanes. with smooth deformation AVIM: Replace module
and without high metal. (para 4-11).
d. Hot gas corrosion on Any amount of change in Not repairable. AVUM: Replace engine.
vanes. color or surface roughness if AVIM: Replace module
there is no blistering, (para 4-11).
cracking, or separation
(delamination) of vane
surface.
e. Burns or erosion on vanes. Any amount, 1/8 inch from Not repairable. AVUM: Replace engine.
trailing edge over a distance AVIM: Replace module
of 1/2 inch. (para 4-11).
f. Nicks, scratches, and Any number, 1/32 inch Not repairable. AVUM: Replace engine.
gouges. deep, without high metal. AVIM: Replace module
(para 4-11).
4-19
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
4-23. STAGE 3 TURBINE NOZZLE SEGMENTS.
4-24. Inspection of Stage 3 Turbine Nozzle
Segments (AVIM). See table 4-5.
Table 4-5. Inspection of Stage 3 Turbine Nozzle Segments
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
Stage 3 turbine nozzle
segments (5, fig. 4-5) for:
a. Cracks in inner and outer 10 radial cracks, up to Not repairable. Replace module (para 4-11).
bands. 1/4inch long.
Circumferential cracks are
not allowed.
b. Cracks in trailing edge of Any number, up to 1/8 inch Not repairable. Replace module (para 4-11).
vanes. long.
c. Dents along trailing edge Any number, up to 1/16 inch Not repairable. Replace module (para 4-11).
of vanes. deep, with smooth
deformation and without
high metal.
d. Hot gas corrosion on Any amount of change in Not repairable. Replace module (para 4-11).
vanes. color or surface roughness if
there is no blistering,
cracking, or separation of
the vane surface.
e. Burns or erosion. Any amount, up to 1/8 inch Not repairable. Replace module (para 4-11).
from trailing edge over a
distance of up to 1/2 inch.
f. Nicks, scratches, and Any number, up to 1/32 inch Not repairable. Replace module (para 4-11).
gouges. deep, without high metal.
g. (T700, T701) Loose or One per segment (6 total) Not repairable. Replace module (para 4-11).
broken stage three turbine may be missing or broken as
nozzle bolts (6). See steps long as sufficient broken
*1 thru *4. bolt remains in turbine case
to seal the bolthole.
h. (T701C) Loose or broken None allowed. Not repairable. Replace module (para 4-11).
stage three turbine nozzle
bolts (6).
*:
(1) Check (by hand only) for broken bolts. If nuts on bolts turn freely, the bolts are broken. Remove nuts and shanks of
bolts.
(2) If Power Turbine module PN is 6064T98G01 or 6064T99G01 go to step 4. Otherwise, go to step 3 and step 4.
(3) Using a piece of 1/8 inch diameter drill rod or equivalent, measure from surface A to remaining portion of bolt (drop
C, view B, fig. 4-5). Drop must not exceed 0.250 inch.
(4) Do an idle speed leakage check (para 1-226); no leakage allowed.
4-20
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
4-25. OUTER TURBINE DUCT.
4-26. Inspection of Outer Turbine Duct (AVIM).
See table 4-6.
Table 4-6. Inspection of Outer Turbine Duct
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
Outer turbine duct (1, fig. 4-5)
for:
a. Cracks. Any number, up to 1 inch Not repairable. Replace module (para 4-11).
long, without intersecting
cracks or no danger of
pieces falling out.
b. Nicks, pits, and scratches. Up to 1/64 inch deep, Same as usable limits, with Remove high metal.
without high metal. high metal.
c. Dents. Any number, up to 1/32 inch Not repairable. Replace module (para 4-11).
deep, with smooth
deformation.
4-27. TURBINE CASE
4-28. Inspection of Turbine Case. See table 4-7.
Table 4-7. Inspection of Turbine Case
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
Turbine case (2, fig. 4-5) for:
a. (T700, T701) Cracks in:
(1) Surface A (view A); Maximum allowable length Not repairable. AVUM: Replace engine.
circumferential. of continuous AVIM: Replace module
circumferential cracking is (para 4-11).
9.000 inches. Maximum
allowable cumulative length
of separate circumferential
cracking is 18.000 inches.
(2) Cone area (area B, None allowed. Not repairable. AVUM: Replace engine.
view C). AVIM: Replace module
(para 4-11).
4-21
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table 4-7. Inspection of Turbine Case (Cont)
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
b. Nicks, gouges, and Any number, 1/16 inch Same as usable limits, with Remove high metal.
scratches. deep, without high metal. high metal.
c. Dents. Any number, 1/8 inch deep. Any number if they can be AVUM: Replace engine.
reached and if they can be AVIM: Cold-work to usable
cold-worked to usable limit. Fluorescent
limits. penetrant-inspect (see
TM55-1500-204-25/1). No
cracks allowed.
d. Damaged threads on Any amount that does not Any amount that can be AVUM: Replace engine.
thermocouple bosses (3). prevent assembly of reworked to usable limits by AVIM: Chase threads to allow
thermocouple. chasing threads. assembly of thermocouple.
e. Bent flange. Any amount not more than Any amount that can be AVUM: Replace engine.
1/16 inch from original reworked to usable limits by AVIM: Cold-work to usable
contour. cold-working. limit and fluorescent
penetrant-inspect (see
TM55-1500-204- 25/1). No
cracks allowed.
f. (T700, T701) Loose or One per segment (6 total) Not repairable. AVUM: Replace engine.
broken stage 3 turbine may be missing or broken as AVIM: Replace module
nozzle bolts (6). See steps long as sufficient broken (para 4-11).
*2 thru *4. bolt remains in turbine case
to seal the bolthole.
*:
(1) If Power Turbine module PN is 6064T98G01 or 6064T99G01, go to step 4. Otherwise, go to step 3 and step 4.
(2) (AVUM): Except during a Phase Inspection, visually inspect for broken bolts. Inspect (by hand only) for suspected
broken bolts. If nuts on bolts turn freely, remove nuts and shanks of broken bolts. (AVIM): Check (by hand only)
for broken bolts. If nuts on bolts turn freely, the bolts are broken. Remove nuts and shanks of bolts.
(3) Using a piece of 1/8 inch diameter drill rod or equivalent, check from surface A to remaining portion of bolt (drop
C, view B, fig. 4-5). Drop must not exceed 0.250 inch.
(4) Do an idle speed leakage check (para 1-139 or 1-226 (AVIM)); no leakage allowed.
4-22 Change 1
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
4-29. POWER TURBINE DRIVE SHAFT 4-30. Inspection of Power Turbine Drive Shaft
ASSEMBLY. Assembly (AVIM).See table 4-8.
Table 4-8. Inspection of Power Turbine Drive Shaft Assembly
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
Power turbine drive shaft
assembly (14, fig. 4-5) for:
a. Cracks. None allowed. Not repairable. Replace module (para 4-11).
NOTE
• Machining marks on power turbine drive shaft are not considered circumferential rubs.
• When a PT shaft incurs a rub beyond the usable limit, the associated cold section module must be replaced.
Cold section module must be appropriately marked “For PT Shaft Rub Investigation” and forwarded to
depot.
b. Circumferential rubs:
(1) Lands between aft face Any amount up to 0.005 Not repairable. Replace module (para 4-11).
of Diameter G and inch deep without high
forward face of bolt metal. Deposits and black
flange. discoloration are allowed.
Obvious burns not allowed.
(2) Shaft wall between aft Any amount if the parent Not repairable. Replace module (para 4-11).
face of Diameter G metal is not scored. Deposits
and forward face of and black discoloration are
bolt flange. allowed. Obvious burns not
allowed.
c. Fretting on DiameterG. Any amount if diameter G is Not repairable. Replace module (para 4-11).
1.3830 inches minimum.
d. Nicks and scratches on:
(1) Floor of packing Any number, 0.005 inch Not repairable. Replace module (para 4-11).
groove (16). deep, without sharp edges.
(2) Walls of packing Any number, 0.010 inch Not repairable. Replace module (para 4-11).
groove (16). deep, without sharp edges.
(3) All other areas. Any number, 0.005 inch Any number, up to 0.005 Remove high metal (para H-21,
deep, without high metal. inch deep, with high metal. Appendix H).
e. Seal teeth (15) for:
(1) Radial nicks and Any number, 0.005 inch Same as usable limits, with Blend with a fine stone
dents. deep. 4 per tooth, 0.010 inch high metal, sharp edges, and (item 104, Appendix D).
deep. 1 per 7 teeth, 0.025 sharp corners.
inch deep. Cumulative
length of all nicks, dents,
and blends per tooth not to
exceed 30% of
circumference. High metal,
sharp edges, or sharp corners
are not allowed.
Change 3 4-23
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table 4-8. Inspection of Power Turbine Drive Shaft Assembly (Cont)
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
(2) Axial dents. Up to 0.030 inch from Not repairable. Replace module (para 4-11).
original contour if no more
than 30% of circumference
is displaced.
f. Broken pieces of black None allowed. Any amount. Remove loose particles from
plastic material and carbon PT shaft fwd end, and clean
debris on fwd end of shaft. shaft (para 4-8).
4-31. PREPARING POWER TURBINE MODULE • Hoisting of container shall only be
FOR STORAGE OR SHIPMENT. performed by designated personnel.
• The load capacity rating shall be clearly
4-32. Power Turbine Module Shipping and marked on hoist. Do not exceed load rating.
Storage Container 21C7300G01. • Inspection and testing for cracks or defects
in hoist system shall be performed on a
a. Preliminary Instructions. Use a forklift when regular basis.
moving the power turbine module shipping and storage • Before lifting, alert personnel in immediate
container. The entire container, with or without the PT area.
module, must not be moved by pushing or pulling.
b. Dimensions and Weights of Power Turbine
Module Shipping and Storage Container 21C7300G01.
If a PT module (14) is installed in container,
use care to avoid damaging power turbine
Height 58 inches shaft when removing container cover.
Width 36 inches
Weight (empty) 437 pounds (3) Attach hoist to cable (24). Raise cover (2)
Weight (with PT module) 520 pounds and place it on the floor.
Cubic Displacement 45.8 cubic feet
b. Install PT module (14) into container as follows:
4-33. Installation of Power Turbine Module into
Shipping and Storage Container 21C7300G01. (1) Remove four nuts (5) and four bolts (17)
from outer diameter of support mount plate (10).
a. Remove container cover (2, fig. 4-7) as follows:
(2) Remove ten nuts (6) and ten bolts (15) from
(1) Remove 12 nuts (23) and 12 bolts (18) from inner diameter of plate (10).
container flanges.
(3) Loosen two bolts (11) on clamp (7) enough to
(2) Attach lifting cable (24) to lifting eyes (1) on allow PT shaft to slide through clamp.
container cover (2).
(4) Unlock two swivel screws (8) on clamp (7)
by loosening two knurled nuts (9).
Hoisting Upper Section (5) Turn two swivel screws (8) counterclockwise
of Shipping Container until clamp (7) rests on plate (10).
• Do not stand under upper section of
container while it is suspended from a hoist
or while it is being moved from one area to
another on a hoist.
4-24 Change 3
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 4-7. Power Turbine Module Shipping and Storage Container 21C7300G01;
Removal and Installation of Module
4-25
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
(6) Protect seal teeth and splines on PT shaft c. Install container cover (2) as follows:
using barrier material (item 12, Appendix D) and tape
(item 107, Appendix D).
(7) Lift plate (10) from support frame in Hoisting Upper Section
container using handrail on support mount plate. of Shipping Container
• Do not stand under upper section of
container while it is suspended from a hoist
Use care when lowering plate (10) onto power or while it is being moved from one area to
turbine module to avoid damaging power another on a hoist.
turbine shaft and PT module tubing. • Hoisting of container shall only be
performed by designated personnel.
(8) Aline TOP marking on PT module (14) with
• The load capacity rating shall be clearly
12 o'clock marking on plate (10); then carefully lower
marked on hoist. Do not exceed load rating.
support mount plate onto flange of PT module.
• Inspection and testing for cracks or defects
(9) Attach plate (10) to flange of PT module in hoist system shall be performed on a
using ten bolts (15), installed head down, and ten nuts (6), regular basis.
removed in step b(2). Torque bolts (15) to 20-22 inch- • Before lifting, alert personnel in immediate
pounds. area.
To avoid damage to PT module tubing, be sure Use care to avoid damaging power turbine
that guide tubes (12) on plate (10) are alined shaft when installing container cover.
with channels (21) in support frame of
container. (1) Attach lifting cable (24) to lifting eyes (1).
(10) Using handrail, lift plate (10), with PT (2) Attach hoist to cable and raise cover (2) to a
module attached. Alining guide tubes (12) on plate (10) position directly over container base (16).
with channels (21) in support frame of container, carefully
lower plate and module into container base (16). (3) Wipe gasket (19) and mating flanges of
container halves with clean cloth to remove any dirt or
(11) Secure module to support frame in container particles which could prevent pressure-sealing.
using four bolts (17), installed head down, and four nuts (5),
removed in step b(1). Torque bolts (17) to 23-35 foot- (4) Inspect gasket (19) for nicks, cuts, and
pounds. gouges. If gasket is damaged, replace it.
(12) Verify that clamp (7) is below balance (5) Alining holes in flange of cover with guide
land(13) on PT shaft; then tighten bolts (11) on clamp to pins (20) on flange of base (16), carefully lower cover onto
secure PT shaft. Torque bolts (11) to 5-7 foot-pounds. base.
(13) Hand-tighten two swivel screws (8) (6) Secure container halves using 12 bolts (18),
clockwise; then lock swivel screws by hand-tightening two installed head down, and 12 nuts (23), removed in step a(1).
knurled nuts (9). Torque bolts (18) to 75-85 foot-pounds.
(7) Release and remove hoist; remove cable (24)
from lifting eyes (1).
4-26
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
d. Add desiccant to container as follows: (c) If there are no signs of corrosion, change
desiccant (step d), replace humidity indicator card (step e),
(1) Remove cover of desiccator port (3) by hand. reinstall container cover (step c).
(2) Remove old desiccant. (d) If there are signs of corrosion, change
desiccant (step d), reinstall container cover (step c), and
(3) Place 28 units of desiccant (item 70, send module to Depot for detailed inspection and repair.
Appendix D) in basket.
4-34. PLACING POWER TURBINE MODULE IN
(4) Install cover of desiccator port (3) by seating
SERVICE.
tabs on port cover into slots in port; then turn cover
clockwise, by hand, one-quarter turn. 4-35. Removal of Power Turbine Module from
Shipping and Storage Container 21C7300G01.
e. If humidity indicator card, located in humidity
port(4), is lavender or pink-colored, replace it as follows: a. Remove shipping and storage container cover
(para 4-33, step a).
(1) Remove hex insert of humidity port (4) with
an open-end wrench. b. Remove power turbine module from container as
follows:
(2) Remove retaining clip and card.
(1) Remove four nuts (6, fig. 4-7) and four
(3) Install new card and retaining clip. bolts(18) from outer diameter of support mount plate (11).
(4) Reinstall and hand-tighten hex insert. Be sure (2) Lift support mount plate, with PT module
that printed sections (i.e. 30, 40, 50) can be read from attached, from container using handrail on support mount
outside of container. plate.
f. Store power turbine module records in record (3) Remove ten nuts (7) and ten bolts (16) from
receptacle (22). inner diameter of support mount plate (11).
g. Check relative humidity in power turbine module (4) Unlock two swivel screws (9) on clamp (8)
shipping and storage container (step e) not later than 30 by loosening two knurled nuts (10).
days after installation of module into container or as
prescribed by the Unit Commander. (5) Loosen two bolts (12) on clamp (8) enough to
allow PT shaft to slide through clamp.
(1) If relative humidity is less than 40%, but
greater than 30%, record inspection in module records, but (6) Turn two swivel screws (9) on clamp (8)
change inspection interval to one week. counterclockwise until clamp rests on support mount plate.
(2) If relative humidity is 40%, but less than
50%, record inspection in module records, replace desiccant
(step d).
Use care when lifting support mount plate
from power turbine module to avoid damaging
(3) If relative humidity is 50% or higher, do the
power turbine shaft and PT module tubing.
following:
(7) Using handrail, carefully lift support mount
(a) Remove container cover (para 4-33,
plate from PT module.
step a).
(8) Reinstall support mount plate into container
(b) Carefully inspect module for signs of
using hardware removed in steps (1) and (3).
corrosion.
(9) Install container cover (para 4-33, step c).
4-27
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
4-36. Preparing Power Turbine Module for Use. b. Remove barrier material, and inspect overall
condition of module.
a. Remove module records from record receptacle
(23, fig. 4-7). Be sure that all records and forms are c. Install module onto engine (para 4-11).
complete.
4-28
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
CHAPTER 5
ACCESSORY GEARBOX
ACCESSORY SECTION MODULE
5-1. CHAPTER OVERVIEW. 5-2. CHAPTER INDEX.
This chapter contains instructions for removing, cleaning, Maintenance procedures in this chapter are arranged as
inspecting, repairing, and installing the accessory section follows:
module and its components to the extent allowed by the
Maintenance Allocation Chart (MAC). Paragraph
Subject
Data peculiar to engine models T700-GE-700, Preliminary Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
T700-GE-701, and T700-GE-701C is identified throughout
Accessory Gearbox, Accessory Section
the manual as follows:
Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
Particle Separator Blower and V-Band
NOTE Coupling Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
Particle Separator Inlet Duct . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15
• Data common to all engine models is not
identified. Accessory Drive Gearbox Assembly . . . . . . . 5-24
Radial Drive Shaft Cover Assembly . . . . . . . . 5-29
• T700-GE-701C engine model data unique
Radial Drive Shaft Cover Boot . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-33
to the Apache helicopter will be designated
AH-64A. Radial Drive Shaft Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-37
• T700-GE-701C engine model data unique Replacement of Axis-A Lube Nozzle . . . . . . . 5-42
to the Black Hawk helicopter will be Replacement of Fuel Connector . . . . . . . . . . . 5-45
designated UH-60L. Preparing Accessory Section Module for
Storage or Shipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-50
Placing Accessory Section Module in Service 5-53
Engine Model Identification
T700-GE-700 (T700)
T700-GE-701 (T701) 5-3. PRELIMINARY INSTRUCTIONS.
T700-GE-701C (T701C)
Before starting any of the following procedures, read the
T700-GE-700 and T700-GE-T701 (T700, T701) general maintenance practices and inspection procedures in
T700-GE-700 and T700-GE-701C (T700, T701C) Appendix H.
T700-GE-701 and T700-GE-701C (T701, T701C)
a. When removing or installing parts, prevent entry of
foreign objects into oil and air passages, and avoid
damaging electrical connectors.
b. Do not use tape to cover oil passages or openings.
Tape adhesive is soluble in oil and can cause contamination.
5-1
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
5-4. ACCESSORY GEARBOX, ACCESSORY
SECTION MODULE.
Lubricating Oil
5-5. (T700) Removal of Accessory Section
• If oil is decomposed by heat, toxic gases Module (AVIM).
are released.
• Prolonged contact with liquid or mist may
cause dermatitis and irritation.
• If there is any prolonged contact with skin, • Before removal of accessory section
wash area with soap and water. If solution module, areas around main frame-to-
contacts eyes, flush eyes with water gearbox mating flanges must be cleaned to
immediately. Remove saturated clothing. prevent dislodged particles from falling
• If oil is swallowed, do not try to vomit. Get into main frame cavities when gearbox is
immediate medical attention. removed.
• When handling liquid, wear rubber gloves. • If openings are not capped or plugged,
If prolonged contact with mist is likely, parts may become damaged or
wear approved respirator. contaminated.
c. Do not damage preformed packing grooves when a. Clean accessory section module (para 5-7), paying
removing or installing preformed packings. Unless particular attention to areas around main frame-to-gearbox
otherwise specified, lubricate packings and grooves with a mating flanges.
light coat of lubricating oil (item 85 or 87, Appendix D)
before installing packings. Ultrachem fluid no. 1 (item 117, b. Remove hydromechanical control unit (HMU)
Appendix D) may be used as an alternate lubricant for (1,fig. 5-1) (para 6-40).
packings and grooves.
c. Remove P3 hose and tube assembly (2) by
d. Inspect replacement parts for serviceability before disconnecting coupling nuts at POU manifold union if
installation. engine is so equipped and at midframe reducer. Install
protective caps (item 47, Appendix D) on assembly.
e. Always use a backup wrench on fittings when
removing or installing hoses or tubes. d. Remove POU manifold assembly (3) (para 6-82).
f. When connecting hoses or tubes, see wrench-arc e. Position IGV actuating ring so that vane levers and
tightening method (para H-14, Appendix H. thrust bearing adjusting screw do not prevent access to
bolts(17).
g. Before connecting electrical connectors, refer to
paragraph H-7, Appendix H for proper procedure. f. Loosen two bolts (17) on oil manifold flange (16).
Do not discard adapter gasket (4) unless sealing material is
h. Observe the following inspection rules: damaged.
(1) In the inspection tables, some requirements g. Disconnect coupling nut on mid C-sump scavenge
apply only when the part is removed from the engine. If the tube (18).
part to be inspected is installed on the engine, inspect only
for those defects that can be seen without removing the part. h. Slide boot (6) down from inlet duct (21).
Do not remove the part just to inspect it.
i. Disconnect electrical connectors from the following
(2) When inspection limits are in decimals, parts, and install clean, dry protective caps (items 24, 34,
compare size of defect with size of thickness gage (feeler 27, Appendix D):
gage).
• Fuel pressure sensor (8)
• Fuel filter bypass sensor (15)
• Electrical chip detector (14)
5-2 Change 5
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 5-1. (T700) Accessory Section Module; Removal and Installation
5-3
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
• Oil filter bypass sensor (13) NOTE
• Alternator stator (9)
The following step requires 2 people.
• Oil pressure sensor (10)
• Oil temperature sensor (11) n. With another mechanic helping, separate accessory
• Alternator stator (12) section module (25) from main frame by hand, lifting it
• POU (19). clear of transfer tubes and mounting studs.
j. Remove radial drive shaft assembly (para 5-38). o. Remove and discard preformed packings (1, 2, 3,
4, 5, fig. 5-2).
k. Remove four nuts (24) and washers (23).
p. Plug or cap openings in cold section module using
l. Remove blue and green cables from clip (20) on caps (items 22, 27, Appendix D), barrier material and
inlet duct. adhesive tape (items 12, 107, Appendix D).
m. Remove green cable from clip (22) on gearbox. q. If replacing accessory section module, remove
locknut (7, fig. 5-1) and C-sump forward oil scavenge
tube(5). Remove and discard preformed packings
(6, fig. 5-2). Return module to Depot.
Carefully remove accessory section module to
avoid damaging transfer tubes and mounting
studs. Be sure that hoses and tubes do not hang
up or bind on other parts of engine.
Figure 5-2. Preformed Packings; Removal and Installation
5-4
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
5-6. (T701, T701C) Removal of Accessory Section • ODV (21)
Module (AVIM). • (T701C) Oil temperature sensor (11,
fig. 5-1)
j. (T701) Remove B-sump delta pressure tube (27,
• Before removal of accessory section fig. 5-3) from forward suspension lug on swirl frame at
module, areas around main frame-to- 12o'clock position.
gearbox mating flanges must be cleaned to
prevent dislodged particles from falling k. (T701C) Remove bolt (3, fig 8-40) from clamp on
into main frame cavities when gearbox is B-sump delta pressure tube (7).
removed.
• If openings are not capped or plugged, l. Remove radial drive shaft assembly (para 5-38).
parts may become damaged or
contaminated. m. Remove bolt (5, fig. 5-3) from bracket (6); then,
remove cushioned clamp (4) from axis-G seal drain tube.
a. Clean the accessory section module (para 5-7),
paying particular attention to areas around main frame-to- n. Remove four nuts (26) and washers (25).
gearbox mating flanges.
o. Remove blue and green cables from clip (23) on
b. Remove hydromechanical control unit (HMU) inlet duct.
(1,fig. 5-3) (para 6-40).
p. Remove green cable from clip (24) on gearbox.
c. Remove P3 tube (2) by disconnecting coupling nut
at midframe reducer. Install protective caps (item 47,
Appendix D) on assembly.
Carefully remove accessory section module to
d. Remove ODV manifold assembly (3) (para 6-69). avoid damaging transfer tubes and mounting
studs. Be sure that hoses and tubes do not hang
e. Position IGV actuating ring so that vane levers and up or bind on other parts of engine.
thrust bearing adjusting screw do not prevent access to
bolts(8). NOTE
f. Loosen two bolts (8) on oil manifold flange (7). Do The following step requires two people.
not discard adapter gasket (11) unless sealing material is
damaged. q. With another mechanic helping, separate accessory
section module (28) from main frame by hand, lifting it
g. Disconnect coupling nut on mid C-sump scavenge clear of transfer tubes and mounting studs.
tube (20).
r. Remove and discard preformed packings (1, 2, 3, 4,
h. Slide boot (12) down from inlet duct (22). 5, fig. 5-2).
i. Disconnect electrical connectors from the following s. Plug or cap openings in cold section module, using
parts, and install clean, dry protective caps (items 24, 25, caps (items 22, 27, Appendix D) and using barrier material
34, 27, Appendix D): and adhesive tape (items 12, 107, Appendix D).
• Fuel pressure sensor (13) t. If replacing accessory section module, remove
• Fuel filter bypass sensor (19) locknut (10, figure 5-3), bracket (6), and C-sump forward
oil scavenge tube (9). Remove and discard preformed
• Electrical chip detector (18)
packings (6, fig. 5-2) on forward oil scavenge tube. Return
• Oil filter bypass sensor (17) module to Depot.
• Alternator stator (14)
• Oil pressure sensor (15)
• Alternator stator (16)
5-5
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 5-3. (T700, T701C) Accessory Section Module, Removal and Installation
5-6
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
5-7. Cleaning of Accessory Section Module c. Dry the accessory section module, using dry,
(AVIM). filtered, compressed air.
a. Be sure that all openings are plugged or covered 5-8. (T700) Installation of Accessory Section
before cleaning. Module (AVIM).
a. If installing new accessory section module, install
C-sump forward oil scavenge tube (5, fig. 5-1) as follows:
Dry Cleaning Solvent
(Stoddard Solvent)
P-D-680
Lubricating Oil
• Combustible - do not use near open flames,
near welding areas, or on hot surfaces. • If oil is decomposed by heat, toxic gases
• Prolonged contact of skin with liquid can are released.
cause dermatitis. Repeated inhalation of • Prolonged contact with liquid or mist may
vapor can irritate nose and throat and can cause dermatitis and irritation.
cause dizziness. • If there is any prolonged contact with skin,
• If any liquid contacts skin or eyes, wash area with soap and water. If solution
immediately flush affected area thoroughly contacts eyes, flush eyes with water
with water. Remove solvent-saturated immediately. Remove saturated clothing.
clothing. If vapors cause dizziness, go to • If oil is swallowed, do not try to vomit. Get
fresh air. immediate medical attention.
• When handling liquid or when applying it • When handling liquid, wear rubber gloves.
in an air-exhausted, partially covered tank, If prolonged contact with mist is likely,
wear approved gloves and goggles. wear approved respirator.
• When handling liquid or when applying it
at unexhausted, uncovered tank or (1) Lubricate new preformed packings (6,
workbench, wear approved respirator, fig. 5-2) with oil (items 85 or 87, Appendix D) and install
gloves, and goggles. packings onto oil scavenge tube (5, fig. 5-1).
b. Flush or spray-wash external surfaces with dry (2) Install tube (5) into gearbox and secure with
cleaning solvent (item 99, Appendix D). locknut (7). Torque locknut to 24-27 inch-pounds.
Compressed Air Oil manifold assembly (14, fig. 8-23) must be
moved aft. Otherwise, adapter gasket (16)
• When using compressed air for any may be damaged when installing accessory
cooling, cleaning, or drying operation, do section module.
not exceed 30 psig at the nozzle.
• Eyes can be permanently damaged by b. Disconnect oil manifold assembly as follows:
contact with liquid or large particles
propelled by compressed air. Inhalation of (1) If power turbine module is installed,
air-blown particles or solvent vapor can disconnect the following:
damage lungs.
• When using air for cleaning at an air- • C-sump forward scavenge tube (5)
exhausted workbench, wear approved • C-sump aft scavenge tube (6)
goggles or face shield. • Left-hand oil supply tube (7)
• When using air for cleaning at an • C-sump oil supply tube (8)
unexhausted workbench, wear approved • B-sump scavenge fitting (9)
respirator and goggles.
5-7
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
(2) Loosen two bolts (3, 12) so that upper clamp h. Install four washers (23) and nuts (24). Tighten
brackets (1, 13) can be rotated 90° to release oil manifold (30° wrench-arc) nuts.
assembly (14).
i. Install radial drive shaft assembly (para 5-41).
(3) Remove bolt (13B) that secures clamp (13A)
to support bracket (13C). j. Remove caps and connect following electrical
connectors:
(4) Move oil manifold assembly (14) aft.
• Electrical connector (green cable) to
c. Remove caps or plugs from openings on main electrical chip detector (14)
frame and accessory section module. • Electrical connector (green cable) to fuel
filter bypass sensor (15)
d. Apply a light coat of assembly fluid (item 72,
• Electrical connector (green cable) to oil
Appendix D) to preformed packing (2, fig. 5-2) and to
filter bypass sensor (13)
packing groove in main frame.
• Electrical connector (green cable) to oil
e. Install packing (2) into groove on main frame. temperature sensor (11)
• Electrical connector (green cable) to oil
pressure sensor (10)
• Electrical connector (green cable) to fuel
Lubricating Oil pressure sensor (8)
• Electrical connector (green cable) to
• If oil is decomposed by heat, toxic gases alternator stator (12)
are released. • Electrical connector (yellow cable) to
• Prolonged contact with liquid or mist may alternator stator (9)
cause dermatitis and irritation. • Electrical connector (blue cable) to
• If there is any prolonged contact with skin, POU(19)
wash area with soap and water. If solution
contacts eyes, flush eyes with water k. Position IGV actuating ring so that vane levers and
immediately. Remove saturated clothing. thrust bearing adjusting screw do not prevent access to
• If oil is swallowed, do not try to vomit. Get bolts(17).
immediate medical attention.
l. Connect C-sump forward oil scavenge tube (5) to
• When handling liquid, wear rubber gloves.
mid C-sump scavenge tube (18). Torque (60° wrench-arc)
If prolonged contact with mist is likely,
coupling nut on mid C-sump scavenge tube (18).
wear approved respirator.
m. Connect oil manifold assembly (14, fig. 8-23) as
f. Lubricate preformed packings (1, 3, 4, 5) with oil
follows:
(items 85 or 87, Appendix D) and install on main frame.
(1) If power turbine module is installed, connect
the following, handtight:
During installation, use care to avoid • C-sump forward scavenge tube (5)
damaging transfer tubes and external hoses or
• C-sump aft scavenge tube (6)
tubes.
• Left-hand oil supply tube (7)
• C-sump oil supply tube (8)
NOTE
• B-sump scavenge fitting (9)
The following step requires two people.
(2) With adapter gasket (16) attached, position
g. With another mechanic helping, position accessory flange of oil manifold assembly (14) onto gearbox pad.
section module (25, fig. 5-1) over main frame. Carefully Tighten captive bolts (15) to 45-50 inch-pounds.
lower the module onto main frame.
5-8
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
(3) Tighten (60° wrench-arc) coupling nuts that q. Install P3 hose and tube assembly (2, fig. 5-4) as
were hand-tightened in step (1). follows:
(4) Position upper clamp brackets (1, 13), and (1) Loosely connect P3 hose and tube
tighten bolts (3, 12) handtight. assembly(2) to union (1) on POU manifold assembly, to
HMU union (4), and to midframe reducer (3).
(5) Install bolt (13B) through clamp (13A) and
into support bracket (13C). (2) Hold P3 hose and tube assembly to prevent it
from rotating. Tighten (60° wrench-arc) coupling nut at
(6) Torque bolts (3, 12, and 13B) to 45-50 inch- union (1). Tighten (60° wrench-arc) coupling nut at the
pounds. midframe reducer (3).
n. Slide boot (6, fig. 5-1) up on inlet duct (21). (3) Hold U-shaped section of P3 hose and tube
assembly at HMU end, and tighten (60° wrench-arc)
o. Install POU manifold assembly (3) (para 6-85). coupling nut at HMU union (4).
NOTE r. Install green cable into clip (22, fig. 5-1) on
gearbox and into clip (20) on inlet duct.
P3 hose and tube assembly will not be
connected to HMU union until step q. s. Install blue cable into clip (20) on inlet duct.
p. Install hydromechanical control unit (HMU) (1)
(para 6-44).
Figure 5-4. (T700) P3 Hose and Tube Assembly; Removal and Installation
5-9
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
(1) If power turbine module is installed,
disconnect the following:
Flight Safety Critical Aircraft Part
(Critical Characteristic(s)) • C-sump forward scavenge tube (5)
• C-sump aft scavenge tube (6)
Leaks in fuel system components are critical • Left-hand oil supply tube (7)
characteristics. No fuel leaks allowed.
• C-sump oil supply tube (8)
t. Make required engine checks in the following
• B-sump scavenge fitting (9)
order:
(2) Loosen two bolts (3, 12) so that upper clamp
brackets (1, 13) can be rotated 90° to release oil manifold
Paragraph assembly (14).
Checks
Engine in Aircraft: (3) Remove bolt (13B) that secures clamp (13A)
Checkout Procedure for New and Reinstalled to support bracket (13C).
Engines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-126
Engine Checks Required Following (4) Move oil manifold assembly (14) aft.
Replacement of Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-127
Functional Check. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-131 c. Remove caps or plugs from openings on main
Maximum Power Check for UH-60A . . . . . . 1-145 frame and accessory section module.
Health Indicator Test (HIT) for UH-60A . . . 1-153
Engine in METS/FEDS/CETS: d. Apply a light coat of assembly fluid (item 72,
Appendix D) to preformed packing (2, fig. 5-2) and to
Engine Checks and Tests Required Following
packing groove in main frame.
Replacement of Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-223
e. Install packing (2) into groove on main frame.
5-9. (T701, T701C) Installation of Accessory
Section Module (AVIM).
a. If installing new accessory section module, install
C-sump forward oil scavenge tube (9, fig. 5-3) as follows: Lubricating Oil
(1) Install new preformed packings (6, fig. 5-2) • If oil is decomposed by heat, toxic gases
onto oil scavenge tube (9, fig. 5-3). are released.
• Prolonged contact with liquid or mist may
(2) Install tube (9), and bracket (6) into gearbox cause dermatitis and irritation.
and secure with locknut (10). Torque locknut to 24-27 inch- • If there is any prolonged contact with skin,
pounds. wash area with soap and water. If solution
contacts eyes, flush eyes with water
immediately. Remove saturated clothing.
• If oil is swallowed, do not try to vomit. Get
Oil manifold assembly (14, fig. 8-23) must be immediate medical attention.
moved aft. Otherwise, adapter gasket (16) • When handling liquid, wear rubber gloves.
may be damaged when installing accessory If prolonged contact with mist is likely,
section module. wear approved respirator.
b. Disconnect oil manifold assembly as follows: f. Lubricate packings (1, 3, 4, 5) with oil (items 85
or 87, Appendix D), and install them on main frame.
5-10 Change 1
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
n. Position IGV actuating ring so that vane levers and
thrust bearing adjusting screw do not prevent access to bolts
During installation, use care to avoid (8, fig. 5-3).
damaging transfer tubes and external hoses or
tubes. o. Connect C-sump forward oil scavenge tube (9) to
mid C-sump scavenge tube (20). Torque (60° wrench-arc)
coupling nut on mid C-sump scavenge tube (20).
NOTE
The following step requires two people. p. Connect oil manifold assembly (14, fig. 8-23) as
follows:
g. With another mechanic helping, position accessory
section module (28, fig. 5-3) over main frame. Carefully (1) If power turbine module is installed, connect
lower the module onto main frame. the following, handtight:
h. If module does not seat, check to be sure that • C-sump forward scavenge tube (5)
transfer tubes in main frame are in their respective ports of • C-sump aft scavenge tube (6)
accessory section module. Then tap lightly to seat. • Left-hand oil supply tube (7)
• C-sump oil supply tube (8)
i. Install four washers (25) and nuts (26). Tighten
(30°wrench arc) nuts.
• B-sump scavenge fitting (9)
j. Install radial drive shaft assembly (para 5-41). (2) With adapter gasket (16) attached, position
flange of oil manifold assembly (14) onto gearbox pad.
k. Remove caps and connect following electrical Tighten captive bolts (15) to 45-50 inch-pounds.
connectors:
(3) Tighten (60° wrench-arc) coupling nuts that
were hand-tightened in step (1).
• Electrical connector (green cable) to
electrical chip detector (18)
(4) Position upper clamp brackets (1, 13), and
• Electrical connector (green cable) to fuel tighten bolts (3, 12) handtight.
filter bypass sensor (19)
• Electrical connector (green cable) to oil (5) Install bolt (13B) through clamp (13A) and
filter bypass sensor (17) into support bracket (13C).
• Electrical connector (green cable) to oil
pressure sensor (15) (6) Torque bolts (3, 12, and 13B) to 45-50 inch-
• Electrical connector (green cable) to fuel pounds.
pressure sensor (13)
• Electrical connector (green cable) to q. Slide boot (12, fig. 5-3) up on inlet duct (22).
alternator stator (16)
r. Install ODV manifold assembly (3) (para 6-72).
• (T700) Electrical connector (green cable)
to oil temperature sensor (11, fig. 5-1)
• Electrical connector (yellow cable) to NOTE
alternator stator (14, fig. 5-3) P3 tube will not be connected to HMU union
• Electrical connector (blue cable) to ODV until step s.
(21)
s. Install hydromechanical control unit (HMU) (1)
l. (T701) Install B-sump delta pressure tube (para 6-44).
(6,fig. 8-39) to forward suspension lug at 12 o'clock
position on swirl frame. t. Install P3 tube (1, fig. 5-5) as follows:
m. (T701C) Install bolt (3, fig. 8-40) onto clamp (10) (1) Loosely connect P3 tube (1) to HMU
on B-sump delta pressure tube (7). Torque bolt to 45-50 union(3) and to midframe reducer (2).
inch-pounds.
5-11
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 5-5. (T701, T701C) P3 Tube; Removal and Installation
(2) Hold P3 tube to prevent it from rotating into
Paragraph
ODV manifold assembly, and tighten (60° wrench-arc)
Checks
coupling nuts on P3 tube.
Functional Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-131
u. Install green cable into clip (24, fig. 5-3) on (T701) Maximum Power Check for
gearbox and into clip (23) on inlet duct. AH-64A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-146
(T701C) Maximum Power Check for
v. Install blue cable into clip (23) on inlet duct. UH-60L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-147
(T701) Health Indicator Test (HIT) for
AH-64A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-156
(T701C) Health Indicator Test (HIT) for
Flight Safety Critical Aircraft Part UH-60L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-149
(Critical Characteristic(s)) Engine in METS/FEDS/CETS:
Engine Checks and Tests Required Following
Leaks in fuel system components are critical Replacement of Parts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-223
characteristics. No fuel leaks allowed.
5-10. PARTICLE SEPARATOR BLOWER AND
w. Make required engine checks in the following V-BAND COUPLING ASSEMBLY.
order:
5-11. Removal of Particle Separator Blower and
Paragraph V-Band Coupling Assembly.
Checks
Engine in aircraft: a. If necessary, remove blower exhaust ducting as
directed in applicable aircraft maintenance manual.
Checkout Procedure for Newly Installed
Engines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-126
Engine Checks Required Following
Replacement of Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-127
5-12 Change 1
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
b. Loosen self-locking nut (2, fig. 5-6 ) to end of
threaded bolt assembly (3). Press down on threaded bolt
assembly and release latch.
Figure 5-6. Particle Separator Blower and V-Band Coupling Assembly; Removal and Installation
c. Remove particle separator blower (5) and V-band clothing. If vapors cause dizziness, go to
coupling assembly (8) from inlet duct (9). fresh air.
• When handling liquid or when applying it
d. Remove and discard packing (7). in an air-exhausted, partially covered tank,
wear approved gloves and goggles.
5-12. Cleaning of Particle Separator Blower and • When handling liquid or when applying it
V-Band Coupling Assembly. at unexhausted, uncovered tank or
workbench, wear approved respirator,
gloves, and goggles.
Dry Cleaning Solvent
(Stoddard Solvent)
P-D-680 Do not immerse particle separator blower in
dry cleaning solvent. Otherwise, packed
• Combustible - do not use near open flames, bearing will be damaged.
near welding areas, or on hot surfaces.
• Prolonged contact of skin with liquid can a. Flush or spray-wash external surfaces with dry
cause dermatitis. Repeated inhalation of cleaning solvent (item 99, Appendix D) and remove grease,
vapor can irritate nose and throat and can oil, and dirt.
cause dizziness.
• If any liquid contacts skin or eyes,
immediately flush affected area thoroughly
with water. Remove solvent-saturated
5-13
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
• When using air for cleaning at an
unexhausted workbench, wear approved
Compressed Air respirator and goggles.
• When using compressed air for any b. Dry the blower and V-band coupling assembly (8)
cooling, cleaning, or drying operation, do using dry, filtered compressed air.
not exceed 30 psig at the nozzle.
• Eyes can be permanently damaged by 5-13. Inspection of Particle Separator Blower and
contact with liquid or large particles V-Band Coupling Assembly.
propelled by compressed air. Inhalation of
air-blown particles or solvent vapor can a. With impeller shroud (2, fig. 5-7, view A)
damage lungs. installed, inspect impeller vanes (4) for erosion (table 5-1).
• When using air for cleaning at an air-
exhausted workbench, wear approved
goggles or face shield.
Table 5-1. Inspection of Particle Separator Blower and V-Band Coupling Assembly
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
a. Impeller vanes (4, fig. 5-7, Erosion hook on full vane is 3/8 Not repairable. Replace blower (para 5-14).
view A) for erosion. inch maximum from forward
face of impeller shroud (2).
b. Impeller (5, view B) for:
(1) Nicks, dents, and
scratches on:
(a) Area A (vane to None allowed. Not repairable. Replace blower (para 5-14).
hub fillet area).
(b) Area B (hub). Any number, up to 0.015inch Not repairable. Replace blower (para 5-14).
deep. No more than five
defects, 0.020 inch deep.
(c) Area C (vane No more than five defects, Not repairable. Replace blower (para 5-14).
sides). 0.020 inch deep.
(d) Area D (lower No more than five defects, Not repairable. Replace blower (para 5-14).
leading edge). 0.015 inch deep.
(e) Area E (upper Any number, up to 0.030 inch Not repairable. Replace blower (para 5-14).
leading edge). deep.
5-14
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table 5-1. Inspection of Particle Separator Blower and V-Band Coupling Assembly (Cont)
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
NOTE
If cracks or missing pieces are found on impeller during inspection, and if HMU is
PN4046T52G08 and below, both blower and HMU shall be replaced. HMU
PN4046T52G08 and below has a P3 bellows that is subject to vibration-caused failure.
(2) Cracks or missing None allowed. Not repairable. Replace blower (para 5-14)
pieces. and HMU PN 4046T52G08
and below (para 6-40).
c. Impeller shroud (2) for:
(1) Erosion damage. Up to 50% of plating eroded Not repairable. Replace blower (para 5-14).
away.
(2) Nicks and scratches. Any number, up to 1/32 inch Not repairable. Replace blower (para 5-14).
deep, if plating damage is
within a 2-inch circle.
(3) Dents. Any number, up to 1/8 inch in Not repairable. Replace blower (para 5-14).
diameter, if plating damage is
within a 2-inch circle.
(4) Rubs. None allowed. Not repairable. Replace blower (para 5-14).
d. Drive shaft (9) for failure Not allowed. Not repairable. Replace blower (para 5-14).
(shearing).
e. V-band coupling assembly
(7) for:
(1) Cracks in:
(a) Circumferential None allowed. Not repairable. Replace coupling assembly
band. (para 5-14).
(b) Spot weld. None allowed. Not repairable. Replace coupling assembly
(para 5-14).
(2) Nicks, dents, scratches, Any number, up to 0.010inch Same as usable limits, with Remove high metal.
and gouges. deep, without high metal. high metal.
(3) Threads for damage. Not more than one thread total Same as usable limits, with AVUM: Replace coupling
without crossed threads or high high metal. assembly (para 5-14).
metal. AVIM: Remove high metal
and chase threads.
5-15
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table 5-1. Inspection of Particle Separator Blower and V-Band Coupling Assembly (Cont)
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
(4) Nut hex for rolled Any amount if wrench fits Same as usable limits, with Remove high metal.
edges. properly. High metal is not high metal.
allowed.
d. Clean impeller (5), impeller vanes (4), and impeller
NOTE
shroud (2) as follows:
• The particle separator blower is a single
bearing support item. Axial and radial play
in the drive shaft is normal. For proper
operation, the drive shaft requires support Do not allow dry cleaning solvent on the
from a second bearing that is located in the bearing (6). Otherwise, bearing will be
accessory gearbox. Without this second damaged.
support bearing, the drive shaft may not
spin freely if an uninstalled blower is held (1) Wipe impeller (5), impeller vanes (4), and
horizontally. impeller shroud (2) with towel (item 112, Appendix D)
• The impeller shroud is only removed for saturated in dry cleaning solvent (item 99, Appendix D) and
access so that a more detailed inspection remove grease, oil, and dirt.
can be made of the impeller and shroud.
b. If bearing failure is suspected, do the following:
Compressed Air
(1) Hold particle separator blower (1) vertically
with forward end up. Hold drive shaft (9) and spin blower • When using compressed air for any
housing (3). cooling, cleaning, or drying operation, do
not exceed 30 psig at the nozzle.
(2) If housing (3) does not spin freely, or if • Eyes can be permanently damaged by
bearing is noisy, do a more detailed inspection of contact with liquid or large particles
impeller(5) and shroud (2) as follows: propelled by compressed air. Inhalation of
air-blown particles or solvent vapor can
(a) Remove shroud (2, view B) by removing damage lungs.
screws (8).
• When using air for cleaning at an air-
exhausted workbench, wear approved
(b) Repeat step b(1).
goggles or face shield.
(c) If housing (3) still does not spin freely, or • When using air for cleaning at an
if bearing (6) is still noisy, replace blower (para 5-14). unexhausted workbench, wear approved
respirator and goggles.
(d) If housing (3) spins freely, and if there is
no noise coming from bearing (6), go to step d. (2) Dry impeller (5), impeller vanes (4), and
impeller shroud (2) using dry, filtered, compressed air.
c. Remove impeller shroud (2, view B) as follows:
e. Inspect impeller (5), impeller shroud (2), drive
(1) Remove two screws (8) that secure impeller shaft (9), and V-band coupling assembly (7). See table 5-1.
shroud (2) to particle separator blower (1).
f. Reinstall impeller shroud (2) using two screws (8).
(2) Remove impeller shroud (2). Torque screws (8) to 7-9 inch-pounds.
5-16
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 5-7. Particle Separator Blower and V-Band Coupling Assembly; Inspection
5-17
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
5-14. Installation of Particle Separator Blower configuration is the same as that in figure 5-8, view A, go to
and V-Band Coupling Assembly. step d. If configuration is the same as that in view B, go to
step c. If configuration is the same as that in figure 5-9, go
to step e.
V-band coupling assembly will be installed c. (T700) Remove former configuration inlet duct
with self-locking nut (2, fig. 5-6) facing (4,fig. 5-8, view B) as follows:
toward center of engine; otherwise, aircraft
cowling will be damaged. (1) Remove locknut (19) and disconnect C-sump
forward oil scavenge tube (20) from accessory gearbox.
a. Position V-band coupling assembly (8) toward
inlet duct (9) so that threaded bolt assembly (3) is at 12 (2) Remove bolt (16), two washers (17), and
o'clock position and self-locking nut (2) is facing towards nut(18).
center of engine.
(3) Remove clip support (15).
b. Install V-band coupling assembly (8) onto inlet
duct (9). Do not tighten nut (2). (4) Remove five nuts (3) and bolt (13).
c. Install packing (7) on drive shaft spline (6). (5) Slide boot (10, view A) down from inlet
duct(4).
d. Aline hole (4) on blower flange with dowel pin
(10) on inlet duct (9). AVUM: If dowel pin is missing, aline
hole in blower flange within 1/2 inch of hole in inlet duct.
Install particle separator blower (5) into inlet duct (9), Do not pry or use excessive force to remove
making sure that drive shaft spline (6) engages spline in inlet duct; otherwise, it will become damaged.
accessory gearbox (1).
e. Be sure that threaded bolt assembly (3) is at 12
NOTE
o'clock position; then secure blower to inlet duct as follows: It may be necessary to loosen the POU so that
the inlet duct can be easily removed.
(1) Tighten nut (2) until threaded bolt
assembly(3) cannot be wiggled by hand. Run-on torque (6) Try to remove inlet duct (4). If duct contacts
shall be 2-20 inch-pounds. the POU (22), loosen two captive bolts (21) just enough to
move the POU out of the way.
(2) Torque nut to 30-35 inch-pounds.
(7) Remove inlet duct (4).
(3) Be sure that there are at least 5 threads
protruding through the nut. (8) Remove and discard preformed packing (12).
f. If necessary, reinstall exhaust ducting as directed in d. (T700) Remove former configuration inlet duct (4,
applicable aircraft maintenance manual. view A) as follows:
g. Make required engine checks listed in table 1-19 or (1) Remove locknut (19) and disconnect C-sump
in table 1-39 (AVIM). forward oil scavenge tube (20) from accessory gearbox.
5-15. PARTICLE SEPARATOR INLET DUCT. (2) Remove bolt (16), two washers (17), and
nut(18).
5-16. (T700, T701) Removal of Particle Separator
Inlet Duct (AVIM). (3) Remove clip support (15).
a. Remove particle separator blower (para 5-11). (4) Remove five nuts (3).
b. Using figures 5-8 and 5-9, check configuration of (5) Slide boot (10) down from inlet duct (4).
inlet duct (4) to be removed from an assembled engine. If
5-18 Change 3
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 5-8. (T700) Particle Separator Inlet Duct (Former Configurations);
Removal, Inspection, and Installation
Change 4 5-19
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 5-9. (T700, T701) Particle Separator Inlet Duct; Removal, Inspection and Installation
5-20 Change 4
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
f. Do not remove bushing (6) from inlet duct (4). If
bushing (6) is loose, tie it to the inlet duct so that it will not
Do not pry or use excessive force to remove get lost.
inlet duct; otherwise, it will become damaged.
g. If inlet duct (4) is being replaced, remove bolt (7)
and clip support (8). Remove the blue or green electrical
NOTE cable.
It may be necessary to loosen the POU so that
the inlet duct can be easily removed. h. Cover scroll case (11) with suitable protective
cover.
(6) Try to remove inlet duct (4). If duct contacts
the POU (22), loosen two captive bolts (21) just enough to 5-17. (T700, T701C) Removal of Particle
move the POU out of the way. Separator Inlet Duct (AVIM).
(7) Remove inlet duct (4). a. Remove particle separator blower and V-band
coupling assembly (para 5-11).
(8) Remove and discard preformed packing (12).
b. Disconnect the nonmetallic hose from seal cavity
e. Remove inlet duct (4, fig. 5-9) as follows: drain (2, fig. 5-10).
(1) Slide boot (10) down from inlet duct (4). c. Remove five nuts (3) from studs (21).
(2) Remove locknut (18), and disconnect C- d. Slide boot (19) down from inlet duct (4).
sump forward oil scavenge tube (19) from accessory
gearbox.
(3) Remove bolt (15), two washers (16), and Do not pry or use excessive force to remove
nut(17). inlet duct; otherwise, it will become damaged.
(4) Remove five nuts (3). e. Remove inlet duct (4) and drain (2) from accessory
section module (1).
(5) Remove clip support (14).
f. Remove drain (2) from inlet duct (4).
g. Remove and discard preformed packing (22).
Do not pry or use excessive force to remove
inlet duct; otherwise, it will become damaged. h. Do not remove bushing (6) from inlet duct (4).
i. If bushing (6) is loose, tie it to the inlet duct (4) so
NOTE that it will not get lost.
(T700) It may be necessary to loosen the POU
so that the inlet duct can be easily removed. j. If inlet duct (4) is being replaced, remove bolt (8)
and clip support (9). Remove the blue or green electrical
(6) (T700) Try to remove inlet duct (4). If duct cable.
contacts the POU (20), loosen two captive bolts (21) just
enough to move the POU out of the way. k. Cover scroll case (18) with suitable protective
cover.
(7) Remove inlet duct (4).
(8) Remove and discard preformed packing (12).
5-21
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 5-10. (T700, T701C) Particle Separator Inlet Duct; Removal, Inspection and Installation
5-22 Change 4
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
5-18. Cleaning of Particle Separator Inlet Duct a. Flush or spray-wash surfaces of duct using dry
(AVIM). cleaning solvent (item 99, Appendix D).
Dry Cleaning Solvent Compressed Air
(Stoddard Solvent)
P-D-680 • When using compressed air for any
cooling, cleaning, or drying operation, do
• Combustible - do not use near open flames, not exceed 30 psig at the nozzle.
near welding areas, or on hot surfaces. • Eyes can be permanently damaged by
• Prolonged contact of skin with liquid can contact with liquid or large particles
cause dermatitis. Repeated inhalation of propelled by compressed air. Inhalation of
vapor can irritate nose and throat and can air-blown particles or solvent vapor can
cause dizziness. damage lungs.
• If any liquid contacts skin or eyes, • When using air for cleaning at an air-
immediately flush affected area thoroughly exhausted workbench, wear approved
with water. Remove solvent-saturated goggles or face shield.
clothing. If vapors cause dizziness, go to • When using air for cleaning at an
fresh air. unexhausted workbench, wear approved
• When handling liquid or when applying it respirator and goggles.
in an air-exhausted, partially covered tank,
wear approved gloves and goggles. b. Dry the duct using dry, filtered compressed air.
• When handling liquid or when applying it
at unexhausted, uncovered tank or 5-19. Inspection of Particle Separator Inlet
workbench, wear approved respirator, Duct. See table 5-2.
gloves, and goggles.
Table 5-2. Inspection of Particle Separator Inlet Duct
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
Inlet duct (4, fig. 5-8, 5-9 or 5-10)
for:
a. Damaged or loose pin (5). Not allowed. Not repairable. AVUM: Remove pin.
AVIM: Replace pin
(para 5-21, step b).
b. Missing pin (5). AVUM: Not applicable. Not applicable. Duct may be used without
pin.
AVIM: Not allowed. Not applicable. Replace pin (para 5-21,
step b).
c. AVIM: Studs (9) and inserts See Inspection of Studs and Threaded Inserts (para H-27, Appendix H).
(14, fig. 5-8, 13, fig. 5-9 or 7,
fig. 5-10).
5-23
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table 5-2. Inspection of Particle Separator Inlet Duct (Cont)
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
d. AVIM: Wear (fig. 5-11) on:
(1) Diameter A. 4.175 inches maximum. Not repairable. Replace duct.
(2) Diameter B. 6.575 inches maximum. Not repairable. Replace duct.
(3) Diameter C. 1.762 inches maximum. Not repairable. Replace duct.
e. Bushing for:
(1) Cracks. None allowed. Not repairable. Replace bushing. Press-fit
by hand.
(2) Looseness. Not allowed. Not repairable. Replace bushing. Press-fit
by hand.
f. AVIM: (T701C) Inlet duct Not allowed. Any amount. Touch up area (para H-30).
for missing anodize coating.
g. AVIM: (T700, T701C) Vent
tube for:
(1) Clogging. None allowed. Any amount. Replace duct.
(2) High metal on bushing Must be flush with contour Any amount. Remove high metal.
end. of duct center.
(3) Cracked weld. None allowed. Not repairable. Replace duct.
5-24
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 5-11. (T700, T701C) Particle Separator Inlet Duct; Inspection
5-25
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
5-20. (T700, T701C) Inspection of Axis-G Cavity
Seal Drain (AVIM). See table 5-3.
Table 5-3. Inspection of Axis-G Cavity Seal Drain
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
a. Boot (fig. 5-12) for:
(1) Wear. Up to 0.025 inch deep, over Not repairable. Replace seal.
30% of circumference.
(2) Cracks. None allowed. Not repairable. Replace seal.
(3) Separation. None allowed. Not repairable. Replace seal.
b. Ring for:
(1) Cracks. None allowed. Not repairable. Replace seal.
(2) Nicks, dents, and Up to 0.005 inch deep, Same as usable limits, with Remove high metal.
scratches. without high metal. high metal.
(3) Clogged slots and hole. None allowed. Any amount. Replace seal.
(4) Tube weld. No cracks allowed. Any amount. Replace seal.
c. Tube for:
(1) Nicks, dents, and Up to 0.005 inch deep, Same as usable limits, with Remove high metal.
scratches. without high metal. high metal.
(2) Deformation. No visible deformation Not repairable. Replace seal.
allowed.
(3) Clogged end. Not allowed. Any amount. Replace seal.
d. Sleeve for:
(1) Wear. Through-wear not allowed. Not repairable. Replace sleeve.
(2) Tears and cracks. Up to 0.250 inch long, not to Not repairable. Replace sleeve.
exceed 30% of surface area.
5-26
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 5-12. (T700, T701C) Axis-G Cavity Seal Drain; Inspection
5-21. Repair of Particle Separator Inlet Duct 5-22. (T700, T701) Installation of Particle
(AVIM). Separator Inlet Duct (AVIM).
a. If necessary, replace studs (9, fig. 5-8 or 5-9). Refer a. Remove protective cover from scroll case
to paragraph H-28 Appendix H. (11,fig. 5-8 or 5-9).
b. If pin (5) is missing, damaged, or loose, it must be b. If inlet duct (4) has been replaced, install clip
replaced. Pin is pressed in and held by an interference fit. support (8) with bolt (7).
Use standard pin in following list if hole is not enlarged. If
necessary, ream hole in flange of inlet duct (4) to accept c. Position clip support (8) as shown and torque
required pin, and press in pin. Pin must extend 7/32 ±1/64 bolt(7) to 45-50 inch-pounds.
inch after installation.
d. Install packing (12).
Pin Type Part Number Hole Size (inch dia)
e. Be sure that bushing (6) is installed. If it is not,
Standard MS9390-170 0.1240-0.1245 install it.
0.002-inch, MS9390-171 0.1260-0.1265
oversize
Do not use force to install inlet duct;
0.005-inch, MS9390-172 0.1290-0.1295 otherwise, it will be damaged.
oversize
f. (T700) If POU was not loosened for the removal of
the inlet duct (4), go to step i.
5-27
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
g. (T700) If POU was not loosened for the removal (b) Install electrical clip support (15) using
of the inlet duct (4), it may be necessary to loosen the POU two bolts (16), four washers (17), and two locknuts (18).
so that the inlet duct (4) can be easily installed. Go to step h. Torque locknuts to 45-50 inch pounds.
h. (T700) Try to install inlet duct (4). If duct (4) (9) If inlet duct (4, fig. 5-9) is being installed,
contacts POU, loosen captive bolts (21) just enough to secure it with nuts (3). Torque nuts (3) to 45-50 inch-
move POU out of the way. pounds.
(10) Insert forward end of C-sump forward oil
i. (T700) If vent tube (fig. 5-11) has a plug/cover scavenge tube (19) into boss on accessory gearbox.
installed, remove it.
(11) Secure scavenge tube (19) with
j. (T700) Move POU out of the way. locknut(18). Torque locknut (18) to 24-27 inch pounds.
k. Install inlet duct (4, fig. 5-8 or 5-9) onto gearbox (12) Install electrical clip support (14) as
assembly. follows:
(a) Install electrical clip support (14) onto
l. Secure inlet duct (4) to gearbox as follows: stud (9), and secure support (14) with nut (3).
(1) (T700) If duct (4, view B, fig. 5-8) (former (b) Install electrical clip support (14) using
configuration) is being installed, secure it with four nuts (3) two bolts (15), four washers (16), and two locknuts (17).
and one bolt (13). Torque nuts (3) and bolt (13) to 45-50 Torque locknuts to 45-50 inch pounds.
inch-pounds.
m. If inlet duct (4) is installed on an assembled
(2) Insert forward end of C-sump forward oil engine, slide boot (10) up around inlet duct (4).
scavenge tube (20) into boss on accessory gearbox. n. Install particle separator blower (para 5-14).
(3) Secure C-sump forward oil scavenge o. Make required engine checks listed in table 1-39.
tube(20) with locknut (19). Torque locknut (19) to 24-27
inch-pounds. 5-23. (T700, T701C) Installation of Particle
Separator Inlet Duct (AVIM).
(4) Install electrical clip support (15) as follows:
a. Remove protective cover from scroll case
(a) Install electrical clip support (15) onto (18,fig. 5-10).
stud (9) and secure with nut (3).
b. If inlet duct (4) has been replaced, install clip
(b) Install electrical clip support (15) using support (9) with bolt (8). Install the blue or green electrical
two bolts (16), four washers (17), and two locknuts (18). cable.
Torque locknuts (18) to 45-50 inch pounds.
c. Position clip support (9) as shown and torque
(5) (T700) If duct (4, view A) (present bolt(8) to 45-50 inch-pounds.
configuration) is being installed, secure it with five nuts (3).
d. Install packing (22).
(6) Insert forward end of C-sump forward oil e. Be sure that bushing (6) is installed. If it is not,
scavenge tube (20) into boss on accessory gearbox. install it.
(7) Secure C-sump forward oil scavenge f. Install seal cavity drain (2) into inlet duct (4).
tube(20) with locknut (19). Torque locknut (19) to 24-27
inch-pounds.
(8) Install electrical clip support (15) as follows: Do not use force to install inlet duct;
otherwise, it will be damaged.
(a) Install electrical clip support (15) onto
stud (9) and secure with nut (3). Torque nuts (3) to 45-50 g. Install inlet duct (4) onto gearbox assembly.
inch-pounds.
5-28 Change 4
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
h. Secure inlet duct (4) onto gearbox as follows: • Prolonged contact of skin with liquid can
cause dermatitis. Repeated inhalation of
(1) Insert forward end of C-sump forward oil vapor can irritate nose and throat and can
scavenge tube (20) and bracket (17) into boss on accessory cause dizziness.
gearbox. • If any liquid contacts skin or eyes,
immediately flush affected area thoroughly
(2) Secure scavenge tube (20) and bracket (17) with water. Remove solvent-saturated
with locknut (16). Torque locknut to 24-27 inch-pounds. clothing. If vapors cause dizziness, go to
fresh air.
(3) Install cushioned clamp (15) over tube of seal
• When handling liquid or when applying it
cavity drain (2).
in an air-exhausted, partially covered tank,
wear approved gloves and goggles.
(4) Secure clamp (15) to bracket (17) with
bolt(14). Torque bolt (14) to 45-50 inch-pounds. • When handling liquid or when applying it
at unexhausted, uncovered tank or
(5) Install electrical clip support (12) as follows: workbench, wear approved respirator,
gloves, and goggles.
(a) Install electrical clip support (12) onto
stud (21) and secure electrical clip support (12) with nut (3). a. Wipe external surfaces with towel (item 112,
Appendix D) saturated in dry cleaning solvent (item 99,
(b) Install electrical clip support (12) using Appendix D) and remove grease, oil, and dirt.
two bolts (13), four washers (10), and two locknuts (11).
Torque locknuts (11) to 45-50 inch pounds.
i. If vent tube (fig. 5-11) has a plug/cover installed, Compressed Air
remove it.
• When using compressed air for any
j. If inlet duct (4, fig. 5-10 is installed on an cooling, cleaning, or drying operation, do
assembled engine, slide boot (19) up around inlet duct (4). not exceed 30 psig at the nozzle.
• Eyes can be permanently damaged by
k. Install particle separator blower (para 5-14). contact with liquid or large particles
propelled by compressed air. Inhalation of
l. Make required engine checks listed in table 1-39. air-blown particles or solvent vapor can
damage lungs.
5-24. ACCESSORY DRIVE GEARBOX
• When using air for cleaning at an air-
ASSEMBLY. exhausted workbench, wear approved
goggles or face shield.
5-25. Cleaning of Accessory Drive Gearbox • When using air for cleaning at an
Assembly. unexhausted workbench, wear approved
respirator and goggles.
b. Dry accessory drive gearbox assembly using dry,
filtered compressed air.
Dry Cleaning Solvent
(Stoddard Solvent)
P-D-680
• Combustible - do not use near open flames,
near welding areas, or on hot surfaces.
Change 4 5-29
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
5-26. Inspection of Accessory Drive Gearbox
Assembly. See table 5-4.
Table 5-4. Inspection of Accessory Drive Gearbox Assembly
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
Flight Safety Critical Aircraft Part
(Critical Characteristic(s))
Leaks in fuel system components are critical characteristics. No fuel leaks allowed.
Rear and front housings (18, 19,
fig. 5-13) for:
a. Cracks. None allowed. Not repairable. AVUM: Replace engine.
AVIM: Replace accessory
section module (para 5-8).
b. Nicks and scratches in cast Any number, up to 0.030 Same as usable limits, with Remove high metal.
surfaces. inch deep, without high high metal.
metal.
c. Damaged studs and inserts. Not allowed. Not repairable. AVUM: Replace engine.
AVIM: Replace studs and
inserts (para H-28,
Appendix H).
d. High metal in oil and Not allowed. Any amount within 1/2 inch Carefully blend high metal.
scavenge pump bore. of front of bore. Keep debris out of bore.
5-27. Repair of Accessory Drive Gearbox (4) Using axis-G carbon seal puller
Assembly (AVIM). Repair of accessory drive gearbox 21C7239G01/G02 (6, fig. 5-14), remove axis-G carbon seal
assembly is limited to that specified in corrective action (2, fig. 5-13) as follows:
column of table 5-4 and replacement of carbon seals
(para 5-28). (a) Position puller (6, fig. 5-14) over seal (2,
fig. 5-13) so that tabs on puller (6, fig. 5-14) begin to engage
5-28. Replacement of Carbon Seals (AVIM). antirotation lugs of seal (2, fig. 5-13).
a. Replacement of Axis-G Carbon Seal. (b) Rotate puller body CCW so that tabs are
applying pressure to antirotation lugs.
(1) If particle separator blower and V-band
coupling are installed, remove them (para 5-11). (c) While holding puller (6, fig. 5-14) with
one hand, slide hammer with the other hand to remove seal
(2) Remove particle separator inlet duct (2, fig. 5-13). Be sure to hold seal (2) so that it will not get
(para 5-16). damaged.
(3) Remove retaining ring (1, fig. 5-13). (5) Remove and discard preformed packing (3)
from bore of rear housing (18).
5-30 Change 3
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 5-13. Accessory Drive Gearbox and Carbon Seals
5-31
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 5-14. Axis-G Carbon Seal Puller 21C7239G01/G02 and Seal Mating Ring Puller 21C7702G01
(d) Install new preformed packing
NOTE
(4,fig. 5-13) into groove on inner bore of new mating
There are two methods for replacing axis-G ring(5).
seal mating ring. The preferred method
(step (6)) is to use seal mating ring puller (e) Note position of slots in spur gear relative
21C7702G01. The alternate method (step (7)) to inner bore of rear housing (18). Using Blue Dykem
is to use seal mating ring puller LMT 747 and marker (item 82, Appendix D) mark location of slots on
seal mating ring guide assembly LMT 748. inner bore of rear housing (18).
(6) Replace axis-G seal mating ring (5) using
seal mating ring puller 21C7702G01 (3, fig. 5-14) as
follows: Failure to engage tangs on mating ring (5)
with slots in spur gear shaft will result in
(a) Install puller (3) onto seal mating ring (4) damage to the carbon seal (2).
so that jaws (2) engage mating ring (4).
(f) Using Dykem mark (step (e)) as a guide,
(b) Squeeze handles of puller (3) to grasp aline tangs on mating ring (5) with mating slots in spur gear
mating ring (4) and pull mating ring (4) straight out. shaft. Push mating ring (5) forward onto spur gear shaft. Be
sure that tangs engage slots. If new mating ring (5) is
(c) Discard mating ring (4) and preformed dropped or scratched, replace it.
packing (1) in inner bore of mating ring (4).
5-32 Change 3
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
(g) Be sure that spur gear shaft protrudes (i) Remove radial drive shaft cover assembly
approximately 1/16 inch after mating ring (5) is seated. If (para 5-30).
gear shaft does not protrude, or if mating ring (5) will not go
over spur gear shaft, remove radial drive shaft cover (j) With a second mechanic looking into the
assembly (para 5-30). axis-G opening, turn drive shaft using 5/16-inch socket with
extension and ratchet until the two slots on the axis-G spur
(h) Hold shaft extension (3, fig. 5-17) from gear are at the six and twelve o'clock positions.
turning while turning and pushing on mating ring
(5,fig. 5-13). (k) Inspect surface of seal mating ring
(4,fig. 5-16) for burrs, scratches and foreign material. If
(7) Replace mating ring (5) using seal mating defects are found, replace the ring (4).
ring puller LMT 747 (fig. F-1, Appendix F) and seal mating
ring guide assembly LMT 748 (fig. F-2, Appendix F) as (l) Install seal mating ring (4) onto large
follows: diameter of guide (2) (part of LMT 748) with tangs (3) of
mating ring (4) at the six and 12 o'clock positions.
(a) Loop one piece of 12-inch safety wire,
0.032 inch diameter minimum, behind axis-G seal mating (m) Insert small end of guide (2) into bore of
ring (fig. 5-15, view A), so that both ends extend out at the spur gear shaft (1) until guide (2) seats against shaft (1).
9o'clock position of the particle separator blower pad.
(b) Pull safety wire tight so ends are equal.
Twist wire two-to-three times (view B). Failure to engage tangs on seal mating ring
with slots in spur gear shaft will result in
(c) Repeat steps (a) and (b) for second piece damage to the carbon seal.
of 12-inch safety wire. The two ends should exit from
blower pad at the 3 o'clock position (view B). (n) Using slide (5), gently push ring (4) onto
spur gear shaft (1). If slide (5) lines up with scribed line (6)
(d) Place a 6-inch piece of bar stock, a 6-inch and spur gear shaft (1) protrudes ring (4) approximately
ratchet extension, or equivalent tooling horizontally across 1/16 inch, ring (4) is seated. If slide covers scribed line, ring
blower pad and twist safety wire around bar stock, (4) is not seated; repeat steps (a) thru (f) and steps (j)
extension, or equivalent tooling three or four times thru (n).
(viewC).
(o) Remove guide assembly from axis-G.
(8) Install radial drive shaft cover assembly
(para 5-32).
To prevent seal mating ring from falling onto
aircraft work platform when it is removed, a (9) Install new preformed packing (3, fig. 5-13)
screwdriver or similar tool should be inserted in groove in bore of rear housing (18).
into the axis-G spur gear.
(e) Insert screwdriver into axis-G spur
gearshaft.
• Do not touch carbon surface of carbon seal
(f) Using bar stock, ratchet extension, or with your fingers. Skin oil will corrode
equivalent tooling as a handle, pull seal mating ring carbon surface.
(5,fig. 5-13) from rear gearbox housing (18). • The running surfaces of carbon seals are
extremely brittle and can be easily
(g) Discard mating ring (5) and preformed damaged. Be careful when handling them.
packing (4) in bore of mating ring (5).
(10) Carefully install new axis-G carbon seal (2)
(h) Install new preformed packing (4) into into bore of rear housing (18), alining antirotation lugs on
groove in bore of new mating ring (5). seal with slots in gearbox.
(11) Install retaining ring (1).
5-33
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 5-15. Seal Mating Ring Puller LMT 747
5-34
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 5-16. Axis-G Seal Mating Ring Guide Assembly LMT 748
5-35
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
(12) Install particle separator inlet duct
(para 5-22).
• Do not touch carbon surface of carbon seal
(13) Install particle separator blower and V-band with your fingers. Skin oil will corrode
coupling (para 5-14). carbon surface.
• The running surfaces of carbon seals are
(14) Make required engine checks listed in
extremely brittle and can be easily
table 1-39.
damaged. Be careful when handling them.
b. Replacement of Axis-E Carbon Seal.
(8) Install new packing (9) onto new axis-E
carbon seal (8).
(1) If HMU is installed, remove it (para 6-40).
(9) Carefully install carbon seal (8) into bore of
(2) Remove three self-locking nuts (6, fig. 5-13)
rear housing (18).
and three washers (7).
(10) Install three washers (7) and three nuts (6).
(3) Remove and discard axis-E carbon seal (8).
Torque nuts to 32-35 inch-pounds.
(4) Remove and discard preformed packing (9).
(11) Install HMU (para 6-44).
(5) Remove axis-E seal mating ring (11) as
(12) Make required engine checks listed in
follows:
table 1-39.
(a) Install seal mating ring puller
c. Replacement of Axis-B Carbon Seal.
21C7702G01 (3, fig. 5-14) onto seal mating ring (4) so that
jaws (2) engage mating ring (4).
(1) If starter is installed, remove it as directed in
applicable aircraft maintenance manual.
(b) Squeeze handles of puller (3) to grasp
mating ring (4) and pull mating ring (4) straight out.
(2) Remove three self-locking nuts (12, fig. 5-13)
and three washers (13).
(c) Discard mating ring (4) and preformed
packing (1) in inner bore of mating ring (4).
(3) Remove and discard axis-B carbon seal (14).
(6) Install new packing (10, fig. 5-13) in new
(4) Remove and discard preformed packing (15).
mating ring (11).
(5) Remove axis-B seal mating ring (17) as
follows:
Failure to engage tangs on seal mating ring (a) Install seal mating ring puller
with mating slots in bore will result in damage 21C7702G01 (3, fig. 5-14) onto seal mating ring (4) so that
to the carbon seal. jaws (2) engage mating ring (4).
(7) Aline tangs on mating ring (11) with mating (b) Squeeze handles of puller (3) to grasp
slots in bore, and slide mating ring (11) over shaft. mating ring (4) and pull mating ring (4) straight out.
5-36
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
(c) Discard mating ring (4) and preformed (10) Install three washers (13) and three
packing (1) in inner bore of mating ring (4). nuts(12). Torque nuts to 32-35 inch-pounds.
(6) Install new packing (16, fig. 5-13) in new (11) Install starter as directed in applicable
mating ring (17). aircraft maintenance manual.
(12) Make required engine checks listed in
table 1-39.
Failure to engage tangs on seal mating ring
with mating slots in bore will result in damage 5-29. RADIAL DRIVE SHAFT COVER
to the carbon seal. ASSEMBLY.
(7) Aline tangs on mating ring (17) with mating 5-30. Removal of Radial Drive Shaft Cover
slots in bore, and slide mating ring (17) over shaft. Assembly.
a. Stretch and lift off radial drive shaft cover boot (5,
fig. 5-17).
• Do not touch carbon surface of carbon seal
with your fingers. Skin oil will corrode b. Remove retaining ring (6).
carbon surface.
• The running surfaces of carbon seals are
extremely brittle and can be easily
damaged. Be careful when handling them. When radial drive shaft cover assembly is
removed, use extreme care to prevent damage
(8) Install new packing (15) onto new axis-B to axis-A oil nozzle (8).
seal(14).
c. Remove radial drive shaft cover assembly (7).
(9) Carefully install carbon seal (14) into bore of
rear housing (18).
5-37
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 5-17. Radial Drive Shaft Assembly, Cover Boot, and Cover Assembly;
Removal, Inspection, and Installation
5-38
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
5-31. Inspection of Radial Drive Shaft Cover
Assembly and Retaining Ring. See table 5-5.
Table 5-5. Inspection of Radial Drive Shaft Cover Assembly and Retaining Ring
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
a. Radial drive shaft cover
assembly (7, fig. 5-17) for:
(1) Cracks. None allowed. Not repairable. Replace cover assembly
(para 5-32).
(2) Nicks and scratches on:
(a) Sealing surfaces. None allowed. Not repairable. Replace cover assembly
(para 5-32).
(b) All other areas. Any number with no high Same as usable limits with Remove high metal.
metal. high metal.
(3) Dents. Any number 1/8 inch deep Not repairable. Replace cover assembly
that do not affect cover (para 5-32).
assembly.
b. Retaining ring (6) Not allowed. Not repairable. Replace retaining ring
for damage. (para 5-32).
5-32. Installation of Radial Drive Shaft Cover c. Secure cover assembly, using retaining ring (6).
Assembly. Aline tab on ring with opening (9) in bore.
d. Stretch and press radial drive shaft cover boot (5)
all around edge of cover assembly.
When installing components, use extreme care
to prevent damage to axis-A oil nozzle e. After installation, make required engine checks
(8,fig. 5-17). listed in table 1-19 or in table 1-39 (AVIM).
a. Replace packing (4), if damaged.
To prevent any oil loss and any possible in-
flight shutdown, be sure Axis-A cover is
properly reinstalled.
b. Install radial drive shaft cover assembly (7) on
port.
5-39
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
5-33. RADIAL DRIVE SHAFT COVER BOOT. 5-35. Inspection of Radial Drive Shaft Cover
Boot. See table 5-6.
5-34. Removal of Radial Drive Shaft Cover Boot.
Radial drive shaft cover boot (5, fig. 5-17) can be pulled off
manually by stretching and lifting it.
Table 5-6. Inspection of Radial Drive Shaft Cover Boot
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
Radial drive shaft cover boot
(5,fig. 5-17) for:
a. Tears. Minor tears allowed. Not repairable. Replace boot (para 5-36).
b. Crazing present when None allowed. Not repairable. Replace boot (para 5-36).
bootisstretched.
5-36. Installation of Radial Drive Shaft Cover c. Remove radial drive shaft cover assembly (7).
Boot.
d. Remove radial drive shaft assembly (1).
5-39. Cleaning of Radial Drive Shaft Assembly.
To prevent any oil loss and any possible in-
flight shutdown, be sure Axis-A cover is
properly reinstalled.
Dry Cleaning Solvent
a. Make sure radial drive shaft cover assembly (Stoddard Solvent)
(7,fig. 5-17) is installed (para 5-32). P-D-680
b. Install boot (5) over cover assembly (7) and over • Combustible - do not use near open flames,
retaining ring (6) by stretching and pressing boot all around near welding areas, or on hot surfaces.
edge of cover. • Prolonged contact of skin with liquid can
cause dermatitis. Repeated inhalation of
c. After installation, make required engine checks vapor can irritate nose and throat and can
listed in table 1-19 or in table 1-39 (AVIM). cause dizziness.
• If any liquid contacts skin or eyes,
5-37. RADIAL DRIVE SHAFT ASSEMBLY. immediately flush affected area thoroughly
with water. Remove solvent-saturated
5-38. Removal of Radial Drive Shaft Assembly. clothing. If vapors cause dizziness, go to
fresh air.
a. Stretch and lift off radial drive shaft cover boot • When handling liquid or when applying it
(5,fig. 5-17). in an air-exhausted, partially covered tank,
wear approved gloves and goggles.
b. Remove retaining ring (6).
• When handling liquid or when applying it
at unexhausted, uncovered tank or
workbench, wear approved respirator,
gloves, and goggles.
When removing components, use extreme
care to prevent damage to axis-A oil nozzle a. Flush or spray-wash outside surface with dry
(8). cleaning solvent (item 99, Appendix D) to remove grease,
oil, and dirt.
5-40
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
• When using air for cleaning at an air-
exhausted workbench, wear approved
Compressed Air goggles or face shield.
• When using air for cleaning at an
• When using compressed air for any unexhausted workbench, wear approved
cooling, cleaning, or drying operation, do respirator and goggles.
not exceed 30 psig at the nozzle.
• Eyes can be permanently damaged by b. Dry radial drive shaft assembly using dry, filtered
contact with liquid or large particles compressed air.
propelled by compressed air. Inhalation of
air-blown particles or solvent vapor can 5-40. Inspection of Radial Drive Shaft
damage lungs. Assembly. See table 5-7.
Table 5-7. Inspection of Radial Drive Shaft Assembly
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
a. Splines on radial drive shaft Not allowed. Not repairable. Replace radial drive shaft
assembly (1, fig. 5-17) for assembly (para 5-41).
visible steps on teeth.
b. Backlash between radial drive Any amount if shaft Not repairable. Replace radial drive shaft
shaft assembly (1) and shaft assembly can be driven with assembly (para 5-41).
extension (3). wrench.
c. Upper shaft shoulder (2) for Any amount up to 0.100 Not repairable. Replace radial drive shaft
indentations caused by radial inch long. assembly (para 5-41).
contact with spline teeth.
5-41. Installation of Radial Drive Shaft Assembly. d. Secure cover assembly, using retaining ring (6).
Aline tab on ring with opening (9) in bore.
e. Stretch and press radial drive shaft cover boot (5)
When installing components, use extreme care all around edge of cover assembly.
to prevent damage to axis-A oil nozzle
(8,fig. 5-17). f. After installation, make required engine checks
listed in table 1-19 or in table 1-39 (AVIM).
a. Install radial drive shaft assembly (1).
5-42. REPLACEMENT OF AXIS-A LUBE
b. Replace packing (4), if damaged. NOZZLE.
5-43. Removal of Axis-A Lube Nozzle. Remove
axis-A lube nozzle (4, fig. 5-18) as follows:
To prevent any oil loss and any possible in-
flight shutdown, be sure Axis-A cover is a. Remove locknut (3) and washer (2) that secure
properly reinstalled. axis-A lube nozzle (4) to front gearbox housing (1).
c. Install radial drive shaft cover assembly (7) on b. Pull nozzle (4) out of front housing (1).
port.
c. Remove and discard preformed packings (5, 6)
from nozzle (4).
5-41
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
5-44. Installation of Axis-A Lube Nozzle. Install • If any liquid contacts skin or eyes,
axis-A lube nozzle (4, fig. 5-18) as follows: immediately flush affected area thoroughly
with water. Remove solvent-saturated
a. Install two preformed packings (5, 6) onto axis-A clothing. If vapors cause dizziness, go to
lube nozzle (4). fresh air.
• When handling liquid or when applying it
b. Install nozzle (4) into front gearbox housing (1). in an air-exhausted, partially covered tank,
Using washer (2) and locknut (3), secure nozzle (4). wear approved gloves and goggles.
• When handling liquid or when applying it
c. Torque locknut (3) to 32-35 inch-pounds.
at unexhausted, uncovered tank or
workbench, wear approved respirator,
5-45. REPLACEMENT OF FUEL CONNECTOR. gloves, and goggles.
5-46. Removal of Fuel Connector. Remove fuel a. Flush or spray wash fuel connector (9, fig. 5-18)
connector (9, fig. 5-18) as follows: with dry cleaning solvent (item 99, Appendix D) to remove
grease, oil and dirt.
a. Remove locknut (7) and fuel connector retainer (8)
from HMU pad in front gearbox housing (1).
b. Remove fuel connector (9). Compressed Air
c. Remove and discard preformed packing (10). • When using compressed air for any
cooling, cleaning, or drying operation, do
5-47. Cleaning of Fuel Connector.
not exceed 30 psig at the nozzle.
• Eyes can be permanently damaged by
contact with liquid or large particles
propelled by compressed air. Inhalation of
Dry Cleaning Solvent air-blown particles or solvent vapor can
(Stoddard Solvent) damage lungs.
P-D-680
• When using air for cleaning at an air-
exhausted workbench, wear approved
• Combustible - do not use near open flames, goggles or face shield.
near welding areas, or on hot surfaces.
• When using air for cleaning at an
• Prolonged contact of skin with liquid can
unexhausted workbench, wear approved
cause dermatitis. Repeated inhalation of
respirator and goggles.
vapor can irritate nose and throat and can
cause dizziness.
b. Using dry, filtered compressed air, dry fuel
connector.
5-42
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 5-18. Axis-A Lube Nozzle; Replacement
5-43
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
5-48. Inspection of Fuel Connector. See table 5-8.
Table 5-8. Inspection of Fuel Connector
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
Flight Safety Critical Aircraft Part
(Critical Characteristic(s))
Leaks in fuel system components are critical characteristics. No fuel leaks allowed.
a. Fuel connector (fig. 5-19) for:
(1) Splits and cracks. Not allowed. Not repairable. Replace fuel connector.
(2) Nicks, gouges, and None allowed. Not repairable. Replace fuel connector.
scratches except in
packing groove (3).
(3) Dents or flattening. None allowed. Not repairable. Replace fuel connector.
b. Packing grooves for:
(1) Nicks and scratches on Any number, 0.003 inch Not repairable. Replace fuel connector.
bottom. deep, without high metal.
(2) Nicks and scratches on Any number, 0.010 inch Not repairable. Replace fuel connector.
side. deep, without sharp edges.
5-44
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 5-19. Fuel Connector, Inspection
5-49. Installation of Fuel Connector. 5-50. PREPARING ACCESSORY SECTION
MODULE FOR STORAGE OR SHIPMENT.
5-51. Accessory Section Module Shipping and
Flight Safety Critical Aircraft Part Storage Container 21C7301G01.
(Critical Characteristic(s))
a. Preliminary Instructions. Use a forklift when
Leaks in fuel system components are critical moving the accessory section module shipping and storage
characteristics. No fuel leaks allowed. container. The entire container, with or without the module,
must not be moved by pushing or pulling.
a. Install preformed packing (10, fig. 5-18) onto fuel
connector (9). b. Dimensions and Weights of Accessory Section
Module Shipping and Storage Container 21C7301G01.
b. Install fuel connector (9) into HMU pad.
Length 44 inches
c. Install fuel connector retainer (8) and locknut (7). Width 42 inches
Torque nut to 32-35 lb in. Height 29 inches
Weight (with module) 405 pounds
Weight (empty) 334 pounds
Cubic Displacement 33 cubic feet
5-45
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
5-52. Installation of Accessory Section Module b. Install accessory section module into accessory
into Accessory Section Module Shipping and section module shipping and storage container
Storage Container 21C7301G01. 21C7301G01 as follows:
a. Remove container cover (3, fig. 5-20) as follows: (1) Remove four bolts (3, fig. 5-21) and four
nuts(6) that secure accessory module frame (4) to container
support (7).
(2) Lift frame (4) from support (7) and place
Removing Shipping Container Cover frame on bench, channel side up.
To prevent personal injury, do not loosen nuts (3) Remove bolts (8, 10, 11), washers (2, 14),
and bolts that secure cover until shipping and self-locking nuts (1, 15) from frame (4) and plate (12).
container has been depressurized.
(4) Raise gearbox to provide access to axis-A
(1) Depressurize container by pressing center of surface. Position plate (12) so that guide pin (13) engages
air filler valve (12) until air can no longer be heard escaping guide pin hole (16) on axis-A surface on gearbox. Secure
from container; then remove core of air filler valve. plate (12) to axis-A surface; snug plate using bolt (11),
washer (14), and nut (15).
(2) After pressure has been released, reinstall
core of air filler valve. (5) Insert bolt (8) through opening on frame (4)
into channel (5).
(3) Remove eight nuts (4) and eight bolts (5)
from container flanges.
(4) Attach lifting cable (1) to lifting eyes (2) on To prevent damage to engine mount lug holes,
cover (3). be sure that plate (12) has been installed
between axis-A surface on gearbox and
frame(4) before torquing bolts (8) and (10).
Hoisting Upper Section (6) With another mechanic helping, carefully
of Shipping Container lower module onto frame (4), alining channels (5, 9) with
mounting holes on gearbox. Secure module onto frame
• Do not stand under upper section of using two bolts (10), bolt (8), (all bolts installed head-
container while it is suspended from a hoist down), three washers (2), and three nuts (1). Torque bolts
or while it is being moved from one area to (8, 10, 11) to 120-130 inch-pounds.
another on a hoist.
(7) Alining holes on frame (4) with those on
• Hoisting of container shall only be
container support (7), carefully lower frame, with accessory
performed by designated personnel.
section module attached, onto support. Secure frame to
• The load capacity rating shall be clearly support using four bolts (3) and four nuts (6). Torque bolts
marked on hoist. Do not exceed load rating. to 160-170 inch-pounds.
• Inspection and testing for cracks or defects
in hoist system shall be performed on a (8) Place T2 sensor that is attached to HMU, into
regular basis. plastic bag (item 7, Appendix D); then secure T2 sensor
• Before lifting, alert personnel in immediate onto frame (4) using pressure-sensitive adhesive tape
area. (item 107, Appendix D).
(5) Attach hoist to cable (1). Raise cover (3) and
place it on the floor.
5-46
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 5-20. Accessory Section Module Shipping and Storage Container 21C7301G01;
Removal and Installation of Cover
5-47
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 5-21. Accessory Section Module Shipping and Storage Container 21C7301G01;
Removal and Installation of Module
5-48
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
c. Install container cover (3, fig. 5-20) as follows: (3) Place 17 units of desiccant (item 70,
Appendix D) in basket.
(4) Install cover of port (10) by seating tabs on
Hoisting Upper Section port cover into slots in port; then turn cover clockwise, by
of Shipping Container hand, one-quarter turn.
• Do not stand under upper section of e. If humidity indicator card, located in humidity
container while it is suspended from a hoist port(13), is lavender or pink-colored, replace it as follows:
or while it is being moved from one area to
another on a hoist. (1) Remove hex insert of humidity port (11) with
an open-end wrench.
• Hoisting of container shall only be
performed by designated personnel.
(2) Remove retaining clip and card.
• The load capacity rating shall be clearly
marked on hoist. Do not exceed load rating. (3) Install new card and retaining clip.
• Inspection and testing for cracks or defects
in hoist system shall be performed on a (4) Reinstall and hand-tighten hex insert. Be sure
regular basis. that printed sections (i.e. 30, 40, 50) can be read from
• Before lifting, alert personnel in immediate outside of container.
area.
f. Apply 5 psig of air pressure to air filler valve (12)
(1) Attach lifting cable (1) to lifting eyes (2). using a source of dry, filtered, compressed air.
(2) Attach hoist to cable (1) and raise cover (3) to g. Using Leak Test Oxygen System Solution (item
a position directly over container base (7). 98, Appendix D), inspect container for leaks at the
following locations:
(3) Wipe gasket (6) and mating flanges of
container halves with clean cloth to remove any dirt or • Between container cover (3) and container
particles which could prevent pressure-sealing. base (7)
• At desiccator port (10)
(4) Inspect gasket (6) for nicks, cuts, and gouges.
• At air filler valve (12)
If gasket is damaged, replace it.
• At humidity port (11)
(5) Alining holes in flange of cover (3) with • At pressure relief valve (13)
guide pins (8) on flange of base (7), carefully lower cover • At inspection port (14)
onto base.
h. If a leak is seen between cover (3) and base (7),
(6) Secure container halves using eight bolts (5), check torque (75-85 foot-pounds) on bolts (5); then repeat
installed head down, and eight nuts (4). Torque bolts (5) to leak check. If a leak is still seen, depressurize container
75-85 foot-pounds. (steps a(1) and a(2)), replace gasket (6), and pressurize
container (step f). Repeat leak check.
(7) Release and remove hoist; remove cable (1)
from lifting eyes (2). i. If a leak is seen at other inspection locations
(step g), depressurize container (steps a(1) and a(2)),
d. Add desiccant to container as follows: replace defective part, and pressurize container (step f).
Repeat leak check.
(1) Remove cover of desiccator port (10) by
hand. j. Store accessory section module records in record
receptacle (9).
(2) Remove old desiccant.
5-49
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
k. Check relative humidity in accessory section b. Remove accessory section module from container
module shipping and storage container (step e) not later as follows:
than 30 days after installation of module into container or as
prescribed by the Unit Commander. (1) Remove pressure-sensitive adhesive tape and
plastic bag that secure T2 sensor to accessory module frame
(1) If relative humidity is less than 40%, but (4, fig. 5-21).
greater than 30%, record inspection in module records, but
change inspection interval to one week. (2) Remove four bolts (3) and four nuts (6) that
secure frame (4) to container support (7).
(2) If relative humidity is 40%, but less than
50%, record inspection in module records, depressurize (3) With another mechanic helping, lift
container (steps a(1) and a(2)), replace desiccant (step d), frame(4), with module attached, and place it on bench.
and pressurize container (step f).
(4) With another mechanic supporting module,
(3) Check container for leaks (steps g, h, and i). remove two bolts (10), bolt (8), bolt (11), three washers (2),
washer (14), three self-locking nuts (1), and self-locking
(4) If relative humidity is 50% or higher, do the nut(15). Remove accessory section module from frame and
following: place it on bench.
(5) Reinstall two bolts (10), bolt (8), three
(a) Remove container cover (para 5-52,
washers (2), and three nuts (1) onto frame (4); reinstall
step a).
bolt(11), washer (14), and nut (15) onto plate (12).
(b) Carefully inspect module for signs of (6) Alining holes on frame (4) with those on
corrosion. support (7), reinstall frame onto support using four bolts (3)
and four nuts (6).
(c) If there are no signs of corrosion, change
desiccant (step d), replace humidity indicator card (step e), (7) Install container cover (para 5-52, step c).
reinstall container cover (step c), and pressurize container
(step f). 5-55. Preparing Accessory Section Module for
Use.
(d) If there are signs of corrosion, change
desiccant (step d), reinstall container cover (step c), and a. Remove module records from record receptacle
send module to Depot for detailed inspection and repair. (9,fig. 5-20). Be sure that all records and forms are
complete.
5-53. PLACING ACCESSORY SECTION
b. Inspect overall condition of module.
MODULE IN SERVICE.
c. Install module onto engine (para 5-8).
5-54. Removal of Accessory Section Module
from Accessory Section Module Shipping and
Storage Container 21C7301G01.
a. Remove container cover (para 5-52, step a).
5-50
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
CHAPTER 6
FUEL SYSTEM
Maintenance procedures in this chapter are arranged as
6-1. CHAPTER OVERVIEW.
follows:
This chapter contains instructions for servicing, removing,
cleaning, inspecting, repairing, testing, and installing Subject Paragraph
components of the fuel system to the extent allowed by the Preliminary Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Maintenance Allocation Chart (MAC). (T700) Primer Nozzles . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Main Fuel Manifold. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9
Data peculiar to engine models T700-GE-700, (T700) Fuel Start Feed Tube . . . . . . . . 6-17
T700-GE-701, and T700-GE-701C is identified throughout
Fuel Injector Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . 6-23
the manual as follows:
(T700) Fuel Start Manifold Tube . . . . 6-27
Fuel Boost Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-33
NOTE Hydromechanical Control Unit (HMU)
• Data common to all engine models is not and Grooved Clamp Coupling . . . . 6-39
identified. Fuel Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-45
• T700-GE-701C engine model data unique Fuel Filter Element and Bowl . . . . . . . 6-51
to the Apache helicopter will be designated Gearbox-To-HMU Hose Assembly. . . 6-56
AH-64A. Fuel Pressure Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-62
• T700-GE-701C engine model data unique (T701, T701C) Overspeed and Drain
to the Black Hawk helicopter will be Valve (ODV) Manifold Assembly . 6-66
designated UH-60L. (T701, T701C) Overspeed and Drain
Valve (ODV). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-74
(T700) Pressurizing and Overspeed Unit
Engine Model Identification
(POU) Manifold Assembly. . . . . . . 6-79
T700-GE-700 (T700) (T700) Pressurizing and Overspeed Unit
T700-GE-701 (T701) (POU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-87
T700-GE-701C (T701C)
T700-GE-700 and T700-GE-701 (T700, T701)
6-3. PRELIMINARY INSTRUCTIONS.
T700-GE-700 and T700-GE-701C (T700, T701C)
T700-GE-701 and T700-GE-701C (T701, T701C) Before starting any of the following procedures, read the
general maintenance practices and inspection procedures in
6-2. CHAPTER INDEX. Appendix H.
Flight Safety Critical Aircraft Part
(Critical Characteristic(s))
Leaks in fuel system components are critical
characteristics. No fuel leaks allowed.
6-1
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
workbench, wear approved respirator and
goggles or face shield.
Asbestos • Dispose of liquid-soaked rags in approved
metal container.
This engine may contain small amounts of • Metal containers of fuel must be grounded
asbestos. When working with this engine, the to maintain electrical continuity.
following precautions must be rigidly adhered
to: a. When removing or disconnecting fuel system
components, avoid contact with jet fuel.
• Before any maintenance activities are
undertaken, review the illustrated parts b. When removing or installing parts, prevent entry of
breakdown/catalog index to determine if foreign objects into fuel passages, and avoid damaging
the hardware to be worked on or used electrical connectors.
contains asbestos.
• Whenever mechanical removal of material, c. Do not use tape to cover fuel passages or openings.
such as machining, grinding, buffing, Use clean, dry, protective caps to cover electrical
drilling, sanding or any type of material connectors and other openings.
build-up on parts that contain asbestos is
necessary, appropriate personal protective
equipment must be worn, and national
environmental controls required for the Lubricating Oil
handling of asbestos-containing material
must be complied with. • If oil is decomposed by heat, toxic gases
• Before handling, replacing, or disposing of are released.
asbestos-containing hardware, appropriate • Prolonged contact with liquid or mist may
personal protective equipment and national cause dermatitis and irritation.
environmental controls must be strictly • If there is any prolonged contact with skin,
adhered to for handling asbestos-containing wash area with soap and water. If solution
hardware. contacts eyes, flush eyes with water
immediately. Remove saturated clothing.
• If oil is swallowed, do not try to vomit. Get
immediate medical attention.
Aviation Turbine Fuel (Jet Fuel)
• When handling liquid, wear rubber gloves.
If prolonged contact with mist is likely,
• Flammable - do not use near open flames, wear approved respirator.
near welding areas, or on hot surfaces.
• Do not smoke when using it, and do not use d. Do not damage preformed packing grooves when
it where others are smoking. removing or installing preformed packings. Unless
• Contact of skin with liquid can irritate skin. otherwise specified, lubricate packings and grooves with a
Contact of eyes with liquid can cause light coat of lubricating oil (item 85 or 87, Appendix D)
severe irritation and blurred vision. before installing packings. Ultrachem fluid no. 1 (item 117,
Inhalation of vapor can cause irritation, Appendix D) may be used as an alternate lubricant for
headache, nausea, and dizziness. packings and grooves.
• If liquid contacts eyes, flush them
thoroughly with water. Immediately e. Inspect replacement parts for serviceability before
remove fuel-saturated clothing. If vapors installation.
cause dizziness, go to fresh air. If liquid is
swallowed, do not try to vomit; get medical f. Always use a backup wrench on fittings when
attention. removing or installing hoses or tubes.
• When handling large quantities of liquid
(more than one gallon) at an unexhausted g. When connecting hoses or tubes, see wrench- arc
tightening method (H-14, Appendix H).
6-2
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
h. Before connecting electrical connectors, refer to NOTE
paragraph H-7, Appendix H for proper procedure.
Primer nozzles are located at 4 and 8 o'clock
i. Observe the following inspection rules: positions on midframe. The removal and
installation procedures that follow can be used
(1) In the inspection tables, some requirements
for both primer nozzles.
apply only when the part is removed from the engine. If the
part to be inspected is installed on the engine, inspect only
a. Disconnect fuel start manifold tube (4, fig. 6-1)
for those defects that can be seen without removing the part.
from primer nozzle (2).
Do not remove the part just to inspect it.
(2) When inspection limits are in decimals, b. Remove retaining nut (3).
compare size of defect with size of thickness gage (feeler
gage). c. Remove primer nozzle (2).
6-4. (T700) PRIMER NOZZLES.
6-5. (T700) Removal of Primer Nozzles.
Handling Fuel System Components in Cold
Weather
When removing fuel system components in
cold weather, wear approved gloves to prevent
frostbite.
Figure 6-1. (T700) Primer Nozzle; Removal and Installation
6-3
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
6-6. (T700) Inspection of Primer Nozzles. See
table 6-1.
Table 6-1. (T700) Inspection of Primer Nozzles
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
a. Primer nozzle tip (4, fig. 6-2) Any amount not clogging Not repairable. Replace nozzle (para 6-8).
for carbon. orifice. (Use test procedure
in paragraph 6-7.)
b. Inlet fitting (2) for missing Two threads total, missing Two threads total, missing AVUM: Replace nozzle
ordamaged threads. ordamaged, without high or damaged, that can be (para 6-8).
metal, if threads can be used blended to usable limits. AVIM: Chase threads.
without cross-threading.
c. Retaining nut (1) for:
(1) Cracks. None allowed. Not repairable. Replace retaining nut
(para 6-8).
(2) Missing or damaged One thread total, missing or Not repairable. Replace retaining nut
threads. damaged, without high (para 6-8).
metal, if threads can be used
without cross-threading.
(3) Wrench damage on each Any amount, without high Not repairable. Replace retaining nut
corner of hex flats. metal, if wrench won't slip (para 6-8).
on nut.
(4) Distortion. Any amount if wrench will Not repairable. Replace retaining nut
fit on nut. (para 6-8).
(5) Discoloration. Any amount. Not applicable. Not applicable.
(6) Nicks and scratches, Any number, 1/64 inch Not repairable. Replace retaining nut
except on threads. deep, without high metal. (para 6-8).
6-4
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 6-2. (T700) Primer Nozzle; Inspection
6-7. (T700) Testing of Primer Nozzles. 6-8. (T700) Installation of Primer Nozzles.
a. Insert primer nozzle (2, fig. 6-1) into midframe port
(1), and engage key of nozzle (2) into slot of midframe port
Compressed Air (1).
• When using compressed air for any b. Holding primer nozzle (2) in place, install retaining
nut (3). Tighten (15° wrench arc) nut (3).
cooling, cleaning, or drying operation, do
not exceed 30 psig at the nozzle.
c. Connect fuel start manifold tube (4).
• Eyes can be permanently damaged by
contact with liquid or large particles d. If either fuel start manifold tube (4) or primer
propelled by compressed air. Inhalation of nozzle (2) is new, tighten coupling nut as follows:
air-blown particles or solvent vapor can
damage lungs. (1) Using open end wrench, seat nut snugly.
• When using air for cleaning at an air-
exhausted workbench, wear approved (2) Tighten (120° wrench arc) nut.
goggles or face shield.
• When using air for cleaning at an (3) Loosen nut and reseat it snugly.
unexhausted workbench, wear approved
(4) Tighten (60° wrench arc) nut.
respirator and goggles.
(5) Repeat steps (3) and (4).
Blow filtered, compressed air through primer nozzle. Hold
nozzle tip in water, and look for stream of air bubbles e. If manifold tube (4) and primer nozzles (2) are
coming from orifices. The nozzle is clogged if there is no used, tighten (60° wrench arc) coupling nut.
bubbling. Replace nozzle if clogged.
f. Make required engine checks listed in table 1-19 or
in table 1-39 (AVIM).
6-5
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
air-blown particles or solvent vapor can
6-9. MAIN FUEL MANIFOLD.
damage lungs.
• When using air for cleaning at an air-
exhausted workbench, wear approved
Flight Safety Critical Aircraft Part goggles or face shield.
(Critical Characteristic(s)) • When using air for cleaning at an
unexhausted workbench, wear approved
Leaks in fuel system components are critical respirator and goggles.
characteristics. No fuel leaks allowed.
b. Dry the main fuel manifold using filtered,
6-10. Cleaning of Main Fuel Manifold. compressed air.
6-11. Inspection of Main Fuel Manifold. See
paragraph H-24, Appendix H.
Dry Cleaning Solvent
6-12. Removal of Main Fuel Manifold.
(Stoddard Solvent)
P-D-680
• Combustible - do not use near open flames,
near welding areas, or on hot surfaces. Handling Fuel System Components in Cold
Weather
• Prolonged contact of skin with liquid can
cause dermatitis. Repeated inhalation of
When removing fuel system components in
vapor can irritate nose and throat and can
cold weather, wear approved gloves to prevent
cause dizziness.
frostbite.
• If any liquid contacts skin or eyes,
immediately flush affected area thoroughly
with water. Remove solvent-saturated
clothing. If vapors cause dizziness, go to
Asbestos
fresh air.
• When handling liquid or when applying it
The following procedure may involve a part
in an air-exhausted, partially covered tank, that contains asbestos, which is highly toxic to
wear approved gloves and goggles. skin, eyes, and respiratory tract. Read general
• When handling liquid or when applying it information before proceeding, and adhere to
at unexhausted, uncovered tank or all site safety and environmental controls
workbench, wear approved respirator, concerning asbestos. Otherwise, personal
gloves, and goggles. injury may result.
a. Wipe external surfaces with towel (item 112, a. Remove bolt (8, fig. 6-3) and clamp (PN
Appendix D) saturated with dry cleaning solvent (item 99, 299C486P4/P9 only) (7) from bracket and nut (9). Remove
Appendix D) and remove grease, dirt, and oil. clamp from main fuel manifold (1).
b. (T700) Loosen coupling nut (5) on POU
manifold(6). Disconnect fuel manifold (1) from POU
Compressed Air manifold (6).
• When using compressed air for any c. (T701, T701C) Loosen coupling nut (5) on ODV
cooling, cleaning, or drying operation, do manifold (6). Disconnect fuel manifold (1) from ODV
not exceed 30 psig at the nozzle. manifold (6).
• Eyes can be permanently damaged by
contact with liquid or large particles d. Remove fuel manifold (1) from clip (4).
propelled by compressed air. Inhalation of
6-6
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 6-3. Main Fuel Manifold; Removal and Installation
6-7
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
• When handling liquid, wear rubber gloves.
If prolonged contact with mist is likely,
• Do not completely disconnect coupling wear approved respirator.
nuts on main fuel manifold from each fuel
injector without loosening the adjacent b. Lubricate threads (3) on 12 fuel injectors with
coupling nut. Otherwise, damage to lubricating oil (item 85 or 87, Appendix D).
coupling nuts or fuel injector threads will
result.
• Be very careful not to damage adjacent
tubes and hoses when backing off coupling Do not completely connect coupling nuts on
nuts. main fuel manifold to each fuel injector
without partially connecting the adjacent
e. Loosen 12 coupling nuts (2) one-half turn each. coupling nut. Otherwise, damage to coupling
nuts or to fuel injector threads will result.
f. Starting at one end of fuel manifold (near 12
o'clock position), back off 12 coupling nuts three turns. Use c. Starting at 6 o'clock position, start 12 coupling
fingers or wrench (turning gently). nuts(2) onto threads of fuel injectors (3), using fingers.
Screw on each coupling nut about three turns, working up
g. Disconnect 12 coupling nuts, starting at one end of from 6o'clock position on each side of engine. If turns
fuel manifold. cannot be made, remove fuel manifold and inspect coupling
nuts and fuel injectors for dirt or damaged threads.
h. Cover all openings with clean, dry protective caps
(items 18, 35, Appendix D) to keep out foreign materials. d. Return to 6 o'clock position and completely screw
on each coupling nut using fingers or wrench (turning
6-13. Cleaning of Main Fuel Manifold (AVIM). See gently) until each coupling nut is seated.
paragraph H-23, Appendix H.
e. Tighten (60° wrench-arc) coupling nuts (2).
6-14. Inspection of Main Fuel Manifold
(AVIM). See paragraph H-24, Appendix H. f. (T700) Connect fuel manifold (1) to POU
manifold(6).
6-15. Testing of Main Fuel Manifold (AVIM). See
paragraph H-25, Appendix H. g. (T701, T701C) Connect fuel manifold (1) to ODV
manifold (6).
6-16. Installation of Main Fuel Manifold (AVIM).
h. If either manifold (6) or fuel manifold (1) is new,
a. Position main fuel manifold (1, fig. 6-3) on engine. tighten nut (5) as follows:
(1) Using open end wrench, seat nut (5) snugly.
Lubricating Oil (2) Tighten (120° wrench-arc) nut (5).
(3) Loosen nut (5) and reseat it snugly.
• If oil is decomposed by heat, toxic gases
are released.
(4) Tighten (60° wrench-arc) nut (5).
• Prolonged contact with liquid or mist may
cause dermatitis and irritation. (5) Repeat steps (3) and (4).
• If there is any prolonged contact with skin,
wash area with soap and water. If solution i. If both manifold (6) and fuel manifold (1) are used,
contacts eyes, flush eyes with water tighten (60° wrench-arc) nut (5).
immediately. Remove saturated clothing.
• If oil is swallowed, do not try to vomit. Get j. Install fuel manifold into clip (4).
immediate medical attention.
6-8
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
a. Disconnect coupling nut (1, fig. 6-4) from POU
manifold assembly.
Asbestos
b. Disconnect coupling nut (8) from fuel start
The following procedure may involve a part manifold tube (5).
that contains asbestos, which is highly toxic to
skin, eyes, and respiratory tract. Read general c. Remove bolt (6).
information before proceeding, and adhere to
all site safety and environmental controls d. Remove fuel start feed tube (11).
concerning asbestos. Otherwise, personal
injury may result.
k. Install clamp (7) onto main fuel manifold (1). Asbestos
l. Aline clamp with bracket and nut (9). Install The following procedure may involve a part
bolt(8). that contains asbestos, which is highly toxic to
skin, eyes, and respiratory tract. Read general
m. Loosen locknut (10) that secures bracket and information before proceeding, and adhere to
nut(9) to diffuser case. all site safety and environmental controls
concerning asbestos. Otherwise, personal
injury may result.
Asbestos e. If fuel start feed tube (11) is being replaced,
remove clamp (PN 299C486P2 only) (10) and put it on the
The following procedure may involve a part replacement tube in the same position.
that contains asbestos, which is highly toxic to
skin, eyes, and respiratory tract. Read general 6-19. (T700) Cleaning of Fuel Start Feed
information before proceeding, and adhere to Tube. See paragraph H-23, Appendix H.
all site safety and environmental controls
concerning asbestos. Otherwise, personal 6-20. (T700) Inspection of Fuel Start Feed
injury may result. Tube. See paragraph H-24, Appendix H.
n. Position clamp (7) and bracket and nut (9) to be 6-21. (T700) Testing of Fuel Start Feed Tube
sure fuel manifold (1) does not rub on diffuser case or on (AVIM). See paragraph H-25, Appendix H.
other hardware.
6-22. (T700) Installation of Fuel Start Feed Tube.
o. Torque locknut (10) to 70-75 inch-pounds, and
torque bolt (8) to 45-50 inch-pounds. a. Place fuel start feed tube (11, fig. 6-4) under
ignition lead (12) as shown.
p. Make required engine checks listed in table 1-39.
b. Connect coupling nut (1) to POU manifold
assembly. Hand-tighten coupling nut (1).
6-17. (T700) FUEL START FEED TUBE.
c. Connect coupling nut (8) to fuel start manifold
6-18. (T700) Removal of Fuel Start Feed Tube.
tube(5). Hand-tighten coupling nut (8).
Handling Fuel System Components in Cold
Weather
When removing fuel system components in
cold weather, wear approved gloves to prevent
frostbite.
6-9
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 6-4. (T700) Fuel Start Feed and Fuel Start Manifold Tubes; Removal and Installation
(1) Using open end wcrench, seat nut(s) (1, 8)
snug.
Asbestos
(2) Tighten (120° wrench-arc) nut(s) (1, 8).
The following procedure may involve a part
that contains asbestos, which is highly toxic to (3) Loosen nut(s) (1, 8) and reseat snug.
skin, eyes, and respiratory tract. Read general
information before proceeding, and adhere to (4) Tighten (60° wrench-arc) nut(s) (1, 8).
all site safety and environmental controls
concerning asbestos. Otherwise, personal (5) Repeat steps (3) and (4).
injury may result.
f. If feed tube (11), POU manifold assembly, and
d. Position clamp (10) and attach it to bracket (9) manifold tube (5) are used, tighten (60° wrench- arc)
with bolt (6). Hand-tighten bolt (6). nut(s)(1, 8).
e. If either feed tube (11), POU manifold assembly, or g. Torque bolt (6) to 45-50 inch-pounds.
manifold tube (5) is new, tighten appropriate coupling
nut(1, 8) as follows: h. Make required engine checks listed in table 1-19 or
in table 1-39 (AVIM).
6-10
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
6-23. FUEL INJECTOR ASSEMBLIES. • Personal protective equipment required
when handling or using this material.
6-24. Removal of Fuel Injector Assemblies.
NOTE
Application of penetrating oil to area around
Handling Fuel System Components in Cold fuel injector boss may help to loosen nut, if
Weather required.
When removing fuel system components in (1) Loosen 12 coupling nuts (2) one-half turn
cold weather, wear approved gloves to prevent each. If loosening of nuts is difficult, apply penetrating oil
frostbite. to area around injector boss, let soak for 10 minutes or until
nuts are free to turn.
(2) Starting at one end of fuel manifold (1) (near
12 o'clock position), back off 12 coupling nuts (2) three
• Do not completely disconnect coupling turns. Use fingers or wrench (turning gently).
nuts on main fuel manifold from each fuel
injector without loosening the adjacent (3) Disconnect 12 coupling nuts (2) starting at
coupling nut. Otherwise, damage to one end of fuel manifold (1).
coupling nuts or fuel injector threads will
result. b. (T700) Loosen coupling nut (5) on POU
• Be very careful not to damage adjacent manifold(6). Disconnect fuel manifold (1) from POU
tubes and hoses when backing off coupling manifold (6).
nuts.
c. (T701, T701C) Loosen coupling nut (5) on ODV
a. Disconnect main fuel manifold (1, fig. 6-3) from manifold (6). Disconnect fuel manifold (1) from ODV
12 fuel injectors as follows: manifold (6).
d. Remove fuel manifold (1) from clip (4).
Abusive Force/Torque on Fuel Injector e. Remove 12 retaining nuts (7, fig. 6-5) and 12 fuel
injectors (3).
• Do not use abusive force/torque when
removing a fuel injector. f. Using a flashlight and a magnifying glass (5× to
• Do not hammer wrench-end to shock nut. 10×), inspect midframe boss to casing joint. No cracks
allowed. If cracks are found, replace cold section module.
• Do not exceed 175 foot-pounds loosening
torque.
g. Place protective caps (items 23, 49, Appendix D)
• Abusive force/torque may result in a over fuel injector tip (4) and inlet fitting (1) of each fuel
broken or damaged midframe. injector (3).
Penetrating Oil
• Combustible near sparks, open flames,
welding areas, hot surfaces, other sources
of ignition, or while smoking.
• Inhalation may cause irritation or burning
of respiratory system.
• Contact with eyes/face/skin may cause
irritation or burning.
6-11
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 6-5. Fuel Injector Assembly; Removal and Installation
6-25. Inspection of Fuel Injector Assemblies and
Retaining Nuts. See table 6-2.
Table 6-2. Inspection of Fuel Injector Assemblies and Retaining Nuts
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
a. Fuel injector assembly
(fig. 6-6) for:
(1) Discoloration. Any amount. Not applicable. Not applicable.
(2) Tube (3) for:
(a) Cracks. None allowed. Not repairable. Replace fuel injector
assembly (para 6-26).
(b) Nicks and scratches. Any number, 0.005 inch Same as usable limits, with Blend high metal to adjacent
deep, with no high metal. high metal. contour.
(3) Air shroud (1) for:
(a) Plugged holes. Not allowed. Not repairable. Replace fuel injector
assembly (para 6-26).
(b) Cracks. None allowed. Not repairable. Replace fuel injector
assembly (para 6-26).
6-12
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table 6-2. Inspection of Fuel Injector Assemblies and Retaining Nuts (Cont)
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
(c) Nicks and scratches. None allowed on end of Not repairable. Replace fuel injector
injector tip (2). assembly (para 6-26).
(d) Wear. Wear up to 0.005 allowed, Not repairable. Replace fuel injector
any location. assembly (para 6-26).
(4) Injector tip (2) for:
(a) Carbon buildup. Not allowed. Not repairable. Replace fuel injector
assembly (para 6-26).
(b) Nicks and scratches None allowed. Not repairable. Replace fuel injector
on the cone inside assembly (para 6-26).
end of tip.
(5) Mounting flange (4) for:
(a) Cracks. None allowed. Not repairable. Replace fuel injector
assembly (para 6-26).
(b) Nicks and scratches. Any number, up to 0.015 Same as usable limits, with Blend high metal to adjacent
inch deep; without high high metal. contour.
metal.
(c) Worn locating Pin diameter must not be Not repairable. Replace fuel injector
pin(6). less than 0.122 inch. assembly (para 6-26).
(6) Inlet fitting (5) for:
(a) Missing or damaged Two threads total, missing Two threads total, missing AVUM: Replace fuel
threads. or damaged, without high or damaged that can be injector assembly
metal, if threads can be used blended to usable limits. (para 6-26).
without crossthreading. AVIM: Chase threads.
(b) Cracks. None allowed. Not repairable. Replace fuel injector
assembly (para 6-26).
(c) Broken or missing Not allowed. Not repairable. Replace fuel injector
retaining ring (10). assembly (para 6-26).
(d) Damaged screen Not allowed. Not repairable. Replace fuel injector
mesh on fuel assembly (para 6-26).
filter(9).
b. Retaining nut (8) for:
(1) Cracks. None allowed. Not repairable. Replace retaining nut
(para 6-26).
(2) Missing or damaged One thread missing or Not repairable. Replace retaining nut
threads. damaged, without high (para 6-26).
metal, if threads can be used
without crossthreading.
6-13
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table 6-2. Inspection of Fuel Injector Assemblies and Retaining Nuts (Cont)
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
(3) Wrench damage on each Any amount, without high Not repairable. Replace retaining nut
corner of hex flats. metal, if wrench won't slip (para 6-26).
on nut.
(4) Distortion. Any amount if wrench will Not repairable. Replace retaining nut
fit nut. (para 6-26).
(5) Discoloration. Any amount. Not applicable. Not applicable.
(6) Nicks and scratches Any number, up to 1/64 inch Not repairable. Replace retaining nut
except on threads. deep, without high metal. (para 6-26).
(7) Blockage in bleed Not allowed. Any amount. Run a 0.020-inch diameter
hole (7). wire into blocked hole.
(8) Missing silver plating. None missing on threads. Not repairable. Replace retaining nut
Any amount missing on all (para 6-26).
other surfaces.
Figure 6-6. Fuel Injector Assembly; Inspection
6-14
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
6-26. Installation of Fuel Injector Assemblies. • Do not exceed 175 foot-pounds loosening
torque.
a. Install 12 fuel injectors (3, fig. 6-5) in midframe • Abusive force/torque may result in a
ports (6) as follows: broken or damaged midframe.
(1) Place fuel injectors (3) so that fuel injector (5) Install retaining nuts (7). Tighten (15°
tip(4) faces 90° away from slot (5) in midframe port (6) as wrench-arc) retaining nuts.
shown.
(6) Using a flashlight and a magnifying glass (5×
(2) Insert fuel injector into port as far as it to 10×), inspect midframe boss to casing joint. No cracks
willgo. allowed. If cracks are found, replace cold section module.
(3) Turn fuel injector 90° clockwise, as shown, b. Connect main fuel manifold (1, fig. 6-3) to fuel
and push it until locating pin (2) enters slot (5). Be sure that injector(s) as follows:
fuel injector is seated firmly in midframe port (6).
Lubricating Oil
Graphite-Petrolatum
Lubricant A50TF201
• If oil is decomposed by heat, toxic gases
are released.
• Contact with eyes/face/skin may cause • Prolonged contact with liquid or mist may
irritation or burning.
cause dermatitis and irritation.
• Personal protective equipment required
• If there is any prolonged contact with skin,
when handling or using this material.
wash area with soap and water. If solution
• May lead to allergic sensitivity in some contacts eyes, flush eyes with water
individuals. immediately. Remove saturated clothing.
• If oil is swallowed, do not try to vomit. Get
immediate medical attention.
• When handling liquid, wear rubber gloves.
Thread Compound, Antiseize,
If prolonged contact with mist is likely,
Graphite-Petrolatum
wear approved respirator.
MIL-T-5544
(1) Lubricate threads of fuel injectors (3) with
• Contact with eyes/face/skin may cause lubricating oil (item 85 or 87, Appendix D).
irritation or burning.
• Personal protective equipment required
when handling or using this material.
Do not completely connect coupling nuts on
(4) Before installing retaining nut (7), inspect main fuel manifold to each fuel injector
threads of nut for presence of antiseize thread compound. If without partially connecting the adjacent
threads are dry, apply a coat of antiseize thread compound coupling nut. Otherwise, damage to coupling
(item 56 or 78, Appendix D) to threads and sealing surface nuts or fuel injector threads will result.
of nut (7).
(2) Starting at 6 o'clock position, start coupling
nuts (2) onto threads of fuel injectors (3) using fingers.
Screw on each coupling nut (2) about three turns, working
Abusive Force/Torque on Fuel Injector up from 6 o'clock position on each side of engine. If turns
cannot be made, inspect coupling nuts (2) and fuel
• Do not use abusive force/torque when injectors(3) for dirt or damaged threads.
removing a fuel injector.
• Do not hammer wrench-end to shock nut.
6-15
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
(3) Return to 6 o'clock position and completely b. Disconnect coupling nut (8).
screw on each coupling nut (2) using fingers or wrench
(turning gently) until coupling nut (2) is seated. c. Disconnect coupling nuts (2, 4) from primer
nozzles.
(4) Tighten (60° wrench-arc) coupling nuts (2).
d. Remove fuel start manifold tube (5).
(5) (T700) Connect fuel manifold (1) to POU
manifold (6). 6-29. (T700) Cleaning of Fuel Start Manifold
Tube. See paragraph H-23, Appendix H.
(6) (T701, T701C) Connect fuel manifold (1) to
ODV manifold (6). 6-30. (T700) Inspection of Fuel Start Manifold
Tube. See paragraph H-24, Appendix H.
(7) If either manifold (6) or fuel manifold (1) is
new, tighten coupling nut (5) as follows: 6-31. (T700) Testing of Fuel Start Manifold Tube
(AVIM). See paragraph H-25, Appendix H.
(a) Using open end wrench, seat nut (5)
snugly. 6-32. (T700) Installation of Fuel Start Manifold
Tube.
(b) Tighten (120° wrench-arc) nut (5).
a. Position fuel start manifold tube (5, fig. 6-4 and
(c) Loosen nut (5) and reseat it snugly. connect coupling nuts (2, 4) onto primer nozzles. Hand-
tighten coupling nuts (2, 4).
(d) Tighten (60° wrench-arc) nut (5).
b. Attach tube (5) to bracket (7) using bolt (3). Hand-
(e) Repeat steps (c) and (d). tighten bolts (3).
(8) If both manifold (6) and fuel manifold (1) are c. Connect coupling nut (8) to tube (5). Hand- tighten
used, tighten (60° wrench-arc) nut (5). coupling nut (8).
(9) Install fuel manifold (1) into clip (4). d. If either primer nozzles, manifold tube (5), or feed
tube (11) is new, tighten coupling nut(s) (2, 4, 8) as follows:
c. Make required engine checks listed in table 1-19 or
in table 1-39 (AVIM). (1) Using open end wrench, seat nut(s) (2, 4, 8)
snugly.
6-27. (T700) FUEL START MANIFOLD TUBE.
(2) Tighten (120° wrench-arc) nut(s) (2, 4, 8).
(3) Loosen nut(s) (2, 4, 8) and reseat snugly.
6-28. (T700) Removal of Fuel Start Manifold Tube.
(4) Tighten (60° wrench-arc) nut(s) (2, 4, 8).
(5) Repeat steps (3) and (4).
Handling Fuel System Components in Cold
e. If primer nozzles, manifold tube (5) and feed
Weather
tube(11) are used, tighten (60° wrench-arc) nut(s) (2, 4, 8).
When removing fuel system components in
f. Torque bolt (3) to 45-50 inch-pounds.
cold weather, wear approved gloves to prevent
frostbite.
g. Make required engine checks listed in table 1-19 or
in table 1-39 (AVIM).
a. Remove bolt (3, fig. 6-4.)
6-16
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
6-33. FUEL BOOST PUMP.
6-34. Removal of Fuel Boost Pump. Fuel boost pumps which are removed from
engine for more than 48 hours for
maintenance, for storage, or for return to
Depot will be preserved in accordance with
Flight Safety Critical Aircraft Part paragraph 1-209, step e. This will prevent fuel
(Critical Characteristic(s)) boost pump from being damaged due to
corrosion.
Leaks in fuel system components are critical
characteristics. No fuel leaks allowed. a. Disconnect fuel inlet fitting as directed in
applicable aircraft maintenance manual.
b. Loosen three captive bolts (2, fig. 6-7).
Handling Fuel System Components in Cold
c. Remove fuel boost pump (1).
Weather
d. Remove and discard four preformed packings
When removing fuel system components in
(3, 4, 5).
cold weather, wear approved gloves to prevent
frostbite.
Figure 6-7. Fuel Boost Pump; Removal and Installation
6-17
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
e. Cap/plug all openings with protective caps/plugs • When handling liquid or when applying it
(items 34, 30, or 39, Appendix D). at unexhausted, uncovered tank or
workbench, wear approved respirator,
f. If fuel boost pump will not be reinstalled within 48 gloves, and goggles.
hours, or if it will be returned to Depot or stored, preserve it
(para 1-209, step e). b. Flush or spray-wash external surfaces with dry
cleaning solvent (item 99, Appendix D) to remove grease,
6-35. Cleaning of Fuel Boost Pump. oil, and dirt.
a. Before cleaning pump, be sure that all openings are
capped with protective caps (items 34, 30, 39, Appendix D).
Compressed Air
• When using compressed air for any
Dry Cleaning Solvent cooling, cleaning, or drying operation, do
(Stoddard Solvent) not exceed 30 psig at the nozzle.
P-D-680
• Eyes can be permanently damaged by
contact with liquid or large particles
• Combustible - do not use near open flames, propelled by compressed air. Inhalation of
near welding areas, or on hot surfaces. air-blown particles or solvent vapor can
• Prolonged contact of skin with liquid can damage lungs.
cause dermatitis. Repeated inhalation of • When using air for cleaning at an air-
vapor can irritate nose and throat and can exhausted workbench, wear approved
cause dizziness. goggles or face shield.
• If any liquid contacts skin or eyes, • When using air for cleaning at an
immediately flush affected area thoroughly unexhausted workbench, wear approved
with water. Remove solvent-saturated respirator and goggles.
clothing. If vapors cause dizziness, go to
fresh air. c. Dry the fuel boost pump using dry, filtered
• When handling liquid or when applying it compressed air.
in an air-exhausted, partially covered tank,
wear approved gloves and goggles. 6-36. Inspection of Fuel Boost Pump. See
table 6-3.
Table 6-3. Inspection of Fuel Boost Pump
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
a. Housing for:
(1) Visible cracks. None allowed. Not repairable. Replace pump (para 6-38).
Flight Safety Critical Aircraft Part (Critical Characteristic(s))
Fuel leaks are critical characteristics for all fuel system components. No fuel leaks allowed.
(2) Leaks. Not allowed. Not repairable. Replace pump (para 6-38).
b. Pilot diameter (5, fig. 6-8) Not allowed. Any amount. Remove high metal.
forhigh metal.
6-18
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table 6-3. Inspection of Fuel Boost Pump (Cont)
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
c. Spline (3) for visible wear Not allowed. Not repairable. Replace pump (para 6-38).
steps.
d. Captive bolts (2) for damaged Not allowed. Not repairable. Replace bolts (para H-6,
threads. Appendix H).
e. Captive bolt flanges for Any number of missing Any number with crossed AVUM: Replace pump
damaged threads. threads with no crossed threads or loose material. (para 6-38).
threads or loose material. AVIM: Remove loose
material; plug all openings
and chase threads to remove
crossed threads.
f. Threaded inserts (1) for:
(1) Damaged threads. Up to one damaged or Same as usable limits with AVUM: Replace pump
missing thread with no crossed threads or loose (para 6-38).
crossed threads or loose material. AVIM: Remove loose
material. material; plug all openings
and chase threads to remove
crossed threads.
(2) Looseness. Radial looseness is allowed Not repairable. Replace pump (para 6-38).
if inserts do not rotate.
g. Packing grooves (4) for nicks None allowed. Not repairable. Replace pump (para 6-38).
and scratches.
h. Fuel inlet port (6) for internal Any number, not more than Not repairable. Replace pump (para 6-38).
nicks and scratches. 0.004 inch deep.
6-37. Repair of Fuel Boost Pump. Repair is limited hand, and attempt to install pump again. Repeat this
to that specified in corrective action column of table 6-3. procedure, as necessary, until splines engage easily.
6-38. Installation of Fuel Boost Pump. d. Install three captive bolts (2) into gearbox
mounting flange (6). Torque bolts to 45-50 inch-pounds.
a. Install four preformed packings (3, 4, 5, fig. 6-7).
e. Install fuel inlet fitting as directed in applicable
b. Position fuel boost pump (1) on gearbox mounting aircraft maintenance manual.
flange (6). Be sure that splines on pump engage with
gearbox splines. f. Make required engine checks listed in table 1-19 or
in table 1-39 (AVIM).
c. If splines on pump do not easily engage the
gearbox splines, remove pump. Rotate spline on pump by
6-19
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 6-8. Fuel Boost Pump; Inspection
HMU and loss of engine power. If engine
6-39. HYDROMECHANICAL CONTROL UNIT
has operated with a mismounted HMU,
(HMU) AND GROOVED CLAMP COUPLING.
even if only a start was attempted, replace
6-40. Removal of Hydromechanical Control Unit suspect HMU and return it to Depot.
(HMU) and Grooved Clamp Coupling. • Do not force T2 sensor when removing it.
Dents in T2 sensor can cause fuel
scheduling errors.
• HMU's which are removed from engine for
Flight Safety Critical Aircraft Part more than 48 hours for maintenance, for
(Critical Characteristic(s)) storage, or for return to Depot will be
preserved in accordance with
Leaks in fuel system components are critical paragraph 1-209, step a.
characteristics. No fuel leaks allowed.
NOTE
If HMU PN 4046T52G28 or 4046T52G29
Handling Fuel System Components in Cold (6068T97P07 or 6068T97P08) is removed
Weather from a T700-GE-701C powered AH-64A
Apache and replaced with a 4046T52G30
When removing fuel system components in (6068T97P09) HMU, the opposite engine
cold weather, wear approved gloves to prevent must be configured with a 4046T52G30
frostbite. (6068T97P09) HMU. Additionally, both
engines must be configured with 5078T29G03
(6080T56P02) DECs.
a. Do not remove fittings from HMU. If engine is
• Operation of engine with an improperly installed, disconnect engine control input assembly
seated HMU flange can cause failure of the according to applicable aircraft maintenance manual.
6-20
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
p. Install plug adapter 21C7086P01 (1, fig. 6-11) onto
HMU pad (2). Push adapter onto HMU pad until it is
Before removing HMU from engine, secured by the three locking tabs.
protective cap will be installed over electrical
connector of HMU. Otherwise, jet fuel will 6-41. Cleaning of Hydromechanical Control Unit.
damage electrical connector.
a. Be sure that all openings are plugged or covered
b. Disconnect electrical connector (yellow cable) with appropriate clean, dry, protective caps (items 22, 23,
(8,fig. 6-9 (T700) or 6-10 (T701, T701C)). Cover both 20, 46, 93, Appendix D).
electrical connectors with clean, dry, protective caps
(item 20 or 28, Appendix D). b. Check electrical connector for moisture or
contamination.
c. (T700) Disconnect P3 hose and tube assembly
(19,fig. 6-9) from HMU (1) only. c. If no moisture or contamination is found in
electrical connector, do not clean it. Install clean, dry
d. (T701, T701C) Disconnect P3 tube (19, fig. 6-10) protective cap.
from HMU (1) only.
d. If moisture or contamination is found in electrical
e. Disconnect gearbox-to-HMU hose assembly connector, clean it (para H-11, Appendix H).
(20,fig. 6-9 (T700) or 6-10 (T701, T701C)) from HMU.
f. Release latch (15) on holster (16).
Dry Cleaning Solvent
g. Remove cable of T2 sensor (9) from clip on (Stoddard Solvent)
compressor case. P-D-680
h. Using an open-end wrench as a lever, carefully • Combustible - do not use near open flames,
disengage quick-disconnect pin (5) from link assembly (6) near welding areas, or on hot surfaces.
and from actuating shaft (7). • Prolonged contact of skin with liquid can
cause dermatitis. Repeated inhalation of
i. Loosen locknut (12). vapor can irritate nose and throat and can
cause dizziness.
j. Loosen clamp coupling bolt (11) until grooved • If any liquid contacts skin or eyes,
clamp coupling (13) seats on gearbox lug (14). immediately flush affected area thoroughly
with water. Remove solvent-saturated
k. Carefully slide T2 sensor (9) out of holster (16), clothing. If vapors cause dizziness, go to
and remove HMU (1). fresh air.
• When handling liquid or when applying it
l. Remove grooved clamp coupling (13).
in an air-exhausted, partially covered tank,
wear approved gloves and goggles.
m. Remove and discard packings (2, 3, 10, 17).
• When handling liquid or when applying it
n. Reinstall quick disconnect pin onto link assembly. at unexhausted, uncovered tank or
workbench, wear approved respirator,
o. Install clean, dry, protective caps (items 22, 23, 46, gloves, and goggles.
Appendix D) as applicable.
e. Flush or spray-wash outer surface with dry
cleaning solvent (item 99, Appendix D) to remove grease,
oil, and dirt.
Do not use HMU grooved clamp coupling to
secure plug adapter 21C7086P01. Adapter
may be damaged.
6-21
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 6-9. (T700) Hydromechanical Control Unit (HMU) and Grooved Clamp Coupling;
Removal and Installation
6-22
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 6-10. (T701, T701C) Hydromechanical Control Unit (HMU) and Grooved Clamp Coupling;
Removal and Installation
6-23
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 6-11. Plug Adapter 21C7086P01; Removal and Installation
g. Clean T2 sensor as follows:
Compressed Air
• When using compressed air for any Do not dent or puncture T2 sensor cover
cooling, cleaning, or drying operation, do during brush cleaning. Do not probe holes
not exceed 30 psig at the nozzle. with brushes, wires, etc.
• Eyes can be permanently damaged by
contact with liquid or large particles (1) Clean dry dirt from inside and outside
propelled by compressed air. Inhalation of surfaces with a soft bristle bottle brush (item 15,
air-blown particles or solvent vapor can Appendix D).
damage lungs.
• When using air for cleaning at an air-
exhausted workbench, wear approved
goggles or face shield.
• When using air for cleaning at an
unexhausted workbench, wear approved
respirator and goggles.
f. Dry the HMU using dry, filtered, compressed air.
6-24
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
(2) Clean oily, sticky dirt from T2 sensor as • When using air for cleaning at an
follows: unexhausted workbench, wear approved
respirator and goggles.
(d) Hold T2 sensor up and dry it with low-
Isopropyl Alcohol TT-I-735 velocity, compressed air. Circulate air through aspirator
holes to drain isopropyl alcohol through holes on HMU-end
• Flammable - do not use near open flames, of T2 sensor.
near welding areas, or on hot surfaces.
• Do not smoke when using it, and do not use 6-42. Inspection of Hydromechanical Control
it where others are smoking. Unit (HMU), Grooved Clamp Coupling, and Quick-
Disconnect Pin. See table 6-4.
• Inhalation of vapors can cause drowsiness,
dizziness, and headache. Contact of liquid
6-42.1. Check Hydromechanical Unit (HMU) for
with skin may cause dermatitis and
LDS and PAS Binding:
irritation.
• If any liquid contacts skin or eyes, a. Check LDS for binding:
immediately flush affected area thoroughly
with water. Remove solvent-saturated (1) Disconnect the load demand rotary input
clothing. If vapors cause drowsiness, go to from the HMU (TM1-1520-237-23).
fresh air.
• When handling large quantities (greater (2) Install LDS socket (18C2268-2) onto load
than one gallon (3.8 liters)), work at air- demand spindle, (figure 6-13).
exhausted workbench or covered tank.
• Store solvent and dispose of liquid-soaked (3) Using a torque wrench, rotate spindle in
clothes in approved metal safety container. clockwise and counterclockwise directions.
• Metal containers of liquid must be
grounded to maintain electrical continuity. (4) If torque exceeds 15 inch-pounds, replace
HMU.
(a) Immerse and agitate T2 sensor in clean
isopropyl alcohol (item 3, Appendix D). (5) Connect the load demand rotary input to the
HMU (TM1-1520-237-23).
(b) Brush T2 sensor with a soft bristle bottle
brush (item 15, Appendix D) to remove dirt. b. Check PAS for binding:
(c) Rinse T2 sensor in clean isopropyl (1) Disconnect the power available rotary input
alcohol. from the HMU (TM1-1520-237-23).
(2) Install PAS socket (18C2268-1) onto power
available spindle (figure 6-13).
Compressed Air
(3) Using a torque wrench, rotate spindle in
clockwise and counterclockwise directions.
• When using compressed air for any
cooling, cleaning, or drying operation, do
(4) If torque exceeds 25 inch-pounds, replace
not exceed 30 psig at the nozzle.
HMU.
• Eyes can be permanently damaged by
contact with liquid or large particles (5) Connect the power available rotary input to
propelled by compressed air. Inhalation of the HMU (TM1-1520-237-23).
air-blown particles or solvent vapor can
damage lungs.
• When using air for cleaning at an air-
exhausted workbench, wear approved
goggles or face shield.
Change 5 6-25
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table 6-4. Inspection of Hydromechanical Control Unit (HMU), Grooved Clamp Coupling,
andQuick-Disconnect Pin
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
a. Hydromechanical control unit
(HMU) (fig. 6-12).
(1) Casing for:
(a) Cracks except on None allowed. Not repairable. Replace HMU (para 6-44).
Hamilton Standard
HMUs only at lee
plug.
(b) (Hamilton Standard Any amount, up to Not repairable. Replace HMU (para 6-44).
HMUs only) visible 0.300inch deep.
cracks at lee plug.
Flight Safety Critical Aircraft Part
(Critical Characteristic(s))
Leaks in fuel system components are critical characteristics. No fuel leaks allowed.
(c) Leaks. Not allowed. Not repairable. Replace HMU (para 6-44).
(d) Missing locating Not allowed. Not repairable. Replace HMU (para 6-44).
pin(4).
(e) High metal on pilot Not allowed. Any amount. Blend high metal to adjacent
diameter (6). contour.
(f) Power available and Up to 0.050 inch long. Not repairable. Replace HMU (para 6-44).
load demand spindle
alinement slots for
wear (fig. 6-13).
(g) Load demand spindle 0-15 inch-pounds. Not repairable. Replace HMU (para 6-44).
for binding (para
6-42.1).
(h) Power available 0-25 inch-pounds. Not repairable. Replace HMU (para 6-44).
spindle for binding
(para 6-42.1).
(2) Drive spline (3, fig. 6-12) None allowed. Not repairable. Replace HMU (para 6-44).
for visible steps.
6-26 Change 5
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table 6-4. Inspection of Hydromechanical Control Unit (HMU), Grooved Clamp Coupling,
andQuick-Disconnect Pin (Cont)
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
(3) Threaded fittings (5). See paragraph H-24, See paragraph H-24, Replace fitting. Torque
Appendix H. Appendix H. fitting to 40-50 inch-
pounds.
(4) T2 sensor (2) for:
(a) Dents or Any amount, 1/16 inch from Not repairable. Replace HMU (para 6-44).
deformation. original shape.
(b) Dirt in aspirating Not allowed. Any amount. Clean T2 sensor (para 6-41,
holes of inner and step g).
outer shells.
(5) Conduit (8) for Not allowed. Not repairable. Replace HMU (para 6-44).
separations and sharp
bends.
Change 5 6-26.1/(6-26.2 Blank)
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table 6-4. Inspection of Hydromechanical Control Unit (HMU), Grooved Clamp Coupling,
andQuick-Disconnect Pin (Cont)
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
(6) Electrical connector for:
(a) Bent socket pins. Not allowed. Up to 1/8 inch out-of- Straighten pin. Check
position. alinement with mating
connector.
(b) Damaged threads. Any amount, with no high Any amount that can be Remove high metal.
metal, if connector can be reworked to usable limits.
assembled normally with its
mating part.
(7) Nicks and scratches on Up to 0.005 inch deep on Not repairable. Replace HMU (para 6-44).
packing groove of drive bottom; up to 1/64 inch deep
shaft (7). on wall of groove, with no
sharp edges.
b. Grooved clamp coupling (9)
for:
(1) Cracks in clamp. None allowed. Not repairable. Replace clamp coupling
(para 6-44).
(2) Bolt threads for:
(a) Wear, looseness. Not allowed. Not repairable. Replace clamp coupling
(para 6-44).
Penetrating Oil
• Combustible near sparks, open flames, welding areas, hot surfaces, other sources of ignition, or while
smoking.
• Inhalation may cause irritation or burning of respiratory system.
• Contact with eyes/face/skin may cause irritation or burning.
• Personal protective equipment required when handling or using this material.
(b) Binding. Not allowed. Any amount. Apply penetrating oil
(item 88, Appendix D) and
work locknut (1) free or
replace locknut or replace
grooved clamp coupling, as
applicable (para 6-44).
(c) Damage. Not allowed. One thread missing, AVUM: Replace clamp
continuous or cumulative. coupling (para 6-44).
AVIM: Chase threads.
6-27
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table 6-4. Inspection of Hydromechanical Control Unit (HMU), Grooved Clamp Coupling,
andQuick-Disconnect Pin (Cont)
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
(3) Cracks in butt welds and None allowed. Not repairable. Replace clamp coupling
spot-welds. (para 6-44).
(4) Rolled edges on Any amount if wrench fits Same as usable limits, with Remove high metal.
locknut(1). properly. No high metal high metal.
allowed.
(5) Run-on torque of Minimum of 6 inch-pounds. Not repairable. Replace clamp coupling
locknut(1). (para 6-44).
c. Link assembly (11) for:
(1) Cracks. None allowed. Not repairable. Replace link (para 6-43).
(2) Nicks, dents, scratches, Any number, up to Same as usable limits, with Blend high metal.
and gouges. 0.015inch deep, without high metal.
high metal.
(3) Missing bushings. None allowed. Not repairable. Replace link (para 6-43).
(4) Wear or visible out-of- None allowed. Not repairable. Replace link (para 6-43).
roundness of bushing.
d. Quick-disconnect pin
(fig. 6-14):
(1) Pin shaft (1) for:
(a) Broken or missing Not allowed. Not repairable. Replace pin (para 6-44,
lockring (3). step i).
(b) Nicks, scratches, or None allowed that can be Not repairable. Replace pin (para 6-44,
wear. felt with fingernail. step i).
(c) Cracks. None allowed. Not repairable. Replace pin (para 6-44,
step i).
(2) Pinhead (2) for:
(a) Nicks, scratches, Any number, up to 1/32 inch Not repairable. Replace pin (para 6-44,
dents, and gouges. deep. step i).
(b) Bends. Any amount, up to 1/16 inch Any amount that can be Replace pin (para 6-44,
from original shape. reworked to usable limits. step i).
(c) Cracks. None allowed. Not repairable. Replace pin (para 6-44,
step i).
e. Spindle alinement slots for 0.050 inch maximum. Not repairable. Replace the HMU
wear.
6-28
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 6-12. Hydromechanical Control Unit (HMU) and Grooved Clamp Coupling; Inspection
6-29
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 6-13. Hydromechanical Control Unit (HMU) Spindles; Location
NOTE
6-43. Repair of Hydromechanical Control Unit
(HMU). • If HMU PN 4046T52G28 or 4046T52G29
(6068T97P07 or 6068T97P08) is removed
a. Remove link assembly (11, fig. 6-12) as follows: from a T700-GE-701C powered AH-64A
Apache and replaced with a 4046T52G30
(1) Remove locknut (12) and bolt (10). (6068T97P09) HMU, the opposite engine
must be configured with a 4046T52G30
(2) Remove link assembly (11). (6068T97P09) HMU. Additionally, both
engines must be configured with
b. Install new link assembly (11) as follows: 5078T29G03 (6080T56P02) DECs.
• The HMU is designed to be adjusted at
(1) Position larger opening of link assembly depot only. Adjustments to the HMU are
toward HMU actuating arm (13). safety wired to prevent adjustment at
intermediate maintenance level.
(2) Be sure that other end of link assembly has
the thicker flange facing aft. a. Remove plug adapter 21C7086P01 (1, fig. 6-11)
from HMU pad (2).
(3) Install link assembly onto HMU actuating
arm (13). b. Install grooved clamp coupling (13, fig. 6-9
(T700) or 6-10 (T701, T701C)) over attaching flange on
(4) Install bolt (10) with head facing aft. Secure gearbox.
bolt with locknut (12).
(5) Torque locknut (12) to 45-50 inch-pounds.
6-44. Installation of Hydromechanical Control
Unit (HMU) and Grooved Clamp Coupling.
6-30
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 6-14. Quick-Disconnect Pin; Inspection
c. Install packings (2, 3) on HMU (1). Install
NOTE
packings (10, 17) on fuel connectors in gearbox.
• The Hamilton Standard HMU drive shaft
can be rotated freely by hand.
• The Woodward Governor HMU will
• Do not use tools to install T2 sensor. require up to approximately 24 inch-
• Do not bend or kink the conduit between pounds of torque to rotate the drive shaft.
the HMU and T2 sensor.
• Do not force T2 sensor when installing it. e. Keeping link assembly (6) above oil manifold (18),
Dents in T2 sensor or dents and kinks in T2 engage splines on HMU (1) with those of gearbox. If splines
cable can cause fuel scheduling errors. are not alined, do one of the following:
d. While supporting HMU (1), carefully slide T2 (1) Remove radial drive shaft cover assembly
sensor (9) into holster (16). (para 5-30). Then, turn drive shaft using 5/16-inch socket
with extension and ratchet until splines are alined.
(2) Rotate the entire HMU counterclockwise,
mate with splines of AGB, and rotate the HMU clockwise to
• Do not damage packings when installing aline locating pin and hole on gearbox.
HMU.
• Operation of engine with an improperly f. Engage locating pin on HMU (1) with hole in
seated HMU flange can cause failure of the gearbox. Firmly seat HMU (1) against gearbox mounting
HMU and loss of engine power. If engine flange.
has operated with a mismounted HMU,
even if only a start was attempted, replace
suspect HMU and return it to Depot.
6-31
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
NOTE n. (T700) Connect P3 hose and tube assembly (19,
fig. 6-9) to HMU union. Then, while holding tube to prevent
Strap end between points C and D must be rotation, tighten (60° wrench arc) coupling nut.
straight within 0.050 inch. When locknut is
fully torqued, it must not contact strap. o. (T701, T701C) Connect P3 tube (19, fig. 6-10) to
HMU union. Then, hold tube to prevent rotation, and
g. Position clamp coupling (13) over HMU (1) and tighten (60° wrench arc) coupling nut.
gearbox flanges. Torque clamp coupling bolt (11) to 32-35
inch-pounds. Tighten (60° wrench arc) locknut (12). p. Connect electrical connector (yellow cable) (8,
fig. 6-9 (T700) or 6-10 (T701, T701C)) as directed in
h. See figure 6-15 and do the following inspections: paragraph H-7, Appendix H.
(1) Be sure that threads on clamp coupling bolt q. Install T2 sensor cable into clip support on
are visible below flat after tightening. compressor case.
(2) Be sure that clamp coupling is seated r. If engine is installed in aircraft, connect engine
correctly. Clamp coupling must be parallel to surface of control input assembly as directed in applicable aircraft
gearbox. Gap between clamp coupling and surface of maintenance manual.
gearbox must be about 1/8 inch.
s. Make required engine checks listed in table 1-19 or
(3) Be sure the HMU mounting flange is flush in table 1-39 (AVIM).
with gearbox mounting flange. These flanges can be seen
through inspection hole in clamp coupling.
6-45. FUEL FILTER.
(4) Be sure that locknut on clamp coupling does
not contact strap.
i. Lift latch (15, fig. 6-9 (T700) or 6-10 (T701, Flight Safety Critical Aircraft Part
T701C)) on holster (16) to secure T2 sensor (9). Be sure (Critical Characteristic(s))
that latch (15) has enough tension to seat T2 sensor (9)
tightly. If latch (15) is not tight, push down on center of Leaks in fuel system components are critical
latch (15). characteristics. No fuel leaks allowed.
j. Aline link assembly (6) in HMU actuating arm (4)
6-46. Fuel Filter Servicing When Impending
with actuating shaft (7), and re-engage quick-disconnect
Bypass Indicator Button Pops. When impending
pin(5). If pin (5) was removed from link assembly (6), be
bypass button on fuel filter pops, do not remove fuel filter
sure pin is installed from thick end of link assembly as
bowl. First, try to reset button by pushing in popped button.
shown in view A.
If button stays in, continue the operation. (After next runup
k. Connect gearbox-to-HMU hose assembly (20) to or flight, check to see if button popped.) If button will not
HMU. stay in, replace filter element as follows:
l. If either hose assembly (20) or HMU union is new,
tighten coupling nut as follows:
Handling Fuel System Components in Cold
(1) Using open end wrench, seat nut snugly.
Weather
(2) Tighten (120° wrench arc) nut.
When removing fuel system components in
(3) Loosen nut and reseat it snugly. cold weather, wear approved gloves to prevent
frostbite.
(4) Tighten (60° wrench arc) nut.
a. Unscrew fuel filter bowl (4, fig. 6-16).
(5) Repeat steps (3) and (4).
m. If both hose assembly (20) and HMU union are b. Remove and discard filter element (3).
used, tighten (60° wrench arc) nut.
c. Remove and discard packings (2).
6-32 Change 3
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 6-15. Hydromechanical Control Unit (HMU) and Grooved Clamp Coupling; Inspection of Installation
6-33
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 6-16. Fuel Filter Element and Bowl; Removal and Installation
d. Remove and discard packing (1) from fuel filter i. Screw bowl into filter head and hand-tighten bowl.
head. This packing is recessed inside fuel filter head.
j. After installation, make required engine checks
listed in table 1-19 or in table 1-39 (AVIM).
Before resetting impending bypass button, be 6-47. Removal of Fuel Filter.
sure that screwdriver is clean.
e. If necessary, do the following to reset the
impending bypass button:
Handling Fuel System Components in Cold
Weather
NOTE
Be sure that spool in center of fuel filter head When removing fuel system components in
is all the way up. cold weather, wear approved gloves to prevent
frostbite.
(1) Using a small diameter screwdriver
(5/16-inch max dia) (2, fig. 6-17), push spool in center of a. Disconnect electrical connector (green cable) (1,
fuel filter head (3) all the way up until it stops. Be sure to fig. 6-18). Cover connectors with clean, dry, protective caps
push to stop. (items 24, 34, Appendix D).
(2) Push in impending bypass button (1). b. Loosen three captive bolts (3) and remove fuel
filter (2).
f. Install two packings (2, fig. 6-16) onto new filter
element (3). c. Remove and discard two packings (4).
g. Install packing (1) in groove in filter head. d. Cover all openings with protective caps/plugs.
h. Place element into bowl (4).
6-34
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 6-17. Fuel Filter Indicator; Resetting
6-35
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 6-18. Fuel Filter; Removal and Installation
6-48. Cleaning of Fuel Filter. • Prolonged contact of skin with liquid can
cause dermatitis. Repeated inhalation of
a. Cover all openings with protective caps/plugs vapor can irritate nose and throat and can
before cleaning. cause dizziness.
• If any liquid contacts skin or eyes,
b. Check electrical connector for moisture or immediately flush affected area thoroughly
contamination. with water. Remove solvent-saturated
clothing. If vapors cause dizziness, go to
c. If no moisture or contamination is found in fresh air.
electrical connector, do not clean it. Install clean, dry,
• When handling liquid or when applying it
protective cap (item 24, Appendix D).
in an air-exhausted, partially covered tank,
wear approved gloves and goggles.
d. If moisture or contamination is found in electrical
connector, clean it (para H-11, Appendix H). • When handling liquid or when applying it
at unexhausted, uncovered tank or
workbench, wear approved respirator,
gloves, and goggles.
Dry Cleaning Solvent
e. Flush or spray-wash outer surfaces with dry
(Stoddard Solvent)
cleaning solvent (item 99, Appendix D) to remove grease,
P-D-680
oil, and dirt.
• Combustible - do not use near open flames,
near welding areas, or on hot surfaces.
6-36
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
• When using air for cleaning at an air-
exhausted workbench, wear approved
Compressed Air goggles or face shield.
• When using air for cleaning at an
• When using compressed air for any unexhausted workbench, wear approved
cooling, cleaning, or drying operation, do respirator and goggles.
not exceed 30 psig at the nozzle.
• Eyes can be permanently damaged by f. Dry the fuel filter using dry, filtered, compressed
contact with liquid or large particles air.
propelled by compressed air. Inhalation of
air-blown particles or solvent vapor can 6-49. Inspection of Fuel Filter. See table 6-5.
damage lungs.
Table 6-5. Inspection of Fuel Filter
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
a. Fuel filter (1, fig. 6-19) for:
(1) Cracks. None allowed. Not repairable. Replace filter (para 6-50).
Flight Safety Critical Aircraft Part
(Critical Characteristic(s))
Leaks in fuel system components are critical characteristics. No fuel leaks allowed.
(2) Leaks. Not allowed. Not repairable. Replace filter (para 6-50).
b. Electrical connector (2) for:
(1) Bent socket pins. Not allowed. Up to 1/8 inch out-of- Straighten pin. Check
position. alinement with mating
connector.
(2) Damaged threads. Any amount, without high Any amount that can be Remove high metal.
metal, if connector can be reworked to usable limit.
assembled normally.
c. Captive bolts (3) for damaged Not allowed. Not repairable. Replace bolt (para H-6,
threads. Appendix H).
d. Damaged threads on captive Any number of missing Any number with crossed AVUM: Replace filter
bolt flanges. threads with no crossed threads or loose material. (para 6-50).
threads or loose material. AVIM: Remove loose
material; mask all openings
and chase threads to remove
crossed threads.
6-37
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 6-19. Fuel Filter; Inspection
6-50. Installation of Fuel Filter.
a. Install two packings (4, fig. 6-18) onto flange of Handling Fuel System Components in Cold
fuel filter (2). Weather
b. Place fuel filter onto gearbox mounting flange. When removing fuel system components in
Tighten three captive bolts (3). Torque bolts to 45-50 inch- cold weather, wear approved gloves to prevent
pounds. frostbite.
c. Connect electrical connector (green cable) (1) as
directed in para H-7, Appendix H.
(T701, T701C AH-64A) Be sure aircraft fuel
d. After installation, make required engine checks
system is depressurized. Otherwise, fuel flow
listed in table 1-19 or in table 1-39 (AVIM).
will occur.
6-51. FUEL FILTER ELEMENT AND BOWL. a. Unscrew fuel filter bowl (4, fig. 6-16).
6-52. Removal of Fuel Filter Element and Bowl. b. Remove filter element (3).
c. Remove and discard packings (2).
Flight Safety Critical Aircraft Part d. Remove and discard packing (1) from fuel filter
(Critical Characteristic(s)) head. This packing is recessed inside fuel filter head.
Leaks in fuel system components are critical
characteristics. No fuel leaks allowed.
6-38
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
6-53. Cleaning of Fuel Filter Bowl.
Compressed Air
Dry Cleaning Solvent • When using compressed air for any
(Stoddard Solvent) cooling, cleaning, or drying operation, do
P-D-680 not exceed 30 psig at the nozzle.
• Eyes can be permanently damaged by
• Combustible - do not use near open flames, contact with liquid or large particles
near welding areas, or on hot surfaces. propelled by compressed air. Inhalation of
• Prolonged contact of skin with liquid can air-blown particles or solvent vapor can
cause dermatitis. Repeated inhalation of damage lungs.
vapor can irritate nose and throat and can • When using air for cleaning at an air-
cause dizziness. exhausted workbench, wear approved
• If any liquid contacts skin or eyes, goggles or face shield.
immediately flush affected area thoroughly • When using air for cleaning at an
with water. Remove solvent-saturated unexhausted workbench, wear approved
clothing. If vapors cause dizziness, go to respirator and goggles.
fresh air.
• When handling liquid or when applying it b. Dry the fuel filter bowl using dry, filtered,
in an air-exhausted, partially covered tank, compressed air.
wear approved gloves and goggles.
• When handling liquid or when applying it 6-54. Inspection of Fuel Filter Bowl. See table 6-6.
at unexhausted, uncovered tank or
workbench, wear approved respirator,
gloves, and goggles.
a. Flush or spray-wash external surfaces with dry
cleaning solvent (item 99, Appendix D) to remove grease,
oil, and dirt.
Table 6-6. Inspection of Fuel Filter Bowl
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
a. Fuel filter bowl (1, fig. 6-20)
for:
(1) Visible cracks. None allowed. Not repairable. Replace bowl (para 6-55).
(2) Nicks or scratches in:
(a) Area A. No nicks allowed. Any Axial scratches and nicks Remove superficial nicks,
amount of scratches, up to not repairable. Any amount scratches, and high metal
0.003 inch deep, that run of circumferential scratches with fine grit, abrasive cloth
circumferentially. No axial and nicks, up to 0.010 inch (item 52, Appendix D).
scratches allowed. No high deep with high metal. Move cloth in a
metal allowed. circumferential direction.
(b) All other areas. Any amount up to Not repairable. Replace bowl (para 6-55).
0.015inch deep.
6-39
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table 6-6. Inspection of Fuel Filter Bowl (Cont)
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
b. Rod (2) for damaged threads. One thread cumulative Not repairable. Replace bowl (para 6-55).
missing or damaged, without
high metal, if thread can be
used without cross-
threading.
c. Hex (3) for damage. Enough flat surface to Not repairable. Replace bowl (para 6-55).
permit torquing to given
limits without slipping to
next set of flats.
Figure 6-20. Fuel Filter Bowl; Inspection
6-40
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
6-55. Installation of Fuel Filter Element and Bowl. 6-61. Installation of Gearbox-to-HMU Hose
Assembly.
a. Install two packings (2, fig. 6-16) onto filter
element (3).
b. Install packing (1) in groove in fuel filter head. Before tightening coupling nuts, be sure that
gearbox-to-HMU hose assembly is not
c. Seat filter element (3) in the bottom of fuel filter twisted. Otherwise, hose could be damaged
bowl (4) with hand-pressure. and could result in fuel leak.
d. Screw bowl (4) into filter head. Hand-tighten a. Install straight end of gearbox-to-HMU hose
bowl(4). assembly (2, fig. 6-21) onto gearbox union (3). Hand-
tighten coupling nut.
e. Make required engine checks listed in table 1-19 or
table 1-39 (AVIM). b. Install elbow end of hose assembly (2) onto HMU
union (1). Adjust hose assembly (2) so that it is not twisted.
6-56. GEARBOX-TO-HMU HOSE ASSEMBLY Hand-tighten coupling nut.
c. While keeping hose assembly (2) from twisting,
tighten both coupling nuts as follows:
6-57. Removal of Gearbox-to-HMU Hose
Assembly. (1) If either hose assembly (2) or one or both
unions (1, 3) are new, tighten nut(s) as follows:
(a) Using open end wrench, seat nut(s)
Flight Safety Critical Aircraft Part snugly.
(Critical Characteristic(s))
(b) Tighten (120° wrench arc) nut(s).
Leaks in fuel system components are critical
characteristics. No fuel leaks allowed. (c) Loosen nut(s) and reseat snugly.
(d) Tighten (60° wrench arc) nut(s).
(e) Repeat steps (c) and (d).
Handling Fuel System Components in Cold
Weather
(2) If hose assembly (2) and one or both unions
(1, 3) are used, tighten (60° wrench arc) nut(s).
When removing fuel system components in
cold weather, wear approved gloves to prevent
d. Make required engine checks listed in table 1-19 or
frostbite.
in table 1-39 (AVIM).
a. Disconnect gearbox-to-HMU hose assembly (2,
fig. 6-21) from gearbox union (3) and from HMU union (1).
b. Remove hose assembly (2).
6-58. Cleaning of Gearbox-to-HMU Hose
Assembly. See paragraph H-23, Appendix H.
6-59. Inspection of Gearbox-to-HMU Hose
Assembly. See paragraph H-24, Appendix H.
6-60. Testing of Gearbox-to-HMU Hose Assembly
(AVIM). See paragraph H-25, Appendix H.
6-41
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 6-21. Gearbox-to-HMU Hose Assembly; Removal and Installation
6-62. FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR.
6-63. Removal of Fuel Pressure Sensor. Handling Fuel System Components in Cold
Weather
When removing fuel system components in
Flight Safety Critical Aircraft Part cold weather, wear approved gloves to prevent
(Critical Characteristic(s)) frostbite.
Leaks in fuel system components are critical a. Disconnect electrical connector (green cable) (4,
characteristics. No fuel leaks allowed. fig. 6-22) from fuel pressure sensor (3).
b. Use a wrench to loosen sensor. Remove sensor
from accessory gearbox (1).
c. Remove and discard packings (2).
6-42
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 6-22. Fuel Pressure Sensor; Removal and Installation
6-43
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
6-64. Inspection of Fuel Pressure Sensor. See
table 6-7.
Table 6-7. Inspection of Fuel Pressure Sensor
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
a. Fuel pressure sensor
(1, fig. 6-23) for:
(1) Visible cracks. None allowed. Not repairable. Replace sensor (para 6-65).
Flight Safety Critical Aircraft Part
(Critical Characteristic(s))
Leaks in fuel system components are critical characteristics. No fuel leaks allowed.
(2) Leaks. Not allowed. Not repairable. Replace sensor (para 6-65).
b. Electrical connector (2)
for:
(1) Bent socket pins. None allowed. Up to 1/16 inch out-of- Straighten pin.
position.
(2) Kinked or sharply None allowed. Not repairable. Replace sensor (para 6-65).
bent pins.
(3) Damaged threads. Any amount, without high Any amount that can be Blend high metal.
metal, if connector can be reworked to usable limits.
installed normally with its
mating part.
(4) Swelling of socket Not allowed. Not repairable. Replace sensor (para 6-65).
pin insulation or
evidence of
leakage.
(5) Looseness. Not allowed. Not repairable. Replace sensor (para 6-65).
c. Mounting threads (3) One-half of one thread in length One-half of one thread Blend high metal.
for damage. (total), without high metal. (total), with high metal.
6-65. Installation of Fuel Pressure Sensor. c. Tighten (15° wrench arc) sensor.
a. Install packing (2, fig. 6-22) on fuel pressure sensor d. Connect electrical connector (green cable) (4)
(3). sensor.
b. Thread sensor into accessory gearbox (1). Hand- e. Make required engine checks listed in table 1-19 or
tighten sensor. in table 1-39 (AVIM).
6-44
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 6-23. Fuel Pressure Sensor; Inspection
vapor can irritate nose and throat and can
6-66. (T701, T701C) OVERSPEED AND DRAIN
cause dizziness.
VALVE (ODV) MANIFOLD ASSEMBLY.
• If any liquid contacts skin or eyes,
immediately flush affected area thoroughly
with water. Remove solvent-saturated
Flight Safety Critical Aircraft Part clothing. If vapors cause dizziness, go to
(Critical Characteristic(s)) fresh air.
• When handling liquid or when applying it
Leaks in fuel system components are critical in an air-exhausted, partially covered tank,
characteristics. No fuel leaks allowed. wear approved gloves and goggles.
• When handling liquid or when applying it
6-67. (T701, T701C) Cleaning of Overspeed and at unexhausted, uncovered tank or
Drain Valve (ODV) Manifold Assembly. workbench, wear approved respirator,
gloves, and goggles.
a. Wipe external surfaces with towel (item 112,
Dry Cleaning Solvent Appendix D) saturated with dry cleaning solvent (item 99,
(Stoddard Solvent) Appendix D) and remove grease, dirt, and oil.
P-D-680
• Combustible - do not use near open flames,
near welding areas, or on hot surfaces.
• Prolonged contact of skin with liquid can
cause dermatitis. Repeated inhalation of
6-45
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
6-69. (T701, T701C) Removal of Overspeed and
Drain Valve (ODV) Manifold Assembly.
Compressed Air
• When using compressed air for any
cooling, cleaning, or drying operation, do Handling Fuel System Components in Cold
not exceed 30 psig at the nozzle. Weather
• Eyes can be permanently damaged by
contact with liquid or large particles When removing fuel system components in
propelled by compressed air. Inhalation of cold weather, wear approved gloves to prevent
air-blown particles or solvent vapor can frostbite.
damage lungs.
a. If necessary, remove blower exhaust ducting as
• When using air for cleaning at an air-
directed in applicable aircraft maintenance manual.
exhausted workbench, wear approved
goggles or face shield.
b. Disconnect ODV manifold assembly (4, fig. 6-24)
• When using air for cleaning at an from main fuel manifold (6).
unexhausted workbench, wear approved
respirator and goggles. c. Remove bolt (5).
b. Dry the manifold assembly, using dry, filtered, d. Loosen two captive bolts (3) that secure ODV
compressed air. manifold (4) to ODV (8).
6-68. (T701, T701C) Inspection of Overspeed and e. Remove ODV manifold with adapter gasket (1)
Drain Valve (ODV) Manifold Assembly. See attached. Do not remove gasket.
paragraph H-24, Appendix H.
Figure 6-24. (T701, T701C) Overspeed and Drain Valve (ODV) Manifold Assembly; Removal, Inspection, and
Installation
6-46
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
6-70. (T701, T701C) Cleaning of Overspeed and 6-71. (T701, T701C) Inspection of Overspeed and
Drain Valve (ODV) Manifold Assembly. See Drain Valve (ODV) Manifold Assembly. See table
paragraph H-23, Appendix H. 6-8.
Table 6-8. (T701, T701C) Inspection of Overspeed and Drain (ODV) Manifold Assembly
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
a. ODV manifold See Inspection of Tubes, Hoses, and Fittings (para H-24 Appendix H).
assembly (fig. 6-24) for
damaged tubes and
fittings.
b. Captive bolts (3) for Not allowed. Not repairable. Replace bolt (para H-6,
damaged threads. Appendix H).
c. Boss (2) (with captive No crossed threads or loose Any amount. AVUM: Replace ODV
bolt (3) removed) for material. manifold assembly (para 6-72).
damaged threads. AVIM: Cap and plug all
openings. Remove loose
material and debris. Chase
threads.
d. Adapter gasket (1) for Not allowed. Not repairable. Replace gasket (para 6-73).
nicks, cuts, excessive
compression set, and
separation of seals (9).
6-72. (T701, T701C) Installation of Overspeed and (5) Repeat steps (3) and (4).
Drain Valve (ODV) Manifold Assembly.
f. If both manifold assembly (4) and fitting are used,
a. If adapter gasket (1, fig. 6-24) is not attached to tighten (60° wrench arc) nut.
ODV manifold assembly (4), attach it (para 6-73).
g. If blower exhaust ducting was removed, install
b. Hold manifold assembly (4) in position, and ducting as directed in applicable aircraft maintenance
hand-tighten two captive bolts (3). Torque bolts (3) to 45-50 manual.
inch-pounds.
h. Make required engine checks listed in table 1-39.
c. Attach manifold assembly (4) to bracket and
nut(7) with bolt (5). Torque bolt (5) to 45-50 inch-pounds. 6-73. (T701, T701C) Repair of Overspeed and
Drain Valve (ODV) Manifold Assembly. Replace
d. Attach manifold assembly (4) to fitting on main
adapter gasket (1, fig. 6-25) as follows:
fuel manifold (6).
e. If either manifold assembly (4) or fitting on main a. Remove flathead screw (4), remove and discard
fuel manifold (6) is new, tighten coupling nut as follows: adapter gasket (1).
(1) Using open end wrench, seat nut snugly. b. Attach new gasket (1) to flange (2) of ODV
manifold (3), and secure gasket (1) with screw (4).
(2) Tighten (120° wrench arc) nut.
c. Turn screw (4) until gasket (1) makes metal-to-
(3) Loosen nut and reseat snugly. metal contact with flange (2). Be sure that screw (4) is
below surface of gasket (1).
(4) Tighten (60° wrench arc) nut.
6-47
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 6-25. (T701, T701C) Adapter Gasket for ODV Manifold; Replacement
b. Loosen two captive bolts (8) that secure ODV
6-74. (T701, T701C) OVERSPEED AND DRAIN
manifold assembly (7) to ODV (5). Do not remove adapter
VALVE (ODV).
gasket (6).
c. Loosen two captive bolts (2), and remove ODV (5).
Flight Safety Critical Aircraft Part
d. Remove and discard two preformed packings (3).
(Critical Characteristic(s))
Leaks in fuel system components are critical
characteristics. No fuel leaks allowed.
Overspeed and drain valves which are
6-75. (T701, T701C) Removal of Overspeed and removed from engine for more than 48 hours
Drain Valve (ODV). for maintenance, for storage, or for return to
Depot will be preserved in accordance with
a. Disconnect electrical connector (blue cable) (1, paragraph 1-209, step d. This will prevent
fig. 6-26) from connector on ODV (5). Cover connectors corrosion and damage to the overspeed and
with clean, dry, protective caps (items 25, 27, Appendix D). drain valve.
e. If ODV will not be reinstalled within 48 hours,
or if it will be returned to Depot or stored, preserve it
(para 1-209, step d).
Handling Fuel System Components in Cold
Weather
f. Cover fuel openings with protective caps to prevent
entry of foreign material.
When removing fuel system components in
cold weather, wear approved gloves to prevent
frostbite.
6-48
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 6-26. (T701, T701C) Overspeed and Drain Valve (ODV); Removal and Installation
Change 5 6-49
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
6-76. (T701, T701C) Cleaning of Overspeed and • Eyes can be permanently damaged by
Drain Valve (ODV). contact with liquid or large particles
propelled by compressed air. Inhalation of
a. Cover all openings with protective caps before air-blown particles or solvent vapor can
cleaning. damage lungs.
• When using air for cleaning at an air-
b. Check electrical connector for moisture or exhausted workbench, wear approved
contamination. goggles or face shield.
• When using air for cleaning at an
c. If no moisture or contamination is found in
unexhausted workbench, wear approved
electrical connector, do not clean it. Install clean, dry
respirator and goggles.
protective cap (item 25, Appendix D).
f. Dry the ODV using dry, filtered, compressed air.
d. If moisture or contamination is found in electrical
connector, clean it (para H-11, Appendix H).
Dry Cleaning Solvent
(Stoddard Solvent)
P-D-680
• Combustible - do not use near open flames,
near welding areas, or on hot surfaces.
• Prolonged contact of skin with liquid can
cause dermatitis. Repeated inhalation of
vapor can irritate nose and throat and can
cause dizziness.
• If any liquid contacts skin or eyes,
immediately flush affected area thoroughly
with water. Remove solvent-saturated
clothing. If vapors cause dizziness, go to
fresh air.
• When handling liquid or when applying it
in an air-exhausted, partially covered tank,
wear approved gloves and goggles.
• When handling liquid or when applying it
at unexhausted, uncovered tank or
workbench, wear approved respirator,
gloves, and goggles.
e. Flush or spray-wash external surface with dry
cleaning solvent (item 99, Appendix D) and remove grease,
oil, and dirt.
Compressed Air
• When using compressed air for any
cooling, cleaning, or drying operation, do
not exceed 30 psig at the nozzle.
6-50
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
6-77. (T701, T701C) Inspection of Overspeed and
Drain Valve (ODV). See table 6-9.
Table 6-9. (T701, T701C) Inspection of Overspeed and Drain Valve (ODV)
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
a. ODV housing
(3, fig. 6-27) for:
(1) Cracks. None allowed. Not repairable. Replace ODV (para 6-78).
Flight Safety Critical Aircraft Part
(Critical Characteristic(s))
Leaks in fuel system components are critical characteristics. No fuel leaks allowed.
(2) Leaks. Not allowed. Not repairable. Replace ODV (para 6-78).
(3) Damaged Up to two threads without high Up to two threads with high Remove high metal.
threads(6). metal or crossed threads. metal or crossed threads.
b. Captive bolts (4) for Not allowed. Not repairable. Replace bolts (para H-6
damaged threads. Appendix H).
c. Boss (5) (with captive No crossed threads or loose Any amount. AVUM: Replace ODV
bolt (4) removed) for material. (para 6-78).
damaged threads. AVIM: Cap and plug all
openings. Remove loose
material and debris. Chase
threads.
d. Electrical connector (1)
for:
(1) Contamination or Not allowed. Any amount. Clean connector (para H-11,
moisture. Appendix H).
(2) Bent pins. Not allowed. Up to 1/8 inch out-of- Straighten pin. Check
position. alinement with mating
connector.
(3) Damaged Any amount, without high Any amount that can be Remove high metal.
threads(2). metal, if connector can be reworked to usable limits.
assembled normally with its
mating part.
e. Mating flange (7) for Any number, 0.015 inch deep, Any number, 0.015 inch Remove high metal.
nicks and scratches. without high metal. deep, with high metal.
6-51
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 6-27. (T701, T701C) Overspeed and Drain Valve (ODV); Inspection
6-78. (T701, T701C) Installation of Overspeed and c. If adapter gasket (6) is not attached to ODV
Drain Valve (ODV). manifold assembly (7), attach gasket (para 6-73).
a. Install two preformed packings (3, fig. 6-26) onto d. Position manifold assembly (7) onto ODV (5), and
ODV (5). tighten two captive bolts (8). Torque bolts to 45-50 inch-
pounds.
NOTE
e. Connect electrical connector (blue cable) (1) to
Prior to ODV installation, ensure flat washers ODV (5) as directed in paragraph H-7 Appendix H.
(9) seat without interference. If washer will
not seat, replace washer or remove excess f. Make required engine checks listed in table 1-19 or
material from washer O.D. in table 1-39 (AVIM).
b. Place ODV (5) onto gearbox mounting flange (4),
using captive bolts (2) and flat washers (9). Be sure washers
are seated and tighten two captive bolts (2). Torque bolts to
45-50 inch-pounds.
6-52 Change 5
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
6-79. (T700) PRESSURIZING AND OVERSPEED propelled by compressed air. Inhalation of
UNIT (POU) MANIFOLD ASSEMBLY. air-blown particles or solvent vapor can
damage lungs.
6-80. (T700) Cleaning of Pressurizing and Overspeed • When using air for cleaning at an air-
Unit (POU) Manifold Assembly. exhausted workbench, wear approved
goggles or face shield.
• When using air for cleaning at an
unexhausted workbench, wear approved
Flight Safety Critical Aircraft Part respirator and goggles.
(Critical Characteristic(s))
b. Dry the manifold assembly, using filtered
Leaks in fuel system components are critical compressed air.
characteristics. No fuel leaks allowed.
6-81. (T700) Inspection of Pressurizing and Overspeed
Unit (POU) Manifold Assembly. See paragraph H-24,
Appendix H.
Dry Cleaning Solvent
(Stoddard Solvent) 6-82. (T700) Removal of Pressurizing and Overspeed
P-D-680 Unit (POU) Manifold Assembly.
• Combustible - do not use near open flames,
near welding areas, or on hot surfaces.
• Prolonged contact of skin with liquid can Handling Fuel System Components in Cold
Weather
cause dermatitis. Repeated inhalation of
vapor can irritate nose and throat and can
When removing fuel system components in
cause dizziness.
cold weather, wear approved gloves to prevent
• If any liquid contacts skin or eyes,
frostbite.
immediately flush affected area thoroughly
with water. Remove solvent-saturated a. Remove particle separator blower (para 5-11)
clothing. If vapors cause dizziness, go to
fresh air. b. Remove P3 hose and tube assembly (4, fig. 6-28)
• When handling liquid or when applying it (para 10-5).
in an air-exhausted, partially covered tank,
wear approved gloves and goggles. c. Disconnect fuel start feed tube (8).
• When handling liquid or when applying it
at unexhausted, uncovered tank or d. Disconnect POU manifold assembly (7) from main
workbench, wear approved respirator, fuel manifold (9) and from fuel start from feed tube (8).
gloves, and goggles.
e. Remove bolt (6).
a. Wipe external surfaces with towel (item 112,
Appendix D) saturated with dry cleaning solvent (item 99, f. Loosen three captive bolts (3) that secure POU
Appendix D) and remove grease, dirt, and oil. manifold assembly (7) to POU (11).
g. Remove POU manifold assembly with adapter
gasket (2) attached. Do not remove gasket.
Compressed Air
6-83. (T700) Cleaning of Pressurizing and Overspeed
• When using compressed air for any (POU) Manifold Assembly. See paragraph H-23,
cooling, cleaning, or drying operation, do Appendix H.
not exceed 30 psig at the nozzle.
• Eyes can be permanently damaged by
contact with liquid or large particles
6-53
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 6-28. (T700) Pressurizing and Overspeed Unit Manifold Assembly;
Removal, Inspection, and Installation
6-54
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
6-84. (T700) Inspection of Pressurizing and Overspeed
(POU) Manifold Assembly. See table 6-10
Table 6-10. (T700) Inspection of Pressurizing and Overspeed Unit (POU) Manifold Assembly
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
a. POU manifold See Inspection of Tubes, Hoses and Fittings (para H-24, Appendix H).
assembly (7, fig. 6-28)
for damaged tubes and
fittings.
b. Captive bolts (3) for Not allowed. Not repairable. Replace bolt (para H-6,
damaged threads. Appendix H).
c. Boss (5) (with captive Any number of missing threads Any amount. AVUM: Replace POU
bolt (3) removed) for with no crossed threads or loose manifold assembly (para 6-85).
damaged threads. material. AVIM: Cap and plug all
openings. Remove loose
material and debris. Chase
threads.
d. Adapter gasket (2) for Not allowed. Not repairable. Replace gasket (para 6-86).
nicks, cuts, excessive
compression set, and
separation of seals (1).
6-85. (T700) Installation of Pressurizing and e. If either manifold (7) or fitting on main fuel
Overspeed Unit (POU) Manifold Assembly. manifold (9) is new, tighten coupling nut as follows:
(1) Using open end wrench, seat nut snugly.
Flight Safety Critical Aircraft Part (2) Tighten (120° wrench arc) nut.
(Critical Characteristic(s))
(3) Loosen nut and reseat it snugly.
Leaks in fuel system components are critical
characteristics. No fuel leaks allowed. (4) Tighten (60° wrench arc) nut.
a. If adapter gasket (2, fig. 6-28) is not attached to (5) Repeat steps (3) and (4).
POU manifold (7), attach it (para 6-86).
f. Tighten (60° wrench arc) the following:
b. Position manifold (7) onto POU (11), and hand-
tighten three captive bolts (3). Torque bolts (3) to 45-50 (1) Coupling nut on manifold (7) if both
inch-pounds. manifold (7) and fitting on main fuel manifold (9) are used.
c. Loosely attach manifold (7) to main fuel (2) Coupling nut on feed tube (8).
manifold (9) and to fuel start feed tube (8).
g. Install P3 hose and tube assembly (4) to union on
d. Attach manifold (7) to bracket and nut (10) with POU manifold (7) and to midframe reducer (para 10-9).
bolt (6). Torque bolt (6) to 45-50 inch pounds.
h. Install particle separator blower and V-band
coupling assembly (para 5-14).
6-55
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
6-86. (T700) Repair of POU Manifold Assembly. 6-87. (T700) PRESSURIZING AND OVERSPEED
Replace adapter gasket (2, fig. 6-29) as follows: UNIT (POU).
a. Remove flathead screw (1); remove and discard 6-88. (T700) Removal of Pressurizing and
adapter gasket (2). Overspeed Unit (POU).
b. Attach new gasket (2) to flange (3) of POU
manifold (4), and secure gasket (2) with screw (1).
Handling Fuel System Components in Cold
c. Turn screw (1) until gasket (2) makes metal-to-
Weather
metal contact with flange (3). Be sure that screw (1) is
below surface of gasket (2).
When removing fuel system components in
cold weather, wear approved gloves to prevent
frostbite.
a. Remove particle separator blower and V-band
coupling assembly (para 5-11).
Figure 6-29. (T700) Adapter Gasket for POU Manifold; Replacement
6-56
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
b. Disconnect P3 hose and tube assembly
(9, fig. 6-30) from POU manifold assembly (7).
Dry Cleaning Solvent
c. Disconnect electrical connector (blue cable) (1) (Stoddard Solvent)
from POU (5). Cover connectors with clean, dry, protective P-D-680
caps (items 25, 27, Appendix D).
• Combustible - do not use near open flames,
d. Loosen three captive bolts (8) that secure POU near welding areas, or on hot surfaces.
manifold assembly (7) to POU (5). Do not remove adapter
• Prolonged contact of skin with liquid can
gasket (6).
cause dermatitis. Repeated inhalation of
vapor can irritate nose and throat and can
e. Loosen two captive bolts (2) and remove POU (5).
cause dizziness.
f. Remove and discard two packings (3).
• If any liquid contacts skin or eyes,
immediately flush affected area thoroughly
with water. Remove solvent-saturated
clothing. If vapors cause dizziness, go to
fresh air.
Overspeed and drain valves which are
removed from engine for more than 48 hours
• When handling liquid or when applying it
for maintenance, for storage, or for return to in an air-exhausted, partially covered tank,
Depot will be preserved in accordance with wear approved gloves and goggles.
paragraph 1-209, step d. This will prevent • When handling liquid or when applying it
corrosion and damage to the overspeed and at unexhausted, uncovered tank or
drain valve. workbench, wear approved respirator,
gloves, and goggles.
g. If POU will not be reinstalled within 48 hours, or if
it will be returned to Depot or stored, preserve it (2) Flush or spray-wash external surfaces with
(para 1-209, step c). dry cleaning solvent (item 99, Appendix D) and remove
grease, oil, and dirt.
h. Cover fuel openings with protective caps to
prevent entry of foreign material.
6-89. (T700) Cleaning of Pressurizing and Compressed Air
Overspeed Unit (POU).
• When using compressed air for any
a. Cover all openings with protective caps before cooling, cleaning, or drying operation, do
cleaning. not exceed 30 psig at the nozzle.
• Eyes can be permanently damaged by
b. Check electrical connector for moisture or contact with liquid or large particles
contamination. propelled by compressed air. Inhalation of
air-blown particles or solvent vapor can
c. If no moisture or contamination is found in damage lungs.
electrical connector, do not clean it. Install clean, dry,
• When using air for cleaning at an air-
protective cap (item 25, Appendix D). Otherwise, do the
exhausted workbench, wear approved
following:
goggles or face shield.
(1) Clean it (para H-11, Appendix H).
• When using air for cleaning at an
unexhausted workbench, wear approved
respirator and goggles.
(3) Dry the POU, using dry, filtered,
compressedair.
6-57
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 6-30. (T700) Pressurizing and Overspeed Unit (POU); Removal and Installation
6-58
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
6-90. (T700) Inspection of Pressurizing and
Overspeed Unit (POU). See table 6-11.
Table 6-11. (T700) Inspection of Pressurizing and Overspeed Unit (POU)
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
a. POU housing
(3, fig. 6-31) for:
(1) Cracks. None allowed. Not repairable. Replace POU (para 6-91).
Flight Safety Critical Aircraft Part
(Critical Characteristic(s))
Leaks in fuel system components are critical characteristics. No fuel leaks allowed.
(2) Leaks. Not allowed. Not repairable. Replace POU (para 6-91).
(3) Damaged Up to two threads without high Up to two threads with high Remove high metal.
threads(6). metal or crossed threads. metal or crossed threads.
b. Captive bolts (4) for Not allowed. Not repairable. Replace bolts (para H-6,
damaged threads. Appendix H).
c. Boss (5) (with captive Any number of missing threads Any amount. AVUM: Replace POU
bolt (4) removed) for without crossed threads or (para 6-91).
damaged threads. loose material. AVIM: Cap and plug all
openings. Remove loose
material and debris. Chase
threads.
d. Electrical connector (1)
for:
(1) Contamination or Not allowed. Any amount. Clean connector (para H-11,
moisture. Appendix H).
(2) Bent pins. Not allowed. Up to 1/8 inch out-of- Straighten pin. Check
position. alinement with mating
connector.
(3) Damaged Any amount, without high Any amount that can be Remove high metal.
threads(2). metal if connector can be reworked to usable limits.
installed normally with its
mating part.
e. Mating flange (7) for Any number, 0.015 inch deep, Any number, 0.015 inch Remove high metal.
nicks and scratches. without high metal. deep, with high metal.
6-59
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
6-91. (T700) Installation of Pressurizing and until gasket makes a metal-to-metal contact with manifold
Overspeed Unit (POU). flange.
a. When replacing sequence valve assembly with e. Position POU manifold assembly (7) onto POU (5)
pressurizing and overspeed unit (POU), do the following: and tighten three captive bolts (8). Torque bolts to 45-50
inch-pounds.
(1) Replace sequence manifold assembly with
POU manifold assembly. f. Connect electrical connector (1) (blue cable) to
POU (5) as directed in paragraph H-7, Appendix H.
(2) Replace P3 hose and tube assembly with P3
hose and tube assembly PN 5051T08P01. g. Connect P3 hose and tube assembly (9) to fitting
on POU manifold assembly (para 10-9).
b. Install two preformed packings (3, fig. 6-30) onto
POU (5). h. Install particle separator blower and V-band
coupling assembly (para 5-14).
c. Place POU (5) onto gearbox mounting flange (4),
and tighten two captive bolts (2). Torque bolts to 45-50 i. Make required engine checks listed in table 1-19 or
inch-pounds. in table 1-39 (AVIM).
d. If adapter gasket (6) is not attached to POU
manifold assembly (7), attach it with one screw. Turn screw
Figure 6-31. (T700) Pressurizing and Overspeed Unit (POU); Inspection
6-60
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
CHAPTER 7
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
ELECTRICAL AND IGNITION SYSTEM
7-1. CHAPTER OVERVIEW. 7-2. CHAPTER INDEX.
This chapter contains instructions for removing, cleaning, Subject Paragraph
inspecting, repairing, testing, and installing electrical
Preliminary Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
system components to the extent allowed by the
Maintenance Allocation Chart (MAC). Igniter Plugs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4
(T700, T701) Electrical Control Unit (ECU)
Data peculiar to engine models T700-GE-700, or (T701C) Digital Electronic Control and
T700-GE-701, and T700-GE-701C is identified throughout Scroll Seal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11
the manual as follows: History Recorder or History Counter . . . . . . 7-17
Electrical Ignition Leads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23
NOTE Ignition Exciter Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-29
Green Electrical Cable (W3). . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-35
• Data common to all engine models is not Yellow Electrical Cable (W4) . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-41
identified. Blue Electrical Cable (W5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-46
• T700-GE-701C engine model data unique Alternator Stator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-51
to the Apache helicopter will be designated Alternator Rotor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-57
AH-64A. Thermocouple Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-62
• T700-GE-701C engine model data unique Torque and Overspeed Sensor. . . . . . . . . . . . 7-69
to the Black Hawk helicopter will be Np Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-75
designated UH-60L.
7-3. PRELIMINARY INSTRUCTIONS.
Engine Model Identification
T700-GE-700 (T700) Before starting any of the following procedures, read the
T700-GE-701 (T701) general maintenance practices and inspection procedures in
T700-GE-701C (T701C) Appendix H.
T700-GE-700 and T700-GE-701 (T700, T701)
a. When removing or installing parts, prevent entry of
T700-GE-700 and T700-GE-701C (T700, T701C)
foreign objects into fuel passages, and avoid damaging
T700-GE-701 and T700-GE-701C (T701, T701C)
electrical connectors.
b. Do not use tape to cover fuel passages or openings.
Use clean, dry protective caps to cover electrical connectors
and other openings.
7-1
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
c. Do not damage preformed packing grooves when
removing or installing preformed packings. Unless
Lubricating Oil otherwise specified, lubricate packings and grooves with a
light coat of lubricating oil (item 85 or 87, Appendix D)
• If oil is decomposed by heat, toxic gases before installing packings. Ultrachem fluid no. 1 (item 117,
are released. Appendix D) may be used as an alternate lubricant for
packings and grooves.
• Prolonged contact with liquid or mist may
cause dermatitis and irritation.
d. Inspect replacement parts for serviceability before
• If there is any prolonged contact with skin, installation.
wash area with soap and water. If solution
contacts eyes, flush eyes with water e. Always use a backup wrench on fittings when
immediately. Remove saturated clothing. removing or installing hoses or tubes.
• If oil is swallowed, do not try to vomit. Get
immediate medical attention. f. When connecting hoses or tubes, see wrench-arc
• When handling liquid, wear rubber gloves. tightening method (para H-14, Appendix H) for proper
If prolonged contact with mist is likely, tightening procedure.
wear approved respirator.
g. If electrical connector requires cleaning, clean its
mating connector also. Refer to paragraph H-11,
Appendix H for cleaning procedure.
Asbestos
h. Before connecting electrical connectors, refer to
This engine may contain small amounts of paragraph H-7, Appendix H for proper procedure.
asbestos. When working with this engine, the
following precautions must be rigidly adhered i. Observe the following inspection rules:
to:
(1) In the inspection tables, some requirements
• Before any maintenance activities are apply only when the part is removed from the engine. If the
undertaken, review the illustrated parts part to be inspected is installed on the engine, inspect only
breakdown/catalog index to determine if for those defects that can be seen without removing the part.
the hardware to be worked on or used Do not remove the part just to inspect it.
contains asbestos.
(2) When inspection limits are in decimals,
• Whenever mechanical removal of material,
compare size of defect with size of thickness gage (feeler
such as machining, grinding, buffing,
gage).
drilling, sanding or any type of material
build-up on parts that contain asbestos is
(3) Inspect all electrical cables for correct
necessary, appropriate personal protective
routing, clamping and chafing.
equipment must be worn, and national
environmental controls required for the
handling of asbestos-containing material
must be complied with.
• Before handling, replacing, or disposing of
asbestos-containing hardware, appropriate
personal protective equipment and national
environmental controls must be strictly
adhered to for handling asbestos-containing
hardware.
7-2
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
(2) Hold an insulated screwdriver by the handle,
7-4. IGNITER PLUGS.
and touch tip of screwdriver to midframe (6).
7-5. (T700) Removal of Igniter Plugs.
(3) Touch socket (3) to shank of screwdriver.
Sparks observed during grounding indicate a defective
ignition exciter; replace defective ignition exciter
(para 7-29).
Disconnecting Ignition Leads
c. Remove retaining nut (4) from midframe port.
• High voltage may be present. Contact with
center conductor of electrical cable or d. Remove igniter plug (5) from midframe port.
center electrode of igniter plug will cause
electric shock if the bleed resistors inside e. Using a flashlight and a magnifying glass
ignition unit have failed. (5×to10×), inspect midframe boss to casing joint. No
• Before removing igniter plug, be sure that cracks allowed. If cracks are found, replace cold section
ignition lead(s) (igniter plug end) are module.
correctly grounded.
• Do not attempt to ground ignition lead(s) to f. Repeat steps a thru e for other plug.
components made of composite material,
such as the outer bypass duct. Composite 7-6. (T701, T701C) Removal of Igniter Plugs.
materials do not conduct electricity.
• Ground lead(s) to the customer bleed duct.
Disconnecting Ignition Leads
Excessive Force/Torque on Igniter Plug • High voltage may be present. Contact with
center conductor of electrical cable or
Do not use excessive force/torque when center electrode of igniter plug will cause
removing or installing an igniter plug. electric shock if the bleed resistors inside
Excessive force/torque will damage the igniter ignition unit have failed.
plug boss and may cause the midframe to • Before removing igniter plug, be sure that
rupture. ignition lead(s) (igniter plug end) are
correctly grounded.
• Do not attempt to ground ignition lead(s) to
components made of composite material,
Do not damage fuel start manifold tube with such as the outer bypass duct. Composite
wrench when disconnecting ignition lead and materials do not conduct electricity.
retaining nut. • Ground lead(s) to the customer bleed duct.
NOTE NOTE
Igniter plugs are located at 4 and 8 o'clock Igniter plugs are located at 4 and 8 o'clock
positions on midframe. The removal positions on midframe. The removal
procedure that follows can be used for both procedure that follows can be used for both
igniter plugs. igniter plugs.
a. Disconnect coupling nut (2, fig. 7-1) on ignition a. Disconnect coupling nut (3, fig. 7-2) on ignition
lead (1) from igniter plug (5). lead (4) from igniter plug (1).
b. Ground ignition lead (1) as follows:
b. Ground ignition lead (4) as follows:
(1) Push back coupling nut (2) on lead (1) to
(1) Push back coupling nut (3) on lead (4) to
expose socket (3).
expose socket (2).
7-3
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 7-1. (T700) Igniter Plugs; Removal and Installation
Figure 7-2. (T701, T701C) Igniter Plugs; Removal and Installation
7-4
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
(2) Hold an insulated screwdriver by the handle, d. Remove fuel injector (para 6-23) adjacent to igniter
and touch tip of screwdriver to midframe (5). plug that is hard to remove.
(3) Touch socket (2) to shank of screwdriver. e. Using igniter removal fixture 21C7765G01
Sparks observed during grounding indicate a defective (fig. 7-3), remove igniter plug (11) as follows:
ignition exciter; replace defective ignition exciter
(para 7-29). (1) Pull out igniter plug (11) as far as possible.
(2) Insert arm 21C7765P02 (part of
21C7765G02) (8) into fuel injector port (13) so that slotted
Fluorescent Dye Penetrant foot (7) is perpendicular to axial centerline of engine and
pointing downward.
• Combustible - do not use near open flames,
near welding areas, or on hot surfaces. (3) Pull the arm (8) outward slightly so that it
clears combustion liner igniter ferrule (12).
• Prolonged inhalation of vapor can result in
dizziness, drowsiness, headache, and
(4) Slowly rotate arm (8) 90° clockwise until the
nausea.
slotted foot (7) engages the igniter barrel. Slowly push the
• After any prolonged contact with skin,
arm (8) in until it bottoms on igniter ferrule (12).
wash contacted area with soap and water.
Remove oil-saturated clothing. If vapors (5) Using borescope (para 1-172), be sure that
cause drowsiness, go to fresh air. arm (8) is bottomed on igniter ferrule (12).
• When applying liquid by brush or aerosol
spray at unexhausted workbench, wear (6) Thread knurled nut 21C7765P03 (part of
approved respirator and goggles. 21C7765G01) (9) into fuel injector port (13). While holding
arm (8) firmly against igniter ferrule (12), hand-tighten
nut(9).
Excessive Force/Torque on Igniter Plug (7) Thread igniter plug retaining nut (10) into
igniter boss before installing puller 21C7765P05 (part of
Do not use excessive force/torque when 21C7765G01) (6). This will prevent igniter plug (11) from
removing or installing an igniter plug. rotating and will ease assembly of puller (6) into igniter
Excessive force/torque will damage the igniter plug (11).
plug boss and may cause the midframe to
rupture.
NOTE Be sure that puller (6) is fully threaded onto
igniter plug (11) to prevent damaging igniter
• Tip of igniter plug can enlarge due to threads.
swelling of the semiconductor material
inside the tip as well as the outer shell (8) Thread puller (6) onto igniter plug (11). Be
material itself. sure that puller (6) is fully threaded onto igniter plug (11).
• When tip of igniter plug enlarges, igniter
plug may be difficult to remove from (9) Back off igniter plug retaining nut (10) from
combustion liner. igniter boss. Be sure that nut is fully disengaged from the
igniter boss.
c. Remove igniter plug (1) from midframe (5). If
igniter plug is hard to remove, apply Zyglo penetrant (10) Install one end of strap 21C7765P06 (part of
(item 91, Appendix D) to threads of igniter plug; let the 21C7765G01) (3), resting against stop (1), on arm (8) and
penetrant soak for 30 minutes; then remove igniter plug. If other end of strap (3) on puller (6).
igniter plug (1) is still hard to remove (due to tip
enlargement), go to step d.
7-5
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 7-3. (T701, T701C) Bulged Igniter Plug; Removal
7-6
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
(11) Secure strap (3), using hex nut MS51972-2 vapor can irritate nose and throat and can
(part of 21C7765G01) (2) on arm (8). Secure strap (3) on cause dizziness.
puller (6), using spherical washer (part of 21C7765G01) (5) • If any liquid contacts skin or eyes,
and hex nut MS51972-3 (part of 21C7765G01) (4). Tighten immediately flush affected area thoroughly
(15° wrench-arc) both hex nuts (2, 4). with water. Remove solvent-saturated
clothing. If vapors cause dizziness, go to
(12) Using a 9-16-inch open-end wrench on fresh air.
puller hex nut (4) and a 7/8-inch open-end wrench on flat of • When handling liquid or when applying it
puller (6), hold puller (6) to prevent it from rotating while in an air-exhausted, partially covered tank,
wrenching clockwise on puller hex nut (4). Continue wear approved gloves and goggles.
wrenching nut until igniter tip is free from igniter
• When handling liquid or when applying it
ferrule (12).
at unexhausted, uncovered tank or
workbench, wear approved respirator,
(13) Remove strap (3), two hex nuts (2, 4),
gloves, and goggles.
washer (5), puller/igniter assembly, and arm (8) from
engine.
a. Flush or spray-wash external surface with dry
cleaning solvent (item 99, Appendix D) to remove grease,
(14) Remove igniter plug (11) from the puller (6)
oil, and dirt.
and reassemble parts of fixture.
(15) Dispose of igniter plug (11).
(16) Using a flashlight and a magnifying glass Compressed Air
(5× to 10×), inspect midframe boss to casing joint. No
cracks allowed. If cracks are found, replace cold section • When using compressed air for any
module. cooling, cleaning, or drying operation, do
not exceed 30 psig at the nozzle.
(17) Reinstall fuel injector (para 6-26). • Eyes can be permanently damaged by
contact with liquid or large particles
f. Repeat steps a thru e for other plug. propelled by compressed air. Inhalation of
air-blown particles or solvent vapor can
7-7. Cleaning of Igniter Plugs. damage lungs.
• When using air for cleaning at an air-
exhausted workbench, wear approved
goggles or face shield.
Dry Cleaning Solvent • When using air for cleaning at an
(Stoddard Solvent) unexhausted workbench, wear approved
P-D-680 respirator and goggles.
• Combustible - do not use near open flames, b. Dry the igniter plug using dry, filtered, compressed
near welding areas, or on hot surfaces. air.
• Prolonged contact of skin with liquid can
cause dermatitis. Repeated inhalation of
7-7
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
7-8. Inspection of Igniter Plugs. See table 7-1.
Table 7-1. Inspection of Igniter Plugs
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
a. Threads (4, fig. 7-4) on
igniter plug (1) for:
(1) Damage. Up to one thread length, Same as usable limits, with AVUM: Replace igniter plug
cumulative, without high high metal. (para 7-9 (T700) or 7-10
metal. (T701, T701C)).
AVIM: Chase threads and
blend high metal.
(2) Missing silver plate. Any amount, if mating part Not repairable. Replace igniter plug (para 7-9
threads on smoothly. (T700) or 7-10 (T701,
T701C)).
(3) Missing dry-film Between 0.0008-0.0014 inch Any amount. Apply solid film lubricant (para
lubricant. thick. 7-9 (T700) or 7-10 (T701,
T701C)).
b. Ceramic insulator (8) for:
(1) Cracks. Any number, if the crack is Not repairable. Replace igniter plug (para 7-9
1/8 inch minimum from (T700) or 7-10 (T701,
ceramic edge. T701C)).
(2) Looseness. Any amount. Not repairable. Replace igniter plug (para 7-9
(T700) or 7-10 (T701,
T701C)).
(3) Missing pieces. Any number, if the missing Not repairable. Replace igniter plug (para 7-9
piece is 1/8 inch from (T700) or 7-10 (T701,
ceramic edge. T701C)).
(4) Void in cement Any amount. Not applicable. Not applicable.
joint(9).
c. Semiconductor (14) (at tip
between center and outer
electrodes (13, 12)) for:
(1) Cracks. Any number. Not applicable. Not applicable.
(2) Erosion or missing Any amount, up to 1/8 inch Not repairable. Replace igniter plug (para 7-9
material. deep all around. (T700) or 7-10 (T701,
T701C)).
d. Center electrode (13) for:
(1) Looseness. Up to 0.015 inch movement Not repairable. Replace igniter plug (para 7-9
when using a 0.015 inch (T700) or 7-10 (T701,
wire gage. T701C)).
7-8 Change 4
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table 7-1. Inspection of Igniter Plugs (Cont)
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
(2) Erosion. Any amount. Not repairable. Replace igniter plug (para 7-9
(T700) or 7-10 (T701,
T701C)).
(3) Bends (at threaded Not allowed. Up to 3/32 inch out of Straighten electrode.
end). position at tip without
damage to ceramic
insulator(4).
(4) Carbon buildup. Not allowed. Any amount. Clean plug (para 7-7).
e. Outer electrode (12) for:
(1) Chafing. Circumferentially, up to Same as usable limits, with Blend high metal.
0.010 inch deep, without high metal.
high metal.
(2) Nicks and scratches. Any number, up to 0.010 Same as usable limits, with Blend high metal.
inch deep without high high metal.
metal.
(3) Plugged cooling air None allowed. Any amount. Using a 0.032 inch diameter
holes (2). wire, remove foreign material.
Clean plug (para 7-7).
(4) Enlarged diameter at Any amount that will not Not repairable. Replace igniter plug (para 7-9
tip of outer prevent installation into (T700) or 7-10 (T701,
electrode (12). combustion liner ferrule. T701C)).
(5) Cracks (11) through Up to six places allowed. Not applicable. Replace igniter plug (para 7-9
outer electrode (12) to (T700) or 7-10 (T701,
cooling holes (15). T701C)).
(6) Missing material Circumferentially, up to Not repairable. Replace igniter plug (para 7-9
(Area B). 0.150 inch long or three (T700) or 7-10 (T701,
holes inclusive. T701C)).
(7) Erosion. Any amount. Not repairable. Replace igniter plug (para 7-9
(T700) or 7-10 (T701,
T701C)).
(8) Looseness. Not allowed. Not repairable. Replace igniter plug (para 7-9
(T700) or 7-10 (T701,
T701C)).
(9) Carbon buildup. Not allowed. Any amount. Clean plug (para 7-7).
7-9
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table 7-1. Inspection of Igniter Plugs (Cont)
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
f. (T700) Mounting
flange(3) for:
(1) Nicks, dents, and Any number, 0.020 inch Same as usable limits, with Blend high metal.
scratches. deep, without high metal. high metal.
(2) Wear. 0.110 inch minimum Not repairable. Replace igniter plug (para 7-9).
thickness.
g. (T700) Retaining nut (5)
for:
(1) Cracks. None allowed. Not repairable. Replace nut (para 7-9).
(2) Missing or damaged One thread total, missing or One thread total, missing or AVUM: Replace nut (para 7-9).
threads (6). damaged, without high damaged, that can be chased AVIM: Chase threads.
metal, if threads can be used to usable limits.
without crossthreading.
(3) Damage on corners of Any amount, without high Same as usable limits with AVUM: Replace nut (para 7-9).
hex (7) caused by metal, if wrench will not slip high metal. AVIM: Remove high metal on
wrenching. off hex. hex.
(4) Distortion. Any amount if wrench will Not repairable. Replace nut (para 7-9).
fit on nut.
(5) Discoloration. Any amount. Not applicable. Not applicable.
(6) Nicks and scratches, Any number, up to 1/64 inch Same as usable limits with AVUM: Replace nut (para 7-9).
except on threads. deep, without high metal. high metal. AVIM: Blend high metal to
adjacent contour.
h. (T701, T701C) Hex (10)
for:
(1) Nicks, dents, and Any number, up to 0.020 Same as usable limits, with Blend high metal.
scratches on flats. inch deep, without high high metal.
metal.
(2) Damaged corners. Any amount, without high Any amount that can be Blend high metal.
metal, if wrench does not reworked to usable limits
slip. with high metal.
7-10
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 7-4. Igniter Plug; Inspection
7-11
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
7-9. (T700) Installation of Igniter Plugs. b. Install igniter plug (5) into midframe port.
Solid Film Lubricant Excessive Force/Torque on Igniter Plug
• Flammable - do not use near open flames, Do not use excessive force/torque when
near welding areas, or hot surfaces. removing or installing an igniter plug.
• Do not smoke or allow smoking in areas of Excessive force/torque will damage the igniter
use. plug boss and may cause the midframe to
rupture.
• Contact with liquid or vapor can cause skin
and eye irritation, dermatitis, and
drowsiness.
• After any prolonged contact of liquid with
When installing retaining nut and ignition
skin, wash contact area with soap and
lead, do not damage fuel start manifold tube
water. Remove solvent-saturated clothing.
with wrench.
If vapors cause drowsiness, go to fresh air.
If irritation persists, get medical help.
c. Install retaining nut (4) onto plug (5) and tighten
• When handling liquid or liquid-soaked (15° wrench-arc) nut.
cloth, wear approved gloves and goggles.
• Dispose of liquid-soaked rags in approved
metal container.
• During material transfer, metal containers Be careful not to bend pin in connector of
must be grounded to maintain electrical igniter plug during assembly of ignition lead.
continuity. Igniter plug may be damaged.
NOTE d. Aline socket (3) in ignition lead connector with pin
in igniter plug. Carefully push connector onto pin. Be sure
Igniter plugs are located at the 4 and 8 o'clock that connector is firmly seated.
positions on midframe. The installation
procedure that follows can be used for both e. Loosely connect coupling nut (2) of ignition lead
plugs. (1) onto igniter plug.
a. Before installing igniter plug (5, fig. 7-1) into
midframe port, inspect threads of retaining nut (4) for
presence of solid film lubricant. If threads are found dry,
Ignition lead (1) should be moved (jiggled)
apply solid film lubricant (item 81A, Appendix D).
during tightening of coupling nut (2) to
prevent lead from rotating with nut.
f. Tighten (15° wrench-arc) coupling nut (2). Jiggle
lead when tightening nut to prevent lead from rotating.
g. Make required engine checks listed in table 1-19 or
in table 1-39 (AVIM).
7-12 Change 4
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
7-10. (T701, T701C) Installation of Igniter Plugs. NOTE
Igniter plugs are located at the 4 and 8 o'clock
positions on midframe. The installation
Solid Film Lubricant procedure that follows can be used for both
plugs.
• Flammable - do not use near open flames,
near welding areas, or hot surfaces. a. Before installing igniter plug (1, fig. 7-2), inspect
threads for presence of solid film lubricant. If threads are
• Do not smoke or allow smoking in areas of
found dry, apply solid film lubricant (item 81A, Appendix
use.
D) on threads of plug (1).
• Contact with liquid or vapor can cause skin
and eye irritation, dermatitis, and b. Install igniter plug (1) into midframe port. Hand-
drowsiness. tighten plug (1) until a sharp rise in resistance is felt; then
• After any prolonged contact of liquid with tighten (15° wrench-arc) plug.
skin, wash contact area with soap and
water. Remove solvent-saturated clothing. c. Connect ignition lead (4) to plug (1) as follows:
If vapors cause drowsiness, go to fresh air.
If irritation persists, get medical help. (1) Pull back coupling nut (3) to expose socket.
• When handling liquid or liquid-soaked
cloth, wear approved gloves and goggles.
• Dispose of liquid-soaked rags in approved
metal container.
• During material transfer, metal containers
must be grounded to maintain electrical
continuity.
Change 4 7-12.1/(7-12.2 Blank)
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
b. Disconnect electrical connectors (10, 11, 12,
fig. 7-5 or fig. 7-6) and cover connectors with clean, dry
Be careful not to bend pin in connector of protective caps (item 28, 30, Appendix D). (If engine has
igniter plug during assembly of ignition lead. been removed from aircraft, connector (11) should already
be capped.)
(2) Aline socket (2) in ignition lead connector
with pin in plug (1). Carefully push connector onto pin. Be c. Loosen two bolts (13), but do not remove them.
sure that connector is firmly seated.
d. Loosen captive bolt (5).
(3) Loosely connect coupling nut (3) of ignition
lead (4) onto igniter plug (1). e. Remove (T700, T701) ECU (9) or (T701C)
DEC(9) with scroll seal (8) attached, by sliding it out of
slots in electrical unit bracket (7).
Ignition lead (4) should be moved (jiggled) f. Remove scroll seal (8) if ECU or DEC is to be
during tightening of coupling nut (3) to replaced.
prevent lead from rotating with nut.
g. If DEC is not being replaced and DEC has not been
(4) Tighten (15° wrench arc) nut (3). Jiggle lead previously sealed, remove scroll seal and determine if DEC
when tightening nut to prevent lead from rotating. can be sealed at AVIM as follows:
d. Make required engine checks listed in table 1-19 or (1) Place DEC on a clean piece of paper or
in table 1-39 (AVIM). cardboard.
(2) Shim the electrical connector end of DEC so
7-11. (T700, T701) ELECTRICAL CONTROL that top cover of DEC is parallel to bench or table top.
UNIT (ECU) OR (T701C) DIGITAL ELECTRONIC
CONTROL AND SCROLL SEAL. (3) Allow DEC to sit for at least 24 hours.
7-12. Removal of (T700, T701) Electrical Control
(4) After 24 hours, check paper/cardboard for
Unit (ECU) or (T701C) Digital Electronic Control
evidence of fluid leakage as indicated by stains at the cover
(DEC) and Scroll Seal.
and heatsink interface (splitline) or at the four vent holes in
the bottom of the cover.
NOTE
(5) If leakage is confirmed, it will not be possible
• If DEC PN 5078T29G01 (6080T56P01) is to adequately clean the DEC for good RTV sealant
removed from a T700-GE-701C powered adhesion. DEC must be overhauled for proper cleaning of
AH-64A Apache and replaced with a internal components and sealing of joints. Return DEC
5078T29G02 (6080T56P03) DEC, the through normal supply channels and Mark: FOR
opposite engine must be configured with a COMPLIANCE WITH ECP 700118.
5078T29G02 (6080T56P03) DEC.
Additionally, both engines must be (6) If there is no evidence of fluid leakage, RTV
configured with 4046T52G30 3145 sealant may be applied at AVIM.
(6068T97P09) HMU’s.
• (AVUM) Removal of Allied Signal h. Seal the DEC as follows:
(Garrett) Anti-icing bleed and start valve is
required when removing ECU/DEC from (1) Apply masking tape (item 106, Appendix D)
No. 1 position (installed engine). to four vent holes in bottom of cover assembly (fig. 7-7,
sheet 1 of 3) to prevent dirt and cleaner fluid from entering
a. (AVUM) If removing ECU/DEC from No. 1 DEC.
position (aircraft), remove Allied Signal (Garrett) anti-icing
bleed and start valve paragraph 10-25.
Change 3 7-13
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 7-5. (T700, T701) Electrical Control Unit (ECU) and Scroll Seal; Removal and Installation
7-14
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 7-6. (T701C) Digital Electronic Control (DEC) and Scroll Seal; Removal and Installation
7-15
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 7-7. RTV Sealant on Digital Electronic Control (DEC); Installation (Sheet 1 of 3)
7-16
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 7-7. RTV Sealant on Digital Electronic Control (DEC); Installation (Sheet 2 of 3)
7-17
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 7-7. RTV Sealant on Digital Electronic Control (DEC); Installation (Sheet 3 of 3)
clean the area around the interface between the DEC cover
assembly and the heatsink chassis. Do not loosen screws
Dry Cleaning Solvent between cover and chassis. A toothbrush is helpful in
(Stoddard Solvent) removing contaminants and oil from splitline edges.
P-D-680
• Combustible - do not use near open flames,
near welding areas, or on hot surfaces. Compressed Air
• Prolonged contact of skin with liquid can
cause dermatitis. Repeated inhalation of • When using compressed air for any
vapor can irritate nose and throat and can cooling, cleaning, or drying operation, do
cause dizziness. not exceed 30 psig at the nozzle.
• If any liquid contacts skin or eyes, • Eyes can be permanently damaged by
immediately flush affected area thoroughly contact with liquid or large particles
with water. Remove solvent-saturated propelled by compressed air. Inhalation of
clothing. If vapors cause dizziness, go to air-blown particles or solvent vapor can
fresh air. damage lungs.
• When handling liquid or when applying it • When using air for cleaning at an air-
in an air-exhausted, partially covered tank, exhausted workbench, wear approved
wear approved gloves and goggles. goggles or face shield.
• When handling liquid or when applying it • When using air for cleaning at an
at unexhausted, uncovered tank or unexhausted workbench, wear approved
workbench, wear approved respirator, respirator and goggles.
gloves, and goggles.
(3) Using clean, dry compressed air, dry the
(2) Using a towel (item 112, Appendix D) DEC. Using a towel (item 112, Appendix D), wipe off
saturated with dry cleaning solvent (item 99, Appendix D), cleaner residue.
7-18
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
(4) Using 1/2 inch wide masking tape (item 106, (b) Fill a disposable pressure syringe
Appendix D), apply tape to the cover assembly and to (item 105, Appendix D), with a 1/32 inch opening, with
heatsink chassis maintaining a 1/16 inch to 3/32 inch RTV 3145.
distance from splitline for the entire circumference (see
fig. 7-7, sheet 1). Use an X-acto knife or razor blade (c) Starting at 3 o'clock or 9 o'clock location
(item 14, Appendix D) to trim tape to clear all protrusions and working towards opposite side, inject a thin continuous
so that tape adheres smoothly to cover and chassis. bead of RTV onto the splitline on 1/2 the circumference
without exhibiting voids or bubbles
(fig. 7-7, sheet 2).
RTV-3145 Adhesive/Sealant (d) While wearing disposable polyethylene
Potting Compound gloves (item 77, Appendix D), dip index finger in Ivory
liquid soap (item 71, Appendix D), or equivalent. Using
• In case of skin contact, flush contacted area finger pressure, push the RTV sealant into groove by wiping
with water. After contact, hands and skin along the groove and across the groove. Keep glove finger
should be washed before eating, drinking, lubricated with soap (item 71, Appendix D) and wipe off
or smoking. excess RTV from glove with a towel (item 112,
Appendix D) as necessary.
• Eye protection should be worn when
working with this material. If liquid
contacts eyes, flush eyes thoroughly with
water for 15 minutes.
Be sure that RTV 3145 sealant is no more than
• If prolonged contact with vapor is likely,
0.025 inch above top surface of DEC cover
wear approved respirator.
assembly. Excess sealant may prevent
assembly of DEC onto DEC bracket.
(e) Repeat step (4) until a thin even coat fully
Do not apply RTV 3145 to the four ventholes covers the space between masking tape strips. Final
in the bottom of the cover assembly. thickness of RTV shall not exceed 0.025 inch above top
surface of DEC cover assembly (sheet 2).
NOTE
(f) While RTV sealant is still soft and pliable,
The elapsed time between starting the RTV carefully remove masking tape from both sides of splitline
application and completing the task is critical. for the half of the circumference sealed without disturbing
At room temperature, the RTV becomes tacky the sealant in the splitline.
after five to ten minutes. Within this time
constraint, the RTV must be applied, (g) Rotate DEC so the other side is facing up.
smoothed over to cover the splitline, and the Use care not to disturb the RTV sealant just applied.
tape must be removed. As the RTV sets,
peeling the tape can tear off and damage the (h) Repeat steps (2) through (5) to seal the
sealing coat. It is recommended that 1/2 (180 other half of splitline.
degrees) of the circumference be sealed at a
time. (6) Using pressure syringe with RTV 3145
sealant, seal around each head of the three flat head screws
(5) Apply RTV 3145 (item 2, Appendix D) to (sheet 3) across the top of the heatsink chassis. Apply a
splitline as follows: continuous bead without voids or bubbles, without
exceeding 0.025 inch above screw heads. Do not flatten
(a) Position DEC on a two inch high block sealant beads on screws.
with either top or bottom side of DEC facing up. Block
material can be wood, foam, cardboard, etc. and is used to (7) Allow RTV 3145 to air cure for 24 hours
make turning DEC over easier without disturbing the wet minimum at room temperature.
sealant which will be applied to the other side.
7-19
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
7-13. Cleaning of (T700, T701) Electrical Control Unit with water. Remove solvent-saturated
(ECU) or (T701C) Digital Electronic Control (DEC). clothing. If vapors cause dizziness, go to
fresh air.
NOTE • When handling liquid or when applying it
in an air-exhausted, partially covered tank,
If DEC PN 5078T29G01 (6080T56P01) is wear approved gloves and goggles.
removed from a T700-GE-701C powered AH- • When handling liquid or when applying it
64A Apache and replaced with a 5078T29G02 at unexhausted, uncovered tank or
(6080T56P03) DEC, the opposite engine must workbench, wear approved respirator,
be configured with a 5078T29G02 gloves, and goggles.
(6080T56P03) DEC. Additionally, both
engines must be configured with 4046T52G30 d. Wipe external surfaces with towel (item 112,
(6068T97P09) HMU’s. Appendix D) saturated with dry cleaning solvent (item 99,
Appendix D) to remove grease, dirt, and oil.
a. Check electrical connectors for moisture or
contamination.
b. If no moisture or contamination is found in
Compressed Air
electrical connectors, do not clean them. Install clean, dry
protective caps (items 20, 21, Appendix D).
• When using compressed air for any
c. If moisture or contamination is found in electrical cooling, cleaning, or drying operation, do
connectors, clean them (para H-11, Appendix H). not exceed 30 psig at the nozzle.
• Eyes can be permanently damaged by
contact with liquid or large particles
propelled by compressed air. Inhalation of
Dry Cleaning Solvent air-blown particles or solvent vapor can
(Stoddard Solvent) damage lungs.
P-D-680 • When using air for cleaning at an air-
exhausted workbench, wear approved
• Combustible - do not use near open flames, goggles or face shield.
near welding areas, or on hot surfaces. • When using air for cleaning at an
• Prolonged contact of skin with liquid can unexhausted workbench, wear approved
cause dermatitis. Repeated inhalation of respirator and goggles.
vapor can irritate nose and throat and can
cause dizziness. e. Dry the ECU or DEC using dry, filtered
compressed air.
• If any liquid contacts skin or eyes,
immediately flush affected area thoroughly
7-20
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
7-14. Inspection of Electrical Control Unit (ECU)
or DEC and Scroll Seal. See table 7-2.
Table 7-2. Inspection of Electrical Control Unit (ECU) or Digital Electronic Control (DEC)
and Scroll Seal
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
NOTE
• The insulation blanket is not removed for inspection of the ECU.
• The DEC does not have an insulation blanket.
a. Dropped ECU (fig. 7-8) or Not allowed. Not repairable. Replace ECU or DEC
DEC (fig. 7-9). (para 7-16).
b. ECU box (9) or DEC
box(4) for:
(1) Cracks in support area. None allowed. Not repairable. Replace ECU or DEC
(para 7-16).
(2) Nicks and scratches. Any number. Not applicable. Not applicable.
(3) Dents. Any number, up to 1/16 inch Not repairable. Replace ECU or DEC
from original contour. (para 7-16).
(4) Missing protective Any amount. Not applicable. Not applicable.
coating.
(5) (DEC) Missing RTV None allowed. Any amount. Replace RTV sealant
sealant at splitline (12) (para 7-12).
and screws (13).
(6) Missing locking seals. Not allowed. Not repairable. Replace ECU (para 7-16).
c. DEC box (4) for missing
protective coating on:
(1) T-shaped mounting Up to 1/16 inch diameter Not repairable. Replace DEC (para 7-16).
lug(11). (0.0004 inch square area).
(2) All other areas. Up to 1/4 inch diameter Not repairable. Replace DEC (para 7-16).
(0.060 inch square area).
d. Electrical connectors(12)
or (7) for:
(1) Bent socket pins (13) None allowed. Up to 1/8 inch out-of- Straighten pin. Check
or (8). position. alinement with mating
connector.
7-21
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table 7-2. Inspection of Electrical Control Unit (ECU) or Digital Electronic Control (DEC)
and Scroll Seal (Cont)
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
(2) Damaged threads. Any amount, without high Any amount, with high Remove high metal.
metal, if connector can be metal, if threads can be
assembled normally with its reworked to usable limits.
mating part.
(3) Missing protective Not allowed. Not applicable. Replace protective cap
cap(11) or (6). (para 7-15).
e. Captive bolt (14) or (9) for Not allowed. Not repairable. Replace bolt (para H-6,
damaged threads. Appendix H).
f. Captive bolt flanges for Any number of missing Any number with crossed AVUM: Replace ECU or DEC
damaged threads. threads without crossed threads or loose material. (para 7-14).
threads or loose material. AVIM: Remove loose material,
or mask all openings and chase
threads to remove crossed
threads.
g. (T700) Scroll seal (former
configuration) (5) for:
(1) Broken seal. Not allowed if broken all the Not repairable. Replace seal (para 7-16).
way through seal.
(2) Separation of steel and Up to 50% of circumference, Not repairable. Replace seal (para 7-16).
rubber. if no more than four
consecutive stiffeners are
separated.
(3) Cracks in:
(a) Stiffeners. Any number, up to 25% of Not repairable. Replace seal (para 7-16).
stiffeners, if no more than
two consecutive stiffeners
are cracked.
(b) Seal support. None allowed. Not repairable. Replace seal (para 7-16).
(c) Rubber. Any number if forward and Not repairable. Replace seal (para 7-16).
aft sealing bead is intact.
7-22
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table 7-2. Inspection of Electrical Control Unit (ECU) or Digital Electronic Control (DEC)
and Scroll Seal (Cont)
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
h. Scroll seal (present
configuration) (6) or (1)
for:
(1) Missing coating on:
(a) Surface A. Any amount. Not applicable. Not applicable.
(b) Surface B. None allowed. Not repairable. Replace seal (para 7-16).
(2) Scratches, cuts or
gouges on:
(a) Surface A. Any amount which does not Not repairable. Replace seal (para 7-16).
affect base material.
(b) Surface B. None allowed. Not repairable. Replace seal (para 7-16).
(3) Swelling of thickness Not to exceed 0.90 inch. Not repairable. Replace seal (para 7-16).
C.
i. ECU Insulation blanket (3)
for:
(1) Tears. Any number, up to 0.250 Not repairable. Replace insulation blanket
inch long. (para 7-15).
(2) Holes. Any number, up to 0.063 Not repairable. Replace insulation blanket
inch diameter. (para 7-15).
(3) Deformed sections. Any amount if blanket Any amount that can be Re-form to original shape.
effectively shields ECU, is repaired to meet usable
not loose, and does not chafe limits.
on adjacent parts.
NOTE
Spots on temperature decals may be blackened by air leaks from loosened or misalined
anti-icing bleed and start valve seal housings or seal retainer.
j. (ECU) If insulation A black 225°F (107°C) spot Not repairable. Replace ECU (para 7-16)
blanket(3) is removed, is allowed if 250°F (121°C) Check for loose or misalined
inspect temperature spot is white. Temperature anti-icing bleed and start valve
decals(8) for blackened decals are normally white. seal housings or seal retainer
spots. (para 10-25).
7-23
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table 7-2. Inspection of Electrical Control Unit (ECU) or Digital Electronic Control (DEC)
and Scroll Seal (Cont)
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
k. DEC for blackened spots Two spots (250°F (121°C) Not repairable. Replace DEC (para 7-16).
on temperature decals (8). and 275°C (135°C)) may be Check for loose or misalined
black if 300°F (149°C) anti-icing bleed and start valve
remains white. Spots on seal housing or seal retainer
temperature decals are (para 10-25).
normally white.
7-15. Repair of Electrical Control Unit (ECU) or 7-16. Installation of Electrical Control Unit (ECU)
Digital Electronic Control (DEC). or Digital Electronic Control (DEC) and Scroll Seal.
a. (T700, T701) Replace insulation blanket as
NOTE
follows:
If DEC PN 5078T29G01 (6080T56P01) is
(1) Unscrew protective cap (11, fig. 7-8) from removed from a T700-GE-701C powered AH-
S39 connector. 64A Apache and replaced with a 5078T29G02
(6080T56P03) DEC, the opposite engine must
(2) Remove five cap screws (1) and washers (2). be configured with a 5078T29G02
(6080T56P03) DEC. Additionally, both
(3) Remove insulation blanket (3), and install engines must be configured with 4046T52G30
replacement insulation blanket. Be sure there is about (6068T97P09) HMU’s.
1/8-inch clearance around the opening in the insulation
blanket for the electrical connectors. Trim openings as a. Install scroll seal (8, fig. 7-5) onto ECU or
required to obtain clearance. (8,fig 7-6) onto DEC.
(4) Install five screws (1) and washers (2). Run b. Position ECU or DEC so that T-shaped mounting
screws in until blanket is snug. lug (6) faces forward.
(5) Install protective cap (11) on S39 connector. c. Install ECU or DEC (9) so that two bolts (13) slide
into slots in electrical unit bracket (7).
b. Replace protective cap as follows:
d. Tighten captive bolt (5). Torque bolt to 45-50 inch-
(1) Remove one sockethead screw that secures pounds.
retaining strap (10, fig. 7-8) to ECU or (5, fig 7-9) to DEC.
e. Tighten two bolts (13) until there is metal-to-metal
(2) Screw replacement protective cap (11) onto contact.
S39 connector of ECU or DEC. Hand-tighten protective
cap. f. (AVUM) If required, install (Allied Signal
(Garrett)) anti-icing bleed and start valve (para 10-31).
(3) Using sockethead screw removed in step (1),
secure retaining strap of protective cap to ECU or DEC.
Tighten screw until snug.
7-24
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 7-8. (T700, T701) Electrical Control Unit (ECU) and Scroll Seal; Inspection
7-25
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 7-9. Digital Electronic Control (DEC) and Scroll Seal; Inspection
7-26
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
b. Disconnect electrical connector (yellow cable) (4).
Cover connectors with clean, dry, protective caps (item 28,
Do not attempt to mate electrical connectors if Appendix D).
seals are swollen. Electrical connectors could
be damaged.
g. Connect electrical connectors (10, 11, 12) to ECU Do not twist grounding strap when loosening
or DEC. captive bolts. Grounding strap could be
damaged.
h. Make required engine checks listed in table 1-19 or
in table 1-39 (AVIM). c. Loosen three captive bolts (2). Be sure that
grounding strap (1) does not twist when loosening bolts.
7-17. HISTORY RECORDER OR HISTORY
d. Remove history recorder or history counter (3).
COUNTER.
7-18. Removal of History Recorder or History
Counter.
a. Before removing history recorder or history
counter (3, fig. 7-10), record reading in engine records.
Figure 7-10. History Recorder or History Counter; Removal and Installation
7-27
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
7-19. Cleaning of History Recorder or History air-blown particles or solvent vapor can
Counter. damage lungs.
• When using air for cleaning at an air-
a. Check electrical connector for moisture or exhausted workbench, wear approved
contamination. goggles or face shield.
• When using air for cleaning at an
b. If no moisture or contamination is found in unexhausted workbench, wear approved
electrical connector, do not clean it. Install clean, dry, respirator and goggles.
protective cap (item 20, Appendix D).
e. Dry the history recorder or history counter using
c. If moisture or contamination is found in electrical dry, filtered compressed air.
connector, clean it (para H-11, Appendix H).
Dry Cleaning Solvent
(Stoddard Solvent)
P-D-680
• Combustible - do not use near open flames,
near welding areas, or on hot surfaces.
• Prolonged contact of skin with liquid can
cause dermatitis. Repeated inhalation of
vapor can irritate nose and throat and can
cause dizziness.
• If any liquid contacts skin or eyes,
immediately flush affected area thoroughly
with water. Remove solvent-saturated
clothing. If vapors cause dizziness, go to
fresh air.
• When handling liquid or when applying it
in an air-exhausted, partially covered tank,
wear approved gloves and goggles.
• When handling liquid or when applying it
at unexhausted, uncovered tank or
workbench, wear approved respirator,
gloves, and goggles.
d. Wipe external surfaces with towel (item 112,
Appendix D) saturated with dry cleaning solvent (item 99,
Appendix D) to remove grease, dirt, and oil.
Compressed Air
• When using compressed air for any
cooling, cleaning, or drying operation, do
not exceed 30 psig at the nozzle.
• Eyes can be permanently damaged by
contact with liquid or large particles
propelled by compressed air. Inhalation of
7-28
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
7-20. Inspection of (T700, T701) History Recorder
or (T701C) History Counter. See table 7-3.
Table 7-3. Inspection of (T700, T701) History Recorder or (T701C) History Counter
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
a. History recorder or history
counter chassis
(8, fig. 7-11) and chassis
cover (11) for:
(1) Cracks. None allowed. Not repairable. Replace recorder or counter
(para 7-22).
(2) Nicks and scratches. Any number. Not applicable. Not applicable.
(3) Dents. Any number, 1/16 inch from Not repairable. Replace recorder or counter
original contour. (para 7-22).
(4) Missing paint. Any amount. Not applicable. Not applicable.
b. Electrical connector (9)
for:
(1) Bent socket pins. None allowed. Up to 1/8 inch out-of- Straighten pin. Check
position. alinement with mating
connector.
(2) Damaged threads. Any number, without high Any number that can be Remove high metal (para H-21,
metal, if connector can be reworked to usable limits. Appendix H).
assembled normally with its
mating part.
c. History recorder or history Not allowed. Not repairable. Replace isolator (para 7-21,
counter for missing step d).
isolators (4).
d. Readout windows (10) for:
(1) Broken glass. Not allowed. Not repairable. Replace recorder or counter
(para 7-22).
(2) Dirt. Numbers must be legible. Any amount if the usable Remove history recorder or
limit can be met. history counter guard (7)
(para 7-21), and clean window
with soft, lint-free towel
(item 112, Appendix D).
Reinstall guard (para 7-21).
e. Captive bolts (1) for None allowed. Not repairable. Replace bolt.
damaged threads.
7-29
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table 7-3. Inspection of (T700, T701) History Recorder or (T701C) History Counter (Cont)
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
f. History recorder or history
counter guard (12) for:
(1) Missing guard. Not allowed. Not applicable. Replace guard (para 7-21).
(2) Cracks. Any number without Not repairable. Replace guard (para 7-21).
missing pieces and numbers
must be legible.
(3) Visibility of readout Numbers must be legible. Not repairable. Replace guard (para 7-21).
windows (10).
(4) Dirt. Numbers must be legible. Any amount if usable limit Clean guard with a soft, lint-
can be met. free towel (item 112,
Appendix D).
(5) (T701C) (History Not allowed. Any amount. AVUM: Replace history
Counter) Missing counter (para 7-22).
RTV sealant. AVIM Apply RTV sealant
(para 7-21, step b).
g. Grounding strap (2) for:
(1) Missing strap. Not allowed. Not applicable. Replace strap (para 7-21).
(2) Cracks. None allowed. Not repairable. Replace strap (para 7-21).
(3) Broken strands. None allowed. Not repairable. Replace strap (para 7-21).
7-30
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 7-11. History Recorder or History Counter; Inspection and Repair
7-31
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
7-21. Repair of History Recorder or History (5) Torque screws to 4.5-5.0 inch-pounds.
Counter. Limit repair to that specified in Corrective
Action column of table 7-3. b. (T701C) Replacement of History Counter Guard.
a. Replacement of History Recorder Guard. (1) Remove two screws (1, fig. 7-12) and two
washers (2).
(1) Remove two screws (1, fig. 7-12) and two
washers (2). (2) Remove history counter guard (3) from
history counter (4).
(2) Remove guard (3) from history recorder (4).
(3) Using an X-acto knife or razor blade
(3) Install replacement guard (3) over readout (item 14, Appendix D), remove RTV sealant from guard
windows (5) of history recorder. (3), and history counter (4).
(4) Install two washers (2) and hand-tighten two
screws (1).
Figure 7-12. History Recorder or History Counter Guard; Removal and Installation
7-32
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
(6) Install guard (3) over readout windows (5).
Dry Cleaning Solvent (7) Install two washers (2) and two screws (1)
(Stoddard Solvent) handtight.
P-D-680
(8) Torque screws to 4.5 - 5.0 lb in.
• Combustible - do not use near open flames,
near welding areas, or on hot surfaces.
• Prolonged contact of skin with liquid can
cause dermatitis. Repeated inhalation of RTV-3145 Adhesive/Sealant
vapor can irritate nose and throat and can Potting Compound
cause dizziness.
• If any liquid contacts skin or eyes, • In case of skin contact, flush contacted area
immediately flush affected area thoroughly with water. After contact, hands and skin
with water. Remove solvent-saturated should be washed before eating, drinking,
clothing. If vapors cause dizziness, go to or smoking.
fresh air. • Eye protection should be worn when
• When handling liquid or when applying it working with this material. If liquid
in an air-exhausted, partially covered tank, contacts eyes, flush eyes thoroughly with
wear approved gloves and goggles. water for 15 minutes.
• When handling liquid or when applying it • If prolonged contact with vapor is likely,
at unexhausted, uncovered tank or wear approved respirator.
workbench, wear approved respirator,
gloves, and goggles.
(4) Using a towel (item 112, Appendix D) Do not apply RTV-3145 to the face of the
soaked with dry cleaning solvent (item 99, Appendix D), guard (3).
clean the guard (3) and the area around the interface
between the guard (3) and history counter (4). NOTE
The elapsed time between starting the RTV
application and completing the task is critical.
At room temperature, the RTV becomes tacky
Compressed Air
after 5 to 10 minutes. Within this time
constraint, the RTV must be applied,
• When using compressed air for any smoothed over to cover the splitline.
cooling, cleaning, or drying operation, do
not exceed 30 psig at the nozzle. (9) Apply RTV-3145 (item 2, Appendix D) to
• Eyes can be permanently damaged by splitline between guard (3) and counter (4) as follows:
contact with liquid or large particles
propelled by compressed air. Inhalation of (a) Fill a disposable pressure syringe
air-blown particles or solvent vapor can (item 105, Appendix D), with a 1/32 inch opening, with
damage lungs. RTV-3145.
• When using air for cleaning at an air-
exhausted workbench, wear approved (b) Inject a thin continuous bead of RTV onto
goggles or face shield. the splitline on 1/2 the circumference without exhibiting
• When using air for cleaning at an voids or bubbles.
unexhausted workbench, wear approved
(c) While wearing disposable polyethylene
respirator and goggles.
gloves (item 76, Appendix D), dip index finger in dish-
washing liquid (item 71, Appendix D), or equivalent. Using
(5) Using clean, dry compressed air, dry the
finger pressure, push the RTV sealant into groove by wiping
guard and counter. Using a towel (item 102, Appendix D),
along the groove and across the groove. Keep glove finger
wipe of cleaner residue.
7-33
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
lubricated with soap and wipe off excess RTV from glove 7-22. Installation of History Recorder or History
with a towel as necessary. Counter.
(d) Repeat step (c) until a thin even coat fully a. If history recorder or history counter is being
covers the space between guard (3) and counter (4). Final replaced, record readings from both the removed and the
thickness of RTV shall not exceed 0.025 inch above top replacement history recorder or history counter; log record
surface of guard. readings in aircraft and engine records.
(e) Allow RTV-3145 to air cure for 24 hours
minimum at room temperature.
Do not twist grounding strap (1, fig. 7-10)
c. Replacement of History Recorder or History
when tightening captive bolts (2). Grounding
Counter Grounding Strap.
strap may be damaged.
(1) Remove captive bolt (1, fig. 7-11) from
b. Install history recorder or history counter (3) onto
ferrule (5).
brackets on swirl frame using three captive bolts (2). Be
(2) Remove locknut (7) and bolt (6). sure that grounding strap (1) does not twist when tightening
bolts. Torque bolts to 18-22 inch-pounds.
(3) Remove grounding strap (2).
(4) Install bolt (6) through grounding strap (2)
from rear face of history recorder or history counter Do not attempt to mate electrical connectors if
chassis(8). seals are swollen. Electrical connector may be
damaged.
(5) Thread locknut (7) onto bolt (6).
c. Connect electrical connector (yellow cable) (4) to
(6) Torque bolt (6) to 27-30 inch-pounds. history recorder or history counter.
d. Replacement of History Recorder or History
Counter Isolators. 7-23. ELECTRICAL IGNITION LEADS.
7-24. Removal of Electrical Ignition Leads.
NOTE
There are three isolators on the history
recorder or history counter assembly. The
procedure that follows shall be used to replace Disconnecting Ignition Leads
all isolators.
• High voltage may be present. Contact with
(1) Remove captive bolt (1, fig. 7-11) from center conductor of electrical cable or
ferrule (5). center electrode of igniter plug will cause
electric shock if the bleed resistors inside
(2) Remove ferrules (3, 5). ignition unit have failed.
• Before removing igniter plug, be sure that
(3) Remove isolator (4) from mounting hole of
ignition lead(s) (igniter plug end) are
history recorder or history counter chassis (8).
correctly grounded.
(4) Press isolator (4) into mounting hole of • Do not attempt to ground ignition lead(s) to
history recorder or history counter chassis (8). components made of composite material,
such as the outer bypass duct. Composite
(5) Press ferrules (3, 5) into isolator (4). materials do not conduct electricity.
• Ground lead(s) to the customer bleed duct.
(6) Thread captive bolt (1) through ferrule (3),
isolator (4) and ferrule (5) until threaded end of bolt is a. Disconnect right ignition lead (6, fig. 7-13) from
exposed. right igniter plug (7).
7-34
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 7-13. Electrical Ignition Leads; Removal and Installation
7-35
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
b. Ground ignition lead (6) as follows:
(1) Push back coupling nut (1B) on lead (6) to Dry Cleaning Solvent
expose socket (1A). (Stoddard Solvent)
P-D-680
(2) Hold an insulated screwdriver by the handle,
and touch tip of screwdriver to midframe (9). • Combustible - do not use near open flames,
near welding areas, or on hot surfaces.
(3) Touch socket (1A) to shank of screwdriver.
• Prolonged contact of skin with liquid can
Sparks observed during grounding indicate a defective
cause dermatitis. Repeated inhalation of
ignition exciter; replace defective ignition exciter
vapor can irritate nose and throat and can
(para 7-29).
cause dizziness.
c. Disconnect right ignition lead (6) from ignition • If any liquid contacts skin or eyes,
exciter (5). immediately flush affected area thoroughly
with water. Remove solvent-saturated
d. Remove right ignition lead (6) from bracket (8). clothing. If vapors cause dizziness, go to
fresh air.
e. Disconnect left ignition lead (3) from left igniter • When handling liquid or when applying it
plug (1). in an air-exhausted, partially covered tank,
wear approved gloves and goggles.
f. Repeat step b for grounding of ignition lead (3). • When handling liquid or when applying it
at unexhausted, uncovered tank or
g. Disconnect left ignition lead (3) from ignition workbench, wear approved respirator,
exciter (5). gloves, and goggles.
h. Remove left ignition lead (3) from clip support (4) d. Wipe external surfaces with towel (item 112,
and from bracket (2). Appendix D) saturated with dry cleaning solvent (item 99,
Appendix D) to remove grease, dirt, and oil.
i. Cover electrical connectors with clean, dry,
protective caps (item 37, Appendix D).
7-25. Cleaning of Electrical Ignition Leads. Compressed Air
a. Check electrical connectors for moisture or • When using compressed air for any
contamination. cooling, cleaning, or drying operation, do
not exceed 30 psig at the nozzle.
b. If no moisture or contamination is found in
• Eyes can be permanently damaged by
electrical connectors, do not clean them. Install clean, dry,
contact with liquid or large particles
protective caps (item 37, Appendix D).
propelled by compressed air. Inhalation of
air-blown particles or solvent vapor can
c. If moisture or contamination is found in electrical
damage lungs.
connectors, clean them (para H-11, Appendix H).
• When using air for cleaning at an air-
exhausted workbench, wear approved
goggles or face shield.
• When using air for cleaning at an
unexhausted workbench, wear approved
respirator and goggles.
e. Dry the ignition leads using dry, filtered,
compressed air.
7-36
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
7-26. Inspection of Electrical Ignition Leads. See
table 7-4.
Table 7-4. Inspection of Electrical Ignition Leads
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
a. Outer conduit (4, fig. 7-14)
for:
(1) Nicks, scratches, and Any number, up to 1/64 inch Same as usable limits with Remove high metal (para H-21,
abrasions. deep, without high metal. high metal. Appendix H).
(2) Dents. Any number, up to 1/32 inch Not repairable. Replace ignition lead
deep. (para 7-28).
(3) Cracks. None allowed. Not repairable. Replace ignition lead
(para 7-28).
b. Flexible lead (2) for:
(1) Missing teflon spiral Not allowed. Any amount. Replace missing spiral wrap
wrap (5). (item 118, Appendix D) and
tape both ends with silicone
tape (item 110, Appendix D).
(2) Broken wires and Up to seven broken strands Same as usable limits. Bend back broken wires.
exposed inner in any 1-square inch, Otherwise, replace ignition lead
conduit(6) in provided break is not closer (para 7-28).
wirebraid shield (7). than 2.000 inches to another
damaged area and the inner
conduit is not exposed.
(3) Exposed inner None allowed. Not repairable. Replace ignition lead
conduit(6) in (para 7-28).
wirebraid shield (7)
for cracks, holes, or
breaks, using a 10×
magnifying glass.
c. Electrical connectors (1)
for:
(1) Damaged sockets (3). Not allowed. Not repairable. Replace ignition lead
(para 7-28).
(2) Missing retaining Not allowed. Not applicable. Replace ignition lead
washers (9). (para 7-28).
7-37
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table 7-4. Inspection of Electrical Ignition Leads (Cont)
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
(3) Damaged threads on Any amount, without high Any amount that can be Remove high metal (para H-21,
coupling nuts (8). metal, if connector can be reworked to usable limits. Appendix H).
installed normally onto its
mating part.
(4) Cracked, chipped, or None allowed. Not repairable. Replace ignition lead
missing ceramic (para 7-28).
insulator (11).
(5) Missing or broken Not allowed. Not repairable. Replace ignition lead
fingers (10). (para 7-28).
(6) Electrical Must meet criteria in Not repairable. Replace ignition lead
characteristics. paragraph 1-89 (aircraft) or (para 7-28).
paragraph 1-270
(METS/FEDS/CETS).
7-27. Testing of Electrical Ignition Leads. Refer g. Pull back coupling nuts on straight ends of left and
to paragraph 1-89 for testing in aircraft, or to paragraph right ignition leads (3, 6, fig. 7-13), and expose connectors.
1-270 for testing in METS/FEDS/CETS.
7-28. Installation of Electrical Ignition Leads.
Be careful not to bend pin in connector of
a. Route left ignition lead (3, fig. 7-13) under engine ignition exciter during installation of ignition
to right side of engine to ignition exciter (5). lead. Ignition exciter may be damaged.
b. Pull back coupling nut on angled end of left h. Aline socket in connector of left ignition lead (3)
ignition lead (3) to expose connector. with pin in center connector of ignition exciter (5).
Carefully push connector onto pin. Aline socket in
connector of right ignition lead (6) with pin in lower
connector of ignition exciter. Carefully push connector onto
Be careful not to bend pin in connector of pin. Be sure that connectors are firmly seated.
igniter plug during assembly of ignition lead.
Igniter plug may be damaged. i. Loosely connect coupling nut of left ignition
lead(3) to center connector of exciter (5). Loosely connect
c. Aline socket in ignition lead connector with pin in coupling nut of right lead (6) to lower connector of exciter.
left igniter plug (1). Carefully push connector onto pin.
j. Attach right ignition lead (6) to bracket (8). Attach
d. Pull back coupling nut on angled end of right left ignition lead (3) into clip support (4) and to bracket (2).
ignition lead (6) to expose connector.
k. Hand-tighten four coupling nuts on ignition leads;
e. Aline socket in ignition lead connector with pin in then tighten (15° wrench arc) coupling nuts.
right igniter plug (7). Carefully push connector onto pin. Be
sure that connector is firmly seated. l. Make required engine checks listed in table 1-19 or
in table 1-39 (AVIM).
f. Loosely connect coupling nuts of ignition leads
onto igniter plugs (1, 7).
7-38 Change 1
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 7-14. Electrical Ignition Leads; Inspection
7-39
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
7-29. IGNITION EXCITER ASSEMBLY (6) Repeat grounding procedure in (2).
.
(7) Reconnect outboard ignition lead to igniter
7-30. Removal of Ignition Exciter Assembly. plug by hand-tightening coupling nut until sharp rise in
resistance is felt; then tighten (15° wrench arc) coupling nut.
(8) Disconnect outboard ignition lead from
Disconnecting Ignition Leads exciter, and cover electrical connector on lead with clean,
dry, protective cap (item 37, Appendix D).
• High voltage may be present. Contact with b. Disconnect electrical connector (yellow cable) (5)
center conductor of electrical cable or
from ignition exciter (3). Cover connector on cable with
center electrode of igniter plug will cause
clean, dry, protective cap (item 28, Appendix D).
electric shock if the bleed resistors inside
ignition unit have failed.
• Before removing igniter plug, be sure that
ignition lead(s) (igniter plug end) are
Do not twist grounding strap (1) when
correctly grounded.
loosening captive bolt.
• Do not attempt to ground ignition lead(s) to
components made of composite material, c. Loosen three captive bolts (2). Be sure that
such as the outer bypass duct. Composite grounding strap (1) does not twist when loosening bolts.
materials do not conduct electricity.
• Ground lead(s) to the customer bleed duct. d. Remove ignition exciter assembly (3).
7-31. Cleaning of Ignition Exciter Assembly.
a. Ground ignition exciter as follows:
a. Check electrical connectors for moisture or
(1) Determine which ignition lead (3 or 6, contamination.
fig. 7-13) and which igniter plug (1 or 7) is on outboard side
of engine. Disconnect outboard ignition lead from outboard b. If no moisture or contamination is found in
igniter plug. electrical connectors, do not clean them. Install clean, dry,
protective caps (items 25, 20, Appendix D).
(2) Ground ignition lead (3 or 6) as follows:
c. If moisture or contamination is found in electrical
(a) Push back coupling nut (1B) on lead to connectors, clean them (H-11, Appendix H).
expose socket (1A).
(b) Hold an insulated screwdriver by the
handle, and touch tip of screwdriver to midframe (9). Dry Cleaning Solvent
(Stoddard Solvent)
(3) Touch socket (1A) to shank of screwdriver. P-D-680
Sparks observed during grounding indicate a defective
ignition exciter; replace defective ignition exciter • Combustible - do not use near open flames,
(para 7-29). near welding areas, or on hot surfaces.
(4) Disconnect inboard ignition lead • Prolonged contact of skin with liquid can
(4,fig. 7-15) from ignition exciter assembly (3), and cover cause dermatitis. Repeated inhalation of
electrical connector on lead with clean, dry, protective cap vapor can irritate nose and throat and can
(item 37, Appendix D). cause dizziness.
(5) Disconnect outboard ignition lead (4) from • If any liquid contacts skin or eyes,
ignition exciter, and connect lead to inboard electrical immediately flush affected area thoroughly
connector on exciter. with water. Remove solvent-saturated
7-40
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 7-15. Ignition Exciter Assembly; Removal and Installation
clothing. If vapors cause dizziness, go to • When using air for cleaning at an air-
fresh air. exhausted workbench, wear approved
goggles or face shield.
• When handling liquid or when applying it • When using air for cleaning at an
in an air-exhausted, partially covered tank,
unexhausted workbench, wear approved
wear approved gloves and goggles.
respirator and goggles.
• When handling liquid or when applying it
e. Dry the ignition exciter assembly using dry,
at unexhausted, uncovered tank or
filtered compressed air.
workbench, wear approved respirator,
gloves, and goggles.
d. Wipe external surfaces with towel (item 112,
Appendix D) saturated with dry cleaning solvent (item 99,
Appendix D) to remove grease, dirt, and oil.
Compressed Air
• When using compressed air for any
cooling, cleaning, or drying operation, do
not exceed 30 psig at the nozzle.
• Eyes can be permanently damaged by
contact with liquid or large particles
propelled by compressed air. Inhalation of
air-blown particles or solvent vapor can
damage lungs.
7-41
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
7-32. Inspection of Ignition Exciter Assembly.
See table 7-5.
Table 7-5. Inspection of Ignition Exciter Assembly
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
a. Ignition exciter
(4, fig. 7-16) for:
(1) Cracks. None allowed. Not repairable. Replace ignition exciter
assembly (para 7-34).
(2) Nicks and Any number. Not applicable. Not applicable.
scratches.
(3) Dents. Any number, 1/16 inch from Not repairable. Replace ignition exciter
original contour. assembly (para 7-34).
(4) Missing paint. Any amount. Not applicable. Not applicable.
(5) Missing or Not allowed. Not repairable. Replace isolators (para 7-33).
damaged
isolators(2).
b. Electrical
connectors(3) for:
(1) Bent socket pins. Not allowed. Up to 1/8 inch out-of- Straighten pin. Check
position. alinement with mating
connector.
(2) Damaged threads. Any amount, without high Any amount with high Remove high metal (para H-21,
metal, provided connector can metal, if connector can be Appendix H).
be assembled normally. reworked to usable limits.
(3) Cracked or missing Small cracks or chips allowed, Not repairable. Replace ignition exciter
ceramic provided electrical properties of assembly (para 7-34).
insulation(5). the exciter are not affected.
c. Captive bolts (1) for Not allowed. Not repairable. Replace bolt.
damaged threads.
d. Grounding strap (6) for:
(1) Broken strands. None allowed. Not repairable. Replace strap (para 7-33).
(2) Cracks. None allowed. Not repairable. Replace strap (para 7-33).
(3) Strap missing. Not allowed. Not applicable. Replace strap (para 7-33).
7-42
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 7-16. Ignition Exciter Assembly; Inspection
7-33. Repair of Ignition Exciter Assembly. Repair (b) Press in ferrule (8) in isolator (5) from
is limited to that specified in Corrective Action column of rear face of ignition exciter assembly (6). (Refer to view B).
table 7-5.
(c) Press in ferrule (4) in isolator (5) from
a. Replacement of Isolators. front face of ignition exciter assembly (6). (Refer to
viewB).
NOTE
(d) When installing bolt (1, view A), install it
There are three isolators on the ignition exciter through ferrule (4), isolator (5), and ferrule (8). Thread bolt
assembly. The following procedure shall be onto ferrule (8) until threaded end of bolt is exposed.
used to replace all isolators.
(e) When installing bolt (1, view C), install it
(1) Remove isolator (5, fig. 7-17, view A) as through grounding strap (3), ferrule (4), isolator (5), and
follows: ferrule (8). Thread bolt onto ferrule (8) until threaded end of
bolt is exposed.
(a) Unthread captive bolt (1) from ferrule (8).
Remove bolt. b. Replacement of Grounding Strap.
(b) Remove ferrules (4, 8). (1) Remove grounding strap (3, fig. 7-17) as
follows:
(c) Remove isolator (5) from mounting hole
on ignition exciter assembly (6). (a) Unthread captive bolt (1, view C) from
ferrule (8). Remove bolt.
(2) Install isolator (5, view A) as follows:
(b) Remove locknut (2) and bolt (7).
(a) Press in isolator (5) in mounting hole on
ignition exciter assembly (6). (c) Remove grounding strap (3).
7-43
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 7-17. Ignition Exciter Assembly; Repair
7-44
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
(2) Install grounding strap (3) as follows: • (T700, T701C) Oil temperature sensor
(12, fig. 7-18)
(a) Position grounding strap (3) as shown. • Oil pressure sensor (11, fig. 7-18 (T700)
or 7-19 (T701, T701C))
(b) Install bolt (7) from rear face of ignition
• Alternator stator (10)
exciter assembly (6) through mounting hole and through
strap. • Oil filter bypass sensor (9)
• Electrical chip detector (8)
(c) Install locknut (2) onto bolt (7). Torque • Fuel filter bypass sensor (5)
bolt (7) to 27-30 inch-pounds. • Fuel pressure sensor (4)
• Anti-icing bleed and start valve (3)
(d) Install bolt (1) through grounding
strap(3), ferrule (4), isolator (5), and ferrule (8). Thread c. Remove cable from four clip supports (1).
bolt onto ferrule (8) until threaded end of bolt is exposed.
d. Cover electrical connectors with clean, dry
7-34. Installation of Ignition Exciter Assembly. protective caps (items 34, 29, Appendix D).
7-37. Cleaning of Green Electrical Cable (W3).
Do not twist grounding strap when tightening a. Check electrical connectors for moisture or
captive bolt. Grounding strap may be contamination.
damaged.
b. If no moisture or contamination is found in
a. Position ignition exciter assembly (3, fig. 7-15) electrical connectors, do not clean them. Install clean, dry
onto bracket on forward flange of compressor case. Secure protective caps (items 34, 29, Appendix D).
exciter assembly with three captive bolts (2). Be sure that
grounding strap (1) does not twist when tightening bolts. c. If moisture or contamination is found in electrical
Torque bolts to 18-22 inch-pounds. connectors, clean them (para H-11, Appendix H).
Be careful not to bend pin in connector of
ignition exciter. Ignition exciter may be
damaged.
b. Connect ignition leads (para 7-28).
c. Connect electrical connector (yellow cable) (5) to
ignition exciter assembly.
d. Make required engine checks listed in table 1-19 or
in table 1-39 (AVIM).
7-35. GREEN ELECTRICAL CABLE (W3).
7-36. Removal of Green Electrical Cable (W3).
a. Remove two bolts (7, fig. 7-18 (T700, T701C) or
7-19 (T701)) from bracket (6).
b. Disconnect green electrical cable (2) from the
following:
7-45
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 7-18. (T700, T701C) Green Electrical Cable; Removal and Installation
7-46
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 7-19. (T701) Green Electrical Cable; Removal and Installation
7-47
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Dry Cleaning Solvent Compressed Air
(Stoddard Solvent)
P-D-680 • When using compressed air for any
cooling, cleaning, or drying operation, do
• Combustible - do not use near open flames, not exceed 30 psig at the nozzle.
near welding areas, or on hot surfaces. • Eyes can be permanently damaged by
• Prolonged contact of skin with liquid can contact with liquid or large particles
cause dermatitis. Repeated inhalation of propelled by compressed air. Inhalation of
vapor can irritate nose and throat and can air-blown particles or solvent vapor can
cause dizziness. damage lungs.
• If any liquid contacts skin or eyes, • When using air for cleaning at an air-
immediately flush affected area thoroughly exhausted workbench, wear approved
with water. Remove solvent-saturated goggles or face shield.
clothing. If vapors cause dizziness, go to • When using air for cleaning at an
fresh air. unexhausted workbench, wear approved
• When handling liquid or when applying it respirator and goggles.
in an air-exhausted, partially covered tank,
wear approved gloves and goggles. e. Dry the electrical cable using dry, filtered,
• When handling liquid or when applying it compressed air.
at unexhausted, uncovered tank or
workbench, wear approved respirator, 7-38. Inspection of Green Electrical Cable
gloves, and goggles. (W3). See table 7-6.
d. Wipe electrical cable with towel (item 112,
Appendix D) saturated with dry cleaning solvent (item 99,
Appendix D) to remove grease, oil, and dirt.
Table 7-6. Inspection of Green Electrical Cable (W3)
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
a. Green electrical cable
(1, fig. 7-20 (T700,
T701C) or 7-21
(T701)) for:
(1) Worn or damaged Any amount, if wire braid is not Not repairable. Replace cable (para 7-40).
backshells (2). exposed. Exposed solid metal,
up to one-half of
circumference, is acceptable.
(2) Loose spiral wrap. Wrap will fit snugly on cable Any amount. Rewrap and tape ends with
and will not have projecting silicone tape (item 110,
ends. Appendix D).
(3) Damaged or Not allowed. Wrap is not repairable. Replace damaged or missing
missing spiral wrap (item 119, Appendix D).
wrap. Tape ends with silicone tape
(item 110, Appendix D).
7-48
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table 7-6. Inspection of Green Electrical Cable (W3) (Cont)
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
b. Electrical
connectors(3) for:
(1) Damaged threads. Any amount, with high metal, if Any amount, without if Remove high metal (para H-21,
connector can be installed connector can be reworked Appendix H).
normally onto its mating part. to usable limits.
(2) Cracked or missing Small cracks or chips allowed, Not repairable. Replace cable (para 7-40).
ceramic insulation. provided electrical properties of
cable are not affected.
(3) Damaged or out-of- Coupling rings must screw on Not repairable. Replace cable (para 7-40).
round knurled mating parts with a ratcheting
coupling rings. action and must attach securely.
c. Electrical connector
(W3J1) (4) for:
(1) Bent pins. None allowed. Up to 1/8 inch out-of- Replace cable (para 7-40).
position.
(2) Damaged threads. Any number, without high Any number, with high Remove high metal (para H-21,
metal, if connector can be metal, if connector can be Appendix H).
installed normally with its reworked to usable limits.
mating part.
d. E3 connector
bracket(5) for:
(1) Cracks. None allowed. Not repairable. Replace bracket (para 7-39).
(2) Nicks, dents, and Any number. Not applicable. Not applicable.
scratches.
(3) Deformation. Any amount, if bracket can be Same as usable limits. Cold-work to usable limits.
installed normally with its
mating parts.
7-49
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 7-20. (T700, T701C) Green Electrical Cable; Inspection
Figure 7-21. (T701) Green Electrical Cable; Inspection
7-50
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
7-39. Repair of Green Electrical Cable (W3). c. Install two bolts (7) into bracket (6). Torque bolts
to 45-50 inch-pounds.
a. Limit repair to that specified in Corrective Action
column of table 7-6. d. Before connecting cable (2) to components listed
in step e, refer to paragraph H-10 for instructions on mating
b. Replace E3 connector bracket (2, fig. 7-22) as electrical connectors with knurled coupling rings.
follows:
(1) Remove four screws (3) from two nut
plates(4).
Do not attempt to mate electrical connectors if
(2) Remove two nut plates (4) from green seals are swollen.
electrical cable (1).
e. Connect green electrical cable to the following:
(3) Slide E3 connector bracket (2) from cable
(1). • Anti-icing bleed and start valve (3)
(4) Position replacement bracket (2) as shown, • Fuel pressure sensor (4)
and install it on cable (1). • Fuel filter bypass sensor (5)
(5) Install two nut plates (4) and secure them • Electrical chip detector (8)
with four screws (3). Hand-tighten screws.
• Oil filter bypass sensor (9)
(6) Torque screws to 5-6 inch-pounds. • Alternator stator (10)
7-40. Installation of Green Electrical Cable (W3). • Oil pressure sensor (11)
• (T700, T701C) Oil temperature sensor
a. Position green electrical cable (2, fig. 7-18 (T700, (12, fig. 7-18)
T701C) or 7-19 (T701)) as shown.
f. Make required engine checks listed in table 1-19 or
b. Insert green electrical cable (2) into four clip in table 1-39 (AVIM).
supports (1).
Figure 7-22. E3 Connector Bracket; Replacement
7-51
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
7-41. YELLOW ELECTRICAL CABLE (W4). • If any liquid contacts skin or eyes,
immediately flush affected area thoroughly
7-42. Removal of Yellow Electrical Cable (W4). with water. Remove solvent-saturated
clothing. If vapors cause dizziness, go to
a. Disconnect yellow electrical cable (2, fig. 7-23) fresh air.
from the following: • When handling liquid or when applying it
in an air-exhausted, partially covered tank,
• (T700, T701) Electrical control unit or wear approved gloves and goggles.
(T701C) Digital electronic control (6) • When handling liquid or when applying it
• (T700, T701) History recorder or at unexhausted, uncovered tank or
(T701C) History counter (3) workbench, wear approved respirator,
• Thermocouple assembly (8) gloves, and goggles.
• Np sensor (9)
d. Wipe electrical cable with towel (item 112,
• Alternator stator (1) Appendix D) and dry cleaning solvent (item 99,
• Ignition exciter (5) Appendix D) to remove grease, oil, and dirt.
• Hydromechanical control unit (7)
b. (T700) Remove cable (2) from nine clip
supports(4). Compressed Air
c. (T701, T701C) Remove cable (2) from eight clip • When using compressed air for any
supports (4) and one yellow cable bracket (10). cooling, cleaning, or drying operation, do
not exceed 30 psig at the nozzle.
d. Cover electrical connectors with clean, dry
• Eyes can be permanently damaged by
protective caps (items 34, 27, 28, 30, Appendix D).
contact with liquid or large particles
propelled by compressed air. Inhalation of
7-43. Cleaning of Yellow Electrical Cable (W4).
air-blown particles or solvent vapor can
damage lungs.
a. Check electrical connectors for moisture or
contamination.
• When using air for cleaning at an air-
exhausted workbench, wear approved
b. If no moisture or contamination is found in goggles or face shield.
electrical connectors, do not clean them. Install clean, dry, • When using air for cleaning at an
protective caps (items 34, 27, 28, 30, Appendix D). unexhausted workbench, wear approved
respirator and goggles.
c. If moisture or contamination is found in electrical
connectors, clean them (para H-11, Appendix H). e. Dry the electrical cable using dry, filtered,
compressed air.
Dry Cleaning Solvent
(Stoddard Solvent)
P-D-680
• Combustible - do not use near open flames,
near welding areas, or on hot surfaces.
• Prolonged contact of skin with liquid can
cause dermatitis. Repeated inhalation of
vapor can irritate nose and throat and can
cause dizziness.
7-52
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 7-23. Yellow Electrical Cable; Removal and Installation
7-53
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
7-44. Inspection of Yellow Electrical Cable
(W4). See table 7-7.
Table 7-7. Inspection of Yellow Electrical Cable (W4)
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
a. Yellow electrical cable
(6, fig. 7-24) for:
(1) Broken wires and Up to seven broken strands in Same as usable limits. Bend back broken wires.
exposed inner any 1-square inch, provided Otherwise, replace cable
bundle (2) or inner break is not closer than 2.000 (para 7-45).
conduit (5) in inches to another damaged area
wirebraid and the inner bundle is not
shield(1). exposed.
(2) Exposed inner None allowed. Not repairable. Replace cable (para 7-45).
bundle (2) and
inner conduit (5)
for cracks or
breaks, using a 10×
magnifying glass.
(3) Worn or damaged Any amount, if wire braid is not Not repairable. Replace cable (para 7-45).
backshells (7). exposed. Exposed solid metal
up to one-half of circumference
is acceptable.
(4) Loose teflon Wrap will fit snugly on cable Any amount. Rewrap and tape ends with
chafing sleeve (3). and will have no projecting silicone tape (item 110,
ends. Appendix D).
(5) Damaged or Not allowed. Any amount. Replace damaged or missing
missing chafing sleeve (item 121, Appendix D).
sleeve (3). Tape ends with silicone tape
(item 110, Appendix D).
b. Electrical
connectors(8) for:
(1) Damaged threads. Any number, without high Any number, with high Remove high metal (para H-21,
metal, if connector can be metal, if connector can be Appendix H).
installed normally onto mating reworked to usable limits.
parts.
(2) Cracked or Small cracks or chips allowed, Not repairable. Replace cable (para 7-45).
missingceramic provided electrical properties of
insulation(4). cable are not affected.
(3) Damaged or out- Coupling rings must screw on Not repairable. Replace cable (para 7-45).
of-round knurled mating parts with a ratcheting
coupling rings. action and must attach securely.
7-54
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 7-24. Yellow Electrical Cable; Inspection
7-55
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
7-45. Installation of Yellow Electrical Cable (W4). • (T700, T701) Electrical control unit or
(T701C) Digital electronic control (3)
a. Position yellow electrical cable (2, fig. 7-23) as • (T700) POU (1, fig. 7-25)
shown.
• (T701, T701C) Overspeed and drain valve
(1, fig. 7-26)
b. (T700) Insert electrical cable (2) into nine clip
supports (4).
b. Remove cable (2) from seven clip supports (4,
c. (T701, T701C) Insert cable (2) into eight clip fig. 7-25 (T700) or 7-26 (T701, T701C)).
supports (4) and into one yellow cable bracket (10).
Cable(2) must be routed on the outside of sensing tube c. Cover electrical connectors with clean, dry
(11). protective caps (items 35, 28, Appendix D).
d. Before connecting cable (2) to components listed 7-48. Cleaning of Blue Electrical Cable (W5).
in step e, refer to paragraph H-10 for instructions on mating
electrical connectors with knurled coupling rings. a. Check electrical connectors for moisture or
contamination.
b. If no moisture or contamination is found in
electrical connectors, do not clean them. Install clean, dry
Do not attempt to mate electrical connectors if
protective caps (items 35. 28, Appendix D).
seals are swollen.
c. If moisture or contamination is found in electrical
e. Connect electrical cable (2) to the following:
connectors, clean them (para H-11, Appendix H).
• Hydromechanical control unit (7)
• Ignition exciter (5)
• Alternator stator (1) Dry Cleaning Solvent
• (T700, T701) History recorder or (Stoddard Solvent)
(T701C) History counter (3) P-D-680
• (T700, T701) Electrical control unit or
(T701C) Digital electronic control (6) • Combustible - do not use near open flames,
near welding areas, or on hot surfaces.
f. Connect cable (2) to Np sensor (9). Tighten (15° • Prolonged contact of skin with liquid can
wrench-arc) connector. cause dermatitis. Repeated inhalation of
vapor can irritate nose and throat and can
g. Connect cable (2) to thermocouple assembly (8). cause dizziness.
Tighten (60° wrench-arc) connector.
• If any liquid contacts skin or eyes,
immediately flush affected area thoroughly
h. Make required engine checks listed in table 1-19 or
with water. Remove solvent-saturated
in table 1-39 (AVIM).
clothing. If vapors cause dizziness, go to
fresh air.
i. After completion of final testing, seal connectors
(para H-9, Appendix H). • When handling liquid or when applying it
in an air-exhausted, partially covered tank,
wear approved gloves and goggles.
7-46. BLUE ELECTRICAL CABLE (W5).
• When handling liquid or when applying it
7-47. Removal of Blue Electrical Cable (W5). at unexhausted, uncovered tank or
workbench, wear approved respirator,
a. Disconnect blue electrical cable (2, fig. 7-25 gloves, and goggles.
(T700) or 7-26 (T701, T701C)) from the following:
d. Wipe electrical cable with towel (item 112,
• Torque and overspeed sensor (5) Appendix D) and dry cleaning solvent (item 99,
Appendix D) to remove grease, oil, and dirt.
7-56
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 7-25. (T700) Blue Electrical Cable; Removal and Installation
Figure 7-26. (T701, T701C) Blue Electrical Cable; Removal and Installation
7-57
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
• When using air for cleaning at an air-
exhausted workbench, wear approved
Compressed Air goggles or face shield.
• When using air for cleaning at an
• When using compressed air for any unexhausted workbench, wear approved
cooling, cleaning, or drying operation, do respirator and goggles.
not exceed 30 psig at the nozzle.
• Eyes can be permanently damaged by e. Dry the electrical cable, using dry, filtered
contact with liquid or large particles compressed air.
propelled by compressed air. Inhalation of
air-blown particles or solvent vapor can 7-49. Inspection of Blue Electrical Cable (W5).
damage lungs. See table 7-8.
Table 7-8. Inspection of Blue Electrical Cable (W5)
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
a. Blue electrical cable (8,
fig. 7-27) for:
(1) Broken wires and Up to seven broken strands in Same as usable limits. Bend back broken wires.
exposed inner any 1-square inch, provided Otherwise, replace cable
bundle (6) in break is not closer than (para 7-50).
wirebraid 2.000inches to another
shield(4). damaged area and the inner
bundle is not exposed.
(2) Exposed inner None allowed. Not repairable. Replace cable (para 7-50).
bundle (6) and
inner conduit (3)
for cracks, or
breaks, using a 10×
magnifying glass.
(3) Worn or damaged Any amount, if wire-braid is Not repairable. Replace cable (para 7-50).
backshells (2). not exposed. Exposed solid
metal up to one-half of
circumference is acceptable.
(4) Loose teflon Sleeve will fit snugly on cable Any amount. Rewrap and tape ends with
chafing sleeve (5). and have no projecting ends. silicone tape (item 110,
Appendix D).
(5) Damaged or Not allowed. Any amount. Replace damaged or missing
missing teflon sleeve (item 120, Appendix D).
chafing sleeve (5). Tape ends with silicone tape
(item 110, Appendix D).
7-58
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table 7-8. Inspection of Blue Electrical Cable (W5) (Cont)
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
b. Electrical
connectors(1) for:
(1) Damaged threads. Any number, without high Any number, with high Remove high metal (para H-21,
metal, if connector can be metal, if connector can be Appendix H).
installed normally onto its reworked to usable limits.
mating part.
(2) Cracked or missing Small cracks or chips allowed, Not repairable. Replace cable (para 7-50).
ceramic provided electrical properties of
insulation(7). the cable are not affected.
(3) Damaged or Coupling rings must screw on Not repairable. Replace cable (para 7-50).
out-of-round mating parts with a ratcheting
knurled coupling action and must attach securely.
rings.
7-50. Installation of Blue Electrical Cable (W5). d. Connect electrical cable to the following:
a. Position blue electrical cable (2, fig. 7-25 (T700) • (T700) POU (1, fig. 7-25)
or 7-26 (T701, T701C)) as shown. • (T701, T701C) Overspeed and drain valve
(1, fig. 7-26)
b. Insert electrical cable (2) into seven clip • (T700, T701) Electrical control unit or
supports(4). (T701C) Digital electronic control (3, fig.
7-25 (T700) or 7-26 (T701, T701C))
c. Before connecting cable (2) to components in
step d, refer to paragraph H-10 for instructions on mating e. Connect cable to torque and overspeed sensor (5).
electrical connectors with knurled coupling rings. Tighten (15° wrench-arc) connector.
f. Make required engine checks listed in table 1-19 or
in table 1-39 (AVIM).
Do not attempt to mate electrical connectors if
seals are swollen. Electrical connector may be g. After completion of final testing, seal connectors
damaged. (para H-9, Appendix H).
7-59
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 7-27. Blue Electrical Cable; Inspection
7-60
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
c. Remove alternator stator (3).
7-51. ALTERNATOR STATOR.
7-52. Removal of Alternator Stator. d. Discard packing (4).
a. Disconnect electrical connectors (1, 2, fig. 7-28). 7-53. Cleaning of Alternator Stator.
Cover connectors with clean, dry, protective caps (item 27,
Appendix D). a. Check electrical connectors for moisture or
contamination.
b. Loosen three captive bolts (5).
b. If no moisture or contamination is found in
electrical connectors, do not clean them. Install clean, dry
protective caps (item 25, Appendix D).
Magnetic forces attract alternator stator (3) to
c. If moisture or contamination is found in electrical
rotor. Do not force stator with a tool during
connectors, clean them (see para H-11, Appendix H).
removal because stator will be damaged.
Figure 7-28. Alternator Stator; Removal and Installation
7-61
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Dry Cleaning Solvent Compressed Air
(Stoddard Solvent) P-D-680
• When using compressed air for any
• Combustible - do not use near open flames, cooling, cleaning, or drying operation, do
near welding areas, or on hot surfaces. not exceed 30 psig at the nozzle.
• Prolonged contact of skin with liquid can • Eyes can be permanently damaged by
cause dermatitis. Repeated inhalation of contact with liquid or large particles
vapor can irritate nose and throat and can propelled by compressed air. Inhalation of
cause dizziness. air-blown particles or solvent vapor can
• If any liquid contacts skin or eyes, damage lungs.
immediately flush affected area thoroughly • When using air for cleaning at an air-
with water. Remove solvent-saturated exhausted workbench, wear approved
clothing. If vapors cause dizziness, go to goggles or face shield.
fresh air. • When using air for cleaning at an
• When handling liquid or when applying it unexhausted workbench, wear approved
in an air-exhausted, partially covered tank, respirator and goggles.
wear approved gloves and goggles.
• When handling liquid or when applying it e. Dry the alternator stator, using dry, filtered
at unexhausted, uncovered tank or compressed air.
workbench, wear approved respirator,
gloves, and goggles. 7-54. Inspection of Alternator Stator. See table 7-9.
d. Wipe external surfaces with towel (item 112,
Appendix D) saturated with dry cleaning solvent (item 99,
Appendix D) to remove grease, dirt, and oil.
Table 7-9. Inspection of Alternator Stator
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
Alternator stator for:
a. Damaged threads on Not allowed. Not repairable. Replace bolt (para H-21,
captive bolts (3, Appendix H).
fig. 7-29).
b. Cracks. None allowed. Not repairable. Replace alternator stator
(para 7-56).
c. Boss (2) (with captive
bolt (3) removed) for:
(1) Missing threads. Any number. Not applicable. Not applicable.
(2) Damaged threads. No crossed threads or loose Any number. AVUM: Replace alternator
material. stator (para 7-56).
AVIM: Remove loose material
and debris. Chase threads to
remove crossed threads.
7-62
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table 7-9. Inspection of Alternator Stator (Cont)
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
d. Diameter A for high Not allowed. Any amount. Remove high metal (para H-21,
metal. Appendix H).
e. Electrical connectors
(4, 5) for:
(1) Contamination or Not allowed. Any amount. Clean connectors (para 7-53).
moisture.
(2) Bent pins. Not allowed. Up to 1/8 inch out of Straighten pin. Check
position. alinement with mating
connector.
(3) Damaged threads. Any amount, without high Any amount that can be Remove high metal (para H-21,
metal, if connector can be reworked to usable limits. Appendix H).
assembled normally with its
mating part.
NOTE
Connector seal is commonly known as a grommet.
(4) Swollen connector Flush or below surface X. Not repairable. Replace alternator stator
seal (6). (para 7-56).
f. Nicks, dents, pits, and
scratches on:
(1) Floor of packing Any number, 0.003 inch deep, Not repairable. Replace alternator stator
groove (1). without sharp edges. (para 7-56).
(2) Wall of packing Any number, 0.010 inch deep, Not repairable. Replace alternator stator
groove (1). without sharp edges. (para 7-56).
7-55. Testing of Alternator Stator. Electrical
Pins Resistance
connector locations are shown in figure FO-2.
4-5 2.5 to 3.5 ohms
a. Disconnect yellow and green electrical cables from
d. (T701, T701C) Measure resistance between pins
alternator stator (J1 and J2 connectors).
in electrical connector (J1), using the following
information. (Do not take measurements at pin 3.)
b. Use a multimeter for this test.
c. (T700) Measure resistance between pins in Pins Resistance
electrical connector (J1), using the following information. 1-2 1.7 to 2.2 ohms
(Do not take measurements at pin 3.) 4-5 3.0 to 3.7 ohms
Pins Resistance
1-2 11 to 14 ohms
7-63
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 7-29. Alternator Stator; Inspection
e. (T700) Measure resistance between pins in 7-56. Installation of Alternator Stator.
electrical connector (J2), using the following information.
(Do not take measurements at pins 1 and 2.) a. Install packing (4, fig. 7-28) on alternator
stator(3).
Pins Resistance
b. Slide alternator stator (3) over alternator rotor.
3-4 1.4 to 1.8 ohms
Magnetic forces will attract stator to rotor. Therefore, be
4-5 1.4 to 1.8 ohms sure that stator does not cock during installation.
3-5 2.8 to 3.6 ohms
c. Thread three captive bolts (5) into gearbox
f. (T701, T701C) Measure resistance between pins mounting flange, handtight. Torque bolts to 45-50 inch-
in electrical connector (J2), using the following pounds.
information. (Do not take measurements at pins 1 and 2.)
Pins Resistance
3-4 0.6 to 1.0 ohms Do not attempt to mate electrical connectors if
4-5 0.6 to 1.0 ohms seals are swollen.
3-5 1.2 to 2.0 ohms
d. Connect electrical connectors (1, 2) to alternator
g. Set selector switch on multimeter to read high stator.
resistance. Check all pins for short circuits-to-ground. No
short circuits allowed. e. Make required engine checks listed in table 1-19 or
in table 1-39 (AVIM).
h. If readings are outside these limits, circuit is faulty.
Replace alternator stator.
7-64
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
7-57. ALTERNATOR ROTOR. Compressed Air
7-58. Removal of Alternator Rotor (AVIM). • When using compressed air for any
cooling, cleaning, or drying operation, do
a. Remove alternator stator (para 7-52). not exceed 30 psig at the nozzle.
• Eyes can be permanently damaged by
b. Insert short end of 7/32-inch hex key (4, fig. 7-30) contact with liquid or large particles
into drive shaft. propelled by compressed air. Inhalation of
air-blown particles or solvent vapor can
c. Position long end of hex key so that it rests against damage lungs.
bottom of oil and scavenge pump housing (3, view A). • When using air for cleaning at an air-
exhausted workbench, wear approved
d. Place 3/4-inch open-end wrench (1) on locknut (5). goggles or face shield.
• When using air for cleaning at an
e. Holding hex key in place, remove locknut.
unexhausted workbench, wear approved
respirator and goggles.
f. Remove alternator rotor (2).
b. Dry the alternator rotor, using dry, filtered
7-59. Cleaning of Alternator Rotor (AVIM).
compressed air.
Dry Cleaning Solvent
(Stoddard Solvent)
P-D-680
• Combustible - do not use near open flames,
near welding areas, or on hot surfaces.
• Prolonged contact of skin with liquid can
cause dermatitis. Repeated inhalation of
vapor can irritate nose and throat and can
cause dizziness.
• If any liquid contacts skin or eyes,
immediately flush affected area thoroughly
with water. Remove solvent-saturated
clothing. If vapors cause dizziness, go to
fresh air.
• When handling liquid or when applying it
in an air-exhausted, partially covered tank,
wear approved gloves and goggles.
• When handling liquid or when applying it
at unexhausted, uncovered tank or
workbench, wear approved respirator,
gloves, and goggles.
a. Wipe external surfaces with towel (item 112,
Appendix D) saturated with dry cleaning solvent (item 99,
Appendix D) to remove grease, oil, and dirt.
7-65
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 7-30. Alternator Rotor; Removal and Installation
7-66
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
7-60. Inspection of Alternator Rotor (AVIM). See
table 7-10.
Table 7-10. Inspection of Alternator Rotor
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
a. Alternator rotor
(fig. 7-31) for:
(1) Nicks and scratches. Any number, 1/64 inch deep, Same as usable limits, Remove high metal (para H-21,
without high metal. with high metal. Appendix H).
(2) Dents. Any number, 1/32 inch deep. Not repairable. Replace rotor (para 7-61).
(3) Cracks. None allowed. Not repairable. Replace rotor (para 7-61).
(4) Wear on diameter A. 0.4610 inch maximum Not repairable. Replace rotor (para 7-61).
diameter.
(5) Wear on diameter B. 0.7810 inch maximum Not repairable. Replace rotor (para 7-61).
diameter.
b. Surfaces A and B for:
(1) Pickup and fretting. Not allowed. Any amount of high Remove high metal (para H-21,
metal, if no more than Appendix H).
25% of area is affected.
(2) Axial scratches and 4 per 1/4 inch of circumference, Same as usable limits, Remove high metal (para H-21,
grooves. 0.010 inch deep, without high with high metal. Appendix H).
metal.
(3) Circumferential Any number, 0.005 inch deep, Same as usable limits, Remove high metal (para H-21,
grooves. if no more than 10% of area is with high metal. Appendix H).
affected, without high metal.
7-67
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 7-31. Alternator Rotor; Inspection
7-68
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
7-61. Installation of Alternator Rotor (AVIM).
a. Slide alternator rotor (2, fig. 7-30) onto drive shaft. Tips of probes can be easily damaged. Be
extra careful when removing probes.
b. Thread locknut (5) onto drive shaft as far as it will
go by hand. e. While expanding thermocouple assembly radially
outward, withdraw lower probes (5) and middle probes (6).
c. Insert short end of 7/32-inch hex key (4) into end Then withdraw upper probes (7) and center probe (8).
of drive shaft.
7-64. Cleaning of Thermocouple Assembly.
d. Place hex key so that it rests on top of oil and
scavenge pump housing (3, view B). a. Check electrical connector for moisture or
contamination.
e. Place torque wrench (7) with 3/4-inch crowfoot (6)
on locknut (5). b. If no moisture or contamination is found in
electrical connector, do not clean it. Install clean, dry
f. Holding hex key in place, turn locknut enough to protective cap (item 26, Appendix D).
check run-on torque. Run-on torque must be at least 14
inch-pounds. If it is not, use a new locknut. c. If moisture or contamination is found in electrical
connector, clean it (para H-11, Appendix H).
g. Torque locknut (5) to 275-300 inch-pounds.
h. Loosen locknut (5, view A).
Dry Cleaning Solvent
i. Torque locknut (5, view B) again to 275-300 inch- (Stoddard Solvent)
pounds. P-D-680
j. Install alternator stator (para 7-56).
• Combustible - do not use near open flames,
near welding areas, or on hot surfaces.
k. Make required engine checks listed in table 1-39.
• Prolonged contact of skin with liquid can
cause dermatitis. Repeated inhalation of
7-62. THERMOCOUPLE ASSEMBLY. vapor can irritate nose and throat and can
cause dizziness.
7-63. Removal of Thermocouple Assembly.
• If any liquid contacts skin or eyes,
immediately flush affected area thoroughly
a. Disconnect electrical connector (yellow cable) (11,
with water. Remove solvent-saturated
fig. 7-32) from thermocouple assembly connector (10).
clothing. If vapors cause dizziness, go to
Cover connectors with clean, dry protective caps (items 27,
fresh air.
28, 30, or 36, Appendix D).
• When handling liquid or when applying it
b. Loosen seven coupling nuts (4) on lower, middle, in an air-exhausted, partially covered tank,
upper, and center probes (5, 6, 7, 8). wear approved gloves and goggles.
• When handling liquid or when applying it
c. Remove two bolts (9) from top of junction box at unexhausted, uncovered tank or
bracket (1). workbench, wear approved respirator,
gloves, and goggles.
d. Remove five bolts (3) and one bolt (12) that secure
thermocouple assembly to brackets (2). d. Wipe external surfaces with towel (item 112,
Appendix D) saturated with dry cleaning solvent (item 99,
Appendix D) to remove grease, dirt, and oil.
7-69
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 7-32. Thermocouple Assembly; Removal and Installation
7-70
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
• When using air for cleaning at an air-
exhausted workbench, wear approved
Compressed Air goggles or face shield.
• When using air for cleaning at an
• When using compressed air for any unexhausted workbench, wear approved
cooling, cleaning, or drying operation, do respirator and goggles.
not exceed 30 psig at the nozzle.
• Eyes can be permanently damaged by e. Dry the thermocouple assembly, using dry, filtered
contact with liquid or large particles compressed, air.
propelled by compressed air. Inhalation of
air-blown particles or solvent vapor can 7-65. Inspection of Thermocouple Assembly. See
damage lungs. table 7-11.
Table 7-11. Inspection of Thermocouple Assembly
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
a. Rigid tubing
(3, fig. 7-33) for:
(1) Nicks, scratches, Any amount, up to 0.015 inch Same as usable limits, with Remove high metal (para H-21,
and abrasions. deep, without high metal. high metal. Appendix H).
(2) Dents. Any number, up to 0.062 inch Not repairable. Replace thermocouple
deep. assembly (para 7-68).
(3) Loose U-clamp (6) Both tubes attached to clamp. Not repairable. Replace thermocouple
(braze separated). assembly (para 7-68).
(4) Broken Not allowed. Not repairable. Replace thermocouple
U-clamps(6). assembly (para 7-68).
(5) Damaged threads Any amount, if there is no loose Same as usable limits. Remove loose burrs or high
on coupling or high metal and if connector metal (para H-21, Appendix H).
nuts(2). can be sealed fingertight to
mating boss.
(6) Discoloration or Any amount. Not applicable. Not applicable.
tarnishing of silver
plating on coupling
nuts (2).
b. Electrical connector (5)
for:
(1) Bent pins. Not allowed. Any amount. Straighten pins, using care not
to damage platinum plated
contact surface. Check
alinement with mating
connector.
7-71
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table 7-11. Inspection of Thermocouple Assembly (Cont)
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
(2) Cracked or missing Small cracks or chips allowed Not repairable. Replace thermocouple
ceramic insulation. provided electrical properties of assembly (para 7-68).
the harness are not affected.
(3) Damaged threads. Any number if there are no Same as usable limits, with Remove loose or hanging burrs
loose or hanging burrs, if there loose or hanging burrs or or remove high metal
is no high metal, and if with high metal. (para H-21, Appendix H).
connector can be assembled
normally with its mating part.
c. Probe (4) for:
(1) Bends. Maximum 1/16 inch. Not repairable. Replace thermocouple
assembly (para 7-68). Do not
straighten.
(2) Nicks and cracks. None allowed. Not repairable. Replace thermocouple
assembly (para 7-68).
(3) Smooth dents. 0.020 inch maximum. Not repairable. Replace thermocouple
assembly (para 7-68).
(4) Wear or corrosion. AVUM: Any amount if there Not repairable. Replace thermocouple
are no cracks and no assembly (para 7-68).
breakthrough in metal shield.
AVIM: OD of metal of each Not repairable. Replace thermocouple
probe at diameter A (fig. 7-33) assembly (para 7-68).
will be 0.240 inch minimum.
Cracks or breakthrough in
metal shield are not allowed.
d. (Former Configuration) Not allowed. Any amount. Repair clamps (para 7-66).
Wrap-around
clamps(7) for cracks or
breakage.
7-72
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 7-33. Thermocouple Assembly; Inspection
7-73
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
7-66. Repair of Thermocouple Assembly Wrap- 7-68. Installation of Thermocouple Assembly.
Around Clamps (Former Configuration).
Tips of probes can be easily damaged. Be
• Do not apply heat to wrap-around clamps; extra careful when installing probes.
otherwise, thermocouple will be damaged.
• Do not grind or file into rigid tubing under a. Position thermocouple assembly around power
clamp. turbine case so that thermocouple assembly connector (10,
fig. 7-32) is at 12 o'clock position and so that connector
a. Using a hand-held grinder, file, or equivalent, points forward.
carefully blend damaged areas of clamps (1, 6, fig. 7-34)
smooth. b. Insert center probe (8) into mounting port at
11o'clock position.
b. If clamp (1) is damaged, go to step c. If clamp (6)
c. Insert upper probes (7), middle probes (6), and
is damaged, proceed as follows:
lower probes (5).
(1) Install two clamps (5, view B) PN
d. Connect and snug down seven coupling nuts (4) on
MS122901, adjacent to damaged clamp and on the side
probes. Tighten (15° wrench-arc) coupling nuts.
closest to electrical connector (7).
e. Secure assembly to forward side junction box of
(2) Using bolt PN J643P05A (3, view B) and
bracket (1) with two bolts (9). Torque bolts to 45-50 inch-
locknut PN 4046T32P01, P02, or P03, (4) secure
pounds.
clamps(5).
f. Secure assembly to forward side of six brackets (2)
(3) Tighten (15° wrench-arc) bolt (3).
with five bolts (3) and one bolt (12). Torque bolts to 45-50
inch-pounds.
c. Repair clamp (1) as follows:
(1) Install two clamps, PN MS122901 (2, view
A), adjacent to damaged clamp and on the side closest to
electrical connector (7). Do not attempt to mate electrical connector if
seals are swollen. Electrical connectors could
(2) Using bolt PN J643P05A (3, view A) and be damaged.
locknut PN 4046T32P01, P02, or P03 (4), secure
clamps(2). g. Install electrical connector (yellow cable) (11) onto
connector (10). Tighten (60° wrench-arc) connector.
(3) Tighten (15° wrench-arc) bolt (3).
h. Make required engine checks listed in table 1-19 or
7-67. Testing of Thermocouple Assembly. Refer in table 1-39 (AVIM).
to paragraph 1-83, testing in aircraft, or to paragraph 1-264,
testing in METS/FEDS/CETS.
7-74 Change 1
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 7-34. Thermocouple Assembly Wrap-Around Clamps (Former Configuration); Repair
7-75
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
concerning asbestos. Otherwise, personal
7-69. TORQUE AND OVERSPEED SENSOR.
injury may result.
NOTE c. Remove bolt (6) from clamp (PN R355P13B only).
Torque and overspeed sensor (3, fig. 7-35) and
Np sensor (4, fig. 7-37) are identical and d. Hold sensor flange (2) and remove three bolts (1).
interchangeable sensors. Do not remove scavenge tube flange bolt (9).
7-70. Removal of Torque and Overspeed Sensor. e. Remove torque and overspeed sensor (3).
a. If required, remove RTV sealant and silicone tape f. Remove and discard two packings (8).
from electrical connector (blue cable) (7, fig. 7-35) and
from electrical connector (4).
b. Disconnect connector (7) from connector (4) on Asbestos
torque and overspeed sensor (3). Cover connectors with
clean, dry protective caps (items 26, 36, Appendix D). The following procedure may involve a part
that contains asbestos, which is highly toxic to
skin, eyes, and respiratory tract. Read general
information before proceeding, and adhere to
Asbestos all site safety and environmental controls
concerning asbestos. Otherwise, personal
The following procedure may involve a part injury may result.
that contains asbestos, which is highly toxic to
skin, eyes, and respiratory tract. Read general g. Spread clamp (5) open and remove it from
information before proceeding, and adhere to electrical connector (4).
all site safety and environmental controls
Figure 7-35. Torque and Overspeed Sensor; Removal and Installation
7-76
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
7-71. Cleaning of Torque and Overspeed Sensor. air-blown particles or solvent vapor can
damage lungs.
a. Check electrical connector for moisture or • When using air for cleaning at an air-
contamination. exhausted workbench, wear approved
goggles or face shield.
b. If no moisture or contamination is found in • When using air for cleaning at an
electrical connector, do not clean it. Install clean, dry unexhausted workbench, wear approved
protective cap (item 26, Appendix D). respirator and goggles.
c. If moisture or contamination is found in electrical e. Dry the sensor using dry, filtered compressed air.
connector, clean it (para H-11, Appendix H).
Dry Cleaning Solvent
(Stoddard Solvent)
P-D-680
• Combustible - do not use near open flames,
near welding areas, or on hot surfaces.
• Prolonged contact of skin with liquid can
cause dermatitis. Repeated inhalation of
vapor can irritate nose and throat and can
cause dizziness.
• If any liquid contacts skin or eyes,
immediately flush affected area thoroughly
with water. Remove solvent-saturated
clothing. If vapors cause dizziness, go to
fresh air.
• When handling liquid or when applying it
in an air-exhausted, partially covered tank,
wear approved gloves and goggles.
• When handling liquid or when applying it
at unexhausted, uncovered tank or
workbench, wear approved respirator,
gloves, and goggles.
d. Flush or spray-wash external surfaces with dry
cleaning solvent (item 99, Appendix D) to remove grease,
oil, and dirt.
Compressed Air
• When using compressed air for any
cooling, cleaning, or drying operation, do
not exceed 30 psig at the nozzle.
• Eyes can be permanently damaged by
contact with liquid or large particles
propelled by compressed air. Inhalation of
7-77
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
7-72. Inspection of Torque and Overspeed
Sensor and Np Sensor. See table 7-12.
Table 7-12. Inspection of Torque and Overspeed Sensor and Np Sensor
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
a. Rigid tubing
(4, fig. 7-36) for:
(1) Nicks, scratches, and Any number, 1/64 inch deep. Same as usable limits, Remove high metal (para H-21,
abrasions. with high metal. Appendix H).
(2) Dents. Any number, 1/32 inch deep. Not repairable. Replace sensor (para 7-74).
(3) Cracks. None allowed. Not repairable. Replace sensor (para 7-74).
b. Packing grooves (9) for
nicks and scratches on:
(1) Floor of groove. Any number, 0.003 inch deep, Not repairable. Replace sensor (para 7-74).
without sharp edges.
(2) Walls of groove. Any number, 0.010 inch deep, Not repairable. Replace sensor (para 7-74).
without sharp edges.
(3) Shoulder wear. G04/G05/G07: less than Not repairable. Replace sensor.
0.010inch.
(4) Tip wear. None allowed. Not repairable. Replace sensor.
c. Electrical connector (3)
for:
(1) Bent pins (1). Not allowed. Up to 1/8 inch out of Straighten pin. Check
position. alinement with mating
connector.
(2) Damaged threads(2). Up to one thread missing, Same as usable limits, Remove high metal (para H-21,
without metal, if connector can with high metal. Appendix H).
be assembled normally with its
mating part.
(3) Cracked or missing Small cracks or chips allowed, Not repairable. Replace sensor (para 7-74).
ceramic insulation. provided electrical properties of
the sensor are not affected.
d. Retainer lock (8) for nicks, Any number, 1/32 inch deep, Same as usable limits, Remove high metal (para H-21,
dents, and scratches. without high metal. with high metal. Appendix H).
e. Broken spring (6). Not allowed. Not repairable. Replace sensor (para 7-74).
f. Electrical circuit. Test and correct as specified in
paragraph 7-73.
7-78
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 7-36. Torque and Overspeed Sensor and Np Sensor; Inspection
7-79
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
7-73. Testing of Torque, Overspeed, and NP
Sensors. Electrical connector locations are shown in
figure FO-2. Use extra care when using bolts to seat sensor
flange onto exhaust frame flange. If excessive
a. Disconnect electrical connector (blue cable) (7, force is used to seat sensor, its flange may be
fig. 7-35) from torque and overspeed sensor (3). bent.
b. Use a multimeter for this test. d. Install three bolts (1). Cross-tighten them until
sensor flange (2) is seated on exhaust frame flange. Torque
c. Measure resistance between pins A and C and bolts to 70-75 inch-pounds.
between pins B and D. Normal resistance for both readings
is 13 to 21 ohms. e. Connect electrical connector (blue cable) (7) to
electrical connector (4) on sensor (3). Tighten (15° wrench-
d. Set selector switch on multimeter to read high arc) connector.
resistance, and check each pin for short circuit-to- ground.
e. If readings are outside these limits, circuit is faulty.
Replace torque and overspeed sensor (para 7-74). Asbestos
7-74. Installation of Torque and Overspeed The following procedure may involve a part
Sensor. that contains asbestos, which is highly toxic to
skin, eyes, and respiratory tract. Read general
a. Install two packings (8, fig. 7-35) onto lower end information before proceeding, and adhere to
of torque and overspeed sensor (3). all site safety and environmental controls
concerning asbestos. Otherwise, personal
injury may result.
Asbestos f. Install bolt (6) through hole in clamp (5). Torque
bolt to 45-50 inch-pounds.
The following procedure may involve a part
that contains asbestos, which is highly toxic to g. Make required engine checks listed in table 1-19 or
skin, eyes, and respiratory tract. Read general in table 1-39 (AVIM).
information before proceeding, and adhere to
all site safety and environmental controls h. After completion of final testing, seal (waterproof)
concerning asbestos. Otherwise, personal connector (4) and connector (7) (para H-9, Appendix H).
injury may result.
b. Slide clamp (5) over end of electrical connector 7-75. NP SENSOR.
(4). Squeeze clamp to make it fit around connector.
7-76. Removal of Np Sensor.
c. Carefully install sensor (3) into strut of exhaust
a. If required, remove RTV sealant and silicone tape
frame (10) so that tab on shaft of sensor alines with slot in
from electrical connector (yellow cable) (10, fig. 7-37) and
strut.
from electrical connector (3).
b. Disconnect connector (10) from connector (3) on
Np sensor (4). Cover connectors with clean, dry protective
caps (items 26, 36, Appendix D).
7-80 Change 5
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 7-37. Np Sensor; Removal and Installation
Asbestos Asbestos
The following procedure may involve a part The following procedure may involve a part
that contains asbestos, which is highly toxic to that contains asbestos, which is highly toxic to
skin, eyes, and respiratory tract. Read general skin, eyes, and respiratory tract. Read general
information before proceeding, and adhere to information before proceeding, and adhere to
all site safety and environmental controls all site safety and environmental controls
concerning asbestos. Otherwise, personal concerning asbestos. Otherwise, personal
injury may result. injury may result.
c. Remove bolt (2) from clamp (PN R355P13B g. Spread clamp (1) open and remove it from
only)(1). electrical connector (3).
d. Hold sensor flange (6) and remove three bolts (5). 7-77. Cleaning of Np Sensor.
Do not remove scavenge tube flange bolt (9).
a. Check electrical connector for moisture or
e. Remove Np sensor (4). contamination.
f. Discard two packings (7). b. If no moisture or contamination is found in
electrical connector, do not clean it. Install clean, dry
protective cap (item 26, Appendix D).
c. If moisture or contamination is found in electrical
connector, clean it (para H-11, Appendix H).
7-81
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
7-78. Inspection of Np Sensor. The Np sensor and
the torque and overspeed sensor are identical parts. See
Dry Cleaning Solvent table 7-12 and figure 7-36 for inspection data.
(Stoddard Solvent)
P-D-680 7-79. Testing of Np Sensor. Test Np sensor as
directed in paragraph 7-73.
• Combustible - do not use near open flames,
near welding areas, or on hot surfaces. 7-80. Installation of Np Sensor.
• Prolonged contact of skin with liquid can
a. Install two preformed packings (7, fig. 7-37) onto
cause dermatitis. Repeated inhalation of
lower end of Np sensor (4).
vapor can irritate nose and throat and can
cause dizziness.
• If any liquid contacts skin or eyes,
immediately flush affected area thoroughly
Asbestos
with water. Remove solvent-saturated
clothing. If vapors cause dizziness, go to
The following procedure may involve a part
fresh air.
that contains asbestos, which is highly toxic to
• When handling liquid or when applying it skin, eyes, and respiratory tract. Read general
in an air-exhausted, partially covered tank, information before proceeding, and adhere to
wear approved gloves and goggles. all site safety and environmental controls
• When handling liquid or when applying it concerning asbestos. Otherwise, personal
at unexhausted, uncovered tank or injury may result.
workbench, wear approved respirator,
gloves, and goggles. b. Slide clamp (1) over end of electrical connector
(3). Squeeze clamp to make it fit around connector.
d. Flush or spray-wash external surfaces with dry
cleaning solvent (item 99, Appendix D) to remove grease, c. Carefully install Np sensor (4) into strut of exhaust
oil and dirt. frame (8) so that tab on shaft of sensor alines with slot in
strut.
Compressed Air
Use extra care when using bolts to seat sensor
• When using compressed air for any flange onto exhaust frame flange. If excessive
cooling, cleaning, or drying operation, do force is used to seat sensor, its flange may be
not exceed 30 psig at the nozzle. bent.
• Eyes can be permanently damaged by
contact with liquid or large particles d. Install three bolts (5). Cross-tighten them until
propelled by compressed air. Inhalation of sensor flange (6) is seated on exhaust frame flange. Torque
air-blown particles or solvent vapor can bolts to 70-75 inch-pounds.
damage lungs.
• When using air for cleaning at an air- e. Connect electrical connector (yellow cable) (10) to
exhausted workbench, wear approved electrical connector (3) on Np sensor (4). Tighten (15°
goggles or face shield. wrench-arc) connector.
• When using air for cleaning at an
unexhausted workbench, wear approved
respirator and goggles.
e. Dry the Np sensor, using dry, filtered compressed
air.
7-82
g. Make required engine checks listed in table 1-19 or
in table 1-39 (AVIM).
Asbestos
h. After completion of final testing, seal (waterproof)
The following procedure may involve a part connector (10) and connector (3) (para H-9, Appendix H).
that contains asbestos, which is highly toxic to
skin, eyes, and respiratory tract. Read general
information before proceeding, and adhere to
all site safety and environmental controls
concerning asbestos. Otherwise, personal
injury may result.
f. Install bolt (2) through hole in clamp (1). Torque
bolt to 45-50 inch-pounds.
7-83/(7-84 Blank)
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
CHAPTER 8
OIL SYSTEM
8-1. CHAPTER OVERVIEW. Paragraph
Subject
This chapter contains instructions for servicing, removing, Oil Filter Element . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-35
cleaning, inspecting, repairing, testing, and installing Oil Cooler Bypass Relief Valve . . . . . . . . . . . 8-38
components of the oil system to the extent allowed by the
Cold Oil Relief Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-42
Maintenance Allocation Chart (MAC).
Bypass Valve Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-46
Data peculiar to engine models T700-GE-700, Electrical Chip Detector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-51
T700-GE-701, and T700-GE-701C is identified throughout C-Sump Forward Scavenge Tube . . . . . . . . . . 8-56
the manual as follows: C-Sump Aft Scavenge Tube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-62
C-Sump Oil Supply Tube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-68
NOTE B-Sump Drain Tube. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-74
Oil Tank Cap and Adapter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-80
• Data common to all engine models is not Oil Manifold Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-86
identified. Oil Supply Tubes (Left-Hand and Right-Hand) 8-93
• T700-GE-701C engine model data unique B-Sump Oil Inlet Check Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-104
to the Apache helicopter will be designated Main Frame Oil Strainer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-108
AH-64A. Oil Level Indicator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-113
• T700-GE-701C engine model data unique Oil Transfer Sleeves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-117
to the Black Hawk helicopter will be Oil Drain Plug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-121
designated UH-60L. Oil Drain Insert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-125
Mid C-Sump Scavenge Tube. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-129
Engine Model Identification C-Sump Forward Oil Scavenge Tube . . . . . . . 8-135
T700-GE-700 (T700) (T700, T701C) Oil Temperature Sensor . . . . 8-141
T700-GE-701 (T701) Oil Pressure Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-146
T700-GE-701C (T701C) (T701, T701C) B-Sump Delta Pressure Tube 8-154
T700-GE-700 and T700-GE-701 (T700, T701) (T700, T701C) Axis-G Drain Tubes . . . . . . . 8-163
T700-GE-700 and T700-GE-701C (T700, T701C)
T700-GE-701 and T700-GE-701C (T701, T701C) 8-3. PRELIMINARY INSTRUCTIONS.
Before starting any of the following procedures, read the
8-2. CHAPTER INDEX.
general maintenance practices and inspection procedures in
Maintenance procedures in this chapter are arranged as Appendix H.
follows:
a. When removing or installing parts, prevent entry of
foreign objects into air and oil passages, and avoid
Paragraph damaging electrical connectors.
Subject
Preliminary Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3 b. Do not use tape to cover oil passages or openings.
Oil Cooler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4 Tape adhesive can dissolve in oil and can cause
Oil and Scavenge Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11 contamination. Use clean, dry, protective caps to cover
Scavenge Screens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-16 electrical connectors and other openings.
Oil Filter Bypass Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-24
Oil Filter Bowl and Indicator Assembly. . . . . 8-29
8-1
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
handling of asbestos-containing material
must be complied with.
Lubricating Oil • Before handling, replacing, or disposing of
asbestos-containing hardware, appropriate
• If oil is decomposed by heat, toxic gases personal protective equipment and national
are released. environmental controls must be strictly
• Prolonged contact with liquid or mist may adhered to for handling asbestos-containing
cause dermatitis and irritation. hardware.
• If there is any prolonged contact with skin,
c. Do not damage preformed packing grooves when
wash area with soap and water. If solution
removing or installing preformed packings. Unless
contacts eyes, flush eyes with water
otherwise specified, lubricate packings and grooves with a
immediately. Remove saturated clothing.
light coat of lubricating oil (item 85 or 87, Appendix D)
• If oil is swallowed, do not try to vomit. Get before installing packings. Ultrachem fluid no. 1 (item 117,
immediate medical attention. Appendix D) may be used as an alternate lubricant for
• When handling liquid, wear rubber gloves. packings and grooves.
If prolonged contact with mist is likely,
wear approved respirator. d. Inspect replacement parts for serviceability before
installation.
e. Always use a backup wrench on fittings when
Asbestos removing or installing hoses or tubes.
This engine may contain small amounts of f. When connecting hoses or tubes, see wrench-arc
asbestos. When working with this engine, the tightening method (para H-14, Appendix H).
following precautions must be rigidly adhered
to: g. Before connecting electrical connectors, refer to
paragraph H-7, in Appendix H for proper procedure.
• Before any maintenance activities are
undertaken, review the illustrated parts h. Observe the following inspection rules:
breakdown/catalog index to determine if
the hardware to be worked on or used (1) In the inspection tables, some requirements
contains asbestos. apply only when the part is removed from the engine. If the
• Whenever mechanical removal of material, part to be inspected is installed on the engine, inspect only
such as machining, grinding, buffing, for those defects that can be seen without removing the part.
drilling, sanding or any type of material Do not remove the part just to inspect it.
build-up on parts that contain asbestos is
necessary, appropriate personal protective (2) When inspection limits are in decimals,
equipment must be worn, and national compare size of defect with size of thickness gage (feeler
environmental controls required for the gage).
8-2
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
8-4. OIL COOLER.
8-5. Removal of Oil Cooler. Dry Cleaning Solvent
(Stoddard Solvent)
P-D-680
Flight Safety Critical Aircraft Part • Combustible - do not use near open flames,
(Critical Characteristic(s)) near welding areas, or on hot surfaces.
• Prolonged contact of skin with liquid can
Leaks in fuel system components are critical cause dermatitis. Repeated inhalation of
characteristics. No fuel leaks allowed. vapor can irritate nose and throat and can
cause dizziness.
• If any liquid contacts skin or eyes,
immediately flush affected area thoroughly
Handling Fuel System Components in Cold with water. Remove solvent-saturated
Weather clothing. If vapors cause dizziness, go to
fresh air.
When removing fuel system components in • When handling liquid or when applying it
cold weather, wear approved gloves to prevent in an air-exhausted, partially covered tank,
frostbite. wear approved gloves and goggles.
• When handling liquid or when applying it
at unexhausted, uncovered tank or
workbench, wear approved respirator,
Oil coolers which are removed from engine gloves, and goggles.
formore than 48 hours for maintenance,
forstorage, or for return to Depot will b. Flush or spray-wash external surfaces of oil cooler
be preserved in accordance with with dry cleaning solvent (item 99, Appendix D) to remove
paragraph 1-209, step e. This will prevent oil grease, oil, and dirt.
coolersfrom becoming damaged due to
corrosion.
a. Loosen three captive bolts (2, fig. 8-1). Compressed Air
b. Remove oil cooler (1) from gearbox mounting
• When using compressed air for any
flange (4).
cooling, cleaning, or drying operation, do
not exceed 30 psig at the nozzle.
c. Do not remove oil cooler seal (3) from oil
cooler(1). Seal (3) is reusable if sealing material is not • Eyes can be permanently damaged by
damaged. contact with liquid or large particles
propelled by compressed air. Inhalation of
d. Be sure that bolt at 9 o'clock position on fuel filter air-blown particles or solvent vapor can
was not disturbed. damage lungs.
• When using air for cleaning at an air-
e. If oil cooler (1) will not be reinstalled within 48 exhausted workbench, wear approved
hours, if it will be returned to Depot, or if it will be stored, goggles or face shield.
preserve it (para 1-209, step e). • When using air for cleaning at an
unexhausted workbench, wear approved
8-6. Cleaning of Oil Cooler. respirator and goggles.
a. Plug or cap all openings using clean, dry protective c. Dry the oil cooler, using dry, filtered compressed
caps. air.
8-3
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 8-1. Oil Cooler; Removal and Installation
8-7. Inspection of Oil Cooler. See table 8-1.
Table 8-1. Inspection of Oil Cooler
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
Flight Safety Critical Aircraft Part
(Critical Characteristic(s))
Leaks in fuel system components are critical characteristics. No fuel leaks allowed.
a. Body (5, fig. 8-2):
(1) Nicks, dents, and Any number, 1/64 inch Not repairable. Replace cooler (para 8-10).
scratches. deep.
(2) Cracks. None allowed. Not repairable. Replace cooler (para 8-10).
b. Mounting flange (3) for:
(1) Nicks, dents, and Any number, 1/64 inch Same as usable limits, with Remove high metal
scratches, except in deep, without high metal. high metal. (para H-21, Appendix H).
sealing area.
8-4
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table 8-1. Inspection of Oil Cooler (Cont)
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
(2) Nicks, dents, and None allowed. Not repairable. Replace cooler (para 8-10).
scratches in sealing area.
c. Oil cooler seal (1) for nicks None allowed. Not repairable. Replace seal (para 8-9).
and cuts in sealing material.
d. Captive bolts (4) for Not allowed. Not repairable. Replace bolt (para H-6,
damaged threads. Appendix H).
e. Captive bolt flanges for Any number of missing Any number with crossed AVUM: Replace cooler
damaged threads. threads without crossed threads or loose material. (para 8-10).
threads or loose material. AVIM: Remove loose
material; mask all openings
and chase threads to remove
crossed threads.
f. Threaded insert for damaged Up to one damaged or Not repairable. AVUM: Replace cooler
threads or looseness. missing thread without (para 8-10).
crossed threads or loose AVIM: Replace insert
material. (para H-29, Appendix H).
Figure 8-2. Oil Cooler; Inspection
8-5
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
8-8. Repair of Oil Cooler. Repair is limited to that installing pump; otherwise, the pump or the
specified in the Corrective Action column in table 8-1. accessory gearbox could be damaged.
• If pump binds, turn it, within the bore,
8-9. Replacement of Oil Cooler Seal.
while pulling or pushing it into position.
a. Remove oil cooler (para 8-5). • Bolts may be used in jacking screw holes to
help turn the pump. Do not attempt to
b. Remove two flathead screws (2, fig. 8-2), and thread bolts into jacking holes beyond
remove oil cooler seal (1). unthreaded portion of bolt shanks; damage
to pump will result.
c. Install replacement seal using two flathead screws.
Tighten screws until seal makes metal-to-metal contact with a. Remove three bolts (1, fig. 8-3) and washers (2).
oil cooler.
d. Install oil cooler (para 8-10). b. Thread two bolts (1) into jacking screw holes (3)
until bolts contact flange on accessory gearbox.
8-10. Installation of Oil Cooler.
c. Alternately turn bolts clockwise, one-quarter of a
turn at a time, until oil and scavenge pump can be removed.
Flight Safety Critical Aircraft Part d. Discard preformed packing (5).
(Critical Characteristic(s))
8-13. Cleaning of Oil and Scavenge Pump.
Leaks in fuel system components are critical
characteristics. No fuel leaks allowed. a. Cover housing of pump with barrier material
(item 12, Appendix D) to prevent debris from entering
a. Be sure that oil cooler seal (3, fig. 8-1) is properly
pump.
installed on oil cooler.
b. Position oil cooler (1) on gearbox mounting
flange(4).
Dry Cleaning Solvent
c. Tighten three captive bolts (2). Torque bolts to (Stoddard Solvent)
45-50 inch-pounds. P-D-680
d. Be sure there is no gap between oil cooler
mounting flange and seal (3), or between seal (3) and
• Combustible - do not use near open flames,
near welding areas, or on hot surfaces.
gearbox mounting flange (4).
• Prolonged contact of skin with liquid can
e. Be sure that there is no exposed rubber material of cause dermatitis. Repeated inhalation of
the seal (3) showing beyond the mounting flange of the oil vapor can irritate nose and throat and can
cooler (1) and gearbox mounting flange (4). If required, cause dizziness.
reposition seal (3) or replace seal (3) to ensure rubber • If any liquid contacts skin or eyes,
material is not exposed. immediately flush affected area thoroughly
with water. Remove solvent-saturated
f. Make required engine checks listed in table 1-19 or clothing. If vapors cause dizziness, go to
table 1-39 (AVIM). fresh air.
• When handling liquid or when applying it
8-11. OIL AND SCAVENGE PUMP. in an air-exhausted, partially covered tank,
wear approved gloves and goggles.
8-12. Removal of Oil and Scavenge Pump. • When handling liquid or when applying it
at unexhausted, uncovered tank or
workbench, wear approved respirator,
gloves, and goggles.
• If oil and scavenge pump binds, do not use
excessive force when removing or
8-6 Change 4
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 8-3. Oil and Scavenge Pump; Removal and Installation
b. Wipe outer surface of pump forward flange using propelled by compressed air. Inhalation of
towel (112, Appendix D) soaked with dry cleaning solvent air-blown particles or solvent vapor can
(item 99, Appendix D) to remove grease, dirt and oil. damage lungs.
• When using air for cleaning at an air-
exhausted workbench, wear approved
goggles or face shield.
Compressed Air • When using air for cleaning at an
unexhausted workbench, wear approved
• When using compressed air for any respirator and goggles.
cooling, cleaning, or drying operation, do
not exceed 30 psig at the nozzle. c. Dry the oil and scavenge pump, using dry, filtered
• Eyes can be permanently damaged by compressed air.
contact with liquid or large particles
8-7
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
8-14. Inspection of Oil and Scavenge Pump. See
table 8-2.
Table 8-2. Inspection of Oil and Scavenge Pump
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
Oil and scavenge pump (fig. 8-4)
for:
a. Visible cracks. None allowed. Not repairable. Replace pump (para 8-15).
b. Free rotation of pump Must rotate. Not repairable. Replace pump (para 8-15).
elements.
c. Spline (3) for wear. 0.015 step in spline. Not repairable. Replace pump (para 8-15).
d. Shaft (4) for shearing. Not allowed. Not repairable. Replace pump (para 8-15).
e. OD of housing (2) for high None allowed. Any amount. Blend high metal, burrs, and
metal, burrs, and pickups. pickup to adjacent surface.
Inspect bore of gearbox
assembly for high metal
(para 5-26).
f. Scratches on OD of (1) Any number, 0.005 inch Not repairable. Replace pump (para 8-15).
housing(2). deep and 0.010 inch
wide, if they do not
connect adjacent ports.
(2) Any number, any depth Not repairable. Replace pump (para 8-15).
across scavenge
discharge port center
web (6).
g. Mounting flange (5) for None allowed. Not repairable. Replace pump (para 8-15).
cracks.
h. Threads of jacking screw Jacking screws must thread Not repairable. Replace pump (para 8-15).
holes (1) for damage. freely.
8-8
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 8-4. Oil and Scavenge Pump; Inspection
8-15. Installation of Oil and Scavenge Pump. b. Alining splined shaft of pump with splined
member in gearbox, slide pump (4) into gearbox.
c. If splined shaft of pump does not engage the
Preformed packing can be damaged if it is not splined member in gearbox, remove pump. Rotate splined
carefully installed onto oil and scavenge pump shaft of pump by hand, and try to engage it again. Several
housing. tries may be necessary to engage shaft.
a. Install preformed packing (5, fig. 8-3) onto oil and NOTE
scavenge pump (4) by sliding it over pump housing. Inspect
packing for nicks and cuts before it is seated. Length of bolts used to secure oil and
scavenge pump has been changed to improve
locking capability. Refer to RPSTL, (T700,
T701) TM 55-2840-248-23P or (T701C)
TM55-2840-258-23P for part number of bolt.
• If oil and scavenge pump binds, do not use
excessive force when removing or
d. Install three bolts (1) and washers (2). Torque bolts
installing pump; otherwise, the pump or the
to 45-50 inch-pounds.
accessory gearbox could be damaged.
• If pump binds, turn it, within the bore, e. Make required engine checks listed in table 1-19 or
while pulling or pushing it into position. in table 1-39 (AVIM).
• Bolts may be used in jacking screw holes to
help turn the pump. Do not attempt to
thread bolts into jacking holes beyond
unthreaded portion of bolt shanks; damage
to pump will result.
8-9
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
8-16. SCAVENGE SCREENS. b. Remove five remaining scavenge screens (7) at the
following port locations on accessory gearbox:
8-17. (T700) Removal of Scavenge Screens.
• A-sump aft
a. Remove six scavenge screens (1, fig. 8-5). • A-sump forward
• C-sump aft
b. Remove and discard six packings (2). • C-sump cover
• C-sump forward
8-18. (T701) Removal of Scavenge Screens.
c. Remove and discard five packings (6).
a. Remove B-sump scavenge screen (1, fig. 8-6) as
8-19. (T701C) Removal of Scavenge Screens.
follows:
(1) Disconnect coupling nut (8, fig. 8-39) from
oil pressure sensor (1).
Two wrenches (counter-torque) are required
for removing and installing coupling nuts.
(2) Pull B-sump delta pressure tube (2, fig. 8-6)
Otherwise, nuts or tubes will be damaged.
from forward suspension lug, located on swirl frame at the
12 o'clock position.
a. Using two wrenches, disconnect coupling nut (2,
fig. 8-7) from oil pressure sensor (1).
(3) Remove screen (1) and tube (2), as an
assembly, from gearbox.
b. Remove bolt (3) from clamp (12).
c. Loosen scavenge screen (4); then remove scavenge
screen and B-sump delta pressure tube (7) as an assembly
Packing (5) must be removed before pulling
from accessory gearbox port (9).
screen (1) through connector (4) of tube (2).
Failure to do this may result in damage to
d. Remove and dispose of packing (8).
screen.
e. While holding tube (7), remove scavenge
(4) Remove and discard packing (5).
screen(4).
(5) Pull screen (1) through connector (4) of
f. Remove and dispose of packings (5, 6).
tube(2).
g. Remove five remaining scavenge screens (11)
(6) Remove and discard packings (3) from
from the following accessory gearbox ports; A-sump aft, C-
screen.
sump cover, C-sump aft, C-sump forward, and A-sump
forward.
NOTE
h. Remove and dispose of five packings (10).
Tag each scavenge screen for proper
identification at inspection.
8-10
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 8-5. (T700) Scavenge Screens; Removal and Installation
8-11
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 8-6. (T701) Scavenge Screens; Removal and Installation
8-12
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 8-7. (T701C) Scavenge Screens; Removal and Installation
8-13
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
8-20. Cleaning of Scavenge Screens. a. Flush or spray-wash scavenge screens with dry
cleaning solvent (item 99, Appendix D) to remove oil and
dirt.
Dry Cleaning Solvent
(Stoddard Solvent)
P-D-680 Compressed Air
• Combustible - do not use near open flames, • When using compressed air for any
near welding areas, or on hot surfaces. cooling, cleaning, or drying operation, do
• Prolonged contact of skin with liquid can not exceed 30 psig at the nozzle.
cause dermatitis. Repeated inhalation of • Eyes can be permanently damaged by
vapor can irritate nose and throat and can contact with liquid or large particles
cause dizziness. propelled by compressed air. Inhalation of
• If any liquid contacts skin or eyes, air-blown particles or solvent vapor can
immediately flush affected area thoroughly damage lungs.
with water. Remove solvent-saturated • When using air for cleaning at an air-
clothing. If vapors cause dizziness, go to exhausted workbench, wear approved
fresh air. goggles or face shield.
• When handling liquid or when applying it • When using air for cleaning at an
in an air-exhausted, partially covered tank, unexhausted workbench, wear approved
wear approved gloves and goggles. respirator and goggles.
• When handling liquid or when applying it
at unexhausted, uncovered tank or b. Dry the scavenge screens using dry, filtered
workbench, wear approved respirator, compressed air.
gloves, and goggles.
8-21. Inspection of Scavenge Screens. See
table 8-3.
Table 8-3. Inspection of Scavenge Screens
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
a. Scavenge screens (fig. 8-8)
for:
(1) Broken screen Not allowed. Not repairable. Replace scavenge screen
mesh(3). (para 8-22 (T700) or 8-23
(T701, T701C)).
NOTE
Do not straighten a distorted screen.
(2) (T701, T701C) Bent Any amount if a 0.300 inch Not repairable. Replace scavenge screen
or collapsed screen diameter drill rod (or size (para 8-23).
mesh (3). “N” drill) can be inserted the
full length of the screen
mesh (3) from DIA B, and
DIM A is 1.900 minimum.
(3) Nicks and burrs on Not allowed. Any number. Blend to adjacent contour
seating area (7). (para H-21, Appendix H).
8-14
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table 8-3. Inspection of Scavenge Screens (Cont)
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
(4) Damaged threads (2). Not allowed. Not repairable. Replace scavenge screen
(para 8-22 (T700) or
8-23 (T701, T701C)).
(5) Wrench damage in Any amount if screen can be Not repairable. Replace scavenge screen
each corner of hex installed properly. (para 8-22 (T700) or 8-23
flat (1). (T701, T701C)).
b. Packing grooves (6) for
nicks and scratches in:
(1) Floor. Any number, up to Not repairable. Replace scavenge screen
0.003inch deep without (para 8-22 (T700) or 8-23
sharp edges. (T701, T701C)).
(2) Walls. Any number, up to Not repairable. Replace scavenge screen
0.010inch deep, without (para 8-22 (T700) or 8-23
sharp edges. (T701, T701C)).
c. (T701, T701C) Any number, up to Not repairable. Replace scavenge screen
Surfaces(4) for nicks, 0.005inch deep, without (para 8-23).
dents, and scratches. sharp edges.
d. Vent hole (5) for blockage. Not allowed. Any amount. Using 1/16-inch diameter wire,
unplug hole; then clean
scavenge screen (para 8-20).
e. (T701, T701C) Wrench Any amount, without high Not repairable. Replace scavenge screen
damage in corners of metal, if screen can be (para 8-23).
square drive socket (8) on installed properly.
B-sump scavenge screen.
8-22. (T700) Installation of Scavenge Screens. b. Thread screens (7) into accessory gearbox at the
following port locations:
a. Install six preformed packings (2, fig. 8-5) onto six
scavenge screens (1). • A-sump aft
• A-sump forward
b. Thread screens into gearbox. Torque screens to • C-sump aft
145-150 inch-pounds.
• C-sump cover
c. Make required engine checks listed in table 1-19 or • C-sump forward
in table 1-39 (AVIM).
c. Torque screens (7) to 145-150 inch-pounds.
8-23. (T701, T701C) Installation of Scavenge
Screens. d. Install B-sump scavenge screen (1) as follows:
a. Install five packings (6, fig. 8-6) onto five scavenge (1) Install two packings (3) into packing
screens (7). grooves(8) at forward end of screen (1). Be sure that
packing is not installed in groove (9) that has vent hole.
8-15
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 8-8. Scavenge Screens; Inspection
8-16
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
(2) Insert screen (1) through connector (4) of j. (T701C) Using two wrenches, tighten (60° wrench
B-sump delta pressure tube (2). arc) coupling nut (2).
(3) Install packing (5) in packing groove (9). k. Torque bolt (3) to 45-50 inch-pounds.
(4) Install screen (1) and tube (2) as an assembly, l. Make required engine checks listed in table 1-19 or
into accessory gearbox. Thread screen into gearbox. Torque in table 1-39 (AVIM).
screen to 145-150 inch-pounds.
8-24. OIL FILTER BYPASS SENSOR.
e. (T701) Push tube (2) into forward suspension lug,
located on swirl frame at the 12 o'clock position. 8-25. Removal of Oil Filter Bypass Sensor.
f. (T701) Connect coupling nut (8, fig. 8-39) onto a. Disconnect electrical connector (green cable) (5,
fitting of oil pressure sensor (1). fig. 8-9). Cap connectors with clean, dry protective caps
(item 24, 34, Appendix D).
g. (T701) Tighten (60° wrench arc) coupling nut (8).
b. Loosen two captive bolts (3).
h. (T701C) Connect coupling nut (2, fig. 8-7) to oil
pressure sensor (1). c. Remove oil filter bypass sensor (4).
i. (T701C) Install bolt (3) onto clamp (12). Hand- d. Remove and discard packings (1, 2).
tighten bolt.
Two wrenches (counter-torque) are required
for removing and installing coupling nuts.
Otherwise, nuts or tubes will be damaged.
Figure 8-9. Oil Filter Bypass Sensor; Removal and Installation
8-17
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
8-26. Cleaning of Oil Filter Bypass Sensor. • When handling liquid or when applying it
at unexhausted, uncovered tank or
a. Check electrical connector for moisture or workbench, wear approved respirator,
contamination. gloves, and goggles.
b. If no moisture or contamination is found in d. Flush or spray-wash external surfaces of bypass
electrical connector, do not clean it. Install clean, dry sensor with dry cleaning solvent (item 99, Appendix D) to
protective cap (item 24, Appendix D). remove grease, oil, and dirt.
c. If moisture or contamination is found in electrical
connector, clean it (para H-11, Appendix H).
Compressed Air
• When using compressed air for any
Dry Cleaning Solvent cooling, cleaning, or drying operation, do
(Stoddard Solvent) not exceed 30 psig at the nozzle.
P-D-680
• Eyes can be permanently damaged by
contact with liquid or large particles
• Combustible - do not use near open flames, propelled by compressed air. Inhalation of
near welding areas, or on hot surfaces. air-blown particles or solvent vapor can
• Prolonged contact of skin with liquid can damage lungs.
cause dermatitis. Repeated inhalation of • When using air for cleaning at an air-
vapor can irritate nose and throat and can exhausted workbench, wear approved
cause dizziness. goggles or face shield.
• If any liquid contacts skin or eyes, • When using air for cleaning at an
immediately flush affected area thoroughly unexhausted workbench, wear approved
with water. Remove solvent-saturated respirator and goggles.
clothing. If vapors cause dizziness, go to
fresh air. e. Dry the bypass sensor using dry, filtered
• When handling liquid or when applying it compressed air.
in an air-exhausted, partially covered tank,
wear approved gloves and goggles.
8-18
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
8-27. Inspection of Oil Filter Bypass Sensor. See
table 8-4.
Table 8-4. Inspection of Oil Filter Bypass Sensor
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
Oil filter bypass sensor
(fig. 8-10) for:
a. Cracks. None allowed. Not repairable. Replace sensor (para 8-28).
b. Indication of leaks at Leaks not allowed. Not repairable. Replace sensor (para 8-28).
joints.
c. Electrical connector (1)
for:
(1) Looseness. Not allowed. Not repairable. Replace sensor (para 8-28).
(2) Bent pins. Not allowed. Up to 1/8 inch out-of- Straighten pin. Check
position. alinement with mating
connector.
(3) Damaged threads. Up to 1-1/2 total damaged Same as usable limits, with AVUM: Replace sensor
or missing threads if high metal. (para 8-28).
crossthreading will not AVIM: Blend high metal and
occur. No high metal. chase threads.
d. Damaged threads on Not allowed. Not repairable. Replace bolt (para H-6,
captive bolts (2). Appendix H).
e. Damaged threads on Up to one damaged or Same as usable limits, with AVUM: Replace sensor
captive bolt flanges (3). missing thread, with no crossed threads or loose (para 8-28).
crossed threads or loose material. AVIM: Mask all openings and
material. chase threads.
8-28. Installation of Oil Filter Bypass Sensor. c. Connect electrical connector (green cable) (5).
a. Install packings (1, 2, fig. 8-9) onto oil filter bypass d. After installation, make required engine checks
sensor (4). listed in table 1-19 or in table 1-39 (AVIM).
b. Install bypass sensor into gearbox, and tighten two
captive bolts (3). Torque bolts to 45-50 inch-pounds.
8-19
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 8-10. Oil Filter Bypass Sensor; Inspection
(2) Hold bowl with bypass button (1, fig. 8-11)
8-29. OIL FILTER BOWL AND INDICATOR
facing up. This releases an internal latch.
ASSEMBLY.
8-30. Oil Filter Servicing when Impending Bypass (3) Depress button.
Button Pops.
f. Install bowl and filter element on gearbox.
a. When oil filter impending bypass button pops,
remove oil filter bowl and element (para 8-31). g. Tighten bowl, using a 15/16-inch open-end
wrench, until there is metal-to-metal contact between flange
b. Clean the bowl (para 8-32). of bowl and face of gearbox.
c. Install new packing (3, fig. 8-11) on bowl (2).
8-31. Removal of Oil Filter and Bowl.
d. Install new packings (4) on each end of filter
element (5). a. Before removal, wipe outer surface of filter bowl
and surrounding area with clean towel (item 112,
e. Reset impending bypass button as follows: Appendix D) to avoid contaminating oil system.
b. Unscrew bowl (2, fig. 8-11).
NOTE
It may be difficult to reset the impending c. Remove and discard filter element (5) and
bypass button (1) if the filter element (5) is not packings(4).
firmly seated and if the filter bowl (2) is not
held vertically. d. Remove and discard packing (3).
(1) Seat the element firmly on bowl.
8-20
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 8-11. Oil Filter and Bowl; Removal and Installation
8-32. Cleaning of Oil Filter Bowl. a. Clean outer surface of forward flange with towel
(item 112, Appendix D) soaked with dry cleaning solvent
(item 99, Appendix D) to remove, grease, dirt, and oil.
Dry Cleaning Solvent
(Stoddard Solvent)
P-D-680 Compressed Air
• Combustible - do not use near open flames, • When using compressed air for any
near welding areas, or on hot surfaces. cooling, cleaning, or drying operation, do
• Prolonged contact of skin with liquid can not exceed 30 psig at the nozzle.
cause dermatitis. Repeated inhalation of • Eyes can be permanently damaged by
vapor can irritate nose and throat and can contact with liquid or large particles
cause dizziness. propelled by compressed air. Inhalation of
• If any liquid contacts skin or eyes, air-blown particles or solvent vapor can
immediately flush affected area thoroughly damage lungs.
with water. Remove solvent-saturated • When using air for cleaning at an air-
clothing. If vapors cause dizziness, go to exhausted workbench, wear approved
fresh air. goggles or face shield.
• When handling liquid or when applying it • When using air for cleaning at an
in an air-exhausted, partially covered tank, unexhausted workbench, wear approved
wear approved gloves and goggles. respirator and goggles.
• When handling liquid or when applying it
at unexhausted, uncovered tank or b. Dry the oil filter bowl, using dry, filtered
workbench, wear approved respirator, compressed air.
gloves, and goggles.
8-21
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
8-33. Inspection of Oil Filter Bowl. See table 8-5.
Table 8-5. Inspection of Oil Filter Bowl
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
a. Oil filter bowl (fig. 8-12)
for:
(1) Visible cracks. None allowed. Not repairable. Replace bowl (para 8-34).
(2) Leaks. Not allowed. Not repairable. Replace bowl (para 8-34).
(3) Stripped threads. One missing thread. Not repairable. Replace bowl (para 8-34).
(4) Nicks, dents, and
scratches in:
(a) Floor of packing Any number, up to Not repairable. Replace bowl (para 8-34).
groove. 0.003inch deep, without
sharp edges.
(b) Walls of packing Any number, up to Not repairable. Replace bowl (para 8-34).
groove. 0.010inch deep, without
sharp edges.
(c) All other areas. Any number, up to 1/64 inch Same as usable limits, with Remove high metal (para H-21,
deep, without high metal. high metal. Appendix H).
(5) Damage to the hex Any amount if a wrench will Same as usable limits, with Remove burrs.
flats on bottom of hold. No burrs allowed. burrs.
bowl.
b. Impending bypass Button will reset when bowl Not repairable. Replace bowl (para 8-34).
indicator button reset is in vertical position. Button
operation. will not reset in horizontal
position.
8-34. Installation of Oil Filter Bowl. (1) Hold bowl with bypass button (1) facing up.
This releases an internal latch.
a. Install packing (3, fig. 8-11) on filter bowl (2).
(2) Depress bypass button (1).
b. Install new packings (4) onto a 3 micron filter
element (5). d. Install oil filter bowl on gearbox. Tighten bowl
until there is metal-to-metal contact between flange of bowl
c. Place element into filter bowl. If impending bypass and face of gearbox.
indicator button (1) is popped, reset it as follows:
e. Make required engine checks listed in table 1-19 or
in table 1-39 (AVIM).
NOTE
It may be difficult to reset the impending
bypass button if the filter element is not firmly
seated and if the filter bowl is not held
vertically.
8-22
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 8-12. Oil Filter Bowl; Inspection
8-35. OIL FILTER ELEMENT. 8-38. OIL COOLER BYPASS RELIEF VALVE.
8-36. Removal of Oil Filter Element. Remove oil 8-39. Removal of Oil Cooler Bypass Relief Valve
filter element following instructions in paragraph 8-31. (AVIM).
8-37. Installation of Oil Filter Element. a. Remove two locknuts (4, fig. 8-13) which secure
oil cooler bypass relief valve (3) to gearbox.
a. Install oil filter element, following instructions in
paragraph 8-34. b. Thread a no. 10-32 bolt into center of relief
valve(3). Grasp bolt and pull relief valve out of gearbox.
b. Make required engine checks listed in table 1-19 or
in table 1-39 (AVIM). c. Remove and discard packings (1, 2).
d. Cover all openings in gearbox to prevent dirt and
foreign materials from entering.
8-23
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 8-13. Oil Cooler Bypass Relief Valve; Removal, Inspection, and Installation
8-24
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
8-40. Inspection of Oil Cooler Bypass Relief
Valve (AVIM). See table 8-6.
Table 8-6. Inspection of Oil Cooler Bypass Relief Valve
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
Oil cooler bypass relief valve
(fig. 8-13) for:
a. Cracks on external surfaces None allowed. Not repairable. Replace valve (para 8-41).
and seat.
b. Nicks and scratches (except in Any number without high Not repairable. Replace valve (para 8-41).
packing grooves). metal.
c. Nicks and scratches in:
(1) Floor of packing groove. Any number, 0.003 inch Not repairable. Replace valve (para 8-41).
deep, without sharp edges.
(2) Walls of packing Any number, 0.010 inch Not repairable. Replace valve (para 8-41).
grooves. deep, without sharp edges.
8-41. Installation of Oil Cooler Bypass Relief 8-42. COLD OIL RELIEF VALVE
Valve (AVIM).
.
a. Install packings (1, 2, fig. 8-13) into packing
grooves on oil cooler bypass relief valve (3). 8-43. Removal of Cold Oil Relief Valve (AVIM).
b. Install relief valve into gearbox. a. Remove two locknuts (4, fig. 8-14) which secure
cold oil relief valve (3) to gearbox.
c. Using two locknuts (4), secure relief valve to
gearbox. Torque locknuts to 45-50 inch-pounds. b. Thread a no. 10-32 bolt into center of relief
valve(3). Grasp bolt and pull relief valve out of gearbox.
d. Make required engine checks listed in table 1-39.
c. Remove and discard packings (1, 2).
d. Cover all openings in gearbox to prevent dirt and
foreign materials from entering.
8-25
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 8-14. Cold Oil Relief Valve; Removal, Inspection, and Installation
8-26
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
8-44. Inspection of Cold Oil Relief Valve
(AVIM). See table 8-7.
Table 8-7. Inspection of Cold Oil Relief Valve
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
Cold oil relief valve (fig. 8-14) for:
a. Cracks on external surfaces None allowed. Not repairable. Replace valve (para 8-45).
and seat.
b. Nicks and scratches in:
(1) Floor of packing grooves. Any number, 0.003 inch Not repairable. Replace valve (para 8-45).
deep, without sharp edges.
(2) Walls of packing Any number, 0.010 inch Not repairable. Replace valve (para 8-45.
grooves. deep, without sharp edges.
(3) All other areas. Any number, without high Not repairable. Replace valve (para 8-45).
metal.
8-45. Installation of Cold Oil Relief Valve (AVIM). 8-48. Cleaning of Bypass Valve Assembly (AVIM).
a. Install packings (1, 2, fig. 8-14) into packing
grooves on cold oil relief valve (3).
Dry Cleaning Solvent
b. Install relief valve into gearbox. (Stoddard Solvent)
P-D-680
c. Using two locknuts (4), secure relief valve to
gearbox. Torque locknuts to 45-50 inch-pounds. • Combustible - do not use near open flames,
near welding areas, or on hot surfaces.
d. Make required engine checks listed in table 1-39.
• Prolonged contact of skin with liquid can
cause dermatitis. Repeated inhalation of
8-46. BYPASS VALVE ASSEMBLY. vapor can irritate nose and throat and can
cause dizziness.
8-47. Removal of Bypass Valve Assembly (AVIM).
• If any liquid contacts skin or eyes,
a. Remove oil filter (para 8-31). immediately flush affected area thoroughly
with water. Remove solvent-saturated
b. Insert a 3/8-inch drive extension into center of clothing. If vapors cause dizziness, go to
bypass valve assembly (1, fig. 8-15). Attach a socket fresh air.
wrench to the extension, and unscrew valve from accessory • When handling liquid or when applying it
gearbox. in an air-exhausted, partially covered tank,
wear approved gloves and goggles.
c. Remove and discard preformed packing (2). • When handling liquid or when applying it
at unexhausted, uncovered tank or
workbench, wear approved respirator,
gloves, and goggles.
a. Rinse bypass valve assembly in dry cleaning
solvent (item 99, Appendix D).
8-27
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 8-15. Bypass Valve Assembly; Removal and Installation
air-blown particles or solvent vapor can
damage lungs.
Compressed Air • When using air for cleaning at an air-
exhausted workbench, wear approved
• When using compressed air for any goggles or face shield.
cooling, cleaning, or drying operation, do • When using air for cleaning at an
not exceed 30 psig at the nozzle. unexhausted workbench, wear approved
• Eyes can be permanently damaged by respirator and goggles.
contact with liquid or large particles
propelled by compressed air. Inhalation of b. Dry the bypass valve assembly using dry, filtered
compressed air.
8-28
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
8-49. Inspection of Bypass Valve Assembly
(AVIM). See table 8-8.
Table 8-8. Inspection of Bypass Valve Assembly
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
Bypass valve assembly (fig. 8-16)
for:
a. Metallic and nonmetallic Not allowed. Any amount. Remove particles using a
particles. soft-fiber brush.
b. Damaged screen. Not allowed. Not repairable. Replace valve assembly
(para 8-50).
c. Clogged screen. Not allowed. Not repairable. Replace valve assembly
(para 8-50).
d. Nicks and scratches on Any number, up to Not repairable. Replace valve assembly
sealing surface. 0.003inch deep. (para 8-50).
e. Nicks and scratches on all Any number, up to Any number, up to 0.010 Blend high metal.
other areas. 0.010inch deep, without inch deep, with high metal.
high metal.
Figure 8-16. Bypass Valve Assembly; Inspection
8-29
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
8-50. Installation of Bypass Valve Assembly 8-53. Cleaning of Electrical Chip Detector.
(AVIM).
a. Check electrical connector for moisture or
a. Attach preformed packing (2, fig. 8-15) to bypass contamination.
valve assembly (1).
b. If no moisture or contamination is found in
b. Thread valve assembly into accessory gearbox. electrical connector, do not clean it. Install clean, dry,
protective cap. (item 24, Appendix D).
c. Insert a 3/8-inch drive extension into center of
valve assembly. c. If moisture or contamination is found in electrical
connector, clean it (para H-11, Appendix H).
d. Attach a torque wrench to the extension, and
torque valve assembly to 145-150 inch-pounds. d. Hold electrical chip detector (6, fig. 8-17) by its
knurled end, and unscrew screen (3).
e. Install oil filter (para 8-34).
f. Make required engine checks listed in table 1-39.
Lubricating Oil
8-51. ELECTRICAL CHIP DETECTOR.
• If oil is decomposed by heat, toxic gases
8-52. Removal of Electrical Chip Detector. are released.
• Prolonged contact with liquid or mist may
a. Disconnect electrical connector (green cable) (7,
cause dermatitis and irritation.
fig. 8-17) from electrical chip detector. Cap connectors with
clean, dry, protective caps (item 24, 34, Appendix D).
• If there is any prolonged contact with skin,
wash area with soap and water. If solution
b. Loosen two captive bolts (5). contacts eyes, flush eyes with water
immediately. Remove saturated clothing.
• If oil is swallowed, do not try to vomit. Get
immediate medical attention.
If handle of wrench is pressed against • When handling liquid, wear rubber gloves.
gearbox, gearbox may be damaged. If prolonged contact with mist is likely,
wear approved respirator.
c. Using open-end wrench, push on handle to loosen
electrical chip detector (6). Remove detector (6). e. Use clean lubricating oil (item 85 or 87, Appendix
D) and a soft-fiber brush to clean the chip detector.
d. Remove and discard preformed packing (2).
f. Use a towel (item 112, Appendix D) to dry the chip
detector.
8-30
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 8-17. Electrical Chip Detector; Removal and Installation
8-31
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
smoke when using it. Heat and flames can
cause the formation of phosgene gas which
Dry Cleaning Solvent is injurious to the lungs.
(Stoddard Solvent) • Repeated or prolonged contact with liquid
P-D-680 or inhalation of vapor can cause skin and
eye irritation, dermatitis, narcotic effects,
• Combustible - do not use near open flames, and heart damage.
near welding areas, or on hot surfaces. • After prolonged skin contact, wash
• Prolonged contact of skin with liquid can contacted area with soap and water.
cause dermatitis. Repeated inhalation of Remove contaminated clothing. If vapors
vapor can irritate nose and throat and can cause irritation, go to fresh air. Get medical
cause dizziness. attention for overexposure of skin and eyes.
• If any liquid contacts skin or eyes, • When handling liquid in vapor-degreasing
immediately flush affected area thoroughly tank with hinged cover and air exhaust, or
with water. Remove solvent-saturated at air-exhausted workbench, wear approved
clothing. If vapors cause dizziness, go to gloves and goggles.
fresh air. • When handling liquid at open, unexhausted
• When handling liquid or when applying it workbench, wear approved respirator,
in an air-exhausted, partially covered tank, gloves, and goggles.
wear approved gloves and goggles. • Dispose of liquid-soaked rags in approved
• When handling liquid or when applying it metal container.
at unexhausted, uncovered tank or
g. Gently clean screen (5, fig. 8-18) using a soft-
workbench, wear approved respirator,
bristle bottle brush (item 15, Appendix D) and dry cleaning
gloves, and goggles.
solvent (item 99, Appendix D) or trichloroethane (item 114,
Appendix D).
h. Screw screen (5) onto chip detector (2). Hand-
Trichloroethane tighten screen.
O-T-620
8-54. Inspection of Electrical Chip Detector. See
• Do not use near open flames, welding table 8-9.
areas, or on very hot surfaces. Do not
Table 8-9. Inspection of Electrical Chip Detector
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
Electrical chip detector
(2, fig. 8-18) for:
a. Contamination. Not allowed. Any amount. Clean chip detector (2)
(para 8-53).
b. Continuity (use multimeter Must indicate continuity. Not repairable. Replace chip detector
connected to pins 1 and 2 and (para 8-55).
short out gap (4)).
c. Captive bolts (3) for damaged Not allowed. Not repairable. Replace bolt (para H-6,
threads. Appendix H).
8-32
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table 8-9. Inspection of Electrical Chip Detector (Cont)
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
d. Captive bolt flanges for Any number of missing Any number, with crossed AVUM: Replace chip
damaged threads. threads, with no crossed threads or loose material. detector (para 8-55).
threads or loose material. AVIM: Remove loose
material; mask all openings
and chase threads to remove
crossed threads.
e. Electrical connector for:
(1) Bent socket pins (1). None allowed. Up to 1/8 inch out-of- Straighten pin.
position.
(2) Kinked or sharply bent None allowed. Not repairable. Replace chip detector
pins (1). (para 8-55).
(3) Damaged threads. Any amount, with no high Any amount that can be Remove high metal
metal, if connector can be reworked to usable limits. (para H-21, Appendix H).
assembled normally with its
mating part.
f. Screen (5) for:
(1) Breaks or tears. None allowed. Not repairable. Replace chip detector
(para 8-55).
(2) Debris. Not allowed. Any amount. Clean screen (para 8-53).
(3) Screen frame for breaks None allowed. Not repairable. Replace chip detector
or cracks. (para 8-55).
8-55. Installation of Electrical Chip Detector. c. Tighten two captive bolts (5). Torque bolts to 45-
50 inch-pounds.
a. Install preformed packing (2, fig. 8-17) onto chip
detector. d. Connect electrical connector (green cable) (7).
b. Insert chip detector into gearbox mounting e. Make required engine checks listed in table 1-19 or
flange(1). in table 1-39 (AVIM).
8-33
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 8-18. Electrical Chip Detector; Inspection
8-56. C-SUMP FORWARD SCAVENGE TUBE
. Asbestos
8-57. Removal of C-Sump Forward Scavenge The following procedure may involve a part
Tube (AVIM). that contains asbestos, which is highly toxic to
skin, eyes, and respiratory tract. Read general
a. If power turbine module is installed on engine, information before proceeding, and adhere to
disconnect coupling nut on C-sump forward scavenge tube all site safety and environmental controls
(4, fig. 8-19) from oil manifold assembly. concerning asbestos. Otherwise, personal
injury may result.
b. Remove torque and overspeed sensor (para 7-70).
e. Remove bolt (2) from clamp (PN 299C486P5
only)(3).
Asbestos f. Remove bolt (1) from flange of C-sump forward
scavenge tube (4).
The following procedure may involve a part
that contains asbestos, which is highly toxic to g. Remove scavenge tube.
skin, eyes, and respiratory tract. Read general
h. Remove and discard two preformed packings (5).
information before proceeding, and adhere to
all site safety and environmental controls
8-58. Cleaning of C-Sump Forward Scavenge
concerning asbestos. Otherwise, personal
Tube. See paragraph H-23, Appendix H.
injury may result.
8-59. Inspection of C-Sump Forward Scavenge
c. Remove two bolts (9) from tube clamp
Tube. See paragraph H-24, Appendix H.
(PN4042T56P01/P02 only) (10).
8-60. Testing of C-Sump Forward Scavenge Tube
d. Remove tube clamp. (AVIM). See paragraph H-25, Appendix H.
8-34
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 8-19. Power Turbine Module External Components; Removal and Installation
8-35
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
8-61. Installation of C-Sump Forward Scavenge
8-62. C-SUMP AFT SCAVENGE TUBE
Tube (AVIM).
.
a. Attach two preformed packings (5, fig. 8-19) to
C-sump forward scavenge tube (4). 8-63. Removal of C-Sump Aft Scavenge Tube
(AVIM).
b. Insert aft end of scavenge tube into boss on exhaust
frame as shown. Start bolt (1), but do not torque it. a. If power turbine module is installed, disconnect
coupling nut on oil manifold assembly from C-sump aft
c. If power turbine module is installed, connect scavenge tube (7, fig. 8-19).
coupling nut on scavenge tube to oil manifold assembly.
Hand-tighten coupling nut. b. Remove Np sensor (para 7-76).
Asbestos Asbestos
The following procedure may involve a part The following procedure may involve a part
that contains asbestos, which is highly toxic to that contains asbestos, which is highly toxic to
skin, eyes, and respiratory tract. Read general skin, eyes, and respiratory tract. Read general
information before proceeding, and adhere to information before proceeding, and adhere to
all site safety and environmental controls all site safety and environmental controls
concerning asbestos. Otherwise, personal concerning asbestos. Otherwise, personal
injury may result. injury may result.
d. Position clamp (3) on scavenge tube, and secure it c. Remove two bolts (9) from tube clamp (PN
with bolt (2). Torque bolt to 45-50 inch- pounds. 4042T56P01/P02 only) (10), and remove tube clamp.
d. Remove bolt (6).
Asbestos e. Remove scavenge tube.
The following procedure may involve a part f. Remove and discard two preformed packings (8).
that contains asbestos, which is highly toxic to
skin, eyes, and respiratory tract. Read general 8-64. Cleaning of C-Sump Aft Scavenge Tube.
information before proceeding, and adhere to See paragraph H-23, Appendix H.
all site safety and environmental controls
concerning asbestos. Otherwise, personal 8-65. Inspection of C-Sump Aft Scavenge
injury may result. Tube. See paragraph H-24, Appendix H.
e. Position tube clamp (10) over forward end of 8-66. Testing of C-Sump Aft Scavenge Tube
scavenge tube and secure it with two bolts (9). Torque bolts (AVIM). See paragraph H-25, Appendix H.
to 45-50 inch-pounds.
8-67. Installation of C-Sump Aft Scavenge Tube
f. Install torque and overspeed sensor (para 7-74). (AVIM).
g. Torque bolt (1) to 70-75 inch-pounds. a. Attach two preformed packings (8, fig. 8-19) to
C-sump aft scavenge tube (7).
h. If power turbine module is installed, tighten (60°
wrench arc) coupling nut on scavenge tube. b. Insert aft end of scavenge tube into boss on exhaust
frame as shown. Start bolt (6), but do not torque it.
i. After installation, make required engine checks c. If power turbine module is installed, connect scavenge
listed in table 1-39. tube to coupling nut on oil manifold assembly. Hand-tighten
coupling nut.
8-36
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
d. Remove two bolts (9) and tube clamp (PN
4042T56P01/P02 only) (10).
Asbestos
e. Remove oil supply tube.
The following procedure may involve a part
that contains asbestos, which is highly toxic to f. Remove and discard two preformed packings (14).
skin, eyes, and respiratory tract. Read general
information before proceeding, and adhere to 8-70. Cleaning of C-Sump Oil Supply Tube. See
all site safety and environmental controls paragraph H-23, Appendix H.
concerning asbestos. Otherwise, personal
injury may result. 8-71. Inspection of C-Sump Oil Supply Tube. See
paragraph H-24, Appendix H.
d. Position tube clamp (10) over forward end of
scavenge tube and secure it with two bolts (9). Torque bolts 8-72. Testing of C-Sump Oil Supply Tube
to 45-50 inch-pounds. (AVIM). See paragraph H-25, Appendix H.
e. Install Np sensor (para 7-80). 8-73. Installation of C-Sump Oil Supply Tube
(AVIM).
f. Torque bolt (6) to 70-75 inch-pounds.
g. If power turbine module is installed, tighten (60°
wrench arc) coupling nut on oil manifold assembly. Asbestos
h. After installation, make required engine checks This engine may contain small amounts of
listed in table 1-39. asbestos. When working with this engine, the
following precautions must be rigidly adhered
8-68. C-SUMP OIL SUPPLY TUBE to:
. • Before any maintenance activities are
undertaken, review the illustrated parts
8-69. Removal of C-Sump Oil Supply Tube breakdown/catalog index to determine if
(AVIM). the hardware to be worked on or used
contains asbestos.
a. If power turbine module is installed, disconnect • Whenever mechanical removal of material,
coupling nut on C-sump oil supply tube (15, fig. 8-19) from such as machining, grinding, buffing,
oil manifold assembly. drilling, sanding or any type of material
build-up on parts that contain asbestos is
b. Remove four bolts (13). necessary, appropriate personal protective
equipment must be worn, and national
c. Remove two bolts (12) from two clamps (11). environmental controls required for the
handling of asbestos-containing material
must be complied with.
• Before handling, replacing, or disposing of
Asbestos asbestos-containing hardware, appropriate
personal protective equipment and national
The following procedure may involve a part environmental controls must be strictly
that contains asbestos, which is highly toxic to adhered to for handling asbestos-containing
skin, eyes, and respiratory tract. Read general hardware.
information before proceeding, and adhere to
all site safety and environmental controls a. Attach two preformed packings (14, fig. 8-19) to
concerning asbestos. Otherwise, personal C-sump oil supply tube (15).
injury may result.
8-37
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
b. Insert aft end of oil supply tube into boss on
exhaust frame, as shown.
Follow this procedure to prevent damage to
c. If power turbine module is installed, connect B-sump drain tube.
coupling nut on oil supply tube to oil manifold assembly.
Hand-tighten coupling nut. (1) Remove locknut (21, fig. 8-19) and bolt (17)
from clamps (18, 19).
d. Install four bolts (13). Torque bolts to 70-75 inch-
pounds.
e. Position two clamps (11) on oil supply tube, and Two wrenches (counter-torque) are required
secure them with two bolts (12). Torque bolts to 45-50 inch- for removing and installing coupling nuts.
pounds. Otherwise, nuts or tubes will be damaged.
(2) Using two wrenches, disconnect coupling nut
on exhaust frame from B-sump drain tube (16).
Asbestos
(3) Loosen but do not disconnect coupling nut on
The following procedure may involve a part midframe from drain tube.
that contains asbestos, which is highly toxic to
skin, eyes, and respiratory tract. Read general (4) Separate drain tube from fitting on exhaust
information before proceeding, and adhere to frame.
all site safety and environmental controls
concerning asbestos. Otherwise, personal (5) Disconnect coupling nut on midframe from
injury may result. drain tube.
f. Position tube clamp (10) over forward end of (6) Remove drain tube.
supply tube, and secure it with two bolts (9). Torque bolts to
45-50 inch-pounds. b. For both T700 engines serial-numbered 207323
and up (with power turbine module installed on engine) and
g. If power turbine module is installed, tighten (60° for T701, T701C engines (with power turbine module
wrench arc) coupling nut on oil supply tube. installed on engine), do the following:
h. Make required engine checks listed in table 1-39.
8-74. B-SUMP DRAIN TUBE Two wrenches (counter-torque) are required
for removing and installing coupling nuts.
. Otherwise, nuts or tubes will be damaged.
8-75. Removal of B-Sump Drain Tube. (T700) Use (1) Using two wrenches, disconnect coupling
the list below to locate applicable removal procedure: nuts from both ends of B-sump drain tube (16, fig. 8-19).
T700 PT Module (2) Remove locknut (21) and bolt (17) from
Engine Serial Installed on clamps (18, 19).
Numbers Engine Procedure
(3) Remove drain tube.
207301 thru 207322 Yes Step a
207323 and up Yes Step b c. For power turbine modules not installed on
207301 and up No Step c engines, do the following:
a. (T700) for engines serial-numbered 207301 thru (1) Disconnect coupling nut on exhaust frame
207322 (with power turbine module installed on engine), do from B-sump drain tube (16).
the following:
8-38
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
(2) Remove locknut (21) and bolt (17) from
clamps (18, 19).
Two wrenches (counter-torque) are required
(3) Remove drain tube.
for removing and installing coupling nuts.
Otherwise, nuts or tubes will be damaged.
8-76. Cleaning of B-Sump Drain Tube. See
paragraph H-23, Appendix H.
(5) Using two wrenches, tighten (60° wrench
arc) both coupling nuts.
8-77. Inspection of B-Sump Drain Tube. See
paragraph H-24, Appendix H.
(6) Make required engine checks listed in
table 1-19 or table 1-39 (AVIM).
8-78. Testing of B-Sump Drain Tube. See
paragraph H-25, Appendix H.
b. (T700) For engines serial-numbered 207301 thru
207322 (without power turbine module installed), do the
8-79. Installation of B-Sump Drain Tube.
following:
(T700) Use the list below to locate applicable installation
procedure:
(1) Position clamp (19, fig. 8-19) on compressor
leakage air tube (20) so that clamp loop faces 6 o'clock
T700 PT Module position and its bolt end faces 9 o'clock position.
Engine Serial Installed on
Numbers Engine Procedure (2) Connect aft fitting on B-sump drain tube (16)
207301 thru 207322 Yes Step a to coupling nut on exhaust frame. Hand-tighten coupling
207301 thru 207322 No Step b nut.
207323 and up Yes Step c
207323 and up No Step d (3) Insert bolt (17) through clamps (18, 19).
Thread locknut (21) onto bolt. Hand-tighten locknut.
a. (T700) For engines serial-numbered 207301 thru
207322 (with power turbine module installed on engine), do c. For T700 engines serial-numbered 207323 and up,
the following: (with power turbine module installed on engine) and for
T701, T701C engines, (with power turbine module
installed on engine), do the following:
(1) Position clamp (19, fig. 8-19) on compressor
Follow this procedure to prevent damage to
leakage air tube (20) so that clamp loop faces 3 o'clock
B-sump drain tube.
position and its bolt end faces 12 o'clock position.
(1) Position clamp (19, fig. 8-19) on compressor (2) Connect forward fitting on B-sump drain tube
leakage air tube (20) so that clamp loop faces 6o'clock (16) to coupling nut on midframe. Hand-tighten coupling
position and its bolt end faces 9 o'clock position. nut.
(2) Connect forward fitting on B-sump drain tube (3) Connect aft fitting on drain tube to coupling
(16) to coupling nut on midframe. Tighten coupling nuts; nut on exhaust frame.
then loosen coupling nut just enough to allow movement of
drain tube. (4) Insert bolt (17) through clamps (18, 19).
Thread locknut (21) onto bolt. Torque locknut to 45-50
(3) Connect aft fitting on drain tube to coupling inch-pounds.
nut on exhaust frame. Tighten coupling nut; then loosen
coupling nut just enough to allow movement of drain tube.
(4) Insert bolt (17) through clamps (18, 19). Two wrenches (counter-torque) are required
Thread locknut (21) onto bolt. Torque locknut to 45-50 for removing and installing coupling nuts.
inch-pounds. Otherwise, nuts or tubes will be damaged.
8-39
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
(5) Using two wrenches, tighten (60° wrench (2) Seat cap assembly (2) onto adapter (4).
arc) both coupling nuts.
(3) Turn locking lever (1) fully clockwise toward
(6) Make required engine checks listed in table the closed position. This will lock cap assembly (2). Do not
1-19 or table 1-39 (AVIM). press lever (1) down.
d. On T700 engines serial-numbered 207323 and up, (4) Grasp lever (1) and firmly pull upward to
(without power turbine module installed) and for T701, remove adapter (4).
T701C engines, (without power turbine module installed),
do the following: f. Discard preformed packing (5).
(1) Position clamp (19, fig. 8-19) on compressor 8-82. Cleaning of Oil Tank Cap and Adapter.
leakage air tube (20) so that clamp loop faces 3 o'clock
position and its bolt end faces 12 o'clock position.
(2) Connect aft fitting on B-sump drain tube (16) Dry Cleaning Solvent
to coupling nut on exhaust frame. Hand-tighten coupling (Stoddard Solvent)
nut. P-D-680
(3) Insert bolt (17) through clamps (18, 19).
Thread locknut (21) onto bolt. Torque locknut to 45-50
• Combustible - do not use near open flames,
inch-pounds. near welding areas, or on hot surfaces.
• Prolonged contact of skin with liquid can
cause dermatitis. Repeated inhalation of
vapor can irritate nose and throat and can
Two wrenches (counter-torque) are required cause dizziness.
for removing and installing coupling nuts. • If any liquid contacts skin or eyes,
Otherwise, nuts or tubes will be damaged. immediately flush affected area thoroughly
with water. Remove solvent-saturated
(4) Using two wrenches, tighten (60° wrench clothing. If vapors cause dizziness, go to
arc) coupling nut on exhaust frame. fresh air.
• When handling liquid or when applying it
8-80. OIL TANK CAP AND ADAPTER in an air-exhausted, partially covered tank,
wear approved gloves and goggles.
. • When handling liquid or when applying it
at unexhausted, uncovered tank or
8-81. Removal of Oil Tank Cap and Adapter. workbench, wear approved respirator,
gloves, and goggles.
a. Lift locking lever (1, fig. 8-20) from its seating
position, and turn it counterclockwise. a. Flush or spray-wash oil tank cap and adapter using
dry cleaning solvent (item 99, Appendix D) to remove oil
b. Lift cap assembly (2) from adapter (4), and let cap and dirt.
hang loose near main frame (6).
c. Remove four screws (7).
Compressed Air
d. If adapter (4) is of former configuration, remove
adapter (4) from main frame (6). • When using compressed air for any
cooling, cleaning, or drying operation, do
e. If adapter (4) is of present configuration, remove not exceed 30 psig at the nozzle.
adapter (4) from main frame (6) as follows: • Eyes can be permanently damaged by
contact with liquid or large particles
(1) Be sure that locking lever (1) is turned fully propelled by compressed air. Inhalation of
counterclockwise toward the open position.
8-40
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 8-20. Oil Tank Cap and Adapter; Removal and Installation
8-41
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
air-blown particles or solvent vapor can b. Dry the oil tank cap and adapter using dry, filtered
damage lungs. compressed air.
• When using air for cleaning at an air-
exhausted workbench, wear approved 8-83. Inspection of Oil Tank Cap and Adapter.
goggles or face shield. See table 8-10.
• When using air for cleaning at an
unexhausted workbench, wear approved
respirator and goggles.
Table 8-10. Inspection of Oil Tank Cap and Adapter
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
Flight Safety Critical Aircraft Part
(Critical Characteristic(s))
Self-sealing feature on oil tank cap and adapter PN 6038T99P01 is a critical characteristic.
a. Cap assembly (1, fig. 8-21) Not allowed. Packing not repairable. Replace packing (para 8-84).
for damaged preformed
packing (2).
b. Adapter (4) for:
(1) Broken mesh on Not allowed. Not repairable. Replace oil tank cap and
screen(5). adapter (para 8-85).
(2) Broken retaining Not allowed. Not repairable. Replace oil tank cap and
cable(3). adapter (para 8-85).
(3) Nicks and scratches in:
(a) Floor of packing Any number, up to Not repairable. Replace oil cap and adapter
groove (6). 0.003inch deep, without (para 8-85).
sharp edges.
(b) Walls of packing Any number, up to Not repairable. Replace oil cap and adapter
groove (6). 0.010inch deep, without (para 8-85).
sharp edges.
8-42
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 8-21. Oil Tank Cap and Adapter; Inspection
8-43
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
8-84. Repair of Oil Tank Cap and Adapter. d. Install oil tank cap. (See para 1-112, step d.)
a. Remove damaged preformed packing (8, fig. 8-22) e. Make required engine checks listed in table 1-19 or
from cap assembly (6) as follows: table 1-39 (AVIM).
(1) For cap assembly (6) with retaining cable (1)
8-86. OIL MANIFOLD ASSEMBLY.
attached by cotter pin fastener (view A), remove cotter
pin(3) from threaded bolt (2). Remove pin (3) from
8-87. Removal of Oil Manifold Assembly (AVIM).
cable(1) and discard pin (3).
a. Remove the following parts to provide access to oil
(2) For cap assembly (6) with retaining cable (1)
manifold assembly:
attached by key ring fastener (view B), spread ends of key
ring (5) until it slips off retaining cable (1).
• Particle separator blower (para 5-11)
(3) Remove and discard packing (8). • (T700) P3 hose and tube assembly
(para 10-5)
b. Inspect packing groove (7) for nicks and scratches • (T701, T701C) P3 tube (para 10-55)
as follows: • Mid C-sump scavenge tube (para 8-130)
• Oil supply tube (left-hand) (para 8-99)
(1) If nicks and scratches are less than 0.003 inch
deep on floor of packing groove (7), and less than 0.010
inch deep on walls of packing groove (7), but with sharp
edges, remove high metal (para H-21, Appendix H).
Two wrenches (counter-torque) are required
for removing and installing coupling nuts.
(2) If nicks and scratches are more than 0.003
Otherwise, nuts or tubes will be damaged.
inch deep on floor of packing groove (7), or more than
0.010 inch deep on walls of packing groove (7), replace oil
b. If power turbine module is installed, disconnect,
tank cap and adapter (para 8-85).
using two wrenches oil manifold assembly (14, fig. 8-23)
from the following:
c. Install new packing (8) as follows:
(1) Install packing (8) into packing groove (7) of
• C-sump forward scavenge tube (5)
cap assembly (6). • C-sump aft scavenge tube (6)
• C-sump oil supply tube (8)
(2) For cap assembly (6) with cotter pin fastener
(view A), insert one end of cotter pin (3) into loop of c. Disconnect oil manifold from B-sump scavenge
retaining cable (1). Insert cotter pin (3) into hole of threaded fitting (9) on midframe.
bolt (2) and bend ends of pin (3) as shown.
(3) For cap assembly (6) with key ring fastener
(view B), spread ends of key ring (5) and insert loop of • Do not completely disconnect coupling
retaining cable (1) into key ring (5). nuts on main fuel manifold from each fuel
injector without loosening the adjacent
8-85. Installation of Oil Tank Cap and Adapter. coupling nut. Otherwise, damage to
coupling nuts or fuel injector threads will
a. Place preformed packing (5, fig. 8-20) on result.
adapter(4). If preformed packing (3) on cap assembly (2)
• Be very careful not to damage adjacent
has been removed, replace packing (para 8-84).
tubes and hoses when backing off coupling
nuts.
b. Position adapter so that stiffener in screen is next
to the wall of the main frame (6).
d. Release torque on coupling nuts (2, 4, 11) on main
fuel manifold (10).
c. Secure adapter (4) to main frame (6) using four
screws (7). Torque screws (7) to 18-22 inch-pounds.
8-44
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 8-22. Oil Tank Cap and Adapter; Repair
8-45
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 8-23. Oil Manifold Assembly; Removal, Inspection, and Installation
8-46
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
e. Using fingers or wrench, gently back off coupling i. Position IGV actuating ring (18) so that captive
nut (2) halfway, coupling nut (4) halfway, and coupling bolts (15) on flange of oil manifold can be removed.
nut(11) halfway.
j. Remove bolt (13B), and loosen captive bolts (15).
f. Disconnect coupling nuts (2, 4). Remove oil manifold assembly (14).
g. Loosen two bolts (3, 12) so that upper clamp k. If sealing material on adapter gasket (16) is
brackets (1, 13) can be rotated 90° to release oil manifold damaged, remove two flathead screws (17) and discard
assembly (14). gasket.
h. If accessory section module is installed, release 8-88. Cleaning of Oil Manifold Assembly. See
quick-disconnect pin from HMU actuator link (para 6-40, paragraph H-23, Appendix H.
step h).
8-89. Inspection of Oil Manifold Assembly. See
table 8-11.
Table 8-11. Inspection of Oil Manifold Assembly
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
a. Tubes and fittings on oil See Inspection of Tubes, Hoses, and Fittings (para H-24, Appendix H).
manifold assembly
(14, fig. 8-23).
b. AVIM: Damaged threads on Not allowed. Not repairable. Replace bolt (para H-6,
captive bolts (15). Appendix H).
c. AVIM: Damaged threads on Up to one damaged or Same as usable limits, with Mask all openings and chase
flanges of captive bolts. missing thread, with no crossed threads or loose threads.
crossed threads or loose material.
material.
d. AVIM: Adapter gasket (16) None allowed. Not repairable. Replace gasket.
for nicks and cuts in sealing
material.
8-90. Repair of Oil Manifold Assembly b. If adapter gasket (16) is not attached to oil
(AVIM). Repair is limited to replacing the adapter gasket, manifold assembly (14), attach it using two flathead
only when the sealing material is damaged. screws(17). Turn screws until adapter gasket contacts
flange on oil manifold assembly. Heads of screws must be
8-91. Testing of Oil Manifold Assembly (AVIM). 0.004-0.022 inch below surface of plate of adapter gasket.
See paragraph H-25, Appendix H.
c. Position oil manifold assembly (14) on engine, as
8-92. Installation of Oil Manifold Assembly shown.
(AVIM).
d. If power turbine module is installed, connect oil
a. If adapter gasket (16, fig 8-23) is attached to oil manifold assembly (14) handtight to the following:
manifold assembly (14), make sure heads of flathead
screws(17) are 0.004-0.022 inch below surface of plate of • C-sump aft scavenge tube (6)
adapter gasket. • C-sump forward scavenge tube (5)
• C-sump oil supply tube (8)
8-47
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
e. Connect B-sump scavenge fitting (9) handtight to k. Tighten (60° wrench-arc) coupling nuts (11, 4, 2).
oil manifold assembly.
l. Position upper clamp brackets (1, 13) and tighten
f. Connect oil manifold assembly to accessory bolts (3, 12) to secure oil manifold assembly to diffuser-
gearbox using two captive bolts (15). Torque bolts 45-50 midframe flange. Torque bolts to 45-50 inch-pounds.
inch-pounds.
m. Install bolt (13B) through clamp (13A), and into
support bracket (13C). Torque bolt to 45-50 inch-pounds.
Two wrenches (counter-torque) are required n. Install the following parts:
for removing and installing coupling nuts.
Otherwise, nuts or tubes will be damaged. • (T700) P3 hose and tube assembly
(para 10-9)
g. Using two wrenches, tighten (60° wrench-arc) • (T701, T701C) P3 tube (para 10-59)
coupling nuts that were hand-tightened in steps d and e. • Particle separator blower (para 5-14)
• Mid C-sump scavenge tube (para 8-134)
• Oil supply tube (left-hand) (para 8-103)
Lubricating Oil
o. Make required engine checks listed in table 1-39.
• If oil is decomposed by heat, toxic gases
are released. 8-93. OIL SUPPLY TUBES (LEFT-HAND AND
• Prolonged contact with liquid or mist may RIGHT-HAND).
cause dermatitis and irritation.
8-94. Removal of Oil Supply Tube (Right-Hand).
• If there is any prolonged contact with skin,
wash area with soap and water. If solution a. Hold B-sump oil inlet check valve (1, fig. 8-24)
contacts eyes, flush eyes with water with a wrench, and loosen coupling nut on oil supply
immediately. Remove saturated clothing. tube(7).
• If oil is swallowed, do not try to vomit. Get
immediate medical attention. b. Loosen coupling nut (5) on the midframe.
• When handling liquid, wear rubber gloves.
If prolonged contact with mist is likely, c. Remove oil supply tube.
wear approved respirator.
h. Lubricate fuel injector threads with oil (item 85 8-95. Cleaning of Oil Supply Tube
or 87, Appendix D). (Right-Hand). See paragraph H-23, Appendix H.
NOTE 8-96. Inspection of Oil Supply Tube
(Right-Hand). See paragraph H-24, Appendix H.
It should be possible to screw coupling nuts of
fuel manifold onto fuel injectors about three 8-97. Testing of Oil Supply Tube (Right-Hand)
turns by hand. (AVIM). See paragraph H-25, Appendix H.
i. Start coupling nut (4) on fuel injector using fingers, 8-98. Installation of Oil Supply Tube
then start coupling nut (2). Screw on coupling nut (4) about (Right-Hand).
three turns, and screw on coupling nut (2) three turns. If
turns cannot be made, inspect coupling nuts and fuel a. Inspect coupling nut (5, fig. 8-24) to verify that
injectors for dirt or damaged threads. inlet screen is in place.
j. Completely screw on coupling nut (11), coupling b. Position oil supply tube (7) as shown.
nut (4), and then coupling nut (2). Use fingers or wrench
(gently) until each coupling nut is seated.
8-48
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 8-24. Oil Supply Tubes (Left-Hand and Right-Hand) and B-Sump Oil Inlet Check Valve;
Removal and Installation
c. Loosely connect coupling nuts to B-sump oil inlet 8-101. Inspection of Oil Supply Tube
check valve (1) and to oil supply tube. (Left-Hand). See paragraph H-24, Appendix H.
d. Tighten (60° wrench arc) coupling nuts. Hold 8-102. Testing of Oil Supply Tube (Left-Hand)
check valve (1) with a wrench when tightening coupling (AVIM). See paragraph H-25, Appendix H.
nut.
8-103. Installation of Oil Supply Tube (Left-Hand).
e. Make required engine checks listed in table 1-19 or
in table 1-39 (AVIM). a. Position oil supply tube (2) as shown in
figure 8-24.
8-99. Removal of Oil Supply Tube (Left-Hand).
b. Loosely connect coupling nuts to B-sump oil inlet
a. Hold B-sump oil inlet check valve (1, fig. 8-24) check valve (1) and to oil manifold assembly (3).
with a wrench, and loosen coupling nut on oil supply
tube(2). c. Tighten (60° wrench-arc) coupling nuts. Hold
check valve (1) with a wrench when tightening coupling
b. Loosen coupling nut at oil manifold assembly (3). nut.
c. Remove oil supply tube (2). d. Make required engine checks listed in table 1-19 or
in table 1-39 (AVIM).
8-100. Cleaning of Oil Supply Tube
(Left-Hand). See paragraph H-23, Appendix H.
8-49
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
8-104. B-SUMP OIL INLET CHECK VALVE 8-106. Inspection of B-Sump Oil Inlet Check
Valve. See paragraph H-24, Appendix H.
.
8-107. Installation of B-Sump Oil Inlet Check
8-105. Removal of B-Sump Oil Inlet Check Valve. Valve.
a. If an oil supply tube (2 or 7, fig. 8-24) was
NOTE removed, reinstall it, but leave connections loose.
• There are two configurations of B-sump
b. Position clamp (6) on B-sump oil inlet check
check valves, one with an inlet screen and
valve(1).
one without an inlet screen. See
figure 8-25. Except for the inlet screen,
c. Position check valve (1) between oil supply tubes
check valves are identical and have the
(2, 7) with arrow on valve pointing in direction of flow
same part number.
(fig. 8-24). Attach clamp to support bracket (4) using
• If necessary, one of the oil supply tubes
bolt(8).
may be loosened or removed to make it
easier to remove valve.
d. Hold check valve with a wrench, and tighten (60°
wrench-arc) coupling nuts.
a. Hold B-sump oil inlet check valve (1, fig. 8-24)
with a wrench while loosening coupling nuts on oil supply
e. Tighten (60° wrench-arc) any loose coupling nuts,
tubes (2, 7).
and torque bolt (8) to 45-50 inch-pounds.
b. Remove bolt (8) from support bracket (4) and from
f. Make required engine checks listed in table 1-19 or
clamp (6).
in table 1-39 (AVIM).
c. Remove check valve (1).
Figure 8-25. B-Sump Oil Inlet Check Valve, Cleaning
8-50
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
8-108. MAIN FRAME OIL STRAINER.
8-109. Removal of Main Frame Oil Strainer. Compressed Air
a. Drain engine oil tank (para 1-113). • When using compressed air for any
cooling, cleaning, or drying operation, do
b. Remove two locknuts (1, fig. 8-26). not exceed 30 psig at the nozzle.
• Eyes can be permanently damaged by
c. Pull oil strainer (2) from main frame (5). Remove contact with liquid or large particles
and discard preformed packing (4). propelled by compressed air. Inhalation of
air-blown particles or solvent vapor can
8-110. Cleaning Main Frame Oil Strainer. damage lungs.
• When using air for cleaning at an air-
exhausted workbench, wear approved
goggles or face shield.
Dry Cleaning Solvent • When using air for cleaning at an
(Stoddard Solvent) unexhausted workbench, wear approved
P-D-680 respirator and goggles.
• Combustible - do not use near open flames, b. Dry the oil strainer using dry, filtered compressed
near welding areas, or on hot surfaces. air.
• Prolonged contact of skin with liquid can
cause dermatitis. Repeated inhalation of
vapor can irritate nose and throat and can
cause dizziness.
• If any liquid contacts skin or eyes,
immediately flush affected area thoroughly
with water. Remove solvent-saturated
clothing. If vapors cause dizziness, go to
fresh air.
• When handling liquid or when applying it
in an air-exhausted, partially covered tank,
wear approved gloves and goggles.
• When handling liquid or when applying it
at unexhausted, uncovered tank or
workbench, wear approved respirator,
gloves, and goggles.
a. Flush or spray-wash main frame oil strainer with
dry cleaning solvent (item 99, Appendix D) to remove oil
and dirt.
8-51
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 8-26. Main Frame Oil Strainer and Oil Level Indicator; Removal, Inspection, and Installation
8-52
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
8-111. Inspection of Main Frame Oil Strainer. See
table 8-12.
Table 8-12. Inspection of Main Frame Oil Strainer
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
Oil strainer (2, fig. 8-26) for:
a. Broken screen mesh (3). Not allowed. Not repairable. Replace oil strainer
(para 8-112).
b. Clogged screen mesh (3). Not allowed. Any amount. Clean oil strainer
(para 8-110).
c. Nicks and scratches in:
(1) Floor of packing Any number, 0.005 inch Not repairable. Replace oil strainer
groove(2A). deep, without sharp edges. (para 8-112).
(2) Walls of packing Any number, 0.010 inch Not repairable. Replace oil strainer
groove(2A). deep, without sharp edges. (para 8-112).
8-112. Installation of Main Frame Oil Strainer. 8-113. OIL LEVEL INDICATOR.
a. Attach preformed packing (4, fig. 8-26) to oil 8-114. Removal of Oil Level Indicator.
strainer (2).
a. Drain oil (para 1-113) to below bottom of oil level
b. Insert oil strainer (2) into main frame (5). Secure indicator (7, fig. 8-26).
strainer with two locknuts (1). Torque locknuts to 45-50
inch-pounds. b. Remove six locknuts (9) that secure oil level
indicator to main frame (5).
c. Service oil tank (para 1-112).
c. Remove oil level indicator guard (8) and oil level
d. Make required engine checks listed in table 1-19 or indicator. Remove and discard two preformed packings (6).
in table 1-39 (AVIM).
8-53
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
8-115. Inspection of Oil Level Indicator. See
table 8-13.
Table 8-13. Inspection of Oil Level Indicator
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
Oil level indicator (7, fig. 8-26)
for:
a. Cracked glass. Not allowed. Not repairable. Replace indicator
(para 8-116).
b. Clouded glass. Oil level is visible. Not repairable. Replace indicator
(para 8-116).
c. Loose locknuts (8). Not allowed. Any amount, if locknuts can Torque locknuts to 45-50
be torqued to 45-50 inch- inch-pounds.
pounds.
8-116. Installation of Oil Level Indicator. c. Service oil tank (para 1-112).
a. Install two preformed packings (6, fig. 8-26) to d. Make required engine checks listed in table 1-19 or
main frame mounting flange for oil level indicator. in table 1-39 (AVIM).
b. Attach oil level indicator (7) to main frame (5).
Install oil level indicator guard (8) onto indicator (7). Secure
indicator and guard with six locknuts (9). Torque locknuts
to 45-50 inch-pounds.
8-54
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
8-117. OIL TRANSFER SLEEVES c. Remove oil transfer sleeves (3, 6).
. d. Discard preformed packings (4, 5).
8-118. Removal of Oil Transfer Sleeves (AVIM). e. Cover openings on cold section module, using
clean, dry, protective caps.
a. Remove accessory section module (para 5-5).
b. Remove three screws (1, fig. 8-27) and three
transfer sleeve lockplates (2, 7, and 8).
Figure 8-27. Oil Transfer Sleeves; Removal and Installation
8-55
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
8-119. Inspection of Oil Transfer Sleeves
(AVIM). See table 8-14.
Table 8-14. Inspection of Oil Transfer Sleeves
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
Oil transfer sleeves (fig. 8-28) for:
NOTE
Oil transfer sleeves PN 4041T56G01 (quantity 4) are allowable with or without screens.
Sleeves (PN 4041T56G01) without screens have been reworked and have a slot across
end of sleeve where screen was removed.
a. Broken screen (1) (if present). Not allowed. Not repairable. Replace oil transfer sleeve
(para 8-120).
b. Nicks and scratches in:
(1) Floor of packing Any number, 0.003 inch Not repairable. (para 8-120). Replace oil transfer sleeve.
grooves(2). deep, without sharp edges.
(2) Walls of packing Any number, 0.010 inch Not repairable. (para 8-120). Replace oil transfer sleeve.
grooves(2). deep, without sharp edges.
(3) All other areas. Any number, 0.002 inch Same as usable limits, with Blend high metal to adjacent
deep, without high metal. high metal. contour.
NOTE
Oil transfer sleeves PN 4041T56G01 (quantity 4) are allowable with or without screens.
Sleeves (PN 4041T56G01) without screens have been reworked and have a slot across
end of sleeve where screen was removed.
c. Broken tack welds at the Not allowed. Not repairable. Replace oil transfer sleeve
screen (if present) ends. (para 8-120).
8-120. Installation of Oil Transfer Sleeves (AVIM). Sleeves (PN 4041T56G01) without screens
have been reworked and have a slot across end
a. Attach preformed packings (4, 5, fig. 8-27) to oil of sleeve where screen was removed.
transfer sleeves (3, 6).
b. Insert oil transfer sleeves (3, 6) into ports on main
frame.
When installing oil transfer sleeves, do not c. Position transfer sleeve lockplates (2, 7, 8) on main
push down on (if present) screens. Insert oil frame so that they engage grooves on oil transfer sleeves.
transfer sleeves into main frame only to point
where lockplate grooves on oil transfer d. Secure transfer sleeve lockplates with three
sleeves aline with edge of main frame flange. screws(1). Torque screws to 18-22 inch-pounds.
e. Install accessory section module (para 5-8).
NOTE
Oil transfer sleeves PN 4041T56G01 (quantity f. Make required checks listed in table 1-39.
4) are allowable with or without screens.
8-56
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 8-28. Oil Transfer Sleeves; Inspection
8-57
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
8-121. OIL DRAIN PLUG. • When handling liquid, wear rubber gloves.
If prolonged contact with mist is likely,
8-122. Removal of Oil Drain Plug. wear approved respirator.
a. If engine has been running, wait at least 10 minutes
after engine shutdown to allow oil to drain back into oil tank
before draining oil. Draining of Oil Tank
b. If engine is installed in aircraft, see applicable To prevent being burned by hot oil, wear
aircraft maintenance manual for oil draining instructions. protective gloves when draining oil.
c. For engines not installed in aircraft, drain the oil
tank as follows:
Lubricating Oil
(1) Place an empty 2-gallon (minimum)
• If oil is decomposed by heat, toxic gases container under oil drain plug (1, fig. 8-29) at six o'clock
are released. position on main frame (4).
• Prolonged contact with liquid or mist may
cause dermatitis and irritation. (2) Remove oil drain plug (1) from oil drain
insert (3), and allow oil to drain into container for at least 10
• If there is any prolonged contact with skin,
minutes.
wash area with soap and water. If solution
contacts eyes, flush eyes with water
(3) Remove and discard preformed packing (2).
immediately. Remove saturated clothing.
• If oil is swallowed, do not try to vomit. Get
immediate medical attention.
Figure 8-29. Oil Drain Plug; Removal and Installation
8-58
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
8-123. Inspection of Oil Drain Plug. See table 8-15.
Table 8-15. Inspection of Oil Drain Plug
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
Oil drain plug (fig. 8-30) for:
a. Damaged threads (1). Not allowed. Not repairable. Replace plug (para 8-124).
b. Damaged hex flat (2). Any amount, if wrench will Any amount of burrs. Remove burrs.
hold. No burrs allowed.
Figure 8-30. Oil Drain Plug; Inspection
8-124. Installation of Oil Drain Plug. 8-125. OIL DRAIN INSERT.
a. Install preformed packing (2, fig. 8-29) on oil drain 8-126. Removal of Oil Drain Insert.
plug (1).
a. Remove oil drain plug (para 8-122).
b. Thread drain plug into oil drain insert (3) on main
frame (4). Tighten (15° wrench arc) drain plug. b. Remove locknut (6, fig. 8-31).
c. Screw oil drain plug (1) into oil drain insert (3),
c. Service oil tank (para 1-112).
three turns minimum.
d. Make required engine checks listed in table 1-19 or d. Remove oil drain insert (3) by pulling on oil drain
in table 1-39 (AVIM). plug (1).
e. Remove plug from insert.
f. Remove and discard preformed packing (4).
8-59
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 8-31. Oil Drain Insert; Removal and Installation
8-60
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
8-127. Inspection of Oil Drain Insert. See table 8-16.
Table 8-16. Inspection of Oil Drain Insert
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
Oil drain insert (fig. 8-32) for:
a. Damaged threads (1). Not allowed. Not repairable. Replace oil drain insert
(para 8-128).
b. Nicks and scratches in:
(1) Floor of packing Any number, 0.005 inch Not repairable. Replace oil drain insert
groove (2). deep, without sharp edges. (para 8-128).
(2) Walls of packing Any number, 0.010 inch Not repairable. Replace oil drain insert
groove (2). deep, without sharp edges. (para 8-128).
(3) All other areas. Any number, 1/64 inch Same as usable limits, with Blend high metal to adjacent
deep, without high metal. high metal. contour.
Figure 8-32. Oil Drain Insert; Inspection
8-61
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
8-128. Installation of Oil Drain Insert. f. Make required engine checks listed in table 1-19 or
in table 1-39 (AVIM).
8-129. MID C-SUMP SCAVENGE TUBE
Chemical Conversion Materials
for Coating Aluminum
.
and Aluminum Alloys
MIL-C-81706 8-130. Removal of Mid C-Sump Scavenge Tube
(AVIM).
• Highly reactive - do not mix with
oxidizable materials such as cloth, paper, a. Remove three bolts (1, fig. 8-33) from clamps (2).
and wood.
• When mixing solutions, add acid to water,
not water to acid.
• Contact with powder or vapors can cause Two wrenches (counter-torque) are required
severe skin and eye irritation, and skin for removing and installing coupling nuts.
ulcers. Repeated or prolonged inhalation or Otherwise, nuts or tubes will be damaged.
ingestion can result in nasal and kidney
damage. b. Using two wrenches, disconnect coupling nut on
• If any liquid or powder contacts skin or mid C-sump scavenge tube (3) from C-sump forward oil
eyes, immediately flush affected area scavenge tube (12).
thoroughly with water. Immediately
change any contaminated clothing. If skin c. If power turbine module is installed, disconnect
disorders appear, get medical attention. coupling nut on seal pressure and scavenge tube
• When handling powder or liquid at air- assembly(6) from mid C-sump scavenge tube (3).
exhausted workbench or tank, wear
approved gloves and apron. d. Remove yellow electrical cable (8) from two clip
• When handling powder or liquid at supports (9).
unexhausted workbench, wear approved
respirator, gloves, and apron. e. Remove blue electrical cable (5) from two clip
supports (4).
• Do not eat, smoke, or carry smoking
materials in areas where powder is handled.
f. Disconnect two coupling nuts on main fuel
• Contains chromates. Follow approved toxic manifold from two fuel injectors as follows:
waste disposal procedures.
a. Inspect bore in main frame (5, fig. 8-31) where oil
drain insert (3) is to be installed. If nicks, burrs and
scratches are more than 0.005 inch deep, blend high metal • Do not completely disconnect coupling
to adjacent contour. Touch up blended area with Alodine nuts on main fuel manifold from each fuel
1200S (item 4, Appendix D). injector without loosening the adjacent
coupling nut. Otherwise, damage to
b. Install preformed packing (4) onto oil drain coupling nuts or fuel injector threads will
insert(3). result.
• Be very careful not to damage adjacent
c. Aline hole in insert with stud on main frame and tubes and hoses when backing off coupling
push insert into main frame. nuts.
d. Install locknut (6) to secure insert (3). Torque (1) Loosen three coupling nuts (7), one-half
locknut to 45-50 inch-pounds. turneach.
e. Install oil drain plug (para 8-124). (2) Loosen same three coupling nuts, three
turnseach.
8-62
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 8-33. Mid C-Sump Scavenge Tube and C-Sump Forward Oil Scavenge Tube;
Removal and Installation
8-63
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
(3) Disconnect coupling nut at 1 o'clock position. • If there is any prolonged contact with skin,
wash area with soap and water. If solution
(4) Disconnect coupling nut at 2 o'clock position. contacts eyes, flush eyes with water
immediately. Remove saturated clothing.
g. Remove mid C-sump scavenge tube (3). • If oil is swallowed, do not try to vomit. Get
immediate medical attention.
8-131. Cleaning of Mid C-Sump Scavenge
• When handling liquid, wear rubber gloves.
Tube. See paragraph H-23, Appendix H.
If prolonged contact with mist is likely,
wear approved respirator.
8-132. Inspection of Mid C-Sump Scavenge Tube
(AVIM). See paragraph H-24, Appendix H.
(1) Lubricate threads of fuel injectors using
lubricating oil (item 85 or 87, Appendix D).
8-133. Testing of Mid C-Sump Scavenge Tube
(AVIM). See paragraph H-25, Appendix H.
8-134. Installation of Mid C-Sump Scavenge Tube
(AVIM). Do not completely connect coupling nuts on
main fuel manifold to each fuel injector
a. Position mid C-sump scavenge tube (3, fig. 8-33) without partially connecting the adjacent
on engine as shown. coupling nut. Otherwise, damage to coupling
nuts or fuel injector threads will result.
b. Loosely connect mid C-sump scavenge tube to
C-sump forward oil scavenge tube (12). (2) Screw coupling nut at 2 o'clock position onto
fuel injector, two turns by hand.
c. If power turbine module is installed, loosely
connect mid C-sump scavenge tube to seal pressure and (3) Screw coupling nut at 1 o'clock position onto
scavenge tube assembly (6). fuel injector, two turns by hand.
d. Install three bolts (1) through clamps (2), and into (4) Tighten (60° wrench arc) coupling nut at 3
support brackets. Torque bolts to 45-50 inch- pounds. o'clock position.
(5) Tighten (60° wrench arc) coupling nut at 2
o'clock position.
Two wrenches (counter-torque) are required (6) Tighten (60° wrench arc) coupling nut at 1
for removing and installing coupling nuts. o'clock position.
Otherwise, nuts or tubes will be damaged.
g. Insert yellow electrical cable (8) into two clip
e. Using two wrenches, tighten (60° wrench-arc) supports (9).
coupling nuts on mid C-sump scavenge tube and on seal
pressure and scavenge tube assembly. h. Insert blue electrical cable (5) into two clip
supports (4).
f. Secure coupling nuts (7) on main fuel manifold to
fuel injectors as follows: i. Make required engine checks listed in table 1-39.
8-135. C-SUMP FORWARD OIL SCAVENGE
TUBE .
Lubricating Oil
8-136. Removal of C-Sump Forward Oil Scavenge
• If oil is decomposed by heat, toxic gases Tube (AVIM).
are released.
• Prolonged contact with liquid or mist may a. Disconnect coupling nut on mid C-sump scavenge
cause dermatitis and irritation. tube (3, fig. 8-33) from C-sump forward oil scavenge
tube(12).
8-64
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
b. Remove locknut (10), and disconnect C-sump connector with clean, dry protective cap (item 34,
forward scavenge tube from accessory gearbox. Appendix D).
c. Remove accessory section module (para 5-5). b. Loosen and remove sensor (2).
d. Remove C-sump forward oil scavenge tube from c. Remove and discard preformed packing (3).
engine.
e. Remove and discard two preformed packings (11).
8-137. Cleaning of C-Sump Forward Oil
Scavenge Tube. See paragraph H-23, Appendix H.
8-138. Inspection of C-Sump Forward Oil
Scavenge Tube. See paragraph H-24, Appendix H.
8-139. Testing of C-Sump Forward Oil Scavenge
Tube (AVIM). See paragraph H-25, Appendix H.
8-140. Installation of C-Sump Forward Oil
Scavenge Tube (AVIM).
a. Attach two packings (11, fig. 8-33) to C-sump
forward oil scavenge tube (12).
b. Loosely connect coupling nut on mid C-sump
scavenge tube (3) to C-sump forward oil scavenge tube
(12).
c. Rest forward end of C-sump forward oil scavenge
tube on main frame aft flange.
d. Install accessory section module (para 5-8).
e. Insert forward end of C-sump forward oil scavenge
tube into boss on accessory gearbox.
f. Secure C-sump forward oil scavenge tube with
locknut (10). Torque locknut to 24-27 inch-pounds.
g. Tighten (60° wrench arc) coupling nut on mid
C-sump scavenge tube.
h. Make required engine checks listed in table 1-39.
8-141. (T700, T701C) OIL TEMPERATURE
SENSOR.
8-142. (T700, T701C) Removal of Oil Temperature
Sensor.
a. Disconnect electrical connector (green cable) (1,
fig. 8-34) from oil temperature sensor (2). Cover electrical
8-65
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 8-34. Oil Temperature and Oil Pressure Sensors; Removal and Installation
8-66
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
8-143. (T700, T701C) Inspection of Oil
Temperature Sensor. See table 8-17.
Table 8-17. (T700, T701C) Inspection of Oil Temperature Sensor
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
a. Temperature probe
(3, fig. 8-35) for:
(1) Cracks. None allowed. Not repairable. Replace oil temperature sensor
(para 8-145).
(2) Leaks. Not allowed. Not repairable. Replace oil temperature sensor
(para 8-145).
b. Electrical connector (1)
for:
(1) Bent pins (4). Not allowed. Up to 1/16 inch out-of- Straighten pin.
position.
(2) Kinked or sharply Not allowed. Not repairable. Replace oil temperature sensor
bent pins. (para 8-145).
(3) Damaged threads. Any amount up to one Any amount up to one Blend high metal.
cumulative thread total, cumulative thread total, with
without high metal, if high metal, that can be
connector can be assembled reworked to usable limits.
normally to its mating part.
(4) Swelling of pin Not allowed. Not repairable. Replace oil temperature sensor
insulation or evidence (para 8-145).
or oil leakage.
(5) Looseness. Not allowed. Not repairable. Replace oil temperature sensor
(para 8-145).
c. Mounting threads (2) for One-half of one thread in One-half of one thread Blend high metal.
damage. length (total), without high (total), with high metal.
metal.
8-67
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 8-35. (T700, T701C) Oil Temperature Sensor; Inspection
8-144. (T700, T701C) Testing of Oil Temperature d. Check for short circuits between pins:
Sensor. Electrical connector locations are shown in figure
FO-2. • 1 and 3
• 2 and 3
a. Remove electrical connector (green cable) (1,
• 1 and ground
fig. 8-34) from oil temperature sensor (2).
• 2 and ground
No short circuits allowed.
The following resistance tests are to be
8-145. (T700, T701C) Installation of Oil
performed in an ambient temperature range
Temperature Sensor.
between 70°F and 95°F. Otherwise, reading
will be incorrect.
a. Attach preformed packing (3, fig. 8-34) to oil
temperature sensor (2).
b. Using a multimeter, check resistance between
pins1 and 2 on electrical connector of oil temperature
b. Thread sensor into accessory gearbox (4).
sensor.
c. Tighten (15° wrench arc) sensor.
c. Resistance must be 95-100 ohms with oil
temperature sensor at ambient temperature range between
d. Connect electrical connector (green cable) (1) to
70°F and 95°F.
sensor.
e. Make required engine checks listed in table 1-19 or
in table 1-39 (AVIM).
8-146. OIL PRESSURE SENSOR.
8-68
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
8-147. (T700) Removal of Oil Pressure Sensor.
a. Disconnect electrical connector (green cable) (7,
fig. 8-34) from oil pressure sensor (6). Cover electrical
connectors with clean, dry, protective caps (item 24, 34,
Appendix D).
b. Loosen and remove sensor (6) from accessory
gearbox (4).
c. Discard preformed packing (5).
8-148. (T701) Removal of Oil Pressure Sensor.
a. Disconnect electrical connector (green cable) (4,
fig. 8-36) and coupling nut on B-sump delta pressure
tube(5) from oil pressure sensor (3). Cover electrical
connectors with clean, dry, protective caps (item 24, 34,
Appendix D).
b. Loosen and remove sensor (3) from accessory
gearbox (1).
c. Discard preformed packing (2).
8-149. (T701C) Removal of Oil Pressure Sensor.
a. Disconnect electrical connector (green cable) (8,
fig. 8-37). Cover electrical connectors with clean, dry,
protective caps (item 24, 34, Appendix D)).
Two wrenches (counter-torque) are required
for removing and installing coupling nuts.
Otherwise, nuts or tubes will be damaged.
b. Using two wrenches, disconnect coupling nut (7)
from oil pressure sensor.
c. Loosen and remove sensor (9) with oil pressure
sensor spacer (4) and teflon backup washer (3) from
accessory gearbox (1).
8-69
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 8-36. (T701) Oil Pressure Sensor; Removal and Installation
8-70
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 8-37. (T701C) Oil Pressure Sensor; Removal and Installation
8-71
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
8-150. Inspection of Oil Pressure Sensor. See
table 8-18.
Table 8-18. Inspection of Oil Pressure Sensor
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
a. Oil pressure sensor
(2, fig. 8-38) for:
(1) Visible cracks. None allowed. Not repairable. Replace oil pressure sensor
(para 8-151 (T700) or 8-152
(T701, T701C)).
(2) Visible leaks. Not allowed. Not repairable. Replace oil pressure sensor
(para 8-151 (T700) or 8-152
(T701, T701C)).
b. Electrical connector (3) for:
(1) Bent socket pins (1). None allowed. Up to 1/16 inch out-of- Straighten pin.
position.
(2) Kinked or sharply bent None allowed. Not repairable. Replace oil pressure sensor
socket pins. (para 8-151 (T700) or 8-152
(T701, T701C)).
(3) Damaged threads. Any amount, without high Same as usable limits, with Blend high metal.
metal, if connector can be high metal.
installed normally to its
mating part.
(4) Swelling of socket pin Not allowed. Not repairable. Replace oil pressure sensor
insulation or evidence (para 8-151 (T700) or 8-152
of oil leakage. (T701, T701C)).
(5) Looseness. Not allowed. Not repairable. Replace oil pressure sensor
(para 8-151 (T700) or 8-152
(T701, T701C)).
c. Mounting threads (2A) for One-half of one thread in One-half of one thread Blend high metal.
damage. length (total), without high (total), with high metal.
metal.
d. (T701) Reducer
(T701C) Union for:
(1) Cracks. None allowed. Not repairable. Replace reducer and packing or
union and packing. Tighten
(15° wrench arc) reducer or
union.
(2) Nicks, dents, scratches, Any number, if the defect Same as usable limits, with Blend high metal.
ridges, and pits on does not extend in the axial high metal.
sealing surfaces. direction across more than
1/2 the sealing surface: No
high metal allowed.
8-72
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 8-38. Oil Pressure Sensor; Inspection
8-73
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
8-151. (T700) Installation of Oil Pressure Sensor. b. Install oil pressure sensor spacer (4), teflon backup
washer (3), and packing (2) onto sensor (9).
a. Attach preformed packing (5, fig. 8-34) to oil
pressure sensor (6). c. Install sensor (9) into gearbox. Torque sensor to
250-300 inch-pounds.
b. Thread sensor into accessory gearbox (4).
c. Tighten sensor until its rear flange contacts
mounting flange on gearbox. Then, tighten sensor 1° - 3° Two wrenches (counter-torque) are required
more. (Alternate method: Torque to 250-300 inch-pounds). for removing and installing coupling nuts.
Otherwise, nuts or tubes will be damaged.
d. Connect electrical connector (green cable) (7) to
sensor. d. Install B-sump delta pressure tube (10)
(para 8-162).
e. Make required engine checks listed in table 1-19 or
in table 1-39 (AVIM). e. Be sure that electrical connector on sensor is at
10o'clock position (forward looking aft). If sensor electrical
8-152. (T701) Installation of Oil Pressure Sensor. connector is not at 10 o'clock position, remove sensor,
teflon backup washer, and packing; then reinstall sensor,
a. Attach preformed packing (2, fig. 8-36) to oil using alternate spacer (4).
pressure sensor (3).
b. Thread sensor into accessory gearbox (1). 8-154. (T701, T701C) B-SUMP DELTA
PRESSURE TUBE .
c. Tighten sensor (3) until its rear flange contacts
8-155. (T701) Removal of B-Sump Delta Pressure
mounting flange on gearbox. Then, tighten sensor 1° - 3°
Tube.
more. (Alternate method: Torque to 250-300 inch-pounds.)
a. Loosen coupling nut (8, fig. 8-39) and disconnect
d. Connect electrical connector (green cable) (4) and
B-sump delta pressure tube (6) from oil pressure sensor (1).
coupling nut on B-sump delta pressure tube (5) to
sensor(3). Tighten coupling nut (60° wrench-arc).
b. Pull tube (6) from forward suspension lug, located
e. Make required engine checks listed in table 1-19 or at the 12 o'clock position on the swirl frame.
in table 1-39 (AVIM).
c. Remove tube (6) and B-sump scavenge screen (7),
8-153. (T701C) Installation of Oil Pressure as an assembly, from accessory gearbox (2).
Sensor.
a. If oil pressure sensor (9, fig. 8-37) is not being
replaced, go to step b. If it is, do the following; Preformed packing (3) must be removed
before pulling screen (7) through
(1) Remove flareless tube reducer (6) from connector(4) on tube (6). Failure to do this
sensor (9). may result in damage to screen.
(2) Remove and discard packing (5). d. Remove and discard packing (3).
(3) Install new packing (5) onto reducer (6). e. Pull screen (7) through connector (4) of tube (6).
(4) Install reducer (6) into new sensor. Tighten f. Remove and discard packings (5) from screen.
(15° wrench arc) reducer.
8-74
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 8-39. (T701) B-Sump Delta Pressure Tube; Removal and Installation
8-75
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
8-156. (T701C) Removal of B-Sump Delta c. Loosen scavenge screen (4); then remove scavenge
Pressure Tube. screen and B-sump delta pressure tube (7) as an assembly
from accessory gearbox port (9).
d. Remove and dispose of packing (8).
Two wrenches (counter-torque) are required
for removing and installing coupling nuts. e. While holding tube (7), remove scavenge
Otherwise, nuts or tubes will be damaged. screen(4).
a. Using two wrenches, disconnect coupling nut (1, f. Remove and dispose of packings (5, 6).
fig. 8-40) from oil pressure sensor (2).
8-157. (T701, T701C) Cleaning of B-Sump Delta
b. Remove bolt (3) from clamp (10). Pressure Tube. See paragraph H-23, Appendix H.
8-76
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 8-40. (T701C) B-Sump Delta Pressure Tube; Removal and Installation
8-77
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
8-158. (T701, T701C) Inspection of B-Sump Delta
Pressure Tube. See table 8-19.
Table 8-19. (T701, T701C) Inspection of B-Sump Delta Pressure Tube
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
B-sump delta pressure tube
(fig. 8-41) for:
a. (T701) Nicks, cuts, gouges, Any number, 0.060 inch Any number, if wire braid Repair silicone sleeve
and abrasions on silicone deep, if wire braid is not is undamaged, and if (para 8-160).
sleeve (6). visible. silicone sleeve is not torn or
missing.
b. (T701) Drying, cracking, or Not allowed. Not repairable. Replace B-sump delta
charring of silicone sleeve (6) pressure tube (para 8-161).
(exposure to 500°F or higher).
c. Connector (4) for:
(1) High metal at connector Not allowed. Any amount, if 75% of Remove high metal
ends (2). original surface remains (para H-21, Appendix H).
undamaged.
(2) Nicks and scratches on Any number, 0.003 inch Not repairable. Replace B-sump delta
sealing surfaces (3) and deep without sharp edges. pressure tube (para 8-161).
chamfers (5).
d. Damaged coupling nut (1) See Inspection of Tubes, Hoses, and Fittings (para H-24, Appendix H).
and tubing.
e. (T701C) Clamp (8) for cracks Not allowed. Not repairable. Replace B-sump delta
in parent metal or in braze. pressure tube (para 8-161).
8-159. (T701, T701C) Testing of B-Sump Delta • Inhalation of vapors can cause drowsiness,
Pressure Tube (AVIM). See paragraph H-25, dizziness, and headache. Contact of liquid
Appendix H. with skin may cause dermatitis and
irritation.
8-160. (T701, T701C) Repair of B-Sump Delta • If any liquid contacts skin or eyes,
Pressure Tube. Repair silicone sleeve (6, fig. 8-41) on immediately flush affected area thoroughly
B-sump delta pressure tube as follows: with water. Remove solvent-saturated
clothing. If vapors cause drowsiness, go to
fresh air.
• When handling large quantities (greater
Isopropyl Alcohol TT-I-735 than one gallon (3.8 liters)), work at air-
exhausted workbench or covered tank.
• Flammable - do not use near open flames, • Store solvent and dispose of liquid-soaked
near welding areas, or on hot surfaces. clothes in approved metal safety container.
• Do not smoke when using it, and do not use • Metal containers of liquid must be
it where others are smoking. grounded to maintain electrical continuity.
8-78
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 8-41. (T701, T701C) B-Sump Delta Pressure Tube; Inspection
8-79
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
b. Connect tube (6) to fitting on oil pressure
sensor(1). Torque coupling nut (8) (60° wrench arc).
RTV Silicone Rubber Adhesive/Sealant
MIL-A-46106 or MIL-A-46106A c. Push tube (6) into forward suspension lug, located
RTV-60 Silicone Rubber Potting at the 12 o'clock position on swirl frame.
Compound
MIL-I-46838B d. Torque screen (7) to 145-150 inch-pounds.
• Vapor released during curing is e. Make required engine checks listed in table 1-19 or
combustible. Do not use near open flames, in table 1-39 (AVIM).
near welding areas, or on hot surfaces.
8-162. (T701C) Installation of B-Sump Delta
• Vapor is corrosive. Contact of vapor with
Pressure Tube.
skin or eyes will cause burns. Inhalation of
vapor may cause severe nose and throat
a. Position B-sump delta pressure tube (7, fig. 8-40)
irritation; repeated inhalation may result in
with coupling nut (1) end towards oil pressure sensor (2).
chronic bronchitis.
• If any vapor contacts skin or eyes, b. Install packings (5, 6) onto scavenge screen (4).
immediately flush affected area thoroughly
with water. If vapors cause irritation, go to c. Insert scavenge screen (4) into connector of
fresh air. Get medical attention. tube(7).
• When mixing uncured rubber, and during
curing of rubber wear approved respirator, d. Install packing (8) onto scavenge screen (4).
gloves, and goggles or face shield.
e. Insert scavenge screen (4) with tube (7) into
b. Fill damaged area with RTV sealant (item 96, accessory gearbox port (9).
Appendix D). When repairing cuts, bend hose slightly to
open the cut, and then work the sealant into all areas. f. Hand-tighten scavenge screen.
c. Air-dry repaired area at room temperature for g. Connect coupling nut (1) onto fitting of oil
24hours. pressure sensor (2). Hand-tighten coupling nut.
8-161. (T701) Installation of B-Sump Delta h. Install bolt (3) onto clamp (10). Hand-tighten bolt.
Pressure Tube.
i. Torque scavenge screen (4) to 145-150 inch-
a. Install B-sump delta pressure tube (6, fig. 8-39) pounds.
and B-sump scavenge screen (7) as follows:
(1) Install two preformed packings (5) into two
packing grooves at forward end of screen (7). Two wrenches (counter-torque) are required
for removing and installing coupling nuts.
(2) Insert screen (7) through connector (4) of Otherwise, nuts or tubes will be damaged.
tube (6).
j. Using two wrenches, tighten (60° wrench-arc)
(3) Install preformed packing (3) onto screen (7). coupling nut (1).
(4) Install screen (7) and tube (6), as an k. Torque bolt (3) to 45-50 inch-pounds.
assembly, into accessory gearbox (2). Thread screen into
gearbox.
8-80
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
8-163. (T700, T701C) AXIS-G DRAIN TUBES
8-164. (T700, T701C) Removal of Axis-G Drain
Tubes.
a. Disconnect coupling nut on drain tube (6, fig 8-42)
from drain lower tube (4).
b. Remove bolts (5) from brackets (9) and cushioned
clamps (3).
c. Loosen drain fitting (1). Remove fitting (1) and
tube (4).
d. Remove and discard packings (2).
e. Loosen bottom clamp (7) and remove drain
tube(6).
f. Loosen top clamp (7) from drain seal cavity (10),
and remove nonmetallic hose (8).
8-165. (T700, T701C) Installation of Axis-G Drain
Tubes.
a. Install top clamp (7, fig. 8-42) and the nonmetallic
hose (8) on the drain seal cavity (10). Tighten clamp.
b. Connect drain tube (6) on drain lower tube (4).
Hand-tighten coupling nut.
c. Install packings (2) onto drain fitting (1) and
tube(4).
d. Insert drain fitting (1) with tube (4) into swirl
frame port. Hand-tighten drain fitting (1).
e. Install drain tube (6) into nonmetallic hose (8), and
secure with bottom clamp (7).
f. Install bolts (5) through cushioned clamps (3) to
brackets (9). Hand-tighten bolts.
g. Tighten (60° wrench-arc) coupling nut and drain
fitting (1).
h. Torque bolts (5) to 45-50 inch-pounds.
8-81
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 8-42. (T700, T701C) Axis-G Oil Drain Tubes; Removal and Installation
8-82
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
CHAPTER 9
DRIVE SYSTEM
(Not Applicable)
9-1/(9-2 Blank)
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
CHAPTER 10
MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT/AIR SYSTEM
10-1. CHAPTER OVERVIEW. Subject Paragraph
Anti-Icing IGV Duct . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-15
This chapter contains instructions for removing, cleaning, Anti-Icing IGV Feed Tube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-20
inspecting, repairing, and installing the air system
Anti-Icing Bleed and Start Valve, Anti-Icing
components to the extent allowed by the maintenance
Seal Housings, Anti-Icing Seal Retainer,
allocation chart (MAC).
(Allied Signal (Garrett)) Lanyard and
Coupling Assembly, and Lanyard and
Data peculiar to engine models T700-GE-700,
Clip Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-25
T700-GE-701, and T700-GE-701C is identified throughout
Forward Seal Pressure Tube . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-32
the manual as follows:
Sensing Tube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-38
Compressor Leakage Air Tube . . . . . . . . . . . 10-43
NOTE Seal Pressure and Scavenge Tube Assembly 10-48
Data common to all engine models is not (T701, T701C) P3 Tube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-54
identified.
10-3. PRELIMINARY INSTRUCTIONS.
Engine Model Identification
Before starting any of the following procedures, read the
T700-GE-700 (T700)
general maintenance practices and inspection procedures in
T700-GE-701 (T701)
Appendix H.
T700-GE-701C (T701C)
T700-GE-700 and T700-GE-701 (T700, T701) a. When removing or installing parts, prevent entry of
T700-GE-700 and T700-GE-701C (T700, T701C) foreign objects into oil and air passages, and avoid
T700-GE-701 and T700-GE-701C (T701, T701C) damaging electrical connectors.
10-2. CHAPTER INDEX. b. Do not use tape to cover oil passages or openings.
Tape adhesive is soluble in oil and can cause contamination.
Maintenance procedures in this chapter are arranged as Use clean, dry protective caps to cover electrical connectors
follows: and other openings.
Subject Paragraph
Preliminary Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3
(T700) P3 Hose and Tube Assembly . . . . . . 10-4
Anti-Icing Bleed Duct. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-10
10-1
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
before installing packings. Ultrachem fluid no. 1 (item 117,
Appendix D) may be used as an alternate lubricant for
Lubricating Oil packings and grooves.
• If oil is decomposed by heat, toxic gases d. Inspect replacement parts for serviceability before
are released. installation.
• Prolonged contact with liquid or mist may
e. Always use a backup wrench on fittings when
cause dermatitis and irritation.
removing or installing hoses and tubes.
• If there is any prolonged contact with skin,
wash area with soap and water. If solution f. When connecting hoses or tubes, use wrench- arc
contacts eyes, flush eyes with water tightening method (para H-14, Appendix H).
immediately. Remove saturated clothing.
• If oil is swallowed, do not try to vomit. Get g. Before connecting electrical connectors, refer to
immediate medical attention. paragraph H-7, Appendix H for proper procedure.
• When handling liquid, wear rubber gloves.
If prolonged contact with mist is likely, h. Observe the following inspection rules:
wear approved respirator.
(1) In the inspection tables, some requirements
apply only when the part is removed from the engine. If the
part to be inspected is installed on the engine, inspect only
Asbestos for those defects that can be seen without removing the part.
Do not remove the part just to inspect it.
This engine may contain small amounts of
asbestos. When working with this engine, the (2) When inspection limits are in decimals,
following precautions must be rigidly adhered compare size of defect with size of thickness gage (feeler
to: gage).
• Before any maintenance activities are 10-4. (T700) P3 HOSE AND TUBE ASSEMBLY.
undertaken, review the illustrated parts
breakdown/catalog index to determine if
the hardware to be worked on or used
contains asbestos. 10-5. (T700) Removal of P3 Hose and Tube
• Whenever mechanical removal of material, Assembly.
such as machining, grinding, buffing,
drilling, sanding or any type of material a. Disconnect P3 hose and tube assembly
build-up on parts that contain asbestos is (2, fig. 10-1) from POU manifold union (1), from HMU
necessary, appropriate personal protective union (4), and from midframe reducer (3).
equipment must be worn, and national
environmental controls required for the b. Remove P3 hose and tube assembly. Cap tube
handling of asbestos-containing material ends, using protective caps (item 24, Appendix D).
must be complied with.
• Before handling, replacing, or disposing of 10-6. (T700) Cleaning of P3 Hose and Tube
asbestos-containing hardware, appropriate Assembly. See paragraph H-23, Appendix H.
personal protective equipment and national
environmental controls must be strictly 10-7. (T700) Inspection of P3 Hose and Tube
adhered to for handling asbestos-containing Assembly. See paragraph H-24, Appendix H.
hardware.
10-8. (T700) Testing of P3 Hose and Tube
c. Do not damage preformed packing grooves when Assembly (AVIM). See paragraph H-25, Appendix H.
removing or installing preformed packings. Unless
otherwise specified, lubricate packings and grooves with a
light coat of lubricating oil (item 85 or 87, Appendix D)
10-2
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 10-1. (T700) P3 Hose and Tube Assembly; Removal and Installation
10-9. (T700) Installation of P3 Hose and Tube b. Remove bolt (4, fig. 10-2), nut (7), and key-head
Assembly. screw (10) from anti-icing valve forward bracket (5), and
then remove bracket.
a. Loosely connect P3 hose and tube assembly
(2, fig. 10-1) to union (1) on POU manifold assembly, to c. Remove two nuts (9, 12) from scroll case studs and
HMU union (4), and to midframe reducer (3). remove bracket (11).
b. Hold P3 hose and tube assembly to prevent it from d. Remove four bolts (15).
rotating, and tighten (60° wrench arc) coupling nut at
union(1) on POU manifold assembly. Tighten (60° wrench
arc) coupling nut at the midframe reducer (3).
Asbestos
c. Hold U-shaped section of P3 hose and tube
assembly at HMU end, and tighten (60° wrench arc) The following procedure may involve a part
coupling nut at HMU union (4). that contains asbestos, which is highly toxic to
skin, eyes, and respiratory tract. Read general
d. Make required engine checks listed in table 1-19 or information before proceeding, and adhere to
in table 1-39 (AVIM). all site safety and environmental controls
concerning asbestos. Otherwise, personal
10-10. ANTI-ICING BLEED DUCT. injury may result.
10-11. Removal of Anti-Icing Bleed Duct (AVIM). e. Slide anti-icing bleed duct (14) aft to remove it
from scroll case. Remove and discard packing (13) and
a. Remove anti-icing bleed and start valve gasket (PN 3032T42P01 only) (16).
(para 10-26).
f. Cover openings in duct using barrier material
(item 12, Appendix D) and secure material with adhesive
tape (item 107, Appendix D).
10-3
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 10-2. Anti-Icing Ducts; Removal and Installation
10-4
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
10-12. Cleaning of Anti-Icing Bleed Duct. See 10-13. Inspection of Anti-Icing Bleed Duct. See
paragraph H-23, Appendix H. table 10-1.
Table 10-1. Inspection of Anti-Icing Bleed Duct
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
Anti-icing bleed duct (fig. 10-3)
for:
a. Damage. See Inspection of Tubes, Hoses, and Fittings (para H-24, Appendix H).
b. AVIM: Nicks and scratches
on:
(1) Floor of packing groove. Any number, 0.005 inch Not repairable. Replace duct (para 10-14).
deep, without sharp edges.
(2) Walls of packing groove. Any number, 0.010 inch Not repairable. Replace duct (para 10-14).
deep, without sharp edges.
Figure 10-3. Anti-Icing Bleed Duct; Inspection
10-5
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
10-14. Installation of Anti-Icing Bleed Duct f. Torque bolt (4) and nut (7) to 45-50 inch-pounds.
(AVIM).
g. Install anti-icing bleed and start valve (para 10-31).
a. Install packing (13, fig. 10-2) on bleed duct (14).
h. Make required engine checks listed in table 1-39.
b. Position duct as shown, and insert aft end of duct
into scroll port. Secure aft end of duct to scroll case studs
10-15. ANTI-ICING IGV DUCT.
using bracket (11) and two nuts (9, 12).
10-16. Removal of Anti-Icing IGV Duct (AVIM).
a. Remove anti-icing bleed and start valve
Asbestos (para 10-26).
The following procedure may involve a part b. Remove key-head screw (10, fig. 10-2) and nut (7)
that contains asbestos, which is highly toxic to from top of anti-icing valve forward bracket (5).
skin, eyes, and respiratory tract. Read general
information before proceeding, and adhere to c. Remove nut (9) from upper scroll case stud and
all site safety and environmental controls remove duct (8) by pulling it down and out. Remove and
concerning asbestos. Otherwise, personal discard packings (2, 6).
injury may result.
d. Cap or plug openings in tube using protective caps
c. Position gasket (16) as shown. Secure duct and (item 22, 29, 30, Appendix D).
gasket using four bolts (15).
10-17. Cleaning of Anti-Icing IGV Duct. See
d. Torque bolts (15) and nuts (9, 12) to 45-50 inch- paragraph H-23, Appendix H.
pounds.
10-18. Inspection of Anti-Icing IGV Duct. See
e. Position bracket (5) as shown. Secure bracket, table 10-2.
using bolt (4), key-head screw (10), and nut (7).
Table 10-2. Inspection of Anti-Icing IGV Duct
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
Anti-icing IGV duct (fig. 10-4)
for:
a. Damage. See Inspection of Tubes, Hoses, and Fittings (para H-24, Appendix H).
b. AVIM: Nicks and scratches
on:
(1) Floor of packing groove. Any number, 0.005 inch Not repairable. Replace duct (para 10-19).
deep, without sharp edges.
(2) Walls of packing groove. Any number, 0.010 inch Not repairable. Replace duct (para 10-19).
deep, without sharp edges.
10-6
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 10-4. Anti-Icing IGV Duct; Inspection
10-19. Installation of Anti-Icing IGV Duct (AVIM). 10-20. ANTI-ICING IGV FEED TUBE
a. Install packing (6, fig. 10-2) in groove on end of .
anti-icing IGV duct (8), and install packing (2) on end of
IGV anti-ice feed tube (1). 10-21. Removal of Anti-Icing IGV Feed Tube
(AVIM).
b. Position duct as shown.
a. Remove HMU (para 6-40).
c. Secure duct to anti-icing valve forward bracket (5)
using key-head screw (10) and nut (7). b. Remove two bolts (3, fig. 10-2) that secure feed
tube (1) to brackets on compressor case forward flange.
d. Secure duct to upper scroll case stud on aft side of
bracket (11), using nut (9). c. Remove tube (1) and remove and discard two
packings (2).
e. Torque nuts (7, 9) to 45-50 inch-pounds.
d. Cap ends of tube using protective caps (item 34,
f. Install anti-icing bleed and start valve (para 10-31). Appendix D).
g. Make required engine checks listed in table 1-39. 10-22. Cleaning of Anti-Icing IGV Feed Tube. See
paragraph H-23, Appendix H.
10-7
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
10-23. Inspection of Anti-Icing IGV Feed Tube.
See table 10-3.
Table 10-3. Inspection of Anti-Icing IGV Feed Tube
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
Anti-icing IGV feed tube
(fig. 10-5) for:
a. Damage. See Inspection of Tubes, Hoses, and Fittings (para H-24, Appendix H).
b. AVIM: Nicks and scratches
on:
(1) Floor of packing groove. Any number 0.005 inch Not repairable. Replace tube (para 10-24).
deep, without sharp edges.
(2) Walls of packing groove. Any number, 0.010 inch Not repairable. Replace tube (para 10-24).
deep, without sharp edges.
Figure 10-5. Anti-Icing IGV Feed Tube; Inspection
10-8
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
10-24. Installation of Anti-Icing IGV Feed Tube c. Remove clips of (Eaton (Consolidated
(AVIM). Control)) lanyard and clip assembly (4).
d. Slide (Eaton (Consolidated Control)) anti-
icing seal housing (6) and (Eaton (Consolidated
To protect packings, do not install anti-icing Control)) anti-icing seal retainer (2) aft, away from anti-
IGV feed tube until after anti-icing IGV duct icing bleed duct (7).
is installed.
e. Loosen three captive bolts (1).
a. Install two packings (2, fig. 10-2) on feed tube (1).
f. Remove anti-icing bleed and start valve (5). Leave
b. Position feed tube as shown, and secure it using anti-icing seal housing (8) on compressor casing outlet.
two bolts (3). Torque bolts to 45-50 inch-pounds.
g. If valve is going to be replaced, do the following:
c. Install HMU (para 6-44).
(1) (Eaton (Consolidated Control)) Remove
d. Make required engine checks listed in table 1-39. seal housing (6) from valve.
(2) (Eaton (Consolidated Control)) Remove
10-25. ANTI-ICING BLEED AND START VALVE, seal retainer (2) from valve.
ANTI-ICING SEAL HOUSINGS, ANTI-ICING SEAL
RETAINER, (ALLIED SIGNAL (GARRETT)) (3) (Eaton (Consolidated Control)) Remove
LANYARD AND COUPLING ASSEMBLY, AND lanyard and clip assembly (4) by passing small clip through
LANYARD AND CLIP ASSEMBLY. hole in valve (view B).
10-26. Removal of Anti-Icing Bleed and Start
(4) Remove (Allied Signal (Garrett)) lanyard
Valve, Anti-Icing Seal Housing, Anti-Icing Seal
and clip assembly (12) from valve.
Retainer, (Allied Signal (Garrett)) Lanyard and
Coupling Assembly, and Lanyard and Clip
(5) Remove (Allied Signal (Garrett)) lanyard
Assembly.
and coupling assembly (13) from valve.
(6) Cover openings on engine and valve using
barrier material and adhesive tape (item 12 or 107,
Removing Anti-Icing Bleed Appendix D).
and Start Valve
10-27. Cleaning of Anti-Icing Bleed and Start
• The anti-icing bleed and start valve can Valve, Anti-Icing Seal Housings, Anti-Icing Seal
reach a temperature of about 300°F Retainer, (Allied Signal (Garrett)) Lanyard and
(149°C) during engine operation. Coupling Assembly, and Lanyard and Clip
• If engine has been operating, allow valve to Assembly.
cool before removing it with bare hands.
a. Check electrical connector for moisture or
a. Disconnect electrical connector (green cable) (3, contamination. If no moisture or contamination is found in
fig. 10-6, sheet 1). Cap electrical connector using clean, dry electrical connector, do not clean it. Install clean, dry
protective cap (item 27, Appendix D). protective cap (item 25, Appendix D).
b. Using a 7/16-inch open-end wrench (view A, b. If moisture or contamination is found in electrical
sheet2), pull out quick-disconnect pin (9, sheet 1) to connector, clean it (para H-11, Appendix H).
disengage valve actuating linkage (10) and actuating
shaft(11). Do not remove pin from actuating shaft.
10-9
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 10-6. Anti-Icing Bleed and Start Valve; Removal and Inspection (Sheet 1 of 2)
10-10
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 10-6. Anti-Icing Bleed and Start Valve; Removal and Inspection (Sheet 2 of 2)
c. Flush or spray-wash external surfaces with dry
cleaning solvent (item 99, Appendix D) to remove grease,
Dry Cleaning Solvent oil, and dirt.
(Stoddard Solvent)
P-D-680
• Combustible - do not use near open flames, Compressed Air
near welding areas, or on hot surfaces.
• Prolonged contact of skin with liquid can • When using compressed air for any
cause dermatitis. Repeated inhalation of cooling, cleaning, or drying operation, do
vapor can irritate nose and throat and can not exceed 30 psig at the nozzle.
cause dizziness. • Eyes can be permanently damaged by
• If any liquid contacts skin or eyes, contact with liquid or large particles
immediately flush affected area thoroughly propelled by compressed air. Inhalation of
with water. Remove solvent-saturated air-blown particles or solvent vapor can
clothing. If vapors cause dizziness, go to damage lungs.
fresh air. • When using air for cleaning at an air-
• When handling liquid or when applying it exhausted workbench, wear approved
in an air-exhausted, partially covered tank, goggles or face shield.
wear approved gloves and goggles. • When using air for cleaning at an
• When handling liquid or when applying it unexhausted workbench, wear approved
at unexhausted, uncovered tank or respirator and goggles.
workbench, wear approved respirator,
gloves, and goggles. d. Dry all external surfaces using dry, filtered
compressed air.
10-11
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
10-28. Inspection of Anti-Icing Bleed and Start Coupling Assembly, and Lanyard and Clip
Valve, Anti-Icing Seal Housings, Anti-Icing Seal Assembly. See table 10-4.
Retainer, (Allied Signal (Garrett)) Lanyard and
Table 10-4. Inspection of Anti-Icing Bleed and Start Valve, Anti-Icing Seal Housings,
Anti-Icing Seal Retainer, (Allied Signal (Garrett)) Lanyard and Coupling Assembly,
and Lanyard and Clip Assembly
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
a. Housing of anti-icing bleed
and start valve (5, fig. 10-6,
sheet 1) for:
(1) Visible cracks. None allowed. Not repairable. Replace valve (para 10-31).
(2) Nicks, dents, scratches Any number not detectable Same as usable limits, with Blend high metal to usable
onsealing area. by feel. High metal is not high metal. limit, using fine abrasive
allowed. cloth (item 52, Appendix D)
(para H-21, Appendix H).
(3) Nicks, dents, scratches Any number, 0.030 inch Same as usable limits, with Blend high metal
onother areas. deep, without high metal. high metal. (para H-21, Appendix H).
(4) Leaks. Not allowed. Not repairable. Replace valve (para 10-31).
b. Electrical connector (3) for:
(1) Bent socket pins. Not allowed. Up to 1/8 inch out-of- Straighten pin.
position.
(2) Kinked or sharply bent Not allowed. Not repairable. Replace valve (para 10-31).
pins.
(3) Damaged threads. Any amount, without high Any amount that can be Blend high metal
metal, if connector can be reworked to usable limits. (para H-21, Appendix H).
assembled normally with its
mating part.
c. Captive bolts (1) for:
(1) Missing threads. Not allowed. Not repairable. Replace bolt (para H-6,
Appendix H).
(2) Nicks or burred threads. Any amount that does not Any amount. AVUM: Replace valve
prevent installation. No high (para 10-31).
metal. AVIM: Remove high metal.
Chase threads.
10-12
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table 10-4. Inspection of Anti-Icing Bleed and Start Valve, Anti-Icing Seal Housings,
Anti-Icing Seal Retainer, (Allied Signal (Garrett)) Lanyard and Coupling Assembly,
and Lanyard and Clip Assembly (Cont)
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
d. Captive bolt flanges for Any number of missing Any number with crossed AVUM: Replace valve
damaged threads. threads with no crossed threads or loose material. (para 10-31).
threads or loose material. AVIM: Remove loose
material. Chase threads to
remove crossed threads,
using a 0.250 × 28 UNF tap.
e. Anti-icing seal housings
(Eaton (Consolidated
Control)) (6), and (8) for:
(1) Distortion and dents on Not allowed. Not repairable. Replace seal housing
both ends of housing (para 10-31).
where seals seat.
(2) Distortion and dents on Any amount that does not Not repairable. Replace seal housing
remaining areas. prevent seal housing from (para 10-31).
seating properly on valve
and on respective duct.
(3) Cracks. None allowed. Not repairable. Replace seal housing
(para 10-31).
(4) Cuts, breaks, or nicks on Not allowed. Not repairable. Replace seal housing
seals. (para 10-31).
(5) Flattened or distorted Not allowed. Not repairable. Replace seal housing
seals, including outer (para 10-31).
cover of seal and seal
spring.
f. (Eaton (Consolidated
Control)) Anti-icing seal
retainer (2) for:
(1) Distortion and dents on Not allowed. Not repairable. Replace retainer
both sides at retainer (para 10-31).
housing where seals seat.
(2) Distortion and dents on Any amount that does not Not repairable. Replace retainer
remaining area. prevent seal housing from (para 10-31).
seating properly on valve
and on respective duct.
(3) Cracks. None allowed. Not repairable. Replace retainer
(para 10-31).
10-13
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table 10-4. Inspection of Anti-Icing Bleed and Start Valve, Anti-Icing Seal Housings,
Anti-Icing Seal Retainer, (Allied Signal (Garrett)) Lanyard and Coupling Assembly,
and Lanyard and Clip Assembly (Cont)
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
(4) Cuts, breaks, nicks, or Not allowed. Not repairable. Replace seal (para 10-30).
twists on seal and seal
ring.
g. (Allied Signal (Garrett))
Lanyard and coupling
assembly (13):
(1) Distortion and dents on Not allowed. Not repairable. Replace (Allied Signal
both ends of housing (Garrett)) lanyard and
where seals seat. coupling assembly
(para 10-31).
(2) Distortion and dents on Any amount that does not Not repairable. Replace (Allied Signal
remaining areas. prevent seal housing from (Garrett)) lanyard and
seating properly on valve coupling assembly
and on respective duct. (para 10-31).
(3) Cracks. None allowed. Not repairable. Replace (Allied Signal
(Garrett)) lanyard and
coupling assembly
(para 10-31).
(4) Cuts, breaks, or nicks Not allowed. Not repairable. Replace (Allied Signal
onseals. Garrett)) lanyard and
coupling assembly
(para 10-31).
(5) Flattened or distorted Not allowed. Not repairable. Replace (Allied Signal
seals, including outer Garrett)) lanyard and
cover of seal and seal coupling assembly
spring. (para 10-31).
h. (Eaton (Consolidated
Control)) Lanyard and clip
assembly (4) for:
(1) Distorted clips. Snug fit on valve. Any amount that can Bend to usable limits.
be bentto fit snugly on
valve.
(2) Frayed or broken Not allowed. Not repairable. Replace assembly
lanyard. (para 10-31).
10-14
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table 10-4. Inspection of Anti-Icing Bleed and Start Valve, Anti-Icing Seal Housings,
Anti-Icing Seal Retainer, (Allied Signal (Garrett)) Lanyard and Coupling Assembly,
and Lanyard and Clip Assembly (Cont)
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
i. Quick-disconnect pin
(fig. 10-7).
(1) Pin shaft (1) for:
(a) Broken or missing Not allowed. Not repairable. Replace pin (para 10-31).
lockring (3).
(b) Nicks, scratches, or Not allowed if they can be Not repairable. Replace pin (para 10-31).
wear. felt with fingernail.
(c) Cracks. None allowed. Not repairable. Replace pin (para 10-31).
(2) Pinhead (2) for:
(a) Nicks, scratches, Any number, 1/32 inch Not repairable. Replace pin (para 10-31).
dents, and gouges. deep.
(b) Bends. Any amount, 1/16 inch Any amount that can be Replace pin (para 10-31).
fromoriginal shape. removed to meet usable
limits.
(c) Cracks. None allowed. Not repairable. Replace pin (para 10-31).
j. External tubes for:
(1) Nicks, dents, scratches. Any number, 0.020 inch Same as usable limits, with Blend high metal
deep, with no high metal. high metal. (para H-21, Appendix H).
(2) Cracks or breaks. None allowed. Not repairable. Replace valve (para 10-31).
k. Vent tube for:
(1) Nicks, dents, scratches. Any number, 0.005 inch Same as usable limits, with Blend high metal
deep, with no high metal. high metal. (para H-21, Appendix H).
(2) Cracks, breaks, or Not allowed. Not repairable. Replace valve (para 10-31).
crushed tubes.
10-15
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 10-7. Quick-Disconnect Pin; Inspection
10-29. Repair of Anti-Icing Bleed and Start Valve, (2) Pull innermost edge of seal back against outer
Anti-Icing Seal Housings, Anti-Icing Seal Retainer, lip of housing until seal seats all around lip as shown. Open
and Lanyard and Clip Assembly. Repair is limited to sides of seal will face each other as shown in figure 10-8.
that specified in corrective action column of table 10-4.
10-31. Installation of Anti-Icing Bleed and Start
10-30. (T700, T701) Repair of Anti-Icing Seal Valve, Anti-Icing Seal Housings, Anti-Icing Seal
Housing. See fig. 10-8. Retainers, (Allied Signal (Garrett)) Lanyard and
Coupling Assembly, and Lanyard and Clip
a. Removal of seals from housing: Assembly.
a. If not already on engine, install the following:
Do not bend anti-icing seals when removing • Anti-icing bleed duct (para 10-14)
or inserting them. Squeeze OD of seal only
• Anti-icing IGV duct (para 10-19)
enough to remove or insert it in bore.
Excessive bending will deform seals and
cause leaks.
(1) Push seal towards center of housing. Be sure that seal housing (15, fig. 10-9) is
installed on compressor case outlet.
(2) Gently squeeze OD of seal at any one
diameter, and tilt seal at angle to remove it from bore of b. (Eaton (Consolidated Control Valve)) Install
housing. anti-icing bleed and start valve (4) as follows:
b. Installation of seals in housing: (1) Slide seal housing (9) and seal retainer (12)
onto anti-ice bleed and start valve (4).
(1) Install replacement seal by gently squeezing
seal at any one diameter, and by tilting it enough to insert it
in bore of housing.
10-16
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 10-8. Anti-Icing Seal Retainer and Anti-Icing Seal Housing Seals; Removal and Installation
(2) Install lanyard and clip (13) on valve (4) by (10) Torque three captive bolts (5, 14) to 45-50
passing small clip (8, view A) through hole in valve. inch-pounds.
(3) Back up two captive bolts (5) and captive (11) Check gap between flange of bleed duct
bolt(14) into mounting bosses to keep bolts from (10) and seal housing (9) for 0.100-inch maximum (view
interfering with positioning of valve. C). If gap exceeds limit at any point, loosen bolts (5, 14) and
reposition valve as required to meet limit. Torque bolts
(4) Position valve (4) between forward and aft (5, 14) to 45-50 inch-pounds.
brackets (16, 17); rotate valve, as necessary, to clear anti-
icing bleed duct (10) and anti-icing IGV duct (11). c. (Allied Signal (Garrett) Valve). Install anti-
icing bleed and start valve (4, fig. 10-10) as follows:
(5) Center the seal housing (15) between valve
inlet and compressor case outlet (18). (1) If not already assembled, install retaining
ring(20) of lanyard and clip assembly (13) to lower hole in
(6) Install and hand-tighten electrical connector cast rib of valve (4). Position clip so that small clip (8) is
(green cable) (6). inboard and large clip (7) is outboard.
(7) Tighten two captive bolts (5) on aft (2) If not already assembled, install retaining
bracket(17). Tighten captive bolt (14) on forward ring(20) of seal housing and lanyard assembly (9) and seal
bracket(16). retainer and lanyard assembly (12) to upper hole in cast rib
of valve (4). Position small coupling inboard and large
(8) Slide seal housing (9) and seal retainer (12) coupling outboard.
forward onto bleed duct (10) and IGV duct (11).
(9) Install lanyard and clip (13) onto valve (4) to
hold housing (9) and retainer (12) in the forward position.
10-17
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 10-9. Anti-Icing Bleed and Start Valve, Lanyard and Clip, Seal Housing,
and Seal Retainer; Installation
10-18
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 10-10. Anti-Icing Bleed and Start Valve, Lanyard and Clip, Seal Housing,
and Seal Retainer; Installation
10-19
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
NOTE 180 degrees counterclockwise. Remove, push, and rotate
LMT 841 at least three times.
Seal ring (19) may be packaged in seal
retainer(12). (6) Install seal retainer and lanyard assembly (12,
fig. 10-10) onto small port of valve (4).
(3) If seal ring (19) is packaged in seal
retainer(12) remove it. (7) Install seal housing and lanyard assembly (9)
onto large port of valve (4), with eccentric side of assembly
facing valve (4).
Lubricating Oil (8) Secure valve (4) onto forward bracket (16)
and aft bracket (17) using three captive bolts (5, 14).
• If oil is decomposed by heat, toxic gases
are released. (9) Slide seal retainer (12) and seal housing (9) to
a forward position.
• Prolonged contact with liquid or mist may
cause dermatitis and irritation.
• If there is any prolonged contact with skin,
wash area with soap and water. If solution
contacts eyes, flush eyes with water • Small clip (8) must be fully seated
immediately. Remove saturated clothing. otherwise, an air leak could occur.
• If oil is swallowed, do not try to vomit. Get • Be sure that anti-ice bleed and start valve
immediate medical attention. seal housings and seal retainer are secure
and alined. Otherwise, stage 5 air leakage
• When handling liquid, wear rubber gloves.
could cause the replacement of the
If prolonged contact with mist is likely,
ECU/DEC.
wear approved respirator.
(10) Install small clip (8) onto IGV boss to hold
(4) Apply a small amount of lubricating oil
seal retainer (12) in the forward position.
(item 85 or 87, Appendix D) to inside diameter of seal
ring(19).
(11) Check to be sure the small clip (fig. 10-12)
is fully seated in the correct position. If necessary loosen
(5) Install seal ring (fig. 10-11) onto sealing
bolts (5, 14, fig. 10-10) and move valve (4) aft to allow
surface of valve as follows:
correct seating of clip (8).
(a) With open side of seal ring facing
forward, and using fingers, evenly push seal ring into (12) Install large clip (7) to hold seal housing
groove of sealing surface. assembly and lanyard assembly (9) in the forward position.
(13) Torque bolts (5, 14) to 45-50 inch-pounds.
NOTE
Seal ring will remain expanded after it is d. Aline hole in link assembly (1) with holes in
seated in the groove of the sealing surface. shaft(3) and engage quick-disconnect pin (2). Be sure that
locking ring on pin passes through the shaft (3) and ring
(b) Apply a small amount of lubricating oil shows outside of shaft.
(item 85 or 87, Appendix D) to outside diameter of seal
ring. e. Connect electrical connector (6) to valve (4).
f. Make required engine checks listed in table 1-19 or
(c) Slide (Allied Signal (Garrett) Valve)
in table 1-39 (AVIM).
Sizing Tool LMT 841 onto seal ring until a sharp increase in
resistance is felt.
(d) Push LMT 841 beyond the maximum
resistance and rotate LMT 841, 180 degrees clockwise and
10-20
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 10-11. Seal Ring; Installation
10-21
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 10-12. Small Clip; Installation
10-22
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
(1) Turn coupling nut (1) clockwise to release
10-32. FORWARD SEAL PRESSURE TUBE
tube from compressor case.
.
(2) Disconnect coupling nut (4) from seal
10-33. Removal of Forward Seal Pressure Tube pressure and scavenge tube assembly (8).
(AVIM).
f. Install protective caps (item 17, Appendix D) on
a. Remove (T700, T701) ECU or (T701C) DEC ends of tube.
(fig. 10-13) or (fig. 10-14) as follows:
10-34. Cleaning of Forward Seal Pressure
(1) Disconnect electrical connectors (10, 11, 12). Tube. See paragraph H-23, Appendix H.
(2) Loosen two bolts (13), but do not 10-35. Inspection of Forward Seal Pressure
removethem. Tube. See paragraph H-24, Appendix H.
(3) Loosen captive bolt (5). 10-36. Testing of Forward Seal Pressure Tube
(AVIM). See paragraph H-25, Appendix H.
(4) Remove (T700, T701) ECU or (T701C)
DEC by sliding it out of slots in electrical unit bracket (7). 10-37. Installation of Forward Seal Pressure Tube
(AVIM).
b. Remove two bolts that secure amplifier support
a. Connect forward seal pressure tube (3, fig. 10-15)
bracket (4) to forward flange of compressor case.
to coupling nut (1) on compressor case. Engage threads of
coupling nut (1).
c. Remove two bolts (3) and nuts (1) that secure
support bracket (4) to tabs (2) on compressor case.
NOTE
d. Remove (T700, T701) ECU or (T701C) DEC
It may be necessary to disconnect the seal
brackets (4, 7) assembled.
pressure and scavenge tube assembly from the
mid C-sump scavenge tube to make
installation easier.
Excessive Force/Torque on Seal Pressure b. Loosen coupling nut (5) and disconnect seal
and Scavenge Tube pressure and scavenge tube assembly (8) from mid C-sump
scavenge tube (2).
Do not use excessive force/torque when
connecting/disconnecting seal pressure and c. Remove bolt (7) from bracket (20).
scavenge tube. A damaged tube may cause a
loss of power turbine cooling and engine d. Using one hand, gently pull down on tube
damage. assembly(8), and with the other hand, connect pressure
tube(3) to tube assembly (8). Engage threads of coupling
nut (4).
Two wrenches (counter-torque) are required e. Secure tube assembly (8) to bracket (20) with
for removing and installing coupling nuts. bolt(7). Torque bolt (7) to 45-50 inch-pounds.
Otherwise, nuts or tubes will be damaged.
e. Using two wrenches, disconnect forward seal
pressure tube (3, fig. 10-15) from coupling nuts as follows:
Change 2 10-23
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 10-13. (T700, T701) Electrical Control Unit (ECU); Removal and Installation
10-24
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 10-14. (T701C) Digital Electronic Control (DEC) and Scroll Seal; Removal and Installation
10-25
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 10-15. Air Tubes; Removal and Installation
10-26 Change 3
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
(4) Secure two bolts (13). Make sure there is
metal-to-metal contact.
Excessive Force/Torque on Seal Pressure
and Scavenge Tube (5) Connect electrical connectors (10, 11, 12).
Do not use excessive force/torque when k. Make required engine checks listed in table 1-39.
connecting/disconnecting seal pressure and
scavenge tube. A damaged tube may cause a 10-38. SENSING TUBE
loss of power turbine cooling and engine
damage. .
10-39. Removal of Sensing Tube.
Two wrenches (counter-torque) are required a. Remove yellow electrical cable (3, fig. 10-16) from
for removing and installing coupling nuts. clip (4).
Otherwise, nuts or tubes will be damaged.
b. (T701, T701C) Remove cable (3) from yellow
f. Using two wrenches, connect tube assembly (8) to cable bracket (9).
scavenge tube (2). Tighten (60° wrench-arc) coupling nuts
(1, 4, and 5). c. Remove two bolts (1) from forward end of sensing
tube (2).
g. Position bracket (4, fig. 10-13) on tabs (2) of
compressor case and on forward flange of compressor case. d. Remove bolt (5) that secures sensing tube to main
frame pad.
h. Install two bolts (3) (boltheads forward) and two
nuts (1). Secure bracket (4) onto tabs (2) of compressor e. Loosen clamps (6) that connect temperature-
case. Torque nuts (1) to 45-50 inch-pounds. sensing nonmetallic tube (7) to neck of T2 sensor holster (8)
and to tube (2).
i. Install two bolts to secure support bracket (4) to
forward flange of compressor case. Torque bolts to 45-50 f. Remove sensing tube (2). Cap each end, using
inch-pounds. protective cap, barrier material, and adhesive tape
(item 28, 12, 107, Appendix D).
j. Install (T700, T701) ECU or (T701C) DEC
(fig. 10-13) or (fig. 10-14) as follows:
NOTE
(1) Make sure scroll seal (8) is in place on ECU. (T701, T701C) It will be necessary to loosen
loop type cushioned clamp (10) in order to
(2) Install (T700, T701) ECU or (T701C) DEC thoroughly inspect tube (2).
so that two bolts (13) fit into slots in electrical unit
bracket(7). g. (T701, T701C) Loosen bolt (11) securing
clamp(10) to tube (2).
(3) Tighten captive bolt (5). Torque bolt (5) to
45-50 inch-pounds.
10-27
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 10-16. Sensing Tube; Removal, Inspection, and Installation
10-28
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
10-40. Cleaning of Sensing Tube. (item 112, Appendix D) saturated in dry cleaning solvent
(item 99, Appendix D) to remove oil and dirt.
Dry Cleaning Solvent
(Stoddard Solvent) Compressed Air
P-D-680
• When using compressed air for any
• Combustible - do not use near open flames, cooling, cleaning, or drying operation, do
near welding areas, or on hot surfaces. not exceed 30 psig at the nozzle.
• Prolonged contact of skin with liquid can • Eyes can be permanently damaged by
cause dermatitis. Repeated inhalation of contact with liquid or large particles
vapor can irritate nose and throat and can propelled by compressed air. Inhalation of
cause dizziness. air-blown particles or solvent vapor can
• If any liquid contacts skin or eyes, damage lungs.
immediately flush affected area thoroughly • When using air for cleaning at an air-
with water. Remove solvent-saturated exhausted workbench, wear approved
clothing. If vapors cause dizziness, go to goggles or face shield.
fresh air. • When using air for cleaning at an
• When handling liquid or when applying it unexhausted workbench, wear approved
in an air-exhausted, partially covered tank, respirator and goggles.
wear approved gloves and goggles.
• When handling liquid or when applying it b. Dry the sensing tube, using dry, filtered
at unexhausted, uncovered tank or compressed air.
workbench, wear approved respirator,
gloves, and goggles. 10-41. Inspection of Sensing Tube. See table 10-5.
a. Wipe external surfaces of sensing tube (2) and
temperature-sensing non-metallic tube (7) with towel
Table 10-5. Inspection of Sensing Tube
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
a. Sensing tube (2, fig. 10-16). See Inspection of Tubes, Hoses, and Fittings (para H-24, Appendix H).
b. Temperature-sensing
nonmetallic tube (7) for:
(1) Crazing or splits when Not allowed. Not repairable. Replace tube (para 10-42).
tube is flexed.
(2) Cuts or tears. Not allowed. Not repairable. Replace tube (para 10-42).
(3) Split or heat swollen Not allowed. Not repairable. Replace tube (para 10-42).
ends.
10-29
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
10-42. Installation of Sensing Tube.
10-43. COMPRESSOR LEAKAGE AIR TUBE
a. Install clamps (6, fig. 10-16) on temperature-
.
sensing nonmetallic tube (7). Do not tighten clamps.
10-44. Removal of Compressor Leakage Air
b. Slide tube (7) onto sensing tube (2) and onto T2
Tube.
sensor holster (8).
a. Remove two bolts (12, fig. 10-15) and two
c. Using two bolts (1), secure flange of sensing
nuts(18) that secure compressor leakage air tube (13) to
tube(2) to swirl frame pad.
turbine case.
d. Using bolt (5), secure sensing tube (2) to main
frame pad. b. Remove bolt (17) and nut (14) to separate
clamp(15) from clamp on B-sump drain tube (16).
e. Torque bolts (1, 5) to 45-50 inch-pounds.
c. Remove tube (13).
f. Tighten clamps (6) handtight.
d. (T701C) Remove gasket (21) from flanged end of
g. (T701, T701C) Reposition loop type cushioned tube.
clamp (10), and hand-tighten bolt (11).
e. Remove clamp (15) from tube.
h. Install yellow electrical cable (3) in clip (4).
f. Cap or plug tube using protective caps
i. (T701, T701C) Install cable (3) in yellow cable (item 27, 29, Appendix D).
bracket (9) so that cable (3) is on the outside of tube (2).
10-45. Cleaning of Compressor Leakage Air
j. (T701, T701C) Torque bolt (11) to 45-50 inch- Tube. See paragraph H-23, Appendix H.
pounds.
10-46. Inspection of Compressor Leakage Air
k. After installation, make required engine checks Tube. See table 10-6.
listed in table 1-19 or in table 1-39 (AVIM).
Table 10-6. Inspection of Compressor Leakage Air Tube
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
a. Tubing (2, fig 10-17). See Inspection of Tubes, Hoses, and Fittings (para H-24, Appendix H).
b. Flange (3) for:
(1) Flatness. See Inspection of Tubes, Hoses, and Fittings (para H-24, Appendix H).
(2) Cracks. See Inspection of Tubes, Hoses, and Fittings (para H-24, Appendix H).
(3) Nicks and gouges. Any number, 1/64 inch Any number that can be Remove high metal. Rework
deep, with no high metal, if repaired to meet usable to usable limits by lapping,
no more than 50% of flange limits. Original flange stoning, or machining (if
sealing path is damaged. thickness can be reduced up possible).
to 25% to meet usable limits.
c. Spherical end fitting (1) for:
(1) Out-of-roundness. Max diameter: 0.876 inch. Not repairable. Replace tube (para 10-47).
Min diameter: 0.868 inch.
There will be no chips in
flame-sprayed surface.
(2) Wear. Min diameter: 0.868 inch. Not repairable. Replace tube (para 10-47).
10-30 Change 3
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 10-17. Compressor Leakage Air Tube; Inspection
10-47. Installation of Compressor Leakage Air 10-48. SEAL PRESSURE AND SCAVENGE
Tube. TUBE ASSEMBLY.
a. Install clamp (15, fig. 10-15) on compressor 10-49. Removal of Seal Pressure and Scavenge
leakage air tube (13). Tube Assembly (AVIM).
b. Place tube (13) in position shown. If power turbine a. If power turbine module is installed on engine,
module is installed on engine, insert spherical end of tube disconnect coupling nut (4, fig. 10-15) that secures forward
into compressor leakage air fitting (19). seal pressure tube (3) to seal pressure and scavenge tube
assembly (8), and disconnect coupling nut (5) that secures
c. (T701C) Install gasket (21) on flanged end of tube. tube assembly to mid C-sump scavenge tube (2).
d. Secure flanged end of tube to turbine case, using b. Remove bolt (7) that secures clamp (6) to
two bolts (12) and nuts (18). Torque bolts to 45-50 inch- bracket(20).
pounds.
c. Remove four bolts (9) that secure tube assembly
e. Slide clamp (15) on tube to aline hole with hole in (8) to exhaust frame (10).
clamp on B-sump drain tube (16).
d. Remove tube assembly (8); remove two preformed
f. Secure clamp, using bolt (17) and nut (14). Torque packings (11).
bolt to 45-50 inch-pounds.
g. After installation, make required engine checks
listed in table 1-19 or table 1-39 (AVIM).
Change 3 10-31
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
10-50. Cleaning of Seal Pressure and Scavenge 10-54. (T701, T701C) P3 TUBE
Tube Assembly. See paragraph H-23, Appendix H.
.
10-51. Inspection of Seal Pressure and Scavenge
Tube Assembly. See paragraph H-24, Appendix H. 10-55. (T701, T701C) Removal of P3 Tube.
10-52. Testing of Seal Pressure and Scavenge a. Disconnect P3 tube (1, fig. 10-18) from HMU
Tube Assembly (AVIM). See paragraph H-25, union (3) and from midframe reducer (2).
Appendix H.
b. Remove P3 tube. Cap tube ends, using protective
10-53. Installation of Seal Pressure and caps (item 24, Appendix D).
Scavenge Tube Assembly (AVIM).
10-56. (T701, T701C) Cleaning of P3 Tube. See
a. Install two new packings (11) onto seal pressure paragraph H-23, Appendix H.
and scavenge tube assembly (8).
10-57. (T701, T701C) Inspection of P3 Tube. See
b. Install tube assembly (8) into exhaust frame (10) paragraph H-24, Appendix H.
and secure with four bolts (9). Torque bolts to 70-75 inch-
pounds. 10-58. (T701, T701C) Testing of P3 Tube
(AVIM). See paragraph H-25, Appendix H.
c. Install clamp (6) around tube assembly (8) and
secure it to bracket (20) with bolt (7). Torque bolt to 45-50 10-59. (T701, T701C) Installation of P3 Tube.
inch-pounds.
a. Loosely connect P3 tube (1, fig. 10-18) to HMU
union (3) and to midframe reducer (2).
Two wrenches (counter-torque) are required b. While holding P3 tube to prevent it from rotating
for removing and installing coupling nuts. into ODV manifold, tighten (60° wrench arc) coupling nuts
Otherwise, nuts or tubes will be damaged. on P3 tube.
d. Connect tube assembly (8) to forward seal pressure c. Make required engine checks listed in table 1-19 or
tube (3) and to mid C-sump scavenge tube (2). Tighten (60° in table 1-39 (AVIM).
wrench arc) coupling nuts (4, 5).
e. After installation, make required engine checks
listed in table 1-39.
10-32 Change 4
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure 10-18. (T701, T701C) P3 Tube; Removal and Installation
10-33/(10-34 Blank)
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
APPENDIX A
REFERENCES
AR 95-1 Army Aviation General Provisions and Flight Regulations
AR 750-1 Army Material Maintenance Concepts and Policies
DA Form 2028 Recommended Changes to Publications and Blank Forms
DA Form 2028-2 Recommended Changes to Publications and Blank Forms
DA PAM 738-751 Functional User's Manual for the Army Maintenance Management System - Aviation
(TAMMS-A)
FM 21-11 First Aid Data
FM 3-04.500 Army Aviation Maintenance
MIL-PRF-85704 Cleaning Compound, Turbine Engine Gas Path
MIL-STD-129 Marking for Shipment and Storage
TB 1-2840-248-20-18 Life-Limits for T700-GE-700 and T700-GE-701 Engine Components
T.O. 00-20-1 Preventive Maintenance Program (General Requirements and Procedures)
TM 1-1500-204-23- Volumes 1-10
TM 1-1500-204-23-1 Aviation Unit Maintenance (AVUM) and Aviation Intermediate Maintenance (AVIM)
Manual for General Aircraft Maintenance (General Maintenance and Practices)
TM 1-1500-204-23-2 Aviation Unit Maintenance (AVUM) and Aviation Intermediate Maintenance (AVIM)
Manual for General Aircraft Maintenance (Pneudraulics Maintenance and Practices)
TM 1-1500-204-23-3 Aviation Unit Maintenance (AVUM) and Aviation Intermediate Maintenance (AVIM)
Manual for General Aircraft Maintenance (Maintenance Practices for Fuel and Oil
Systems)
TM 1-1500-204-23-4 Aviation Unit Maintenance (AVUM) and Aviation Intermediate Maintenance (AVIM)
Manual for General Aircraft Maintenance (Electrical and Instrument Maintenance
Procedures and Practices)
TM 1-1500-204-23-5 Aviation Unit Maintenance (AVUM) and Aviation Intermediate Maintenance (AVIM)
Manual for General Aircraft Maintenance (Propeller, Rotor, and Powertrain Maintenance
Practices)
Change 5 A-1
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
TM 1-1500-204-23-6 Aviation Unit Maintenance (AVUM) and Aviation Intermediate Maintenance (AVIM)
Manual for General Aircraft Maintenance (Hardware and Consumable Materials)
TM 1-1500-204-23-7 Aviation Unit Maintenance (AVUM) and Aviation Intermediate Maintenance (AVIM)
Manual for General Aircraft Maintenance (Nondestructive Testing and Flaw Detection
Procedures and Practices)
TM 1-1500-204-23-8 Aviation Unit Maintenance (AVUM) and Aviation Intermediate Maintenance (AVIM)
Manual for General Aircraft Maintenance (Machine and Welding Shop Practices)
TM 1-1500-204-23-9 Aviation Unit Maintenance (AVUM) and Aviation Intermediate Maintenance (AVIM)
Manual for General Aircraft Maintenance (Tools and Ground Support Equipment)
TM 1-1500-204-23-10 Aviation Unit Maintenance (AVUM) and Aviation Intermediate Maintenance (AVIM)
Manual for General Aircraft Maintenance (Sheet Metal Shop Practices)
TM 1-1520-237-23 T UH-60A Aircraft Fault Isolation Procedures Manual
TM 1-1520-238-23 AH-64A Aviation Unit and Intermediate Maintenance Manual
TM 1-1520-238-23-1 AH-64A Aircraft General Information
TM 1-1520-238-23-4 AH-64A Aviation Unit and Intermediate Power Plants
TM 1-2840-238-23P (T701) Repair Parts and Special Tools List
TM 1-2840-248-23P (T700) Repair Parts and Special Tools List
TM 1-2840-258-23P (T701C) Repair Parts and Special Tools List
TM 55-4920-328-13 Modular Engine Test System
TM 750-244-1-5 Procedures for the Destruction of Aircraft and Associated Equipment to Prevent Enemy
Use
SE-876-03-1006 Compact Engine Test System
No Number Flexible Engine Diagnostic System Operations and Maintenance Instructions
A-2 Change 4
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
APPENDIX B
MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART
Section I. INTRODUCTION
operational readiness. Perform maintenance inspections and
servicing to include preflight, daily, intermediate, periodic
B-1. MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART.
and special inspections as authorized by the MAC or higher
a. The Maintenance Allocation Chart (MAC) assigns headquarters. Identify the cause of equipment/system
maintenance functions in accordance with the Three Levels malfunctions using applicable technical manual
of Maintenance concept for army aircraft. These troubleshooting instructions, built-in-test equipment
maintenance categories; Aviation Unit Maintenance (BITE), installed aircraft instruments, or test, measurement
(AVUM); Aviation Intermediate Maintenance (AVIM) and and diagnostic equipment (TMDE). Replace worn or
Depot Maintenance are depicted on the MAC as: damaged modules/components that do not require complex
adjustments or system alinement and which can be
AVUM which corresponds to an O Code in the Repair removed/installed with available skills, tools and ground
Parts and Special Tools List (RPSTL) support equipment. Perform operational and continuity
checks and make minor repairs to the electrical system.
AVIM which corresponds to an F Code in the Repair Inspect, service and make operational, capacity and pressure
Parts and Special Tools List (RPSTL) checks to hydraulic systems. Perform servicing, functional
adjustments, and minor repair/replacement to the flight
DEPOT which corresponds to an D Code in the control, propulsion, power train and fuel systems.
Repair Parts and Special Tools List (RPSTL) Accomplish aircraft repair which does not require extensive
disassembly, jigging, or alinement. The manufacture of
b. The maintenance to be performed below depot and aircraft parts will be limited to those items which can be
in the field is described as follows: fabricated with tools and equipment found in current air
mobile tool and shop sets. Evacuate unserviceable
(1) Aviation Unit Maintenance (AVUM) modules/components and end items beyond the repair
activities will be staffed and equipped to perform high capability of AVUM to the supporting AVIM.
frequency “On-Aircraft” maintenance tasks required to
retain or return aircraft systems to a serviceable condition. (b) Less than Company Size Aviation Units:
The maintenance capability of the AVUM will be governed Aviation elements organic to brigade, group, battalion
by the Maintenance Allocation Chart (MAC) and limited by headquarters and detachment size units are normally small
the amount and complexity of ground support equipment and have less than ten aircraft assigned. Maintenance tasks
(GSE), facilities required, authorized manning strength and performed by these units will be those which can be
critical skills available. The range and quantity of accomplished by the aircraft crew chief or assigned aircraft
authorized spare modules/components will be consistent repairman and will normally be limited to preventive
with the mobility requirements dictated by the air mobility maintenance, inspections, servicing, spot painting, stop
concept. (Assignments of maintenance tasks to divisional drilling, application of nonstress patches, minor
company size aviation units will consider the overall adjustments, module/component fault diagnosis and
maintenance capability of the division, the requirement to replacement of selected modules/components. Repair
conserve personnel and equipment resources and air functions will normally be accomplished by the supporting
mobility requirements.) AVIM unit.
(a) Company Size Aviation Unit: Perform (2) Aviation Intermediate Maintenance (AVIM)
those tasks which consist primarily of preventive provides mobile, responsive “One-Stop” maintenance
maintenance and maintenance repair and replacement support. (Maintenance functions which are not conductive
functions associated with sustaining a high level of aircraft to sustaining air mobility will be assigned to depot
B-1
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
maintenance.) Performs all maintenance functions a. The Maintenance Allocation Chart assigns
authorized to be done at AVUM. Repair of equipment for maintenance functions to the lowest level of maintenance
return to user will emphasize support or operational based on past experience and the following consideration:
readiness requirements. Authorized maintenance includes
replacement and repair of modules/components and end (1) Skills available.
items which can be accomplished efficiently with available
skills, tools, and equipment. AVIM establishes the Direct (2) Work time required.
Exchange (DX) program for AVUM units by repairing
selected items for return to stock when such repairs cannot (3) Tools and test equipment required and/or
be accomplished at the AVUM level. The AVIM level available.
inspects, troubleshoots, performs diagnostic tests, repairs,
adjusts, calibrates, and alines aircraft system b. Only the lowest level of maintenance authorized to
modules/components. AVIM units will have capability to perform a maintenance function is indicated. If the lowest
determine the serviceability of specified level of maintenance cannot perform all tasks of any single
modules/components removed prior to the expiration of the maintenance function (e.g., test, repair), then the higher
Time Between Overhaul (TBO) or finite life. maintenance level(s) that can accomplish additional tasks
Module/component disassembly and repair will support the will also be indicated.
DX program and will normally be limited to tasks requiring
cleaning and the replacement of seals, fittings, and items of c. A maintenance function assigned to a maintenance
common hardware. Aircraft repair and fabrication of parts level will automatically be authorized to be performed at
will be limited to those maintenance tasks which can be any higher maintenance level.
performed with available tools and test equipment.
Unserviceable repairable modules/components and end d. A maintenance function that cannot be performed
items which are beyond the capability of AVIM to repair at the assigned level of maintenance for any reason may be
will be evacuated to Depot Maintenance. AVIM will evacuated to the next higher maintenance organization.
perform aircraft weight and balance inspections and other Higher maintenance levels will perform the maintenance
special inspections which exceed AVUM capability. functions of lower maintenance levels when required or
Provides quick response maintenance support, including directed by the appropriate commander.
aircraft recovery and air evacuation, on-the-job training, and
technical assistance through the use of mobile maintenance e. The assignment of a maintenance function will not
contact teams. Maintains authorized operational readiness be construed as authorization to carry the associated repair
float aircraft. Provides collection and classification services parts or spares in stock. Information to requisition or
for serviceable/unserviceable material. Operates a otherwise secure the necessary repair parts will be as
cannibalization activity in accordance with AR 750-1. (The specified in the Repair Parts and Special Tools List
aircraft maintenance company within the maintenance (RPSTL).
battalion of a division will perform AVIM functions
consistent with air mobility requirements and conservation f. Normally there will be no deviation from the
of personnel and equipment resources. Additional assigned level of maintenance. In cases of operational
intermediate maintenance support will be provided by the necessity, maintenance functions assigned to a maintenance
supporting nondivisional AVIM unit.) level may, on a one-time basis and at the request of the
lower maintenance level, be specifically authorized by the
maintenance officer of the level of maintenance to which
B-2. USE OF THE MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION
the function is assigned. The special tools, equipment, etc.
CHART (SECTION II).
required by the lower level of maintenance to perform this
function will be furnished by the maintenance level to
NOTE which the function is assigned. This transfer of a
Nomenclatures used throughout the MAC are maintenance function to a lower maintenance level does not
approved item names. Those relieve the higher maintenance level of the responsibility of
terms/nomenclatures expressed in parentheses the function. The higher level of maintenance will provide
are generic in nature and are not to be technical supervision and inspection of the function being
considered as official terminology. performed at the lower level.
B-2
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
g. Changes to the Maintenance Allocation Chart will failure in a part, subassembly, module (component or
be based on continuing evaluation and analysis by assembly), end item, or system.
responsible technical personnel and on reports received
from field activities. j. Overhaul. That maintenance effort (service/action)
necessary to restore an item to a completely
serviceable/operational condition as prescribed by
maintenance standards (i.e., DMWR) in appropriate
B-3. DEFINITIONS.
technical publications. Overhaul is normally the highest
Maintenance functions will be limited to and defined as degree of maintenance performed by the Army. Overhaul
follows: does not normally return an item to like-new condition.
a. Inspect. To determine the serviceability of an item k. Rebuild. Consists of those services/actions
by comparing its physical, mechanical, and/or electrical necessary for the restoration of unserviceable equipment to
characteristics with established standards through a like-new condition in accordance with original
examination. manufacturing standards. Rebuild is the highest degree of
material maintenance applied to army equipment. The
b. Test. To verify serviceability by measuring the rebuild operation includes the act of returning to zero those
mechanical or electrical characteristics of an item and age measurements (hours/miles, etc.) considered in
comparing those characteristics with prescribed standards. classifying army equipment/components.
c. Service. Operations required periodically to keep B-4. STANDARD GROUPS.
an item in proper operating condition, i.e., to clean (includes
decontamination when required), to preserve, to drain, to The standard groupings shown below are used, as
paint, or to replenish fuel, lubricants, hydraulic fluids, or applicable, throughout this MAC. Maintenance manuals
compressed air supplies. and RPSTL's will reflect these standard groupings as
individual chapters with sections in each chapter relative to
d. Adjust. To maintain, within prescribed limits, by the individual complete systems, subsystems, modules,
bringing into proper or exact position, or by setting the components, assemblies, or specific parts noted.
operating characteristics to specified parameters.
Group
e. Aline. To adjust specified variable elements of an Number Description
item to bring about optimum or desired performance.
0400 ENGINE SYSTEM
f. Calibrate. To determine and cause corrections to be
made or to be adjusted on instruments or test, measurement 0401 ENGINE GENERAL
and diagnostic equipment (TMDE) used in precision Servicing, handling, inspection
measurement. Consists of comparisons of two instruments, requirements, lubrication charts, overhaul
one of which is a certified standard of known accuracy, to & retirement schedules. External lines &
detect and adjust any discrepancy in the accuracy of the hoses. (As applicable.)
instrument being compared.
0402 COMPRESSOR SECTION (COLD
g. Install. The act of emplacing, seating, or fixing into SECTION MODULE)
position an item, part, or module (component or assembly) Rotor, blades, vanes, impeller, stators,
in a manner to allow the proper functioning of an equipment inlet guide vanes, main frame, particle
or system. separator, bleed valve, bearings, seals,
external lines & hoses.
h. Replace. The act of substituting a serviceable, like-
type part, subassembly, or module (component or assembly) 0403 COMBUSTION SECTION (HOT
for an unserviceable counterpart. SECTION MODULE)
Liners, nozzles, stators, rotor, seals,
i. Repair. The application of maintenance services or couplings, blades.
other maintenance actions to restore serviceability to an
item by correcting specific damage, fault, malfunctions, or
B-3
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Group B-5. MAINTENANCE CATEGORIES AND WORK
Number Description TIMES.
0404 POWER TURBINE (POWER TURBINE The maintenance categories (levels) AVUM, AVIM, and
MODULE) DEPOT are listed on the Maintenance Allocation Chart
Nozzles, rotors, blades, exit guide vanes, with individual columns that indicate the work times for
exhaust frame, drive shaft, bearings, seals, maintenance functions at each maintenance level. Work
external lines & hoses. time presentations such as 0.1 indicate the average time it
requires a maintenance level to perform a specified
0405 ACCESSORY GEARBOX maintenance function. If a work time has not been
(ACCESSORY SECTION MODULE) established, the columnar presentation shall indicate “--”.
Input and output gears, seals, chip Maintenance levels higher than the level of maintenance
detector, housings, drive shaft, bearings, indicated are authorized to perform the indicated function.
seals.
B-6. TOOLS AND TEST EQUIPMENT
0406 FUEL SYSTEM
(SECTION III).
Fuel control, fuel boost pump, governors,
fuel filter assembly, (T700) POU, (T701) Common tool sets (not individual tools), special tools, test
overspeed and drain valve, fuel manifold, and support equipment required to perform maintenance
fuel nozzle, external lines & hoses. functions are listed alphabetically with a reference number
to permit cross-referencing to column 5 in the MAC. In
0407 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM addition, the maintenance category authorized to use the
Electrical control units, exciters, device is listed along with the item National Stock Number
thermocouples, ignition harness, electrical (NSN) and, if applicable, the tool number to aid in
cables, history recorder, torque and identifying the tool/device.
overspeed sensor, Np sensor, alternator
stator, blowers.
B-7. REMARKS (SECTION IV).
0408 OIL SYSTEM
Remarks contained in column 6, with an alphabetical code
Tanks, oil filter, oil cooler, lube and
and other columnar notes identified by a number in
scavenge pumps, oil filter bypass sensor,
parentheses, are listed to provide a ready reference to the
external lines & hoses.
definition of the remark/note.
0409 NOT APPLICABLE FOR T700 OR T701
ENGINE
0410 MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT (AIR
SYSTEM FOR T700 AND T701
ENGINES)
B-4
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Section II. MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART
Maintenance Allocation Charts
(AVSCOM Reg 310-10)
Nomenclature of End Items
T700-GE-700, T700-GE-701 and T700-GE-701C Turbine Engines
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
Maintenance Category
Group Maintenance Tools and
Number Component/Assembly Function Avum Avim Depot Equipment Remarks
0400 ENGINE SYSTEM
0401 TURBOSHAFT ENGINE Inspect 0.1 M
1.3 6 A,K,N
Test 0.3 8.0 7 B,C
Service 0.1 4 I
Install 1.2 1,2,5,8
Replace 2.0 1,2,5,8
Repair 0.3 1.9 D
Overhaul 32.0
0402 COMPRESSOR SECTION Inspect 0.1 6 A,K
(COLD SECTION MODULE)
Test 8.0 8.0 C,P,Q
Install 1.6 1,5,10,11
Replace 2.7 1,5,10,11
Overhaul 24.0
040201 SWIRL FRAME Inspect 0.1 0.4 J
Test 8.0 C,P,Q
Service 0.1
Install 0.3 1
Replace 0.6 1
Repair 1.0 20.0
B-5
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Section II. MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART (Cont)
Maintenance Allocation Charts
(AVSCOM Reg 310-10)
Nomenclature of End Items
T700-GE-700, T700-GE-701 and T700-GE-701C Turbine Engines
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
Maintenance Category
Group Maintenance Tools and
Number Component/Assembly Function Avum Avim Depot Equipment Remarks
040202 A-SUMP OUTPUT SHAFT Inspect 0.1
ASSEMBLY
Test 8.0 2.0 C,P,Q
Install 0.5 1
Replace 0.7 1 R
Overhaul 4.0
040202 NO. 1 CARBON SEAL Inspect 0.2
01 Test 0.5 2.0 Q
Install 0.1 17
Replace 0.1 17
Repair 4.0
040202 NO. 1 BEARING Inspect 0.5
02 Install 0.7
Replace 1.4
040202 NO. 2 BEARING Inspect 0.5
03 Install 0.8
Replace 1.4
040202 OUTPUT SHAFT Inspect 2.0
04 Install 0.8
Replace 1.5
Repair 8.0
B-6
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Section II. MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART (Cont)
Maintenance Allocation Charts
(AVSCOM Reg 310-10)
Nomenclature of End Items
T700-GE-700, T700-GE-701 and T700-GE-701C Turbine Engines
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
Maintenance Category
Group Maintenance Tools and
Number Component/Assembly Function Avum Avim Depot Equipment Remarks
040202 NO. 1 AND NO. 2 BEARING Inspect 2.0
HOUSING
Install 0.8
Replace 1.5
Repair 12.0
040203 POWER TAKE-OFF DRIVE Inspect 0.2
ASSEMBLY
Test 8.0 1.0 C,P,Q
Install 1.9 1
Replace 3.0 1
Overhaul 10.0
040204 NO. 3 BEARING Inspect 0.5
Install 3.0
Replace 5.1
040205 NO. 3 BEARING SUPPORT Inspect 1.0
Install 3.1
Replace 5.2
Repair 4.0
040206 OIL INLET AND SCAVENGE Inspect 0.1
TUBES
Test 8.0
Install 0.4 C,P,Q
Replace 0.7
B-7
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Section II. MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART (Cont)
Maintenance Allocation Charts
(AVSCOM Reg 310-10)
Nomenclature of End Items
T700-GE-700, T700-GE-701 and T700-GE-701C Turbine Engines
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
Maintenance Category
Group Maintenance Tools and
Number Component/Assembly Function Avum Avim Depot Equipment Remarks
040207 FRONT FRAME Inspect 0.2 0.2 J
Install 2.8
Replace 5.2
Repair 0.2 16.0
040208 MAIN FRAME Inspect 0.2 0.6
Install 5.4
Replace 8.3
Repair 0.6 16.0
040209 MAIN FRAME BORESCOPE Inspect 0.1
PLUG
Install 0.1
Replace 0.1
040210 SCROLL CASE Inspect 0.2
Install 4.8
Replace 7.2
Repair 1.5
040211 INLET SEPARATOR BOOT Inspect 0.1
Test 0.3 B,Q
Install 0.1
Replace 0.1
B-8
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Section II. MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART (Cont)
Maintenance Allocation Charts
(AVSCOM Reg 310-10)
Nomenclature of End Items
T700-GE-700, T700-GE-701 and T700-GE-701C Turbine Engines
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
Maintenance Category
Group Maintenance Tools and
Number Component/Assembly Function Avum Avim Depot Equipment Remarks
040212 IGV ACTUATING RING Inspect 0.2
Install 4.7
Replace 7.0
040213 INLET GUIDE VANE Inspect 0.2
ACTUATOR LEVERS
Install 4.7
Replace 7.0
040214 INLET GUIDE VANES Inspect 0.3 6 A,K
Install 4.8
Replace 7.1
040215 COMPRESSOR STATOR Inspect 3.0 3.0
ASSEMBLY
Install 4.9
Replace 8.1
Repair 1.1
040215 COMPRESSOR CASE Inspect 0.1 0.1
01 Install 5.6
Replace 5.2 9.8 18 V
Repair 20.0
040215 STAGE 1 VARIABLE VANES Inspect 0.2 0.2
Install 5.1
Replace 9.6
B-9
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Section II. MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART (Cont)
Maintenance Allocation Charts
(AVSCOM Reg 310-10)
Nomenclature of End Items
T700-GE-700, T700-GE-701 and T700-GE-701C Turbine Engines
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
Maintenance Category
Group Maintenance Tools and
Number Component/Assembly Function Avum Avim Depot Equipment Remarks
040215 STAGE 2 VARIABLE VANES Inspect 0.2 0.2
Install 5.1
Replace 9.6
040215 STAGE 3 VANE SECTORS Inspect 2.0 2.0
04 Install 4.5
Replace 8.4
040215 STAGE 4 VANE SECTORS Inspect 2.0 2.0
05 Install 4.5
Replace 8.4
040215 STAGE 5 VANE SECTORS Inspect 0.3 2.0 6 A,K
06 Install 4.5
Replace 8.4
040215 STAGES 1 AND 2 VANE Inspect 01
ACTUATING RINGS
07 Install 5.3
Replace 10.4
040215 STAGES 1 AND 2 VANE Inspect 0.3
ACTUATOR LEVERS
08 Install 5.5
Replace 10.6
040215 CAP OR PLUG (BORESCOPE Inspect 0.1
PORTS)
09 Install 0.1
B-10
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Section II. MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART (Cont)
Maintenance Allocation Charts
(AVSCOM Reg 310-10)
Nomenclature of End Items
T700-GE-700, T700-GE-701 and T700-GE-701C Turbine Engines
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
Maintenance Category
Group Maintenance Tools and
Number Component/Assembly Function Avum Avim Depot Equipment Remarks
Replace 0.1
040216 COMPRESSOR ROTOR Inspect 0.3 4.5 6 A,K
ASSEMBLY
Install 4.7
Replace 8.5
Repair 4.8 2.7 23,24,25 W
040216 GAS GENERATOR TURBINE Inspect 1.0
SHAFT
Install 1.2
Replace 2.2
Repair 12.0
040216 COMPRESSOR DISCHARGE Inspect 1.0
ROTATING SEAL
Install 4.7
Replace 8.6
Repair 12.0
040216 COMPRESSOR TIE ROD Inspect 1.0
03 Install 5.5
Replace 9.8
Repair 1.0
040216 IMPELLER Inspect 0.3 1.0 1.0 6 A,K
04 Install 5.5
Replace 9.8
B-11
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Section II. MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART (Cont)
Maintenance Allocation Charts
(AVSCOM Reg 310-10)
Nomenclature of End Items
T700-GE-700, T700-GE-701 and T700-GE-701C Turbine Engines
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
Maintenance Category
Group Maintenance Tools and
Number Component/Assembly Function Avum Avim Depot Equipment Remarks
Repair 12.0
040216 STAGE 5 BLADE DISK Inspect 0.3 1.0 1.0 6 A,K
05 Install 5.5
Replace 9.8
Repair 12.0
040216 STAGES 3 AND 4 BLADE- Inspect 1.0
DISK
06 Install 5.5
Replace 9.8
Repair 16.0
040216 STAGE 2 BLADE-DISK Inspect 1.0
07 Install 5.5
Replace 9.8
Repair 12.0
040216 STAGE 1 BLADE-DISK Inspect 0.3 1.0 6 A,K
08 Install 5.5
Replace 9.8
Repair 8.0 14.0 W
040216 NO. 3 LABYRINTH SEAL Inspect 1.0
09 Install 4.5
Replace 8.4
B-12
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Section II. MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART (Cont)
Maintenance Allocation Charts
(AVSCOM Reg 310-10)
Nomenclature of End Items
T700-GE-700, T700-GE-701 and T700-GE-701C Turbine Engines
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
Maintenance Category
Group Maintenance Tools and
Number Component/Assembly Function Avum Avim Depot Equipment Remarks
Repair 12.0
040217 SWIRL PLATE Inspect 1.0
Install 2.2
Replace 4.0
Repair 2.0
040218 NO. 4 BEARING SUPPORT Inspect 2.0
Install 2.4
Replace 4.6
Repair 2.5
040219 NO. 4 BEARING Inspect 0.5
Install 2.4
Replace 4.6
040220 DIFFUSER AND MIDFRAME Inspect 0.2 0.4 2.0
CASING ASSEMBLY
Install 2.1
Replace 4.1
Repair 0.8
040220 DIFFUSER CASE Inspect 2.0
01 Install 3.8
Replace 6.7
Repair 20.0
B-13
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Section II. MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART (Cont)
Maintenance Allocation Charts
(AVSCOM Reg 310-10)
Nomenclature of End Items
T700-GE-700, T700-GE-701 and T700-GE-701C Turbine Engines
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
Maintenance Category
Group Maintenance Tools and
Number Component/Assembly Function Avum Avim Depot Equipment Remarks
040220 COMPRESSOR Inspect 3.0
CENTRIFUGAL DIFFUSER
Install 3.8
Replace 6.7
Repair 20.0
040220 MIDFRAME ASSEMBLY Inspect 3.0 3.0 3.0
03 Install 4.8
Replace 7.7
Repair 20.0
040220 COMBUSTOR INNER Inspect 0.1
SHROUD
04 Install 1.2
Replace 2.1
Repair 1.0
040221 MIDFRAME BORESCOPE Inspect 0.1
PORT PLUG
Install 0.1
Replace 0.1
040222 ACTUATING SYSTEM Inspect 0.1 1.5
LINKAGE ASSEMBLY
Install 0.6
Replace 1.0
Repair 8.0
B-14
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Section II. MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART (Cont)
Maintenance Allocation Charts
(AVSCOM Reg 310-10)
Nomenclature of End Items
T700-GE-700, T700-GE-701 and T700-GE-701C Turbine Engines
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
Maintenance Category
Group Maintenance Tools and
Number Component/Assembly Function Avum Avim Depot Equipment Remarks
040223 FORWARD SUSPENSION Inspect 0.1
LUG
Install 0.1 S
Replace 0.1 S
0403 COMBUSTION SECTION Inspect 0.3 0.8 2.0 6 A,K
(HOT SECTION MODULE)
Test 8.0 8.0 P
Install 1.1 1
14 (T701,
T701C)
Replace 1.9 1
14 (T701,
T701C)
Overhaul 8.0
040301 STAGES 1 AND 2 GAS Inspect 0.7
GENERATOR TURBINE
ROTOR Test 8.0 8.0 P,Q
Service 0.1
Install 0.9 1
14 (T701,
T701C)
Replace 1.5 1 L
14 (T701,
T701C)
Overhaul 2.1
040301 STAGE 1 TURBINE ROTOR Inspect 0.4
BLADES
01 Install 1.1
B-15
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Section II. MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART (Cont)
Maintenance Allocation Charts
(AVSCOM Reg 310-10)
Nomenclature of End Items
T700-GE-700, T700-GE-701 and T700-GE-701C Turbine Engines
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
Maintenance Category
Group Maintenance Tools and
Number Component/Assembly Function Avum Avim Depot Equipment Remarks
Replace 1.8
040301 STAGE 1 TURBINE DISK Inspect 0.4
02 Install 1.1
Replace 1.8
040301 STAGE 2 TURBINE ROTOR Inspect 0.4
BLADES
03 Install 1.1
Replace 1.8
Repair 2.0
040301 STAGE 2 TURBINE DISK Inspect 0.4
04 Install 1.1
Replace 1.8
040302 GAS GENERATOR STATOR Inspect 0.4
Test 8.0 8.0 P,Q
Service 0.5
Install 0.9 1,22
14 (T701,
T701C)
Replace 1.5 1,22 L
14 (T701,
T701C)
Overhaul 8.6
B-16
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Section II. MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART (Cont)
Maintenance Allocation Charts
(AVSCOM Reg 310-10)
Nomenclature of End Items
T700-GE-700, T700-GE-701 and T700-GE-701C Turbine Engines
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
Maintenance Category
Group Maintenance Tools and
Number Component/Assembly Function Avum Avim Depot Equipment Remarks
040302 STAGE 1 TURBINE SHROUD Inspect 0.4
SEGMENTS (STAGE 1
01 TURBINE SHROUD Install 1.1
SECTORS)
Replace 1.8
Repair 4.0
040302 STAGE 2 TURBINE NOZZLE Inspect 0.3
SEGMENTS
02 Test 8.0
Install 1.3
Replace 2.1
Repair 12.0
040302 STAGE 2 TURBINE SHROUD Inspect 0.4
SECTORS
03 Install 1.1
Replace 1.8
040303 FACE TYPE SEAL Inspect 0.2
Service 0.1
Install 0.9 1
14 (T701,
T701C)
Replace 1.6 1
14 (T701,
T701C)
B-17
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Section II. MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART (Cont)
Maintenance Allocation Charts
(AVSCOM Reg 310-10)
Nomenclature of End Items
T700-GE-700, T700-GE-701 and T700-GE-701C Turbine Engines
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
Maintenance Category
Group Maintenance Tools and
Number Component/Assembly Function Avum Avim Depot Equipment Remarks
040304 STAGE 1 NOZZLE Inspect 0.3 0.4 6 A,K
ASSEMBLY
Test 8.0 8.0 P,Q
Service 0.1
Install 1.0 1
14 (T701,
T701C)
Replace 1.7 1
14 (T701,
T701C)
Repair 2.5
040304 OUTER BALANCE PISTON Inspect 0.4 A,K
SEAL
01 Install 1.0
Replace 1.7
040305 COMBUSTION LINER Inspect 0.3 0.4 6 A,K
Test 8.0 P,Q
Service 0.1
Install 1.1 1
14 (T701,
T701C)
Replace 1.9 1
14 (T701,
T701C)
Repair 20.0
B-18
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Section II. MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART (Cont)
Maintenance Allocation Charts
(AVSCOM Reg 310-10)
Nomenclature of End Items
T700-GE-700, T700-GE-701 and T700-GE-701C Turbine Engines
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
Maintenance Category
Group Maintenance Tools and
Number Component/Assembly Function Avum Avim Depot Equipment Remarks
040306 CURVIC COUPLING SEALS Inspect 0.2
Install 0.9
Replace 1.6
0404 POWER TURBINE (POWER Inspect 0.3 0.5 O
TURBINE MODULE)
Test 8.0 8.0 P,Q
Serviced 0.2
Install 0.7 1.12
Replace 1.3 1.12
Repair 0.3 0.3 F,S
Overhaul 4.5
040401 C-SUMP COVER AND Inspect 0.1 0.2
C-SUMP HEAT SHIELD
Test 0.3 B
Test 8.0 C,P,Q
Service 0.1
Install 0.1
Replace 0.2
Repair 5.0
040402 NO. 6 BEARING Inspect 0.5
Install 1.5
Replace 2.4
B-19
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Section II. MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART (Cont)
Maintenance Allocation Charts
(AVSCOM Reg 310-10)
Nomenclature of End Items
T700-GE-700, T700-GE-701 and T700-GE-701C Turbine Engines
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
Maintenance Category
Group Maintenance Tools and
Number Component/Assembly Function Avum Avim Depot Equipment Remarks
040403 NO. 5 BEARING Inspect 0.5
Install 1.6
Replace 2.7
040404 NO. 5 CARBON SEAL Inspect 0.5
Install 1.7
Replace 2.9
Repair 4.0
040405 C-SUMP HOUSING Inspect 2.0
Install 1.7
Replace 2.9
Repair 20.0
040406 EXHAUST FRAME Inspect 0.1 0.1 1.0
Install 1.9
Replace 3.5
Repair 12.0
040407 STAGE 4 TURBINE SHROUD Inspect 1.0
SECTORS
Install 2.3
Replace 4.2
Repair 2.0
B-20
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Section II. MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART (Cont)
Maintenance Allocation Charts
(AVSCOM Reg 310-10)
Nomenclature of End Items
T700-GE-700, T700-GE-701 and T700-GE-701C Turbine Engines
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
Maintenance Category
Group Maintenance Tools and
Number Component/Assembly Function Avum Avim Depot Equipment Remarks
040408 POWER TURBINE ROTOR Inspect 1.5
ASSEMBLY
Test 8.0
Install 2.0
Replace 3.2
Repair 4.1
040408 STAGE 3 TURBINE ROTOR Inspect 2.0
BLADES
01 Install 4.8
Replace 5.9
040408 STAGE 3 TURBINE DISK Inspect 2.0
02 Install 4.8
Replace 5.9
Repair 1.0
Inspect 0.2 0.2 2.0
040408 STAGE 4 TURBINE ROTOR Inspect 0.2 0.2 2.0
BLADES
03 Install 4.8
Replace 5.9
040408 STAGE 4 TURBINE DISK Inspect 2.0
04 Install 4.8
Replace 5.9
Repair 1.0
B-21
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Section II. MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART (Cont)
Maintenance Allocation Charts
(AVSCOM Reg 310-10)
Nomenclature of End Items
T700-GE-700, T700-GE-701 and T700-GE-701C Turbine Engines
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
Maintenance Category
Group Maintenance Tools and
Number Component/Assembly Function Avum Avim Depot Equipment Remarks
040408 STAGE 4 SEAL AND Inspect 0.2 0.2 2.0
TURBINE NOZZLE
05 Test 8.0
Adjust 4.3
Install 2.5
Replace 4.1
Repair 8.0
040409 STAGE 3 TURBINE NOZZLE Inspect 0.3 2.0
SEGMENTS
Test 8.0
Adjust 0.5
Install 2.3
Replace 4.2
Repair 8.0
040410 STAGE 3 TURBINE SHROUD Inspect 1.0
SECTORS
Install 2.3
Replace 4.2
040411 OUTER TURBINE DUCT Inspect 0.3 1.0
Install 2.2
Replace 4.1
Repair 2.0
B-22
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Section II. MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART (Cont)
Maintenance Allocation Charts
(AVSCOM Reg 310-10)
Nomenclature of End Items
T700-GE-700, T700-GE-701 and T700-GE-701C Turbine Engines
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
Maintenance Category
Group Maintenance Tools and
Number Component/Assembly Function Avum Avim Depot Equipment Remarks
040412 TURBINE CASE Inspect 0.1 0.3 2.0 M,N
Install 2.3
Replace 4.2
Repair 12.0
040413 POWER TURBINE DRIVE Inspect 0.3 12.0
SHAFT ASSEMBLY
Install 2.0
Replace 3.2
Repair 4.5
040422 STAGE 3 INNER DUCT AND Inspect 0.2
AIR SEAL
Repair 4.0
0405 ACCESSORY GEARBOX Test 8.0 C,P,Q
(ACCESSORY SECTION
MODULE) Service 0.1
Install 0.3 1,13
Replace 0.7 1,13
Overhaul 8.0
040501 INLET DUCT BORESCOPE Inspect 0.1
PLUG
Install 0.1
Replace 0.1
B-23
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Section II. MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART (Cont)
Maintenance Allocation Charts
(AVSCOM Reg 310-10)
Nomenclature of End Items
T700-GE-700, T700-GE-701 and T700-GE-701C Turbine Engines
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
Maintenance Category
Group Maintenance Tools and
Number Component/Assembly Function Avum Avim Depot Equipment Remarks
040502 PARTICLE SEPARATOR Inspect 0.2 0.2 1.0
BLOWER AND V-BAND
COUPLING ASSEMBLY Test 0.3 B,Q
Test 8.0 C,P,Q
Service 0.1
Install 0.1 21
Replace 0.1 21
Repair 16.0
040503 PARTICLE SEPARATOR Inspect 0.1 0.3 1.0
INLET DUCT
Service 0.1
Install 0.6 1
Replace 1.1 1
Repair 3.0
040504 ACCESSORY DRIVE Inspect 0.2 0.2 4.0
GEARBOX ASSEMBLY
Test 0.5 0.5 8.0 Q
Service 0.1
Install 1.3
Replace 2.2 S
Repair 1.4 1.0 15,26 G
Overhaul 7.8
B-24
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Section II. MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART (Cont)
Maintenance Allocation Charts
(AVSCOM Reg 310-10)
Nomenclature of End Items
T700-GE-700, T700-GE-701 and T700-GE-701C Turbine Engines
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
Maintenance Category
Group Maintenance Tools and
Number Component/Assembly Function Avum Avim Depot Equipment Remarks
040504 AXIS-A COVER ASSEMBLY Inspect 0.1
(RADIAL DRIVE SHAFT
01 COVER ASSEMBLY) AND Test 0.3 B,Q
RETAINING RING
Test 8.0 C,P,Q
Install 0.1
Replace 0.1
040505 AXIS-A BOOT (RADIAL Inspect 0.1
DRIVE SHAFT COVER
BOOT) Test 0.3 B,Q
Test 8.0 C,P,Q
Install 0.1
Replace 0.1
040506 RADIAL DRIVE SHAFT Inspect 0.2
ASSEMBLY
Test 0.3 B,Q
Test 8.0 C,P,Q
Service 0.1
Install 0.1
Replace 0.1
040507 AXIS-A LUBE NOZZLE Install 0.1
Replace 0.1
0406 FUEL SYSTEM
B-25
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Section II. MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART (Cont)
Maintenance Allocation Charts
(AVSCOM Reg 310-10)
Nomenclature of End Items
T700-GE-700, T700-GE-701 and T700-GE-701C Turbine Engines
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
Maintenance Category
Group Maintenance Tools and
Number Component/Assembly Function Avum Avim Depot Equipment Remarks
040601 (T700) PRIMER NOZZLES Inspect 0.2 0.4
Test 0.2 Q
Test 0.3 T
Install 0.1
Replace 0.1
Repair 4.0
040603 MAIN FUEL MANIFOLD Inspect 0.2 0.3 M
Test 0.5 Q
Test 0.7 T
Service 0.1 0.3
Install 0.2 1
Replace 0.3 1
040604 (T700) FUEL START FEED Inspect 0.2
TUBE
Test 0.5 Q
Test 0.5 T
Service 0.1
Install 0.1
Replace 0.2
040605 FUEL INJECTOR Inspect 0.2
ASSEMBLIES
Test 0.5 T
B-26
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Section II. MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART (Cont)
Maintenance Allocation Charts
(AVSCOM Reg 310-10)
Nomenclature of End Items
T700-GE-700, T700-GE-701 and T700-GE-701C Turbine Engines
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
Maintenance Category
Group Maintenance Tools and
Number Component/Assembly Function Avum Avim Depot Equipment Remarks
Install 0.3
Replace 0.4
Repair 2.0
040606 (T700) FUEL START Inspect 0.2
MANIFOLD TUBE
Test 0.5 Q
Test 0.5 T
Service 0.1
Install 0.1
Replace 0.2
040607 FUEL BOOST PUMP Inspect 0.2
Test 0.5 0.5 1.0 Q
Service 0.1
Install 0.1 19
Replace 0.1 19
Repair 0.1 0.5 5.3
Overhaul 6.0
040608 HYDROMECHANICAL Inspect 0.2
CONTROL UNIT AND
GROOVED CLAMP Test 0.7 0.7 12.0 Q
COUPLING
Test 0.2 0.2 7,9 U
Service 0.1
B-27
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Section II. MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART (Cont)
Maintenance Allocation Charts
(AVSCOM Reg 310-10)
Nomenclature of End Items
T700-GE-700, T700-GE-701 and T700-GE-701C Turbine Engines
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
Maintenance Category
Group Maintenance Tools and
Number Component/Assembly Function Avum Avim Depot Equipment Remarks
Adjust 30.0
Install 0.1 16,21
Replace 0.2 16,21
Overhaul 24.0
040610 FUEL FILTER Inspect 0.1
Test 0.5 0.5 2.0 Q
Service 0.1
Install 0.1
Replace 0.1
Overhaul 10.0
040610 FUEL FILTER ELEMENT Inspect 0.1
AND BOWL
01 Test 0.5 0.5 Q
Service 0.2
Install 0.1
Replace 0.1
040610 DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE Inspect 0.2
INDICATOR (FUEL FILTER
02 IMPENDING BYPASS Adjust 0.1 H
INDICATOR ASSEMBLY)
Install 0.1
Replace 0.1
Repair 1.0
B-28
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Section II. MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART (Cont)
Maintenance Allocation Charts
(AVSCOM Reg 310-10)
Nomenclature of End Items
T700-GE-700, T700-GE-701 and T700-GE-701C Turbine Engines
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
Maintenance Category
Group Maintenance Tools and
Number Component/Assembly Function Avum Avim Depot Equipment Remarks
040610 FUEL FILTER BYPASS Inspect 0.2
SENSOR
03 Install 0.1
Replace 0.1
Repair 1.0
040611 GEARBOX-TO-FUEL Inspect 0.1
CONTROL HOSE
ASSEMBLY (GEARBOX-TO- Test 0.5 Q
HMU HOSE ASSEMBLY)
Test 0.5 T
Service 0.1
Install 0.1
Replace 0.1
040612 FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR Inspect 0.1
Test 0.3 Q
Install 0.1
Replace 0.2
040613 (T701, T701C) OVERSPEED Inspect 0.2 0.3
AND DRAIN VALVE (ODV)
MANIFOLD ASSEMBLY Test 0.5 Q
Service 0.1 0.3
Install 0.1 1
Repair 0.1
Replace 0.1 1
B-29
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Section II. MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART (Cont)
Maintenance Allocation Charts
(AVSCOM Reg 310-10)
Nomenclature of End Items
T700-GE-700, T700-GE-701 and T700-GE-701C Turbine Engines
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
Maintenance Category
Group Maintenance Tools and
Number Component/Assembly Function Avum Avim Depot Equipment Remarks
040614 (T701, T701C) OVERSPEED Inspect 0.2
AND DRAIN VALVE (ODV)
Test 0.7 0.7 2.0 Q
Test 0.2 0.2 7,9 U
Service 0.1
Install 0.1 19
Repair 12.0
Replace 0.1 19
040615 (T700) PRESSURIZING AND Inspect 0.2 0.3
OVERSPEED UNIT (POU)
MANIFOLD ASSEMBLY Test 0.5 Q
Service 0.1 0.3
Install 0.1 1
Repair 0.1
Replace 0.1 1
040616 (T700) PRESSURIZING AND Inspect 0.2
OVERSPEED UNIT (POU)
Test 0.7 0.7 2.0 Q
Test 0.2 0.2 7,9 U
Service 0.1
Install 0.1 19
Repair 12.0
Replace 0.1 19
B-30
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Section II. MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART (Cont)
Maintenance Allocation Charts
(AVSCOM Reg 310-10)
Nomenclature of End Items
T700-GE-700, T700-GE-701 and T700-GE-701C Turbine Engines
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
Maintenance Category
Group Maintenance Tools and
Number Component/Assembly Function Avum Avim Depot Equipment Remarks
0407 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
(ELECTRICAL AND
IGNITION SYSTEM)
040701 IGNITER PLUGS Inspect 0.1 0.1
Test 0.3 B,Q
Test 8.0 C,P,Q
Test 0.3 T
Service 0.1
Install 0.1
Replace 0.1
040702 (T700, T701) ELECTRICAL Inspect 1.0 1.0
CONTROL UNIT OR
(T701C) DIGITAL Test 0.5 0.5 3.0 9 Q
ELECTRONIC CONTROL
Service 1.0
Adjust 3.0
Install 0.1 20
Replace 0.1 20
Repair 0.3
Overhaul 20.0
040703 (T700, T701) ELECTRICAL Inspect 0.1
CONTROL UNIT OR (T701C)
DIGITAL ELECTRONIC Install 0.1
CONTROL SCROLL SEAL
Replace 0.1
B-31
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Section II. MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART (Cont)
Maintenance Allocation Charts
(AVSCOM Reg 310-10)
Nomenclature of End Items
T700-GE-700, T700-GE-701 and T700-GE-701C Turbine Engines
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
Maintenance Category
Group Maintenance Tools and
Number Component/Assembly Function Avum Avim Depot Equipment Remarks
040704 (T700, T701) HISTORY Inspect 0.1 0.1
RECORDER OR (T701C)
HISTORY COUNTER Test 3.0
Service 0.1
Install 0.1 19
Replace 0.1 19
Repair 0.1
Overhaul 10.0
040705 ELECTRICAL IGNITION Inspect 0.1
LEADS
Test 0.3 B,Q
Test 8.0 C,P,Q
Test 0.2 0.2 7 U
Service 0.1
Install 0.1
Replace 0.1
040706 IGNITION EXCITER Inspect 0.1 0.1
ASSEMBLY
Test 0.3 B,Q
Test 8.0 C,P,Q
Test 2.0
Service 0.1
Install 0.1
B-32
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Section II. MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART (Cont)
Maintenance Allocation Charts
(AVSCOM Reg 310-10)
Nomenclature of End Items
T700-GE-700, T700-GE-701 and T700-GE-701C Turbine Engines
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
Maintenance Category
Group Maintenance Tools and
Number Component/Assembly Function Avum Avim Depot Equipment Remarks
Replace 0.1
Repair 0.1
040707 GREEN ELECTRICAL Inspect 0.2
CABLE (W3)
Test 0.3 B,Q
Test 8.0 C,P,Q
Test 0.2 0.2 0.2 7 U
Service 0.1
Install 0.1
Replace 0.1
Repair 0.3
040708 YELLOW ELECTRICAL Inspect 0.2
CABLE (W4)
Test 0.5 B,Q
Test 8.0 C,P,Q
Test 0.2 0.2 0.2 7 U
Service 0.1
Install 0.1
Replace 0.1
040709 BLUE ELECTRICAL CABLE Inspect 0.1
(W5)
Test 0.5 B,Q
Test 8.0 C,P,Q
B-33
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Section II. MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART (Cont)
Maintenance Allocation Charts
(AVSCOM Reg 310-10)
Nomenclature of End Items
T700-GE-700, T700-GE-701 and T700-GE-701C Turbine Engines
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
Maintenance Category
Group Maintenance Tools and
Number Component/Assembly Function Avum Avim Depot Equipment Remarks
Test 0.2 0.2 0.2 7 U
Service 0.1
Install 0.1
Replace 0.1
040710 ALTERNATOR STATOR Inspect 0.1 0.1
Test 0.3 B,Q
Test 8.0 C,P,Q
Test 0.2 0.2 7,9 U
Service 0.1
Install 0.1
Replace 0.1
040711 ALTERNATOR ROTOR Inspect 0.1
Service 0.1
Install 0.1 1
Replace 0.1 1
040712 THERMOCOUPLE Inspect 0.3
ASSEMBLY
Test 0.5 B,Q
Test 8.0 C,P,Q
Test 0.2 0.2 7,9 U
Service 0.1
B-34
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Section II. MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART (Cont)
Maintenance Allocation Charts
(AVSCOM Reg 310-10)
Nomenclature of End Items
T700-GE-700, T700-GE-701 and T700-GE-701C Turbine Engines
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
Maintenance Category
Group Maintenance Tools and
Number Component/Assembly Function Avum Avim Depot Equipment Remarks
Install 0.1
Replace 0.2
Repair 1.0 1.0 4.1 X
040713 POWER TURBINE SPEED Inspect 0.1
AND TORQUE SENSOR
ASSEMBLY (TORQUE AND Test 0.5 B,Q
OVERSPEED SENSOR)
Test 8.0 C,P,Q
Test 0.2 0.2 7,9 U
Service 0.1
Install 0.1
Replace 0.1
Repair 2.0 2.0
040714 POWER TURBINE SPEED Inspect 0.1 2.0
AND TORQUE SENSOR
ASSEMBLY (NP SENSOR) Test 0.5 B,Q
Test 8.0 C,P,Q
Test 0.2 0.2 7,9 U
Service 0.1
Install 0.1
Replace 0.1
Repair 2.0
B-35
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Section II. MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART (Cont)
Maintenance Allocation Charts
(AVSCOM Reg 310-10)
Nomenclature of End Items
T700-GE-700, T700-GE-701 and T700-GE-701C Turbine Engines
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
Maintenance Category
Group Maintenance Tools and
Number Component/Assembly Function Avum Avim Depot Equipment Remarks
0408 OIL SYSTEM
040801 LUBE OIL COOLER (OIL Inspect 0.1 0.1 0.6
COOLER)
Test 0.5 0.5 2.0 Q
Service 0.1
Install 0.1
Replace 0.1
Repair 0.2 0.6
040802 LUBE AND SCAVENGE Inspect 0.1
PUMP (OIL AND
SCAVENGE PUMP) Test 0.5 0.5 2.0 Q
Service 0.2
Install 0.1 19
Replace 0.1 19
Repair 3.0
Overhaul 5.0
040803 SCAVENGE SCREENS Inspect 0.1
Service 0.1
Install 0.1
Replace 0.2
040804 OIL FILTER BYPASS Inspect 0.1 0.1
SENSOR
Test 0.5 0.5 Q
B-36
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Section II. MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART (Cont)
Maintenance Allocation Charts
(AVSCOM Reg 310-10)
Nomenclature of End Items
T700-GE-700, T700-GE-701 and T700-GE-701C Turbine Engines
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
Maintenance Category
Group Maintenance Tools and
Number Component/Assembly Function Avum Avim Depot Equipment Remarks
Service 0.1
Install 0.1
Replace 0.1
Repair 0.1
040805 FILTER BOWL AND Inspect 0.1
INDICATOR ASSEMBLY
(OIL FILTER BOWL AND Test 0.5 Q
INDICATOR ASSEMBLY)
Service 0.1
Adjust 0.1 H
Install 0.1
Replace 0.1
Repair 2.5
040805 FILTER ELEMENT (OIL Test 0.5 0.5 Q
FILTER ELEMENT)
01 Install 0.1
Replace 0.1
040806 OIL COOLER BYPASS Inspect 0.5
RELIEF VALVE
Test 0.8
Install 0.1
Replace 0.1
Repair 2.0
B-37
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Section II. MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART (Cont)
Maintenance Allocation Charts
(AVSCOM Reg 310-10)
Nomenclature of End Items
T700-GE-700, T700-GE-701 and T700-GE-701C Turbine Engines
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
Maintenance Category
Group Maintenance Tools and
Number Component/Assembly Function Avum Avim Depot Equipment Remarks
040807 COLD OIL RELIEF Inspect 0.5
Test 0.8
Install 0.1
Replace 0.1
Repair 2.0
040808 BYPASS VALVE Inspect 0.2
ASSEMBLY
Test 8.0 C,P,Q
Test 0.8 T
Service 0.3
Install 0.1 1
Replace 0.1 1
Replace 2.0
040809 ELECTRICAL CHIP Inspect 0.3 0.3
DETECTOR
Test 0.3 0.3 Q
Service 0.2
Install 0.1
Replace 0.1
040810 C-SUMP FORWARD Inspect 0.1 0.3
SCAVENGE TUBE
Test 0.5 T
Test 8.0 C,P,Q
B-38
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Section II. MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART (Cont)
Maintenance Allocation Charts
(AVSCOM Reg 310-10)
Nomenclature of End Items
T700-GE-700, T700-GE-701 and T700-GE-701C Turbine Engines
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
Maintenance Category
Group Maintenance Tools and
Number Component/Assembly Function Avum Avim Depot Equipment Remarks
Service 0.1 0.3
Install 0.1 1
Replace 0.2 1
040811 C-SUMP AFT SCAVENGE Inspect 0.1 0.3
TUBE
Test 0.5 T
Test 8.0 C,P,Q
Service 0.1 0.3
Install 0.1 1
Replace 0.2 1
040812 C-SUMP OIL SUPPLY TUBE Inspect 0.1 0.3
Test 0.5 T
Test 8.0 C,P,Q
Service 0.1 0.3
Install 0.1 1
Replace 0.2 1
040813 B-SUMP DRAIN TUBE Inspect 0.1
Test 0.5 B,Q
Service 0.1
Install 0.1
Replace 0.1
B-39
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Section II. MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART (Cont)
Maintenance Allocation Charts
(AVSCOM Reg 310-10)
Nomenclature of End Items
T700-GE-700, T700-GE-701 and T700-GE-701C Turbine Engines
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
Maintenance Category
Group Maintenance Tools and
Number Component/Assembly Function Avum Avim Depot Equipment Remarks
040814 OIL TANK CAP AND Inspect 0.2
ADAPTER
Test 0.5 B,Q
Test 8.0 C,P,Q
Service 0.1
Install 0.1
Repair 1.0
Replace 0.1
040815 LUBE MANIFOLD Inspect 0.2 0.3
ASSEMBLY (OIL
MANIFOLD ASSEMBLY) Test 0.5 Q
Test 0.5 T
Service 0.2 0.3
Install 0.3 1
Replace 0.6 1
Repair 0.2 0.5 E
040816 OIL SUPPLY TUBES (LEFT- Inspect 0.1
HAND AND RIGHT-HAND)
Test 0.5 0.5 Q
Test 0.5 T
Service 0.1
Install 0.1
Replace 0.1
B-40
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Section II. MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART (Cont)
Maintenance Allocation Charts
(AVSCOM Reg 310-10)
Nomenclature of End Items
T700-GE-700, T700-GE-701 and T700-GE-701C Turbine Engines
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
Maintenance Category
Group Maintenance Tools and
Number Component/Assembly Function Avum Avim Depot Equipment Remarks
040817 B-SUMP OIL INLET CHECK Inspect 0.1
VALVE
Test 0.5 0.5 Q
Install 0.1
Replace 0.1
040818 MAIN FRAME OIL Inspect 0.1
STRAINER
Test 0.5 B,Q
Test 8.0 C,P,Q
Service 0.3
Install 0.1
Replace 0.1
040819 FLUID LEVEL INDICATORS Inspect 0.1
(OIL LEVEL INDICATORS)
Test 0.5 B,Q
Test 8.0 C,P,Q
Install 0.1
Replace 0.2
040820 OIL TRANSFER SLEEVES Inspect 0.2
Test 8.0 C,P,Q
Install 0.5 1
Replace 0.9 1
B-41
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Section II. MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART (Cont)
Maintenance Allocation Charts
(AVSCOM Reg 310-10)
Nomenclature of End Items
T700-GE-700, T700-GE-701 and T700-GE-701C Turbine Engines
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
Maintenance Category
Group Maintenance Tools and
Number Component/Assembly Function Avum Avim Depot Equipment Remarks
040821 MACHINE THREAD PLUG Inspect 0.1
(OIL DRAIN PLUG)
Test 0.3 B,Q
Test 8.0 C,P,Q
Install 0.1
Replace 0.1
040822 OIL DRAIN INSERT Inspect 0.1
Test 0.3
Test 8.0 C,P,Q
Install 0.1
Replace 0.1
040824 MID C-SUMP SCAVENGE Inspect 0.2 0.3
TUBE
Test 0.5 T
Test 8.0 C,P,Q
Service 0.1 0.3
Install 0.2 1
Replace 0.3 1
040825 C-SUMP FORWARD OIL Inspect 0.2 0.3
SCAVENGE TUBE
Test 0.5 T
Test 8.0 C,P,Q
Service 0.1 0.3
B-42
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Section II. MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART (Cont)
Maintenance Allocation Charts
(AVSCOM Reg 310-10)
Nomenclature of End Items
T700-GE-700, T700-GE-701 and T700-GE-701C Turbine Engines
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
Maintenance Category
Group Maintenance Tools and
Number Component/Assembly Function Avum Avim Depot Equipment Remarks
Install 0.5 1
Replace 0.8 1
040826 (T700, T701C) OIL Inspect 0.1
TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Test 0.5 B,Q
Test 8.0 C,P,Q
Install 0.1
Replace 0.2
040827 OIL PRESSURE SENSOR Inspect 0.2
Test 0.5 B,Q
Test 8.0 C,P,Q
Install 0.1
Replace 0.2
040828 (T700, T701C) B-SUMP Inspect 0.2
DELTA PRESSURE TUBE
Test 0.5 B,Q
Test 8.0 C,P,Q
Install 0.1
Replace 0.1
0410 AIR SYSTEM
041001 (T700) P3 HOSE AND TUBE Inspect 0.1
ASSEMBLY
Test 0.5 B,Q
B-43
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Section II. MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART (Cont)
Maintenance Allocation Charts
(AVSCOM Reg 310-10)
Nomenclature of End Items
T700-GE-700, T700-GE-701 and T700-GE-701C Turbine Engines
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
Maintenance Category
Group Maintenance Tools and
Number Component/Assembly Function Avum Avim Depot Equipment Remarks
Test 8.0 C,P,Q
Test 0.5 T
Service 0.1
Install 0.1
Replace 0.1
041002 ANTI-ICING BLEED DUCT Inspect 0.1 0.1
Test 8.0 C,P,Q
Service 0.1 0.3
Install 0.2
Replace 0.3 1
041003 ANTI-ICING IGV DUCT Inspect 0.1 0.3
Test 8.0 C,P,Q
Service 0.1 0.2
Install 0.1 1
Replace 0.2 1
041004 ANTI-ICING IGV FEEDTUBE Inspect 0.2 0.3
Test 8.0 C,P,Q
Service 0.1 0.3
Install 0.2 1
Replace 0.3 1
B-44
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Section II. MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART (Cont)
Maintenance Allocation Charts
(AVSCOM Reg 310-10)
Nomenclature of End Items
T700-GE-700, T700-GE-701 and T700-GE-701C Turbine Engines
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
Maintenance Category
Group Maintenance Tools and
Number Component/Assembly Function Avum Avim Depot Equipment Remarks
041006 ANTI-ICING BLEED AND Inspect 0.2 0.2
START VALVE, ANTI-ICING
SEAL HOUSINGS. ANTI- Test 0.5 B,Q
ICING SEAL RETAINER,
LANYARD AND CLIP Test 8.0 C,P,Q
ASSEMBLY
Test 0.5 T
Service 0.2
Install 0.1 20
Replace 0.1 20
Repair 0.2
Overhaul 16.0
041007 FORWARD SEAL Inspect 0.1 0.2
PRESSURE TUBE
Test 1.0 Q
Test 0.5 T
Service 0.1 0.3
Install 0.2 1
Replace 0.3 1
041008 SENSING TUBE Inspect 0.2 0.2
Test 0.5 B,Q
Test 8.0 C,P,Q
Service 0.2
Install 0.1
B-45
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Section II. MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART (Cont)
Maintenance Allocation Charts
(AVSCOM Reg 310-10)
Nomenclature of End Items
T700-GE-700, T700-GE-701 and T700-GE-701C Turbine Engines
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
Maintenance Category
Group Maintenance Tools and
Number Component/Assembly Function Avum Avim Depot Equipment Remarks
Replace 0.1
Repair 0.5
041009 COMPRESSOR LEAKAGE Inspect 0.2 0.3
AIR TUBE
Test 0.5 B,Q
Test 8.0 C,P,Q
Service 0.2
Install 0.1
Replace 0.1
041010 SEAL PRESSURE AND Inspect 0.1 0.3
SCAVENGE TUBE
ASSEMBLY Test 8.0 C,P,Q
Test 0.5 T
Service 0.1 0.3
Install 0.1 1
Replace 0.1 1
041011 (T701, T701C) P3 TUBE Inspect 0.1
Test 0.5 B,Q
Test 8.0 C,P,Q
Install 0.1
Replace 0.1
B-46
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Section III. TOOL AND TEST EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS
Tool and Test Equipment Requirements
(AVSCOM Reg 310-10)
Nomenclature of End Items
T700-GE-700, T700-GE-701 and T700-GE-701C Turbine Engines O-AVUM F-AVIM D-DEPOT
Tool or Test
Equipment
Reference Maintenance National/Nato Tool
Code Category Nomenclature Stock Number Number
1 F Adapter, Maintenance Stand 4920-01-109-2491 21C7071G01
2 O,F Adapter, Engine Transportation 4920-01-128-3121 21C7082G02
3 F,D Analyzer, Vibration 6625-00-226-5699 1784471-901
(FSCM 56232)
4 O,F,D Wash Unit, Universal 2830-01-185-6215 21C2438G01
5 O,F,D Container, Shipping and Storage 8145-01-059-5689 8145OCN004-1
6 O,F,D (T700) Borescope Kit 6650-01-111-1011 21C7190P01
6 O,F,D (T700) Borescope Kit 6650-01-219-8644 21C7744P01
6 O,F,D (T700) Borescope Kit 6650-01-210-6935 21C7744P02
6 O,F,D (T701, T701C) Borescope Kit 6650-01-150-1566 21C7190P02
6 O,F,D Borescope Kit 6650-01-234-0468 21C7700P03
6 O,F,D Borescope Kit 6650-01-227-9634 21C7744P03
6 O,F,D Borescope Kit 6650-01-234-0467 21C7779P03
7 O,F,D Multimeter 6625-00-553-0142 TS-352 B/U
8 O,F,D Sling, Lifting 4920-01-108-3484 21C7081G02
9 O,F,D (T700, T701C) Switch Box, 4920-01-108-3474 21C7085G01
ECU/DEC Circuit Continuity
9 O,F,D (T701) Switch Box, ECU Circuit 4920-01-319-3960 21C7085G02
Continuity
10 F,D Adapter, Cold Section Module 4920-01-172-4967 21C7437G01
Shipping
11 F,D Adapter, Gas Generator Shaft Tie-bolts 4730-01-198-7868 21C7439P01
Restraining
B-47
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Section III. TOOL AND TEST EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS (Cont)
Tool and Test Equipment Requirements
(AVSCOM Reg 310-10)
Nomenclature of End Items
T700-GE-700, T700-GE-701 and T700-GE-701C Turbine Engines O-AVUM F-AVIM D-DEPOT
Tool or Test
Equipment
Reference Maintenance National/Nato Tool
Code Category Nomenclature Stock Number Number
12 F,D Container, Power Turbine Module 8145-01-128-1855 21C7300G01
Shipping and Storage
13 F,D Container, Accessory Section Module 8145-01-128-1842 21C7301G01
Shipping and Storage
14 F,D (T701, T701C) Adapter, Gas 4920-01-151-0759 21C7247G01
Generator Rotor/Midframe
Lock/Support
15 O,F,D Puller, Seal Mating Ring 7120-01-198-2308 21C7702G01
16 O,F,D Adapter, Plug 4920-01-135-9671 21C7086P01
17 F,D Guide, No. 1 Carbon Seal Assembly 4920-01-110-1430 21C7109G01/G02
18 F,D Support, Dummy Compressor Casing 4920-01-110-1429 21C7112G01
Bar
19 O,F,D Case, Shipping and Storage 8145-01-130-3364 21C7302P01
20 O,F,D Case, Shipping and Storage 8145-01-128-6333 21C7303P01
21 O,F,D Case, Shipping and Storage 8145-01-128-6332 21C7304P01
22 F,D Bar, Gas Generator Rotor Antirotation 4920-01-151-9225 21C7399G01
23 F,D Bench Set, Compressor Rotor Stage 1 5120-01-136-9670 21C7419G01
Blade-Disk (Bridge 17A8744P04)
24 F,D Lock, Compressor Rotor 4920-01-133-5659 21C7422G01
25 O,F Set Dresser, Leading Edge, Stage 1 21C7478G01
Blade-Disk
26 F,D Puller, Carbon Seal, Axis-G 5120-01-128-4467 21C7239G01/G02
B-48 Change 3
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Section IV. REMARKS
Remarks
T700-GE-700, T700-GE-701 and T700-GE-701C Turbine Engines
Reference
Code Remarks/Notes
A Diagnostic inspection using borescope.
B Functional test at AVUM-engine in aircraft.
C Functional test at AVIM-engine in METS.
D Repairs at AVIM includes the complete engine assembly, individual Line Replaceable Units (LRU's)
(Accessories), and Modules.
E Replace seal.
F Repair limited to replacement of external lines, hoses, and Line Replaceable Units (LRU's) (Accessories).
G Replacement of carbon seals and mating rings.
H Reset button.
I Compressor cleaning.
J Visual inspection without detailed disassembly.
K Will be accomplished at AVUM with assistance of AVIM.
L The stages 1 and 2 gas generator turbine rotor and the gas generator stator are parts of a matched assembly.
Both assemblies will be replaced. Refer to (T700) TM 55-2840-248-23P, (T701) TM55-2840-238-23P or
(T701C) TM 55-2840-258-23P to identify replacement part.
M Ten-hour/fourteen-day inspection requirement (THIR).
N Periodic inspection requirement (500 flight hours).
O For power turbine module inspection, see individual components for inspection requirements.
P Includes required task time for installation and removal of engine into METS.
Q Accomplished after component replacement.
R Only external preformed packings will be removed or replaced.
S Only locknuts securing brackets will be removed or replaced.
T Bench test.
U Accomplished during troubleshooting.
B-49
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Section IV. REMARKS (Cont)
Remarks
T700-GE-700, T700-GE-701 and T700-GE-701C Turbine Engines
Reference
Code Remarks/Notes
V Removal of right-hand compressor case allowed at AVIM for access to compressor rotor for blending and
chamfering of stages 1 thru 5 blades and for clipping of stage 1 blades.
W AVIM repair limited to blending and chamfering of stages 1 thru 5 compressor rotor blades and clipping
of stage 1 blades.
X Repair limited to installation of cushioned clamps when wrap-around clamps (former configuration) are
cracked or broken.
B-50
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
APPENDIX C
REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS LIST (RPSTL)
(Not Applicable)
The RPSTL is published as a separate document.
See TM 1-2840-248-23P for T700-GE-700 engine,
TM 1-2840-238-23P for T700-GE-701 engine, or
TM 1-2840-258-23P for T700-GE-701C engine.
Change 5 C-1/(C-2 Blank)
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
APPENDIX D
EXPENDABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST
Section I. INTRODUCTION
b. Column 2 - Level. This column identifies the
D-1. SCOPE.
lowest level of maintenance that requires the listed item.
This appendix lists expendable supplies and materials AVUM corresponds to the O code. AVIM corresponds to
needed to operate and maintain the T700-GE-700, the F code.
T700-GE-701 and T700-GE-701C turboshaft engines.
These items are authorized to you by CTA 50-970, c. Column 3 - National Stock Number. This is the
Expendable Items (except medical, Class V, repair parts, National stock number assigned to the item; use it to request
and Heraldic Items). or requisition the item.
d. Column 4 - Description. Indicates the Federal item
NOTE name alphabetically and, if required, a description to
Expendable supplies and materials with no identify the item. The last line for each item indicates the
NSN listed may be purchased from the part number followed by the Federal Supply Code for
manufacturer, indicated by the FSCM (five- Manufacturer (FSCM) in parentheses, if applicable.
digit number in parentheses) listed in the
Description column. e. Column 5 - Unit of Measure (U/M). Indicates the
measure used in performing the actual maintenance
function. This measure is expressed by a two-character
D-2. EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS . alphabetical abbreviation (e.g., ea, in, pr). If the unit of
measure differs from the unit of issue, requisition the lowest
a. Column 1 - Item Number. This number is assigned unit of issue that will satisfy your requirements.
to the entry in the listing and is referenced in the narrative
instructions to identify the material (e.g., “Use cleaning
compound item 5, Appendix D”).
D-1
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Section II. TABULAR LIST
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)
Item National Stock
Number Level Number Description U/M
1 O 8040-01-005-1742 Adhesive, EPON (EPON 934A, EPON 934B) PT
(33564)
2 F 8040-00-145-0020 Adhesive/Sealant, RTV-3145 (71984) EA
3 O 6810-00-855-6160 Alcohol, Isopropyl, TT-I-735, Grade B, (5-galcan) EA
(81348)
4 O 8030-00-057-2354 Alodine No. 1200S, MIL-C-81706 (84063) EA
5 O 8105-00-822-4336 Bag, Plastic, PPP-B-26 (10 x 24 in.) (81348) EA
6 O 8105-00-837-7757 Bag, Plastic, PPP-B-26 (12 x 12 in.) (81348) EA
7 O 8105-00-837-7752 Bag, Plastic, PPP-B-26 (3 x 4 in.) (81348) EA
8 O 8105-00-837-7753 Bag, Plastic, PPP-B-26 (4 x 4 in.) (81348) EA
9 O 8105-00-837-7754 Bag, Plastic, PPP-B-26 (6 x 6 in.) (81348) EA
10 O 8105-00-837-7755 Bag, Plastic, PPP-B-26 (8 x 8 in.) (81348) EA
11 O 8105-00-159-4998 Bag, Plastic, PPP-B-26 (9 x 12 in.) (81348) EA
12 O 8135-00-543-6574 Barrier Material (Greaseproof, Water-proof), FT
MIL-B-121, Type 1, Grade A (4 x 300 ft)
13 F 9160-00-253-1171 Beeswax, C-B-191C (1 lb) (81349) EA
14 F Blade, Razor (Single Edge) EA
15 O 7920-00-205-0445 Brush, Bottle, H-B-1050 STD CL 1SZ2-1/4, EA
ModelTW (80244)
16 O 7920-00-514-2417 Brush, Soft-Bristle, A-A-289 (58536) EA
17 O Cap, Protective, B-319-4 (95760) EA
18 O Cap, Protective, B-319-5 (95760) EA
19 O Cap, Protective, B-319-6 (95760) EA
20 O 5340-00-727-4777 Cap, Protective, CD-10 (95760) EA
21 O 5340-00-727-4778 Cap, Protective, CD-12 (95760) EA
22 O 5340-00-515-0525 Cap, Protective, CD-3 (95760) EA
23 O 5340-00-605-5416 Cap, Protective, CD-4 (95760) EA
24 O 5340-00-664-0671 Cap, Protective, CD-6 (95760) EA
25 F 5365-00-773-0760 Plug, Machine Thread, Magnetic (36540) EA
26 O 5340-00-680-4394 Cap, Protective, CD-8 (95760) EA
27 F 5340-00-616-4796 Cap, Protective, EC-10 (95760) EA
28 O 5340-00-811-5959 Cap, Protective, EC-12 (95760) EA
29 F 5340-00-461-0949 Cap, Protective, EC-14 (95760) EA
30 O 5340-00-200-5904 Cap, Protective, EC-16 (95760) EA
D-2 Change 5
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Section II. TABULAR LIST (Cont)
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)
Item National Stock
Number Level Number Description U/M
31 O 5340-00-732-7462 Cap, Protective, EC-17 (95760) EA
32 O 5935-00-500-5011 Cap, Protective, EC-18 (95760) EA
33 O 5935-00-259-2546 Cap, Protective, EC-19 (95760) EA
34 O 5340-00-817-6937 Cap, Protective, EC-8 (95760) EA
35 O Cap, Protective, EC-9 (95760) EA
36 O 5340-00-530-6818 Cap, Protective, EP-12 (95760) EA
37 O 5935-00-990-8321 Cap, Protective, EP-8 (95760) EA
38 O 5340-00-589-6020 Cap, Protective, FF-26 (99017) EA
39 O 5340-01-064-1361 Cap, Protective, FF-28 (99017) EA
40 O 5340-00-123-3355 Cap, Protective, WW-11 (99017) EA
41 O 5340-00-792-2683 Cap, Protective, WW-2 (99017) EA
42 O 5340-00-237-7165 Cap, Protective, WW-6 (99017) EA
43 O 5340-00-849-6375 Cap, Protective, WW-8X (99017) EA
44 O 5340-00-882-2784 Cap, Protective, WW2X (99017) EA
45 O 5340-00-074-4291 Cap, Protective, W5 (99017) EA
46 O 5340-00-826-0423 Cap, Protective, 1/2 SC x 7/8 (99017) EA
47 O Cap, Protective, 1/4 SC x 1/2 (95760) EA
48 F 5340-00-825-4586 Cap, Protective, 3/8 SC x 7/8 (95760) EA
49 O 5340-00-777-4620 Cap, Protective, 5/16 SC x 7/8 (95760) EA
50 O 5340-00-827-0802 Cap, Protective, 5/8 SC x 7/8 (99017) EA
51 O 5340-00-722-9073 Cap, Protective, 9/16 SC x 7/8 (95760) EA
52 O 5350-00-174-0995 Cloth, Abrasive, GGG-C-520, Fine, Type 1, Class 1 EA
(9 x 11 in.) (81348)
53 O 5350-00-192-5049 Cloth, Abrasive, P-C-451, Type 1, Class 1 (9x11 in.) EA
(81348)
54 F 5350-00-192-5049 Cloth, Abrasive, P-C-451, 220-230 Grit, Type 1, EA
Class1 (9 x 11 in.) (81348)
55 O 5350-00-221-0872 Cloth, Crocus, P-C-458 (9 x 11 in.) (81348) EA
NOTE
Antiseize Thread Compound MIL-T-5544 will be replaced by Synthetic
Graphite Grease GP460 (Antiseize), Synthetic Graphite (60218).
56 O 8030-00-087-8630 Compound, Antiseize Thread, MIL-T-5544 (1-lb can) EA
(81349)
O 8030-00-243-3285 Compound, Antiseize Thread, MIL-T-5544 (1-lb can) EA
(81349)
D-3
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Section II. TABULAR LIST (Cont)
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)
Item National Stock
Number Level Number Description U/M
O 8030-01-044-5034 Compound, Antiseize Thread, MIL-T-5544 (1-lb can) EA
(81349)
O 8030-01-138-1666 Compound, Antiseize Thread, MIL-T-5544 (1-lb can) EA
(81349)
O 8030-00-243-3285 Compound, Antiseize Thread, MIL-T-83483 EA
(1-lb can) (81349)
O 8030-00-087-8630 Compound, Antiseize Thread, MIL-T-83483 (81349) EA
57 O 6850-00-181-7594 Compound, Cleaning, B&B 3100 (5-gal can) (21361) EA
O 6850-00-181-7597 Compound, Cleaning, B&B 3100 (55-gal drum) EA
(21361)
58 O 6850-01-372-8303 Cleaner (MIL-C-85704, Type II) 5 Gal
59 O 6850-01-372-8304 Cleaner (MIL-C-85704, Type II) 55
Gal
60 O 6850-01-370-5244 Cleaner (MIL-C-85704, Type IIA) 55
Gal
61 O 6850-01-370-5245 Cleaner (MIL-C-85704, Type IIA) 5 Gal
62 O Compound, Corrosion Preventive, MIL-C-1617, EA
Grade 3 (81349)
63 O 5350-00-103-1858 Compound, Lapping, Grade A, Fine, 280 Grit, LB
(71536)
64 O Compound, Lapping, Grade B, Medium Fine, LB
240Grit, (71536)
65 O Compound, Lapping, Grade C, Medium Fine, LB
220Grit, (71536)
66 F 8030-01-268-5917 Compound, Retaining, Loctite RC 620 (05972) EA
67 Container, Plastic (5-gallon) (Commercial)
68 O 8135-00-142-8911 Cushioning Material, Bound Fiber, PPP-C-1120, EA
Type 3, Class A (72 x 24 x 12 in.)
69 O 6850-00-975-2290 Deoxidine, No. 624 (1-gal can) (84063) EA
70 O 6850-00-264-6572 Desiccant, Activated, MIL-D-3464 Type 1 (150bags, EA
16-unit bags, 200-lb drum) (81349)
71 O Detergent, Liquid Dish-Washing (Commercial)
72 F 9150-00-159-5012 Fluid, Assembly, Mobil RT403C (4-oz tube) (19135) EA
(Also see item 117.)
73 O 9130-00-256-8613 Fuel, Turbine, MIL-T-5624JP4, Grade JP4 (1-gal can) EA
(81349)
74 O 9130-00-273-2379 Fuel, Turbine, MIL-T-5624JP5, Grade JP5 (1-gal can) EA
(81349)
D-4
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Section II. TABULAR LIST (Cont)
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)
Item National Stock
Number Level Number Description U/M
75 O 9130-01-031-5816 Fuel, Turbine, MIL-T-83133, Grade JP8 (1-galcan) EA
(81349)
76 F Gloves, Disposable Polyethylene PR
77 F 8415-00-069-5414 Gloves, Thermally-Insulated (5325S11) (39428) PR
78 O 8030-01-044-5034 Graphite-Petrolatum Lubricant A50TF201 (70079) LB
79 O Grease GP460 (Antiseize), Synthetic Graphite EA
(60218)
80 O 6830-00-247-0619 Ice, Dry BB-C-104 (81348) LB
81 O 7510-00-161-0813 Ink, Stencil Marking, TT-I-1795 (1-qt can) EA
81A O Lubricant, Solid Film, MIL-PRF-81329 EA
82 O 6850-00-664-9067 Marker, Blue Dykem, DX-100, MIL-L-83795 EA
(81349)
83 F 7520-00-904-1268 Marker, Blue Felt Tip, Fine - Line, GG-M-001130 EA
(81348)
84 O 6810-00-597-3608 Methanol, O-M-232 (81348) EA
85 O 9150-00-985-7099 Oil, Lubricating, MIL-L-23699 (1-qt can) (81349) EA
86 O 9150-00-273-2388 Oil, Lubricating, MIL-L-6081, Grade 1010 (1-qt can) EA
(81349)
87 O 9150-00-782-2627 Oil, Lubricating, MIL-L-7808 (1-qt can) (81349) EA
88 O 9150-00-261-7899 Oil, Penetrating, VV-P-216 (1-pt can) (81348) EA
89 O 7920-00-659-9175 Pad, Scotch Brite (No. 7447, 6-1/2 x 9-1/2 inches) EA
L-P-0050 (81348)
90 F 8010-00-409-3810 Paint, SermeTel No. 196 (1-gallon can) (78710) EA
91 F 6850-00-065-8418 Penetrant, Zyglo, ZL-22A (37676) EA
92 O 5120-01-370-6693 Pliers, Slip Joint: Electrical Connector Type, Steel EA
Alloy, Replaceable Plastic Jaws
93 O 5935-00-352-9077 Plug, Protective, 1080 EA
94 F 8040-00-083-8403 Primer, Adhesive (GE Co.) EA
Silicone Products Business Division
Hudson River Road
Waterford, NY 12188
95 O 8010-00-297-0593 Primer, Zinc-Chromate, TT-P-1757 (16-ozaerosol EA
can) (81348)
96 F 8040-00-546-8604 Sealant, RTV-162 (01139) MIL-A-46146A, Type 1 EA
97 O – Sealant, RTV-3145 (Gray) Adhesive Potting EA
Compound
Change 4 D-5
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Section II. TABULAR LIST (Cont)
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)
Item National Stock
Number Level Number Description U/M
98 O 6850-00-621-1820 Solution, Leak Test Oxygen System, MIL-L-25567 EA
(81349)
99 O 6850-00-264-9038 Solvent, Dry Cleaning, P-D-680, Type I (5-galpail) EA
(81348)
100 O 6850-00-405-9386 Solvent, Miller-Stephenson (MS-160) (18598) EA
101 F Steel, Stainless (sheet stock) (300 Series)
0.180-0.200in. thick
102 F Steel, Stainless (sheet stock) (300 Series)
0.203-0.209in. thick
103 F Steel, Stainless (sheet stock) (300 Series)
0.240-0.260in. thick
104 O 5345-00-243-6087 Stone, Abrasive, SSS-S-736, Type 1 EA
(1/4 x 1/4 x 3-1/2in.) (81348)
105 F Syringe, Pressure Disposable Plastic (1/2 inch EA
diameter x 2 1/2 inch long with a 1/32 inch ID)
106 O 5970-00-541-6458 Tape, Masking (roll) (37695) EA
107 O 7510-00-074-5124 Tape, Pressure-Sensitive Adhesive, PPP-T-60, Type EA
IV (2 in. x 60 yds)
108 O 7510-00-476-5276 Tape, Scotch No. 470 HHT-0025 (04963) EA
109 O 5970-00-480-1329 Tape, Silicone (Roll) (3003M70P01) (07482) EA
110 O 5970-00-949-4846 Tape, Silicone (1 in. x 36 ft) EA
111 O 5970-00-541-6458 Tape, Vinyl, No. 199C (83334) EA
112 O 7920-00-260-1279 Towels, Machinery, DDD-T-541 (81348) EA
113 O 7920-00-682-6710 Towels, Paper, UU-T-595 (81348) EA
114 O 6810-00-930-6311 Trichloroethane, O-T-620 (81348) EA
115 O 6850-00-033-8851 Trichlorotrifluoroethane, MIL-C-81302 (TypeII, EA
TFFreon) (81349)
116 O Tubing, Tygon (1/2 Inch OD x 3/8 Inch ID) (61501) EA
117 F 9150-00-159-5012 Ultrachem Assembly Fluid, No. 1 (4-oz tube) EA
(substitute for Mobil RT403C) (56385)
118 O 2925-01-142-0981 Wrap, Teflon Spiral (Black) (1/2-in. wide) (99207) EA
119 O 2925-01-110-1467 Wrap, Teflon Spiral (Green) (1/2-in. wide) (99207) EA
120 O 2925-01-110-1466 Wrap, Teflon Spiral (Sleeve, Teflon Chafing) (Blue) EA
(1/2-in. wide) (99207)
121 O 2925-01-129-1261 Wrap, Teflon Spiral (Sleeve, Teflon Chafing) EA
(Yellow) (1/2-in. wide) (99207)
D-6
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
APPENDIX E
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
Engine schematic diagrams for the fuel, electrical, oil, and air systems are
shown in the following figures:
• Figure 1-14. (T700) Fuel System Schematic
• Figure 1-15. (T701, T701C) Fuel System Schematic
• Figure 1-20. (T700) Oil System Schematic
• Figure 1-21. (T701) Oil System Schematic
• Figure 1-22. (T701C) Oil System Schematic
• Figure FO-1. Air System Schematic
• Figure FO-2. Electrical Schematic Diagram
E-1/(E-2 Blank)
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
APPENDIX F
ILLUSTRATED LIST OF MANUFACTURED ITEMS
b. A part number index in alphanumeric order is
F-1. APPENDIX OVERVIEW.
provided (table F-1) for cross-referencing the part number
F-2. Introduction. of the item to be manufactured to the figure number which
covers fabrication criteria.
a. This appendix includes complete instructions for
making items authorized to be manufactured or fabricated at c. All bulk materials needed for manufacture of an
organizational level. item are listed by part number or specification number in a
tabular list on the illustration.
Table F-1. Manufactured Item Part Number Index
Part No. Nomenclature Figure No.
LMT 747 Axis-G Seal Mating Ring Puller F-1
LMT 748 Axis-G Seal Mating Ring Guide Assembly F-2
LMT 749 Swirl Frame Sleeve Pusher F-3
LMT 754 Fuel Injector Boss Lapping Fixture F-4
LMT 777 Hot Section Module Sprayer F-5
LMT 841 Allied Signal (Garrett) A/I Valve Sizing Tool F-6
LMT 893 Three O'clock Lug Drill Fixture F-7
LMT 894 Six O'clock Lug Drill Fixture F-8
LMT 895 Nine O'clock Lug Drill Fixture F-9
LMT 896 Bushing Pusher F-10
LMT 933 Outer Balance Piston Seal Puller F-11
LMT 942 (T700) Series Engine Hot Section Wash Kit F-12
LMT 943 (T701, T701C) Series Engine Hot Section Wash Kit F-13
LMT 954 Go-NoGo Pin (0.208 in. Dia) F-14
LMT 955 Go-NoGo Pin (0.207 in. Dia) F-14
LMT 956 Go-NoGo Pin (0.206 in. Dia) F-14
LMT 957 Go-NoGo Pin (0.205 in. Dia) F-14
LMT 958 Go-NoGo Pin (0.204 in. Dia) F-14
LMT 959 Go-NoGo Pin (0.203 in. Dia) F-14
LMT 960 Go-NoGo Pin (0.202 in. Dia) F-14
LMT 962 Clinch Nut Flaring Set F-15
F-1
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure F-1. Axis-G Seal Mating Ring Puller LMT 747
F-2
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure F-2. Axis-G Seal Mating Ring Guide Assembly LMT 748
F-3
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure F-3. Swirl Frame Sleeve Pusher LMT 749
F-4
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure F-4. Fuel Injector Boss Lapping Fixture LMT 754
F-5
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure F-5. Hot Section Module Sprayer LMT 777
F-6
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure F-6. Allied Signal (Garrett) A/I Valve Sizing Tool LMT 841
F-7
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure F-7. Three O'clock Lug Drill Fixture LMT 893
F-8
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure F-8. Six O'clock Lug Drill Fixture LMT 894
F-9
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure F-9. Nine O'clock Lug Drill Fixture LMT 895
F-10
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure F-10. Bushing Pusher LMT 896
F-11
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure F-11. Outer Balance Piston Seal Puller LMT 933
F-12
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure F-12. (T700) Series Engine Hot Section Wash Kit LMT 942 (Sheet 1 of 2)
F-13
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure F-12. (T700) Series Engine Hot Section Wash Kit LMT 942 (Sheet 2 of 2)
F-14
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure F-13. (T701, T701C) Series Engine Hot Section Wash Kit LMT 943
F-15
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure F-14. Compressor Repair Pins LMT 954 thru LMT 960 Fabrication
F-16
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure F-15. Clinch Nut Flaring Set LMT 962 (Sheet 1 of 3)
F-17
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure F-15. Clinch Nut Flaring Set LMT 962 (Sheet 2 of 3)
F-18
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure F-15. Clinch Nut Flaring Set LMT 962 (Sheet 3 of 3)
F-19/(F-20 Blank)
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
APPENDIX G
TORQUE LIMITS
assemblies of the engine. This information includes max
G-1. APPENDIX OVERVIEW.
and min torque values, wrench-arc angles, and special
Table G-1 gives information for tightening the bolts, nuts, instructions. For engine hardware tightened by the wrench-
and connectors used for components and modular arc method, see paragraph H-14, Appendix H.
Table G-1. Torque Values
Figure Index
No. No. Nomenclature Min Torque Max Torque
1-33 4 Container Sealing Bolt 70 foot-pounds 75 foot-pounds
1-36 6 Support Bolt 140 inch-pounds 160 inch-pounds
1-36 7 Aft Support Bolt 480 inch-pounds 570 inch-pounds
1-36 8 Front Support Bolt 100 inch-pounds 130 inch-pounds
1-39 5 Forward Adapter Captive Bolts 45 inch-pounds 50 inch-pounds
1-40 10 Clamping Bar Bolt 35 inch-pounds 42 inch-pounds
1-40 11 Access Cover Bolt 30 inch-pounds 60 inch-pounds
1-41 5 Electrical Chip Detector Captive Bolt 45 inch-pounds 50 inch-pounds
1-95 1 (T700) Borescope Plug 15° wrench arc –
1-95 2 (T700) Borescope Plug 90 inch-pounds 110 inch-pounds
1-95 3, 5 (T700) Borescope Port Cap 100 inch-pounds 125 inch-pounds
1-95 3, 5 (T700) Borescope Plug 55 inch-pounds 70 inch-pounds
1-96 2 (T701, T701C) Borescope Plug 90 inch-pounds 110 inch-pounds
1-96 4, 7 (T701, T701C) Borescope Plug 15° wrench arc –
1-96 3, 5 (T701, T701C) Borescope Port Cap 100 inch-pounds 125 inch-pounds
1-96 3, 5 (T701, T701C) Borescope Plug 55 inch-pounds 70 inch-pounds
2-1 1, 4 Main Frame Flange Bolts 45 inch-pounds 50 inch-pounds
G-1
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table G-1. Torque Values (Cont)
Figure Index
No. No. Nomenclature Min Torque Max Torque
2-2 1 Diffuser Flange Bolts 45 inch-pounds 50 inch-pounds
2-3 1 Actuating Ring Nuts 16 inch-pounds 19 inch-pounds
2-3 13, 14 Compressor Flange Nuts See figure 2-8 for torquing –
procedure.
2-9 3 Swirl Frame OD Locknuts 45 inch-pounds 50 inch-pounds
2-9 8 Anti-Icing Bleed Duct Bolts 45 inch-pounds 50 inch-pounds
2-9 10 Swirl Frame ID Nuts 145 inch-pounds 150 inch-pounds
2-9 17, 20 Temperature Sensing Tube Bolts 45 inch-pounds 50 inch-pounds
2-27 1 No. 1 Carbon Seal Nuts 45 inch-pounds 50 inch-pounds
2-29 – Power Takeoff Drive Assembly Nuts See paragraph 2-29 for –
torquing procedure.
2-31 1 Oil Inlet and Scavenge Tube Retainer 45 inch-pounds 50 inch-pounds
Locknuts
2-36 13 Actuating Ring Bolts 16 inch-pounds 19 inch-pounds
2-51 3 (T700, T701C) Forward Suspension Lug 45 inch-pounds 50 inch-pounds
Nuts
2-52 5 (T701) Forward Suspension Lug Nuts 45 inch-pounds 50 inch-pounds
2-54 3 GG Shaft Tie Bolts Restraining Adapter 45 inch-pounds 50 inch-pounds
Nuts
2-55 4 Cold Section Module Shipping Adapter 45 inch-pounds 50 inch-pounds
Locknuts
3-1 12 (T700) Gas Generator Turbine Rotor Nuts See paragraph 3-13 for –
torquing procedure.
3-2 12 (T701, T701C) Gas Generator Turbine See paragraph 3-13 for –
Rotor Nuts torquing procedure.
3-3 2 Nuts 70 inch-pounds 75 inch-pounds
3-20 3 (T700) Igniter Plug Nut 15° wrench arc –
3-20 4 (T700) Ignition Lead Coupling Nut 15° wrench arc –
G-2
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table G-1. Torque Values (Cont)
Figure Index
No. No. Nomenclature Min Torque Max Torque
3-20 6 (T700) Primer Nozzle Nut 15° wrench arc –
3-20 7 (T700) Fuel Start Manifold Coupling Nuts 60° wrench arc –
3-21 1, 7 Stage 1 Nozzle Assembly Bolts 45 inch-pounds 50 inch-pounds
3-22 2 (T701, T701C) Igniter Plug 15° wrench arc –
3-22 3 (T701, T701C) Ignition Lead Coupling 15° wrench arc –
Nut
4-1 5 C-Sump Aft Scavenge Tube Coupling Nut 60° wrench arc –
4-1 6 C-Sump Forward Scavenge Tube Coupling 60° wrench arc –
Nut
4-1 7 C-Sump Oil Supply Tube Coupling Nut 60° wrench arc –
4-1 8 Power Turbine Module Flange Nuts 80 inch-pounds 85 inch-pounds
4-1 13 Electrical Connector (Yellow Cable) to Np 15° wrench arc –
Sensor Connector
4-1 14 Electrical Connector (Yellow Cable) to 60° wrench arc –
Thermocouple Connector
4-1 15 Electrical Connector (Blue Cable) to 15° wrench arc –
Torque and Overspeed Sensor Connector
4-1 18 Seal Pressure and Scavenge Tube Coupling 60° wrench-arc –
Nuts
4-1 19 B-Sump Drain Tube Fittings 60° wrench-arc –
4-4 1 C-Sump Heat Shield Nuts 70 inch-pounds 75 inch-pounds
4-4 3 C-Sump Cover Bolts 45 inch-pounds 50 inch-pounds
4-5 6 Stage 3 Turbine Nozzle Bolts 30 inch-pounds 35 inch-pounds
4-7 12 Clamp Bolts 5 foot-pounds 7 foot-pounds
4-7 16 Support Plate Bolts 20 inch-pounds 22 inch-pounds
4-7 18 Support Frame Bolts 23 foot-pounds 25 foot-pounds
4-7 19 PT Container Sealing Bolts 75 foot-pounds 85 foot-pounds
G-3
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table G-1. Torque Values (Cont)
Figure Index
No. No. Nomenclature Min Torque Max Torque
5-1 7 (T700) Locknut 24 inch-pounds 27 inch-pounds
5-1 17 (T700) Captive Bolts 45 inch-pounds 50 inch-pounds
5-1 18 (T700) Mid C-Sump Scavenge Tube 60° wrench arc –
Coupling Nut
5-1 24 (T700) Nuts 30° wrench arc –
5-2 10 (T701, T701C) Locknut 24 inch-pounds 27 inch-pounds
5-2 26 (T701, T701C) Nuts 30° wrench arc –
5-3 10 (T701, T701C) Locknut 24 inch-pounds 27 inch-pounds
5-3 8 (T701, T701C) Captive Bolts 45 inch-pounds 50 inch-pounds
5-3 20 (T701, T701C) Mid C-Sump Scavenge 60° wrench arc –
Tube Coupling Nut
5-3 26 (T701, T701C) Nuts 30° wrench arc –
5-4 2 (T700) P3 Hose and Tube Assembly 60° wrench arc –
Coupling Nuts
5-5 (T701, T701C) P3 Tube Coupling Nuts 60° wrench arc –
5-6 2 V-Band Coupling Assembly Self-locking 30 inch-pounds 35 inch-pounds
Nut
5-7 3 Impeller Shroud Screws 7 inch-pounds 9 inch-pounds
5-8 13 Bolt 45 inch-pounds 50 inch pounds
5-8 18 Clip Support Nut 45 inch-pounds 50 inch-pounds
5-8, 5-9 3 Duct Retaining Nuts 45 inch-pounds 50 inch-pounds
5-8, 5-9 7 Clip Support Bolt 45 inch-pounds 50 inch-pounds
5-9 17 Clip Support Nut 45 inch-pounds 50 inch-pounds
5-13 6 Seal Retainer Nut 32 inch-pounds 35 inch-pounds
5-13 12 Seal Retainer Nut 32 inch-pounds 35 inch-pounds
G-4
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table G-1. Torque Values (Cont)
Figure Index
No. No. Nomenclature Min Torque Max Torque
5-20 5 Container Sealing Bolts 75 foot-pounds 85 foot-pounds
5-21 3 Support Bolts 160 inch-pounds 170 inch-pounds
5-21 8, 10, 11 Frame Bolts 120 inch-pounds 130 inch-pounds
6-1 3 (T700) Primer Nozzle Retaining Nuts 15° wrench arc –
6-3 2 Main Fuel Manifold Coupling Nuts 60° wrench arc –
6-3 5 (T700) POU Manifold, or (T701, T701C) 60° wrench arc –
ODV Manifold
6-3 8 Main Fuel Manifold Clamp Bolt 45 inch-pounds 50 inch-pounds
6-3 10 Locknut 70 inch-pounds 75 inch-pounds
6-4 1, 8 (T700) Fuel Start Feed Tube Coupling 60° wrench arc –
Nuts
6-4 2, 4 (T700) Fuel Start Manifold Tube 60° wrench arc –
CouplingNuts
6-4 3 (T700) Fuel Start Manifold Tube Bracket 45 inch-pounds 50 inch-pounds
Bolt
6-4 6 (T700) Fuel Start Feed Tube Bracket Bolt 45 inch-pounds 50 inch-pounds
6-5 7 Fuel Injector Retaining Nuts 15° wrench arc –
6-7 2 Fuel Boost Pump Captive Bolts 45 inch-pounds 50 inch-pounds
6-9 11 (T700) Clamp Coupling Bolt 32 inch-pounds 35 inch-pounds
6-9 12 (T700) Clamp Coupling Locknut 60° wrench arc –
6-9 19 (T700) P3 Hose and Tube Coupling Nut 60° wrench arc –
6-9 20 (T700) Gearbox-to-HMU Hose Assembly 60° wrench arc –
Coupling Nut
6-10 11 (T701, T701C) Clamp Coupling Bolt 32 inch-pounds 35 inch-pounds
6-10 12 (T701, T701C) Clamp Coupling Locknut 60° wrench arc –
6-10 19 (T701, T701C) P3 Tube Coupling Nut 60° wrench arc –
G-5
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table G-1. Torque Values (Cont)
Figure Index
No. No. Nomenclature Min Torque Max Torque
6-10 20 (T701, T701C) Gearbox-to-HMU Hose 60° wrench arc –
Assembly Coupling Nut
6-12 5 HMU Threaded Fittings 40 inch-pounds 50 inch-pounds
6-12 12 Link Assembly Locknut 45 inch-pounds 50 inch-pounds
6-18 3 Fuel Filter Captive Bolts 45 inch-pounds 50 inch-pounds
6-21 2 Gearbox-to-HMU Hose Assembly 60° wrench arc –
Coupling Nuts
6-22 3 Fuel Pressure Sensor 15° wrench arc –
6-24 3 (T701, T701C) ODV Manifold Assembly 45 inch-pounds 50 inch-pounds
Captive Bolts
6-24 5 (T701, T701C) ODV Manifold Bracket 45 inch-pounds 50 inch-pounds
Bolt
6-26 2 (T701, T701C) ODV Captive Bolts 45 inch-pounds 50 inch-pounds
6-28 3 (T700) POU Manifold Assembly Captive 45 inch-pounds 50 inch-pounds
Bolts
6-28 6 (T700) POU Manifold Bracket Bolt 45 inch-pounds 50 inch-pounds
6-30 2, 8 (T700) POU Captive Bolts 45 inch-pounds 50 inch-pounds
7-1 2 (T700) Ignition Lead Coupling Nut 15° wrench arc –
7-1 4 (T700) Igniter Plug Retaining Nuts 15° wrench arc –
7-2 1 (T701, T701C) Igniter Plug 15° wrench arc –
7-2 3 (T701, T701C) Ignition Lead Coupling 15° wrench arc –
Nut
7-5 1 (T700, T701) ECU or (T701C) DEC 45 inch-pounds 50 inch-pounds
Captive Bolt
7-10 2 (T700, T701) History Recorder or 18 inch-pounds 22 inch-pounds
(T701C) History Counter Captive Bolts
7-11 6 (T700, T701) History Recorder or 27 inch-pounds 30 inch-pounds
(T701C) History Counter Grounding Strap
Bolt
G-6 Change 5
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table G-1. Torque Values (Cont)
Figure Index
No. No. Nomenclature Min Torque Max Torque
7-12 1 (T700, T701) History Recorder or 4.5 inch-pounds 5.0 inch-pounds
(T701C) History Counter Guard Screws
7-13 1B Ignition Lead Coupling Nuts 15° wrench arc –
7-15 2 Ignition Exciter Captive Bolts 18 inch-pounds 22 inch-pounds
7-15 4 Ignition Lead Coupling Nuts 15° wrench arc –
7-17 7 Ignition Exciter Grounding Strap Bolt 27 inch-pounds 30 inch-pounds
7-18 7 (T700) Green Cable Bracket Bolts 45 inch-pounds 50 inch-pounds
7-19 7 (T701, T701C) Green Cable Bracket Bolts 45 inch-pounds 50 inch-pounds
7-22 3 E3 Connector Bracket Screws 5 inch-pounds 6 inch-pounds
7-23 8 Electrical Connector (Yellow Cable) to 60° wrench arc –
Thermocouple Assembly Connector
7-23 9 Electrical Connector (Yellow Cable) to Np 15° wrench arc –
Sensor Connector
7-25 5 (T700) Electrical Connector (Blue Cable) 15° wrench arc –
to Torque and Overspeed Sensor Connector
7-26 5 (T701, T701C) Electrical Connector (Blue 15° wrench arc –
Cable) to Torque and Overspeed Sensor
Connector
7-28 5 Alternator Stator Captive Bolts 45 inch-pounds 50 inch-pounds
7-30 5 Alternator Rotor Locknut 275 inch-pounds 300 inch-pounds
7-32 3, 12 Thermocouple Bracket Bolts 45 inch-pounds 50 inch-pounds
7-32 4 Thermocouple Coupling Nuts 15° wrench arc –
7-32 9 Thermocouple Junction Box Bracket Bolts 45 inch-pounds 50 inch-pounds
7-32 11 Electrical Connector (Yellow Cable) to 60° wrench arc –
Thermocouple Assembly Connector
7-35 1 Torque and Overspeed Sensor Bolts 70 inch-pounds 75 inch-pounds
7-35 6 Torque and Overspeed Sensor Clamp Bolt 45 inch-pounds 50 inch-pounds
G-7
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table G-1. Torque Values (Cont)
Figure Index
No. No. Nomenclature Min Torque Max Torque
7-35 7 Electrical Connector (Blue Cable) to 15° wrench arc –
Torque and Overspeed Sensor Connector
7-37 2 Np Sensor Clamp Bolt 45 inch-pounds 50 inch-pounds
7-37 5 Np Sensor Bolts 70 inch-pounds 75 inch-pounds
7-37 10 Electrical Connector (Yellow Cable) to Np 15° wrench arc –
Sensor Connector
8-1 2 Oil Cooler Captive Bolts 45 inch-pounds 50 inch-pounds
8-3 1 Oil and Scavenge Pump Bolts 45 inch-pounds 50 inch-pounds
8-5 1 (T700) Scavenge Screens 145 inch-pounds 150 inch-pounds
8-6 1 (T701, T701C) B-Sump Scavenge Screen 145 inch-pounds 150 inch-pounds
8-6 6 (T701, T701C) Scavenge Screens 145 inch-pounds 150 inch-pounds
8-9 3 Oil Filter Bypass Sensor Captive Bolts 45 inch-pounds 50 inch-pounds
8-13 4 Oil Cooler Bypass Relief Valve Locknuts 45 inch-pounds 50 inch-pounds
8-14 4 Cold Oil Relief Valve Locknuts 45 inch-pounds 50 inch-pounds
8-15 1 Bypass Valve Assembly 145 inch-pounds 150 inch-pounds
8-17 5 Electrical Chip Detector Captive Bolts 45 inch-pounds 50 inch-pounds
8-19 1, 6 C-Sump Scavenge Tube Bolts 70 inch-pounds 75 inch-pounds
8-19 2 C-Sump Forward Scavenge Tube Clamp 45 inch-pounds 50 inch-pounds
Bolt
8-19 9 Tube Clamp Bolts 45 inch-pounds 50 inch-pounds
8-19 12 C-Sump Oil Supply Tube Clamp Bolts 45 inch-pounds 50 inch-pounds
8-19 13 C-Sump Oil Supply Tube Bolts 70 inch-pounds 75 inch-pounds
8-19 15 C-Sump Oil Supply Tube Coupling Nut 60° wrench arc –
8-20 6 Oil Tank Cap and Adapter Screws 18 inch-pounds 22 inch-pounds
8-23 2, 4, 11 Fuel Injector Coupling Nuts 60° wrench arc –
G-8
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table G-1. Torque Values (Cont)
Figure Index
No. No. Nomenclature Min Torque Max Torque
8-23 3, 12, 13B Oil Manifold Clamp Bolts 45 inch-pounds 50 inch-pounds
8-23 5 C-Sump Forward Scavenge Tube Coupling 60° wrench arc –
Nut
8-23 6 C-Sump Aft Scavenge Tube Coupling Nut 60° wrench arc –
8-23 7 Oil Supply Tube (Left-Hand) Coupling Nut 60° wrench arc –
8-23 8 C-Sump Oil Supply Tube Coupling Nut 60° wrench arc –
8-23 9 B-Sump Scavenge Fitting 60° wrench arc –
8-23 15 Oil Manifold Captive Bolts 45 inch-pounds 50 inch-pounds
8-24 2 Oil Supply Tube (Left-Hand) Coupling 60° wrench arc –
Nuts
8-24 7 Oil Supply Tube (Right-Hand) Coupling 60° wrench arc –
Nut
8-24 8 B-Sump Oil Inlet Check Valve Clamp Bolt 45 inch-pounds 50 inch-pounds
8-26 1 Main Frame Oil Strainer Locknuts 45 inch-pounds 50 inch-pounds
8-26 8 Oil Level Indicator Locknuts 45 inch-pounds 50 inch-pounds
8-27 1 Transfer Sleeve Lockplate Screws 18 inch-pounds 22 inch-pounds
8-29 1 Oil Drain Plug 15° wrench arc –
8-31 6 Oil Drain Insert Locknut 45 inch-pounds 50 inch-pounds
8-33 1 Mid C-Sump Scavenge Tube Clamp Bolts 45 inch-pounds 50 inch-pounds
8-33 3 Mid C-Sump Scavenge Tube Coupling Nut 60° wrench arc –
8-33 6 Seal Pressure and Scavenge Tube 60° wrench arc –
Assembly Coupling Nut
8-33 7 Main Fuel Manifold Coupling Nuts 60° wrench arc –
8-33 10 C-Sump Forward Oil Scavenge Tube 24 inch-pounds 27 inch-pounds
Locknut
8-34 2 (T700, T701C) Oil Temperature Sensor 15° wrench arc –
G-9
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table G-1. Torque Values (Cont)
Figure Index
No. No. Nomenclature Min Torque Max Torque
8-34 6 (T700) Oil Pressure Sensor See paragraph 8-151 for –
torquing procedure.
8-36 3 (T701, T701C) Oil Pressure Sensor See paragraph 8-152 for –
torquing procedure.
8-39 7 (T701, T701C) B-Sump Delta Pressure 60° wrench arc –
Tube Coupling Nut
8-40 3 (T701C) Bolt 45 inch-pounds 50 inch-pounds
10-1 2 (T700) P3 Hose and Tube Assembly 60° wrench arc –
Coupling Nuts
10-2 3 Anti-Icing IGV Feed Tube Bracket Bolts 45 inch-pounds 50 inch-pounds
10-2 4 Anti-Icing Valve Forward Bracket Bolt 45 inch-pounds 50 inch-pounds
10-2 7 Anti-Icing IGV Duct Clamp Nut 45 inch-pounds 50 inch-pounds
10-2 9, 12 Anti-Icing IGV Duct Bracket Nuts 45 inch-pounds 50 inch-pounds
10-2 15 Anti-Icing Bleed Duct Flange Bolts 45 inch-pounds 50 inch-pounds
10-6 1 Anti-Icing Bleed and Start Valve Captive 45 inch-pounds 50 inch-pounds
Bolts
10-13 3 Captive Bolts 45 inch-pounds 50 inch-pounds
10-15 1 Coupling Nut on Compressor Case to 60° wrench arc –
Forward Seal Pressure Tube
10-15 4 Forward Seal Pressure Tube Coupling Nut 60° wrench arc –
10-15 5 Seal Pressure and Scavenge Tube 60° wrench arc –
Assembly Coupling Nut
10-15 7 Seal Pressure and Scavenge Tube 45 inch-pounds 50 inch-pounds
Assembly Clamp Bolt
10-15 9 Seal Pressure and Scavenge Tube 70 inch-pounds 75 inch-pounds
Assembly Flange Bolts
10-15 12 Compressor Leakage Air Tube Flange 45 inch-pounds 50 inch-pounds
Bolts
10-15 17 Compressor Leakage Air Tube Clamp Bolt 45 inch-pounds 50 inch-pounds
G-10
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table G-1. Torque Values (Cont)
Figure Index
No. No. Nomenclature Min Torque Max Torque
10-16 1, 5 Sensing Tube Bolts 45 inch-pounds 50 inch-pounds
10-18 1 (T701, T701C) P3 Tube Coupling Nuts 60° wrench arc –
H-10 1, 6, 7, 11, Bracket and Clip Support Nuts/Bolts 45 inch-pounds 50 inch-pounds
16, 18, 23
G-11/(G-12 Blank)
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
APPENDIX H
GENERAL MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
H-1. APPENDIX OVERVIEW. • If there is any prolonged contact with skin,
wash area with soap and water. If solution
This appendix contains general maintenance practices. contacts eyes, flush eyes with water
Maintenance personnel will become familiar with them immediately. Remove saturated clothing.
before starting to work on the engine or on any of the engine • If oil is swallowed, do not try to vomit. Get
subassemblies or components. immediate medical attention.
• When handling liquid, wear rubber gloves.
H-2. LUBRICANTS. If prolonged contact with mist is likely,
wear approved respirator.
a. Be sure to comply with all assembly lubrication
procedures. Failure to do so could result in oil system e. Lubricating oil (item 85 or 87, Appendix D) or
contamination. ultrachem fluid no. 1 (item 117, Appendix D) is the type of
oil meant wherever the term “light coat of oil” or the word
“oil” is used in assembly procedures.
f. Unless otherwise noted, use a light coat of
• Antiseize compounds will not be used to lubricating oil to lubricate threads of bolts, screws, studs,
lubricate a surface that will come in contact
coupling nuts, and fasteners used in assembly. Failure to do
with engine oil.
this may cause bolts to be improperly torqued, may cause
• Do not use a lubricant on carbon seals. shank nuts to become loosened during assembly, and may
cause bolt seizure and/or failure during removal.
b. The lubricants used during assembly are listed
under Expendable Supplies and Materials in Appendix D.
H-3. USE OF JACKING SCREWS.
c. Be sure all surfaces that need lubrication are clean
and free of moisture and solvents before applying the a. Jacking screws are used to remove tight-fitting
lubricant. covers and flanged parts.
d. Do not contaminate highly-finished surfaces with b. Bolts referenced in disassembly procedures are
body moisture or other agents before lubricating. This could used as jacking screws.
cause corrosion after lubricant is applied.
c. In procedures that specify using jacking screws, do
the following:
(1) Manually thread bolts into holes until they
Lubricating Oil
bottom.
• If oil is decomposed by heat, toxic gases (2) Alternately turn bolts clockwise 1/4-turn at a
are released. time, until part being jacked can be freely removed from
• Prolonged contact with liquid or mist may engine.
cause dermatitis and irritation.
H-1
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
H-4. CAPTIVE BOLTS. H-7. ELECTRICAL CONNECTORS.
H-5. Preliminary Information.
a. Captive bolts are part of a component and remain • Do not allow fuel, oil, or water to enter
installed (captive) on the component after being unthreaded connectors, plugs, or receptacles.
from the mounting surface in which they are threaded.
• Cap all unmated electrical connectors
(plugs and receptacles) with clean, dry,
b. When the word “loosen” is used in reference to a
approved caps, except when cable or
captive bolt, it means that the captive bolt must be removed
component is being cleaned as specified in
from the mounting surface, but not from the component to
paragraph H-11.
which it is captive.
H-8. Mating Electrical Connectors, Preliminary
H-6. Replacement of Captive Bolts.
Information.
a. AVUM: If bolt threads appear undamaged, try to
a. There are two types of electrical connectors: those
remove bolt using hand pressure only. If bolt hangs up,
with hex coupling nuts and those with knurled coupling
return component to AVIM.
rings.
b. Prior to mating, perform the following inspections:
Do not remove damaged captive bolts through
flange. Be sure all open ports and splines are
capped or plugged.
Handling Hot Parts
b. AVIM: Try to remove bolt by hand. If bolt can not
be removed by hand pressure, proceed as follows: • When handling hot parts, wear approved
gloves.
(1) Hold head of bolt against flange of unit with a • Handling of hot parts with bare hands may
wrench. cause reddening and blistering of skin, or
third-degree burns.
(2) Using a hacksaw, carefully cut off threaded • If skin is burned, immerse contacted area in
portion of bolt. cold water for 10 minutes. If pain or
blistering persists, immediately get medical
(3) Remove bolthead from flange. attention.
(4) Clean all chips from component. (1) Inspect electrical connectors (plugs and
receptacles) to be sure they are free of moisture. If moisture
(5) Using appropriate size tap, re-tap damaged is found, remove harness or component and bake dry at
threaded hole. 250°F (121°C) for two hours.
(6) Clean all chips from retapped hole. (2) Inspect electrical connectors to be sure plugs
and receptacles are clean and free of fuel and oil. If fuel or
(7) Using thread gage (or equivalent), inspect oil is found, clean and dry as described in paragraph H-11.
hole for proper fit.
(3) Inspect all electrical connectors for bent pins.
(8) Install new captive bolt. If bent pins are found, refer to applicable inspection
paragraph for repair limits.
(4) Inspect rubber seals in receptacle connectors.
Seals must not be swollen, cut, or torn. If seal is damaged,
replace component.
H-2
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
c. All electrical connectors will be assembled dry. Do d. Parts having hex coupling nuts on electrical
not lubricate seals or threads. connectors are:
d. Before insertion of plug, aline keyways with those • Yellow cable (connectors at thermocouple
in receptacle. Avoid angular insertion, as this may damage assembly and Np sensor)
pins in receptacle. • Blue cable (connector at Np sensor)
• Ignition leads
H-9. Mating and Sealing Electrical Connectors
with Hex Coupling Nuts.
NOTE
After completion of final testing, it is
necessary to seal (waterproof) the hex
Improperly engaged/backed-off harness connectors of the torque and overspeed sensor
electrical connectors can create a potential and Np sensor.
flame-out condition.
e. After completion of final testing, seal (waterproof)
a. Thread coupling nut onto receptacle, being careful the torque and overspeed sensor and Np sensor (fig. H-1)
to avoid cross-threading. located at two and ten o'clock as follows:
b. Push plug axially into receptacle and then tighten (1) Clean hex connector (para H-11) of each
hex coupling nut until snug with wrench. sensor.
c. Using wrench-arc method, tighten hex coupling
nuts according to assembly instructions in this manual.
Figure H-1. Torque and Overspeed Sensor and Np Sensor Electrical Connectors; Sealing
H-3
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
• Ingestion may cause irritation or burning of
digestive system.
Compressed Air • Personal protective equipment required
when handling or using this material.
• When using compressed air for any
cooling, cleaning, or drying operation, do
not exceed 30 psig at the nozzle.
• Eyes can be permanently damaged by RTV-3145 Adhesive/Sealant
contact with liquid or large particles Potting Compound
propelled by compressed air. Inhalation of
air-blown particles or solvent vapor can • In case of skin contact, flush contacted area
damage lungs.
with water. After contact, hands and skin
• When using air for cleaning at an air- should be washed before eating, drinking,
exhausted workbench, wear approved or smoking.
goggles or face shield. • Eye protection should be worn when
• When using air for cleaning at an working with this material. If liquid
unexhausted workbench, wear approved contacts eyes, flush eyes thoroughly with
respirator and goggles. water for 15 minutes.
(2) Using dry, filtered, compressed air, dry the • If prolonged contact with vapor is likely,
hex connector. wear approved respirator.
(3) Apply silicone tape (item 109, Appendix D)
to each hex connector. Overlap tape approximately one-half
the tape width on each rotation. Start wrapping tape at the • Do not allow any RTV sealant to come in
middle of the connector and wrap to a point approximately contact with any other hardware,
0.250 inch beyond one end of the fitting. Continue particularly at the sensor located at the ten
wrapping back across the middle, to approximately 0.250 o'clock position.
inch beyond the other end of the fitting. Then wrap tape • Do not exceed 0.250 inch maximum
back to the middle of the connector and cut it off. Use
thickness of sealant, as it may not cure
sufficient tension on each rotation to conform to the shape
properly.
being covered. Pat down all folds and wrinkles.
(4) Apply adhesive primer (item 94, NOTE
Appendix D) to external metal surfaces of each sensor to a
minimum of 0.750 inch beyond both edges of the tape. Use of RTV-3145 (gray) is optional.
(5) Let primer coating dry for 1 hour minimum. (6) Apply a thin coat of RTV-162 or RTV-3145
(gray) sealant (item 96 or 97, Appendix D) 0.125-0.250 inch
thick, over taped connector of each sensor, extending
0.250inch minimum out beyond the edges of the tape.
RTV Silicone Apply RTV sealant, 360° around, until the tape is
Rubber Sealant completely covered.
MIL-A-46146
H-10. Mating Electrical Connectors with Knurled
• Combustible near sparks, open flames, Coupling Rings.
welding areas, hot surfaces, other sources
of ignition, or while smoking. NOTE
• Inhalation may cause irritation or burning
of respiratory system.
• When mating or disconnecting a connector
having a knurled coupling ring, ratcheting
• Contact with eyes/face/skin may cause
will be felt as ring turns. This is normal and
irritation or burning.
is part of the self-locking feature of the
H-4
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
connector. If there is no ratcheting, cable b. Alternately push plug axially into receptacle and
must be replaced. rotate coupling ring clockwise with hand torque until plug is
• Aircraft electrical connectors may also firmly seated (coupling ring covers colored circumferential
have a colored circumferential line and line) and until knurled coupling ring is tightened to
may require a different installation maximum extent. In some cases, use of soft jaw electrical
procedure. See applicable aircraft manual connector pliers (Item 92, Appendix D) may be required to
for instructions. rotate the coupling nut to fully cover the colored
circumferential line on the receptacle.
a. Thread coupling ring onto receptacle; avoid cross-
threading.
NOTE Use only soft jaw conduit type pliers on
knurled coupling rings. Do not use hard jaw
• As an alternate to hand tightening, soft jaw pliers.
conduit type pliers may be used for
connecting and disconnecting electrical c. Grasp plug backshell and apply a light side load.
connectors. No relative motion between plug and receptacle shell is
• The colored circumferential line (dark permissible. If motion is noted, repeat step b until connector
band) on the receptacle must be covered by is firmly seated.
the coupling ring.
H-5
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
H-11. Cleaning Electrical Connectors.
Cleaning With Freon
Isopropyl Alcohol • Freon may affect skin, eyes and respiratory
TT-I-735 tract. Use in a well ventilated area. Avoid
prolonged breathing of vapors. Avoid eye
• Flammable - do not use near open flames, and repeated skin contact. Keep away from
near welding areas, or on hot surfaces. sparks and flames.
• Do not smoke when using it, and do not use • Do not immerse hands in cleaner during
it where others are smoking. cleaning process as ultrasonic vibration can
• Inhalation of vapors can cause drowsiness, be injurious to skin.
dizziness, and headache. Contact of liquid
with skin may cause dermatitis and
irritation.
• If any liquid contacts skin or eyes, Trichlorotrifluoroethane
immediately flush affected area thoroughly MIL-C-81302
with water. Remove solvent-saturated
clothing. If vapors cause drowsiness, go to • Repeated or prolonged contact with liquid
fresh air. or inhalation of vapor can cause skin and
• When handling large quantities (greater eye irritation, dermatitis, drowsiness, and
than one gallon (3.8 liters)), work at air- heart damage.
exhausted workbench or covered tank. • After prolonged skin contact, wash
• Store solvent and dispose of liquid-soaked contacted area with soap and water.
clothes in approved metal safety container. Remove contaminated clothing. If vapors
cause irritation, go to fresh air; get medical
• Metal containers of liquid must be
attention.
grounded to maintain electrical continuity.
• When handling liquid in vapor-degreasing
tank with hinged cover and air-exhaust, or
at air-exhausted workbench, wear approved
Dry Cleaning Solvent gloves and goggles.
(Stoddard Solvent) • When handling liquid at open, unexhausted
P-D-680 workbench, wear approved respirator,
gloves, and goggles.
• Combustible - do not use near open flames, • Dispose of liquid-soaked rags in approved
near welding areas, or on hot surfaces. metal container.
• Prolonged contact of skin with liquid can
cause dermatitis. Repeated inhalation of NOTE
vapor can irritate nose and throat and can
cause dizziness. • Electrical connectors will be cleaned if
• If any liquid contacts skin or eyes, inspection shows connector is
immediately flush affected area thoroughly contaminated, or if connector was left
with water. Remove solvent-saturated exposed.
clothing. If vapors cause dizziness, go to • There are two methods for cleaning
fresh air. electrical connectors. The preferred method
(step a) is to use cleaning solvent and dry,
• When handling liquid or when applying it
filtered, compressed air. The alternate
in an air-exhausted, partially covered tank, method (step b) is to use dry, filtered,
wear approved gloves and goggles. compressed air only.
• When handling liquid or when applying it • Use authorized solvents only to clean
at unexhausted, uncovered tank or connectors.
workbench, wear approved respirator, • Allow connectors to air dry for 1 hour prior
gloves, and goggles. to mating.
H-6
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
a. Using solvent (item 3, 99, or 115, Appendix D), (2) Cap all unmated electrical connectors (plugs
clean electrical connector as follows: and receptacles) with clean, dry, approved protective caps.
(1) Hold spray nozzle 4-6 inches away from H-12. Uncoupling of Electrical Connectors with
connector, and spray connector with solvent (item 3, 99, or Failed Nondecoupling Mechanism. Forceful
115, Appendix D) to loosen contaminants. uncoupling of an electrical connector with a failed
nondecoupling mechanism can damage mating connector
on component. By following instructions below, you can
remove cable connector without damage to component. If
Compressed Air there is not enough space around connector to work on it,
remove entire cable and component from engine. If
• When using compressed air for any necessary, you can cut cable at connector in order to remove
cooling, cleaning, or drying operation, do component. Proceed as follows:
not exceed 30 psig at the nozzle.
a. There are two types of electrical connectors. See
• Eyes can be permanently damaged by
figure H-2 to see which type you have.
contact with liquid or large particles
propelled by compressed air. Inhalation of
(1) (T700) Proceed to step b for older type
air-blown particles or solvent vapor can
connector. This connector is used only on the T700-GE-700
damage lungs.
engine.
• When using air for cleaning at an air-
exhausted workbench, wear approved (2) Proceed to step c for newer type connector.
goggles or face shield. This connector is used on both the T700-GE-700,
• When using air for cleaning at an T700-GE-701 and the T700-GE-701C engines.
unexhausted workbench, wear approved
respirator and goggles. b. (T700) For the older type, shown in view A,
disengage snapring from its groove using a sharp-pointed
tool. This will release the cap and the nondecoupling
mechanism. Unscrew coupling ring to remove connector.
• Use low velocity (15 psig) air; high
velocity may damage rubber seals. c. For the new type, shown in view B, do the
• Do not soak or dip connectors in solvent. following:
(2) Drain excess liquid from connector (1) Grind or file through rolled-over section of
immediately. Blow-dry with low velocity (15 psig), dry, cap to release it from coupling ring.
filtered, compressed air; and allow connector to dry for a
minimum of 1 hour prior to mating. (2) Grind or file away section of cap that is
pressed on coupling ring.
b. Using dry, filtered, compressed air, clean electrical
connector as follows: (3) Use a screwdriver to pry cap loose from
coupling ring. This will release the spring.
(1) Blow dry, filtered, compressed air at low
velocity (15 psig) onto connector to remove contaminants. (4) Unscrew coupling ring to remove connector.
H-7
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure H-2. Electrical Connectors with Failed Nondecoupling Mechanism; Removal
b. Before installing packings and parts containing
H-13. PREFORMED PACKINGS
packings, lubricate all grooves, lead-in chamfers, bores, and
surfaces with lubricating oil.
.
c. Wipe off excess oil before assembling parts.
d. Do not reuse packings that were removed during
Lubricating Oil
disassembly. Use new packings at final assembly.
• If oil is decomposed by heat, toxic gases e. Remove packings by hand if possible. If not,
are released. remove packings as follows:
• Prolonged contact with liquid or mist may
cause dermatitis and irritation.
• If there is any prolonged contact with skin,
wash area with soap and water. If solution Be careful when using scriber because it can
contacts eyes, flush eyes with water damage packing grooves, causing fuel or oil
immediately. Remove saturated clothing. leaks.
• If oil is swallowed, do not try to vomit. Get
immediate medical attention. (1) Stick a scriber into the packing. Do not touch
• When handling liquid, wear rubber gloves. packing groove with the scriber.
If prolonged contact with mist is likely,
wear approved respirator. (2) Lift packing out of groove.
a. Unless otherwise specified, apply a light coat of (3) Discard packing.
lubricating oil (item 85 or 87, Appendix D) to packings.
H-8
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
H-14. WRENCH-ARC METHOD FOR b. With wrench still positioned on nut, use engaged
TIGHTENING. nut flats to establish a line of sight (fig. H-3, view B).
H-15. Preliminary Information. c. Turn wrench until handle is alined with line of
sight.
a. Before tightening, be sure that all threads, sealing,
and mating surfaces are clean and free of nicks, burrs, and H-18. Tightening to 60° or 120° Wrench Arc. In
scratches. this method of tightening, primarily used for tube fittings,
the flats on the union are used as a reference. Wrenches
b. Lubricant used on threads will be the same as that other than open-end wrenches (crowfeet or tubing
used in the engine oil system. Do not lubricate electrical wrenches) may be used.
connectors.
a. Using an open-end wrench, snug the nut.
NOTE b. Use the corners of coupling nut and of mating
union to gage amount that coupling nut will have to move
• All wrench-arc tasks require the nut to be (fig. H-3, view C).
seated snug with an open-end wrench.
• The snug (no torque) condition is reached c. Turn coupling nut 1 flat for 60° wrench arc.
when, using an open-end wrench, a positive
d. Turn coupling nut 2 flats for 120° wrench arc.
increase in resistance (on the nut) to turning
is felt (greater than run-on torque), when H-19. Tightening to 30° Wrench Arc.
parts appear to be properly seated, and
when no looseness between mating parts is a. Using an open-end wrench, snug the nut.
noted.
b. With wrench still positioned on nut, note position
c. Open-end wrenches with 15° offset angled heads of wrench handle, and pick out point of reference (on
will normally be used to snug nut and for wrench-arc engine) in line with handle (fig. H-3, view D).
tightening.
c. Invert wrench using same nut flats. Angular
difference between centerlines of wrench in the two
H-16. Tightening to 15° Wrench Arc.
positions is 30°.
a. Using an open-end wrench, snug the nut. d. Turn wrench to position established in step b.
b. With wrench still positioned on nut, establish a line H-20. Tightening to 90° or 180° Wrench Arc. In
of sight using wrench handle (fig. H-3, view A). this procedure, wrenches other than open-end (box, tubing,
crow-feet) may be used. Any local reference, such as the
c. Use angular difference between handle and wrench engine or component centerline may be used to judge
flats (15°) to visually measure amount that nut will have to wrench travel.
be turned.
a. Using an open-end wrench, snug the nut.
d. Turn wrench until flats on nut (engaged by wrench) b. For 90° arc, turn wrench until handle is
are alined with line of sight established by handle in step c. perpendicular (at a right angle) to its starting position
(fig. H-3, view E).
H-17. Alternate Method for Tightening to 15°
Wrench Arc. c. For 180° arc, turn wrench until handle points in
opposite direction (fig. H-3, view F).
a. Using an open-end wrench, snug the nut.
H-9
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure H-3. Wrench-Arc Tightening Techniques (Sheet 1 of 3)
H-10
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure H-3. Wrench-Arc Tightening Techniques (Sheet 2 of 3)
H-11
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure H-3. Wrench-Arc Tightening Techniques (Sheet 3 of 3)
H-12
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
H-21. GENERAL BLENDING PROCEDURE . • Prolonged contact of skin with liquid can
cause dermatitis. Repeated inhalation of
a. Blending is done to remove high stress areas vapor can irritate nose and throat and can
caused by nicks, scratches, etc. on critical parts. Removal of cause dizziness.
the material that surrounds the high stress area (in a smooth • If any liquid contacts skin or eyes,
contour) relieves this high stress area and permits further immediately flush affected area thoroughly
use of the part by lessening the danger of cracking. with water. Remove solvent-saturated
clothing. If vapors cause dizziness, go to
b. Blending may be done with a fine file, a fine fresh air.
abrasive stone, or abrasive cloth (items 104 or 52, • When handling liquid or when applying it
Appendix D). If you have to make a large or deep blend, use in an air-exhausted, partially covered tank,
a medium file or heavy grade abrasive cloth (item 53, wear approved gloves and goggles.
Appendix D) to shorten time required to remove metal; • When handling liquid or when applying it
however, you must make the finish smooth with abrasive at unexhausted, uncovered tank or
cloth. workbench, wear approved respirator,
gloves, and goggles.
c. When blending a cylindrically shaped part, blend
around the curved surface, not along the length of the part. (1) Wipe exterior with cloth soaked in solvent
d. The finish on blended area must be as close as (item 99, Appendix D).
practical to original finish of part.
H-22. TUBES, HOSES, AND FITTINGS
Compressed Air
.
• When using compressed air for any
cooling, cleaning, or drying operation, do
not exceed 30 psig at the nozzle.
Flight Safety Critical Aircraft Part • Eyes can be permanently damaged by
(Critical Characteristic(s)) contact with liquid or large particles
propelled by compressed air. Inhalation of
Leaks in fuel system components are critical air-blown particles or solvent vapor can
characteristics. No fuel leaks allowed. damage lungs.
• When using air for cleaning at an air-
The following paragraphs contain general instructions for
exhausted workbench, wear approved
cleaning, inspecting, and testing tubes, hoses, and fittings.
goggles or face shield.
H-23. Cleaning Tubes and Hoses. • When using air for cleaning at an
unexhausted workbench, wear approved
a. Exterior Cleaning. respirator and goggles.
(2) Blow external surfaces dry using dry, filtered
compressed air.
Dry Cleaning Solvent
(Stoddard Solvent)
P-D-680
• Combustible - do not use near open flames,
near welding areas, or on hot surfaces.
H-13
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
b. Interior and Exterior Cleaning (AVIM). (3) If internal passages require cleaning,
thoroughly clean exterior first; then pour solvent (item 99,
(1) Cover openings to prevent entry of dirt or Appendix D) through the tube or hose in both directions.
foreign material.
Compressed Air
Dry Cleaning Solvent
(Stoddard Solvent) • When using compressed air for any
P-D-680 cooling, cleaning, or drying operation, do
not exceed 30 psig at the nozzle.
• Combustible - do not use near open flames, • Eyes can be permanently damaged by
near welding areas, or on hot surfaces. contact with liquid or large particles
• Prolonged contact of skin with liquid can propelled by compressed air. Inhalation of
cause dermatitis. Repeated inhalation of air-blown particles or solvent vapor can
vapor can irritate nose and throat and can damage lungs.
cause dizziness. • When using air for cleaning at an air-
• If any liquid contacts skin or eyes, exhausted workbench, wear approved
immediately flush affected area thoroughly goggles or face shield.
with water. Remove solvent-saturated • When using air for cleaning at an
clothing. If vapors cause dizziness, go to unexhausted workbench, wear approved
fresh air. respirator and goggles.
• When handling liquid or when applying it
in an air-exhausted, partially covered tank, (4) Blow internal and external surfaces dry using
wear approved gloves and goggles. dry, filtered compressed air.
• When handling liquid or when applying it
at unexhausted, uncovered tank or (5) Always cover openings immediately after
workbench, wear approved respirator, cleaning.
gloves, and goggles.
(2) Wipe exterior with cloth soaked in solvent
(item 99, Appendix D).
H-14
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
H-24. Inspection of Tubes, Hoses, and
Fittings. See table H-1.
If an engine has operated with a cracked, split,
or leaking seal pressure air tube (8, fig. 10-15)
for any length of time, damage to the stage 3
and 4 turbine disk could result, therefore;
replace the PT module.
Table H-1. Inspection of Tubes, Hoses, and Fittings
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
Flight Safety Critical Aircraft Part
(Critical Characteristic(s))
Leaks in fuel system components are critical characteristics. No fuel leaks allowed.
a. Tubes for:
(1) Splits and cracks. None allowed. Not repairable. Replace tube.
(2) Nicks, scratches, gouges,
wear, and chafing on:
(a) Non-fuel-carrying Any number, 0.005 inch Same as usable limits, with Remove high metal and
tubes. deep, without high metal. high metal. blend to adjacent contour,
using a fine abrasive stone
(item 104, Appendix D).
Replace tube if blending has
been previously done in
same area.
(b) Fuel-carrying tubes. Not usable if depth of Not repairable. Replace tube.
defectcan be measured.
(3) Dents (see list in Dented area not over 20% Not repairable. Replace tube.
fig. H-4). oftube OD on straight or
curved section having a
radius over twice the tube
OD (fig. H-4, view A). On a
sharply bent radius, not over
10% of tube OD may be
dented (fig. H-4, view B).
(4) Flattened area (see list in OD not less than 75% of Not repairable. Replace tube.
fig. H-4). original OD (fig. H-4,
viewC).
H-15
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table H-1. Inspection of Tubes, Hoses, and Fittings (Cont)
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
(5) AVIM: Nicks and Up to 0.005 inch deep on Not repairable. Replace tube.
scratches on packing bottom, 1/64 inch deep on
grooves. wall of groove without sharp
edges.
b. Flanges for:
(1) Flatness of mating Flat within 0.005 inch. Up to 25% of original Rework to usable limit by
surface. Place on flat surface or flangethickness can be lapping, stoning, or
against flange and insert removed to meet usable machining (if possible).
0.005 inch thickness limit.
(feeler)gage.
(2) Cracks. None allowed. Not repairable. Replace tube.
c. Hoses for:
(1) Kinks and buckling. Not allowed. Not repairable. Replace hose.
(2) Frayed and broken wire None allowed. Not repairable. Replace hose.
braid.
d. Hex coupling nuts for:
(1) Damaged corners. Any number as long as Not repairable. Replace part.
wrench can be used.
(2) Cracks. None allowed. Not repairable. Replace part.
(3) Nicks and burrs. Any number, with no high Any number, with high Blend high metal.
metal. metal.
(4) AVIM: Damaged threads. One-half of one thread Same as usable limits, with Chase threads using a
(total) with no high metal. high metal. bottoming tap.
e. Male fittings for:
(1) AVIM: Nicks, dents, Any number if the defect Same as usable limits, with Carefully blend sealing
scratches, ridges, and pits does not extend in the axial high metal. surfaces, maintaining the
on sealing surfaces. direction across more than original contour, using a
1/2 the sealing surface. No fine, abrasive stone
high metal allowed. (item 104, Appendix D).
(2) AVIM: Nicks, dents, Total length of defects no Same as usable limits, with Blend high metal, using a
scratches, gouges, burrs, more than 1/2 of one thread high metal. die, fine file, or equivalent.
and stripped threads. length with no high metal.
H-16
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table H-1. Inspection of Tubes, Hoses, and Fittings (Cont)
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
(3) Nicks, dents, scratches, Any number, 0.005 inch Same as usable limits, with Blend high metal to adjacent
and gouges on remaining deep, with no high metal. high metal. contour, using a fine
surfaces of fittings. abrasive stone (item 104,
Appendix D).
(4) Cracks. None allowed. Not repairable. Replace assembly.
f. AVIM: Female fittings for Any number if the defect Same as usable limits, with Blend high metal to usable
nicks, dents, scratches, ridges, does not extend in the axial high metal. limits.
and pits on sealing surfaces. direction across more than
1/2 the sealing surface.
H-25. Pressure-Testing of Tubes or Hoses b. Assemble suitable caps or plugs to all remaining
(AVIM). openings.
c. Immerse tube or hose in tank of clean tap water.
Remove any clinging air bubbles.
Flight Safety Critical Aircraft Part
(Critical Characteristic(s)) d. Pressurize tube or hose to 90-110 psig.
Leaks in fuel system components are critical e. After 3 minutes, look at all sections of tube or hose
characteristics. No fuel leaks allowed. for escaping air bubbles. No leaks allowed.
a. Connect tube or hose to a 90-100 psig source of
clean, dry air.
H-17
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure H-4. Dented and Flattened Tubes; Usable Limits
H-18
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
H-26. STUDS AND THREADED INSERTS.
H-27. Inspection of Studs and Threaded Inserts
(AVIM). See table H-2.
Table H-2. Inspection of Studs and Threaded Inserts
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
a. Threads of studs and inserts Up to one damaged or Same as usable limits, with Remove loose material and
(except locking inserts) for missing thread without crossed threads or loose chase threads.
damage. crossed threads or loose material.
material.
b. Threads of locking inserts for Up to one damaged or Not repairable. Replace insert (para H-28 or
damage. missing thread without H-29 as applicable).
crossed threads or loose
material.
c. (T701, T701C) Locking Breakaway torque shall not Not repairable. AVUM: Replace engine.
inserts in main frame be less than 6.5 lb in. AVIM: Replace insert
mounting pad for engine (para H-28 or H-29 as
mount breakaway torque. applicable).
d. Studs for looseness:
(1) On accessory gearbox. None allowed. Not repairable. Replace stud (para H-28 or
H-29 as applicable).
(2) At other locations. Radial looseness is allowed Not repairable. Replace stud (para H-28 or
if there is no axial looseness. H-29 as applicable).
Make sure that retainer (key
ring, lockring, Kee) is not
loose or missing.
H-28. Replacement of Kelox and Rosan Studs c. Be sure threaded hole is clean and not damaged; up
and Threaded Inserts (AVIM). to one full thread may be missing.
a. Refer to (T700) TM 55-2840-248-23P, (T701) d. Refinish threaded hole with Alodine 1200S
TM 55-2840-238-23P or (T701C) TM 55-2840-258-23P (para H-30).
Repair Parts and Special Tools List (RPSTL) to identify
stud and insert.
b. Remove defective part using information in
table H-3 and in figures H-5, H-6, and H-7.
Change 4 H-19
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table H-3. Threaded Inserts/Stud Replacement Data
MS Locked-In Inserts (Keenserts)
Greenfield No.
Internal External Removal Removal 8 Series
(UNJF-3B) (UNC-2A) Part Number Drill Depth Extractor Drive Tool
0.3125-24 0.500-13 MS51831CA203L 13/32 3/16 5-1/4 TD624L
0.190-32 0.3125-18 MS51830CA201L 7/32 5/32 4 TD1024L
0.250-28 0.375-16 MS51830CA202L 5/16 3/16 5 TD428L
0.375-24 0.500-13 MS51830CA204L 13/32 3/16 6 TD624L
MS Locked-in Studs (Keenserts)
Length Nut
Nut End Stud End End (Inches) Removal Max Removal Installation
(UNJF-3A) (UNC-2A) ±0.030 Part Number Drill Depth Tool
0.190-32 0.3125-18 0.500 MS51833A201-8 7/32 5/32 TNS010
0.190-32 0.3125-18 0.688 MS51833A201-11 7/32 5/32 TNS010
0.190-32 0.3125-18 0.750 MS51833A201-12 7/32 5/32 TNS010
0.3125-24 0.4375-14 0.875 MS51833A203-14 11/32 3/16 TNS5
0.3125-24 0.4375-14 1.312 MS51833A203-21 11/32 3/16 TNS5
Miscellaneous Inserts
Thread Size External
Thread Length
Internal External (Inches) Removal Max Removal
(UNJF-3B) (UNC-2A) ±0.015 Part Number Drill Depth Drive Tool
0.190-32 0.3125-18 0.312 MS51830-201 7/32 5/32 TD1024L
Rosan Locked-in Studs
Thread Size Replacement Data
Part Number
Stud End Nut End Length Nut Removal
(NS) (UNJF-3A) End (Inches) Stud Lockring Tool Wrench Drive Tool
0.250-20 0.164-36 0.385/0.365 4041T29P01 4041T35P01 SM81-16 R1103-W S81D-10
0.250-20 0.164-36 0.510/0.490 4041T29P02 4041T35P01 SM81-16 R1103-W S81D-10
0.3125-18 0.190-32 0.453/0.423 4041T29P03 4041T35P02 SM91-16 R1104-W S91D-10
0.375-16 0.250-28 0.724/0.694 4041T29P05 4041T35P03 SM101-18 R1105-W S101D-12
0.375-16 0.250-28 0.890/0.860 4041T29P07 4041T35P03 SM101-18 R1105-W S101D-12
0.4375-14 0.3125-24 0.881/0.851 4041T29P08 4041T35P04 BT1575 R1106-W SF5902-4D
Rosan Solid Inserts
Removal
Thread Size Insert Lockring Removal Drill Depth Wrench Drive Tool
0.500-20 4041T64P02 4041T35P06 29/64 0.172 R1108-W R1108-D
Studs (Keenserts)
Thread Size Replacement Data
Nut End Stud End Length Nut Max Removal Installation
(UNJF-3A) (UNJF-3A) End (Inches) Part Number Removal Drill Depth Tool
0.190-32 0.250-28 0.562 4041T43P01 0.189 1/8 TS8
0.190-32 0.250-28 0.500 4041T43P02 0.189 1/8 TS8
0.250-28 0.3125-24 0.550 4041T38P01 1/4 5/32 TS4
H-20
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table H-3. Threaded Inserts/Stud Replacement Data (Cont)
Solid Inserts (Kelox)
Greenfield No.
Thread Size Ring Removal Max Removal Insert Removal 8 Series Kelox Drive
(UNF-3A) Part Number Drill Depth Drill Extractor Tool
0.500-20 4042T87P01 0.4040Y 0.234 3/8 4 249-5
Solid Inserts (Tridair)
External Greenfield No.
Thread Size Length Max Removal 8 Series
(UNC-2A) (Inches) Part Number Removal Drill Depth Extractor Drive Tool
0.3125-18 0.30-0.32 4042T88P01 7/32 5/32 4 TD1024L
Inserts (Kelox)
Part Number Max Greenfield
Nut End Stud End Removal Removal No. 8 Series
(UNJF-3B) (UNJC-3A) Insert Lockring Drill Depth Extractor Drive Tool
0.250-28 0.375-16 4046T53P02 702-6 5/16 0.175 5 249-4
0.190-32 0.3125-18 4046T53P01 702-5 1/4 0.145 4 249-3
Rosan Double Seal Fitting Insert
Thread Size Replacement Data
Stud End Nut End Length Nut Part Number Removal
(UNJF-3A) (UNJF-3A) End (Inches) Stud Lockring Tool Wrench Drive Tool
0.4375-20 0.562-24 0.787/0.767 4052T22P01 AS3077-04 RZA12344 RZA12349W RF9504DA
Locked-in Studs (Tridair)
Thread Size Replacement Data
Stud End Nut End Length Nut End Removal Max Removal Installation
(UNC-2A) (UNJF-3A) (Inches) ±0.020 Part Number Drill Depth Tool
0.3125-18 0.190-32 0.500 +2 Complete Threads 4041T37P01 7/32 5/32 TNS010
0.3125-18 0.190-32 0.477 +2 Complete Threads 4045T24P01 7/32 5/32 TNS010
0.3125-18 0.190-32 0.642 +2 Complete Threads 4045T24P02 7/32 5/32 TNS010
H-21
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure H-5. Kelox Insert/Stud; Replacement
H-22 Change 4
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure H-6. Rosan Insert; Replacement
Change 4 H-23
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure H-7. Rosan Stud; Replacement
H-24 Change 4
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
H-29. Replacement of Keensert/Tridair Studs and
Threaded Inserts (AVIM).
Zinc Chromate Primer
TT-P-1757 a. Refer to (T700) TM 55-2840-248-23P, (T701)
TM55-2840-238-23P or (T701C) TM 55-2840-258-23P
• Flammable - do not use near open flames, Repair and Special Tools List (RPSTL) to identify stud and
near welding areas, or on hot surfaces. insert.
• Do not smoke when using it, and do not use
b. Using information in table H-3 and in figures H-8
it where others are smoking.
and H-9, remove defective part.
• Contact with liquid or vapor can cause skin
or eye irritation, dizziness, and headache. c. Be sure threaded hole is clean and not damaged.
Prolonged inhalation can result in kidney Up to one full thread may be missing.
and liver damage.
• After prolonged skin contact, wash
contacted area with soap and water. If
vapors cause dizziness, go to fresh air. If Chemical Conversion Materials
irritation persists, get medical attention. for Coating Aluminum
• When handling small quantities (less than and Aluminum Alloys
one gallon), wear approved gloves. MIL-C-81706
• When handling large quantities of liquid
(greater than one gallon) at unexhausted • Highly reactive - do not mix with
workbench, wear approved respirator, oxidizable materials such as cloth, paper,
gloves, goggles, apron, and long sleeves. and wood.
• Do not eat, smoke, or carry smoking • When mixing solutions, add acid to water,
materials in areas where liquid is handled. not water to acid.
• Dispose of liquid-soaked rags in approved • Contact with powder or vapors can cause
metal container. severe skin and eye irritation, and skin
• Contains chromates. Follow approved toxic ulcers. Repeated or prolonged inhalation or
waste disposal procedures. ingestion can result in nasal and kidney
damage.
e. Coat the external threads with zinc-chromate • If any liquid or powder contacts skin or
primer (item 95, Appendix D). eyes, immediately flush affected area
thoroughly with water. Immediately
change any contaminated clothing. If skin
disorders appear, get medical attention.
If insert is not properly seated, threads of • When handling powder or liquid at air-
insert can be distorted when keyring is driven exhausted workbench or tank, wear
in. approved gloves and apron.
• When handling powder or liquid at
f. Install replacement part(s) as described in unexhausted workbench, wear approved
figures H-5, H-6, and H-7, as applicable. respirator, gloves, and apron.
• Do not eat, smoke, or carry smoking
g. Check for zero run-on torque on inserts by
materials in areas where powder is handled.
threading appropriate size bolt into insert. No resistance
must be felt. If resistance is felt, threads of insert may be • Contains chromates. Follow approved toxic
distorted. waste disposal procedures.
h. Remove bolt from insert. d. Using alodine 1200S (item 4, Appendix D),
refinish threaded hole (para H-30).
i. Repeat steps a thru h, if necessary.
Change 4 H-25
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure H-8. Keensert/Tridair Insert; Replacement
H-26
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure H-9. Keensert/Tridair Stud; Replacement
H-27
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
(2) For studs, kees must be 0.010 to 0.030 inch
below surface of part.
Zinc Chromate Primer
TT-P-1757 i. Check for run-on torque on inserts by threading
appropriate size bolt in insert. Mating bolts should not be
• Flammable - do not use near open flames, able to be threaded completely through insert using fingers.
near welding areas, or on hot surfaces.
j. Remove bolt from insert.
• Do not smoke when using it, and do not use
it where others are smoking.
k. Repeat steps a thru j, if necessary.
• Contact with liquid or vapor can cause skin
or eye irritation, dizziness, and headache.
Prolonged inhalation can result in kidney H-30. ALODINE NO. 1200S
and liver damage. COATING.
• After prolonged skin contact, wash
The Alodine No. 1200S process (similar to the one specified
contacted area with soap and water. If
in MIL-A-8625) is used to touch up and protect reworked
vapors cause dizziness, go to fresh air. If
and corroded aluminum surfaces. It can be used in place of
irritation persists, get medical attention.
anodizing and is either brushed or sprayed onto the part.
• When handling small quantities (less than This process produces a coating that is thin, golden, and
one gallon), wear approved gloves. iridescent. The color may vary with different aluminum
• When handling large quantities of liquid alloys.
(greater than one gallon) at unexhausted
workbench, wear approved respirator,
gloves, goggles, apron, and long sleeves.
• Do not eat, smoke, or carry smoking Deoxidine No. 624
materials in areas where liquid is handled.
• Dispose of liquid-soaked rags in approved • Contact with metals releases flammable
metal container. hydrogen gas.
• Contains chromates. Follow approved toxic • Contains phosphoric acid. Contact with
waste disposal procedures. liquid or inhalation of mist can burn skin
and can cause respiratory irritation.
e. Using zinc-chromate primer (item 95, • If any liquid contacts skin or eyes,
Appendix D), coat external threads. immediately flush affected area thoroughly
with water. Remove solvent-saturated
clothing. Immediately get medical help.
• When handling, mixing, or applying liquid
If insert is not properly seated, threads of at air-exhausted tank, wear approved
insert can be distorted when kees are driven in. gloves, and wear goggles or face shield.
• When handling, mixing, or applying liquid
f. Using information in table H-3 and in figures H-8
at open, unexhausted tank, wear approved
and H-9, install new insert or stud onto tool. Thread insert
respirator and gloves, and wear goggles or
or stud into hole so that they are 0.000-0.010 inch below
face shield.
surface of part.
a. Clean the part with Deoxidine No. 624 solution
g. Lift and turn tool so that kees clear slots on tool.
(item 69, Appendix D). Keep the part wet for 1 to 5 minutes.
h. Using hammer or arbor press, drive kees until kees
b. Rinse the part thoroughly with clean water.
are seated as follows:
(1) For inserts, kees must be flush with top of
insert or part.
H-28 Change 4
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
H-31. BRACKETS AND CLIP SUPPORTS.
Chemical Conversion Materials H-32. Removal of Brackets and Clip Supports.
for Coating Aluminum
and Aluminum Alloys a. Remove green electrical cable (3, fig. H-10 (T700)
MIL-C-81706 or H-11 (T701, T701C)) from clip support (5).
• Highly reactive - do not mix with b. Remove two nuts (1), two washers (2), two
oxidizable materials such as cloth, paper, bolts(4), and clip support (5).
and wood.
• When mixing solutions, add acid to water, c. (T700) Remove bolt (6) from POU manifold
assembly; remove nut (7) and bracket (8).
not water to acid.
• Contact with powder or vapors can cause
d. (T701, T701C) Remove bolt (6) from ODV
severe skin and eye irritation, and skin
manifold assembly; remove nut (7) and bracket (8).
ulcers. Repeated or prolonged inhalation or
ingestion can result in nasal and kidney
e. Remove blue electrical cable (9) from clip
damage.
support(10).
• If any liquid or powder contacts skin or
eyes, immediately flush affected area f. Remove electrical ignition lead (12) from clip
thoroughly with water. Immediately support (10).
change any contaminated clothing. If skin
disorders appear, get medical attention. g. Remove two bolts (11) and remove clip
• When handling powder or liquid at air- support(10).
exhausted workbench or tank, wear
approved gloves and apron. h. Remove blue electrical cable (13) from anti-icing
• When handling powder or liquid at valve forward bracket (15).
unexhausted workbench, wear approved
respirator, gloves, and apron. i. Remove anti-icing bleed and start valve (14)
• Do not eat, smoke, or carry smoking (para 10-26).
materials in areas where powder is handled.
• Contains chromates. Follow approved toxic j. Remove two bolts (16) and remove anti-icing valve
forward bracket (15).
waste disposal procedures.
k. Remove green electrical cable (17) from clip
c. Brush or spray Alodine 1200S (item 4, Appendix
support (19).
D) on the surfaces of the part and allow it to set for 3 to 5
minutes.
l. Remove nut (18) and remove clip support (19).
d. Remove the excess solution with a wet cloth or
m. Remove main fuel manifold (20) from anti-icing
sponge and rinse the part thoroughly in water.
valve aft bracket (21).
e. Allow coating to air-dry.
n. Remove nut (25), washer (24) and bolt (23) from
top of bracket (21).
f. Inspect the refinished area. The finish must cover
tightly and be free from dust.
o. Remove bolt (22), and remove bracket (21).
Change 4 H-29
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure H-10. (T700) Brackets and Clip Supports; Removal and Installation
H-30
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure H-11. (T701, T701C) Brackets and Clips Supports; Removal and Installation
H-31
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
H-33. Inspection of Brackets and Clip
Supports. See table H-4.
Table H-4. Inspection of Brackets and Clip Supports
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
a. Bracket (1, fig. H-12) for:
(1) Cracks. None allowed. Not repairable. Replace bracket and nut
(para H-34).
(2) Deformation. Any amount if bracket Same as usable limits. Cold-work to usable limits.
canbeassembled normally Fluorescent-penetrant
with its mating parts. inspect. No cracks allowed.
(3) Nicks, dents, and Any number. Not applicable. Not applicable.
scratches.
(4) Damaged or worn anchor Usable if mating screw Not repairable. Replace bracket and nut
nut element. cannot be threaded all the (para H-34).
way through nut by hand,
(using fingers only).
(5) Damaged nut element Usable if nut element can be Not repairable. Replace bracket (para H-34).
holder. properly retained in holder.
b. Clip support (2, 3, 5) for:
(1) Cracks. None allowed. Not repairable. Replace clip support
(para H-34).
(2) Deformation. Any amount, if clip support Same as usable limits. Cold-work to usable limits.
can be assembled normally Visually inspect. No cracks
with mating parts. allowed.
(3) Nicks, dents, and Any number. Not applicable. Not applicable.
scratches.
(4) Damaged electrical clips
for:
(a) Cracks. None allowed. Not repairable. Replace clip support
(para H-34).
(b) Distortion. Any amount, if clamps Not repairable. Replace clip support
canbesecurely attached to (para H-34).
its mating parts.
c. Forward and aft brackets (6, 4)
for:
(1) Cracks. None allowed. Not repairable. Replace bracket (para H-34).
H-32
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Table H-4. Inspection of Brackets and Clip Supports (Cont)
Inspect Usable Limits Max Repairable Limits Corrective Action
(2) Deformation. Any amount, if bracket Same as usable limits. Cold-work to usable limits.
canbeassembled normally Fluorescent-penetrant
with mating parts. inspect. No cracks allowed.
(3) Damaged or worn anchor Usable if mating screw Not repairable. Replace bracket (para H-34).
nuts. cannot be threaded all the
way through nut (using
fingers).
(4) Nicks, dents, and Any number. Any amount. Not applicable.
scratches.
(5) Damaged electrical clips
for:
(6) Cracks. None allowed. Not repairable. Replace bracket (para H-34).
(7) Distortion. Any amount, if clamp Not repairable. Replace bracket (para H-34).
canbesecurely attached to
its mating part.
Figure H-12. Brackets and Clip Supports; Inspection
H-33
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
H-34. Installation of Brackets and Clip Supports. h. of linkage assembly using two bolts (16). Torque
bolts to 45-50 inch-pounds.
a. Install clip support (5, fig. H-10 (T700) or H-11
(T701, T701C)), using bolts (4), washers (2), and nuts (1). i. Install blue electrical cable (13) in bracket (15).
Torque nut to 45-50 inch-pounds.
j. Install clip support (19) using nut (18). Torque nut
b. Install green electrical cable (3) in clip support (5). to 45-50 inch-pounds.
c. (T700) Install bracket (8) using nut (7), and attach k. Attach green electrical cable (17) to clip
sequence valve manifold, using bolt (6). Torque bolt and support(19).
nut to 45-50 inch-pounds.
l. Attach anti-icing valve aft bracket (21) to
d. (T701, T701C) Install bracket (8) using nut (7), compressor case-to-diffuser case flange using bolt (22) and
and attach ODV manifold assembly using bolt (6). Torque to aft shaft support of linkage assembly using bolt (23),
bolt and nut to 45-50 inch-pounds. washer (24), and nut (25). Torque bolts to 45-50 inch-
pounds.
e. Install clip support (10) using two bolts (11).
Torque bolts to 45-50 inch-pounds. m. Attach main fuel manifold (20) into clip on back
side of bracket (21).
f. Install electrical ignition lead (12) and blue
electrical cable (9) to clip support (10). n. Install anti-icing bleed and start valve (14)
(para 10-31).
g. Install anti-icing valve forward bracket (15) to
main frame-compressor flange and front shaft support
H-34
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
GLOSSARY
This glossary lists the first word of each term alphabetically, the way the term is used in the manual. Every effort has been
made to include all the terms that might cause disagreement among those using this manual.
A Axial Play - A term used mostly in bearing inspection to
describe the total movement of the inner race relative to the
outer race when a load is applied first in one direction and
then in the other.
Abrasion - A roughened surface.
Axis - An imaginary straight line through the center of a
Abrasive Cloth - A cloth coated with grit, used for hand part, as in the case of a rotor, or through some feature of a
cleaning, polishing, removing corrosion and paint, etc. part as in the case of a gearbox.
Sometimes referred to as emery cloth.
Accessory - A self-contained unit, mounted on a higher
assembly, designed to do a specific job. Fuel pumps, fuel B
controls, and like parts are typical accessories.
Adapter - Any device that makes it possible to use parts or Backlash - A term used to describe the distance that a
pieces of equipment that were not designed to be used working part has to move before it moves its mating part.
together. The motion lost between two connected parts when the
direction of motion is changed is also considered backlash.
Aerospace Ground Equipment (AGE) - All non-airborne This loss of motion or looseness, is caused by design
equipment required to inspect, repair, assemble, and test tolerances or by the wearing of working parts (such as
parts to make them operational. clevis pin in rod-end bearing).
Airfoil - In turboshaft engines, that part of a vane or blade Bench - To do the work described in the term Benching.
that affects or is affected by the flow of air.
Benching - A general shop term that refers to a particular
Assembly - A unit normally removed and reassembled as a kind of work (stoning, grinding, filing, buffing, etc.) done
single item, consisting of accessories and components that by hand at a bench.
operate together for a specific purpose. Typical assemblies
are: engine, torque sensor shaft and sleeve assembly, power Bench Check - The action taken by maintenance for
takeoff assembly. determining whether an accessory or component is working
properly.
Average Diameter - A number found by adding several
measurements, usually 3 or more, of the same diameter and Bend - Distortion in a part.
dividing the sum by the number of measurements taken.
Blending - An operation in which surfaces are worked by
Axial - Relating to the axis of a part. hand to produce a smooth surface without abruptly
changing its contour.
Axial Clearance - Clearance measured in a direction
parallel to the engine centerline. Blister - A raised portion of a surface caused by separation
either of the outer layers of the parent metal or of a coating
Axial Looseness - The amount of looseness between parts applied to it.
that have a common center or whose axes are parallel.
Blueing - A term that describes the bluish color on the
Axial Movement - The distance that a part travels in an surfaces of some metals exposed to high temperatures.
axial direction, relative to the axis of the part, when a load is
applied first in one direction and then in the other.
GLOSSARY 1
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Body-Bound Bolt - A bolt used to keep mating parts from Burn-Through - A portion of parent metal, usually sheet
moving sideways. The size of the body is held to a close metal, that has burned through, leaving a hole.
tolerance so that it will fit tightly in the hole of the mating
parts. Burr - A rough or sharp edge on a hole or corner, usually
caused by machining or sometimes caused by wearing.
Bore - A hole made by machining with a boring tool.
Boss - A raised portion of a casting or forging generally C
used in a seating surface to keep another part from the main
body of the part.
Calibrate - The work done in testing and adjusting an
Break - Separation of part.
instrument or accessory to known standards.
Breakaway Torque - The amount of torque required to
Captive Nut - A nut permanently attached to a piece of
loosen a nut or a bolt.
equipment.
Brinnel (False) - A specialized form of fretting recognized
Chafing - A worn or rubbed area caused by friction: refers
by the occurrence of a series of shallow indentations in the
to the wear produced by parts such as fuel and air lines
race at each roller position on the loaded side of the bearing.
rubbing against other parts.
Often, red oxide of iron may be found where this has
occurred.
Chamfer - A beveled edge, usually made by machining, or
sometimes by forming.
Brinnel (True) - Often related to ball and roller bearings
having been improperly installed or subjected to extremely
Chase Threads - To remove high spots, dirt, etc. from
high shock/or impact loads at zero revolutions per minute.
threads, using a hand tap or hand die.
Usually occurs as a series of shallow depressions in the load
area of the race-way.
Chatter Mark - Surface irregularity.
Brittleness - A loss in the resiliency of the parent metal,
Chipping - Breaking away of metallic particles.
usually due to aging, extreme cold, chemical action, or cold-
working (metal).
Chord - A straight line drawn between the leading and
trailing edges of an airfoil.
Buckling - A large-scale deformation of the original
contour of a part, usually due to pressure or impact from a
Chordal Length - The distance between the leading and
foreign object, structural stresses, excessive localized
trailing edges of an airfoil measured along the chord.
heating, high-pressure differentials, or to any combination
of these.
Cocked - A term generally used to describe a condition in
which close-fitting parts are not square with one another
Bulge - An area on a sheet metal part that has swelled
either before or after being assembled.
outward.
Coking - Carbon-like deposits (caused by improperly
Burn - A rapid destructive oxidizing action usually caused
burned fuel) left on parts in hot section of engine.
by higher temperatures than the material can withstand
structurally. Change in color and appearance often indicates
Cold-Work - To rework metal parts at normal room
this condition.
temperature, using hand tools. The removal of dents in sheet
metal parts and the enlargement of louvers in liners are
Burnishing - Smoothing of a metal surface by mechanical
examples of cold-working.
action, but without a loss of material, generally found on
plain bearing surfaces. Surface discoloration is sometimes
Cold-Working - The work done in re-forming or reshaping
present around the outer edges. Normal burnishing from
a part, using hand tools. See Cold-Work.
operational service is not detrimental if the coverage
approximates the carrying load and there is no evidence of
burns.
GLOSSARY 2
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Component - A unit somewhat similar to an accessory in Dent - A completely smooth surface depression caused by
that it is self-contained but differing in that it is designed to pressure or impact from a smooth ball-like foreign object.
control operations. Valves, switches, solenoids, etc., are The parent material is displaced, but usually none is
typical components. separated.
Concave - A hollow surface curved like the inside of a Desiccant - A drying agent; usually placed in containers,
bowl. along with parts being stored, to absorb moisture and
prevent rusting.
Concentric - Outside or inside diameters of different size
but which have the same center or axis are called Diagnostic Equipment - Test equipment used to determine
concentric. what the defective part is.
Configuration - A term referring to the form, shape or Diameter - The length of a chord passing through the
contour of a part or parts. center of a circle.
Contamination (Foreign Material) - Any foreign Diametral - Referring to the diameter.
substance such as metal chips, lint, rust, and water that
would be harmful to the functioning of a part or system. Diametral Runout - The total indicator reading of an
indicator in contact with a cylindrical or conical surface
Convex - A surface shaped like the outside of a sphere or a when the piece or indicator is rotated 360 degrees about an
ball. established axis. This includes both eccentricity and out-of-
roundness.
Copper Backup - A copper block, shaped to suit part being
repaired, used during welding to take away some of the Discoloration - The change in color of a surface, which
heat. usually becomes darker. Usually caused by heat or buildup
of varnish film.
Corrosion - A mass of small pits which cumulatively create
a large cavity (usually shallow) in the surface of the parent Dishing - The concave shape taken by a normally flat
metal. surface, usually after being subjected to excessive pressures.
Crack - Parting of parent metal. Distortion - Twisting or bending out of a normal, natural,
or original shape, usually caused from being exposed to
Crazing - A mesh of very small hairlike cracks found in excessive pressure or temperature either when restrained or
glazed or baked-on coated surfaces, generally caused by unrestrained.
temperature changes or by deformation of parent metal.
Cracks do not penetrate into parent metal. Dowel Pin - A pin pressed or tapped into a reamed hole
through two parts, so that about 1/2 of its length is in each
part. Principally used to make it possible to accurately
D realine parts.
Drift - A flat, tapered piece of steel used to remove tapered
shank drills and other tools from their holder.
Defect - A general term covering any flaw affecting the
usefulness of serviceability of a part.
Drop - The distance that one surface is below another
parallel surface.
Deformation - An undesirable change in shape of the part,
usually of a permanent nature.
Dynamic-Balance - To determine the area of unbalance of
a rotating part so that material can be removed or added to
Demineralized Water - Water from which minerals such
make part run without vibration.
as salt, lime, sulphur, etc. have been removed, usually by
distilling or boiling.
GLOSSARY 3
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
E Flight Safety Critical Aircraft Parts - Any part,
assembly, or installation procedure with one or more critical
characteristics that, if not conforming to the design data or
quality requirements, could result in serious injury or death
Electrochemical Etch - Method of marking parts in which
of crew members and/or serious damage to the aircraft.
the characters are produced by removing material by an
electrolytic process.
Foreign Material - See Contamination.
Entrance Thread - The first or lead thread in a tapped hole
Foreign Object - Any object such as a tool, piece of
or in a nut.
equipment, engine part (nut, bolt, lockwire) that could in
any way damage the engine.
Erosion - The gradual wearing away of material caused by
the hot flow of gases, or foreign particles. An eroded
Fraying - Wearing or rubbing of areas, generally used in
surface may appear similar to a corroded surface.
reference to damage on wire-braid covering (of Teflon
hose) or on thermocouple harnesses.
Etching - The process of treating the surface of a part with
acid to expose and exaggerate the surface conditions of the
Free-Stage Variation - The amount that a part (bolted or
metal.
tightly held to another part) may distort after being removed
from that part or after being released from a fixture (as
External Component - A component attached to the
when machining).
outside of the engine.
Fret Corrosion - Oxidation (rusting) of metal, usually
bearings, that takes place at loaded surfaces subjected to
F relatively slight motion.
Fretting - Wearing away of metal by rubbing against
Face Runout - The total reading of an indicator measuring another metal (generally associated with press fit or close
the runout on the face of a part rotating about an established fitting parts).
axis.
Fatigue - The progressive weakening of a material under G
repeated cycles of stress.
Filler Material - The metal used, usually in rod form, in
Galling - A defect caused by the movement of two surfaces
making a weld.
in contact with each other. In most cases an accumulation of
foreign material is deposited on the parent metal.
Filler Weld - A weld having a triangular crosssection,
usually joining two surfaces at right-angles to one another.
Gap - An opening or space; a break in continuity.
Fit - The amount of tightness or looseness between mating
Gas Backing - Gas, usually argon, used to back up a joint
parts when assembled together.
during welding to keep oxygen away from the weld and to
help get a sound weld at the root.
Flaking - Breaking away of paint or plate.
Glazing - A hard, glossy surface.
Flatness - See Out-of-Flatness.
Gouge - A wide rough scratch or group of scratches,
Flush - A shop term used in describing two surfaces that are
usually with one or more sharply impressed corners, and
even with each other. The term is a also used to describe the
frequently accompanied by deformation or removal of
washing or cleaning of chips or dirt by pressure flushing.
parent material.
See Pressure-Flush.
Groove - A long narrow, continuous cavity or impression
caused by pressure of a moving surface in contact with the
parent material.
GLOSSARY 4
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
H K
Hang Up - Failure of an engine to accelerate to the speed at Kinks - Short, tight twists or curls caused by a doubling or
which the throttle has been set. winding of a hose or line upon itself. Likely to cause
difficulties in the operation of something.
Hardware - Miscellaneous nuts, bolts, studs, washers, etc.
used as fasteners. Kit - A group or set of parts or tools usually used for repair
or replacement of worn or damaged assemblies.
Hex Key - An L-shaped hand tool used for turning socket
head screws, studs, etc.; frequently called an “Allen
wrench”. L
High Metal - Displaced metal next to a defect such as a
scratch, nick, or gouge.
Laminated - Anything laminated, such as certain kinds of
shims, that consists of layers of material, each of identical
Hot Spot - A condition caused by a defective fuel nozzle
thickness.
(poor spray patterns) causing fuel to burn unevenly in the
combustion chamber, which caused metal on outside of
Lapping - Smoothing or polishing two surfaces, with or
combustion casing to turn blue.
without abrasives, to a high degree of accuracy.
Leak - The entering, escaping, or bypassing (contrary to
I intention) of liquids or gases from their normal passage or
containment, usually caused by a hole or improper sealing.
The act of leaking is called leakage and the measurement of
Imbalance - The state of being out of balance. An unequal leakage is called leakage rate.
distribution of weight about the axis of rotation.
Leakage - The flow of liquid drop(s) or streak(s) that are
Indications - Surface defect, not necessarily a crack. continuously running and reappear within 30 minutes after
surface is cleaned.
Interference - Anything that prevents a part, component,
etc. from being assembled or disassembled. Loose - Abnormal movement of a part.
J M
Jacking Holes - Threaded holes through which jacking Manufactured Head - On a rivet, the head formed by the
screws are threaded to force off a tight-fitting part that could manufacturer.
otherwise be difficult to remove. They serve no other
purpose. Map - Doing the work described in mapping.
Jacking Screw - A screw used in jacking holes to remove a Mapping - Layout of parts, usually blades, so that they are
tight-fitting part from another. in the same relative position on a mapping sheet that they
were in the engine.
GLOSSARY 5
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Matched - Fitted together or made suitable to be fitted through accessories and components, especially in fuel and
together. oil systems.
Matchmark - A mark made on the surfaces of two or more Out-Of-Flatness - The total amount that a surface deviates
mating parts so that they can be realined to these marks at from a true, flat surface.
reassembly.
Out-Of-Roundness - Total variation, in a radial direction,
Match-Mark - Doing the work described in matchmark. from a true circle. When measured with an indicator, it is
the total indicator reading when the part is rotated 360°;
Mating Surfaces - Two surfaces that join or fit together. when measured with a micrometer, it is one-half the total
difference between the maximum and minimum diameters.
Max Average Clearance - The maximum permissible
value of average clearance.
P
Microinch - One millionth of an inch; largely used in
measuring imperfections of surface finishes.
Parent Metal - The basic metal of a part, sometimes
Micron - A unit of length in the metric system equal to
referred to as base metal; the term is used particularly in
0.001 millimeter.
connection with welding, where the parent metal is that
being welded rather than that used in welding rod.
Misalined - A mismatching or malformation of any parts
which either prevents assembly or results in faulty operation
Peening - Surface deformation.
and/or ultimate part failure.
Pickup - Transfer of one material onto another.
Missing Piece - Removal or loss of a portion of parent
material due to a combination of defects or damage.
Pitting - Very shallow depressions in a surface, usually
caused by chemical reaction (rusting chemical corrosion).
N Potting - The sealant in an electrical junction box or fitting,
usually applied as a liquid or paste, which sets to a firm
moisture-proof seal.
Nick - A surface impression with sharp corners or bottom,
usually caused by pressure or impact from a sharp-edged Pressure-Flush - To force a liquid (water, solvent) under
foreign body. The parent material is displaced but usually pressure through all inside passages or over the outside of a
none is separated. part to wash it clean.
Noisy - An abnormal sound condition of moving parts,
usually an increase in volume or a change of pitch. R
O Radial Clearance - Clearance measured in a direction
perpendicular to the engine centerline.
Of No Apparent Depth - A term which means the depth of Radial Crack - A crack that runs perpendicular to the axial
a defect (nick, dent, scratch, or pit) is, after visually centerline of the engine.
inspecting, so slight that it would not be worth measuring.
Radial Movement - Movement of a part in a direction
Oil-Canning - Displacement of sheet metal as in action of perpendicular to the engine centerline.
the bottom of an oil can.
Rigging - The procedure for preadjusting the linkages that
Orifice - A small-diameter hole, machined to close control engine operation.
tolerances, used to accurately control the flow of fluid or air
Route - Doing what is described in routing.
GLOSSARY 6
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Routing - The path usually taken by lines, hoses, etc. on the Static Balance - An operation, usually done before
outside of engine connecting the various fittings. dynamic balancing, in which blades are shifted or weight is
added, depending on the assembly being balanced, to
Rub - A surface cavity or impression caused by two eliminate unbalance.
surfaces moving against each other.
Stop-Drill - Drilling a small-diameter hole in the end of a
Run-On Torque - The torque required to screw a self- crack, usually in sheet metal parts, to keep it from getting
locking nut onto a thread until threads are fully engaged. longer.
Runout - See Diametral Runout and Face Runout. Stress - A cause of part failures, generally divided into five
groups: compression, shear, shock, tension, and torsion.
S Subassembly - A self-contained unit of an ASSEMBLY
that can be removed, replaced and repaired separately.
Turbine nozzles and combustion liners are typical
subassemblies.
Scoring - Multiple scratches, usually parallel and resulting
from the same cause.
Surface Finish - A shop term that refers to surface
roughness. Surface roughness, a standard term used in
Scratch - A long, narrow sharp-cornered impression caused
industry to accurately express the degree of roughness of a
by the movement of a sharp object across the surface of the
surface, is expressed in microinches. In the text, the
parent metal.
allowable surface finish is given in microinches. But on an
illustration, the symbol is used, as in the following example:
Seepage - A drop of oil is formed. Oil does not reappear
63
within 30 minutes after cleaning. This condition is 3
acceptable. The apex of the symbol is always shown touching the
surface in question.
Seizure - A wedging or binding of two surfaces, which
prevents further movement.
T
Setup - A general term used to describe the work done in
setting up tools, fixtures, etc. to do a specific job.
Through-Crack - A crack, usually V-shaped and relatively
Sheet Metal - Rolled metal up to one-quarter inch thick; the
narrow, deep enough to penetrate the total thickness of the
type used in making fabricated parts such as nozzles,
parent metal.
turbine casings, etc.
Tear - A forcible, somewhat crude pulling or wrenching
Snug Fit - The closest that two-parts (usually threaded parts
away of material so that ragged or irregular edges result.
like nuts and bolts) can be assembled by hand without
forcing.
Tip-Shake - The amount that the tip of a blade can be
moved (circumferentially) by hand.
Spalling - Cracking off, or flaking off of small particles of
metal from the surface, usually in thin layers.
Torque - To tighten a nut, bolt, or fitting, using a torque
wrench, to a specified torque value expressed as inch-
Staking - An operation in which the metal around a pin or
pounds or as foot-pounds.
shaft or the end of a pin (or shaft) itself is displaced to hold
part firmly in place.
Total Indicator Reading (TIR) - The total movement of
the pointer of an indicator when measuring the amount of
out-of-roundness, out-of-flatness, or other deviations of a
part.
True Contour - The basic shape of a surface.
GLOSSARY 7
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
U Weepage - No liquid drops or visible running streaks.
However, staining/discoloration or change in appearance of
a surface due to oil getting onto or into a surface.
Discoloration may feel damp when touched. This condition
Ultrasonic Cleaning - A cleaning process in which parts
is acceptable.
are immersed in a solvent and subjected to high frequency
(ultrasonic) vibrations to free deposits.
Weld - Metal fused by heating, with or without pressure
applied, with or without using filler material. See Weld
Unbalance - Unequal distribution of weight about the axis
Bead.
of rotation; usually results in vibration.
Weld Bead - A deposit of weld made when the bare
Upset Head - On a rivet, the head formed after the body has
electrode melts during arc welding.
been inserted through the holes of the pieces being held
together.
Weldment - An assembly made up of parts joined by
welding. Also called a fabrication.
Warped - Not true to an established plane or line; out of
true shape.
Wear - Relatively slow removal of parent material from
any cause, frequently not visible to the naked eye.
GLOSSARY 8
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
ALPHABETICAL INDEX
Paragraph Paragraph
Fig (F), Fig (F),
Table (T), Table (T),
Subject Number Page Subject Number Page
A A CCESSORY SECTION MODULE
COMPONENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17
A CCESSORY DRIVE GEARBOX
A CCESSORY SECTION MODULE
A SSEMB LY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17
SHIPPING AND S TORAGE CONTAINER
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25 5-29
Preliminary Instructions . . . . . . . . . 5-45
Hand-Cranking
Aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-99 1-294
A CCESSORY SECTION MODULE
METS/FEDS/CETS . . . . . . . . . . . 1-291 1-718
SHIPPING AND S TORAGE CONTAINER
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26 5-30
21C7301G01
Repair (AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27 5-30
Dimensions and Weight . . . . . . . . . 5-45
Replacement of Carbon Seals
Axis-B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-36
A CCIDENTS , PRESERVATION OF ENGINES
Axis-E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-36
INVOLVED IN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-207 1-453
Axis-G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30
A CTIVATING COLD S ECTION MODULE 2-89 2-115
A CCESSORY GEARBOX, A CCESSORY
SECTION M ODULE
A CTIVATING ENGINE A FTER R EM OVAL
Chapter Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2 5-1
FROM S HIPPING AND STORAGE
Chapter Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1 5-1
CONTAINER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-53 1-67
Cleaning (AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7 5-7
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-26 1-17
A CTIVATING ENGINE A FTER S HOR T-T ERM
Installation (AVIM) (T700) . . . . . . . 5-8 5-7
STORAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-109 1-305
Installation (AVIM)
(T701, T701C) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 5-10
A CTUATING S YSTEM LINKAGE A SSEMBLY
Installation, into Shipping
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . T2-17 2-87
and Storage Container
2-71 2-106
21C7301G01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-52 5-46
T2-20 2-106
Placing in Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-53 5-50
Inspection for Axial Movement . . . 2-71.1 2-106.1
Preparing for Storage or
Shipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-50 5-45
A DAPTER AND CAP O IL T ANK (See Oil Tank Cap
Preparing for Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-55 5-50
and Adapter)
Removal (AVIM) (T700) . . . . . . . . 5-5 5-2
Removal (AVIM)
A DAPTER, C OLD SECTION M ODULE SHIPPING,
(T701, T701C) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6 5-5
21C7437G01 (See Cold Section Module
Removal, from Shipping
Shipping Adapter 21C7437G01)
and Storage Container
21C7301G01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-54 5-50
A DAPTER, G AS G ENERATOR S HAFT T IE -B OLTS
Shipping and Storage
RESTRAINING 21C7439P01 (See Gas Generator
Container 21C7301G01 . . . . . . . . . 5-51 5-45
Shaft Tie-Bolts Restraining Adapter 21C7439P01)
A CCESSORY SECTION (See Accessory Gearbox,
A DAPTER, M AINTENANCE S TAND , 21C7071G01
Accessory Section Module)
(See Maintenance Stand Adapter 21C7071G01)
A CCESSORY SECTION MODULE (See Accessory Gearbox,
A DAPTER, T RANSPORTATION , 21C7082G02
Accessory Section Module)
(See Transportation Adapter, Engine, 21C7082G02)
Change 3 INDEX 1
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Paragraph Paragraph
Fig (F), Fig (F),
Table (T), Table (T),
Subject Number Page Subject Number Page
A IR S YSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-37 1-45 METS/FEDS/CETS . . . . . . . . . . 1-237 1-497
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27 10-9
A IR T UB E, C OM PRESSOR LEAKAGE (See Compressor Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-28 10-12
Leakage Air Tube) Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-31 10-16
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-26 10-9
A IRCR AFT HIGH SPEED O UTPUT Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-29 10-16
D RIVESHAFT, MAINTENANCE
FOLLOWING F AILURE OF . . . . . . . . . . 1-283 1-712 A NTI-ICING B LEED D UC T
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12 10-5
A LODINE N O . 1200S COATING . . . . . . H-30 H-28 Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-13 10-5
Installation (AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-14 10-6
A LTERNATOR AND Y ELLOW CABLE CHECK Removal (AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-11 10-3
Aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-82 1-280
METS/FEDS/CETS . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-268 1-699 A NTI- ICING BLEED D UCT
Installation (AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-14 10-6
A LTERNATOR ROTOR
Cleaning (AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-59 7-65 A NTI-ICING IGV D UCT
Inspection (AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-60 7-67 Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-17 10-6
Installation (AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-61 7-69 Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-18 10-6
Removal (AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-58 7-65 Installation (AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-19 10-7
Removal (AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-16 10-6
A LTERNATOR S TATOR
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-53 7-61 A NTI-ICING IGV F EED TUBE
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-54 7-62 Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-22 10-7
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-56 7-64 Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-23 10-8
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-52 7-61 Installation (AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-24 10-9
Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-55 7-63 Removal (AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-21 10-7
A LUMINUM SILICON DEPOSIT A NTI-ICING S EAL H OUSINGS
REM OVAL OF (AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23 3-59 Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27 10-9
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-28 10-12
A NALYSIS OF ELECTRICAL CHIP D ETECTOR Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-31 10-16
D EBRIS Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-29 10-16
Aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F1-48 1-186
METS/FEDS/CETS . . . . . . . . . . . . F1-145 1-623 A NTI-ICING S EAL RETAINER
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27 10-9
A NTI-ICING Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-28 10-12
Bleed and Start Valve, Seal Housings, Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-31 10-16
Seal Retainer Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-26 10-9
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-28 10-12 Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-29 10-16
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-31 10-16
Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-29 10-16 A NTI-ICING S EALING HOUSING
Bleed and Start Valve, Sealing Housing, Repair (T700,T701) . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-30 10-16
Seal Retainer
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27 10-9 A NTI-ICING, SEAL H OUSING, SEAL RETAINER
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-26 10-9
A NTI-ICING B LEED AND S TART V ALVE
Check A-SUM P OUTPUT S HAFT ASSEMBLY
Aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-143 1-331 Inspection (AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20 2-52
INDEX 2 Change 4
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Paragraph Paragraph
Fig (F), Fig (F),
Table (T), Table (T),
Subject Number Page Subject Number Page
Installation (AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21 2-53 Main Frame-to-Compressor Case . . F2-1 2-4
Removal (AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19 2-49 Swirl Frame-to-Main Frame . . . . . . F2-23 2-48
A UTHORIZED EQUIPMENT
BOLTS , CAPTIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-4 H-2
CONFIGURATION CHANGES . . . . . . . . . 1-40 1-52
A XIS -G C AVITY S EAL INSPECTION . . . . 5-20 5-26 BOOT , I NLET S EPARATOR (See Inlet Separator Boot)
A XIS -G D RAIN TUBES (T700, T701C)
BOOT , R ADIAL DR IVE S HAFT COVER (See Radial
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-165 8-81
Drive Shaft Cover Boot)
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-164 8-81
B BORESCOPE I NSPECTION
Combustion Liner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-195 1-442
BLADES , COM PRESSOR ROTOR Using Borescope Kit
Blending to Recover Engine 21C7779P03 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-199 1-447
Performance (AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5 2-2 Combustion Section
Inspection of Stage 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-182 1-424 Using Borescope Kit
Inspection of Stage 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-190 1-434 21C7190P01 (T700) . . . . . . . . 1-178 1-416
Repair, Stage 1, to Recover Engine Using Borescope Kit
Performance (AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6 2-21 21C7190P02
(T701, T701C) . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-181 1-422
BLADES , TURBINE ROTOR Using Borescope Kit
Inspection of Stage 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20 4-18 21C7700P03 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-194 1-440
Inspection of Stages 1 and 2 Using Borescope Kit
(AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8 3-9 21C7744P01 (T700) . . . . . . . . 1-186 1-428
Using Borescope Kit
BLENDING 21C7744P02 (T700) or
Compressor Rotor Blades . . . . . . . . . 2-12 21C7744P03 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-189 1-432
Compressor Rotor Blades to Recover Compressor Rotor
Engine Performance (AVIM) . . . . 2-5 2-2 Stage 1 Blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-182 1-424
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-21 H-13 Stage 5 Blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-190 1-434
Compressor Section
BLOWER, P ARTICLE S EPARATOR, AND Forward and Aft Areas Using
V-BAND COUPLING A SSEM BLY (SEE Borescope Kit
PARTICLE S EPARATOR BLOWER AND 21C7190P01 (T700) . . . . 1-177 1-413
V-BAND COUPLING A SSEM BLY ) . . . . . 5-10 5-12 21C7190P02
(T701, T701C) . . . . . . 1-180 1-421
BLOWER, P ARTICLE S EPARATOR, AND V-BAND 21C7744P01 (T700) . . . . 1-185 1-427
COUPLING ASSEMB LY (See Particle Separator 21C7744P02 (T700) or
Blower and V-Band Coupling Assembly) 21C7744P03 . . . . . . . . 1-188 1-430
21C7700P03 . . . . . . . . . . . 1-193 1-438
BLUE ELECTRIC AL CABLE (W5) 21C7779P03 . . . . . . . . . . . 1-198 1-446
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-48 7-56 Engine Using Borescope Kit
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-49 7-58 21C7190P01 (T700) . . . . . . . . . 1-172 1-408
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-50 7-59 21C7190P02 (T701, T701C) . . 1-172 1-408
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-47 7-56 21C7744P01 (T700) . . . . . . . . . 1-172 1-408
21C7744P02 (T700) . . . . . . . . . 1-172 1-408
BOLTING DIAGR AM S 21C7744P03 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-172 1-408
Compressor-to-Diffuser Case 21C7779P03 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-172 1-408
Flange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F2-2 2-5
Change 3 INDEX 3
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Paragraph Paragraph
Fig (F), Fig (F),
Table (T), Table (T),
Subject Number Page Subject Number Page
Engine Using Borescope Kit Installation (T701) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-161 8-80
21C7700P03 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-172 1-408 Installation (T701C) . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-162 8-80
Impeller Vanes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-190 1-434 Removal (T701) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-155 8-74
Inlet Guide Vanes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-182 1-424 Repair (T701, T701C) . . . . . . . . . . 8-160 8-78
Stage 1 Turbine Nozzle Vanes . . . . 1-195 1-442 Testing (AVIM) (T701, T701C) . . 8-159 8-78
Stage 5 Vanes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-190 1-434
B-S UM P D RAIN TUBE
BORESCOPE P LUG , M AIN FRAM E (See Main Frame Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-76 8-38
Borescope Plug) Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-77 8-39
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-79 8-39
BORESCOPE P ORT CAPS , OR PLUGS , COMPRESSOR Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-75 8-38
CASE (See Compressor Case Borescope Port Caps Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-78 8-39
of Plugs)
B-S UM P H OUSING S ELF -LOCKING CLINCH
BORESCOPE P ORT LOCATIONS N UTS
(T700) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F1-95 1-409 Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-66 2-104
(T701, T701C) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F1-96 1-411
B-S UM P O IL I NLET CHECK V ALVE
BOWL AND INDICATOR ASSEMBLY , OIL F ILTER Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-106 8-50
(See Oil Filter Bowl and Indicator Assembly) Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-107 8-50
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-105 8-50
BRACKET AND CLIP S UPPORT
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-33 H-32 B-S UM P O IL S CAVENGE
TEMPERATURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F1-117 1-483
BRACKET , REPLACEM ENT OF E3
CONNEC TOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-39 7-51 BUILDUP , P REINSTALLATION . . . . . . . . 1-200 1-449
BRACKETS AND CLIP S UPPORT BUSHINGS , IGV SLEEVE
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-34 H-34 Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-51 2-75
BRACKETS AND CLIP S UPPORTS . . . . . H-32 H-29 BUSHINGS , S TAGES 1 AND 2 V ANE
A CTUATOR LEVERS
BREAK -I N RUN Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-59 2-87
Aircraft (AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-148 1-356
Dual Engine Break-In Run BYPASS I NDICATOR BUTTON P OPS ,
AH-64 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-152 1-358 SERVICING W HEN I MPENDING
UH-60 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-150 1-357 Fuel Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-46 6-32
METS/FEDS/CETS . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-228 1-491 Oil Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-30 8-20
Single Engine Break-In Run
AH-64 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-151 1-358 BYPASS RELIEF V ALVE , OIL COOLER
UH-60 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-149 1-356 (See Oil Cooler Bypass Relief Valve)
B-S UM P D ELTA P RESSURE TUBE BYPASS V ALVE ASSEMBLY
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-156 8-76 Cleaning (AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-48 8-27
Inspection (AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-49 8-29
B-S UM P D ELTA P RESSURE TUBE Installation (AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-50 8-30
(T701, T701C) Removal (AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-47 8-27
Cleaning (T701, T701C) . . . . . . . . 8-157 8-76
Inspection (T701, T701C) . . . . . . . 8-158 8-78
INDEX 4 Change 1
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Paragraph Paragraph
Fig (F), Fig (F),
Table (T), Table (T),
Subject Number Page Subject Number Page
C CHECKS
Aircraft Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . 1-73 1-273
Alternator and Yellow Cable
CABLE (See Blue Electrical Cable (W5), or Green
Aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-82 1-280
Electrical Cable (W3), or Yellow Electrical Cable (W4))
METS/FEDS/CETS . . . . . . . . . . 1-268 1-699
Anti-Icing Bleed and Start Valve
CABLES , LOAD SHARING , CHEC KING . . 1-86 1-283
Aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-143 1-331
METS/FEDS/CETS . . . . . . . . . . 1-237 1-497
CANNIBALIZED , DAM AGED , OR FAILED
Break-In Run
ENGINE, PRESER VATION OF . . . . . . . . 1-208 1-453
Aircraft (AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-148 1-356
METS/FEDS/CETS . . . . . . . . . . 1-228 1-491
CAP AND A DAPTER, OIL TANK (See Oil Tank
Circuit, S39 Connector on ECU/DEC
Cap and Adapter)
Aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-79 1-276
METS/FEDS/CETS . . . . . . . . . . 1-262 1-693
CAPS, C OMPRESSOR C ASE BORESCOPE PORTS
Dual Engine Break-In Run
(See Compressor Case Borescope Port Caps or Plugs)
AH-64 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-152 1-358
UH-60 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-150 1-357
CAPTIVE BOLTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-4 H-2
ECU or DEC Lock-Out System
Preliminary Information . . . . . . . . . . H-5 H-2
Aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-134 1-327
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-6 H-2
METS/FEDS/CETS . . . . . . . . . . 1-235 1-496
ECU/DEC and HMU System
CARBON S EAL REPLACEM ENT
Aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-81 1-279
Axis-B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-36
METS/FEDS/CETS . . . . . . . . . . 1-263 1-696
Axis-E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-36
Electrical Ignition Lead
Axis-G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30
Aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-89 1-285
METS/FEDS/CETS . . . . . . . . . . 1-270 1-700
CARBON S EALS (AVIM)
Engine Flameout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-286 1-716
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-28 5-30
Engine Fuel System
Aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-77 1-274
CASE, C OM PRESSOR (See Compressor Case)
METS/FEDS/CETS . . . . . . . . . . 1-260 1-692
Engine Fuel System Priming
CASE, S CROLL (See Scroll Case)
Aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-137 1-329
METS/FEDS/CETS . . . . . . . . . . 1-219 1-478
CASING ASSEMBLY , DIFFUSER AND M IDFRAM E
Engine Oscillate at FLY . . . . . . . . . 1-72 1-100
(See Diffuser and Midframe Casing Assembly)
Engine Start
METS/FEDS/CETS . . . . . . . . . . 1-224 1-484
CATEGORIES , STOR AGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-203 1-451
Engine Torque Accuracy . . . . . . . . 1-246 1-531
Fuel Filter Bypass Valve . . . . . . . . 1-259 1-692
CAUTIONS AND W ARNINGS
Fuel Flow Verification
METS/FEDS/CETS . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-214 1-475
Aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-75 1-274
Functional . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-131 1-326
CHART , M AINTENANC E A LLOCATION . . B-1 B-1
METS/FEDS/CETS . . . . . . . . . . 1-221 1-478
Troubleshooting
CHECKLIST, OVERTEM PERATURE
(METS/FEDS/CETS) . . . . . . . 1-258 1-689
Aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-92 1-286
Green Cable Fuel Pressure Sensor
METS/FEDS/CETS . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-279 1-701
Circuit
Aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-97 1-294
CHECKOUT P ROCEDURE FOR N EW AND
METS/FEDS/CETS . . . . . . . . . . 1-289 1-717
REINSTALLED ENGINES . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-126 1-322
Change 1 INDEX 5
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Paragraph Paragraph
Fig (F), Fig (F),
Table (T), Table (T),
Subject Number Page Subject Number Page
Green Cable Oil Pressure Sensor Operational Engine HIT and
Circuit Anti-Ice Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-155 1-366
Aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-95 1-293 Overspeed
METS/FEDS/CETS . . . . . . . . . . 1-287 1-717 Aircraft (T700) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-132 1-326
Green Cable Oil Temperature Sensor Aircraft (T701, T701C) . . . . . . 1-133 1-327
Circuit (T700, T701C) METS/FEDS/CETS (T700) . . . . 1-229 1-494
Aircraft (T700, T701C) . . . . . . 1-96 1-293 METS/FEDS/CETS
METS/FEDS/CETS (T701, T701C) . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-230 1-494
(T700, T701C) . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-288 1-717 Overspeed System for (T700)
Health Indicator Test (HIT) Check Pressurizing and Overspeed Unit (POU),
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-153 1-359 and (T701, T701C) Overspeed and
HIT Baseline Check and Engine Drain Valve (ODV)
Performance Data Checks for Aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-85 1-283
UH-60A, UH-60L and AH-64A . . 1-154 1-360 METS/FEDS/CETS . . . . . . . . . . 1-266 1-698
HIT In-Flight Check for Desert Overtemperature Troubleshooting
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-156 1-366 Checklist
HMU P3 Fitting Aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-92 1-286
Aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-138 1-329 METS/FEDS/CETS . . . . . 1-279 1-701
METS/FEDS/CETS . . . . . . . . . . 1-225 1-490 E1 Harness
Idle Speed Aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-93 1-293
Aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-140 1-331 METS/FEDS/CETS . . . . . 1-281 1-705
METS/FEDS/CETS . . . . . . . . . . 1-227 1-491 Yellow Cable
Idle Speed Leakage Aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-94 1-293
Aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-139 1-330 METS/FEDS/CETS . . . . . 1-282 1-712
METS/FEDS/CETS . . . . . . . . . . 1-226 1-490 Pressurizing and Overspeed Unit
Lightning Strike . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-128 1-322 (POU) System (T700)
Maximum Power Check for Aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-85 1-283
AH-64A (T701, T701C) . . . . . 1-146 1-341 METS/FEDS/CETS . . . . . . . . . . 1-266 1-698
UH-60A (T700) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-145 1-332 Primary Ignition System
UH-60L (T701C) . . . . . . . . . . . 1-147 1-348 Aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-78 1-275
Mechanical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-222 1-479 METS/FEDS/CETS . . . . . . . . . . 1-261 1-693
METS/FEDS/CETS Troubleshooting 1-254 1-540 Required Following Replacement of
Ng Indicating System Parts
Aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-91 1-286 Aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-127 1-322
METS/FEDS/CETS . . . . . . . . . . 1-271 1-700 METS/FEDS/CETS . . . . . . . . . . 1-223 1-484
Np Demand System Single Engine Break-In Run
Aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-86 1-283 AH-64 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-151 1-358
METS/FEDS/CETS . . . . . . . . . . 1-269 1-699 Single Engine Break-In Run
Np Governing UH-60 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-149 1-356
Aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-141 1-331 Swing (METS/FEDS/CETS) . . . . . 1-256 1-689
METS/FEDS/CETS . . . . . . . . . . 1-231 1-495 TGT Limiter Setting (T700)
Np Sensor System Aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-129 1-325
Aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-80 1-279 METS/FEDS/CETS . . . . . . . . . . 1-232 1-495
METS/FEDS/CETS . . . . . . . . . . 1-267 1-698 TGT Limiter Setting (T701, T701C)
Oil Consumption METS/FEDS/CETS . . . . . . . . . . 1-233 1-495
Aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-144 1-332 TGT Limiter Setting/Contingency
METS/FEDS/CETS . . . . . . . . . . 1-249 1-537 Power Check (T701, T701C)
Operational (Aircraft) . . . . . . . . . . . 1-119 1-310 Aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-130 1-325
INDEX 6 Change 1
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Paragraph Paragraph
Fig (F), Fig (F),
Table (T), Table (T),
Subject Number Page Subject Number Page
Thermocouple Assembly Compressor in Desert
Aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-83 1-281 Environments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-161 1-370
METS/FEDS/CETS . . . . . . . . . . . 1-264 1-697 Compressor Leakage Air Tube . . . . 10-45 10-30
Torque and Overspeed Sensor System Compressor, Using the Universal
Aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-84 1-282 Wash Unit 21C2438G01 and
METS/FEDS/CETS . . . . . . . . . . . 1-265 1-697 Premixed Cleaning Solution . . . . 1-165 1-373
Torque Matching C-Sump
Aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-142 1-331 Aft Scavange Tube . . . . . . . . . . . 8-64 8-36
METS/FEDS/CETS . . . . . . . . . . . 1-234 1-496 Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14 4-10
Torque Repeatability Forward Oil Scavenge Tube . . . 8-137 8-65
Aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-88 1-285 Forward Scavenge Tube . . . . . . 8-58 8-34
METS/FEDS/CETS . . . . . . . . . . . 1-236 1-497 Oil Supply Tube . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-70 8-37
Troubleshooting Digital Electronic Control (DEC)
Aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-73 1-273 (T701C) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-13 7-20
METS/FEDS/CETS . . . . . . . . . . . 1-256 1-689 Electrical Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . H-11 H-6
Vibration Analyzer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-275 1-701 Electrical Control Unit (ECU)
(T700,T701) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-13 7-20
CHIP D ETECTOR, E LECTR ICAL (See Electrical Chip
Electrical Ignition Leads . . . . . . . . . 7-25 7-36
Detector)
Engines Immersed in Salt Water or
CHIP D ETECTOR, E LECTR ICAL, C IRCUIT Exposed to Fire-Extinguishing
TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-90 1-285 Agents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-105 1-297
CHORD L ENGTH REQUIREMENTS External Engine, Engine Installed
Evaluation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12 in Aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-108 1-304
Face-Type Seal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19 3-47
CIR CUIT CHECKS AT S39 C ONNECTOR ON (T701C) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7 3-9
ECU OR DEC For Performance Recovery . . . . . . . 1-157 1-370
Aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-79 1-276 Forward Seal Pressure Tube . . . . . . 10-34 10-23
METS/FEDS/CETS . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-262 1-693 Fuel Boost Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-35 6-18
CLEANING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-166 1-377 Fuel Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-47 5-42
1-167 1-392 Fuel Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-48 6-36
Accessory Drive Gearbox Fuel Filter Bowl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-53 6-39
Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25 5-29 Fuel Start Feed Tube . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-19 6-9
Adjusting Periodic 100-Hour Interval Fuel Start Manifold Tube (T700) . . 6-29 6-16
for Special Conditions . . . . . . . . . . 1-160 1-370 Gas Generator Stator . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7 3-9
Alternator Rotor (AVIM) . . . . . . . . . 7-59 7-65 Gearbox-to HMU Hose
Alternator Stator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-53 7-61 Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-58 6-41
Anti-Icing Bleed and Start Valve . . . 10-27 10-9 Green Electrical Code (W3) . . . . . . 7-37 7-45
Anti-Icing Bleed Duct . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12 10-5 History Recorder or History
Anti-Icing IGV Duct . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-17 10-6 Counter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19 7-28
Anti-Icing IGV Feed Tube . . . . . . . . 10-22 10-7 Ignition Exciter Assembly . . . . . . . 7-31 7-41
Anti-Icing, Bleed and Start Valve, Ingniter Plugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7 7-7
Seal Housings, Seal Retainer . . . . . 10-27 10-9 Lanyard, Coupling and Clip
Blue Electrical Cable (W5) . . . . . . . 7-48 7-56 Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27 10-9
B-Sump Delta Pressure Tube Main Frame Oil Strainer . . . . . . . . . 8-110 8-51
(T701,T701C) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-157 8-76 Main Fuel Manifold . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10 6-6
B-Sump Drain Tube . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-76 8-38 Main Fuel Manifold (AVIM) . . . . . 6-13 6-8
Bypass Valve Assembly (AVIM) . . 8-48 8-27 Materials Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-162 1-371
Chemical Solution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-163 1-371 Mid C-Sump Scavenge Tube . . . . . 8-131 8-64
Combustion Liner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19 3-47 Np Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-77 7-81
Change 1 INDEX 7
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Paragraph Paragraph
Fig (F), Fig (F),
Table (T), Table (T),
Subject Number Page Subject Number Page
Oil and Scavenge Pump . . . . . . . . . 8-13 8-6 CLEANLINESS, E NGINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-111 1-306
Oil Cooler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6 8-3
Oil Filter Bowl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-32 8-21 CLIP AND L ANYARD A SSEMBLY . . . . . 10-25 10-9
Oil Filter Bypass Sensor . . . . . . . . . 8-26 8-18
Oil Manifold Assembly . . . . . . . . . 8-88 8-47 CLIP S UPPORTS , B RACKETS AND . . . . . H-32 H-29
Oil Supply Tube, Left-Hand . . . . . . 8-100 8-49
Oil Supply Tube, Right-Hand . . . . . 8-95 8-48 COATING , ALODINE NO. 1200S . . . . . . H-30 H-28
Oil Tank Cap and Adapter . . . . . . . 8-82 8-40
P3 Hose and Tube Assembly COLD O IL RELIEF V ALVE
(T700) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-6 10-2 Inspection (AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-44 8-27
P3 Tube (T701,T701C) . . . . . . . . . 10-56 10-32 Installation (AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-45 8-27
Particle Separator Blower . . . . . . . . 5-12 5-13 Removal (AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-43 8-25
Particle Separator Inlet Duct
(AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18 5-23 COLD S ECTION (See Compressor Section, Cold Section
Periodic Interval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-159 1-370 Module)
Power Turbine Module (AVIM) . . . 4-8 4-6
Preliminary Information . . . . . . . . . 1-158 1-370 COLD S ECTION MODULE (See Compressor Section,
Radial Drive Shaft Assembly . . . . . 5-39 5-40 Cold Section Module)
Scavenge Screens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-20 8-14
Seal Pressure and Scavenge Tube COLD S ECTION MODULE S HIPPING
Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-50 10-32 A DAPTER
Sensing Tube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-40 10-29 Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-87 2-115
Stage 1 Nozzle Assembly . . . . . . . . 3-19 3-47
Stages 1 and 2 Gas Generator COLD S ECTION MODULE S HIPPING
Turbine Rotor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7 3-9 A DAPTER 21C7437G01
Support Equipment Required . . . . . 1-164 1-372 Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-83 2-112
Swirl Frame (AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11 2-37 F2-55 2-114
Thermocouple Assembly . . . . . . . . 7-64 7-69 Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F2-55 2-114
Torque and Overspeed Sensor . . . . 7-71 7-77
Tubes and Hoses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-23 H-13 COLD W EATHER O PERATION . . . . . . . . 1-215 1-475
Exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-13
Interior and Exterior (AVIM) . . H-14 COMBUSTION L INER
V-Band Coupling Assembly . . . . . . 5-12 5-13 Cleaning (AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19 3-47
Yellow Electrical Cable (W4) . . . . 7-43 7-52 Inspection (AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21 3-52
Installation (AVIM) (T700) . . . . . . 3-24 3-62
CLEANING (T700) Installation (AVIM)
Pressurizing and Overspeed (POU) (T701, T701C) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25 3-65
Manifold Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . 6-83 6-53 Removal (AVIM) (T700) . . . . . . . . 3-15 3-39
Pressurizing and Overspeed Unit Removal (AVIM)
(POU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-89 6-57 (T701, T701C) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16 3-40
Pressurizing and Overspeed Unit Removal of Aluminum Silicon
(POU) Manifold Assembly . . . . . 6-80 6-53 Deposits (AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23 3-59
CLEANING (T701,T701C) COMBUSTION S ECTION (See Borescope Inspection)
Overspeed and Drain Valve
(ODV) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-76 6-50 COMBUSTION S ECTION BORESCOPE
Overspeed and Drain Valve (ODV) INSPECTION (See Borescope Inspection)
Manifold Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . 6-67 6-45
6-70 6-47
INDEX 8 Change 4
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Paragraph Paragraph
Fig (F), Fig (F),
Table (T), Table (T),
Subject Number Page Subject Number Page
COMBUSTION S ECTION , H OT SECTION M ODULE COMPRESSOR ROTOR
Chapter Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 3-1 Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-182 1-424
Chapter Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1 3-1 1-190 1-434
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-24 1-15 T2-1 2-9
Placing in Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27 3-67 Repair of Stage 1 Blades to Recover
Preparing for Storage or Engine Performance (AVIM) . . . . 2-6 2-21
Shipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26 3-67
COMPRESSOR ROTOR ASSEMBLY
COMBUSTOR I NNER S HROUD Blending of Blades to Recover
Inspection (AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-68 2-106 Engine Performance (AVIM) . . . . 2-5 2-2
COMM ON TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT . . . . 1-43 1-57 COMPRESSOR ROTOR BLADES
Blending . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
COMPRESSOR CASE Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-53 2-77
Right-Hand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F2-3 2-7 COMPRESSOR ROTOR TIE ROD ROUND NUT
Installation BUSHING AND COM PRESSOR BORE
Right-Hand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F2-3 2-7 Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-55 2-84
2-16
Removal COMPRESSOR S ECTION (See Borescope Inspection)
Right-Hand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Removal, Right-Hand . . . . . . . . . . . . F2-3 2-7 COMPRESSOR S ECTION BORESCOPE I NSPECTION
Repair of Broken Bolts on (See Borescope Inspection)
Compressor Case Aft Flange
(On-Wing) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-65 2-101 COMPRESSOR S ECTION , COLD SECTION
M ODULE
COMPRESSOR CASE BORESCOPE P ORT Activating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-89 2-115
CAPS AND P LUGS Chapter Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2 2-1
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-191 1-437 Chapter Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 2-1
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-23 1-9
COMPRESSOR CASE BORESCOPE P ORT Installation
CAPS OR PLUGS into Engine Transportation
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-60 2-87 Adapter 21C7082G02 . . . . . . . 1-54 1-67
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-60 2-87 into Shipping and Storage
Container 8145CON004-1 . . . 1-58 1-72
COMPRESSOR CLEANING onto Maintenance Stand
for Performance Recovery . . . . . . . . 1-157 1-370 Adapter 21C7071G01 . . . . . . . 1-56 1-69
in Desert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-161 1-370 Placing in Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-85 2-113
Using the Universal Wash Unit Preparing for Storage or
21C2438G01 and Premixed Shipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-80 2-112
Cleaning Solution . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-165 1-373 Removal
from Engine Transportation
COMPRESSOR L EAKAGE AIR T UBE Adapter 21C7082G02 . . . . . . . 1-55 1-69
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-45 10-30 from Shipping and Storage
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-46 10-30 Container 8145CON004-1 . . . 1-50 1-61
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-47 10-31
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-44 10-30 COMPRESSOR S TATOR
Inspection of Splitline Shoulder
Bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-54 2-83
INDEX 9
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Paragraph Paragraph
Fig (F), Fig (F),
Table (T), Table (T),
Subject Number Page Subject Number Page
CONNEC TORS CORRECTIONS , T EM PERATURE
Electrical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-7 H-2 Engine Oil Discharge Pressure
With Failed Nondecoupling EODP (T700) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-247 1-531
Mechanism, Uncoupling . . . . . . . H-12 H-7 F1-144 1-536
Stage 1 VG Tracking . . . . . . . . . . . . F1-114 1-480
CONTAINER, ACCESSORY SECTION
M ODULE S HIPPING AND S TORAGE COVER A SSEM BLY , R ADIAL DRIVE
21C7301G01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-51 5-45 SHAFT (SEE RADIAL D RIVE SHAFT
Accessory Section Module COVER A SSEM BLY ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-33 5-40
Installation into . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-52 5-46
Removal from . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-54 5-50 COVER A SSEM BLY , R ADIAL DRIVE SHAFT
(See Radial Drive Shaft Cover Assembly)
CONTAINER, POWER TURBINE
M ODULE S HIPPING AND S TORAGE COVER, C-SUMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12 4-10
21C7300G01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32 4-24
Power Turbine Module C-S UM P A FT S CAVENGE TUBE
Installation into . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-33 4-24 Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-64 8-36
Removal from . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-35 4-27 Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-65 8-36
Installation (AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-67 8-36
CONTAINER, SHIPPING AND S TORAGE Removal (AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-63 8-36
8145CON004-1 Testing (AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-66 8-36
Cover Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-59 1-73
Cover Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-49 1-60 C-S UM P COVER
Dimensions and Weight . . . . . . . . . 1-48 1-60 Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14 4-10
Engine or Cold Section Module Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15 4-12
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-58 1-72 Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16 4-13
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-50 1-61 Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13 4-10
Inspection of Relative Humidity
Indicator in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-60 1-75 C-S UM P F ORWARD O IL S CAVENGE TUBE
Preliminary Instructions . . . . . . . . . 1-47 1-60 Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-137 8-65
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-138 8-65
CONTAM INATION, OIL Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-140 8-65
Replacing Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-116 1-309 Removal (AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-136 8-64
Servicing Oil Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-112 1-306 Testing (AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-139 8-65
CONTINGENCY POWER (T701, T701C) (See TGT C-S UM P F ORWARD S CAVENGE TUBE
Limiter Setting Check (METS/FEDS/CETS) (T701, Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-58 8-34
T701C)) Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-59 8-34
Installation (AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-61 8-36
CONTINGENCY POWER CHECK (T701, T701C) Removal (AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-57 8-34
(See TGT Limiter Setting Check (METS/FEDS/CETS) Testing (AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-60 8-34
(T701, T701C))
C-S UM P H EAT SHIELD
COOLER, O IL (See Oil Cooler) Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15 4-12
T4-1 4-12
COOLING PLATE SEAL RING, GAS Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16 4-13
G ENERATOR, I NSPECTION OF Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13 4-10
(AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9 3-20
INDEX 10 Change 1
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Paragraph Paragraph
Fig (F), Fig (F),
Table (T), Table (T),
Subject Number Page Subject Number Page
C-S UM P O IL S UPPLY T UBE D RAIN AND REFILL P ROCEDURES FOR
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-70 8-37 U NUSUAL CONDITIONS , ENGINE
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-71 8-37 O IL TANK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-114 1-307
Installation (AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-73 8-37
Removal (AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-69 8-37 D RAIN INSERT, OIL (See Oil Drain Insert)
Testing (AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-72 8-37
D RAINING , ENGINE OIL TANK . . . . . . . 1-113 1-307
CURVIC COUPLING S EALS
Inspection (AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10 3-22 D RIVE ASSEMBLY , POWER T AKEOFF (See Power
Takeoff Drive Assembly)
D
D RIVE SHAFT, P OWER TURBINE (See Power Turbine
Drive Shaft)
D AM AGED, CANNIBALIZED , OR FAILED
ENGINE, PRESER VATION OF . . . . . . . . 1-208 1-453
D RIVESHAFT, AIRCRAFT HIGH SPEED
O UTPUT , M AINTENANCE REQUIRED
D ATA , EQUIPM ENT (T700) . . . . . . . . . . 1-41 1-54
FOLLOWING F AILURE OF . . . . . . . . . . 1-283 1-712
D ATA , EQUIPM ENT (T701, T701C) . . . 1-42 1-55
D RY M OTORING (ENGINE ROLLOVER )
Aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-122 1-311
DEC FAULT CODE RESET
METS/FEDS/CETS . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-220 1-478
V ERIFICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-272 1-700
D UCT , A NTI -I CING BLEED (See Anti-Icing Bleed Duct)
D EFINITION OF I NSPECTION TERMS . . . . 1-170 1-397
D UCT , A NTI -I CING IGV (See Anti-Icing IGV Duct)
D EM AND SYSTEM , NP , C HECKING
Aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-86 1-283
D UCT , O UTER T URBINE (See Outer Turbine Duct)
METS/FEDS/CETS . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-269 1-699
D UCT , P ARTICLE S EPARATOR I NLET (See Particle
D ESERT E NVIRONM ENTS , COM PRESSOR
Separator Inlet Duct)
CLEANING IN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-161 1-370
D IAGNOSTIC E QUIPM ENT . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-171 1-401 E
D IAGRAM S , B OLTING E3 C ONNECTOR BRACKET ,
Midframe Assembly-to-Turbine REPLACEM ENT OF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-39 7-51
Case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F4-2 4-5
Swirl Frame-to-Main Frame . . . . . . . 2-23 2-48 ECU OR DEC LOCK -OUT S YSTEM CHEC K
Aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-134 1-327
D IFFUSER AND MIDFRAME CASING METS/FEDS/CETS . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-235 1-496
A SSEMB LY
Diffuser Mount Lug Hole Repair ECU/DEC (See Electrical Control Unit (ECU)
(AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-64 2-94 and Scroll Seal)
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-62 2-88
T2-18 2-88 ECU/DEC AND HMU S YSTEM CHECK
Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-63 2-93 Aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-81 1-279
METS/FEDS/CETS . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-263 1-696
Change 1 INDEX 11
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Paragraph Paragraph
Fig (F), Fig (F),
Table (T), Table (T),
Subject Number Page Subject Number Page
ELECTRIC AL CABLE , B LUE (W5) (See Blue ELECTRIC AL S YSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-35 1-27
Electrical Cable (W5))
ELEM ENT AND BOWL, FUEL F ILTER (See Fuel
ELECTRIC AL CABLE , G REEN (W3) (See Green Filter Element and Bowl)
Electrical Cable (W3))
ELEM ENT, OIL FILTER (See Oil Filter Element)
ELECTRIC AL CABLE , Y ELLOW (W4) (See Yellow
Electrical Cable (W4)) EM ERGENCY S HUTDOWN P ROCEDURE
Aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-136 1-328
ELECTRIC AL CHIP D ETECTOR METS/FEDS/CETS . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-216 1-476
Analysis of Debris
Aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F1-48 1-186 ENGINE
METS/FEDS/CETS . . . . . . . . . . F1-145 1-623 Activating After Intermediate
Circuit Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-90 1-285 Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-110 1-305
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-53 8-30 Borescoping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-172 1-408
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-54 8-32 Checks and Tests Required for
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-55 8-33 Replacement of Parts
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-52 8-30 Aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-127 1-322
METS/FEDS/CETS . . . . . . . . . . 1-223 1-484
ELECTRIC AL CONNECTORS . . . . . . . . . H-7 H-2 Checks Required After a Lightning
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-11 H-6 Strike . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-128 1-322
General Maintenance Practices . . . . H-7 H-2 Cleaning External Surfaces for
Mating and Sealing (Waterproof) Engine Installed in Aircraft . . . . . 1-108 1-304
Hex Coupling Nuts . . . . . . . . . . H-9 H-3 Cleanliness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-111 1-306
Knurled Coupling Rings . . . . . . H-10 H-5 Components Life Limits . . . . . . . . . 1-70 1-83
Preliminary Information . . . . . . H-8 H-2 Damaged, Cannibalized, or Failed,
Uncoupling, Failed Nondecoupling Preservation of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-208 1-453
Mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-12 H-7 Dry Motoring (Rollover)
Aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-122 1-311
ELECTRIC AL CONTROL U NIT (ECU) OR METS/FEDS/CETS . . . . . . . . . . 1-220 1-478
D IGITAL E LECTRONIC CONTROL (DEC) Flameout Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-286 1-716
AND S CROLL S EAL Fuel System, Checkout
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-13 7-20 Aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-77 1-274
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-14 7-21 METS/FEDS/CETS . . . . . . . . . . 1-260 1-692
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-16 7-24 Hand-Cranking
Packaging for Shipment or Aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-98 1-294
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-210 1-456 METS/FEDS/CETS . . . . . . . . . . 1-290 1-718
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-12 7-13 Inlet Blockage, Maintenance
Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-15 7-24 Required Following Compressor
Airflow Disruption . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-284 1-712
ELECTRIC AL I GNITION LEADS Inspection
Check Accidents or Incidents . . . . . . . . 1-285 1-716
Aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-89 1-285 Installation
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-25 7-36 into Engine into Engine
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-26 7-37 Transportation Adapter
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-28 7-38 21C7082G02 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-54 1-67
METS/FEDS/CETS . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-270 1-700 into Shipping and Storage
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-24 7-34 Container 8145CON004-1 . . . . 1-58 1-72
Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-27 7-38
INDEX 12 Change 1
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Paragraph Paragraph
Fig (F), Fig (F),
Table (T), Table (T),
Subject Number Page Subject Number Page
onto Maintenance Stand Adapter Removal
21C7071G01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-56 1-69 from Engine Transportation Adapter
Intermediate Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-205 1-451 21C7082G02 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-55 1-69
Long-Term Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-206 1-452 from Maintenance Stand Adapter
Maintenance Procedure for Engines 21C7071G01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-57 1-72
Immersed in Salt Water or Exposed from Shipping and Storage Container
to Fire-Extinguishing . . . . . . . . . . . 1-105 1-297 8145CON004-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-50 1-61
METS/FEDS/CETS . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-211 1-460 Rollover (Dry-Motoring)
Preliminary Instructions . . . . . . . 1-212 1-460 Aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-122 1-311
Motoring, Dry (Rollover) METS/FEDS/CETS . . . . . . . . . . 1-220 1-478
Aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-122 1-311 Serviceability Test for No or Low
METS/FEDS/CETS . . . . . . . . . . . 1-220 1-478 (Below Minimum Limits) Oil Pressure
Oil Aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-74 1-273
Replacing One Specification METS/FEDS/CETS . . . . . . . . . . 1-257 1-689
with that of Another . . . . . . . . . 1-115 1-307 Short-Term Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-204 1-451
Replacing, Which Has Been Shutdown
Contaminated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-116 1-309 Aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-135 1-328
Tank Draining . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-113 1-307 METS/FEDS/CETS . . . . . . . . . . 1-248 1-535
Oil Discharge Pressure (EODP) Shutdown, Emergency
Temperature Corrections Aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-136 1-328
(T700) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-247 1-531 METS/FEDS/CETS . . . . . . . . . . 1-216 1-476
Oil Tank Start
Drain and Refill Procedures for Aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-123 1-311
Unusual Conditions . . . . . . . . . . 1-114 1-307 METS/FEDS/CETS . . . . . . . . . . 1-224 1-484
Servicing, After Replacement of a Testing in METS/FEDS/CETS . . . . 1-211 1-460
Failed Oil Cooler . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-117 1-310 Torque Accuracy Check . . . . . . . . . 1-246 1-531
Operating Parameters
Aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-125 1-311 ENGINE A CTIVATING
METS/FEDS/CETS . . . . . . . . . . . 1-213 1-463 After Intermediate Storage . . . . . . . 1-110 1-305
Operating Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-124 1-311 After Removal from Shipping and
Overtemperature, Maintenance Storage Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-53 1-67
Required Following Engine . . . . . . 1-280 1-705 After Short-Term Storage . . . . . . . . 1-109 1-305
Overtorque, Maintenance Required
Following Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-277 1-701 ENGINE I NTERNAL W ASHING S YSTEM 1-39 1-52
Performance
Blending and Chamfering ENGINES I MM ER SED IN S ALT W ATER
Compressor Rotor Blades to OR EXPOSED TO F IRE-E XTINGUISHING
Recover Engine (AVIM) . . . . . . 2-5 2-2 A GENTS
Repair of Compressor Rotor Stage 1 Preliminary Information . . . . . . . . . 1-106 1-297
Blades to Recover Engine
(AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6 2-21 EQUIPMENT D ATA (T700) . . . . . . . . . . 1-41 1-54
Preparation
for Start (METS/FEDS/CETS) . . 1-218 1-478 EQUIPMENT D ATA (T701, T701C) . . . 1-42 1-55
for Test (Aircraft) . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-120 1-311
Preservation Damaged, EQUIPMENT, DIAGNOSTIC . . . . . . . . . . 1-171 1-401
Cannibalized, or Failed . . . . . . . . . 1-208 1-453
Priming of Fuel System EXCITER ASSEMB LY , I GNITION (See Ignition Exciter
Aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-137 1-329 Assembly)
METS/FEDS/CETS . . . . . . . . . . . 1-219 1-478
Change 1 INDEX 13
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Paragraph Paragraph
Fig (F), Fig (F),
Table (T), Table (T),
Subject Number Page Subject Number Page
EXHAUST F RAME FORWARD S EAL P RESSURE TUBE (AVIM)
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18 4-13 Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-33 10-23
T4-2 4-13
FORWARD S USPENSION L UG
F Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-77 2-110
Installation (T700, T701C) . . . . . . 2-78 2-112
Installation (T701) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-79 2-112
FACE -TYPE SEAL (S TAGE 1 NOZZLE)
Removal (T700, T701C) . . . . . . . . 2-75 2-109
Cleaning (AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19 3-47
Removal (T701) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-76 2-110
Inspection (AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20 3-47
Installation (AVIM) (T700) . . . . . . 3-24 3-62
FOURTEEN -D AY /TEN -HOUR I NSPECTION
Installation (AVIM)
REQUIREMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-61 1-77
(T701, T701C) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25 3-65
Removal (AVIM) (T700) . . . . . . . . 3-15 3-39
FR AM E, EXHAUST (See Exhaust Frame)
Removal (AVIM)
(T701, T701C) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16 3-40
FR AM E, FRONT (See Front Frame)
FACE -TYPE SEAL (T701C) (Gas
FR AM E, MAIN (See Main Frame)
Generator Stator)
Cleaning (AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7 3-9
FR AM E, SWIRL (See Swirl Frame)
Inspection (AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12 3-33
Installation (AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13 3-33
FR ONT FRAME
Removal (AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6 3-2
Inspection (AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-35 2-64
Repair (AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36 2-64
FAILED, DAM AGED, OR CANNIBALIZED
ENGINES , PRESERVATION OF . . . . . . . 1-208 1-453
FUEL BOOST P UMP
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-35 6-18
FILTER , FUEL (See Fuel Filter)
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-38 6-19
Packaging for Shipment or
FIRE -EXTINGUISHING A GENTS,
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-210 1-456
M AINTENANCE OF ENGINES
Preservation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-209 1-453
EXPOSED TO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-105 1-297
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-34 6-17
Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-36 6-18
FITTINGS , H OSES , AND TUBES
6-37 6-19
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-23 H-13
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-24 H-15
FUEL CONNECTOR
Testing (AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-25 H-17
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-47 5-42
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-48 5-44
FLIGHT S AFETY CRITIC AL AIRCR AFT
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-49 5-45
PARTS PR OGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-19 1-4
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-46 5-42
FORWARD S EAL P RESSURE TUBE
FUEL F ILTER
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-34 10-23
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-48 6-36
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-35 10-23
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-49 6-37
Installation (AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-37 10-23
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-50 6-38
Removal (AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-33 10-23
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-47 6-34
Testing (AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-36 10-23
Servicing when Impending Bypass
Indicator Button Pops . . . . . . . . . . 6-46 6-32
INDEX 14 Change 3
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Paragraph Paragraph
Fig (F), Fig (F),
Table (T), Table (T),
Subject Number Page Subject Number Page
FUEL F ILTER BYPASS VALVE CHECK Removal (T700) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-28 6-16
Aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-76 1-274 Testing (AVIM) (T700) . . . . . . . . . 6-31 6-16
METS/FEDS/CETS . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-259 1-692
FUEL S YSTEM
FUEL F ILTER E LEMENT AND BOWL Description (T700) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-29 1-22
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-53 6-39 Description (T701, T701C) . . . . . . 1-32 1-25
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-54 6-39
T6-6 6-39 FUEL S YSTEM F LOW (T700) . . . . . . . . 1-23
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-55 6-41
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-52 6-38 FUEL S YSTEM LRU'S , PRESER VATION . 1-209 1-453
FUEL F LOW V ERIFICATION CHEC KS FUEL S YSTEM, E NGINE , C HECKOUT
Aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-75 1-274 Aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-77 1-274
METS/FEDS/CETS Test . . . . . . . . . 1-221 1-478 METS/FEDS/CETS . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-260 1-692
METS/FEDS/CETS Troubleshooting 1-258 1-689
G
FUEL I NJECTOR ASSEMB LIES
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-25 6-12
G AS G ENERATOR ROTOR (SEE STAGES 1
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-26 6-15
AND 2 G AS GENERATOR TURBINE
Life Limits (T700) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . T1-9 1-81
ROTOR AND G AS G ENERATOR
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-24 6-11
STATOR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7 3-9
Retirement Schedule for (T700) . . . 1-68 1-80
G AS G ENERATOR ROTOR (See Stages 1 and 2
FUEL I NJECTOR PORT
Gas Generator Turbine Rotor and Gas Generator Stator)
Repair of Seating Surface . . . . . . . . . 2-73 2-108
G AS G ENERATOR S HAFT TIE-B OLTS
FUEL P RESSURE SENSOR
RESTRAINING A DAPTER 21C7439P01
Circuit Check, Green Cable
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-82 2-112
Aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-97 1-294
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F2-54 2-113
METS/FEDS/CETS . . . . . . . . . . . 1-289 1-717
2-88 2-115
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-64 6-44
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-65 6-44
G EARBOX ASSEMBLY , ACCESSORY D RIVE
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-63 6-42
(See Accessory Drive Gearbox Assembly)
FUEL P RESSURE SENSOR C IRCUIT CHECK
G EARBOX, A CCESSORY (See Accessory Gearbox,
Aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-97 1-294
Accessory Section Module)
METS/FEDS/CETS . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-289 1-717
G EARBOX- TO -HMU HOSE ASSEM BLY
FUEL S TART FEED T UBE (T700)
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-58 6-41
Cleaning (T700) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-19 6-9
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-59 6-41
Inspection (T700) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-20 6-9
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-61 6-41
Installation (T700) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-22 6-9
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-57 6-41
Removal (T700) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-18 6-9
Testing (AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-60 6-41
Testing (AVIM) (T700) . . . . . . . . . . 6-21 6-9
G ENERAL
FUEL S TART MANIFOLD TUBE (T700)
Information (Troubleshooting)
Cleaning (T700) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-29 6-16
Aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-71 1-99
Inspection (T700) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-30 6-16
METS/FEDS/CETS . . . . . . . . . . 1-254 1-540
Installation (T700) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-32 6-16
Change 1 INDEX 15
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Paragraph Paragraph
Fig (F), Fig (F),
Table (T), Table (T),
Subject Number Page Subject Number Page
Maintenance Information . . . . . . . . 1-100 1-296 METS/FEDS/CETS . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-290 1-718
Practices and Precautions . . . . . . . . 1-104 1-296
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-202 1-450 H EALTH INDICATOR T EST (HIT) C HECK
PR OCEDURE FOR UH-60A, UH-60L
G REEN CABLE FUEL P RESSURE SENSOR AND AH-64A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-153 1-359
CIR CUIT CHECK
Aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-97 1-294 H EAT S HIELD , C-SUM P (See C-Sump Heat Shield)
METS/FEDS/CETS . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-289 1-717
H IGH SPEED O UTPUT D RIVESHAFT ,
G REEN CABLE OIL PRESSUR E S ENSOR A IRCR AFT , MAINTENANCE F OLLOWING
CIR CUIT CHECK FAILURE OF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-283 1-712
Aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-95 1-293
METS/FEDS/CETS . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-287 1-717 H ISTORY RECORDER OR H ISTORY
COUNTER
G REEN CABLE OIL TEMPER ATUR E S ENSOR Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19 7-28
CIR CUIT CHECK (T700, T701C) Correction of Readings . . . . . . . . . . 1-70 1-86
Aircraft (T700, T701C) . . . . . . . . . 1-96 1-293 Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20 7-29
METS/FEDS/CETS (T700, T701C) 1-288 1-717 Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-22 7-34
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-18 7-27
G REEN ELECTRICAL CAB LE (W3) Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-21 7-32
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-37 7-45 Replacement of (History Counter)
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-38 7-48 Guard (AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-32
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-40 7-51 Replacement of (History Recorder)
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-36 7-45 Guard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-32
Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-39 7-51 Replacement of Grounding Strap . . 7-34
Replacement of Isolators . . . . . . . . . 7-34
G ROUND IDLE G AS GENERATOR T URBINE
ROTOR S PEED (N G) LIMITS HIT B ASELINE CHECK AND ENGINE
Aircraft (T700) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . T1-17 1-311 PERFORMANCE D ATA CHECKS FOR
Aircraft (T701, T701C) . . . . . . . . . T1-18 1-316 UH-60A, UH-60L AND AH-64A . . . . 1-154 1-360
METS/FEDS/CETS (T700) . . . . . . T1-36 1-463
HIT I N -FLIGHT CHECK FOR D ESERT
G ROUNDING STRAP O PERATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-156 1-366
Replacement of History Recorder or
History Counter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-34 HMU (See Hydromechanical Control Unit
Replacement of Ignition Exciter . . . 7-43 (HMU) and Grooved Clamp Coupling)
G UARD , R EPLACEMENT OF H ISTOR Y HMU AND ECU SYSTEM C HECK
REC ORDER OR H ISTOR Y COUNTER . . 7-32 Aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-81 1-279
METS/FEDS/CETS . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-263 1-696
H
HMU P3 FITTING CHECK
Aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-138 1-329
H AND -CRANKING A CCESSOR Y G EAR BOX
METS/FEDS/CETS . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-225 1-490
Aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-99 1-294
METS/FEDS/CETS . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-291 1-718
H OISTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-52 1-65
H AND -CRANKING E NGINE
H OISTING, ENGINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-52 1-65
Aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-98 1-294
INDEX 16 Change 5
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Paragraph Paragraph
Fig (F), Fig (F),
Table (T), Table (T),
Subject Number Page Subject Number Page
H OSE AND T UBE A SSEM BLY , P3 (See P3 Hose and Tube Installation (T701, T701C) . . . . . . 7-10 7-12.1
Assembly) Removal (T700) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5 7-3
Removal (T701, T701C) . . . . . . . . 7-6 7-3
H OSE A SSEM BLY , G EARB OX -TO -HMU (See
Gearbox-to-HMU Hose Assembly) IGNITION EXCITER A SSEM BLY
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-31 7-41
H OSES , TUBES , AND FITTINGS Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-32 7-42
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-23 H-13 Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-34 7-45
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-24 H-15 Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-30 7-40
Testing (AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-25 H-17 Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-33 7-43
Replacement of Grounding Strap . . 7-43
H OT S ECTION (See Combustion Section, Hot Section Replacement of Isolators . . . . . . . . 7-43
Module)
IM PELLER V ANE I NSPECTION . . . . . . . . 1-190 1-434
H OT S ECTION MODULE (See Combustion Section, Hot
Section Module) IM PENDING BYPASS I NDICATOR BUTTON
POPS , S ERVICING W HEN
H OT S ECTION OF ENGINES O PERATING Fuel Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-46 6-32
IN A D IRTY E NVIRONMENT . . . . . . . . . 1-166 1-377 Oil Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-30 8-20
H OUSINGS , A NTI -I CING SEAL (See Anti-Icing Seal Housings) INDEX , S YMPTOM
Aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-72 1-100
H YDROMECHANICAL CONTROL U NIT
(HMU) AND G ROOVED CLAM P INDICATOR AND BOWL ASSEMBLY , OIL F ILTER
COUPLING (See Oil Filter Bowl and Indicator Assembly)
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-41 6-21
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-42 6-25 INDICTOR, O IL L EVEL (See Oil Level Indicator)
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-44 6-31
Packaging for Shipment or INFORMATION
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-210 1-456 General Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . 1-100 1-296
Preservation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-209 1-453 General Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . 1-71 1-99
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-40 6-20 Preliminary Borescope . . . . . . . . . . 1-175 1-412
Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-43 6-31 Preliminary Borescope (T700) . . . . 1-173 1-408
Preliminary Borescope
I (T701, T701C) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-174 1-410
INJECTOR A SSEMBLIES , F UEL (See Fuel Injector Assemblies)
IDLE S PEED CHECK
Aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-140 1-331
INLET DUCT , PARTIC LE SEPARATOR (See Particle Separator
METS/FEDS/CETS . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-227 1-491
Inlet Duct)
IDLE S PEED LEAKAGE CHECK
INLET GUIDE V ANE
Aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-139 1-330
Actuating Ring Inspection . . . . . . . 2-49 2-74
METS/FEDS/CETS . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-226 1-490
Actuator Levers Inspection . . . . . . . 2-51 2-75
T2-12 2-75
IGNITER PLUG
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-182 1-424
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7 7-7
Sleeve Bushing Inspection . . . . . . . 2-51 2-75
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8 7-8
Installation (T700) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9 7-12
Change 4 INDEX 17
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Paragraph Paragraph
Fig (F), Fig (F),
Table (T), Table (T),
Subject Number Page Subject Number Page
INLET SEPARATOR BOOT Stage 1 Turbine Nozzle
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-46 2-73 Vanes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-195 1-442
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-47 2-74 Stage 5 Vanes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-190 1-434
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-45 2-73 Brackets And Clip Support . . . . . . . H-33 H-32
B-Sump
INSERT, OIL DRAIN (See Oil Drain Insert)
Delta Pressure Tube
INSERTS AND STUDS , THREADED (T701,T701C) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-158 8-78
Inspection (AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-27 H-19 Drain Tube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-77 8-39
Replacement (Keensert/Tridair) Oil Inlet Check Valve . . . . . . . . . 8-106 8-50
(AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-29 H-25 Bypass Valve Assembly
Replacement (Kelox and Rosan) (AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-49 8-29
(AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-28 H-19 Coil Oil Relief Valve (AVIM) . . . . 8-44 8-27
Combustion Liner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . T3-8 3-52
INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-44 7-54 Combustor Inner Shroud
Accessory Drive Gearbox (AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-68 2-106
Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26 5-30 Compressor Case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-53 2-77
Actuating System Linkage Compressor Leakage Air Tube . . . . 10-46 10-30
Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . T2-17 2-87 Compressor Rotor and Blades . . . . . 2-9
2-71 2-106 Compressor Stator Splitline
T2-20 2-106 Shoulder Bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-54 2-83
Alternator Rotor (AVIM) . . . . . . . . 7-60 7-67 C-Sump
Alternator Stator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-54 7-62 Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15 4-12
Anti-Icing Bleed Duct . . . . . . . . . . . 10-13 10-5 Forward Oil Scavenge Tube . . . . 8-138 8-65
Anti-Icing IGV Duct . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-18 10-6 Forward Scavenge Tube . . . . . . . 8-59 8-34
Anti-Icing, Bleed and Start Valve, Heat Shield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15 4-12
Sealing Housings, Seal Oil Supply Tube . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-71 8-37
Retainer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-28 10-12 C-Sump Aft Scavenge Tube . . . . . . 8-65 8-36
A-Sump Output Shaft Assembly Curvic Coupling Seals (AVIM) . . . 3-10 3-22
(AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20 2-52 Diffuser and Midframe Casing
Axial Movement in Actuating Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-62 2-88
System Linkage Assembly . . . . . . 2-71.1 2-106.1 Digital Electronic Control (DEC)
Axis-G Cavity Seal Drain . . . . . . . . 5-20 5-26 and Scroll Seal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-14 7-21
Blue Electrical Cable (W5) . . . . . . . 7-49 7-58 Electrical Chip Detector . . . . . . . . . 8-53 8-30
Borescope 8-54 8-32
Combustion Liner . . . . . . . . . . . 1-195 1-442 Electrical Control Unit (ECU) and
Compressor Rotor Scroll Seal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-14 7-21
Stage 1 Blades . . . . . . . . . 1-182 1-424 Electrical Ignition Leads . . . . . . . . . 7-26 7-37
Stage 5 Blades . . . . . . . . . 1-190 1-434 Exhaust Frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18 4-13
Engine Using Borescope Kit Face-Type Seal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . T3-7 3-47
21C7190P01 (T700) . . . . 1-172 1-408 Face-Type Seal (T701C) (AVIM)
21C7190P02 (Gas Generator Stator) . . . . . . . . . T3-5 3-33
(T701, T701C) . . . . . . 1-172 1-408 Forward Seal Pressure Tube . . . . . . 10-35 10-23
21C7700P03 . . . . . . . . . . . 1-172 1-408 Forward Suspension Lug . . . . . . . . 2-77 2-110
21C7744P01 (T700) . . . . 1-172 1-408 Front Frame (AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . 2-35 2-64
21C7744P02 (T700) or Fuel Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-48 5-44
21C7744P03 . . . . . . . . 1-172 1-408 Fuel filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-49 6-37
21C7779P03 . . . . . . . . . . . 1-172 1-408 Fuel Filter Bowl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-54 6-39
Impeller Vanes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-190 1-434 Fuel Injector Assemblies . . . . . . . . . 6-25 6-12
Inlet Guide Vanes . . . . . . . . . . . 1-182 1-424 Fuel Pressure Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-64 6-44
INDEX 18 Change 3
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Paragraph Paragraph
Fig (F), Fig (F),
Table (T), Table (T),
Subject Number Page Subject Number Page
Fuel Start Feed Tube . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-20 6-9 Oil Temperature Sensor
Fuel Start Manifold Tube (T700,T701C) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-143 8-67
(T700) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-30 6-16 Oil Transfer Sleeves (AVIM) . . . . . 8-119 8-56
Gas Generator Cooling Plate Outer Balance Piston Seal . . . . . . . T3-6 3-43
Seal Ring (AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9 3-20 Outer Turbine Duct (AVIM) . . . . . 4-26 4-21
Gas Generator Stator (AVIM) . . . . . 3-11 3-23 P3 Hose and Tube Assembly
Gearbox-to-HMU Hose (T700) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-7 10-2
Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-59 6-41 P3 Tube (T701,T701C) . . . . . . . . . 10-57 10-32
Green Electrical Cable (W3) . . . . . . 7-38 7-48 Particle Separator Blower and
Grooved Clamp Coupling . . . . . . . . 6-42 6-25 V-Band Coupling Assembly . . . . 5-13 5-14
History Recorder (T700,T701) Particle Separator Inlet Duct . . . . . . 5-19 5-23
or History Counter (T701C) . . . . . 7-20 7-29 Periodic Requirements . . . . . . . . . . 1-64 1-78
Hydromechanical Control Unit Power Takeoff Drive Assembly
(HMU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-42 6-25 (AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-28 2-60
Igniter Plugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8 7-8 Power Turbine Drive Shaft
Ignition Exciter Assembly . . . . . . . . 7-32 7-42 Assembly (AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30 4-23
Inlet Guide Vane Actuating Ring . . . 2-49 2-74 Power Turbine Module . . . . . . . . . . 4-5 4-2
Inlet Guide Vane Actuator Levers Power Turbine Module (AVIM) . . . 4-9 4-6
and Sleeve Bushings . . . . . . . . . . . 2-51 2-75 Pre-Run (METS/FEDS/CETS) . . . . 1-217 1-477
Inlet Separator Boot . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-46 2-73 Primer Nozzles (T700) . . . . . . . . . . 6-6 6-4
Lanyard, Coupling and Clip Radial Drive Shaft Assembly . . . . . 5-40 5-41
Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-28 10-12 Radial Drive Shaft Cover Assembly
Main Frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-39 2-66 and Retaining Ring . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-31 5-39
Oil Strainer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-111 8-53 Radial Drive Shaft Cover Boot . . . . 5-35 5-40
Preliminary Instructions . . . . . . . 2-38 2-66 Requirements
Main Fuel Manifold . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11 6-6 Periodic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-64 1-78
Main Fuel Manifold (AVIM) . . . . . . 6-14 6-8 Ten-Hour/Fourteen-Day . . . . . . 1-61 1-77
Mid C-Sump Scavenge Tube Scavenge Screens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-21 8-14
(AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-132 8-64 Scavenge Tubes (AVIM),
No. 1 Carbon Seal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24 2-56 Oil Inlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32 2-62
Np Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-78 7-82 Scroll Case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-43 2-71
Oil and Scavenge Pump . . . . . . . . . . 8-14 8-8 Seal Pressure and Scavenge
Oil Cooler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7 8-4 Tube Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-51 10-32
Oil Cooler Bypass Relief Valve Sensing Tube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-41 10-29
(AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-40 8-25 Stage 1 Nozzle Assembly . . . . . . . . T3-7 3-47
Oil Drain Insert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-127 8-61 Stage 3 Turbine Nozzle Bolts
Oil Drain Plug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-123 8-59 (AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24 4-20
Oil Filter Bowl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-33 8-22 Stage 3 Turbine Nozzle Segments
Oil Filter Bypass Sensor . . . . . . . . . . 8-27 8-19 (AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24 4-20
Oil Inlet, Scavenge Tubes Stage 4 Seal and Turbine Nozzle . . 4-22 4-19
(AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32 2-62 Stage 4 Turbine Rotor Blades . . . . . 4-20 4-18
Oil Level Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-115 8-54 Stages 1 and 2 Gas Generator
Oil Manifold Assembly . . . . . . . . . . 8-89 8-47 Turbine Rotor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8 3-9
Oil Pressure Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-150 8-72 Stages 1 and 2 Sleeve Bushings . . . 2-59 2-87
Oil Supply Tube Stages 1 and 2 Vane Actuating
Left-Hand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-101 8-49 Ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-57 2-86
Right-Hand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-96 8-48 Stages 1 and 2 Vane Actuator
Oil Tank Cap and Adapter . . . . . . . . 8-83 8-42 Levers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-59 2-87
Change 1 INDEX 19
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Paragraph Paragraph
Fig (F), Fig (F),
Table (T), Table (T),
Subject Number Page Subject Number Page
Studs and Threaded Inserts Onto Maintenance Stand Adapter
(AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-27 H-19 21C7071G01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-56 1-69
Swirl Frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12 2-38 F1-39 1-70
Table Column Headings . . . . . . . . . 1-169 1-394
Ten-Hour/Fourteen-Day INSTALLATION OF E NGINE OR COLD
Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-61 1-77 SECTION M ODULE INTO ENGINE
Terms, Definition of . . . . . . . . . . . . T1-28 1-398 TRANSPORTATION A DAPTER
Thermocouple Assembly . . . . . . . . 7-65 7-71 Removal from Maintenance Stand
Tie Rod Round Nut Bushing and Adapter 21C7071G01 . . . . . . . . . . 1-57 1-72
Compressor Bore . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-55 2-84
Torque and Overspeed Sensor and INSTALLATION OF P OWER TURBINE
Np Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-72 7-78 M ODULE INTO SHIPPING AND
Tubes, Hoses, and Fittings . . . . . . . H-24 H-15 STORAGE CONTAINER 21C7300G01 . 4-33 4-24
Turbine Case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28 4-21
Yellow Electrical Cable (W4) . . . . 7-44 7-54 INSTRUM ENT INDICATING CAB LES , LOAD
SHARE, AND N P D EMAND S YSTEM
INSPECTION (T700) CHECK
Pressurizing and Overspeed (POU) Aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-86 1-283
Manifold Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . 6-84 6-55 METS/FEDS/CETS . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-269 1-699
Pressurizing and Overspeed Unit
(POU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-90 6-59 INSTRUM ENTATION REQUIR EM ENTS . . 1-121 1-311
Pressurizing and Overspeed Unit
(POU) Manifold Assembly . . . . . 6-81 6-53 INTERM EDIATE S TORAGE
Activating Engine After . . . . . . . . . 1-110 1-305
INSPECTION (T701,T701C) Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-205 1-451
Overspeed and Drain Valve
(ODV) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-77 6-51 ISOLATOR S
Overspeed and Drain Valve (ODV) Replacement of History Recorder or
Manifold Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . 6-68 6-46 History Counter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-34
6-71 6-47 Replacement of Ignition Exciter . . . 7-43
INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-84 2-113 J
Right-Hand Compressor Case . . . . 2-16
JACKING SCR EWS , USE OF . . . . . . . . . . H-3 H-1
INSTALLATION OF A CC ESSORY SECTION
M ODULE INTO SHIPPING AND
STORAGE CONTAINER K
21C7301G01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-52 5-46
K EENSERT/TRIDAIR S TUDS AND
INSTALLATION OF E NGINE OR COLD THREADED I NSERTS ,
SECTION M ODULE REPLACEM ENT OF (AVIM) . . . . . . . . H-29 H-25
Into Engine Transportation Adapter
21C7082G02 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-54 1-67 K ELOX AND ROSAN STUDS AND
F1-37 1-68 THREADED I NSERTS ,
Into Shipping and Storage REPLACEM ENT OF (AVIM) . . . . . . . . H-28 H-19
Container 8145CON004-1 . . . . . . F1-36 1-66
1-58 1-72
INDEX 20 Change 1
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Paragraph Paragraph
Fig (F), Fig (F),
Table (T), Table (T),
Subject Number Page Subject Number Page
L LIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-176 1-412
LIGHT SOURCE SUPPLY S ETUP
LANYARD
(21C7190P01) (T700) . . . . . . . . . . 1-176 1-412
Coupling and Clip Assembly
(21C7190P02) (T701, T701C) . . . 1-179 1-421
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27 10-9
(21C7700P03) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-192 1-438
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-28 10-12
(21C7744P01) (T700) . . . . . . . . . . 1-184 1-427
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-31 10-16
(21C7744P02) (T700) or
(21C7744P03) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-187 1-430
LANYARD AND CLIP A SSEMBLY . . . . . . 10-25 10-9
(21C7779P03) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-197 1-446
Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-29 10-16
LIMITS
LANYARD , COUPLING AND CLIP
Ground Idle Gas Generator Turbine
A SSEMB LY
Rotor Speed (Ng)
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-26 10-9
Aircraft (T700) . . . . . . . . . . . . . T1-17 1-311
Aircraft (T701, T701C) . . . . . . T1-18 1-316
LEADS , ELECTRICAL IGNITION (See Electrical Ignition
METS/FEDS/CETS (T700) . . . T1-36 1-463
Leads)
METS/FEDS/CETS
(T701, T701C) . . . . . . . . . . . . T1-37 1-470
LEAKAGE CHECK , IDLE S PEED
Life
Aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-139 1-330
Particle Separator Blower,
METS/FEDS/CETS . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-226 1-490
PN 6034T62P11,
PN 6034T62P15 . . . . . . . . . . . 1-69 1-85
LEFT-H AND O IL S UPPLY TUBE (See Oil Supply Tube,
Procedures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-68 1-81
Left-Hand)
Operating
Aircraft (T700) . . . . . . . . . . . . . T1-17 1-311
LEVERS
Aircraft (T701, T701C) . . . . . . T1-18 1-316
Stages 1 and 2 Vane Actuator . . . . . 2-58 2-87
METS/FEDS/CETS (T700) . . . T1-36 1-463
METS/FEDS/CETS
LIFE L IM ITS (T700)
(T701, T701C) . . . . . . . . . . . . T1-37 1-470
Particle Separator Blower,
Time-to-Idle
PN 6034T62P11,
Aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F1-61 1-321
PN 6034T62P15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-69 1-85
METS/FEDS/CETS . . . . . . . . . . F1-109 1-467
LIFE L IM ITS FOR ENGINE
LINER, C OM BUSTION (See Combustion Liner)
COMPONENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-70 1-83
LINKAGE A SSEM BLY , AC TUATING S YSTEM (See Actuating
LIFE-L IM ITED P AR TS , R ETIREMENT
System Linkage Assembly)
SC HEDULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-67 1-80
LIST OF M ANUFACTURED ITEM S
LIFTING S LING 21C7081G02
(M ANUFACTURED ITEM P ART
Engine or Module Hoisting . . . . . . . 1-52 1-65
N UM BER INDEX ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TF-1 F-1
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F1-34 1-62
Lifting Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F1-35 1-63
LOAD S HARING CABLES , CHECKING . . 1-86 1-283
Change 3 INDEX 21
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Paragraph Paragraph
Fig (F), Fig (F),
Table (T), Table (T),
Subject Number Page Subject Number Page
LOCK -OUT , ECU OR DEC, SYSTEM M AINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART . . B-1 B-1
CHECK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-235 1-496 Categories and Work Times . . . . . . B-5 B-4
Aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-134 1-327 Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-3 B-3
Remarks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-7 B-4
LONG-T ERM S TORAGE , E NGINE . . . . . 1-206 1-452 Standard Groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-4 B-3
Tools and Test Equipment . . . . . . . B-6 B-4
LRU' S Use of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-2 B-2
Packaging for Shipment or
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-210 1-456 M AINTENANCE PROCEDURE FOR
Preservation of Fuel System . . . . . . 1-209 1-453 ENGINES I MM ER SED IN S ALT W ATER
OR EXPOSED TO F IRE-E XTINGUISHING
LRU' S LINE REPLACEAB LE UNITS . . . . 1-27 1-22 A GENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-105 1-297
LUBE NOZZLE, AXIS -A M AINTENANCE REQUIRED FOLLOWING
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-44 5-42 Compressor Airflow Disruption or
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-43 5-41 Engine Inlet Blockage . . . . . . . . . 1-284 1-712
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-42 5-41 Engine Overtemperature . . . . . . . . . 1-280 1-705
Failure of Aircraft High Speed
LUBRICANTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-2 H-1 Output Driveshaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-283 1-712
Gas Generator (Ng) Overspeed . . . . 1-278 1-701
LUG , F ORW ARD S USPENSION (See Forward Suspension Lug) Np Overspeed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-276 1-701
Overtorque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-277 1-701
M Sudden Engine Stoppage . . . . . . . . 1-274 1-701
M AINTENANCE STAND A DAPTER
M AIN F RAM E
21C7071G01
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-39 2-66
Installation of Engine or Cold
Preliminary Instructions . . . . . . . 2-38 2-66
Section Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-56 1-69
Repair (AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-40 2-68
F1-39 1-70
Removal of Engine or Cold
M AIN F RAM E B ORESCOPE P LUG
Section Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-57 1-72
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-183 1-426
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-41 2-70
M ANIFOLD ASSEMB LY , OIL (See Oil Manifold Assembly)
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-41 2-70
M ANIFOLD , MAIN F UEL (See Main Fuel Manifold)
M AIN F RAM E O IL S TRAINER
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-110 8-51
M ANUFACTURED I TEMS , LIST OF
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-111 8-53
(M ANUFACTURED ITEM P ART
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-112 8-53
N UM BER INDEX ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-1 F-1
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-109 8-51
M ATING ELECTRICAL CONNECTORS . . H-8 H-2
M AIN F UEL M ANIFOLD
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10 6-6
M AXIMUM POWER CHECK
Cleaning (AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13 6-8
AH-64A (T701, T701C) . . . . . . . . 1-146 1-341
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11 6-6
UH-60A (T700) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-145 1-332
Inspection (AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14 6-8
UH-60L (T701C) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-147 1-348
Installation (AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16 6-8
Removal (AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12 6-6
M ECHANICAL CHECK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-222 1-479
Testing (AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15 6-8
INDEX 22 Change 1
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Paragraph Paragraph
Fig (F), Fig (F),
Table (T), Table (T),
Subject Number Page Subject Number Page
METS/FEDS/CETS N P D EM AND S YSTEM AND N OZZLE S EGM ENTS, S TAGE 3 TURBINE (See Stage 3
INSTRUM ENT INDICATING CAB LES , Turbine Nozzle Segments)
CHECK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-269 1-699
N OZZLE, LUBE, A XIS -A (See Lube Nozzle)
M ID C-SUMP S CAVENGE TUBE
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-131 8-64 N P DEMAND SYSTEM AND I NSTRUMENT
Inspection (AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-132 8-64 INDICATING CABLES , CHECK
Installation (AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-134 8-64 Aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-86 1-283
Removal (AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-130 8-62 METS/FEDS/CETS . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-269 1-699
Testing (AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-133 8-64
N P GOVER NING CHECK
M IDFRAME A SSEM BLY -TO -TURBINE Aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-141 1-331
CASE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F4-2 4-5 METS/FEDS/CETS . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-231 1-495
M IDFRAME BORESCOPE PORT PLUG N P OVERSPEED, MAINTENANCE REQUIRED
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-196 1-445 FOLLOWING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-276 1-701
M IDFRAME BORESCOPE PORT PLUG N P SENSOR
(T700) Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-77 7-81
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-69 2-106 Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-78 7-82
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-69 2-106 Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-80 7-82
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-76 7-80
M IDFRAME F UEL I NJEC TOR P ORT Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-79 7-82
Repair of Seating Surface . . . . . . . . . 2-73 2-108
N P SENSOR S YSTEM CHECK
M OTORING , D RY (E NGINE ROLLOVER) Aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-80 1-279
Aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-122 1-311 METS/FEDS/CETS . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-267 1-698
METS/FEDS/CETS . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-220 1-478
O
N
O IL AND S CAVENGE P UM P
N G I NDICATING S YSTEM CHECK Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-13 8-6
Aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-91 1-286 Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-14 8-8
METS/FEDS/CETS . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-271 1-700 Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-15 8-9
Packaging for Shipment or
N O. 1 CARBON S EAL Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-210 1-456
Inspection (AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24 2-56 Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12 8-6
Installation (AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25 2-57
Removal (AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23 2-53 O IL CONSUMPTION CHECKS
Aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-144 1-332
N OISE, UNUSUAL ENGINE METS/FEDS/CETS . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-249 1-537
Aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-87 1-284
METS/FEDS/CETS . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-273 1-700.1 O IL CONTAMINATION
Replacing Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-116 1-309
N OZZLE ASSEMBLY , S TAGE 1 (See Stage 1 Nozzle Assembly) Servicing Oil Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-112 1-306
N OZZLE B OLTS , STAGE 3 TURBINE (See Stage 3 O IL COOLER
Turbine Nozzle Bolts) Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6 8-3
Change 3 INDEX 23
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Paragraph Paragraph
Fig (F), Fig (F),
Table (T), Table (T),
Subject Number Page Subject Number Page
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7 8-4 Installation (AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-33 2-64
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10 8-6 Removal (AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-31 2-62
Packaging for Shipment or
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-210 1-456 O IL LEVEL I NDICATOR
Preservation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-209 1-453 Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-115 8-54
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5 8-3 Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-116 8-54
Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8 8-6 Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-114 8-53
Servicing Oil Tank After
Replacement of a Failed . . . . . . . . 1-117 1-310 O IL MANIFOLD ASSEMB LY
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-88 8-47
O IL COOLER BYPASS RELIEF V ALVE Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-89 8-47
Inspection (AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-40 8-25 Installation (AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-92 8-47
Installation (AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-41 8-25 Removal (AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-87 8-44
Removal (AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-39 8-23 Repair (AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-90 8-47
Testing (AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-91 8-47
O IL COOLER SEAL
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9 8-6 O IL PR ESSURE S ENSOR
Circuit Check, Green Cable
O IL DRAIN INSERT Aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-95 1-293
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-127 8-61 METS/FEDS/CETS . . . . . . . . . . 1-287 1-717
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-128 8-62 Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-150 8-72
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-126 8-59 Installation (T700) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-151 8-74
Installation (T701) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-152 8-74
O IL DRAIN PLUG Installation (T701C) . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-153 8-74
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-123 8-59 Removal (T700) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-147 8-69
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-124 8-59 Removal (T701) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-148 8-69
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-122 8-58 Removal (T701C) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-149 8-69
O IL FILTER BOWL AND INDICATOR O IL PR ESSURE S ENSOR CIRCUIT CHECK
A SSEMB LY Aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-95 1-293
Cleaning, Bowl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-32 8-21 METS/FEDS/CETS . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-287 1-717
Inspection, Bowl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-33 8-22
Installation, Bowl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-34 8-22 O IL SC AVENGE T EM PERATURE FOR
Removal, Bowl and Oil Filter . . . . . 8-31 8-20 B-S UM P . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F1-117 1-483
Servicing When Impending Bypass
Button Pops . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-30 8-20 O IL SUPPLY T UBE , L EFT -HAND
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-100 8-49
O IL FILTER BYPASS S ENSOR Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-101 8-49
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-26 8-18 Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-103 8-49
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-27 8-19 Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-99 8-49
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-28 8-19 Testing (AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-102 8-49
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-25 8-17
O IL SUPPLY T UBE , R IGHT -H AND
O IL FILTER ELEM ENT Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-95 8-48
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-37 8-23 Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-96 8-48
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-36 8-23 Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-98 8-48
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-94 8-48
O IL INLET AND S CAVENGE TUBES Testing (AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-97 8-48
Inspection (AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32 2-62
INDEX 24 Change 1
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Paragraph Paragraph
Fig (F), Fig (F),
Table (T), Table (T),
Subject Number Page Subject Number Page
O IL SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-36 1-37 O IL , ONE S PECIFIC ATION WITH THAT
OF ANOTHER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-115 1-307
O IL SYSTEM PURGING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-253 1-539
O IL , REPLACING , W HIC H H AS BEEN
O IL TANK CAP AND ADAPTER CONTAM INATED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-116 1-309
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-82 8-40
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-83 8-42 O PERATION, COLD W EATHER . . . . . . . 1-215 1-475
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-85 8-44
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-81 8-40 O PERATION, IN -F LIGHT HIT CHECK
Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-84 8-44 FOR DESERT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-156 1-366
O IL TANK D RAINING AND REFILL O PERATIONAL CHECKS (ENGINE TESTING
PR OCEDURES FOR U NUSUAL Engine Installed in Aircraft) . . . . . . 1-119 1-310
CONDITIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-114 1-307
O PERATIONAL ENGINE HIT AND
O IL TANK D RAINING, ENGINE . . . . . . . . 1-113 1-307 A NTI-ICE CHECK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-155 1-366
O IL TANK, SERVICING OF E NGINE . . . . 1-112 1-306 O-RINGS (P REFORM ED P AC KINGS ) . . . H-13 H-8
O IL TANK, SERVICING, AFTER O UTER BALANCE P ISTON S EAL
REPLACEM ENT OF A F AILED O IL Inspection (AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18 3-43
COOLER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-117 1-310 Installation (AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22 3-59
Removal (AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17 3-43
O IL TEMPERATURE S ENSOR
Inspection (T700, T701C) . . . . . . . 8-143 8-67 O UTER TURBINE DUCT
Installation (T700, T701C) . . . . . . . 8-145 8-68 Inspection (AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-26 4-21
Removal (T700, T701C) . . . . . . . . 8-142 8-65
Testing (T700, T701C) . . . . . . . . . . 8-144 8-68 O VERSPEED AND D RAIN V ALVE (ODV)
(T701, T701C) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-209 1-453
O IL TEMPERATURE S ENSOR Cleaning (T701, T701C) . . . . . . . . 6-76 6-50
(T700, T701C) Inspection (T701, T701C) . . . . . . . 6-77 6-51
Circuit Check, Green Cable Installation (T701, T701C) . . . . . . 6-78 6-52
Aircraft (T700, T701C) . . . . . . . 1-96 1-293 Packaging for Shipment or
METS/FEDS/CETS Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-210 1-456
(T700, T701C) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-288 1-717 Removal (T701, T701C) . . . . . . . . 6-75 6-48
O IL TEMPERATURE S ENSOR G REEN O VERSPEED AND D RAIN V ALVE (ODV)
CABLE CIR CUIT CHECK M ANIFOLD ASSEMB LY (T701, T701C)
(T700, T701C) Cleaning (T701, T701C) . . . . . . . . 6-67 6-45
Aircraft (T700, T701C) . . . . . . . . . 1-96 1-293 6-70 6-47
METS/FEDS/CETS Inspection (T701, T701C) . . . . . . . 6-68 6-46
(T700, T701C) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-288 1-717 6-71 6-47
Installation (T701, T701C) . . . . . . 6-72 6-47
O IL TRANSFER S LEEVES Removal (T701, T701C) . . . . . . . . 6-69 6-46
Inspection (AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-119 8-56 Repair (T701, T701C) . . . . . . . . . . 6-73 6-47
Installation (AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-120 8-56
Removal (AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-118 8-55 O VERSPEED AND D RAIN V ALVE (ODV)
O VERSPEED SYSTEM C HECK
(T701, T701C)
Change 1 INDEX 25
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Paragraph Paragraph
Fig (F), Fig (F),
Table (T), Table (T),
Subject Number Page Subject Number Page
Aircraft (T701, T701C) . . . . . . . . . 1-85 1-283 PACKAGING LRU' S FOR SHIPMENT OR
METS/FEDS/CETS (T701, T701C) 1-266 1-698 STORAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-210 1-456
O VERSPEED CHECK PACKINGS , P REFORM ED (O-R INGS) . . . H-13 H-8
Aircraft (T700) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-132 1-326
Aircraft (T701, T701C) . . . . . . . . . 1-133 1-327 PARAMETERS , E NGINE O PERATING
METS/FEDS/CETS (T700) . . . . . . 1-229 1-494 Aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-125 1-311
METS/FEDS/CETS (T701, T701C) 1-230 1-494 METS/FEDS/CETS . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-213 1-463
O VERSPEED , NP , MAINTENANCE PARTIAL POWER FUEL CONSUM PTION
REQUIRED FOLLOWING . . . . . . . . . . . 1-276 1-701 CALCULATION AT 1132 HP
(T701) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-243 1-522
O VERTEMPERATURE CHECKLIST . . . . . 1-92 1-286
1-279 1-701 PARTIAL POWER FUEL CONSUM PTION
CALCULATION AT 75% MC TEST
O VERTEMPERATURE TROUBLESHOOTING CONDITION (3, TABLE 1-43)
CHECKS (T701C) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-245 1-529
Aircraft
E1 Harness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-93 1-293 PARTIAL POWER FUEL CONSUM PTION
Yellow Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-94 1-293 CALCULATION AT 900 HP
METS/FEDS/CETS (T EST CONDITION 2, T ABLE 1-41)
E1 Harness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-281 1-705 (T700) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-240 1-509
Yellow Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-282 1-712
PARTICLE S EPARATOR BLOWER AND
O VERTEMPERATURE , ENGINE, V-BAND COUPLING A SSEM BLY
M AINTENANCE REQUIRED Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12 5-13
FOLLOWING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-280 1-705 Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13 5-14
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14 5-18
O VERTORQUE, ENGINE, MAINTENANCE Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11 5-12
REQUIRED FOLLOWING . . . . . . . . . . . 1-277 1-701
PARTICLE S EPARATOR BLOWER AND
V-BAND COUPLING A SSEM BLY
P Life Limits, PN 6034T62P11,
6034T62P15. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-69 1-85
P3 H OSE AND TUBE A SSEMBLY (T700)
Packaging for Shipment or
Cleaning (T700) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-6 10-2
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-210 1-456
Inspection (T700) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-7 10-2
Installation (T700) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-9 10-3 PARTICLE S EPARATOR INLET DUCT
Removal (T700) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-5 10-2 Cleaning (AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18 5-23
Testing (AVIM) (T700) . . . . . . . . . 10-8 10-2 Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19 5-23
Installation (AVIM)
P3 T UBE (T700, T701) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22 5-27
Cleaning (T701,T701C) . . . . . . . . 10-56 10-32 Installation (AVIM)
Inspection (T701,T701C) . . . . . . . 10-57 10-32 (T700, T701C) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23 5-28
Installation (T701,T701C) . . . . . . 10-59 10-32 Removal (AVIM)
Removal (T701, T701C) . . . . . . . . 10-55 10-32 (T700, T701) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16 5-18
Testing (AVIM) (T701,T701C) . . 10-58 10-32 Removal (AVIM)
(T700, T701C) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17 5-21
PACKAGING Repair (AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21 5-27
LRU's for Shipment or Storage . . . 1-210 1-456
INDEX 26 Change 3
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Paragraph Paragraph
Fig (F), Fig (F),
Table (T), Table (T),
Subject Number Page Subject Number Page
PERFORMANCE CALCULATION P ROCEDURE POWER TURBINE
(DEC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-244 1-522 Drive Shaft Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17
(T700) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-239 1-502
(T701) ECU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-242 1-514 POWER TURBINE (See Power Turbine, Power
Turbine Module)
PERFORMANCE E VALUATION TEST
(T700) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-238 1-497 POWER TURBINE D RIVE S HAFT A SSEMBLY
(T701, T701C) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-241 1-509 Inspection (AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30 4-23
PERFORMANCE RECOVERY , C LEANING POWER TURBINE M ODULE
FOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-157 1-370 Dimensions and Weight . . . . . . . . . 4-24
Shipping and Storage
PERIODIC CLEANING I NTERVAL . . . . . . 1-159 1-370 Preliminary Instructions . . . . . . . 4-24
PERIODIC INSPEC TION REQUIREM ENTS . 1-64 1-78 POWER TURBINE , P OWER T URBINE
M ODULE
PLUG, IGNITER (See Igniter Plug) Chapter Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2 4-1
Chapter Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 4-1
PLUG, MAIN F RAM E B ORESCOPE (See Main Frame Cleaning (AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8 4-6
Borescope Plug) Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-25 1-17
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5 4-2
PLUG, MIDFRAME BORESCOPE (See Midframe Inspection (AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9 4-6
Borescope Plug) Installation (AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11 4-6
Installation, into Shipping and
PLUG, OIL DRAIN (See Oil Drain Plug) Storage Container
21C7300G01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-33 4-24
PLUGS , COM PRESSOR CASE BOR ESCOPE P ORT (See Placing in Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-34 4-27
Compressor Case Borescope Port Caps or Plugs) Preformed Packings . . . . . . . . . . . . H-13 H-8
Preparing for Storage or
POPPED I MPENDING BYPASS INDICATOR Shipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-31 4-24
BUTTON , S ERVICING Preparing for Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-36 4-28
Fuel Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-46 6-32 Removal (AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7 4-2
Removal, from Shipping and
PORT LOCATIONS , BORESCOPE Storage Container
(T700) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F1-95 1-409 21C7300G01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-35 4-27
(T701, T701C) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F1-96 1-411 Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6 4-2
Repair (AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10 4-6
POST -ENGINE T EST OIL LEAKAGE Shipping and Storage Container
CHECK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-251 1-537 21C7300G01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32 4-24
POST -ENGINE T EST REQUIREMENTS . . . 1-250 1-537 PR ACTICES AND P RECAUTIONS ,
G ENERAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-104 1-296
POU (T700) (See Pressurizing and Overspeed Unit (T700)
PR EINSTALLATION BUILDUP . . . . . . . . 1-200 1-449
POWER TAKEOFF DRIVE ASSEMBLY
Inspection (AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-28 2-60 PR ELIM INARY B ORESCOPE
Installation (AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29 2-62 Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-175 1-412
Removal (AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27 2-57 Information (T700) . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-173 1-408
Information (T701, T701C) . . . . . 1-174 1-410
INDEX 27
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Paragraph Paragraph
Fig (F), Fig (F),
Table (T), Table (T),
Subject Number Page Subject Number Page
PR ELIM INARY I NSTRUCTIONS Removal (T700) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-82 6-53
Main Frame Repair (T700) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-86 6-56
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-38 2-66
PR ESSURIZING AND O VERSPEED U NIT
PR EPARATION (POU) OVERSPEED S YSTEM CHECK
For Engine Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-218 1-478 Aircraft (T700) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-85 1-283
For Shipment or Storage METS/FEDS/CETS (T700) . . . . . . 1-266 1-698
Accessory Section Module . . . . 5-50 5-45
Cold Section Module . . . . . . . . . 2-80 2-112 PR IM ARY I GNITION S YSTEM CHECK
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-201 1-450 Aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-78 1-275
LRU's . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-210 1-456 METS/FEDS/CETS . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-261 1-693
Power Turbine Module . . . . . . . 4-31 4-24
For Test in Aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-120 1-311 PR IM ER N OZZLES (T700)
For Use Inspection (T700) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6 6-4
Accessory Section Module . . . . 5-55 5-50 Installation (T700) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8 6-5
Power Turbine Module . . . . . . . 4-36 4-28 Removal (T700) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5 6-3
Hot Section Module . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26 3-67 Testing (T700) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7 6-5
PR E-R UN I NSPECTION (METS) . . . . . . 1-217 1-477 PR IM ING, E NGINE FUEL S YSTEM
Aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-137 1-329
PR ESER VATION METS/FEDS/CETS . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-219 1-478
Damaged, Cannibalized, or Failed
Engines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-208 1-453 PR OCEDURES
Engine in Aircraft Blending (General) . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-21 H-13
Intermediate Storage . . . . . . . . . 1-205 1-451 Blending, Compressor Rotor Blades
Long-Term Storage . . . . . . . . . . 1-206 1-452 to Recover Engine Performance
Short-Term Storage . . . . . . . . . . 1-204 1-451 (AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5 2-2
Engine in METS/FEDS/CETS . . . . 1-252 1-539 Checkout, New and Reinstalled
Engines Involved in Accidents . . . . 1-207 1-453 Engines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-126 1-322
Fuel System LRU's . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-209 1-453 Emergency Shutdown . . . . . . . . . . . 1-216 1-476
Engine
PR ESSURIZING AND O VERSPEED U NIT Operating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-124 1-311
(POU) (T700) Shutdown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-135 1-328
Cleaning (T700) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-89 6-57 Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-123 1-311
Inspection (T700) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-90 6-59 Engine Motoring, Dry
Installation (T700) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-91 6-60 Aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-122 1-311
Packaging for Shipment or METS/FEDS/CETS . . . . . . . . . . 1-220 1-478
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-210 1-456 Life-Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-68 1-81
Preservation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-209 1-453 Oil Tank
Removal (T700) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-88 6-56 Drain and Refill . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-114 1-307
Draining . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-113 1-307
PR ESSURIZING AND O VERSPEED U NIT Performance Calculation
(POU) MANIFOLD ASSEMBLY (T700) (T700) ECU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-239 1-502
Cleaning (T700) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-80 6-53 1-242 1-514
6-83 6-53 DEC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-244 1-522
Inspection (T700) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-81 6-53 Repair, Compressor Rotor Stage 1
6-84 6-55 Blades to Recover Engine
T6-11 6-59 Performance (AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . 2-6 2-21
Installation (T700) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-85 6-55 PUM P , FUEL B OOST (See Fuel Boost Pump)
INDEX 28 Change 3
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Paragraph Paragraph
Fig (F), Fig (F),
Table (T), Table (T),
Subject Number Page Subject Number Page
PUM P , OIL AND S CAVENGE (See Oil and Scavenge Pump) REPAIR PARTS AND S PAR ES . . . . . . . . . 1-45 1-59
PURGING , O IL S YSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-253 1-539 REPLACEM ENT OF B-SUM P HOUSING
SELF -LOCKING C LINCH N UTS . . . . . . 2-66 2-104
R
REPLACEM ENT OF E3 CONNECTOR
BRACKET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-39 7-51
RADIAL D RIVE S HAFT ASSEMBLY
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-39 5-40
REPLACEM ENT OF F UEL CONNECTOR (See Fuel Connector)
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-40 5-41
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-41 5-41
REPLACING OIL OF ONE SPECIFICATION
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-38 5-40
WITH THAT OF ANOTHER . . . . . . . . . . 1-115 1-307
RADIAL D RIVE S HAFT COVER ASSEMB LY
REPLACING OIL WHICH HAS BEEN
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-31 5-39
CONTAM INATED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-116 1-309
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-32 5-39
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30 5-37
REQUIREMENTS , INSPECTION
Instrumentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-121 1-311
RADIAL D RIVE S HAFT COVER BOOT
Periodic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-64 1-78
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-35 5-40
Post-Engine Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-250 1-537
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-36 5-40
Ten-Hour/Fourteen-Day . . . . . . . . . 1-61 1-77
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-34 5-40
RETAINER, A NTI-I CING S EAL (See Anti-Icing Seal Retainer)
REC ORDER OR H ISTOR Y COUNTER (See History Recorder
or History Counter)
RETIR EM ENT S CHEDULE
Fuel Injector Assemblies (T700) . . 1-68 1-80
RELIEF V ALVE, COLD OIL (See Cold Oil Relief Valve)
Life-Limited Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-67 1-80
RELIEF V ALVE, OIL COOLER B YPASS (See Oil Cooler
RIGHT-HAND OIL SUPPLY TUBE (See Oil Supply
Bypass Relief Valve)
Tube, Right-Hand)
REM OVAL OF AC CESSORY SECTION
ROLLOVER, ENGINE (DRY M OTORING )
M ODULE FROM SHIPPING AND
Aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-122 1-311
STORAGE CONTAINER
METS/FEDS/CETS . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-220 1-478
21C7301G01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-54 5-50
ROSAN AND K ELOX STUDS AND INSERTS ,
REM OVAL OF ENGINE OR COLD S ECTION
REPLACEM ENT OF (AVIM) . . . . . . . . H-28 H-19
M ODULE
From Engine Transportation Adapter
ROTOR, A LTERNATOR (See Alternator Rotor)
21C7082G02 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-55 1-69
From Maintenance Stand Adapter
ROTOR, G AS G ENER ATOR (See Stages 1 and 2 Gas
21C7071G01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F1-39 1-70
Generator Turbine Rotor and Gas Generator Stator)
1-57 1-72
From Shipping and Storage
Container 8145CON004-1 . . . . . . . 1-50 1-61 S
REM OVAL OF POWER TURBINE MODULE SC AVENGE S CREENS
FROM S HIPPING AND STORAGE Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-20 8-14
CONTAINER 21C7300G01 . . . . . . . . . . 4-35 4-27
Change 1 INDEX 29
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Paragraph Paragraph
Fig (F), Fig (F),
Table (T), Table (T),
Subject Number Page Subject Number Page
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-21 8-14 METS/FEDS/CETS . . . . . . . . . . 1-289 1-717
T8-3 8-14 Green Cable Circuit Check for Oil
Installation (T700) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-22 8-15 Pressure
Installation (T701, T701C) . . . . . . 8-23 8-15 Aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-95 1-293
Removal (T700) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-17 8-10 METS/FEDS/CETS . . . . . . . . . . 1-287 1-717
Removal (T701) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-18 8-10 Green Cable Circuit Check for Oil
Removal (T701C) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-19 8-10 Temperature (T700)
Aircraft (T700) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-96 1-293
SC REENS , SCAVENGE (See Scavenge Screens) METS/FEDS/CETS (T700) . . . . 1-288 1-717
Np (See Sensor) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-75 7-80
SC REWS , JACKING, U SE OF . . . . . . . . . H-3 H-1 Oil Filter Bypass (See Oil Filter Bypass Sensor)
Oil Pressure (See Oil Pressure Sensor)
SC ROLL C ASE Oil Temperature (See Oil Temperature Sensor
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-43 2-71 (T700, T701C))
Torque and Overspeed (See Torque and Overspeed
SC ROLL S EAL (S EE ELECTRICAL Sensor)
CONTROL U NIT AND S CROLL S EAL) . 7-14 7-21
SERVICING
SC ROLL S EAL (See Electrical Control Unit and Scroll Seal) Fuel Filter, When Impending Bypass
Indicator Button Pops . . . . . . . . . . 6-46 6-32
SEAL P RESSURE AND S CAVENGE TUBE Oil Filter, When Impending Bypass
A SSEMB LY Button Pops . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-30 8-20
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-50 10-32 Oil Tank, After Replacement of a
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-51 10-32 Failed Oil Cooler . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-117 1-310
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-53 10-32 Oil Tank, Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-112 1-306
Installation (AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-53 10-32 Setup, Light Source (Supply)
Removal (AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-49 10-31 Borescope 21C7190P02
Testing (AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-52 10-32 (T701, T701C) . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-179 1-421
Borescope 21C7700P03 . . . . . . . 1-192 1-438
SEAL, FACE -TYPE (See Face-Type Seal) Borescope 21C7744P01
(T700) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-184 1-427
SEAL, NO . 1 CARB ON (See No. 1 Carbon Seal) Borescope 21C7744P02 (T700)
or 21C7744P03 . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-187 1-430
SEALING , M ATING HEX COUPLING N UTS Borescope 21C7779P03 . . . . . . . 1-197 1-446
ELECTRIC AL CONNECTORS . . . . . . . . H-9 H-3
SHAFT A SSEMBLY, A-SUM P OUTPUT (See A-Sump
SEALS , C URVIC COUPLING (See Curvic Coupling Seals) Output Shaft Assembly)
SENSING TUBE SHAFT A SSEMBLY, RADIAL D RIVE (See Radial Drive
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-40 10-29 Shaft Assembly)
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-41 10-29
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-42 10-30 SHIELD, C-S UM P H EAT (See C-Sump Heat Shield)
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-39 10-27
SHIPPING ADAPTER, C OLD S ECTION M ODULE (See Cold
SENSOR Section Module Shipping Adapter 21C7437G01)
Fuel Pressure (See Fuel Pressure Sensor)
Green Cable Circuit Check for Fuel SHIPPING AND S TORAGE
Pressure Power Turbine
Aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-97 1-294 Preliminary Instructions . . . . . . . 4-24
INDEX 30 Change 1
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Paragraph Paragraph
Fig (F), Fig (F),
Table (T), Table (T),
Subject Number Page Subject Number Page
SHIPPING AND S TORAGE CONTAINER STAGE 1 VG T RACKING . . . . . . . . . . . F1-114 1-480
General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-51 1-61
Installation of Cold Section STAGE 3 TURBINE N OZZLE BOLTS
Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-84 2-113 Inspection (AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24 4-20
SHIPPING CONTAINER (See Container, Accessory Section STAGE 3 TURBINE N OZZLE SEGMENTS
Module Shipping and Storage 21C7301G01, or Power Inspection (AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24 4-20
Turbine Module Shipping and Storage 21C7300G01, or
Shipping and Storage 8145CON004-1) STAGE 4 S EAL AND TURBINE N OZZLE
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22 4-19
SHORT-TERM S TORAGE, E NGINE . . . . . 1-204 1-451
STAGE 5 C OMPRESSOR ROTOR BLADES
SHUTDOWN, E M ERGENCY Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . T2-1 2-9
METS/FEDS/CETS . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-216 1-476
STAGE 5 C OMPRESSOR ROTOR VANES
SHUTDOWN, E NGINE Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-190 1-434
Aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-136 1-328
STAGES 1 AND 2 G AS GENER ATOR TURBINE
SLEEVES , OIL TRANSFER (See Oil Transfer Sleeves) ROTOR AND G AS G ENERATOR STATOR
Cleaning (AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7 3-9
SLING , L IFTING 21C7081G02 Inspection, Rotor (AVIM) . . . . . . . 3-8 3-9
Engine or Module Hoisting . . . . . . . 1-52 1-65 Inspection, Stator (AVIM) . . . . . . . 3-11 3-23
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F1-34 1-62 Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13 3-33
Lifting Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F1-35 1-63 Life Limits, Rotor
PN 6039T54G02 (T700) . . . . . . T1-9 1-81
SPARES AND REPAIR P AR TS . . . . . . . . . 1-45 1-59 Removal (AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6 3-2
SPECIAL TOOLS , TMDE, AND STAGES 1 AND 2 S LEEVE BUSHINGS
SUPPORT E QUIPMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-44 1-57 Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-59 2-87
T1-6 1-57
STAGES 1 AND 2 V ANE A CTUATING
STAGE 1 C OMPRESSOR ROTOR BLADES RINGS
Blending of Blades to Recover Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-57 2-86
Engine Performance (AVIM) . . . . 2-5 2-2
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-182 1-424 STAGES 1 AND 2 V ANE A CTUATOR
T2-1 2-9 LEVERS
Repair of Blades to Recover Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-59 2-87
Engine Performance (AVIM) . . . . 2-6 2-21
STAGES 1 THRU 5 COMPRESSOR R OTOR
STAGE 1 N OZZLE ASSEMBLY BLADES
Cleaning (AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19 3-47 Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . T2-1 2-9
Inspection (AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20 3-47
Installation (AVIM) (T700) . . . . . . . 3-24 3-62 STAND A DAPTER, MAINTENANC E (See Maintenance Stand
Installation (AVIM) Adapter 21C7071G01)
(T701, T701C) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25 3-65
Removal (AVIM) (T700) . . . . . . . . 3-15 3-39 START AND A NTI -I CING BLEED V ALVE (See Anti-Icing Bleed
Removal (AVIM) and Start Valve)
(T701, T701C) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16 3-40
Change 3 INDEX 31
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Paragraph Paragraph
Fig (F), Fig (F),
Table (T), Table (T),
Subject Number Page Subject Number Page
START, ENGINE SYM PTOM I NDEX
Aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-123 1-311 Aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-72 1-100
METS/FEDS/CETS . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-224 1-484 METS/FEDS/CETS . . . . . . . . . . . . . T1-45 1-541
STATOR, A LTERNATOR (See Alternator Stator) SYSTEM CHECK , ECU AND HMU
Aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-81 1-279
STATOR, C OM PRESSOR (See Compressor Stator) METS/FEDS/CETS . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-263 1-696
STATOR, G AS G ENERATOR (See Stages 1 and 2 Gas T
Generator Turbine Rotor and Gas Generator Stator)
TANK AND C AP A DAPTER, OIL (See Oil Tank Cap and
STORAGE CATEGORIES . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-203 1-451 Adapter)
STORAGE , ENGINE TEMPERATURE CORRECTIONS
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-202 1-450 Engine Oil Discharge Pressure
Intermediate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-205 1-451 (EODP) (T700) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-247 1-531
Long-Term . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-206 1-452 Stage 1 VG Tracking . . . . . . . . . . . . F1-114 1-480
Short-Term . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-204 1-451
TEN-HOUR/F OUR TEEN -D AY I NSPECTION
STRAINER , OIL , M AIN F RAME (See Main Frame Oil REQUIREMENTS (THIR) . . . . . . . . . . . 1-61 1-77
Strainer)
TERMS , DEFINITION OF I NSPECTION (See Inspection)
STUDS AND INSERTS , THREADED
Inspection (AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-27 H-19 TEST, ENGINE
Replacement (Keensert/Tridair) Chip Detector Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . 1-90 1-285
(AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-29 H-25 Performance Evaluation
Replacement (Kelox and Rosan) (T700) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-238 1-497
(AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-28 H-19 (T701, T701C) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-241 1-509
Preparation for, in Aircraft . . . . . . . 1-120 1-311
SUDDEN ENGINE STOPPAGE (See Maintenance Required Testing, Engine (METS/FEDS/CETS) 1-211 1-460
Following Sudden Engine Stoppage)
TEST, ENGINE S ERVICEABILITY , FOR
SUPPORT E QUIPMENT , TMDE, AND N O OR LOW (BELOW M INIM UM LIMITS )
SPECIAL TOOLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-44 1-57 O IL PR ESSURE
T1-6 1-57 Aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-74 1-273
METS/FEDS/CETS . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-257 1-689
SWIRL FRAM E
Cleaning (AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11 2-37 TESTS AND CHECKS REQUIRED FOR
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12 2-38 REPLACEM ENT OF P ARTS
Installation (AVIM) Aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-127 1-322
(T700, T701) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16 2-47 METS/FEDS/CETS (AVIM) . . . . . 1-223 1-484
Installation (AVIM) (T701C) . . . . 2-17 2-49
Removal (AVIM) (T700, T701) . . 2-9 2-33 TGT LIMITER
Removal (AVIM) (T701C) . . . . . . 2-10 2-35 Setting Check
Repair (AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13 2-41 METS/FEDS/CETS (T700) . . . . 1-232 1-495
Sleeve Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14 2-41 METS/FEDS/CETS
Touchup (of Coated Areas Using (T701, T701C) . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-233 1-495
SermeTel 196) (AVIM) . . . . . . . . 2-15 2-45 Setting, Determining (Aircraft)
(T700) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-129 1-325
INDEX 32 Change 1
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Paragraph Paragraph
Fig (F), Fig (F),
Table (T), Table (T),
Subject Number Page Subject Number Page
Setting/Contingency Power Check, TORQUE V ALUES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-1 G-1
Determining (Aircraft)
(T701, T701C) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-130 1-325 TRACKING , STAGE 1 VG . . . . . . . . . . . F1-114 1-480
THERM OCOUPLE A SSEM BLY TRANSPORTATION A DAPTER, ENGINE
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-64 7-69 21C7082G02
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-65 7-71 Installation of Engine or Cold
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-68 7-74 Section Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-54 1-67
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-63 7-69
Repair of Wrap-Around Clamps . . . 7-66 7-74 TRANSPORTATION A DAPTER, ENGINE,
Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-67 7-74 21C7082G02
Removal of Engine or Cold
THERM OCOUPLE A SSEM BLY CHECK Section Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-55 1-69
Aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-83 1-281
METS/FEDS/CETS . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-264 1-697 TROUBLESHOOTING
General Information (Aircraft) . . . . 1-71 1-99
TIGHTENING M ETHOD , W RENCH-AR C . H-14 H-9 METS/FEDS/CETS . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-254 1-540
Preliminary Information . . . . . . . . . . H-15 H-9
TROUBLESHOOTING CHECKS (See Checks)
TIME -TO-IDLE LIMITS
Aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F1-61 1-321 TUBE
METS/FEDS/CETS . . . . . . . . . . . . . F1-109 1-467 Anti-Icing IGV Feed (See Anti-Icing IGV Feed Tube)
B-Sump Drain (See B-Sump Drain Tube)
TOOLS AND E QUIPMENT , C OM MON . . . . 1-43 1-57 Compressor Leakage Air
(See Compressor Leakage Air Tube)
TORQUE (T OR QUE VALUES ) . . . . . . . . . G-1 G-1 C-Sump Forward Oil Scavenge
(See C-Sump Forward Oil Scavenge Tube)
TORQUE A CCURACY C HECK , ENGINE . . 1-246 1-531 C-Sump Forward Scavenge (See C-Sump
Forward Scavenge Tube)
TORQUE , O VERSPEED , AND NP S ENSORS C-Sump Oil Supply (See C-Sump Oil Supply Tube)
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-71 7-77 Forward Seal Pressure (See Forward Seal Pressure
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-72 7-78 Tube)
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-74 7-80 Left-Hand Oil Supply (See Oil Supply Tube, Left-Hand)
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-70 7-76 Mid C-Sump Scavenge (See Mid C-Sump Scavenge
Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-73 7-80 Tube)
Right-Hand Oil Supply (See Oil Supply Tube,
TORQUE AND O VER SPEED S ENSOR Right-Hand)
SYSTEM CHECK Seal Pressure (See Seal Pressure and Scavenge
Aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-84 1-282 Tube Assembly)
METS/FEDS/CETS . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-265 1-697 Seal Pressure and Scavenge (See Seal Pressure and
Scavenge Tube Assembly)
TORQUE M ATCHING CHEC K Sensing (See Sensing Tube)
Aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-142 1-331
METS/FEDS/CETS . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-142 1-331 TUBE, F UEL S TART F EED (See Fuel Start Feed Tube)
TORQUE REPEATABILITY CHECK TUBE, F UEL S TART M ANIFOLD (See Fuel Start
Aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-88 1-285 Manifold Tube)
METS/FEDS/CETS . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-236 1-497
Change 5 INDEX 33
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Paragraph Paragraph
Fig (F), Fig (F),
Table (T), Table (T),
Subject Number Page Subject Number Page
TUBES , OIL INLET AND S CAVENGE (See Oil Inlet and W
Scavenge Tubes)
W ARNINGS AND C AUTIONS
TURBINE CASE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17
(METS/FEDS/CETS) . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-214 1-475
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28 4-21
W ATER-WASH , C OMPR ESSOR CLEANING
TURBINE ROTOR
U SING UNIVERSAL W ASH U NIT
Power Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17
21C2438G01 AND P REMIXED
CLEANING S OLUTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-165 1-373
TURBINE ROTOR BLADES
Inspection of Stage 4 . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20 4-18
W RENCH ARC
Inspection of Stages 1 and 2 Gas
Tighten, 15 Degrees,
Generator (AVIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8 3-9
Alternate Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-17 H-9
Tighten, 30 Degrees . . . . . . . . . . . . H-19 H-9
U Tighten, 60 or 120 Degrees . . . . . . . H-18 H-9
Tighten, 90 or 180 Degrees . . . . . . . H-20 H-9
U NCOUPLING OF E LECTRICAL Tightening, 15 Degrees . . . . . . . . . . H-16 H-9
CONNEC TORS WITH F AILED
N ONDECOUPLING M ECHANISM . . . . . H-12 H-7 W RENCH -ARC TIGHTENING M ETHOD . H-14 H-9
U NIT, ELECTRIC AL CONTROL AND SC ROLL S EAL
(See Electrical Control Unit and Scroll Seal)
Y
U NUSUAL ENGINE NOISE Y ELLOW CABLE AND A LTERNATOR
Aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-87 1-284 CHECK
METS/FEDS/CETS . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-273 1-700.1 Aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-82 1-280
METS/FEDS/CETS . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-268 1-699
V Y ELLOW ELEC TRICAL CABLE (W4)
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-43 7-52
V ALVE A SSEM BLY , BYPASS (See Bypass Valve Assembly) Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-44 7-54
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-45 7-56
V ALVE, ANTI-I CING B LEED AND STAR T (See Anti-Icing Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-42 7-52
Bleed and Start Valve)
V ALVE, CHECK , B-SUMP OIL INLET (See B-Sump Oil Inlet
Check Valve)
V ARIABLE G EOMETR Y L INKAGE
SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-38 1-52
V-BAND COUPLING A SSEM BLY AND PARTICLE
SEPARATOR BLOWER (See Particle Separator Blower
and V-Band Coupling)
V IBRATION ANALYZER CHECK . . . . . . 1-275 1-701
INDEX 34 Change 3
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure FO-1. Air System Schematic (Sheet 1 of 2)
FP-1/(FP-2 Blank)
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure FO-1. Air System Schematic (Sheet 2 of 2)
FP-3/(FP-4 Blank)
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure FO-2. Electrical Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2)
FP-5/(FP-6 Blank)
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure FO-2. Electrical Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 2)
FP-7/(FP-8 Blank)
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure FO-3. Instrumentation Connecting Points (Sheet 1 of 4)
FP-9/(FP-10 Blank)
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure FO-3. Instrumentation Connecting Points (Sheet 2 of 4)
FP-11/(FP-12 Blank)
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure FO-3. Instrumentation Connecting Points (Sheet 3 of 4)
FP-13/(FP-14 Blank)
TM 1-2840-248-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
Figure FO-3. Instrumentation Connecting Points (Sheet 4 of 4)
FP-15/(FP-16 Blank)
TM 1-2840-28-23
T.O. 2J-T700-6
By Order of the Secretaries of the Army and the Air Force
05482
RONALD R. FOGELMAN
General, United States Air Force
Chief of Staff
GEORGE T. BABBIT
General United States Air Force
Commander, Air Force Materiel Command
DISTRIBUTION
To be distributed in accordance with Initial Distribution Number (IDN) 311557, requirements for
TM 1–2840–248–23.
These are the instructions for sending an electronic 2028
The following format must be used if submitting an electronic 2028. The subject line must be
exactly the same and all fields must be included; however only the following fields are
mandatory: 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 13, 15, 16, 17, and 27.
From: “Whomever” <[email protected]>
To: [email protected]
Subject: DA Form 2028
1. From: Joe Smith
2. Unit: home
3. Address: 4300 Park
4. City: Hometown
5. St: MO
6. Zip: 77777
7. Date Sent: 19--OCT--93
8. Pub no: 55--2840--229--23
9. Pub Title: TM
10. Publication Date: 04--JUL--85
11. Change Number: 7
12. Submitter Rank: MSG
13. Submitter FName: Joe
14. Submitter MName: T
15. Submitter LName: Smith
16. Submitter Phone: 123--123--1234
17. Problem: 1
18. Page: 2
19. Paragraph: 3
20. Line: 4
21. NSN: 5
22. Reference: 6
23. Figure: 7
24. Table: 8
25. Item: 9
26. Total: 123
27. Text:
This is the text for the problem below line 27.
Use Part II (reverse) for Repair Parts and Spe- DATE
RECOMMENDED CHANGES TO PUBLICATIONS AND cial Tool Lists (RPSTL) and Supply Catalogs/
Supply Manuals (SC/SM)
BLANK FORMS
For use of this form, see AR 25--30; the proponent agency is ODISC4. 8/30/02
TO: (Forward to proponent of publication or form)(Include ZIP Code) FROM: (Activity and location)(Include ZIP Code)
Commander, U.S. Army Aviation and Missile Command MSG, Jane Q. Doe
ATTN: AMSAM--MMC--MA--NP 1234 Any Street
Redstone Arsenal, AL 35898 Nowhere Town, AL 34565
PART 1 -- ALL PUBLICATIONS (EXCEPT RPSTL AND SC/SM) AND BLANK FORMS
PUBLICATION/FORM NUMBER DATE TITLE Organizational, Direct Support, And General
Support Maintenance Manual for Machine Gun, .50
TM 9--1005--433--24 16 Sep 2002 Caliber M3P and M3P Machine Gun Electrical Test Set
Used On Avenger Air Defense Weapon System
ITEM PAGE PARA-- LINE FIGURE TABLE
RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASON
NO. NO. GRAPH NO. * NO. NO.
1 WP0005 2 Test or Corrective Action column should identify a different WP number.
PG 3
* Reference to line numbers within the paragraph or subparagraph.
TYPED NAME, GRADE OR TITLE TELEPHONE EXCHANGE/ SIGNATURE
AUTOVON, PLUS EXTEN-
SION
MSG, Jane Q. Doe, SFC 788--1234
DA FORM 2028, FEB 74 REPLACES DA FORM 2028, 1 DEC 68, WHICH WILL BE USED. USAPA V3.01
TO: (Forward direct to addressee listed in publication) FROM: (Activity and location) (Include ZIP Code) DATE
Commander, U.S. Army Aviation and Missile Command MSG, Jane Q. Doe
ATTN: AMSAM--MMC--MA--NP 1234 Any Street
8/30/02
Redstone Arsenal, AL 35898 Nowhere Town, AL 34565
PART II -- REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOL LISTS AND SUPPLY CATALOGS/SUPPLY MANUALS
PUBLICATION NUMBER DATE TITLE
TOTAL NO.
PAGE COLM LINE NATIONAL STOCK REFERENCE FIGURE ITEM OF MAJOR
RECOMMENDED ACTION
NO. NO. NO. NUMBER NO. NO. NO. ITEMS
SUPPORTED
PART III -- REMARKS (Any general remarks or recommendations, or suggestions for improvement of publications and
blank forms. Additional blank sheets may be used if more space is needed.)
TYPED NAME, GRADE OR TITLE TELEPHONE EXCHANGE/AUTOVON, SIGNATURE
PLUS EXTENSION
MSG, Jane Q. Doe, SFC 788--1234
USAPA V3.01
Use Part II (reverse) for Repair Parts and Spe- DATE
RECOMMENDED CHANGES TO PUBLICATIONS AND cial Tool Lists (RPSTL) and Supply Catalogs/
Supply Manuals (SC/SM)
BLANK FORMS
For use of this form, see AR 25--30; the proponent agency is ODISC4.
TO: (Forward to proponent of publication or form)(Include ZIP Code) FROM: (Activity and location)(Include ZIP Code)
Commander, U.S. Army Aviation and Missile Command
ATTN: AMSAM-MMC-MA-NP
Redstone Arsenal, AL 35898
PART 1 -- ALL PUBLICATIONS (EXCEPT RPSTL AND SC/SM) AND BLANK FORMS
PUBLICATION/FORM NUMBER DATE TITLE
ITEM PAGE PARA-- LINE FIGURE TABLE
RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASON
NO. NO. GRAPH NO. * NO. NO.
* Reference to line numbers within the paragraph or subparagraph.
TYPED NAME, GRADE OR TITLE TELEPHONE EXCHANGE/ SIGNATURE
AUTOVON, PLUS EXTEN-
SION
DA FORM 2028, FEB 74 REPLACES DA FORM 2028, 1 DEC 68, WHICH WILL BE USED. USAPA V3.01
TO: (Forward direct to addressee listed in publication) FROM: (Activity and location) (Include ZIP Code) DATE
Commander, U.S. Army Aviation and Missile Command
ATTN: AMSAM-MMC-MA-NP
Redstone Arsenal, AL 35898
PART II -- REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOL LISTS AND SUPPLY CATALOGS/SUPPLY MANUALS
PUBLICATION NUMBER DATE TITLE
TOTAL NO.
PAGE COLM LINE NATIONAL STOCK REFERENCE FIGURE ITEM OF MAJOR
RECOMMENDED ACTION
NO. NO. NO. NUMBER NO. NO. NO. ITEMS
SUPPORTED
PART III -- REMARKS (Any general remarks or recommendations, or suggestions for improvement of publications and
blank forms. Additional blank sheets may be used if more space is needed.)
TYPED NAME, GRADE OR TITLE TELEPHONE EXCHANGE/AUTOVON, SIGNATURE
PLUS EXTENSION
USAPA V3.01
The Metric System and Equivalents
Linear Measure Liquid Measure
1 centiliter = 10 milliters = .34 fl. ounce
1 centimeter = 10 millimeters = .39 inch 1 deciliter = 10 centiliters = 3.38 fl. ounces
1 decimeter = 10 centimeters = 3.94 inches 1 liter = 10 deciliters = 33.81 fl. ounces
1 meter = 10 decimeters = 39.37 inches 1 dekaliter = 10 liters = 2.64 gallons
1 dekameter = 10 meters = 32.8 feet 1 hectoliter = 10 dekaliters = 26.42 gallons
1 hectometer = 10 dekameters = 328.08 feet 1 kiloliter = 10 hectoliters = 264.18 gallons
1 kilometer = 10 hectometers = 3,280.8 feet
Square Measure
Weights
1 sq. centimeter = 100 sq. millimeters = .155 sq. inch
1 centigram = 10 milligrams = .15 grain 1 sq. decimeter = 100 sq. centimeters = 15.5 sq. inches
1 decigram = 10 centigrams = 1.54 grains 1 sq. meter (centare) = 100 sq. decimeters = 10.76 sq. feet
1 gram = 10 decigram = .035 ounce 1 sq. dekameter (are) = 100 sq. meters = 1,076.4 sq. feet
1 decagram = 10 grams = .35 ounce 1 sq. hectometer (hectare) = 100 sq. dekameters = 2.47 acres
1 hectogram = 10 decagrams = 3.52 ounces 1 sq. kilometer = 100 sq. hectometers = .386 sq. mile
1 kilogram = 10 hectograms = 2.2 pounds
1 quintal = 100 kilograms = 220.46 pounds Cubic Measure
1 metric ton = 10 quintals = 1.1 short tons
1 cu. centimeter = 1000 cu. millimeters = .06 cu. inch
1 cu. decimeter = 1000 cu. centimeters = 61.02 cu. inches
1 cu. meter = 1000 cu. decimeters = 35.31 cu. feet
Approximate Conversion Factors
To change To Multiply by To change To Multiply by
inches centimeters 2.540 ounce-inches Newton-meters .007062
feet meters .305 centimeters inches .394
yards meters .914 meters feet 3.280
miles kilometers 1.609 meters yards 1.094
square inches square centimeters 6.451 kilometers miles .621
square feet square meters .093 square centimeters square inches .155
square yards square meters .836 square meters square feet 10.764
square miles square kilometers 2.590 square meters square yards 1.196
acres square hectometers .405 square kilometers square miles .386
cubic feet cubic meters .028 square hectometers acres 2.471
cubic yards cubic meters .765 cubic meters cubic feet 35.315
fluid ounces milliliters 29,573 cubic meters cubic yards 1.308
pints liters .473 milliliters fluid ounces .034
quarts liters .946 liters pints 2.113
gallons liters 3.785 liters quarts 1.057
ounces grams 28.349 liters gallons .264
pounds kilograms .454 grams ounces .035
short tons metric tons .907 kilograms pounds 2.205
pound-feet Newton-meters 1.356 metric tons short tons 1.102
pound-inches Newton-meters .11296
Temperature (Exact)
°F Fahrenheit 5/9 (after Celsius °C
temperature subtracting 32) temperature
PIN: 077016-000
You might also like
- Technical Manual Aviation Unit and Aviation Intermediate Maintenance Manual Engine, Aircraft, Gas Turbine Model T63-A-720No ratings yetTechnical Manual Aviation Unit and Aviation Intermediate Maintenance Manual Engine, Aircraft, Gas Turbine Model T63-A-720273 pages
- Operator'S and Crewmember'S Checklist: TM 1-1520-280-CL Technical Manual100% (1)Operator'S and Crewmember'S Checklist: TM 1-1520-280-CL Technical Manual138 pages
- ARMY-TM-10-1670-282-23-and-P Parachute, Cargo Type 34' Diameter, Model G-14 Low-Velocity Cargo Parachute NSN 1670-00-999-2658No ratings yetARMY-TM-10-1670-282-23-and-P Parachute, Cargo Type 34' Diameter, Model G-14 Low-Velocity Cargo Parachute NSN 1670-00-999-2658193 pages
- 1997 US Army Vehicle Unit Maintenance 2 894pNo ratings yet1997 US Army Vehicle Unit Maintenance 2 894p894 pages
- TM 5411-201-24P Iso-2-1 Shelter, Expandable, One-Sided100% (1)TM 5411-201-24P Iso-2-1 Shelter, Expandable, One-Sided248 pages
- ARMY-TM-10-1670-277-23-and-P Parachute, Cargo Type 28' Diameter, Cargo Extraction Parachute AssemblyNo ratings yetARMY-TM-10-1670-277-23-and-P Parachute, Cargo Type 28' Diameter, Cargo Extraction Parachute Assembly289 pages
- ARMY TM 9-2330-392-14P M1102 & M1102 Trailer Tech Manual Apr01100% (5)ARMY TM 9-2330-392-14P M1102 & M1102 Trailer Tech Manual Apr01342 pages
- Trailer-M1101-M1102-Manual-TM 9-2330-392-14& P100% (1)Trailer-M1101-M1102-Manual-TM 9-2330-392-14& P342 pages
- TM 1-1500-204-23-2 Pneudraulics Maintenance and PracticesNo ratings yetTM 1-1500-204-23-2 Pneudraulics Maintenance and Practices238 pages
- TM-10-1670-269-23-and-P MIRPS and Static Line Parachute Tech Manual100% (1)TM-10-1670-269-23-and-P MIRPS and Static Line Parachute Tech Manual333 pages
- TM 1-1520-237-10 - UH.60 - and - EH-60 - Helicopter - 2009100% (1)TM 1-1520-237-10 - UH.60 - and - EH-60 - Helicopter - 2009902 pages
- This Manual Supersedes TM11 1520 237 23 1, Dated 15 June 1994, Including All Changes50% (2)This Manual Supersedes TM11 1520 237 23 1, Dated 15 June 1994, Including All Changes748 pages
- Gulfstream G500/G550 Maintenance Training Manual: Flightsafety100% (12)Gulfstream G500/G550 Maintenance Training Manual: Flightsafety859 pages
- AH-1F Attack Helicopter Operators & Technical Manual100% (6)AH-1F Attack Helicopter Operators & Technical Manual361 pages
- 1C-130H-4-22-1 Automatic Flight Control System100% (1)1C-130H-4-22-1 Automatic Flight Control System76 pages
- Lockheed Martin F-22A Raptor Weapons Delivery Manual50% (4)Lockheed Martin F-22A Raptor Weapons Delivery Manual68 pages
- Usaf Series All C-130 Aircraft Except C-130J Aircraft: 15 MARCH 2023100% (1)Usaf Series All C-130 Aircraft Except C-130J Aircraft: 15 MARCH 202326 pages
- HEMS EASA Performance and PIS Opinion - No - 08-2022No ratings yetHEMS EASA Performance and PIS Opinion - No - 08-202233 pages
- AITP-C01-Appx-08-08 CAT IDE A TM - CAD.0202 Issue 9 - August 2021No ratings yetAITP-C01-Appx-08-08 CAT IDE A TM - CAD.0202 Issue 9 - August 202127 pages
- CAD-IC - Information and Guidance On AOC Applications - Issue 2 Rev 0No ratings yetCAD-IC - Information and Guidance On AOC Applications - Issue 2 Rev 020 pages
- Mechanical Properties of Polyurethane FoamsNo ratings yetMechanical Properties of Polyurethane Foams7 pages
- Why Is GFRG Superior To Conventional Construction?No ratings yetWhy Is GFRG Superior To Conventional Construction?4 pages
- Installation Manual Inmarsat-C Mes Felcom18: Model0% (1)Installation Manual Inmarsat-C Mes Felcom18: Model62 pages
- Vitracore G2 Product Introduction - FairviewNo ratings yetVitracore G2 Product Introduction - Fairview12 pages
- 1.1 Care and Adjustment of Apparatus - Buhler Miag Disc Mill, DLFUNo ratings yet1.1 Care and Adjustment of Apparatus - Buhler Miag Disc Mill, DLFU3 pages
- Consumer Goods Giant Unilever Iterates 50 Percent Faster With 3D PrintingNo ratings yetConsumer Goods Giant Unilever Iterates 50 Percent Faster With 3D Printing2 pages
- Environmental Sensors: SE1000-SEN-IRR-S1, SE1000-SEN-TAMB-S2 SE1000-SEN-TMOD-S2, SE1000-SEN-WIND-S1No ratings yetEnvironmental Sensors: SE1000-SEN-IRR-S1, SE1000-SEN-TAMB-S2 SE1000-SEN-TMOD-S2, SE1000-SEN-WIND-S12 pages
- 1.1.1.4 Lab - Installing The CyberOps Workstation Virtual MachineNo ratings yet1.1.1.4 Lab - Installing The CyberOps Workstation Virtual Machine5 pages
- Competency-Based Learning Material: Automotive / Land TransportNo ratings yetCompetency-Based Learning Material: Automotive / Land Transport38 pages
- A Class Associations: List of Member Bodies86% (7)A Class Associations: List of Member Bodies33 pages
- Transit Mixer Safety Inspection Checklist: SR. No Item OK Not OK NA RemarksNo ratings yetTransit Mixer Safety Inspection Checklist: SR. No Item OK Not OK NA Remarks1 page
